Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2011 with funding from
Boston Library Consortium IVIember Libraries
http://www.archive.org/details/coursecatalog92931nort
Northeastern University
Undergraduate Catalogue
(Full-time Day Programs)
1992 1993
II2J>i*l*»;;»)»Av.,'i.iy fiji/u..';-Tj,'rt^:-:--r.=i'.-.,'';Tr;^3fr-^^
VfSmrmxtmKM.
Northeastern University
Undergraduate Catalogue
(Full-time Day Programs)
1992-1993
Contents
The University
Academic Programs and
Curriculum Guide
Admissions
Learning about Northeastern
2
2
Admissions Policies
2
Entrance Requirements
2
How to Apply
4
Cooperative Education
6
Academic Policies
7
Attendance Requirements
7
Class Schedule
7
Grading System
9
Examinations
H
Academic Requirements for Freshman Year
11
Graduation Requirements
12
Registration Procedures
12
College Expenses
15
University-wide Programs
18
Alternative Freshman- Year Program
18
Compensatory Courses
19
ROTC, Military Officers' Training Program
19
Honors Program
21
About Sample Curricula
24
Middler-Year Writing Requirement
24
College of Arts and Sciences
26
African-American Studies
28
American Sign Language-English Interpreting
28
Anthropology (See Sociology and Anthropology)
Art and Architecture
29
Biochemistry
30
Biology
31
Chemistry
32
Communication Studies
33
Economics
34
Education
35
English
36
Geology
37
History
38
Human Services
38
Journalism
39
Linguistics
40
Mathematics
42
Modem Languages
43
Music
43
Philosophy and Religion
45
Physics
45
Political Science
46
Psychology
48
Religion (See Philosophy and Religion)
Sociology and Anthropology
49
Theatre
50
Interdisciplinary Minors
51
Special Programs
53
Bouve College of Pharmacy and
Health Sciences 56
Athletic Training 57
Cardiopulmonary Sciences 58
Cardiovascular Health and Exercise
(See Cardiopulmonary Sciences)
Cardiovascular Technology
(See Cardiopulmonary Sciences)
Dental Hygiene 60
Exercise Physiology
(See Cardiopulmonary Sciences)
Health Information Administration
61
Medical Laboratory Science
61
Pharmacy
62
Physical Therapy
64
Respiratory Therapy
(See Cardiopulmonary Sciences)
Toxicology
65
Post-baccalaureate Certificate Programs
66
College of Business Administration
67
Accounting
69
Entrepreneurship and
New Venture Management
69
Finance and Insurance
70
Human Resources Management
71
International Business Administration
71
Management
72
Management Information Systems
72
Marketing
73
Transportation and Logistics Management 74
College of Computer Science 75
College of Criminal Justice 79
College of Engineering 81
Biomedical Engineering 82
Chemical Engineering 82
Civil Engineering 83
Electrical and Computer Engineering 85
(jleneral Engineering 87
Industrial Engineering and Information Systems 88
Mechanical Engineering 89
School of Engineering Technology 91
Aerospace Maintenance
Engineering Technology 92
Computer Technology 92
Electrical Engineering Technology 93
Mechanical Engineering Technology 94
College of Nursing 95
Course Descriptions Alternative Freshman- Year Program 100
Arts and Sciences 101
African-American Studies (APR) 101
American Sign Language-
English Interpreting (ASL) 103
Anthropology (SOA) 105
Art and Architecture (ART) 106
Biology (BIO) 109
Chemistry (CHM) 114
Communication Studies (CMN) 116
Economics (ECN) 118
Education (ED) 120
English (ENG) 123
Geology (GEO) 128
Appendix
Index
History (HST) 130
Interdisciplinary Courses (INT) 134
Journalism (JRN) 136
Mathematics (MTH) 138
Modem Languages (LNC), (LNF), (LNS),
(LNL), (LNG), (LNR), (LNI) 141
Music (MUS) 148
Philosophy and Religion (PHL) 152
Physics (PHY) 156
Political Science (POL) 158
Psychology (PSY) 162
Sociology (SOC) 165
Theatre (THE) 169
Business Administration 173
Accounting (ACC) 173
Entrepreneurship (ENT) 174
Finance and Insurance (FIN) 174
Human Resources Management (HRM) 177
International Business Administration (INB) 178
Management (MGT) 179
Management Science (MSC) 179
Marketing (MKT) 181
Transportation and Logistics Management (TRN) 182
Computer Science (COM) 184
Cooperative Education (COP) 187
Criminal Justice (CJ) 188
Engineering 190
Chemical Engineering (CHE) 190
Civil Engineering (CIV) 191
Electrical Engineering (ECE) 194
General Engineering (GE) 198
Industrial Engineering and
Information Systems (IIS) 198
Mechanical Engineering (ME) 200
Engineering Technology 204
Computer Technology (CT) 204
Electrical Engineering Technology (EET) 206
General Engineering Technology (GET) 207
Mechanical Engineering Technology (MET) 208
Nursing (NUR) 210
Pharmacy and Health Sciences 213
Athletic Training (ATP) 213
Cardiopulmonary Sciences (CPS) 213
Counseling Psychology, Rehabilitation,
and Special Education (CRS) 216
Health Information Administration (HRA) 217
Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies (HSD* 218
Medical Laboratory Science (MLS) 224
Pharmacy (PAH), (PCD, (PCT), (PHP), (PMC) 226
Physical Therapy (PTH) 229
Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology (SLA) 231
Toxicology (TOX) 231
ROTC, Military Officers' Training
Program (AIR), (ARM), (NAV) 233
Campus Map 238
Academic Calendar 240
243
•Courses in Health, Sport and Leisure Studies are administered through the Bouv6 College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences. Students
matriculated for a degree in this area prior to the time of consolidation may, until June 1997, opt to receive the degree from the Bouve
College of Human Development Professions.
The University
Admissions
Learning about
Northeastern
Admissions Policies
Entrance Requirements
The Department of Undergraduate Admissions encourages prospective students to learn more
about Northeastern University. For more information on the following programs, or to receive
additional publications or videocassettes, contact the department at 617-437-2211 (voice),
617-437-4019 (TTY), or 617-437-8780 (fax). Or write: Department of Undergraduate Admissions,
150 Richards Hall, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115.
Information sessions. Scheduled on Mondays and Fridays from October 1 through June 1 (except
for legal holidays) and usually offered throughout school vacation periods, these sessions include
presentations by an admissions counselor, an informal question-and-answer period, and a
multimedia presentation. These sessions are also held on Saturday mornings in the fall and spring.
Interviews. All prospective students are encouraged to schedule a personal interview. The
interview allows students to meet with an admissions counselor and to leeim more about the
University's academic and cooperative education programs.
Guided tours. Student-guided tours of the campus are usually held, Monday through Friday and
on Saturday mornings in the fall and spring. During July and August tours are held on Monday
through Thursday. Both the admissions information session and the tour should be scheduled in
advance by contacting the admissions department.
College visit program. Prospective students and their parents have the opportunity to visit any
one of the undergraduate colleges and schools through the college visit program. Visits are
scheduled so that visiting students and their parents may also participate in the information
session and university tour on the same day.
Open houses. During late winter and early spring, each of Northeastem's undergraduate colleges
invites prospective students and their parents to an open house. Representatives of various
University departments provide information about admissions, cooperative education, financial
aid, residential life, student activities, and the University libraries, among other areas.
Northeastern University admits qualified freshmen and transfer students to all programs in
September and January. In most programs, transfer students also may apply for entrance at the
beginning of the March and June quarters.
Rolling admission. Decisions on admission are made as soon as all of the required credentials
(including first marking-period senior grades and CEEB or ACT test scores) have been submitted
and reviewed. In all cases of acceptance, candidates must complete their senior year of high school.
Admission is selective and priority is given to candidates who apply by March 1.
Early admission — -juniors, second-semester seniors. In certain cases, students may enroll at
Northeastern prior to high school graduation. Such students may enroll either in September or in
January, thereby reducing by one year the time to complete degree requirements. The endorse-
ment of the school principal or guidance counselor is required for early admission.
Deferred admission. Accepted students who wish to participate in the deferred admission plan
will be asked to describe the activities they plan for the year preceding enrollment. Students may
choose this plan for reasons such as travel, health problems, or work.
Required deposits. Students who are accepted to the University are asked to submit a nonrefund-
able tuition deposit of $100 by May 1. This deposit indicates intent to enroll and is applied to the
first-quarter tuition account. Students applying for entrance dates other than September should
note the required deposit date on their certificates of acceptance. For additional information about
deposits required for international students, refer to the International Students section on page 4.
Students interested in on-campus housing must submit a nonrefundable $400 deposit (in
addition to the $ 100 tuition deposit) along with a completed housing application form to complete
the housing application process. Information about this required nonrefundable deposit is mailed
by the Department of Residential Life to all students accepted following admission.
Applicants have, ideally, completed an academically challenging secondary school program — one
that includes courses in English, mathematics, laboratory science, history, and a foreign language.
Candidates should also have read broadly outside of class and developed an ability to communicate
ideas effectively. Achievement in secondary school has been shown to be the best single predictor of
college academic success. This factor, together with recommendations from the school counselor,
and SAT or ACT test results, weigh most heavily in the evaluation process.
2 The University
Secondary School
Preparation
Entrance Examinations
English-as-a-Second-
Lan^age Proficiency
Requirement
Advanced Placement
College-Level
Examination Program
Health Requirements
Arts. Students who plan to major in art, theatre, English, foreign languages, music, philosophy,
and speech communication should have demonstrated ability in these areas during high school.
Candidates who plan to pursue careers in anthropology, economics, history, human services,
linguistics, political science, psychology, or sociology should have a well-rounded background in the
social sciences. Applicants to the School of Journalism should have worked on vmting and produc-
ing high school publications or audio- or videotape productions.
Students seeking certification as teachers in early childhood education or elementary education
or those majoring in human services or recreation management should have demonstrated interest
in the behavioral, social, and human sciences.
Business administration. Candidates must have completed a strong preparatory program that
emphasized the humanities, social sciences, and natural sciences. Applicants also must have had
several years of mathematics, including geometry and Algebra 1 and 2.
Computer science, engineering, mathematics, nursing, pharmacy and health sciences, and
sciences. Applicants are encouraged to complete a full sequence of science and mathematics
courses. In science, such a sequence usually includes a year of study and laboratory work in biology,
chemistry, and physics; and, in mathematics, geometry. Algebra 1 and 2, and a fourth year of
trigonometry and/or analysis. Math and science majors also need courses in the social sciences and
humanities.
Criminal justice. Applicants should have demonstrated the ability to succeed in their study of the
behavioral, social, and human sciences.
Engineering technology. Applicants are encouraged to complete a full sequence of mathematics,
including geometry. Algebra 1 and 2, and analysis; and a full year of study and lab work in a
natural science. Candidates also need courses in the social sciences and humanities.
Freshmen must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Board or the American
College Testing Program. For more information, consult a school guidance counselor or write
directly to The College Board, P.O. Box 592, Princeton, NJ 08540 or P.O. Box 1025, Berkeley, CA
94701. Or write to American College Testing Program, P.O. Box 168, Iowa City, lA 52243.
Before being considered for admission, students whose native language is not English are required
to demonstrate some English language proficiency. This can be done by submitting the results of
the College Board's Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), by successfully completing an
approved English-as-a-second-language course of study, or by being enrolled in such a course.
Before they are allowed to enroll in academic coursework, all students whose first language is not
English and who score below 550 on the TOEFL (or its equivalent on another examination) must
take the English Proficiency Test administered by the University's English Language Center. The
results of this test are used to assign students to appropriate English courses.
The University grants advanced placement credit to applicants with a score of 3 or better in their
advanced placement examinations. Applicants may take the tests in art (history, studio — general,
studio — drawing), biology, chemistry, computer science (A, AB), economics (microeconomics,
macroeconomics), English (language, literature), French (language, literature), German (lan-
guage), government and politics (comparative, United States), history (European, United States),
Latin (Virgil, Catullus-Horace), mathematics (calculus AB, BC), music (theory), physics (B,C
mechanics-C electricity, magnetism), and Spanish (language, literature). Applicants who wish to
submit scores for advanced placement are required to take the Advanced Placement Tests of the
College Board in May.
The University cooperates with the College Board in its College-Level Examination Program. CLEP
provides a national program to evaluate nontraditional college-level education. Northeastern will
grant college credit to qualified students according to their CLEP scores. Northeastern has been
designated a CLEP Testing Center. For more information, contact the Counseling Center at
302 Ell Student Center, 617-437-2142.
The Lane Health Center's Pre-entrance Physical Examination Form is sent to each student
following acceptance at Northeastern. This form is considered a condition of enrollment. Each
applicant must return the completed form, which includes a medical history, documentation of a
recent physical exam, and a tuberculin test within six months of registration.
State law requires medical documentation of appropriate immunization against measles (two
vaccinations), mumps, rubella, tetanus, and diphtheria. A rubella titre is mandatory for the health
professions (Medical Laboratory Science, Nursing, Pharmacy and Health Sciences, Radiology, and
Physical Therapy). Tuberculin tests are required annually for nursing students and within three
months prior to the practicum for student teachers. Junior-year physical therapy students will
have a repeat exam performed at the Lane Health Center. A positive titre for Hepatitis B is
required prior to beginning any clinical assignments, internships, or cooperative education
Entrance Requirements 3
How to Apply
All Students
International Students
Transfer Students
quarters for all undergraduate students deemed at risk by their departments in Pharmacy and
Health Sciences and Nursing.
In accordance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, applications for admission are
judged on the basis of qualification, not on the absence or presence of a medical or disabling
condition. Any adjustments needed for such applicants are made to ensure access to college life,
both academic and extracurricular.
The application process for all students follows. Refer to the International Students section and the
Transfer Students section for additional requirements.
■ Complete and sign the application form.
■ Enclose the nonrefundable $30 application fee. Make checks payable to Northeastern University.
This fee may be waived in cases of extreme hardship as endorsed by the candidate's secondary
school counselor or social worker.
■ Mail the application form and the check to the Department of Undergraduate Admissions,
150 Richards Hall, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115.
■ Arrange for transcripts and required test scores — Scholastic Aptitude Test ( SAT) or American
College Testing Program (ACT ) — to be sent to the University. (Transfer students who have
completed two years of college do not have to submit test scores.)
The University welcomes qualified students from other countries. At present, nearly 2,500
international students from more than 115 countries attend Northeastern. The University is
authorized under federal law to enroll nonimmigrant aliens as full-time students in degree-
granting programs.
In addition to the application process described above, international students must complete the
following.
■ Submit the Supplementary Form for International Applicants, according to the following
schedule.
Entrance date
Fall quarter (freshmen and transfer students)
Winter quarter (freshmen and transfer applicants)
Application deadline
March 1
September 1
■ Submit the same credentials as U.S. citizens. All credentials must be official documents or
certified true copies. Credentials in languages other than English must be accompanied by certified
literal English translations. Applicants with previous university-level studies should submit
official course descriptions or syllabi for all coursework completed.
■ Demonstrate English language proficiency if their first language is not English. See page 3 for
details about fulfilling this requirement.
■ After acceptance, submit the required tuition deposit of $100 and the University's Declaration
and Certification of Finances Form by the date specified on the acceptance certificate. Upon receipt
and approval, a Certificate of Eligibility (1-20 form or IAP-66 form) will be issued.
■ If students are transferring to Northeastern from another college or university in the United
States, one of the following is required. Students returning home before entering Northeastern
must re-enter the United States on the 1-20 or IAP-66 issued by the University. Students not
returning home must present the Northeastern-issued 1-20 or IAP-66 to the International
Students Office during registation and orientation.
The University considers awarding advanced standing credit to students whose secondary school
education exceeds the requirements met by students in the American educational system.
The University recognizes the advanced level of academic preparation offered by the Interna-
tional Baccalaureate. Up to one year of credit is generally granted for scores of 5, 6, or 7 on higher-
level examinations, as applicable to the degree being pursued.
If you have completed one or two years of study in an accredited college, university, or technical
institute or have earned an associate's degree from an accredited junior college or other two-year
program, you may seek admission as an upperclass student.
Transfer students rnay request advanced standing credit as upperclass students on the basis of
acceptable credits earned in an accredited two- or four-year institution or a technical institute.
Basic requirements. You must have achieved a satisfactory college record — appropriate to the
course of study you wish to pursue — at another institution. Credit is generally granted toward a
Northeastern degree for a grade of C (2.0) or better in any reasonably equivalent course completed
at another accredited institution. Candidates must be in good standing and must be eligible to
continue in the institution they are currently attending.
Northeastern University uses the quarter calendar andawards quarter hours of credit for
courses that are successfully completed. Each quarter hour ( QH ) of credit is equivalent to three-
quarters of one semester hour. Most Northeastern courses are equivalent to three semester hours
of credit or four quarter hours. Students who successfully complete 48 quarter hours generally
4 The University
qualify for sophomore standing, 80 for middler, 112 for junior, and 148 for senior. All upperclass
course selection for transfer students is planned with their faculty advisers.
Application procedure. Follow the application process described on page 4, with the exception
that you do not have to submit SAT or ACT scores. In addition, transfer candidates must
■ indicate their choice of college and major on the application;
■ request that an official transcript from each college attended be sent to the Department of
Undergraduate Admissions directly from the registrar's office of the respective colleges;
■ submit a list of courses in progress for the current academic year (including course number,
course title, and number of credits to be earned in each course);
■ demonstrate English language proficiency if their first language is not English. See page 3 for
details about fulfilling this requirement.
The deadlines for transfer applications are:
Entrance date Application deadline
Winter quarter November 1
Spring quarter February 1
Summer quarter May 1
Fall quarter July 1
How To Apply 5
Cooperative Education
Robert E. Vozella, EdD, Interim Dean, Professor, andDirector, International Cooperative Education
Patricia A. Venter, BS, Minority Liaison
Professor
Robert W. Miller, MEd
Associate Professors
Boreslaw P. Berestecky, MEd
Betsey W. Blackmer, PT, EdD
Richard L. Canale, MEd, CAGS
Elizabeth A. Chilvers, MEd
Mark I. Conley, Jr., PhD
Robert D. Deforge, RPh, DPh
Kathleen L. Finn, RN, EdD
Mary R. Flynn, RN, MEd
Stephen M.Kane, EdD
Judith A. Moll, MS
Ann C. Noonan, PT, EdD
Anthony R. Rotondi, MEd
Melvin W. Simms, EdD
Hugh J. Talbot, MPA
Robert R. Tillman, EdD
Assistant Professors
Michael A. Ablove, MEd
Terry H. Chapman, PhD
Donald L. Eastridge, MDiv
Joyce K. Fletcher, MEd
Ann M. Galligan, EdD
Theresa A. Harrigan, EdD
JohnC.Mulhall,MS
Veronica L. Porter, MEd
John A. Saltmarsh, PhD
William A. Sloane, MBA
Donna R. Smith, MA, MEd
Gary M. Somers, MA
Russell A. Straub, MBA
Lecturers
Charles Bognanni, MEd
Rosemarie DiMarco, MS
Barbara L. Elderkin, MEd
Patrick Hickox, MArch
William Rodriguez, MS
Martha L. Wengert, MEd
Felicia P. Wiltz, MEd
William E.Wray,JD
International Cooperative
Education
Cooperative education is based on the principle that what students learn in the workplace is a
valuable complement to what they learn in the classroom. For most programs, cooperative
education is a degree requirement. The University assists in structuring cooperative work
experiences and attempts to integrate these experiences into students' academic programs. The
success of the program, however, ultimately depends on student interest and enthusiasm and the
cooperation of educators and outside agencies.
Studies show that reinforcing classroom learning with job responsibilities increases a student's
motivation and self-confidence. Greater interest in academic work develops when students are able
to see the link between co-op experiences and classroom principles. Co-op students are able not only
to evaluate career decisions early in their college years, but also to gain meaningfiil work experience before
graduation and establish professional contacts and references. The salaries students earn in
cooperative education experiences may also help deiray a portion of the costs of their education.
Participation in co-op is required of all students except those in the College of Arts and Sciences.
Although most arts and sciences students choose to take advantage of co-op, the college offers a full-
time program without co-op.
Cooperative education curricula leading to the baccalaureate degree generally require five years
at Northeastern University. Programs typically consist of a freshman year of three consecutive
quarters of full-time study followed by four upperclass years in which students alternate periods of
classroom study with cooperative education experiences. The College of Engineering and the
College of Computer Science offer a four-year co-op option.
Responsible for all phases of the co-op program, a faculty coordinator/counselor team assists students in
deriving maximum benefits fi-om their education at Northeastern, hi general, co-op experiences can
become increasingly challenging and career-specific as the students' education and abilities grow.
Students are not limited to paid employment during a cooperative period. They may wish to
travel abroad, to do volunteer work, or to take specialized courses at another institution.
The Office of International Cooperative Education offers a variety of services to international
students and students from the United States. Through the International Exchange Program,
undergraduates may be placed abroad for their cooperative work experience. Placements abroad
are currently available in the United Kingdom, Ireland, France, Germany, Austria, the Nether-
lands, Sweden, Australia, and Israel for students whose academic and linguistic experience make
them appropriate candidates.
International students may receive assistance on matters relating to their co-op employment,
such as Social Security and tax information, as well as issues involving the verification of their immi-
gration and co-op status. A special course, Working in the U.S., is offered to international students to
help prepare them for co-op. Additionally, new opportunities are being developed to enable some
international students to return to their home countries to work for American companies on co-op.
6 The University
Academic Policies
Attendance Requirements
Class Schedule
In this section, you will find general information about what is expected of you as a student and how
your progress toward matriculation is measured. For specific details on your individual degree
program, consult your academic adviser.
The University assumes no liability for any delay in providing or failing to provide educational or
related services or facilities due to causes beyond the reasonable control of the University. Causes
include, but are not limited to, power failure, fire, strikes by University employees or others,
weather damage, and acts of public authorities. However, when in its judgment it is appropriate to
do so, the University will exert reasonable efforts to provide comparable or substantially equivalent
services, facilities, or performance; but its inability or failure to do so shall not subject it to liability.
No faculty member, administrator, or other representative of the University shall make any
representations to, or enter into any agreements with, or act toward any student or other person in
any manner that is not in conformity with established University policies, practices, and proce-
dures as expressed in this or any other official University document.
The University expects you to meet attendance requirements in all courses to qualify for credit.
Attendance requirements vary; it is your responsibility to ascertain what each instructor requires.
Failure to meet attendance requirements may force you to drop the course, as recommended by
the instructor and with the approval of the Academic Standing Committee of the college.
Classes for day students are scheduled from 8:00 am to 5:10 pm, Monday through Friday. You
should not make conflicting commitments until the class schedules for each quarter are final.
Schedule changes to accommodate part-time work are difficult and rarely made.
Permission to make up work may be granted by instructors for reasonable cause. Requests must
be made immediately upon your return to class. Laboratory work can be made up only during the
hours of regularly scheduled instruction.
Absence because of student activities. If you must miss classes to participate in athletic contests or
other forms of scheduled intercollegiate activity, you are entitled to make-up privileges. Faculty
members may require a written statement from the administrator in charge of the activity.
Absence because of illness. If you are absent from school for an extended period of time, you must
inform the Office of Freshman Affairs or your college by letter, message, or telephone.
Absence because of religious beliefs. The University maintains the following guidelines regarding
student absences because of religious beliefs. "Any student who is unable, because of his/her
religious beliefs, to attend classes or to participate in any examination, study, or work requirement
shall be provided with an opportunity to make up such examination, study, or work requirement
which he/she may have missed because of such absence on any particular day; provided, however,
that such makeup examination or work shall not create an unreasonable burden upon such school.
No fees of any kind shall be charged by the institution for making available to the said student such
opportunity. No adverse or prejudicial effects shall result to any student because of availing
himself/herself of the provisions of this section." (Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 151C,
Section 2B, 1985.)
Absence because of jury duty. Members of the University community are expected to fulfill their
obligations to serve on a jury if called upon. If you are selected for jury duty, inform your instructors
and/or activity advisers. They will provide reasonable substitute or compensatory opportunities for
any required work you miss. Your absence will not be penalized in any way.
All classes start promptly according to the class schedule shown. Students take classes grouped in
sequences, as shown in the following class sequence chart. Most of the classes at Northeastern are
scheduled in the time periods listed during the fall, winter, and spring quarters.
Students may leave fifteen minutes past the scheduled opening of class if the instructor is not
present. Students are expected to be punctual. Students who are late for classes should attend for
the balance of the period. Instructors will not tolerate habitual tardiness.
Class Schedule 7
Fall, Winter, and Spring
Schedule
Sequence 1
Sequence 2
Sequence 3
Sequence 4
Sequence 5
Sequence 6
Sequence 7
Sequence 8
Sequence 9
Sequence 10
Business Students
Summer Schedule
Sequence A
Sequence B
Sequence C
Sequence D
Sequence E
Sequence F
Sequence G
Sequence H
Sequence I
Sequence J
Sequence K
Sequence 1
Sequence 2
Sequence 3
Sequence 4
Sequence 5
Sequence 6
Business Students
Sequence A
Sequence B
Sequence C
Sequence D
Sequence F
Sequence G
Sequence H
Sequence I
MWTh
MWTh
MWTh
MTTh
MTTh
MTTh
TF
W
TF
W
TF
W
TWF
MW
W
F
MW
TF
TTh
W
F
TTh
M
F
M
W
TTh
TTh
MWTh
MWTh
MWTh
MTh
W
MTh
W
MTh
W
MW
MW
TTh
TTh
M
W
TTh
TTh
TTh
8:00-9:05
9:15-10:20
10:30-11:35
1:35-2:40
2:50-3:55
4:05-5:10
8:00-9:05
1:35-2:40
9:15-10:20
2:50-3:55
10:30-11:35
4:05-5:10
11:45-12:50
8:00-9:40
1:45-3:25
8:00-9:40
9:55-11:35
11:45-1:25
1:45-3:25
3:30-5:10
9:55-11:35
3:30-5:10
3:30-5:10
1:45-3:25
1:45-3:25
11:45-1:25
9:55-11:35
8:00-9:40
8:00-9:05
9:15-10:20
10:30-11:35
11:45-12:50
1:00-2:05
1:00-2:05
2:15-3:20
2:15-3:20
3:30^:35
8:00-9:40
9:55-11:35
8:00-9:40
9:55-11:35
1:45-3:25
2:15-3:55
11:45-1:25
1:45-3:25
3:30-5:10
Activities hours. Undergraduate activities hours are Monday and Thursday, 11:45 am-1:35 pm
during fall, winter, and spring quarters. Summer activities hours are Wednesday, 1 1 :45 am-12:50 pm.
No classes or other academic functions are held during these hours. Violations of this regulation
should be reported to the Office of the Dean of Students or to the Office of Student Government.
8 The University
Groding System Grades are officially recorded by letters, evaluated as follows.
Numerical
Grades equivalent Status
A 4.000 Outstanding achievement
A- 3.667
B+ 3.333
B 3.000 Good achievement
B- 2.667
C+ 2.333
C 2.000 Satisfactory achievement
C- 1.667
D+ 1.333
D 1.000 Poor achievement
D- .667 .
F .000
I Incomplete (in a letter
graded course)
S Satisfactory achievement
in pass/fail course; counts
toward degree requirements
U Unsatisfactory achievement
in pass/fail course
W Course withdrawal
X Incomplete in a pass/fail course
An I or X grade shows that the student has not completed the course requirements. An average
grade of D or less is not acceptable and will not allow a student to continue at Northeastern
University.
Individual faculty may choose not to use plus or minus designations. If faculty elect to use only
whole letters, they must announce this to the class at the beginning of the quarter.
Quality-point average. Numerical equivalents for scholastic averages are weighted according to
the number of hours the course carries. For example, a grade of A in a course carrying 3 quarter
hours is weighted at 12. A grade of C in a course carrying 2 quarter hours is weighted at 4. Your
quality-point average for both courses would then be 12 plus 4, divided by 5, or 3.2. Grades of X, I, S,
and U are not included in the calculation of the quality-point average.
Credit hours. Credit hours are assigned to a course based on the established educational standard
that one credit hour is equal to approximately three hours of student learning time per week over a
period of a quarter, semester, or term (usually one hour of lecture or discussion, plus two hours of
individual study outside class). When much individual study is involved, as in directed study or
certain graduate courses, each additional hour of credit should represent at least three hours of
student work.
Transfer of credits. With the approval of the academic dean or, for freshmen, the Office of
Freshman Affairs, a student in one of the full-time day programs may take courses in University
College, the School of Engineering Technology, graduate school, or the part-time engineering
program and have those courses and grades recorded on the permanent record. Degree credit may
be granted for transfer work from other institutions; check with the Office of Freshman Affairs or
the dean of your college.
Pass I fail system. The individual schools and colleges state how and when the pass/fail system
may be used. An outline of the general system follows.
■ Any student not on academic probation may, beginning in quarter four, register for one pass/fail
course per quarter if permission is granted by the college in which the student is enrolled and if the
course is offered on a pass/fail basis. Freshmen and upperclass students may take one-quarter-
hour courses in physical education on a pass/fail basis in any quarter. Enrollment in these one-
credit hour courses does not prevent upperclass students from electing an additional four-quarter-
hour course on a pass/fail basis.
■ Pass/fail courses are normally restricted to electives outside the major field. However, the college
faculty may choose to adopt the pass/fail system of grading when it appears pedagogically sound for
required courses within a program.
■ Individual faculty members may decide whether any of their courses may be taken on the pass/
fail system of grading, except when uniformity is necessary. In such cases, the department and/or
college faculty offering the course determine whether the pass/fail system is used.
Grading System 9
■ Grades recorded on the basis of the pass/fail system do not figure in the computation of the
quality-point average. Satisfactory completion of all courses taken on the pass/fail system is
designated on the student's permanent record by the letter S. Unsatisfactory work is designated by
the letter U. Any unsatisfactory grade must be handled according to the existing policy of the
college but must never be cleared through the election of the same course pass-fail except when this
system is the only one used by the college for grading the course.
■ An incomplete in a course taken on a pass/fail basis is designated by the letter X on the permanent
record and treated according to the normal procedure for incomplete grades.
■ To use the pass/fail system you must meet all prerequisites for the course. You have until the end
of the second week of the quarter to declare your intention to receive a pass/fail grade. This deadline
may be extended to the end of the eighth week at the option of the instructor.
Freshman reports. At the end of the first six weeks of each quarter, instructors are asked to
interview those freshmen who are failing or near failing. Based on the data submitted by those
instructors, the Office of Freshman Affairs generates status reports and sends them to students
and their faculty advisers. Final grades are mailed to students after each quarter.
Quarterly status reports. Grades are mailed to students approximately three days after each
quarter. A missing grade ("*" on grade report) means that none was turned in by the instructor.
Take up the matter of a missing or erroneous grade directly with the instructor.
Dean's list. A dean's list, or honors list, is issued at the end of each quarter containing the names
of students who have a 3.25 quality-point average or higher with no I grade or grade below C-.
Students who are on any form of probation, who are enrolled in a course on a pass/fail basis (except
where there is no alternative or where required by the program), or who are not carrying a full load
as determined by their Basic College are not eligible. With a few exceptions as approved by the
respective colleges, a full load is considered to be four courses or sixteen quarter hours.
Alternative-year freshmen qualify for the dean's list once they become sophomores in one of the
full-time day programs.
Senior grades and status reports. During the spring quarter of senior year, each senior receives a
transcript of his or her record to date. This transcript is a direct reproduction of the permanent
record and is therefore cumulative. Students should understand that the permanent record is a
working document, reflecting changes and additions as they occur. Carefully review transcripts
and contact the registrar in 116 Hayden Hall with any problems or questions.
No grades are changed during June without the signatures of both the dean of the college and the
instructor. Without the dean's cosignature, the grade change is implemented following commencement.
Transfer credits are applied toward graduation in June only if arranged with the college before
the start of the spring quarter. Otherwise, the trsijisfer credit is applied following commencement.
Procedures for clearing an I or changing other grades. You may clear incomplete, failed, or
dropped courses from official records. Freshmen should consult the Office of Freshman Affairs.
Upperclass students should contact the office of the dean of the appropriate college as well as an
adviser.
An incomplete (I) grade may be reported by the instructor when a student has failed to complete a
basic component of a required course, such as homework, a quiz or final examination, a term paper,
or a laboratory project. You can make up an I grade by satisfying the requirements of the instructor
or, if the instructor is absent, the chair of the department. Be aware that instructors' policies on the
granting of incomplete grades may vary, and that the final decision on an incomplete grade is up to
the instructor. The period for clearing an I grade and for changing a grade other than an I or failure
(F or U) is restricted to one calendar year from the date it is first recorded on your permanent
record. There is no charge for this change.
Freshmen with multiple course deficiencies, including incomplete (I) grades, do not have a
calendar year's time to rectify the deficiencies.
Students who make up an I grade by taking a different course or repeating the same course will be
given a new grade and billed accordingly.
To clear an I grade, you must obtain a triplicate form on which the precise agreement for clearing
an incomplete (I or X) grade is specified and signed by you and the instructor. Forms can be
obtained from the department office. Make an appointment with the instructor to arrange for
clearing the I grade. Then complete the form, sign the agreement, and obtain the instructor's
signature; leave a copy with the instructor; take one copy to the dean's office, and retain a copy as
your personal receipt.
Any exception to this policy on change of grades must be recommended by the Academic Standing
Committee of the college in which the course was offered and must be forwarded in writing by the
, dean to the registrar for implementation. (This process must be completed within one calendar year
from the end of the quarter in which the course was offered. )
Commencing with grades given in the fall quarter of 1979, the University policy has been that I grades
outstanding for twelve or more months will remain permanently and irreversibly on all records.
10 The University
Examinations
Academic Requirements
for Freshman Year
If you wish to clear an I grade received more than one year before the fall quarter 1979, you may
petition the Academic Standing Committee of the appropriate college. The registrar has been
directed to make no exceptions to the one-year statutory limit except on recommendation of the
Academic Standing Committee of the student's college, which must be forwarded in writing by the
dean to the registrar.
Make up of deficiencies or failures. Failure in a course may be made up in another institution or at
Northeastern's University College or School of Engineering Technology. If you wish to make up
coursework at another institution, consult the dean's office for specific information about your
college's transfer credit policy.
Freshmen should become familiar with the specific standards for their college and should work
with the Office of Freshman Affairs, 203 Ell Building.
Remedial I compensatory courses. Remedial/compensatory courses are currently offered for credit
through different programs and colleges. While credit for remedial courses may be given, not all
colleges or departments will apply these credits to major, distribution, or graduation requirements.
Consult your adviser for specific information.
Final examinations are held during the last week of each quarter. An examination schedule is
posted at midterm on the registrar's official bulletin board. No examinations longer than one-half
hour may be given in the week before final examinations. It is your responsibility to know the time
and location of each of your examinations. Final exam conflicts, defined as two exams at the same
hour or three exams in one day, will be resolved with the help of the scheduling office, 120 Hayden
Hall, but only if reported before the last full week of classes.
A list of rules of conduct during examinations follows.
■ Students must concentrate on their own work.
■ Under no circumstances may a student communicate in any way with another student during an
examination.
■ Each student must work in a manner that does not bother other students.
' ■ No unauthorized material is allowed in the examination room.
■ Unless otherwise specified by the instructor and so understood by the head proctor, students
who bring such materials as books, notebooks, and papers into a final-examination room must
leave them either at the front or rear of the room or against the walls, at the option of the head
proctor.
■ All written material must be kept on the right arm of the chair. (In rooms with tables, materials
are to be kept in front of students.)
■ Proctors cannot answer questions about the examination material; students should only ask
questions concerning possible typographical errors in the text or missing parts of the examination.
■ No student may leave the room during the.first thirty minutes of the examination. Late students
may not enter the examination room if any other student taking the examination has already
departed. Late students do not get extra time.
■ Material may not be borrowed during the examinations.
■ Students may leave the examination room permanently after thirty minutes have elapsed, but
during the last ten minutes of the examination no one will be allowed to leave the room. Students
remaining until the end of the examination must cease work immediately when the head proctor
announces the close of the examination and must remain quietly seated until all examination
materials have been collected.
■ Students who become ill during an examination and are unable to complete the examination
must report to the Lane Health Center immediately.
■ Students must turn in all examination materials before leaving the room unless the instructor
indicates that copies may be retained.
■ With permission of the instructor, students may submit a stamped, self-addressed post card
with the final examinations in order to receive grades early.
Depending on their college affiliation, freshmen must attain a final cumulative quality-point
average of at least 1.40 or 1.60 (as noted in the individual college sections). They must also earn
sufficient credits in order to progress into the sophomore year.
Drop back / repeating freshman status. Freshmen who fall below the 1.40/1.60 quality-point
average standard or who have accumulated a quarter's worth or more of deficient credit (grades of
F, W, I, U, X, or a missing course) are not permitted to progress with the original graduating class.
Therefore, if the number of credits earned after the third quarter of the freshman year falls below
the totals listed below, students may be made repeating freshmen.
Academic Requirements for Freshman Year 1 1
Credits that determine
Total credits
repeat status after
for freshman
third quarter
curriculum
31 or under
46
31 or under
47
32 or under
48
32 or under
49
33 or under
50
34 or under
51
34 or under
52
35 or under
53
36 or under
54
37 or under
55
37 or under
56
Graduation Requirements
Students remain in repeating freshman status until quality-point average and credit require-
ments, as well as other college and/or major department standards for the freshman year, are
satisfactorily completed.
University policy grants repeating freshman status on a per quarter basis, during which time the
Office of Freshman Affairs reserves the right to withdraw a student for not making good academic
progress. Repeating freshmen in the College of Arts and Sciences must earn a 2.00 quality-point
average each quarter; repeating freshmen in the Alternative Freshman-Year Program must pass
all four classes with at least a 1.40 cumulative average in their first repeated quarter. No more than
three academic quarters beyond the first year are allowed for repeating freshmen.
Academic probation with eligibility for cooperative work placement. This status exists in all
colleges for freshmen who complete their programs with a quality-point average of 2.00 or higher
and who have more than five deficient credits but less than a full quarter's worth of deficient
credits. However, students in the College of Arts and Sciences who have less than a 2.00 quality-
point average after the freshman year are on academic probation even if they earn all the credits
associated with their particular major.
Academic probation without eligibility for cooperative work placement. Sophomores in all colleges
are assigned this status if their ft-eshman quality-point averages range from either 1.40 or 1.60
through 1.99 and if they have six through thirteen deficient credits. They remain on academic
probation in Division N until all sophomore and freshman make-up courses have been completed
satisfactorily.
Repeating classes to clear deficiencies. You may, with approval, repeat a course or take a substi-
tute course in the full-time day program to clear a deficiency. The final grade for this course
replaces the former grade. If you are repeating courses outside the full-time day program to raise
your quality-point average or to clear a deficiency you must attain an average of 2.00 in all repeated
work.
To be eligible to receive degrees, graduating students must clear all academic, financial, coopera-
tive work, or disciplinary deficiencies. See individual programs for specific academic requirements
for graduation.
Attendance at commencement is optional. Information concerning commencement is mailed to
all graduating students during the spring quarter for June graduation or summer quarter for
September graduation.
Seniors are notified by mail if they fail to qualify for their degrees. No special notice is sent to
those who do qualify. Students who are in doubt should call their dean's office. The University has a
residency requirement for graduation of a minimum of three full-time quarters at Northeastern.
Graduation with honor is reserved for students who have attended a minimum of six full-time
quarters and who have achieved quality-point averages as follows.
Registration Procedures
Quality-point average
3.25-3.49
3.50-3.74
3.75-4.00
Honor conferred
Graduation with honor (cum laude)
Graduation with high honor (magna cum laude)
Graduation with highest honor (summa cum laude)
Course prerequisites. You are expected to meet prerequisites as listed in the course description of
each course in which you enroll. Grades of F, U, I, X, or W in prerequisite courses do not normally
fill requirements. Exceptions must be authorized by the academic department offering the course
and be approved by the office of the dean of your college.
12 The University
Declaring majors and minors. Undergraduate students declare their majors upon admission to
the University or in the spring quarter of their freshman year. Majors are described under the
various schools and colleges. Students may earn a minor in any undergraduate discipline that
designates a minor. You should declare your intent to earn a minor as early as possible, and no later
than the end of the junior year, by applying to the minor department. During the final term, the
department offering the minor will ensure that it appears on your academic record shortly after
graduation by informing the registrar of your completion of the minor.
Internal and external transfer students. To transfer to another college within Northeastern
University or to change majors within the same college, contact the appropriate office for your
academic level. Upperclass students should consult the office of the dean of the college to which
they want to transfer. Freshmen should consult the Office of Freshman Affairs, 203 Ell Building. A
transfer to another college is not automatic but is based on a number of factors, including academic
achievement and availability of space.
External transfer students are those who previously attended a college other than full-time day
college at Northeastern. At the time of their admission, external transfers are identified as either
freshmen with advanced standing or upperclass transfer students. Freshmen with advanced
standing are those accepted with less than the equivalent of thirty-six quarter hours of transfer
credit. They are included in the freshman class in quarter one, two, or three.
Upperclass transfer students have been accepted into a full-time day college with enough
transfer credit to enable them to enter as sophomores, middlers, or juniors. Programs for
upperclass transfers are generally planned with advisers in the offices of the department and dean.
Special students. Students not regularly enrolled in a full-time day college may, in certain
instances, enroll on a quarter-by-quarter basis in some courses given in those colleges. Approval
and further information must be obtained from the dean of the college offering the specific course.
Overload (additional course) policies. If you are an upperclass student taking a full course load,
you can take an additional enrichment course without charge. No credit is given for this course. To
take an additional course, confer with your dean or his or her designee to establish your eligibility.
The additional course must be a four-quarter-hour full-time day college course; the only such
tuition-free course during the upperclass academic year; in addition to the normal course load for
the quarter; and on a space-available basis on registration day, with priority given to tuition-
paying students. The course does not contribute to fulfilling degree requirements or to the calcula-
tion of the quality-point average or total earned hours. After you have filled out and signed the
necessary form, take the appropriate copy to the Office of the Registrar no later than the second
week of the quarter.
Any student who registers for more quarter hours in a quarter than an existing curriculum
allows is liable for the extra charges.
You can withdraw from a course up to the eighth week. You can receive a refund or credit on a
prorated basis if you drop a course between the first and fourth weeks of the course. However, no
rebate or credit is granted when you voluntarily drop a course beyond the fifth week. If you enroll in
overload courses to clear failures or other deficiencies ( W or I ), you will be billed at the overload
rate, one-sixteenth the tuition for that quarter, per quarter hour.
Should you later petition to have credits earned in this course apply to your degree, you must
obtain the approval of your dean or his or her designee, pay tuition at the rate current at the time of
petition, and complete the process by May of your senior year.
Dropping courses. To drop a course, first obtain a course drop form at the registrar's or your
dean's office. Not attending a class does not constitute withdrawal. Fill out the form, have your
instructor sign it, and keep a copy for yourself. If you are an upperclass student, be sure a represen-
tative from the dean's office of your college signs and keeps a copy. If you are a freshman, return the
drop form to the Office of Freshman Affairs, 203 Ell Building, for approval. After obtaining all
required signatures, return the original copy to the Office of the Registrar.
Course withdrawals are permitted through the third week of the quarter without any grade
recorded on the record. Course withdrawals at any time during the fourth through the eighth week
of the quarter are indicated by a W on the record. After the eighth week, no withdrawals are
accepted for any reason. At this point, a letter grade will be posted on the record. (A faculty member
may choose not to sign a course withdrawal form if the student was involved in any kind of aca-
demic dishonesty in the class.)
Change of name. Report all name changes to the Office of the Registrar immediately. This is
especially important if you marry and wish to use a new name on all University records
Change of address. Notify the Office of the Registrar promptly of any address change. Both your
permanent home address and your local address are needed.
Registration Procedures 13
Transcripts. To obtain an official transcript, send a check in the amount stipulated by the Office of
the Bursar, mailing instructions, and a disclosure waiver, if necessary, to the assistant University
registrar at 117 Hayden Hall. To request a transcript in person, first obtain an official receipt from
the Office of the Cashier at 248 Richards Hall; then present the receipt and a valid photo ID at 117
Hayden Hall. Telephone requests are not accepted. You can obtain unofficial transcripts in person
only by presenting a valid photo ID at 1 17 Hayden Hall.
Withdrawal from the University. To withdraw from the University for any reason, you should
begin the process at the appropriate office for your academic level. Upperclass students should
contact the office or the dean of their college. Freshmen should go to the Office of Freshman Affairs,
203 Ell Building. Potential transfer students should consult the dean's office for their school or the
Office of the Dean of Students, 203 Ell Building.
Students may be withdrawn from the University for financial, disciplinary, academic, or health
reasons. In the last case, a committee will review the recommendations of the director of health
services to determine whether the student should withdraw. The student has an opportunity to
present his or her case to the committee. Withdrawals are made only when it is determined that the
student is a danger to himself or herself or to other members of the University community, or when
the student has demonstrated behavior detrimental to the educational mission of the University.
Procedures for student leave of absence for medical reasons. After the eighth week of the quarter
students may withdraw from course work (leave of absence) only for medical reasons. If you are
taking a leave of absence from academic work for medical reasons contact the dean's office of your
college. Medical reasons are considered to include both physical and emotional well-being. A
representative of the dean's office will discuss the situation with you and refer you to the Lane
Health Center with a petition form. The petition for a medical leave of absence must be made prior
to the end of the quarter. Your physician must provide appropriate medical information to the Lane
Health Center physician. If you are on co-op when you need a medical leave of absence, contact your
co-op coordinator.
A medical leave of absence may be effective for up to six months. During this period you maintain
all the rights and responsibilities of a Northeastern University student. If you are covered under
the Northeastern-sponsored Blue Cross/Blue Shield insurance, it remains in effect. After six
months you must obtain re-entry or be withdrawn from the University.
When you are ready to return to the University, you again contact your college representative
who in turn refers you to the Lane Health Center. The center must be provided with medical
documentation validating your treatment and fitness to return to school. Strict confidentiality is
maintained in all aspects of medical leaves of absence. Exceptions to these procedures are handled
by the appropriate academic standing committee. If you fail to follow these procedures a final grade
is posted, and that grade will stand.
14 The University
College Expenses
1992-1993 Tuition
All students registered in a full-time day college are charged full tuition for coursework of twelve
quarter hours or more. In addition, charges are made for coursework beyond the normal academic
schedule. Students should note that the freshman year consists of three quarters of full time study.
The co-op program does not begin until sophomore year.
A number of payment plans and financial aid and scholarship programs are available to help
students meet college expenses. For information, contact the Office of Financial Aid, 356 Richards
Hall, 617-437-3190,
Tuition is paid in installments at the beginning of each quarter. Tuition for freshmen is computed
by the year and paid in three equal installments or on the schedule provided for in one of several
payment plans available at Northeastern. Freshman payment deadlines are August 31, 1992;
December 14, 1992; and March 22, 1993. Deadlines for January enrollees are December 14, 1992;
March 22, 1993; and June 14, 1993.
Payment deadlines for upperclass students are by division. Division A: December 14, 1992, June
14, 1993; Division B: September 14, 1992-March 22, 1993; Division C (those who are temporarily or
permanently on a noncooperative plan year): September 14, 1992; December 14, 1992; and March
22, 1993.
The following chart estimates the annual costs for most students. Costs vary with the year and
program of study. Tuition rates, room and board charges, and fees are subject to revision by the
Board of Trustees at any time. If a student defaults on tuition and/or residence payments, he or she
shall be liable for not only the outstanding balance, but also for reasonable collection costs and
attorneys' fees incurred by the University in collecting unpaid balances.
College/school/program
Freshmen
Upperclass students
(3 quarters)
(2 quarters)
Business "
Computer Science
$11,490
$10,870
Engineering
($3,830 per quarter)
($5,435 per quarter)
Engineering Technology _
Arts and Sciences ~
Criminal Justice
Journalism
$10,890
$9,000
Nursing
($3,630 per quarter)
($4,900 per quarter)
Pharmacy and Health Sciences
Alternative Freshman- Year
Physical Therapy
$11,310
$10,250
($3,770 per quarter)
($5,125 per quarter)
Fees and Expenses
Books and supplies
$480
$400
International student fee
$200 once upon entrance
same
Additional personal expenses
$600
$400
Commuter transportation
$750
$500
Fees
$598.50
$574
The following fees are required of all students.
Application fee. This nonrefundable $30 fee must accompany an application for admission.
Tuition deposit. A nonrefundable tuition deposit of $100 applied to the first quarter tuition
account is due by May 1 from all students entering in September. Students entering at other times
of the year should note the required deposit date on their certificates of acceptance.
Student services fee. This $24.50 quarterly fee is required of all students to fiind student clubs,
activities, and organizations.
Photo-identification card. This $2 card is issued to new full-time students at orientation and
registration. Students must have a properly validated card to use most University facilities, a
replacement card costs $5.
College Expenses 15
Accident andsicknessinsurance. The nonrefundable annual University Health Service fee of $525
covers the group Blue Cross/Blue Shield program and medical services provided by the Health Service .
Sports pass fee. This $45 fee ($25 if student begins classes in winter quarter) allows students to
attend all regular home games without additional charges.
Other fees may include the following.
Housing deposit. New students seeking on-campus housing must submit a nonrefundable $400
deposit along with a completed housing application form to complete the housing application
process. The upperclass housing deposit is $75 per quarter.
Residence hall activities fee. All students living in the residence hall system pay a quarterly $5 fee
for activities sponsored by the Residence Student Association and the hall governments.
Deferred tuition payment fee. A $ 10 fee is levied on all accounts not paid by the end of the second
week of classes. Students must contact the Office of the Bursar before the start of the second week
of classes to arrange for the deferred payment plan:
Portion of bill per quarter Payment deadline
First payment 1/3
Second pajonent 1/3
Third payment 1/3
First week of quarter
Fourth week of quarter (approximately)
Eighth week of quarter (approximately)
Late payment fee. Failure to make payments in accordance with the prescribed regulations
results in a $200 fee.
International student fee. The one-time fee of $200 is charged to new undergraduate international
students, payable after their acceptance at Northeastern.
Laboratory deposits. Students taking laboratory courses purchase laboratory deposit cards from
the Office of the Cashier as directed by the department offering the course. These deposits cover
any breakage of laboratory apparatus.
Liability insurance. Students in most health profession programs, such as nursing, pharmacy,
and respiratory therapy, are required to pay a liability insurance fee of $18.
Warren Center fees. Physical education majors pay a room-and-board charge for a resident
program at the Warren Center in the spring quarter of the freshman year. Recreation and leisure
studies students pay a fee in the freshman year for a one-week term of camping at the Warren
Center.
Room and Board
At the beginning of the first quarter, all entering freshmen living in University residence halls will
be billed for the nineteen meals per week option ($1,075). Once on campus, freshmen may select
either a ten or fifteen meal plan option.
Returning upperclass students must apply for housing each quarter.
Traditional Residence Halls
Single
Kerr Hall
$1,450
Light Hall
$1,450
MelvinHall
$1,450
Smith Hall
$1,450
Speare Hall
$1,450
Stetson West
$1,450
Stetson East
$1,450
Northeastern At
TheY
$1,200
Suites
Kennedy Hall
$1,450
153 Hemenway
$1,450
Apartments
2-Person
Double
$1,160
$1,160
$1,160
$1,160
$1,160
$1,160
$1,160
$1,160
$1,160
5-Person*
Triple
$1,120
$1,120
$1,120
$1,120
$1,120
$1,120
6-Person*
157-163 Hemenway $1,500 $1,385
"* $150 extra for a single room witliin an apartment.
$1,350
8-Person*
$1,275
16 The University
Efficiency Double Triple Quad
Burstein
$1,700
$1,350
$1,200
$1,000
Rubenstein
$1,700
$1,350
$1,200
$1,000
St. Stephens St.
$1,750
$1,400
$1,250
$1,100
407 Huntington
$1,750
$1,400
$1,200
337 Huntington
$1,750
$1,400
319 Huntington
$1,750
$1,400
$1,250
$1,100
Willis Hall
$1,750
$1,475
University Dining Service
All students who live in traditional University residence halls and suites are required to participate
in the food plan run by University Dining Service.
Meals per week
Cost per quarter
19
$1075
15
$975
10
$885
5
$425 upperclass only
College Expenses 17
University-wide Programs
Alternative Freshman-Year
Program
Class Entrance
Requirements
Business
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Arts and Sciences,
Criminal Justice, or
Education
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Health Sciences
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Students in the Alternative Freshman- Year Program are considered regular degree candidates
with an undeclared major. The program is designed to help students strengthen basic skills in
writing and mathematics. While helping students gain confidence in their ability to do college-level
work, the program also allows students to consider several different areas of study before selecting
a major. Counselors help students tailor a program to fit individual needs. The same counselors are
normally available on a continuing basis throughout the entire first year.
Students in the program have access to all counseling services, physical education facilities, and
extracurricular programs. Alternative Freshman-Year students are encouraged to make extensive
use of the Academic Assistance Center and the Math and Writing Centers. Students are frequently
referred to the Learning Resources Center. The Counseling Center is available for personal and
academic counseling as well as vocational testing and counseling.
To qualify for sophomore status in the College of Arts and Sciences (nonscience programs), the
College of Business Administration, and the College of Criminal Justice, alternative-year freshmen
must earn a quality-point average of 1.40 or higher and successfully complete forty-four pro-
grammed credits, as well as required courses. The College of Business Administration requires
that students also earn a 1.80 in the five core courses: ECN 4601, ENG 4013, ENG 4014, MGT 4110,
andMTH113.
Alternative freshman-year students may also qualify for science-based programs in Pharmacy
and Health Sciences by completing fifty-nine programmed credits over four quarters, including
three chemistry, two biology, and two advanced mathematics courses.
Alternative freshman-year students who do not meet these standards are designated repeaters.
Students remain in that status until they satisfactorily meet the quality-point average and credit
requirements for the freshman year in their particular program.
ED 4003, Integrated Language Skills Development A; ENG 4013, Fundamentals of English 1;
HST 4110, History of Civilization Aor a required business course; and MTH 1000, Math
Preliminaries 1.
ED 4004, Integrated Language Skills Development B; ENG 4014, Fundamentals of English 2;
HST 4110, History of Civilization A or a required business course; and MTH 1010, Math
Preliminaries 2.
ECN 4601, Economics 1 or a directed elective; HST 4111, History of Civilization B; MGT 4110,
Survey of Business and Management or a directed elective; and MTH 1113, Math for Business.
ED 4003, Integrated Language Skills Development A; ENG 4013, Fundamentals of English 1;
MTH 1000, Math Preliminaries 1; and SOC 4010, Principles of Sociology 1 or a directed elective.
ED 4004, Integrated Language Skills Development B; ENG 4014, Fundamentals of English 2;
HST 4110, History of Civilization A; and MTH 1010, Math Preliminaries 2 or SOC 4011, Principles
of Sociology 2.
ENG 1111, Freshman English 2 or a directed elective; HST 4111, History of Civilization B;
POL 4106, Introduction to Politics; and SOC 401 1, Principles of Sociology 2 or an elective.
CHM 1110, General Chemistry Preliminaries; ED 4001, Integrated Language Skills Development
1; ENG 4013, Fundamentals of English 1; and MTH 1010, Math Preliminaries 2.
CHM 1111, General Chemistry 1; ED 4002, Integrated Language Skills Development 2; ENG 4014,
Fundamentals of English 2; and MTH 1106, Fundamentals of Mathematics.
BIO 1140, Basic Animal Biology 1; CHM 1112, General Chemistry 2A; ENG 1111, Freshman
English 2 or a directed elective; and a directed elective.
BIO 1141, Basic Animal Biology 2; MTH 1107, Functions and Basic Calculus; and a directed
elective.
18 The University
Compensatory Courses
Schedule for Continuation
of Compensatory
Programming
Compensatory courses in English and mathematics are for freshman native speakers of Enghsh
whose reading, writing, and/or mathematical skills need strengthening.
The University uses one or more of three criteria to determine which freshmen participate in the
compensatory programs: pre-college academic credentials, tests administered during orientation
week, or performance in ENG 1110, Freshman English 1.
In general, the program consists of six courses, each offering four hours of credit. The courses must
fit into the following sequences.
FaU*
MTH 1000
ENG 1110
or
ENG 1013
Winter*
MTH 1010
ENG 1014
Mathematical Preliminaries 1
Freshman English It
Fundamentals of English 1
Mathematical Preliminaries 2
Fundamentals of English 2
Special Notes
Successful completion of Mathematical Preliminaries 1 and 2 is a prerequisite for:
MTH 1101, MTH 1106, MTH 1107, and MTH 1108 Nonbusiness mathematics
sequence
MTH 1113 and MTH 1114 Business mathematics
\ sequence
A passing letter grade in Freshman English 1 or Intensive Writing is a prerequisite for:
ENG 1111 Freshman English 2
ENG 1111-ENG1113 Engineering sequence
ENG 1111 Engineering technology
sequence
*The same sequence is offered winter/spring for students who enter in January.
tStudents whose work in this course is unacceptable for success in ENG 1111, Freshman English 2, will receive a
grade of S and must complete ENG 1014, Fundamentals of English 2.
Acceptance for credit is determined by the faculties of the individual colleges and is therefore
subject to change. The chart below outlines policies on compensatory courses. Asterisked (*)
courses are graded pass/fail and therefore are not included in the student's quality-point average. A
yes designates acceptance for credit, a no nonacceptance, and ann/a not applicable.
English 1
English 2
ROTC Military Officers'
Training Program
(ENG 1110/1013) (ENG 1014)
Mathematical Mathematical
Preliminaries* Preliminaries 2*
(MTH 1000) (MTH 1010)
Arts and Sciences
yes
yes
yes
yes
Business
yes
yes
yes
yes
Administration
Computer Sciencet
yes
yes
n/a
n/a
Criminal Justice
yes
yes
yestt
yestt
Engineeringt
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Engineering
yes
yes
n/a
n/a
Technology
Nursing
yes
yes
no
no
Pharmacy and
yes §
yes
no
no
Health Sciences
fThis college offers MTH 1120 and MTH 1121, a course sequence in college calculus with algebra and trigonometry, to
students who test deficient in mathematics. The sequence involves extra work in algebra and trigonometry and covers
the same material as the regular freshman calculus sequences.
ttStudents whose diagnostic examinations suggest a need for basic mathematics may elect MTH 1000 or MTH 1010 to
prepare for MTH 1106, Fundamentals of Mathematics.
§This college wall accept ENG 1110 or ENG 1014 for credit only (with a letter grade). Students who complete English
courses must still take a four-credit English elective.
The Department of Military Science offers the Reserve Officers' Training Corps (ROTC) program.
The goal of ROTC is to develop men and women with leadership potential and prepare them for an
officer's commission in the military service of the United States. The curriculum teaches principles
of personnel management and seeks to develop leadership traits such as teamwork, ready accep-
tance of responsibility, the desire to achieve, self-confidence and discipline.
ROTC, Military Officers' Training Program 19
The Army ROTC program is conducted at Northeastern. The Air Force and Navy ROTC pro-
grams are conducted at Boston University. For more information, write or call the Department of
Military Science, 430 Parker Building, Northeastern University, Boston, MA 02115, 617-437-2372.
Army Anthony J. Hoss, Lt. Col., U.S. Army, MA, Professor and Chair,
Department of Military Science
Completion of the program can lead to an officer's commission in the U.S. Army, Army National
Guard, or U.S. Army Reserve.
The program consists of the basic course (freshman and sophomore years) and the advsmced
course (middler, junior and senior years). It does not conflict with co-op schedules.
Enrollment in the basic course is voluntary and is open to all full-time students who are United
States citizens. Students in the basic course do not incur a military obligation.
The advanced course is open to all qualified students who meet these prerequisites: completion of
the basic course (or approved equivalent), or prior honorable military service; physical aptitude and
medical requirements; and age requirements. Advanced course students receive a $100-per-month
stipend, up to $1,000 per year. They are also paid for the six-week advanced camp normally
attended between their junior and senior years. Uniforms are issued to cadets without cost except
for a refundable uniform deposit.
Full-time students meeting specific requirements may apply for scholarships covering their last
four, three, or two academic years. These are merit-based scholarships, and a student's earnings
during cooperative work periods do not reduce scholarship payments. The Army ROTC scholarship
pays 80 percent of the student's tuition and provides an allowance for textbooks and laboratory
fees, plus an additional living allowance of $100 per month, up to $1,000 for each year the scholar-
ship is in effect.
1 Transfer students, whether or not previously enrolled in ROTC, are welcomed to join the
program. They should contact the Department of Military Science concerning their options for
program enrollment. Honorably discharged veterans (enlisted) are a vital part of our cadet corps
and will receive special consideration for ROTC enrollment.
Air Force James L. Frey, Lt. Col., U.S. Air Force, MPA, Professor and Chair,
Department of Aerospace Studies, Boston University
The Air Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps (AFROTC) program offers students an opportunity
to earn a commission in the United States Air Force. The student is commissioned as a second
lieutenant upon completion of both the aerospace studies (AS) curriculum and the requirements for
an undergraduate or graduate degree. AFROTC classes and leadership laboratories are conducted
on the Boston University campus. For more information, write the Department of Aerospace
Studies, Boston University, 118 Bay State Road, Boston, MA 02215- 1796, or call 617-353-4705.
The AFROTC program offers a four-year and a two-year program. Undergraduates may join the
four-year AFROTC program by registering for the appropriate aerospace studies classes. Students
from all academic disciplines, including five-year co-op, may register. Preferred entry is the first
quarter of the first year, although students may enter as late as November of the sophomore year.
Academic coursework focuses on the functions and organizations of the Air Force, military
history with an emphasis on the use of airpower, management techniques, and international
relations and the impact policies have on the defense establishment. In addition, weekly leadership
laboratories introduce students to Air Force customs. The Air Force uniform and AFROTC books
are provided to the student free of charge except for a refundable uniform deposit.
Participation in AFROTC by nonscholarship students during the first two years of the four-year
program carries no commitment to serve in the Air Force. The nonfljdng commissioned graduate
incurs a four-year active duty service commitment. Navigators incur a six-year post-training
commitment, and pilots incur a ten-year post-training commitment.
Prerequisites for entry into the two-year program include at least six remaining academic
quarters of undergraduate or graduate study, meeting Air Force physical standards, good moral
character, and successful completion of six weeks of field training. Prospective two-year program
members should contact the University AFROTC detachment no later than December of the
sophomore year.
Two scholarship programs are available. High school seniors may apply for the Four-Year
Scholarship Program before December 1 of their senior year through a local Air Force Recruiter.
The College Scholarship Program is available to freshmen and sophomore students. Students who
attend AFROTC classes in the fall quarter of their freshman year are eligible for 2- to 3 1/2-year
scholarships; others are eligible for two-year scholarships.
Navy Michael E. Field, Captain, U.S. Navy, MA, Professor and Chair,
Department of Naval Science, Boston University
The Naval Reserve Officers' Training Corps (NROTC) Nurse program provides an opportunity for a
commission as a naval officer in the Nurse Corps. Nursing students at Northeastern may enroll in
20 The University
Honors Program
Honors Scholarships
the NROTC Nurse program with the Department of Naval Science at Boston University.
Anyone wishing to contact NROTC should write to or call the office of the Commanding
Officer, NROTC Unit, Boston University, 116 Bay State Road, Boston, MA 022 15- 1796,
617-353-4232/2535.
NROTC has two basic programs: the scholarship program and the college program. The scholar-
ship program provides full tuition, books and fees, and a $100 per month stipend for four or two
years of instruction at Northeastern University. These scholarships are granted as a result of
annual nationwide competition. The college program provides students with naval science texts,
uniforms, and a $100 per month stipend during the last two academic years. Full-tuition scholar-
ships may be awarded to selected applicants who have been active in the college program for at
least one semester. Applications for the college program are made through the Department of
Naval Science at Boston University.
A two-year program is available for sophomores/middlers who do not join NROTC by the start
of their sophomore year. Both scholarship and college program options are available; selection for
this program takes place in the spring, and all applications must be submitted by late February of
the sophomore year.
To be eligible for the Naval ROTC program, students must meet citizenship, age, and physical
fitness requirements and be enrolled in a program leading to a nursing baccalaureate degree.
The NROTC program requires completion of both the academic major, including three quarters
of English composition, and the naval science curriculum, and participation in leadership laborato-
ries (two hours a week during the school year) and indoctrination tours conducted at Navy/Marine
Corps facilities.
The NROTC Nurse program also requires some professional training, depending on the program
and the time of entry. This training occurs during summer "cruises" of four to six weeks each for
scholarship students, and one "cruise" of four to six weeks for college program students.
Upon graduation and completion of NROTC requirements, scholarship students are obligated to
serve on active duty for four years, college program students for three years.
The University invites qualified students in each of its colleges to participate in a comprehensive
honors program designed to foster and recognize superior intellectual development and achieve-
ments. Based on criteria established by an individual college for its own majors, students may be
invited into the program as they enter the University or at any time during their college careers.
Various special limited-enrollment sections of many first- and second-year courses are offered for
honors students. Other courses have been organized to permit students to undertake individual
advanced-level work and to receive an honors designation on their transcripts.
Honors seminars on interdisciplinary subjects are open to honors students as part of their course
load or as a free overload. Junior-senior honors programs, based on individual or small-group
research projects under the direction of distinguished faculty, are available to qualified students.
Honors and standard sections of courses are usually equivalent in terms of satisfying degree
requirements and are distinguished by course number. For example, the honors section of ECN
1115 is ECN 1715; for PHY 1100 it is PHL 1700. An updated hst of offerings is available in the
Honors Program Office and also appears in the registrar's course listings.
There are two types of honors courses. Honors within a standard course are activity courses that
allow students to substitute special work for some of the standard assignments within the course.
Honors outside a standard course are adjunct courses that carry an additional 1 quarter-hour credit
so that students receive two grades: one in the standard course and one in the honors adjunct. This
1 quarter-hour course can only be taken with another standard course and represents the enriched
work that makes the entire 5 quarter-hour honors course. Activity and adjunct courses only appear
on the listing in the Honors Program Office. Because they do not carry separate numbers, activity
and adjunct courses do not appear as honors-level in the registrar's course listings. Honors courses
may be taken as a free overload. Criteria for free overloads are available in the Honors Program
Office.
For more information on honors courses, how to qualify to take courses, and other aspects of the
program, contact the Honors Program Office at 617-437-2333 or drop by 1 Nightingale Hall.
Ambassador Awards. The University offers five half-tuition scholarships for exceptional
academic achievement to non-U. S. citizens for the freshman year (September through June). The
Ambassador Awards are given to freshmen enrolled in a full-time day academic program and are
not renewable.
Dr. Ralph J. Bunche Scholars Program. Northeastern honors the late Dr. Ralph J. Bunche, Nobel
laureate and former undersecretary of the United Nations, by awarding ten scholarships annually
to African- American students who have outstanding records of academic achievement and
leadership. The Bunche awards are full-tuition scholarships in the freshman year and half-tuition
grants in the remaining years of study, provided that the student maintains a superior scholastic
average.
Honors Program 21
Carl S. Ell Presidential Scholarship Program. This program was established to recognize some of
the University's finest incoming students and to foster the continuation of their superior academic
performance.
Each year a hmited number of freshmen who have records from high school that exhibit excep-
tional promise are selected for this academic achievement award. Criteria for selection include high
school records indicating a college preparatory program, class rank, grade-point average, extracur-
ricular activities, community service, letters of recommendation from guidance counselors, £ind
SAT or ACT test scores.
The Ell Scholars are awarded full freshman-year tuition scholarships. Those who continue to
maintain a superior scholastic average and to make a strong contribution to the University's
academic and social life during their upperclass years at Northeastern are awarded half-tuition
grants for each subsequent year.
In addition to the awarding of financial assistance, the scholars are provided with a number of
opportunities to engage in intellectual exchange on campus.
The application deadline for the program is January 1. In most cases, students are notified of
their selection as Ell Scholars before February 1.
22 The University
Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
About Sample Curricula
Middler-Year Writing
Requirement
The sample curricula in this section are for general informational purposes only. Course require-
ments, elective course distribution, and achievement levels vary from program to program, and
even class to class. Consult with your academic advising office, listed below, to make certain you
have all the necessary resources before planning your own curriculum.
Alternative Freshman- Year Program 249 Ryder
College of Arts and Sciences
African-American Studies 132 Nightingale
American Sign Language-
English Interpreting 276 Holmes
Anthropology /Sociology 501 Holmes
Art and Architecture 239 Ryder
Biology 414Mugar
Chemistry 102 Hurtig
Communication Studies 147 Meserve
Economics 301 Lake
Education 54 Lake
English 406 Holmes
Geology 14 Holmes
History 249 Meserve
Human Services 210 Lake
Journalism 102 Lake
Linguistics 565 Holmes
Mathematics 567 Lake
Modem Languages 360 Holmes
Music 351 Ryder
Philosophy and Religion 103 Meserve
Physics 111 Dana
Political Science 303 Meserve
Psychology 125 Nightingale
Theatre 337 Ryder
Bouve College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences 206 Mugar
College of Business Administration 205 Hayden
College of Computer Science 161 Cullinane
College of Criminal Justice 400 Churchill
College of Engineering 220Snell
College of Nursing 102 Robinson
School of Engineering Technology 120 Snell
Special note. In assessing quarter weights for courses, the following statement applies: One
quarter-hour of credit is equal to 50 minutes of instruction per week, plus two hours of preparation.
The Scheduling Office, 126 Hayden Hall, maintains all quarter-hour weights for courses. In the
event of error in any publication, the academic record will reflect the correct quarter-hours
applicable to any degree requirement.
Some course titles may change, but the course number remains the same. Be sure you do not
register for a course you have already taken.
All middlers (that is, students who have earned 80-h quarter hours including non co-op students)
must complete this graduation requirement at Northeastern. The requirement should preferably
be completed before students accrue 144 quarter hours. Successful completion of Freshman
English is a prerequisite to the MYWR. Students fulfill the Middler-Year Writing Requirement in
one of two ways, depending on the requirements of their college: 1) complete a four quarter-hour
MYWR course with a grade of C (2.0) or better; or 2 ) pass a one quarter-hour Writing Workshop
(pass/fail). No transferred course from another university may satisfy this requirement.
This University requirement is designed to help students improve their writing for major courses
and in their workplaces. The eight courses are therefore interdisciplinary so that students may
write in subjects related to their major. For additional information, students may contact the
English department, 406 Holmes Hall, 617-437-2512.
Intermediate Writing
Writing for the Professions: Business Administration
Writing for the Professions: Criminal Justice
Technical Writing
ENG 1350
ENG 1381
ENG 1382
ENG 1125
24 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Writing Workshop ENG1340
Writing for the Professions: Health Services ENG 1380
Advanced Writing ENG 1352
Topics in Writing ENG 1360
Technical Writing 2 ENG 1370
Colleges have specific guidelines and schedules for options that apply to majors. Students should
consult their dean's office or adviser for guidelines. The following colleges recommend these MYWR
courses.
College of Arts and Sciences ENG 1350
Bouve College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences ENG 1350 or ENG 1340
College of Business Administration ENG 1381
College of Computer Science ENG 1 125
College of Criminal Justice ENG 1382
College of Engineering ENG 1125 or ENG 1340
School of Engineering Technology ENG 1340
College of Nursing ENG 1350 or ENG 1380
Middler-Year Writing Requirement 25
College of Arts and Sdences
Class Entrance
Requirements
Robert P. Lowndes, PhD, Dean
Kay D. Onan, PhD, Associate Dean, Faculty Affairs
Mary Mello, MA, Director, Academic Administrative Services
Marva Perry, MA, Assistant Dean, Minority Affairs
Charles J. Haberle, MS, Coordinator, Undergraduate Student Services
Gail F. Leclerc, MEd, Counselor to Undergraduates
Joseph O. Monahan, MA, Coordinator, International Study Programs
A broad study of disciplines in the arts and sciences is the core of higher education. Most students in
the University — no matter what career training they choose — devote a substantial portion of their
studies to the arts and sciences.
The college as a whole emphasizes general education through the college core curriculum. In
addition, a large number of interdisciplinary and extradisciplinary programs are available. These
include national and international exchange programs for study and experience; programs in field
settings at sea and abroad; and programs involving affiliations in such areas as professional
performing arts organizations, media organizations, and government offices.
In most programs, students may choose a four-year, full-time track or the five-year co-op plan.
The five-year plan offers opportunities for paid employment, often in an area related to the
student's chosen academic area. Students are normally eligible to participate in co-op when they
become sophomores.
Students may enter the college with a specified major or with an unspecified liberal arts major
preference (LAMP). Students in the LAMP program, however, must declare a major by the end of
the freshman year. Considerable flexibility exists, and many students change majors during the
first two yearsThe college offers a bachelor of arts degree and a bachelor of science degree in most
programs. In general, the bachelor of arts degree requires more college core curriculum courses as
well as a foreign language. The bachelor of science degree requires fewer core curriculum courses
but more work in the specific major.
Many programs are flexible enough to allow students to pursue a double major. To do so, students
must complete requirements for both majors.
The college also offers the option of an independent major for students whose interests and goals
are not met by a specific major program. Interested students should consult a counselor in the
dean's office after their sophomore year.
In order to make normal progress, students in the College of Arts and Sciences are expected to
maintain a minimum cumulative quality-point average of 2.0 and to earn 16 quarter hours of credit
each quarter. For fiirther details, refer to the College of Arts and Sciences Guidebook available from
the dean's office, 400 Meserve Hall.
Graduation Requirements Quantitative. Candidates for either the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree must
successfully complete 176 quarter hours. In addition, only 4 quarter hours of physical education
and no ROTC credits may be used to meet this requirement.
Residency. Candidates must complete either 75 percent of the degree credit { 132 quarter hours) or
the last three full quarters (a minimum of 12 four-credit courses ) in the Northeastern University
Basic Day Colleges.
Qualitative. Candidates must achieve a minimum cumulative average of 2.0 (grade of C).
Transfer credit. Transfer credit is granted initially only for comparable courses given in the
University's full-time day colleges. In the first quarter in residence, students may petition for
additional transfer credit. No transfer credit will be granted for courses in which the student
received lower than a C (2.0) grade or for courses in which a pass/fail grade was received. For
courses in progress at the time of a transfer student's application, an updated transcript showing
grades must be submitted in order for transfer credit to be granted.
Core curriculum. The College of Arts and Sciences core curriculum is required of all students.
The core curriculum is a set of requirements intended to provide students with the opportunity to
gain the broad base of knowledge traditionally associated with a liberal arts education. The core
allows students to develop proficiency in basic skills; to be exposed to methods of inquiry in the
various subjects and disciplines in the arts and humanities, the social sciences, and the natural
sciences and mathematics; and to become acquainted with ideas in Western culture, differing views
in non-Western cultures, and major issues and problems facing contemporary society.
26 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
The core curriculum consists of six categories :
Category I Basic Skills
■ Freshman English (two or three courses)
■ College mathematics
■ Modem language through Intermediate 2 level (required of all BA candidates)
Category II Methods of Inquiry
Category III The Western Cultural Heritage
Category IV Alternative Cultures and Societies
Category V Theoretical Perspectives and Changes
Category VI Current Issues in Perspective
For placement information on freshman English, college mathematics, or modem languages,
students should consult the Office of the Dean, 400 Meserve Hall, or the appropriate department.
Placement criteria are published in The College of Arts and Sciences Guidebook .
Descriptions for all College of Arts and Sciences courses begin on page 100. Courses approved for
the College's core curriculum have Roman numerals in parentheses at the end of the descriptions
to indicate the appropriate core curriculum categories for each core course. Students are required
to complete courses in each category of the core, depending on the major and degree pursued.
The College of Arts and Sciences Guidebook, available in the Office of the Dean, 400 Meserve Hall,
provides a list of courses that may be used to fulfill each category requirement.
Foreign language. All bachelor of arts degree candidates must show proficiency in a modern
foreign language by earning a passing grade in Intermediate 2 level of a college course or by
meeting a comparable criterion approved by the Department of Modem Languages.
Conditional exemption from this requirement may be granted to students who earned an average
of C or better in a full, four-year language sequence in secondary school. A conditional exemption
must be confirmed by taking a proficiency examination during the first quarter at the University.
A sufficiently high score will verify the exemption; otherwise, the student will be advised of the
appropriate language course to take in the following quarter.
Absolute exemption is granted to students for whom English is a foreign language or who receive
a score of 550 or better in the Language Achievement Examinations.
The normal sequence for students with no prior preparation is two quarters of elementary-level
language and two quarters of intermediate-level language. The Department of Modem Languages
will determine an appropriate entry point at which students who have partial language prepara-
tion may begin completing the requirement. Students who plan to use Russian or Italian to fulfill
the foreign language requirement should begin study as early as possible; the college is not able to
offer these courses on a regular basis.
Middler-year writing requirement. The middler-year writing requirement may not be fulfill 2d
until the student has successfully completed at least 80 quarter hours (including transfer credit)
and should preferably be completed before 144 quarter hours. The requirement must be fulfilled
at Northeastern. The College of Arts and Sciences strongly recommends intermediate writing
(ENG 1350) to complete the MYWR. Students may, however, also satisfy the requirement by
completing a four-credit writing course from the approved MYWR list (found in the College of Arts
and Sciences Guidebook ) with a grade of C or better or, with special permission, a one-credit
writing workshop (ENG 1340). Students not participating in the cooperative education program
complete the MYWR in their junior year.
College of Arts and Sciences 27
African-American Studies
Ronald W. Bailey, PhD, Professor and Chair
Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Minor Curriculum
American Sign
Language-English
Interpreting
Assistant Professors
Leonard Brown, PhD
Music
Elizabeth Freydberg, PhD
Theatre
Kwamina Panford, PhD
Law, Policy and Society
Clark White, PhD
Sociology
Associated Faculty
Oscar Brookins, PhD
Economics
Herman S. Gray, PhD
Sociology
Donald M, Jacobs, PhD
History
William F. Miles, PhD
Political Science
Professor
Patrick Manning, PhD
History
Associate Professors
Abdul Alkalimat, PhD
Sociology
Holly M.Carter, PhD
Political Science
Jordan Gebre-Medhin, PhD
Anthropology
Maryemma Graham, PhD
Literature
Robert L. Hall, PhD
History
William Lowe, MA
Music
Joseph D. Warren, PhD
Social Welfare
A major in this area exposes students to the experiences of African- American people and others of
African descent. The curriculum reflects an interdisciplinary approach including historical, social/
behavioral, and cultural studies. International studies and public policy are integral parts of the
program. Students apply theoretical knowledge to real world problems and concerns.
Students with training in African-American Studies will have skills to meet the challenges posed
by the diversity of racial, cultural, and ethnic groups in the United States and abroad. Graduates
often attend professional schools and teach at the secondary or college level. Others work in
museums, libraries, research centers, social service agencies, business, public service, and social
welfare and law enforcement agencies.
AFR 1100, Introduction to African- American Studies; AFR 1131, African-American History 1;
AFR 1 155, Foundations of Black Culture; one course on the Black experience outside the United
States; and AFR 1355, Senior Seminar.
Five courses from one of three areas of concentration: historical, cultural, or social/behavioral
studies. Courses offered in other departments may also satisfy this requirement with departmental
approval.
Four courses which will allow students to explore additional topics and areas of interest.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
AFR 1100, Introduction to African- American Studies; AFR 1131, African-American History 1;
AFR 1 155, Foundations of Black Culture; AFR 1249, Black Community and Social Change; and
AFR 1355, Senior Seminar. One course on the Black experience outside the United States. One
additional elective selected by the student in consultation with a departmental adviser.
By becoming an ASL-English interpreter, a student not only becomes acquainted with the culture
of deaf America but also participates in the discovery that there exists a complete language used by
large numbers of people which had been previously unrecognized and unstudied.
Mastering American Sign Language ( ASL) permits students to enter a different culture, and,
tangentially, to appreciate a new historical perspective. Because the language is modally different
from the students' native tongue, its study also dramatically highlights features of spoken lan-
guage that students take for granted. This heightens their sense of how powerful language is and
how it shapes their world. In this general sense, the mastery of ASL sharpens critical thinking
skills.
American Sign Language courses are also integral to two other degree programs: human services
with a specialization in deaf studies, and linguistics with a focus on ASL.
Owing to recent federal legislation, interpreting opportunities are increasing. The program
provides a firm foundation in language, linguistics, culture, and interpreting, plus a broad-based
liberal arts education. Graduates work as interpreters in such different and challenging areas as
higher education, advanced technology, and theatre. Some interpreters take staff positions while
others prefer to freelance.
28 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Art and Architecture
Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Through the ASL Interpreter Education Project, the program seeks to enhance the skills of
interpreters currently working in the field and to increase the supply of competent interpreters
in New England.
ASL 1101, ASL 1102, American Sign Language 1 and 2; ASL 1201, ASL 1202 Intermediate
American Sign Language 1 and 2; ASL 1211, Deaf Culture; ASL 1301, ASL 1302, Advanced
American Sign Language Proficiency 1 and 2; ASL 1500, Introduction to Interpreting; ASL 1505,
ASL 1506, ASL 1507, ASL-English Interpreting 1, 2, and 3; ASL 1520, Interpreter Roles and
Ethics; ASL 1521, Contrastive Analysis; ASL 1522, Discourse Analysis for Interpreters; ASL 1810,
Special Topics in Interpreting; ASL 1820, Interpreting Practicum 1; ENG 1118, Introduction to
Language and Linguistics; PSY 1110, Perspectives in Psychology 1; PSY 1112, Foundations of
Psychology 2; SOA 1335, Language and Culture; SOC 1100, Introduction to Sociology; and CMN
1 1 10, Voice and Articulation.
One course fi-om the following: ENG 1402, Grammars of English; ENG 1407, Introduction to
Semantics; ENG 1408, Topics in Linguistics; ENG 1690, Junior/Senior Seminar; LNL 1235,
Applied Linguistics 1; PSY 1262, Psychology of Language.
One course from the following: PHL 1165, Moral Problems in Medicine; PSY 1271, Social Psychol-
ogy; SOC 1102, Social Inequality and Communication; SOC 1135, Social Psychology; SOC 1140,
Sociology of Prejudice; SOC 1310, Class, Power, and Social Change.
One course from the follov«ng; CRS 1200, Introduction to Special Education; ED 1302, The Human
Services Professions; SOC 1240, Sociology of Human Service Organizations.
One course fi-om the following: THE 1160, Movement 1; PSY 1263, Nonverbal Communication;
CMN 1111, Oral Interpretation; CMN 1115, Introduction to Communication Skills; CMN 1330,
Interpersonal Communication 1.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Peter Serenyi, PhD, Professor and Chair
Professor
Mardges Bacon, PhD
Associate Professors
Samuel S. Bishop, MFA
Mira Cantor, MFA
T. Neal Rantoul, MFA
Assistant Professors
Edwin C. Andrews, MFA
Mary Ann Frye, MFA
Dianne W. Pitman, PhD
Julie Curtis Reed, MFA
Lecturers
Joan Bowker, MA
Judith Brassard Brown, MFA
Rico Cedro, MArch
David A. Conant, MArch
Christopher D. Ferrier, MFA
Geoffrey Fried, MFA
Patrick Hickox, MArch
William Loftis, MPhil
Michael McPherson, MFA
Scott Nash, MFA
Barry B. O'Brien, MS
Pamela A. Patton, MA
Thomas J. Petit, MFA
Victoria L. Putz, MFA
Thomas M. Sieniewicz, MArch
The visual arts are our oldest form of artistic expression. The use and understanding of visual
language is an increasingly necessary part of contemporary education.
The department aims to:
■ introduce art and architecture both as history and as creative activity;
■ offer a focused study of the visual arts through critical examination of both the language and
content of art and architecture in the context of a particular historical period, or through the hands-
on experience of a studio setting;
■ offer a solid academic foundation for a career in art, architecture, graphic design or related fields.
A main resource of the department is Boston itself. The city's architecture spans 300 years, its
museums are world famous, its galleries and cinemas offer the latest in their respective areas, and
its public library is one of the finest public libraries in the country. Teaching students to use these
resources systematically is an all-embracing aim of the department.
The department helps prepare students for careers in architecture, graphic design, photography,
and the teaching of the history and practice of art. Cooperative education work assignments for
majors include positions in architectural and design firms, museums, libraries, historical collec-
tions, and archives.
Major in art. ART 1100, History of Art to 1400, and ART 1101, History of Art since 1400; ART
1124, Basic Drawing; ART 1130, ART 1131, Visual Studies Foundation 1 and 2; and twelve art
electives.
Art and Architecture 29
Minor Ciirriculum
Biochemistry
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Concentration in architecture. Leading to a BS degree that is not a professional degree in
architecture. The twelve art electives are replaced by four architectural history courses (ART 111,
Introduction to Architecture; ART 1203, Medieval Architecture or ART 1204, Renaissance
Architecture; ART 1225, Modern Architecture lor ART 1223, American Architecture; and ART
1226, Modem Architecture 2.
Eight architectural studio courses (ART 1156, Architectural Drafting; ART 1150, 1151, 1252, 1253,
1258, 1259, Architectural Design 1 to 6; and ART 1350, Architectural Thesis).
Two computer courses (ART 1 190, Introduction to Computer Graphics and ART 1295, Computer
Aided Design).
Three building technology courses (ART 1256, ART 1257, Theory of Structures 1 and 2; and ART
1355, Environmental Systems).
Four math/science courses (MTH 1123, MTH 1124, Calculus 1 and 2; PHY 1221, PHY 1222,
Physics for Engineering Students 1 and 2).
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Concentration in graphic design. Same requirements as for the art major, except for the twelve
art electives which are replaced by: ART 1132, Principles of Graphics; ART 1133, Graphic Design 1;
ART 1 134, Typography 1; ART 1 144, Typography 2; ART 1 160, Introduction to Photography; ART
1180, Video Basics; ART 1 190, Introduction to Computer Graphics; ART 1213, Modem Art; ART
1230, History of Photography or ART 1237, Contemporary Directions in Cinema; ART 1240,
History of Graphic Design; ART 1241, Advertising Design; ART 1243, Graphic Design 2; ART 1244,
Graphic Design 3; ART 1250, Color Theory and Practice; ART 1254, Intermediate Drawing; ART
1263, Introduction to Color Photography; ART 1280, Media Graphics; ART 1290, Electronic
Publishing Design; ART 1291, Intermediate Computer Graphics Workshop; and ART 1330,
Advanced Visual Communication.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
General minor. Select any six courses from the departmental curriculum.
Concentration in history of architecture. ART 1200, Ancient Architecture; ART 1203, Medieval
Architecture; ART 1204, Renaissance Architecture; ART 1223, American Architecture; and ART
1225, ART 1226, Modem Architecture 1 and 2.
Concentration in studio art. ART 1124, Basic Drawing; ART 1127, Basic Painting; ART 1130,
Visual Studies Foundation 1; ART 1132, Principles of Graphics; ART 1138, Introduction to
Printmaking; and ART 1243, Graphic Design 2 or ART 1254, Intermediate Drawing.
Concentration in graphic design. ART 1130, ART 1131, Visual Studies Foundation 1 and 2; ART
1 132, Principles of Graphics; ART 1 134, Typography; ART 1241 , Advertising Design or ART 1243,
Graphic Design 2; and ART 1250, Color Theory and Practice.
Concentration in photography. ART 1160, Introduction to Photography; ART 1261, Intermediate
Black and White Photography; ART 1230, History of Photography; ART 1233, Contemporary
Directions in Photography; ART 1263, Introduction to Color Photography; and ART 1363,
Advanced Photography Seminar.
Biochemistry includes nearly the entire spectrum of science— from physics and chemistry to
biology and health care. The biochemistry major, sponsored jointly by the departments of biology
and chemistry, provides a strong foundation in mathematics and the physical sciences.
Biochemists are working to decipher the information stored in human chromosomes. What they
learn will be used to pinpoint the genetic causes of many diseases. The biochemistry major helps
students prepare to work in research on such diseases as AIDS, cancer, and AJzheimer's; genetic
engineering; and environmental clean-up.
A bachelor's degree in biochemistry allows students to enter the job market directly or to go on to
graduate, medical, veterinary, dental, law, or business school. Students who wish to pursue a
career directly upon graduation may find positions in biotechnology companies, drug companies,
and government agencies where positions are available in laboratory research, clinical research,
quality control, production, information systems, marketing, and technical sales. Students may
pursue graduate study in biochemistry, molecular biology, cell biology, biophysics, genetics,
toxicology, biotechnology, clinical chemistry, animal science, nutrition, plant pathology, and other
biomedical sciences.
30 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Biology
BIO 1 103, BIO 1104, BIO 1 105, Principles of Biology 1, 2, and 3; BIO 1260, Genetics and Develop-
mental Biology; BIO 1461, General Biochemistry 1; BIO 1462, General Biochemistry Lab; BIO
1463, General Biochemistry 3; BIO 1467, Molecular Biology; and BIO 1480, Senior Biochemistry
Seminar.
CHM 1111, CHM 1112, General Chemistry for Life Sciences land 2 or CHM 1151, CHM 1152,
General Chemistry for Science Majors 1 and 2; CHM 1 153, The Chemical Elements; CHM 1221,
Analytical Chemistry; CHM 1271, CHM 1272, CHM 1273, Organic Chemistry for Chemistry
Majors 1, 2, and 3; and CHM 1280, CHM 1281, Physical Chemistry 1 and 2.
MTH 1140, MTH 1141, MTH 1142, Calculus 1, 2, and 3; PHY 1201, PHY 1202, PHY 1203, Physics
for the Life Sciences 1, 2, and 3 or PHY 1221, PHY 1222, PHY 1223, Physics for Science and
Engineering Students 1,2, and 3; two quarters of corresponding physics lab courses; six advanced
biology and chemistry electives (minimum of two from each discipline); and demonstrated com-
puter literacy.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Graduation Requirements
David C. Wharton, PhD, Professor and Chair
Professors
Gwilym S. Jones, PhD
Charles A. M. Meszoely, PhD
M. Patricia Morse, PhD
Fred A. Rosenberg, PhD
Ernest Ruber, PhD
Phyllis R. Strauss, PhD
Carol Warner, PhD
Associate Professors
Joseph L. Ayers, PhD
Kostia Bergman, PhD
Donald P. Cheney, PhD
H. William Detrich, PhD
Charles H.Ellis, Jr., PhD
Aileen F. Knowles, PhD
Helen H. Lambert, PhD
Richard L. Marsh, PhD
Jacqueline M. Piret, PhD
Susan Powers-Lee, PhD
Daniel C. Scheirer, PhD
Wendy A. Smith, PhD
JonD.Witman,PhD
Assistant Professors
John W. Bodnar, PhD
Frederick C. Davis, PhD
Maryellen Polvino-Bodnar, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Francis D. Crisley, PhD
Charies Gainor, PhD
Nathan W. Riser, PhD
Adjunct Professor
Bruce B.Collette, PhD
The biology major enables students to develop a basic understanding of the organization and the
processes of life, from molecules and cells through organs and organ systems to populations,
species, ecosystems, and evolution. The major offers the mathematical, chemical, and physical
background to understand biology and to gain practical scientific skills associated with each of
these areas. It allows students to begin to specialize in a subdiscipline of biology.
The biology major prepares students for careers in the life sciences including medical, dental, and
other health-related fields. Graduate study leading to a master's or doctoral degree can open
careers in upper-level teaching and research in areas such as zoology, botany, microbiology,
physiology, ecology, marine biology, cell biology, molecular biology, or biochemistry. Biology majors
may also pursue postgraduate training in areas such as nutrition, public health, or medical
technology.
Students entering the work force directly may find employment in federal, state, industrial,
hospital, or university laboratories, or in industries involved in the manufacture and distribution of
pharmaceuticals, biological products, food, or scientific equipment. Biologists also work in fisher-
ies, forestry services, county and state agencies, museums, aquariums, research vessels, and
marine stations.
Premedical or predental students are urged to consult with the preprofessional advisory
committee early in their careers at Northeastern.
The prescribed academic sequence can be followed if a student decides on the major in the
freshman or sophomore year. Students who enter the major in the middler year may complete the
major in the normal time by taking some electives concurrently with the biology core, or Biocore,
courses. After completing the Biocore, students interested in independent research may arrange to
undertake a more extensive honors program involving up to four quarters of research.
To graduate with a major in biology, a student must have a cumulative quality-point average (QPA)
of 2.0 for all science and mathematics courses required for the major. The BA and BS degrees
require a modem language. The BS program is more extensive in its mathematics and science
requirements and may offer better preparation for some areas of postgraduate study.
The department publishes The Biology Undergraduate Advisory Book that explains the required
and recommended courses and the QPA standards for biology majors. The advisory book is
available in the Office of Biology, 414 Mugar Hall.
Biology 31
Bachelor of Arts
Curricxilum
Bachelor of Science
Curriculuin
Chemistry
BIO 1103, BIO 1104, BIO 1105, Principles of Biology 1, 2, and 3; BIO 1211, Environmental and
Population Biology; BIO 1260, Genetics and Developmental Biology; BIO 1261, Cell Physiology and
Biochemistry; and four advanced biology electives approved by department Advisory Committee.
MTH 1106, Fundamentals of Mathematics, MTH 1107, Functions and Basic Calculus, or Calculus
(one year); PHY 1201, PHY 1202, Physics for the Life Sciences 1 and 2, PHY 1501, PHY 1502,
Physics Lab for the Life Sciences 1 and 2, or PHY 1221, Physics for Science and Engineering
Students 1 and PHY 1222, Physics for Science and Engineering Students 2 and PHY 1521, Physics
Lab for Science and Engineering Students 1 and PHY 1522, Physics Lab for Science and Engineer-
ing Students 2, or PHY 1223, Physics for Science and Engineering Students 3 and PHY 1523,
Physics Lab for Science and Engineering Students 3; CHM 1111, General Chemistry I; CHM 1122,
General Chemistry 2; CHM 1221, Analytical Chemistry; and CHM 1264, CHM 1265, Organic
Chemistry 1 and 2.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
BIO 1103,BIO 1104, BIO 1105, Principles of Biology 1, 2, and 3; BIO 1211, Environmental and
Population Biology; BIO 1260, Genetics and Developmental Biology; BIO 1261, Cell Physiology and
Biochemistry; BIO 1490, Senior Seminar; four advanced biology electives approved by department
Advisory Committee.
Calculus (one year); PHY 1221, PHY 1222, PHY 1223, Physics for Science and Engineering
Students 1, 2, and 3; PHY 1531, PHY 1532, Physics Lab for Science Majors 1 and 2 or PHY 1523,
Physics Lab for Science and Engineering Students 3; CHM 1111, CHM 1122, General Chemistry 1
and 2; CHM 1221, Analytical Chemistry; CHM 1264, CHM 1265, Organic Chemistry 1 and 2; and
two additional advanced science electives approved by department Advisory Committee.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Philip M. Warner, PhD, Professor and Chair
Professors
Geoffrey Davies, PhD
David A. Forsyth, PhD
Bill C. Giessen, DrScNat
Robert N. Hanson, PhD
Barry L. Karger, PhD
Philip W. LeQuesne, PhD, DSci
John L. Neumeyer, PhD
Mary J. Ondrechen, PhD
William M.Reiflf, PhD
John L. Roebber, PhD
Alfred Viola, PhD
Paul Vouros, PhD
Associate Professors
Thomas R. Gilbert, PhD
IraS.Krull,PhD
Kay D. Onan, PhD
Robert N.Wiener, PhD
Assistant Professors
David J. Jebaratnam, PhD
Rein U.Kirss, PhD.
Lutfur R. Khundkar, PhD
Patricia A. Mabrouk, PhD
Professor Emeritus
Robert F.RafFauf, PhD
Supervisor of
Laboratories
Bernard J. Lemire, BS
Bachelor of Arts
Curriculuin
Chemistry is concerned with the structure and properties of substances and with the transforma-
tions they undergo. The department seeks to help students experience the intellectual stimulation
of studying a physical science; grasp the basic principles and techniques of chemistry-related
careers; and prepare for graduate study in chemistry or related fields.
Challenging career opportunities exist in technical fields in which research, development,
production, sales, market analysis, quality control, and management are involved. Chemistry
major programs are based on a career-oriented concept and enable students to prepare for the
study of medicine and dentistry and for advanced study in many fields of science.
Alumni have pursued careers such as chemical sales and management; clinical, medicinal,
pharmaceutical, and forensic chemistry; geochemistry, mineralogy, and environmental chemistry;
medicine; dentistry; industry; teaching; and research.
Qualified students are encouraged to undertake a research project under the supervision of a
faculty member. An honors program is open to especially able students. German or Russian is
recommended for students who plan to pursue graduate study in the sciences.
The department publishes Chemistry at Northeastern, which details the chemistry major
requirements. Copies may be obtained from 102 Hurtig Hall.
Chemistry programs at Northeastern are approved by the American Chemical Society. The
bachelor of science degree meets the society's requirements for certification. Certified graduates
are eligible for full membership in the society after two years of professional experience.
CHM 1151, CHM 1152, General Chemistry for Science Majors land 2; CHM 1153, The Chemical
Elements; CHM 1231, Analytical Chemistry for Chemistry Majors; CHM 1271, CHM 1272, CHM
1273, Organic Chemistry for Chemistry Majors and Chemical Engineering Students 1, 2, and 3;
32 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Minor Curriculum
Communication Studies
CHM 1381, OHM 1382, CHM 1383, Physical Chemistry 1, 2, and 3; CHM 1394, OHM 1395, CHM
1396, Experimental Physical Chemistry 1, 2, and 3; CHM 1422, Instrumental Methods of Analysis;
and CHM 1432, Instrumental Analysis Lab.
MTH 1140, MTH 1141, MTH 1142, Calculus 1, 2, and 3; MTH 1243, Calculus and Linear Methods 1
or MTH 1223, Calculus 4; PHY 1221, PHY 1222, PHY 1223, Physics for Science and Engineering
Students 1, 2, and 3; and PHY 1532, PHY 1533, Physics Lab for Science Majors 2 and 3.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
CHM 1151, CHM 1152, General Chemistry for Science Majors 1 and 2; CHM 1153, The Chemical
Elements; CHM 1231, Analytical Chemistry for Chemistry Majors; CHM 1271, CHM 1272, CHM
1273, Organic Chemistry for Chemistry Majors and Chemical Engineering Students 1, 2, and 3;
CHM 1381, CHM 1382, CHM 1383, Physical Chemistry 1, 2, and 3; CHM 1394, CHM 1395, CHM
1396, Experimental Physical Chemistry 1,2, and 3; CHM 1422, Instrumental Methods of Analysis;
CHM 1432, Instrumental Analysis Lab; CHM 1441, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry; CHM 1451,
Experimental Inorganic Chemistry; CHM 1461, Identification of Organic Compounds; CHM 1811,
Advanced Chemical Lab Practice 1; and two advanced science or mathematics electives.
MTH 1140, MTH 1141, MTH 1142, Calculus 1, 2, and 3; MTH 1243, Calculus and Linear Methods 1
or MTH 1223, Calculus 4; MTH 1245, Differential Equations and Linear Methods 1 or MTH 1225,
Mathematical Analysis; PHY 1231, PHY 1232, PHY 1233, Physics for Science and Engineering
Students 1, 2, and 3; and PHY 1532, PHY 1533, Physics Lab for Science Majors 2 and 3.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
After a general chemistry sequence, CHM 1231, Analytical Chemistry for Chemistry Majors; CHM
1271, CHM 1272, CHM 1273, Organic Chemistry for Chemistry Majors and Chemical Engineering
Students 1, 2, and 3; CHM 1381, CHM 1382, Physical Chemistry 1 and 2; and CHM 1394, CHM
1395, Experimental Physical Chemistry 1 and 2.
Richard A. Katula, PhD, Professor and Chair
Associate Professors
Karen S.Buzzard, PhD
Cari W. Eastman, MA
Michael L. Woodnick, MS
Alan J. Zaremba, PhD
Assistant Professors
Simon Jones, PhD
Anne Mattina, PhD
Joanne Morreale, PhD
Instructors
Joseph Castiglione, MS
Meg Crohan, MS
RuthSheehan.MS
Lecturer
Thomas Shaker, MA
Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
The department offers students a humanities-based, liberal arts education coupled with
preprofessional training in the field of communications. The department offers coursework in
speech skills development, radio and television production and broadcasting, communication
theories, and criticism. Students prepare themselves to be articulate and self-confident producers
and consumers of language and media.
The department helps communication studies majors learn to speak articulately and
persuasively in a variety of situations; understand the history and traditions of the field of commu-
nication; and comprehend the business and technology of the communications industry. The
department also helps students appreciate the aesthetics of human communication; communicate
effectively in complex organizations such as businesses and government agencies; understand
theories of human communication and research methods used to develop and support those
theories; and effectively criticize and consume messages produced in public argument and mass
communications media.
CMN 1115, Foundations of Communication; CMN 1116, Public Speaking; CMN 1250, Introduction
to Mass Communication; CMN 1300, Communication Theory; CMN 1330, Interpersonal Commu-
nication; CMN 1600, Introduction to Communication Research; and CMN 1610, Rhetorical
Criticism.
In addition to the core courses, communication studies majors may choose fi-om one of three
concentrations: speech and rhetoric, organizational communication, and radio and television.
Concentrations require five courses. In addition, three upper-level communication studies courses
are required to complete the major.
Concentration in speech and rhetoric. CMN 1110, Voice and Articulation; CMN 1111, Oral
Interpretation of Literature; CMN 1210, Advanced Voice and Articulation; CMN 1211, Advanced
Oral Interpretation; CMN 1232, Communication and Gender; CMN 1239, Argumentation and
Debate; CMN 1240, Advanced Studies in Speech Performance; CMN 1315, Theories of Persuasion;
Communication Studies 33
Minor Curriculum
Economics
CMN 1410, Advanced Public Address; CMN 1415, Persuasion in Contemporary Culture; and
CMN 1500, Special Topics in Communication Studies.
Concentration in organizational communication . CMN 1232, Communication and Gender;
CMN 1315, Theories of Persuasion; CMN 1318, Negotiation Skills; CMN 1331, Advanced Interper-
sonal Communication; CMN 1338, Group Discussion; CMN 1430, Organizational Communication;
CMN 1431, Advanced Organizational Communication; CMN 1437, Consultation Skills;
CMN 1453, Broadcast Management; CMN 1500, Special Topics in Communication Studies;
CMN 1555, Communication and the Quality of Life.
Concentration in radio and television. CMN 1232, Communication and Gender; CMN 1315
Theories of Persuasion; CMN 1317, The Audience in Mass Communication; CMN 1415, Persuasion
in Contemporary Culture; CMN 1450, Television Studio Production; CMN 1451, Foundation of
Broadcast Technology; CMN 1452, Radio Production; CMN 1453, Broadcast Management;
CMN 1454, Programming for Radio and Television; CMN 1455, Television Field Production;
CMN 1554, Special Topics in Media.
CMN 1895, CMN 1896, Internship in Commimication Studies, and CMN 1890, CMN 1891,
CMN 1892, Directed Study, may be taken for credit in any of the three concentration areas.
CMN 1116, Public Speaking; CMN 1300, Introduction to Communication Theory; CMN 1330,
Interpersonal Communication; and CMN 1338, Group Discussion.
Four courses from the following: CMN 1110, Voice and Articulation; CMN 1111, Oral Interpreta-
tion of Literature; CMN 1232, Commimication and Gender; CMN 1239, Argumentation and
Debate; CMN 1250, Introduction to Mass Communication; CMN 1318, Negotiation Skills;
CMN 1331, Advanced Interpersonal Communication; CMN 1410, Contemporary Public Address;
CMN 1415, Techniques of Persuasion; CMN 1437, Consultation Skills; CMN 1430, Organizational
Communication; CMN 1600, Introduction to Communication Research; and CMN 1610, Rhetorical
Criticism.
John Adams, PhD, Professor and Chair
Professors
Conrad P. Caligaris, PhD
Harold M. Goldstein, PhD
Daryl A. Hellman, PhD
Irwin L. Hermstadt, PhD
Sungwoo Kim, PhD
Steven A. Morrison, PhD
Gustav Schachter, PhD
Andrew M. Sum, MA
Associate Professors
M.ShahidAlam,PhD
Neil O. Alper, PhD
Bruce R. Bolnick, PhD
OscarT.Brookins,PhD
Kamran N. Dadkhah, PhD
Alan W.Dyer, PhD
Barbara M.Fraumeni, PhD
Gregory Wassail, PhD
Bachelor of Arts
Curriculum
Assistant Professors
Gopa Chowdhury-Bose, PhD
Jonathan H. Haughton, PhD
Manfred W.Keil, PhD
Katherine A. Kiel, PhD
Loraine V. Lomax, PhD
Fred KLuk, PhD
George A. Plesko, PhD
Professor Emeritus
Morris A. Horowitz, PhD
Economics studies how societies produce and distribute goods and services to satisfy their material
needs. Economists analyze the process of economic growth and change and identify policies that
contribute to the success or failure of this process.
The economics program helps students understand how modern economies function . Students
study economics to gain a broad interest in the social sciences 2md to develop specialized skills
useful in today's complex labor market. The major serves as a good foundation for graduate studies
in advanced economics, public policy, law, and business.
Macroeconomics, which is concerned with the overall economy, deals with such problems as
inflation, unemployment, growth and instability, economic development, and governmental
monetary and fiscal policies. Microeconomics is concerned with the economic behavior of individu-
als, households, firms, and industries, as well as trade among countries. It seeks to assess the
economic effects of market power and environmental damage and analyzes the economic aspects of
natural resources, poverty, health, income distribution, trade unions, and government regulation.
Graduates are employed in industry and banking, planning and forecasting, determining plant
locations, and making financial studies. They may analyze consumer demand and develop new
products. They may conduct research, teach, or provide specialized consulting services. Federal,
state, and local governments, major corporations, and financial institutions are important sources
of jobs for economists.
ECN 1115, Principles of Macroeconomics; ECN 1116, Principles of Microeconomics; ECN 1250,
ECN 1251, Statistics 1 and 2; ECN 1215, Macroeconomic Theory; ECN 1216, Microeconomic
Theory; ECN 1337, History of Economic Thought; six economics electives. MTH 1 113, College
34 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Minor Curriculum
Education
Mathematics for Business and Economics; MTH 1114, Calculus for Business and Economics; and
four social science electives other than economics.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
EON 1115, Principles of Macroeconomics; ECN 1116, Principles of Microeconomics; ECN 1250,
ECN 1251, Statistics 1 and 2; ECN 1215, Macroeconomic Theory; ECN 1216, Microeconomic
Theory; ECN 1350, Introduction to Econometrics or ECN 135 1, Problems in Economic Research;
and ten economics electives. MTH 1113, College Mathematics for Business and Economics; MTH
1 1 14, Calculus for Business and Economics; and four social science electives other than economics.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
ECN 1115, Principles of Macroeconomics; ECN 1116, Principles of Microeconomics; ECN 1215,
Macroeconomic Theory; ECN 1216, Microeconomic Theory; and four electives in economics.
Electives to be selected with the advice of a department adviser and cannot include ECN 1250,
Statistics 1, or ECN 1251, Statistics 2, if comparable courses are required by the major department.
Any course taken outside the Department of Economics to satisfy these economics elective
requirements must be approved by a faculty adviser in the department.
Maurice Kaufman, PhD, Professor and Chair
Professors
John D. Herzog, PhD
Mervin D. Lynch, PhD
Sandra M. Parker, EdD
Associate Professors
Nicholas J. Buffone, PhD
Leslie A. Burg, EdD
MaryJ. Lee,MEd
Joseph Meier, EdD
Irene A. Nichols, EdD
Barbara A. Schram, EdD
Assistant Professor
Thomas H.Clark, MA
Early Childhood Education
and Elementary Education
Secondary Education
General certification requirements. Effective October 1, 1994, all students seeking teaching
certificates in Massachusetts at any grade level (K-12) will need a degree that consists of both a
major in the arts and sciences and a program of study in education. Both are available in the
College of Arts and Sciences.
As of October 1994, a two-stage teacher certification process will take effect. Students planning to
teach can complete the application requirements for the first stage. Provisional Certification, while
they are undergraduates.
Students who wish to obtain certification as an early childhood education teacher or an elementary
education teacher should enroll in the Bachelor of Science in Education dual-major program.
Advisers help the student plan an appropriate education/arts and sciences dual major. The dual
major includes a major in education, a major in the arts and sciences, and distribution require-
ments. Students in this program must participate in co-op. Sample dual major programs are
available in 54 Lake Hall.
Elementary education major. CRS 1200 Introduction to Special Education; ED 1101, Education
for the Future; ED 1 102, Human Development and Learning 1; ED 1 104, Analysis of the Instruc-
tional Process; ED 1306, Measurement and Evaluation; ED 1405, Literature and Learning
Materials; ED 1406, ED 1407, Elementary Curriculum 1 and 2; ED 1417, Student Teaching and
Seminar; ED 1425, Elementary School Science and Mathematics; ED 1426, Fundamentals of
Reading; and HSL 1151, Movement Education.
Early childhood education major. CRS 1200, Introduction to Special Education; ED 1101,
Education for the Future; ED 1 102, Human Development and Learning 1 ; ED 1 104, Analysis of the
Instructional Process; ED 1105, Day Care and Nursery School; ED 1306, Measurement and
Evaluation; ED 1318, Seminar in Early Childhood Development; ED 1319, Speech, Language and
Cognition in the Young Child; ED 1405, Literature and Learning Materials; ED 1406, ED 1407,
Elementary Curriculum 1 and 2; ED 1417, Student Teaching and Seminar; ED 1425, Elementary
School Science and Mathematics; ED 1426, Fundamentals of Reading; and HSL 1265, Early
Childhood Perceptual Motor Development.
Students seeking high school teacher certification should enroll in the College of Arts and Sciences
and select an appropriate major. Students should also select a minor in education. The require-
ments of the education minor can be obtained in 54 Lake Hall.
Students preparing to teach biology, chemistry, earth science, English, history, mathematics,
physics, or Spanish in the schools of Massachusetts can major in those respective fields. Students
majoring in economics, philosophy, political science, or sociology may pursue state certfication in
the teaching of social studies.
Education 35
Student Teaching
English
Specified competencies established for certification in Massachusetts may be acquired through
cooperative education experiences, designated courses, and full-time student teaching, arranged
by the Department of Education.
Secondary education minor. ED 1 103, Human Development and Learning 2; ED 1 104, Analysis
of the Instructional Process; ED 1306, Measurement and Evaluation; ED 1410, ED 1411, Methods
and Materials for Teaching Adolescents 1 and 2; ED 1412, Fundamentals of Curriculum Develop-
ment; and ED 1417, Student Teaching and Seminar.
Student teaching is a full-time experience for one quarter of the senior yetir. A professor and a
cooperating classroom teacher share supervisory responsibility.
Stuart S. Peterfreund, PhD, Professor and Chair
Professors
Samuel J. Bernstein, PhD
Robert J. Blanch, PhD
Francis C. Blessington, PhD
Irene Fairley, PhD
Gary Goshgarian, PhD
Eari N. Harbert, PhD
James E.Nagel, PhD
Stanton W. and Elisabeth K.
Davis Professor of American
Literature
KinleyE.Roby,PhD
GuyRotella,PhD
Michael Ryan, PhD
Herbert L. Sussman, PhD
Arthur J. Weitzman, PhD
Joseph E. Westlund, PhD
Associate Professors
Timothy R. Donovan, PhD
Maryemma Graham, PhD
Gerald R. Griffin, PhD
Janet Randall, PhD
Kristin Woolever, PhD
Assistant Professors
Kathy Hewlett, PhD
Kathleen Kelly, PhD
Marina Leslie, PhD
Mary K. Loeffelholz, PhD
Linda Loehr, PhD
Susan Wall, PhD
Instructors
Joseph deRoche, MFA
David Tutein, MA
Continuing Lecturers
Susan Alves, MA
Gwen Bindas, MA
Janet Carr, MA
Tiane Donahue, MA
Philip Fogelman
Randy Garber, MA
Andrew Grobman, MA
Kelly Reed, MA
P.CareyReid,MA
Bradley Smith, MA
Jeffrey Westover, MA
Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Minor in Literature
Curriculum
Minor in Writing
Curriculum
Minor in Linguistics
Curriculum
The department offers courses in creative, expository, and technical writing; linguistics; literary
studies; and American and British literature.
Students who have completed the freshman English requirement and are in good academic
standing may major or minor in English. The broad-based major requires proficiency in a number
of approaches — including historical, generic, and theoretical — to the study of language and
literature. The more narrowly focused minor gives students intensive exposure to literature,
writing, linguistics, or technical communication.
English majors prepare for careers in teaching and research, advertising and publishing, radio
and television — any field in which communication and critical judgment go hand in hand. The
department also offers a broad intellectual and cultural fi-amework for preprofessional students in
law, medicine, business, engineering, or computer science.
ENG 1 126, Backgrounds in English and American Literature; ENG 1120, ENG 1 121, Survey
of English Literature 1 and 2; ENG 1123, ENG 1124, Survey of American Literature 1 and 2;
ENG 1307, Approaches to Literature; two period courses; three major figure courses (one must be
Shakespeare); one language or writing course; one genre course; one alternative literature course;
one junior/senior seminar; and three electives in English.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Six courses required, two from the following: ENG 1120, Survey of English Literature 1; ENG 1121,
Survey of English Literature 2; ENG 1 123, Survey of American Literature 1; ENG 1124, Survey
of American Literature 2; one course from two of the following categories: (a) literary periods,
(b) major figures, and (c) language and writing; one elective from (a), (b) or (e); a junior/senior
seminar.
Six courses required, four from the following: ENG 1350, Intermediate Writing; ENG 1351,
Creative Writing; ENG 1125, Technical Writing 1; ENG 1370, Technical Writing 2; ENG 1352,
Advanced Writing; ENG 1381, Writing for the Professions: Business Administration; ENG 1382,
Writing for the Professions: Criminal Justice; ENG 1357, Poetry Workshop; ENG 1358, Fiction
Workshop; ENG 1362, Publication Arts; ENG 1359, Nonfiction Workshop; and two writing or
literature electives.
See page 42.
36 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Minor in Technical
Communication
Curriculum
See page 52.
Geology
Richard H. Bailey, PhD, Professor and Chair
Bachelor of Arts in
Geology Curriculum
Bachelor of Science in
Geology Curriculum
Minor in Geology
Curriculum
Bachelor of Arts in
Environmental Geology
Curriculum
Bachelor of Science in
Environmental Geology
Curriculum
Professors
Richard S. Naylor, PhD
WilHam A. Newman, PhD
Associate Professors
Bernard L. Gordon, MS
Malcolm D.Hill, PhD
Peter S.Rosen, PhD
Martin E.Ross, PhD
Minor in Environmental
Geology Ciuriculum
Geology deals with the study of the physical features, composition, history, and processes of the
earth. Today many geologists are working on developing and protecting water resources and
solving environmental problems, as well as seeking sources of mineral deposits and fossil fuels.
The geology program offers basic knowledge for working in almost any of the geological profes-
sions in both industry and government. Graduates work for geotechnical or environmental firms.
GEO 1212, Physical Geology; GEO 1213, Physical Geology Lab; GEO 1222, Historical Geology;
GEO 1223, Historical Geology Lab; GEO 1310, Descriptive Mineralogy; GEO 1308, Petrology;
GEO 1440, Geomorphology; GEO 1418, Structural Geology; and five geology electives.
MTH 1106, Fundamentals of Mathematics and MTH 1107, Functions and Basic Calculus; or
MTH 1107, Functions and Basic Calculus and MTH 1108, Calculus; PHY 1221, Physics for Science
and Engineering Students or PHY 1201, Physics for the Life Sciences 1; CHM 1111, CHM 1122,
General Chemistry 1 and 2.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
GEO 1212, Physical Geology; GEO 1213, Physical Geology Lab; GEO 1222, Historical Geology;
GEO 1223, Historical Geology Lab; GEO 1310, Descriptive Mineralogy; GEO 1311, Optical
Crystallography; GEO 1308, Petrology; GEO 1418, Structural Geology; GEO 1440, Geomorphol-
ogy; and eight geology electives.
MTH 1107, Functions and Basic Calculus and MTH 1108, Calculus; or MTH 1123, MTH 1124, and
MTH 1125, Calculus 1, 2, and 3; PHY 1221, PHY 1222, PHY 1223, Physics for Science and Engi-
neering Students 1, 2, and 3; CHM 1111, CHM 1122; or CHM 1151, CHM 1152, General Chemistry
1 and 2; CHM 123 1 or CHM 1221, Analytical Chemistry; or CHM 1391, Physical Chemistry; or
GEO 1412, Geochemistry; and two approved additional science electives.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27 ).
GEO 1212, Physical Geology; GEO 1222, Historical Geology; GEO 1308, Petrology; GEO 1213,
Physical Geology Lab; GEO 1223, Historical Geology Lab; plus four geology electives (GEO 1250
or higher number) chosen with the approval of the geology department.
GEO 1212, Physical Geology; GEO 1213, Physical Geology Lab; GEO 1222, Historical Geology;
GEO 1223, Historical Geology Lab; GEO 1308, Petrology; GEO 1440, Geomorphology; GEO 1438,
Geology and Land-use Planning; and five geology electives.
MTH 1107, Functions and Basic Calculus and MTH 1 108, Calculus, or MTH 1 106, Fundamentals
of Mathematics and MTH 1 107, Functions and Basic Calculus; BIO 1 103, BIO 1 104, Principles of
Biology 1 and 2; CHM 1111, CHM 1 122, General Chemistry 1 and 2.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
GEO 1212, Physical Geology; GEO 1213, Physical Geology Lab; GEO 1222, Historical Geology;
GEO 1223, Historical Geology Lab; GEO 1308, Petrology; GEO 1310, Descriptive Mineralogy;
GEO 1440, Geomorphology; GEO 1438, Geology and Land-Use Planning; GEO 1442, Water in
Environmental Planning; and eight geology electives.
MTH 1107, Functions and Basic Calculus; MTH 1108, Calculus; PHY 1221, PHY 1222, PHY 1223,
Physics for Science and Engineering Students 1, 2, and 3 or BIO 1 103, BIO 1 104, BIO 1 105,
Principles of Biology 1, 2, and 3; CHM 1111, CHM 1122, General Chemistry 1 and 2; and CHM
1211, Analytical Chemistry or GEO 1412, Geochemistry; and two approved additional science
electives.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27 ).
GEO 1212, Physical Geology or GEO 1140, Environmental Geology; GEO 1213, Physical Geology
Lab; GEO 1222, Historical Geology; GEO 1223, Historical Geology Lab; GEO 1438, Geology and
Geology 37
History
Bachelor of Arts
Curriculum
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Minor Curriculum
Human Services
Land-Use Planning; plus four geology electives (GEO 1250 or higher number) chosen with the
approval of the geology department.
Raymond H. Robinson, PhD, Professor and Chair
Associate Professors
Charmarie J. Blaisdell, PhD
Laura L. Frader, PhD
Harvey Green, PhD
Clay McShane, PhD
Assistant Professors
Christina Gilmartin, PhD
Ruth-Ann M. Harris, PhD
Gerald H. Herman, MA
Professors
Philip N. Backstrom, PhD
Ballard C. Campbell, PhD
William M. Fowler, Jr., PhD
Donald M. Jacobs, PhD
Patrick Manning, PhD
Anthony N. Penna, DA
John D. Post, PhD
History's concern with the diverse and complex past of humanity provides an excellent opportunity
to develop greater understanding and appreciation of today's cultures and civilizations.
Traditionally, history as a major has appealed to students desiring a broad base for careers in
business, law, journalism, and government.
Other history majors want to work more directly in history. Those who want to teach in public
school may elect education courses that may lead to state certification. Those desiring jobs in
private secondary schools need not be certified by state authorities. Teaching positions in colleges
and universities require master's degrees and, increasingly, doctorates.
Some professional historians teach and write; others work in public archives, private historical
societies, museums, and restoration projects.
HST 1101, Western CiviUzation to 1648 or HST 1121, World Civihzation to 1648 or HST 1122,
World Civilization since 1648; HST 1102, Western Civilization since 1648; HST 1201 and HST
1202, The United States to 1877 and The United States since 1877; HST 1241, The Historian's
Craft; HST 1805, Approaches to History; nine history electives distributed as follows: two courses
in Group A (ancient, medieval, and early modem Europe); two courses in Group B (modem
Europe); two courses in Group C (America); two courses in Group D (other regions); and one course
in any of the above groups.
In addition, students must complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
HST 1101, Western Civilization to 1648 or HST 1 121, World Civilization to 1648 or HST 1122,
World Civilization since 1648; HST 1102, Western Civilization since 1648; HST 1201 and HST
1202, The United States to 1877 and The United States since 1877; HST 1241, The Historian's
Craft; HST 1251, Social Science Methodology; HST 1805, Approaches to History; eleven history
electives distributed as follows: two courses in Group A (ancient, medieval, and early modem
Europe); two courses in Group B (modern Europe); two courses in Group C (America); two courses
in Group D (other regions); and three courses in any of the above groups.
A minor approved by the student's adviser; a statistics course (for example, PSY 1211, SOC 1320, or
ECN 1250); and a computer course, preferably COM 1 105.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Eight courses in history, two of which must be selected from the following: HST 1101, Western
Civihzation to 1648; HST 1102, Western Civilization since 1648; HST 1201, The United States to
1877; and HST 1202, The United States since 1877.
John D. Herzog, PhD, Co-Director and Professor, Education
Wilfred E. Holton, PhD, Co-Director and Associate Professor, Sociology /Anthropology
Advisory Committee
Louise LaFontaine, EdD
Lawrence Litwack, EdD
Counseling Psychology,
Rehabilitation, and
Special Education
Gordana Rabrenovic, PhD
Sociology /Anthropology
David A. Rochefort, PhD
Political Science
Barbara A. Schram, EdD
Education
Martha Weingert, MEd
Cooperative Education
Harold S. Zamansky, PhD
Psychology
Fieldwork Supervisor
Natalie H. Riffin, MEd, OTR
Human services is an interdisciplinary major in the College of Arts and Sciences. It may lead to
many meaningful careers in the helping professions or to numerous graduate specializations.
38 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Bachelor of Arts
Curriculum
Specialization in Deaf
Studies Curriculum
Minor in Human Services
Curriculum
Students who major in human services prepare for jobs in both pubUc and private agencies,
exploring such areas as case work in social service and welfare agencies; therapeutic treatment
programs in mental health settings; rehabilitation counseling; parole counseling; court liaison
work in programs for delinquent youth; staff work in halfway houses, penal institutions, and drug
treatment centers; supportive counseling for the mentally retarded; community organizing;
services for the aging; administration in human services agencies; and research and evaluation of
social programs. Students who major in this field may also serve deaf clients through the use of
American Sign Language.
Prerequisite courses. SOC 1100, Introduction to Sociology or ED 1 100, Education and Social
Science; ED 1302, Human Services Professions; PSY 1111, PSY 1112, Foundations of Psychology 1
and 2 or ED 1 102, ED 1 103, Human Development and Learning 1 and 2; POL 1111, Introduction to
American Government or equivalent; ECN 1115, Principles of Macroeconomics or ECN 1 1 16,
Principles of Microeconomics or equivalent.
Core courses. PSY 1211, Statistics in Behavioral Science 1 or SOC 1320, Introduction to Statisti-
cal Analysis or ED 1307, Introduction to Educational Statistics; PSY 1511, Experimental Design in
Psychology or SOC 1321, Research Methods 1 or SOC 1324, Human Services Research and
Evaluation; SOC 1240, Sociology of Human Services Organizations; PSY 1272, Personality 1; PSY
1373, Abnormal Psychology 1; CRS 1314, Introduction to Counseling; SPC 1338, Group Discussion
or SPC 1330, Interpersonal Communication 1 or ED 1317, Seminar in Group Process; ED 13 10,
Intervention Strategies; INT 1333, Senior Seminar.
Fieldwork. INT 1336, INT 1337, Field Experience in Human Services 1 and 2.
Additional courses. Three courses focused on social and community issues such as poverty and
welfare, minority affairs, or special needs populations, chosen with the student's academic adviser;
and five courses in a particular specialization within human services, chosen with the student's
academic adviser.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Prerequisite, core and fieldwork courses as listed above. ASL 1101, ASL 1102, American Sign
Language 1 and 2; ASL 1201, ASL 1202, Intermediate Sign Language 1 and 2; and one of the
following: ASL 1211, Deaf Culture; ASL 1212, Deaf History; PSY 1363, American Sign Language
Linguistics; or ASL 1401, American Sign Language Literature.
ED 1302, Human Services Professions; ED 1310, Intervention Strategies; INT 1336, Field
Experience in Human Services 1; SOC 1240, Sociology of Human Services Organizations; and two
human services specialization courses approved by a human services adviser.
Journalism
Nicholas Daniloff, MA, Assistant Professor and Director
Associate Professors
Patricia A. Kelly, PhD
William Kirtz, MS
Assistant Professors
Jerome M. Berger, MS
Charles F. Fountain, MS
Nancy Gallinger, MA
Kelly C.Chunn, MS
Andrew P. Jones, MS
James Ross, MS
William Smith, JD
Linda Conway Tompkins, MA
The School of Journalism prepares students for careers in news media and related fields. The skills
it emphasizes in writing, editing, information gathering, photojournalism, and design and graphics
also have broad applications in numerous other disciplines.
The school seeks to contribute to the existing body of knowledge in journalism and mass commu-
nications in areas that will help news media practitioners and educators perform their jobs with
increasing effectiveness. By cooperating with media and related agencies, the school sponsors
professional workshops and seminars.
Northeastern journalism graduates work for some of the world's best newspapers, radio and
television stations,wire services, general and specialized magazines, public relations departments,
and advertising agencies.
Students can enroll in either a five-year cooperative education program or a four-year program
without co-op. Cooperative education experience, however, is strongly advised. Co-op assignments
with newspapers, radio and television stations, news bureaus, advertising agencies, and public
relations offices provide practical laboratory experience. Such experience also offers an advantage
to those who go on to graduate school.
Journalism 39
Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Linguistics
The school offers four undergraduate concentrations: advertising; newspaper/print media; public
relations; and radio/television news.
The New England Press Association (NEPA), representing 350 newspaper publishers, maintains
its office on the Northeastern campus. Students have the opportunity to attend seminars and
conferences sponsored by NEPA and other organizations.
Each major will complete the journalism core and one of four concentrations.
JRN 1103, JRN 1104, Newswriting 1 and 2; JRN 1206, Editing; JRN 1301, Basic Photojournalism;
JRN 1501, History of Journalism; JRN 1508, Law of the Press; JRN 1512, Journalism Ethics and
Issues; and JRN 1250, Interpreting the Day's News.
Concentration in advertising. JRN 1350, Advertising Principles; JRN 1440, Design and Graph-
ics; JRN 145 1, Advertising Copy Writing; JRN 1552, Advertising Practice; and one journalism
elective.
Concentration in newspaper /print. JRN 1305, Techniques of Journalism; JRN 1432, Local
Government Reporting; JRN 1440, Design and Graphics; JRN 1575, Publication Production and
Management; and one journalism elective.
Concentration in public relations. JRN 1336, Public Relations Principles; JRN 1440, Design and
Graphics; JRN 1460, Public Relations Problems; JRN 1561, Public Relations Practice; and one
journalism elective.
Concentration in radio I television news. JRN 1320, Radio News Gathering and Writing; JRN
1421, Television Newswriting; JRN 1422, Television News Production; JRN 1890, Directed Study;
and one journalism elective.
Additional requirements. ENG 1275, Grammar for Journalists; ENG 1110, ENG 1111, Freshman
English 1 and 2. One course from this list: ENG 1120, Survey of English Literature 1; ENG 1121,
Survey of English Literature 2; ENG 1123, Survey of American Literature 1; ENG 1124, Survey of
American Literature 2; and one additional English or American literature elective. POL 1310,
American Ideology; POL 1318, State and Local Government; HST 1201, United States to 1877;
HST 1202, United States since 1877; ECN 1115, Principles of Macroeconomics; and one additional
course in economics or business; MTH 1 152, Statistical Thinking; PHL 1200, Introduction to Logic
1; PHL 1140, Social and Political Philosophy; two history electives; and COP 1135, Professional
Development for Journalists. MUS 1 109, Introduction to Art, Drama, and Music or one course
from both of the following categories: (a) ART 1106, Introduction to Art; ART 1220, American Art;
(b) MUS 1 100, Introduction to Music; MUS 1101, Music as a Listening Experience.
Additional requirements for bachelor of arts. Three courses in science and/or math.
Addtional requirements for bachelor of science. Six courses in science and/or math.
Students must also complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Janet H. Randall, PhD, Associate Professor and Coordinator
Professors
Irene R. Fairley, PhD
English
Harlan Lane, PhD, Doc. es
Lettres
Psychology
Joanne L. Miller, PhD
Psychology
Associate Professors
John N. Frampton, PhD
Mathematics
Michael R. Lipton, PhD
Philosophy and Religion
Assistant Professors
Debra Arteaga, PhD
Modern Languages
Anthony P. Esposito, MA
Modern Languages
Nancy N. Soja, PhD
Psychology
Shari Speer, PhD
Psychology
Lynn Stephen, PhD
Anthropology
Linguistics — the science of language — focuses on such issues as how children learn to speak, how
we understand and produce language, and how language barriers keep people apart and language
ties bring them together. The field also explores how language is structured and represented in the
mind, why some people are better at acquiring a second language than others, and how sign
languages differ from spoken languages.
Five departments (English, Modern Languages, Philosophy and Religion, Psychology, and
Sociology /Anthropology ) collaborate to offer a comprehensive linguistics program. The major
reflects the current research of linguists, sociologists, psychologists, language educators, and
teachers of second languages.
A major in linguistics may be a first step in becoming a linguist, an expert on child language, an
interpreter, or an expert in the production and comprehension of language by computers. Specializing
40 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Bachelor of Arts
Curriculum
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Minor Curriculum
in linguistics allows students to gain insight into language itself— a fundamental component of the
human cognitive system.
ENG 1118, Introduction to Language and Linguistics; one of the following: ENG 1401, Introduction
to Syntax; LNL 1220, Introduction to Phonetics and Phonology; PHL 1215, Symbolic Logic; PSY
1262, Psychology of Language; SOA 1335, Language and Culture.
Five from the following (and other related courses by permission): ASL 1350, Linguistics of
American Sign Language; ENG 1 1 19, History of the English Language; ENG 1402 Grammars of
English; ENG 1407, Semantics; ENG 1408, Topics in Linguistics; LNF 1250, History of the French
Language; LNL 1235, Applied Linguistics; LNL 1236, Advanced Applied Linguistics; LNL 1240,
Bilingualism; LNL 1260, Introduction to Romance Linguistics; LNS 1250, History of the Spanish
Language; PHL 1440, Philosophy of Language; PSY 1263, Nonverbal Communication; PSY 1362,
Child Language; PSY 1364, Cognition; PSY 1365, Language and the Brain; PSY 1564, Laboratory
in Cognition.
PSY 1562, Laboratory in Psycholinguistics.
Two from the following: ENG 1690, ENG 1691, Junior/Senior Seminar (linguistics, stylistics);
PSY 1661, Seminar in Psycholinguistics; PSY 1662, Seminar in Cognition.
One from the following (in fieldwork, interpreting, teaching, etc.): ENG 1810, ENG 1811, Directed
Study; LNG 1801, Directed Study; PHL 1800, Directed Study; PSY 1890, Directed Study; SOA
1800, Directed Study.
Second language requirement: Proficiency through Intermediate 2 level plus two advanced
courses. The college language placement procedures determine proficiency in a spoken second
language.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Same as the Bachelor of Arts, except that American Sign Language can count toward the second
language proficiency requirement.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
ENG 1118, Introduction to Language and Linguistics; one of the following: ENG 1401, Introduction
to Syntax; LNL 1220, Introduction to Phonetics and Phonology; PSY 1262, Psychology of Language.
Four from the following: ASL 1250, Linguistics of American Sign Language; ENG 1119, History of
the English Language; ENG 1401, Introduction to Syntax; ENG 1402, Grammars of English; ENG
1407, Semantics; ENG 1408, Topics in Linguistics; ENG 1690, ENG 1691, Junior/Senior Seminar
(linguistics, stylistics); ENG 1810, 1811, Directed Study; LNF 1250, History of the French Lan-
guage; LNG 1801, Directed Study; LNL 1220, Introduction to Phonetics and Phonology; LNL 1235,
Applied Linguistics; LNL 1236, Advanced Applied Linguistics; LNL 1240, Bilingualism; LNL 1260,
Introduction to Romance Linguistics; LNS 1250, History of the Spanish Language; PHL 1215,
Symbolic Logic; PHL 1440, Philosophy of Language; PHL 1800, Directed Study; PSY 1262,
Psychology of Language; PSY 1263, Nonverbal Communication; PSY 1362, Child Language;
PSY 1364, Cognition; PSY 1365, Language and the Brain; PSY 1562, Laboratory in
Psycholinguistics; PSY 1564, Laboratory in Cognition; PSY 1661, Seminar in Psycholinguistics;
PSY 1662, Seminar in Cognition; PSY 1890, Directed Study; SOA 1335, Language and Culture;
SOA 1800, Directed Study.
Linguistics 41
Mathematics
Terence Gaffney, PhD, Professor and Acting Chair
Bachelor of Arts
Curriculum
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Minor Curriculum
Professors
SamuelJ. Blank, PhD
Bohumil Cenkl, ScD
Alberto R. Galmarino, PhD
Maurice E. Gilmore, PhD
Mark Goresky, PhD
Arshag B. Hajian, PhD
Anthony larrobino, PhD
Marc Levine, PhD
Richard Porter, PhD
Fred Roberts, PhD
Egon Schulte, PhD
Jayant Shah, PhD
Mikhail Shubin, PhD
Gabriel Stolzenberg, PhD
Chuu-Lian Temg, PhD
Le Dung Trang, PhD
Jack Warga, PhD
Associate Professors
Mark Bridger, PhD
Robert W. Case, PhD
Stanley J. Eigen, PhD
John Frampton, PhD
Eugene Gover, PhD
Samuel Gutmann, PhD
Solomon M. Jekel, PhD
Donald R.King, PhD
Nishan Krikorian, PhD
Venkatrama Lakshmibai, PhD
N.V.R.Mahadev,PhD
Robert C. McOwen, PhD
Mark Ramras, PhD
Martin Schwarz, PhD
Thomas O. Sherman, PhD
Alexandru Suciu, PhD
Gordana G. Todorov, PhD
Jerzy Weyman, PhD
Andre Zelevinsky, PhD
Assistant Professors
Florin Avram, PhD
Jennie Hansen, PhD
Christopher King, PhD
Alex Martinskovsky, PhD
David Massey, PhD
CarlaB.Oblas.MS
Samuel Stueckle, PhD
Lecturer
John Fox, MS
Professor Emeritus
Holland C.Filgo, PhD
Mathematics has become the foundation and a rich source of methods for most science and
technology. Mathematicians possess the skill to amalyze the crucial features of diverse problems
and apply rigorous techniques to solve them. The department encourages students to develop and
expand their abilities in this exact science.
Mathematical training may lead to opportunities in applied research (natural sciences, engineer-
ing, economics, management, computer science) as well as mathematical research, teaching, or
industry.
By the end of the sophomore year, all mathematics majors should complete the basic sequence of
courses in calculus, differential equations, combinatorics, and physics (a total of eleven courses).
Although a computer programming course is not required, students are expected to learn the basic
programming skills necessary for numerical solutions of complex problems. Courses MTH 1301
and MTH 1311 provide a transition from the basic sequence to more advanced parts of the curricu-
lum. Math majors should take MTH 1301 and MTH 13 1 1 in the middler year.
On October 1, 1994, Massachusetts will institute a two-stage teacher certification process.
Students planning to teach secondary school mathematics can complete the requirements for
application to the first stage. Provisional Certification, while they are undergraduates. Such
students must major in mathematics and take a specific minor in education, which includes
coursework and practice teaching.
MTH 1140, MTH 1141, MTH 1142, Calculus 1, 2, and 3; MTH 1243, MTH 1244, Calculus 4 and 5;
MTH 1245, MTH 1246, Differential Equations 1 and 2; MTH 1238, Combinatorial Mathematics;
MTH 1301, Linear Algebra; MTH 1311, Analysis 1; and three approved mathematics electives
selected in consultation with an adviser.
PHY 1221, PHY 1222, PHY 1223, Physics for Science and Engineering Students 1, 2, and 3.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
MTH 1140, MTH 1141, MTH 1142, Calculus 1, 2, and 3; MTH 1243, MTH 1244, Calculus 4 and 5;
MTH 1245, MTH 1246, Differential Equations 1 and 2; MTH 1238, Combinatorial Mathematics;
MTH 1301, Linear Algebra; MTH 1311, Analysis 1; and six approved mathematics electives
selected in consultation with an adviser.
PHY 1221, PHY 1222, PHY 1223, Physics for Science and Engineering 1, 2, and 3.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Eight MTH courses, of which the following four are required: three courses in calculus (MTH 1140,
MTH 1141, MTH 1142, or equivalent); and MTH 1238, Combinatorial Mathematics. (MTH 1137
and MTH 1237 together are permitted to substitute for MTH 1238. If this option is elected, then
nine courses are required for the minor.) The remaining four courses are selected with the assis-
tance of a departmental adviser. At least two of these are upper-division mathematics electives
(courses with numbers between MTH 1301 and MTH 1399 excluding MTH 1301, MTH 1311, and
MTH 1384). None of the four may carry or be equivalent to a number lower than MTH 1200.
42 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Modern Languages
Holbrook C. Robinson, PhD, Associate Professor and Chair
Bachelor of Arts in French,
German, Italian, Spanish,
or Russian Languages and
Literatures Curriculum
Minor in French,
German, Italian, Spanish,
or Russian Studies
Curriculum
Minor in French,
German, Italian, Spanish,
or Russian Language and
Literature Curriculum
Professor
Constance H. Rose, PhD
Associate Professors
Lillian Bulwa, PhD
Walter M. Gershuny, PhD
Juliette M. Oilman, PhD
Inez Hedges, PhD
Neil A. Larsen, PhD
Bonnie S. McSorley, PhD
Stephen A. Sadow, PhD
John Spiegel, PhD
Assistant Professors
Debroah Arteaga, PhD
Ross D.Hall, PhD
Robert B. Modee, MA
Executive Officer
Instructors
Anthony P. Esposito, MA
Rita Schneider, MA
The study of modem languages can benefit all students, regardless of their major. This complex
world requires increased communication among varied and often divergent cultures. Understand-
ing and appreciating how the members of different cultures think is critical. Language offers the
key to help one achieve a more cosmopolitan, open-minded, and sensitive view of the world.
The department helps prepare students for careers in elementary school, secondary school, or
college teaching; international business relations; high-tech fields; government service; journal-
ism; library science; world affairs; travel; and community service, especially in Spanish-speaking
areas.
The major in modern languages normally requires advanced courses in two languages: French,
German, Italian, Russian, or Spanish. The first and second language requirements are minimum
requirements. Students are strongly encouraged to go beyond them, and even to pursue a third
language. Students planning to study Russian or Italian should begin courses as early as possible;
these courses are not offered on a regular basis.
Ten courses, including ENG 1118, Introduction to Language and Linguistics, and LNF 1512,
Masterpieces of Modern European Fiction; one or both masterpieces courses (123 1 and 1232) in the
language; and six or seven additional upper-level departmental courses in the language, no more
than two of which may be courses in translation.
Language proficiency: Students must demonstrate language proficiency by completing language
courses through the 1202 level or above in both the major and the minor language. Students
wishing to pursue a nonlanguage minor may petition the department.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
ENG 1118, Introduction to Language and Linguistics; LNF 1512, Masterpieces of Modem
European Fiction; and six advanced courses in the area of study and related fields. The program of
study must be chosen with an adviser.
Language proficiency: Same as bachelor of arts.
ENG 1118, Introduction to Language and Linguistics; LNF 1512, Masterpieces of Modem
European Fiction; one or both masterpieces courses ( 123 1 and 1232) in the language; and two or
three courses in the language beyond the 1202 level (two of which may be in translation).
Language proficiency: Same as bachelor of arts.
Music
Professors
Reginald W. Hache, ArtDip
Joshua R. Jacobson, DMA
Roland L. Nadeau, MM
Judith Tick, PhD
Associate Professors
William Lowe, MA
Dennis H. Miller, DMA
David D. Sonnenschein, DMA
Assistant Professors
Susan Asai, PhD
Leonard L. Brown, PhD
Bmce Ronkin, DMA
Lecturers
Marjorie J. Atlas, MM
Paul Beadoin, MM
Douglas F. Durant, PhD
Virginia Eskin, BA
Leon C. Janikian, MM
Karen L. Pokross, EdM
Jeanne M. Segal, MM
John K. Tyson, BM
Robert Ward, MM
Shiela Waxman, DMA
Visiting Faculty
Allen G Feinstein, MM
Music 43
The department aims to foster appreciation of music by enabling students to understand and
intelligently evaluate musical compositions.
Courses are offered in general appreciation, music theory, the history of music (both Western
and non- Western), applied music lessons, and the music industry. Performing ensembles provide
the opportunity for first-hand experience with music studied in the classroom. An extensive concert
series offers a variety of performances by faculty, students and guest artists. Hands-on musical
training is reinforced by a piano laboratory, an electronic music laboratory, and a listening center.
Music majors prepare for a vifide range of professions, including performance, teaching, church
music, arts administration, composition, music therapy, broadcasting, and studio production.
The broadly based curriculum allows students to concentrate in music while acquiring a
comprehensive education in the humanities and sciences. The music literature concentration
focuses on music analysis from theoretical and historical perspectives. The music industry
concentration combines music analysis with courses on various aspects of the business. The music
literature and performance concentration combines scholarly work with advanced instrumental
instruction.
Bachelor of Arts Concentration in music literature. MUS 1 107, Principles of Music Literature; MUS 1200,
Curriculum Fundamentals of Theory; MUS 1201, MUS 1202, MUS 1203, MUS, 1204, Music Theory 1,2,3 and
4; MUS 1241, Piano 1; MUS 1301, MUS 1302, Form and Analysis 1 and 2; MUS 1171, Computer
Literacy for Musicians; MUS 1420, Cultural Traditions; MUS 1421, MUS 1422, MUS 1423, and
MUS 1424, Historical Traditions 1, 2, 3 and 4. Also take HST 1 102, Western Civilization 2.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Concentration in music literature and performance. MUS 1 107, Principles of Music Literature;
MUS 1200, Fundamentals of Theory; MUS 1201, MUS 1202, MUS 1203, MUS 1204, Music Theory
1, 2, 3 and 4; MUS 1241, Piano 1; MUS 1301 and 1302, Form and Analysis 1 and 2; MUS 1461,
Applied Music Lessons (taken six times); MUS 1171, Computer Literacy for Musicians; MUS 1420,
Cultural Traditions; MUS 1421, MUS 1422, MUS 1423, and MUS 1424, Historical Traditions 1, 2,
3 and 4. Also take HST 1 102, Western Civilization 2.
Students in both concentrations must participate in at least one Northeastern University perform-
ing ensemble during at least eight of their quarters on campus.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Bachelor of Science *— ^ Concentration in music industry. MUS 1107, Principles of Music Literature; MUS 1200, Funda-
Curriculum / meptals of Theory; MUS 1201, MUS 1202, MUS 1203, Music Theory 1, 2 and 3; MUS 1241, Piano 1;
MUS 1171, Computer Literacy for Musicians; MUS 1420, Cultural Traditions; MUS 1421, MUS
1422, MUS 1423, and MUS 1424, Historical Traditions 1,2,3 and 4; MUS 1 165 and MUS 1166,
Music Industry 1 and 2; MUS 1365, Seminar in the Music Industry; and three of the following:
MUS 1170, Music and Technology; MUS 1172, The Recording Studio; MUS 1173, The Recording
Studio 2; MUS 1366, Copyright Law for the Musician.
ECN 1115, Principles of Macroeconomics; ECN 1116, Principles of Microeconomics. One of the
following three pairs of courses in descriptive and inferential statistics: MTH 1387 and 1390; ECN
1250 and 1251; POL 1301 and 1302. MGT 1115, Introduction to Business; ACC 1111, Introduction
to Accounting. Two of the following business courses: FIN 1438, Introduction to Finance; MKT
1435, Introduction to Marketing; HRM 1432, Organizational Behavior; MSC 1441, Operations
Management; ENT 1330, Management of Smaller Enterprises. HST 1102, Western CiviHzation 2.
Students must participate in at least one Northeastern University performing ensemble during at
least eight of their quarters on campus.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Minor Curriculum General music track. MUS 1200, Fundamentals of Music; MUS 1201, Music Theory 1; MUS 1202,
Music Theory 2; MUS 1241, Piano 1 or MUS 1209, Functional Piano; MUS 1100, Introduction to
Music or MUS 1107, Principles of Music; and a music history course.
Music theatre track. MUS 1200, Fundamentals of Music; MUS 1201, Music Theory 1;
MUS 1100, Introduction to Music; MUS 1211, Sightsinging; MUS 1244, Voice Class 1;INT 1110,
American Musical Theatre or MUS 1 132, Introduction to Opera; MUS 1 100, Introduction to Music
or MUS 1107, Principles of Music; and the following courses four times each: MUS 1261, Voice
Lessons and MUS 1230, Chorus.
Minor in Music Industry -^ MUS 1200, Fundamentals of Music; MUS 1201, Music Theory 1; MUS 1 165, Music Industry 1;
Curriculum MUS 1166, Music Industry 2; MUS 1241, Piano Class 1 or MUS 1209, Functional Piano; MUS 1100,
Introduction to Music or MUS 1107, Principles of Music; MUS 1170, Music and Technology or MUS
1171, Computer Literacy for Musicians; and two approved music industry electives.
44 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Philosophy and Religion
Susan M. Setta, PhD, Associate Professor and Chair
Religion Program
Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Minor Curriculum
Physics
Professors
Walter L. Fogg, PhD
Pavel Kovaly, PhD, CSc
Stephen L. Nathanson, PhD
Associate Professors
William J. DeAngelis, PhD
Bart K. Gruzalski, PhD
Edward A. Hacker, PhD
Michael Lipton, PhD
Gordon E.Pmett, PhD
Professor Emeritus
Joseph H. Wellbank, PhD
Lecturer
Michael C. Meyer, PhD
Philosophy includes questions and theories related to art, religion, morality, society, and natural
and social sciences. Its study challenges students to examine their beliefs in many areas through
critical reflection.
Through readings, discussion, and writing, students examine questions concerning the nature
and validity of religious beliefs, moral judgments, and scientific theories, as well as questions of
values and social policy in such areas as law, medicine, and technology.
Courses will ideally strengthen the student's work in other areas and provide an understanding
of the methods and traditions of philosophical and religious thought. A major in philosophy may
help students sharpen their critical abilities in preparation for graduate or professional study.
Philosophy majors go on to diverse careers.
The program helps students acquire an understanding of religious experience in both its individual
and cultural expressions. Classes look at specific religions as well as the mythical, mystical, and
cultural dimensions of religious experience. Although a major is not offered, the program offers a
solid introduction to religious studies through introductory and intermediate-level courses.
PHL 1225, Ancient Philosophy; PHL 1230, History of Modem Philosophy or PHL 1200, Introduc-
tion to Logic 1 or PHL 1215, Symbolic Logic; PHL 1400, Theory of Knowledge or PHL 1405,
Metaphysics or PHL 1335, Moral Philosophy; one philosophy seminar; and eight philosophy
electives.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
PHL 1100, Introduction to Philosophy 1 or PHL 1105, Introduction to Scientific Method; PHL 1225,
Ancient Philosophy or PHL 1230, History of Modern Philosophy; PHL 1200, Introduction to Logic 1
or PHL 1215, Symbolic Logic; one of the following: PHL 1142, Philosophy of Mind; PHL 1400,
Theory of Knowledge; PHL 1405, Metaphysics; and PHL 1335, Moral Philosophy; and three
philosophy electives.
Stephen Reucroft, PhD, Professor and Chair
Carl A. Shiffinan, PhD
Jeffrey B.Sokoloff, PhD
Yogendra N. Srivastava, PhD
Michael T. Vaughn, PhD
Eberhard von Goeler, PhD
Allan Widom, PhD
FaYuehWu.PhD
Associate Professors
George O. Alverson, PhD
Jacqueline Krim, PhD
Marie E. Machacek, PhD
Robert S. Markiewicz, PhD
Srinivas Sridhar, PhD
Assistant Professors
Narendra K. Jaggi, PhD
Alain S. Karma, PhD
Ian Leedom, PhD
Tomasz Taylor, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Eugene J. Saletan, PhD
Walter Hauser, PhD
Professors
Ronald Aaron, PhD
Petros N. Argyres, PhD
Arun Bansil, PhD
Paul M. Champion, PhD
Alan H. Cromer, PhD
William L. Faissler, PhD
Marvin H. Friedman, PhD
DavidA.Garelick,PhD
Michael J. Glaubman, PhD
Haim Goldberg, PhD
Jorge V. Jose, PhD
Bertram J. Malenka, PhD
PranNath,PhD
Clive H.Perry, PhD
Physics is concerned wdth fundamental principles that govern natural phenomena, ranging in scale
ft-om collisions of subatomic particles through the behavior of solids and liquids to exploding stars
and colliding galaxies.
The physics undergraduate programs aim to help students experience the intellectual stimula-
tion of studying physics and astrophysics and the excitement of front-line research programs;
understand the basic principles and techniques of physics-related careers; and prepare for
graduate study in physics or related fields.
The department offers four levels of undergraduate courses:
■ descriptive courses for non-science majors with limited mathematical backgrounds;
■ general survey courses for students in scientific and engineering fields;
■ advanced courses intended mainly for physics majors;
■ highly advanced courses intended mainly for prospective graduate students.
Physics 45
Bachelor of Arts
Curriculum
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Bachelor of Science in
Applied Physics
Curriculum
Minor in Physics
Cuniculum
In addition to work in industrial, government, and high-technology laboratories in areas of applied
physics, students may find opportunities in such fields as biophysics, computer science, geophysics,
medical and radiation physics, and engineering. Many physics majors go on to pursue advanced
degrees in physics and related fields.
PHY 1221, PHY 1222, PHY 1223, Physics for Science and Engineering Students 1, 2, and 3, and
associated labs PHY 1531, PHY 1532, PHY 1533; PHY 1301, Intermediate Mechanics; PHY 1302,
Electric and Magnetic Fields; three upper-level physics lecture courses, and three upper-level lab
courses.
MTH 1143, MTH 1144, MTH 1145, Calculus 1, 2, and 3; MTH 1243, MTH 1244, Calculus 4 and 5;
and one advanced mathematics elective.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
PHY 1221, PHY 1222, PHY 1223, Physics for Science and Engineering Students 1, 2, and 3, and
associated labs PHY 1531, PHY 1532, PHY 1533; PHY 1301, Intermediate Mechanics; PHY 1302,
Electric and Magnetic Fields; PHY 1303, Modem Physics; PHY 1304, Mathematical Physics; PHY
1305, Thermodynamics and Kinetic Theory; PHY 1401, Classical Mechanics; PHY 1402, PHY
1403, Electricity and Magnetism 1 and 2; PHY 1404, Wave Motion and Optics; and three upper-
level lab courses.
MTH 1140, MTH 1141, MTH 1142, Calculus 1, 2, and 3; MTH 1243, MTH 1244, Calculus 4 and 5;
MTH 1245, MTH 1246, Differential Equations 1 and 2; and five additional electives from those
approved for majors in the following fields: physics, mathematics, computer science, chemistry,
engineering, biology, and geology.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
PHY 1221, PHY 1222, PHY 1223, Physics for Science and Engineering Students 1, 2, and 3, and
associated labs; PHY 1531, PHY 1532, PHY 1533; PHY 1301, Intermediate Mechanics; PHY 1302,
Electric and Magnetic Fields; PHY 1303, Modern Physics; PHY 1305, Thermodynamics and
Kinetic Theory; PHY 1404, Wave Motion and Optics; PHY 1551 and PHY 1552, Electronics for
Scientists 1 and 2; PHY 1555, Wave Lab; PHY 1557, Advanced Lab; and PHY 1561, Project Lab.
MTH 1140, MTH 1141, MTH 1142, Calculus 1, 2, and 3; MTH 1243, MTH 1244, Calculus 4 and 5;
MTH 1245, MTH 1246, Differential Equations 1 and 2.
COM 1100, Fundamentals of Computer Science; COM 1101, Algorithms and Data Structures 1;
and COM 1201, Data Structures 2. Four additional electives fi-om those approved for majors in the
following fields: physics, mathematics, chemistry, computer science, engineering, biology, and
geology.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
PHY 1221, PHY 1222, PHY 1223, Physics for Science and Engineering Students 1, 2, and 3, and
three upper-level lecture or lab courses from the following list: PHY 1301, PHY 1302, PHY 1303,
PHY 1304, PHY 1305, PHY 1401, PHY 1402, PHY 1403, PHY 1404, PHY 1411, PHY 1412, PHY
1413, PHY 1414, PHY 1415, PHY 1416, PHY 1551, PHY 1552, and PHY 1555.
Political Science
Suzanne P. Ogden, PhD, Professor and Chair
Professors
Robert L. Cord, PhD
Robert E.Gilbert, PhD
David E.Schmitt, PhD
Distinguished Visiting
Professor
Michael S. Dukakis, JD
Associate Professors
Christopher J. Bosso, PhD
L. Gerald Bursey, PhD
Minton F. Goldman, PhD
Eileen L. McDonagh, PhD
William F.S. Miles, PhD
David A. Rochefort, PhD
Assistant Professors
Leslie E. Armijo, PhD
William D.Kay, PhD
Richard A. Loverd, PhD
William G. Mager, PhD
John H. Portz, PhD
John F. L. Ross, PhD
Denis J. Sullivan, PhD
Michael C. Tolley, PhD
BruceA.Wallin.PhD
In political science students study political behavior; power, policies, values, and institutions; the
social and economic forces that shape them; and the cultural contexts within which they operate.
The department strives to help students develop an awareness of political forces in the environ-
ment; become more aware of their role as citizens in a democratic society; and acquire a solid
academic foundation for careers in government, law, teaching, politics, public affairs, public
management, journalism, international affairs, and international business.
For students who wish to go on to graduate studies, concentration in political science, public
administration, or law and legal issues may lead to many opportunities. Career opportunities exist
46 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Bachelor of Arts
Curriculum
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Minor in Political Science
Curriculum
in public management at all levels of government, while positions in research are available in
government, imiversity, and independent research bureaus. Law and teaching also offer career
possibilities, as do agencies in international bodies, such as the United Nations. Individuals with
specialized training in political science can compete for positions in the public-service program-
ming of educational and commercial television, in journalism, in legislative and lobbying work, in
the public relations activities of private associations, and in profit and nonprofit corporations.
POL 1110, Introduction to Politics; POL 1111, Introduction to American Government; POL 1112,
Introduction to International Relations; POL 1113, Introduction to Foreign Governments and
Societies; POL 1261, Public Administration; one political theory/thought course selected from the
follovring: POL 1373, POL 1374 or POL 1378; and seven political science electives.
Six social science electives selected ft-om at least three of the following areas: African-American
studies, anthropology, economics, history, psychology (consult the political science department's
approved psychology course list), and sociology.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Concentration in law and legal issues. POL 1110, Introduction to Politics; POL 1111, Introduction
to American Government; POL 1261, Public Administration; POL 1373, Pre-Modern Political
Thought or POL 1374, Modem Political Thought or POL 1378, Contemporary Political Thought;
six law-related political science electives; and four general political science electives.
Six social science electives selected from at least three of the following areas: Afiican-American
studies, anthropology, economics, history, psychology (consult the political science department's
approved psychology course list), and sociology.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
POL 1110, Introduction to Politics; POL 1111, Introduction to American Gtovernment; POL 1112,
Introduction to International Relations; POL 1113, Introduction to Foreign Governments and
Societies; POL 1261, Public Administration; POL 1301, POL 1302, Research Methods 1 and 2; and
one political theory/thought course selected from the following: POL 1370, POL 1373, POL 1374 or
POL 1378; and six political science electives.
Six social science electives selected from at least three of the following areas: African-American
studies, anthropology, economics, history, psychology (consult the political science department's
approved psychology course list), and sociology.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Concentration in law and legal issues. POL 1110, Introduction to Politics; POL 1111, Introduction
to American Government; POL 1261, Public Administration; POL 1301, POL 1302, Research
Methods 1 and 2; POL 1373, Pre-Modern Political Thought or POL 1374, Modern Political Thought
or POL 1378, Contemporary Political Thought; six law-related political science electives; and two
general political science electives.
Six social science electives selected from at least three of the following areas: Afiican-American
studies, anthropology, economics, history, psychology (consult the political science department's
approved psychology course list), and sociology.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Concentration in public administration. POL 1110, Introduction to Politics; POL 1111, Introduc-
tion to American Government; POL 1261, Public Administration; POL 1301, POL 1302, Research
Methods 1 and 2; POL 1373, Pre-Modern Political Thought or POL 1374, Modem Political Thought
or POL 1378, Contemporary Political Thought; six public administration electives; and two general
political science electives.
Six social science electives selected from at least three of the following areas: African-American
studies, anthropology, economics, history, psychology (consult political science department's
approved psychology course list), and sociology.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
Any two of the following courses: POL 1 1 10, Introduction to Politics; POL 1111, Introduction to
American Government; POL 1112, Introduction to International Relations; POL 1113, Introduc-
tion to Foreign Governments and Societies; POL 1261, Public Administration. Any five additional
courses offered by the Department of Political Science for political science majors, including courses
listed above that have not been selected to fulfill the above requirement.
Political Science 47
Minor in International
Politics Curriculum
Psychology
Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Minor Curriculum
PO L 1 1 1 2 , Introduction to International Relations ; POL 1 1 13 , Introduction to Foreign Govern-
ments and Societies; any five additional courses in international politics and/or comparative
politics offered by the Department of Political Science.
Leon J. Kamin, PhD, Professor and Chair
Professors
Stephen G. Harkins, PhD
Harlan L. Lane, PhD,
Doc. es Lettres
Joanne Miller, PhD
Bertram Scharf, PhD
Alexander A. Skavenski, PhD
James R. Stellar, PhD
Harold Zamansky, PhD
Associate Professors
Edward A. Arees, PhD
Martin L. Block, PhD
Roger Brightbill, PhD
Perrin S. Cohen, PhD
JudithA. Hall, PhD
Charles Karis, PhD
Anne E.Kelley, PhD
Harry Mackay, PhD
Adam Reeves, PhD
Assistant Professors
David Bryant, PhD
JaneA.Bybee,PhD
Rhea Eskew, PhD
Anne Kelley, PhD
Frank Naarendorp, PhD
Nancy N.Soja, PhD
Shari Speer, PhD
Psychology explores human and animal behavior and the way people think. An interdisciplinary
science, psychology includes methods and knowledge derived from the other natural and social
sciences.
The psychology curriculum explores such topics as how brain function determines behavior; how
we see, hear, and learn; what is abnormal personality; how people develop emotionally and
cognitively; and how individuals work in groups. The curriculum offers opportunities for laboratory
practice and experimentation, individual research projects, and small-group seminars to encour-
age critical evaluation of psychology's accomplishments and its future.
By building a solid scientific background in psychology, the curriculum helps prepare students
for careers in teaching, business, public service, and research. The curriculum also provides the
basics for entrance to graduate programs in experimental, clinical, and educational psychology;
law; and medicine.
The bachelor of arts degree is intended for students who wish to pursue a broad liberal arts
education that explores the humanities, social sciences, and, to a lesser extent, natural sciences.
The bachelor of science degree is more specialized and is usually recommended for students who
have a strong scientific interest in psychology and the natural sciences. For students planning later
graduate study in psychology, or for combining psychology with another interest such as premedi-
cal training, the department recommends pursuing a BS degree.
PSY 1110, Perspectives in Psychology 1 or PSY 1111, Foundations of Psychology 1; PSY 1112,
Foundations of Psychology 2 or PSY 1113, Perspectives in Psychology 2; PSY 1211 and PSY 1212,
Statistics in Behavioral Science 1 and 2.
Two courses from the following: PSY 1271, Social Psychology; PSY 1272, Personality 1 or PSY 1373,
Abnormal Psychology 1; and PSY 1241, Human Behavioral Development 1. Three courses fi-om the
following: PSY 1262, Psychology of Language or PSY 1364, Cognition; PSY 1231, Learning and
Motivation; PSY 1351, Psychobiology; and PSY 1381, Sensation or PSY 1382, Perception.
Within the psychology department, students may concentrate their electives in a variety of
subareas, including language and cognition; learning and motivation; personality and social
psychology; sensory and psychobiology; or individual study. Students should see a department
adviser regarding these concentrations.
Additional requirements for bachelor of arts: Four psychology electives; either three psychology
labs or two psychology labs and one psychology directed study; one psychology seminar.
Additional requirements for bachelor of science: Seven psychology electives; either four psychology
labs or three psychology labs and one psychology directed study; one psychology seminar. Four
mathematics, science, or computer science courses beyond the core curriculum requirements. Also,
one humanities course beyond the core curriculum requirements.
Students must also complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
PSY 1 1 10, Perspectives in Psychology 1 or PSY 1111, Foundations of Psychology 1; PSY 1112,
Foundations of Psychology 2 or PSY 1113, Perspectives in Psychology 2; and PSY 1211, PSY 1212,
Statistics in Behavioral Science 1 and 2.
Two courses from the following: PSY 1271, Social Psychology; PSY 1272, Personality 1 or PSY 1373,
Abnormal Psychology 1; PSY 1241, Human Behavioral Development 1; PSY 1262, Psychology of
Language or PSY 1364, Cognition; PSY 1231, Learning and Motivation; PSY 1351, Psychobiology;
and PSY 1381, Sensation or PSY 1382, Perception.
Four psychology electives.
48 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Sociology and Anthropology Michael E. Brown, PhD, Professor and Chair
Bachelor of Arts in
Sociology Curriculum
Bachelor of Science in
Sociology Curriculum
Minor in Sociology
Curriculum
Bachelor of Arts in
Anthropology Curriculum
Bachelor of Science in
Anthropology Curriculum
Professors
Arnold Arluke, PhD
Morris Freilich, PhD
Debra R. Kaufman, PhD
Alan M. Klein, PhD
Elliott A. Krause, PhD
Jack Levin, PhD
Ronald J. McAllister, PhD
Felix M.Padilla, PhD
Earl Rubington, PhD
Assistant Professors
Michael Blim, PhD
Daniel R. Faber, PhD
Luis M. Falcon, PhD
Gordana Rabrenovic, PhD
Lynn Stephen, PhD
Professor Emeritus
Morton Rubin, PhD
Associate Professors
Richard Bourne, PhD
Winifred Breines, PhD
Christine Gailey, PhD
M. Patricia Golden, PhD
Wilfred E. Helton, PhD
Anthony T. Jones, PhD
Maureen Kelleher, PhD
Thomas H. Koenig, PhD
Carol A. Owen, PhD
Judith Perrolle, PhD
Thomas M. Shapiro, PhD
Lynn Stephen, PhD
Sociology and anthropology provide a critical perspective for studying the social arrangements in
which people live. Various theories and research methods are presented for understanding how
societies function and the conditions under which they change. The critical perspective emphasizes
the aspects of society that account for the regulation of human action and those that account for
resistance and opposition. The major topics offered are gender, race and ethnicity, cities, sources of
social conflict, law and crime, intercultural relations, technology and the environment, and the
comparative analysis of societies.
A major in sociology or anthropology helps prepare students for careers in public or private
service and research. Sociology and anthropology provide a good basis in theory and method-
ology for graduate training in academic research or careers in teaching, social work, or public
administration. Courses can be useful for students in premedical, prelegal, paramedical, or other
preprofessional programs.
SOC 1100, Introduction to Sociology; SOA 1100, Peoples and Cultures; SOC 1320, Introduction to
Statistical Analysis; SOC 1321, SOC 1322, Research Methods 1 and 2; SOC 1300, Classical Social
Thought; SOC 1301, Current Social Thought; SOC 1310, Class, Power, and Social Change; two
intermediate courses (1100 or 1200 level); two advanced courses (1300, 1400, or 1500 level); and one
anthropology course beyond SOA 1 100. Six electives in the social sciences other than sociology/
anthropology.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
SOC 1100, Introduction to Sociology; SOA 1100, Peoples and Cultures; SOC 1320, Introduction to
Statistical Analysis; SOC 1321, SOC 1322, Research Methods 1 and 2; SOC 1300, Classical Social
Thought; SOC 1301, Current Social Thought; SOC 1310, Class, Power, and Social Change; two
intermediate courses (1100 or 1200 level); two advanced courses (1300, 1400, or 1500 level); and one
anthropology course beyond SOA 1100. Six electives in the social sciences other than sociology/
anthropology. Six additional electives.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
SOC 1 100, Introduction to Sociology; any two courses from among the following: SOC 1321,
Research Methods 1; SOC 1322, Research Methods 2; SOC 1300, Classical Social Thought; SOC
1301, Current Social Thought; any three-course specialization in sociology arranged between the
student and adviser; and one additional 1300, 1400, or 1500 level course.
SOA 1100, Peoples and Cultures; SOA 1104, Cultures of the World; SOC 1100, Introduction to
Sociology; and at least three of the following: SOA 1335, Language and Communication; SOA 1 125,
Stones £md Bones: Prehistory in the New World; SOA 1155, Individual and Culture; SOA 1301,
Human Origins; SOA 1160, Sex, Sex Roles, and Family; SOA 1425, Cultural Survival; SOA 1146,
Peasants: Community, Culture, and Rebellion; SOA 1470, Myth and Religion; at least six addi-
tional anthropology courses; and one sociology elective beyond SOC 1100. Six electives in the social
sciences other than sociology/anthropology.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
SOA 1 100, Peoples and Cultures; SOA 1 104, Cultures of the World; SOC 1 100, Introduction to
Sociology; and at least three of the following: SOA 1335, Language and Communication; SOA 1125,
Stones and Bones: Prehistory in the New World; SOA 1155, Individual and Culture; SOA 1301,
Human Origins; SOA 1160, Sex, Sex Roles, and Family; SOA 1425, Cultural Survival; SOA 1146,
Sociology and Anthropology 49
Minor in Anthropology
Curriculum
Theatre
Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Minor Curriculum
Peasants: Community, Culture, and Rebellion; SOA 1470, Myth and Religion; at least six addi-
tional anthropology courses; and one sociology elective beyond SOC 1100. Six electives in the social
sciences other than sociology/anthropology. Four additional electives.
In addition, complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
SOA 1100, Peoples and Cultures; SOA 1335, Language and Communication; SOA 1155, Individual
and Culture; SOA 1160, Sex, Sex Roles, and Family; and any two-course specialization in anthro-
pology arranged between the student and adviser.
Del E. Lewis, MFA, Associate Professor and Chair
Professor
Mort S. Kaplan, MA
Associate Professors
Janet L. Bobcean, MFA
Jerrold A. Phillips, PhD
Assistant Professor
Nancy Kindelan, PhD
Theatre is a moving force in our society because it involves both the performer and the spectator in
a manner unlike other creative and communicative arts.
The department offers a program that balances theory/history/literature courses and studio
rehearsal and performance work. The program provides the background for advanced study on a
graduate level or for a career in the professional theatre.
THE 1100, Introduction to the Theatre Arts; THE 1106, THE 1107, Theatre History 1 and 2; THE
1112, Dramatic Theory/Criticism; THE 1114, Masters of Theatre; THE 1149, Script Analysis; THE
1150, Acting 1; THE 1180, Concepts of Direction; THE 1200, Stagecraft; THE 1212, Introduction to
Theatrical Design; and THE 1800, THE 1801, THE 1802, and THE 1803, Practicum in Production
1,2,3, and 4. All theatre majors must take ENG 1658, Introduction to Shakespeare, in the college
core curriculum.
All theatre majors should select the following courses in their freshman year: THE 1100, Introduc-
tion to Theatre Arts; THE 1 150, Acting 1; and THE 1200, Stagecraft.
After completing 32 quarter hours, theatre majors may choose to be theatre generalists or to
concentrate in production or performance. Admission to a concentration is by petition or audition.
Theatre generalist. THE 1116, American Theatre or THE 1121, Contemporary Theatre; THE
1210, Scene Design 1; THE 1226, Lighting for the Stage; THE 1261, Costuming 1; THE 1505,
Continental Drama; THE 15 10, Twentieth Century Theatre; and four courses from the following
group: THE 1140, Playwriting; THE 1160, Body Movement 1; THE 1280, Stage Makeup; THE
1284, Theatre Management; THE 1325, Musical Theatre Technique; or THE 1410, Technical
Production.
Concentration in production. THE 1209, Theatrical Drafting; THE 1210, Scene Design 1; THE
1226, Lighting for the Stage; THE 1261, Costuming 1; THE 1284, Theatre Management; THE
1410, Technical Production; THE 1505, Continental Drama; THE 1510, Twentieth Century
Theatre; and two courses from the following: THE 1213, Scene Design 2; THE 1225, Scene Paint-
ing; THE 1265, Pattern Drafting; THE 1280, Stage Makeup; THE 1400, Costuming 2; or THE 1430,
Lighting 2. All production concentration majors must take electives ART 1101, Art History Since
1400 and ART 1124, Basic Drawing.
Concentration in performance. THE 1116, American Theatre or THE 1121, Contemporary Theatre;
THE 1155, Voice for the Theatre; THE 1160, Body Movement 1; THE 1280, Stage Makeup; THE 1301,
THE 1302, Acting 3 and 4; THE 1316, Acting for the Camera; THE 1325, Musical Theatre Technique;
THE 1505, Continental Drama; and THE 1510, Twentieth Century Theatre. All performance
concentration majors must take 4 quarter hours of dance/physical education electives (HSL).
All students must complete the arts and sciences core curriculum (see page 27).
THE 1100, Introduction to Theatre Arts; THE 1106, THE 1107, Theatre History 1 and 2; THE 1150,
Acting 1; THE 1180, Concepts of Direction; THE 1200, Stagecraft; THE 1212, Introduction to
Theatrical Design; and one of the following: THE 1149, Script Analysis; THE 1210, Scenic Design 1;
THE 1226, Lighting for the Stage; THE 1261, Costuming 1; and THE 1300, Acting 2. Laboratory
practice in technical theatre and performance, in conjunction with the coursework, is required for
the minor.
Music majors who wish to minor in musical theatre must take the following courses. THE 1 100,
Introduction to Theatre Arts; THE 1 149, Script Analysis; THE 1 150 and THE 1300, Acting 1 and 2;
THE 1 160, Movement 1; THE 1325, Musical Theatre Technique; THE 1800, THE1801, THE 1802,
and THE 1803, Practicum in Production 1, 2, 3, and 4; and INT 1110, American Musical Theatre.
Laboratory practice in technical theatre and performance, in conjunction with the coursework, is
required for the minor.
50 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Interdisciplinary Minors
Minor in Asian Studies
Curriculum
Minor in Cinema Studies
Curriculum
Minor in Latino,
Latin American, and
Caribbean Studies
Students may choose a concentration in Middle Eastern studies or East Asian studies (China,
Japan, Korea). Courses cover a range of academic disciplines: anthropology, history, music,
philosophy and religion, sociology, language, and political science. In each concentration, three core
courses and four electives are required.
Concentration in Middle Eastern studies. HST 1612, The Modern Middle East; PHL 1280, Islam;
^and POL 1345, Government and Politics in the Middle East. Choose four electives; ECN 1332,
Economic History of Less Developed Countries; HST 1613, Contemporary Middle East; HST 1614,
The Middle East Today in Fact, Fiction, and Film; HST 1652, Islam Resurgent; MUS 1182, Music
of the Middle East; and POL 1384, Arab-Israeli Conflict.
Concentration in East Asian studies. HST 1637, Modern Japan; PHL 1275, Eastern Religions;
and POL 1371, Government and Politics of China. Choose four electives: HST 1150, Introduction to
Third World History; HST 1633, Modern China; HST 1634, Contemporary China; POL 1332,
Government and Politics of Japan; HST 1641, Recent Leaders of Asia; PHL 1130, Ethics: East and
West; PHL 1255, Indian Philosophy; PHL 1250, Chinese Philosophy; PHL 1293, Mysticism: East
and West; POL 1372, China's Foreign Relations; and SOC 1104, Contemporary Japanese Culture
and Society.
For both concentrations, it is strongly recommended that students gain proficiency in an Asian
language. Chinese courses are currently taught in the program.
The minor in cinema studies permits students to acquire skills in analyzing one of the major art
forms and cultural influences of the twentieth century and to gain critical tools that can be used to
study the relationships between film and society, history, aesthetics, performance, philosophy, and
psychoanalysis. Students take eight courses: two required courses, a filmmaking requirement, and
five electives. Due to their interdisciplinary nature, courses are listed in several departments.
LNF 1550, Introductory Film Analysis; LNF 1551, Film Theory; and one of the following: ART
1171, Animation Workshop; ART 1 180, Video Basics; or CMN 1450, Television Studio Production.
Choose five electives: ART 1233, Contemporary Directions in Cinema; ART 1235, History of Film;
ART 1236, The American Film; ART 1238, Documentary Film; ART 1281, Video Project; ENG
1288, Film and Text; ENG 1289, Shakespeare on Film; ENG 1290, Topics in Film (may not be
counted more than twice); ENG 1291, Popular Culture; ENG 1294, Modem Film; ENG 1295,
American Film and Society; ENG 1297, Approaches to Film; HST 1494, History and Film; HST
1575, History of Media in America; INT 1320, Exploring the Humanities through Film; INT 1321,
Modernism; LNF 1521, French Film Masterpieces; LNF 1560, Film and Psychoanalysis; LNG
1554, Modem German Film and Literature; LNS 1550, Spanish Film Masterpieces; MUS 1139,
Film Music; SOA 1 120, Camera on Culture: Visual Anthropology; CMN 1454, Programming for
Radio and Television; CMN 1455, Television Field Production; CMN 1554, Special Topics in Media
(when appropriate). THE 1316, Acting for the Camera; THE 1849, Special Topics.
For more information, contact the director of cinema studies, Professor Inez Hedges ( 1 Boston
YMCAJ, at 617-437-5163.
This minor offers students an interdisciplinary experience with faculty from seven academic
departments. The Latin American and Caribbean studies emphasis combines historical, social-
scientific, ecological, and cultural-aesthetic approaches to the study of Central American, South
American, and Caribbean society. Latino studies explores the large, long-standing, and growing
Latin American presence in communities outside Latin America, especially in North America. The
minor helps students prepare for more specialized work in fields such as business, social services,
diplomacy, health, law, education, and international relations with Latin American and Latino
populations both in the United States and abroad.
The minor includes a strong link to the co-op program and to community-based internships. It is
strongly recommended that students pursuing the minor achieve proficiency in Spanish.
INT 1121, Introduction to Latino, Latin American, and Caribbean Studies; a one-quarter, four
credit directed study through an academic research project or through an internship or co-op
experience in a community-based agency; and one elective ft-om each of the following areas.
History and African-American studies: APR 1196, The Black Experience in the Caribbean; HST
1604, Modern Latin America; and HST 1605, The Modern Caribbean.
Modern languages, literature, and music: LNS 1315, Latin American Literature (Colonial,
Nineteenth Century); LNS 1316, Latin American Literature (Twentieth Century); LNS 1500,
Backgrounds in Hispanic Culture; LNS 1501, Backgrounds in Latin American Culture; LNS 1511,
Introduction to Caribbean Literature; and MUS 1184, Music of Latin America and the Caribbean.
Interdisciplinary Minors 51
Minor in Marine Studies
Curriculum
Minor in Media Studies
Curriculum
Minor in Technical
Communication
Curriculum
Minor in Urban Studies
Curriculum
Social sciences: POL 1368, Government and Politics of Latin America; SOA 1430, Latin Americein
Society and Development; and SOC 1460, Sociology of Latino Society.
Comparative studies: AFR 1151, African-American Art History; AFR 1155, Foundations of Black
Culture; AFR 1294, Third World Political Relations; MUS 1180, Introduction to World Music; POL
1386, International Law; SOA 1100, Peoples and Cultures; SOA 1104, Cultures of the World; SOA
1146, Peasants: Community, Culture, and Rebellion; SOA 1255, Sport in Society; SOC 1146,
Environment and Society; SOC 1170, Race and Ethnic Relations; ; SOC 1171, Race and Ethnic
Relations: A World Perspective; and SOC 1455, Sport and Culture.
This minor explores the multidisciplinary aspects of the marine environment. The program
emphasizes either the scientific or social science/humanistic study of the oceans.
At least six marine-related courses totaling 24 quarter hours are required. Two courses must be
beyond the introductory level, and at least one course must be from the natural sciences and one
from the social sciences/humanities.
Mastery of a marine-related skiU such as Scuba diving, piloting and navigation, or sailing is
required. This can be achieved through coursework or an approved outside certification.
Coursework in marine skills is normally limited to one of the six required courses.
A project involving some degree of independent study of a marine-related topic must be completed.
This can be accomplished by completing a directed study course in marine studies, or, with
approval, by completing a major course-related project or outside project.
For more information, contact Professor Peter Rosen, marine studies coordinator, 6 17-437-3176.
To qualify for a minor in media studies, the student must complete a minimum of eight courses:
CMN 1250, Introduction to Mass Communication; HST 1575, History of Media in America; and
CMN 1300, Communication Theory or CMN 13 17, The Audience in Mass Communication or INT
1320, Exploring Humanities through Film; and five elective courses from the two categories media
production and media application (at least two electives in each category ). Individual student
programs may be developed. Students should contact Professor Alan Zaremba (Department of
Communication Studies) for information on program development and elective choices.
Technical communication combines written, oral, and graphics skills with a background in science
or technology. The minor in technical communication prepares students for careers as technical
writers, or for careers in which technical communication is a significant part of their jobs. Students
in English or other liberal arts studies may elect the minor, as may students from a variety of
technological or scientific fields. A student does not have to be enrolled in the College of Arts and
Sciences to declare the minor.
Eight courses are required: ENG 1 125, Technical Writing; ENG 1370, Technical Writing 2 or ENG
1371, Writing for the Computer Industry; ENG 1352, Advanced Writing or ENG 1380, Writing for
the Professions: Health Services or ENG 1381, Writing for the Professions: Business Administra-
tion; CMN 1116, Public Speaking or CMN 1331, Advanced Interpersonal Communication; JRN
1440, Design and Graphics (or an equivalent in another department or college ); COM 1101
Algorithms and Data Structures 1; and two of the following, preferably both within the same
discipline: BIO 1106, General Biology; BIO 1107, Animal Biology; CHM 1111, General Chemistry
1; CHM 1112, General Chemistry 2; GE 1106, Programming Computers; GEO 1212, Physical
Geology; GEO 1222, Historical Geology; IIS 1125, COBOL Programming 1; PHY 1221, Physics for
Science and Engineering Students 1; PHY 1222, Physics for Science and Engineering Students 2;
PHY 1223, Physics for Science and Engineering Students 3.
Students must take seven courses. SOC 1 147, Cities and Society; POL 1324, Urban Politics; ECN
1320, Urban Economics; and one course from each of the following areas:
Urban problems and policies: SOC 1346, Suburb and Metropolis; POL 1318, State and Local
Government; ECN 1321, Urban Economic Problems and Policies.
Urban humanities: HST 1391, European Urban History to 1850; HST 1543, American Urban
History; ENG 1608, The City in Literature.
Urban form and design: ART 1111, Introduction to Architecture; ART 1225, Modem Architecture 1;
ART 1150, Architectural Design 1.
African-American studies : AFR 1261, Economics of Urban Poverty; AFR 1275, Urban Political
Issues; AFR 1475, Public Policy Analysis.
To obtain credit for the minor, students must file a petition form with the College of Arts and
Sciences. Interested students should confer with an adviser as soon as possible. Advisers are
Professor Robert Gilbert, political science, 303 Meserve Hall, 617-437-2796; Professor Peter
52 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Minor in Women's Studies
Curriculum
Serenyi, art and architecture, 239 Ryder Hall, 617-437-2347; Professor Gregory Wassail,
economics, 317 Lake Hall, 617-437-2196.
Women's Studies is an interdisciplinary program that incorporates scholarship on women's and
men's roles in society and examines the importance of gender in past and present societies.
Students examine traditional stereotypes and changing roles; learn about women in history,
culture, and politics; and consider the changing situation of men and women today. The Women's
Studies Program coordinates the Boston Area Colloquium on Feminist Theory, organizes an in-
house lecture series, produces the Working Papers in Gender Studies Series, and sponsors the
International Research Associates in Women's Studies for visiting scholars. The program also
maintains liaisons with the student-run Women's Center at Northeastern.
Students take a total of seven courses: INT 1150, Introduction to Women's Studies; INT 1302,
Female Perspectives on Society; and five electives.
Undergraduate elective courses. AFR 1241, Black Family; AFR 1480, Black Man/Black Woman;
BIO 1187, Biology of Human Reproduction; CJ 1616, Women and the Criminal Justice System;
CMN 1232, Female/Male Communication; ECN 1312, Women in the Labor Market; ENG 1551,
Gender Roles in Literature; ENG 1600, Topics in Literature; ENG 1602, Major Figure; other
literature courses when gender-oriented; HST 1392, Women in Pre-Industrial Europe; HST 1472,
The Family in Pre-Industrial Europe; HST 1473, Women in Modem Europe; HST 1554, Women in
America; HST 1644, Third World Women; LNF 1560, Film and Psychoanalysis; LNS 1510, Saints
and Sinners; MUS 1106, Women in Music; MUS 1800, Directed Study; NUR 1303, Life Crisis:
Analysis and Response; PHL 1295, Medicine, Religion, and the Healer's Art; POL 1316, Contempo-
rary Revolutionary Politics; POL 1327, Sex Roles in American Politics; POL 1328, Women in Public
Management; PSY 1218, Psychology of Women; SOA 1160, Sex, Sex Roles, and the Family; SOA
1301, Human Origins; SOA 1303, Sexuality and Culture; SOC 1155, Sociology of the Family; SOC
1160, Sex-Gender Roles in a Changing Society; SOC 1177, Social Rolesin the Business World; SOC
1178, Women Working; and SOC 1217, Women, Health, and Social Change.
Graduate elective courses. ENG 3317, Topics in Criticism: Feminist Literary Theory; English:
Topics in Literature courses accepted when focused on women; HST 3370, Seminar in History of
the Family; HST 3399, Seminar in Approaches to Women's History; POL 3665, Women in Public
Management; POL 3667, Equal Opportunity in Public Administration; POL 3668, Legal Issues in
Public Personnel Administration; SOA 3102, Class and State Formation; SOA 3156, Gender,
Kinship, and Social Change; SOC 3155, The Family; SOC 3160, Women, Men, and Social Change;
SOC 3175, Sociology of Work; SOC 3304, Feminist Theory; and SOC 3410, Contemporary Issues in
Sociology.
These are only some of the courses offered. New courses are continually being developed and added
to the program. For more information and the most recent brochure describing the Women's
Studies Program, contact Professor Laura Frader at 617-437-4442 or Ms. Audrey Aduama,
617-437-4984.
Special Programs
Independent Major
Combined Program
with Professional Schools
Additional information is available from involved departments and the Office of the Dean.
Availability of all special programs is contingent on minimum enrollment requirements and,
when an outside institution is involved, continued affiliation of that institution vfith the University.
Overseas study programs are open to qualified middlers, juniors, and seniors with a cumulative
quality-point average of 3.00 or higher.
An eligible student may petition the College Curriculum Committee to meet requirements for a
degree in an independent major. Eligibility, procedures, and requirements must be discussed in
advance with an adviser in the Office of the Dean, 400 Meserve Hall. No student may be considered
for an independent major until a curriculum proposal has been submitted to, and approved by, the
College Curriculimi Committee.
Under this program, a preprofessional student may reduce by one year the time normally required
for obtaining both the undergraduate and professional degrees. Students who have completed at
least three-fourths of the work required for a baccalaureate degree in the College of Arts and
Sciences and who are accepted into an approved professional school of dentistry, law, medicine,
optometry, osteopathy, or veterinary medicine will be eligible for the BA or BS degree at the end of
their second year in a professional school. At least two-thirds of the work for the baccalaureate
degree must be earned in residence at Northeastern, and all other College of Arts and Sciences
requirements must be fulfilled, the residence requirement having been completed prior to entrance
into the professional school.
Special Programs 53
Bachelor of Arts or
Bachelor of Science/
Juris Doctor Degree
Program
International Programs
Foreign Languages
Marine Science
Northeastern offers an eight-year joint degree program for aspiring lawyers. A limited number of
highly qualified freshmen are admitted to the five-year undergraduate portion of the program each
year.
To progress into the law school portion of the program, students must graduate in the top 15
percent of their class and score in the top 20 percent of the Law School Aptitude Test (LSAT).
Students who meet these criteria will be qualified to continue their studies at Northeastern
University School of Law.
Ireland: North and South. Through collaborative arrangements with the Institute of Public
Administration in Dublin, Ireland, and the Queen's University of Belfast, Northern Ireland,
qualified Northeastern students attend classes during the fall in Dublin, where they also intern
with members of the lower house of the Irish parliament (the Dail). Students attend classes during
the winter at the Queen's University of Belfast. A total of 32 credits may be earned for this program.
Northeastern University — Moscow State University Exchange. This program offers students with
some knowledge of Russian the opportunity to take additional language courses, as well as attend
lectures in history, political science, and sociology. Students may participate for one or two
quarters.
School for Field Studies. The College of Arts and Sciences is affiliated with the School for Field
Studies (SFS), a nonprofit educational organization that offers semester-long field study expedi-
tions throughout the world. Offered yearly are such semester programs as wildlife management in
Athi Plains, Kenya; on coral reef ecology in St. John, U.S. Virgin Islands; and on the rain forest
biogeography of North Queensland, Australia. Programs combine applied academics with training
in field research methods and teamwork — an exciting hands-on approach to science. Credit is
granted for the coursework. Additional information may be obtained from the Office of the Dean of
the College of Arts and Sciences.
European studies program. This two-quarter program, conducted at the University of Antwerp
(Belgium) and the University of London (England), provides students with insights into the
history, organization, and activities of the European community. The fall quarter at Antwerp
includes an intensive language course in Dutch or French, although the program's other courses
are conducted in English. Students may elect to go only to London, for one or two quarters.
Business German. Students may use this course as a prerequisite to conversational German
courses to prepare for a business-oriented co-op in Germany. This course, taught in English, is
designed for students of business and economics seeking competence in reading and understanding
texts produced by German business community and trade media. Additional information may be
obtained from Professor Ross Hall in the Department of Modern Languages, 360 Holmes Hall,
617-437-2234.
Elementary Spanish for criminal justice or human services majors. This course is intended for
students who will need to use Spanish in police work and in social service settings. The grammar
taught is the same as that in other elementary Spanish courses. The vocabulary is adapted to
particular needs and interests of the students. Role-pla3ang is used extensively, and students
practice "intake" interviews in the course.
French for business and economics students. Designed for students interested in international
business, the program offers a thorough study of grammar, insights into the French way of life,
specialized vocabulary related to the business world, and an introduction to French business texts.
The course is a preliminary step for the student wishing co-op placement in France. Additionad
information may be obtained from Juliette Oilman, 362 Holmes Hall, 617-437-3659.
East I West Marine Biology Program. The EastAVest Marine Biology Program allows advanced
undergraduate and beginning graduate students in biology and related areas to spend a year of
field study in three diverse marine environments.
The program begins in the fall in Friday Harbor, Washington, on San Juan Island. In January,
students travel to Jamaica to study tropical biology at the Discovery Bay Marine Laboratory on the
island's north coast. The final phase of the program is conducted at Northeastern's Marine Science
Center in Nahant, Massachusetts.
Marine Science Center Summer Program in Marine Biology. The summer program allows
students to participate in intensive courses at the Marine Science Center (MSC). Students conduct
independent research at the MSC laboratory throughout the year. Graduate students from other
universities are encouraged to use the laboratory and field sites for thesis research.
Massachusetts Bay Marine Studies Consortium. Northeastern University is a member of the
Massachusetts Bay Marine Studies Consortium. The consortium's offerings are interdisciplinary
and seek to bridge academic disciplines and current concerns in the marine world. The consortium
54 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
serves the students and faculty of twenty-two Boston-area colleges and universities. Students from
Northeastern may take these classes, which are taught by specialists and government officials. For
more information, contact Professor Peter S. Rosen, Department of Geology, 617-437-4380.
Performing and Visual Arts The Division of Performing and Visual Arts includes three undergraduate academic depart-
ments— ^Art and Architecture, Music, and Theatre — and the nonacademic African-American
Master Artists-in-Residency Program.
The division produces programs in film, music, visual arts, theatre, and multimedia perfor-
mance, among them the annual nuArts Performance Series. Augmenting these programs are
performances by the division's artists-in-residence companies, which currently include the Boston
Chapter of the League of Composers — International Society for Contemporary Music and the New
England Composers Orchestra. The division reaches national and international audiences through
a weekly musical radio program, "A Note to You," produced in association with WGBH-FM radio,
Boston, for broadcast distribution by the National Public Radio network.
African-American Master Artists-in-Residency Program. The only program of its kind in the
country, the African-American Master Artists-in-Residency ( AAMARP) provides studio space £uid
exhibitions for individual artists, limited to persons of color, and galleries and community spaces
open to all. Since 1978, the AAMARP facilities have housed dozens of African, Asian, Hispanic,
European, and Native American exhibitions, performances, and special programs.
League of Composers — International Society for Contemporary Music. The Boston Chapter of the
League of Composers — International Society for Contemporary Music (League — ISCM) is an
artists-in-residence program within the Department of Music. With chapters in more than 40
countries and a membership that has included Schonberg, Stravinsky, Bartok, and Ravel, the
League — ICSM has introduced the public to works of some of the most important twentieth-
century composers. The league's activities include an annual concert series; co-sponsorship with
the Department of Music of the annual Leo Snyder Memorial Award in Composition and Concert;
and publication of Essays on Modern Music, an annual monograph featuring articles on contempo-
rary music written by composers, new music scholars, and critics.
New England Composers Orchestra. The New England Composers Orchestra (NECO) is an
artists-in-residence program affiliated with the Department of Music. The Boston-based organiza-
tion is composed of sixty professional musicians formed for the purpose of studying new works by
New England composers. The works are chosen through competition each year and then rehearsed,
taped and discussed in a series of open rehearsals, known as "readings," which are held at
Northeastern and are open to the public.
New England Conservatory Affdiation. A linjited number of qualified Arts and Sciences students
may take courses at the New England Conservatory as part of the regular course load and tuition
fee at Northeastern. Northeastern students who participate in this program, as well as any student
majoring in music, are also given full library privileges at the Conservatory.
Students interested in this program should contact Professor Joshua Jacobson, chair of the
Department of Music, at 617-437-2440.
Special Programs 55
Bouve College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences
James J. Gozzo, PhD, Dean
Mehdi Boroujerdi, ¥hD, Associate Dean
Patrick F. Plunkett, EdD, Assocjate Dean
Ena Vasquez-Nuttal, 'EiD, Acting Associate Dean and Director of the Graduate School
Anne M. Ahem, MEd, Director of the Office of Student Services
Nancy P. Warner, MS, Academic Counselor
CaTo\M.Konis,AssistanttotheDean
Marsha Adams-Pinto, Assistant to the Dean
Barry Kass, MBA, Director of Continuing Education and Development
Cornehus B. O'Leary, MEd, Director of Graduate Admissions
The college has adopted the Cooperative Plan of Education and a highly innovative academic
program designed to meet the demand for well-educated pharmacists and allied health professionals. The
program prepares students to become effective professional practitioners, to enter graduate schools, and
to obtain employment in many areas responsible for the delivery of health care.
The fundamentals of the college's approach to health-care education are as follows:
■ a curriculum of highly relevant and closely integrated basic courses in the physical, biological,
behavioral, and administrative sciences;
■ on-site involvement in clinical patient care;
■ a cooperative education work program, including a pharmacy externship-internship period and
clinical affiliations in physical therapy and other health professions;
■ a commitment to the search for and advancement of new and progressive concepts, ideas, and
philosophies of education and professional practice.
Each of the programs offered by the college is accredited by the appropriate professional group.
The college holds membership in the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy, and the
Association of Schools of Allied Health Professions.
Class Entrance Listed below are the overall quality-point averages required for students to advance to the next
Requirements rank and to graduate.
Sophomore 1.60
Middler 1.80
Junior 2.00
Senior 2.00
To graduate 2.00
In addition, all students are required to attain a grade of C- or better in professional courses (CPS,
HRA, MLS, PAH [except PAH 1 135], PCL, PCT, PHP, PMC, and TOX). A required course in which
an F or W grade is received can be repeated only once. If a grade of D is not considered passing in a
professional course, the course can be repeated only once.
Medical laboratory science special requirements. A grade of C- or better must be earned in each
professional course (MLS) in the program. To enter professional courses in the sophomore year, you
must obtain a minimum quality-point average of 2.00 in all science courses, including mathemat-
ics, chemistry, biology, and basic medical laboratory science. To enter professional courses in the
middler year, you must have a minimum quality-point average of 2.00 and have earned a C- or
better in all professional courses. To enter clinical studies in the junior and senior years, you must
have a minimum quality-point average of 2.50 and have earned a C- or better in all professional
courses.
To be eligible for graduation, a baccalaureate degree candidate must have completed the
specified curriculum with a minimum quality-point average of 2.50 and have earned a C- or better
in all professional courses.
Health record administration special requirements. You must maintain a grade of C- or better in
professionally related courses, including anatomy and statistics. You may not fail more than one
professional course. Before you may take a subsequent course, you must remove this failure with a
grade of C- or better. You must have a 2.00 average before you can be admitted to the directed
applied study (clinical) courses. Clinical admissions must be approved by the health record
administration faculty.
56 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Open Option Program
Transfer Credit
Athletic Training
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Cardiopulmonary sciences special requirements. In addition to the general grade requirement of
at least a C- in all professional courses (CPS), students are required to maintain a quality-point
average of at least 2.00 in the following professionally related courses to enter quarter 6: BIO 1120,
BIO 1140, CHM 1111, CHM 1122, MTH 1107, PAH 1202, PAH 1204, and PHY 1201.
Toxicology special requirements. A grade of C or better is required in each toxicology course.
A cumulative quality-point average of 2.00 is required for graduation. Professional electives cannot
be taken on a pass/fail basis. An average of 2.50 or better overall is required of all students transfer-
ring into the program.
Physical therapy special requirements. During the first two years, physical therapy students
must achieve a grade of C or better in each of the prerequisite sciences as well as in each profes-
sional course; all deficiencies, if any, must be cleared before a student may progress into the
middler year. Beginning with quarter 6, students must achieve a grade of C or better in each
professional course to progress to the next academic quarter. In addition, specific academic
requirements govern performance in the physical therapy program and department.
Athletic training special requirements. A grade of C or better must be earned in each professional
course in the program. A minimum quality point average of 2.00 is required for field experience.
The Open Option Program is designed for students who are undecided about a profession but are
interested in a career in health care. The program offers fi-eshmen a core of courses designed to
provide the basic scientific background for each of the professional programs in the college in
addition to a one quarter-hour health careers seminar.
Satisfactory completion of all freshman-year courses, including the Open Option core curriculum,
is necessary for admission to one of the professional programs of the college. The Open Option plan
does not apply to the dental hygiene and physical therapy programs.
The college may accept qualified transfer students who have successfully completed one or more
years of preprofessional coursework in an accredited college or university. No student transferring
from another college or university may receive a degree unless the last three quarters of academic
work immediately preceding graduation have been completed at Northeastern. Exceptions may be
made for students transferring from another college of pharmacy.
Charles A. Starkey, PhD, Program Director
Faculty listed under Physical Therapy
This five-year bachelor of science in education program is designed for students interested in
careers as athletic trainers. The athletic trainer plays an important role in organized sports. An
important link between the athlete, the coach, and the physician, the athletic trainer provides
services in preventing, treating, and rehabilitating sports injuries.
The athletic trainer's duties include advising on proper conditioning techniques to help reduce
injury, assessing the severity of injuries that do occur, appljdng therapeutic modalities to aid the
healing process, and supervising post-injury rehabilitation programs. Athletic trainers work in
sports medicine and with secondary school, college, and professional athletic teams.
Students may petition for acceptance into the athletic training program after successfully
completing their first year of academic study. To be accepted into the program, applicants must
maintain at least a 1.85 quality-point average during their second year. Students must achieve a
grade of C (2.00) or better in all professional courses and all basic science courses. In order to
complete the athletic training program, students must complete a minimum of 1,000 hours' work
with athletic teams in approved settings.
The program is approved by the National Athletic Trainers Association. Students who graduate
from the athletic training program are eligible to sit for the National Athletic Trainers Association
Certification Examination. Upon passing the examination, an individual may apply for Massachu-
setts licensure in athletic training.
BIO 1 140, Basic Animal Biology 1; ENG 1 1 10, Freshman English 1; HSL 1281, Current Issues in
Health; and INT 1 100, Beginning Computer Use.
BIO 1141, Basic Animal Biology 2 or elective; CHM 1111, General Chemistry 1; ENG 1111,
Freshman English 2; and PSY 1111, Foundations of Psychology 1.
CHM 1112, General Chemistry 2; HSL 1254, First Aid; MTH 1106, Fundamentals of Mathematics;
SOC 1100, Introduction to Sociology; and one general elective.
Athletic Training 57
Quarter 4 HSL 1260, Perceptual Motor Development; HSL 1261, Anatomy and Physiology 1; HSL 1268, Basic
Athletic Training Lab; HSL 1605, Basic Athletic Training; PHY 1201, Physics 1; and PHY 1501,
Physics 1 Lab.
Quarter 5 HSL 1 132, Weight Training; HSL 1463, Overview of Physical Disabilities; HSL 1600, Psychology of
Sport; HSL 1608, CHnical Athletic Training; PHY 1202, Physics 2; and PHY 1502, Physics 2 Lab.
Quarter 6 CRS 1314, Introduction to Counseling; HSL 1286, Nutrition; HSL 1609, Advanced Athletic
Training 1; and HSL 1611, Kinesiology.
Quarter 7 ENG , middler year writing requirement; HSL 1610, Anatomy and Physiology 2; HSL 1628,
Advanced Athletic Training 2; HSL 1790, Athletic Training Practicum 1; and PTH 1600, Human
Neuroscience.
Quarter 8 ED 1307, Introduction to Educational Statistics or elective; HSL 1500, Mental Health; HSL 1612,
Physiology of Exercise; HSL 1627, Therapeutic Modalities in Athletic Training; and HSL 1791,
Athletic Training Practicum 2.
Quarter 9 HSL 1266, Physical Conditioning Programming; HSL 1626, Therapeutic Reconditioning in
Athletic Training; HSL 1792, Athletic Training Practicum 3; one elective or educational statistics
course; and one general elective.
Quarter 10 HSL 1408, Research Methods; HSL 15 16, Drug Use and Abuse; HSL 1629, Organization and
Administration of Athletic Training; and HSL 1793, Athletic Training Practicum 4.
Quarter 1 1 HSL 1625, Senior Seminar; HSL 1866, Special Problems; and two electives.
Cardiopulmonary Sciences Mary E. Watson, EdD, ma:, Associate Professor and Chair
Associate Professors
Marilyn A. Cairns, ScD
Thomas A. Barnes, EdD, RRT
William J. Gillespie, EdD
Patrick F. Plunkett, EdD, RRT
Donald Schneider, PhD
Respiratory Therapy
Exercise Physiology
Bachelor of Science in
Cardiopulmonary Science
Curriculum
The department offers a bachelor of science degree with specializations in respiratory therapy,
exercise physiology, and cardiovascular technology. The degree programs are accredited by the
Committee on Allied Health Education and Accreditation, sponsored by the American Medical
Asssociation.
Respiratory therapy is instrumental in the diagnosis, treatment, management, and preventive
care of patients with cardiopulmonary problems. Patients suffering from a variety of acute or
chronic disabling conditions may be found in newborn nurseries, surgical and medical units,
emergency rooms, outpatient departments, and intensive care units. Respiratory therapists are
involved in treating disorders such as cardiac failure, asthma, pulmonary edema, emphysema,
cerebral thrombosis, drowning, hemorrhage, and shock. Responsible for life support of the patient
through airway management, artificial ventilation, external cardiac massage, and other sophisti-
cated emergency support measures, the respiratory therapist is a life-support specialist.
Working under physicians' orders, respiratory therapists carry out specific therapeutic mea-
sures. They must be experts in providing and recommending specialized modalities of respiratory
care. They must be competent in such areas as medical gas administration, including oxygen;
humidification, aerosols, and intermittent positive pressure breathing (IPPB); chest physio-
therapy, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, mechanical ventilation, ainvay management, and
pulmonary function studies; blood gas analysis; and physiologic monitoring.
Successful completion of the program makes students eligible for the respiratory therapy registry
examination administered by the National Board for Respiratory Care.
The bachelor of science program helps students prepare for careers in clinical cardiopulmonary
rehabilitation and exercise testing or corporate/commercial cardiovascular health and exercise.
Specialization courses include exercise physiology, exercise prescription and programming, clinical
kinesiology, cardiopulmonary assessment, electrocardiography, organization and administration
of rehabilitation programs, and practicum experiences in exercise physiology. Graduates are
eligible to take the American College of Sports Medicine Exercise Specialist Certification exam.
This curriculum begins with the Class of 1997.
CPS 1111, CPS 1112, and CPS 1113, Cardiopulmonary Science Seminars; CPS 1320, Cardiopulmo-
nary Physiology; CPS 1321, Cardiopulmonary Disease; CPS 1578, Medical Monitoring; CPS 1612,
58 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Bachelor of Science in
Respiratory Therapy
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
Bachelor of Science in
Cardiovascular Health and
Exercise Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Exercise Physiology; GPS 1613, Cardiopulmonary Assessment; CPS 1614, Electrocardiography;
PAH 1202, & PAH 1204, Anatomy & Physiology 1 & 2; PCL 1409, Pharmacology; CPS Research
Design; CPS Basic Advanced Life Support; nutrition elective; counseling elective; and CPS electives.
BIO 1120, Basic Microbiology; BIO 1140, BIO 1141, Basic Animal Biology 1 and 2; CHM 111,
CHM 1112/CHM 1122, General Chemistry for the Life Sciences 1, 2A/2B; ENG 1110, ENG 1111,
Freshman English 1 and 2; MTH 1107, Functions and Basic Calculus; Computer elective; sociology
elective; statistics elective; middler year writing requirement; PHL 1 165, Moral Problems in
Medicine; and 16—36 quarter hours of other arts and sciences electives.
Specialization courses. 35-40 quarter hoiirs in respiratory therapy, exercise physiology or cardio-
vascular technology.
BIO 1140, Basic Animal Biology 1; CHM 1111, General Chemistry 1; ENG 1110, Freshman
English 1; PSY 1111, Foundations of Psychology; and CPS 1111, Cardiopulmonary Sciences
Seminar 1.
BIO 1141, Basic Animal Biology 2; MTH 1106, Fundamentals ofMathematics; PAH 1135,
Professional Dynamics in the Health Care Delivery System; CPS 1112, Cardiopulmonary Sciences
Seminar 2; and one arts and sciences elective.
BIO 1120, Basic Microbiology; CHM 1122, General Chemisty 2B; ENG 1111, Freshman English 2;
MTH 1107, Functions and Basic Calculus; and CPS 1113, Cardiopulmonary Sciences Seminar 3.
PAH 1202, Anatomy and Physiology 1; PHY 1209, Basic Physics 1; CPS 1301, Professional Practice
Lab 1; RTH 1331, Introduction to Patient Care; and one arts and sciences elective.
PCL 1409, Pharmacology; PHY 1204, Anatomy and Physiology; CPS 1211, Practicum in Respiratory
Care 1; CPS 1302, Professional Practice Lab 2; and CPS 1332, Introduction to Respiratory Care.
CPS 1312, Practicum in Respiratory Care 2; CPS 1320, Cardiopulmonary Physiology; CPS 1403,
Professional Practice Lab 3; CPS 1414, Clinical Seminar 1; CPS 1433, Respiratory Care for Medical-
Surgical Patients; and CPS 1435, Introduction to Perinatal/Pediatric Respiratory Care.
ENG 1340, Writing Workship; CPS 1313, Practicium in Respiratory Care 3; CPS 1321, Cardiopul-
monary Disease; CPS 1404, Professional Practice Lab 4; CPS 1415, Clinical Seminar 2; and
CPS 1434, Respiratory Care for Critical Patients.
PHL 1165, Moral Problems in Medicine; PHP 1411, Pathophysiology; CPS 1505, Cardiopulmonary
Lab Practice; CPS 1573, Cardiopulmonary Lab Technology; and one computer elective.
CPS 1576, Neonatal Respiratory Care; two arts and sciences electives; and one computer elective.
CPS 1578, Advanced Medical Monitoring; one arts and sciences elective; and two professional
electives.
CPS 1574, Advanced Clinical Physiology; one arts and sciences elective; and two professional
electives.
BIO 1140, Basic Animal Biology 1; ENG 1110, Freshman English 1; HSL 1133, Physical Condition-
ing; HSL 1281, Current Issues in Health; and SOC 1 100, Introduction to Sociology.
BIO 1141, Basic Animal Biology 2; ENG 1111, Freshman Enghsh 2; HSL 1132, Weight Training;
INT 1100, Beginning Computer Use; and PSY 1111, Foundations of Psychology 1.
CHM 1111, General Chemistry 1; HSL 1101, Intermediate Swimming; HSL 1134, Aerobic Dance
and Exercise; HSL 1254, First Aid; HSL , health elective; and MTH 1 106, Fundamentals of
Mathematics.
ED 1307, Educational Statistics; HSL 1260, Perceptual Motor Development and Learning; HSL
1261, Anatomy and Physiology 1; PHY 1201, Physics 1; and PHY 1501, Physics 1 Lab.
CHM 1112, General Chemistry 2A; HSL 1282, Wellness; HSL 1605, Basic Athletic Training; and
one elective.
CRS 1313, Introduction to Counseling; HSL 1286, Nutrition; HSL 1611, Kinesiology; and one
elective.
Cardiopulmonary Sciences 59
Quarter 7 HSL 1610, Anatomy and Physiology 2; ENG , middler year writing requirement; and two
electives.
Quarter 8 HSL 1408, Research Methods; HSL 1423, Commercial Recreation Marketing; HSL 1426, Budget
Analysis; and HSL 1612, Physiology of Exercise.
Quarter 9 HSL 1502, Communicable and Degenerative Diseases; HSL 1613, Lab in Exercise Testing and
Prescription; HSL 1614, Electro-cardiography; and HSL , Programming for Cardiovascular
Health Exercise.
Quarter 10 HSL 1800 and HSL 1801, Field Experience 1 and 2.
Quarter 11 HSL 1506, Patterns of Community Health; HSL 1510, Health Counseling; HSL 1866, Special
Problems; and one elective.
Dental Hygiene
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quartern
Quarter 12
Associate in Science
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
The Forsyth School of Dental Hygiene conducts a program of dental hygiene education in coopera-
tion with Northeastern University. Students attend classes at both the Forsyth Dental Center and
Northeastern. The dental hygienist is licensed to render preventive services to a patient under the
supervision of a dentist, including administering dental prophylactic treatment, preparing dental
radiographs, and teaching prescribed methods of maintaining dental health.
Graduates receive the Certificate in Dental Hygiene from the Forsyth School and the Associate in
Science or Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene from Northeastern University. Graduates must
satisfy the state dental hygiene licensure requirements before they may practice.
These programs are accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American
Dental Association, an accrediting body approved by the Department of Education and the Council
on Post Secondary Accreditation.
Application should be made directly to the Forsyth School of Dental Hygienists, Office of
Admissions, 140 The Fenway, Boston, MA 02115. For an application £ind a copy of the college
catalogue, write that office or call 617-262-5200.
BIO 1115, Human Biology; ENG 1110, Freshman English 1; MTH 1106, Fundamentals of Math-
ematics; PSY nil, Foundations of Psychology 1; and one professional course.
CHM nil, General Chemistry; PAH 1135, Professional Dynamics in Health Care Delivery; one
professional course; and one elective.
BIO 1120, Basic Microbiology; CHM 1112, General Chemistry 2A; ENG 1111, Freshman English 2;
SOC 1 100, Introduction to Sociology; and one professional course.
BIO 1150, Human Anatomy and Physiology 1; professional courses; and one elective.
BIO 1151, Human Anatomy and Physiology 2; professional courses; and one elective.
PHP 1303, Interpersonal Skills for Health Professionals; and professional courses.
MTH 1 152, Statistical Thinking; and professional courses.
Professional courses and one elective.
Professional courses and one elective.
ENG 1125, Technical Writing 1; professional courses; and one professional elective.
Professional courses, one professional elective, and one elective.
Professional courses, one professional elective, and one elective.
BIO 1150, Human Anatomy and Physiology 1; and professional courses.
BIO 1151, Human Anatomy and Physiology 2; and professional courses.
BIO 1120, Basic Microbiology; and professional courses.
ENG 1110, Freshman English 1; and professional courses.
PSY nil. Foundations of Psychology 1; and professional courses.
ENG nil. Freshman English 2; SOC 1110, Introduction to Sociology; and professional courses.
60 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Health Information
Administration
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
Annalee Collins, RRA, Acting Director
The Health Information Administration Program is accredited by the Committee on Allied Health
Education and Accreditation (CAHEA) of the American Medical Association in cooperation with
the Council on Education of the American Medical Record Association (COE-AMRA).
This curriculum is for students currently enrolled in the BS program.
BIO 1106, General Biology; ENG 1110, Freshman English 1; ERA 1100, Orientation to Medical
Records 1; MTH 1101, Basic Math; and PSY 1111, Fundamentals of Psychology 1.
BIO 1107, Animal Biology; MTH 1103, Basic Math; PAH 1135, Dynamics of Health Care; and one
arts and sciences elective.
BIO 1121, Introduction to Microbiology; ENG 1111, Freshman English 2; PSY 1112, Fundamentals
of Psychology 2; and one arts and sciences elective.
BIO 1150, Human Anatomy and Physiology 1; HRA 1321, Language of Health Professions; SOA
1100, Anthropology or SOC 1100, Introduction to Sociology; one arts and sciences elective; and one
open elective.
BIO 1151, Human Anatomy and Physiology 2; MTH 1150, Probability, Statistics, and the Com-
puter; CMN 1115, Introduction to Communication Skills; and one arts and sciences elective.
HRA 1310, Hospital Law; HRA 1320, Language of Medicine; HRA 1330, Foundations of Medical
Science 1; HRA 1410, Health Records Science 1; and one open elective.
ENG 1340, Writing Workshop; HRA 1340, Foundations of Medical Science 2; HRA 1420, Health
Records Science 2; HRM 1432, Organizational Behavior; and INT 1100, Beginning Computer Use.
HRA 1430, Health Records Science 3; HRA 1450, Application Health Records Directed Practice 1;
HRA 1510, Management of Health Records Services 1; HRA 1580, Training and Developing Health
Care Professionals; and HRA 1610, Introduction to Data Processing for Health Sciences.
HRA 1440, Health Records Science 4; HRA 1460, Application Health Records Directed Practice 2;
HRA 1520, Management of Health Records Services 2; HRA 1540, Quality Assurance; and HRA
1640, Medical Computer Applications.
HRA 1530, Management of Health Records Services 3; HRA 1630, Introduction to Health Data
Research; HRA 1660, Issues in Health Care Finance; and one open elective.
HRA 1471, Application of Health Records Services 3; HRA 1560, Seminar in Health Records; HRA
1570, The Health Record Professional: Issues and Problems; HRA 1800, Independent Study; and
HRA 1820, Special Topics 2.
Medical Laboratory Science Edward W. Schroder, M (ASCP), PHD, Associate Professor and Chair
Professor
James J. Gozzo, PhD
Associate Professors
Judith T. Barr, CLS (NCA), ScD
Britta L. Karlsson, M (ASCP), MS
Assistant Professors
Panayiota Araszkiewicz, PhD
Daniel H. Fisher, C (ASCP), PhD
The demand for properly educated and certified medical technologists, medical laboratory
technicians, and research or industrial laboratory scientists is increasing as a result of greater
emphasis on health-care delivery, and as commercial applications of biotechnology are developed.
With opportunities available in hematology, immunohematology, chemistry, microbiology, and
immunology, students may prepare for positions not only in hospital laboratories, but also in
biological research, industrial, and governmental institutions. Cooperative education experiences
in hospitals, clinics, research, and industry enable graduates to explore a variety of career options.
Qualified graduates have gone on to graduate and professional schools.
The college offers both a five-year modified cooperative course of study leading to the bachelor of
science degree and a three-year modified co-op program leading to an associate degree. The first
two years of academic study for the associate's degree parallel the baccalaureate program. During
the third year, students alternate related co-op work experience with clinical applied studies at
affiliated hospitals. To qualify for clinical studies, students must have an acceptable quality-point
average and must have successfully completed all other requirements of the department.
Upon completing the professional component of the three-year program, students are eligible to
take national certification examinations for medical and clinical laboratory technician. After
completing the five-year baccalaureate degree, students may be eligible for national certification
examinations in medical technology, clinical laboratory science, or one of the specialties of medical
laboratory science. Some states may require additional licensure examinations.
Medical Laboratory Science 61
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarters
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
Minor Curriculum
The associate in science and the bachelor of science degree programs are accredited by the
Committee on Allied Health Education and Accreditation of the American Medical Association.
BIO 1106, General Biology; ENG 1110, Freshman English 1; MLS 1101, MLS Orientation 1; MTH
1106, Fundamentals of Mathematics or MTH 1107, Functions and Basic Calculus; and one elective.
BIO 1107, Animal Biology; CHM 1111, General Chemistry 1; MLS 1102, MLS Orientation 2; MLS
1112, Renal Physiology and Urinalysis; MLS 1212, Urinalysis Lab; and PAH 1135, Professional
Dynamics in Health Care Delivery.
CHM 1122, General Chemistry 2; ENG 1111, Freshman Enghsh 2; MLS 1123 Hematology 1; MLS
1223, Hematology 1 Lab; MLS 1172, Basic Immunology; and one computer elective.
CHM 1264, Organic Chemistry 1; MLS 1124, Basic Hematology 2; MLS 1224, Basic Hematology
Lab; MLS 1142, Basic Microbiology 1;MLS 1242, Basic Microbiology 1 Lab;PAH 1210, Anatomy
and Physiology; and one optional elective.
CHM 1265, Organic Chemistry 2; MLS 1132, Immunohematology; MLS 1232, Immunohematology
Lab; MLS 1144, Basic Clinical Microbiology 2; MLS 1244, Basic Clinical Microbiology 2 Lab; PAH
1212, Anatomy and Physiology; eind one elective.
BIO 1260, Genetics and Developmental Biology; MLS 1152, Clinical Chemistry; MLS 1252,
Clinical Chemistry Lab; MLS 1621, Advanced Hematology; MLS 1623, Special Topics: Hemostasia;
PHY 1201, Physics 1; and PHY 1501, Physics 1 Lab.
BIO 1261, Cell Physiology and Biochemistry; ENG 1340, Writing Workshop; MLS 1654, Advanced
Clinical Chemistry 1; PHY 1202, Physics 2; PHY 1502, Physics 2 Lab; and a statistics courses.
HRA 1589, Training and Development; MLS 1631, Advanced Immimohematology; MLS 1648,
Advanced Clinical Microbiology; MLS 1655, AdvEinced Clincial Chemistry 2; MLS 1672, Immuno-
pathology; and one elective.
MLS 1532, Immunohematology MT Applied Study; MLS 1552, CHnical Chemistry MT Applied
Study; and one MLS 1573, Clinical Immunology MT Applied Study 1.
MLS 1523, Hematology MT Applied Study; MLS 1544, Clinical Microbiology MT Applied Study;
MLS 1574, Clinical Immunology MT Applied Study 2; and MLS 1890, Undergraduate Research
(optional).
MLS 1662, CUnimetrics; MLS 1665, Medical Laboratory Management; MLS 1681, Senior Seminar;
and two electives.
This minor provides students majoring in other science fields an opportunity to explore the
principles of the biological and chemical sciences as applied in the medical laboratory. Students
may specialize in one of the five categorical areas of MLS: clinical chemistry, hematology, immunol-
ogy, immunohematology, or microbiology. Four to five MLS courses are required for each minor.
Upon completing the categorical minor, the student will be eligible for categorical national
certification examination. Interested students must contact the MLS minor adviser in 206 Mugar
to select appropriate courses. Prerequisites: Genered chemistry 1 and general biology for all except
students specializing in clinical chemistry.
Pharmacy
Department of
Pharmaceutical Sciences
Richard C. Deth, PhD, Professor and Chair
Professors
Roger W.Giese, PhD
James J. Gozzo, PhD
Robert N. Hanson, PhD
BanAnKhaw,PhD
Elliot Spector, PhD
Associate Professors
Norman R. Boisse, PhD
Mehdi Boroujerdi, PhD
Robert A. Schatz, PhD
Barbara L. Waszczak, PhD
Assistant Professors
Jonathan Freedman, PhD
George C. Hwang, PhD
Gerald S.Jones, PhD
Clinical Associate
Professor
Ralph H. Loring, PhD
Lecturer
Diane M. Silverman, PhD
62 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Department of Pharmacy
Practice
Mehdi Boroujerdi, PhD, Associate Professor and Chair
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
(Entire class)
(Sept.-Dec.)
Quarter 4A
(Entire class)
(Jan.-March)
Quarter 5
(April-June
andJiine-
Sept.)
Quarter 6
Professor
Gerald E. Schumacher,
PharnLD,PhD
Associate Professors
Robert J. Cersosimo, PharmD
Gerald R. Donehew, PhD
Samuel J. Matthews, PharmD
Michael E. Montagne, PhD
Assistant Professor
Raafat A. Seifeldin, PharmD, PhD
Clinical Assistant Professor
Todd A. Brown, BS
Quarter 7
Most pharmacists are associated with community practice; some are self-employed. Hospital
pharmacy and institutional practice have attracted many practitioners and represent the fastest-
growing areas of the profession. The increased use of the pharmacist as a drug consultant to
medical and nursing staffs has broadened the scope of professional opportunity and given practitio-
ners greater involvement as part of the health team.
Pharmacy also offers careers in research, manufacturing, government, law enforcement, and
education. Many graduates of the pharmacy program go on to leading graduate and professional
schools.
The college offers a five-year curriculum leading to the bachelor of science in pharmacy degree.
The curriculum offers a blend of academic classroom and cooperative education work experiences.
Students who successfully complete the five-year baccalaureate pharmacy degrees must accom-
plish up to 3,000 hours of combined co-op and clinical clerkship experiences.
The undergraduate pharmacy program subscribes to the standards established by the American
Council on Pharmaceutical Education and the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy.
Candidates for the bachelor of science in pharmacy degree must complete all prescribed
courses — a minimum of 177 quarter hours. An overall quality-point average of C (2.00) and a C
average in required pharmacy courses are required. Students also must meet the requirements of
the Department of Cooperative Education to be eligible for their degree.
Pharmacists must meet certain requirements to obtain a license from the state in which they
wish to practice. These requirements ordinarily include graduating from an accredited college of
pharmacy, passing an examination given by a state board of pharmacy, and completing an
internship or apprenticeship.
The internship is a period of supervised practical experience in a preceptor pharmacy. This
requirement is generally satisfied during the cooperative education periods, which commence at
the end of the student's second academic year. Students may apply up to 400 hours of the required
academic clinical clerkship experience to their internship requirements. In addition, a college-
directed externship adds to the total practice-oriented portion of the curriculum.
BIO 1106, General Biology; CHM 1111, General Chemistry 1; MTH 1106, Fundamentals of
Mathematics or MTH 1107, Functions and Basic Calculus; PHP 1100, The Profession of Pharmacy;
and one arts and sciences elective.
BIO 1107, Animal Biology; ENG 1110, Freshman Enghsh 1; MTH 1107, Functions and Basic
Calculus or MTH 1108, Calculus; and PAH 1135, Professional Dynamics in Health Care Delivery.
CHM 1122, General Chemistry 2B; ENG 1111, Freshman English 2; MTH 1108, Calculus or an
open elective; and one airts and sciences elective.
CHM 1268, Organic Chemistry 1 ; PCT 1240, Pharmaceutical Calculations or PAH 1202, Anatomy
and Physiology 1; PHY 1201, Physics 1; and one arts and sciences elective.
CHM 1269, Organic Chemistry 2; PAH 1202, Anatomy and Physiology 1 or PCT 1240, Pharmaceu-
tical Calculations; PHY 1203, Physics 3; and one arts and sciences elective.
COM 1 105, Computer Science and Its Applications; ENG 1340, Writing Workshop; PAH 1204,
Anatomy and Physiology 2; PAH 1280, Biochemistry; and PHP 1303, Interpersonal Skills for
Health Professionals.
PCT 1310, Pharmaceutics Lab 1; PCT 1340, Pharmaceutics 1; PHP 1411, Pathophysiology; PMC
1321, Pharmaceutical Analysis and Quality Control; and PMC 1419, Pharmacology/Medicinal
Chemistry 1.
BIO 1121, Microbiology; PCL 1420, Pharmacology/Medicinal Chemistry 2; PCL 1451, Pharmacol-
ogy Lab; PCT 1320, Pharmaceutics Lab 2; and PCT 1350, Pharmaceutics 2.
Pharmacy 63
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
(Entire class)
(April -June)
Quarter 10
(Summer/
Winter)
PCL 1422, Pharmacology/Medicinal Chemistry 3; PCT 1440, Biopharmaceutics/Pharmacokinetics;
PHP 1301, Pharmaceutical Jurisprudence; and PMC 1421, Antiinfectives.
PHP 1401, Drug Information and Evaluation; PHP 1441, Therapeutic Drug Monitoring; PHP 1601,
Nonprescription Medication; and PHP 1609, Pharmacotherapeutics.
PHP 1302, Pharmacy Administration 1; PHP 1304, Social Pharmacology; PHP 1504, Professional
Practice Lab; one professional elective; and one arts and sciences elective.
Quarter lOA PHP 1305, Hospital Pharmacy Management or PHP 1306, Community Pharmacy Management;
(Fall/Spring) TOX 1300, Clinical Toxicology; one professional elective; and one arts and sciences elective.
Quarter 11 PHP 1501, Pharmacy Externship.
Quarter 12 PHP 1505, Hospital Externship and PHP 1506, Chnical Clerkship.
Physical Therapy
Graduation
Requirements
Transfer Students
David A. Lake, PhD, Associate Professor and Chair
Associate Professors
Meredith H. Harris, EdD
Robert Sikes, PhD
Charles A. Starkey, PhD,
Program Director,
Athletic Training
Assistant Professors
Mary D. Slavin, PhD
Makoto Tsuchiya, MS
Lecturers
Margaret Stacey, MS
Shirley A. Stockmeyer, MA
Clinical Supervisors
Clinical Instructors
Cindy I. Buchanan, MS
Ann L. Charrette, MA
Marguerite Geer, MA
Lisa M. Giallonardo, MS
Nancy B.Goldin, MED
Mary O'Brien, MPH
Nancy L. Seaver, MPT
The department aims to prepare therapists who can provide quality patient care in a time of
changing concepts, trends, and challenges. Students may learn to help patients gain functional
independence and to recognize and assist with emotional and socioeconomic problems affecting
recovery.
Physical therapists are skilled in evaluation procedures and in planning and executing treat-
ment programs appropriate to a patient's condition or disabilities. Additional responsibilities may
include health-care planning and community service.
Physical therapists are employed in private practice or in such institutions as general, children's,
and university hospitals; rehabilitation centers; schools or centers for disabled children; extended-
care facilities; freestanding outpatient clinics; home-health agencies; and community, state, and
federal agencies. Teaching and research positions offer additional opportunities.
The department's five-year bachelor of science program in physical therapy is based on the
Cooperative Plan of Education.
The curriculum in physical therapy is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical
Therapy Education of the American Physical Therapy Association.
Students admitted to the Department of Physical Therapy must maintain acceptable standards of
scholarship and performance in the prescribed program; demonstrate good health, verbal fluency,
essential motor skills, professional behavior, and emotional maturity; complete all required
courses; and have favorable evaluations from clinical education and co-op experience. Students
must maintain a grade of C (2.00) or better in all professional courses and all basic science prerequi-
site courses listed in the academic policy statement of the Department of Physical Therapy.
Students may not continue in the program upon earning a grade lower than C in three different
science and/or professional courses. An earned grade lower than C for the second time in the same
science and/or professional course precludes continuation in the program. These requirements
include the professional courses Supervised Clinical Education 1 and 2. Students are expected to
adhere to all terms of the department's policy statement. For information on departmental
academic policies and procedures, contact the Department of Physical Therapy.
Transfer students are admitted to the freshman and sophomore years of the physical therapy
program based upon academic achievement and the availability of space in a particular graduating
class. Consideration will be given to those transfer applicants who have achieved a minimum
quality-point average of B (3.00).
64 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quartern
Quarter 12
CHM nil, General Chemistry 1; MTH 1106, Fundamentals of Mathematics; PSY 1111, Founda-
tion of Psychology 1; and electives.
BIO 1152, Integrated Human Anatomy and Physiology 1; CHM 1112, General Chemistry 2A; ENG
1110, Freshman English 1; PTH 1107, Cooperative Education in Physical Therapy; and electives.
BIO 1153, Integrated Human Anatomy and Physiology 2; ENG 1111, Freshman English 2; MTH
1107, Functions and Basic Calculus; PTH 1114, Introduction to Physical Therapy; and electives.
BIO 1154, Integrated Human Anatomy and Physiology 3; PHY 1201, Physics 1; PHY 1501,
Physics 1 Lab; PTH 1118, Development Base of Human Performance; and electives. (PTH 1114,
Introduction to Physical Therapy; for transfers only. )
PHY 1202, Physics 2; PSY 1112, Foundation of Psychology 2; PTH 1202, Therapeutic Modalities in
Physical Therapy Practice; CPS 1612, Exercise Physiology; and two electives.
PTH 13 10, Clinical Gross Anatomy; PTH 13 16, Neuromuscular Physiology; PTH 1320, Soft Tissue
Mobilization; and PTH 1325, Clinical Medicine 1.
ENG 1340, Writing Workshop; PTH 1330, Clinical Kinesiology; PTH 1335, Musculoskeletal
Evaluation; PTH 1341, Musculoskeletal Therapeutic Exercise; PTH 1345, Clinical Medicine 2; and
PTH 1352, Psychosocial Aspects of Illness.
PTH 1356, Prosthetics; PTH 1360, Neurological Therapeutic Exercise; PTH 1361, Neurological
Assessment and Adult Neurology; PTH 1366, Neuroanatomy; and PTH 1370, Clinical Seminar.
PTH 1380, Supervised Clinical Education 1; PTH 1386, Pediatric Neurology; PTH 1391, Cardiopul-
monary Rehabilitation in Physical Therapy; PTH 1392, Pathophysiology and Clinical Therapeu-
tics; and PTH 1396, Pediatric Evaluation and Treatment.
PTH 1426, Functional Assessment of the Elderly Client; PTH 1453, Advanced Muscular Assess-
ment and Treatment; PTH 1405, Research for Physical Therapy; PTH 1411, Clinical Integration;
and one elective. Alternate: PTH 1415, Supervised Clinical Education 2.
Alternate not taken in Quarter 10.
PTH 1420, Physical Therapy in the Health Care System; PTH 1400, Administration; and two
electives.
Toxicology
Robert A. Schatz, PhD, Associate Professor and Director
Lecturer
Diane M. Silverman, PhD
Toxicology involves all aspects of adverse effects of chemicals on biologic systems. This includes the
mechanisms of their harmful effects and the conditions under which these harmful effects occur as
well as socioeconomic conditions and legal ramifications.
Forensic toxicology is a hybrid of analytical chemistry and fimdamental toxicological principles
that focuses on the medicolegal aspects of the harmful effects of chemicals. Biomedical toxicologists
are concerned with intoxication by drugs and other chemicals. They are also involved with the
demonstration of drug safety or danger prior to release on the market. Industrial or environmental
toxicologists are concerned with the recognition, identification, and quantitation of the relative
hazards from occupational or public exposure to toxicants. This concern is closely related to private
and government responsibilities to ensure the safety of workers and the general public in contact
with industrial and commercial products.
Numerous federal and local laws aimed at protecting the environment, safeguarding employees
in their workplaces, and protecting consumers against hazardous household products have created
a critical shortage of toxicologists. Employment opportunities are being created in industry
(chemical, cosmetic, and pharmaceutical firms) and government (Environmental Protection
Agency, Food and Drug Administration, National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health).
Toxicologists are also employed in police departments and various clinical settings. Qualified
students may also consider entering law school, medical school, and graduate programs in
toxicology.
The program leads to the bachelor of science degree in toxicology in five years under the
Cooperative Plan of Education.
Toxicology 65
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
BIO 1106, General Biology 1;ENG 1110,EngIish 1;MTH 1107, Functions and Basic Calculus; TOX
1100, Toxicology Orientation; and one arts and sciences elective.
CHM 1111, General Chemistry 1; ENG 1111, Freshman English 2; PAH 1135, Professional
Dynamics in Health Care Delivery; and PHY 1201, Physics 1.
BIO 1107, Animal Biology 2; CHM 1122, Chemistry 2B; MTH 1108, Calculus; and one arts and
sciences elective.
CHM 1264, Organic Chemistry 1; MTH 1150, Math Problems and Statistics or PSY 1211, Statistics
in Behavioral Science 1; PAH 1202, Anatomy and Physiology 1; and PHY 1203, Physics 3.
CHM 1265, Organic Chemistry 2; PAH 1204, Anatomy and Physiology 2; and one arts and sciences
elective.
PAH 1280, Biochemistry; PCL 1411, Pathophysiology; PMC 1419, Medicinal Chemistry Pharma-
cology 1; and one arts and sciences elective.
ENG 1340, Writing Workshop; MLS 1151, Clinical Chemistry; PCL 1420, Pharmacology/Medicinal
Chemistry 2; PCL 1451, Pharmacology Lab; and TOX 1300, Clinical Toxicology 1.
CHM 1221, Analytical Chemistry or PMC 1321, Pharmaceutical Analysis and Quality Control;
PCL 1422, Pharmacology/Medicinal Chemistry 3; TOX 1322, Biochemical Toxicology Lab; and one
arts and sciences elective.
BIO 1 120, Basic Microbiology; BIO 1261, Cell Physiology and Biochemistry; TOX 1301, Principles
of Systemic Toxicology; and one or two arts and sciences electives.
CHM 1431, Instrumental Analysis; CHM 1461, Identification of Organic Compounds; PCT 1440,
Biopharmaceutics/Pharmacokinetics; and one open elective.
HSL 1506, Community Health; MLS 1341, Epidemiology; TOX 1302, Chemical and Analytical
Toxicology; and one or two arts and sciences electives.
Post-baccalaureate
Certificate Programs
Cardiovascular Technology
Health Information
Administration
Medical Laboratory
Science
Perfusion Technology
Respiratory Therapy
A nine-month program in cardiovascular technology is available for professionals with a baccalau-
reate or master's degree who are interested in working in a cardiac catheterization laboratory. The
curriculum allows students with the science background needed to master professional courses to
integrate didactic and clinical practice. Graduates are eligible to take the National Board Examina-
tion for Registered Cardiovascular Technologists.
The Health Information Administration Certificate Program is designed for candidates holding a
baccalaureate or master's degree who desire a new career. This accelerated curriculum for students
who have demonstrated leadership potential and self-direction includes an integrated clinical
practice experience. This clinical practice begins in the second quarter and includes a three-week
management experience at the conclusion of the last quarter.
These programs enable students with a baccalaureate degree and sufficient background in the
biological and chemical sciences to become eligible for certification in microbiology, chemistry,
hematology, or immunohematology. Depending upon the specialty, students must complete 26 to
33 quarter hours of professional coursework, which must include applied study at an affiliated
clinical site. After completing the program, students may be eligible for the national certification
examination in a specialty area.
The perfusion technology certificate program is open to professionals with a baccalaureate or
master's degree. Candidates must have the science background needed to master professional
courses in the curriculum. The curriculum allows students to integrate didactic, laboratory, and
clinical practice courses over a twelve-month period. Graduates of the program are eligible to take
the National Board Examination for Certified Cardiovascular Perfusionists.
An accelerated program in respiratory therapy is available for professionals with a baccalaureate
or master's degree. The curriculum allows students with the science background needed to master
professional courses to integrate didactic, laboratory and clinical practice over a twelve-month
period. Graduates of the program are eligible to take the National Board Examination for Regis-
tered Respiratory Therapists.
66 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
College of Business Administration
David P. Boyd, PhD, Dean
Roger M. Atherton, Jr., PhD, Associate Dean
Jay A. Halfond, PhD, Associate Dean
William I. Kelly, Director, Graduate School of Professional Accounting
Dennis Ramsier, MBA, Assistant Dean, Undergraduate Program
Accounting Group
Professors
Ronald M. Copeland, PhD,
Lilian L. and Harry A.
Cowan Research
Professor of Accounting
Joseph R. Curran, PhD
PaulA.Janell,PhD,
Joseph M. Golemme
Professor of Accounting
Russell W.Olive, DBA
Arnold Wright, PhD,
Joseph M. Golemme
Research Professor
Associate Professors
Sharon M. McKinnon, PhD
H. David Sherman, DBA
Assistant Professors
James P. Angelini, PhD
Janice DiPietro, DBA
Bairj Donabedian, PhD
MarioJ.Maletta,PhD
John Schatzel, DBA
Lecturers
Michael D. Cottrill, MS, CPA
Lynn W. Marples, MBA
Timothy J. Rupert,
PhD candidate
Finance and Insurance
Group
Professors
Wesley W. Marple, Jr., DBA
Joseph W. Meador, PhD
Jonathan B. Welch, PhD
Associate Professors
Paul J. Bolster, PhD
JefreryA.Bom,PhD
Donald G. Margotta, PhD
Coleen C. Pantalone, PhD
Harlan D. Piatt, PhD
Venkatesan Srinivasan, PhD
Assistant Professors
Alan D.Alford, PhD
Jay N. Ball, PhD
HugoJ.Faria.PhD
Steven D. Felgran, PhD
Daryl E. J. Gurley, DBA
Vahan Jangigian, PhD
YashP.Joshi.PhD
BibiZorinaKahn,PhD
Carolin D. Schellhorn, PhD
Emery A. Trahan, PhD
Lectxirer
Peggy L. Fletcher, MBA
General Management
Group
Professors
Roger M. Atherton, PhD
Charles D. Baker, MBA
Philip T.Crotty,EdD
John Diffenbach, DBA
Robert C.Lieb, DBA
Daniel J. McCarthy, DBA
Ravi Sarathy, PhD
Seymour Tilles, DBA
Heidi Vernon- Wotzel, PhD
Associate Professors
William F. Crittenden, PhD
Raymond M. Kinnunen, DBA
Marc H. Meyer, PhD
James F. Molloy, Jr., PhD
Ravi Ramamurti, DBA
RobertW. Stuart, PhD
Assistant Professors
Eugene M. Salorio, DBA
AlvinG.WintPhD
Lecturers
Stanley R. Berkowitz, JD
James S. Cook, AB
MaryF.Costello,JD
Robert Goldberg, MBA
Ronald Thomas, PhD
Human Resources Group
Professors
David P. Boyd, PhD
Richard B. Higgins, PhD
Ralph Katz, PhD
Associate Professors
Rae Andre, PhD
Brendan D. Bannister, DBA
Thomas M. Begley, PhD
Cynthia Lee, PhD
Edward F. McDonough III, PhD
Andre P. Priem, MA
BertA.Spector,PhD
Francis C.Spital, PhD
Edward G. Wertheim, PhD
Assistant Professors
Lucinda Doran, PhD
Richard D. Jette, PhD
Sheila M. Puffer, PhD
Kirsten Wever, PhD
College of Business Administration 67
Management Science
Group
Marketing Group
Professors
Sangit Chatterjee, PhD
Michael J. Maggard, PhD
RobertA.Millen,PhD
Professors
Robert J. Minichiello, DBA
Samuel Rabino, PhD
Frederick Wiseman, PhD
Associate Professors
R. Balachandra, PhD
Allen G. Burgess, DBA
Kathleen Foley Curley, DBA
Victor B.Godin, DBA
Carl W.Nelson, PhD
Robert A. Parsons, MBA
Marjorie Piatt, PhD
Marius M. Solomon, PhD
Elaine Trauth, PhD
Mustafa R. Yilmaz, PhD
Associate Professors
Dan T. Dunn, DBA
Robert F. Young, DBA
Assistant Professors
Maria-Cecilia Carrera, PhD
J. Stephanie Collins, PhD
PradeepK.Kedia,PhD
Neville Nagarwalla, PhD
Bharat C. Ruparel, DBA
Michael Zack, DBA
Lecturer
Richard Briotta, MBA
Assistant Professors
Gloria Barczak, PhD
Kristina Cannon-Bonventre, PhD
Dianne Cermak, PhD
John Friar, PhD
LynnJ.Jaffe,DBA
Saul Klein, PhD
Peter L.Nye, PhD
Harlan E.Spotts, PhD
Class Entrance
Requirements
Designed for students preparing for managerial responsibility, these programs seek to develop the
ability to recognize and solve problems and to understand business' role in the community, the
nation, and the world. Students may gain a broad understanding of business and organizational
problems, and also observe effective solutions firsthand.
The college aims to:
■ develop attitudes and ideals that are ethically sound and socially desirable;
■ cultivate an awareness of the social, political, and economic developments to which the business
firm must adapt;
■ foster a sound judgment process and effective communication skills;
■ develop each student's interests and talents.
The challenges that businesses face from unprecedented political change and the effects of
foreign policy, high technology, affirmative-action regulations, and new economic policies enhance
the demand for highly trained individuals equipped to analyze our economy's complex social and
legal problems.
Business majors go on to graduate work in business as well as public administration, health care
administration, and education administration. Many careers in law also involve the business
world. Although the Association of American Law Schools does not recommend particular courses
for prelegal students, it does advise undergraduates to develop critical understanding of the
institutions and values with which the law deals.
The college offers a bachelor of science degree in business administration with concentrations in
accounting, entrepreneurship and new venture management, finance and insurance, human
resources management, international business, management, management information systems,
marketing, and logistics and transportation. The business curriculum is enhanced by courses in the
sciences, humanities, and social sciences. In addition to their academic courses, all students are
required to complete the five-year co-op plan.
The undergraduate program of the College of Business Administration meets the American
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business standards for faculty and student quality, curriculum
design, and overall University support.
Listed below are the quality-point averages required for students to advance to the next rank and to
graduate.
Overall QPA Business Courses QPA
Sophomore 1.40 1.80
Middler 1.90 1.90
Junior 2.00 2.00
Senior 2.00 2.00
To graduate 2.00 2.00
In addition, students must receive a 1.80 quality-point average in required freshman courses.
68 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Graduation Requirements
Minor in Business
Administration
Curriculum for
First Three Quarters
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Bachelor of science degree candidates must complete all prescribed work of the curriculum in which
they seek to qualify, currently 176 quarter hours. The degree not only represents the formal
completion of selected courses, but also indicates professional study in the area of concentration. A
quality-point average of C ( 2.00) and a C average in all business courses are required for gradua-
tion. Students must be enrolled in a full program of studies in the College of Business Administra-
tion during the final three quarters preceding graduation.
Nonbusiness students may find the minor attractive if they are considering a career in business or
pursuing an MBA. Qualified students who have completed the five background and methodology
courses may apply for admission to the minor after they have accumulated 80 or more quarter
hours of credit wdth a minimum grade point average of 2.00.
The courses taken in the first three quarters are the same for all concentrations.
ECN 1115, Principles of Macroeconomics; ENG 1110, Freshman English 1; and two arts and
sciences electives.
MGT 1115, Introduction to Business; MTH 1 1 14, Calculus for Business; and two arts and sciences
electives.
ECN 1116, Principles of Microeconomics; ENG 1111, Freshman English 2; and two arts and
sciences electives.
Accounting
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarters 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
Accounting is a fast-growing and critical area of business. An exacting field that requires people
who enjoy dealing with facts and figures as well as with people, accounting requires accuracy and
an ability to reason and to interpret business data.
Preparation for an accounting career either in industry or in public accounting encompasses all
phases of record keeping, internal and external reporting, financial planning, cost control, the
design and installation of systems and procedures, the application of electronic and other modem
business methods to these activities, and managerial decisionmaking.
See above.
ACC 1111, Accounting Principles 1;MSC 1200, Business Statistics 1;MSC 1226, Computer-Based
Information Systems; and one nonbusiness elective.
ACC 1112, Accounting Principles 2; MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; a nonbusiness elective; and
an open elective.
ACC 1331, Intermediate Accounting 1; FIN 1438, Principles of Finance 1; and HRM 1433, Organi-
zational Behavior and Design.
ACC 1332, Intermediate Accounting 2; ACC 1339, Cost Accounting 1; FIN 1439, Principles of
Finance 2; and MKT 1435, Introduction to Marketing.
ACC 1343, Intermediate Accounting 3; ACC 1345, Accounting Systems; MSC 1441, Operations
Management; and one nonbusiness elective.
ACC 1347, Auditing; MSC 1433, Quantitative Models in Business; MGT 1446, Managing Social
Issues; and upper division writing requirement.
ACC 1351, Federal Income Tax 1; MGT 1450, Business Policy; and two open electives.
Three open electives; and a nonbusiness elective.
Entrepreneurship and
New Venture Management
This concentration enables students to develop skills needed to effectively manage small enter-
prises. The curriculum offers a "start-to-finish" perspective that examines these key questions.
■ What are the characteristics of people who start their own companies, and what does it take to
build a new business?
■ What are some important sources of business opportunities, and how does one assess the
feasibility of a particular venture?
■ What sources exist for raising seed capital, and how does one acquire it?
■ What are the critical problems and opportunities in successfully managing a smaller company,
and what are the appropriate managerial methods?
■ What are the critical issues in financing and managing an ongoing, growing venture, and how
can these be applied to small businesses?
Entrepreneurship and New Venture Management 69
Bachelor of Science
Curriciiluin
Quarters 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 1 1
Some students have hopes of starting or acquiring their own businesses; others may join a family
business. All share an entrepreneurial spirit, which in recent years many large corporations have
begun to encourage. Some graduates pursue careers in sales management, banking, public
accounting, management consulting, or other areas that involve them with owners and managers
of new and small companies.
See page 69.
ACC 1111, Accounting Principles 1; MSC 1200, Business Statistics 1; MSC 1226, Computer-Based
Information Systems; and one nonbusiness elective.
ACC 1112, Accounting Principles 2; MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; and two nonbusiness
electives.
ENT 1330, Management of Smaller Enterprises; FIN 1438, Principles of Finance 1; MKT 1435,
Introduction to Marketing; and an open elective.
FIN 1439, Principles of Finance 2; HRM 1433, Organizational Behavior and Design; and MSC
1433, Quantitative Models in Business.
ENT 1344, Opportunity Analysis and Venture Capital; a nonbusiness elective; an open elective;
and upper division writing requirement.
FIN 1770, Small Business Finance; MGT 1446, Managing Social Issues; MSC 1441, Operations
Management; and an open elective.
MGT 1450, Business Policy; ENT 1352, New Venture Creation; and two open electives.
ENT 1358, Small Business Institute Field Project; and two open electives.
Finance and Insurance
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarters 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
This concentration aims to train students for the financial management of businesses, nonprofit
organizations, and governmental units by offering information about practices, theories, and
concepts of fiscal management, and by providing experience in analyzing situations that require
financial decisions.
Almost every phase of economic activity involves aspects of financial management — cash or other
funds and economic resources available to the individual, business, or any other economic unit.
The finance and insurance concentration can help prepare students for careers in one of the many
areas of funds management: security analysis, estate planning, corporate finance and control,
financial planning, security or insurance brokerage, underwriting, credit management, and
banking.
Career possibilities exist in myriad financial institutions — banks, insurance companies,
investment houses, credit concerns, financial service institutions, mortgage companies, and
national and local real estate brokerage firms and appraisers. Specialization areas include
insurance and risk management, investment and management analysis, managerial finance,
financial institution management, personal financial planning, and real estate.
See page 69.
ACC 1111, Accounting Principles 1;MSC 1200, Business Statistics 1; and two nonbusiness
electives.
ACC 1112, Accounting Principles 2; MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; MSC 1226, Computer-Based
Information Systems; and a nonbusiness elective.
FIN 1438, Introduction to Finance; FIN 1333, Financial Institutions and Markets; MKT 1435,
Introduction to Marketing; and a nonbusiness elective.
FIN 1439, Principles of Finance 2; HRM 1433, Organizational Behavior and Design; and MSC
1433, Quantitative Models in Business.
FIN 1335, Managerial Finance; FIN 1346, Investment Management; upper-division writing
requirement; and an open elective.
MSC 1441, Operations Management; MGT 1446, Managing Social Issues; finance elective; and
an open elective.
MGT 1450, Business Policy; finance elective; and two open electives.
Finance elective; and three open electives.
70 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Human Resources
Management
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarters 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
Human resources management, which focuses on effectively utihzing people at work, is an
extension of personnel and labor relations. In addition to the traditional areas of employee
relations, recruitment, selection, compensation, and training, a human resources manager must
understand staffing, equal employment opportunity laws and affirmative-action procedures,
organizational development, career planning, job design and motivation, leadership, and commu-
nications. In recent years increased attention has been paid to the quality of the employee's work
life and its relation to the efficient production of goods and services.
The effective management of human resources calls for a partnership among personnel adminis-
trators, labor relations negotiators, wage and salary analysts, and operating line managers in the
various functional areas (marketing, finance, production) of a company. As the traditional role of
personnel administration expands to include affirmative-action programs, job enrichment, and
organizational development activities, career opportunities in labor relations and personnel
administration are likely to grow.
Whether graduates start their careers as work-flow analysts in manufacturing, customer service
assistants in marketing, field auditors in an accounting department, or unit managers in a
hospital, they vnll be required to demonstrate effective management skills.
See page 69.
ACC 1111, Accounting Principles 1;MSC 1200, Business Statistics 1;MSC 1226, Computer-Based
Information Systems; and one nonbusiness elective.
ACC 1112, Accounting Principles 2; MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; and two nonbusiness
electives.
FIN 1438, Principles of Finance 1; HRM 1433, Organizational Behavior and Design; and MSC
1433, Quantitative Models in Business.
FIN 1439, Principles of Finance 2; HRM 1332, Introduction to Human Resource Management;
MKT 1435, Introduction to Marketing; and an open elective.
HRM 1348, Reward Systems; HRM 1349, Assessment of Prospective Employees; MSC 1441,
Operations Management; and an open elective.
MGT 1446, Managing Social Issues; human resources management elective; upper division writing
requirement; and an open elective.
HRM 1345, Contemporary Labor Issues; MGT 1450, Business Policy; human resources manage-
ment elective; and an open elective.
Nonbusiness elective; and three open electives.
International Business
Administration
The recent growth of multinational firms, international trade, and regional international trading
blocs has created a shortage of skilled managers who are equipped to analyze the complexities of
international business.
The international business concentration fosters an understanding of problems involved in
operating businesses across national boundaries and analyzes the operations of businesses in
multinational environments. Students who choose the international business concentration can
gain an understanding of the economic, political, and social constraints on international business
and develop skills in analyzing the financial, marketing, and operational strategies of the multina-
tional firm.
Multinational firms increasingly require that candidates for top management positions have
prior experience in international operations. In addition, large banks and insurance companies
want their managers to understand international business. Other types of organizations —
government, trade associations, and transnational bodies — require international business
knowledge.
The concentration permits a dual focus. A student may concentrate in international business and
use open electives to fulfill the requirement of a second concentration. The dual concentration
benefits those seeking employment in traditional functional areas (production, marketing, finance)
in an international setting. All international business concentration courses are available to
students in other concentrations during their middler, junior, and senior years.
International Business Administration 71
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarters 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
See page 69.
ACC 1111, Accounting Principles 1 ; MSC 1200, Business Statistics 1 ; and two nonbusiness
electives.
ACC 1112, Accounting Principles 2; MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; MSC 1226, Computer-Based
Information Systems; and one open elective.
FIN 1438, Introduction to Finance; HRM 1433,Organizational Behavior and Design; and INB
1338, Introduction to International Business.
FIN 1439, Principles of Finance 2; MKT 1435, Introduction to Marketing; and MSC 1433, Quanti-
tative Models in Business; and an open elective.
MSC 1441, Operations Management; a business elective; an international nonbusiness elective;
and an open elective.
FIN 1759, International Financial Markets; MGT 1446, Managing Social Issues; upper division
writing requirement; and an international business elective.
MGT 1450, Business Policy; an international nonbusiness elective; and two open electives.
INB 1352, Seminar in International Business; an international business elective; and two open
electives.
Management
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarter 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 1 1
Management involves men and women who enjoy working with numbers and people. It is the
process of getting things done through people by using business skills. For students interested in
the broad area of administration, this concentration allows them to prepare for a wide variety of
administrative careers in business, government, and nonprofit institutions. Management students
must understand the basics of accounting, marketing, finance, and operations. Courses in these
subjects offer an overview, including the interrelation of these areas and the ways they can be used
as management tools. Faculty pay significant attention to "people problems" to stress the impor-
tance of developing an effective work force.
The concentration aims to help students enhance their skills in and knowledge of disciplines
underlying administrative practice and to help them develop judgment and skills in organizational
problem analysis and decision making.
See page 69.
ACC 1111, Accounting Principles 1; MSC 1200, Business Statistics 1; and two nonbusiness
electives.
ACC 1112, Accounting Principles 2; MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; MSC 1226, Computer-Based
Information Services; and a nonbusiness elective.
FIN 1438, Introduction to Finance; HRM 1433, Organizational Behavior and Design; and MSC
1433, Quantitative Models in Business.
ACC 1330, Cost Accounting; FIN 1439, Principles of Finance 2; MKT 1331, Marketing Manage-
ment; and MKT 1435, Introduction to Marketing.
MGT 1345, Legal Aspects of Business; MSC 1441, Operations Management; a business elective;
and an open elective.
MGT 1446, Managing Social Issues; a business elective; an open elective; and upper division
writing requirement.
MGT 1450, Business Policy; a nonbusiness elective; and two open electives.
Business elective and three open electives.
Management Information
Systems
The growth in the application of information technology in organizations is one of the most
remarkable features of the late twentieth century. The management information systems (MIS)
concentration helps prepare tomorrow's managers using this technology to its fullest potential.
Students who elect this concentration will most likely move into one of the functional areas of
management, using their MIS skills to link that area with employers' information systems
resources. The department encourages students interested in an MIS concentration to consider
working toward a second concentration in one of the functional areas of management.
72 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarters 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
The concentration provides a background in two distinct tracks. The first builds on the historical
development of large and powerful computers that carry out organization-wide tasks, such as
database management. Often referred to as end-user computing, the second track deals with the
direct linkage of decision makers and user-friendly computer facilities.
See page 69.
ACC 1111, Accounting Principles 1; MSC 1200, Business Statistics 1; and two nonbusiness
electives.
ACC 1112, Accounting Principles 2; MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; MSC 1226, Computer-Based
Information Systems; and one open elective.
FIN 1438, Introduction to Finance; HRM 1433, Organizational Behavior and Design; and MSC
1331, End User Computing.
FIN 1439, Principles of Finance 2; MKT 1435, Introduction to Marketing; MSC 1339, Business
Programming 1; and MSC 1433, Quantitative Models in Business.
MSC 1441, Operations Management; MSC 1340, Business Programming 2; a nonbusiness elective;
and an open elective.
MGT 1446, Managing Social Issues; MSC 1349, Systems Analysis and Design; upper division
writing requirement; and a nonbusiness elective.
MGT 1450, Business Policy; MSC 1350, Database Management Systems; and two open electives.
MSC 1351, Management Information Systems; and three open electives.
Marketing
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarters 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
A business not only designs and manufactures products, but also markets and sells them to
manufacturers, wholesalers, retailers, and consumers. The marketing concentration focuses on
these processes.
All the activities that direct the flow of goods and services from producer to consumer are
classified as marketing concerns. Once customer need and want are determined, the organization's
first objective is to produce goods or services to satisfy a particular consumer. Essential in all types
of businesses are product design, research, pricing, packaging, transportation, advertising, selling,
and servicing. The overall responsibility for these functions rests vrith the marketing manager.
Students of marketing can choose careers in the public and private sectors of the economy,
product or service marketing, profit or nonprofit organizations, as well as in a variety of support
functions, such as market research, consulting, advising government regulators, advertising and
developing new products.
See page 69.
ACC 1111, Accounting Principles 1;MSC 1200, Business Statistics 1;MSC 1226, Computer-Based
Information Systems; and a nonbusiness elective.
ACC 1 112, Accounting Principles 2; MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; and two nonbusiness
electives.
FIN 1438, Principles of Finance 1; MKT 1435, Introduction to Marketing; MSC 1433, Quantitative
Models in Business; and a nonbusiness elective.
FIN 1439, Principles of Finance 2; HRM 1433, Organizational Behavior and Design; and MKT
1331, Marketing Management.
MKT 1341, Marketing Research; a marketing elective; an open elective; and upper division writing
requirement.
MGT 1446, Managing Social Issues; MSC 1441, Operations Management; a marketing elective;
and an open elective.
MKT 1351, Competitive Strategy; MGT 1450, Business Policy; and two open electives.
Marketing elective and three open electives.
Marketing 73
Transportation and
Logistics Management
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarters 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
Integral parts of national and international distribution systems, logistics and transportation are
determining factors in the availability and prices of goods and services.
In corporate distribution, transportation specialists operate within a complex organizational
framework in which goods are stored and moved. Effectively managing this process involves
understanding inventory control, warehousing, transportation options, and the interaction of these
activities with other functional operations.
Graduates work with government agencies engaged in transportation policy development and
administration. Other career possibilities exist with carriers such as airlines, railroads, and
trucking companies, which actively recruit people familiar with the operational and regulatory
aspects of their businesses.
Courses cover not only the viewpoint of corporate shippers and carriers, but also that of public
officials and consumer advocates. Courses have a strong contemporary orientation and promote
frequent interaction with practitioners from business and government.
See page 69.
ACC 1111, Accounting Principles 1;MSC 1200, Business Statistics 1; and two nonbusiness
electives.
ACC 1112, Accounting Principles2,MSC 1201, Business Statistics 2; MSC 1226, Computer-Based
Information Systems; and a nonbusiness elective.
FIN 1438, Introduction to Finance; HRM 1433, Organizational Behavior and Design; and TRN
1333, The Domestic Transportation System.
FIN 1439, Principles of Finance 2; a transportation elective; MKT 1435, Introduction to Marketing;
and MSC 1433, Quantitative Models in Business.
MSC 1441, Operations Management; a transportation elective; a nonbusiness elective; and an open
elective.
MGT 1446, Managing Social Issues; TRN 1344, Corporate Transportation/Logistics; an open
elective; and upper division writing requirement.
MGT 1450, Business Policy; a transportation elective; and two open electives.
TRN 1353, Seminar in Transportation and Logistics; and three open electives.
74 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
College of Computer Science
Cynthia A. Brown, PhD, Dean
Larry A. Finkelstein, PhD, Associate Dean and Director of Graduate Studies
Richard A. Rasala, PhD, Director of Undergraduate Studies
Marie P. Hinds, BS, Assistant to the Dean
Professors
Gene D. Cooperman, PhD
Harriet J. Fell, PhD
Larry A. Finkelstein, PhD
Karl J. Lieberherr, PhD
Richard A. Rasala, PhD
BettyJ.Salzberg,PhD
Raoul N. Smith, PhD
Mitchell Wand, PhD
Patrick S. P. Wang, PhD
Stuart Wecker, MS
Joint Professor
R. Mark Goresky, PhD
Mathematics
Associate Professors
Kenneth P. Baclawski, PhD
Cynthia A. Brown, PhD
John Casey, BA
Agnes H. Chan, PhD
Robert P. Futrelle, PhD
Carole D.Hafher, PhD
Viera K. Proulx, PhD
Ronald J. Wilhams, PhD
Bryant W.York, PhD
Assistant Professors
Khaled M. Bugrara, PhD
John M. Gauch, PhD
Richard A. Kelsey, PhD
Luc Longpre, PhD
Class Entrance
Requirements
Minor in Computer Science
The college helps students develop the ability to recognize and solve problems arising in the use
of modem digital computers. Computer science is multifaceted. Spanning parts of pure and applied
mathematics, it involves physics through solid state devices and pushes at the borders of biology
and psychology in its attempts to understand and replicate intelligence. In computer architectures
and the complexity of VLSI design, computer science shares ground with electrical engineering.
Finally, through its database and information systems and computer graphics capabilities,
computer science supports a wide variety of business and commercial ventures.
Students prepare for careers in industry, government, or the private sector, or for graduate
study. In general, graduates will help organizations design, develop, market, or utilize computing
systems. Some graduates become software designers, systems analysts, business or scientific
applications programmers, marketers, or salespersons of technologically advanced products.
Others become entrepreneurs and founders of their own firms.
The BA and BS programs offer five- and four-year cooperative education tracks that extend from
the second through the fifth year. A student in the five-year program normally spends eleven
quarters in classes and seven quarters on co-op assignments, whereas a student in the four-year
program spends eleven quarters in classes and four quarters on co-op assignments.
The college's bachelor of science in computer science program has been accredited by the
Computer Science Accreditation Commission of the Computing Sciences Accreditation Board, Inc.
The board was established by the Association of Computing Machinery (ACM) and the Computer
Society of the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (lEEE-CS), the two largest societies
specializing in computing and related areas.
The minimum overall quality-point averages listed are required for students to advance to the
next rank and to graduate.
Sophomore
Middler
Junior
Senior
To graduate
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.00
2.00
In addition, a minimum quality-point average of 2.00 in all computer science courses (any course
number with a COM prefix) is required for graduation. For additional information, consult the
College of Computer Science Undergraduate Student Guidebook.
This minor is particularly valuable to non-computer science students seeking positions where a
familiarity with computer science concepts and techniques is desirable. Four required level-one
courses must be completed, plus three additional computer science courses elected from a number
of courses specified by the college. Details may be obtained fi-om the dean's office.
College of Computer Science 75
Five-Year Bachelor of
Science Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
Four- Year Bachelor of
Science Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
COM 1100, Fundamentals of Computer Science; COM 1121, Computer Science Overview 1;
ENG 1110, Freshman English 1; MTH 1123, Calculus 1; and one basic social science.
COM 1101, Algorithms and Data Structures 1; COM 1122, Computer Science Overview 2;
MTH 1124, Calculus 2; MTH 1137, Discrete Mathematics 1; and one basic social science.
COM 1110, FORTRAN Lab; COM 1201, Algorithms and Data Structures 2; ENG 1111, Freshman
English 2; MTH 1125, Calculus 3; and one sub-area or general elective.
COM 1130, Computer Organization and Programming 1; MTH 1223, Calculus 4; PHY 1221,
Physics 1; PHY 1521, Physics 1 Lab; and one sub-area or general elective.
COM 1114, C Lab; ECE 1178, Digital Electronics for Computer Science; MTH 1237, Discrete
Mathematics 2; PHY 1222, Physics 2; PHY 1522, Physics 2 Lab; and one sub-area or general
elective.
COM 1330, Systems Programming; ECE 1229, Digital Systems Lab; ECE 1382, Computer
Engineering 2; PHY 1223, Physics 3; and one sub-area or general elective.
COM 1102, Functional Programming and Applications; COM 1350, Automata and Formal
Language; ENG 1125, Technical Writing 1; and one sub-area or general elective.
COM 1310, File Structures; MTH 1301, Linear Algebra 1; SOC 1485, Computers and Society; and
one computer science elective.
MTH 1387, Probability 1; two computer science electives; and one sub-area or general elective.
COM 1205, Software Design and Development; one computer science elective; and two sub-area or
general electives.
COM 1621, Computer Science Seminar; one computer science elective; and three sub-area or
general electives.
COM 1100, Fundamentals of Computer Science; COM 1121, Computer Science Overview 1;
ENG 1110, Freshman English 1; MTH 1123, Calculus 1; and one basic social science.
COM 1101, Algorithms and Data Structures 1; COM 1122, Computer Science Overview 2;
MTH 1124, Calculus 2; MTH 1137, Discrete Mathematics 1; and one basic social science.
COM 1110, FORTRAN Lab; COM 1201, Algorithms and Data Structures 2; ENG 1111, Freshman
English 2; MTH 1125, Calculus 3; and one sub-area or general elective.
COM 1130, Computer Organization and Programming 1; MTH 1223, Calculus 4; PHY 1221,
Physics 1; PHY 1521, Physics 1 Lab; and one sub-area or general elective.
ECE 1178, Digital Electronics for Computer Science; MTH 1237, Discrete Mathematics 2;
PHY 1222, Physics 2; PHY 1522, Physics 2 Lab; and one sub-area or general elective.
COM 1 1 14, C Lab; COM 1350, Automata and Formal Language; MTH 1387, Probability; and two
sub-area or general electives.
COM 1330, Systems Programming; ECE 1229, Digital Systems Lab; ECE 1382, Computer
Engineering 2; PHY 1223, Physics 3; and one sub-area or general elective.
COM 1102, Functional Programming and Applications; ENG 1125, Technical Writing 1; one
computer science elective; and one sub-area or general elective.
MTH 1301, Linear Algebra; two computer science electives; and one sub-area or general elective.
COM 1205, Software Design and Development; COM 1310, File Structures; SOC 1485, Computers
and Society; and one sub-area or general elective.
COM 1621, Senior Seminar; two computer science electives; and two sub-area or general electives.
76 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Five-Year Bachelor of Arts
Curriculum
(with Computer Science
Courses Beginning
in the First Year)
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
Five-Year Bachelor of Arts
Curriculum
(with Computer Science
Courses Beginning
in the Second Year)
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
COM 1100, Fundamentals of Computer Science; COM 1121, Computer Science Overview 1;
ENG 1110, Freshman English 1;MTH 1123, Calculus 1; and one arts and sciences core course.
COM 1101, Algorithms and Data Structures 1; COM 1122, Computer Science Overview 2;
MTH 1124, Calculus 2; MTH 1137, Discrete Mathematics 1; and one arts and sciences core course.
COM 1201, Algorithms and Data Structures 2; ENG 1111, Freshman English 2; MTH 1125,
Calculus 3; and one general elective.
COM 1130, Computer Organization and Programming 1; one general elective; one science elective;
and one arts and sciences core course.
COM 1102, Functional Programming and Applications; COM 1114, C Lab; COM 1350, Automata
and Formal Languages; MTH 1237, Discrete Mathematics 2; and one science elective.
COM 1390, Analysis of Algorithms; one general elective; one science elective; and one arts and
sciences core course.
COM 1358, Analysis of Programming Languages; ENG _
and two arts and sciences core courses.
, middler year writing requirement;
MTH 1301, Linear Algebra 1; SOC 1485, Computers and Society; one computer science elective;
and one arts and sciences core course.
One computer science elective; one general elective; and two arts and sciences core courses.
One computer science elective; two general electives; and one arts and sciences core course.
COM 1621, Computer Science Seminar; one computer science elective; two general electives; and
one arts and sciences core course.
ENG 1110, Freshman English 1; MTH 1123, Calculus 1; one science elective; and one arts and
sciences core course.
MTH 1124, Calculus 2; one general elective; one science elective; and one arts and sciences core
course.
ENG 1111, Freshman English 2; MTH 1125, Calculus 3; one general elective; and one science
elective.
COM 1100, Fundamentals of Computer Science; COM 1121, Computer Science Overview 1;
MTH 1137, Discrete Mathematics 1; and two arts and sciences core courses.
COM 1101, Algorithms and Data Structures 1; COM 1122, Computer Science Overview 2;
MTH 1237, Discrete Mathematics 2; and two arts and sciences core courses.
COM 1201, Algorithms and Data Structures 2; COM 1130, Computer Organization and Program-
ming 1; one general elective; and one arts and sciences core course.
COM 1102, Functional Programming and Applications;COM 1114,CLab;C0M 1350, Automata
and Formal Language; ENG , middler year writing requirement; one arts and sciences core
course.
COM 1390, Analysis of Algorithms; MTH 1301, Linear Algebra; SOC 1485, Computers and Society;
one general elective.
COM 1358, Analysis of Programming Languages; one computer science elective; one general
elective; one arts and sciences core course.
Two computer science electives; one general elective; one arts and sciences core course.
COM 1621, Computer Science Seminar; one computer science elective; two general electives; one
arts and sciences core course.
College of Computer Science 77
Four- Year Bachelor of Arts
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5 .
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quartern
COM 1100, Fundamentals of Computer Science; COM 1121, Computer Science Overview 1;
ENG 1110, Freshman English 1; MTH 1123, Calculus 1; one arts and sciences core course.
COM 1101, Algorithms and Data Structure 1; COM 1122, Computer Science Overview 2;
MTH 1124, Calculus 2; MTH 1137, Discrete Mathematics 1; one arts and sciences core course.
COM 1201, Algorithms and Data Structure 2; ENG 1111, Freshman English 2; MTH 1125,
Calculus 3; and one general elective.
COM 1 130, Computer Organization and Programming 1; one science course; and two arts and
sciences core courses.
COM 1102, Functional Programming and Applications; COM 1114, C Lab; COM 1350, Automata
and Formal Languages; MTH 1237, Discrete Mathematics 2; and one science course.
COM 1390, Analysis of Algorithms; one general elective; and two arts and sciences core courses.
COM 1358, Analysis of Programming Languages; MTH 1301, Linear Algebra; SOC 1485,
Computers and Society; and one science course.
ENG , middler year writing requirement; one computer science elective; one general elective;
one arts and sciences core course.
One computer science elective; one general elective; and two arts and sciences core courses.
One computer science elective; two general electives; and one arts and sciences core course.
COM 1621, Computer Science Seminar; one computer science elective; two general electives; one
arts and sciences core course.
78 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
College of Criminal Justice
Class Entrance
Requirements
Graduation Requirements
Transfer Credit
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
James Alan Fox, PhD, Interim Dean
Robert D. Croatti, AB, Associate Dean
Robert E. Fuller, MA, Assistant Dean
Lester W. McCullough, Jr. , BA, Assistant Dean
Professors
Edith E.Flynn, PhD
George L. Kelling, PhD
John H. Laub, PhD
Nicole F. Rafter, PhD
Associate Professor
Wallace W. Sherwood, LLM
Assistant Professors
Susan Guarino-Ghezzi, PhD
G. Roger Jarjoura, PhD
Frank A. Schubert, DJur
Visiting Professor
Harvey Burstein, DJur
As one of the few schools in the nation defining issues in criminal justice, the college has received
substantial grants from the U.S. Department of Justice and has been designated a center of
education and innovation in the field. In keeping with its national prominence, the college also
serves as host institution for the George Lewis Ruffin Society, an organization of minority criminal
justice professionals dedicated to expanding minority involvement and leadership in the criminal
justice system.
The college helps students prepare for careers in criminal justice and private security. Through
its legal studies concentration, many students also prepare for entry to law school. Legal studies,
policing, security, corrections, criminology, probation and parole, juvenile justice, and planning
and evaluation are some of the areas students pursue. Some graduates choose advanced study in
criminology, planning and evaluation, public administration, private security, and law.
The combined five-year academic and cooperative education program allows students to
concentrate in one of three areas: legal studies, policing and security, and criminology and correc-
tions. Co-op assignments may include work in parole or probation offices, law firms, police depart-
ments, private security agencies, public or private institutions, social and government agencies,
prisons, planning and evaluation units, or other areas related to the criminal justice program.
Because careers in criminal justice involve the concerns and problems of people from all walks of
life, coursework integrates social sciences, behavioral sciences, and humanities with professional
courses. The liberal content of the curriculum is an indispensable educational requirement for
professional development. Professional course offerings address such topics as terrorism,
victimology, drug abuse, computer crime, criminal homicide, criminal investigation, prison
overcrowding, women in criminal justice, ethics, and legal issues.
Students are required to maintain the following overall quality-point averages to advance to the
next class rank and to graduate.
Sophomore
Middler
Junior
Senior
To graduate
1.40
1.60
1.80
1.90
2.00
Degree candidates must complete all prescribed work, a total of 176 quarter hours of credit.
Students are also urged to meet the requirements of the Department of Cooperative Education.
No student transferring from another college or university is eligible to receive a degree until at
least one year of academic work immediately preceding graduation has been completed at
Northeastern.
CJ 1101, Administration of Criminal Justice; HST 1101, Western Civilization to 1648; POL 1110,
Introduction to Politics; and PSY 1111, Foundations of Psychology 1.
CJ 1112, Critical Issues in Criminal Justice; COM 1105, Computer Science and Its Applications;
ENG 1110, Freshman English 1; and HST 1102, Western Civilization Since 1648.
CJ 1151, Introduction to Law and Legal Process 1; ENG 1111, Freshman English 2; PSY 1112,
Foundation of Psychology 2; and SOC 1100, Introduction to Sociology.
College of Criminal Justice 79
Quarter 4 CJ 1201, Criminology; CJ 1251, Introduction to Criminal Law; POL 1111, Introduction to Ameri-
can Government; and one math/science requirement.
Quarter 5 C J 1252, Criminal Due Process; POL 13 18, State and Local Government; one math/science
requirement; and one non-criminal justice elective.
Quarter 6 CJ 1453, Criminal Justice Research Methods; ECN 1115, Principles of Macroeconomics; ENG
1350, Intermediate Writing; and one criminal justice elective.
Quarter 7 CJ 1454, Criminal Justice Statistics; ECN 1116, Principles of Microeconomics; one criminal justice
elective; and one non-criminal justice elective.
Quarters 8-11 28 quarter hours of criminal justice electives and 36 quarter hours of non-criminal justice electives.
80 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
College of Engineering
Paul H. King, PhD, Dean
Richard J. Scranton, SM, Associate Dean for Undergraduate Programs
Thomas E. Hulbert, MS, PE, Associate Dean and Director of the School of Engineering Technology
CjTithia Snow, MA, Assistant Dean for Administration
David C. Blackman, MS, Assistant Dean andDirectorof Minority Affairs
Paula G. Leventman, PYiD, Assistant Dean and Director of Women in Engineering
Candace A. Martel, MEd, Director of Engineering Student Services
Bachelor of Science/
Master of Science
Joint Degree Program
Part-time
Evening Program
Class Entrance
Requirements
Graduation Requirements
The college helps prepare students to contribute to the accumulation and application of technologi-
cal knowledge in a changing world. Fundamental principles are emphasized; students have the
opportunity to obtain the basic knowledge necessary to practice in a variety of professional
engineering positions.
The college values study of the social sciences and humanities, for these provide an awareness of
the social, economic, political, aesthetic, and philosophical influences that help shape the world in
which students will practice their professions. The college aims to help students master the
fundamental principles underlying a particular branch of engineering; develop and demonstrate
competence in analysis and design appropriate to an engineering specialization; reason clearly and
communicate effectively; and recognize the need to continue professional development.
Cooperative education programs are offered in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and me-
chanical engineering leading to the bachelor of science degree in a specified area. Also offered is a
general engineering program leading to an unspecified bachelor of science degree.
Advanced courses place a heavy emphasis on engineering design. At least one-eighth of each
curriculum is devoted to studies in the social sciences and humanities. All degrees require students
to demonstrate proficiency in written and oral communication.
Although most students complete the program in five years with seven quarters of cooperative
work, four-year co-op options are available with four quarters of cooperative work. Students
indicate their preference for the four-year option in the winter quarter of the ft-eshman year.
All bachelor of science degree programs with specification, offered solely by the College of
Engineering, are accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation
Board for Engineering and Technology (E AC/ABET). Part-time evening programs are also
accredited.
The departments of electrical and computer engineering, industrial engineering and information
systems, and mechanical engineering offer programs leading to both the bachelor's and master's
degrees in five years. Degree candidates must maintain a 3.2 cumulative quality-point average,
carry extra courses, and forego one cooperative work quarter in the senior year to complete the
course requirements.
This program — a six-year, part-time curriculum — leads to a degree of bachelor of science in civil,
electrical, or mechanical engineering. Admission and course requirements are the same as for the
full-time five-year cooperative degree programs. For more information, consult the evening
brochure of the College of Engineering, available from Engineering Student Services, 220 Snell
Engineering Center, 617-437-2185.
Academic standards are published in the College of Engineering Student Guide, available
at 220 Snell Engineering Center.
The college reserves the right to amend programs, courses, and degree requirements to fulfill its
educational responsibility to respond to relevant change.
Students must complete all of the requirements in the degree program in which they are
candidates. Degree requirements are based upon the year of graduation, determined by the date of
entry or re-entry into the College of Engineering. Degree requirements and the year of graduation
for a degree candidate who fails to make normal academic progress for more than two quarters will
be subject to review and possible change.
Students transferring from another college or university are not eligible to receive the bachelor of
science degree until they have completed at least 48 quarter hours at Northeastern University
immediately preceding their graduation.
College of Engineering 81
Bachelor of Science
CurriculuLm for the First
Three Quarters
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Biomedical Engineering
Chemical Engineering
Students in full-time engineering degree programs tsike the following courses in the
first three quarters.
ENG im, Freshman English 2; GE 1100, Computers for Engineers; MTH 1123, Calculus 1; PHY
1221, Physics 1; and PHY 1521, Physics Lab 1.
CHM 1131, General Chemistry 1; GE 1110, Engineering Graphics and Design; MTH 1124,
Calculus 2; PHY 1222, Physics 2; and PHY 1522, Physics Lab 2.
CHM 1132, General Chemistry 2; ENG 1113, Great Themes in Literature; MTH 1125, Calculus 3;
PHY 1223, Physics 3, and a laboratory elective.
Samuel Fine, SM, MD, Professor and Director
Biomedical engineering addresses problems of biological and medical significance as tasks to be
resolved through analysis, design, invention, and manufacturing.
Biomedical engineers are engaged in both theoretical and experimental studies, either as
independent investigators or as members of a research or development group. Their work is far-
ranging. They may characterize and determine the mechanism of action of natural and synthetic
macromolecules, analyze the properties of blood, or investigate the structure and function of such
organ systems as the nervous system, the respiratory system, the cardiovascular system, or the
endocrine system. They may design, develop, market, and apply transducers, cardiac pacemakers
and defibrillators, heart-assist systems, artificial kidneys and limbs, or diagnostic and therapeutic
X-ray and imaging systems. They are important members of the hospital health team.
A strong program incorporating engineering and the biological sciences can provide a sound
foundation for a doctorate in medicine or dentistry, a career in biomedical engineering or biotech-
nology, or a career as an engineer in a hospital or a government agency.
The health care, pharmaceutical, and biotechnology industries, in particular, seek individuals
with a strong background in engineering supplemented by biological science education. Other
career opportunities may include public health, the psychological sciences, and the marine
sciences.
The biomedical engineering program has no fixed curriculum. Students work with an adviser to
choose courses in the biological sciences that complement the standard engineering curriculum.
Abiology minor in conjunction with a specific engineering discipline may also be arranged. Life
science courses may be taken as part of an engineering degree or as additional courses. In the first
year, engineering graphics and design can be replaced by a biology course for biomedical students.
The opportunity to take these courses is dependent on the student's interests, capabilities and
academic record.
Ralph A. Buonopane, PhD, Associate Professor and Chair
Associate Professors
Bernard M. Goodwin, ScD
Richard R. Stewart, PhD
Ronald J. Willey, PhD
Assistant Professor
Gilda A. Barabino, PhD,
DiPietro Professor of
Chemical Engineering
Professors
John A. Williams, PhD
Donald L. Wise, PhD,
Cabot Corporation
Professor of
Chemical Engineering
Chemical engineering involves the design, construction, operation, and management of processes
which produce materials essential to society. The chemical engineer's goal is to develop processes
that use resources efficiently, economically, safely, and in an environmentally sound manner.
The program offers students a broad training which stresses fundamentals and provides the
strong background needed for graduate school or industry.
Chemical engineers seek ways to reduce the costs, increase the production, and improve the
quality of existing products, as well as to develop new products. Chemical engineering has grown
out of discoveries that served as a foundation for msmy new industries whose production processes
involve chemical as well as physical changes.
Petrochemicals, biomedicine, pharmaceuticals, agricultural chemicals, food processing, plastics
and synthetic fibers, energy and synthetic fuels, and waste management require employees trained
in chemistry as well as engineering. Many older industries, such as pulp and paper, metals and
glass production, paints and coatings, textiles, and electroplating, also employ chemical engineers.
Computerized process controls are being designed to improve the efficiency of older plsmts, and
computer-aided design of new plants is becoming increasingly common.
82 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarters 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
(Spring only)
See page 82.
CHE 1201, Chemical Engineering Calculations 1; CHE 1205, Computation Lab; CHM 1271,
Organic Chemistry 1; MTH 1223, Calculus 4; and one social science/humanities elective.
CHE 1202, Chemical Engineering Calculations 2; CHM 1272, Organic Chemistry 2 with Lab; MTH
1225, Mathematical Analysis 1; and one social science/humanities elective.
CHE 1211, Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 1; CHM 1381, Physical Chemistry 1; CHM
1394, Experimental Physical Chemistry 1; MTH 1230, Linear Algebra; and one social science/
humanities elective.
CHE 1310, Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 2; CHE 1321, Momentum Transport; CHM
1382, Physical Chemistry 2; CHM 1395, Experimental Physical Chemistry 2; and ENG 1125,
Technical Writing 1.
CHE 1415, Experimental Methods 1; CHE 1421, Chemical Engineering Kinetics; CHE 1431, Heat
Transport; and ECN 1 1 15, Principles of Macroeconomics.
CHE 1416, Experimental Methods 2; CHE 1441, Separation Processes; CHE 1450, Chemical
Engineering Economics; and one social science/humanities elective.
CHE 1501, Process Design 1; CHE 1512, Chemical Process Control; one chemical engineering
elective; and one advanced chemical engineering elective.
CHE 1502, Process Design 2; two chemical engineering electives; and one advanced chemistry
elective.
Civil Engineering
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarters 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Mishac K. Yegian, PhD, Professor and Chair
Associate Professors
Dionisio Bernal, PhD
Peter G. Furth, PhD
Robert L. Meserve, MS
John G. Schoon, PhD
Richard J. Scranton, SM
Irvine W.Wei, PhD
Professors
Reginald L. Amory, PhD
Frederic C.Blanc, PhD
John J. Cochrane, PhD
Constantino J. Gregory, PhD
Paul H. King, PhD
Kenneth M. Leet, ScD
Assistant Professors
Mark Evans, PhD
Daniel E. Medina, PhD
Thomas C. Sheahan, PhD
AliTouran,PhD
Chia-MingUang,PhD
Adjunct Professors
Walter E. Jaworski, ScD
Sidney J. Wartel,JD
The department offers students a fundamental, yet rigorous and flexible, engineering education —
— an education that can weather inevitable changes within the field. A variety of electives in the
humanities, social sciences, and basic sciences encourages students to investigate areas outside
their specific technical focus. The curriculum is intended to provide students with a strong
background for careers in planning, design, and construction.
Civil engineering is a profession in which knowledge of mathematics and physical sciences —
gained by study, experience, and practice — is applied judiciously to materials and forces for the
well-being of humanity. Civil engineers improve and protect the environment and provide facilities
and structures for community living, industry, and transportation.
Civil engineers measure and map the earth's surface and use these maps to situate their projects.
They design and supervise the construction of bridges, tunnels, buildings, dams, and aqueducts.
Civil engineers plan, design, construct, and maintain highways, railroads, canals, and airports.
They regulate rivers and control floods; build docks, pipelines, seawalls; develop harbors; design
and build plants and systems to bring pure water to homes and factories; design and build systems
for sewage and refuse disposal; manage wetlands; and irrigate arid areas.
See page 82.
CIV 1210, Structural Mechanics 1; CIV 1510, Materials; CIV 1511, Materials Lab; MTH 1223,
Calculus 4; and one social science/humanities elective.
CrV 1211, Structural Mechanics 2; CIV 1620, Engineering Measurements; CIV 1621, Engineering
Measurements Lab; ECN 1116, Principles of Microeconomics; and MTH 1225, Mathematical
Analysis 1.
Civil Engineering 83
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
Part-time Evening
Curriculum
for Bachelor of Science
CIV 1220, Structural Analysis 1; CIV 1226, Structural Analysis and Design Lab; CIV 13 10,
Fluid Mechanics; MTH 1230, Linear Algebra; and one social science/humanities elective.
CIV 1240, Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures 1; CIV 1340, Environmental Engineering 1;
CIV 1410, Soil Mechanics; CIV 1411, Soil Mechanics Lab; and ENG 1125, Technical Writing 1.
CrV 1250, Design of Steel Structures 1; CIV 1625, Civil Engineering Computations Lab; CFV 1640,
Applied Probability Theory for Civil Engineers; and two technical electives.
CrV 1665, Professional Issues for Civil Engineers; IIS 1366, Engineering Economy; ME 1320,
Dynamics for Civil Engineers; and two technical electives.
Two technical electives; one social science/humanities elective; and one technical or
capstone elective.
One general elective; one technical elective; one technical or capstone elective; and one social
science/humanities elective.
First Year
Second Year
Third Year
Fourth Year
Fall Quarter
Winter Quarter
Spring Quarter
Fall Quarter
Winter Quarter
Spring Quarter
Fall Quarter
Winter Quarter
Spring Quarter
Fall Quarter
Winter Quarter
Spring Quarter
Fifth Year
Fall Quarter
Winter Quarter
Spring Quarter
Sixth Year (Odd)
Fall Quarter
Winter Quarter
Spring Quarter
Sixth Year (Even)
Fall Quarter
Winter Quarter
Spring Quarter
GE 1100, Computers for Engineers; and MTH 1123, Calculus 1.
CHM 1131, Chemistry 1;C0M 11 10, FORTRAN Lab; and MTH 1124, Calculus 2.
CHM 1132, Chemistry 2; and MTH 1125, Calculus 3.
MTH 1223, Calculus 4; PHY 1221, Physics 1; and PHY 1521, Physics Lab 1.
MTH 1225, Mathematical Analysis 1; PHY 1222, Physics 2; and PHY 1522, Physics Lab 2.
GE 1110, Engineering Graphics and Design and PHY 1223, Physics 3.
CIV 1210, Structural Mechanics 1 and CIV 1620, Engineering Measurements.
CrV 1211, Structural Mechanics 2 and MTH 1230, Linear Algebra.
CrV 1410, Soil Mechanics; CIV 1411, Soil Mechanics Lab; and ENG 1125, Technical Writing 1.
CIV 1220, Structural Analysis 1; CIV 1226, Structural Analysis and Design Lab; and CIV 1310,
Fluid Mechanics.
CIV 1240, Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures 1 and CIV 1340, Environmental
Engineering 1.
CIV 1250, Design of Steel Structures 1; CIV 1625, Civil Engineering Computations Lab; and
CIV 1640, Applied Probability Theory for Civil Engineers.
CIV 1241, Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures 2 or CIV 1341, Environmental Engineering 2;
and a general elective.
IIS 1366, Engineering Economy and ME 1320, Dynamics for Civil Engineers.
CIV 1510, Materials; CIV 1511, Materials Lab; and CIV 1540, Highway Engineering or CIV 1550,
Construction Management.
CIV 1341, Environmental Engineering 2 and CIV 1420, Foundation Engineering.
CIV 1320, Hydraulic Engineering and CIV 1350, Environmental and Hydraulics Lab.
CIV 1395, Environmental Design Projects and CIV 1540, Highway Engineering.
CIV 1241, Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures 2 and CIV 1420, Foundation Engineering.
CrV 1222, Structural Analysis 2 and CIV 1251, Design of Steel Structures 2.
CIV 1295, Structural Design Projects and CIV 1550, Construction Management.
84 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Summer During the summer quarters students are expected to take ENG 1111, Freshman EngUsh 2; ENG
Quarters 1113, Great Themes in Literature; ECN 1116, Principles of Microeconomics; five adviser-approved
social science/humanities electives; and CIV 1665, Professional Issues in Civil Engineering.
Electrical and Computer
Engineering
John G. Proakis, PhD, William Lincoln Smith Professor and Chair
Option in
Computer Engineering
Option in
Power Systems
Engineering
Bachelor of Science in
Electrical Engineering
Curriculum
Quarters 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Professors
Chung Chan, PhD
Anthony J. Devaney, PhD
James M. Feldman, PhD
Samuel Fine, SM, MD
Arvin Grabel, ScD
Jack I. Hanania, PhD
Sarma S. Mulukutla, PhD
Sheila Prasad-Hinchey, PhD
Harold R. Raemer, PhD,
George A. Snell Professor
of Engineering
Wilfred Remillard, PhD
J. Spencer Rochefort, MS
Sheldon S. Sandler, PhD
Martin E. Schetzen, ScD
Walter C.Schwab, PhD
Philip E.Serafim, ScD
Michael B. Silevitch, PhD
Carmine Vittoria, PhD
Associate Professors
Soeren Buus, PhD
Vinay Ingle, PhD
Clas A. Jacobson, PhD
Wayne G. Kellner, ScD
Hanoch Lev-Ari, PhD
Stephen W. McKnight, PhD
Robert N.Martin, MS
Lazaros Merakos, PhD
Zainalabedin Navabi, PhD
Ramachandran Raghavan, PhD
Bahram Shafai, ScD
Paul M. Zavracky, PhD
Assistant Professors
David Brady, PhD
Dana Brooks, PhD
Jill D.Crisman, PhD
Edward W.Czeck, PhD
Leonard E.Kay, PhD
Anthony B. Maddox, PhD
Dhamir N. Mannai, PhD
Elias S. Manolakos, PhD
NicolE.McGruer,PhD
David J. McLaughlin, PhD
Sampath Rangarajan, PhD
Carey M. Rappaport, ScD
MasoudSalehi,PhD
Aleksandar M. Stankovic, PhD
Charies Surya, PhD
Gilead Tadmor, PhD
Man-Kuan Vai, PhD
Lecturers
William J. Bintz, MS
Glenn R. Hearn, MSEE
Jacob Shekel, DSc
Electrical engineers have been primarily responsible for the development of the computer,
integrated circuits, the pacemaker, satellite communication, space navigation, microprocessors,
television, and the means of providing energy. The field finds solutions to the problems of informa-
tion transfer and management, industrial productivity, energy conservation and alternative
energy sources, transportation, and health care.
Diverse in its applications, electrical engineering can be divided into information sciences and
energy resources. No rigid boundary exists between these two areas, and many technical special-
ties within electrical engineering apply to both. Information sciences are concerned primarily with
systems whose function is computation, communication, or control. Included in this area are the
circuits and devices that comprise such systems and the application of the systems and engineering
techniques to other disciplines. The energy resources area deals with problems related to the
sources, generation, and distribution of large quantities of electrical energy.
Many electrical engineers are involved with the traditional activities of system design and
development, such as the information sciences or energy resources area. Other electrical engineer-
ing graduates apply their skills to such disciplines as ocean exploration, meteorology, experimental
psychology, electronic music, health care systems, bioelectronics, and educational devices
for the disadvantaged.
The option is intended for those who wish to specialize in designing and integrating digital
computers within larger systems for communications, resource management, and automatic
control. This option offers a basic but comprehensive knowledge of the principles underlying the
organization, design and applications of digital processing systems. Both hardware and software
design are covered.
This option is designed for students who wish to specialize in energy resources. The program is
conducted in cooperation with electric power companies in New England and several eastern
states.
See page 82.
ECE 1215, Circuits and Systems 1; ECE 1221, Measurements Lab; MTH 1223, Calculus 4; PHY
1224, Physics 4; and one social science/humanities elective.
ECE 1216, Circuits and Systems 2; ECE 1222, Circuits Lab 1;ME 1321, Mechanics for Electrical
Engineers; MTH 1225, Mathematical Analysis 1; and one social science/humanities elective.
Electrical emd Computer Engineering 85
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
Bachelor of Science in
Computer Engineering
Cvtrriculum
Quarter 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quartern
Bachelor of Science in
Power Systems Curriculum
Quarters 1-3 See page 82.
Quarter 4
ECE 1217, Circuits and Systems 3; ECE 1223, Circuits Lab 2; ECE 1346, Electronics 1; ECE 1381,
Computer Engineering 1; ME 1340, Thermodynamics 1; or ME 1386, Materials Science.
ECE 1224, Electronics Lab 1; ECE 1229, Digital Systems Lab; ECE 1332, Linear Systems 1;
ECE 1347, Electronics 2; ECE 1382, Computer Engineering 2; and ENG 1125, Technical Writing.
ECE 1225, Electronics Lab 2; ECE 1226, Discrete Systems Lab; ECE 1333, Linear Systems 2;
ECE 1349, Electronic Design 1; ECE 1363, Electromagnetic Field Theory 1; and ECE 1383,
Computer Engineering 3.
ECE 1227, Electromagnetic Fields Lab 1; ECE 1364, Electromagnetic Field Theory 2; MTH 1384,
Probability for Engineering; one social science/humanities elective; and one technical elective.
ECE 1228, Electromagnetic Fields Lab 2; ECE 1365, Electromagnetic Fields and Energy Conver-
sion; ECE 1454, Communication Systems; one social science/humanities elective; and one technical
elective.
ECE 1408, Physical Electronics or ECE 1420, Control Systems and ECE 1235, Control Lab or ECE
1465, Wave Transmission and Reception; one social science/humanities elective; and two technical
electives.
See page 82.
ECE 1215, Circuits and Systems 1; ECE 1221, Measurements Lab; MTH 1223, Calculus 4;
PHY 1224, Physics 4; and one social science/humanities elective.
ECE 1216, Circuits and Systems 2; ECE 1222, Circuits Lab 1; ME 1321, Mechanics for Electrical
Engineers; MTH 1225, Mathematical Analysis 1; and one social science/humanities elective.
ECE 1217, Circuits and Systems 3; ECE 1223, Circuits Lab 2; ECE 1346, Electronics 1; ECE 1381,
Computer Engineering 1; and ME 1340, Thermodynamics or ME 1386, Materials Science.
ECE 1224, Electronics Lab 1; ECE 1229, Digital Systems Lab; ECE 1332, Linear Systems 1;
ECE 1347, Electronics 2; ECE 1382, Computer Engineering 2; and ENG 1125, Technical Writing 1.
ECE 1225, Electronics Lab 2; ECE 1226, Discrete Systems Lab; ECE 1333, Linear Systems 2;
ECE 1349, Electronic Design 1; ECE 1363, Electromagnetic Field Theory 1; ECE 1383, Computer
Engineerings.
ECE 1227, Electromagnetic Fields Lab 1; ECE 1364, Electromagnetic Field Theory 2; ECE 1384,
Computer Engineering 4; MTH 1384, Probability for Engineering; and one social science/humani-
ties elective.
ECE 1228, Electromagnetic Fields Lab 2; ECE 1230, VLSI Systems Design Lab; ECE 1351, Topics
in IC Design; ECE 1365, Electromagnetic Fields and Energy Conversion 2; ECE 1454, Communica-
tion Systems; and one social science/humanities elective.
Three technical electives and one social science/humanities elective.
ECE 1215, Circuits and Systems 1; ECE 1221, Measurements Lab; MTH 1223, Calculus 4;
PHY 1224, Physics 4; and one social science/humanities elective.
Quarter 5 ECE 1216, Circuits and Systems 2; ECE 1222, Circuits Lab 1; ME 1321, Mechanics for Electrical
Engineers; MTH 1225, Mathematical Analysis 1; and one social science/humanities elective.
Quarter 6 ECE 1217, Circuits and Systems 3; ECE 1223, Circuits Lab 2; ECE 1346, Electronics 1; ECE 1381,
Computer Engineering 1; and ME 1340, Thermodynamics 1.
Quarter 7 ECE 1224, Electronics Lab 1; ECE 1229, Digital Systems Lab; ECE 1332, Linear Systems 1;
ECE 1347, Electronics 2; ECE 1382, Computer Engineering 2; and ENG 1125, Technical Writing.
Quarter 8 ECE 1225, Electronics Lab 2; ECE 1226, Discrete Systems Lab; ECE 1333, Linear Systems 2;
(Fall only) ECE 1349, Electronic Design 1; ECE 1363, Electromagnetic Field Theory 1; and one social science/
humanities elective.
Quarter 9 ECE 1227, Electromagnetic Fields Lab 1; ECE 1364, Electromagnetic Field Theory 2; ECE 1471,
(Spring only) Electrical Power Systems 1; MTH 1384, Probability for Engineering; and one social science/
humanities elective.
86 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Quarter 10
(Winter only)
Quarter 11
(Spring only)
Part-Time Evening
Curriculum for Bachelor of
Science in Electrical and
Computer Engineering
ECE 1228, Electromagnetic Fields Lab 2; ECE 1231, Electrical Power Lab 1; ECE 1365, Electro-
magnetic Fields and Energy Conversion; ECE 1472, Electrical Power Systems 2; one social science/
humanities elective; and one technical elective.
ECE 1232, Electrical Power Lab 2; ECE 1371, Electrical Machines 1; ECE 1379, Transients in
Electrical Power Systems; ECE 1474, Power Electronics; and one technical elective.
First Year
Second Year
Third Year
Fourth Year
Fifth Year
Sixth Year
Fall Quarter
Winter Quarter
Spring Quarter
Fall Quarter
Winter Quarter
Spring Quarter
Fall Quarter
Winter Quarter
GE 1100, Computers for Engineers and MTH 1123, Calculus 1.
CHM 1131, Chemistry 1; COM 1110, FORTRAN Lab; and MTH 1124, Calculus 2.
CHM 1132, Chemistry 2 and MTH 1125, Calculus 3.
MTH 1223, Calculus 4; PHY 1221, Physics 1; and PHY 1521, Physics 1 Lab.
MTH 1225, Mathematical Analysis 1; PHY 1222, Physics 2; and PHY 1522, Physics 2 Lab.
GE 1110, Engineering Graphics and Design and PHY 1223, Physics 3.
ECE 1215, Circuits and Systems 1; ECE 1221, Measurements Lab; and PHY 1224, Physics 4.
ECE 1216, Circuits and Systems 2; ECE 1222, Circuits Lab 1; and ME 1321, Mechanics for
Electrical Engineers.
Spring Quarter ECE 1217, Circuits and Systems 3; ECE 1223, Circuits Lab 2; and MTH 1384, Probability.
Fall Quarter ECE 1332, Linear Systems 1 and ECE 1346, Electronics 1.
Winter Quarter ECE 1224, Electronics Lab 1; ECE 1226, Discrete Systems Lab 1; ECE 1333, Linear System 2; and
ECE 1347, Electronics 2.
Spring Quarter ECE 1225, Electronics Lab 2; ECE 1349, Electronic Design 1; and ME 1340, Thermodynamics 1 or
ME 1386, Materials Science.
Fall Quarter ECE 1363, Electromagnetic Field Theory 1 and ECE 1381, Computer Engineering 1.
Winter Quarter ECE 1227, Electromagnetic Field Lab; ECE 1229, Digital Systems Lab; ECE 1364, Electromag-
netic Field Theory 2; and ECE 1382, Computer Engineering 2.
Spring Quarter ECE 1228, Electromagnetic Field Lab 2; ECE 1365, Electromagnetic Fields and Energy Conver-
sion; and ECE 1383, Computer Engineering 3.
Fall Quarter Choose two technical electives from the following. ECE 135 1, Special Topic IC design and ECE
1230, VLSI System Design Lab; ECE 1408, Physical Electronics; ECE 1471, Electrical Power
Systems 1; or ECE 1486, Numerical Methods and Computer Applications.
Winter Quarter Choose two technical electives from the following. ECE 1420, Control Systems and ECE 1235,
Control Systems Lab; ECE 1384, Computer Engineering 4; ECE 1472, Electrical Power Systems 2,
or MTH 1351, Function of a Computer Variable.
Spring Quarter ECE 1454, Communication Systems and choose one technical elective from the following. ECE
1456, Digital Signal Processing and ECE 1234, Digital Signal Processing Lab; or ECE 1465, Wave
Transmission and Reception.
General Engineering
Advisory Committee
Richard R. Stewart, PhD, Chemical Engineering, Chair
Peter Furth, PhD, Civil Engineering
Arvin Grabel, ScD, Electrical Engineering
Ronald F. Perry, VhH, Industrial Engineering
Alvin Yorra, MS, Mechanical Engineering
The program's goal is to provide flexible, interdisciplinary opportunities based on fiandamental
engineering concepts. Graduates' work encompasses the entire spectrum of professional activity-
computers, urban technology, social systems, and health care.
General Engineering 87
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarters 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
Students completing an adviser-approved program receive an unspecified bachelor of science
degree from the College of Engineering. Designed for students interested in engineering-related
professions rather than traditional engineering, the program is highly elective and enables
students to tailor a program that meets their particular objectives.
See page 82.
MTH 1223, Calculus 4; one basic science elective; one engineering science elective; and one social
science/humanities elective.
MTH 1225, Mathematical Analysis 1; one engineering science elective; one coordinated study
elective; and one social science/humanities elective.
ENG 1340, Writing Workshop 1; one engineering science elective; two coordinated study electives;
and one social science/humanities elective.
Two engineering science electives, one coordinated study elective, and one social science/humani-
ties elective.
Two engineering science electives and two coordinated study electives.
Two engineering science electives and two coordinated study electives.
Two engineering science electives and two coordinated study electives.
One engineering science elective and three coordinated study electives.
Industrial Engineering and
Information Systems
Stuart Jay Deutsch, PhD, Professor and Chair
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarters 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Professors
Thomas P. Cullinane, PhD
David R. Freeman, PhD
Carolyn D. Heising, PhD
Ronald R. Mourant, PhD
Wilfred P. Rule, MS
Assistant Professors
M. Louis Brennan, PhD
Jason Kim, PhD
Anthony B. Maddox, PhD
Associate Professors
Nasser Fard, PhD
Surendra M. Gupta, PhD
Thomas E. Hulbert, MS
Mieczyslaw M. Kokar, PhD
Emanuel S. Melachrinoudis, PhD
Ronald F. Perry, PhD
Gerard Voland, PhD
Ching-Cheng Wang, PhD
Industrial engineers are problem solvers. Industrial managers need factual information that
defines the consequences of alternative decisions. The industrial engineer collects this information
and evaluates alternatives to make decisions that best advance particular organizational goals.
The scope of decisions may involve the entire organization or some portion of it associated with a
given product or service.
The program helps provide students with the skills they will need to make informed managerial
and professional decisions. Coursework in management, economics, human factors, and technical
areas is augmented with study in the humanities and social sciences. The program aims to
heighten the student's sensitivity to his or her social responsibilities and to encourage the develop-
ment of professional standards and social ethics.
The program offers a base of traditional engineering courses such as production systems, work
design, probability, statistics and engineering economy, while emphasizing such contemporary
areas as simulation, microcomputers, computer software, control systems and operations research.
Students may also choose to specialize in a traditional or contemporary area.
See page 82.
ECN 1115, Principles of Macroeconomics; IIS 1200, Work Design; MTH 1223, Calculus 4; and PHY
1224, Physics 4.
ECN 1116, Principles of Microeconomics; IIS 1330, Computation and Programming 1; ME 1201,
Statics; and MTH 1225, Mathematical Analysis 1.
ECE 1171, Electrical Engineering 1; ENG 1125, Technical Writing; IIS 1300, Probabilistic Analysis
for Engineers; and MTH 1230, Linear Algebra.
88 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Quarter 7 IIS 1360, Engineering Economy; one engineering science elective; HRM 1433, Organizational
Behavior and Design; and one technical elective.
Quarters IIS 1310, Statistics; IIS 1340, Operations Research 1;IIS 1475, Human-Machine Systems; and one
behavioral science, social science, or humanities elective.
Quarter 9 IIS 1341, Operations Research 2; IIS 1350, Digital Simulation Techniques; IIS 1436, Quality
Assurance; one engineering science elective; and one behavioral science, social science, or humani-
ties elective.
Quarter 10 IIS 1405, Production and Inventory Control; two technical electives; and one behavioral science,
social science, or humanities elective.
Quarter 11 IIS 1401, Design Project; one IIS technical elective; one behavioral science, social science, or
humanities elective; and one open elective.
Mechanical Engineering
John W. Cipolla, Jr., PhD, Professor and Chair
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarters 1-3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter?
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Professors
George G. Adams, PhD
Charles A. Berg, ScD
Alexander M. Gorlov, PhD
Richard J. Murphy, PhD
Welville B. Nowak, PhD,
Smith Professor of
Engineering
John N. Rossettos, PhD
Yaman Yener, PhD
Ibrahim Zeid, PhD
Associate Professors
Charles W.Finn, PhD
Gregory J. Kowalski, PhD
Bertram S. Long, MEngr
Mohamad Metghalchi, PhD
Uichiro Narusawa, PhD
Hamid Nayeb-Hashemi, PhD
Mohammad E. Taslim, PhD
AlvinJ. Yorra,MS
Assistant Professors
Yiannis A. Levendis, PhD
Andrew V. Tangborn, PhD
Mary Grace Williams, PhD
Professors Emeriti
Ralph S. Blanchard, MS
Arthur R. Foster, MEngr
Mechanical engineering is concerned with energy: its transformation from one form to another, its
transmission, and its utilization. Mechanical engineers conceive, plan, design, and direct the
manufacture, distribution, and operation of devices, machines, and systems. These may be used for
energy conversion, environmental control, materials processing, transportation, materials
handling, prosthetics, manufacturing, and consumer use.
The rapid technological advances of the past four decades have considerably expanded the
mechanical engineer's sphere of inquiry and influence, bringing them into contact with many
diverse disciplines. Mechanical engineers are engaged in all the engineering functions, including
creative design, applied and basic research, development, production, and management. The
mechanical engineering curriculum is subdivided into three subject areas: thermofluids engineer-
ing, mechanics and design, and materials science and engineering. Thermofluids engineering is
concerned with the properties and characteristics of the working fluids of machines. Mechanics and
design are based on the fundamental scientific and mathematical tools used in analyzing mechani-
cal configurations as they evolve in the design of machines and power-producing devices. Materials
science and engineering are concerned with relationships among the structure, composition,
properties, and functions of materials and with control of the structure and composition to achieve
desired properties. These fundamental subject areas are used in the design and manufacturing of
mechanical systems.
See page 82.
ECN 1115, Principles of Macroeconomics or ECN 1 1 16, Principles of Microeconomics; ME 1201 ,
Statics; ME 1360, Thermodynamics 1; MTH 1223, Calculus 4.
ME 1392, Measurement and Analysis; ME 1202, Dynamics 1; ME 1361, Thermodynamics 2; and
MTH 1225, Mathematical Analysis 1.
ENG 1340, Writing Workshop; ME 1203, Strength of Materials 1; ME 1315, Dynamics 2; ME 1375,
Fluid Mechanics 1; and MTH 1226, Mathematical Analysis 2.
ME 13 14, Strength of Materials 2; ME 1365, Heat Transfer; MTH 1230, Linear Algebra; and
ME 1380, Materials Science.
ME 1335, Mechanical Design; ME 1362, Thermodynamics 3; ME 1480, Mechanical Behavior of
Materials; or ECE 1171, Electrical Engineering; and one social science/humanities elective.
ME 1337, Thermal Design; ME 1415, Mechanical Vibrations; ME 1483, Materials Processing or
ECE 1171, Electrical Engineering; and one social science/humanities elective.
Mechanical Engineering 89
Quarter 10 ME 1336, Design Project 1; two technical electives*; and one social science/humanities elective.
Quarter 11 ME 1338, Design Project 2; two technical electives*; and one social science/humanities elective.
*An approved physics/science elective must be taken in either quarter 10 or quarter 11.
Part-Time Evening
Curriculum for
Bachelor of Science
First Year
Second Year
Third Year
Fourth Year
Fifth Year
Sixth Year
FallQuarter GE 1100, ComputerforEngineersandMTH 1123, Calculus 1.
Winter Quarter CHM 1131, Chemistry 1; COM 1110, FORTRAN Lab; and MTH 1124, Calculus 2.
Spring Quarter CHM 1132, Chemistry 2 and MTH 1125, Calculus 3.
Fall Quarter MTH 1223, Calculus 4; PHY 1221, Physics 1; and PHY 1521, Physics 1 Lab.
Winter Quarter MTH 1225, Mathematical Analysis 1; PHY 1222, Physics 2; and PHY 1522, Physics 2 Lab.
Spring Quarter GE 1110, Engineering Graphics and Design and PHY 1223, Physics 3.
Fall Quarter ME 1201, Statics and PHY 1224, Physics 4.
Winter Quarter ME 1392, Measurements and Analysis and MTH 1230, Linear Algebra.
Spring Quarter MTH 1226, Mathematical Analysis 2 and ME 1360, Thermodynamics 1.
Fall Quarter ME 1203, Strength of Materials 1 and ME 1361, Thermodynamics 2.
Winter Quarter ME 1202, Dynamics 1 and ME 1375, Fluid Mechanics.
Spring Quarter ME 1314, Strength of Materials 2 and ME 1365, Heat Transfer.
Fall Quarter ME 1335, Mechanical Design and ME 1337, Thermal Design.
Winter Quarter ME 1336, Design Project 1 and ME 1380, Materials Science.
Spring Quarter ME 1338, Design Project 2 and ME 1480, Mechanical Behavior of Materials.
Summer Quarter An additional ME technical elective is required in the summer following the fifth year.
Fall Quarter ME 1362, Thermodynamics 3 and one technical elective.
Winter Quarter ECE 1171, Electrical Engineering 1; ENG 1340, Writing Workshop 1; and ME 1315, Dynamics 2.
Spring Quarter ME 1415, Mechanical Vibrations; and one technical elective.
90 Academic Programs and Curricultun Guide
School of Engineering Technology
Thomas E. Hulbert, MS, PE, Director and Associate Dean of Engineering
Roy Dalsheim, BS, Assistant Director
Rasma GaMns, Assistant Director
Rosanne L. Bogan, BS, Staff Assistant
Professor
Thomas E. Phalen, MS, PE
Mechanical Engineering
Technology
Associate Professors
David S. Goldman, MS, PE
Computer Technology
Eric W. Hansberry, MS
Design Graphics
George F. Kent, MS, PE
Mechanical Engineering
Technology (Visiting)
Nonna K. Lehmkuhl, MEd, MS
Computer Technology
Assistant Professors
David Allen, MS
John E.Hajjar, PhD
Computer Technology
Frederick J. Nohmer, EdD
Electrical Engineering
Technology
Lecturers
Robert B. Angus, MS, PE
Electrical Engineering
Technology
Ronald E. Scott, ScD,PE
Electrical Engineering
Technology
Part-time Evening and
Weekend Programs
Engineering technologists work with professional engineers, scientists, medical doctors, supervi-
sors, and craftspersons to develop techniques for converting scientific knowledge and craftsman-
ship into products. Programs in the School of Engineering Technology concentrate on the
applications of technology emphasizing the rational processes involved in converting theories and
ideas into practical techniques, procedures, and products. Fundamentals are related to current
practice, providing a supportive "why" for the practical "how." Study of the humanities and social
sciences helps students gain a balanced awareness of the real world.
The curriculum seeks to help students understand the scientific principles that govern current
technology; apply technology to problem solving; communicate effectively the important implica-
tions of technological advances; and acquire the motivation for continued development of technical
skills.
The school offers five-year cooperative education programs in mechanical engineering technol-
ogy, electrical engineering technology, and computer technology — all leading to the degree of
bachelor of science in engineering technology.
Since the freshman year of study is similar for electrical and mechanical engineering technology
students, a firm choice of major may be delayed until spring, when the choice of cooperative work
assignments makes a decision mandatory. Students planning to major in computer technology
should declare this major during the first quarter of their freshman year.
For transfer students, the school offers a three-year BS degree program with a major in aerospace
maintenance engineering technology.
The electrical and manufacturing engineering technology baccalaureate day programs and the
part-time baccalaureate programs in mechanical, mechanical-structural, and electrical engineer-
ing technology are accredited by the Technology Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation
Board for Engineering and Technology (TAG/ ABET). The associate in engineering degrees with
majors in electrical and mechanical engineering technology are also accredited by TAG/ABET.
The part-time programs include courses and degree programs leading to the associate in engineer-
ing (AE), the associate in science (AS), and the bachelor of science in engineering technology
(BSET). The AE degree may be earned in computer technology and in environmental, structural,
survey and highway, electrical, and mechanical engineering technology. The AS degree may be
earned in telecommunications.
Students may also earn the BSET in computer technology, mechanical, electrical, mechanical-
structural, or manufacturing engineering technology. A degree in aerospace maintenance engi-
neering technology is available for transfer students who have completed an airfi'ame and power
plant curriculum.
For more information on part-time programs, contact Northeastern University, School of
Engineering Technology, 120 Snell Engineering Genter, Boston, MA 02115; or call 617-437-2500
(voice), 617-437-8526 (TTY), or 617-437-2501 (FAX).
School of Engineering Technology 91
Class Entrance
Requirements
The minimum overal quality-point averages listed are required for students to advance to the next
rank and to graduate.
Sophomore
Middler
Junior
Senior
To graduate
1.40
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.00
Graduation Requirements
A cumulative quality-point average of 2.00 or better in major courses is required for graduation.
You are expected to carry the normal prescribed curriculum for the program. Details on criteria for
academic probation and suspension are available at 120 Snell Engineering Center.
Students transferring from another college or university are not eligible to receive the degree until
they have completed at least one academic year at Northeastern immediately preceding their
graduation.
For more information about programs and requirements, refer to the School of Engineering
Technology bulletin, available at 120 Snell Engineering Center.
Aerospace Maintenance
Engineering Technology
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Computer Technology
The school offers transfer students a three-year bachelor of science in engineering technology
degree program with a major in aerospace maintenance engineering technology. This program, in
conjunction with East Coast Aero Technical School, is designed for students who have successfully
completed a program in aircraft and power plant mechanics or similar technician programs.
To enter the program, students must pass college algebra, pre-calculus, calculus 1, and chemis-
try. During their three years of study, students participate in the cooperative education system.
Graduates of this program are prepared to pursue technical, support, and management positions
in the aircraft industry. They may also become members of engineering teams in spacecraft or
aircraft component manufacturing. Other graduates of the program may assume design/applica-
tions positions in both civilian and military aerospace markets.
ENG 1110, Freshman English 1; GET 1170, Engineering Graphics 1; MTH 1194, Calculus 2; PHY
1191, Physics 1; and PHY 1196, Physics Lab 1.
ENG 1111, Freshman English 2; GET 1100, Computer Programming for Engineering Technology;
PHY 1192, Physics 2; PHY 1197, Physics Lab 2; and one social science/humanities elective.
GET 1171, Engineering Graphics 2; MET 1380, Materials A; MTH 1195, Calculus 3; PHY 1193,
Physics 3; and PHY 1 198, Physics Lab 3.
ECN 1115, Principles of Macroeconomics; EET 1320, Electricity and Electronics 1; MET 1301,
Mechanics A; CMN 1115, Foundations of Communication; and one social science/humanities
elective.
ENG 1125, Technical Writing; MET 1302, Mechanics B; MET 1314, Stress Analysis A; and one
social science/humanities elective.
MET 1340, Thermodynamics A; MET 1370, Fluid Mechanics A; MET 1390, Measurement and
Analysis Lab; MET 1481, Materials B; and one technical elective.
MET 1341, Thermodynamics B; MET 1391, Technology Lab A; one technical elective; and two
social science/humanities electives.
Nonna K. Lehmkuhl, MEd, MS, Coordinator for Computer Technology
Computer technology's major functions include interfacing the computer with process plants or
machinery; programming the computer for engineering, scientific, and business applications;
designing, engineering, and testing computers; and interfacing computers with various t3rpes of
equipment for automatic drafting, data collection, design, and display.
The computer technology program provides degree candidates with both academic and technical
learning experience relevant to the present-day hardware and software systems industry. Stu-
dents also choose technical electives in their area of interest. High-level theory courses provide the
means for students to continue their educational and professional development beyond the
baccalaureate level. Some students pursue master of technology degrees or a more theoretical
bachelor of science degree.
Graduates of this program may become an integral part of the engineering support team that
develops techniques to implement an engineering design project. As members of a research and
production team, they work closely with engineers.
92 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
ENG 1110, Freshman English 1; GET 1170, Engineering Graphics 1; MTH 1191, College Algebra;
PHY 1191, Physics 1; and PHY 1196, Physics 1 Lab.
ENG 1111, Freshman English 2; GET 1100, Computer Programming for Engineering Technology;
MTH 1192, Pre-Calculus; PHY 1192, Physics 2; and PHY 1197, Physics 2 Lab.
CT 1150, Computer Organization; MTH 1193, Calculus 1; PHY 1193, Physics 3; PHY 1198, Physics
Lab 3; and CMN 1115, Foundations of Communication.
CT 1311, Programming in C Language; ECN 1115, Principles of Macroeconomics; EET 1151,
Circuit Analysis 1; and MTH 1194, Calculus 2.
CT 1330, Data Structures; EET 1152, Circuit Analysis 2; MTH 1195, Calculus 3; and one social
science/humanities elective.
CT 1335, Numerical Methods; CT 1340, Modern Programming Techniques; CT 1345, Assembly
Language; and EET 1311, Electronics 1.
ENG 1125, Technical Writing; CT 1368, Semiconductor Logic; CT 1374, Introduction to CPU
Hardware; and one social science/humanities elective.
CT 1369, Computer Logic; CT 1375, CPU Hardware Architecture; one computer technology
elective; and one social science/humanities elective.
CT 1355, Microprocessor Peripheral Hardware; CT 1380, Data Communication Methods; one
computer technology elective; and one social science/humanities elective.
CT 1356, Complex Peripheral Hardware; CT 1360, Industry Software; one computer technology
elective; and one social science/humanities elective.
CT 1351, Advanced Computer Organization; CT 1365, Industry Hardware; one technical elective;
and one social science/humanities elective.
Electrical Engineering
Technology
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Ronald E. Scott, ScD, PE, Coordinator for Electrical Engineering Technology
Electrical engineering technology deals with the design and operation of equipment and systems related
to power, communications, data processing, and electrical control. Its major fiinctions include
■ generation, transmission, and distribution of electrical energy for light and power purposes;
■ development and production of equipment for telephone, radio, television, radar, and
communication;
■ design and construction of data-processing systems and analog or digital computers;
■ application of electrical and electronic devices in the control of processes and manufacturing.
The electrical engineering technology program offers students a broad curriculum. Theory courses
are at the upper end of the technology spectrum. Students can take technical electives in areas that
interest them.
The program's high theoretical level helps prepare students to continue their education toward a
master of technology degree or more theoretical engineering science subject areas.
ENG 1110, Freshman English 1; GET 1170, Engineering Graphics 1; MTH 1191, College Algebra;
PHY 1191, Physics 1; and PHY 1196, Physics Lab 1.
ENG 1111, Freshman English 2; GET 1 100, Computer Programming for Engineering Technology;
MTH 1192, Pre-Calculus; PHY 1192, Physics 2; andPHY 1197, Physics Lab 2.
GET 1171, Engineering Graphics 2; MTH 1193, Calculus 1; PHY 1193, Physics 3; PHY 1198,
Physics Lab 3; and CMN 1115, Foundations of Communication.
ECN 1115, Principles of Macroeconomics; EET 1151, Circuit Analysis 1; MTH 1194, Calculus 2;
and one social science/humanities elective.
EET 1123, Circuits Lab 1; EET 1152, Circuit Analysis 2; MET 1319, Mechanics; MTH 1195,
Calculus 3; and one social science/humanities elective.
EET 1125, Circuits Lab 2; EET 1311, Electronics 1; EET 1353, Circuit Analysis 3; EET 1360,
Engineering Analysis 1; and ENG 1125, Technical Writing.
EET 1310, Electrical Measurement; EET 1312, Electronics 2; EET 1323, Electronics Lab; and
EET 1354, Circuit Analysis 4.
Electrical Engineering Technology 93
Quarter 8 EET 1313, Electronics 3; EET 1327, Advanced Electronics Lab 1; EET 1330, Energy Conversion;
one technical elective; and one social science/humanities elective.
Quarter 9 EET 1314, Pulse and Digital 1; EET 1328, Advanced Electronics Lab 2; EET 1337, Distributed
Systems; one technical elective; and one social science/humanities elective.
Quarter 10 EET 1329, Advanced Electronics Lab 3; EET 1370, Digital Computers 1; EET 1377, Control
Engineering 1; one technical elective; and one open elective.
Quarter 11 EET 1371, Digital Computers 2; EET 1378, Control Engineering 2; one technical elective; and one
social science/humanities elective.
Mechanical Engineering
Technology
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11
George F. Kent, MS, PE, Coordinator for Mechanical Engineering Technology
A technical field that deals with the use of machinery to harness power resources and perform
useful work, mechanical engineering technology is concerned with static forces, motion, and the
kinetics of devices activated by hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, or thermodynamic forces. Major
functions of the mechanical engineering technologist include
■ design and installation of all kinds of machinery, from pocket watches to the largest energy-
producing facilities;
■ development and production of engines and transport equipment, as in automobiles, aircraft,
ships, or railway cars;
■ construction and operation of furnaces, boilers, as well as heating and air-conditioning equip
ment, for the control of atmospheric and environmental conditions and associated heat transfer.
Program participants apply principles of science and mathematics to chosen fields, converting
theories into practical techniques and processes. They are shown how to communicate technical
information effectively so that they may become integral components of an engineer-technologist-
technician design and operations team.
ENG 1110, Freshman Enghsh 1; GET 1100, Computer Programming for Engineering Technology;
GET 1170, Engineering Graphics 1; MTH 1191, College Algebra; PHY 1191, Physics 1; and
PHY 1196, Physics 1 Lab.
ENG 1111, Freshman English 2; GET 1100, Computer Programming for Engineering Technology
or GET 1170, Engineering Graphics 1; MTH 1192, Pre-Calculus; PHY 1192, Physics 2; and
PHY 1 197, Physics 2 Lab.
GET 1171, Engineering Graphics 2; MTH 1193, Calculus 1; PHY 1193, Physics 3; PHY 1198,
Physics Lab 3; and CMN 1115, Foundations of Communication.
EET 1320, Electricity and Electronics; GET 1364, Kinematics; MET 1301, Mechanics A; and
MTH 1194, Calculus 2.
CHM 1130, Fundamentals of Chemistry; CHM 1138, General Chemistry Lab; MET 1302, Mechan-
ics B; MET 1314, Stress Analysis A; and MTH 1195, Calculus 3.
ENG 1 125, Technical Writing 1; MET 1303, Mechanics C; MET 1315, Stress Analysis B; MET
1340, Thermodynamics A; and MET 1390, Measurement and Analysis Lab.
ECN 1115, Principles of Macroeconomics; MET 1341, Thermodynamics B; MET 1370, Fluid
Mechanics A; MET 1380, Materials A; and MET 1391, Technology Lab A.
MET 1330, Mechanical Design A; MET 1371, Fluid Mechanics B; MET 1392, Technology Lab B;
MET 1396, Machine Shop or IIS elective; and one social science/humanities elective.
MET 1331, Mechanical Design B; MET 1343, Heat Transfer; MET 1393, Technology Lab C; one
technical elective; and one social science/humanities elective.
MET 1366, Engineering Economy; MET 1394, Technology Lab D; MET 1481, Materials B or
MET 1416, Stress Analysis C; one technical elective; and one social science/humanities elective.
MET 1343, Heat Transfer; MET 1395, Technology Lab E; one open elective; and one social science/
humanities elective.
94 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
College of Nursing
Class Entrance
Requirements
Eileen H. Zungolo, MED, EdD, RN, Dean
Ellen T. Daly, MS, EdD, ^'H, Associate Professor and Interim Associate Dean
Christine E. Letzeiser, MS, RN, Assistant Dean
Carole Shea, MS, PhD, RN, Associate Professor and Interim Director of Graduate School
Assistant Professors
Michelle Beauchesne, MS, DNSc, RN
Nancy N.Carr, MS, RN
Mary Anne Gauthier, MSN, EdD, RN
Elizabeth M. Howard, MS, PhD, RN
Joan M. Jacobson, MS, PhD, RN
Barbara Kelley, MS, MPS, EdD, RN
Peggy Matteson, MS, PhD, RN
Carol Williams, MS, DNSc, RN
Lecturers
Anne Bateman, MSN, RN
Elaine K. Gardner, MS, RN
Margaret McAllister, MA, SpClN, RN
Donna Newby, MSN, RN
Associate Professors
Jane F. Aroian, MSN, EdD, RN
Olivia M. Breton, MEd, RN
Elaine L. Capozzoli, MA, PhD, RN
Janet A. Carroll, MS, RN
Margery M. Chisholm, MS, EdD, RN
M. Paula Fellows, MS, RN
Ann C. Galligan, MS, CAGS, EdD, RN
Jean P. Gilbert, MS, EdD, RN
Dorett M.Hope, EdD
M. Marcia Lynch, MSN, DNSc, RN
Susan C. Marchessault, MSN, RN
Geraldine A. Medici, MS, RN
Patricia Meservey, MS, PhD, RN
Marilyn M. Smith, MS, MBA, RN
Nancy L. Walden, MSN, RN
Mary E.Wilcox, MS, RN
M. Delaine Williamson, MS, MPH, RD
The college's bachelor of science program is designed to prepare professional nurses for practice in a
variety of health care settings, whether in the private or public sectors, traditional or high-tech. As
primary health care providers, nurses engage in a broad range of health promotion and teaching
activities and coordinate care in every sector of the health care system. They have major roles in
wellness and health promotion, in acute care, and in long-term care for chronic illness. Accordingly,
the College of Nursing aims to
■ provide individuals with a broadly based educational experience;
■ prepare professional nurses capable of practicing in a variety of settings;
■ provide the stimulus and education for ongoing personal and professional growth;
■ provide additional opportunities through cooperative education for the integration of theory with
practice in selected settings;
■ provide the educational background for graduate study in nursing;
■ provide opportunities for professional nursing education for individuals from diversified
backgrounds and/or with changing career goals.
The curriculum offers instruction in scientific theory and research in nursing, the humanities, and
the biological, physical, and social sciences. More than 50 percent of the coursework is centered in
the sciences and humanities. Students have planned learning experiences in the classroom and
health-care settings under the instruction and guidance of the faculty. Approximately 20 health
care agencies in Greater Boston provide students with experience in giving nursing/health care to
clients in acute-care, rehabUitative care, and community health agencies. In addition to their academic
courses, all students are required to meet the Cooperative Plan of Education requirement.
Successful completion of the program allows graduates to take the National Council Licensing
Examination (NCLEX) to become registered nurses. The program of the College of Nursing is fully
accredited by the National League for Nursing and approved by the Board of Registration in
Nursing of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This accreditation and approval indicate that the
program meets educational standards for faculty, curriculum design, student quality, and overall
University support. The College of Nursing subscribes to the standards established by the
American Association of Colleges of Nursing, of which it is a member.
The requirements listed are for the Class of 1995 and beyond. Students completing the program
prior to 1995 are strongly encouraged to meet these academic standards. The minimum overall
quality-point averages listed are required for students to advance to the next rank and to graduate.
Sophomore
Middler
Junior
Senior
To graduate
1.60
1.80
2.00
2.00
2.00
College of Nursing 95
Special Requirements
Graduation Requirements
Accelerated Transfer
Student Track
RN to BSN Option
Bachelor of Science
Curriculum
Quarter 1
Quarter 2
Quarter 3
Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
In addition, a grade of 2.00 or better is required in each nursing course. During the first year,
nursing students must achieve a grade of C or better in BIO 1152 and BIO 1153 and a grade of C-
or better in BIO 1115, CHM 1111, and CHM 111^. The quahty-point average for these science
courses must be 1.80 before a student can enter the sophomore year. Progressional pohcies, such as
the minimum science quality-point average for sophomore year, are published in the College of
Nursing Guidebook available at 211 Robinson Hall.
Prior to entering, every student must have a physical examination, including a Rubella titre and
immunization for MMR (measles, mumps, and rubella), tetanus, and hepatitis B. Each year
thereafter, the student must receive a health clearance by having a PPD (tuberculin test). Selected
clinical sites require other screening tests such as chicken pox titre. All students must carry
malpractice insurance. Arrangements for this insurance are made by the University. Students in
the College of Nursing are required to wear the school uniform in clinical laboratory areas during
academic quarters. A modification of the iiniform is worn during cooperative work periods. All
students assigned to a clinical nursing course must be certified in cardiopulmonary resuscitation
(CPR). Students enrolled in the community health nursing course must have access to a car.
The College of Nursing reserves the right to amend courses, program, and degree requirements to
fiilfill its educational responsibility to respond to relevant change. Degree candidates must complete
all prescribed courses, a minimum of 177 quarter hours of credit. An overall quality-point average
of C (2.0), overall science quality-point average of C, a C grade in all required nursing courses, and
middler-year writing requirement are required. Degree requirements are based upon the year of
graduation, determined by the date of entry or re-entry into the College of Nursing. Degree
requirements and the year of graduation for a student who fails to make normal academic progress
for more than two quarters will be subject to review and possible change. Candidates also must
meet the requirements of the Department of Cooperative Education and residency requirements.
The College of Nursing welcomes transfer students and career changes who have a degree in
another field, or who have completed a minimum of 45 quarter hours or transfer credits with a
minimum overall QPA of 2.5, including chemistry 1 and 2 and anatomy and physiology 1 and 2.
Students are accepted to this track for the fall quarter only. Once accepted as an accelerated
transfer, the student follows a fixed curriculum plan that includes a minimum of three quarters of
cooperative education experience. Students may complete program requirements in approximately
two years, nine months.
The college accepts registered nurses who wish to complete requirements for the bachelor of science
in nursing degree. The length of the program varies, depending on the individual's previous
educational experience and ability to achieve advanced placement through selected testing
methods. The college accepts either the Act Proficiency Examination Program (ACT PEP) or the
National League for Nursing Mobility Profile II Examination for advanced placement.
BIO 1115, Introduction to Human Biology; ENG 1110, Freshman English 1; MTH 1106, Funda-
mentals of Mathematics; and NUR 1100, Introduction to Professional Nursing and the Health
System.
BIO 1152, Integrated Anatomy and Physiology 1; CHM 1111, General Chemistry 1; ENG 1111,
Freshman English 2; and NUR 1101, Introduction to the Theoretical Basis for Nursing Practice.
BIO 1153, Integrated Anatomy and Physiology 2; CHM 1112, General Chemistry 2; NUR 1102,
Introduction to Human Nutrition; and SOC 1 100, Introduction to Sociology.
BIO 1 120, Basic Microbiology; BIO 1 154, Integrated Anatomy and Physiology 3; NUR 1200,
Nursing Basic Human Needs 1 ; and PSY 1111, Foundations of Psychology 1 .
NUR 1201, Nursing Basic Human Needs 2; NUR 1202, Introduction to Pathophysiological
Concepts for Clinical Nursing; PSY 1112, Foundations of Psychology 2; and one computer elective.
NUR 1300, Nursing Common Problems; NUR 1302, Transition (RN only); PCL 1305,
Pharmacodynamics; PSY 1241, Human Behavioral Development 1; and SOA 1100, Peoples and
Cultures.
ENG 1350, Intermediate Writing; NUR 1301, Psychiatric/Mental Health Nursing; and PSY 1242,
Human Behavioral Development 2.
NUR 1401, Medical-Surgical Nursing; one humanities elective; and one open elective.
NUR 1400, Maternal and Child Nursing; one humanities elective; and one history elective.
NUR 1500, Community Health Nursing; and two open electives.
96 Academic Programs and Curriculum Guide
Quarter 1 1 NUR 1502, Introduction to Research in Nursing; NUR 1504, Contemporary Issues in Nursing;
NUR 1505, Introduction to Leadership and Management of Patient Care; and one open elective
(optional).
Electives The College of Nursing offers electives that enable students to satisfy their personal objectives.
They include: Advanced Clinical Care; Health Assessment; Independent Study elective; Life Crisis
Analysis and Response; The Nurse Entrepreneur; International Health Care Practices; Interna-
tional Health Care Delivery; International Health Policy Issues; and Women's Health Choices and
Decisions.
College of Nursing 97
Course Descriptions
Alternative Freshman-Year Program
ECN 4601 Economics I 4QH
Examines development of macroeconomic analysis, national
income concepts, national income determination fluctuation and
growth, role of the banking system and the Federal Reserve
System, government expenditures and taxation, international
trade, and balance of international payments.
ED 400 1 1ntegrated Language Skills Development 1 2 QH
Strives to improve a student's reading comprehension and re-
lated study and language skills. Devotes time, discussion, and
considerable practice to meaning skills such as basic reading
comprehension and interpretation, including work in critical
reading and other interpretational acts (inferences, understanding
imagery, and symbolic usage). Focuses on study skills, preview-
ing, finding main ideas and details, outlining and summarizing,
continuous interaction, and interaction of all the communications
skills — reading, writing, listening, and speaking.
ED 4002 Integrated language Skills Development 2 2 QH
Continues discussion of topics introduced in ED 4001. Prereq.
ED 4001.
ED 4003 Integrated language Skills A 4 QH
Strives to improve a student's reading comprehension and related
study and language skills. Devotes time, discussion, and consid-
erable practice to meaning skills such as basic reading compre-
hension and interpretation, including work in critical reading
and other interpretational acts (inferences, understanding
imagery, and symbolic usage). Focuses on study skills, preview-
ing, finding main ideas and details, outlining and summarizing,
continuous interaction, and interaction of all the communica-
tions skills — reading, writing, listening, and speaking.
ED 4004 Integrated Language Skills B 4 QH
Extends ED 4003, with continued emphasis on study skills,
including researching, organizing, and writing term papers.
Explores critical thinking as it relates to the learning process.
Also addresses the choices of academic major and career direc-
tion, emphasizing self-assessment and personal decision making.
Prereq. ED 4003.
ENG 401 3 Fundamentals of English 1 4 QH
Presents an intensive introduction to the principles of effective
expository writing. Emphasizes description, paragraph con-
struction, and organization. Reviews English usage, punctua-
tion, and syntax. Includes essay assignments.
ENG 40 1 4 Fundamentals of English 2 4 QH
Presents intensive instruction in exposition, argument, and
academic essay writing and includes instruction in the writing
of a research paper. Continues emphasis on English usage, punc-
tuation, and syntax. Includes essay assignments.
HST 411 0 History of Gvilizotion A
Covers the major ideas and institutions of civilization from
ancient times to 1648.
4QH
IIAGT 4110 Survey of Business and Management 4 QH
Offers an introduction to the setting and general structure of
American business, the characteristics of private enterprise, and
the nature and challenge of capitalism and other forms of eco-
nomic enterprise. Discusses the forms of business, the structure
of organization, and the functions of management in the context
of their influence on the various forms of business. Through
lecture and class discussion, the student gives an overview of the
methodologies used in planning, organizing, directing, and con-
trolling the functions of production, marketing, sales, pricing,
and finance.
MTH 1 000 Mothemoticol Preliminaries 1 4 QH
Reviews precollege mathematics, primarily arithmetic. Covers
operations with numbers, fractions, decimals, percents, and
graphs (pictographs, bar graphs, circle graphs, etc.), together
with applications of these skills and concepts.
MTH 1 01 0 Mathematical Preliminaries 2 4 QH
Surveys precollege algebra, including signed numbers, expo-
nents, multiplication of polynomials, factoring, linear equations,
graphing, and radicals. For students whose background in alge-
bra is weak.
MTH 1101 Basic Algebraic Applications 4 QH
Examines systems of linear equations and their graphs. Focuses
on graphic systems of linear inequalities in two variables that
apply to linear programming. Introduces matrices, matrix multi-
plication, and vectors. Students do not receive credit for MTH
1101 if they have already received credit for MTH 1113.
MTH 1113 College Mathematics for Business 4 QH
Examines sets, rectangular coordinates and gi'aphs, functions
and functional notation, linear and quadratic functions, expo-
nential and logarithmic functions, systems of linear equations,
summations, inequalities, permutations and combinations, ele-
mentary probability concepts, compound interest, and annuities.
POL 4 1 06 Introduction to Politics 4 QH
Studies the basic political concepts and forces of organization
from the classical Greeks to the modern nation-state. Contrasts
the Soviet Union and the United Kingdom as contemporary
illustrations of the institutional distinction between a totalitarian
and a constitutional system.
SOC 401 0 Principles of Sociology 1 4 QH
Introduces basic concepts and theories relating to the study of
humans as participants in group life. Emphasizes socialization,
culture, social structure, primary groups, family, social stratifi-
cation, and population.
SOC 4011 Principles of Sociology 2 4QH
Continues SOC 4010. Emphasizes critical analysis of American
society, with attention to problems of social, political, urban, and
industrial change.
HST 41 1 1 History of Gvilization B
Continues HST 4110, covering the period since 1648.
4QH
100 Course Descriptions
Arts and Sciences
Please note some courses in the College of Arts and Sciences are
duplicated in different departments or colleges, or within a de-
partment. You may not receive credit for two such courses. If you
have a question about whether one course does overlap with
another, please consult the departments involved and the Office
of the Dean before taking the course.
Numbers in parentheses within course descriptions refer to
core curriculum categories listed on page 27.
African-American Studies
AFR 11 00 Introduction to African-American Studies 4 QH
Explores several of the possible historical, sociological, cultural,
and political avenues of study in the broad interdisciplinary
spectrum of African-American studies. Provides an introductory
overview of the field and will offer an opportunity to identify
areas for more specific focus.
AFR 11 31 African-American History 1 4 QH
Covers the development of black America from the period of
slavery through Reconstruction, with emphasis on the historical
links between Africa and America and the impact on black devel-
opment in the United States. Same as HST 1525. (Ill)
AFR 1 1 32 African-American History 2 4 QH
Examines the development of black America from Reconstruc-
tion to the present, and the effects of events in the United States
and world history on the development of black America. Empha-
sizes contemporary issues and how these issues can be seen
through a historical perspective. Same as HST 1526. Prereq.
AFR 1131 or permission of instructor.
AFR 1 1 33 History of Blacks in the Medio and the Press 4 QH
Offers a historical and visual examination of the development
of the African- American experience in the American mass media
and press. Analyzes contemporary and historical literature, films,
and people with respect to history, racism, images, psychology,
and social movements. Newspapers, film, television, and radio
are prime focal points, and are used to help form strategies for
the future of black Americans.
AFR 1141 Education Issues and Minority Communities 1 4 QH
Focuses on some of the important issues in today's urban
elementary and secondary education systems. The analysis will
look at the historical development of these issues, and students
will be encouraged to think about and discuss the issues' future
significance.
AFR 1151 Survey of African-American Art 4 QH
Black art, like black literature, has always been an important
aesthetic social statement by the African- American artist. This
course offers a historical and critical examination of African-
American art from the nineteenth century to the present, with
special emphasis on the effects of European and African art
styles on the black artist in America.
AFR 1 1 53 Survey of African-American Music 4 QH
Black music has evolved in fascinating ways over the past hun-
dred years. Topics include the impact of African rhythm on black
music, the New Orleans coalescence, regional development.
ragtime, the emergence of large bands, the harmonic revolution
of the forties, bebop, the 1960s avant-garde, and subsequent
developments. Some analysis of specific jazz phenomena is in-
cluded. Same as MUS 1104.
AFR 1 1 55 Foundations of Block Culture 4 QH
Studies music, literature, visual and performing arts, and other
cultural and artistic traditions as they have evolved among
AfricEm, African-American, and Caribbean peoples.
AFR 11 56 Music of Africa 4QH
The music of Africa is as varied as that continent's many linguis-
tic and tribal identities. This course vnll provide a broad survey
of the musical traditions of Africa with respect to their historical,
social, and cultural backgrounds. Musical organization, musical
practice, and aspects of style will all be discussed in light of pos-
sible contributions to contemporary African- American music.
Same as MUS 1181.
AFR 1161 Economic Issues in Minority Communities 4 QH
Minority lifestyles, perspectives, self-images and social position
in the urban community are all affected by economic factors,
especially those specific to the minority poor. Students have the
opportunity to examine these issues, particularly in terms of the
application of basic economic theories to the economic realities
of minority communities. Same as ECN 1170. (VI)
AFR 1 1 71 Contemporary Block Politics 4 OH
The modern black political movements were inspired by a full-
scale evolution of black political thought in America. Analysis of
this evolution examines socio-political contests that have served
as catalysts to these modem movements.
AFR 1 1 9 1 Early African Gvilizotion 4 QH
Studies the ancient empires of Africa, especially Ghana, Songhai,
Mali, Zimbabwe, the city states of East Africa, and also the
Congo Kingdom. Includes Ethiopian as well as Egyptian history
and controversies to 1800. Same as HST 1620.
AFR 11 93 Africa Today 4 OH
With increasing numbers of nations striving for economic and
political control in Africa, and with imperialist and colonial ideas
remaining in the living memory of Africans, Africa presents a
complex political and social picture to the rest of the world. This
course examines some of the salient features of black art, politics,
and identity in Africa.
AFR 1 1 95 Identity and Nationalism in Africa 4 QH
How have centuries of imperialism, the struggle for national
unity, and the continuing problems of racism and rivalry between
factions affected the present identities and nationalist move-
ments in Africa? This course explores problems peculiar to Africa
and to any group of nations struggling against colonial ideas.
Tribalism and the effects of European colonial partition on
African identity are discussed.
AFR 1 1 96 The Block Experience in the Caribbean 4 OH
Offers a descriptive and interpretive analysis of the growth of the
modern black community in the Caribbean. Although the focus
will be on the contemporary period, the course will examine that
period in the context of colonialism and slavery in the Americas.
African-American Studies 101
Important racial, social, political, economic, and religious issues
will be addressed.
AFR 1 1 97 Modern African Gvilization 4 QH
Explores African history and culture from 1800 to the present
era. Emphasis will be placed on the relationship between Europe
and Africa, the circumstances surrounding the imperialist parti-
tion of Africa, and the decolonization process. This course is the
same as HST 1621. (IV)
AFR 1 2 1 1 African-Americans in Science, Technology, and Medicine 4 QH
Studies the contributions that African- Americans have made to
the development of science and technology in America. It exam-
ines the cultural and social factors that have encouraged blacks
to work in the fields of science (biology, chemistry, physics) and
technology (engineering and medicine). Certification of blacks
within the American scientific community and the availability
of science to the past and contemporary African-American com-
munities are also explored. Readings, discussions, individual
research topics, and interviews with black scientists, inventors/
engineers, and doctors are used to develop the basic course
material.
AFR 1 220 TlieBlacl( Novel 4QH
The black novelist belongs to a unique literary group in the his-
tory of American fiction. Special attention is given to Chesnutt,
Toomer, Wright, Ellison, and contemporary novelists, and to
their different perceptions of the black experience in America.
AFR 1 235 Black History of Boston 4 QH
Examines the social, economic, political, and educational history
of Boston's black community in the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries. The development of the black community and its
institutions is a major focus, and students are encouraged to
study the past in an attempt to understand the present and inter-
pret the future. Research data include participant observation,
oral history, interviews, and primary and secondary source
materials.
AFR 1 240 Contemporary Issues in Black Society 4 QH
Introduces the various issues and problems that confront black
Americans, including some of the realities of the social, political,
and economic problems of contemporary black experience. Stu-
dents are asked to assess the validity of specific social theories
in relation to the black experience.
AFR 1241 The Block Family 4QH
How does the black family function, both interpersonally and as
a social unit? Anthropological and sociological theories deal with
variations in family structure and the function of the black fam-
ily in black society. The effects of slavery and colonization on the
black family structure and functions are also explored. A side
issue is a discussion of some of the differences and similarities
between African, African-American, and African-Caribbean
families.
AFR 1 248 Race Relations in America 4 QH
Examines the interrelations of ethnic, cultural, and minority
groups in the United States. Focus is on the nature of racial
conflicts, discrimination, reverse discrimination, personal and
institutional racism, and racial and ethnic stereotyping. Discus-
sion considers avenues of improvement in attitude awareness
and change.
AFR 1 251 Survey of Black Theater and Drama 4 QH
Theater in America has been an important reflector of the
national experience, and black theater, especially in recent years,
has served the same purpose for the black community. The
course focuses on the development of black drama during the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries, with emphasis on modern
developments and their political and cultural significance.
AFR 1 261 The Economics of Urban Poverty 4 QH
Like most Americans and people from around the world, blacks
migrated to central cities in America to better their economic
conditions. However, unlike other migrants to urban centers,
they were not assimilated into the sociaVeconomic mainstream,
and there is evidence of flagrant job, housing, and educational
discrimination against them even during periods of affluence.
During recession or depression, their problems were compounded.
Students have the opportunity to survey the above events from
an economic framework.
AFR 1 280 Block Psychological Identity 4 QH
So much is said of stereotyping in news, on television programs,
and in literature. The shaping of the black identity over three
centuries in America is a complicated and perhaps even elusive
problem. This course will look at the impact of slavery, racism,
war, and poverty on the evolvement of the black identity in
America.
AFR 1 294 Third World Political Relations 4 QH
Offers a comparative regional analysis of the political systems
of third world nations of Africa, Asia, Latin America, and the
Caribbean. Emphasis is on development strategies; problems of
development, including national identity, political socialization
and participation, national defense, and urbanization; and the
positions of third world nations in the international community.
AFR 1 295 Politics of South Africa 4 QH
Examines contemporary political developments in South Africa.
Focuses on the historical development of the system of racism
called apartheid and the liberation movements, and the struggle
for a democratic South Africa. Explores the role of the United
Nations, the Organization of African Unity, the United States,
and other international organizations and countries.
AFR 1297 Caribbean History 4QH
Analyzes the development of the Caribbean from slavery to the
present. The focus will be on the period 1918-1962 especially, and
emphasis will be on the historical analysis of the relationship of
the Caribbean with the United States and black Americans.
Same as HST 1605.
AFR1300, AFR1301,AFR1310,AFR1311 DirectedStudy 4QHeach
Directed study offers the ambitious student the opportunity to
pursue a special intellectual interest not covered by the depart-
ment course offerings and to work on this interest with the
department faculty member of his/her choice. The faculty mem-
ber will closely supervise the project and act as adviser for the
duration of the quarter.
AFR 1 342 Crisis and Conflict in Black Africa 4 QH
Explores contemporary politics in African nations south of the
Sahara using films, maps, news clips, discussions, and readings.
Studies South Africa, Nigeria, Kenya, and Ethiopia. Examines
apartheid, colonialism, Afro-Marxism, chieftancy, economic
development, and Pan-Africanism. Same as POL 1342. (VI)
102 Course Descriptions
AFR 1 350 Research Seminar 4 OH
This course is divided into three parts, providing students the
opportunity, first, to identify a substantive area of their concern
(for example, welfare, political leadership, education) and to
define a related problem in a research context; second, to be
supervised in designing a research methodology most appropri-
ate for examining the problem area; and third, to conduct exten-
sive research, test the hypothesis, and draw conclusions based
on data analysis techniques.
AFR 1 355 Directed Study for Senior Thesis 4 OH
The senior thesis is required of all African-American Studies
majors; it offers students the opportunity to prepare a profes-
sional research paper under the close supervision of a scholar
interested in students' particular research areas. Prereq. Permis-
sion of instructor.
AFR 1 380 Junior /Senior Honors Program
For details contact the Honors Office, 215 Lake Hall.
4QH
AFR 1 401 History of East Africa 4 QH
The first section of the course deals with the precolonial period
and the problems of the partition of Africa. The second section
focuses on the classical colonial period and the transformations
of colonial policy after World War II, with particular emphasis on
the ambiguity of decolonization and those features of the colonial
system that seem to have become a part of the East African social
and political environment.
AFR 1 403 History of West Africa 4 OH
The history of West Africa has included the struggle for internal
unity, economic development, and social justice. The Pan-Afiicanist
ideology, W.E.B. DuBois's writings, African socialism, and the
consolidation of power and leadership are some of the topical
objectives in this study of African liberation, particularly the rise
of West Afiiica. Same as HST 1623.
AFR 1 405 History of South Africa 4 OH
Initial attention is directed toward pre-colonial South Africa and
the conflict between Africans and the Dutch and English settlers.
The course then focuses on the formation and transformation of
colonial policy after World War II, with particular emphasis on
racism, neo-colonialism, liberation movements, and interna-
tional involvement in the apartheid system. Same as HST 1625.
(Vl)Prereq. AFR 1491 or permission of instructor.
AFR 1 42 1 African-American Literature 2 4 OH
Continues AFR 1127. Focuses on principal writers and their
major themes. Prereq. AFR 1 127 or permission of instructor.
AFR 1 448 Religion in Black American Society 4 OH
Black life in America cannot be fully understood without a sense
of the importance of religion in the community. This course looks
at the impact of religion on social structures, group behaviors,
moral codes, and belief patterns in black society. Topics include
the church as a social organizer, the role of the black minister in
the community, and the variety of black denominations in urban
and rural areas.
AFR 1 45 1 Seminar: Creative Expression in Blues and Jazz 4 OH
Blues and jazz have been among the most far-reaching and origi-
nal artistic expressions of blacks in America. The course touches
on possible African sources of inspiration for the musical litera-
ture of blues and jazz; a more important focus, however, is on
blues and jazz as a reflection of African-American life and on the
impact these musical forms have had on black self-image and
position in American culture.
AFR 1 470 Block Political Thought 4 OH
How do the black people as a unit view the American political
system and black people's chances of improving their lot in this
country? This course examines black opinions, from the radical
to the ultra-conservative, of the United States political system.
The focus is historical in context and will address notions of
political socialization and the development of black political
ideologies.
AFR 1 480 Black Man/Block Woman 4 OH
Sociological and anthropological methods are used to examine
black male and female personality development as well as the
development of black male and female behavior, self-image,
sexual roles, and behavior within both the black and the white
communities.
AFR 1 500 Topics in African-American Studies 4 OH
Examines closely topics of interest to students of African- Ameri-
can Studies, including political leadership, intellectual history,
cultural and artistic expression, community development, and
recent social and economic trends.
The following courses may be of interest to the student wishing to
concentrate in African-American Studies. Descriptions for these
courses may be found in the appropriate department listing.
PHL 1 100 Introduction to Philosophy 1
PHL 1 1 40 Social and Political Philosophy
PHL1 243 Existentialism
PHU 335 Moral Philosophy
POL 1303 Political Behavior
POL 131 7 Law and Society
POL 1320 Parties and Elections
POL 1 362 Gvil Liberties
POL 1386 International lavir
SOA 1345 People in Gties
S0C11 47 Gties and Society
SOC 1 1 70 Race and Ethnic Relations
SOC1310Class, Power, and Socio! Change
American Sign Language-EngKsh Interpreting
ASL 1 1 0 1 American Sign Language 1 4 QH
Introduces American Sign Language and deaf culture, focusing
on frequently used signs, basic rules of grammar, nonmanual
aspects of ASL, and some cultural features of the deaf commimity.
American Sign Language-English Interpreting 103
ASL 1 102 American Sign Language 2 4QH
Continues basic language and culture study. Offers an opportu-
nity to build receptive and expressive sign vocabulary. Topics
include use of the signing space; further use of nonmanual com-
ponents, including facial expression and body postures. Intro-
duction to fingerspelling. Prereq. ASL 1101 or permission of
instructor.
ASL 1 201 intermediate Americon Sign Language 1 4 QH
Emphasizes further development of receptive and expressive
skills, fingerspelling, vocabulary building, grammatical struc-
tures; encourages more extensive use of non-manual behaviors,
classifiers, body postures, and the signing space. Introduction to
regional and ethnic sign variations and political and educational
institutions of the deaf community. Prereq. ASL 1102 or permis-
sion of instructor.
ASL 1 202 Intermediate American Sign Language 2 4 QH
Offers intensive practice involving expressive and receptive
skills in story telling and dialogue. Introduces language forms
used in ASL poetry and the features of culture as they are dis-
played in art and the theatre. Prereq. ASL 1201 or permission
ofinstructor.
ASL 1 211 Deol Culture 4QH
Focuses on the status of deaf people as a linguistic and cultural
minority group. Topics include the role of American Sign Language
in the deaf community; educational and historical perspectives
on deafness; and sociological and cultural make-up of the deaf
community. Prereq. ASL 1101.
ASL 121 2 Deaf History 4QH
Surveys the history of deaf people in the Western world, with
emphasis on the American deaf community, their language,
education, and relationship to hearing society.
ASL 1 250 Linguistics of American Sign Language 4 QH
Introduces the basic issues in linguistics through examining
the structural properties of American Sign Language and com-
paring it with other languages having similar properties. Includes
phonology (formational properties of signs), morphology (word
formation rules, derivation, and inflection, complex verbs, classi-
fiers, verb modulations), semantics (the meaning structure of
signs), and syntax (the structure of ASL utterances in terms of
old versus new information and the structure of ASL narratives).
Prereq. ASL 1201 and ENG 1118.
ASL 1 301 Advanced American Sign Language Proficiency
Emphasizes vocabulary building and mastery of fine points of
grammar through rigorous receptive and expressive language
activities. Explores a variety of signing styles and registers.
Includes student-led discussions, debates, and reports on topics
in deaf culture, society, and current affairs. Prereq. ASL 1202 or
permission ofinstructor.
ASL 1 302 Advanced American Sign Language Profidency 2 4 QH
Continues ASL 1301. Prereq. ASL 1301 or permission of
instructor.
ASL 1 401 American Sign Language Literature 4 QH
Various genres of American Sign Language will be read and dis-
cussed in ASL. This course will concentrate on the work of current,
recognized narrators in both literary and face to face storytelling
traditions, and will also include selected autobiographical
sketches, lectures, stories, and letters from the early 1900s by
such historical figures eis Clerc, Veditz, E.M. Gallaudet, Hotchkiss,
and others. A videotaped research essay in ASL will be required
at the end of the course. Prereq. ASL 1202.
ASL 1 SOO Introduction to Interpreting 4 QH
Presents an overview of the interpreting profession: responsi-
bilities, ethics, and aptitudes of interpreters; professional asso-
ciations; law and business of interpreting; the bilingual and
bicultural context; basic translation and interpretation; environ-
ment and audience; special populations; freelance versus in-house
positions; and evaluation and certification. Prereq. or concurrent:
ASL 1211 and ASL 1301.
ASL 1 505 ASL-English Interpreting 1 4 QH
Presents an overview of theoretical models. Examines the pro-
cesses of translating and interpreting through practice of requi-
site skills and process tasks, and by applying skills and theory.
Prereq. ASL 1302 with a grade ofB or better and ASL 1500.
ASL 1 506 ASL-English Interpreting 2 4 QH
Continues the study of interpreting, including practice of requi-
site skills and process tasks of increased complexity. Focuses on
consecutive interpreting by applying process skills, contrasting
ASL-English linguistics, contrasting cultural analysis, and
teaming skills. Prereq. ASL 1505 and ASL 1520, both with a
grade ofB or better.
ASL 1 507 ASL-English Interpreting 3 4 QH
Continues the study of interpreting, including practice of requi-
site skills and process tasks of increased complexity. Focuses on
simultaneous interpreting through applying process skills,
contrasting group dynamics, and analyzing discourse. Prereq.
ASL 1506 with a grade ofB or better.
ASL 1 520 Interpreter Role and Ethics 4 QH
Explores ethical standards and dilemmas in ASL-English
Interpreting and other professions through discussions, hjfpo-
thetical situations, and role playing. Includes topics such as
culturally objective standards, ethics and professional principles,
power relations within groups, and the Registry of Interpreter
for the Deaf code of ethics. Prereq. ASL 1302 with a grade ofB or
better and ASL 1500.
ASL 1 521 Contrastive Analysis 4 QH
Examines and contrasts the major linguistic features of ASL and
English. Introduces, defines, and justifies the standard division
of morphology, phonology, syntax, semantics, and register, and
compares the various elements of both languages that fall under
these divisions. Prereq. ASL 1250 and ASL 1302.
ASL 1 522 Discourse Analysis for Interpreters 4 QH
Presumes that the sentence is not the largest linguistic unit in
all languages, including ASL, and that linguistic structures do
not exist in isolation, but rather join together in a communicative
process. Explores how discourse, such as conversations and
texts, is structured, and emphasizes the discourse strategies of
ASL. Prereq. ASL 1302.
ASL 1 801 , ASL 1 802, ASL 1 803, ASL 1 804, ASL 1 805 Directed Study 4 QH each
Directed studies offer students an opportunity to go beyond
course work of the regular curriculum or to pursue an individual
learning project. May include research, practicum, or language
development activity.
104 Course Descriptions
ASL 1 8 1 0 Special Topics in Interpreting 4 QH
Provides students with an overview of interpreting for popula-
tions with particular needs and preferences as well as interpreting
in settings where specific knowledge bases are required. Popula-
tions will rotate and may include elderly, children, minorities,
deaf-blind, multihandicapped, visual-gestural, foreign language,
emotionally disturbed, and oral deaf persons; settings may
include educational, high-tech, and performing arts. Prereq.
ASL 1505.
ASL 1820 Interpreting Practicumi 4QH
Features practical interpreting experience in agencies serving
deaf people. Focuses on linguistic and ethical questions and
dilemmas in a biweekly seminar format. Requires six hours per
week in an agency. Prereq. ASL 1505 with a grade ofB or better.
ASL 1 82 1 1nterpreting Practicum 2 4 QH
Continues ASL 1820. Prereq. ASL 1505 withagrade ofB or
better.
Anthropology
SOA 11 00 Peoples and Cultures 4QH
Surveys concepts in anthropology (the study of culture). Ana-
lyzes a range of societies in terms of such sociocultural institu-
tions as kinship, gender relations, economics, politics, and
religion. Examines important political and economic processes,
such as colonialism and development, affecting cultures around
the world.
SOA 1 1 46 Peasants: Community, Culture and Rebellion 4 QH
Provides students with an understanding of peasant societies in
the third world today. Outlines classic peasant studies, but also
focuses on the relationship between peasant communities and
class formation, and peasant organizing efforts on issues such as
land reform. Examines the gender division of labor, peasant
households, peasant ceremonial life. Uses case studies on Latin
America, but also includes examples from other areas. ( IV)
SOA 1 1 55 Individual and Culture 4 QH
Explores the ways in which individuals are shaped by society
and the ways in which they can effect change.
SOA 1 1 60 Sex, Sex Roles, and Family 4 QH
Examines popular and scientific notions about sex, gender rela-
tions, family, and kinship. Examines why our images of family,
masculinity, and femininity are not universal by analyzing the
patterns of sex roles, sexual practices, and kinship in other
cultures. Discusses how and why relations between men and
women change during times of socioeconomic and political
change.
SOA 1 1 85 War and Aggression 4 QH
Using anthropological investigations, critically evaluates the
assumption that aggression is part of human nature and linked
to sex differences. Discusses cross-cultural variation in violent
behavior and warfare in the context of wider political and
economic processes. Analyzes the widespread belief in innate
masculine aggression as it relates to contemporary societal
violence and militarism.
SOA 1101 Cultural Meaning and Everyday Life 4 QH
Using anthropological ideas, studies the underlying patterns of
meaning that are below the surface of everyday thought and
behavior. Examines daily routines, leisure activities, joking and
humor, speech patterns, popular culture, current folklore and
mythology, nonmonetary economic transactions, kinship and
friendship, and religion and ritual.
SOA 11 04 Cultures of the World 4QH
Explores cultural differences among peoples in societies around
the globe and analyzes how diverse cultural patterns can be
studied and described. (ID
SOA 1 1 20 Camera on Culture: Visual Anthropology 4 QH
Explores how cultures are portrayed on film. Examines anthro-
pologists' use of film to gather information and represent other
peoples. Also examines how filmmcikers fi'om postcolonial societies
have addressed the respective cultures, the experience of colo-
nialism, and the nature of film-making and film/video consump-
tion in the third world. When possible, a production experience
is included. (IV)
SOA 1 1 25 Stones and Bones: Prehistory in the New World 4 QH
Surveys the New World prehistoric cultures. Focuses on examining
the work of archaeology and ethnohistory in a range of societies
in both South and North America. Pays particular attention to
social, political, and economic factors and how these work to
promote such things as state formation, regional political align-
ment, and social differentiation. Studies the Incan, Mayan, and
Aztec states, as well as the big game hunting traditions of the
Plains, the forming communities of the Southwestern United
States and Mississippi River area.
SOA 1 220 Culture and Mental Illness 4 QH
Discusses and analyzes the nature and meaning of culture, the
role of culture in personality formation, culture and anxiety,
anthropological approaches to the "normal" and the "abnormal,"
and the question "Is mental illness psychological fact or cultural
fiction?"
SOA 1 275 Musical Culture: Notes in the Modern World 4 QH
The ongoing social, political, and cultural dialogues reflect the
people who compose, play, and listen to music. This course ex-
plores issues of class, ethnicity, gender, sexuality, and age in the
cross-cultural context of music as expressed in performances,
recordings, videos, literary, and ethnographic materials. The
course will also examine the social production and consumption
of music. Expects students to conduct a series of field exercises.
SOA 1301 Human Origins 4QH
Offers an intensive look at the data on fossil remains and con-
temporary primates, which are essential for an understanding
of human physical and behavioral evolution. Efforts are made to
bring the student into direct contact with primary materials. (II)
SOA 1 303 Sexuality and Culture 4 QH
Examines sexuality in a cross-cultural perspective including
issues of sexual identity, the relationship of sexuality to the life
cycle, sexual ideologies, and the links between sexuality and the
reproduction of cultural norms. Topics include cross-cultural
variation in sexual expression, sex and reproduction as com-
modities, sexuality and violence, sexually transmitted diseases
and social policy. Compares sexuality issues in the United States
to those of other cultures.
^
Anthropology 105
SOA 1 31 0 Global Markets and Local Cultures 4 QH
Discusses selected topics in the socioeconomic transformation of
other cultures, including urbanization, industrialization, com-
modity production, and international labor migration. Focuses
on the impact of capitalist development on contemporary third
world and postcolonial societies; examines local responses to
those changes.
SOA 1 320 Anthropology Methods 4 QH
Examines theory and practice of methods of field research and
data analysis. Gives students the opportunity to take part in a
field project.
SOA 1335 Language and Culture 4QH
Focuses on the anthropological study of linguistics. Presents
basic theories of sociolinguistics and explores language in its
social context. Includes animal communication; language learn-
ing; language and mind; cognitive and symbolic anthropology;
the ethnography of speaking, speech, and boundaries; multilin-
gualism; language and gender; language and ethnicity; language
and social class; and pidgins and Creoles. Includes several field
assignments.
SOA 1345 People in Gties 4QH
Studies urban life and urban problems, using international case
studies. Addresses rural/urban and international migration, the
relationship of urban settlement to employment patterns, the
creation of inner-city or suburban ghettoes or squatter settle-
ments, and movements for city services in areas of spontaneous
growth. Gives students the chance to design and implement a
field project.
SOA 1425 Cultural Survival 4QH
Examines the problems faced by today's tribal peoples and
national minorities. Using cross-cultural case studies, analyzes
the relationship of governmental policies and economic develop-
ment priorities to the survival of self-identified tribal cultures
and minority populations throughout the world. Examines
human rights, nationalism, and cultural autonomy, resistance,
and self-determination.
SOA 1 430 Latin American Society and Development 4 QH
Explores the processes of social, economic, and cultural change
in Latin America. While concentrating on the present, traces
class formation, agrarian structures, ethnic identity, ceremonial
organization, gender roles, and political conflict since the colo-
nial era in a range of countries. Emphasizes the relationship of
communities and national political and economic systems. May
emphasize Central America and Mexico or countries in South
America through case studies. (IV)
SOA 1 43 1 Native North Americans 4 QH
Explores North American Indian tribes including the Dakota
(Sioux), Navajo, Pueblo, Mohawk, and Penobscot, and examines
the historical changes that led to their contemporary situation.
Focuses on the reservation and its many problems from various
viewpoints.
SOA 1470 Religion and Myth 4QH
Focuses on nature and institutionalization of primitive,
ancient, and contemporary religions. Explores religious concepts
and movements in relation to social, religious, and political
organization.
SOA 1 704 Cultures of the World (Honors)
Honors equivalent of SOA 1104.
4QH
SOA 1 800, SOA 1 801 Directed Study 4 QH each
Offers independent work on a chosen topic under the direction of
members of the department. Limited to qualified seniors with
approval of the department chair. Prereq. Department approval.
SOA 31 00 Theory 4QH
Qualified undergraduates can take this graduate school course,
with permission of instructor.
Art and Architecture
ART 11 00 History of Art to 1400 4QH
Provides a survey of Western art from prehistoric times to the
Renaissance.
ART 1 1 01 History of Art Since 1 400 4 QH
Surveys Western art from the Renaissance to the twentieth
century.
ART 11 06 Introduction to Art 4QH
Offers an introduction to the characteristics of the visual arts,
including painting, sculpture, graphic arts, and architecture.
Various examples of works of art are studied as an introduction
to style and technique. Includes visits to museum collections and
contemporary art galleries. ( II)
ART 1 1 11 Introduction to Architecture 4 QH
Introduces the history, theory, and practice of architecture.
Shows how architects in different historical periods have balanced
the demands of function, construction and aesthetics. Lectures
concentrate on such specific designs problems as found in
churches, houses, skyscrapers, and cities.
ART 11 24 Basic Drawing 4QH
Offers intensive drawing instruction. Focuses on developing a
formal understanding of the structure of objects and figures as
well as increased dexterity with a variety of drawing tools.
Includes experiments with materials such as wash, charcoal,
and pencil.
ART 11 27 Basic Painting 4QH
Presents an introductory studio course in the fundamental tech-
niques of painting. Formal problems in the study of color, light,
space systems, form, and composition establish the foundation
for more individual creative expression. Critiques and slide
lectures are used as needed.
ART 1 1 30 Visual Studies Foundation 1 4 QH
Offers an introductory lecture/studio course clarifying basic
principles, language, and concepts inherent in visual language
systems. Concentrates on two-dimensional media including
photography, painting, video, and film as related to the ftinda-
mentals of composition, space relationships, effects of color, form,
pattern repetition, structure, figure-ground relationships, bal-
ance, and unity.
ART 1 1 3 1 Visual Studies Foundation 2 4 QH
Explores three-dimensional form. Examines principles including
mass, volume, line, plane, and textiire. Introduces basic materials
and structure through constructing models and prototypes.
106 Course Descriptions
Presents sequential exercises with simple eye/hand skills and
form recognition. Explores complex projects that require an
understanding of context, content, and developing original forms.
Prereq. ART 1124 and ART 1130.
ART 11 32 Principles of Graphics 4QH
Offers intensive study in graphic form principles through assigned
problems, critiques, and lectures that emphasize formal and
conceptual understanding. Develops the visual problem-solving
process including comprehending problem objectives, working to
specifications, investigating alternatives, and presenting profes-
sionally crafted solutions.
ART 11 33 Graphic Design! 4QH
Introduces applied graphic design. Explores photographic image
making and manipulation, as well as letterform and type, as
approaches to visual problem-solving. Emphasizes formal rela-
tionships and investigates concept development through sequence
and series. Refers to visual books, graphic system, and moving
images. Prereg. ART 1132, ART 1134, and ART 1160.
ART 11 34 Typography 4QH
Introduces letterforms in visual communication. Studies typog-
raphy as form, typographic contrast principles, text organization
and hierarchy, the typographic grid, legibility, and letterspacing.
Explores the history and variety of typefaces. Includes assigned
projects, readings, and lectures.
ART 11 44 Typography 2 4QH
Builds on the letterform, typography, and grid studies begun in
ART 1134 and applies them in a series of projects that focus on
text type, legibility, readability, structure, and contrast in publi-
cation design and in typographic approaches to information
&es\gD..Prereq. ART 1134.
ART 11 50 Architectural Design 1 4QH
Introduces conceptual thinking about the design of the built
environment. Recent studio work has included analyses of semi-
nal modern houses, design projects for memorials, idea-based
houses, and the urban landscape. Focuses on integrating imagi-
nation into solving these design problems. Prereq. ART 1156.
ART 1 1 5 1 Architectural Design 2 4 QH
Introduces the structure and order of architectural thinking.
Includes projects such as compositional exercises, formal analy-
sis, and additions to important modem buildings. Studies the
analytical tools for understanding the relationship of building
elements to the ideas that inform them. Prereq. ART 1150.
ART 1 1 56 Architectural Drafting 4QH
Introduces architectural drafting techniques, tools, materials,
lettering, and dimensioning. Students will be expected to
make orthographic, axiometric, one- and two-point perspective
drawings.
ART 1 1 60 Introduction to Photography 4 QH
Explores the basics of black and white photography. Introduces
the 35mm camera, negative processing, and black and white
printing in the department's state-of-the-art lab. No camera nor
previous photography experience required.
ART 1 1 70 Fllmmoking Workshop 4 QH
Introduces students to the nature and creative uses of video.
Examines video's technological foundation, conventions, and
aesthetic potential. Emphasizes weekly hands-on lab assignments
and substantive final project. Includes lectures, screenings, and
critiques. Facilities and equipment are provided by the department.
ART 11 80 Video Basics 4QH
Introduces the fundamental nature of the video medium and its
creative use. Examines the technological foundation of video, the
established conventions of effective field and studio production
techniques and postproduction techniques (electronic editing),
and explores the aesthetic potential of both the visual and audi-
tory aspects of video. Emphasizes weekly hands-on lab assign-
ments with a final substantive video project required of each
student. Facilities and equipment are provided.
ART 1 1 90 Introduction to Computer Graphics 4 QH
Introduces visual problemsolving with computers. Emphasizes
the medium's special properties and its potential. Prereq. ART
1130 and ART 1131 or permission ofinstructor.
ART 1203 Medieval Architecture 4QH
Studies the major religious and secular buildings of the Early
Christian, Byzantine and Gothic periods, emphasizing Gothic
architecture of France and England.
ART 1 204 Renaissance Architecture 4 QH
Studies architecture and urban form in Italy between 1400 and
1600. Examines major Renaissance architecture in France and
England.
ART 1 205 Renaissance Art 4 QH
Surveys Italian painting and sculpture from the early fourteenth
century to the end of the sixteenth century. Emphasizes the work
of Masaccio, Botticelli, Donatello, da Vinci, Michelangelo, and
Titian.
ART 1 21 0 Nineteenth Century Painting 4 QH
Examines European painting and related arts including the
neoclassical, romantic, realist, and impressionist movements.
Emphasizes French painting, but also considers important
developments in England and other western European countries.
ART1213ModernArt 4QH
Traces the development of painting, sculpture, and related arts
from European avant-garde in the late nineteenth century to
the international market of the late twentieth century. Topics
include challenges to traditional boundaries between media, the
development of abstraction and the idea of pure form, and the
recent emergence of a post-modern aesthetic.
ART 1220 American Art 4QH
Surveys the history of American painting and sculpture from
the seventeenth century to the present. Focuses on the cultural
forces that shape the evolution of art in America. Includes fre-
quent museum visits.
ART 1 223 American Architecture 4 QH
Introduces American architecture, town planning, and urban
design ft-om the 1700s to the 1930s. Considers European influ-
ences and uniquely American contributions.
ART 1 225 Modern Architecture 1 4 QH
Surveys the development of modern architecture in England,
France, Gtermany, and the United States fi-om the mid-eighteenth
to the late nineteenth century. Discusses architecture and urban
design as a cultural response to society's changing conditions.
Art and Architecture 107
Considers such themes as symboHsm, moraUty, rationahsm, and
functionahsm. Prereq. ART 1111 or permission ofinstructor.
ART 1 226 Modern Architecture 2 4 OH
Examines the forms and principles of European and American
architecture of the twentieth century, emphasizing the work of
such key figures as Frank Lloyd Wright, Mies van der Rohe,
Le Corbusier, and Louis Kahn; and such influential movements
as the Dutch de Stijl, Russism constructivism, and American
post-modernism.
ART 1 230 History of Photography 4 QH
Explores photography from its origins in the early nineteenth
century to its maturity in the mid-twentieth century. Surveys
technological developments but emphasizes the emergence of
photography as an expressive medium and its relation to other
modern art forms.
ART 1 233 Contemporary Directions in Photography 4 QH
Studies prevailing trends in photographic artistic expression
from the beginning of the twentieth century to the present.
Examines the importance of photographic imagery in relation
to our surroundings through lecture and slide presentations.
ART 1235 History of Film 4QH
Surveys major international developments in film ft-om the late
nineteenth century to the present. Examines national move-
ments, technological and aesthetic innovations, important fig-
ures, and significant films. Includes films, lectures, and
discussions.
ART 1236 American Film 4 OH
Surveys the rise of the American film from the late nineteenth
century to the present. Examines key films, directors, major
themes, and film forms and techniques. Includes lectures,
screenings, and discussions.
ART 1 240 History of Graphic Design 4 QH
Considers the history, context, and issues of graphic design
through lectures, readings, discussions, and projects. Prereq.
ARTllOl.
ART 1 241 Advertising Design 4 QH
Explores the principles and practices of advertising through
projects, lectures, readings, discussions, and in-class presenta-
tions and workshops. Prereq. ART 1 132 and ART 1 134.
ART 1243 Graphic Design 2 4QH
Investigates the expressive visual potential of words and images.
Explores visual poetry, the connotations of mark and form choice,
and applied semiotics. Includes assigned projects, readings,
discussions, and lectures. Prereq. ART 1 133 and ART 1250.
ART 1244 Graphic Design 3 4QH
Introduces problem-solving methodologies and applies them to
complex communications problems. Uses research, teamwork,
and brainstorming to define the problems, and develops and
formally refines the solutions. Prereq. ART 1243.
ART 1250 Color Theory and Practice 4QH
Focuses on the optical phenomena of color and their application
in visual communication. Studies hue, value, and saturation,
and their implications for color activity, legibility, and spatial
illusion in traditional and electronic media.
ART 1 252 Architectural Design 3 4 QH
Addresses the issue of building typology. Offers students the
opportunity to learn to use, as models in their own work, the
formal, organizational, and cultural similarities of buildings
from throughout history with similar uses. Gives meaning to the
study of architectural history and allows history to inform the
current design process. Prereq. ART 1151.
ART 1253 Architectural Design 4 4QH
Studies the construction and fabrication process and the impact
of these processes on students' own thinking as designers. Ex-
plores the relationship between schematic ideas and materials.
Projects include detail drawings and large-scale models. Prereq.
ART 1252.
ART 1 254 Intermediate Drawing 4 QH
Focuses on heightening the student's understanding of spatial
awareness, scale movement, and expression. Students will be
asked to create unusual environmental situations for their figu-
rative compositions. A variety of media will be used, including
wash, pen and ink, watercolor, chalk, charcoal, and pencil.
Prereq. ART 1124 orequiv.
ART 1 256 Theory of Structures 1 4 QH
Introduces the theory of materials and structures. Examines
basic structural elements in masonry and wood construction.
Uses historic and current building tjrpes to explore the relation-
ship between structure, materials, construction process, and
architectural space. Includes lectures, discussions, field trips,
and student presentation of structural models and diagrams.
Prereq. PHY 1222.
ART 1257 Theory of Structures 2 4QH
Continues ART 1256, combining the basic structural elements
to develop structural systems. Explores form, stability loading,
and materials in relation to the design of foundation, structural
steel, reinforced concrete, timber, frame, space frame, and shell
systems. Prereq. ART 1256 and PHY 1222.
ART 1 258 Architectural Design 5 4QH
Studies the work of a particular architect or architectural move-
ment. Students are expected to relate their design solutions
to the work of the architect or the principles of the movement
chosen for the course. Prereq. ART 1226 and ART 1253.
ART 1 259 Architectural Design 6 4 QH
Studies the effect of external circumstances on the architectural
process. Offers students the opportunity to study historical
urbanism and work with ideas about landscape and aesthetic
frameworks that can govern projects from without. Studies
projects at several scales, from the aerial map to the building
detail. Prere(?. ART 1226 and ART 1258.
ART 1 26 1 1ntermediate Black and White Photography 4 QH
The second-level black and white photography studio/lab course
with emphasis on combining personal aesthetic choices with
refined darkroom skills. The zone system for roll film cameras,
toners, fiber based papers and alternative film choices will be
demonstrated and assigned. A final portfolio is required for
successful completion of the course. Lab fee. Prereq. ART 1160
orequiv.
108 Course Descriptions
ART 1 263 Introduction to Color Photography 4 QH
Introduces shooting, processing, and printing color negative
films. Lectures cover basic color theory in relationship to photog-
raphy as well as contemporary color photographic processes.
Working with color negative films, students get hands-on experi-
ence in the C-41 process for developing film and the EP-2 process
for printing color negatives. Weekly assignments emphasize
solving technical and aesthetic problems inherent in dealing
with color negative materials. Hands-on labs allow students to
produce final projects. Color chemistry and facilities are provided.
Prereq. ART 1160 or equiv.
ART 1 265 Color Transparency Production and Printing 4 QH
Covers shooting, processing, and printing of color transparency
materials. Discusses and demonstrates E-6 and Cibachrome
processes. Encourages experimental processes such as transpar-
ency film cross-processed, negative films cross-processed, and
transparency film pushed and cross-processed. Lectures are
supported by weekly critiques of student work; assignments
stress the solving of technical and aesthetic problems. Lab time
allows the student to produce the required final project and
offers one-to-one interaction with the instructor. Chemistry and
lab facilities are provided. Prereq. ART 1160 or equiv.
ART 1 280 IVIedia Graphics 4QH
Offers applied video design projects. Develops visual logic,
sequence, motion, and legibility. Includes assignments, demon-
strations, and lectures. Prereq. ART 1180 and ART 1243.
ART 1281 Video Project 4QH
Offers in-depth exploration of the video medium. Students re-
search, write, and produce a documentary, fictional narrative,
or experimental video project. Emphasizes innovation, personal
authorship, effective research, sound conceptual development,
formal and technical skills, and imaginative and creative
soundtracks and visuals in video. Prereq. ART 1180 or equiv.
ART 1 290 Electronic Publishing Design 4 QH
Investigates publication and periodical design issues including
concept development, sequence, organization, page design,
typography, and the typographic grid. Includes assignments
using page layout software in the computer labs. Prereq. ART
1132, ART 1134,andART 1190 orequiv.
ART 1 291 Intermediate Computer Graphics Workshop 4 QH
Offers the opportunity to piirsue individual projects and assigned
studies in the computer environment. Prereq. ART 1190 or equiv.
ART 1295 Computer-Aided Design 4QH
Introduces CAD processes for two- and three-dimensional modeling
for architectural design. Studies computer-aided design tech-
niques that support site and program analysis concept and sche-
matic design, and design development and construction drawing
applications.
ART 1 3 1 0 Seminar in Nlodern Architecture 4 QH
Explores contemporary issues in architectural theory, design,
and practice. Examines historical forces and contemporary
criticism to define the nature of modernism and post-modernism.
Focuses on such architects as Louis Kahn, IM Pei, Philip Johnson,
Robert Venturi and Denise Scott-Brown, Michael Graves, and
Frank Gehry. Prereq. ART 1228 or permission of instructor.
ART 1 330 Advanced Visual Communication 4 QH
Presents an advanced interdisciplinary studio seminar in visual
and media design. In a chosen area of specialization, students explore
their capabilities through the practical application of conceptual
and technical skills. Lab fee. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
ART 1 350 Architectural Thesis 4 QH
Offers an opportunity for each student to frame his or her own
architectural problem and to formulate a response. Expects students
to arrive with a project proposal and to review that proposal with the
instructor over the first two weeks, spending the remainder of
the quarter developing the project. Prereq. ART 1253.
ART 1355 Environmental Systems 4QH
Surveys the environmental systems of power, air, water, waste,
and light as integral elements of architecture. Discusses the
theory and practice of these systems in architectural design.
Considers historical and contemporary examples of building
systems that illustrate the function, technology, and aesthetics
of environmental systems. Includes field trips, lectures, and
individual student research projects. Prereq. ART 1252.
ART 1 363 Advanced Photography Seminar 4 QH
Through close interaction with the teacher, students are asked
to refine their technical skills and to make meaningful decisions
about their relationship to the world around them through the
use of black and white and/or color photography. Portfolio prepa-
ration, alternative processes, and large format will be combined
to form a base of skills with which to present the student's work
to a larger photographic community. This course stresses individual
direction and a qualitative approach to substantive photography.
Prereq. Permission of instructor.
ART 171 3 Modern Art (Honors) 4QH
Combines in-depth investigation of selected modern artists and
movements with an overview of the diverse meanings and func-
tions of modem art. Involves developing and presenting individual
research projects. Prereq. Honors status or permission of instructor.
ART 1 800, ART 1 801 , ART 1 802 Directed Study 4 QH each
Offers independent work under the direction of members of the
department on a chosen topic. Limited to qualified junior and
senior students majoring in art, with approval of the department.
ART 1 81 0, ART 1 81 1, ART 1 81 2 Junior/Senior Honors Program 4 QH each
For details contact the Honors Office, 215 Lake Hall.
ART 1 296 Advanced Studio in Computer Visualization 4 QH
Continues ART 1295. Offers detailed, hands-on instruction in
computer modeling and rendering. Offers students the opportu-
nity to learn to manipulate two-dimensional, three-dimensional,
and video images using IBM computers and AutoCAD. Includes
topics such as ray tracing, solid modeling, and image synthesis.
Prereq. ART 1295.
Biology
Students should note that courses are presented by category and
are not listed in a single numerical sequence.
Students should be aware that two ( or more ) courses with sub-
stantially the same content may not be counted toward quantitative
graduation requirements. Some instances of overlap between
biology courses are noted in the individual course descriptions
Biology 109
below. However, in addition, certain combinations of courses
(for example, BIO llSOandBIO 1151) may cover essentially the
same material, and certain courses in other departments of the
University may duplicate certain biology courses. If a student is
not sure whether particular courses overlap, the student should
seek advice from departmental advisers or the Office of the Dean.
The following courses are primarily for students with little orno
background in college science and mathematics. These courses
are not open to biology majors.
BI0 1 1 1 1 Environment and Man 4 OH
Offers an ecological analysis of man's interaction with other
organisms. Presents the necessary foundation of biological prin-
ciples. Not open to biology majors.
BI0 1 1 SO Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 S QH
Focuses on cellular and tissue structure and function, and ana-
tomical terminology. Topics include histology, anatomy, and
physiology of bones, muscles, blood, and nervous systems. Lab
includes a study of human bones, cat dissection, and related
histology. Lab fee. Not open to biology majors.
BI0 1 1 5 1 Human Anatomy and Physiology 2 5 QH
Covers anatomy and physiology of the respiratory, digestive,
urogenital, and circulatory systems; physiology of endocrine
system; a brief exploration of the anatomy and physiology of eye
and ear. Lab includes studies of muscle and nerve physiology,
blood physiology and histology, and physiology of respiration.
Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1 150; not open to biology majors.
BI0 1 1 52 Integrated Human Anatomy and Physiology 1 4 QH
Introduces students to human anatomy and physiology. Focuses
on cell and tissue structure and function; and anatomy and
physiology of the integument, nervous system, vision and hear-
ing, and skeletal system. Lab. Not open to biology majors.
BIO 1 1 S3 Integrated Human Anatomy and Physiology 2 4 QH
Presents the structure and function of the following systems:
muscular, endocrine, reproductive, vascular, and immune. Lab
includes cat dissection. Not open to biology majors.
BIO 1 1 S4 Integrated Human Anatomy and Physiology 3 4 QH
Presents the structure and function of the cardiovascular, respi-
ratory, urinary, and digestive systems and the regulation of
metabolism and body temperature. Lab includes cat dissection.
Not open to biology majors.
BI0 1 1 81 The Human Organism 4 QH
Designed for nonscience majors, introduces the structure and
function of the human body. Emphasizes the principles of biologi-
cal and physical science as they relate to life processes in health
and disease. Lab experiments explore the workings of the stu-
dents' own biological systems rather than those of other animals.
Lab fee. (II) iVoi open to biology majors.
BI0 1 1 87 Biology of Human Reproduction 4 QH
Covers structure and function of male and female reproductive
systems; factors affecting sexual development, fertility, and
reproductive behavior in the human species; physiology of coitus,
fertilization, pregnancy, birth, and lactation; methods of control-
ling fertility; and sexually transmitted diseases. {Il)Not open to
biology majors.
The following courses are primarily for students majoring in
science- or health-related professions or other majors (nonhiology)
with equivalent background in college science and mathematics.
These courses are not open to biology majors.
BI0 1 1 1 S Introduction to Human Biology 4 QH
Introduces students to cell biology, genetics, and animals, such
as roundworms, that cause health problems. Lab. Not open to
biology majors.
BI0 11 20 Basic Microbiology 4QH
Microbial life, emphasizing morphological characteristics, physi-
ological activities, and disease production. Lab. (Overlaps BIO
1320, BIO 1121, and BIO 1221.) Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1140, or
permission of instructor; not open to biology majors.
BI0112llntroductory Microbiology 3QH
Same as BIO 1120, but without lab. Not open to biology majors.
BI0 11 40 Basic Animal Biology 1 4QH
Covers principles of biology; universal properties and processes
of living organisms as exemplified by the cell and its activities;
inheritance evolution; and environmental relationships. Lab.
Lab fee. (Overlaps BIO 1106.) Not open to biology majors.
BI0 11 4 1 Basic Animal Biology 2 4 QH
Offers systematic, comparative study of the structure and func-
tions of animals. Considers the diversity of animals from the
standpoint of evolutionary adaptation. Lab. Lab fee. (Overlaps
BIO 1107.) Prereq. BIO 1140; not open to biology majors.
BIO 11 71 Focus on the Sea: Issues and Nature 2 QH
Explores marine conservation issues through lectures, discus-
sion, and field trips to coastal habitats and islands. Studies the
sea from ecological, economic, and literary perspectives.
BIO 1 1 75 Introduction to Marine Biology 4 QH
Offers a broad introduction to the field emphasizing principles of
oceanography and marine biology. Presents the physical, geo-
logical, and biological aspects of the ocean. Discusses the diver-
sity of marine life and how organisms interact within different
marine communities. (II) Not open to biology majors.
BIO 1 22 1 General Microbiology 3 QH
Same as BIO 1320, but without lab. Not applicable for the biology
major or graduate credit. Prereq. Permission of instructor; or
CHM 1265, BIO 1260, and BIO 1261; required courses may be
taken concurrently.
BIO 11 03 Principles of Biology 1 5QH
Introduces the basic principles of biology, offering an informa-
tion base for the remainder of the biology core. Topics include
scientific method, cell metabolism, growth, development, el-
ementary genetics, nutrition, photosynthesis, and respiration.
Lab. Lab fee.
BIO 1 1 04 Principles of Biology 2 5 QH
Topics include structure and function of animals, structure and
general physiology of animal cells, and evolution of adaptive
diversity of animals. Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1103.
BIO 11 05 Principles of Biology 3 SQH
Discusses the molecular mechanisms of microbial and plant life.
Introduces the various systems of plants and their role in the
1 10 Course Descriptions
biological world, illustrated with lab experiments and dissection.
Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1103 andBIO 1104.
BIO 11 06 General Biology 4QH
Focuses on universal properties and processes of living organ-
isms. Topics include cellular composition and cellular control,
the evolutionary process, and environmental relationships. Lab.
Lab fee. (Normally not for freshman biology majors. Overlaps
BIO 1140.)
BIO 11 07 Animal Biology 4 OH
Offers a systematic comparative study of the structure and func-
tions of animals. Considers the diversity of animals from the
standpoint of evolutionary adaptation. Lab. Lab fee. (Normally
not for freshman biology majors. Overlaps BIO llADPrereq.
BIO 1106.
BIO 1133 Plant Biology 4QH
Introduces the structure of plant cells, structure and function of
roots, stems, and leaves of flowering plants. Survey of the major
groups in the plant kingdom, including their morphology, repro-
ductive biology, and economic importance. Lab. Lab fee. Prereq.
BIO 1106andBIO 1107 or BIO 1103 throughBIO 1105.
6101211 Environmental and Population Biology 4 QH
Considers the physicochemical factors influencing and influenced by
organisms. Covers interactions among individual organisms and
among species; change of species by genetic natural selection;
development of communities and function of ecosystems. Lab.
Lab fee. (IDPrereq. BIO 1107 and BIO 1133 or BIO 1103 through
BIO 1105.
BI0 1 260 Genetics and Developmental Biology 4 QH
Focuses on elaboration of the classic laws of heredity, cytogenetics,
molecular basis of heredity, and selected examples of the devel-
opment of form and function. Lab. Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1107-
BIO 1133 or BIO 1103-BIO 1105 and CHM 1264.
BI0 131 2 Marine Ecology 4QH
Studies marine habitats and organisms. Focuses on primary and
secondary productivity, and community structure and dynamics.
Emphasizes through field work the Pacific Northwest intertidal
and shallow subtidal communities. Oregon EastAVest program.
Prereq. Two years of college biology.
BI0 1 320 General Microbiology S QH
Provides morphological, ecological, and biochemical consider-
ation of representative groups of bacteria. Introduces virology
and microbial genetics; host-parasite relationships, including
basic immunological considerations; prokaryotes of medical
significance; and physical and chemical controls of microbial
growth. Lab. (Overlaps BIO 1120 and BIO 1221. ) Lab fee. Prereq.
Permission of instructor; or CHM 1265, BIO 1260, or BIO 1261;
required courses may be taken concurrently.
BI0 1330 Marine Botany 4QH
Explores taxonomy of the major groups of marine plants, prima-
rily algae. Investigates ecological and reproductive strategies,
economic importance, and roles in diverse marine communities.
Mandatory field trips in addition to lab. Lab fee.
BI0 1 332 Molecular Marine Botony 4 QH
Introduces modern biochemical and molecular approaches used
to examine systematic and evolutionary problems at the species
level and above. Offers extensive hands-on laboratory experience
in isozyme electrophoresis, DNA isolation, and restriction fi"ag-
ment analysis. Expects students to conduct individual projects,
applying techniques they have learned to topics dealing vrith the
local seaweed and seagrass flora. Prereq. BIO 1330.
BI0 1 34 1 Vertebrate Zoology 4 QH
Emphasizes the systematics, natural history, zoogeography,
and behavior of all classes of vertebrates. Labs consist of study of
specimens and field and museum trips. Lab fee. Prereq. BIO
1107 or BIO 1104 and BIO 1211.
BI0 1 26 ICell Physiology and Biochemistry 4 QH
Topics include basic chemical and physical enzyme kinetics;
processes of cells related to their fine structure; oxidative and
intermediary metabolism; photosynthesis, membrane phenomena;
chemical and physical processes of prokaryotic and eukaryotic
cells. Lab. Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1107 or BIO 1103-BIO 1105 and
BIO 1260, CHM 1265, and CHM 1221.
BI0 1 270 Diving Research Methods 4 QH
A field-oriented course designed to introduce students to tech-
niques in the study, ecology, and physiology of subtidal marine
organisms. The course will consist of the description of under-
water research methods, their appropriate applications, and
their implementation during field exercises under water. Topics
to be covered include diving physiology, sampling design, experi-
mental design, statistical analysis of data, population censusing
methods, under water measurements of hydrodynamics, in situ
respirometry , underwater telemetry, underwater photography,
and the use of underwater habitats and submersibles in research.
Lab fee. Prereq. Scuba certification.
BI0 1311 Evolution 4QH
Focuses on evolutionary history, evidence, mechanisms, and
theories. Topics of current interest in evolution are emphasized.
Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1107 or BIO 1103 and BIO 1260.
610 1 342 Biology of Crustacea 4 QH
Studies systematics, morphology, and biology of the smaller
Crustacea, excluding Decapoda, Stomatopoda, and Cirripedia.
Focuses on non-malacostracan orders, but includes those mala-
costracan taxa dominated by small forms. Prereq. BIO 1370 or
GEO 1428.
BI0 1347 Embryology 5QH
Topics include gametogenesis, fertilization, cleavage, gastrula-
tion, induction, organogenesis, and metamorphosis in verte-
brates. Emphasis is on frog, chick, and pig in the lab. Lab fee.
Prereq. BIO 1107 or BIO 1105 and BIO 1260.
BI0 1348 Animal Histology 4QH
Offers microscopic study of fundamental types of animal tissues.
Lab. Lab fee. Prereq. BIO llOSorBIO 1107.
BI0 1 350 Regulatory Physiology 5 QH
Introduces physiological control systems including transport
processes, cellular basis of nerve function, action of chemical
messengers and regulators, and principles of cellular contraction
and motility. Prereq. BIO 1103 andBIO 1104, orBIO 1106 and
BIO 1107.
Biology 111
BIO 1 35 1 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 5 QH
Focuses on morphology and phylogeny of the vertebrates. Lab
studies taxonomy of the group and specific morphology of the
dogfish shark, the mud puppy, the alligator, and the cat. Lab fee.
Prereq. BIO 1105 or BIO 1107.
BI0 1 370 Marine Invertebrate Zoology 5 QH
Topics include functional morphology, systematics, ecology, and
phylogenetic relationships of the major invertebrate phyla. Lab
emphasizes utilization of living marine forms, with dissection of
representative organisms. Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1105 or BIO 1107.
BIO 1 37 1 Biological Oceanography 4 OH
Offers labs and lectures encompassing the principles of biological
oceanography. Topics include physical and chemical aspects of
the ocean environment, the distribution, production, and inter-
actions of marine planktonic organisms, and ecosystem charac-
teristics of specific oceanographic environments. Emphasizes
participation in sampling and analysis using current instrumen-
tation and methods. Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1104, BIO 1107, or
BIO 1141 orequiv.
BIO 1 41 1 Tropical Terrestrial Ecosystems 3 QH
Introduces students to the plants, animals, and ecosystems of
terrestrial Jamaica. Prereq. Twoyears of college biology.
BIO 1 41 2 Benthic Marine Ecology 4QH
Examines the interactions among bottom-dwelling inverte-
brates, fish, and plants and their environment. Quantitative
field methods and new developments in ecological theory will be
applied to examinations of the rocky intertidal zone, soft sedi-
ment areas, salt marshes, and the rocky subtidal zone. Lab fee.
Prereq. BIO 1211; BIO 1341 recommended.
BIO 1 420 Microbial Physiology 4 QH
Focuses on structure and function of the bacterial cell, emphasiz-
ing its general properties as well as on the physical and chemical
factors that influence it. Lab. Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1320 or equiv.
BIO 1 427 Medical Microbiology 4 QH
Topics include host parasite interactions: virulence, toxins,
natural flora, immunological responses; characteristics of the
common bacterial, rickettsial, and protozoal infections in humans;
epidemiology, pathology, vaccines, and chemotherapy. Lab fee.
Prereq. BIO 1320 orequiv.
BI0 1430 Plant Physiology 4QH
Focuses on the physiology and biochemistry of plants as a whole
and at the cellular and organ levels. Considerations of mineral
and nutrition, photosynthesis, hormones, growth, and develop-
ment are included. Attendance at a weekly four-hour lab, as well
as preparation of a paper based on the research literature, is
required. Prereq. BIO 1105 or BIO 1 133 and CHM 1265.
BI0 1432 Higher Plants 4QH
Offers study of vascular plants (club mosses, ferns, gymnosperms,
and angiosperms). Origin, ecology, development, structure,
paleobotanical evidence, reproductive strategies, and economic
uses. Field trips included. Lab. Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1105 or
BIO 1133.
BIO 1 437 Structural Botany 4QH
Focuses on comparative developmental anatomy of seed plants.
Lab. Labfee. Prereq'. BIO 1105 or BIO 1133.
BI0 1 440 Advanced Invertebrate Zoology 4 QH
A lecture, field, and lab course that concentrates on one or two
phyla. Subject varies from year to year, depending upon exper-
tise of available faculty. An individual research project is required.
Lab fee. Prereq. Twoyears of college biology.
BIO 1441 Parasitology 4QH
Focuses on symbiotic relationships of protozoans, mesozoans,
flatworms, nematodes, acanthocephalans, and arthropods. Lab.
Labfee.Prereg. BIO 1107orBIO llOSandBIO 1260.
BI0 1 442 Vertebrate Paleontology 4 QH
Examines evolution of the vertebrates, including humans, as
revealed through the fossil record. Lab, museum, and field stud-
ies. Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1107 or BIO 1105, BIO 1211, BIO 1260;
or permission of instructor.
BI0 1446 Ornithology 4QH
A study of the phylogeny, anatomy, physiology, behavior, and
ecology of birds. Field observation, lab preparation, and study of
specimens are included. Lab includes on-campus study and field
trips. Lab fee.
BI01447Herpetology 4QH
Lectures emphasize the natural history, behavior, systematics,
and zoogeography of recent amphibians and reptiles. Lab con-
sists of identification and preparation of specimens, particularly
local species. Mandatory field trips. Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1105 or
BIO 1107, and BIO 1260.
BI0 1448 Mammalogy 5QH
Offers study of phylogeny, anatomy, physiology, and natural
history of mammals. Field collection, lab preparation, and study
of specimens are included. Lab. Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1104 or
BIO 1107, and BIO 1211.
BI0 1 449 Morine Birds and Mammals 4 QH
Focuses on the phylogeny, systematics, zoogeography, morphol-
ogy, physiology, reproduction, behavior, and ecology of birds
and mammals associated with the marine environment, with lab
emphasis on species that occur along the New England coast.
Labs include identifying, dissecting, and preparing specimens.
Lab fee.Prereq. BIO 1211 andBIO 1104, BIO 1107, or BIO 1141.
BI0 1450 Immunology 4QH
Provides an overview of the structure and function of genes,
proteins, and cells involved in the generation of the immune
response. Emphasizes molecular immunology and immunoge-
netics. Prereq. BIO 1261. Take concurrently with BIO 1467.
BI0 1 453 General Physiology of Invertebrates 4 QH
Basic animal functions as manifested among the major groups
of invertebrates, with comparisons to the vertebrates, especially
aquatic vertebrates. The course considers the cellular and bio-
chemical bases for the functions, their control, their adaptiveness
to diverse environments, and their evolutionary implications.
Topics usually include: respiration, circulation, nutrition,
metabolism, excretion, salt and water balance, temperature
responses, biological clocks, sensory organs, and various effec-
tor organs. Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1261.
BI0 1 454 Comparative Vertebrate Physiology 4 QH
Considers physiological principles in the context of the phyloge-
netic diversity of the vertebrates, with emphasis on adaptations
112 Course Descriptions
of animals to aspects of their life histories and environments.
Comparisons with invertebrate systems will be made when
appropriate. Major themes to be considered include: energetics,
temperature, circulation, respiration, skeletal muscle, and salt
and water balance. Lab. Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1261.
BI014S7Neuroethology 4QH
A lecture, field, and lab course concentrating on the mechanisms
underlying behavior of model invertebrates and lower inverte-
brates. The overall goal will be to develop a framework to explain
behavior in terms of properties and connectivity of neuronal
circuits. Topics to be covered include: the cellular biology of neu-
rons and neuronal circuits, the organization of sensory and
motor systems, and field and lab analysis of simple behaviors.
Lab fee. Prereq. BIO 1105.
BI0 1 460 Current Concepts in Cell Biology 4 QH
Examines selected topics in cellular structure and function of
eukaryotes, for example, their electrical and mechanical charac-
teristics and the underlying physical and biochemical processes.
Topics will vary depending upon the instructor. Lab. Lab fee.
Prereq. BIO 1261 and physics.
BI0 1 46 1 General Biodiemistry 1 4 QH
Surveys biochemistry, emphasizing protein structure, the
nature of enzymic catalysis, bioenergetics, and the metabolism
of carbohydrates, lipids, and amino acids. Prereq. BIO 1260 and
organic chemistry.
BI0 1 462 General Biodiemistry Laboratory 4 QH
Introduces modem research techniques used in biochemistry
and molecular biology. Topics include purification and character-
ization of proteins, kinetic properties of enzymes, isolation of
high molecular weight DNA, recombination of DNA molecules in
vitro, isolation of bacterial clones containing recombinant molecules,
and in vitro mutagenesis. Covers safety and moral concerns
raised by genetic engineering. Includes two hours of lecture and
seven hours of lab. Prereq. BIO 1461.
BI0 1 463 General Biodiemistry 3 4 QH
Emphasizes the structure and function of organelles, mecha-
nisms of hormonal control of metabolism, and gene regulation.
Prereq. BIO 1461, BIO 1467.
BI0 1 467 Moleculor Biology 4QH
Emphasizes experimental design and proof in macro-molecular
chemistry and genetics. Studies current theories of the detailed
molecular mechanisms for the preservation, expression, and
evolutionary development of biological information. Applications
to general biological and health problems will be emphasized.
A two-hour period each week will be devoted to problem solving,
research "game playing," and model building. Prereq. BIO 1261.
BIO 1 470 Coastal Biology (Washington Coast) 4 QH
The first of a series of three courses intended to introduce the
student to a wide range of coastal environments. This course
includes studies of the open ocean, rocky intertidal areas, sandy
beaches, and estuarine environments of the Washington coast.
Basic biological principles will be demonstrated through com-
parative studies.
BI0 1 471 Coastal Biology (Caribbean Coast) 4 QH
The second of a series of three courses intended to introduce the
student to a wide range of coastal environments. This course
includes studies of the open ocean, rocky intertidal areas, sandy
beaches, and estuarine environments of the Caribbean. Basic
biological principles will be demonstrated through comparative
studies.
BI0 1 472 Coastal Biology (New England Coast) 4 QH
The third of a series of three courses intended to introduce the
student to a wide range of coastal environments. This course
includes studies of the open ocean, rocky intertidal areas, sandy
beaches, and estuarine environments of the New England coast.
Basic biological principles will be demonstrated through com-
parative studies.
BI0 1 475 Biology and Ecology of Fish 4 QH
Examines the ecology, evolution, systematics, and behavior of
fish. Uses field study, lectures, and labs. Studies specimens
taken from New England waters. Lab fee. Prereq. Two years of
college biology.
BIO 1477 The Biology of Corals 4QH
A field, lecture, and lab course which concentrates on tropical
cnidaria. The course will study the systematics, anatomy, physi-
ology and ecology of this group of animals which assume such an
important role in tropical marine ecosystems. Prereq. Two years
of college biology.
BI0 1478 The Biology of Fish 5QH
A field, lecture, and lab course that examines the systematics,
anatomy, behavior and ecology offish. Tropical forms are empha-
sized. Prereq. Two years of college biology.
BI0 1 479 Adapatotions of Aquatic Organisms 4 QH
An exploration of aquatic organisms through a study of their
evolutionary responses to the aquatic habitat. The physical
properties of water create physical constraints that have siffected
form, function, and behavior of all aquatic organisms. Density,
viscosity, diffusion rates, pressure effects, and elementary fluid
mechanics will be used to explain such characteristics as the
body shape of larvae, hearing and sound production, suspension
feeding, and buoyancy. Course includes lectures, labs, demon-
strations, and individual research projects. Prereq. Two years of
college biology.
610 1 480 Senior Biodiemistry Seminar 1 QH
Examines recent developments in various topics of biochemistry.
Emphasizes student presentation and analysis. Prereq. Comple-
tion of BIO 1103 through BIO 1261.
BI0 1 490 Senior Seminar 1 QH
The course examines recent developments in various topics of
zoology, microbiology, physiology, botany, ecology, genetics, and
cell biology. Student presentation end analysis are emphasized.
Limited to qualified juniors and seniors in the BA program and
required of seniors in the BS program. Prereq. Completion of
BIO 1 103 through BIO 1261.
BI0 1491, BI0 1492 Directed Study 1, 2 2 QH each
Offers independent work on a chosen topic under the direction of
department faculty. Limited to qualified juniors and seniors
with approval of the department and special arrangements with
the supervising faculty member. The two quarters of this course
together count as one biology department elective. Prereq.
Completion of BIO 1103 through BIO 1261.
Biology 113
Chemistry
Introductory Chemistry Courses
CHM 1 1 00 Special Topics in Chemistry 4 QH
Examines fundamentals and applications of chemistry of par-
ticular interest to students in business. Discusses atomic theory,
chemical bonding and reactions, states of matter and common
chemicals, and foundations of organic chemistry. Makes applica-
tions to plastics and polymers, biochemistry, semiconductors,
and nuclear power.
CHM n 1 0 General Chemistry Preliminaries 5 QH
Introduces general chemistry by reviewing the required compu-
tational skills, basic nomenclature, and the mole concept. Prereq.
Permission of the course coordinator for general chemistry for the
life sciences.
CHM 1111 General Chemistry for the Life Sciences 1 S QH
Designed for nonchemistry majors. Focuses on basic concepts
and definitions: the mole concept and chemical stoichiometry,
states of matter, solutions, periodicity of elements, atomic struc-
ture, and chemical bonding and reactions. Lab fee. ( II)
CHM 1 11 2 General Chemistry for the Life Sciences 2A 5 QH
For students who will not be taking further chemistry. Covers
chemical equilibria; acids, bases, and buffers; introduction to the
organic chemistry of compounds of biological relevance; introduc-
tory biochemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic
acids. Lab Fee. Prereg. CHM 1111.
CHM 11 22 General Chemistry for the Life Sciences 2B 5QH
For nonchemistry majors who will be taking CHM 1264. Subjects
covered include chemical kinetics and equilibria, acids and
bases, elementary thermodynamics and kinetics, and electroly-
sis and electrochemistry. Lab Fee. Prereq. CHM 1111.
CHM 1 1 30 Fundamentals of Chemistry 4 QH
Focuses on applications and principles of chemistry. Examines
elementary atomic theory, physical and chemical properties of
matter, chemical reactions and stoichiometry, and chemical
measurements with applications in engineering technology.
CHM 1131 General Chemistry for Engineering Students 1 4 QH
Primarily for engineering students. Introduces the principles of
chemistry, focusing upon the states and structure of matter and
chemical stoichiometry.
CHM 1 1 32 General Chemistry for Engineering Students 2 4 QH
Primarily for engineering students. Introduces the principles of
chemistry, focusing upon chemical equilibria, the nature of some
common materials, and energy considerations in chemical and
nuclear transformations. Prereq. CHM 1131.
CHM 1 1 38 General Chemistry Laboratory 1 0H
Required for students planning to major in chemical engineer-
ing. Optional for other students taking CHM 1132. Experiments
pertaining to lecture material. Lab fee.
CHM 1151 General Chemistry for Science Majors 1 S QH
For chemistry majors and selected students in other majors,
such as biology, physics, and so on. Focuses on basic concepts and
definitions, moles, gas laws, stoichiometry, atomic structure,
periodic properties, and chemical bonding. Lab fee.
CHM 1 1 52 General Chemistry for Science Majors 2 5 QH
Topics include solutions, chemical kinetics, chemical equilib-
rium, chemical thermodynamics, electrochemistry, chemistry
of the representative elements. Lab fee. Prereq. CHM 1111 or
CHM 1151.
CHM 11 53 The Chemical Elements 5QH
For chemistry majors and selected students in other majors.
Applies the principal concepts of chemistry (thermodynamics,
chemical bonding, kinetics ) to a systematic survey of the charac-
teristic behavior of the chemical elements and compounds. Lab
fee. Prereq. CHM 1122, CHM 1132, CHM 1152, orequiv.
Advanced Chemistry Courses
CHM 1 22 1 Analytical Chemistry 4 QH
For nonchemistry majors. Covers the principles and practice of
chemical methods of analysis with an introduction to spectropho-
tometry, ion selective electrodes, and gas chromatography. Dis-
cusses methods and applications for the fields of biology, clinical
chemistry, toxicology, and environmental investigations. Lab
fee. Prereq. CHM 1122 orequiv.
CHM 1 231 Analytical Chemistry for Majors 5 QH
For chemistry majors. Covers the principles and practice of
chemical methods of analysis with an introduction to spectropho-
tometry, ion selective electrodes, and gas chromatography.
Examines method development, equilibrium limitations in analysis,
and statistical evaluation of data as well as methods and applica-
tions for the fields of biochemistry, industrial chemistry, and
chemical research. Lab fee. Prereq. CHM 1152 or equiv.
CHM 1 264 Organic Chemistry for Biology Science Majors 1 5 OH
For nonchemistry majors. Covers nomenclature, preparation,
properties, and reactions of common organic compounds. Lab fee.
Prereq. CHM 1122, CHM 1152, orequiv.
CHM 1 265 Organic Chemistry for Biology Science Majors 2
Continues CHM 1264. Lab fee. Prereq. CHM 1264.
SON
CHM 1 268 Organic Chemistry for Pharmacy Majors 1 5 QH
For pharmacy majors. Covers nomenclature, preparation, prop-
erties, and reactions of common organic compounds. Lab fee.
Prereq. CHM 1 122, CHM 1 152, orequiv.
CHM 1 269 Organic Chemistry for Pharmocy Majors 2
Continues CHM 1268. Lab fee. Prereq. CHM 1268.
5QH
CHM 1271 Organic Chemistry for Chemistry Majors and 3 QH
Chemical Engineering Students 1
For chemistry majors, chemical engineering students, and selected
students in other majors. Covers synthesis and properties of
aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and their functional
derivatives, correlation between the structure of organic com-
pounds and their physical and chemical properties, and electronic
interpretation of organic reactions. Prereq. CHM 1153 or
CHM 1132 and CHM 1 138 or equiv.
CHM 1 272 Organic Chemistry for Chemistry Majors and 5 QH
Chemical Engineering Students 2
Continues CHM 1271. Lab fee. Prereq. CHM 1271.
CHM 1 273 Organic Chemistry for Chemistry Majors and 5 QH
Chemical Engineering Students 3
Continues CHM 1272. Lab fee. Prereq. CHM 1272.
114 Course Descriptions
CHM 1 280 Physical Chemistry lor the Life Sciences 1 4 QH
Examines physiochemical principles as they apply to biological
processes. Covers thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibria, oxida-
tion-reduction reactions, transport processes, quantum mechan-
ics, and spectroscopy. Preref^. CHM 1122, CHM 1152, orequiv.
CHM 1 281 Physical Chemistry for the Life Sciences 2
Continues CHM 1280. Prereq. CHM 1280.
4QH
CHM 1 381 Physical Chemistry 1 3 QH
Introduces chemical thermodynamics. Covers the three laws of
thermodynamics and their applications to thermochemistry,
material equilibrium, and reaction equilibrium. Prereq. CHM
1132, CHM 1152, orequiv.;MTH 1223, MTH 1243, orequiv.;
PHY 1223, PHY 1233, or equiv.
CHM 1 382 Physical Chemistry 2 3QH
Continues chemical thermodynamics, kinetics, and transport
processes. Covers theoretical concepts and practical applications
of phase equilibria, quantitative use of phase diagrams, kinetic
molecular theory and applications to transport processes, reac-
tion kinetics, and mechanism. Prereq. CHM 1381.
CHM 1 383 Physical Chemistry 3 3 QH
Presents the fundamental principles of quantum mechanics and
their application to chemical problems. Emphasizes applications
to atomic and molecular spectroscopy. Prereq. CHM 1382.
CHM 1 394 Experimental Physical Chemistry 1 2 QH
Presents experiments that demonstrate simple yet accurate
ways of measuring fundamental physical chemical phenomena.
Examines treating experimental methodology and error analy-
sis. Introduces computer-based data analysis. Emphasizes the
preparation of concise and literate laboratory reports. Lab fee.
Prereq. CHM 1381 or taken concurrently.
CHM ] 395 Experimental Physical Chemistry 2 2 QH
Examines experiments based on various physical chemistry
topics presented in CHM 1382. Explains and demonstrates
computer interfacing of experimental apparatus. Focuses on
data analysis using computer-based spread sheet and analysis
programs. Emphasizes preparing concise and literate laboratory
reports. Lab fee. Prereq. CHM 1382 or taken concurrently.
CHM 1 396 Experimental Physical Chemistry 3 2 QH
Focuses on experiments in atomic and molecular spectroscopy
and molecular photophysics that illustrate the principles dis-
cussed in CHM 1383. Emphasizes experimental methodology
and preparing reports. Lab fee. Prereq. CHM 1383 or taken
concurrently.
CHM 1422 Instrumental Methods of Analysis 4 QH
For chemistry majors and selected students in other majors.
Covers principles, methods, and applications of electroanalytical
chemistry, optical spectroscopy, and chromatography. Includes
selected topics in instrumental design and function and in
nonoptical spectroscopy. Prereq. CHM 1382 and CHM 1231 or
permission of instructor. Chemistry majors take CHM 1432
concurrently.
CHM 1 432 Instrumental Analysis Laboratory 2 QH
For chemistry majors and selected students in other majors
registered for CHM 1422. Focuses on lab experiments related to
topics covered in CHM 1422. Lab fee.
CHM 1 44 1 Inorganic Chemistry 4 QH
Topics include atomic properties of free atoms and ions; ionic
bonding and the structure of the solid state; the Madelung
calculation; the Born-Haber and other thermodynamic cycles;
valence-bond, molecular, orbital, and crystal field theories of
bonding; stereochemistry of compounds of representative ele-
ments; electron-deficient compounds; and spectral and magnetic
properties of transition metal compounds. Prereq. CHM 1383.
CHM 1 45 1 Experimental Inorganic Chemistry 2 QH
Presents topics in modem inorganic and organometallic chemis-
try. Introduces important experimental techniques. Lab Fee.
Prereq. CHM 1441 or taken concurrently.
CHM 1 46 1 1dentification of Organic Compounds 3 QH
Examines qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mix-
tures, using physical, chemical, and instrumental methods. Lab
fee. Prereq. CHM 1265 or CHM 1273.
CHM 1491,CHM 1492 Directed Study 2 QH each
Offers independent work under the direction of a faculty mem-
ber. Limited to qualified students with approval of an adminis-
tering committee and the supervising faculty member. Prereq.
Completion of an organic chemistry sequence and analytical
chemistry.
CHM 1 521 Advanced Analytical Chemistry 1 3 QH
Examines analytical separations. Corresponds to CHM 3521.
Prereq. CHM 1422 or equiv.
CHM 1 523 Advanced Analytical Chemistry 2 3 QH
Examines the theory, practice, instrumentation, and application
of selected electroanal3'tical methods of analysis. Corresponds to
graduate course CHM 3523. Prereq. CHM 1422 or equiv.
CHM ] 525 Advanced Analytical Chemistry 3 3 QH
Covers optical methods of analysis. Corresponds to CHM 3525.
Prereq. CHM 1422 or equiv.
CHM 1 56 1 Advanced Organic Chemistry 1 3 QH
Focuses on organic structure and reactions. Corresponds to
graduate course CHM 356 1. Prereq. CHM 1273 or CHM 1265.
CHM 1 562 Advanced Organic Chemistry 2 3 QH
Examines organic structure and reactions. Corresponds to
graduate course CHM 3562. Prereq. CHM 1561.
CHM 1 563 Advanced Organic Chemistry 3 3 QH
Focuses on organic structure and properties. Corresponds to
graduate course CHM 3563. Prereq. CHM 1562.
CHM 1 564 Spectrophotometric Identification of Organic Compounds 3 QH
Examines spectrophotometric identification of organic com-
pounds. Corresponds to graduate course CHM 3564. Prereq.
CHM 1273 orequiv.
CHM1581 Advanced Physical Chemistry! 3QH
Examines chemical thermodynamics. Corresponds to graduate
course CHM 3581. Prereq. CHM 1383.
CHM 1 59 1 Advanced Physical Chemistry 2 3 QH
Focuses on atomic and molecular structure. Corresponds to
graduate course CHM 3591. Prereq. CHM 1383.
Chemistry 115
CHM 1 581 Advanced Physical Chemistry 1 3 QH
Examines chemical thermodynamics. Corresponds to graduate
course CHM 3581. Prereq. CHM 1383.
CHM 1 591 Advanced Physical Chemistry 2 3 QH
Focuses on atomic and molecular structure. Corresponds to
graduate course CHM 3591. Prereq. CHM 1383.
CHM 1 738 General Chemistry laboratory
Honors equivalent of CHM 1138.
CHM 1741 General Chemistry 1 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of CHM 1131.
CHM 1 742 General Chemistry 2 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of CHM 1132.
CHM 1751 General Chemistry 1 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of CHM 1 101.
CHM 1 752 General Chemistry 2 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of CHM 1152.
1QH
4QH
4QH
5QH
SQH
4QHeach
CHM 1800, CHM 1801, CHM 1802, CHM 1803, CHM 1804,
CHM 1805 Undergraduate Research
Students may conduct original experimental work under the
direction of a faculty member. A minimum of a two-quarter
commitment and approval of the executive officer of the chemis-
try department are required. Prereq. at least middleryear chem-
istry major status with a minimum QPA of 2.8 in courses required
for the major.
CHM 1811 Advanced Chemical Lohorotory Practice 1 4 OH
Staff members direct lab projects in analytical, inorganic, or-
ganic, and physical chemistry. Approval of the executive officer
of the chemistry department is required. Lab fee. Prereq.
CHM 1273, CHM 1395, CHM 1396, and CHM 1422.
CHM 1812 Advanced Chemical Laboratory Practice 2 4 QH
Students may continue lab projects from CHM 1811 or carry
out new projects in different areas. Approval of the executive
officer of the chemistry department is required. Lab fee. Prereq.
CHM 1811.
Communication Studies
CMN 1 1 1 0 Voice and Articulation 4 QH
Provides training in developing clear and articulate speech.
Includes topics such as the physiology of the vocal mechanism,
voice projection and variety, articulation and pronunciation, and
appropriate speech. Trains students through lectures, drills, and
exercises.
CMN 1111 Oral Interpretation of Literature 4 QH
Teaches the theory and skill of dramatic reading, with an empha-
sis on analyzing and presenting literature orally. Analyzes prose,
poetry, and dramatic selections to communicate the author's
meaning through voice, tone, and gesture.
CMN 1115 Foundations of Communications 4 QH
Explores the history and nature of human interaction through
speech. Includes such topics as the communication process;
verbal and nonverbal; interpersonal, group, and public commu-
nication contexts; communication ethics; and the mass commu-
nication media. Offers the opportunity to learn principles gov-
erning effective communication.
CMN1116PublicSpeaking 4QH
Develops skills in public communication. Includes topics such as
choosing and researching a topic, organizing and delivering a
speech, handling speech anxiety, listening critically, and adapt-
ing language to an audience. Offers the opportunity for students
to present a series of speeches and receive advice and criticism
from an audience.
CMN 1 2 1 0 Advanced Voice and Articulation 4 OH
Develops the vocal techniques introduced in CMN 1110. Includes
work with speech patterns and dialects. Develops the profes-
sional speaking voice through exercises and applying concepts.
Prereq. CMN 1110.
CMN 1 2 1 1 Advanced Oral Interpretation 4 OH
Provides an in-depth study of analyzing and performing litera-
ture. Includes topics such as classical literature, group perfor-
mance of literature, and programming. Prereq. CMN 1111.
CMN 1 232 Communication and Gender 4 QH
Reviews contemporary research in gender, specifically the role
that gender plays in human communication. Includes topics such
as "genderlect," gender bias in language, and gender images
communicated in the media.
CMN 1 239 Argumentation and Debate 4 QH
Introduces the principles and skills of effective argument. In-
cludes topics such as the process of advocacy, developing an
argument through reasoning, the psychology of argument, and
motivational techniques of argumentation. Combines theory and
practice in argument through individual presentations and team
debates. Prereq. CMN 1116 or permission of instructor.
CMN 1 240 Advanced Studies in Speech Performance 4 QH
Provides an opportunity to develop skills and strategies neces-
sary to compete successfully on the forensics circuit. Designed
for students in the forensics program. Prereq. Permission of
instructor.
CMN 1 250 Introduction to Mass Communication 4 QH
Surveys the various media of communication. Includes radio,
television, film, newspapers, magazines, and electronic commu-
nication. Explores the impact media have on society.
CMN 1 300 Communication Theory 4 QH
Surveys significant theories of human communication. Empha-
sizes such topics as systems theory, symbolic interaction theory,
structuralist theories, and critical-cultural studies.
CMN 1 3 1 0 The Classical Age of Speech and Rhetoric 4 QH
Surveys theories of persuasive speech in ancient Greece and
Rome. Includes Aristotle's rhetoric. Sophistic traditions, the
rhetoric of Cicero and Quintilian, and famous speeches of the
Golden Age of Athens. Teaches the roots of the discipline of
speech and communication.
CMN 1 3 1 5 Theories of Persuasion 4 QH
Examines the behavioral theories used to create or modify be-
liefs, attitudes, and values. Studies how professional persuaders
conceive of and execute arguments for specific audiences.
116 Course Descriptions
CMN 1318 Negotiation Skills 4QH
Focuses on the process of negotiating mutually acceptable agree-
ments in adversarial settings. Emphasizes collective bargaining
as a form of problem solving, and resolving conflict through
mediation. Prereq. Middler standing or above or permission of
instructor.
CMN 1 450 Television Studio Production 4 OH
Introduces studio production techniques. Covers the creative
and technical elements of video production, camera operation,
floor direction, editing graphics, lighting, picture composition,
and directing methods. Prereq. CMN 1250 or permission of
instructor.
OWN 1 330 Interpersonal Communication 4 QH
Helps students improve their interpersonal communications
skills. Includes topics such as the self in communication, self-
disclosure, language, nonverbal communication, listening skills,
conflict resolution, and maintaining functional relationships
through communication.
CMN 1 331 Advanced Interpersonal Communication 4 QH
Continues instruction in interpersonal communication. Focuses
on applying principles of effective communication to human
relationships. Prereq. CMN 1330.
CMN 1 338 Group Discussion 4 QH
Develops skills in working with and in small groups. Instructs in
the small group decision-making process as well as in the inter-
personal dynamics of the group. Includes topics such as problem
solving, conflict resolution, role playing, and leadership.
CMN 1410 Contemporory Public Address 4 QH
Analyzes significant public speeches from the recent past. Gives
an opportunity to appreciate the role of oratory in major political
and social movements by studying audio and videotapes of his-
toric and influential speakers. Uses various critical theories to
develop skills in criticism.
CMN 1415 Persuasion in Contemporary Culture 4 QH
Develops students' critical thinking skills as receivers of persua-
sive communication. Examines instances of persuasion in popu-
lar culture such as advertising, mass media, and politics. Helps
students become more informed, critical receivers of mediated
messages. Prereq. CMN 1315 or permission ofinstructor.
CMN 1 430 Organizational Communication 4 OH
Surveys the communication process in complex organizations.
Includes topics such as the evolution of organizational communi-
cation, communication networks, information management, and
communication climate. Analyzes case studies and teaches how
to improve the quality of communication in an organization.
Prereq. CMN 1330 or permission ofinstructor.
CMN 1 431 Advanced Organizational Communication 4 QH
Examines the problems of sending and receiving information in
complex organizations. Reviews technologies used to dissemi-
nate information, communication auditing processes, and
methods to devise and assess communication programs for orga-
nizations. Prereq. CMN 1430.
CMN 1 437 Consultation Skills 4 QH
Surveys techniques used to analyze communication problems in
industry, organizations, and groups. Includes theory and prac-
tice using the case study methods. Offers students the opportu-
nity to learn how to audit an organization, identify problems in
communication, and suggest solutions. Prereq. CMN 1115,
CMN 1300, CMN 1330, and CMN 1338.
CMN 1451 Foundations of Broadcast Technology 4 OH
Surveys the history of radio and television broadcasting technol-
ogy in the United States and around the world. Includes the
evolution of technology, broadcast television versus cable and
pay-per-view, effects of technology on the media, and the future
of broadcast technology. Develops an understanding and appre-
ciation of broadcast technology's impact on contemporary society.
CMN 1452 Radio Production 4 OH
Introduces the principles and practices of radio. Includes lab
work in studio production and instruction in program design,
ratings, and on-air performance. Gives students an opportunity
to produce broadcast material such as feature stories, commer-
cials, and public service announcements. Prereq. CMN 1250 or
permission ofinstructor.
CMN 1453 Broadcast Management 4QH
Examines the four critical functions of media management:
economics, marketing, advertising, and ratings. Includes FCC
regulatory policies, external market forces, and internal man-
agement forces. Prereq. 1250 and middler status or above.
CMN 1 454 Programming lor Radio and Television 4 QH
Examines the history of radio and television programming and
the structure in which programming operates. Covers network,
network affiliate, independent, cable, and public television and
radio, and the major suppliers of programs such as Hollywood
studios, independent producers, syndicates, networks, and local
stations. Reviews how the practical components of the program
marketplace, such as rating, scheduling, regulation, and adver-
tising, developed historically. Includes an opportunity to design
a music wheel for radio and a short video segment for television.
CMN 1455 Television Field Production 4 OH
Offers advanced training in video production techniques, empha-
sizing remote location shooting. Includes location scouting,
production budgets, writing techniques, equipment location,
post-production editing, and content analysis. Offers the oppor-
tunity to work in teams to produce and direct television using
remote video equipment. Prereq. CMN 1250 and CMN 1450.
CMN 1 500 Special Topics in Communication Studies 4 QH
Examines various contemporary issues in speech communication.
CMN 1 554 Special Topics in Medio
Examines various contemporary issues in mass media.
4QH
CMN 1 555 Communication and the Quality of Life 4 OH
Exposes students to the role that communication plays in the
quality of individual and community life. Helps students explore
the impact of contemporary communication trends. Analyzes the
impact of various media on quality of life. Prereq. Middler stand-
ing, CMN 1330, or permission ofinstructor.
CMN 1 600 Introduction to Communication Research 4 OH
Introduces the various methods through which scholars of com-
munication develop knowledge. Includes historical, descriptive.
Communication Studies 117
experimental, and ethnographic methods. Expects student to
engage in individual research projects designed to increase
familiarity with communication literature and to develop skills
in critical writing and library research. Prereq. CMN 1330 or
permission of instructor.
CMN 1 6 1 0 Rhetorical Criticism 4 QH
Offers a critical analysis of a range of rhetorical texts: visual,
literary, oral, and musical. Includes traditional and cultural
approaches to criticism. (W)Prereq. CMN 1330.
CMN 1 895 Internship in Speech Communication 4 QH
Gives students the opportunity to gain hands-on experience in
the communications industry. Requires prior approval by the
internship director prior to registration. Further internship
details are available in the department office.
Economics
Unless otherwise stated, there are no prerequisites for advanced
economics courses. Where prerequisites are indicated, exceptions
may be granted with the instructor's permission.
ECN 1 00 1 Economic Problems and Perspectives 4 QH
Studies the economic concepts and methods that are useful to an
informed citizen for an understanding of modern social issues
such as unemployment, inflation, poverty, crime, the environ-
ment, medical care, and international competitiveness. Limited
to students who have not taken ECN 11 15 or ECN 1116. Cannot
be used to meet any departmental requirement of the major.
ECN 1 11 5 Principles of Macroeconomics 4 QH
Introduces macroeconomic analysis. Topics include the flow of
national income, economic growth and fluctuation, the role of
money and banking, and monetary and fiscal policies. Empha-
sizes the development of conceptual tools to analyze the economic
problems facing modem society. (II)
ECN 1 11 6 Principles of Microeconomics 4 QH
Focuses on development of basic theory of demand, supply, and
market price. Explores applications to selected microeconomic
problems, such as basic monopoly and competition, and other
issues that relate to the role of the pricing system in resource
allocation and income distribution. (II)
ECN 11 30 Medical Economics 4QH
Examines health-care trends in the United States and selected
foreign countries, causes of the rising costs of medical care, the
particular nature of the demand for health-care services, the
demand for physicians and paramedical personnel, Certificate
of Need committees, health maintenance organizations, medical
malpractice, increases in life expectancy and its impact on soci-
ety, third-party payers, and the true cost of medical education.
ECN 1 1 40 Economics of Crime 4 QH
Covers economic analysis of crime and the criminal justice sys-
tem. Topics include theoretical and empirical analysis of the
economic causes of criminal behavior, the social costs of crime
and its prevention, and design of enforcement policies.
ECN 1 1 50 Economics of World Energy and Primary Resources 4 QH
Investigates economic, political, and historical backgrounds of
energy and other resources problems. Analyzes future impact of
primary resources limitations on United States and world eco-
nomics as well as feasibility studies of resource substitution.
Prereq. ECN 11 15 and ECN 1116.
ECN 1 1 70 Economic Issues in Minority Communities 4 QH
Examines the economic conditions of nonwhite minorities within
the United States economy. Includes historical and cultural
materials as well as specific theoretical and empirical analysis of
the economic problems confronting minority communities. Same
asAFR1161.(VI)
ECN 1 21 5 Macroeconomic Theory 4 QH
Investigates the conceptual and empirical problems of creating
and using national accounts, price index problems, conceptual
and empirical evaluation of consumption and investment func-
tions and their policy implications, multiplier and accelerator
models, and recent cyclical fluctuations. Analyzes theories of
inflation, unemployment and growth in the light of recent eco-
nomic history. Prereq. ECN 1115 and MTH 11 14 or equiv.
ECN 1 2 1 6 Microeconomic Theory 4 QH
Examines supply-and-demand analysis, various elasticity
concepts and applications, theories of demand and production,
and derivation of cost curves. Analyzes pricing and output
behavior in the several market structures with their welfare
implications and the pricing of resources. Prereq. ECN 1116
and MTH 1114 or equiv.
ECN 1250 Statistics 1 4QH
Discusses elementary set theory, basic probability, measure-
ment and presentation of economic statistics, descriptive statis-
tics, basic estimation techniques, testing statistical hypotheses,
and sampling problems. Economics majors who have earned
credit for ECN 1250 may not receive credit for MSC 1200 or
MTH 1152.
ECN 1251 Statistics 2 4QH
Topics include analysis of variance, correlation and linear re-
gression analysis, multivariate regression analysis, and
Bayesian decision making. Prereq. ECN 1250. Economics majors
who have earned credit for ECN 1251 may not receive credit for
MSC 1201.
ECNISIOLaborEconomics 4QH
Focuses on economic analysis of the labor market and the labor
force. Topics include the supply, development and efficient use
of human resources; wage determination; the changing occupa-
tional and industrial structure; causes, nature and incidence
of unemployment; the economic impact of unions, related labor
market institutions and relevant public policies. Prereq.
ECN 1116 or ECN 1115.
ECN 1 3 1 1 Employment and Training Programs and Policies 4 QH
Nature and objectives of employment and training programs,
nature and causes of human resource problems, current and
previous efforts to solve human resource problems in the United
States, planning of human resource programs, and economic
evaluation of employment and training programs. Prereq. ECN 1 1 15.
ECN 1 31 2 Women in the Labor Market 4 QH
Focuses on economic analysis of the labor market position of
women in the context of the changing economic structure and labor
market institutions. Analyzes female labor force participation differ-
ences; male/female differentials in earnings and unemployment;
118 Course Descriptions
I
k
occupational concentration, occupational segregation, theories
and evidence of sex discrimination; and new opportunities for
women. Prereq. ECN 11 15 and ECN 1116.
ECN 1 3 14 Economics of Education and Human Capitol 4 OH
Explores theoretical and empirical treatment of economic issues
related to education and job training, including formal education
(preschool through post-secondary), vocational education, on-
the-job training, and government-sponsored employment and
training programs. Emphasizes follow-up studies, cost-effective-
ness analysis, and benefit-cost analysis for determining the
effectiveness of education and training investments from a private
and social standpoint. Prereq. ECN 1116.
ECN 1 3 1 5 Income Inequalities and Discrimination 4 OH
Focuses on economic analysis of income inequalities, poverty,
and discrimination. Examines the causes of income inequality
and the nature, causes and effects of poverty; economics of racial
discrimination; and public welfare system and other income
maintenance schemes. Prereq. ECN 1115 or ECN 1116.
ECN 1320 Urban Economics 4 OH
Studies urban growth and development, intermetropolitan
location of business firms, regional shifts in economic activity,
intrametropolitan location of firms and households, and land
use patterns. Prerei?. ECN 1116.
ECN1321UrbanEconomicProblemsand Policies 4 OH
Focuses on economic analysis of selected urban problems such as
housing, poverty, transportation, education, health, crime, and
the urban environment. Discusses public policies relating to such
problems. Prereq. ECN 1116. Sequel to ECN 1320. (ECN 1320
nota prereq.)
ECN 1 322 Economics of Transportotion 4 OH
Covers transportation and land-use patterns; externalities;
social costs and social benefits of various modes of transporta-
tion, ownership, regulations, and financing of various modes of
transportation; and economics of new technology in transportation.
Prereq. ECN 11 16.
ECN 1 323 Environmental Economics 4 OH
Applies the tools of economics to environmental issues. Explores
taxonomy of environmental effects; externalities; the commons
problem; taxation, regulations, marketable permits, and prop-
erty rights as a solution; measuring benefits of cleaner air and
water, noise abatement, and recreational areas; global issues
including tropical deforestation and acid rain; the relevance of
economics to the environmental debate. Prereq. ECN 1116.
ECN 1 330 Development Economics 4 OH
Explores prospects for economic growth and development in poor
nations as indicated by economic analysis and historical experi-
ence; social, cultural, and institutional determinants of growth;
analysis of agriculture and development, the role of technological
change, population; and foreign trade. (V)
ECN 1 331 American Economic Development 4 OH
Studies economic development of the United States from the
colonial period to the present, historical changes in economic
institutions and technologies, with special attention to precondi-
tions of industrialism; the American Industrial Revolution, its
spread and socioeconomic consequences; the Great Depression
and the subsequent rise of mixed economy and welfare state; and
United States adjustments to postwar economic changes.
ECN 1 332 Economic History of Less Developed Countries 4 QH
Considers the problems of initiating and sustaining economic
development in selected Third World countries during the last
two hundred years. Country-specific case studies cover the role of
traditional economic structures, different development goals and
strategies, state policies, and international economic relations.
Prereq. ECN 1115; ECN 1116;ECN 1330 recom.
ECN 1 333 European Economic Development 4 OH
Discusses economic inheritance of the nineteenth century devel-
opment of capitalism and laissez-faire; the aftermath of the
Industrial Revolution, European overseas expansion, the world
wars, and the dissolution of empires; American economic conquest
and European integration; the future of less developed areas in
southern Europe; environmental impact of industrialism and the
implications of technological society. (Ill)
ECN 1 334 Comparative Economics 4 QH
Emphasizes competing types of theoretical economic systems;
analysis of organization and operation of currently existing types
of communist, socialist, and capitalist economies; comparison
and evaluation of economic behavior and performance of differ-
ent economic systems. Prereq. ECN 1115 and ECN 1116.
ECN 1 335 International Economics: Finance 4 OH
Introduces the workings of foreign exchange markets, balance
of payments, fiscal and monetary policy in an open economy
under different exchange rate regimes, international capital
movements, and the international monetary system. Prereq.
ECN 11 15 or permission of instructor.
ECN 1 336 International Economics: Trade 4QH
Examines trade theories and patterns, impact of trade on domes-
tic factor prices, factor movements, and terms of trade. Explores
welfare implications and political economy of alternative trade
policies, such as free trade, tariffs, quotas, and custom unions.
Prereq. ECN 11 16 or permission ofinstructor.
ECN 1 337 History of Economic Thought 4 OH
Traces the evolution of Western economic thought. Covers sev-
eral important schools in economics, examining the questions
economists raise and analytical methods they use to study human
behavior. Prereq. ECN 1115 and ECN 1116.
ECN 1 340 Government Expenditures: Structure and Evaluation 4 OH
Covers fiscal functions of government, fiscal institutions and
politics, theory of social goods, public expenditure growth and
structure, federal budget expenditure evaluation and cost-benefit
case studies, fiscal federalism in theory and practice, and issues
of public debt and deficit. Prereq. ECN 1116orequiv.
ECN 1 34 1 Financing of Government: Taxation and Debt 4 OH
Considers principles of taxation; problems of tax structure and
reform at federal, state, and local levels; tax incidence; effects of
taxation on economic efficiency and growth; negative income tax
and social security finance; issues of public debt and deficit.
Prereq. ECN 11 16 or equiv.
ECN 1 342 Money and Banking 4 QH
Studies the nature and the functions of money, credit, and the
role of financial organizations in the United States economy.
Emphasizes theories of banking, money supply, and monetary
policy. Prereq. ECN 11 15 or equiv.
Economics 119
ECN 1 345 Business Cycles and Inflation 4 QH
Considers the theories of business cycles and inflation and an
empirical application of these theories to current business cycle,
inflation, and stagflation problems. Prereq. ECN 1115, ECN
1116,andECN1215.
ECN 1 350 Introduction to Econometrics 4 QH
Presents an introduction to the methods of econometric analysis
and forecasting. Covers ordinary least squares, piecewise regression,
tests and corrections for serial correlation and heteroskedasticity ,
specification analysis, simultaneous equations systems, errors in
variables, dynamic models and elementary forecasting. Prereq.
ECN 1115, ECN 11 16, and ECN 1251.
ECN 1 351 Problems in Economic Research 4 QH
Examines research methods used by practicing economists.
Discusses typical problems from applied areas of economics,
including choice of modeling framework, problems of data collec-
tion, review of estimation techniques, interpretation of results,
and development of static and dynamic adaptive policy models.
Prereq. ECN 1115, ECN 1116, ECN 1251.
ECN 1 353 Introduction to Mathematics for Economists 4 QH
Introduces basic tools of mathematics, matrix algebra, differen-
tial and integral calculus and classical optimization, with special
reference to economic applications. Prereq. ECN 11 15; ECN 1116.
ECN 1 360 Managerial Economics 4 QH
Explores the application of economic principles and theory, by
the use of case studies, to the solution of decision-making prob-
lems in such areas as demand forecasting, price policies, estima-
tion and control of costs, financing of capital investments, and
responses to government taxation and regulation policies.
Prereq. ECN 1116.
ECN 1 361 Social Control of Economic Activities 4 QH
Focuses on the development of the government's role in economic
activities, examining the relationships between the government
and industry, labor, agriculture, public utilities, and consumers.
Traces the changing role of the government from a laissez-faire
policy to one of direct intervention in the economy. Covers such
topics as wage and price control, environment and antipollution
policies, consumer protection, and conglomerate mergers.
ECN 1 362 Industrial Organization and Public Policy 4 QH
Presents an analytic framework and empirical study of how
the structure of industrial organization and conduct of sellers
and buyers affects economic performance and welfare. Includes
industrial examples and case studies. Examines antitrust as a
public policy designed to promote better market performances.
Prereq. ECN 11 16.
ECN 1 40 1 Advanced Economic Theory 4 QH
Covers advanced theoretical treatment of selected topics in
micro- and macroeconomics. Recommended for students
planning to take graduate economics. Prereq. ECN 1215
and ECN 1216.
ECN 1 4 1 5 Selected Topics in Macroeconomics 4 QH
Studies macroeconomic issues. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
ECN1416Selected Topics in Microecondmics 4 QH
Studies microeconomic issues. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
ECN 1481 Directed Study 1QH
Offers independent work on a chosen topic under the direction of
a faculty member of the department. Should not be substituted
for the course requirements leading to a BA or BS degree in
economics. Up to four quarter hours per offering, with an eight
quarter-hour maximum. Prereq. Qualified senior economics
majors and approval of department chair.
ECN 1482 Directed Study 2QH
Offers independent work on a chosen topic under the direction
of a faculty member of the department. Should not be substituted
for the course requirements leading to a BA or BS degree in
economics. Up to four quarter hours per offering, with an eight
quarter-hour maximum. Prereq. Qualified senior economics
majors and approval of department chair.
ECN 1483 Directed Study 3QH
Offers independent work on a chosen topic under the direction
of a faculty member of the department. Should not be substituted
for the course requirements leading to a BA or BS degree in
economics. Up to four quarter hours per offering, with an eight
quarter-hour maximum. Prereq. Qualified senior economics
majors and approval of department chair.
ECN 1484 Directed Study 4QH
Offers independent work on a chosen topic under the direction
of a faculty member of the department. Should not be substituted
for the course requirements leading to a B A or BS degree in
economics. Up to four quarter hours per offering, with an eight
quarter-hour maximum. Prereq. Qualified senior economics
majors and approval of department chair.
ECN 1 492 Senior Economics Seminar 4 QH
Coordinates and applies economic concepts, methodology, and
data to issues and problems of broad social, economic, and philo-
sophical importance. Prereq. ECN 1216 and ECN 1215; senior
economics majors only.
ECN 1 71 5 Macroeconomics Principles (Honors)
Honors equivalent of ECN 1115.
ECN 1 7 1 6 Microeconomics Principles (Honors)
Honors equivalent of ECN 1116.
4QH
4QH
Education
ED 1 003 Reading/Study Skills 1 4 QH
Provides instruction to students who demonstrate a need to be
more efficient in comprehending and studying college textbooks
and collateral reading assignments. Concentrates on techniques
involved in understanding informative materials and introduces
the evaluation of persuasive prose. In addition, presents sugges-
tions on such topics as how to listen to and take summary notes
on course lectures and how to set study goals and priorities con-
sistent with course objectives.
ED 1004 Reading/Study Skills 2 4QH
Continues topics introduced in ED 1003 and expands upon the
analysis and interpretation of persuasive texts. Emphasizes
reading imaginative prose for meaning and pleasure, preparing
for and taking examinations, and learning to adjust reading
speed and method to various materials encountered in concur-
rent courses.
120 Course Descriptions
ED ] OOS Practicum in Reading and Study Skills 4 QH
Gives students in the academic program Project Ujima compre-
hensive tools to help them to master the how-to's of reading
textbooks, notetaking, outlining, introductory research skills,
time management, studying skills, and other techniques neces-
sary for success in college.
ED 1 1 00 Education and Social Science 4 QH
Draws on anthropology, psychology, and sociology, and some of
the concepts, methods, and terminology of those fields. Concen-
trates on the evolution of human nature, the influence of previ-
ous experience and learning on the behavior of individuals and
groups, the difficulties in achieving a full degree of humanity in
a technological society, and the potentially powerful roles that
"professional socializers" (teachers, clinicians, group leaders,
and so forth) can play in the lives of students and clients.
ED 1 1 01 Education for the Future 4 QH
Discusses human survival and continued development as prob-
lems of educating people to use their skills and abilities to live
harmoniously. Examines the teaching and learning process used
to transmit information and values from one generation to the
next, and places these processes in the context of the past, present,
and future of the American family and education. Approaches
these issues with a creative and humanistic perspective,
ED 1 1 02 Human Development and Learning 1 4 QH
Surveys developmental processes ft-om the prenatal period
through preadolescence. Covers principles of physical, cognitive,
language, social, and personality development and discusses the
implications for childrearing and schooling.
ED 1 1 03 Human Development and Learning 2 4 QH
Presents a basic overview of the continuity of human develop-
ment in contemporary society, from the pre-adolescent period
through adolescence, adulthood, middle age, and old age. Consid-
ers significant areas of growth, development, and adjustment for
each period, including social, sexual, personality, motivational,
and cognitive aspects.
ED 1 1 04 Analysis of the Instructionol Process 4 QH
Examines conflicting theories about the nature of teaching and
learning. Evaluates the effects of traditional and innovative
educational systems on learners. Identifies educational tools for
describing, analyzing, and evaluating aspects of learning and
teaching; refines students' use of those tools during sequential
field observations and class meetings. Requires fieldwork.
ED 1 1 05 Day Care and Nursery Schools: Social and Cultural Origins 4 QH
Explores the origins of the increased contemporary use of out-of-
the-family child care arrangements in the United States and in
selected European and third-world nations. Covers the interrelation
of industrialization, technology, and family functioning; con-
trasting varieties of child care centers in operation today; and
effects of the proliferation of child care centers on other aspects
of society, such as neighborhood life, business, parents' lifestyles,
elementary school curricula, government spending, and the job
market in education and human services. Requires three to four
hours per week of fieldwork in child care. Prereq. ED 1100 or equiv.
ED 1 1 06 Oeative Expression in Children 4 OH
Assists students who are interested in working wdth children in a
variety of settings. Focuses on the potential of creative expression in
interpersonal communication and the relation of children's
creative experiences to their cognitive, emotional, and social
development. Provides the opportunity to acquire the hands-on
experience and confidence to work with various media available
for creative expression. Prereq. ED 1 102.
ED 1 300 Educotion and Psychosocial Development 4 QH
Examines theories and research on the socialization ftinctions
of education. Covers the relative influence of early versus
postchildhood socialization and the role of diverse educational
experiences and institutions in personality development. Prereq.
ED 1100 or equiv.
ED 1 302 The Human Services Professions 4 QH
Explores what a human service agency is, how it comes into
being, how it grows and changes. Analyzes attitudes, values,
skills, and knowledge of the human services worker and the
reasons why people in modern society require human services
assistance. Views human services from the eyes of clients as well
as society as a whole. Requires fieldwork in a human service
agency as well as a good deal of independent study. Required for
all human services majors; open to other students on space-
available basis. Prereq. ED 1100, SOC 1100, or equiv.
ED 1 304 Language and Cognition: Educational Implications 4 QH
Focuses on the development of language and thought in the
child. Includes such topics as concept attainment and problem
solving and the relationship of language to cognitive functioning.
Gives particular consideration to the educational implications
of the material. Prereg. ED 1102orED 1103.
ED 1 306 Measurement and Evaluation 4 OH
Emphasizes evaluation techniques for use in the classroom and
teaching-learning situations at all levels. Explores the impor-
tance of establishing behavioral objectives as a basis for evalua-
tion. Places considerable emphasis on improving teacher- made
tests, especially objective-type tests. Requires students to con-
struct an objective test in their discipline for an instructional
unit. Also reviews other evaluation techniques besides tests.
Gives brief attention to standardized measurement instruments
of ability and achievement as they may be used in the evaluation
of pupil progress.
ED 1 307 Introduction to Educational Statistics 4 OH
Emphasizes descriptive statistics useful in the evaluation of
educational and related professional activities. Covers statistical
notation, variability, probability, sampling techniques, linear
regression, correlation, t-tests, and chi-square tests of signifi-
cance. Draws, as much as possible, examples of applications of
these techniques from the fields for which students in the course
are preparing.
ED 1 309 Intervention Strotegies for the Human Services 4 QH
Introduces the range of skills used in working with clients in the
various helping professions such as counseling ( individual and
group), advocacy, rehabilitation, community organizing, and
income maintenance. Utilizes role playing, simulations, and
interviews with practicing professionals. Requires reading but
not fieldwork. Intended as preparation for more specialized
courses; required for human services majors but open to other
students with appropriate backgrounds.
ED 1 3 1 1 Case Management: Diagnosis and Treatment 4 QH
Introduces the basic theory and skills of managing clients'
treatment programs in a variety of institutional settings.
Education 121
Provides training in identifying the components of a psychosocial
assessment. Examines common techniques of planned service
delivery and resource coordination and reviews the entitle-
ments available to clients of diverse needs and backgrounds.
Prereq. PSY 111 or SOC 1100.
ED 1 31 4 Philosophy of Education 4 QH
Helps participants to examine their own purposes in relation to
those of the school as an institution. Studies philosophical writ-
ings on topics such as the ethics of educational intervention, the
delineation of educational concepts, the educational messages of
long-range speculations and Utopias, and normative assump-
tions underlying educational policies.
ED1317SeminarinGroupProcess 4QH
Studies the structure, dynamics, and function of face-to-face
groups to learn about goal achievement and task orientation.
Operates mainly by committee or group instrumentation. Fo-
cuses on gaining an understanding of the function of informal
relationships within formal organizations, the various roles
within groups, peer relationships, superior-subordinate relation-
ships, authority and intimacy, and the inclusion and exclusion
processes.
ED1318 Seminar in Early Childhood Development 4QH
Focuses on views of cognitive, personality, and social develop-
ment during early childhood. Discusses the implications of these
views. Requires each student to carry out a project in the field
placement and report results to the seminar. Prereq. ED 1102.
ED 1 31 9 Speech, Language, and Cognition in the Young Child 4 QH
Provides an overview of normal speech and language develop-
ment and its relationship to cognition in the young child. Describes
speech-language and cognitive behaviors in a variety of disor-
dered populations and outlines a team approach to treating such
disorders. Uses a variety of case studies to describe the assess-
ment and remediation of young children with speech and lan-
guage disorders in the classroom. Team taught by faculty from
the Department of Education and from the Department of
Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology. Provides students
an opportunity to understand the implications of disordered
speech and language for classroom learning. Prereq. ED 1 102.
ED 1 403 Remedial Reading 4 QH
Familiarizes prospective teachers with some of the most com-
monly known reading problems in the typical classroom as well
as in the Reading Clinic. Analyzes and evaluates the typical
diagnoses of such problems and corrective programs. Studies
tutorial work with a retarded reader, with each student keeping
a log or journal of work with a particular reading problem.
Prereq. ED 1402.
ED 1 404 Linguistics and Reading 4 QH
Explores the nature of language and relevant English language
systems to help students acquire a linguistic perspective on the
reading process and reading instruction. Examines pedagogical
implications in light of current knowledge about children's lan-
guage acquisition and use. Evaluates early structural linguistic
proposals for teaching reading and considers recent psycho-
linguistic models of the reading process. Discusses issues con-
cerning the language-different child. Prereq. ED 1402.
ED 1 405 Literature and Learning Materials lor Children and Young Adults 4 QH
Offers a comprehensive survey of the field of children's literature
and literature for young adults. Although designed specifically
for prospective teachers (and required of all Early Childhood and
Elementary Education majors ), may also be taken as an elective
by all students. Surveys and evaluates examples of contempo-
rary children's literature and other learning materials used in
preschool, elementary, secondary, and remedial programs.
Covers such recurring themes as racism and sexism in children's
books, controversial books for young children, contemporary
illustrators, and banned books.
ED 1 406 Elementary Education Curriculum 1 4 QH
Examines rationales for major curriculimi movements in elemen-
tary education, emphasizing what current research predicts as
reasonable directions to follow. Engages students in different but
complementary experiences to demonstrate that an array of
teaching strategies enables children to learn in ways compatible
for them. Gives particular attention to using sensory approaches
via visual art, music, and movement as a basis for integrated
program design in all subject areas. Stresses the nature of the
thinking processes underlying the activities, and ways to sensi-
tize children to these processes. Team taught by specialists in the
arts and a specialist in curriculum.
ED 1407 Elementary Education Curriculum 2 4QH
Describes and evaluates social studies curricula in use in elementary
school. Develops criteria to select appropriate social studies
content, skills, and attitudinal objectives. Expects students to
use these criteria to develop social studies experiences that meet
the developmental needs of learners and to shed light on the lives
of individuals and groups within different cultural settings.
Prereq. ED 1406.
ED 1 4 1 0 Methods and Materials lor Teaching Adolescents and Adults 1 4 QH
Considers specific methods and materials appropriate to teach-
ing adolescents and adults. Seeks to develop in the students an
understanding of the complexities of the materials and method-
ology of the teaching-learning process, to encourage within
students attitudes conducive to and identified with good tenets
of teaching, and to foster in the students acceptance of the need
to grow constantly and to be aware of the continuing develop-
ment of the learning-teaching process. Requires fieldwork.
Prereq.ED1104.
ED 1 4 11 Methods and Materials lor Teaching Adolescents and Adults 2 4 QH
Focuses on the various subject areas of teaching techniques of
organizing and presenting lessons, developing teaching materi-
als, using audiovisual equipment, developing and implementing
evaluation instruments, and selecting appropriate materials
within the field of interest. Requires fieldwork. Prereq. ED 1410.
ED 1 4 1 2 Fundamentals ol Curriculum Development 4 QH
Examines how goals and objectives are selected and priorities
are determined. Analyzes methods for designing educational
programs to meet specified goals, methods of evaluating educa-
tional outcomes in terms of the goals of the program, and tech-
niques for modifying programs in the light of such performance.
ED 1 4 1 3 Writing ondtheTeachingolWriting 4QH
Studies the logical and rhetorical bases of exposition and argu-
mentative writing; relationships of assumptions, assertions, and
implications; the nature of proof in the sciences, social sciences,
122 Course Descriptions
and humanities; strategies of argumentation; and the effective
consequences of word choice and sentence structure. Prereq.
ED 1104.
ED 1 4 1 4 Current Issues in Teaching the Gifted and Talented 4 QH
Examines issues that affect the type and quaUty of education
available to the gifted and talented in the United States. Describes
and evaluates various approaches and programs and reaches
conclusions about their effectiveness. Examines research find-
ings on the needs of this segment of the population of learners in
order to provide some criteria for future curriculum development.
ED 1 4 1 6 Supervised Field Placement: Early Childhood 2 QH
Provides a University-arranged institutional placement that
allows students to provide educational, remedial, and/or custo-
dial services to children generally of ages two through five. Pro-
vides an opportunity to analyze, develop, demonstrate, and
evaluate skills and techniques in guiding the activities of children in
nursery schools, day care centers, and/or kindergartens.
ED)4t7Student Teaching andSeminar 8QH
Allows for full-time participation in a University-arranged and -
supervised school program designed to analyze learning and
teaching and to demonstrate, evaluate, and develop teaching
skills. Prereq. Formal acceptarux into and completion of advanced
professional sequence with minimum 2.0 Q.P.A., both overall and
in teaching major.
ED 1 425 Elementary School Mathematics and Science 4 QH
Focuses on methods and materials of mathematics and science
teaching for early childhood and elementary education majors.
Provides the opportunity for university students to explore vari-
ous strategies and materials of teaching mathematics and some
content areas in science. Takes into account the development
stages of children.
ED 1 426 Fundamentals of Reading 4 QH
Introduces developmental reading for prospective early child-
hood and elementary teachers. Studies beginning reading, word
recognition, comprehension, and study skills. Introduces materi-
als of instruction, methods of teaching, testing, and grouping.
ED 1800 Directed Study] 4QH
This experience is provided for the student whose unique aca-
demic needs or interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of
the scheduled courses of the department. Preparation consists of
approval of the supervising faculty member and the dean's office.
Approval forms must be submitted to the dean's office during
the quarter prior to registration for the directed study. Prereq.
Permission of instructor.
EDI80IDirectedStudy2 4QH
For students who have completed ED 1800.
English
Unless otherwise indicated, the prerequisite for upperclass
courses is a freshman English sequence. For undergraduate
students in the full-time day programs this means ENG 1110
and ENG 1111; ENG 1013, ENG 1014, and ENG 1111; ENG
1110, ENG 1014, and ENG 1111. For the College of Engineering,
ENG 1111 and ENG 1 1 13, and for international students,
ENG 1004, ENG 1005, and ENG 1006.
ENG I GDI Intensive English as a Second Language 0 QH
Reviews English grammar to help non-native speakers to de-
velop listening, speaking, reading, writing, and studying skills.
Includes language lab and small-group tutorials.
ENG 1 004 Fundamentals of English for Non-Native Speakers 4 QH
Provides intensive practice in composition with accent on accu-
rate, intelligible writing and paragraphs organized around
single, well-supported ideas. Encourages sentence-combining
and vocabulary development, and gives special attention to
individual writing needs. Includes prose readings, class discus-
sion, and selective review of grammar. Prereq. Special placement
for non-native speakers whose performance or scores indicate that
their writing skills are not yet up to those required for ENG 1006.
ENG 1 COS English for International Students 1 4 QH
Emphasizes the development of skills needed in writing clear,
expository prose essays. Requires the regular writing and rewrit-
ing of essays of increasing length and complexity. Focuses on
appropriate prose readings for discussion and analysis and
introduces techniques preparatory to research writing. Prereq.
ENG 1004 or special placement.
ENG 1 006 English for International Students 2 4 QH
Introduces the study of literature through close reading and
discussion of fiction, nonfiction, and poetry. Advances develop-
ment of rhetorical techniques by requiring frequent essays written
in relation to the readings and rewritten to improve content,
organization, and diction. Provides guided experience with using
outside sources and library materials for writing a term paper.
Prereq. ENG 1005 orequiv.
ENG 1 01 3 Fundamentals of English 1 4 i}H
Offers an introduction to principles of the writing process. Em -
phasizes individualized assistance in generating and developing
ideas, drafting, revising, and organizing and mastering the
conventions of written English. Prereq. Special placement.
ENG 1 014 Fundamentals of English 2 4 QH
Continues instruction in writing, emphasizing exposition, argu-
ment, and academic essay writing, as well as the conventions of
English usage, punctuation, and syntax. Individualized assis-
tance in invention, drafting, revision, and editing. Prereq. ENG
1013 or ENG 1110.
ENG 11 10 Freshman English 1 4QH
Focuses on the individual student's writing skills. Includes appli-
cation of important principles of composing, logic, and rhetoric to
exposition and argumentation. Reviews sentence structure, punc-
tuation, and paragraphing. Analyzes essay forms and problems.
Students receiving a grade of S must take ENG 1014.
ENG 11 11 Freshman English 2 4QH
Continues instruction in writing, with emphasis on expository
methods of defining, describing, analyzing, persuading, and
composing the research paper. Students write lengthy critical
essays based on consideration of primary and secondary materi-
als. Selections of poems, stories, and plays provide an introduc-
tion to literature and are the subject matter for discussion of
English 123
writing technique and written assignments. ENG 1111 follows
ENG 1110 and is required of all freshmen in the University.
Prereq. ENG lllOorENG 1014.
ENG 11 1 3 Great Themes in Literature 4 QH
Explores a theme in literature through a number of illustrative
works from the past and the present. Develops techniques of
research and documentation.
ENG 11 15 Poetry 4QH
Involves close reading of selected poems, study of critical terms,
and practice in different critical approaches to poetry; examines
techniques for reading a variety of poetic texts. (II)
ENG I1 16 Fiction 4QH
Involves close reading of selected novels and short stories, study
of critical terms, and practice in different critical approaches to
fiction. (II)
ENG 11 I/Drama 4QH
Involves close reading of selected plays, study of critical terms,
and practice in different critical approaches to drama. (II)
ENG 1118 introduction to Language and Linguistics 4 QH
Introduces students to a new way of thinking about language.
Normally, using language is as unconscious an activity as walk-
ing or chewing gum. But if we ask the right questions, we can
uncover much of our unconscious linguistic knowledge: about
sentence structure (syntax), meaning (semantics), word forms
(morphology), and speech sounds (phonology). Understanding
these will lead us to examine other issues related to language:
the Black English/Standard English debate, women's and men's
language, "talking" chimpanzees, "talking" computers, and the
nature/nurture controversy. (II)
ENG 1 1 1 9 History of the English Language 4 QH
Studies the development of modern English from Anglo-Saxon
beginnings; effects of Scandinavian and Norman invasions;
dialect geography; evolutionary changes, word formation, and
borrowing; and origins of writing and problems of spelling. Read-
ings include both formal and informal writings, literary selec-
tions, wills, journals, and private and public letters. ( III)
ENG 1 1 20 Survey of English Literature 1 4 QH
Surveys the major British writers and major literary forms and
works from the Middle Ages to the end of the eighteenth century.
Includes works by such writers as Chaucer, Spenser,
Shakespeare, Milton, Pope, and Swift.
ENG 1 1 2 1 Survey of English literature 2 4 QH
Surveys the major British writers and major literary movements
from the romantic period through the Victorian and modern
periods to the present. Includes works by such writers as
Wordsworth, Coleridge, Keats, Browning, Tennyson, Yeats,
Lawrence, Lessing, and Beckett.
ENG 1 1 23 Survey of American Literature 1 4 QH
Surveys the major American writers and major literary forms
and works from the colonial period to the Civil War. Includes
works by such writers as Bradstreet, Taylor, Cooper, Poe,
Hawthorne, Melville, and Emerson.
ENG 1 1 24 Survey of American Literature 2 4 OH
Surveys the major American writers and major literary forms
and works from the Civil War to the mid-twentieth century.
Includes works by such writers as Whitman, Dickinson, Twain,
James, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Faulkner, and Wright.
ENG 11 25 Technical Writing 1 4QH
Trains writers in the clear, unambiguous style of technical writ-
ing. Students practice these skills by writing technical proposals,
process descriptions, feasibility and program reports, and opera-
tors' manuals. Includes oral presentations. Lab fee.
ENG 1 1 26 Backgrounds in English and American literature 4 QH
Examines in translation Greek, Roman, and biblical literature
as background for literary study. Emphasizes the development of
myth, genre, and theme. Readings include Homer, Virgil, Ovid,
the most influential parts of the Bible, and Dante. (Ill)
ENG 1 275 Grammar for Journalists 4 QH
Reviews the mechanics of newspaper and magazine prose.
Emphasizes grammatical forms, punctuation, spelling, effec-
tive structures, and conventional usage. Prereq. Journalism
majors only.
ENG 1276 Science Fiction 4QH
Traces the development of various SF themes and approaches,
from early man/machine love/hate relationships to alien close
encounters of all kinds. From Frankenstein to most recent titles.
Lab fee.
ENG 1277 Topics in Science Fiction 4QH
Focuses on a single writer or group of writers (Wells or writers of
contemporary American science fiction), a theme (women in
science fiction or the future city), or a unifjdng idea (time travel
or utopia/dystopia).
ENG 1 278 IWodern Bestseller 4QH
Explores the function of quest, romance, and adventure in a
selection of contemporary bestselling fiction.
ENG 1 279 The Modern Novel 4QH
Studies the major British and American novelists of the twenti-
eth century. Considers theme and form in such authors as
Lawrence, Woolf, Fitzgerald, Ellison, Doctorow, and Didion. (Ill)
ENG 1280 Modern Drama 4QH
Studies the development of drama from realism to surrealism,
from Ibsen to Beckett.
ENG 1 281 The Modern Short Story 4 QH
Studies the short story from Poe to the present, including such
writers as Joyce and Kafka, Hemingway and Flannery O'Connor.
ENG 1 283 Contemporary Fiction 4 QH
Examines British and American writers from 1945 to the
present, including such figures as Lessing, Burgess, Pynchon,
and Barth. Emphasizes experimental and modernist authors.
ENG 1285 Literature and the Law 4QH
Investigates the problems of crime and justice as reflected in
literature, from ancient to contemporary works. The secondary
focus is the law itself as literature, including explorations of case
files and other legal material. The readings encourage students
to discover the changing nature of the criminals — heroes or
victims or villains — and to deal with the social, psychological,
and political facts that define them.
124 Course Descriptions
ENG 1 286 Literature and Politics 4 QH
Students explore how authors from Sophocles to Mailer repre-
sent the religious, moral, and ethical conflicts arising from the
acquisition, use, and misuse of political power. The literature
falls into several categories; Utopian, which establishes a conflict
between the ideal and the real; satirical, which threatens a
power structure by exposing it to scorn; analytic, which describes
the rise to and fall from power of individuals, parties, or states;
and investigative, which takes the reader inside a power elite to
observe its inner operations. Participants examine the difference
between the ideal of government and its reality.
ENG 1287 The Literature of Science 4QH
Examines historically the discovery methods and models of
literature and science, exploring one or more of the following
areas: the relationship of the methods and models of literature
and science; the treatment of scientific methods and models in
literature; the use of literary devices, techniques, and traditions
in scientific texts. Readings will be drawn from historically sig-
nificant scientific texts, literary texts, or some combination of
these. (VI)
ENG 1288 Film and Text 4QH
Studies either the similarities and differences between literary
texts and film versions of those texts or the interrelations be-
tween film and literature as means of cultural expression during
a specific historical period. For example, students might compare
Doctorow's Book of Daniel to the film version, Daniel, or they
might study books and movies of a period like the sixties that
reflect the spirit of the era (Catch-22, The Graduate). Lab fee.
ENG 1289 Shakespeare on Film 4QH
Examines the various treatments of Shakespeare's plays on film.
Treats the technical aspects of film and how these are used by
directors to transfer Shakespeare's plays from the stage to the
screen. Lab fee.
ENG 1290 Topics in Film 4 OH
Studies a theme or problem (film and society, film and politics), a
period in film history (American film from 1945 to the present), a
film genre (the western, film noire), or a film director (Hitchcock,
Coppola). Lab fee.
ENG 1 293 Topics in Popular Culture 4 QH
Focuses on such topics as the soap opera, the western, and the
police story; on a popular culture activity; or on a popular culture
perspective.
ENG 1294 Modern Film 4QH
A selection of major modem films fi"om around the world will be
studied from a thematic, cultural, and historical perspective.
Special attention is given to political, social, ethical, and psycho-
logical issues, as well as to the way common human themes
emerge in quite diverse cultures. The course also covers the basic
procedures of film interpretation. Lab fee.
ENG 1300 Topics in Fiction 4QH
Studies a particular kind of fiction, such as the novella; a prob-
lem in fiction, such as the role of the narrator; a particular group
of fiction writers; or a theme in fiction.
ENG 1 307 Approaches to Literature 4 QH
Examines ancient and modern theories of literature. Includes
selections from the criticism of Plato, Aristotle and the
Romantics, as well as from Marxist, Freudian, Jungian, and
formalist theories.
ENG 1 309 Topics in Literary Criticism 4 QH
Studies a specific problem method or schoolof criticism, such as
structuralism or archetypal criticism.
ENG 1340 Writing Workshop 1 QH
Students will write one long paper, often in conjunction with an
assigned paper in another course, that will be produced in a class
booklet at the end of the quarter. The course emphasizes the
writing process: multiple drafts, revision, editing, and publica-
tion. Prereq. Engineering student with at least 80 QH or permis-
sion ofMiddler Year Writing Office, 433 Holmes, 617-43 7-3964.
ENG 1 350 Intermediate Writing 4 QH
Provides writing instruction in an interdisciplinary course in
which students develop papers on topics relating to their majors.
Led by English faculty, students will also read and respond to
essays from various disciplines. Writing will be guided in stages
from proposal through finished product. Lab fee.
ENG 1351 Creative Writing 4QH
Gives the developing writer an opportunity to practice writing
various forms of both poetry and prose. Features in-class discus-
sion of student work.
ENG 1352 Advanced Writing 4QH
Offers an opportunity for experienced writers to hone their skills
and develop their interests in different forms and subjects.
Prereq. ENG 1350 or permission of instructor.
ENG 1357 Poetry Workshop 4QH
Advanced workshop in writing and examining original student
poetry. Students experiment in established poetic forms and
compose their own work. Prereq. ENG 1351 or permission of
instructor.
ENG 1 360 Topics in Writing: Reading and Writing Nonfiction 4 QH
Combines literary analysis and creative writing. Concentrates
on subjects of twentieth-century nonfiction prose such as politics,
science, "culture," athletics, and natural history. Considers
authors such as Elizabeth Drew, Russell Baker, and Stephen
Jay Gould.
ENG1361TheWritingProcess 4QH
Explores writing in theory and practice. Students observe writ-
ers at work and tutor students in the Writing Center as part of
the course work.
ENG 1362 Publication Arts 4QH
Acquaints students with basic publishing skills. Each student
chooses an area of specialization, such as fiction, medicine, law,
or engineering, in order to develop skill in editing manuscripts.
ENG 1370 Technical Writing 2 4QH
Offers an opportunity for students to develop technical writing
skills in a particular subject or form. Prereq. ENG 1125 or per-
mission of instructor.
ENG 1 37 1 Writing for the Computer Industry 4 QH
Focuses on computer documentation, covering general informa-
tion and operating and programming instructions. Includes
graphics, layout, testing, and revision. Prereq. ENG 1 125 or
permission of instructor and one computer science course.
English 125
ENG 1 38 1 Writing lor the Professions: Business Administration 4 OH
Allows students to gain professional writing experience similar
to that of the workplace. Relies on the process approach to writ-
ing and features an extended simulation, which integrates com-
mon written and oral communication through practical
application. Lab fee.
ENG 1 382 Writing lor the Professions: Criminal Justice
Provides students in the College of Criminal Justice with in-
struction in writing a variety of professional forms.
4 OH
ENG 1 400 Topics in Genre 4 QH
Explores the characteristics of a particular literary form over
time through works by various authors.
ENG 1 40 1 Introduction to Syntax 4 QH
Offers an introduction to syntax, the structural rules of a lan-
guage. Develops and tests syntactic theory which, like other
scientific theories, seeks to explain why things are the way they
are. The question underlying the investigation is: how do the
structures of language relate to the structure of the human
mind?(V)
the nineteenth century to the present and discusses themes and
forms.
ENG 1550 Psychology and the Novel 4QH
Concentrates on twentieth-century novels and short stories that
stress individual behavior and motivation and reveal human
mental and emotional processes. Includes such writers as Kafka,
Dostoevski, Faulkner, Conrad, and Lawrence.
ENG 1 551 Gender Roles in literature 4 QH
Investigates the relation between sex roles and literary portray-
als. Selections represent male and female writers and provide a
culturally comparative perspective.
ENG 1552 Fantasy 4QH
Studies the theory and practice of fantasy as found in the works
of such writers as Swift, Carroll, C.S. Lewis, Orwell, and Tolkien.
ENG 1 557 Topics in Fantasy 4 QH
Explores such areas as dreams, nightmares, and borderline
states of consciousness in the works of such writers as Poe and
Kafka.
ENG 1 402 Grommors of English 4 QH
Provides a study of the rules of sentence construction in En-
glish, contrasting the traditional framework with current lin-
guistic models. Students will have the opportunity to prepose,
postpose, and extrapose as they learn to manipulate grammati-
cal constructs.
ENG 1 558 Literature in Context 4 QH
Attempts to place the writer in the context of a special theme. For
example, students might discuss a group of authors influenced
by their common interest in psychoanalysis, by their social con-
sciousness, or by an interest in the Wild West and the settlement
of America.
ENG 1 407 Introduction to Semantics 4 QH
Focuses on meaning and how it is expressed in language —
through words, sentence structure, intonation, stress patterns,
and speech acts. How do content, logic, and speakers' and listen-
ers' assumptions affect what sentences can mean? In what ways
is linguistic meaning determined by our perceptual system or
our culture?
ENG 1 408 Topics in Linguistics 4 OH
Examines closely one of a range of topics from the perspective of
current linguistics: American dialects, language and law,
women's and men's language, words and word structures, or
issues in linguistics and literature.
ENG 1409 American Novels 1 4QH
Focuses on the themes, forms, and techniques of major American
novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, such
as Cooper, Hawthorne, Melville, Twain, and James.
ENG 1410 American Novels 2 4QH
Studies the modern and contemporary American novel. Consid-
ers such writers as Cather, Hemingway, Fitzgerald, Faulkner,
Bellow, and Baldwin. (Ill)
ENG 1411 English Drama 1 4QH
Surveys representative English drama, excluding Shakespeare,
from Everyman to Goldsmith and Sheridan. Analyzes dramatic
forms as well as the role of the Elizabethan theaters, dramatic
conventions, audience content, and acting styles in Restoration
farces.
ENG 141 2 English Drama 2 4QH
Surveys representative English drama of the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. Charts the development of the genre from
ENG 1 559 Literature in Context
Similar to ENG 1558 but with different texts and contexts.
4 OH
ENG 1 600 Topics in Literature 4 QH
Experiments with subjects and themes such as the censored
novel, the Holocaust, alienation, and popular song lyrics.
ENG 1601 Topics in Literature
Same as ENG 1600 but with different topics.
4 OH
ENG 1 602 Major Figure 4QH
Examines in detail the work of one writer such as Mark Twain,
Virginia Woolf, or Eugene O'Neill.
ENG 1607 Major Figure 4 OH
Same as ENG 1602, but concentrating on the work of a different
writer.
ENG 1608 The Gty In Literature 4QH
Examines the city in literature as it has been depicted from
ancient times to the present, from Plato to Barthelme. Discusses
such themes as the city as a locus of evil, the city as a place of
possibility, and the city as a center of art and an influence on
creative form in an interdisciplinary fashion.
ENG 1 609 Contemporary Americon Literature 4 OH
Studies major movements in American poetry and fiction since
1945. Considers such poets as Plath, Ginsberg, and Ashbery, and
such novelists as Morrison, Pynchon, and Vonnegut.
ENG 1 61 0 Early American Literature 4 OH
Examines American literature of the colonial and federal peri-
ods, including Bradford, Taylor, Edwards, Franklin, Wheatley,
Irving, and Bryant.
126 Course Descriptions
ENG 1 61 1 Naw England Renaissance 4 OH
Studies the development of a native tradition in the context of
democratic and romantic attitudes toward experience and the
paradox these attitudes reveal. Includes such writers as
Emerson and Thoreau, Hawthorne, and Melville.
ENG 1 6 1 2 American Realism 4 QH
Examines the realistic tradition in American literature, includ-
ing local color and native humor, from the end of the Civil War to
the turn of the century. Includes such writers as Twain, James,
Howells, Crane, and Norris.
ENG 1617 Modern American Literature 4 QH
Studies major developments in American poetry and fiction from
1900 to 1945. Considers such poets as Frost, Eliot, Stevens, and
Moore, and such novelists as Hemingway, Faulkner, Fitzgerald,
and Porter.
ENG 161 8 Children's Literature 4QH
Studies the history of children's literature in the English lan-
guage, with special attention to matters such as genre theory
and critical approaches. Includes such works as Alice in Wonder-
land, Uncle Remus, Little Women, and The Wizard ofOz.
ENG 1 61 9 Topics in Children's Literature 4 QH
Focuses closely either on a specific collection of stories (Grimm's
Fairy Tales), on a specific genre (boys' books), on a problem of
evil, or on children's literature as a form of group socialization.
ENG 1 62 1 Nineteenth-Century British Fiction 4 QH
Studies theme and form in the major English novels of the nine-
teenth century, considering such authors as the Brontes, Charles
Dickens, George Eliot, and Thomas Hardy.
ENG 1 622 IWajor Twentieth-Century British Novelists 4 QH
Introduces students to British fiction from Joseph Conrad to
John Fowles, including such writers as D.H. Lawrence, Virginia
Woolf, and others less well known. The aim of the course is to
show how novels as artistic creations shape their own worlds
while helping us to understand ourselves.
ENG 1 627 Medieval English Literature 4 QH
Surveys the major works of medieval English literature. In-
cludes works such as Sir Gawain, Piers Plowman, and Pearl.
ENG 1628 Chaucer 4QH
Surveys the work of Chaucer, with particular emphasis on the
Canterbury Tales.
ENG 1 632 Sixteenth-Century Literature 4 QH
Concentrates on sonnets, love lyrics, and erotic narrative poetry,
principally by Wyatt, Sidney, Marlowe, Spenser, and
Shakespeare.
ENG 1 637 Seventeenth-Century English Literature 4 QH
Examines major writers of the period, such as Bacon and Jonson,
Donne and Herbert, Milton and Dryden.
ENG 1 639 Eighteenth-Century English Literature 4 QH
Surveys the Augustan age of comic masterpieces. Includes such
major writers as Pope, Addison, Steele, Swift, Goldsmith, Burns,
Johnson, and Boswell.
ENG 1 640 Topics in Eighteenth-Century literature 4 QH
Examines closely such topics as a single writer or group of writ-
ers (Fielding or the essayists), a genre (satire), or a theme (reason
and madness).
ENG 1 64 1 Romantic Poetry 4 QH
Surveys the development of English Romantic poetry, both in its
lyric and longer forms, in Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron,
Shelley, and Keats. Emphasizes problems of belief and the rela-
tionship of the individual to the surrounding world of natural,
social, and historical process. (V)
ENG 1 647 Victorian Literature 4 QH
Surveys the major issues and writers of Victorian England,
considering such writers as Tennyson and Browning, Dickens
and the Brontes, G.M. Hopkins and Oscar Wilde.
ENG 1 648 Topics in Victorian Literature 4 QH
Examines closely a single writer or group of writers (Arnold or
the fantasists) or a theme (the movement toward modernism or
decadence).
ENG 1649 World Literature 1 4QH
Surveys world literature from the time of the Greeks through the
Renaissance, from Homer to Cervantes.
ENG 1 650 World Literature 2
Surveys world literature from the Renaissance through the
modern period, from Voltaire to Brecht.
4QH
ENG 1 652 Twentieth-Century English Literature 4 QH
Surveys the best and most interesting work of twentieth-century
British writers such as William Butler Yeats, D.H. Lawrence,
W.H. Auden, Doris Lessing, and Iris Murdoch.
ENG 1629 Topics in Chaucer 4QH
Examines closely a particular work or group of works ( such as
Troilus and Criseyde ) or a theme ( such as Chaucer's symbolism).
ENG 1 658 Introduction to Shakespeare 4 QH
Covers a selection of the major plays of Shakespeare, including
both tragedies and comedies. (Ill)
ENG 1630 Milton 4QH
Concentrates on Milton's Paradise Lost, with supplementary
readings in his minor poetry and prose.
ENG 1 659 Shakespeare's Comedies 4 QH
Studies the romantic comedies, problem comedies, and ro-
mances, ranging from The Merchant of Venice to The Tempest.
ENG 1 631 Topics in Medieval Literature 4 QH
Focuses on such topics as a genre (romance or debate literature)
or on a theme ( alchemy or King Arthur).
ENG 1 660 Shakespeare's Tragedies 4 QH
Studies the nature of the tragic hero, the questioning of social
norms, and the landscape of chaos, ranging from Julius Caesar
to Coriolanus.
English 127
ENG 1 66 1 Topics in Shakespeare 4 QH
Examines closely such topics as the history plays, Shakespeare
in performance, the Shakespearean hero, and psychological
approaches to Shakespeare.
ENG 1662 The Bible 4QH
Studies books of both the Old Testament and the New Testament
as literature and as history.
ENG 1667 Modern Poetry 4QH
Studies the modernist tradition in American and British poetry.
Considers such writers as Yeats, Hardy, Frost, Eliot, Stevens,
Pound, Williams, and cummings. (Ill)
ENG 1 677 Contemporary Poetry 4 OH
Studies developments in British and American poetry since
1945. Includes such writers as Plath, Ginsberg, Lowell, Bly,
Ashbery, and Heaney. (VI)
ENG 1 678 Early African-American Literature 4 QH
Surveys the development and range of black American writers,
emphasizing poetry and prose from early colonial times to the
Civil War.
ENG 1 679 Modern African-American literature 4 QH
Surveys the development and range of black American writers,
emphasizing poetry and prose from the post-Civil War period to
the present.
ENG 1690,ENG 1691 Junior/Senior Seminar 4QH
(First preference given to students needing the course to com-
plete the major. ) Explores an important aspect of literature such
as the writer and the audience, the tradition of the new, style and
meaning, and the jazz age. Emphasizes independent research in
a seminar setting.
Geology
ENG 1710 Freshman English 1 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of ENG 1110.
ENG 1 711 Freshman English 2 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of ENG 1111.
ENG 1713 Great Themes in Literature (Honors)
Honors equivalent of ENG 1113.
ENG 1 721 Survey of English Literature 2 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of ENG 1121.
ENG 1 723 Survey of American Literature 1 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of ENG 1123.
ENG 1 725 Technical Writing (Honors)
Honors equivalent of ENG 1 125.
ENG 1 750 Intermediate Writing (Honors)
Honors equivalent of ENG 1350.
ENG 1 758 Introduction to Shakespeare (Honors)
Honors equivalent of ENG 1658.
ENG 1 781 Writing for Business (Honors)
Honors equivalent of ENG 1381.
ENG1810,ENGI811DirectedStudy
4QH
4QH
4QH
4QH
4QH
4QH
4QH
4QH
4QH
4 QH eoch
GEO 1119Marine Resources 4QH
Provides a qualitative and quantitative survey of renewable and
nonrenewable resources from the sea. Aspects covered include
offshore oil and gas utilization, marine minerals, tidal power,
and coastal zone recreational resources, including polluted
beaches and artificial fishing reefs.
GEO 1 1 20 Physical Oceanography 4 QH
Provides a description of the physical properties and composition
of sea water, waves, tides, and ocean currents. Discusses how
these properties are measured by oceanographers and how they
influence the earth's environment and climate.
GEO 1 1 2 1 Biological Oceanography 4 QH
Topics include the productivity of animal and plant life in the
various zones of the ocean and the growing economic impor-
tance of the oceans as a source of food for the expanding world
population.
GE0 1 1 22 New England Fishery Resources 4 QH
Provides an overview of the fisheries industry of New England.
Emphasizes environmental factors controlling the distribution,
quality, and abundance of fisheries resources. Discusses the
methods and the effects of direct human utilization of the re-
source as well as the indirect effects of pollution and habitat
modification.
GE0 1 1 28 Geological Oceanography 4 QH
Examines the relationship between the form of the ocean basins
and their margins and the major processes forming them. Em-
phasizes local landforms, including New England beaches, spits,
barrier islands, and the continental shelf. (II)
GE0 11 40 Environmental Geology 4QH
Discusses how geologic processes acting at the Earth's surface
interact with the human environment. Topics include river and
ocean flooding, coastal erosion, landslides, land-use planning,
and waste disposal.
GEO 1 1 4 1 Geological Hazards and Resources 4 QH
Discusses how geologic processes originating deep inside the
Earth interact with the human environment. Topics include
global crystal movements, volcanic and earthquake hazards,
mineral resources, coal and oil, geothermal energy, resource
management, and disposal of radioactive wastes. (II)
GE0 1 1 54 Planetary Astronomy 4 QH
Focuses on astronomy of the solar system. Topics include de-
scription of the planets and other objects, with discussion of how
our understanding has evolved from the days of naked-eye obser-
vation to the present era of interplanetary probes. (V)
GE0 1 208 Age of Dinosaurs 4 QH
Focuses on major physical and biological events of the Mesozoic
Era of earth history. Draws on evidence from the sedimentary
rock record to provide a basis for interpretations of Mesozoic life,
climates, mountain building, and paleogeography. Demon-
strates principles of evolution and extinction through dinosaur
paleobiology and history.
128 Course Descriptions
GEO 1 2 1 0 North America and the Ice Age 4 QH
Focuses on description and history of ice sheets that have ad-
vanced and retreated across the northern United States and
Canada during the last three million years. Topics include evi-
dence of past climatic change and predictions of future change,
fluctuating sea levels, and the impact of these changes on hu-
mans and the environment.
GE0 121 2 Physical Geology 4QH
Offers a systematic study of the materials comprising the Earth.
Emphasizes the processes that form, transport, alter, and destroy
rock, as well as the nature and development of landscape. (ID
GE0 1 21 3 Physical Geology Laboratory 1 QH
Optional lab for GEO 1212. Exercises pertain to mineral and
rock identification and topographic and geologic map interpreta-
tion. Required for geology majors. Prereq. GEO 1212; may be
taken concurrently.
GEO 1 222 Historical Geology 4QH
Traces the physical and biological history of the earth through
geologic time. Major topics are the origin and evolution of life,
mountain building, and continental drift. (II)
GEO 1 223 Historical Geology Laboratory 1 QH
Studies fossil representatives of major invertebrate phyla, appli-
cation of fossils to studies of rock sequences, interpretation of
geologic history from geologic maps and sedimentary rocks.
Prereq. GEO 1222; may be taken concurrently.
GE0 1 250 Advanced General Geology 4 QH
Offers an introduction to new and advanced concepts, theories,
and hypotheses in geology through discussions, research papers,
and individual projects. Prereq. GEO 1212 and GEO 1222.
GE0 1308 Petrology 5QH
The hand specimen and field identification of the common igne-
ous, sedimentary, and metamorphic rocks. Considers the modes
of origin and important properties of common rock types. Prereq.
GEO 1212.
GEO 1310 Descriptive Mineralogy 5QH
Provides a study of mineralogy, including crystallography and
physical, chemical, and descriptive mineralogy of the common
rock-forming minerals. Prereq. Two quarters of chemistry.
GE0 1 3 1 1 Optical Crystallography 5 QH
Studies the theory and practical methods of optical crystallogra-
phy, including the basic techniques for determining the optical
constants of crystals using the polarizing microscope and immer-
sion media. Prereq. GEO 1310.
GE0 131 2 Petrography 5QH
Topics include description and identification of rocks and rock-
forming minerals using thin-sections and the petrographic mi-
croscope; discussion of textural and mineralogic relationships.
Prereq. GEO 1311.
GE0 1320 Field Geology 4QH
Focuses on field techniques as a working guide for the approach,
pursuit, and solution of geologic problems. Considers such tech-
niques as geologic map construction, stratigraphic section mea-
surement, and field rock description. Lab consists of field
research at a quarry, roadcut, or other geologic exposure. Prereq.
GEO 1212.
GE0 141 2 Geochemistry 4QH
Offers an evaluation of chemical processes important in the
various geologic environments and their effects on the develop-
ment of the lithosphere. Prereq. One year of chemistry.
GE0 1414 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology 5 QH
Covers the origin and distribution of igneous and metamorphic
rocks as interpreted from their chemistry, mineralogy, and field
relationships. Lab includes field and petrographic analysis of
rock suites. Prereq. GEO 1312.
GE0 1416 Economic Geology 4QH
Focuses on the genesis, associations, and occurrence of the major
ore minerals, illustrated by studies of selected ore bodies of vari-
ous types throughout the world. Prereq. Department approval.
GE0 1 41 8 Structural Geology 5 QH
Covers the description and origin of large- and small-scale rock
structures with emphasis on interpretation of the mechanics of
deformation. Field and lab analyses of structural problems
using maps, models, and rock specimens. Prereq. GEO 1212
and GEO 1213.
GE0 1420 Geophysics 4QH
Studies the basic techniques of reflection and refraction seismol-
ogy, gravity, aeromagnetic, and heat-flow techniques and the
information they provide on the structure, composition, and
dynamics of the Earth's interior. Emphasizes the application of
these techniques to the search for economic minerals in the
earth's crust. Prereq. PHY 1231.
GE0 1424 Stratigraphy 5QH
Offers a study of paleoenvironments and sedimentary-basin
analysis based on sedimentary structures, stratigraphic se-
quences, and fossils. Emphasizes use of geologic sections, drill-
cores, and well-logs. Includes lab interpretation of sedimentary
rock suites, maps, and sections. Prereq. GEO 1222.
GEO 1 428 Invertebrate Paleontology 5 QH
Surveys major invertebrate phyla preserved in the fossil record.
Discusses micro- and macro-evolutionary principles with consid-
eration of adaptive and functional morphology and the role of
paleoenvironments. Lab involves description and classification
of fossil invertebrates. Prereq. GEO 1222.
GE0 1 430 Sedimentation and Sedimentary Environments 5 QH
Describes the physical processes of sedimentation and their role
in the interpretation of modern and ancient sedimentary envi-
ronments. Lab concentrates on the interpretation and descrip-
tion of the physical and textural properties of sediments and
sedimentary rocks.
GE0 1432 Sedimentary Petrology SQH
Topics include origin, classification, and petrography of the
major groups of sedimentary rocks. Discusses the environments
of deposition of the nonclastic rocks. Lab concentrates on thin-
section study of sedimentary rocks. Prereq. GEO 1311.
GEO 1 43S Coastal Processes 5 QH
Examines the effect of coastal marine processes and the result-
ant coastal responses. Topics include the dynamics of waves and
currents and the associated erosion, transportation, and deposi-
tion of sediment, forming beaches, barrier islands, and cliffed
structures. Prereq. GEO 1212.
Geology 129
GE0 1 436 Morine Geology 4 QH
Compares the balance between major sedimentary and tectonic
forces in ocean basins and margins to resulting ocean form.
Topics include origin of continental shelves, shelf sedimentation
and transport, deep-sea processes and sediments. Evaluates
resource development of OCS oil, sand and gravel, and manga-
nese nodules. Prereq. GEO 1212.
GEO 1 438 Geology and Land-Use Planning 4 QH
Studies the causes and solutions of geologic environmental prob-
lems related to land use. Topics include the causes and preven-
tion of land-use problems in areas of existing or potential
landslides, subsidence, erosion, flooding, and groundwater pollu-
tion. Prereg. GEO 1140, GEO 1212, or permission of instructor.
GE0 1 440 Geomorphology 5 QH
Focuses on the origin and evolution of landscape features by
processes operating at or near the Earth's surface. Prereq.
GEO 1212.
GEO 1 442 Water in Environmental Planning 4 QH
Examines aspects of surface runoff from geomorphic and hydro-
logic perspectives. Develops methods for description and calcula-
tion of major river and drainage basin processes and applies the
results to the planning process. Examines human modification of
these systems, including urbanization, dams, and
channelization, and applies this information to an understand-
ing of regulatory processes. iVl) Prereq. GEO 1212 or permission
ofinstructor.
GE0 1 444 Glacial and Pleistocene Geology 5 QH
Covers the processes of ice movement and the characteristics and
distribution of erosional and depositional structures associated
with past and present glaciers; introduces Pleistocene chronol-
ogy and correlations. Prereq. GEO 1222.
GE0 1 446 Hydrogeology 4 QH
Topics include origin, distribution, and flow of groundwater in
permeable sediments and bedrock; hydrological and geological
characteristics of aquifers; regional flow systems emphasizing
rock structure, stratigraphy, and other aspects of the geological
environment; principles of hydrogeology mapping and analysis;
and introduction to well design and well hydraulics. Prereq. GEO
1212, MTH 1 107 or 1 123, or permission ofinstructor.
GEO 1 448 Groundwater Geochemistry 4 QH
Important geological processes (formation of soil, some ore de-
posits, caves, sinkholes) occur when groundwater interacts with
rock or soil. In turn, these reactions modify groundwater chemis-
try and may either improve or worsen water quality. The course
investigates these processes as well as groundwater contamina-
tion and dispersion, isotope tracer studies, field sampling, and
analytical methods. Prereq. Two quarters chemistry.
GEO 1 450 Geology Seminar 4 QH
Offers in-depth study, on an individual or small-group basis, of a
selected geologic topic. Requires both oral and written presenta-
tions. Prereq. Major in geology or senior status.
GEO 1 722 Historical Geology (Honors)
Honors equivalent of GEO 1222. (II)
GE0 1 754 Planetary Astronomy (Honors)
Honors equivalent of GEO 1 154. (V)
4QH
4QH
GE0 1 81 6, GE0 1 81 7 Undergraduate Research 4 QH each
Offers independent research on a selected topic under the direct
supervision of a faculty member. Open only to juniors and seniors
majoring in geology, with the recommendation of the supervising
faculty member and of the department.
GEO 1 820, GEO 1 821 Directed Study 4 QH each
Offers independent study of a specific topic not normally con-
tained in the regular course offerings, but within the area of
competence of a faculty member. Open to all students with the
recommendation of a faculty member and departmental approval.
GE0 1 824, GE0 1 825 Special Studies 1 QH each
Offers independent study of a specific topic. Open to all students
with the recommendation of a faculty member and departmental
approval.
History
HST 1 1 01 Western Gvilizotion to 1 648 4 QH
Surveys Western lifestyles, events, institutions, and culture
from the earliest human societies through the end of the Thirty
Years War. Focuses on Bronze Age civilizations and the origins
of universalist religions, Greco-Roman civilization, early Christi-
anity, Islam, the Germanic and Arab successor states to Rome,
medieval civilization, the Renaissance and the age of explora-
tion, the Protestant and Catholic reformations, the religious
wars that ensued, and the economic transformations that oc-
curred simultaneously. Emphasizes those elements that influ-
enced the development of Western civilization and values. (II)
Not open to students who have completed HST 1121 or HST 1701.
HST 1 1 02 Western Gvilizotion since 1 648 4 QH
Surveys the development of Western — largely European —
society and values from the rise of the dynastic and bureaucratic
states to current Soviet reforms and the integration of the west-
ern European economy. Covers royal absolutism, the rise of the
scientific world view, the political and economic revolutions that
transformed Europe at the end of the eighteenth century, the
development of nationalism and Marxism, the race for colonies,
the cultural transformations of the early twentieth century.
World War I and the Russian Revolution, the crisis of capitalism
and the rise of fascism. World War II and the Holocaust, the Cold
War and decolonization, and the current state of Western civili-
zation. (II) A^oi open to students who have completed HST 1122 or
HST 1702.
HST 1 1 21 World Gvilizotion to 1 648 4 QH
Surveys the development of human institutions from ancient
times through the crisis of the mid-seventeenth century. Empha-
sizes the continuities and changes that occur within civilization
and the similarities, differences, and relationships that exist
among contemporary civilizations around the world. Covers such
topics as the rise of the world's great religions, the military and
trading relationships among the various regions of the ancient
and medieval worlds, the economic and technological revival of
Europe in the early modern period, and the expanding struggle
for resources in the crisis atmosphere of the seventeenth cen-
tury. Not open to students who have completed HST 1101 or
HST 1701. ilV)
130 Course Descriptions
HST 1 1 22 World Gvilization since 1 648 4 QH
Examines the world from 1648 to the present. Emphasizes the
intellectual, technological, and political expansion of Europe and
the reactions of the rest of the world. Covers such topics as the
global development of modern dynastic and bureaucratic states;
the expansion of the European economy with its attendant trade
wars; imperial expansion and the explosion of the slave trade;
the development and reaction of American Indian, Asian, and
African civilizations to that imperialism; the sporadic extension
and eclipse of colonialism; and the growing tensions between
traditional patterns of loyalty and authority and national, re-
gional, and even global systems and cultures as we approach the
twenty-first century. Not open to students who have completed
HST 1102 or HST 1702. (IV)
HST 1201 The United States to 1877 4QH
Focuses on the history of the American people from 1763 to 1877,
with an analysis of the American Revolution and the major po-
litical, constitutional, diplomatic, economic, and socied problems
of the new nation. (II)
HST 1 202 The United States since 1 877 4 QH
Continues the survey of American history, with discussion of the
emergence of an industrial economy, an urban society, world
responsibility, and expanded federal government. (II)
HST 1 241 The Historian's Croft 4 QH
Examines the ways in which the historian studies the past and
the nature of historical statements. Problems considered include
research techniques, changing conceptions of historical knowl-
edge, and the relation between the historian and the society in
which he/she works. ( II )
HST 1 251 Sociol Science Methodology
Offers an introduction to social science methodology and
quantitative techniques used in historical analysis.
4QH
HST 1 270 Introduction to Public History 4 QH
Explores the field of public or applied history by surveying its
components, including historic preservation, oral history, his-
torical editing, historical archeology, genealogy, family history,
business history, local history, material culture, historical re-
source management, museology, historical research for media,
archival management, management of nonprofit organizations,
and policy history.
HST 1 30 1 Topics in European History (Group A or B) 4 QH
Covers topics in European history from antiquity to the present.
HST 1 32 1 Medieval Europe (Group A) 4 QH
Topics include Europe from the barbarian invasions to the late
thirteenth century; the expansion of Christianity and the institu-
tionalization of church and papacy; the emergence of the Holy
Roman Empire, England, and France as political units; and
social, cultural, and economic developments. (Ill)
HST 1 331 Renaissance Gvilization (Group A) 4 QH
Focuses on Europe from 1300 to 1500, when alternatives to
medieval institutions became increasingly apparent. Gives
special attention to political, economic, and cultural changes in
Italy and northern Europe. (Ill)
HST 1355 Tudor England (Group A) 4QH
Provides a study of England from the late fifteenth to the early
seventeenth century. Topics include an examination of the Tudor
contribution to the development of political and social institu-
tions; the Protestant Reformation and the relation between
religion and politics; social and economic changes and their
relation to the Elizabethan Renaissance. Particular emphasis is
placed on intellectual and cultural developments and England's
relation to Europe and the New World.
HST 1 390 Population in European History (Group A or B) 4 QH
Examines, through population studies, the causes and conse-
quences of changes in human birth, death, marriage, and migra-
tion rates from the Old Stone Age to the late twentieth century.
Discusses the interaction and impact of climate change, epidemic
disease, war, economic development, and political policy, as well
as changes in the structure and function of human family and
child-rearing systems. (Ill)
HST 1 393 History of Science and Technology (Group A or B) 4 QH
Offers an interdisciplinary survey of the development of science
and technology, integrating theories of the philosophy and sociol-
ogy of science within a historical framework. Emphasizes the
environmental and ideological conditions that contribute to the
birth and growth of the various sciences and to the relation be-
tween these conditions and technological innovation.
HST 1 395 History of Flight and Space Travel (Group A, B, or C) 4 OH
Beginning with the dreams of flight of the ancient Greeks and
Leonardo da Vinci, the course traces the history of nonpowered
flight ft-om the balloon experiments of the Montgolfier brothers
to contemporary hang gliders; powered flight from the Wright
brothers to the SST; and rocketry and space travel fi"om its earli-
est beginnings to "Enterprise."
HST 1 397 Health and Sickness: Historical Perspectives (Group A, B, C or D) 4 QH
Surveys medical theories and the health care systems derived
from them, from ancient times to the present. Studies medical
theory and practice as related to the general history of the time
and to the particular political, economic, or social circumstances
that influenced health care institutions.
HST 1 407 Europe, 1 870-1 92 1 (Group B) 4 QH
Focuses on Europe from the Franco-Prussian War to the post-
World War I settlement: the growing tensions and rivalries and
the declining certainties of the end of the nineteenth century, the
origins of World War I, the war itself, the Russian Revolution,
and the Peace of Paris.
HST 1408 Europe since 1921 (GroupB) 4QH
Focuses on Europe from the Versailles Settlement: the rise of
totalitarianism, the Depression, the crises of liberalism and of
the European mind, the Appeasement Era, World War II, the
Cold War, the end of colonialism, and Europe today.
HST 1 424 Victorian Englond (Group B) 4 QH
Discusses the economic, social, and political life of the English
people during Victoria's reign. (IV)
HST 1 425 The Decline of Great Britoin (Group B) 4 QH
Discusses the economic, social, and political life of the English
people in the twentieth century. (IV)
HST 1 428 Irish Gvilization (Group B) 4 QH
Examines the history of Irish civilization from the earliest hero
sagas and their impact on Irish values to the Irish independence
movement, the prototype for many other twentieth-century
liberation movements. (IV)
History 131
HST 1 433 The French Revolution and Nopoleon (Group B) 4 QH
Examines the history of France in the age of the ancien regime
and the Enhghtenment as background for the French Revolution
and Napoleon.
HST 1 441 Hitler's Germany (Group B) 4 QH
Offers a study of the origins and nature of Hitler's Third Reich,
emphasizing the personal lives of Nazi leaders in an attempt to
understand how seemingly ordinary people could enthusiasti-
cally promote wars of aggression and revel in genocidal policies.
HST 1 472 The Family in European History (Group B) 4 QH
Examines issues in the history of the European family from the
late Middle Ages to the present. Topics include marriage and
sexuality, child-rearing practices, the effect of industrialization
and revolution on family life, the Victorian family, and the evolu-
tion of the modern family. Students will prepare their own family
histories.
HST 1 473 Women in Modern Europe (Group B) 4 QH
Examines the situation of women in Western Europe from the
French Revolution to the 1950s, focusing on France, Britain, and
Germany. Topics explored include women in revolutionary
movements, the impact of industrialization on women and the
family, women in the labor movements, the struggle for suffrage,
and the effects of world wars on women.
HST 1481 The Culture of Europe (Groups) 4QH
Provides an analysis of the culture of the West in the nineteenth
and twentieth centuries, focusing on the conjunction of social,
cultural, and psychological forces that encouraged or retarded
creativity. Considers the interconnections among the arts, social
sciences, and sciences within each of the periods covered. (Ill )
HST 1 485 Communism and Revolution (Group 6) 4 QH
Focuses on the history of socialism and revolution from the early
nineteenth-century Utopias to the New Left of the 1960s.
HST 1 490 Introduction to Women's Studies: Image, Myth, and Reality 4 QH
(Group B or C)
Introduces the issues and methodology involved in the interdisci-
plinary study of women. Encompasses the historical, political,
economic, and social processes that have created both the image
and the reality of women in society. Uses guest lecturers to pro-
vide an overview of the many disciplinary approaches to the
study of women. This course is required for women's studies
minors and can be used as a general elective or, depending on the
discipline of the coordinator, to satisfy specific concentration
requirements. SameasSOC 1150 and INT 1150.(11)
HST 1 491 Modern Western Economic History (Group B or C) 4 QH
Surveys the development of the Western world within the frame-
work of economic theory, with attention to social and political
ramifications. ( III )
HST 1494 History and Film (Group B or Q 4QH
Explores various historical issues as seen through the eyes of
historians and filmmakers. Presents both acted and documen-
tary films in combination with readings from a variety of source
and interpretive materials. (II)
HST 1 495 Technological Transformations of Society (Groups B, C, or D) 4 QH
Examines the relation between technological innovations and
the world in which they take place. Discusses conditions neces-
sary for discovery and innovation and the impact of technology
on political, economic, and social environments.
HST 1 496 War in the Twentieth Century (Group B, C, or D) 4 QH
Provides an analysis of the causes, prosecutions, and effects of
the major wars fought in the twentieth century, concentrating on
the First and Second World Wars and on the Vietnam War.
Using film, simulations, and other materials, classes explore the
economic, social, cultural, and psychological impacts of these
wars as well as their political, diplomatic, and material aspects.
HST 1 497 The World since 1 945 (Group 6, C or D) 4 QH
Offers a thematic study of issues and movements that have
influenced the world's history since the end of the Second World
War. Subjects include the Cold War, the end of colonialism, urban-
ization, technology and ecology, cultures and counter-cultures, the
"global village," and the prospects for human liberation.
HST 1 501 Topics in American History (Group C) 4 QH
Covers special topics in the history of the people of the United
States from 1789 to the present.
HST 1 5 1 0 Colonial America (Group C) 4 QH
Covers the discovery and exploration of the New World, the
settlement of the English colonies on the North American main-
land, their development to 1763, and the origin of their clash
with England. (Ill)
HST 1 5 1 1 The American Revolution (Group Q 4 QH
Focuses on the coming of the American Revolution, its nature
and progress, and its politicad, economic, and social aftermath.
HST 1 5 1 4 The Gvil War ond Reconstruction (Group Q 4 QH
Focuses on the Civil War, its coming, its nature and progress,
and the aftermath of Reconstruction.
HST 151 6 The United States, 1898-1 939 (Group C) 4QH
Examines social, economic, political, and diplomatic changes
from the Progressive Era through the Great Depression and the
New Deal.
HST 1 5 1 7 The United States, 1 939-1 960 (Group C) 4 QH
Examines social, economic, political, and diplomatic changes
from the start of World War II to the election of John F. Kennedy.
HST 1518TheUnitedStatessince 1960(GroupC) 4QH
Examines social, economic, political, and diplomatic changes in
the United States since 1960.
HST 1 525 African-American History to 1 900 (Group C) 4 QH
Provides an in-depth examination of the major topics that have
shaped the African-American experience. Topics included are
slavery and its effects, the role of the antebellum free black, the
Civil War and Reconstruction, black response to the new racism
of the late nineteenth century, and the W.E.B. DuBois-Booker T.
Washington controversy. Same as AFR 1131. (Ill)
HST 1 526 African-American History since 1 900 (Group C) 4 QH
Examines the rising tide of African-American nationalism dur-
ing the twentieth century, with special emphasis on the founding
of the NAACP, the Garvey movement, the Harlem Renaissance,
the founding of the Black Muslims, A. Philip Randolph's March
on Washington movement, the rise of Martin Luther King, Jr.,
and the demand for change epitomized by the concept of Black
Power. Same as AFR 1 132.
132 Course Descriptions
HST 1 S3] New England History (Group C) 4 QH
Examines the history of New England from its first settlement
by Native Americans to its condition in the late twentieth cen-
tury. Encompasses a variety of topics, including geography,
discovery, exploration, settlement, immigration, politics, indus-
trialization, transportation, and urbanization.
HST 1 533 History of Boston (Group C) 4 QH
Explores the history of Boston from colonial times to the present,
with attention to the topographical growth and the ethnic compo-
sition of the city.
HST 1 539 American Jewish History (Group C) 4 QH
Examines Jewish political, social, and cultural history from the
arrival of the first group of Jews at New Amsterdam in 1654 to
the present. Themes covered include immigration, assimilation,
family life, religion, anti-Semitism, Zionism, the Holocaust, and
American-Israeli relations.
HST 1 543 American Urban History (Group Q 4 QH
Examines the development of urban society in the United States
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, with emphasis on the
effects of immigration and industrialization upon the politics,
thought, and society of American cities. ( VI )
HST 1 544 Environmental History of the United States (Group C) 4 QH
Examines American attitudes and practices toward natural
and artificial environments from the first exploration to the
present, paying special attention to literature, art, and land-
scape design. (VI)
HST 1 553 The Family in American History (Group Q 4 QH
Explores the history of the family, including the African- Ameri-
can family, in pre-modern and modern American society. Fo-
cuses on the traditional and modern roles of parents and
children. Investigates patterns of sexuality, marriage,
childrearing, work, play, death, and dying. Compares various
family types, including elites, middle class, and indigent. Evalu-
ates external forces affecting family structure and life, such as
geographical mobility, industrialization, and warfare.
HST 1 554 Women in America (Group C) 4 OH
Offers an analysis of women's economic and social roles from the
colonial period to the present, with special attention to women's
work, their roles in family and community, and nineteenth- and
twentieth-century women's rights movements. (Ill)
HST 1 555 American Elites (Group C) 4 QH
Examines the life of elite individuals and groups in American
society, especially in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
HST 1 556 History of the American Home (Group C) 4 QH
Studies the material culture of American vernacular homes from
the settlement of the Massachusetts Bay Colony to the advent of
the Great Depression. Develops an above-ground "archeology" of
the American home to teach students how things — furnishings,
buildings, landscape — can reveal unwritten details and mean-
ings about everyday life. Includes the ways in which the broader
political, economic, and social issues of the past were reflected
and synthesized by Americans' physical surroundings.
HST 1 575 History of Medio in America (Group C) 4 QH
Focuses on mass communication in American history, with
attention to the role of books, newspapers, magazines, films,
radio, and television.
HST 1 577 America and the Sea (Group C) 4 QH
Topics include the history of exploration and discovery of
America, the development of fishing, the rise of ocean commerce,
and the history of the American Navy.
HST 1 578 The Automobile in America (Group C) 4 QH
Focuses on the impact of the automobile on American society in a
historical context. Topics include the abandonment of traditional
prohibitions of motorized carriages; the use of planning, taxes,
and highway policies to foster the use of the automobile; the
effect of the car on land use, recreation, and the economy; and
contemporary issues such as pollution and energy.
HST 1 582 The Growth of American Government Since 1 935 (Group C) 4 QH
Examines the expansion of government from Roosevelt to the
present, focusing on the reasons for the growth and its conse-
quences, the development of major public policies, and the trans-
formation of the federal role and politics.
HST 1 586 American Military History (Group C) 4 QH
Surveys the complex relationship between American society and
war, from the age of muskets to the neutron bomb.
HST 1 591 American Images of China (Group C or D) 4 QH
Examines the relations between China and the United States,
including the period of the missionaries and opium traders; the
era of special privileges; the Open Door policy; the first half of the
twentieth century, when China became America's favorite
protege; and the years of strain, warfare, and finally accommoda-
tion after the Chinese communists came to power in 1949.
HST 1 592 History of the Vietnam War (Group C or D) 4 QH
Presents a history of military conflict in Vietnam with attention
to the rise of the Viet Minh during World War II, the struggle
against the French in the first Indochina war, the impact of the
Cold War, and the involvement of the United States after 1950 in
Laos and Cambodia as well as Vietnam. Emphasizes the roles of
communism and nationalism in Indochina and the motives for
American intervention. Films revealing American reaction to the
escalating conflict will be shown.
HST 1 604 Modern Latin America (Group D) 4 QH
Surveys Latin America from the mid-nineteenth century to the
present. Topics include dictatorial republics and the continua-
tion of poverty and injustice, the struggles toward democracy,
the rise of nationalism, the threat of communism, and the rela-
tions between the United States and Latin America.
HST 1 605 The Modern Caribbean (Group D) 4 QH
Topics include the successful Haitian revolt against slavery,
peasant movements after the abolition of slavery, the Marcus
Garvey movement, Caribbean music and art, the Cuban revolu-
tion. Black Power, and American interventions in the Caribbean
from the Spanish-American War to Grenada. This course is the
same as APR 1297.
HST 1 563 History of Sport in America (Group C)
Provides a history of the major sports and their impact on
American life.
4 QH HST 1 61 0 Topics in Asian History (Group D)
Covers special topics in the history of Asia.
4QH
History 133
HST 1 6 1 2 The Modem Middle East (Group D) 4 QH
Focuses on the Middle East since 1800, with emphasis on the
background of present problems. (VI)
HST 1 6 1 3 The Contemporary Middle East (Group D) 4 QH
Focuses on political, economic, and social developments in the
Middle East since World War II.
HST 1 61 4 The Middle East Today in Fact, Fiction, and Film (Group D) 4 QH
Presents a study of social, economic, and political changes and
conflict in the lives of ordinary people who have been experienc-
ing the recent crises reported in the media. Focuses on common
experiences among various peoples — Turks, Armenians, Israe-
lis, Arabs, and Iranians — and emphasizes significant themes:
lifestyles, generational conflict, the changing role of women,
ethnic or ideological conflict, and the prevalence of identity crises
attending cultural and social disruption.
HST 1 620 Early African Gviliiotion (Group D) 4 QH
Studies the ancient empires of Africa, especially Ghana,
Songhai, Mali, Zimbabwe, the city-states of East Africa, and the
Congo Kingdom. Includes Ethiopian and Egyptian history and
controversies to 1800. Same as AFR 1191.
HST 1 62 1 Modem African Gvitizotion (Group D) 4 QH
Provides an introduction to modem Africa in the years from 1800
to 1960, showing how a new African civilization arose out of the
conflict-ridden conditions imposed on the old. Themes include
economic, social, political, religious, and artistic life, as well as
the influences of slavery, colonialism, and nationalism. Same as
AFR 1197. (IV)
HST 1 623 West African History (Group D) 4 QH
Surveys the politics and economics of West Africa from the rise
of the Mali Empire to the contemporary problems of national
development for the countries from Senegal to Nigeria. Same as
AFR 1403.
HST 1 625 South African History (Group D) 4 QH
Presents the historical background to current conflict in the
Republic of South Africa and in adjoining Mozambique, Zimba-
bwe, and Namibia. Examines the rise of the apartheid system —
and the opposition and alternatives to it — through the themes of
racial conflict, nationalism, and industrialization in this African
setting. Same as AFR 1405. (VI)
HST 1 633 Modem China (Group D) 4QH
Explores the far-reaching political, economic, and social changes
in China from 1800 to the present. Examines the decline of the
empire, the impact of the West, the rise of nationalism, industri-
alization, the changing role of women, the origins of rural revolu-
tion, and establishing the Communist state.
HST 1 634 Contemporary China (Group D) 4 QH
Examines Chinese polity, society, and economy from 1949 to the
present, including the restructuring of urban and rural society in
the 1950s, the rise of a new class, the emergence of factionalism,
the Cultural Revolution, and the impact of the post-Mao eco-
nomic and political reforms.
HST 1 637 Modem Japan (Group D) 4 QH
Surveys the evolution of Japan from a third-world nation to a
superpower. Major themes include the breakdown of feudalism,
the impact of the West, the Meiji Restoration, industrialization.
militarism, and Japan's post- World War II modem economic
miracle.
HST 1 644 Third Worid Women (Group D) 4 QH
Explores the role of women in the less-developed third world
areas, with special emphasis on factors of change, development,
and continuity. (IV)
HST 1 652 Islam Resurgent (Group D) 4 QH
Analyzes what has been called "the militant revival of Islam" as a
rallying point for reformist or revolutionary movements in the
Muslim world. Includes little-known Muslim areas outside the
Middle East in Africa and Asia. (VI)
HST 1701 Western Gvilizotion 1 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of HST 1101.
HST 1 702 Western Gvilizotion 2 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of HST 1102.
HST 1711 America to 1877 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of HST 1201.
HST 171 2 America since 1877 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of HST 1202.
HST 1 790 Population In European History (Group A or B) (Honors)
Honors equivalent of HST 1390.
HST 1801 Directed Study
4QH
4QH
4QH
4QH
4QH
4QH
HST 1 805 Approaches to History 4 QH
Students will undertake a major historical project based on the
application of appropriate methodologies and upon the substan-
tive understanding of a single subject chosen by the course in-
structor and announced in advance of the quarter. The course is
rotated among the department's faculty. All history majors are
required tcftake this course, though it is open to all upperclass
students. All students must have completed 80 quarter-hours of
work before taking this course.
HST 1 81 1, HST 1 81 2, HST 1 81 3 Junior/Senior Honors Program
For details contact the Honors Office, 215 Lake Hall.
4QHeoch
HST1821FieldworkinHistoryI 4QH
Offers directed work in historical societies, archives, museums,
and other historical agencies. Students should consult the De-
partment of History for details. Prereq. HST 1101, HST 1102,
HST 1201, HST 1202, and 16QHin other history courses.
Interdisciplinary Courses
INT 1 1 1 0 American Musical Theatre 4 QH
Offered by the Department of Theatre. Traces the development
of the American musical from works such as The Black Crook to
the present. Considers the role of musical theatre as both enter-
tainment and serious art form through an examination of script,
score, dance, and design. Includes works by composers and lyri-
cists such as Bernstein, Rodgers and Hammerstein, the
Gershwins, Weill, Lemer and Loewe, Cole Porter, Stephen
Sondheim, and Andrew Lloyd Weber.
134 Course Descriptions
INT 1 1 40 War and Conflict In the Nuclear Age 4 QH
Provides perspectives on the nature and effects of nuclear weap-
ons and their impact on global politics. Explores differing views
on policies that might prevent nuclear war.
INT 1 1 50 Introduction to Women's Studies: Image, Myth, and Reality 4 OH
This is an introductory survey of the issues and methodology
involved in the interdisciplinary study of women. Such a survey
encompasses the historical, political, economic, and social pro-
cesses that have created both the image and the reality of women
in society. Guest lecturers provide an overview of the many
different disciplinary approaches to the study of women. This
course is required for women's studies minors and may be used
as either a general elective or, depending upon the discipline of
the coordinator, to satisfy specific concentration requirements.
Same as SOC 1150.(11)
INT 1 1 51, INT 1 1 52 Women's Studies: Seminars in Research 4 QH
These interdisciplinary women's studies seminars allow stu-
dents to address problems in depth by researching a topic of
particular interest. Careful development of a research plan is
encouraged, and opportunities are provided for sharing work in
progress and for exchanging findings. These findings involve
little in-class time, but much consultation with appropriate
faculty. The final product of seminar work and research is a
major paper. Students in the Honors Program may substitute
one quarter of honors registration for each seminar, but are still
expected to attend the formal sessions of the seminar. These
seminars are required for women's studies minors.
INT 11 65 Special Topics in Sport ond Society 4QH
Designed to augment a variety of courses offered in the area of
sports studies. Content varies depending on the resources and
staff available; previous offerings have examined the relation-
ships between sports and the law and sports and business.
INT 1 20 1 An Analysis of American Racism 4 QH
This seminar in contemporary aspects of racism in America
discusses the cycle by which racism in our institutions helps form
our attitudes and the manner in which our attitudes, in turn,
shape our institutions. Emphasizes the practical, day-to-day
aspects of racism, rather than the theoretical and historical.
INT 121 5 Into the Ocean World 4QH
This course is a comprehensive interdisciplinary introduction to
the oceans. The seas' complexity and the far-reaching conse-
quences of our interactions with them demand an awareness of
the many facets of marine study. The teaching team consists of
specialists in the sciences, social sciences, humanities, and arts,
each with an interest in marine issues and a commitment to
bridging the gaps among disciplines. The course themes are as
broad as the oceans, but, when appropriate, we focus on Boston
Harbor, a first step into the ocean world for those of us in this
area. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
INT 12I6AHistoryof Seafaring 4QH
This course surveys maritime transportation, trade, travel,
exploration, and warfare from approximately 3500 B.C. to the
end of the wooden boat era in the late nineteenth century.
Prior to the widespread application of steam power on land
and sea in the nineteenth century, ships were the fastest, saf-
est, and most economical means of transporting large cargoes
over long distances. Literary and art history sources are also
introduced, along with several films on maritime archaeology.
Same as SOC 1150.
INT 121 7 Water: Planning for the Future 4QH
This course is an interdisciplinary introduction to our most
precious resource. Water has affected our bodies, our planet, our
history, and our culture. How we manage it will shape our future.
Because of increasing demand, waste, and pollution, we are
depleting — and risk destroying — the limited supply of usable
fresh water. This course will look at water through scientific,
historical, and cultural viewpoints, and survey contemporary
water problems in all their dimensions — political, economic, and
technological. Same as SOC 1150. (VI)
INT 1 252 Introduction to Irish Studies 4 QH
Presents Irish studies in one-week sequences from the perspec-
tive of a number of fields: art, business, drama, history, litera-
ture, music, politics, and sociology. Introduces students to the
important forces that have helped to shape contemporary Ire-
land and Irish-American culture.
INT 1 320 Exploring the Humanities Through Film 4 QH
Investigates the ways in which the methods of the humanities
can expand one's awareness of the sources, statements, and
meanings of popular films. Presents series of movies for evalua-
tion in the light of readings, the various approaches presented by
faculty members from a number of humanistic disciplines, and
students' own experience. (II)
INT 1 32 1 Modernism: Art, Film, and Literature 4 QH
Examines the interrelation of film, art, and literature in the
major movements of the twentieth century to 1939. Studies
Futurism, Cubism, Expressionism, Dada, and Surrealism, fea-
turing European films, art, and literature in a comparatist per-
spective. Examines the persistence of modernist elements in
contemporary art, literature, and film. Research paper or cre-
ative project due at the end of the term. Team-taught by mem-
bers of the art, English, and modern languages departments.
INT 1 330 Field Experience in Human Services 1 4 QH
Human services students are required to fulfill two fieldwork
placements during the last two years of their program. Each
placement consists of 150 hours on site. The type of placement
varies according to the student's interest. Field experiences are
supervised by University staff to maximize the student's learn-
ing opportunity.
INT 1 33 1 Field Experience in Human Services 2 4 QH
See course description for INT 1330. Prereq. INT 1330, junior or
senior status, and permission of instructor.
INT 1 333 Senior Seminar in Human Services 4 QH
Designed for seniors in human services, the course examines
emerging roles and career options within the human services
field. Study will focus on self-examination of attitudes and values
affecting delivery of services, exploration of ethical issues and
dilemmas relevant to human services, grantsmanship and fund-
ing issues, staff supervision and development within human
services agencies, and refinement of group leadership skills.
INT 1 336, INT 1 337 Field Experience in Human Services 1 and 2 6 OH each
Human services students are required to fulfill two fieldwork
placements during the last two years of their program. Each
placement consists of 150 hours on-site and generally varies
according to the students' interest. Examples of placement sites
include community centers, nursing homes, vocational work-
shops, state and federal agencies for children, and recreational
Interdisciplinary Courses 135
facilities. Experiences are supervised by University staff to
maximize the students' learning opportunities. Junior or senior
status, by permission only.
INT 1 570 On Understanding Science 4 QH
Develops the quantitative and qualitative skills needed to criti-
cally read about science in newspapers and magazines. Exam-
ines the historical, philosophical, and social nature of science;
units and scientific notation; technological developments of the
last two hundred years; sources of information; and current
scientific developments.
INT 1 580 Physical Chemistry with Biological Applications 4 QH
Examines physiochemical principles as they apply to biological
processes. Topics include chemical equilibria, reaction kinetics,
basic thermodynamics, oxidation-reduction reactions and bioen-
ergetics, and transport. Emphasizes problem solving as a tool for
learning, using a quantitative approach. Explains basic assump-
tions and limitations underl3dng principles; for the most part,
however, rigorous derivations are avoided. Makes applications to
basic experimental techniques in biochemistry by way of rel-
evant biochemical examples. Prereq. BIO 1261.
INT 1 700 War and Conflict in the Nuclear Age (Honors) 4 QH
Honors equivalent of INT 1 140. Discusses the development of
nuclear weapons. Explores the decisions leading to and the
aftermath of the nuclear attack on Hiroshima and Nagasaki.
Examines the Cold War and the growth of nuclear arsenals, the
potential causes of a nuclear war and the probable effects, and
this issue's moral questions. Evaluates strategies for preventing
nuclear war. (VI)
INT 1 702 War Work: The Experience of World War II (Honors) 4 QH
Examines the Second World War as an example of the impact
external events can have on professions. This upperclass course
is team-taught by faculty from various disciplines.
INT 1 703 Environmental Policy (Honors) 4 QH
Evaluates law, policy, and scientific decision making in resolving
environmental resource conflicts and in dealing with the health
risks of new technologies. Introduces regulatory approaches
including the Clean Water Act, wetlands protection, and toxic
torts litigation.
INT 1 704 Northeastern in the 1 960s (Honors) 4 OH
Explores how college life and curricula have changed over the
past twenty years by studying the microcosm of Northeastern
University. Involves research papers on topics such as curricu-
lum changes, student values as reflected in literature and folk-
lore, and the Northeastern riots in comparative context.
INT 1 705 Greek Language and Literature (Honors) 4 QH
Focuses on Attic Greek grammar and selections from Greek
literature in the original language. Discussion of texts is major
part of course.
INT 1 706 Industrial Relations (Honors) 4 QH
Presents theories and applications of labor management rela-
tions through lectures and case discussions. Focuses on the
development of American and European labor movements,
emphasizing legal and economic factors. Topics include union
objectives, organization, and structure; union government and
democracy; collective bargaining; and management approaches
to industrial relations.
INT 1 707 Psychoanalytic Literature (Honors) 4 QH
Examines literature from a psychoanalytic perspective. Topics
include Freud's theories, object relations, Lacan's theories, and
Kohut's self-psychology. Discusses works by Charles Dickens,
Franz Kafka, Virginia Woolf, Doris Lessing, and Anne Tyler.
INT 1 72 1 Modernism: Art, Film, and Literature (Honors) 4 QH
Honors equivalent of INT 1321.
Journalism
JRNIIOSNewswritingl 4QH
Covers functions of the editorial department and procedures in
obtaining and writing news stories. Offers extensive news writ-
ing and an introduction to interviewing. Legal issues defined.
Typing skills required. Prereq. ENG 1275 with grade ofC or better.
JRN1104Newswriting2 4QH
Offers practice in multi-source and breaking stories. Provides
an introduction to government and court reporting, advanced
work in interviewing, and experience in writing under deadline
pressure. Discusses legal issues. Prereq. JRN 1103 with grade
ofC or better.
JRN 1206 Editing 4QH
Provides practice in copy editing and headline writing. Presents
assignments in photo selection, cropping, and cutline writing.
Introduces page layout. Prereq. JRN 1104 with grade ofC or
better.
JRN 1 250 Interpreting the Doy's News 4 QH
Considers the news of the day and the function of the newspaper,
news magazine, and news broadcasts in American life. Topics
include rights and responsibilities of the press and how news is
gathered, processed, and disseminated by the various media.
(VI) For nonmajors as well as majors.
JRN 1 301 Basic Photojournalism 4 QH
Covers camera and darkroom procedures along with cropping,
assignment techniques, theory, and photo caption methods.
Prereq. JRN 1104.
JRN 1 305 Techniques of Journalism 4 QH
Provides practice in writing in-depth and multiplesource stories
requiring significant research. Provides an introduction to inves-
tigative reporting, practice in feature writing, and a review of
legal issues. Prereq. JRN 1104.
JRN 1 320 Radio News Gathering and Reporting 4 QH
Covers writing and editing news for radio, with practice in inter-
viewing, organizing news scripts, and integrating audio materi-
als into broadcast. Prereq. JRN 1 103.
JRN 1 336 Public Relations Principles 4 QH
Presents the principles, history, and methods of public relations,
processes of influencing public opinion, responsibilities of the
public relations practitioner, and analyses of public relations
programs. Prereq. Sophomore standing.
JRN 1 350 Advertising Principles 4 QH
Covers the development, procedures, economic functions, and
responsibilities of advertising: planning, research, production,
and other elements that go into successful advertising. Prereq.
Upperclass standing.
136 Course Descriptions
JRN 142 1 Television Newswriting 4 QH
Covers writing for TV news as opposed to other news media,
importance of the writer-reporter as field-producer and writer-
producer, and terms and language used in the production of TV
news shows. Includes actual individual production of news
shows, field trips to TV stations, and guest lecturers from the TV
news media. Prereq. JRN 1103.
JRN 1 422 Television News Production 4 QH
Demonstrates techniques used by the electronic journalist and
TV news producer. Provides the opportunity to build a TV news
show and to do reporting with portable TV cameras and editing
equipment. Prereq. JRN 1103 and JRN 1421, or permission of
instructor.
JRN 1428 The Role of Journalism in Sports 4QH
Offers an analysis of the impact of journalism on the institution
of sports in this country and around the world. Considers sports
reporting as a motivator and demotivator from Little League to
college and professional levels. Looks at the effect of news media
coverage on violence in organized sports, on America's physical
fitness, and on other aspects of society.
JRN 1 430 Fundamentals of Sports Reporting 4 QH
Applies principles of news reporting to covering men's and
women's sports for print and broadcast media. Emphasizes using
sports reference materials, developing contacts, interviewing,
and structuring the sports story. Also discusses investigative
reporting in sports. Prereq. JRN 1 1 04.
JRN 1 432 Local Government Reporting 4 QH
Discusses coverage of town/city government, with emphasis on
the "beat" approach to reporting public affairs. Focuses on practi-
cal, in-the-field experience with town meetings, meetings of
boards of selectmen, and other commissions and bodies transact-
ing public business. Prereq. JRN 1104.
JRN 1 440 Design and Graphics 4 QH
Applies layout and design principles to newspapers, magazines
and other print media. Covers type faces, copy measuring, dum-
mying, photo sizing, and keeping copy flow charts. Applies design
and graphics principles to advertising layout. Prereq. JRN 1206.
JRN 1 45 1 Advertising Copy Writing 4 QH
Covers theory and techniques of creating advertising copy for
newspapers, magazines, radio, television, and direct mail. Em-
phasizes fact gathering, copy structure, and advertising design.
Prereq. JRN 1103, and JRN 1350.
JRN 1 460 Public Relations Problems 4 QH
Applies public relations techniques to actual problems; presents
case studies in industry, labor, education, government, social
welfare, and trade associations. Prereq. JRN 1336.
JRN 1 50 1 History of Journalism 4 QH
Traces the development of American journalism from its Euro-
pean and English beginnings. Topics include the colonial press,
the great personal journalists of the nineteenth century, and the
impact of major technological changes in mass communications
media in the twentieth century. Some writing required. Prereq.
Upperclass standing.
JRN 1508 Low of the Press 4QH
Examines legal problems of libel, invasion of privacy, and access
to government information; discusses the balance between pri-
vate rights and the public's "need to know." Prereq. Upperclass
standing.
JRN 1 5 1 2 Journalism Ethics and Issues 4 QH
Explores the responsibilities of news media and ethical issues
confronting decision-makers in journalism. Examines the prin-
ciples found in codes of the American Society of Newspaper Edi-
tors, the Associated Press Managing Editors, the Society of
Professional Journalists, and other organizations. Some writing
required. Prereq. JRN 1501.
JRN 1522 Magazine Writing 4QH
Covers writing and free-lancing magazine articles; analyzing
magazines as markets; and selecting the best feature format —
how-to-do-it, profile, personal experience, human interest, inter-
pretive pieces, and others. Prereq. JRN 1104 or consent of
instructor.
JRN 1 540 Sports Public Relations 4 QH
Covers the planning and implementing of public relations func-
tions for professional, amateur, and recreational athletic organi-
zations. Topics stressed include use of journalistic research
techniques, implementation of programs, and effective commu-
nication with news media and various publics. Prereq. JRN 1103,
and JRN 1336.
JRN 1 552 Advertising Practice 4 QH
Covers the preparation of advertising for print and broadcast
media, including campaign planning and space and time buying
and scheduling. Includes product research, consumer surveys,
and measuring the effects of advertising. Prereq.
JRN 1451.
JRN 1 561 Public Relations Practice 4 QH
Demonstrates practices and techniques employed in the field,
including organization of events and functions. Studies cam-
paign planning, research, and media relationships. Prereq. JRN
1103 and JRN 1336.
JRN 1 575 Publication Production and Management 4 QH
Examines the organizational structure, production methods, and
management procedures of print media companies. Analyzes the
interaction of business, advertising, production, and circulation
departments. Prereq. JRN 1206.
JRN 161 7 The Constitution and Moss Communications 4QH
Explores the meaning of freedom of the press through study and
discussion of the evolving First- Amendment interpretations of
the United States Supreme Court. Prereq. Upperclass standing.
JRN 1 703 Newsvtrriting 1 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of JRN 1103.
JRN 1 704 Newswriting 2 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of JRN 1104.
4QH
4QH
JRN 1870, JRN 1880 Seminar 4QH
Offers discussions and readings on topics of current significance
in various journalistic fields. Prereq. Upperclass standing.
JRN 1890, JRN 1891 Directed Study in Journalism
JRN 1892 Topics
4QHeach
4QH
Journalism 137
Mathematics
MTH 1 000 Mathematics Preliminaries 1 4 QH
Supplies, together with MTH 1010, the high school math back-
ground necessary for a student to enroll in MTH 1101, MTH
1106, or MTH 1113. Includes the arithmetic of signed numbers,
fractions, decimals, and percents; algebraic manipulation and
solution of simple equations; elementary word problems; and
laws of exponents. Prereq. Permission of course coordinator.
MTH 1010 Mathematics Preliminaries 2 4 QH
Supplies, together with MTH 1000, the high school math back-
ground necessary for a student to survive in MTH 1101, MTH
1106, or MTH 1113. Includes quadratic equations and systems of
equations; graphing ( including slope of a line and vertex of a
parabola), more word problems; logarithms, trigonometry, or
some of both at the instructor's discretion. (In winter and spring
quarters, the material covered in MTH 1000 is assumed; in the
fall quarter, there is an overlap with MTH 1000 on solving equa-
tions, word problems, and laws of exponents. )
MTH 1 1 01 Applications of Algebra 4 QH
Examines systems of linear equations and their graphs. Fo-
cuses on graphing systems of linear inequalities in two vari-
ables with application to linear programming. Introduction to
matrices, matrix multiplication, and vectors. (I) Students do not
receive credit for MTH 1101 if they have already received credit
for MTH 1113.
MTH 1)03 Basic Probahility 4QH
Covers introduction to probability, sample spaces with equiprob-
able events, permutations and combinations, conditional prob-
ability. Also discusses random variables, introduction to Markov
processes. Equiv. to MTH 1 150.
MTH 1 1 06 Functions and Algebra 4 QH
Examines how to solve various kinds of algebraic equations:
linear, quadratic, and linear systems in two and three un-
knowns. Considers applications to word problems such as mo-
tion, mixture, and variational problems. Covers the concept of
function, graphs, line slopes, and graphs of polynomials. Also
discusses some elementary trigonometry and vectors in the
plane. Students do not receive credit for this course if they have
already received credit for MTH 1188 or MTH 1 191.
MTH 1 1 07 Functions and Basic Calculus 4 QH
Introduces differential calculus. Examines elementary rules of
differentiation with application to graph sketching and to maxi-
mum and minimum problems. Discusses exponential and loga-
rithmic functions with applications to compound interest,
population growth, and radioactive decay, il) Students do not
receive credit for MTH 1 107 if they have already received credit
for MTH 11 14.
MTH 11 08 Calculus 4QH
Offers a review and continuation of differential calculus, graph-
ing and differentiation of trigonometric functions; also presents
an introduction to integral calculus with applications to geomet-
ric problems and differential equations.
MTH 1113 College Mathematics lor Business and Economics 4 QH
Focuses on sets, rectangular coordinates and graphs, functions
and functional notation, linear and quadratic functions, expo-
nential and logarithmic functions, systems of linear equations,
summations, inequalities, permutations and combinations,
elementary probability concepts, arithmetic and geometric
progressions, and simple and compound interest annuities. (I)
Students do not receive credit for MTH 1113 if they have already
received credit for MTH 1101.
MTH 11)4 Calculus for Business and Economics 4 QH
Focuses on matrices; Gaussian elimination inverses of matrices;
systems of linear inequalities; feasible regions; graphical solu-
tion of linear programming problems; limits; derivatives; differ-
entiation of polynomials and of exponential and logarithmic
functions; maxima, minima, and points of inflection; optimiza-
tion in nonlinear problems; and marginal analysis of cost rev-
enue and profit functions. (I) Prereq. MTH 11 13 or equiv.
Students do not receive credit for MTH 1114 if they have already
received credit for MTH 1107.
MTH 1 1 20, MTH )) 2) Intensive Calculus ) and 2 6 QH each
Assists students in overcoming deficiencies in precalculus math-
ematics without losing ground in the MTH 1 123 sequence. Re-
views high school algebra, introduces trigonometric functions,
and covers the material in MTH 1 123 and MTH 1 124. Includes
lecture and homework review sessions. (Students placed in this
course by request or on the basis of their College Board scores
and the results of an orientation- week diagnostic test. )
MTH ) ) 23 Calculus for Engineering Majors ) 4 QH
Introduces the differential calculus of one variable, including
trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic functions, together
with their graphs. Includes average rates of change, instanta-
neous rates of change, derivatives, and the chain rule. Covers
curve sketching, applications of the derivative to problems in-
volving related rates, and maxima and minima.
MTH ) ) 24 Calculus for Engineering Majors 2 4 QH
Introduces integral calculus including areas, volumes, and other
applications. Studies integration involving trigonometric, in-
verse trigonometric, exponential, and logarithmic functions.
Introduces differential equations. Prereq. MTH 1 123.
MTH ) ) 25 Calculus for Engineering Majors 3 4 QH
Studies the calculus of elementary functions in the context of
complex numbers. Includes infinite series as well as second order
differential equations. Prereq. MTH 1124.
MTH ) ) 33 Calculus for Biology Majors ) 4 QH
Presents an introduction to calculus with applications to biology,
ecology, and medicine. Includes differentiation, anti-differentia-
tion, curve sketching, and exponential functions.
MTH ) 1 34 Calculus for Biology Majors 2 4 QH
Continues MTH 1133. Includes exponential growth and decay;
integration and area; rules for differentiation; and functions of
several variables, with LaGrange multipliers, total differentials,
and the method of least squares. Prereq. MTH 1 133.
MTH 1 1 35 Calculus for Biology Majors 3 4 QH
Continues MTH 1134. Includes the natural logarithm; trigono-
metric functions; techniques of integration, including numerical
methods and differential equations, with separation of variables
and qualitative methods. Prereq. MTH 1 134.
138 Course Descriptions
MTH 1 1 37 Discrete Mathematics 1 4 OH
Examines proof methods: induction, case analysis, contradiction;
binary, octal and hexadecimal numbers; modular arithmetic;
sets, relations, equivalences, functions; combinations, permuta-
tions, elementary counting, and discrete probability; and el-
ementary graph theory. Prereq. MTH 1123.
MTH 1 1 40 Calculus for Science Majors 1 4 QH
Presents introductory calculus primarily for mathematics, phys-
ics, and chemistry majors. Together with MTH 1144 and MTH
1145, includes derivatives and integrals of one-variable func-
tions; applications to curve sketching, maxima and minima
problems, area, moments, simple volumes, etc.; approximation
methods, including numerical integration, root finding, Taylor
series, and power series. Requires students to master the use of
the computer to make value tables and plot curves and to imple-
ment simple numerical algorithms.
MTH 1141 Calculus for Science Majors 2
Continues MTH 1140. Prereq. MTH 1140.
MTH 1 1 42 Calculus for Science Majors 3
Continues MTH 1141. Prereq. MTH 1141.
4 OH
4QH
MTH 1 1 50 Probability, Statistics, and the Computer 4 OH
Presents a computer-oriented introduction to statistical meth-
ods, with applications in the social and life sciences. Examines
descriptive statistics, elementary probability, correlation and
regression, and the fundamentals of statistical inference (confi-
dence intervals and hypothesis testing) with a minimum of
mathematical derivations. Uses a statistical computer package
such as MINITAB or SPSS to solve supplementary problems.
Prereq. Nonmath majors. Equiv. to MTH 1103.
MTH 1 1 52 Statistical Thinking 4 OH
Introduces the statistical style of thinking for students without
mathematical sophistication or who ordinarily don't like math-
ematics. Assigns readings will from a wide variety of sources.
Uses extensive class discussion and homework problems (some
on a computer) to teach students to use statistics and to critically
evaluate the use of statistics by others. Covers descriptive statis-
tics, statistical tests, confidence intervals, regression, and sam-
pling. (II ) Economics majors do not receive credit for this course if
they have already earned credit for ECN 1250 or MSC 1201.
MTH 1 1 72 introduction to Computer Science 4 OH
Deals vrith problem solving in the context of computing. Focuses
on structured programming. Stresses correctness, clarity, and
reliability of programs . ( II )
MTH 1 1 83 Mainstreams of Mathematics 4 QH
Traces the development of some key mathematical ideas, their
historical context, and current applications. May include math-
ematical games and puzzles; number systems past and present;
logic and computers; calculus and the rise of modern science,
art, and symmetry; and cut-and-paste topology. Assumes no
more than high school algebra and geometry. Encourages stu-
dents with diverse backgrounds to rediscover mathematics
through individual projects, supplemental readings, and class-
room discussions.
MTH 1 1 88 Problem Solving and Pre-Calculus 1 6 QH
Develops basic algebraic and problem-solving skills in students
who indicate these needs and are enrolled in this course rather
than the four-credit MTH 1191. Together with MTH 1189, pre-
pares the student for calculus (MTH 1193). Includes writing
equations and relating word problems to equations, plotting
linear equations, word problems involving algebraic fractions,
algebraic operations, radicals, inequalities, functional notation
and the graphing of functions. Students who earn credit for this
course may not receive credit for MTH 1106 or MTH 1191.
MTH 1 1 89 Problem Solving and Pre-Colculus 2 6 QH
Continues MTH 1 188. Includes functions and graphing, compos-
ite functions and inverse functions, logarithmic and exponential
functions and equations, trigonometric functions and their
graphs, solving trigonometric problems, trigonometric identities,
and vectors in two-dimensions. Equiv. to MTH 1 192.
MTH 1191 College Algebra 4QH
Foucuses on fundamental algebraic operations, complex num-
bers, radicals and exponents, functions, linear and quadratic
equations, irrational equations, inequalities, variation, and roots
of polynomial equations. Prereq. BSET majors only. Students
who earn credit for this course may not receive credit for MTH
1106 or MTH 1188.
MTH 1192 Pre-Calculus 4 OH
Focuses on logarithms, trigonometric functions of angles in
degrees and radians, trigonometric identities and equations,
right triangles, oblique triangles, complex numbers in trigono-
metric form, systems of equations, and determinants. Prereq.
MTH 1191 or MTH 4107; BSET majors only. Equiv. to MTH 1 189.
MTH 11 93 Calculus 1 4 OH
Focuses on plane analytic geometry; differentiation of algebraic
functions; rate, motion, maximum and minimum problems;
derivatives of higher order; curve sketching; basics in functions,
limits, and continuity. ( Not equivalent to MTH 1 123 . ) Prereq.
MTH 1192 or MTH 4 1 08; BSET majors only.
MTH 11 94 Calculus 2 4QH
Focuses on applications of derivatives to curve sketching;
antidifferentiation; the definite integral, with applications;
calculus of nonalgebraic functions — logarithmic, exponential,
and trigonometric; calculus of inverse trigonometric functions;
techniques of integration; indeterminate forms; and L'Hopital's
rule. (Not equivalent to MTH 1124.) Prereq. MTH1193orMTH
4120: BSET majors only.
MTH 11 95 Calculus 3 4QH
Focuses on polar coordinates, vectors in a plane, calculus of
functions of several variables, partial differentiation, multiple
integrals, infinite series, vector analysis, and introduction to
differential equations. (Not equivalent to MTH 1125. ) Prereq.
MTH 1194 or MTH 4121; BSET majors only.
MTH 1 203 History of Mathemotics 4 OH
Focuses on development of the various branches of mathematics,
lives of outstanding mathematicians, growth of mathematical
knowledge and its relation to culture. (Ill)
MTH 1 2 1 2 Linear Programming 4 OH
Presents an introduction to concepts and techniques of linear
programming, game theory, discrete modeling (shortest path,
minimum spanning tree). Explores application to economics,
social sciences, and other related fields. ( II) Prereq. One year of
college mathematics.
Mathematics 139
MTH 1223 Calculus 4 4QH
Covers partial derivatives and multiple integrals, with applica-
tions. Prereq. MTH 1125.
MTH 1 225 Differential Equations (Engineering) 1 4 QH
Offers a study of ordinary differential equations for engineering
students. Prereq. MTH 1223
or equivalent.
WITH 1 226 Differential Equations (Engineering) 2 4 QH
Focuses on numerical methods for solving ordinary differential
equations, Fourier series, and selected partial differential equa-
tions by separation of variables. Intended primarily for engineer-
ing students. Prereq. MTH 1225.
IWTH 1 230 linear Algebra for Engineers 4 QH
Introduces matrices through Guassian elimination. Proceeds to
vector spaces and linear equations; orthogonality; eigenvalues
and eigenvectors. Emphasizes engineering applications such as
systems of ordinary differential equations. Prereq. MTH 1225.
IWTH 1 237 Discrete Mathematics 2 4 QH
Covers elementary number and group theory. Examines fields,
finite fields, coding theory, Hamming and BCH codes, counting
arguments. Prereq. MTH 1137 and MTH 1223.
MTH 1 238 Combinatorial Mathematics 4 QH
Provides a transition from calculus to more traditional math-
ematics courses. Explores various techniques for counting, such
as permutations, combinations, inclusion-exclusion, Polya enu-
meration, and the mathematical formulations necessary for
these techniques, including elementary group theory and
equivalence relations. Prereq. Two courses in calculus.
MTH 1 243 Calculus for Science Majors 4 4 QH
Focuses on methods of calculus and vector analysis to study
curves, surfaces, and functions of several variables. Studies
parameterization of lines and planes, tangents and normal
vectors, partial derivatives, maxima and minima problems,
linear approximations, and tangent planes. Some linear algebra.
Prereq. MTH 1 145.
MTH 1 244 Calculus for Science Majors 5 4 QH
Continues MTH 1243. Covers multiple integration, line inte-
grals, and exact differentials; various forms of Stoke's theorem;
and more linear algebra. Prereq. MTH 1243.
MTH 1 245 Differential Equations and Linear Methods 1 4 OH
Focuses on ordinary differential equations and linear algebra.
Examines first-order equations, higher-order (primarily second-
order) linear differential equations, systems of linear differential
equations. Studies linear algebra, which includes eigenvalues
and eigenvectors primarily for two-dimensional systems. Dis-
cusses applications of ordinary differential equations. Prereq.
MTH 1145.
MTH 1 246 Differential Equations Science 4 QH
Focuses on analysis of linear partial differential equations
(wave equations, heat equation, and potential equation). Covers
ordinary differential equations with boundary values, Fourier
analysis, and orthogonal functions. Also considers numerical
methods and other topics in ordinary differential equations.
Prereq. MTH 1245.
MTH 1301 Unear Algebra 1 4QH
Focuses on vectors and vector spaces, including function spaces,
subspaces. Examines lengths, angles, scalar products; volumes,
determinants; linear independence and dependence, dimension,
linear and affine maps, kernel and image. Studies algorithms:
row operations, double triangular form, inversion. Introduces
linear maps. Gives particular attention to characteristic polyno-
mials, eigenvalues, and eigenvectors in low dimensions. Prereq.
MTH1244orequiv.
MTH 1302 Unear Algebra 2 4QH
Focuses on detailed study of linear maps. Studies symmetric
maps and quadratic forms, isometries, skew-symmetric maps;
decomposition of general linear maps using symmetric maps and
isometries. Covers polynomials evaluated on linear maps, gener-
alized eigenspaces, Jordan form. As time permits, introduces
computational methods, with emphasis both on geometry under-
lying algorithms and on practical advantages and limitations.
Surveys related areas in mathematics in which linear ideas play
a role. Prereq. MTH 1301.
MTH 131 1 Analysis! 4QH
Examines the theoretical foundations of calculus: limits, mea-
sure, continuity, and related concepts. With MTH 1312 serves as
a bridge between the MTH 1243 through MTH 1246 calculus
sequence and the more advanced analysis courses, such as MTH
1347, MTH 1348,MTH 1351, MTH 1370, and MTH 1371.Prereq.
MTH 1246 or permission of instructor.
MTH 1312 Analysis2 4QH
Continues MTH 1311. Focuses on calculus, applying the con-
cepts introduced in MTH 1311. Prereq. MTH 1311.
MTH 1321 Introduction to Groups and Their Applicotions 4 QH
Presents examples of groups (symmetry groups, permutation
groups, matrix groups, cyclic groups) and their subgroups. Stud-
ies finite groups and orders of subgroups; homomorphisms and
normal subgroups. Also considers applications to some of the
following, depending on time and interest: geometry, number
theory, crystallography, physics, and combinatorics.
MTH 1322 Topics in Rings, Fields, and Number Theory 4 QH
Focuses on algebraic properties of the integers and rational, real,
and complex numbers. Also covers commutative rings, ideals,
integral domains, and other quotient fields; polynomial rings;
quadratic extension fields; Gaussian integers; and other topics
as time permits. Prereq. MTH 1321.
MTH 1330 Number Theory 4QH
Introduces the elementary methods of analytic number theory.
Focuses on divisibility, congruences, arithmetical and multipli-
cative functions, quadratic reciprocity, and equivalent formula-
tions of the prime number theorem. Prereq. MTH 1301 or
permission of instructor.
MTH 1 337 Foundotions of Mathematics 1 4 QH
Studies the following topics and the shifts in perspective that
their development brought about: the disputes over the basis for
calculus, twentieth-century discoveries in mathematical logic,
and the advent of the computer. (V)
MTH 1 338 Foundations of Mathematics 2 4 QH
Includes set theory, rules for set formation, the axiom of choice
and its role in mathematics, transfinite cardinal and ordinal
numbers and arithmetic, and axiomatizations of set theory.
140 Course Descriptions
MTH 1347 Applied Analysis 4 OH
Demonstrates the application of mathematics to interesting
physical and biological problems. Examines methods chosen
from ordinary and partial differential equations, calculus of
variations, Laplace transforms, singular perturbations, special
functions, dimensional analysis, and other techniques of applied
mathematics. Prereq. MTH 1246 or permission of instructor.
MTH 1 349 Numerical Analysis 1 4 OH
In practice, computations are never exact. Therefore, the prob-
lem of finding efficient methods to calculate sufficiently accurate
answers is of fiindamental importance. The emphasis of the
course is not on recipes for solving problems, proving theorems,
or on writing computer programs. Rather, the practical concerns
of efficiency and accuracy are illustrated by studjring the follow-
ing problems: roots of a nonlinear equation, simultaneous linear
equations, interpolation, and curve-fitting. Prereq. Two years of
calculus and one course in programming.
MTH 1 350 Numerical Analysis 2 4 QH
Analyzes problems in differential equations, integration, and
ordinary differential equations. (Does not require prior knowl-
edge of differential equations; MTH 1349 is not a prerequisite. )
Emphasis is similar to that of MTH 1349. Prereq. Two years of
calculus and one course in programming.
MTH1351FunctionsofaComplexVariable1 4QH
Focuses on algebra and geometry of complex numbers; concepts
of limit, continuity, and derivative in the complex domain;
holomorphic functions, series, contour integration; and applica-
tions. Prereq. MTH 1243 or equiv.
MTH 1 352 Functions of a Complex Variable 2 4 QH
Continues MTH 1351. May include conformal mapping, analytic
continuation, Riemann surfaces, the Laplace transform and
inverse transform, elliptic functions, and applications. Prereq.
MTH 1351.
MTH 1367 Geometry 4QH
Studies classical Euclidean geometry and symmetry groups of
geometric figures by an analytic approach. Teaches how to for-
mulate mathematical propositions precisely and how to con-
struct and understand mathematical proofs. Provides a line
between classical and modem geometry with the aim of prepar-
ing students for further study in group theory and differential
geometry. Prereq. Basic linear algebra or permission of instructor.
MTH 1 370 Recent Ideas in Geometry 4 OH
Presents some non-Euclidean geometry, especially hyperbolic
and elliptic geometries. Topics include algebraic curves and
surfaces. Prereq. MTH 1367 or permission of instructor.
MTH 1 384 Probability for Engineering 4 OH
Discusses sample spaces; axioms of probability; random vari-
ables and their distributions; expectation, moments, and charac-
teristic function; bivariate distributions; jointly Gaussian
random variables; stochastic processes, including
autocorrelation function and power spectral density; and estima-
tion of the mean and autocorrelation function in the presence of
noise. Prereq. MTH 1223 and MTH 1225 or equiv.
MTH 1387 Probability! 4 OH
Focuses on probability functions for finite and infinite spaces;
conditional probability and independence; discrete and continu-
ous probability distributions for one or more random variables;
expectation; moments; binomial, Poisson, and normal distribu-
tions; and central limit theorem. Prereq. MTH 1223 or MTH 1244.
MTH 1388 Probability 2 4 OH
Studies selected topics, including introduction to stochastic
processes, with emphasis on Poisson processes and Markov
chains. Prereq. MTH 1384 or MTH 1387.
MTH 1 390 Mathematical Statistics 4 QH
Focuses on estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, hy-
pothesis testing, regression, sampling distributions. Introduces
analysis of variance and statistical decision theory. Prereq. MTH
1384 or MTH 1387.
MTH 1 71 4, MTH 1 723, MTH 1 724, MTH 1 725, MTH 1 726, 4 QH each
MTH 1 733, MTH 1 734, MTH 1 735, MTH 1 740, MTH 1 741,
MTH 1 742, and MTH 1 746 Honors Program
Special sections for honors students of courses MTH 1114, MTH
1123, MTH 1124, MTH 1125, MTH 1133, MTH 1134, MTH 1135,
MTH 1140, MTH 1141, MTH 1142, and MTH 1223 respectively.
MTH 1 763 Introduction to Computers (Honors)
Honors equivalent of MTH 1163.
4 OH
MTH 1 801 -MTH 1 808 Directed Study 4 OH
Gives highly motivated students the opportunity to explore
mathematical situations and theories in depth. Can be used as
an opportunity to examine familiar material in fresh ways or to
explore new material not offered in formal courses. Provides
students strong in mathematics and the related sciences a
chance to develop the art and skill needed to work independently
and creatively in mathematics. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
Students strong in mathematics are permitted to enroll in gradu-
ate mathematics courses.
MTH 1 809 Directed Study: Problem Solving 4 QH
Emphasizes mathematical problem-solving techniques from a
range of areas, including but not limited to integration, differen-
tiation, number theory, group theory, field theory, combinato-
rics, linear algebra, differential equations, and mathematical
modeling. The mathematical model aspect constitutes one third
to one half of the course. Analyzes specific realworld models in
complete detail, including running and analyzing computer
simulations. Requires students to make a number of presenta-
tions to the class demonstrating specific techniques. Prereq.
Permission of instructor.
MTH 1810 Directed Study 1 QH
Same description as MTH 1801 to MTH 1808. Offered for less
intensive projects. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
Modern Languages
Prerequisites listed for modern languages are based on current
course numbers at Northeastern. If approved by the Department
of Modern Languages and the dean's office, equivalent course
work acquired elsewhere may be considered acceptable to sat-
isfy these prerequisites. The following courses are offered in
English, and no knowledge of a foreign language is required to
take them: LNF 1510, LNF 1511, LNF 1512, LNF 1513, LNI
1510, LNI 1511, LNI 1512, LNR 1500, LNR 1510, LNR 1511,
LNS 1500, LNS 1501, and LNS 1510. Locate these courses under
Modern Languages 141
the appropriate heading for course descriptions. Language ma-
jors interested in obtaining major credit for any of these courses
should consult their instructor.
Gnema
The following cinema courses are offered by the Department of
Modem Languages.
LNF 1 52 1 French Film Masterpieces 4 QH
Provides an introduction to some of the qualities that have made
French film one of the great national cinemas. Focuses on both
form and content; relates outstanding directors' major works to
the French culture and society of their period. Taught in English;
may be taken for French credit if assignments are completed in
French.
LNF 1 550 Introductory Film Analysis 4 QH
The course's major goal is the cultivation of critical skills in
analyzing the film medium, enabling students to articulate ways
in which film shapes their experience. The course will be pre-
sented in three units: Film Form, Narrative Form, and Film
Style. Form, and its most prevalent manifestation, narrative
form, can be said to be the way in which the parts of a film are
related to one another to create a whole. Style, including mise-
en-scene, cinematography, editing, and sound, will be studied in
relation to audience expectations and the constitutive role of film
form. The course will be organized around weekly film screen-
ings and individual study of films put on reserve in the Media
Center of Snell Library.
LNF 155) Film Theory 4QH
Investigates the fundamental issues surrounding the nature and
possibilities of film art. Introduces a variety of theoretical ap-
proaches, including semiotics, auteur theory, psychoanalysis,
and feminism. Weekly screenings focus on two or three topics: a
film author ( such as Bufiuel, Truffaut, or Welles ), a well-defined
film movement (such as neorealism, the New German cinema, or
the French New Wave), or films about film-making practice.
Coursework includes reading articles and writing a research
paper using the resources ( including film journals ) of the Media
Center of Snell Library. (V)
LNF 1 560 Film and Psychoanalysis 4 QH
This course will explore the nature and possibilities of the psy-
choanalytic interpretation of film. The course will demonstrate
that such an approach offers an additional dimension to the
analysis of a work of art. The principal focus will be on elements
in the work that are derivative of unconscious processes. Thus,
fantasies, dreams, symbolism, and imagery will be given special
attention. Material in the works studied that relates to neurotic
conflicts, character structure and formation, interpersonal rela-
tionships, and distortions in psychological development will be
brought into the discussion. Weekly film screenings will be ac-
companied by lectures and discussions; each student will select
one film (placed on reserve in the Media Center of Snell Library)
for individual study on a topic of his/her choice.
ING ] 554 Modern German Film and Literature 4 QH
Introduces contemporary issues in German culture. Studies the
importance of the Faust legend as a striving for Unendlichkeit —
going beyond normal human limitations — as expressed in the
classicism of Goethe and the expressionist movement in art and
film.-Explores the balancing of Weimar as compared to Nazi
culture. Examines the multiple pressures and complex issues of
the postwar era as outgrowths of these earlier periods. Consid-
ers major novels, stories, and poems 'oy Boll, Grass, Mann, and
Brecht as adapted by a generation of new German filmmakers —
Fassbinder, Schlondorff, Sanders-Brahms, and Wenders. Of-
fered in English; may be taken for German credit by special
arrangement. (IV)
LNS 1 550 Spanish Film Masterpieces 4 QH
Covers Spanish cinema from 1960 to the present, focusing on
recognized masters such as Buiiuel and Saura, but including
other award- winning films based on novels and events in the
Spanish Civil War. Stresses the way the realism of the Spanish
cinema is combined with surrealistic imagery and metaphor to
create a distinctive visual style and content.
Linguistics
The following linguistics courses are offered by the Department
of Modern Languages.
LNF 1 250 History of the French Language 4 QH
Examines the development and emergence of the French lan-
guage from its earliest literary manifestations. Offers the oppor-
tunity to become familiar with the language's earlier stages.
Emphasizes developing a working knowledge of medieval
French. Includes the relationship of Old French to Latin, struc-
tural characteristics of Old French, and the impact of historical
events on language. Compares different stages of French. Con-
ducted in English. Prereq. Reading knowledge of French or per-
mission of instructor.
LNL 1235 Applied Linguistics 4QH
Explores the process of language learning and the nature of this
experience for infants and adults. Emphasizes the child's ability
to master successfully the complex essentials of a first language
by the age of five. Focuses on the relationship between cognitive
capacity and language-learning ability. Discusses the roles of
the parent and the physical environment. Includes second-
language learning, contrastive analysis, learning English as a
second language or dialect, sign language, the significance of
"errors," and learning strategies. Surveys language-teaching
methods.
LNL 1 260 Introduction to Romance Linguistics 4 QH
Provides a general linguistic introduction to one of the most
important language families. Discusses the structural charac-
teristics of several Romance languages. Includes defining a lan-
guage family, how and why languages change, and the relationship
of standard and nonstandard linguistic varieties. Studies contem-
porary theoretical issues in Romance linguistics including object
pronoun placement, word order, creolization, and subject pro-
nouns use. Conducted in English. Prereq. Reading knowledge of
one Romance language or permission of instructor.
LNS 1 250 History of the Spanish Language 4 QH
Examines the development and emergence of the Spanish lan-
guage. Offers the opportunity to become familiar with the
language's earlier stages. Emphasizes developing a working
knowledge of medieval Spanish. Includes the relationship of old
Spanish to Latin, structural characteristics of Old Spanish, and
the impact of historical events on language. Compares different
stages of Spanish. Conducted in English; however, the textbook
is in Spanish. Prereq. Reading knowledge of Spanish or permis-
sion of instructor.
142 Course Descriptions
The following courses offered in the Department of Modern Lan-
guages are conducted in English for possible advanced language
credit. Please consult instructor.
LNF 1 5 1 0 Modern Philosophkol French Literature in Translation 4 QH
Camus and Sartre are considered to have been the spokesmen
for their generation's philosophical concerns. The course studies
works by these two authors and from them develops a working
knowledge of existentialism. Course given in English.
LNF 1 5 1 1 Tlie Theme of Solitude in French Literature 4 QH
The multiple facets of the theme of solitude are traced from the
beginnings of French literature to the present. Viewed as a
source of both wonder and anguish, solitude is studied in its
various manifestations, including banishment, imprisonment,
expatriation, and seclusion. The phenomena of moral and spiri-
tual solitude are examined as well. Authors studied include
Charles d'Orleans, Du Bellay, Rousseau, Chateaubriand, Hugo,
Verlaine, Mauriac, and Camus. Course conducted in English.
Texts read in English translation (those who wish to do so may
read them in French).
LNF 1 5 1 2 Masterpieces of Modern European Fiction 4 QH
Focuses on modern European authors, including Dostoevski,
Kafka, Proust, Pirandello, and Lorca. Examines works in the
context of the emergence of modernism and the break from liter-
ary tradition. Fiction readings are accompanied by critical and
theoretical texts investigating the nature and function of litera-
ture in society.
LNF 1 5 1 3 French Seminar: Voltaire and Rousseau 4 QH
This course offers an opportunity to study and compare the two
great figures of the eighteenth century. Analyzes how, by their
contrasting interests, personalities, and views of society, these
writers contributed to fundamental changes in the political,
philosophical, and literary world of their time — and ours. In-
cludes class discussion, oral and written reports. Conducted in
English.
LNI1 5 1 0 The Works of Dante in Translation I 4 QH
This course considers briefly the cultural background and vari-
ous literary schools that influenced Dante. His life, his character,
and minor works are discussed. The Vita Nuova and the first
cantica oftheDivina Commedia, the "Inferno," are read and
analyzed in some detail. This course is intended for students of
any background or major. Bilingual texts are used so that stu-
dents with a background in Italian and others, may refer to the
original for added interest and enrichment. Conducted in
English. (Ill)
LN1 1 5 1 1 The Works of Dante in Translation 2 4 OH
Continues LNI 1510, but may be taken separately. Studies in
detail the other two parts of theDtyma Commedia, "Purgatorio"
and "Paradiso." Open to anyone. Bilingual texts used. Conducted
in English.
LNI1 5 1 2 Italian Seminar: Pirandello 4 QH
By viewing reality in the world and human personality with
strikingly new insights, Pirandello contributed a new dimension
to our understanding of human nature and brought about signifi-
cant changes to the traditional conception of the theatre. This
course examines the originality and art of Pirandello by a close
study of some of his great plays and short stories. Classwork
includes discussions and oral and written reports.
Conducted in English.
LNR 1 500 Backgrounds in Russian Culture 4 QH
Designed to offer the student a view of Russian culture and civili-
zation; includes guest speakers, films, field trips, and discus-
sions. Conducted in English.
LNR 1 5 1 0 The Works of Alexander Pushkin in Translation 4 QH
Offers a survey and analysis in English of Pushkin's artistic
prose, lyric poetry, correspondence, friendships, and major liter-
ary influences.
LNR 1 5 1 1 Russian Literature in Translation 4 QH
A companion to LNR 15 10; provides a survey and analysis in
English of some of the works of Tolstoi, Dostoevski, Chekhov,
and others.
LNS 1 500 Backgrounds In Hispanic Culture 4 QH
A multimedia approach is used to present the rich panorama of
the humanities from Altamira to modern times. A reading
knowledge of Spanish is helpful but not required, since the
course is conducted in English. Field trips, concerts, guest speak-
ers, and individual study projects enhance this exploration of
Spanish creativity.
LNS 1 501 Backgrounds of Latin American Culture 4 QH
Spans the time from pre-Columbian days to the present in Latin
America, exploring culture, traditions, and attitudes. Offers a
multimedia approach with field trips and guest lecturers. Con-
ducted in English. (IV)
LNS 1 5 1 0 Saints and Sinners: The Vision of Women in 4 QH
the Middle Ages and the Renaissance
Topics include the attainment of and the atonement for love and
society's changing attitude toward women as reflected in the
literature of the times. Covers selected fabliaux, short stories,
poems, and plays from Boccaccio, Chaucer, Ruiz, Rojas,
Machiavelli, Lope de Vega, Calderon, Quevedo, Racine,
Middleton, as well as women writers. Reference is made to his-
torical and sociological materials. Conducted in English. All
required readings are in translation.
LNS 1 5 1 1 Introduction to Caribbean Literature 4 QH
Provides a comparative introduction to the modern literary
traditions of the Spanish-, English-, and French-speaking Carib-
bean. Includes authors such as Carpentier (Cuba), Naipaul
(Trinidad), Zobel (Martinique), and Cardenal (Nicaragua).
LNS 1 5 1 2 The Don Juan Figure in literature 4 QH
This seminar course deals with the emergence and development
of the Don Juan figure in Western literature. The course will be
taught in English, although it will focus upon many works which
were originally written in other languages (they will be read in
English translation). It will attempt to analyze the character of
Don Juan, beginning with his first appearance in the theater of
seventeenth-century Spain, and following his development well
into the twentieth century. The course will strive to develop an
appreciation and understanding of the character of Don Juan
through the centuries, and to analyze the similarities and the
differences that may be seen in the character from one cultural
milieu to another. (Ill)
Chinese
LNC 1101 Elementary Chinese 1 4QH
Designed to acquaint the student with features of spoken and
written "Mandarin" Chinese. Stresses grammar, oral performance.
Modern Languages 143
and simple characters. Students who wish to speak another
dialect of Chinese should consult instructor for proper place-
ment.
LNC 1 1 02 Elementary Chinese 2 4 QH
Continues LNC 1101. Studies grammar and spoken and written
forms of the language. Prereq. LNC 1101.
LNC1 103 Intermediate Chinese! 4QH
Continues LNC 1102. Covers more advanced features of the
language as well as continued study of characters.
Prereq. LNC 1102.
LNC 11 04 Intermediate Chinese 2 4QH
Continues LNC 1103. Offers more advanced work in grammar,
conversation, and characters. Prereq. LNC 1103.
LNC 1 801 Directed Study in Chinese
French
4QH
LNF 1101 Elementary French 1 4QH
Designed for students with very little or no prior knowledge of
French, this course provides a lively introduction to basic oral
expression, listening comprehension, and elementary reading
and writing. The audiolingual approach, using practical vocabu-
lary drawn from realistic situations, aims at good pronunciation
and ease in response. Each lesson incorporates helpful informa-
tion about daily life in France and the varied cultures within the
world of French speakers. Laboratory practice complements
classwork, enables students to work aloud at their own speed,
reinforces their acquisition of essential structures, and acquaints
them with a vast library of audiovisual resources.
LNF 11 02 Elementary French 2 4QH
Continues beginners' exposure to the "four skills" — oral compre-
hension, speaking, reading, and writing French — so that the
linguistic tools needed to understand and function in foreign
contexts — at home, abroad, and in the world of litererature and
film — may be acquired. Prereq. LNF 1101.
LNF 11 03 Intermediate French 1 4QH
Designed for students who wish to further their audiolingual
skills and improve their reading and writing; combines a review
and continued study of grammar essentials with oral, writing,
and language lab practice. Varied readings include journalistic,
cultural, and modern literary texts. Conducted primarily in
French so that students may exercise their new skills. Prereq.
LNF1102orequiv.
LNF 11 04 Intermediate French 2 4QH
This course uses the fundamentals of French to promote effective
self-expression through speaking and writing and to explore the
idiomatic aspects of the language. Through progressive class
discussions and oral and written commentaries, students ana-
lyze a contemporary French novel or a French cultural reader,
screenplay, or collection of short stories. The course strives, first,
to help students read and comprehend modem French writing
with confidence, and to be able to talk and write about it in good
French; and second, to provide preparation for advanced courses.
Prereq. LNF 1103.
LNF 1 1 07 Reading French in the Arts and Sciences4 QH
Designed for students who wish to develop their reading skills,
without regard to other aspects of the language such as speaking
and writing. Stresses the grammar necessary for reading, to-
gether with vocabulary building. Uses scientific and nonscien-
tific texts. May help graduate and undergraduate students who
need to pass a reading examination to fulfill specific degree
requirements. Not a substitute for LNF 1103 or LNF 1104.
Prereq. LNF 1102 or equiv.
LNF 1 1 1 1 Elementary French for Business 4 QH
Similar to LNF 1 101, but has added features relevant to business
students, such as specialized vocabulary related to the business
world and an immediate introduction to French business texts.
LNF 1102 can be taken as a sequel to LNF 1111.
LNF 1 201 French Composition and Conversation 1 4 QH
This course is designed for qualified students who wish to work
on improving their proficiency in speaking and writing French
through oral reports, class discussions, compositions, and an
advanced review of fundamentals. Grammar work focuses on the
students' particular needs as well as the nuances of the lan-
guage. Varied readings in a range of styles — popular to liter-
ary— provide insight into French life and culture. Conducted in
French.
LNF 1 202 French Composition and Conversation 2 4 QH
Continues LNF 1201, with emphasis on individual work, oral
presentations, discussions, related grammar, and analysis of
readings. Conducted in French. Prereq. LNF 1201 or equiv.
LNF 1 203 Advanced French Proficiency 1 4 QH
Emphasizes further vocabulary building and mastery of fine
points of grammar through written composition, prepared oral
reports, and reading and discussion of articles from current
periodicals. Gives special attention to the latest trends in spoken
French, the study of idioms and proverbs, as well as selected
examples of "argot" ( slang). Prereq. LNF 1201 and LNF 1202 or
equiv.
LNF 1 204 Advanced French Proficiency 2 4 QH
Continues LNF 1203. Each student is expected to pursue one
major project throughout the course, to be completed at the end
of the quarter — such as planning and writing an original French
magazine with one article to be submitted each week of the term.
Prereq. LNF 1201 and LNF 1202 or equiv.
LNF 1 225 Introduction to the French-Speaking World 4 QH
Offers a cultural introduction to the French-speaking world
through the study of various reading selections in the textbook
Le Monde Franqais. Stresses vocabulary building and proper
usage of a wide variety of grammatical forms; also examines the
traditional backgrounds and aspects, as well as the contempo-
rary and "pop" aspects, of the cultural heritage of the world's
French speakers. Focuses mainly, but not exclusively, on France.
Prereq. LNF 1104 or equiv.
LNF 1 231 Masterpieces of French Literature 1 4 QH
Provides an introduction to French poetry, theatre (both comedy
and tragedy), novels, and autobiographies through the study of
key works from the Middle Ages and Renaissance through the
144 Course Descriptions
Age of Enlightenment. Includes such writers as Villon, Molifere,
Racine, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Conducted largely in French.
Designed to foster a critical approach to reading, improve read-
ing, speaking, and writing skills; and help students apply these
new skills to a greater understanding and appreciation of major
French contributions to Western culture. Encourages group
discussions in an effort to bring out the relation between the
texts and contemporary issues. (IDPrereq. LNF 1104 orequiv.
LNF 1 232 Masterpieces of French Literature 2 4 QH
Continues LNF 1231, which is not necessarily a prerequisite.
Presents some of the most interesting and significant works of
literature from the Romantic Age to the present. Readings in-
clude an "existential" play by Musset, poetry by Baudelaire and
Verlaine, and fiction by Flaubert, Camus, and Robbe-Grillet. For
a description of methodology, see LNF 1231. {IDPrereq. LNF
1104 orequiv.
LNF 1 309 French Literature of the Nineteenth Century 1 4 QH
Romanticism is treated as a major cultural phenomenon affect-
ing each person's view of the world and the way he/she expresses
experience. In this context, the course examines romanticism in
poetry and drama, as well as its continuation into the realist
novel. Readings include Victor Hugo in poetry and the drama
and Honore de Balzac in the novel, as well as selections from
other writers who represent aspects of romanticism and realism.
Conducted principally in French. Offered every other year.
Prereq. LNF 1232 orequiv.
LNF 1 31 0 French Uteroture of the Nineteenth Century 2 4 QH
Explores the reaction against romanticism: aestheticism and
personal modes of expression in contrast to the enthusiasm of the
early romantics. Readings include a novel by Gustave Flaubert
and the verse of Charles Baudelaire inLes Fleurs du Mai, as well
as the poets who followed in his footsteps. Considers Flaubert
and Baudelaire as precursors of modem literature. Conducted
principally in French. Offered every other year. Prereq. LNF
1232 orequiv.
LNF 1 3 1 1 French Literature of the Twentieth Century 1 4 OH
Offers a study of the major movements in the narrative and
dramatic prose writers prior to World War II, including Alain-
Foumier, Proust, Claudel, Gide, Mauriac, and Saint Exupery.
Requirements include reading a work from each author, discuss-
ing it in class, and presenting oral and written reports. Con-
ducted in French, but English may be used. Offered in alternate
years. Prereq. LNF 1232 or equiv.
LNF 1 3 1 5 French Poetry, Past and Present 4 QH
From the Middle Ages to the present day, French poets have
derived inspiration from such universal themes as love, nature,
and the human condition. This course will provide students with
a survey of French poetry through the ages, focusing on repre-
sentative works of the major French poets. Poems will be studied
in their literary and historical context, with an examination of
various aspects of French versification. Conducted in French.
LNF 1 801, LNF 1 802, LNF 1 803, LNF 1 804, LNF 1 SOS Directed Study 4 QH each
Offers students a way of going beyond work given in the regular
curriculum; may also enable students to complete major or minor
requirements in certain situations. Will not be given in areas
adequately covered by existing courses. Priority given to lan-
guage majors and to juniors and seniors.
German
LNG 11 01 Elementary German 1 4 QH
Examines basic grammatical structure of German through
practice in listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and
writing. Includes classroom and language lab instruction. No
previous study of German necessary. (Special sections of this
course are run for business students. )
LNG 1 1 02 Elementary German 2 4 QH
Continues LNG 1 101. Emphasizes knowledge of the basic gram-
matical structure of German and flexibility in the four language
skills. (Special sections of this course are run for business stu-
dents. )Prere<7. LNG 1101 orequiv.
LNG 11 03 Intermediate German! 4QH
Offers a comprehensive review and reinforcement of the major
aspects of German grammar and usage; continues to explore the
four major skills of listening comprehension, speaking, reading,
and writing; introduces the student to the reading of contempo-
rary literary texts, including a full-length play — Biedermann
und die Brandstifter, by the Swiss playwright Max Frisch.
Prereq. LNG 1102 orequiv.
LNG 11 04 Intermediate German 2 4QH
Offers an opportunity to increase vocabulary as well as flexibility
in the four basic language skills. Topics include grammar review,
continued exposure to modern literary texts. One full-length play
is read — Der Besuch der alien Dame, by the contemporary Swiss
dramatist Friedrich Durrenmatt. Successful completion entitles
the student to choose from among the upper-level course offer-
ings in the areas of German literature and/or composition and
conversation. Prereq. LNG 1103 orequiv.
LNG 1 1 07 Reading German 4 QH
Offers an opportunity to develop reading skills, disregarding other
aspects of the language, such as speaking or writing. Stresses
grammar necessary for reading, together with vocabulary build-
ing; scientific and nonscientific texts are read. Provides assis-
tance to students, graduate and undergraduate, who need to pass
a reading examination to fiilfill specific degree requirements.
LNG 1 1 1 1 Business German 1 4 QH
Provides an introduction to written German in business admin-
istration usage as found in general-purpose professional texts.
Develops grammatical knowledge and competence in reading
comprehension, translation, and phonetic accuracy. Considers
the Federal Republic of Germany as an internationally leading
economic power. Discusses weekly readings (in English) ft-om
trade publications on aspects of the German business world,
including foreign and U.S. trade. Assumes no prior knowledge of
German.
LNG 1 20 1 German Composition and Conversation 1 4 QH
Strives to develop facility in speaking and writing German and
stresses active use of the language. Provides an opportunity for
practice in listening comprehension through German language
films or tape-recorded interviews with native German speakers;
expansion of vocabulary through guided group discussions on
topics of general interest; and development of language skills in
areas of individual interest through preparation of oral reports
in German. Includes weekly composition assignments and gram-
mar reviews as needed. Language lab. Recommended for stu-
dents preparing for co-op in Germany. Prereq. LNG 1104 or equiv.
Modern Languages 145
LNG 1 202 German Composition and Conversation 2 4 QH
Continues German LNG 1201 in content and format with em-
phasis on independent communication skills. Recommended for
students preparing for co-op in Germany. Prereq. LNG 1201 or
equiv.
LNG 1 23 1 Masterpieces of German Literature 1 4 QH
Surveys the major trends in the development of German litera-
ture from the Hildebrandslied to Martin Luther. Includes read-
ing of selected works of major authors of the twentieth century
such as Hauptmann, Kafka, Mann, Brecht, Durrenmatt, and
Boll. Works read in a particular term will be based partially on
theatre performances or film showings planned in the Boston
area. Class attendance of these performances is anticipated.
Recommended as an introductory step to literature courses LNG
1307 and above. Offered every other year, alternating with LNG
1232. Prereq. LNG 1104 or equiv.
LNG 1 232 Masterpieces of German Literature 2 4 OH
Studies short fiction from Goethe to the present. Includes
Goethe's Die Leiden des Jungen Werthers, ETA Hoffman's stories
of fantasy and madness, Thomas Mann's Der Tod in Venedig,
and Franz Kafka's Die Verwandlung, as well as stories by Boll,
Grass, Christa Wolff, and others. Complements readings and
lectures in German with musical and screen adaptations of the
works. Recommended as an introduction to literature courses
LNG 1307 and above. May be taken before LNG 1231. Prereq.
LNG 1104 or equiv.
LNG 1 309 German Literature of the Nineteenth Century 4 QH
Offers background and general survey of German literature of
the nineteenth century, with particular attention to prose and
lyric poetry. Includes poems of all the important romantic poets,
beginning with Holderlin, Tieck, Novalis, and extending through
Morike. Discusses Novellen by Eichendorff, Tieck, Chamisso,
Klelst, Fougue, Keller, Meyer, and Ludwig. Lectures (in Ger-
man) and reports. Prereq. LNG 1232 or equiv.
LNG 1 3 11 German Literature of the Twentieth Century 4 QH
Considers lyric poetry and prose works of important German
writers of the twentieth century, including Schnitzler,
Hauptmann, Mann, and Kafka. Lectures (in German) and re-
ports. Prereq. LNG 1232 or equiv.
LNG 1 801, LNG 1 802, LNG 1 803, LNG 1 804, LNG 1 80S Directed Study 4 QH each
Directed studies offer students a way of going beyond work given
in the regular curriculum and may also serve as a means to
complete major or minor requirements in certain situations.
Directed studies will not be given in areas adequately covered by
existing courses. Priority is given to language majors and to
juniors and seniors.
Italian
LN1 11 01 Elementary Italian 1 4QH
For the beginner who wants instruction in the essentials of Ital-
ian grammar and the opportunity to practice speaking and read-
ing the language.
LNI 1 102 Elementary Italian 2 4QH
Continues study of grammar and basic language skills. Practices
advanced conversation and reading. Prereq. LNI 1101 or equiv.
LN1 1 1 03 Intermediate Italian 1 4 QH
Reviews grammar. Offers progressively more intensive practice
in oral and written communication. Selects readings from mod-
em texts. Prereq. LNI 1102 or equiv.
LN1 1 1 04 Intermediate Italian 2 4 QH
Reviews grammatical difficulties, with attention given to current
idiomatic forms. Greater emphasis on self-expression. Reading of
short stories or a modern novel. Prereq. LNI 1103 or equiv.
LN1 1 20 1 Italian Composition and Conversation I 4 QH
For students who have mastered the fundamentals of the lan-
guage. There will be no study of grammar as such. The course
aims at helping students strengthen speaking and writing abil-
ity through an analysis of the language, oral and written reports,
and general discussions on a variety of topics. Conducted entirely
in Italian. Prereq. LNI 1104 or equiv.
LN1 1 202 Italian Composition and Conversation 2 4 QH
Continues LNI 1201. Stresses individual work, free discussions,
and compositions. Conducted entirely in Italian. Prereq. LNI
1201 or equiv.
LN1 1 3 1 1 1talian literature of the Twentieth Century 1 4 QH
Explores some of the novels, plays, and poems from a variety of
literary trends and styles that evolved between the turn of the
century and World War II. Studies authors such as Verga,
Pascoli, D'Annunzio, Pirandello, Deledda, and Svevo. Oral and
written reports. The course will be conducted in Italian, but
students may use English. Offered in alternate years. Prereq.
LNI 1232 or equiv.
LN1 1 3 1 2 Italian Literature of the Twentieth Century 2 4 QH
Examines the postwar period to the present. Considers the
many important authors since the early forties, and their books
reflecting the preoccupations, moods, and aspirations of our
changing times. Includes writers such as Moravia, Silone,
Vittorini, Pavese, Guareschi, Buzzati, Sciascia, Ungaretti,
Montale, and Quasimodo. Requires oral and written reports.
English may be used, but the course will be conducted in Italian.
Offered in alternate years. Prereq. LNI 1232 or equiv.
LN1 1801, LN1 1802, LN1 1803, LN1 1804, LN1 1805 Directed Study 4QH each
Directed studies offer students a way of going beyond work given
in the regular curriculum and may also serve as a means to
complete major or minor requirements in certain situations.
Directed studies will not be given in areas adequately covered by
existing courses. Priority is given to language majors and to
juniors and seniors.
Russian
LNR 1 1 01 Elementary Russian 1 4 QH
Explores the essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation,
progressive acquisition of a basic vocabulary, idiomatic expressions.
LNR 1 1 02 Elementary Russian 2 4 QH
Continues grammar study; oral and written exercises. Prereq.
LNR 1101.
LNR 11 03 Intermediate Russian 1 4QH
Offers further knowledge of Russian through oral and written
work; the study of grammar, and reading texts of moderate
difficulty. Prereq. LNR 1102.
146 Course Descriptions
LNR 1 104 Intermediate Russian 2
Continues LNR 1103. Prereq. LNR 1103.
4QH
LNR 1 201 Russian Composition and Conversation 1 4 QH
Offers assistance in developing skills in speaking and writing by
means of detailed grammar review and extensive use of audio-
visual media. Conducted in Russian. Prereq. LNR 1104 or equiv.
LNR 1 202 Russian Composition and Conversation 2 4 QH
Continues LNR 1201 vidth an increased emphasis on speaking
the colloquial Russian idiom. Conducted in Russian. Prereq.
LNR 1201 or equiv.
LNR 1 205 Stylistics and Advanced Grammar Analysis 1 4 QH
Designed for students pursuing a major or minor in the Russian
language; focuses on modern usage of the Russian language
through newspaper and magazine articles and short stories.
Prereq. LNR 1104 or permission of instructor.
LNR 1 309 Russian Short Stories of the Nineteenth Century 4 QH
Offers detailed analysis of selected representative short stories
read in Russian; study of the development of this genre. Prereq.
LNR 1104 or equiv.
LNR 1 3 1 5 Russian Expository Prose 4 QH
Selected readings of lectures, speeches, essays, and critical stud-
ies by outstanding Russian scholars. Prereq. LNR 1104.
LNR 1316 Russian Folklore 4QH
Various genres of Russian folk literature are read in Russian.
Readings are supplemented with lectures and tape recordings.
Prereq. LNR 1104.
LNR 1801, LNR 1802, LNR 1803, LNR 1804, LNR 1805 4QH each
Directed Study
Directed studies offer students a way of going beyond work given
in the regular curriculum and may also serve as a means to
complete major or minor requirements in certain situations.
Directed studies will not be given in areas adequately covered by
existing courses. Priority is given to language majors and to
juniors and seniors.
Spanish
LNS 1 1 01 Elementary Sponish 1 4 QH
Presents essentials of correct usage through acquisition of basic
skills in reading, writing, speaking, and aural comprehension.
LNS 11 02 Elementary Spanish 2 4QH
Continues language instruction with increasing attention to
vocabulary and skills relevant to persons who wish to become
involved with the Hispanic world. Prereq. LNS 1101 or equiv.
LNS 1 1 03 Intermediate Spanish 1 4 QH
Includes completion of basic grammatical usage; reading of
contemporary Hispanic plays; and oral and written communica-
tion based upon assigned readings. Prereq. LNS 1102 or equiv.
LNS 11 04 Intermediate Spanish 2 4QH
Offers intensive reading of current topics, conversation practice
utilizing skills acquired in previous coursework, and composition
practice based upon varied assigned topics. Prereq.
LNS 1103 or equiv.
LNS 1 1 05 Conversational Spanish 1 4 QH
Emphasizes developing the ability to speak and comprehend
Spanish. Particularly able students may be accepted after hav-
ing completed only LNS 1 103. In this case, LNS 1 105 may be
used to satisfy the language requirement. Prereq. LNS 1104 or
equiv.; open to nonmajors only.
LNS 1 1 06 Conversational Sponish 2 4 QH
Continues LNS 1105, with further emphasis on the development
of oral facility in Spanish. Particularly able students may be
accepted after having completed only LNS 1 104. Prereq. LNS
1105 or equiv.; open to nonmajors only.
LNS 1 1 30 Intensive Spanish 8 QH
This course encompasses the same material covered in LNS 1101
and LNS 1102. Students with language-learning ability and a
commitment to the study of foreign languages are encouraged to
take the course. Students are expected to assimilate the material
at an accelerated pace. This is a two-sequence course; students
must enroll in both sequences. Satisfactory completion of this
course enables the student to take LNS 1103.
LNS 1 201 Spanish Composition and Conversation 1 4 QH
Offers practice in writing and speaking Spanish, including writ-
ten and oral resumes, prepared speeches and themes, and im-
promptu speaking and writing. Reviews the more subtle
problems of grammar.
LNS 1 202 Spanish Composition and Conversation 2 4 QH
Offers further practice in oral and written Spanish; continues
study of advanced Spanish grammar. Prereq. LNS 1201 or equiv.
LNS 1 203 Advanced Spanish Proficiency 1 4 QH
Designed for those preparing to enter the teaching profession as
well as qualified advanced students. Covers advanced elements
of Spanish syntax, with emphasis upon achieving superior speak-
ing, reading, and writing skills. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
LNS 1 204 Advanced Spanish Proficiency 2 4 QH
Continues the aims and goals of LNS 1203. Prereq. LNS 1203
and permission of instructor.
LNS 1 23 1 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature 1 4 QH
Traces the development of Spanish literature from the Middle
Ages (las jarchas, Elpoema del Cid, El libro de buen amor, La
Celestina) through the Renaissance and Baroque periods or
Golden Age (Gareilaso de la Vega, the picaresque novel, the
mystics, Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Calderon). Conducted in
Spanish. {IDPrereq. LNS 1104 or equiv.
LNS 1 232 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature 2 4 QH
Continues LNS 1231. Surveys the literature of eighteenth-,
nineteenth-, and twentieth-century Spain. Includes the literary
movements of romanticism, realism, and the generation of '98.
Conducted in Spanish. {IDPrereq. LNS 1104 or equiv.
LNS 1 305 Cervantes and His Times 4 QH
Examines selections from Cervantes' minor works (the
Entremeses and the Novelas ejemplares); emphasis, however, is
on Don Quixote, Spain's greatest literary masterpiece. Con-
ducted in Spanish. Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv.
LNS 1 306 Spanish Golden Age Theatre 4 QH
Examines plays by the outstanding dramatists of the seven-
teenth century: Lope de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de
Modem Languages 147
Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon, and others. Conducted in Spanish.
Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv.
LNS 1 309 Spanish Literature of the Nineteenth Century 1 4 QH
Covers readings in the prose, poetry, and drama of the romantic
period, including selections from el Duque de Rivas, Larra,
Espronceda, Zorrilla, and Beequer. Conducted in Spanish.
Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv.
LNS 1 31 0 Spanish Literature of the Nineteenth Century 2 4 QH
Offers a study of some of the major novelists of the second half of
the nineteenth century, such as J. M. de Pereda, Juan Valera,
Emilia Pardo Bazan, and B. Perez Galdos. Conducted in Span-
ish. Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv.
LNS 1 3 1 1 Sponish Literature of the Twentieth Century 1 4 QH
Examines selections from the writings of the Generation of '98:
Unamuno, Valle-Inclan, Pio Baroja, Benavente, Azorin, and the
Machado brothers. Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv.
LNS 1 3 1 2 Spanish Literature of the Twentieth Century 2 4 QH
Focuses on prose and poetry of modem writers, such as Ortega y
Gasset, Perez de Ayla, Garcia Lorca, Juan Ramon Jimenez,
Gironella, and Jose Cela. Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv.
LNS 1 3 1 5 Latin American Literature 1 4 QH
Focuses on early Latin American literature: the literature of the
colonial period and the early nineteenth century, based prima-
rily on selections from an anthology. Prereq. LNS 1232 or equiv.
LNS 1 3 1 6 Latin American Literature 2 4 QH
Focuses on modern Latin American literature; readings from
nineteenth- and twentieth-century prose and poetry. Prereq.
LNS 1232 or equiv.
LNS 1 400 Spanish Seminor 4 QH
This course is designed primarily for majors who have pro-
gressed to the upper-level literature courses in Spanish. How-
ever, nonmajors who show exceptional background may be
admitted with the instructor's permission. The course focuses
upon a narrowly defined theme (that is, a single author, a single
work, or a single theme), which students are asked to explore in
depth; students are expected to present a final paper based upon
individual research.
LNSHOISemlnarlnSpanishUterature 4QH
This is an upper-level literature course designed primarily for
majors, although nonmajors who show exceptional background in
Spanish may be admitted. Students are expected to read a selected
group of Galdos's novels, and the class meetings will concentrate
on a detailed discussion and analysis of the works read. There
are collateral readings as well, and a final paper on a topic to be
selected by the student. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
LNS 1 402 Seminar in the Contemporary Spanish Theatre 4 QH
In contrast to the bourgeois theatre of consumption in Spain,
there exist a number of dramatists committed to revealing the
tragic social and existential aspects of the human condition.
Emphasis is placed on authors such as Vallejo, Sartre, the mem-
bers oit\\egeneracion realista, and the "underground" play-
wrights. Classes are conducted in Spanish. Class participation
as well as oral and written projects required. Alternates yearly
with LNS 1401. Prereq. LNS 1232 or permission of instructor.
LNS 1801,LNS1802,LNS I803,LNS ]804,LNS 1805 Directed Study 4QHeach
Offers students a way of going beyond work given in the regular
curriculum; may also enable students to complete major or minor
requirements in certain situations. Will not be given in areas
adequately covered by existing courses. Priority given to lan-
guage majors and to juniors and seniors.
Musk
MUS n 00 Introduction to Music 4 QH
Offers an introduction to selected works of our Western musical
heritage, from earliest to contemporary styles. Consists prima-
rily of a survey and listening format, with emphasis on styles,
basic theory, forms, and the historical, social, and artistic periods
that these works represent. ( II )
MUS 1101 Music as o Listening Experience 4 QH
This introductory course is listening-oriented and has been
designed to provide tools for the aural appreciation of musical
forms. No previous musical knowledge is required or assumed,
and studies deal directly with compositions selected from the
masterpieces of music. Organized according to the tenets of PSI
(Personalized System of Instruction), the course allows students
to proceed at their own pace under the constant guidance and
supervision of the instructor. Grades are determined by the
number of units completed. Students are expected to meet with
the instructor before the beginning of the course. (II)
MUS 11 02 Musicin Concert 4QH
Gives students the opportunity to develop musical understand-
ing through the study of music currently performed in concerts
by major symphony orchestras in the United States and through-
out the world. Selects study materials from symphony concert
programs.
MUS n 03 Music OS a Social Expression 4 QH
Examines the processes of music-making and the perceptions of
music's functions in our culture. Considers how music is made,
what music means, what kind of music is made, and what music
is made to be meaningful. Identifies styles and genres of music
and examines them within an ever-shifting context of aesthetics,
social history, and cultural change. { III )
MUS 1 1 04 Survey of Africon-Amerlcon Musics 4 QH
Explores the various musical traditions of African-Americans,
with a specific focus on the United States. Examines the impact
of African, European, and Native American traditions on Afri-
can-American music as well as the role of music as an expres-
sion of African-American aesthetics, traditions, and life.
Considers historical and contemporary forms of African-Ameri-
can musics, with selected video presentations of musical styles.
Same as APR 1153.
MUS 1105 Music of the U.S.A. 4QH
Examines American music from the time of Puritan psalm sing-
ing to the present. Covers a wide variety of music, including aj
concert music, traditional folk music, jazz, and contemporary 1
styles. (V)
MUS 11 06 Women in Music 4QH
Examines the multi-faceted role of women in music from the
Renaissance through to the present. Discusses the fact that for
centuries women have been active and influential patrons, com-
posers, teachers, conductors, and performers in Europe and
148 Course Descriptions
America. Examines their contributions to classical and popular
music and to jazz, with emphasis on such widely varjdng figures
as Elizabeth Jacquet de la Guerre, Fanny Mendelssohn Hensel,
Clara Schumann, Amy Beach, Germaine Tailleferre, Billie Holi-
day, Carla Bley, Ruth Crawford Seeger, Pauline Oliveros, Sarah
Caldwell, Antonia Brico, and Nadia Boulanger.
MUS 1 1 07 Principles of Music Literature 4 QH
Examines the evolution of each major structural element of
music through a historical perspective. Also, attempts to link
larger categories of music such as classical, popular, and non-
Western by examining their common elements. Required of all
music majors. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
MUS n 09 Introduction to Music and the Arts 4 QH
Offers an interdisciplinary approach to music and other arts
including painting, film, and theater. Examines works of art
fi-om various periods in the context of the cultures that produced
them. Supplements regular classes with visits to art museums or
attendance at concerts and theatrical performances. (II)
MUS 1110 Music in Popular Culture 4 OH
Deals with the nature of music composed for the mass market.
Discusses techniques of recording and merchandising music and
selected songs analyzes for their musical content. Traces the
evolution of various styles, including ragtime, jazz, blues, rock,
and music for the media.
MUS 1111 Rock Music 4QH
Examines the development of rock'n'roll and its relationship to
blues, rhythm and blues, country, folk, and other styles of music.
Considers themes such as the role of rock as youth music, the
reflections of social realities in rock songs, the relationship of
rock to the recording industry and the mass media, and the
changing styles of rock. Emphasizes listening skills.
MUS1112Jazz 4QH
Examines the historical development of jazz music from its
African-American roots to its current status as one of America's
classical musics and an internationally valued art form. Devotes
attention to the contributions of Aftican musical traditions,
including spirituals, work songs, and the blues. Examines the
impact of major contributors such as Eubie Blake, Ma Rainey,
Louis Armstrong, Diike Ellington, Charles Parker, Miles Davis,
John Coltrane, and Wynton Marsalis. Examines the functional
role of jazz as a means of expression in African-American culture.
MUS 1 1 20 Topics in Music History 4 QH
Provides a chronological view of Western music, while examining
the role of music in society and exploring the contributions of
influential composers. Discusses representative works from each
period, including music by composers such as Machaut, Josquin,
Bach, Handel, Mozart, Haydn, Beethoven, Berlioz, Wagner,
Mahler, and Stravinsky. (llDPrereq. MUS 1201.
MUS 1121 Medieval and Renaissance Music 4 QH
Offers an introduction to European music from the sixth through
the sixteenth centuries. Covers a wide variety of music, ranging
from the serene elegance of sacred Gregorian chant and the
plaintive love songs of the medieval troubadours to the lively
dances and humanistic vocal music of the Renaissance. Exam-
ines representative works by composers such as Machaut,
Landini, Josquin, Palestrina, and Dowland.
MUS 11 22 Music of the Baroque Era 4QH
Focuses on music of the seventeenth and early eighteenth centu-
ries in Italy, Germany, France, and England. Discusses the
emergence of important new genres (such as opera, sonata, and
concerto) and examines representative works of major composers
(such as Bach, Handel, Corelli, Vivaldi, Rameau, and Purcell).
MUS 1 1 23 Music of the Classical Era 4 QH
Focuses on crucial developments in musical styles and forms of
the late eighteenth century and on emerging genres, such as the
symphony, the concerto, and the string quartet. Emphasizes the
vocal and instrumental works of Haydn and Mozart and on the
early works of Beethoven.
MUS 11 24 Music of the Romantic Era 4QH
Focuses on romantic realism and idealism as expressed in the
music of the nineteenth century. Emphasizes historical, nation-
alistic, and literary influences. Includes composers such as
Beethoven, Schumann, Schubert, Berlioz, Liszt, Verdi, Wagner,
Brahms, Tchaikovsky, and Mahler. (V)
MUS 11 25 Twentieth-Century Music 4QH
Focuses on developments in music from 1900 to the present.
Examines a broad range of musical styles, including expression-
ism, neo-classicism, and other major trends in music of the twen-
tieth century. (V)
MUS 11 26 New Directions in Music 4QH
Recognizes that music from 1950 to the present has changed
more radically than during any other era in history. Examines
new elements in classical and popular music and focuses on the
relationship between the two styles.
MUS 11 30 The Symphony 4QH
Studys the symphony as a major genre in the classical, romantic,
and contemporary periods. Includes works by composers such as
Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, Schumann, Tchaikovsky, Brahms,
Sibelius, and Prokofiev.
MUS 1131 Piano Music: The Great Composers and Performers 4 QH
Gives students the opportunity to hear and analyze some of the
greatest works for piano, performed by some of the world's great-
est performers. In addition to recordings by internationally
acclaimed artists, presents live performances by guest artists
from the Boston area.
MUS 11 32 Introduction to Opera 4 OH
Offers an analysis of opera as a dramatic genre. Isolates and
discusses aria, recitative, ensemble, and other basic elements of
opera. Considers number opera, music drama, and Singspiel
types of opera. Includes composers such as Mozart, Wagner,
Verdi, and Puccini.
MUS 1 1 33 Great Choral Literature 4 OH
Analyzes sacred and secular choral literature from medieval to
contemporary times.
MUS II 34 Music and Poetry 4 OH
Examines the art of setting words to music. Confronts the aes-
thetic problems encountered in a synthesis of two different art
forms. Examines that synthesis in selected songs, choral works,
tone poems, and operas of diverse periods and styles (classical,
folk, and popular). (Ill)
I
Music 149
MUS1 139 Film Music 4QH
Surveys the use of music in film and video and gives an overview
of the mechanics of synchronization and the psychological impli-
cations of applying music to film. Analyzes specific dramatic
situations, followed by discussion of such scoring techniques as
click tracks and picture recording. Studies films such as The
InforTTier, Alexander Nevsky , Citizen Kane, Forbidden Planet,
Woman in the Dunes, and Tron. Discusses the works and careers
of specific film composers such as David Raskin, Aaron Copland,
Jerry Goldsmith, Sergei Prokofiev, and John Williams.
MUSH 40 Mozart 4QH
Traces Mozart's musical development from child prodigy to
mature artist through personal letters and biographies. Ana-
lyzes many of his major compositions, including symphonies,
concertos, operas, and chamber works.
MUS 11 44 Debussy and the Music of Paris 4 QH
Recognizes that Claude Debussy, impressionist in sound, com-
posed music that marked a turning point toward modern trends.
Covers much of his music for piano, orchestra, and voice, includ-
ing Suite Pour le Piano, Suite Bergamasque, Images (for piano
and orchestra). Nocturnes, La Mer, and Pelleas et Melisande.
Discusses the music of Satie, Ravel, and Faure as it relates to
that of Debussy.
MUS 11 45 Beethoven 4QH
Analyzes the complex personality and art of Beethoven, his
relation to the turbulent times in which he lived, and his role in
classical and romantic music. (Ill)
MUS 1 1 46 George Gershwin 4 QH
Studies the life and works of George Gershwin (1898-1937),
including popular song, musical comedy, opera, and orchestral
compositions. Explores the relationship of George Gershwin to
his times, both musically and historically. Takes as a critical
starting point Gershwin's famous statement, "My people are
American; my time is today."
MUS 1161 Music Therapy 1 4QH
Examines the application of music as a therapeutic vehicle to
release suppressed emotions, to encourage self-expression in
psychiatric patients, and to treat a wide variety of disorders.
Examines music therapy, in a modem approach to health ser-
vices, as a supplement to other treatments.
MUS 11 62 Music Therapy 2 4QH
Examines the etiologies, characteristics, and applications of
music therapy with the physically handicapped, hearing im-
paired, visually impaired, learning disabled, emotionally dis-
turbed, speech/language impaired, and geriatric populations in
one-to-one and group settings. In addition, studies improvisa-
tions and appropriate music materials for the nonmusician and
adapted instrument designs tailored to each disability, while
exploring the correlation of music and movement. Compares
various musical therapy approaches; includes field trips to musi-
cal therapy sites in and around Boston. Prereq. MUS 1161.
MUS 11 63 Sound Health 4QH
Gives both musicians and non-musicians the opportunity to
experience a heightened awareness of the power of music to
effect physical and emotional change. Examines the effects of
music on the body, mind, and spirit. Begins with an exploration
into the awareness of sound and the physiological changes in the
body caused by music, and moves through a variety of theories
and techniques used to facilitate positive change, relaxation, and
reduction of stress. Also considers sound pollution, the effects of
vibrations on the body, guided imagery, music and meditation,
and new-age environmental music.
MUS 1 1 65 The Music Industry 1 4 QH
Examines business-related areas of the music industry. Includes
topics such as the make-up and structure of the record industry
and music publishing world, the function of performing rights
organizations (ASCAP and BMI), and the role of concert and
orchestral managers. Includes guests fi-om the various fields who
will be invited to lecture in class.
MUS 1 1 66 The Music Industry 2 4 QH
Continues MUS 1 165. Covers such topics as artist management,
theatrical production, concert promotion, and royalties and
contracts. Requires students to undertake case studies of local
musical organizations, both on and off campus. Prereq. MUS 1165.
MUS 11 67 Music Management 4 OH
Introduces music management, including the structure of non-
profit organizations (such as arts service organizations, arts
centers, symphony orchestras, chamber orchestras, ensembles,
opera companies, and university arts programs) and the struc-
ture of profit enterprises. Examines financial management,
funding, and audience development. Prereq. MUS 1 166 or per-
mission of instructor.
MUS 1 1 70 Music and Technology 4 QH
Studies the applications of contemporary technology to music.
Discusses basic acoustics, analog and digital recording tech-
niques, computer sound synthesis, and the aesthetics of elec-
tronic music. Requires no prerequisites in physics or music
theory; however, takes into consideration the particular back-
grounds of individual students for projects and papers.
MUS 1 1 72 Introduction to Music Recording 4 QH
Introduces the history and practice of recording music. Covers
recording apparatus; microphones; monophonic, stereophonic,
and digital theory and techniques; field recording; studio termi-
nology; basic sound theory; and development of rudimentary
editing skills. Also examines the role of the producer versus that
of the technician, preparation for recording sessions, and basic
legal regulations regarding copyrights and compensation.
MUS 1 173 Music Recording 2 4QH
Offers the opportunity to learn additional skills in the recording
process such as material marketing and distribution, contracts
and negotiations, and establishing distribution channels. In-
cludes hands-on studio production of record-quality material.
Prereq. MUS 1172.
MUS 1 180 Introduction to World Music 4 QH
Introduces musical traditions fi-om around the world using
ethnomusicological approaches to examine the role of music in
culture. Focuses on various world musics from the perspectives
of the people who create the music and compares these perspec-
tives with our own.
MUS 1181 Musics of Africa 4QH
The musics of Africa are as varied as that continent's many
linguistic and cultural groups. The course surveys various Afri-
can musical traditions with respect to their historical, social, and
150 Course Descriptions
cultural heritage. The course examines traditional and contem-
porary African musics, instruments, and performance traditions.
Same as AFR 1156.
MUSH 82 Music of the Middle East 4QH
Presents an introduction to the music of selected Near Eastern
and Arab cultures (such as Persian in the East and Ethiopic and
Berber in Africa). Includes the cantillation styles and practices of
various chants of the Hebrew, Christian, and Islamic traditions.
MUS1 183 Music of East Asia 4QH
Introduces the student to the musical heritage of East Asia by
examining music history, the relationship of music cultures to
each other, the organization of musical sounds, and music as an
aspect of culture. Emphasizes development of basic listening
skills.
MUS 1 1 84 Music of Latin Americo and the Caribbean 4 OH
Examines the highly diverse and unique musical practices of
Latin America and the Caribbean. Emphasizes music's role as an
adjunct to religious and social practices, as well as how it has been
influenced by European, Native American, and African music.
MUS 1 200 Fundamentals of Music 4 QH
Provides basic instruction for those who want to learn how to read
music or how to write a tune. Gives students the opportunity to
learn to sight-read music and to compose in some of the basic
forms. Students may elect to take MUS 12 10 for one extra credit.
MUS 1201 Music Theory] 4QH
Continues MUS 1200. Offers the opportunity to improve melodic
and rhythmic dictation skills; introduces melodic and harmonic
practices to tonal music with additional work in chord and
melody construction, leading to the composition of simple four-
voice chorales. Students may elect to take MUS 12 10 for one
extra credit.
MUS 1202 Music Theory 2 4QH
Continues MUS 1201. Focuses on harmonic practices in tonal
music. Examines the role and function of harmony through
analysis of musical examples and composition of four-voice cho-
rales. Students may elect to take MUS 1210 for one extra credit.
Prereq. MUS 1201.
MUS 1203 Music Theory 3 4QH
Continues MUS 1202 and focuses on aspects of chromatic har-
mony. Discusses the construction and function of borrowed
chords, altered chords, and non-diatonic harmony. Students may
elect to take MUS 1210 for one extra credit. Prereq. MUS 1202.
MUS 1204 Music Theory 4 4QH
Introduces the student to methods of musical analysis. Exam-
ines phrasing, periodicity, tension-repose, and other structural
factors of musical compositions. Students may elect to take MUS
1210 for one extra credit. Prereq. MUS 1203.
MUS 1209 Functional Piano 4 OH
Gives students the opportunity to develop the keyboard skills
appropriate for an undergraduate concentration in music. Stud-
ies realization of a figured bass, the harmonization of a melodic
line, simple score reading ( including treble, bass, alto, and tenor
clefs), transposition, sight-reading, and the ability to play any of
the major or minor scales. Prereq. MUS 1202.
MUS 1210 Music Theory lob 1QH
Provides both group and individual instruction in ear training,
sight-singing, and keyboard skills. This lab can be taken only in
conjunction with the department's music theory courses (MUS
1201, MUS 1203, MUS 1204). May be repeated for credit.
MUS 1211 Sight-singing 4QH
Offers students the opportunity to learn how to read music at
sight without the aid of a musical instrument, an essential skill
for every musician. Emphasizes mastery of the skills of rhythm
reading, as well as solfege and triad recognition in all diatonic
keys, through class instruction and daily practice. Requires
knowledge of the fundamentals of musical notation. Prereq.
MUS 1201 or equivalent.
MUS 1230 Chorus 1 QH
Allows students to participate as performers in one or more
ensembles under the direction of a faculty conductor. May be
repeated for credit. Prereq. Permission ofinstructor.
MUS 1231 Bond 1QH
Allows students to participate as performers in one or more
ensembles under the direction of a faculty conductor. May be
repeated for credit. Prereq. Permission ofinstructor.
MUS 1 232 Chamber Ensembles and Orchestra 1 OH
Allows students to participate as performers in one or more
ensembles under the direction of a faculty conductor. May be
repeated for credit. Prereq. Permission ofinstructor.
MUS 1233 Early Music Players 1QH
Allows students to participate as performers in one or more
ensembles under the direction of a faculty coach. May be re-
peated for credit. Prereq. Permission ofinstructor.
MUS 1 241 Piono Class 1 4QH
Provides introductory-level study of piano designed for students
with or without previous experience. Combines skills in reading
music with improvisation and ftmctional piano. Introduces some
basic theory to help clarify the structure of class repertoire.
Allows students to progress at their own pace. Determines
grades by the amount of repertoire mastered during the quarter.
MUS 1242 Piano aass 2 4 OH
Continues the skills developed in MUS 1241, vidth emphasis on
increasing students' flexibility at the keyboard through the study
of scales, transposition, and modulation. Prereq. MUS 1241.
MUS 1244 Voice Class 1 4QH
Gives students the opportunity to learn the basic vocal produc-
tion required for fine singing. Chooses repertoire, both classical
and contemporary, for each student to learn and perform in
lessons and before the entire class. Covers the following subjects:
diction, the physiology of singing, resonance, registers, and
interpretation. Also studies the basics of music reading and
sight-singing. Discusses some interpretation and plays record-
ings of the greatest vocal artists for class analysis. Prereq. Per-
mission ofinstructor.
MUS 1247 Guitar Class 1 4QH
Provides an introduction to the fundamentals of classical guitar
playing for those with or without prior knowledge of the guitar.
Covers music reading and theory. Requires students to perform
Music 151
alone and in ensemble with other members of the class. Aug-
ments the syllabus by live performances from outside profes-
sional and student classical guitarists. Bases final grades on
several written examinations and student performance.
MUSI 250 Conducting 4QH
Provides instruction in the basic gestures used in conducting
vocal and instrumental ensembles. Topics include beat patterns,
conveying phrasing and articulation, cueing, controlling tempo
and dynamics, score study, and rehearsal techniques. Provides
an opportunity for students enrolled in the course to constitute a
laboratory ensemble for regular practicum. Prereq. Ability to
read music and to sing or play an instrument.
MUS 1261 Music Lessons 1QH
Offers private instruction in voice or in an instrument. Arranges
lessons on a half-hour or 45-minute basis. Contact the music
department for arrangements. Lab fee.
MUS 1 265 Jazz Improvisotion 1 4 OH
Focuses on repertory as well as performance. Examines the great
improvisational artists in American music, such as Charlie
Parker, Miles Davis, and John Coltrane. Approaches analysis
from a theoretical as well as a practical perspective. Explores the
use of rhythm, chords, scales, and modes in the creative improvi-
sation process.
MUS 1301 Form and Analysis 1 4QH
Examines representative examples of structural principles
governing the melodic, harmonic, rhythmic, and formal compo-
nents of music. Focuses on music from the sixteenth to the mid-
nineteenth centuries. Prereg. MUS 1204.
MUS 1 302 Form and Analysis 2 4 OH
Continues MUS 1301. Examines works from the late nineteenth
century to the present. Includes selected readings by prominent
twentieth-century theorists. Prereq. MUS 1301.
MUS 1 365 Seminar in the Music Industry 4 OH
Offers advanced students the opportunity to explore contempo-
rary events and issues in the music industry. Expects students to
apply and distill knowledge accumulated in prior courses. Gives
students the opportunity to develop case studies and engage in
actual music industry activities such as producing concerts,
managing road tours, promoting records, or planning promo-
tional campaigns for musical merchandise marketing. Offers
forums for debate on current controversies and developments in
the music industry. Prereq. MUS 1166.
MUS 1 366 Copyright low for Musicians 4 QH
Explores the unique character of music-related copyright issues.
Investigates common law copyright; statutory copyright; owner-
ship, duration, and transfer of copyright; fair use; works for hire;
infringements and remedies; public domain works; and interna-
tional copyright. Prereq. MUS 1 166 or permission of instructor.
MUS 1 46 1 Applied Music Lessons 3 OH
Provides advanced individual instruction in voice or on modern
and early instruments. May be repeated for credit. Available
only to upperclass students concentrating in music literature
and performance. Prereq. Permission of instructor and depart-
ment chair.
MUS 1 709 Introduction to Music and the Arts (Honors)
Honors equivalent of MUS 1109.
4QH
MUS 1 700 Introduction to Music (Honors)
Honors equivalent of MUS 1100.
4 OH
MUS 1800, MUS 1801, MUS 1802, MUS 1803, MUS 1804,
MUS 1805 Directed Study 4 OH each
Focuses independent work in a selected area of music under the
direction of one member of the department. Limits enrollment to
qualified students by special arrangement with the supervising
faculty member and vidth the approval of the department chair.
Courses at the New England Conservatory
A limited number of qualified sudents will be able to take se-
lected courses at the New England Conservatory of Music. Regu-
lar academic credit will be granted. For information, contact the
chair of the department.
Philosophy and Religion
PHL 1 1 00 Introduction to Philosophy 4 QH
Introduces students to philosophy by acquainting them with the
theories and arguments of classical and contemporary philoso-
phers and by teaching the skills of constructing and analyzing
arguments. Emphasizes philosophical inquiry. Covers typical
areas such as questions about the basis of morality, free will
versus determinism, the existence of God, the problem of suffer-
ing, and the nature of knowledge. (II)
PHL 1 1 1 0 Introduction to Religion 4 OH
Seeks to identify and appraise different ways of being religious:
primitive, mystical, dogmatic, and ritual. Emphasizes appreciat-
ing the unique standpoint that each requires, how each sees the
world in a radically different way, and how that leads to distinc-
tive ways of life. (II)
PHL 11 30 Ethics: East and West 4 OH
Is there a best way to live? Is there a way a human being
should live? In both Eastern and Western philosophy there are
claims that a way of life exists that leads to happiness, power,
and wisdom. This course explores this claim by studying the
thought of such philosophers as Socrates, Buddha, Plato,
Aristotle, Lao Tzu, Epictetus, Marcus Aurelius, Aquinas, and
Spinoza, as well as by studying some of the classical Hindu and
Buddhist texts. (V)
PHL 1 1 35 Philosophical Problems of Law and Justice 4 OH
Focuses on two general questions: What is the proper scope of the
law? And how should the law be enforced? Under the first ques-
tion, deals with a number of issues such as whether the law has a
legitimate right to restrict such activities as the use of drugs,
deviant sexual practices, or gambling. Under the second question
deals with thejustification of punishment, rehabilitation as an
alternative to punishment, and the death penalty.fVl)
PHL 1 1 40 Social and Political Philosophy 4 QH
Focuses on basic questions about the nature of the state and the
relationship of individuals to the state. What basis is there for
individuals to obey the laws of the state? What conditions must a
government meet to be legitimate? What justification can be
given for democratic forms of government? What sorts of con-
trols should the state exert over citizens? What benefits do
citizens have a right to expect from the state? Includes readings
from both classical and contemporary sources. (Y) Prereq. 4 QH
philosophy.
152 Course Descriptions
PHL 1 1 45 Technology and Human Values 4 QH
Examines the changing values of the modem, technologically
advanced world. Attempts to increase our understanding of the
supposed breach between the literary and scientific cultures, the
diverse approaches toward their reconciliation, and the human
dimensions of science and technology. Considers other relevant
topics such as the neutrality of technology with respect to good or
evil uses, technology as an instrument for human liberation, and
the issue of proper and effective modes of controlling technology
in today's world. Studies Pirsig's widely read paperback, Zen and
the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance, as well as Lynn White's Dy-
namo and Virgin Reconsidered. Also considers other important
writers, including Kurt Baler, Jacob Bronowski, Barry Com-
moner, Erich Fromm, Karl Marx, and C. P. Snow. (VI)
PHL 1 1 55 The Ethics of Human and Animal Experimentation 4 QH
Explores the conflicts that arise between the value of free scien-
tific inquiry on the one hand and the rights, vulnerabilities, and
suffering of human and animal subjects on the other. Considers
traditional issues involving informed consent, voluntariness,
coercion, experimental design, risk-benefit analyses, institu-
tional review boards, and professional guidelines, as well as such
less traditional issues as the competing conceptions of progress,
whether we have obligations to nonhuman animals, and what, if
anything, justifies us in treating animals in ways in which we
know we should not treat humans. (VI)
PHL 11 60 Ethical Issues of Taxation 4 QH
Although we tend to believe that persons have a right to their
own labor, a right to their own property, and a right to exchange
their labor or property for the labor or property of other consent-
ing adults, it seems that income taxes, property taxes, and sales
taxes violate these rights. This course explores two basic ques-
tions: Is any taxation morally justified? Are there moral grounds
for choosing among taxation policies? Specific topics include
competing conceptions of private property; the "progressive
versus regressive taxation" controversy; the "flat tax" contro-
versy; the alleged problems with interpersonal utility compari-
sons; and questions involving the distribution of tax monies, e.g.,
whether those who have more than they need have any moral
obligation to provide for the needs of the poor. (VI )
PHL 11 65 HAoral Problems in Medidne 4 QH
Examines two fundamental ethical systems, one of which is
grounded on the dignity of the person, the other on the intrinsic
value of happiness. Then explores the difficult issues of euthana-
sia, suicide, paternalism, medical experimentation, the patient!s
right to consent to any therapeutic intervention, and the concept
of death with dignity. Examines the larger economic and policy
issues of justice, some of which are current in political debates
(for example: Is there a right to health care?). Encourages the
student to become more sensitive to moral problems as they arise
in medical settings, to be better able to deal with these trouble-
some issues, and perhaps to be more courageous in facing them if
that becomes necessary. Also offers an investigation into the
questions of abortion, euthanasia, infanticide, genetic counsel-
ing, psychosurgery, and human experimentation from the stand-
point of both philosophical ethics (such as the theory of the end
justifying the means) and religious ethics (such as the natural-
law theory of the Roman Catholic Church ). (VI)
PHL 11 80 Ecology Ethics 4QH
Investigates the Gaia hypothesis, the view that the earth is a
self-regulating ecosystem. Focuses on a current ecological crisis.
the greenhouse effect, and on one of its major causes, deforesta-
tion. Addresses the values that underlie our concern over this
and other ecological crises, whether the values at issue are anthro-
pocentric or biocentric. Explores the ethical implications these
ecological concerns have for our individual lifestyles, and for our
role as members of communities. Explores how we should live as
creative, responsible, and fulfilled beings on the planet. (VI)
PHL 1200 Introduction to Logic 1* 4QH
Introduces the logic of propositions and the syllogism. Examines
principles of critical reasoning and fallacies. Provides practice in
applying logical techniques to the creation and criticism of
argument. (II)
PHll 203 Introduction to Logic 2* 4QH
Further studies the techniques of logic in the analysis and cre-
ation of argument. Explores the logic of predicates, quantifiers,
and relations. Provides practice in applying these techniques to
natural arguments. Considers the forms of definition and the
evaluation of empirical generalizations.
(Overlaps PHL 1215.) (II)
PHL 121 5 Symbolic Logic* 4QH
Focuses on the sjmtax and semantics of prepositional logic and
first order quantification theory. Considers relations between
these systems and natural language. Covers analysis of the
notion of derivation within a system, the notion of logical conse-
quence, and practice in analyzing logical structure in natural
language sentences. (ID
"Students should take either PHL 1200 and PHL 1203 or PHL 1200 and PHL
1215. Credit will not be given for all three courses.
PHL 1225 Ancient Philosophy 4QH
Explores classical Greek philosophy; starts with a study/discus-
sion of the roots of Western thought in the sixth century B.C. and
argues the reasons for our debt to these original thinkers who
were concerned with explaining the principles of external nature
and the problems of human knowledge and conduct. Studies
Socrates and his adversaries, the Sophists, and the two major
figures he influenced: Plato and Aristotle. Also covers Roman
philosophy, the Stoics, and the Sceptics, who are a prelude to the
early Christian philosophers of the first century A.D. Places
attention on the interplay between philosophers and the moral,
social, and religious context in which their thought arises. Em-
phasizes student participation in class discussion. (Ill)
PHL 1230 Modern Philosophy 4QH
The 100 years between 1650 and 1750, sometimes called "the
century of genius," were a period in which philosophers reacted
to the new scientific discoveries of Copernicus, Kepler, and
Galileo. Out of this reaction came new ways of thinking about the
nature of knowledge and the nature of the world itself The
course focuses on the development of the rationalist and empiri-
cal philosophies during this period, with emphasis on Descartes,
Leibniz, Spinoza, Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. (Ill) Prereq. 8QH
philosophy.
PHL 1243 Existentialism 4QH
Examines existentialist philosophy in its greatest representa-
tives, such as Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Dostoevski, Heidegger,
Jaspers, and Camus, with major attention given to Jean-Paul
Sartre and Maurice Merleau-Ponty. Focuses on central themes,
including self-alienation, unauthenticity, authenticity, and
existential experiences. Examines existential philosophy in its
Philosophy and Religion 153
historical, social, and cultural relations, and in its influence on
psychology, psychoanalysis, sociology, political science, and
literature, both in Europe and in the United States. Prereq. 4 QH
philosophy.
PHLl 245 Analytic Philosophy 4QH
Traces the development of the analytic movement from its begin-
nings in the early works of Moore and Russell. Provides some
treatment of Russell's logical atomism, the logical positivists, the
thought of Ludwig Wittgenstein, and their widespread influence.
Prereq. 8 QH philosophy.
PHLl 250 Chinese Philosophy 4QH
Examines Chinese philosophy in the ancient period (until 221
B.C.). Emphasizes Confucianism, Taoism, and the I Ching. Also
covers the Logicians, the Mohists, and the Legalists.
PHLl 255 Indian Philosophy 4 OH
Examines the two classical Indian philosophical systems of
Hinduism and Buddhism. In examining Theravada Buddhism,
explores the view that it is possible for us to live without anxiety
or suffering if we overcome our ignorance of reality and master
our desires. Next, explores Mahayana Buddhism and its ethics of
compassion and its related metaphysics of "voidness." In this
part of the course, examines questions that, in the West, are
thought of as questions about personal identity and the nature of
the self. In exploring Hinduism, studies Vedic mysticism as it
comes to us through the Upanishads, as well as the influential
ethics of the Bhagavad Gita. Examines the question of whether
the method of yoga and meditation is a reasonable method for
learning about the fundamental nature of reality.
PHL 1275 Eastern Religions 4QH
Eastern religions appear to be fundamentally different from the
orthodox religions of the West. Not only do Hinduism, Buddhism,
and Taoism promise a solution to the problem of suffering (com-
pare the common Christian and Jewish attitudes), but most of
these religions do not have a central God personality, and some
explicitly reject such a concept as meaningless or at least as
irrelevant to leading a religious life. Central to these views is a
way of being in the world that emphasizes meditation, skillful
and compassionate action, and a direct awareness of the funda-
mental nature of reality. The course first tries to make sense of
the difficult notion that the way we perceive reality may be illu-
sory. It then examines Theravada Buddhism, a religion that
rests on the insights that everything is impermanent and that it
is possible to live fully in the present without any suffering. From
Theravada Buddhism, the course turns to Hahayana Buddhism,
and then to Taoism, a subtle view that emphasizes the "flow" of
life and that "the way to do is to be." Next, the Hinduism of the
Upanishads is examined. As part of the exploration of this form
of Hinduism, students are given the opportunity to examine
meditation intellectually and also to practice a few methods of
meditation. In addition, the course investigates the devotional
aspect of Hinduism as expressed in the Bhagavad Gita. There
will also be an exploration of Zen. (IV)
PHL 1280 Islam 4QH
Explores the history of Islam, its past and current conflicts with
the West, Islamic beliefs, the future of Islam as a world religion,
and relations of Islam with Christianity and Judaism. Examines
social, political, and legal issues, as well as with the more famil-
iar religious and theological questions. ( IV)
PHL 1 285 Introduction to Judaism 4 QH
Explores the basic features of Judaism in the ancient. Rabbinic
and Modern periods. Employs an historical critical approach to
the formative texts and their interpreters. Analyzes Jewish
practices within specific historical contexts and discusses the
ways in which practices relate to the texts and history of Juda-
ism. Examines the rich varieties of Jewish cultural expressions.
PHL 1290 Cults and Sects 4QH
Examines the varieties of religious experience from the perspec-
tives of sociology and psychology of religion. Focuses on such
cultic and sectarian groups as Christian Science, the American
Shakers, the Unification Church, the Hare Krishna movement,
and the Black Muslims. Provides the student the opportunity to
acquire critical investigative tools with which to analyze differ-
ent religious expressions.
PHL 1 295 Medicine, Religion, and the Healers' Art 4 QH
Explores aspects of the historical, religious, and cultural context
for contemporary alternatives in health care, beginning with an
examination of several examples of traditional healing practices
and their accompanying religious and philosophical views about
human life. Explores this "holistic" tradition in two frames of
reference: the ascendancy of scientific rationalism over religion
and the takeover, by male-dominated professions, of healing
functions that society has traditionally assigned to women (e.g.,
the rise of obstetrics and the suppression of midwifery). Gives
special attention to major women healers of the nineteenth
century. Looks at some contemporary efforts at reintegration of
scientific and traditional values in the modem health care system.
Gives students the opportunity to meet and interact with pa-
tients and healers active in the modern holistic health movement.
PHL 131 5 Understanding the Bible 4 OH
Introduces students to the Old emd New Testaments, so that they
can enter into a dialogue with the Bible, understanding not only
what it says, but why it is said that way. Focuses on the Bible's
social, political, and cultural backgrounds. (Ill)
PHL 1 320 The Meaning of Death 4 QH
Offers an inquiry into different philosophical and religious per-
spectives on death and life after death, including an examination
of some powerful contemporary accounts of personal confronta-
tion with death, along with investigations into attitudes toward
death in other traditions for example, Hinduism and Buddhism.
In addition, explores responses to the Holocaust in Europe and
theories about life after death ( such as those discussed in Rajmiond
Moody's Life After Life andlanStevenson'sReincarnation).(V)
PHL 1 325 Philosophy of Death, Grief, and Dying 4 OH
Explores fears about death and dying and the grieving process
and examines the processes people sometimes experience while
dying. In addition, examines current practices of caring for the
dying and of coping with bereavement, questioning whether
these practices are healthy, helpful, and/or ethical. Examines
other relevant ethical issues, including euthanasia, truth-telling
with the dying, suicide, and paternalism. Closes with the ques-
tion of the meaning of life, given the fact that we must die.
PHL 1335 Moral Philosophy 4 OH
Explores two basic questions: What sorts of things are good and
bad? What actions are right and wrong? Covers major classical
conceptions of ancient Greece and Rome, their replacement by
the Western religious ethic, its modification and rejection in the
154 Course Descriptions
early modem period, and the emergence of modern versions of
traditional conceptions of the good life, with reflections on the
nature of ethical inquiry itself as a legitimate study. Prereq. 4
QH philosophy or religion or permission of instructor.
PHL 1340 Aesthetics 4QH
Offers a historical approach to aesthetics, the philosophical
analysis of concepts and the solution of problems that arise when
one contemplates beautiful (or ugly ) objects. Also explores stan-
dards of value in judging art by asking the following questions:
What features make objects beautiful (or ugly)? Are there aes-
thetic standards? What is the relation of works of art to nature?
What is the nature of an aesthetic experience? Prereg. 4 QH
philosophy.
PHL 1 345 PhHosophy of Religion 4 QH
Asks the basic question "Does God exist?" Examines several
major arguments affirming and criticizing the notion of God's
existence. Explores a central problem in recent philosophy of
religion of whether or not it makes any sense to speak of the truth
(or falsity) of religious belief, as well as the implication an answer
to that issue has for religious life. Prereq. 4 QH philosophy.
PHL 1 350 Philosophy of Humon Nature 4 QH
Offers a philosophical inquiry into the theories of man, man's
dimensions, and human nature. Examines the question of the
existence of human nature. Pays special attention to contempo-
rary theories of man and self-alienation and their influence in
social sciences. Includes selected readings from Descartes,
Hobbes, Hegel, Marx, Kierkegaard, Mairitain, Freud, Skinner,
Fromm, and Frankl.
PHL 1 360 Philosophy and Literature 4 QH
Provides the student the opportunity to learn to recognize, ap-
preciate, and criticize philosophical themes in literature. In-
cludes readings fi-om acknowledged classics by philosophical
authors such as Voltaire, Dostoevski, and Sartre; popular con-
temporary authors such as Vonnegut, Barth, and Pynchon; and
readings from more straightforward philosophical sources.
Examines the meaning of life, the human condition, depersonal-
ization, alienation, human freedom, questions of value, responsi-
bility, rationality, and personal identity. Explores religious,
nihilistic, existential, and other viewpoints.
PHL 1370 The IWeoning of Life 4QH
Examines selected philosophical problems of human existence in
the contemporary world, with major emphasis on the search for
identity and self- fulfillment. Discusses selected problems such as
freedom, death, sexuality, alienation, becoming a person, and
peak experiences. Includes readings from Kierkegaard,
Heidegger, Sartre, Camus, Maslow, Allport, Frankl, Rogers, and
Rollo May.
PHL 1 375 Freud, Skinner, and Their Critics 4 QH
Examines fundamental themes and concepts of Freud's psycho-
analysis and Skinner's psychology from a philosophical perspec-
tive and criticisms of them from the point of view of reformed
Freudians and existentialists. Includes selections from Freud,
Jung, Adler, Karen Homey, Skinner, Koestler, Pearls, Sartre,
Merleau-Ponty, and Kovaly. Prereq. 4 QH philosophy or permis-
sion of instructor.
PHL 1400 Theory of Knowledge 4QH
Introduces epistemology, or theory of knowledge, which asks the
following questions: What is knowledge? Is knowledge (or even
certainty) attainable? What are the limitations of human knowl-
edge? How is knowledge — if we have it — acquired? What roles do
reason and experience play in the attempt to attain knowledge?
Studies both classical (Rene Descartes and David Hume) and
contemporary sources (Bertrand Russell and others). Examines
and criticizes various theories of knowledge, such as empiricism,
rationalism, and scepticism. Encourages students to form at
least tentative opinions on these issues. Prereq. 4 QH philosophy
or permission of instructor.
PHLHOSIWetaphysics 4QH
Considers central problems and theories concerning the nature
of reality, with special attention to such areas as the relation
between mind and matter, free will and determinism, and crite-
ria of existence. Prereq. 8 QH philosophy.
PH1 1 41 0 Philosophy of Science 4 QH
Focuses on the nature of scientific method, scientific theories,
and scientific explanations. Examines the central question of
why science is thought to provide the most reliable account of the
nature of reality. Considers various theories about the nature
andreliability of science. Prereq. 4 QH philosophy.
PHL 141 5 Advanced Logic 4QH
Studies the major resiilts in the meta-theory of first order logic.
Examines consistency, completeness, and decidability. Dis-
cusses the general notion of an effectively computable process.
Church's thesis, and the existence of unsolvable problems.
Prereq. PHL 1215.
PHL 1 435 Philosophy of IWind 4QH
Seeks to show what puzzles and problems result from an honest
attempt to answer these questions in a reasonable way: What is
the relation between mind and body? Is the mental merely a
fijjiction of bodily process and behavior, or does it somehow exist
"over and above" the material? How are self-knowledge and
knowledge of other minds achieved? What is the relation be-
tween words and thoughts? Examines classical sources, such as
Descartes and Locke, and contemporary sources, such as
Wittgenstein and Putnam. Also seeks to arrive at some an-
swers— however tentative or provisional — to these questions.
Constantly challenges the student to think and write well about
these difficult subjects. Prereq. 4 QH philosophy.
PHL 1 440 Philosophy of Language 4QH
Examines prospects for a theory of language, its syntax, and its
semantics. Examines contrasts between theory of reference and
theory of meaning. Asks whether there are universals of lan-
guage? Analyzes relations between linguistics and psychology.
Includes readings from Frege, Quine, Russell, Chomsky, and
Fodor. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
PHL 1 550, PHL 1 551, PHL 1 552 Honors 1, 2, and 3 4 QH each
Students interested in taking junior/senior honors courses
should confer with the department chair. Arrangements are
made between the student and a member of the faculty. Staffing
is by arrangement.
PHL 1 700 Introduction to Philosophy (Honors)
Honors equivalent of PHL 1100.
PHL 1 740 Social and Political Philosophy (Honors)
Honors equivalent of PHL 1 140.
4QH
4QH
Philosophy and Religion 155
PHL 1800 Directed Studies 4QH
Those interested in the directed studies program should meet
with the department chair. Prereq. By arrangement between
student and faculty.
PHL 1 888 Great Philosophers Seminar 4 QH
Focuses on the writings of a major philosopher. Subjects include
Plato, Aquinas, Locke, Hegel, and Heidegger. Prereq. 12QHof
philosophy courses.
PHIL 1890 Seminar in Religion 4QH
Examines topics including theodicy, cosmogeny, contemporary
issues in religion, and comparative ethics. Prereq. 12QHof
philosophy and religion courses.
PHL 1 89 1 Major Figures In Religious Studies 4 QH
Focuses on the work of one figure important in the field of reli-
gion. Subjects include Augustine, Calvin, Luther, Weber, and
Eliade. Prereq. 12 QH of religious studies.
PHL 326S Issues In Medical Ethics 4QH
Focuses on issues in medical ethics, especially as they are likely
to arise in a clinical setting. Begins with exploration of the two
basic systems of ethical theory and then concentrates on their
application in cases exemplifying the issues of euthanasia, pater-
nalism, experimentation, informed consent, quality of life, pro-
fessional responsibility, right to health care, truth telling, ge-
netic control, abortion, and the allocation of scarce medical re-
sources. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
Introductory Physics Courses
Physics
Courses are listed according to level and degree of specialization.
General interest courses have no prerequisites and may be used
to satisfy College of Arts and Sciences distribution requirements
in science. Introductory physics courses are basic first-year
physics lecture courses; the corresponding labs are listed under
"Introductory Physics Laboratories." Advanced physics and
astronomy courses require one year of introductory physics and
may be used to satisfy degree requirements for physics majors.
General Interest Courses
PHY 1 1 1 1 1ntroduction to Astronomy 1 4 QH
The first of a two-quarter sequence, offers the nonscience student
an introduction to modem astronomical ideas. Includes such
topics as introduction to the cosmos; tools of the astronomer
(atoms, the nature of light and radiation, telescopes, space as-
tronomy); the earth in space; our solar system (origin and future
of the solar system, the planets and other bodies, the latest from
spacecraft flights, the sun as our bridge to the stars); the ques-
tion of life in the universe. (II)
PHY 1 1 21 Introduction to Science 1 4 QH
With PHY 1122, forms a two-quarter sequence for nonscience
majors that provides an interdisciplinary treatment of the basic
ideas of the natural sciences. Discusses concepts such as energy,
gravity, and the atom, followed by a consideration of the ways in
which atoms combine to form the substances that comprise
matter. (II)
PHY 11 91 Physics for BSET1 4QH
Focuses on units and scientific notation, force, Newton's first
law, static equilibrium, Newton's second law, momentum, work,
kinetic energy, potential energy. Prereq. MTH 1191, which may
be taken concurrently; BSET majors only.
PHY II 92 Physics for BSET 2 4QH
Focuses on power, rotational motion, Pascal's law, hydrostatic
pressure, molecular mass, ideal gas law, first and second laws of
thermodjmamics, simple harmonic motion, wave motion, sound,
and light. Prereq. PHY 1191; MTH 1192, which may be taken
concurrently; BSET majors only.
PHY 1 193 Physics for BSET 3 4QH
Focuses on electrostatics, circuit elements, direct current cir-
cuits, magnetism, electromagnetic induction, electromagnetic
waves, atomic and nuclear physics. Prereq. PHY 1 192; BSET
majors only.
PHY 1 201 Physics for the Life Sciences 1 4 QH
Focuses on vector addition offeree, principles of statics; Newton's
second law, kinetic and potential energy; pressure static proper-
ties of fluids, fluid flow. To take the lab for this course, register
for PHY 1501 concurrently. (II)
PHY 1 202 Physics for the Life Sciences 2 4 QH
Focuses on wave motion, sound, light, optics, static electricity,
DC circuits, magnetism. To take the lab for this course, register
for PHY 1502 concurrently. (II) Prereq. PHY 1201.
PHY 1 203 Physics for the Life Sciences 3 4 QH
Focuses on temperature, gas laws, properties of liquids (surface
tension and osmotic pressure), properties of solids, thermal
physics. Coulomb's law, and atomic and nuclear physics. Prereq.
PHY 1202.
PHY 1 221 Physics for Science and Engineering Students 1 4 QH
The first quarter of a four quarter sequence intended primarily
for engineering students, covers mechanics, kinematics, dynam-
ics, Nevirton's laws, work, energy, linear momentum, collisions.
Prereq. MTH 1123 orequiv., which may be taken concurrently.
PHY 1 222 Physics for Science and Engineering Students 2 4 QH
Continues PHY 1221. Focuses on rotational equilibrium, har-
monic motion, wave motion, sound and electrostatics (including
the electric field and electric potential ). Prereq. MTH 1 124 or
equivalent and PHY 1221, which may be taken concurrently.
PHY 1 223 Physics for Science and Engineering Students 3 4 QH
Continues PHY 1222. Focuses on Ohm's Law, series and parallel
circuits, RC circuits, magnetic fields. Maxwell's equations, physi-
cal optics, X-Ray diffraction, and Bohr atom. Prereq. MTH 1 125
or equivalent and PHY 1222, which may be taken concurrently.
PHY 1 224 Physics for Science and Engineering Students 4 4 QH
Focuses on physical optics, special relativity, photoelectric effect,
Compton scattering, and quantum mechanics (including the
uncertainty principle, the Schroedinger equation, wave func-
tions, the hydrogen atom, and tunneling). Prereq. PHY 1221,
PHY 1222, and PHY 1223 or equivalent.
156 Course Descriptions
PHY 1 252 Physks Review 1QH
Offers a calculus-based review for students who have had previ-
ous college physics courses not equivalent to the engineering
sequence of PHY 1221 through PHY 1224. Covers fundamentals
of mechanics, electricity, and magnetism. Prereq. One year of
college physics and knowledge of elementary calculus.
Introductory Physics Laboratories
PHY n 96 Physics BSET Laboratory 1 1 QH
Covers experiments from various physics topics covered in PHY
1 191. Lab fee. Prereq. PHY 1191 concurrently; BSET majors only.
PHY 1197 Physics BSET Laboratory 2 1QH
Covers experiments from various physics topics covered in PHY
1192. Lab fee. Prereq. PHY 1196; PHY 1192 concurrently; BSET
majors only.
PHY ] 1 98 Physics BSET Laboratory 3
Covers experiments from PHY 1193. Lab fee. Prereq. PHY 1193
concurrently; BSET majors only.
PHY 1 SOI Physics Laboratory for the Life Sdences 1
Accompanies PHY 1201. PHY 1201 concurrently.
IQH
PHY 1 502 Physics Laboratory lor the Ule Sdences 2 1 QH
Accompanies PHY 1202. Prereq. PHY 1501; PHY 1202 or PHY
1203 concurrently.
PHY 1 52 1 Physics Laboratory for Science and Engineering Students 1 1 QH
The first of a two-quarter lab sequence in which the student
performs experiments from various fields of physics. PHY 1221
concurrently.
PHY 1 522 Physics Laborotory for Sdence and Engineering Students 2 I QH
Continues PHY 152 1 . Prereq. PHY 1521; PHY 1222 concurrently.
PHY 1 533 Physics Laboratory for Science Majors 3 1 QH
Focuses on lab experiments related to topics covered in PHY
1233. Prereq. PHY 1522; PHY 1223 concurrently.
Advanced Physics and Astronomy Courses
PHY 1 30 1 1ntermediate Medianics 4 OH
Focuses on classical mechanics in two and three dimensions; a
review of Newton's laws; special emphasis on conservation theo-
rems for energy, momentum, and angular momentum; harmonic
and wave motion. Prereq. PHY 1232 and PHY 1233; and MTH
1243 concurrently.
PHY 1 302 Electric and Magnetic Fields 4 QH
Focuses on the basic concepts of electric and magnetic fields,
including electric and magnetic fields in free space and materi-
als; Maxwell's equations in integral form. Prereq. PHY 1301; and
MTH 1244 concurrently.
PHY 1303 Modern Physics 4QH
Reviews experiments demonstrating the atomic nature of mat-
ter, the properties of the electron, the nuclear atom, the wave-
particle duality, spin, and the properties of elementary particles.
Discusses, mostly on a phenomenological level, such subjects as
atomic and nuclear structure, properties of the solid state, and
elementary particles. Prereq. PHY 1233, PHY 1224, or equiv.
PHY 1 304 Mathematical Physics 4 QH
Reviews linear algebra and vector calculus, special functions and
partial differential equations of physics, potential theory, func-
tions of a complex variable. Prereq. MTH 1244 and PHY 1233;
and MTH 1246 concurrently.
PHY 1 305 Thermodynamics and Kinetic Theory 4 QH
Focuses on first and second laws of thermodynamics, entropy
and equilibrium, thermodynamic potentials, elementary kinetic
theory, statistical mechanics and the statistical interpretation of
entropy. Prereq. PHY 1224 or PHY 1233; and MTH 1244.
PHY 1401 Classical Mechanics 4QH
Covers advanced topics in classical mechanics, including vector
kinematics, harmonic oscillator and resonance, generalized
coordinates, Lagrange's equations, central forces and the Kepler
problem, rigid body motion. Prereq. PHY 1301 and MTH 1245.
PHY 1 402 Electridty and Magnetism 1 4 QH
Covers Maxwell's equations and their experimental basis, elec-
trostatics and magnetostatics, the electromagnetic field in empty
space, electromagnetic waves. Prereq. PHY 1302; and PHY 1304
orequiv.
PHY 1 403 Electridty and Magnetism 2 4 QH
Continues PHY 1402. Focuses on energy and momentum in the
electromagnetic field, electrodynamics, the interaction of matter
and the field, radiation. Prereq. PHY 1402 or equiv.
PHY 1404 Wove Motion and Optics 4QH
Focuses on harmonic and coupled oscillators, wave equation;
geometrical and physical optics; interference, diffraction, optics
of solids, amplification of light; and lasers. Prereq. PHY 1302.
PHY 1 4 1 1 Introduction to Astrophysics and Cosmology 4 OH
Introduces the student to current ideas in astrophysics £ind
cosmology, with emphasis on recent advances in this field. Fo-
cuses on tools of the astronomer (gamma-, X-, UV-, optical-,
infrared-, radio-telescopes, spectroscopes, spacecrafts, and so
on); solar system; stellar properties (site luminosity); stellar
spectra; Hertzsprung-Russell diagram; stellar energy sources
(gravitational, nuclear); evolution of stars (birth, main sequence,
red giants, white dwarfs, planetary nebulae, supernovae, neu-
tron stars and pulsars, black holes and gravitational collapse);
methods of interstellar and intergalactic distance measurement;
our Milky Way galaxy; extragalactic objects (galaxies, clusters of
galaixies, radio galaxies, quasars); cosmology (Olber's paradox;
recession of galaxies, big bang theory, cosmic background radia-
tion, formation of galaxies, the future of the universe). Prereq.
Three quarters of elementary physics.
PHY 1 4 1 3 Introduction to Nuclear Physics 4 QH
Focuses on nuclear structure, nuclear masses, radioactivity,
nuclear radiation, interaction of radiation and matter, detectors,
fission, nuclear forces, elementary particles. Prereq. PHY 1303.
PHY 1 4 1 4 Introduction to Solid State Physics 4 QH
Offers a semiclassical treatment of the thermal, magnetic, and
electrical properties of crystalline solids. Examines X-ray diffrac-
tion and the reciprocal lattice, elasticity and lattice vibrations,
specific heat, properties of insulators, magnetism in insulators
and metals, and introduction to the band theory of metals.
Prereq. CHM 1383 or PHY 1303; and PHY 1305 or equiv.
Physics 157
PHY 141 5 Quantum Mechanics! 4QH
Focuses on observation of macroscopic and microscopic bodies,
the uncertainty principle, wave-particle duality, probability
amplitudes, Schrodinger wave theory, and one-dimensional
problems. Prereq. CHM 1383 or PHY 1303; and PHY 1304 or
equiv.
PHY 1 41 6 Quantum Mechanics 2 4 OH
Continues PHY 1415. Covers discrete and continuous states,
Schrodinger equation in three dimensions, angular momen-
tum, general theory of quantum mechanics, applications.
Prereq. PHY 1415.
PHY 1 551 Electronics for Scientists 1 4 QH
With PHY 1552, forms a two-quarter sequence covering elec-
tronic techniques for experimental research in many different
fields of science. Focuses on principles of semiconductor devices;
analog techniques (amplification, feedback, integration); digital
techniques (counting, multiplexing, logic); design of electronic
subsystems (analog- to-digital converters, phase-sensitive detec-
tors, data-logging systems); understanding specifications of
commercial electronic equipment. In lab examples, makes use of
up-to-date integrated and discrete devices such as are currently
used in the electronic industry.
PHY 1 552 Electronics for Scientists 2
Continues PHY 1551. Prereq. PHY 1551.
4QH
PHY 1555 Wave Laboratory 4QH
Offers a general treatment of the problems of mechanical and
electromagnetic radiation as wave phenomena. Focuses on the
differential wave equation and its application to selected topics;
interference and diffraction theory from the standpoint of the
Huygens-Fresnel and Kirchhoff formulations; selected experi-
ments in acoustics, optics, and microwaves to illustrate these
problems. Prereq. PHY 1224 or PHY 1302.
PHY 1 557 Advanced Physics Laboratory 4 QH
Presents special projects in modem experimental physics, in-
cluding electronic instrumentation used in measuring physical
quantities and use of microprocessors. Prereq. PHY 1551 and
PHY 1552.
PHY 1561 Project Loborotory 4QH
Allows students to select and carry out individual projects in-
volving instrumentation and computation. Involves the develop-
ment of some aspect of instrumentation and/or computation in
an ongoing research project and the preparation of a final report.
The student will be supervised by the project leader and the
course instructor. (Although the course carries 4 QH credit, it is
taken in successive winter and spring quarters. ) Prereq. Permis-
sion of instructor.
PHY 1711 Introduction to Astronomy 1 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of PHY 1111.
PHY 1721 Physics 1
Honors equivalent of PHY 1221
PHY 1722 Physics 2
Honors equivalent of PHY 1222
4QH
4QH
4QH
PHY 1723 Physics 3
Honors equivalent of PHY 1223.
PHY 1724 Physics 4
Honors equivalent of PHY 1224.
4QH
4QH
Political Science
POL 1 11 0 Introduction to Politics 4 QH
Offers an overview of basic concepts such as power, authority
and sovereignty, methods of political analysis, and contemporary
political ideologies. Discusses such dynamics as political culture,
public opinion and participation, and political systems. (II)
POL 1111 Introduction to American Government 4 QH
Analyzes the American system of government and politics. In-
cludes the philosophical origins and design of the Constitution,
public opinion, political behavior and participation, parties and
interest groups, and formal governmental institutions. May
cover cases in domestic and foreign policymaking. (II)
POL 1 1 1 2 Introduction to International Relations 4 QH
Applies basic theories of international relations to examining the
foreign policies of the key actors in the international system.
Covers topics of international aid, trade, and monetary affairs;
issues relating to the arms race, nuclear proliferation, arms
control, and disarmament; international law and organizations,
human rights, and the impact of technology on the functioning of
the international system. (II)
POL 1113 Introduction to Foreign Governments and Societies 4 OH
Offers a comparative study of parliamentary democracy in
Western Europe; Communist totalitarianism in the Soviet Union,
China, and Eastern Europe; and variations of these governmental
systems in the third world countries of Asia, Afiica, and the
Middle East. Formerly "Introduction to Comparative
Government."
POL 1 260 Public Policy Analysis 4 QH
Uses both theoretical literature and case studies to analyze the
structure of and dynamics inherent in the American policymaking
process. Introduces such concepts as problem definition, agenda-
development, policy formation, implementation, and program
evaluation. Examines basic policy analysis methods. (VI)
POL 1 261 Public Administrotion 4 QH
Focuses on the theory and practice of public administration,
emphasizing the generalities of institutions, processes, and
behavior of bureaucratic organizations.
POL 1262 Organization Theory 4QH
Provides a broad overview of organization theories, their history,
and development. Gives specific attention to developing a para-
digm for public organizations that focuses on the relationships
of economic, democratic, bureaucratic, technological, and hu-
manistic imperatives. Requires the student to prepare a research
paper and consider the implications of this paradigm for future
organizations.
POL 1 266 Public Personnel Administration 4 QH
Presents an overall introduction to the field of public personnel
administration. Examines selected topics such as recruitment,
158 Course Descriptions
selection, classification, case development, equal opportunity,
public employee unionism, and collective bargaining.
Prereq. POL 1261.
POL 1267 Public Budgeting 4QH
Focuses on the function of budgeting in a variety of governmen-
tal contexts, specifically, the appropriations process, the budget
as a management tool, and the public policy impacts of the bud-
get. Emphasizes budgeting techniques within this context.
Prereq. POL 126L
POL 1 30 1 Research Methods 1 4 QH
Offers an introduction to the principal quantitative methods
used in political analysis, public administration, political behav-
ior, international relations, and policy sciences. Emphasizes
basic statistical techniques, survey methods, and SPSS program-
ming. No freshmen or sophomores without permission.
POLl 302 Research Methods 2 4QH
Focuses on methods of quantitative analysis. Covers the follow-
ing primary statistical topics: significance testing, bivariate
regression and correlation, and multiple regression and correla-
tion. In addition, teaches elementary computer skills and the use
of the programming language Statistical Package for the Social
Sciences (SPSS) to calculate advanced statistics. Emphasizes the
practical application and understanding of statistical techniques
by providing numerous examples in the areas of political behav-
ior, public opinion, and public policy analysis. Prereq. POL 1301.
No freshmen or sophomores without permission.
POL 1303 Political Behavior 4QH
Examines selected topics in contemporary political science from
a political behavior perspective. Focuses on political attitude
formation and change, ideology, socialization, public opinion and
voting behavior, political campaigning, political violence, and
empirical democratic theory.
POL 1304 Practical Politics 4QH
Accentuates and systematically treats some of the problems of
organizing for effective citizen action, partisan and nonpartisan,
at the grass-roots level. Explores roles in political campaigning.
POL 1 306 Politics in Western Europe 4 QH
Offers a comparative analysis of political culture, federal and
unitary forms of government, and executive-legislative relations
on the national level in England, France, and West Germany. (Ill)
POL 1308 The Politics of Poverty 4QH
Explores what is referred to as the poverty system: how and why
there is poverty, how it affects people's lives, and how it can be
eliminated. As a discussion-centered course, relies on simula-
tions, small-group work, and experience-based learning; exam-
ines the relations between poverty, racism, and the economic,
political, and administrative systems. Evaluates a number of
alternatives and provides an opportunity for clarifying indi-
vidual assumptions and feelings about poverty.
POL 1 309 Internotional Relations of Rich and Poor Countries 4 QH
Focuses on international political and economic relations. Ex-
amines how nations like the United States, Germany, and Japan
use their wealth and military power in dealing with poorer na-
tions in Asia, Africa, Latin America, and the Middle East. Ex-
plores the kinds of leverage such poor nations have in return.
Includes such topics as colonialism, foreign military interven-
tion, and international trade. Prereq. A course in international
politics is recommended.
POL 1310 American Ideology 4QH
Analyzes the main American ideologies, including liberalism,
neoliberalism, conservatism, neoconservatism, and nationalism.
Examines the historic roots of each ideology and its impact on
American politics. Explores the ongoing interaction of political
ideology and the political process in contemporary American
society. (V) No freshmen or sophomores without permission.
POL 1 3 1 2 Politics and the Mass Media 4 QH
Analyzes several facets of the mass media: the role of newspa-
pers, radio, and television in public opinion formation; their use
and effectiveness in political campaigns; their objectivity and/or
bias in reporting the news; their impact on political parties and
the distribution of power between Congress and the President.
POL 1 3 1 3 International Organization 4 QH
Focuses on development of international organizations with
special emphasis on the United Nations system. (Public Admin-
istration elective.)
POL 1 31 4 Interest Groups ond Public Policy 4 QH
Surveys the roles of organized interests in American public
policymaking. Examines why groups are formed, how they work,
why they succeed or fail, and what cumulative impacts groups
have on policy. Spans a variety of groups, from traditional eco-
nomic interests to social movements, public interest organiza-
tions, and professional lobbyists.
POL 1 3 1 6 Contemporary Revolutionary Politics 4 QH
Examines political development in selected revolutionary societ-
ies, including Cuba. (VI)
POL 131 7 Law and Society 4QH
Examines the theory and practice of the American legal process
and its impact on values. Analyzes the impact the military-
industrial-technological complex has on these values. Open to
upperclass students only.
POL 1 31 8 State and Local Government 4 QH
Introduces students to the political and administrative context of
state and local government and surveys the structure, function,
and politics of states and localities within the context of the
United States federal system. (Public Administration elective.)
Prereq. POL nil.
POL 1 320 Parties and Elections 4 QH
Analyzes political parties and the American system of elections.
Focuses on structural and constitutional biases, the organiza-
tional aspects of the parties, mass voting behavior, the impact of
elections on public policjrmaking, and national and state histori-
cal trends.
POL 1 32 1 Eurocommunism 4 QH
Examines the domestic and foreign policies of the Spanish,
French, and Italian Communist parties, with special attention to
their relations with the international communist movement.
POL 1322 World Politics 4QH
Emphasizes various principles, techniques, and patterns that
governments have followed to implement their goals or objec-
tives. Uses a case study approach, with an emphasis on the prob-
lems associated with the Middle East analyzed from the United
States-Soviet and Arab-Israeli viewpoints.
Political Science 159
POL 1324 Urbon Politics 4QH
Analyzes the political, administrative, economic, and social
dynamics of urban areas from a historical perspective. (Public
Administration elective. )
POL 1327 Gender Politics 4QH
Explores the relation between what is and what ought to be —
and why — in the roles of women in American politics. Examines
the traditional roles of women in politics, the suffrage movement,
the woman as citizen and voter, the role of sex in achieving power
and in political efficacy, and the place of women in "new politics."
Also covers political action to promote women's issues and mod-
em feminism. (VI)
POL 1 329 American Social Welfare Policy 4 QH
Introduces social welfare policy, with emphasis on programs and
services in the contemporary United States. Discusses theoreti-
cal frameworks for analyzing social welfare policy; then focuses
attention on the substantive areas of welfare, mental health, and
social security. Explores various issues and processes related to
the design, administration, and implementation of social welfare
policy in the context of the American socio-political system.
Focuses on social welfare policymaking under the Reagan
administration.
POL 1 33 1 Science, Technology, and Public Policy 4 QH
Considers the effects of science and technology on politics and
policymaking in America and how politics influences science and
technology. Focuses on the differences between scientific and
democratic values and definitions of rationality, the nature of
public problems, and why some problems are easier to "solve"
than others. Particularly looks at such issues as nuclear power,
recombinant DNA, abortion, and medical research; addresses
the question of who should decide such complex matters. (VI)
POL 1 332 Government and Politics of Japan 4 QH
Focuses on the development of Japan's political system since
World War II. Examines Japan's political institutions and prac-
tice of democracy in the context of its political culture; the inter-
relationship between business and government; Japan's foreign
policy; and business practices and organization. Raises issues
concerning Japan's extraordinary economic success and the
limitations of Japan as a model for other countries. ilV) Not open
to freshmen.
POL 1 335 The American Presidency 4 QH
Examines the presidential electoral process and the constitu-
tional and extraconstitutional powers of the American President.
Studies presidential leadership styles and analyzes the relation-
ship between the executive branch and Congress, the Court, the
bureaucracy, and the media.
POL 1 336 American Constitutional Law 4 QH
Employing excerpts of United States Supreme Court decisions
and other reading materials, attempts to analyze some of the
theoretical, structural, and substantive issues inherent in and
relevant to the American constitutional system. Prereq. POL
1111 and junior or senior standing.
POL 1 337 United States Foreign Policy 4 QH
Examines formulation and conduct of foreign policy and the
United States since 1945.
POL 1 338 Religion and Politics 4 QH
Explores the role of religion in domestic and international poli-
tics. Examines religion as a source of political tension and strife.
Draws examples from the United States and the developing
world. Covers Islamic fundamentalism in AJrica and the Near
East, Orthodox Jewish parties in Israel, Catholic liberation
theology in Latin America, and Protestant fundamentalism and
the religious right in America.
POL 1 339 Current Political Issues 4 QH
Analyzes the constitutional and political background of selected
contemporary public issues. Primarily for nonpolitical science
majors.
POL 1 340 Change in Eastern Europe 4 QH
Reviews the roots and character of Communist Party rule. Fo-
cuses on the new patterns of political, socioeconomic, and cul-
tural development underway in former Soviet Bloc countries, as
well as in Yugoslavia and Albania.
POL 1342 Crisis and Conflict in Black Africa 4QH
Using films, maps, news clips, discussions, and readings, ex-
plores contemporary politics in African nations south of the
Sahara. Studies South Africa, Nigeria, Kenya, and Ethiopia,
among others. Examines apartheid, colonialism, Afro-Marx-
ism, chieftaincy, development, and Pan-Africanism. Same as
AFR 1342. (VI)
POL 1 343 Politics and Violence in Northern Ireland 4 QH
Analyzes the causes of violence in Northern Ireland. Considers
historical, sociological, and economic roots of the conflict, but
places major emphasis on politics. Also discusses the interna-
tional dimension (the roles of southern Ireland, the United
States, and so on), paramilitary organizations, legal political
parties and groups, and potential solutions. Draws comparative
parallels, including possible lessons for the United States.
POL 1 345 Government and Politics in the Middle East 4 QH
Approaches the political, economic, military, and ideological
factors within the Arab states and Israel, inter-Arab politics,
the Arab-Israeli conflict, and the great power rivalry in the
region. (VI)
POL 1347 Soviet Government 4QH
Studies Soviet political system history since 1917. Focuses on
the origins, scope, and consequences of the reforms that have
occurred since 1985. Emphasizes economic, political, adminis-
trative, and national identity issues.
POL 1 348 Soviet Foreign Policy 4 QH
Studies Soviet foreign policy, particularly since the mid-1980s.
Gives special attention to the causes, content, and consequences
of changes in Soviet international behavior. Focuses on Soviet
relations toward east and west Europe, the United States,
China, Japan, and selected regions in the "developing" world,
most notably the Middle East and central Asia.
POL 1 350 American Legislative Process 4 QH
Explores the structures, dynamics, and styles inherent in public
policymaking within the U.S. Congress. Focuses on elections;
representation of constituents' interests; the roles played by
members, the president, interest groups, and other actors; and
how all of this is affected by the structure of Congress and the
processes embedded in the legislative body.
160 Course Descriptions
POL 1 35 1 Techniques and Practices of Public Management 4 QH
Focuses on practical skills and techniques of public manage-
ment. Employs the case method in examining typical manage-
ment problems at different levels of government. Also covers
time and resource management for public sector managerial
personnel.
POL 1 353 Law and Personal Morality 4 QH
Examines the use of political power to enforce standards of per-
sonal morality and behavior in contemporary American society.
Considers such subjects as pornography, sexual privacy and
expression, Sunday closing laws, abortion, and prostitution.
POL 1362 Civil Liberties 4QH
Employing United States Supreme Court decisions and other
reading material, examines the substantive and procedural
guarantees of the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth Amendment
and their relation to a liberal democratic society.
POL 1 364 Business and Government Relations 4 QH
Surveys the relation between economic developments and politi-
cal processes in the United States. Considers government plan-
ning of the economy, monopoly and government regulation,
government programs to promote social welfare, and the impact
of Federalism on the political-economic system, among other
topics.
POL 1 368 Government and Politics of Latin America 4 QH
Examines the governmental systems, political parties, socioeco-
nomic problems, and foreign policies of Latin American states.
Focuses on political change. (IV)
POL 1 369 PoRtical Violence 4QH
Analyzes political violence in its various contemporary forms (for
example, revolution, genocide, political terrorism, military over-
throws). Assesses the causes and consequences of political vio-
lence (from both practical and moral points of view) and consid-
ers strategies for preventing and resolving political violence.
POL 1 371 Government and Politics of China 4 QH
Focuses on China's political system during Communist party
rule. Addresses fundamental issues that the government has
been unable to resolve successfully including leadership recruit-
ment and succession; economic growth; class and class struggle;
political culture and the educational system; the nature of social-
ist democracy and socialist legality; and the appropriate form of
socialism for a country wishing to modernize rapidly. Examines
the interaction among ideology, development, and culture on
these issues. (IV) Not open to freshmen.
POL 1 373 Pre-Modern Political Thought 4 QH
Presents an analytical and historical examination of the great
political thinkers and the main trends of political thought from
classical Greece to the Renaissance. (Y}Prereq. Junior standing
or permission of instructor.
POL 1 374 Modern Political Thought 4 QH
Presents an anal3rtical and historical examination of the great
political thinkers and the main trends in political thought from
the Renaissance to the twentieth century. (V) No freshmen
without instructor's permission.
POL 1 379 Marx and Marxism 4 QH
Studies the social and political thought of Karl Marx. Examines
the development of Marxian theory after Marx's death. Dis-
cusses class struggle, social revolution, and communism. (V)
POL 1 382 Intergovernmental Relations 4 QH
Analyzes the relationships among national, state, and local
levels of government in the United States and the changing
patterns of those relationships.
POL 1 384 Arab-Israeli Conflict 4 QH
The Arab-Israeli confrontation has its own dynamics, and its
nature has changed through the decades. This course ana-
lyzes its effects on the internal politics of the Arab states and
Israel, Pan-Arab politics, and the role of the great powers in
the region. (VI)
POL 1386 International Low 4QH
Focuses on territory and jurisdiction of states, treaties, recogni-
tion, peaceful settlement of disputes, resort to force. Prereq.
POL 1112.
POL 1 388 Political Polling ond Survey Research 4 QH
Examines the entire survey research process, which is the most
common approach to program evaluation survey design, sam-
pling, questionnaire design, survey administration, data pro-
cessing, and data analysis. Also involves some statistical analy-
sis. Prereq. POL 1301.
POL 1 389 American Notionol Security Policy 4 QH
Traces the evolution of American national security policy in the
post- World War II period. Considers American nuclear military
policy and conventional non-nuclear military policy. Explores
arms control policy.
POL 1 4 1 0 Seminar in American Government 4QH
Offers an in-depth study of selected topics in American govern-
ment. Prereq. Senior political science major and permission of
instructor.
POL 1411 Seminar in International Relations 4 QH
Offers an in-depth study of selected topics in international rela-
tions. Prereq. Senior political science major and permission of
instructor.
POL 1 41 3 Senior Seminar in Political Science 4 QH
Offers an in-depth study of selected topics in political science.
Prereq. Senior political science major.
POL 1 4 1 5 Seminar in Public Low and Social Issues 4 QH
Uses legal writings and recent court cases to examine some of the
continuing and perplexing social problems. Discusses issues
such as abortion, euthanasia, family planning, criticism of public
officials, political activism, the right of privacy, obscenity, racial
and economic discrimination. Prereq. Junior or senior standing
and permission of instructor.
POL 1 71 0 Introduction to Politics (Honors)
Honors equivalent of POL 1110.
POL 1711 Introduction to American Government (Honors)
Honors equivalent of POL 1111.
POL 1712 Introduction to International Relations (Honors)
Honors equivalent of POL 1 1 12.
4QH
4QH
4QH
POL 1 800, POL 1 801, POL 1802 Directed Study 4 QH each
Offers independent work on chosen topics under the direction of
members of the department. Prereg. Junior or senior standing
and permission of instructor.
Political Science 161
POL 1 803 Internship in Politics 4 QH
With department approval, students engage in a political or
governmental internship under the supervision of a faculty
member. Junior or senior status normally required.
POL 1 804 Practicum in Lobbying 4 QH
Offers fieldwork opportunity for students to become involved in
supervised lobbying activity on the national or state levels of
politics. (May be taken only once for academic credit. jPrere^.
Middler, junior, or senior standing.
POL 1 806 Political Science Honors Program Minicourse
Deals with specialized topics in political theory.
1QH
Psychology
PSY in 0 Perspectives in Psychology 1 4 QH
Surveys the fundamental principles and issues of the major
areas of contemporary scientific psychology. Approaches the
study of psychology as a method of inquiry as well as a body of
knowledge. Emphasizes biological bases of behavior, principles
of learning and motivation, psychological testing, personality
dynamics, psychopathology, and therapeutic approaches. Re-
quires research participation in psychology experiments (or
alternative ). Students who earn credit for PSY 1111 will not earn
credit for PSY 1110. (II)
PSY 11 11 Foundations of Psychology 1 4 QH
Surveys the fundamental principles and issues of the major areas
of contemporary scientific psychology. Approaches the study of
psychology as a method of inquiry as well as a body of knowledge.
Emphasizes biological bases of behavior, principles of learning
and motivation, psychological testing, personality dynamics,
psychopathology, and therapeutic approaches. Students who
earn credit for PSY 1 1 10 will not earn credit for PSY 1111.
PSY 1 11 2 Foundations of Psychology 2 4 QH
Continues PSY 1111, emphasizing the areas of lifespan develop-
ment, sensory and perceptual processes, states of consciousness,
cognition, language, memory, emotion, and social influences on
behavior. ( Overlaps PSY 1 1 13. ) Prereq. PSY 11 10 or PSY 1111.
PSY n 1 3 Perspectives in Psychology 2 4 QH
Continues PSY 1110, emphasizing the areas of lifespan develop-
ment, sensory and perceptual processes, states of consciousness,
cognition, language, memory, emotion, and social influences on
behavior. (Overlaps PSY 1112.)(II)Prere9.PSyii70orPSYiiii.
PSY 1 2 1 0 Research Methods in Psychology 4 QH
Introduces research methods in psychology such as field re-
search, content analysis, case research, survey methods, simula-
tions, and laboratory experiments. Examines issues of research
fairness and evaluating research methods. Explores basic statis-
tical notions including sampling, variability, and correlation.
Prereq. PSY 1112 or PSY 1113.
PSY 1 2 11 Statistics in Behavioral Science 1 4 QH
Introduces descriptive statistics (scales of measurement, fre-
quency distribution and graphs, measures of central tendency,
dispersion and correlation, standard scores, and the unit normal
curve) and probability theory (permutations, combinations, and
the binomial theorem). Prereq. MTHllOl or MTH 1107.
PSY 1 2 1 2 Statistics in Behavioral Science 2 4 QH
Offers a general presentation of hypothesis testing, including
parametric and nonparametric tests, with emphasis on formu-
lating hypotheses and choosing appropriate scales of measure-
ment, tests, and confidence levels. Prereq. PSY 1211.
PSY 121 5 Sexual Behavior 4QH
Focuses on the sexual activities of the human male and female
from infancy to adulthood. Considers the importance of sexual
factors in the life history of the individual, statistical surveys of
sexual behavior, and direct observational measures of sexual
responding. Explores the nature of love, responses to pornogra-
phy, prostitution, bisexuality, male and female homosexuality,
rape, child abuse, and sexual therapy.
PSY 1218Psychologyof Women 4QH
Introduces the student with little or no background in psychol-
ogy to the current theories and research on the psychology of
women. Critically examines psychological, biological, and social
influences on gender differences, gender roles, and gender ste-
reotypes in the light of scientific evidence and individual experi-
ence. Assesses their consequences for society. Uses the unique
perspective generated in the field of the psychology of women to
evaluate traditional research methods in psychology as well as
the major psychological theories formulated to explain women
and the differences between women and men. Emphasizes criti-
cal-thinking skills.
PSY 1 220 Biological Basis of Mental Illness 4 QH
Examines current hypotheses of brain dysfunction involved in
mental illness. Explores the field of biological psychiatry includ-
ing events in the brain that can be linked to mental disorder.
Studies current neurochemical and genetic theories of diseases
such as schizophrenia and depression. Emphasizes recent re-
search and critically assesses treating mental disorders biologi-
cally, such as with drug therapy.
PSY123ILearningand Motivation 1 4 QH
Offers an introduction to the basic learning and motivational
principles that permit humans and animals to adapt effectively
to a changing environment. Emphasizes research and theories
of operant and Pavlovian conditioning, with discussions of
discriminations and generalization, avoidance and punishment,
acquired motivational states (for example, addiction), concept
formation, biological constraints on learning and behavior, ani-
mal cognition, and other related topics. Relates learning and
motivational principles to the understanding and treatment of
behavioral, affective, cognitive, and motivational disorders.
Prereq. PSY 11 12 or PSY 1113.
PSY 1 24 1 Human Behavioral Development 1 4 QH
Examines the change in behavioral processes from conception up
to, but not including, adolescence. Studies biological bases of
behavioral development and the development of motor control,
sensation, perception, cognition, language, emotion, personality,
and socialization. Examines major theories of development and
child-rearing practices. Prereq. PSY 11 12 or PSY 1 1 13.
PSY 1 242 Human Behovioral Development 2 4 QH
Continues the examination of behavioral change from adoles-
cence to death. Examines biological, cognitive, moral,
personality, and social processes. Assesses different methods of
study and theories of adult development. Prereq. PSY 1241.
162 Course Descriptions
PSY 1243 Infant Development 4QH
Focuses on the fact that during the first two years of life, the
basic physical perceptual, cognitive and emotional capacities
emerge and interact in the development of such complex behav-
iors as visually guided movement, the formation of social attach-
ments, and the emergence of language. Provides an introduction
to this critical period of human development; emphasizes how
the infant's biological inheritance interacts with the physical and
social environment in the generation of these important abilities
and behaviors. Frereq. PSY 1241 or ED 1102.
PSY 1 251 Food, Behavior, and Eating Disorders 4 QH
Investigates what starts and stops eating behavior. Examines
taste, nutrition, metabolism, the brain, food experiences, and
societal factors that control feeding behavior. Emphasizes the
biological/psychological interaction in normal eating and in patho-
logical eating, such as anorexia, bulimia, and extreme obesity.
PSY 1 262 Psychology of Language 4QH
Introduces psycholinguistics (psychology of language). Topics
include language's nature and structure, processes involved in
producing and comprehending language, the biological bases of
language, and aspects of acquiring language. Examines current
language processing theories and research. Prereq. PSY 11 12 or
PSY 1113.
PSY 1 263 Nonverbal Communication 4 QH
Examines the messages we send by posture, facial expression,
gesture, gait, and interpersonal distance. Also explores how
power, status, and gender affect nonverbal communication.
Prereq. PSY 11 12 or PSY 1113.
PSY 1271 Social Psychology 4QH
Provides an introductory survey of social psychology. Focuses on
aggression, attribution, attitude formation, change, measure-
ment, conformity, impression formation, group processes (social
facilitation, deindividuation, for example). Prereq. PSY 1112,
PSY 1113, or permission of instructor.
PSY1272Personafity1 4QH
Offers a systematic study of the normal personality and its devel-
opment. Focuses on behavioral, dynamic, and constitutional
determinants, assessment of personality, research; surveys the
major theories of personality. Prereq. PSY 11 12 or PSY 1113.
PSY 1273 Personality 2
Continues PSY 1272. Prereq. PSY 1272.
4QH
PSY 1274 Psychology and the Low 4 OH
Traces the effects of psychological factors through the course of a
trial, including such issues as accuracy of eyewitness identifica-
tion, plea bargaining, jury selection, persuasion tactics in the
courtroom, presumption of innocence, jury size, jury decision
rules, and sentencing and punishment.
PSY 1 330 Evolution of Affiliative Behavior 4 QH
Explores the neural and evolutionary roots of attachment behav-
ior between organisms. Examines materials from a variety of
animal species (including humans), genetic and environmental
factors, anthropological studies of early hominid societies, court-
ship and reproductive rituals in primates and lower organisms,
neuronal differences between genders, and socio-biological ap-
proaches to affiliative behavior. Prereq. PSY 1241, PSY 1271,
PSY 1272, PSY 1351, or PSY 1353, or permission of instructor.
PSY1351Psychobiology 4QH
Focuses on the relation between brain fiinction and human
behavior. Examines how nerve cells function individually and
work together both in small networks and in the nervous system;
the structure of the nervous system; how our sense organs pro-
vide the nervous system with information about the outside
world; how the brain controls movement; and how psychological
concepts from motivation to language and memory are repre-
sented in the brain. Prereq. PSY 1 1 12, PSY 1 1 13, or permission
ofinstructor.
PSY 1353 Animal Behavior 4QH
Surveys animal behavior in a wide range of species (reptiles,
birds, fish, and mammals, including humans ) to find similarities
and differences in the behavioral processes and physiological
mechanisms by which individual organisms and species adapt to
their environments. In the first section, focuses on adaptive
specializations exhibited by animals in learning about their
environments during early development and as adults. In the
second section, examines problems of social organizations at the
individual level: how animals communicate with each other and
transmit "cultural" skills; mechanisms underlying cohesion and
dispersal (for example, reproduction and aggression); and the
adaptive advantages of being social or asocial. In the final sec-
tion, provides students with an unusual opportunity to apply
concepts and experimental methods they have learned by actu-
ally doing a short field study of animal behavior at the Boston
Zoological Park. Prereq. PSY 1112, PSY 1113, or permission of
instructor.
PSY 1 36 1 1ntroduction to Phonetics 4 QH
Offers an introduction to the nature of the speech signal from
articulatory, perceptual, and acoustic points of view. Focuses on
sound measurement, sound classes, and a survey and compari-
son of speech sounds used in languages in the world. Studies
stress, tone, and intonation. Examines phonetic classification
and transcription of speech as practical tools for students of
languages, linguistics, and speech and hearing science. Prereq.
PSY 1262 or permission ofinstructor.
PSY 1 362 Child language 4QH
Examines how language develops in children. Prereq. PSY 1262,
linguistics, or permission ofinstructor.
PSY 1364 Cognition 4QH
Introduces human cognition. Includes topics such as pattern
recognition, attention, memory, categorization and concept
formation, problem solving, and aspects of cognitive develop-
ment. Examines current theories of cognitive processing and
related experimental findings. Prereq. PSY 11 12 or PSY 1 1 13.
PSY 1365 Language and the Brain 4QH
Focuses on linguistic behavior firom a neuro-psychological view-
point. Examines models of how the nervous system, and the
brain in particular, controls the production, perception, and
internal manipulation of language. Considers localization of
cerebral functions and hemispheric lateralization; experimental
and clinical evidence for functional models; aphasia and other
language pathologies; schizophrenic language; evidence from
"slips of the tongue"; and the bilingual brain. Compares speech,
sign language, and writing systems. Also discusses interpretation
and translation. Prereq. PSY 1262 or permission ofinstructor.
Psychology 163
PSY 1373 Abnormal Psychology! 4 OH
Focuses on the abnormal personality, including a historical
survey and a discussion of such issues as anxiety, defense mecha-
nisms, and the criteria of psychopathology. Also examines the
symptomatology, etiology, and dynamics of neuroses (hysteria,
phobia, obsession, and compulsion) and of psychosomatic disor-
ders. Discusses case histories. Prereq. PSY 11 12 or PSY 1113.
PSY 1 374 Abnormal Psychology 2 4 QH
Offers a survey of psychological and somatic therapies. Exam-
ines symptomatology, etiology, dynamics, and therapy of psycho-
ses (schizophrenia, paranoia, mania, depression). Also discusses
sociopathic and organic disorders. Prereq. PSY 1373.
PSY 1381 Sensation 4QH
Provides an introduction to the study of our senses, with empha-
sis on hearing, touch, taste, and smell. Focuses on how we mea-
sure our sensory abilities and relates findings to the functioning
of sensory organs — ears, skin, mouth, and nose — and of the
sensory nervous system. Prereq. PSY 1112 orPSY 11 13; PSY
1351 is highly recommended.
PSY 1382 Perception 4 OH
Offers a study of our awareness of the world around us, exempli-
fied primarily by visual perception. Covers light, visual sensory
mechanisms, color vision, illusions, consciousness, and dreams.
Prereq. PSY 1112 or PSY 1113;PSY 1351 is highly recommended.
PSY1410SystemsondTheories of Psychology 4QH
Presents in an historical context the core ideas and theoretical
positions encountered by students in previous courses. Examines
different systematic orientations such as structuralist, function-
alist, (Jestalt, psychoanalytic, behaviorist, cognitive, and human-
istic psychology to demonstrate the extent to which the systems
influence contemporary American psychology. Prereq. Junior or
senior status in psychology major or permission ofinstructor.
PSY 1 43 1 Behavior Therapies 4 QH
Offers a study of successful projects that have provided effective
remediation and rehabilitation in institutions for the mentally
ill, the mentally retarded, and the developing human (schools ).
Prereq. PSY 1231 or permission of instructor.
PSY 1 45 1 Psychopharmocology 4 OH
Examines interactions between drugs, brain, and behavior.
Focuses on such topics as synaptic transmission, behavioral
functions of specific neurotransmitter systems, pharmacological
treatment of mental and neurological disorders, and drug abuse.
Prereq. PSY 1351 orequiv. with permission ofinstructor.
Directed Studies — Honors Courses
PSY 1710 Perspectives in Psychology 1 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of PSY 1 1 10. (II)
PSY 1 71 3 Perspectives in Psychology 2 (Honors)
Honors equivalent of PSY 1113.
4 OH
4 OH
PSY 1770 Honors Directed Study 4QH
For details contact the undergraduate coordinator in the psy-
chology department, 125 Nightingale Hall.
PSY 1890, PSY 1891, PSY 1892, PSY 1893, PSY 1894 Directed Study 4 OH each
This course offers independent work under the direction of the
psychology department, usually in a research project in one of
the department labs. Faculty members normally require comple-
tion of advanced lab courses in the area of research interest, but
this is a matter of individual discussion. Students interested in
directed study should consult a departmental adviser. Prereq.
Permission ofinstructor.
PSY 1 895, PSY 1 896, PSY 1 897, PSY 1 898, PSY 1 899 4 OH each
Junior /Senior Honors Program
For details contact the Honors Office, 1 Nightingale Hall.
Laboratories
PSY 1511 Experimental Design in Psychology 4 QH
Focuses on the experimental method in the design, execution,
analysis, and reporting of psychological investigations of hu-
mans and animals. Lab fee. Prereq. PSY 1 112 or PSY 11 13 and
PSY 1212.
PSY 1 530 Experiments in Learning and Motivation 4 QH
Gives students the opportunity to assess the generality, specific-
ity, and robustness of learning and motivational principles
through human laboratory studies and field experiments with
free-ranging feral animals. Involves designing and conducting
experiments and writing reports on operant and Pavlovian con-
ditioning, adjunctive behavior, biofeedback, concept formation,
and related topics. Focuses on the theoretical and clinical impli-
cations of experimental findings. This course does not use labora-
tory animals. Prereq. PSY 1231 and PSY 1211.
PSY 1 531 Learning and Motivation Laboratory 4 QH
Gives students the opportunity to gain proficiency, through
direct experience, in lab analysis of behavior and in evaluating
common generalizations about human behavior. Expects stu-
dents to design and perform experiments in animal and human
learning, memory, decision processes, concept formation, and
other topics of individual interest. Lab fee. Prereq. PSY 1212 and
PSY 1231.
PSY 1 55 1 Loboratory in Psychobiology 4 QH
Introduces the methods of research in psychobiology. Expects
students to work in small groups, conducting three to four hands-
on laboratory exercises under supervised conditions. Expects
students to read selections of the relevant scientific literature,
analyze the collected data, and write experimental reports.
Prereq. PSY 1351 or permission ofinstructor.
PSY 1 562 Laboratory in Psycholinguistics 4 OH
Provides students the opportunity to acquire first-hand experi-
ence in conducting research on problems in the psychology of
language. Involves students in all aspects of each experiment,
including collecting and analyzing data and preparing reports.
Focuses on the particular experiments conducted and the impli-
cations of the experimental findings for broader issues in the
psychology of language. Prereq. PSY 1211 and PSY 1262 or
permission of instructor.
PSY 1564 Cognition Laboratory 4QH
Focuses on experiments related to topics in PSY 1364. Prereq.
PSY 1212 and PSY 1364 or permission ofinstructor.
PSY 1 57 1 Laboratory in Social Psychology 4 QH
Provides an introduction to the methods of social-psychological
research. Assists students in developing the ability to read pub-
lished social research with a critical eye, to pose questions in a
164 Course Descriptions
testable manner, to apply experimental methods to social re-
search, and to express themselves in APA journal style. Prereq.
PSY 1212 and PSY 1271.
PSY 1572 Personality Laboratory 4QH
Provides an introduction to the methods and areas of personality
research. Discusses problems of measurement, control, and
interpretation. Critically examines representative published
experiments. Expects students to design, collect data for, assess,
and write up several experiments, including one original re-
search project. Prereq. PSY 1212 and PSY 1272.
PSY 1 581 Sensotion and Perception Laboratory 4 QH
Focuses on experiments involving precise measurements of both
physical and psychophysical phenomena, including auditory
function, color vision and after-effects, muscular sensation,
tactile sensitivity, and adaptation to perceptual distortions.
Prereq. PSY 1212 and PSY 1381 or PSY 1382.
Seminars
PSY 1 6 1 4 Seminar on Heredity and Society 4 QH
Focuses on the origins of the intelligence testing movement and
the movement's relation to eugenics and to behavior genetics.
Studies history, methods, substantive findings, and social impli-
cations of psychological measurement and testing. Examines
the extensive research literature on intelligence testing and the
nature/nurture problem in areas such as psychopathology, crimi-
nality, and alcoholism. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
PSY 1 632 Seminar in Behavior Modification 4 QH
Discusses topics in behavior modification in a seminar format.
Prereq. PSY 1231, PSY 1531, or permission of instructor.
PSY 1651 Seminar in Psychobiology 4 QH
Offers intensive study, discussion, and practice in lab studies of
physiological variables. Covers evolution of the nervous system,
sensory and motor mechanisms, motivation and emotion, sleep,
attention and perception, learning, and memory. Prereq. PSY
1351 or permission of instructor.
PSY 1 66 1 Seminar in Psycholinguistlcs 4 QH
Focuses on the on-line processing of language. Discusses recent
research in light of such questions as. While listening to someone
speak, how does the listener process the information carried by
the acoustic signal? What is the role of linguistic rules, prediction
strategies, and contextual information? And when speaking,
what processing stages are involved from the moment the
speaker decides to speak to the moment the articulators start
functioning? Examines these and other questions, as well as
experimental techniques and current trends in psycholinguistics.
Prereq. PSY 1262 or permission of instructor.
specialized assessment procedures, cognitive styles in personal-
ity, temperament, hypnosis, anxiety, aggression, specialized
clinical syndromes, and the development of conscience. Prereq.
PSY 1373 or permission of instructor.
PSY 1662 Seminar in Cognition
Varies in subject matter by term. Prereq. PSY 1364.
4 OH
PSY 1 671 Seminar in Social Psychology 4 QH
Expects students to examine and present in class their findings
on a particular topic in social psychology, for example, attribu-
tion, aggression, conformity, attitude-behavior relationship.
Prereq. PSY 1271 or permission of instructor.
PSY 1 672 Seminar In Clinical Psychology and Personality 4 QH
Offers seminar presentations of topics relevant to understanding
the normal and disturbed personality. Covers topics such as
Sociology
SOC 1 1 00 Introduction to Sociology 4 QH
Explores basic concepts and theories concerning the relation
between individuals and society. Emphasizes the influence of
culture, social structure, and institutions in explaining human
activity. Discusses and analyzes social groups, socialization,
commiuiity, class, power, and social change, among other sub-
stantive issues.
SOC 1 1 0 1 The Sociology of Everyday Life 4 QH
Examines the development, application, and consequences of
rules for everyday activities (for example, walking, talking,
eating, drinking, sitting, smoking, laughing, crying, and sleep-
ing). Considers the effects of artifacts, culture, space, and terri-
tory on these activities, on social life, and on the expression of
emotions.
SOC 1 1 02 Social Inequality and Communication 4 QH
Analyzes the ways in which groups and institutions, in both their
ritual and everyday activities, communicate the idea of hierar-
chy and an individual's place in it through face-to-face interac-
tion, formal communication, and the use of space and time. Takes
a dramaturgical approach to social organization, with special
emphasis on status images in the media and the communication
of social place by service organizations and professional groups.
Includes some content analysis and observational fieldwork.
SOC 11 03 American Society 4QH
Focuses on American society, culture, and major social institu-
tions: economic, religious, governmental, familial, educational,
welfare, and recreational. Examines social classes and stratifica-
tion, mobility, and individualism. Prereq. SOC 1 100 or equiv.
SOC 1 1 04 Contemporary Japanese Culture and Society 4 QH
Focuses on contemporary Japanese urban society. Examines
major values, family structure, sex roles, social control, the
economy and the division of labor, mass media, religion, arts, and
social problems. (IV)
SOC 1 1 05 Society and Culture in the Soviet Union 4 QH
Focuses on contemporary Soviet society. Emphasizes the social,
economic, and political reforms of the Gorbachev period and the
ways in which the Soviet Union has evolved since 1917. (IV)
SOC 1 120 Sociology of Boston 4QH
Examines Boston from the perspectives of environmental devel-
opment, neighborhood and intergroup relations, institutional
services, and symbolic meanings. Explores current issues in the
city through term projects. Requires field trips. Does not meet
elective requirement for sociology/anthropology major.
SOC 1 1 2 1 Doing Sociology 4 QH
Takes a research approach to sociology. Focuses on students'
participation in their own learning about sociology as a body of
knowledge and as a method of studying social life. Requires
students to use the computer during the course. (II)
Sociology 165
SOC 11 25 Social Problems 4QH
Analyzes in both empirical and theoretical terms many of the
social problems currently facing Americans. Focuses on the
deepening inequality and poverty among working and middle-
class Americans, particularly racial minorities, women, and
youth; related problems of racism and sexism; the disintegration
of the family; growing unemployment; the international ecologi-
cal crisis; the deterioration of the health system; crime; war and
militarism; and strategies and political options for solving these
problems.
S0C1 135 Social Psychology 4QH
Examines the effects of social interaction on individual behavior.
Surveys major theoretical orientations and substantive topics
such as presentation of self, effect of television, conformity in
fads, gossip and rumor, mass and serial murder, and bystander
apathy.
SOC 1 1 40 Sociology of Prejudice and Violence 4 QH
Examines factors in the development and maintenance of preju-
dice and discrimination. Discusses American race relations, anti-
Semitism, sex roles, and stereotjrping.
SOC 1 1 46 Environment and Society 4 QH
Examines the political economy of the global environmental
crisis. Topics vary from quarter to quarter and include such
issues as world resource availability, energy, pollution, ecologi-
cal degradation in the Third World, environmental policy, and
social movements. Involves practical experience in environmen-
tal problem solving. (VI)
SOC 11 47 Gties and Society 4QH
Focuses on the foundations of urban life in historical perspective.
Analyzes relation of city life to environment, population, social
organization, technology and cultural values. Examines growth
trends, urbanization, urban planning, and citizen action. (For-
merly Urban Society).
SOC 1150 Introduction to Women's Studies: Image, Myth, and Reality
See INT 1150 for course description.
4QH
SOC 11 55 Sociology of the Family 4QH
Focuses on the family as a social institution in several selected
cultures; interrelations of the family and political, economic, and
educational institutions; social nature of personality; role taking;
individualism, mobility, and industrialism. (V)
SOC 1 156 Violence in the Family 4QH
Examines physical, emotional, and sexual violence in families,
with emphasis on child, sexual, and spouse abuse. Covers defini-
tions, prevalence, causes, prevention, and treatment of specific
cases of domestic violence. Focuses on social policy issues and
problems of legal intervention in cultural and family issues.
SOC 1 1 60 Gender in a Changing Society 4 QH
Considers why and how gender is constructed in American soci-
ety, and looks at different theories of gender. Includes topics such
as the expression of gender in everyday life; its development in
childhood; its centrality in the traditional family, the workplace,
and sexuality; and its role in violence against women.
SOC 1 1 68 The Social Movements of the 1 960s 4 QH
Considers the social and cultural movements of the 1960s and
their origins in the Civil Rights movement. Examines the opposi-
tion to government policies and social norms that developed into
the Civil Rights, student. New Left, antiwar, countercultural,
and women's movements in order to understand their griev-
ances, goals, composition, and impact.
SOC 1 1 70 Race ond Ethnic Relations 4 QH
Focuses on racial and religious groups, particularly vnth refer-
ence to the United States. Places special emphasis on historical
development, specific problems of adjustment and assimilation,
and specific present-day problems and trends. Prereq. SOC 1100
orequiv.
SOC 1 1 71 Race and Ethnic Relations: A World Perspective 4 QH
Offers a cross-cultural analysis of race and ethnic relations in
Western and non- Western societies. Examines race and ethnic
relations in terms of contemporary developments, world prob-
lems, and ideological conflicts. (Formerly Comparative Race/
Ethnic Relations).
SOC 11 75 Sociology of Work 4QH
Analyzes dramatic changes occurring in the work lives of
Americans and considers the future of American workers
within the global economy. Explores emerging labor markets,
gender, race, and technology in shaping contemporary American
work settings. (VI)
SOC 1 1 76 Sociology of Business/Industry 4 QH
Focuses on the role of industry in modern society. Examines
similarities and dissimilarities among industrial societies, bu-
reaucracy and its alternatives, unions, supervision democracy
and manipulation, the worker on the assembly line, sabotage of
the organization, and the role of wages and alienation.
SOC 1 1 77 Social Roles in the Business World 4 QH
Analyzes the social structure of corporate and business life in
contemporary America. Presents and discusses case studies fi-om
major accounting and/or industrial firms. Examines the "career
line" in the world of business and management, with a special
focus on age/sex, racial/ethnic, and class/income barriers.
SOC 11 78 Women Working 4QH
Discusses the fact that differences in the labor force experience of
men and women workers generally go unrecognized, and the
work experience most common to women — household work — is
rarely analyzed. Covers women's market and nonmarket activi-
ties, their rewards, and their problems, in addition to empirical
and theoretical analyses of the work roles of women. Overall,
underscores the differences between work experiences of men
and women.
SOC 1 1 80 Sociology of Consumerism and Consumer Behavior 4 OH
Provides students with an opportunity to explore a relevant
consumer issue.
SOC 1 1 85 Deviant Behavior and Socio! Control 4 QH
Explores the conditions under which people categorize others as
deviant; processes by which persons so defined are assigned
deviant status and assume appropriate roles and self-images;
development of deviant careers and their relation to deviant
subcultures; situations in which people transform deviant iden-
tity. (Formerly Social Deviance.)
SOC 1 1 90 Juvenile Delinquency 4 OH
Examines the sociological and psychological approaches to and
their implications for a typology of delinquency. Discusses prob-
lems of prevention, treatment, and rehabilitation.
166 Course Descriptions
SOC 1 195 Drugs and Society 4QH
Offers an introduction to the sociology of drugs. First examines
social definitions of drugs, conditions of their use, and socializa-
tion into drug use. Then considers deviant drug use and effects of
social control on definitions and use. Considers a range of licit
and illicit drugs, but gives major emphasis to alcohol, marijuana,
and heroin.
SOC 1 200 Sodology of Alcoholism 4 QH
Focuses on social responses to deviant alcohol use. Examines
drinking cultures and drinking practices in the United States;
processes by which people are labeled "alcoholics"; and the role of
agencies of social control, such as the criminal justice system and
the health care system, in labeling and in rehabilitation.
SOC 1 201 Alcohol Use and Social Control 4 QH
Examines how societies define and enforce rules on alcohol use,
including the conditions under which controls, informal and
formal, come into being, and the consequences of these controls.
Examines case studies of Prohibition, liquor control, public
drunkenness, alcoholism, legal drinking age, drinking and driv-
ing, and drinking in college.
SOC 1202 Sociology of Drinking 4QH
Examines how different groups and societies organize drinking
as a social act and the consequences of that organization. Singles
out for particular attention the cultural meaning assigned to
drinking, the social elements found in all drinking situations,
how members of social groups learn how to drink, and the social
and psychological functions of drinking.
SOC 1 205 Law, Crime, and Sodol Justice 4 QH
Analyzes the impact of the legal system on the creation and
perpetuation of criminality in contemporary American society.
Devotes particular attention to the study of the creation of crimi-
nal law, the judicial process, and the role of law in the gap be-
tween crime and social justice. Arranges field trips to criminal
arraignments, trials, and sentencing in the Boston Municipal
Court and Suffolk Superior Court. Suitable for students in
prelaw, criminal justice, political science, and allied fields.
SOC 1 206 Class, Crime, and the Police 4 QH
Summarizes the major psychological, social, biological, eco-
nomic, and political theories about the cause of crime. Then
applies these theories to the daily operations of the police, courts,
and prison system in the United States. Examines various at-
tempts to lower the crime rate through such policies as "scared
straight" programs, the death penalty, stricter and looser pris-
ons, increased police presence, and behavioral conditioning.
SOC1215SociologyofHealth 4QH
Examines health and illness in the socio-political context. Fo-
cuses on the health professions, the health system, issues of cost,
and availability of care. Compares the United States system with
those of Western Europe, Eastern Europe, and the Third World.
Prereq. SOC 1100 or permission of instructor.
SOC 1 21 7 Women, Health, and Social Chonge 4 QH
Examines how women have traditionally been viewed by the
medical field and how reproduction and childbirth came to be
defined as medical problems. Also examines the implications for
women in the changes that have taken place in health care,
especially as these pertain to new reproductive frontiers and
alternative health care facilities. Discusses the role of women in
the health care professions.
SOC 1 225 Aging and Society 4 QH
Surveys issues and questions on aging, with special attention to
social and economic consequences of the aging process, including
retirement and productivity, health care problems, nursing
home residences, widower- and widowhood, and the approach of
death. Presents examples relating to aging in other cultures in a
search for new answers to social problems of aging in the United
States. Gives students the opportunity to learn to anticipate,
cope with, and even prevent problems of aging that concern self,
family, and clients/patients.
SOC 1235 Death and Dying 4QH
Focuses on the treatment of death and dying, including problems
faced by health care professionals, family members, institutions,
the funeral industry, and the dying themselves. Discusses cross-
cultural perspectives, the social distribution of mortality, the
changing nature of death, and the ethical problems in determin-
ing life and death with particular attention to such issues as
abortion, suicide, and ceasing medical intervention. Prereq. SOC
1 100 or permission of instructor.
SOC 1 240 Sociology of Human Service Orgoniiotions 4 QH
Introduces selected theoretical perspectives on human service
organizations, emphasizing defining organizational goals and
effectiveness. Gives students the opportunity to become familiar
with the nature of human service organizations; to compare
these organizations to business and industrial organizations; to
outline specific problems that human service organizations face;
and to propose potential solutions.
SOC 1 245 Sociology of Poverty 4 QH
Analyzes American poverty in historical perspective, drawing on
comparisons with other countries. Critically evaluates of socio-
logical research and theories relating to poverty. Considers
causes and effects of poverty, as well as societal responses to
poverty and its consequences. Suitable for students in applied
fields, such as nursing, criminal justice, education, allied health,
pre-med, and pre-law.
SOC 1247 Food and Hunger 4QH
Systematically examines the social causes and consequences of
hunger and alternative approaches to solving world hunger.
SOC 1 250 The Sociology of Private and Puhlic Assistance 4 QH
Helps students understand why public and private assistance in
the United States takes the form it does. Examines the ideology
behind the welfare system, the kinds of assumptions made about
the poor, how other countries deal with the problem, the effects of
poverty in the United States, and some explanations for its con-
tinuing existence.
SOCl 255 Sport in Society 4QH
Analyzes the social origins and functions of leisure activities,
with special emphasis on games and sports as forms of leisure.
Gives considerable emphasis to cross-cultural and historical
analysis, as well as to the relation between leisure activities and
various social institutions — economy, polity, family, and reli-
gion. (See SOA 1255.)
SOC 1275 Sociology of the Arts 4QH
Examines the relation between the social organization of society
and the forms of art produced — the social role of the artist, how
the arts are "manufactured" and distributed, the art consumer's
relation to art and the artist, social support for the arts. Deals
with a variety of art forms, with emphasis on the performing arts.
Sociology 167
SOC 1 276 Sociology of Popular Culture 4 QH
Presents a sociological analysis of popular culture, focusing on
the relationship between pop culture and social institutions such
as religion, the law, education, the economy, and the family; the
organizations and artistic communities that produce pop culture
such as the music industry, theatrical groups, advertising agen-
cies; and the social roles and socialization processes associated
with individual artists. Examines changes in popular culture
from the viewpoint of changes in the larger society.
SOC 1 284 Technology and Careers of the Future 4 QH
Focuses on new technologies and their social impacts on work
and careers in the future. Examines sociological and humanistic
approaches to technical change in the shop floor, offices, and
professions. Also covers issues of design and control, health,
employment, and autonomy.
SOC 1 285 Technology and Society 4 QH
Discusses the following questions: Does society control technol-
ogy or is technology directing society? Has technology become
dehumanized? How valid is the doctrine of technological inevita-
bility? Can the technological "fix" be viewed as a solution to social
problems? Is technology itself a social problem? What can be
expected of technology assessment? What of the back-to-nature
and antitechnology movements today: are they the waves of the
future? Expects students to do considerable independent study
and research.
SOC 1 287 Society Tomorrow: Forecasting Alternative Futures 4 QH
Introduces students to the area of "social futures" or "future
studies." Examines the major techniques used to forecast futures
and the specific scenarios and projections about the social world
of tomorrow. Using the areas of energy and resources, robotics
and the "information revolution," as well as modern weaponry
and warfare, considers the major prospects and problems for
society in the future.
SOC 1 290 Military ond American Society in a Nuclear Age 4 QH
Acknowledges that keeping out of war, winning war, and keep-
ing peace have been major concerns during the past forty-five
years. Investigates the relationship between military and society.
Covers selected issues, including the impact of the military on
social institutions such as the family, polity, and economy, the
arms race and upheaval in social life, the legitimation crisis of the
United States military, the role of women and minorities as re-
serve armies, and military spending and domestic social problems.
SOC 1 300 Classical Social Thought 4 QH
Traces the development of sociology from the history of social
thought. Examines the emergence of several schools, beginning
with positivistic organicism and conflict theory. Prereq. Three
sociology / anthropology courses.
SOC ] 301 Current Social Thought 4 QH
Reviews the dominant theoretical traditions in contemporary
sociology, particularly the pluralist, managerialist, Marxist (or
class), and feminist paradigms. Emphasizes Parsonian function-
alism; symbolic interactionism; power elite and conflict theory;
and neo-Marxist theories of the state, family, economic crisis,
imperialism, and global ecological crisis. Prereq. Three sociology
or anth ropology courses.
SOC ) 302 Female Perspectives on Society 4 QH
Examines social science and interdisciplinary feminist literature
that focuses on women in families and at work, and that deals
vdth physical issues including violence against women and
abortion. Incorporates the perspectives of women of color. Con-
siders and evaluates women's views of social life as well as recog-
nizes the differences among women. (VI)
SOC 1310 Class, Power, and Social Change 4QH
Focuses on theories of social equality and inequality as applied to
the exercise of power and large-scale social change. Required of
majors. (V)Prereq. SOC llOOand middler standing or permis-
sion ofinstructor.
SOC 1 320 Introduction to Statistical Anolysis 4 QH
Examines the application of the principles of measurement,
probability, measures of centrality, tests of significance, and
techniques of association and correlation to social data. Prereq.
SOC 1100 or permission ofinstructor.
SOC 1321 ReseorchMethodsl 4QH
Introduces students to the research process through an examina-
tion of the rules of evidence in empirical research and the place of
values. Gives students the opportunity to learn how to design
and critique types of sociological research, how to collect qualita-
tive and quantitative data, and how to sample populations.
Prereq. SOC 1100 and SOC 1320, or permission ofinstructor.
SOC 1 322 Research Methods 2 4 QH
Requires students to complete the research project begun in SOC
1321. Focuses on practice coding, building indexes, scaling, table
construction; introduction to use of the computer. Prereq. SOC
1100, SOC 1320, and SOC 1321, or permission ofinstructor.
SOC 1 324 Human Services Research and Evaluation 4 QH
Covers basic issues in applied research and the evaluation of
services, including the purposes of evaluation, ethics, formulat-
ing questions and measuring answers, designing evaluations
and planning oriented research, utilizing evaluation results, and
the turbulent setting of action programs. Suitable for students
majoring in human services, sociology, psychology, nursing,
health education, and related fields. Prereq. SOC 1320 or other
statistics, SOC 1240, or permission ofinstructor.
SOC 1 335, SOC 1 336 Group Behavior 1,2 4 QH each
Explores how individuals interact in groups and how groups
interact with each other. Focuses on the reflexive self, social
aspects of language, situational learning, group perspectives,
careers, institutions, and worlds.
SOC 1 345 American Demographics 4 QH
Offers an applied research experience in which students have
the opportunity to study the major areas of demography. Fo-
cuses on the resources of the United States Census Bureau and,
in particular, the data products available from recent census
surveys.
SOC 1 347 Community Analysis 4 QH
Explores types of human settlements, focusing on the interaction
between people and their political, economic, and social environ-
ments. Discusses power structure and citizen action to influence
institutions; skills in community analysis, including use of docu-
ments, survey, observation, and evaluation of needs and re-
sources; strategies of conflict, cooperation, and negotiation to
attain community and group ends. Prereq. permission ofinstruc-
tor or three sociology / anthropology courses.
168 Course Descriptions
S0C1 348 Seminar in Urbon Studies 4QH
Compares interdisciplinary approaches to urban studies accord-
ing to problem areas and research methods. Gives students the
opportunity to extend previous term paper projects after expo-
sure to social action and social systemic theoretical perspectives.
Prereq. SOC 1 147 or permission of instructor.
SOC 1 365 Collective Behavior 4 QH
Focuses on the rise of new group forms in response to persistent
social unrest; masses, crowds, and publics; specific instances of
collective behavior such as race riots, wildcat strikes, prison
revolts, and campus disorders.
SOCI 375 Sociology of Occupations and Professions 4 QH
Considers occupations and professions as institutions in a
broader socio-political context. Includes a historical and interna-
tional perspective on topics such as training, professional asso-
ciations, professional services, and the relation of professional
groups to capitalism and to states. Prereq. Four sociology or
anthropology courses or permission of instructor.
SOC 1 376 Organization and Bureaucracy 4 QH
Focuses on sociological study of organizations. Examines case
studies of private corporations, federal bureaucracies, social
service agencies, military-industrial complex, high-risk techno-
logical systems, xinions. Analyzes recent theories of innovation,
participation, and opportunity in complex organizations.
SOC 1385 Social Deviance 2 4QH
Examines the leading theories of deviance (anomie, subcultural
deviance, labeling) and their principal variants; studies their
assumptions, conceptions, propositions, and supportive evi-
dence; analyzes empirical studies in each theoretical tradition.
SOC 1 470 Sociology of Religion 4 QH
Offers a comparative and analytic treatment of religion as a
social institution, focusing on the relations between religious
organizations and other social institutions, with particular
emphasis on the American experience. Analyzes religion as an
agent of social change and stability. Prereq. SOC 1100.
SOC 1 475 The Sociology of NIass Communication 4 QH
Focuses on factors in the formation and development of public
opinion, the effect of television on children, mass communication
as social organization, media-depicted images of society, the role
of personal influence, the process of rumor, the use of mass media
by the poor, propaganda analysis, and the latent and manifest
functions of mass communication.
SOCI 485 Computers and Society 4QH
Examines the impact of the computer revolution on the condi-
tions of work and life in contemporary society including legal and
theoretical issues. Discusses ethical and professional issues in
computer use. (Vl) Prereq. Junior in computer science or middler
with ability to program.
SOC 1 500 Applied Sociology: Practice and Theory 4 QH
Analyzes the conditions under which sociological knowledge is
applied to social problems, the kinds of problems, and the degree
of effectiveness of this application. Pays particular attention to
research and demonstration projects that derive from sociologi-
cal theory.
SOC 1 50 1 Social Policy and Social Intervention (Formerly Social Control 2) 4 QH
Focuses on study of the formation of social policies in response
to social problems; analyzes policies and problems, supporters
and opponents of policy change, conditions under which control
agencies adopt new policies, and effects of policy change. Places
particular emphasis on case studies of social action and legal
change.
SOC 1 525 Comparative Human Services 1 6 QH
Offers an intensive look at the American human services system.
Gives upper-level undergraduate and graduate students the
opportunity to study the origins, development, and present state
of human services in the United States. Involves lectures as well
as field visits in the Boston area. Provides independent study.
SOC 1 526 Comparative Human Services 2 6 QH
Offers an intensive study of the British human services system.
Provides students the opportunity to immerse themselves in the
social and cultural context of British human services and in-
volves field trips in London designed to examine firsthand the
planning, administration, and delivery of human services in
Great Britain.
SOC 1 535 Seminar in Social Welfare 4 QH
Discusses problems in social welfare observed in the term be-
tween "Problems" and "Practicum." Requires a research paper,
based on directed fieldwork in the intervening term.
SOC 1601Seminar in CurrentEmphases in Sociology 4QH
Reviews and discusses selected sociological topics. Prereq. Junior
or senior standing in sociology / anthropology or permission of
instructor.
SOC 1 700 Introduction to Sociology (Honors)
Honors equivalent of SOC 1100.
4QH
SOC 1 71 0 Class, Power, and Social Change (Honors) 4 QH
Honors equivalent of SOC 1310. Any Honors Program member is
eligible to enroll in this course.
SOC 1 800, SOC 1 801 , SOC 1 802, SOC 1 803 Directed Study 4 QH eoch
Offers independent work on a chosen topic under the direction of
members of the department. Limited to qualified students with
approval of department chair. Prereq. Junior or senior standing
in sociology or permission of instructor.
Theatre
THE 11 00 Introduction to Theatre Arts 4 QH
Introduces the historical and artistic development of Western
theatre from its inception to the present. Allows for brief exami-
nation of all the areas of the field, from acting and directing to
playwriting and design. Emphasizes history, style, and form. ( II)
THE 1 1 06 Theatre History 1 — Beginnings to Renaissance 4 QH
Explores the history of the theatre and its development in the
West, focusing on Greece, Rome, Medieval Europe, Golden Age
Spain, and Elizabethan and Stuart England. (Can be taken
independently of THE 1107.)
THE 11 07 Theatre History 2— Renaissance to Naturalism 4 QH
Focuses on the development of theatre in the Italian Renais-
sance; the spread of Italianate forms throughout Europe during
the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries; the rise of Romanti-
Theatre 169
cism in Germany and its spread; and the rise of realism and
naturalism in France, Scandinavia, and throughout Europe.
(Can be taken independently of THE 1 106. )
THE 1 1 1 2 Dramatic Theory and Criticism 4 QH
Examines and explores the major historical writings in dramatic
and theatrical performance theory. Considers how dramatic
theory is reflected in dramatic texts and production from
Aristotle to the present.
THE 11 14 Masters of the Theatre 4QH
Overviews several great practitioners of theatre. In particular,
stresses how society influenced the thought and craft of play-
wrights, actors, directors, designers, and theorists. Pays careful
attention to how the play's ideas are translated into perfor-
mance. Uses video, discussion, and live performance, when
possible, as integral elements in the course. ( III )
THE1116TheAmericanTheatre 4QH
Focuses on the American theatre from the Revolutionary War to
the present.
THE 11 18 Black Theatre in America 4QH
Surveys the history of black theatre artists in America from the
time of Ira Aldridge to the present day. Also examines the works
of black playwrights from the Harlem renaissance to the
present, with an emphasis on the period begirming with Baraka's
Dutchman.
THE 1 1 2 1 Contemporary Theatre 4 QH
Examines the current state of commercial, regional, and other
noncommercial theatre in the United States, using readings,
lectures, reports, and weekly visits to theatre productions in the
area. Explores through lectures the background of these types of
theatre in twentieth century American and European theatre.
THE 11 24 The Irish Theatre 4QH
Focuses on theatre and drama in Ireland from their beginnings
to the present, with the backgrounds of Irish folklore and history.
Emphasizes developments in the twentieth century.
THE 1 1 25 The Theatre of the Absurd 4 QH
Focuses on the theatre of the absurd as an anti-literary reflection
of and reaction to life and its effects on Western drama. Focuses
on selected works and ideas of Jarry, Artaud, Camus, Sartre,
Beckett, Genet, lonesco, Pinter, Kopit, Brown, and Arrabal.
THE 11 27 The Comic Theatre 4QH
Surveys theatrical comedy from the ancient Greeks to the
present. Examines the comic plajrwright, the "joke writer," the
comic director, the comedic actor, and the standup comedian.
Discusses theories and techniques of laughter, as well as the
psychological and sociological benefits derived from laughter.
Includes reading playscripts by Aristophanes, Moliere,
Shakespeare, Shaw, and Simon as well as viewing and listening
to tapes of Chaplin, the Marx Brothers, and others. Examines
comedy devices through lectures, films, records, and attending
live performances.
THE1140Playwriting1 4QH
Emphasizes the principles and practices of modern dramatic
composition: characterization, plot, plot structure, dialogue, and
other dramaturgical elements as seen in the one-act play. In-
cludes the writing of brief scenes, the dramatic composition, and
the one-act play.
THE 1 1 49 Script Analysis for the Stage 4 QH
Aids the theatre practitioner in developing the skills necessary
for analyzing scripts in preparation for production. Focuses on
dramatic theory and structure and theatrical techniques that
will enable an actor, director, designer, or playwright to uncover
the problems of translating theory into practice.
THE 11 50 Introduction to Acting 4QH
Focuses on fundamental techniques of stage use, the actor and
the stage environment, and improvisations for strengthening
imagination and increasing freedom.
THE 11 55 Voice for the Theatre 4QH
Focuses on vocal exercises that enable the actor to better connect
with the voice through freeing the physical and emotional self.
Emphasizes centering, physicalization, breath support, articula-
tion, resonance, projection, and relaxation. Includes selected
monologues and/or scenes for classroom analysis.
THE 11 60 Movement I 4QH
Emphasizes using the body as an expressive instrument for
Realism. Develops concentration, control, and stamina through
exercise, relaxation, improvisation, manipulation of energy flow,
rhjrthms, and imagination. Prereq. Theatre major or permission
of instructor.
THE 11 80 Concepts of Direction 4QH
Focuses on purposes and techniques of theatrical direction re-
lated to script analysis, production style, pictorial composition,
rhythmic evolution, and empathic responses. Prereq. THE 1150
and THE 1212.
THE 1200 Stagecraft 4 OH
Focuses on principles that underlie the coordination and execu-
tion of technical production. Examines different kinds of scenery,
tools, equipment, construction materials, and lighting tech-
niques. Lab work involves preparing technical elements of Uni-
versity productions. Prereq. Theatre major or permission of
instructor.
THE 1209 Theatrical Drafting 4QH
Through work on supervised classroom projects, exposes the
student to the basic graphics language needed to translate a
designer's ideas into technical drawings used for construction.
Prereq. THE 1200.
THE 1 2 1 0 Scenic Design for the Stage 4 QH
Introduces the theory and practice of theatrical design and the
role of the designer in the production process. Through project
work, examines the use of the graphics tools — line, form, bal-
ance, color, rhjrthm, etcetera — in the development of the design
idea. Emphasizes understanding and utilizing spatial relation-
ships, visually expressing conceptual themes, and understand-
ing the various uses, problems, and practical considerations of
proscenium, thrust, and arena staging. Analyzes historical
production styles from the Greco-Roman period through the
nineteenth century. Prereq. THE 1200, THE 1212, or permission
of instructor.
THE 1 2 1 2 Introduction to Theatrical Design 4 QH
Introduces the visual effects of modern theatrical production and
the creative processes by which these come into being, through a
basic survey of the three major design desciplines, their support-
ing technology, and their working interrelationship. Addresses
the questions of how artistic concepts are developed and related.
170 Course Descriptions
how they are communicated to other artists and an audience,
and how one develops the critical processes necessary to evaluate
these concepts.
THE 1 21 3 Scene Design 2: Principles 4 QH
Focuses on the development and expression of conceptual state-
ments from specific dramatic texts through a series of exercises
involving script analysis and introductory work in rendering and
model construction. Examines texts selected from works of dis-
tinct historical and stylistic periods. Studies the heritage of
twentieth-century theatrical design through the work of artists
such as Appia, Craig, Jones, Urban, and Oenslager. Emphasizes
the development of such stylistic treatments as realism, expres-
sionism, symbolism, and constructivist and environmental
design. Prereg. THE 1210.
THE 1225 Scene Painting 4 OH
Traces the history of scene painting and ornament from classical
to contemporary times. Focuses on studio organization, color,
color theory, equipment, tools, materials, and costs involved with
painting stage scenery. Uses projects and exercises in the use of
different media, matching colors, painting of textures, light and
shade, and the use of stencils and physical textures. Includes lab
sessions involving painting stage scenery for University produc-
tions. Prereq. THE 1200 or permission of instructor.
THE 1 226 Lighting Design lor the Stage 4 OH
Examines basic principles and practices of stage lighting, includ-
ing the qualities and functions of light, lighting instruments and
controls, basic electricity, color in light, and analysis of the script
in terms of light requirements. Expects students to develop light
plots and schedules for various kinds of stage productions. In-
cludes lab work on lighting crews for University productions.
Prereq. THE 1200, THE 1212, or permission.
THE 1 246 Sound (or the Theatre 4 QH
Beginning with a basic introduction to both natural and elec-
tronically produced sound, goes on to discuss the component
parts of sound systems, their theories, and their applications.
Discusses and demonstrates techniques of recording and editing,
with particular reference to the creation of sound tracks and
effects for theatrical productions. Explores the concepts of sound-
reinforcement systems for musicals, concerts, and other current
professional applications.
THE126Ko$tuming1 4 OH
Presents the beginning designer with the opportunity to investi-
gate costume design theory and to foster perceptual develop-
ment. Through lectures and projects, gives students the opportu-
nity to explore both the abstract and historical aspects of cos-
tume design as well as textual analysis and its conceptual impli-
cations. (Does not require prior art or design education.)
THE 1 265 Pattern Drafting and Costume Construction 4 OH
Develops the skills and techniques necessary for the patterning,
cutting, and construction of costumes for the stage. Covers flat
pattern drafting, draping, and finishing techniques.
THE 1280 Stage Malieup 4 OH
Focuses on the principles of, the reasons for, and the materials
used in makeup for the theatre, television, and films. Includes
the practical application of types and styles of makeup —
straight, old-age, character, and corrective. Prereq. Theatre
major or permission of instructor.
THE 1 284 Theatre Management 4 QH
Focuses on problems of financing, promoting, and programming
for profit and nonprofit professional theatre.
THE 1292 Children's Theatre 4QH
Focuses on theories and methods of creative techniques related
to children's programs in schools, churches, and recreational
facilities. Analyzes literature in preparation for production of
children's plays.
THE 1300 Acting 2 4QH
Focuses on developing the actor's sense of truth and emotional
freedom. Emphasizes creating, developing, and sustaining char-
acter and developing ensemble. Includes monologues and scenes
performed for classroom analysis. Prereq. THE 1 150 and permis-
sion of department chair.
THE 1301 Acting 3 4QH
Focuses on further development of the actor's tools, script and
character scoring, and exercises for physical and psychological
freedom. Includes in-class scenes from works in progress. Prereq.
THE 1300 and permission of instructor.
THE 1302 Acting 4 4QH
Deals with scene work from a spectrum of theatrical genre. Fo-
cuses on developing a technique for approaching a role through
research, character, and language. Prereq. THE 1301 and per-
mission of instructor.
THE 1 31 6 Acting for the Camera (Television) 4 OH
Presents the fundamentals of camera acting, adjusting the
actor's physical responses to the mechanical eye of the camera
and the delicate ear of the microphone. Involves studio work
before the television camera to explore the genres of dramatic,
commercial, and industrial acting. Prereq. THE 1150, THE 1155,
THE 1160, THE 1300, THE 1301, and THE 1302.
THE 1 325 Musical Theatre Technique 4 OH
Applies acting technique to the performance of musical material.
Explores song through text and character progression, develops
a process for approaching a song, and synthesizes movement,
gesture, and emotion with melody, rhythm, and lyrics. Involves
student performances of solo, small ensemble, and large en-
semble material. Does not involve singing technique. Prereq.
THE 1150, THE 1300, or permission of instructor.
THE 1 370 Rehearsal and Performance 4 OH
Allows students to participate in public performance through
preparation and rehearsals in areas of acting, directing, design,
and stagemanaging. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
THE 1400 Costuming 2 4 OH
Offers advanced study in textual interpretation and its applica-
tion to costume design. Emphasizes conceptual and stylistic
development through assigned projects in the various genres of
the performing arts. Prereq. THE 1261 or permission of instructor.
THE 1 41 0 Technical Production 4 OH
Allows the opportunity to acquire and explore the requisite skills
for developing working drawings and budgetary analyses for
theatrical productions. Focuses on several projects and includes
the opportunity to coordinate one substantial production. Re-
quires that the specialized study be executed in close supervision
vrith the instructor. Prereq. Completion of all courses stipulated
in production / design concentration and permission ofinstructor.
Theatre 171
THE 1 420 Advanced Drafting and Construction 4 QH
Offers specialized study in technical production techniques.
Covers drafting procedures necessary for the conversion of
designer's drawings into detailed rear elevation and construction
layouts, as well as the development of section, isometric, and
oblique views. Through a series of practical and project exercises,
analyzes the various factors governing the construction and
rigging of two- and three-dimensional scenery, linear-motion,
rotary-motion, and elevating systems. Emphasizes theatrical
problem solving with regard to safety, dependability, and
economy. Lab fee. Prereq. THE 1209.
THE 1430 Lighting Design 2 4QH
Offers an intensive study of lighting design theory and practice.
Expects students to design numerous lighting plots, sections,
instrument schedules, and design concepts for various types of
productions and spaces. Investigates and discusses current
professional techniques and practices. Prereq. THE 1226.
THE 1 505 Continental Drama 4 QH
Covers seminal late nineteenth- and mid-twentieth-century _
continental drama. Focuses on playwrights whose plays had a
major impact on modern drama and theatre.
THE ISIOTwentiethCentury Theatre 4QH
Studies the history of the post-naturalistic theatre in Europe and
the United States. Explores the work and influence of such
figures as Craig, Appia, Meyerhold, Brecht, Artaud, Grotowski,
Beck and Molina, Schechner, and Chaiken.
THE 1800, THE 1801,THE 1802, THE 1 803 Practicum in Production 1 QHeach
Offers lab practice in technical production; can be repeated for
credit (maximum four credits). Prereq. Departmental permission.
THE,1820,THE 1821,THE 1822, THE 1823 Directed Study 4QHeach
THE 1840, THE 1841,THE 1842, THE 1843, THE 1844, THE 1845, 4QHeach
THE 1 846, THE 1 847, THE 1 848, THE 1 849
Special Topics in Theatre Performance
Offers opportunity for in-depth examination of a subject of par-
ticular significance to the field.
THE1860,THE1861,THE1862,THE1863, THE 1864, THE 1865, 4QHeach
THE 1 866, THE 1 867 Special Topics in Theatrical Design
Offers opportunity for in-depth examination of a subject of par-
ticular significance to the field.
THE 1890, THE 1891, THE 1892, THE 1893 4 QHeach
Special Topics in Theatre History /Dromotic Criticism
Offers opportunity for in-depth examination of a subject of par-
ticular significance to the field.
172 Course Descriptions
Business Administration
Accounting
ACCI111 Accounting Principles! 4 OH
This first of a series of accounting courses assumes students do
not possess knowledge of the subject. Both this course and ACC
1112 are designed to help provide an understanding of account-
ing issues and objectives for proper interpretation and analysis
of financial accounting information. Specific topics covered in
this first course are the nature, function, and environment of
accounting; the basic accounting model; financial and analytical
ratios; the evaluation of accounts receivable; the control of inven-
tory; the acquisition, disposal, and depreciation of plant and
equipment; short- and long-term debt financing; and corporate
stockholder equity. Prereq. Sophomore standing.
ACC1 112 Accounting Principles 2 4QH
In this second of a series of courses, students are introduced to
managerial accounting decisions through class discussions,
exercises, and demonstration problems. Specific topics covered
include the statement of case flows; ratio analysis; cost behavior;
breakeven analysis; cost-volume-profit analysis; absorption
versus variable costing; relevant cost analysis; and capital bud-
geting. Prereq. ACC 1111 and sophomore standing.
ACC 1 330 Cost Accounting for Management 4 QH
Examines cost accounting from a managerial viewpoint. Stresses
the impact of quantitative and behavioral aspects on budgets
and cost control is stressed. Designed specifically for manage-
ment majors. Prereq. ACC 1112 and middler standing.
ACC 1 33 1 1ntermediate Accounting 1 4 OH
Constitutes the principal foundation course for accountants;
includes a comprehensive review of the conceptual framework of
accounting. Emphasizes the preparation of financial statements
and their use in decision making. Stresses the development of
accounting theory in the analysis of alternative accounting
treatments and procedures. Pays particular attention to cash,
accounts receivable, and inventories. Prereq. ACC 1111 orequiv.
and middler standing.
ACC 1 332 Intermediate Accounting 2 4 OH
Continues the study of accounting principles, concepts, and
procedures introduced in ACC 1331. Emphasizes the conceptual
aspects of measuring and reporting liabilities and alternative
accounting treatments and procedures. Prereq. ACC 1331 and
middler standing.
ACC 1339 Cost Accounting 1 4 OH
Develops understanding of the critical role of cost measurement
in business decisions and in managing a firm's profitability.
Studies alternate ways of measuring costs to meet different
management objectives, the role of budgeting as a planning and
management tool, and the use of cost analysis as a control tool to
help management meet short- and long-term profit objectives.
Prereq. ACC 11 12 and middler standing.
ACC 1343 Intermediate Accounting 3 4 OH
Completes the intensive study of measurement and reporting
issues of modem accounting practice. Emphasizes the concep-
tual and procedural aspects associated with the reporting of
stockholders equity, earning per share, and deferred taxes.
Prereq. ACC 1332 or permission of instructor.
ACC 1345 Accounting Systems 4QH
Examines the process of analyzing and designing financial ac-
counting systems. Uses a conceptual approach and cases to
consider the appropriate use of computer technology in designing
new systems. Covers system analysis and design concepts, files
and database design, and how to control specific accounting
applications. Prereq. ACC 1331, introductory computer course, or
permission ofinstructor, and middler standing.
ACC 1347 Auditing 4QH
Examines audit concepts, standards, and procedures, including
the auditor's legal and ethical responsibilities, the auditing
profession, auditing standards, code of professional conduct,
auditor's reports, evidence, internal control structure, statistical
sampling, legal liability, and substantive testing. Prereq.
ACC 1332 or 1343.
ACC 1351 Federollncome Taxes 1 40H
Emphasizes basic understanding of the federal income tax struc-
ture relating to individuals rather than corporations. Requires
completion of several tax return problems and research cases
directed at solving various tax problems. Through case studies,
introduces the current Internal Revenue Code, income tax regu-
lations, and cumulative bulletins. Emphasizes tax planning.
Prereq. ACC 1331.
ACC 1 51 2 Federal Income Taxes 2 4 QH
Continues ACC 1351. Topics include taxpayers other than indi-
viduals and the treatment of property transfers that are subject
to federal, gift, estate, and trust taxes. Tax return problems are
an important element of this course. A major emphasis is given
to tax planning considerations, especially to gift and death tax
consequences. Prereq. ACC 1351.
ACC 1 52 1 Advanced Accounting 4 QH
Analyzes accounting theory and practice in various areas for the
student planning a career as a professional accountant. Includes
accounting for partnerships and branches; business combina-
tions and consolidated financial bankruptcy; liquidation and
reorganization; accounting for multinational enterprises; seg-
ments, interim reporting, and reporting to the SEC; and ethical
issues in advanced accounting. Prereq. ACC 1343 or permission
ofinstructor.
ACC 1 522 Advanced Accounting for Business Combinations 4 QH
This course is a comprehensive analysis of the accounting theory
and practice associated with corporate acquisitions and combi-
nations. Topics include methods of consolidation-elimination of
profits on intercompany transactions, purchase versus pooling of
interests, and accounting for good will. The course is intended
for the serious student preparing for a career as a professional
accountant. Prereq. ACC 1343 or permission ofinstructor.
ACC 1 548 Accounting Theory and Practice 4 OH
Examines the theory, practice, and trends associated with
corporated financial reporting. Includes the conceptual frame-
work of accounting and reporting, the developmental process and
hierarchy of generally accepted accounting principles, and the
Accounting 173
analysis and interpretation of corporate financial statements.
Intended for students preparing for careers as professional ac-
countants. Prereq. ACC 1343 or permission of instructor.
ACC1 59 1 Independent Study 1 QH
This course is for the student who has received approval to un-
dertake independent study in lieu of any course required in the
various concentrations. Students present proposals to an Inde-
pendent Studies Committee for evaluation and approval. Every
proposal requires a detailed outline of the objectives and plan of
study and must be accompanied by a supporting statement from
the supervising faculty member under whose direction the study
will take place. A copy of the final report prepared by the student
will be presented to the appropriate Independent Studies Com-
mittee. Further information about the Independent Studies
Program can be obtained from area coordinators.
ACC1 592 Independent Study
Same as ACC 1591.
ACC 1 593 Independent Study
Same as ACC 1591.
ACC 1 594, ACC 1 595, ACC 1 596, ACC 1 597 Independent Study
Same as ACC 1591.
ACC 1711 Honors: Accounting Principles 1
See course description for ACC 1111.
ACC 1712 Honors: Accounting Principles 2
See course description for ACC 1112.
ACC 1891 Honors Thesis in Progress
ACC 1892 Honors Thesis
ACC 1 893 Honors Thesis in Progress
ACC 1894 Honors Thesis
2QH
3QH
4QH
4 OH
4 OH
OQH
8QH
OQH
120H
Entrepreneurship
ENT 1 330 Entrepreneurship 4 OH
Introduces entrepreneurship, focusing on the following ques-
tions; What is entrepreneurship and how do you become an
entrepreneur? How do you find or create ideas that might become
businesses? How can you determine if the ideas have merit in the
marketplace? How do you start a firm that, from the beginning,
is market oriented and focused on what customers need and are
willing to buy? Gives students an opportunity to conduct detailed
evaluations of new business ideas.
ENT 1 344 Starting and Managing a New Business 4 QH
Identifies the key principles and practices needed to start a
business from the initial idea to the management of profits and
further expansion. Covers such topics as alternative approaches
to business entry, initial team building, managing interactions
with initial customers, establishing control systems, legal mat-
ters, and building necessary external relationships. Gives stu-
dents an opportunity to analyze a new venture.
ENT 1 352 Planning and Growing New Ventures 4 OH
Focuses on how entrepreneurs turn small businesses into larger
businesses. Includes planning, forecasting sales, increasing
production, designing new products or services, designing distri-
bution and managing a sales force, managing personnel, using
strategic linkages with other companies to increase market
presence, and working with a growing customer base. Discusses
how to manage a small firm in hard financial times. Offers stu-
dents an opportunity to develop comprehensive business plans
for new or existing businesses as term projects.
ENT 1 358 Small Business Institute 8 QH
Sponsored by the United States Small Busines Administration
( SBA), the course provides students with an opportunity to apply
their business training through an analytical, problem-solving
technique learned in the classrom. Expects student teams to
interact with owners and managers of local small businesses to
analyze problems and opportunities and develop recommenda-
tions, and to devote the equivalent of two days per week to col-
lecting information. Combines experience with occasional class
meetings and frequent team meetings with a faculty member.
Requires students to present interim progress reports and final
written and oral reports to the client company and the SBA.
Prereq. Senior standing or permission of instructor.
ENT 1591lndependent Study 10H
This course is for the student who has received approval to un-
dertake independent study in lieu of any course required in the
various concentrations. Students present proposals to an Inde-
pendent Studies Committee for evaluation and approval. Every
proposal requires a detailed outline of the objectives and plan of
study and must be accompanied by a supporting statement fi-om
the supervising faculty member under whose direction the study
will take place. A copy of the final report prepared by the student
will be presented to the appropriate Independent Studies Com-
mittee. Further information about the Independent Studies
Program can be obtained from area coordinators.
ENT 1592 Independent Study
Same as ENT 1591.
ENT 1593 Independent Study
Same as ENT 1591.
ENT 1 594, ENT 1 595, ENT 1 596, ENT 1 597 Independent Study
Same as ENT 1591.
ENT 1598 Independent Study
Same as ENT 1591.
ENT 1 89 1 Honors Thesis in Progress
ENT 1892 Honors Thesis
ENT 1 893 Honors Thesis in Progress
ENT 1894 Honors Thesis
2QH
3QH
4QH
8QH
OOH
8 OH
OOH
120H
Finance and Insurance
FIN 1201 Personol Finance 4QH
Focuses on management of the total personal estate: budgeting,
savings, insurance, investments, borrowing, taxes. Social Secu-
rity, pensions, annuities, securities markets, mutual funds, and
their integration. Not open to College of Business Administration
students.
174 Course Descriptions
FIN 1 333 Financial Institutions and Markets 4 QH
Explores the financial environment faced by a firm as well as the
financial institutions serving the economy. Discusses the forces
that determine the changes in money and capital markets and
explores the implications of changing financial environment for
the management of funds in a firm and/or financial institution.
Prereq. ACC 11 12 and middler standing.
FIN 1 335 Managerial Finance 4 OH
The objective of the course is to provide students the opportunity
to gain knowledge of the advanced tools and concepts used in the
management of fiinds. Topics include inventory and credit poli-
cies, risk, capital budgeting, financial structure, cost of capital,
dividend policy, and valuation of a firm. Overall financial strat-
egy and timing of its implementation are also examined. Special-
ized topics — mergers and acquisitions, financial failure, and
financial policy for multinational firms — may be considered in
the course. Prereq. FIN 1439.
FIN 1 346 Investment Management 4 QH
Presents a broad overview of the concepts, practices, and proce-
dures of investment management. Covers basic security types,
security market operations, security analysis (both fundamental
and technical), and an introduction to portfolio management.
Prereq. FIN 1439.
FIN 1 438 Principles of Finance 1 4 QH
Familiarizes students with the concepts, tools, practices, and
procedures in financial management. Covers valuation, financial
analysis and planning, risk management, and capital budget.
Uses problems, case discussions, and spreadsheet analysis to
enhance student understanding of financial concepts. Prereq.
ACC 1111, MSC 1200, and middler standing.
FIN 1 439 Principles of Finance 2 4 QH
Continues FIN 1438. Covers working capital planning and man-
agement, issues in capital structure and long-term financing,
international finance, and special topics. Emphasizes under-
standing financial concepts and applying them to real world
problems. Uses problems, case discussions, and spreadsheet
analysis to enhance student understanding of financial concepts.
Prereq. ACC 1112, MSC 1201, and middler standing.
FIN ] 503 Taxes and Financial Decisions 4 QH
In this course, the case method is used to discuss a number of
financial decisions that are greatly influenced by tax consider-
ations, the most important of which are concerned with capital
structure, dividend policy, acquisition terms, investment policies
and liquidations. The federal income tax receives primary con-
sideration, but state and foreign taxes are also discussed. Prereq.
FIN 1439 and middler standing.
FIN 1 520 Options and Futures Markets 4 QH
Explores the relatively new concepts of financial futures, options
on financial futures, and listed options markets as developed to
help corporations and financial institutions manage interest-
rate risk. Topics include mechanics of these markets, techniques
that can hedge interest rate exposure, tracing methods, and
current developments in the field. Prereq. FIN 1346.
FIN 1526 Securities Markets 4QH
Analyzes the operation of the securities market. Provides stu-
dents the opportunity to examine in detail the operation and
function of investment bankers, broker-dealers, and securities
exchanges. Studies the mechanics of cash and margin accounts,
trading options, and regulations affecting securities markets.
Prereq. FIN 1439 .
FIN 1 530 Working Capital Management 4 QH
Examines strategies and analytical approaches to managing
current assets and current liabilities. Explores corporate cash
management under changing money market conditions. Dis-
cusses the use of interest rate futures and working capital man-
agement in a multinational context. Prereq. FIN 1439 .
FIN 1 531 Capital Investment Dedsion Analysis 4 QH
Analyzes capital budgeting techniques and portfolio consider-
ations, including risk analysis, capital structure and valuation,
and other long-term corporate finance topics. Prereq. FIN 1439 .
FIN 1538 Financial Ethics 4 OH
Investigates and helps develop a systematic understanding of
ethical dilemmas of financial business decision making. Exam-
ines the influence of business cultures on personal behavior,
combining wisdom of the past with current ethical thinking and
each individual's standards. Prereq. FIN 1438.
FIN 1 540 Management of Financial Institutions 4 OH
Studies the decision-making problems faced by financial institu-
tions such as commercial banks, savings and investment institu-
tions, and finance companies when viewed as competitive, profit-
seeking business entities. Covers such topics as the nature and
scope of the capital markets confronting institutions, specialized
problems regarding the sources and uses of funds of financial
institutions, the nature of competition, the regulation of finan-
cial institutions, and strategic policy planning of financial insti-
tutions. Prereq. FIN 1439 or FIN 1333.
FIN 1 543 Modern Portfolio Management 4 OH
Analyzes the methods of selection, revision, and performance
measurement of asset portfolios. Exposes the students to the
current methods of building an asset portfolio. Presents and
evaluates the concept of the efficient frontier of assets in the risk-
return space. Includes a simulated equity fund-management
project, in which students select equity securities and then pre-
pare and present annual reports evaluating their portfolios'
construction and performance. Prereq. FIN 1346.
FIN 1 544 Bank Management 4 QH
Examines the financial management of commercial banks and
thrift institutions. Analyzes the problems of liquidity and invest-
ment management, loan portfolio and capital management, and
pricing problems associated with various sources and uses of
funds in the context of changing economic and regulatory envi-
ronment for these institutions. Presents lectures, discussions,
and cases. Prereq. FIN 1439 or FIN 1333.
FIN 1 545 Investment Banking 4 QH
Focuses on the managerial functions of investment banking
firms. Examines individual investors and institutions in the
money and capital markets from the viewpoint of investment
banking firms. Familiarizes students with the operating and
cash flow characteristics of institutional and individual clients.
Prereq. FIN 1439.
FIN 1 549 Principles of Real Estate 4 QH
Surveys the field of real estate, including principles of real estate
law, valuation, brokerage, finance, land use, and negotiations.
Finance and Insurance 1 75
Gives the student the opportunity to become a better decision
maker and to prepare for future studies in real estate. Prereq.
FIN 1439.
FIN 1 550 Real Estate Finance: Analysis and Investment 4 QH
Presents real estate financing techniques, sources of funds, and
investment property analyses. Examines the legal and financial
aspects of such techniques as mortgage liens, leaseholds, con-
tracts for deed, and sale-leasebacks, as well as the primary and
secondary mortgage markets. Surveys methods of valuing in-
come properties. Prereq. FIN 1549.
FIN 1562 Employee Benefits Management 4QH
Covers the design, implementation, and financing of corporate
employee benefit plans. Presents a comprehensive analysis of
qualified and non-qualified benefit and executive compensation
plans. Emphasizes the proper management, design, and financ-
ing of these plans to achieve corporate goals at minimum feasible
cost. Studies alternative methods of financing benefit and execu-
tive compensation plans. Includes recent developments in Social
Security, benefits, and tax legislation. Prereq. FIN 1439 .
FIN 1 566 Risk Management and Insurance 4 QH
Emphasizes the functional area of corporate risk management.
Covers such areas as organizing and controlling the risk man-
agement function; identifying, measuring, controlling, and fi-
nancing risk; selecting the best method of risk treatment; and
implementing and monitoring risk management. Topics of expo-
sure analysis include property, liability (public, employer, prod-
ucts, officers and directors, and professionals), income, and
extraordinary expense losses. Covers treatment methods such as
self-insurance, off-shore captive, retention groups, and commer-
cial insurance. Includes recent developments such as tort reform
integration of risk management with modern financial theory, as
well as implications and analysis of recent tax reforms. Prereq.
FIN 1439.
FIN 1 580 Personal Financial Management 4 QH
Emphasizes the development of personal financial management
expertise, based on an integrated plan for personal choices.
Focuses on an overall personal economic plan and unites such
diverse topics as inflation and investment selection, insurance,
short- and long-run hedges against the purchasing power risk,
and purchasing assets. Encourages decision making through
analyzing alternative courses of action. Prereq. FIN 1438 .
FIN 1 582 Personal Insurance Planning 4 QH
Insurance planning is an important part of financial planning. In
this course, focus is on the informed decisions necessary to estab-
lish a comprehensive, rational plan of personal insurance. Class
discussion, lectures, and readings examine the various kinds of
personal insurance and how to create an insurance package for
clients with different insurance needs. Prereq. FIN 1438.
FIN 1591 Independent Study 1 OH
This course is for the student who has received approval to un-
dertake independent study in lieu of any course required in the
various concentrations. Students present proposals to an Inde-
pendent Studies Committee for evaluation and approval. Every
proposal requires a detailed outline of the objectives and plan of
study and must be accompanied by a supporting statement from
the supervising faculty member under whose direction the study
will take place. A copy of the final report prepared by the student
will be presented to the appropriate Independent Studies Com-
mittee. Further information about the Independent Studies
Program can be obtained from area coordinators.
FIN 1592 Independent Study 2QH
Same as FIN 1591.
FIN 1593 Independent Study 3QH
Same as FIN 1591.
FIN 1 594, FIN 1 595, FIN 1 596, FIN 1 597 Independent Study 4 QH each
Same as FIN 1591.
FIN 1 738 Introduction to Finance (Honors) 4 QH
Acquaints students with basic processes, principles, tools, and
concepts of finance. Topics include financial analysis, financial
forecasting, profit planning, budgeting, working capital manage-
ment, and capital budgeting. Covers the basics of financial mar-
kets, institutions, and sources of supply of different types of
funds available to a firm. Prereq. ACC 1 1 12, MSC 1201, and
middler standing.
FIN 1 759 International Financial Markets 4 QH
Introduces international financial markets, including balance of
pa3rments, history of the international monetary system, ex-
change-rate determination, foreign-exchange-exposure hedging
strategies, and international capital markets. Emphasizes how
international financial markets work and how corporations must
adapt their decision-making to the international environment.
Prereq. FIN 1439.
FIN 1 760 International Finandal Management 4 QH
Examines how the financial strategies and policies of multina-
tional corporations differ from domestic corporations and how
financial management is utilized in an international setting to
achieve corporate goals. Specific topics include cost of capital,
capital budgeting, capitalization policies, and management
techniques for dealing with exchange-rate exposure and work-
ing-capital issues. Knowledge of exchange rates is assumed.
Prereq. FIN 1759.
FIN 1770 Small-Business Finance 4QH
Uses basic processes, principles, tools, and concepts of finance
within the parameters of a small business to develop a complete
financial plan that projects the future circular flow of funds by
analyzing and then integrating the impact of both investment
decisions (use of funds) and financial decisions (source of funds).
Prereq. FIN 1439.
FIN 1 804 Issues in Corporate Control (Honors) 4 QH
Examines the nature of conflicts between managers and share-
holders over control of a corporation. Explores the effects of
corporate control on financial performance of a firm and on deci-
sions within the firm. Covers topics such as "managerialism,"
agency theory, problems in defining control of a corporation, and
stock-price theory. Analyzes issues of dissident shareholder
actions, such as proxy fights and hostile takeover attempts.
Prereq. Honors participation or permission of instructor.
FIN 1 808 The Chief Financial Officer (Honors) 4 OH
Develops, primarily through student interaction with financial
executives, an understanding of the changing role of the CFO
and to address significant topics in financial management. Top-
ics include financial ethics, hostile takeovers, financial public
relations, legal aspects of financial management, financial
176 Course Descriptions
strategies at high-technology and public utility companies. Stu-
dents develop research papers based on readings, case studies,
and discussions with CFOs who participate in class sessions.
Prereq. Honors participation or permission of instructor: junior
standing.
FIN 1 81 2 Technology and Financial Decision Making 4 QH
Discusses how businesses, in order to succeed in the global mar-
ketplace, need to apply financial techniques to managing re-
search and development projects as options; managing effects of
patents on stock market value; pricing new technology; incorpo-
rating technical change in capital budgeting; and managing the
role of venture capital in high technology firms. Stresses the
importance of international finance and technological change as
American firms strive for competitive advantage over the Euro-
pean and former Soviet markets. Illustrates by appropriate
industry and case study, and integrates modem methods of
analysis including hedonic pricing, options theory, and time
series analysis. Prereq. Honors participation or permission of
instructor.
FIN 1 81 4 Financial Forecasting 4 QH
Discusses how accurate forecasts of product demand, retail sales,
and cash-flow levels are critically important for companies re-
gardless of size. Covers how effective financial forecasting inte-
grates macroeconomic factors, particularly the business cycle,
and institutional factors with appropriate quantitative methods.
Addresses both issues — economic or business cycles and fore-
casting techniques — in sufficient depth so that students can
obtain the skills necessary to build and interpret a basic forecast-
ing model for business.
FIN 1 891 Honors Thesis in Progress 0 QH
FIN 1892 Honors Thesis 8QH
FIN 1893 Honors Thesis in Progress 0 QH
FIN 1894 Honors Thesis 12QH
Human Resources Management
HRM 1 332 Introduction to Human Resources Management 4 OH
Helps students develop understanding of contemporary issues in
human resource management. Examines problems posed by
changing work patterns, labor force characteristics, union activi-
ties, and government policies. Discusses and evaluates organiza-
tional experiments such as worker participation, job enlarge-
ment, and group incentives from a managerial perspective.
Prereq. Middler standing.
HRM 1 345 Contemporary Labor Issues 4 QH
Studies current issues dealing with labor in its broadest sense.
Discusses and evaluates labor unions and manpower institu-
tions as well as the emerging development and training prob-
lems motivated by unemployment, poverty, and changing work
patterns. Reviews recent legislation dealing with the employ-
ment relationship. Prereq. Middler standing.
HRM 1 348 Reword Systems: Wage, Salary, and Benefits Administration 4 QH
Examines one of the major functions of personnel administra-
tion— compensation management — and its part in the overall
personnel programs of the organization. Develops through simu-
lation exercises, group projects, lectures, and cases an analysis of
reward systems as supportive mechanisms of management and
the formulation of compensation policy and implementation of
compensation systems. Prereq. Middler standing.
HRM 1 349 Selection and Assessment of Employees 4 QH
Examines three influences of employee selection and testing: the
legal aspect of selection, where the greatest uncertainty is found;
the influence of industrial psychology on selection and decision-
making techniques; and the area of personnel practices itself,
that is, the methods employers find effective in coping with legal
requirements. Covers basic issues and procedures such as EEO,
decision strategies, and the utility and evaluation of selection
and appraisal systems. Prereq. Middler standing.
HRM 1 43 1 Complex Orgonizotions 4 QH
Examines the structure and dynamics of the complex organiza-
tion. Focuses on the design of the organization and its basic
subsystems (reward, control, selection, development). Explores
how organizational structures help shape human behavior.
Emphasizes understanding the interrelations among organiza-
tional structures, tasks, and individual characteristics within
the context of a changing environment. Prereq. Middler standing.
HRM 1 432 Organizational Behavior 4 QH
Explores the effects of individual, interpersonal, group, and
leadership factors on human behavior. Also explores managerial
applications of behavioral and social science concepts, including
job design, job satisfaction, performance appraisal, supervision,
career dynamics, and organizational change. Emphasizes help-
ing the student develop skills in dealing with the human side of
enterprise. Prereq. Middler standing.
HRM 1 433 Organizational Behavior and Design 8 QH
Covers the material from HRM 1431 and HRM 1432. The struc-
ture and dynamics of the complex organization are examined,
focusing on the design of the organization and its basic sub-
systems. The effects of individual, interpersonal, group, and
leadership factors on human behavior are also examined. Stu-
dents have the opportunity to explore how organizational struc-
tures help shape human behavior and to develop skills in dealing
with the human side of enterprise. Prereq. Middler standing.
HRM 1 508 Participative Management 4 QH
Participative management refers to a range of techniques that
may enhance employee involvement in decision making. These
methods take a variety of forms and are used in many different
settings with mixed results. This course studies the motivational
basis for participative programs, describes the forms and tech-
niques available, and examines criteria for evaluating effective-
ness. This course also considers internal and external organiza-
tional factors that may affect overall success of participation and
discusses cultural and social aspects of participative manage-
ment in an international business environment. Prereq. Middler
standing.
HRM 1519 Leadership 4QH
In this course, the leadership function in a variety of organiza-
tional settings is studied. Using a contingency approach, stu-
dents explore a range of possible leadership behaviors, relating
the appropriateness of a particular style to a number of situ-
ational factors. Readings provide an opportunity to explore
several contingency theories of leadership; cases allow for the
Hvmian Resources Management 177
application of these models; and videotaped role plajdng and self-
assessment techniques permit students to evaluate their own
leadership style. Prereq. Middler standing.
HRM 1 539 Managing Careers 4 QH
Surveys the tools for both self-assessment (investigating one's
skills, abilities, needs, values, and interests) and career explora-
tion (determining the nature of and requirements for entering
and succeeding in various career fields). Helps students develop
an individualized plan of action that summarizes a wide variety
of data indicating an individual's present status and career goals
and the means by which to bridge the gap. Prereq. Middler standing.
HRM 1 581 Managerial Skills Seminar 4 QH
Studies and develops specific behavioral and interpersonal skills
critical for managerial success, particularly those most vital
early in management careers, in a seminar/workshop format.
Uses introspective and experiential exercises and role plays
extensively and discusses specific work assignments. Prereq.
Middler standing.
HRM 1 585 Managing Human Resources: The Legal Environment 4 QH
Studies the recent legal developments affecting the management
of human resources. Examines recent state and federal laws that
will influence managerial policies and practices in areas such as
employment testing, hiring and promotion, controlling unem-
ployment compensation and Worker's Compensation claims, and
responding to OSHA and ERISA regulations. Prereq. Middler
standing.
HRM 1591 Independent Study 1QH
This course is for the student who has received approval to un-
dertake independent study in lieu of any course required in the
various concentrations. Students present proposals to an Inde-
pendent Studies Committee for evaluation and approval. Every
proposal requires a detailed outline of the objectives and plan of
study and must be accompanied by a supporting statement fi-om
the supervising faculty member under whose direction the study
will take place. A copy of the final report prepared by the student
will be presented to the appropriate Independent Studies Com-
mittee. Further information about the Independent Studies
Program can be obtsiined from area coordinators.
HRM 1592 Independent Study
Same as HRM 1591.
HRM 1593 Independent Study
Same as HRM 1591.
HRM 1 594, HRM 1 595, HRM 1 596, HRM 1 597
Independent Study
Same as HRM 1591.
2QH
3QH
4QHeach
HRM 1 760 International Labor Relations Systems 4 QH
Analyzes labor relations systems of selected countries in com-
parison with that of the United States. Also studies the political,
cultural, and economic forces that shaped these systems. Gives
special attention to such international institutions as multina-
tional companies and the EEC. Cases, readings, £ind projects
assigned. Prereq. Middler standing.
HRM 1 762 Managing People in International Settings 4 QH
Covers basic issues in human resources management relevant to
managing in international and cross-cultural environments.
Examines selection and training of personnel for work in
multicultural environments, managing the international em-
ployee in the United States and abroad, cross-cultural communi-
cation, international environments, special issues of concern to
small business, and change in multinational companies. Prereq.
Junior standing.
HRM 1820 Leadership
Studies the leadership function in a variety of organizational
settings. Explores a range of possible leadership behaviors using
a contingency approach, relating the appropriateness of a par-
ticular style to a number of situational factors. Provides students
with an opportunity to explore several contingency theories of
leadership through readings; apply these models in cases; and
evaluate their own leadership style through videotaped role
plajdng and self-assessment techniques. Prereq. Honors partici-
pation or permission of instructor.
HRM 1 89 1 Honors Thesis in Progress 0 OH
HRM 1892 Honors Thesis 8QH
HRM 1 893 Honors Thesis in Progress 0 QH
HRM 1894 Honors Thesis I2QH
International Business Administration
INB 1 338 Introduction to International Business 4 QH
Focus is on the cultural, economic, and political aspects of domes-
tic and foreign environments and their effect on the interna-
tional operations of business firms. Topics include the principles,
patterns, and potential of international trade and investments;
the development of management strategies for international
businesses; and the organization and management of the firm's
international operations. Prereq. Middler standing.
INB 1 352 Seminar in International Business 4 QH
Applies the concepts and skills acquired in other international
and domestic courses. Focuses on solving managerial problems
in international and multicultural contexts. Uses case analysis
to focus on business strategy and policy related to international
operations. Requires significant class participation, written
analysis, and understanding of current issues. Prereq. INB 1338
and senior standing.
INB 1 731 Cultural Aspects of International Business 4 QH
Covers, from a managerial perspective, issues that arise when a
firm moves from its home country to a host country that may
have a different national culture. Focuses on United States-
based firms that operate abroad. Also considers what happens to
other nation's firms operating in the United States and in third-
country environments. Analyzes how "corporate culture" evolves
in the context of national culture and the impact on managers.
Prereq. Middler standing.
INB 1 735 Import and Export Management 4 QH
Covers the principles and practices of international trade
through import and export. Focuses on management aspects and
explores details required to engage all aspects of international
trade. Topics include government regulations, transportation,
insurance, marketing, and finance.
178 Course Descriptions
INB 1 802 Regional Topics in International Management (Honors) 4 QH
Focuses in depth on management in three very different, rapidly
changing managerial environments: Europe in 1992, the less
developed countries of Asia and Africa, and Eastern Europe.
Uses case analysis, audio-visual material, and guest speakers to
explore issues that managers face and especially how they oper-
ate in an environment of uncertainty and turbulence. Prereq.
Honors participation or permission of instructor.
Management
MGT n 1 5 Introduction to Business 4 QH
Introduces the basic functions of management, team-taught by
faculty from all areas of the College of Business Administration.
Examines academic choices and career opportunities in
business.
MGT 1 345 Legal Aspects of Business 4 QH
Examines the legal aspects of business transactions and busi-
ness relationships involving contracts and sale of goods under
the Uniform Commercial Code, as well as product liability and
agency law.
MGT 1446 Managing Social Issues 4QH
Analyzes the concepts that provide the framework for under-
standing and managing the relationship between business and
society. Emphasizes ethical concepts and their application.
Considers management's strategic response to society's expecta-
tions, nationally and internationally, using the case method.
Prereq. Junior standing.
MGT 1450 Business Policy 4QH
Focuses on corporate strategy and its elements, including an
analysis of the company, its resources, opportunities, environ-
ment, and decision makers. Emphasizes decision making and
implementation of strategy while operating a company in the
context of a business simulation. Prereq. Senior standing.
MGT 1 572 Law of Wills, Trusts, and Estates 4 QH
Examines requirements of valid will, claims of and against es-
tates; the administration of estates, both formal and informal;
essential elements for the creation of a trust; kinds of trusts,
including inter vivos and testamentary trusts; the rights, respon-
sibilities, and liabilities of trustees; and the rights of beneficia-
ries. Prereq. Middler standing.
MGT 1573 Bulk Sales and Bonkruptcy 4QH
Examines bulk transfers, with detailed study of the Uniform
Commercial Code, Article 6; the need of the transferor to give to
the transferee a sworn list of all his creditors; the giving of notice
to the listed creditors; the contents of the notice, what creditors
are protected; and the legal consequences of failure to comply
with the Code. Also deals with both voluntary and involuntary
bankrupts; the appointment and duties of the trustee; provable
and dischargeable debts; priority of debts; discharge and acts
that bar a discharge. Prereq. Middler standing.
MGT 1574 Low in Society 4QH
Provides students the opportunity to acquire a broad view of
their legal rights, obligations, and responsibilities in their rela-
tions with others and with the state. Includes study efforts, such
as assault and battery, trespass, negligence, slander, libel, and
deceit, and crimes such as homicide, assault and battery, rob-
bery, arson, larceny, and burglary. Prereq. Middler standing.
MGT 1575 Negotiations 4QH
Focuses on broadening the students' understanding of the nego-
tiations process, emphasizing the strategies and techniques that
might be employed in that process. Includes familiarization with
related literature, student role playing, and interaction with
professionals involved in private- and public-sector negotiations.
MGT 1591 Independent Study 1 QH
This course is for a student who has received approval to under-
take independent study in lieu of any course required in the
various concentrations. Students present proposals to an Inde-
pendent Studies Committee for evaluation and approval. Every
proposal requires a detailed outline of the objectives and plan of
study and must be accompanied by a supporting statement from
the supervising faculty member under whose direction the study
will take place. A copy of the final report prepared by the student
will be presented to the appropriate Independent Studies Com-
mittee. Further information about the Independent Studies
Program can be obtained from area coordinators.
MGT 1 592 Independent Study
Same as MGT 1591.
MGT 1 593 Independent Study
Same as MGT 1591.
MGT 1 594, MGT 1 595, MGT 1 596, MGT 1 597
Independent Study
Same as MGT 1591.
2QH
3QH
4QHeach
MGT1720LoborLaw 4QH
Helps acquaint the student with the many constitutional and
legal problems involved in labor organizing, industrial relations,
labor negotiations, labor contract enforcement, and dispute
resolution. Examines cases for the legal principles underlying
the common law, state and federal laws, and the constitutional
questions of power and authority. Also considers the Sherman
Act, Clayton Act, Norris-LaGuardia Act, and Labor Management
Relations Act. Prereq. Middler standing.
MGT 1 820 Honors: Independent Study 4 QH
Offers directed study toward fulfillment of Honors Program
requirements and is open only to students who have been ac-
cepted into the Honors Program. Procedures for arranging the
honors independent study are the same as those for MGT 1594.
MGT 1 89 1 Honors Thesis in Progress 0 QH
MGT 1892 Honors Thesis 8QH
MGT 1 893 Honors Thesis in Progress 0 QH
MGT 1894 Honors Thesis 12QH
Management Science
MSC 1 200 Business Statistics 1 4 QH
Studies statistics, which is the methodology concerned with data
collection, analysis, and interpretation. Discusses the informa-
tion that is generated by statistical methods and used for analyz-
ing decisions in the face of uncertainty. Introduces fundamental
concepts and methodology of statistics, probability distribution,
estimation, and hypothesis testing. Prereq. MTH 1114.
Management Science 1 79
MSC 1 201 Business Statistics 2 4 QH
Continues topics covered in MSC 1200. Includes chi-square
tests, simple and multiple regression-correlation analysis, and
elementary concepts of time series analysis. Prereq. MSC 1200.
MSC 1 226 Introduction to Computer Applications in Business 4 QH
Introduces personal computers with business applications, as
well as microcomputers, spreadsheets, word processing, and
databases. Covers the basic information systems concepts. Re-
quires students to analyze a business case, applying their tech-
nology and problem-solving skills.
MSC 1 331 Decision Support Systems for Business 4 QH
Provides students with an understanding of the impact of com-
puter-based tools on business decision making. Builds upon the
computer literacy foundation established in MSC 1226. Covers
decision support software such as graphics and expert systems
on both mainframe and microcomputers. Gives students the
opportunity to build a decision support system and create the
supporting system documentation and user manual in a course
project. Prereq. MSC 1226.
MSC 1339 Business Programming 1 4QH
(Formerly MSC 1352) Examines the basics of structured pro-
gramming using a modern block-structured language such as C.
Focuses on concepts such as data-structures (for example, vari-
ables and records arrays), control-structures, variable scoping,
parameter passing, and modular programming. Prereq. MSC
1226 and middler standing.
MSC 1340 Business Programming 2 4QH
(Formerly MSC 1353) Continues MSC 1339. Focuses on concepts
such as pointers, file-handling, object-oriented programming,
and design and programming walkthroughs. Prereq. MSC 1331,
MSC 1339, and junior standing.
MSC 1 349 Telecommunications and Networks 4 QH
Reviews business telecommunications. Focuses on the design,
management, and use of data, video, and voice networks. Pro-
vides an overview of different operating systems, network topol-
ogy, and management. Covers business uses of electronic com-
munication such as Electronic Data Interchange and electronic
mail, teleconferencing, and distributed applications. Explores
the impact of telecommunications on business operations and
competitive strategy. Includes assignments that give hands-on
experience with network technology and a research paper about
the business impact of telecommunications. Prereq. MSC 1226.
MSC 1350 Data Management 4QH
Builds on the functional skills learned in MSC 1226, exposing
students to the essentials of data management. Includes data-
base design, selection and use of a database software package,
security and privacy, viruses, and data recovery. Includes a
project that requires students to create a small database com-
plete with data entry screens and management reports. Prereq.
MSC 1226.
MSC 1351 Information Resource Management 4 QH
Examines the major organizational and managerial issues asso-
ciated with using information systems in business. Includes a
discussion of security and control in accounting information
systems, time and quality issues in manufacturing information
systems, and the strategic use of information technology to gain
competitive advantage. Prereq. MSC 1226 and junior standing.
MSC 1 433 Quantitative Models in Business 4 QH
Focuses on the construction of appropriate mathematical models
( simplified representations or abstractions of reality ) for mana-
gerial decision-making problems. Discusses criteria for selecting
various stochastic and deterministic models. Specifically covers
decision trees, decision analysis, linear programming, and simu-
lation. Prereq. MSC 1201.
MSC 1 44 1 Operations Management 4 QH
Considers the productive system of an enterprise whereby inputs
of technology, materials, personnel, and information are trans-
formed into useful goods and/or services. Introduces the types of
problems and issues encountered by the operations manager.
Discusses various models and techniques but emphasizes prob-
lem formulation and managerial implications. Prereq.
MSC 1201.
MSC 1 501 Purchasing and Materials Management 4 QH
Examines decisions related to the flow of materials from supplier
to point of use. Emphasizes problems related to purchasing,
including negotiation, value analysis, and supplier selection.
Emphasizes materials management in manufacturing organiza-
tions, but also covers nonprofit and non-manufacturing con-
cerns. Applies latest research in field gleaned from projects
sponsored by the National Association of Purchasing Manage-
ment and the American Production and Inventory Control
Society. Prereq. MSC 1441.
MSC 1553 Decision Analysis 4QH
Focuses on the analysis of decision making, vsdth particular
emphasis on realistic problems under uncertainty. Aims to help
improve the student's ability to make better decisions through a
careful consideration of alternative courses of action and their
consequences, relevant objectives, and the element of risk. Cov-
ers the basic components of decision problems, the concepts of
risk and utility, decision trees, and value of information and
multicriteria decision-making. Prereq. MSC 1201.
MSC 1566 Quality Management 4QH
Examines the basic philosophy of quality and its management
both in Japan and in the United States. Stresses the changing
role of quality as an emerging strategic factor in the United
States. Discusses managerial, behavioral, and statistical meth-
ods based on measurement for achieving quality. Introduces the
student to various aspects of quality management relevant to
lower, middle and upper level of management; quality control
circles; quality and continuous process improvements; and the
philosophy of quality experts such as Deming, Juran, and
Ishikawa. Prereq. MSC 1200, MSC 1201, and MSC 1441.
MSC 1591 Independent Study IQH
This course is for the student who has received approval to un-
dertake independent study in lieu of any course required in the
various concentrations. Students present proposals to an Inde-
pendent Studies Committee for evaluation and approval. Every
proposal requires a detailed outline of the objectives and plan of
study and must be accompanied by a supporting statement from
the supervising faculty member under whose direction the study
will take place. A copy of the final report prepared by the student
will be presented to the appropriate Independent Studies Com-
mittee. Further information about the Independent Studies
Program can be obtained from area coordinators.
180 Course Descriptions
MSC 1 592 Independent Study 2 QH
Same as MSC 1591.
MSC1 593 Independent Study 3QH
Same as MSC 1591.
MSC 1 594, MSC 1 595, MSC 1 596, MSC 1 597 Independent Study 4 QH each
Same as HRM 1591.
MSC 1 700 Honors: Business Statistics 1 4 QH
See course description for MSC 1200.
MSC 1 70 1 Honors: Business Statistics 2 4 QH
See course description for MSC 1201.
MSC 1 726 Honors: Introduction to Data Processing 4 QH
See course description for MSC 1226.
MSC 1 826 Honors: Business Forecasting 4 QH
Focuses on analyzing data using statistical models from various
functional areas of business. Students prepare reports based on
actual data that emphasize forecasting.
MSC 1 828 Strategies lor Environmentally Responsible Organizations 4 QH
Discusses how management decisions regarding product design,
production methods, facility location and distribution channels,
and service policies may have direct environmental conse-
quences. Focuses on the operational strategies and tactics in
manufacturing and non-manufacturing organizations that deal
with environmental problems. Reviews federal and state envi-
ronmental policy and legislation and examines the specific
actions of producers and service producers. Prereq. Honors par-
ticipation or permission of instructor.
MSC 1 891 Honors Thesis in Progress
MSC 1892 Honors Thesis
MSC 1 893 Honors Thesis in Progress
MSC 1894 Honors Thesis
Marketing
OQH
8QH
OQH
12QH
4QH
MKT 1331 Marketing Monogement
Provides training in marketing decision making. Uses case
studies simulating actual business settings to help students
develop analytical abilities and sharpen their communications
skills. Covers topics that range from techniques used to analyze a
market to the development of a total marketing strategy (prod-
uct policy, pricing policy, promotion policy, and distribution
policy). Prereq. MKT 1435 and middler standing.
MKT 1 34 1 Marketing Research 4 QH
Focuses on the survey research process and the analysis of data
using "canned" computer programming routines. Covers topics
such as problem definition, research design, sampling tech-
niques, questionnaire development, data collection methods, and
data analysis. Students expected to work on group projects with
participating firms. Requires no previous computer experience.
Prereq. MKT 1331 and MSC 1201.
MKT 1 35 1 Competitive Strategy 4 QH
This course is a capstone marketing course, required of all stu-
dents with a marketing concentration. The focus is on the formu-
lation of marketing strategy at a policy level and its implementa-
tion in a dynamic environment. Prereq. MKT 1331, MKT 1341,
and senior standing.
MKT 1 435 Introduction to Marketing 4 QH
Consists of lectures, readings, and small-group discussions on
the role of marketing in contemporary society, in the business
enterprises, and in the nonprofit organization. Considers the
planning, operation, and evaluation of marketing and promo-
tional efforts necessary to the effective marketing of consumer
and industrial products and services in both profit and nonprofit
organizations. Prereq. Middler standing.
MKT 1 501 Introduction to Retailing 4 QH
Explores the range of retail firms that make up the retailing
industry, from large mass merchandisers to small specialty
outlets. Examines the functions, practices, and organizations of
various store types. Considers such topics as current issues,
career opportunities, the environment of retailing and retailing's
role in the economy. Prereq. Middler standing.
MKT \ 503 Retail Merchandising and Control 4 QH
Examines the concepts and techniques of store operations and
merchandise management. Considers topics such as calculating
and planning markups and markdowns, pricing, inventory
control, stock turn, open-to-buy, profitability analysis, and ex-
pense control. Prereq. MKT 1435 or permission of instructor.
MKT 1504 Fashion RetoHing 4QH
Provides an understanding and appreciation of the dynamics
and multidimensional nature of the fashion business. Uses
assigned readings and projects to examine how the fashion in-
dustry functions and how fashion is produced and merchandised.
Simulates functions of the retail buyer. Prereq. MKT 1435 or
permission of instructor.
MKT 1 507 Retail Strotegies and Problems 4 QH
Considers strategic and policy decisions of major retail enter-
prises engaged in food, apparel, and general merchandise distri-
bution. Analyzes the evolution of retail institutions along with
the characteristics of and prospects for new store types. Prereq.
MKT 1435;junior or senior standing or permission of instructor.
MKT 1512 Marketing lor Nonprofit Organizations 4 QH
Examines the unique characteristics of marketing in public and
nonprofit enterprises. Aims to expand the scope of marketing
management concepts beyond the traditional setting of business.
Pays particular attention to the basic decision-making differ-
ences between public and private firms. Involves case analysis,
assigned readings, and a group project. Prereq. MKT 1331 and
middler standing.
MKT 1 5 1 5 Marketing in the Service Sector 4 QH
Presents a basic treatment of methods and techniques for mar-
keting in the service sector, which includes sports, recreation,
public service, banking, insurance, and hotels. Also analyzes a
number of descriptive studies covering the application of such
marketing principles in key service areas. Prereq. MKT 1331 and
middler standing.
b
Marketing 181
MKT 1 523 Advertising Management 4 QH
Focuses on the management of the advertising function in rela-
tion to a firm's overall marketing objectives. Approaches the
subject from the perspective of the user of advertising (for ex-
ample, the product manager and the marketing manager). Uses
case studies and text material to help the student develop deci-
sion-making skills. Prereq. MKT 1331 and middler standing.
MKT 1 531 Sales Monogement 4 QH
Helps the student develop decision-making skills necessary for
both building and maintaining an effective sales organization.
Uses cases and readings to examine the strategic and operating
problems of the sales manager. Includes such major topic areas
as the selling function, sales management at the field level, and
the sales executive. Prereq. MKT 1331 and middler standing.
Mia 1536 Brand Management 4QH
Focuses on the management and development of brand strate-
gies as well as the management of the product mix in the multi-
product firm. Includes such topics as evaluating and planning
new consumer product introductions, identifying and screening
new product opportunities, evaluating market performance,
segmenting the product/market, and managing the product line.
Prereq. MKT 1331 and middler standing.
MKT 1540 Marketing Channels 4QH
Studies marketing structures and institutions: their evolution,
functions, interrelations, and the management of their role in
the marketing process. Prereq. MKT 1435 or permission of in-
structor; junior or senior standing.
MKT 1 542 Industriol Marketing 4QH
Examines the marketing of products where business firms are
the potential customers. Upperclass elective, open to juniors and
seniors. Prereq. MKT 1331 and middler standing.
MKT 1545 New Product Development 4QH
For most firms, coping with the problems of environmental
change through modification of the product line is both vital and
difficult. This seminar is concerned primarily with the examina-
tion and analysis of the problems firms face in directing and
managing their new product development activities. Prereq.
MKT 1331.
MKT 1 553 Foundations of Consumer Behavior 4 QH
Helps students develop an understanding of consumer attitudes
and behavior processes as the basis of the design of marketing
problems. Considers economic and behavioral models of con-
sumer behavior and underlying behavioral theories and con-
cepts. Prereq. MKT 1331 and middler standing.
MKT 1 580 Quantitative Methods in Marketing 4 QH
Focuses on statistical methods and techniques commonly used in
the analysis and interpretation of survey and experimental data.
Uses "canned" computer programs to illustrate the applicability
of the methods discussed. Requires no previous computer experi-
ence. Prereq. MSC 1201.
MKT 1591 Independent Study 1QH
This course is for the student who has received approval to un-
dertake independent study in lieu of any course required in the
various concentrations. Students present proposals to an Inde-
pendent Studies Committee for evaluation and approval. Every
proposal requires a detailed outline of the objectives and plan of
study and must be accompanied by a supporting statement from
the supervising faculty member under whose direction the study
will take place. A copy of the final report prepared by the student
will be presented to the appropriate Independent Studies Com-
mittee. Further information about the Independent Studies
Program can be obtained from area coordinators.
MKT 1592 Independent Study
Same as MKT 1591.
MKT 1 593 Independent Study
Same as MKT 1591.
MKT 1 594, MKT 1 595, MKT 1 596, MKT 1 597
Independent Study
Same as HRM 1591.
2QH
3QH
4QHeoch
MKT 1 735 Honors: Introduction to Marketing 4 QH
Explores the role of marketing in contemporary society, business
enterprises, and nonprofit organizations through lectures, read-
ings, and small group discussions. Considers planning, operat-
ing, and evaluating marketing and promotional efforts that are
necessary to effectively market consumer and industrial prod-
ucts and services in both profit and nonprofit organizations.
Prereq. Middler standing and honors participation.
MKT 1 760 International Marketing 4 QH
Introduces those aspects of marketing that are unique to inter-
national business within the framework of traditional functional
areas of marketing. Focuses on the environment and the modifi-
cations of marketing concepts and practices necessitated by
environmental differences. Includes such topics as cultural
dynamics in international markets, political and legal environ-
mental constraints, educational and economic constraints, inter-
national marketing research, international marketing institu-
tions, and marketing practices abroad. Prereq. MKT 1331 and
middler standing.
MKT 1 8 1 0 Seminar in Advertising and Promotion Strategy 4 QH
Introduces a variety of topics in advertising and promotional
strategy, including communications and persuasion theory,
creative execution and message strategy, media planning, and
the use of expert systems in advertising management. Employs a
computer simulation, Adstrat, to develop advertising plans in a
project-based format. Allows students to examine various "what
if scenarios to reinforce strategic decisions made in advertising
and promotions management. Prereq. Honors participation or
permission of instructor.
MKT 1 89 1 Honors Thesis in Progress 0 QH
MKT 1892 Honors Thesis 8QH
MKT 1893 Honors Thesis in Progress OQH
MKT 1894 Honors Thesis 12QH
Transportation and Logistics Management
TRN 1 333 The Domestic Transportation System 4 QH
Examines the structure, operations, and problems of the several
modes of transportation, and outlines the government role in
regulation and promotion. Also highlights the interaction be-
tween carriers and shippers in the transportation marketplace.
182 Course Descriptions
TRN 1 335 Current Issues in Logistics and Transportation 4 QH
Identifies important contemporary issues and problems in logis-
tics and transportation and examines their nature and signifi-
cance. Explores alternative approaches to resolving such prob-
lems by analyzing various options and their implications.
TRN 1 344 Business/Logistics 4 QH
Analyzes the role and activities of those involved in corporate
logistics decision making. Emphasizes the importance of trans-
portation planning, inventory control, vi'arehousing, customer
service standards, and location decisions in the design and
operation of distribution systems.
TRN 1 353 Seminar in Transportation and logistics 4 QH
Focuses on a limited number of advanced transportation/logis-
tics topics. Offers students experience with business and govern-
ment through individual research topics selected for class pre-
sentation/discussion. Prereq. Senior standing or permission of
instructor.
TRN 1 760 International Transportation and Logistics Management 4 QH
Analyzes the managerial activities of logistics planning and
operations in multinational firms. Focuses on contemporary
issues that affect the design of international logistics systems,
and examines the current and fiiture status of ocean and air
transportation in international trade and development.
TRN 1891 Honors Thesis in Progress
TRN 1892 Honors Thesis
TRN 1 893 Honors Thesis in Progress
TRN 1894 Honors Thesis
OQH
8QH
OQH
12QH
TRN 1 5 1 4 Carrier Management 4 QH
Examines the perspective of those involved in managing the
several modes of transportation. Emphasizes the decision-mak-
ing process related to such issues as carrier financing, pricing,
labor relations, and equipment selection.
TRN 1 528 Urban Transportation 4 QH
Focuses on the movement of people and freight in and around
metropolitan areas. Examines the role of transit managers in
planning, implementing, and operating mass transit systems.
Also outlines how various governmental units participate in
financing and regulating urban transportation.
TRN 1591 Independent Study 1 QH
This course is for the student who has received approval to un-
dertake independent study in lieu of any course required in the
various concentrations. Students present proposals to an Inde-
pendent Studies Committee for evaluation and approval. Every
proposal requires a detailed outline of the objectives and plan of
study and must be accompanied by a supporting statement from
the supervising faculty member under whose direction the study
will take place. A copy of the final report prepared by the student
will be presented to the appropriate Independent Studies Com-
mittee. Further information about the Independent Studies
Program can be obtained fi-om area coordinators.
TRN 1592 Independent Study
Same as TRN 1591.
2QH
TRN 1593 Independent Study
Same as TRN 1591.
3QH
TRN 1 594, TRN 1 595, TRN 1 596, TRN 1 597 Independent Study
Same as TRN 1591.
4QHeach
TRN 1 72 1 Labor/Management Issues in Transportation 4 QH
Focuses on labor in the transportation industries. Examines
trends in employee compensation, productivity, bargaining
patterns, and influence of government policies on labor/manage-
ment issues.
Transportation and Logistics Management 183
Computer Science
COM 1 1 00 Fundamentals of Computer Science* 4 QH
Introduces computers and computer programming. Studies basic
concepts of a high-level language such as data types, variables,
assignment, expressions, statements, and input/output. Surveys
structured programming tools including flow control constructs,
procedures and functions, parameters, local variables, and user-
defined data structures. Discusses the string and array data
structures in detail. Introduces graphics and animation. Empha-
sizes the systematic design of programs using structured
components.
COM 1101 Algorithms and Data Structures 1 4 QH
Introduces algorithms, data structures, abstraction, and
modularization. Discusses elementary sorting and searching.
Studies data structures such as records and combinations of
arrays and records, external text and binary files, linked lists,
stacks and queues. Introduces recursion as a technique for the
rapid design of complex algorithms. Prereq. COM 1100 or
COMllOSorequiv.
COM 1 1 02 Symbolic Programming and Its Applications 4 QH
Introduces the fundamental concepts and applications of func-
tional programming and their relationship to computer science.
Reviews basic ideas underlying symbolic information processing
and the role of LISP in this context. Covers applications selected
from artificial intelligence, programming language design and
implementation, procedural and data abstraction, and develop-
ment of data-driven programs. Prereq. COM 1101.
COM 1 1 05 Computer Science and Its Applications 4 QH
Provides an opportunity for students of all majors to understand
and experience the computer science field and to become in-
formed and intelligent users of its tools. Explores using the
computer as a fundamental component of the problem solving
process. Discusses the basic principles as well as relevant histori-
cal, social, cultural, and ethical issues. Provides hands-on experi-
ences with applications such as word processors, spreadsheets,
database management systems, HyperCard, graphics-statistics
packages, and simulations. Not open to computer science majors.
COM 1 1 1 0 FORTRAN Laboratory 1 QH
Considers elements of FORTRAN programming for those famil-
iar with a high-level language such as Pascal or C. Includes
input/output, subroutine linkage, and methods of structured
programming in FORTRAN. Prereq. COM 1 100.
COM 1 114 C laboratory 1QH
Examines elements of C programming for those familiar with a
high-level language such as Pascal and with elementary data
structures. Emphasizes how C combines tools for structured
programming with mechanisms for producing efficient code.
Introduces UNIX. Prereg. COM 1101.
COM 1 1 1 5 Introduction to Computers 1 1 QH
Introduces students to personal computers and how they can
enhance productivity. Discusses the basic operations and style of
interaction on Macintosh and MS-DOS computers. Teaches word
processing in both environments. Introduces drawing and paint-
ing programs for creating presentation graphics. Students may
take either COM 1105 or the sequence COMl 1 15, COM 1116, and
COM 11 17 but not both. Not open to computer science majors.
COM 1116 Introduction to Computers 2 1 QH
Discusses using spreadsheets for data analysis. Describes how to
create charts and graphs for data presentation. Introduces
simple data management tasks and elementary programming
via HyperCard. Prereq. COM 11 15 or equiv. Students may take
either COM 1105 or the sequence COM 1115, COM 1116, and
COM 11 17 but not both. Not open to computer science majors.
COM 1117 Introduction to Computers 3 1 QH
Discusses the design and use of relational databases for sophisti-
cated data management tasks. Utilizes packages for statistical
and graphic analysis of data. Introduces computer simulation.
Prereq. COM 11 15 and COM 11 16 or equiv. Students may take
either COM 1105 or the sequence COM 1115, COM 1116, and
COM 1117 but not both. Not open to computer science majors.
COM 1121 Computer Science Overview 1
1QH
COM 1 1 07 Introduction to Programming 1 4QH
Discusses important themes and ideas in computer science and
introduces students to writing computer programs. Utilizes
simple computer graphics in addition to text input-output. Ex-
amines variables, assignment, and flow control with loops and
decisions. Explores algorithms, program design, and problem
solving using procedures and functions.
COM 1 1 08 Introduction to Programming 2 4QH
Continues discussing important themes and ideas in computer
science. Examines data structures in programming, including
arrays, string, user-defined data types, records, combinations of
arrays and records, text-file input-output, and simple sorting
methods. Focuses on a systematic approach to problem solving
and program design through appropriate abstractions. Empha-
sizes visualizing concepts through computer graphics. Prereq.
COM 1107.
*Students should take either COM 1 100 or the pair of courses COM 1 107 and
COM 1108. Additional concepts and examples are introduced in COM 1107
and COM 1108, and the pace is somewhat slower than that in COM 1100.
COM 1 1 22 Computer Science Overview 2 1 QH
Reviews and gives practice to the intellectual skills needed for
success as a computer science major. Discusses issues that can
affect academic success and introduces the intellectual and
cultural opportunities at Northeastern University and in Bos-
ton. Includes readings about major figures in computing and
guest lectures that survey advanced fields in computer science.
Looks ahead to professional work in computer science. Prereq.
Computer science major.
COM 1 1 30 Computer Organization and Programming 1 4 QH
Introduces computer organization and programming at the
assembly-language level. Topics include arithmetic instructions,
memory organization and data representation, addressing
modes, flow control instructions, subroutines, procedures and
linkage with higher-level languages, run-time stack structure,
implementation of recursion, floating point and bit instructions,
terminal I/O using system services or higher-level languages,
and use of the debugger. Prereq. COM 1101.
184 Course Descriptions
COM 1 201 Algorithms and Data Structures 2 4 QH
Introduces complex data structures and the corresponding algo-
rithms for manipulation. Examines trees; binary search; priority
queues, heaps, and heapsort; and quicksort. Introduces analysis
of algorithms. Surveys graphs; depth-first and breadth-first
search; shortest path and minimal spanning tree; sets, union,
and find; hashing; and balanced trees. Prereq. COM 1101 and
MTH1137.
COM 1 205 Software Design and Development 4 QH
Presents the latest ideas and techniques in software methodol-
ogy and provides a means for students to apply these techniques.
Students, working in groups, will be expected to design, imple-
ment, test, and document a large software project. Prereq.
COM 1201.
COM 1310 RIe Structures 4QH
Focuses on analyzing file structure organizations in terms of
seek time, rotational latency, and data transfer time for mag-
netic disk drives. Studies external sorting, B-trees, and hashing
algorithms. Introduces applying simple mathematical methods
to the performance analysis of various file structures. Prereq.
COM 1201.
COM 131 5 Database Design 4QH
Focuses on designing a database for use in a relational database
management system. Uses the entity-relationship model and
normalization on example problems. Presents the SQL lan-
guage. Topics may include the network model, the hierarchical
model, or the object-oriented model. Nonmajors with program-
ming experience in PASCAL or C are welcome. Requires imple-
menting a database schema and short application program on a
commercial database management system. Prereq. COM 1101
or programming experience in a high-level language.
COM 131 6 Dotabase Management 2 4QH
Focuses on database systems that support relational model
applications. Topics include recovery, query optimization, integ-
rity, and security and concurrency, with examples based on
INGRES and System R. Covers additional topics such as data-
base machines at the discretion of the instructor. Implements a
small relational DBMS. Prereq. COM 1315.
COM 1317 Transaction Processing Systems 4QH
Focuses on the concepts and practice of modem transaction
processing systems in a distributed setting. Describes the overall
architecture of systems such as TP monitor, recovery manager,
log manager, and lock manager. Discusses the principles of DO/
UNDO/REDO logging such as the write-ahead log rule and the
force log-on-commit rule. Describes compensation log records,
checkpoint and restart recovery procedures, two-phase commit,
lock tables, granularity of locking, and two-phase locking.
Prereq. COM 1310 and COM 1315.
COM 1 330 Operating Systems Concepts 4 QH
Introduces basic structure, components, design, implementa-
tion, and internal operation of the kernel of computer operating
systems. Surveys operating systems history, Inpul^Output
device management, process environment, CPU scheduling,
concurrent processes and synchronization, interprocess commu-
nication mechanisms, memory management, and device drivers.
Uses examples fi-om many operating systems (MS-DOS, UNIX)
to reinforce concepts. Includes a lab to expose students to the
system concepts through programming exercises. Prereq. COM
1140 and COM 1130 or equivalents.
COM 1 335 Operating Systems Design 4 QH
Continues COM 1330. Discusses components needed to create
commercial operating systems. Covers security and access con-
trol, resource allocation, deadlock management and resolution,
file system structures, and distributed operating systems. Offers
examples from many operating systems (UNIX, VMS) to rein-
force concepts. Requires programming and modifying operating
system components through labs. Prereq. COM 1330.
COM 1 336 Operating Systems 2 4 QH
Explores advanced topics in operating system design. Allows
students to complete the study of device management begun in
COM 1335 and implement a device driver for a small operating
system. Covers topics in theoretical aspects of operating system
design such as mechanisms for high- and low-level synchroniza-
tion, deadlock, distributed algorithms, management of paged
memory, queueing theory, and computer security. Prereq.
COM 1335 and MTH 1387.
COM 1 337 Computer Communication Networks 4 QH
Explores data networking. Focuses on concepts, technology, and
implementation issues. Discusses distributed system require-
ments, network architectures, OSI model, communication proto-
cols, routing algorithms, local area networks, public data
networks, vendor network architecture, PC networks, stan-
dards, internetworking, network management, and performance
issues. Uses examples fi-om real networks (such as IBM, SNA,
DEC'S DECnet, Ethernet, Token Ring, and X.25) to reinforce
theory. Requires using real networks and designing and imple-
menting communication protocols. Prereq. COM 1330.
COM 1 350 Automata and Formal Languages 4 QH
Topics include finite-state machines and regular expressions;
context-free grammars; properties and decidability problems of
regular and context-free languages; pushdown automata; pump-
ing theorems for regular and context-fi-ee languages; and Turing
machines. Church's thesis, and the halting problem. Prereq.
COM 1201 and MTH 1137.
COM 1355 Compiler Design 1 4QH
Implements concepts such as finite state automata, regular
expression pattern matching, and contextfree grammars using a
lexical analyzer and a compiler-compiler. Emphasizes LALR( 1)
or LL( 1 ) parsing with exposure to top-down, bottom-up, and
operatorprecedence methods. Examines ambiguous grammars
and may include some code generation. Uses a "hands-on" ap-
proach, including either a sequence of programming assign-
ments or a project. Prereq. COM 1131 and COM 1350.
COM 1356 Compiler Design 2 4QH
Discusses advanced topics related to code generation: run-time
environment, symbol table organization, and scope rules. Other
topics include type checking, aggregate types (arrays and
records), error analysis and recovery, code optimization, tail
recursion, functional programming, and polymorphic functions.
Implements theoretical ideas through programs or a large
project. Prereq. COM 1355.
COM 1 358 Analysis of Programming Languages 4 QH
Topics include run-time behavior of programming languages;
interpreters; static and dynamic scoping; parameter-passing
mechanism; implementation of functions and recursion; and
features of current languages and their implementation.
Prereq. COM 1102.
Computer Science 185
COM 1 370 Computer Graphics 4 QH
Focuses on characteristics and programming of graphics output
devices. Presents basics point and line drawing, two-dimensional
displays, and clipping and windowing. Surveys pictures: data
structures and display file organization; and interaction: graphi-
cal input and external events-operating system considerations.
Includes some three-dimensional drawing. Prereq. COM 1201
and MTH 1301.
COM 1 390 Analysis of Algorithms 4 OH
Introduces the basic principles and techniques of analyzing
algorithms. Topics include algorithms on sorting, searching,
graphs, and digraphs (such as minimal spanning tree, shortest
path, depth-first search, components of a graph); and methods
involving string matching, polynomials and matrices. Considers
fast Fourier transform and the concept of N P-complete prob-
lems. Prereq. COM 1201, MTH 1125, MTH 1137, andMTH 1301.
COM 1 4 1 0 Artificial Intelligence 4 QH
Focuses on analysis of current computer algorithms dealing with
problems such as theorem proving, chess playing, general prob-
lem solvers, robotics, symbolic computation, perceptions, and
self-reproducing automated parallel machines. Prereq. COM
1102, COM 1201, and MTH 1409.
COM 1 420 Principles and Methods in Interactive Systems Design 4 QH
Introduces principles of computer-human interface (software)
design, and methodologies of implementation, evaluation, and
research in computer-human interaction. Topics include user
psychology, dialog styles (menu interfaces, command languages,
icons, windows), screen layout and design, input and output
devices (mouse, touchscreen, keyboard, voice technology), error
handling/reporting and system response time, user documenta-
tion, and "intelligent" interfaces. Traces techniques for imple-
menting software-human interfaces, and methodologies for
testing and assessing the "usability" of interactive systems.
COM 1 600 Computer Science Project 4 QH
Presents the latest ideas and techniques in software methodol-
ogy and provides a means for students to apply these techniques.
Students, working in groups, will be expected to design, imple-
ment, test, and document a large software project. Prereq. COM
1102, COM 1110, COM 1201, and COM 1355.
COM 1621 Computer Science Seminar 1 QH
A capstone course for computer science majors. Meetings are
held once or twice per week and a current topic or problem in
computer science is presented by an expert in the subject matter.
Students are assigned additional questions and/or problems to
research in the topic area as an aid to developing a deeper appre-
ciation and understanding of various aspects of computer sci-
ence. Prereq. Computer science seniors only.
COM 1 700, COM 1 701, COM 1 702, COM 1 720, and COM 1 730 4 QH each
Offers a special section for honors students in COM 1100, COM
1101, COM 1102, COM 1201, and COM 1130, respectively.
Prereq. Enrollment in the Honors Program or permission of the
instructor.
COM 1 705, COM 1 71 7, COM 1 737, and COM 1 757 5 QH each
Offers a special section for honors students in COM 1205, COM
1316, COM 1335, and COM 1350 respectively. Prereq. Enroll-
ment in the Honors Program or permission of the instructor.
COM 1 770 Honors Computer Science Seminar 4 QH
Offers a capstone course for computer science honors students.
Exposes students to a variety of computer science topics of cur-
rent interest, and provides an opportunity to improve skills in
presenting technical material. Requires students to prepare a
one hour presentation of professional quality on a topic of inter-
est in computer science. Requires the student to write paper on
the same topic.
COM 1777 Honors Adjunct Computer Science 1 QH
Allows honors students who do not have an honors section to do
honors work in one of the computer science elective courses while
enrolled in the regular course.
COM 1 800 Directed Study in Computer Science 4 QH
Programs of directed study, held one or more quarters, are avail-
able for highly motivated students who wish to explore in depth
special topics in computer science. Directed study can be used as
an opportunity to examine familiar material in ft-esh ways or to
explore new material that is not offered in formal courses. Pro-
vides students strong in computer science and related sciences a
chance to develop the art and skill needed to work independently
and creatively in computer science. Prereq. Permission of the
instructor; may be repeated for credit.
COM 1810 Topics in Computer Science 4 QH
Focuses on an advanced topic in computer science to be selected
by the instructor. Prereq. Permission of the instructor.
186 Course Descriptions
Cooperative Education
COP 1135 Professional Development for Journalists 1 QH
Provides current career information in the field of journalism.
Prepares journalism students for the cooperative education
experience as well as introducing them to the academic prepara-
tion necessary to pursue a successful career in the journalist
profession. Focuses on effective resume writing, letters of appli-
cation, and interviewing techniques specifically geared to those
who intend to pursue a career in journalism.
COP 11 80 Career Decision-Making 4QH
Focuses on needs and concerns of students who may be unde-
cided or uncertain about their academic major or career direc-
tion. Addresses the needs of the group, as well as individual
participants, and emphasizes self-assessment, career explora-
tion, decision making, and goal setting. Prereq. Freshmen or
sophomores in any major or permission of instructor.
COP 1 220 Working in the United States 4 QH
As a career development course for international students in
their first-through-third years, helps students compete more
effectively for cooperative education positions in the United
States and assists them in their cultural transition into the
American work force. Considers work-oriented cross-cultural
issues, the American work ethic, skills development, resume
writing, and interviewing techniques. Prereq. International
students in first or second year in the United States only.
COP 1 31 4 Ufe/Career Planning 4 QH
Focuses on career exploration, self-assessment, job-search tech-
niques, and networking. Requires students to prepare a profes-
sional resume, to participate in videotaped mock interviews, to
research careers, and to investigate graduate and professional
schools. Prereq. Junior or senior in any major standing or permis-
sion of instructor.
COP 1 353 Professional Development for Education 1 QH
Examines career management issues for fourth-year students.
Discusses work and personal values, current issues in the em-
ployment market, planning for graduate study, organizing and
conducting a job search, advanced resume preparation, and
interviewing techniques.
Cooperative Education 187
Criminal Justice
G 1 1 01 Administration of Giminol Justice 4 QH
Surveys the contemporary criminal justice system from the
initial contact with the offender through prosecution, disposi-
tion, incarceration, and release to the community. Emphasizes
major systems of social control: police, corrections, juvenile jus-
tice, mental health systems, and their policies and practices
relative to the offender. Maintains balanced study by providing
legal, empirical, and sociological materials.
G 1 1 1 2 Critical Issues in Criminal Justice 4 QH
Introduces students to the major issues and ethical consider-
ations facing criminal justice and criminology today. Discusses
six to eight major critical, moral, and ethical issues. Considers
such core topics as the death penalty, abortion, euthanasia,
abolition of the insanity plea, victimless crimes (prostitution,
drug abuse, gambling), and gun control. Presents these issues in
the format of pros and cons; involves student presentations or
debates.
G 1 1 5 1 1ntroduction to Law and the Legal Process 1 4 QH
Provides an introduction to the law and the legal system of the
United States. Sets forth the fundamentals of our legal process
and provides a summary description of both the private and
public law system. Presents an overview of the traditional struc-
ture, as well as the basic principles of law.
G 11 52 Introduction to Law and the Legal Process 2 4 QH
Continues the material presented in C J 1151. Introduces basic
tort and contract principles, administrative law, and governmen-
tal regulation of business, topics of particular concern to criminal
justice professionals in both the public and private sectors, as
well as to those students concentrating in legal studies. Prereq.
CJ 1151 and CJ 1252.
G 1201 Criminology 4QH
Introduces the major theories of crime causation developed over
the past two centuries. Explores the scope and nature of the
current crime problem in the United States. Examines the char-
acteristics of specific criminal behavior such as violent crime,
property crime, organized crime, white-collar crime, and public
order crime.
G 1 25 1 1ntroduction to Criminal Law 4 QH
Deals with the area of criminal responsibility, some of its limita-
tions, and certain modifications substantially affecting it. Re-
quires an ability to express in writing both the knowledge of a
particular concept and the ability to identify it in a complex fact
pattern and discuss its implications and ramifications.
G 1 252 Criminal Due Process 4 QH
Focuses on a historical evaluation of the Fourteenth Amendment
and its use in making rights prescribed under the Bill of Rights
applicable to the individual states. Also details the inherent
problems of the Fifth and Sixth Amendments, including the
effect of their implications on such matters as police practices,
illegal search and seizure, and right to counsel. Expects students
to be familiar with basic concepts as well as changing interpreta-
tions so they can cite cases that may stand as precedents for
conclusions they draw. Prereq. CJ 1251.
G 1 253 Introduction to Oiminal Courts 4 QH
Examines the role of criminal courts in the United States, the
structure and organization of the court system, and the flow of
cases from arrest to conviction. Focuses on the key actors in the
courtroom — prosecutors, defense attorneys, judges, and court
clerks — and the decision-making processes in charging, setting
bail, pleading guilty, going to trial, and sentencing. Addresses
prospects for reforming courts. Prereq. CJ 1251 and CJ 1252.
G 1 254 Gvil Liability in Criminal Justice 4 QH
Studies the contemporary problems of civil liability affecting the
criminal justice professional. Reviews cases involving police,
security, probation, parole, and corrections personnel to help
students understand and appreciate the legal factors, public
policy issues, and methods of reducing the risk of civil liability.
Prereq. CJ 1251, and CJ 1252.
G 1 301 Introduction to Security 4 QH
Examines the organization and administration of security and
loss prevention programs in industry, business, and government.
Emphasizes the protection of assets, personnel, and facilities and
focuses on the relations between security organizations and
government agencies.
G1311White-CollarCrime 4QH
Gives the student a basic understanding of white-collar crime.
Covers such topics as the nature and extent of white-collar crime,
the social-psychologic makeup of white-collar crime, tjrpologies,
current efforts directed toward controlling it, and the
interagency and jurisdictional problems and the benefits of
cooperation.
G 1 3 1 4 Security Management and Supervision 4 QH
Deals with the roles and responsibilities of the security manager.
Gives special attention to the responsibilities of planning, orga-
nizing, staffing, directing, controlling, representing, and inno-
vating. Explores the manager's responsibility in
professionalizing security and other relevant issues. Prereq.
CJ 1301 or equiv.
GI3l8Terrorism 4QH
Attempts to give the student an understanding of what terrorism
is and why it has become so popular. Includes the role of news
media, political consequences of terrorism, the military as a
resource, and the role of the hostage.
G 1 3 1 9 Legal Aspects of Security Management and Operations 4 QH
Provides a comprehensive examination of the legal environment
and issues affecting security operations and management. Ana-
lyzes elements of criminal, civil, property, regulatory, and busi-
ness law from the perspective of organizational security
management concerns. Includes legal basis of security practices,
civil liability, corporate security, investigations, labor law, indus-
trial espionage, governmental security issues, and other relevant
topics.
G 1 40 1 Policing a Democratic Society 4 QH
Gives an understanding of the role and function of policing in a
modern democratic society. Examines contemporary American
policing in light of its Anglo-Saxon roots, and compares it to
188 Course Descriptions
policing in other Anglo-Ssixon countries (such as Canada and
Austraha), and other modern poHce systems. Examines police in
light of contemporary major issues including race, index crime,
drugs, disorder, conflict, and riot. Examines the contemporary
shift from reform (professional) to community and problem-
oriented policing.
a 1411 Police Strategy 4QH
Examines the current organizational strategy of American po-
lice, their goals and mission, and the resources and tactics they
adopt to pursue those goals. Emphasizes the authority and re-
sources granted to police; police function, organization, and
administration; the demand for police services; the relationship
of police to their environment; police tactics; and the outcome for
which police strive. Focuses on police accountability and effec-
tiveness. Prereq. CJ 1401.
G 1 424 Seminar in Policing 4 QH
Specific topic in policing to be armounced. Prereq. CJ 1401,
CJ 1411, and junior standing or above.
U 1426 Topics in Policing 4QH
Specific topic in policing to be armounced. Prereq. Junior stand-
ing or above.
G 1 427 Topics in Criminal Justice 4 QH
Specific topic in criminal justice to be announced. Prereq. Junior
or senior standing.
G 1 45 1 Criminal Justice Research 4 OH
Surveys methods for basic and applied research in criminal
justice, combining statistics and research methods. Concen-
trates on research application by stressing discussion of the
general role of research in the discipline and specific contribu-
tions advanced by studies in the literature. Prereq. MTH 1010 or
equiv., and middler, junior, or senior standing.
G 1501 Evidence 1 4QH
Provides students the opportunity to develop their understand-
ing of the manner in which legal issues and disputes are resolved
by trial. Focuses on the manner in which the trial system works
and the reasoning behind the rules governing its operation,
including rules of evidence: the mechanics of the adversary
system, relevancy, reliability, and rules of exclusion based on
policy considerations other than relevancy and reliability. In-
cludes such learning tools as videotapes, mock trials, observation
of actual court trials, lectures, take-home assignments, and
exams. Prereq. C J 1251, CJ 1252.
G 1502 Evidence 2 4QH
Continues with reliability and rules of exclusion, based on policy
considerations other than relevancy and reliability, as set forth
in CJ 1501. Prereg. CJ 1501.
G 1 5 1 2 Seminar in Law and Criminal Justice 4 OH
Specific topic in the law and criminal justice to be announced.
Prereq. C J 1251, C J 1252, and junior or senior standing.
G 1 5 1 3 Criminal Homicide 4 OH
Surveys the topic of homicide. Explores general murder patterns
and analyzes types of homicide emphasizing mass and serial
killing. Discusses criminal justice issues in apprehension, pros-
ecution, and punishment of murder.
G 1 60 1 Survey of Correctional Systems 4 QH
Offers an introduction to penology and corrections. Explores the
public reaction to convicted offenders historically, while concen-
trating on issues and programs of contemporary corrections.
Prereq. CJ 1201.
G 161 2 Juvenile Justice 4QH
Gives an overview of the institutional response to the problems of
juvenile delinquency, juvenile misconduct, and dependent/ne-
glected and abused children. Emphasizes the police, court, and
correctional agencies that process young people. In addition,
devotes attention to an understanding of the history of the sys-
tem, recent legal developments, and an assessment of current
proposals for reform. Prereq. SOC 1100 and CJ 1201.
G 1 6 1 3 Probation and Parole 4 QH
Examines the nature and problems of correctional field service,
both adult and juvenile. Prereq. CJ 1601.
G 1 6 1 5 Crime ond Criminal Justice: A Comparative View 4 OH
Examines the problems of crime and its control from the vantage
point of the comparative perspective. Analyzes countries such as
Soviet Russia, China, France, East Germany, and West Ger-
many. Also analyzes Great Britain, Holland, Finland, and Swe-
den in terms of their incidence and type of deviance and crime, as
well as in terms of approach to social control and prevention of
crime. Examines points of divergence between these countries
and the United States in perceived causes of crime and differing
approaches to rehabilitation and crime prevention. Prereq. CJ
1101, SOC llOO.orequiv.
G 1 61 6 Women and the Criminol Justice System 4 QH
Introduces students to issues relating to roles taken by women
involved with the criminal justice system and to the system's
various responses to women in these roles. Focuses on women as
victims of crime, as offenders, and as practitioners. Prereq.
Middler, junior, or senior standing.
G1618Victimsof Crime 4QH
Examines current theory and research regarding victims of
crime. Devotes attention to concepts such as victim vulnerability
and victim culpability. In addition, discusses the implications of
a victim-oriented perspective for the administration of justice.
Assesses current victim programs, including restitution, media-
tion, and compensation.
G162Ilncarceration 4QH
Offers in-depth familiarity with key reading in the history and
sociology of incarceration. Topics include theories of incarcera-
tion; sentence determination; history of our incarceration sys-
tems; inmate and staffperspectives on incarceration; and
special category inmates (mentally ill, rape victims, death row
prisoners). Includes extensive discussion. Prereq. C J 1301;
middler, junior, or senior standing; and QPA overB-. Or permis-
sion of the instructor.
G 1 801, G 1802, G 1 803, G 1 804 Directed Study
4QHeach
CriminalJustice 189
Engineering
Chemical Engineering
The course descriptions listed under chemical engineering are
intended to show the general scope of the subject that will be
covered. Since courses are continually updated, specific topics or
methods of approach may vary firom term to term. In addition to
meeting course prerequisites, students are expected to take each
chemical engineering coiu^se in the sequence shown on the speci-
men program sheet.
CHE 1 20 1 Chemical Engineering Calculations 1 4 QH
Examines the application of fundamental laws of mass and
energy conservation to chemical and physical processes. Empha-
sizes material balances. A corequisite computational lab aids
students in improving facility in handling problems tj^pical of the
course. Lab fee. Prereg. CHM 1132 and CHM 1138. Takeconcur-
rently with CHE 1205.
CHE 1 202 Chemical Engineering Calculations 2 4 QH
Continues CHE 1201, emphasizing energy balances £md the
simultaneous application of mass and energy conservation laws.
Considers typical chemical processing industry problems.
Prereq. CHE 1201.
CHE 1 205 Computation Laboratory 2 QH
Offers lab sessions to aid students in problem formulation and
solution. The assignments are based on material presented in
CHE 1201. Emphasis is placed on computer software applica-
tions. Lab fee. Prereq. Taken with CHE 1201.
CHE 1 2 1 1 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 1 4 QH
Topics include the first law and its application to batch and flow
systems, heat effects in chemicals, and physical properties of real
fluids. Applies basic principles and mathematical relations to the
analysis and solution of engineering problems. Prereq. CHE 1201
and CHE 1205.
CHE 1 300 Chemical Engineering Calculations 2 4 QH
Emphasizes energy balances and the simultaneous application
of mass and energy conservation laws in steady and unsteady
state processes. Problems are selected fi-om chemical processing
industry applications. Prereq. CHE 1201 and CHE 1211.
CHE 1 3 1 0 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 2 4 QH
Covers thermodynamic properties of mixtures; fugacity and the
fiigacity coefficients from equations of state for gaseous mix-
tures; liquid phase fugacities and activity coefficients for liquid
mixtures; phase equilibria; the equilibrium constant for homoge-
neous gas-phase reactions; and extension of theory to handle
simultaneous, heterogeneous, and solution reactions. Prereq.
CHE 1300.
CHE 1 321 Momentum Transport 5 QH
Covers topics such as physical properties of fluids, pipe flow for
process application, fluid metering, macroscopic balances and
their application, microscopic balances, and boundary layer and
turbulent flow theory. Prereq. CHE 121 1 and CHE 1300.
CHEMISExperimentdMethodsl 5QH
Presents a comprehensive approach to solving experimental
chemical engineering problems. Requires students to design,
conduct, and report on experimental work orally and in writing.
Involves experiments in unit operations in process measure-
ments, fluid metering, and heat exchangers. Includes lectures on
the principles of laboratory safety and data hsuidling techniques.
Lab fee. Prereq. CHE 1321.
CHE 141 6 Experimental Methods 2 5QH
Continues CHE 1415, requiring more advanced experimentation
and more extensive reports. Involves experiments in unit opera-
tions in distillation, evaporation, extraction, filtration, or separa-
tions. Requires oral and written communications. Lab fee.
Prereq. CHE 1415.
CHE 1 421 Chemical Engineering Kinetics 4 QH
Topics include fundamental theories of the rate of chemical
change in homogeneous reacting systems; integral and differen-
tial analysis of kinetic data; design of batch and continuous-flow
chemical reactors; and an introduction to heterogeneous reac-
tions and reactor design. Prereq. CHE 1310.
CHE 1431 Heat Transport 5QH
Presents the fiindamentals of heat transport. Covers the design
of heat transfer equipment and estimation of heat transfer rates.
Includes conduction, convection, condensation, and boiling, and
covers heat exchangers, evaporators, and driers. Prereq. CHE
1321.
CHE 1 441 Separation Processes 5 QH
Describes the principles utilized in the physical separation of
chemical mixtures. Covers filtration, evaporation, extraction,
£md distillation. Introduces equilibrium stages as applied to the
separation of binary mixtures by liquid-liquid extraction and by
continuous distillation. Prereq. CHE 1431.
CHE 1 450 Chemical Engineering Economics 4 QH
Introduces financial decision-meiking techniques as applied to
problems of production, storage, transportation, and utilization
of chemical resources to meet societal needs. Prereq. ECN 1115.
CHE 1501 Chemical Process Design 1 6QH
Focuses on the design of a chemical process. Topics include
computer simulation of steady-state processing conditions,
selecting process operations, preparing flowsheets and stream
tables, and evaluating the economics of a chemical process de-
sign. Explores a comprehensive chemical process design prob-
lem with a team approach. Prereq. CHE 1421 and CHE 1441.
CHE 1 502 Chemical Process Design 2 6 QH
Continues CHE 1501. Requires each student to solve a compre-
hensive chemical process design problem. Includes topics such as
heat and power integration in chemical processing, design and
scheduling of batch processes, sequencing separation operations,
and safety considerations in process design. Prereq. CHE 1501.
CHE 1503 Projects 1 6QH
Offers individual research related to some phase of chemical
engineering. Open only to students selected by the department
190 Course Descriptions
head on the basis of scholarship and proven ability. Lab fee.
Prereq. Senior standing and consent of department.
CHE 1504 Projects 2 6QH
Continues the research work begun in CHE 1503. Lab fee.
Prereq. CHE 1503.
CHE 1 5 1 1 Mathematical Methods in Chemical Engineering 4 QH
Examines the formulation and solution of problems taken from
chemical and engineering studies that require advanced math-
ematical methods. Emphasizes the formulation step, and dis-
cusses numeric and analytic solution techniques for solving sets
of algebraic equations and for solving ordinary and partial differ-
ential equations. Prereq. Senior standing.
CHE 1 5 1 2 Chemical Process Control 4 QH
Topics include the Laplace transform and its use in solving ordi-
nary differential equations; modeling and computer simulation
of basic heat, mass, and fluid-flow dynamics; linearization of
nonlinecu- systems; the transfer function; sensors, transmitters,
valves, and controllers; block-diagram algebra; dynamics of
higher-order systems; modeling and simulation of control-loop
dynamics; frequency response; and Laplace and frequency do-
main stability analysis. Prereq. Senior standing.
CHE 1 51 3 Introduction to Optimization 4 QH
Demonstrates elementary optimization techniques, such as
gradient methods, pattern search, linear programming, and
dynamic programming, as applied to a variety of elementary
physical and chemical problems. Prereq. Senior standing.
CHE1514SpecialTopics 4QH
Presents chemical engineering topics of interest to the staff
member conducting the class. Prereq. Senior standing.
CHE 1 51 6 Mass Transfer Operations 4 QH
Focuses on the mass transfer operations of crystallization,
adsorption, chromatography, ion exchange, and mem-
brane separations. Prereq. Senior standing.
CHE 151 9 Polymer Science
Introduces polymers and polymer chemistry, synthesis and
reactions of polymers, and thermodynamics and kinetics of
polymerization. Includes topics such as physical characteriza-
tion of polymers; molecular structure, properties, and applica-
tions of polymers; and polymer processing and testing of
polymers. Prereq. CHE 1421 and CHM 1272.
CHE 1 520 Pollution Control in Chemicol Industries 4 QH
Studies fundamental operations for handling environmental
problems in the chemical process industries. Discusses water
quality requirements and industrial waste characteristics.
Prereq. Senior standing.
CHE 1 52 1 Chemical Process Development 4 QH
Traces the manner in which a chemical process evolves from the
research lab to full-scale production using typical processes as
illustrations. Topics covered include economic factors, safety
factors, batch vs. continuous operation, process evaluation,
developing the flow sheet, and scale-up considerations. Prereq.
Senior standing.
CHE 1523 Catalysis 4QH
Introduces heterogeneous catalytic processes. Topics include
mechanistic explanations, modeling of catalyzed reactions, and
the application of catalysts to industrial practice. Prereq. Senior
standing.
CHE 1 524 Chemical Process Safely 4 QH
Introduces students to important technical fundamentals as
applied to chemical process safety. Demonstrates good chemical
process safety practice through chemical plant trips, visiting
experts, and video presentations. Prereq. Senior standing.
CHE 1 530 Biochemical Engineering Fundamentals 4 QH
Presents key concepts in biochemistry, cell biology, enzyme
kinetics, and metabolic pathways, offered as an introductory
exposure to these topics and not as complete coverage of life
science fundamentals. Topics include biological reactor kinetics
and design, transport phenomena in bioprocess systems, and
process instrumentation/control. Prereq. Open to seniors only.
CHE 1777 Honors Adjunct 1QH
To be added to any 4 QH course in the department when ap-
proved by the Honors Committee of The College of Engineering.
Once approved, the adjunct information is forwarded to the
Honors Office for dissemination to the honors membership.
Students may enroll in CHE 1777 an unlimited number of times
as it can be adjunct to any chemical engineering course.
CHE 1796 Honors Project 1 4QH
Provides an opportunity for students to formulate and execute
an analytical or experimental project under the guidance of a
faculty member. Open only to students in the Honors Program.
Prereq. Permission of department.
CHE 1797 Honors Project 2 4QH
Continuation of Honors Project 1. Prereq. CHE 1796.
Gvil Engineering
CIV1210StructuralMechanics1 4QH
Topics include statics of particles and rigid bodies in two and
three dimensions; analysis of internal forces in trusses and
beams; centroids and centers of gravity of lines, area, and vol-
umes; and moments of inertia of areas and masses. Prereq.
MTH 1223 concurrently and PHY 1222.
CIV 1 21 1 Structural Mechanics 2 4 QH
Surveys analysis of stress and strain; mechanical properties of
materials; elastic analysis of stresses and deformations of mem-
bers subject to axial load, torsion, shear, and moment. Introduces
column behavior. Prereq. CIV 1210.
CIV 121 2 Structural Mechanics 3 4QH
Continues CIV 1211. Topics include torsion, general bending,
curved members, shear flow, shear center, combined stresses
including elastic and plastic behavior, continuation of column
buckling. Introduces yield and fracture criteria. Prereq.
crvi2ii.
CIV 1220 Structural Analysis 1 4QH
Reviews reactions, shear and bending moment diagrams, bar
forces in trusses, deflections by virtual work, and moment area
methods. Analyzes indeterminate structures by consistent defor-
mations, slope deflection, and moment distribution. Prereq.
CIV 1211.
Civil Engineering 191
CIV 1 222 Structural Analysis 2 4 QH
Focuses on matrix analysis of indeterminate structures using
both flexibility and stiffness approaches. Examines computer
applications to analysis of framed structures. Prereq. CW 1220.
CIV 1 224 Structural Analysis 3 4 QH
Continues CIV 1220. Topics include slope deflection; moment
distribution; effects of axial loads; symmetry; antisymmetry;
nonprismatic members; influence lines for determinate and
indeterminate structures, approximate methods of lateral load
analysis; and shear wall action. Prereq. CIV 1220.
CIV 1 226 Structural Analysis and Design Laboratory 2 QH
Uses lectures, experimental studies, computation labs, and
computer projects to develop students' knowledge of structural
behavior and understanding of the design and analysis of struc-
tures. Prereq. CW 1220 taken concurrently.
CIV 1 240 Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures 1 4 QH
Reviews mechanical properties of steel and concrete. Studies
behavior and design of reinforced concrete beams for shear,
moment, and bond; and design of stocky columns for axial load
and moment. Emphasizes strength design. Prereq. CIV 1220.
CIV 1 24 1 Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures 2 4 QH
Topics include design of slender columns, foundations, and mul-
tistory buildings with one-way and two-way floor systems.
Prereq. CIV 1240.
CIV 1 250 Design of Steel Structures ] 4 OH
Focuses on design of steel members subject to tension, compres-
sion, bending, and combinations of loading; and design of connec-
tions, braced frames, and rigid frames. Prereq. CIV 1220.
CIV 1 25 1 Design of Steel Structures 2 4 QH
Topics include design of steel plate girders, composite construc-
tion in bridges and buildings, plastic analysis and design, and
the design of high-rise buildings subject to lateral loads. Prereq.
CIV 1250.
CIV 1 295 Structural Design Projects 4 QH
Capstone structural design course. Consists of a minimum of two
projects that consider environmental, social, and economic im-
pact. Discusses the safety requirements of various government
agencies. Projects require identification of design loading, as-
sessment of structural stability, material usage, and the reliabil-
ity of the proposed design. Employs computer-aided designs and
verifies the results by approximate methods. Considers and
analyzes economics of alternative designs. Prereq. CIV 1222, CIV
1241, CIV 1251; open to seniors only.
CIV 1310 Fluid Mechonics 4QH
Introduces both the statics and dynamics of fluid mechanics.
Topics include properties of fluids; pressure variation in water
and air; pressure force on surfaces and submerged bodies, conti-
nuity, momentum, and energy principles; dimensional analysis
and hydraulic similitude; flow in closed conduits, frictional and
local losses in pipes and systems; and problems in steady flow.
Prereq. CIV 1210.
CIV 1 320 Hydraulic Engineering 4 QH
Covers a variety of topics including pipe networks; water ham-
mer; pumps and pump selection; pipepump combinations; flow in
open channels, uniform flow, gradually varied flow, and hydrau-
lic jump; drag forces on bodies; principles of hydrology, unit
hydrograph, and rainfall-runoff relationships; and some aspects
of ground water and well hydraulics. Prereq. CIV 1310.
CIV 1 340 Environmental Engineering 1 4 QH
Focuses on protection and management of the environment.
Topics include assessment of environmental quality; introduc-
tion to water and wastewater technology; air pollution control;
and solid waste management. Prereq. CHM 1 132.
CI V 1 34 1 Environmental Engineering 2 4 QH
Concentrates on development of fundamental physical, chemi-
cal, and biological phenomena of water and wastewater systems
with engineering applications in water technology from source to
ultimate disposal. Prereq. CIV 1310 and CW 1340.
CIV 1 350 Environmental and Hydraulics Laboratory 4 QH
Presents lectures, labs, and field experiments in environmental
and hydraulic engineering. Experiments in hydraulics include
fluid properties; hydrostatics; drag forces; and flow in pipes,
channels, pumps, and turbines. Environmental experiments
include physical, chemical, and biological analyses normally
used by environmental engineers. Field experiments are coordi-
nated to allow collection of environmental and hydraulic data
concurrently. Prereq. CW 1340; CW 1320 concurrently.
CIV 1370 Air Pollution 4QH
Focuses on theory and practice related to engineering manage-
ment of air resources. Surveys microclimate and dispersion of
pollutants; atmospheric chemistry; air pollution instrumenta-
tion; control of gaseous and particulate emissions; design of air
pollution control systems; and biological and chemical aspects of
air pollution with emphasis on the toxicological aspects of the
environment. Other topics include the physiological effects of
aerosols; analysis of organic and inorganic constituents of the
atmosphere; and rationale for establishment of air quality crite-
ria and standards. Prereq. Seniors only.
CIV 1 395 Environmental Design Projects 4 QH
Capstone design course in the field of environmental engineer-
ing. Up to six individual design projects are assigned, typically
involving water and/or waste treatment, site development, in-
dustrial waste handling, chemical treatment, and the modifica-
tion of existing facilities. Each is given a careful critique. Designs
require input relating to environmental protection and impact,
economic factors, engineering feasibility, selection from alterna-
tives, and safety consideration. One project requires an oral
presentation. Prereq. CW 1320, CW 1341, CW 1350, open to
seniors only.
CIVHIOSoilMechanics 4QH
Studies soil classification, soil-water phase relations, ground
water seepage, consolidation theory, strength properties of soils,
stress distributions in soils due to surface loads, and slope stabil-
ity. Prereq. CW 1211 and CW 1310.
CIV 1 41 1 Soil Mechanics Laboratory 2 QH
Focuses on lab exercises, including soil classification, seepage,
shear strength, consolidation, and triaxial testing. Prereq. CW
1410 taken concurrently.
CIV 1420 Foundation Engineering 4QH
Topics include subsurface explorations, determination of soil-
bearing capacity, design of shallow foundations, pile and caisson
192 Course Descriptions
foundations, design of retaining walls, anchored bulkheads and
braced sheeting, and other selected topics on foundation design
and construction. Prereg. CFV 1410.
CIV1430Geotechnology 4QH
Introduces the geological sciences as they apply to civil engineer-
ing practice. Focuses on the effects of significant geological fea-
tures on location, design, construction, operation, and
maintenance of engineering projects. Prereq. Juniors and seniors
only.
CIV 1 495 Geotechnicol Design Projects 4 QH
Capstone design course for those interested in the geotechnical
area. Two or more projects involving the various aspects of analy-
sis and design used in geotechnical practice will be done as an
individual and/or group effort. The projects will require evalua-
tion of subsurface conditions, identification of critical issues,
assessment of environmental impacts, economics, safety, con-
struction sequencing, and construction feasibility. They may also
include structural design. Examples include design of founda-
tions for super-structures, temporary earth retaining systems
for deep excavations, and permanent earth support walls for
deep earthen cuts. Prereq. CIV 1420, CIV 1550, open to seniors
only.
CIVISlOMaterids 4QH
Focuses on the structural, chemical, and mechanical properties
of materials of importance to civil engineers. Topics include
fundamental nature of matter; significance of phase transforma-
tions; control of microstructure; and the mechanisms of failure of
materials. Prereg. CHM1132.
CIV 1 51 1 Materials Laboratory 2 QH
A lab in which standard tests and equipment are used to deter-
mine structural and mechanical properties of materials common
to civil engineering practice: concrete, aggregates, steel, wood,
asphalt, glass, and others. Prereq. Taken concurrently with
CIV 1510.
CIV 1 530 Transportation Analysis and Planning 4 QH
Covers history and policy issues in urban transportation: charac-
teristics of different urban transportation models; fundamentals
of bus and rail transit operations planning; fundamentals of
urban highway operation; transportation systems management;
and land use and demand modeling. Other topics include envi-
ronmental impact assessment, citizen participation, data collec-
tion, and transportation in developing countries. Prereq. Juniors
and seniors only.
CIV 1 540 Highway Engineering 4 QH
Introduces highway engineering. Topics include administration,
economic factors, planning, environmental impacts, geometric
design, drainage, and the design of flexible pavements. Prereq.
CIV 1410 and CIV 1620.
CIV 1 550 Construction Management 4 QH
Surveys the construction industry and tasks that must be ad-
dressed by construction management, including resource alloca-
tion, construction environment, organization, contracts, ftinding,
cash flow, productivity, labor relations, network planning and
scheduling, construction accounting, and project control. Prereq.
Seniors only.
CIV 1 595 Transportation Design Projects 4 QH
Capstone design course in transportation. Projects involve plan-
ning/design of modified transportation facilities and services.
Topics include demand estimation, highway design, traffic flow,
safety, economic and social considerations, environmental im-
pacts, and transit fleet size requirements. Examples of such
projects are planning for a new highway, transportation systems
management planning for an existing corridor, and design of an
intermodal transfer facility. Prereq. CIV 1530, CIV 1540, CIV
1630, CIV 1640, open to seniors only.
CIV 1 620 Engineering Measurements 4 QH
Considers the mathematics and instrumentation used in land
surveying for obtaining measurements of distance, elevation,
and direction. Covers the methodology applied for traverses,
areas, coordinate systems, horizontal and vertical curves,
earthwork, and topographic mapping. Prereq. MTH.1124 and
PHY 1222.
CIV 1 62 1 Engineering Measurements laboratory 2 QH
Examines field problems illustrating and applying the lecture
material in CIV 1620, with computer applications. Taken simul-
taneously with CIV 1620. Prereq. GE 1100.
CIV 1 625 Civil Engineering Computations Laboratory 1 QH
Students will design and execute applications programs for
materials covered in CIV 1640 and other courses for a wide vari-
ety of civil engineering problems. Some new civil engineering
applications topics will also be investigated. Prereq. CIV 1640
taken concurrently and GE 1100.
CIV 1 630 Gvil Engineering Systems 4QH
Covers application of system synthesis and optimization tech-
niques: calculus method, linear programming, network analysis,
and dynamic programming. Prereq. MTH 1223.
CIV 1 640 Applied Probability Theory lor Gvil Engineers 4 QH
Topics include applications of probability theory to civil engi-
neering problems, probabilities of events, random variables and
distributions, derived distributions, expectation, common prob-
ability models, and an introduction to statistics. Prereq.
MTH 1223.
CIV 1 650 legal Aspects of Gvil Engineering 4 QH
Introduces business law for engineering organizations, including
description and evaluation of various types of contracts for engi-
neering services and construction, procedures for submitting
bids, procedures for claims, and legal steps to minimize risk
exposure, both in United States and international business.
Prereq. Seniors only.
CIV 1 665 Professional Issues for Gvil Engineers 1 QH
Focuses on concepts and theories of classical and contemporary
ethics, moral development theories, and developing and appljang
professional ethics in engineering. Traces the development and
philosophies of professional engineering societies. Covers the
requirements and responsibilities of professional registration.
CIV 1777 Honors Adjunct 1 QH
To be added to any 4 QH course in the department when ap-
proved by the Honors Committee of the College of Engineering.
Once approved, the adjunct information is forwarded to the
honors office for dissemination to the honors membership. Stu-
dents may enroll in CIV 1777 an unlimited number of times as it
can be adjunct to any civil engineering course.
Civil Engineering 193
QV 1 8 1 0 Special Topk in Gvil Engineering 4 QH
-This is a special course within the field of civil engineering initi-
ated by the appropriate discipline committee and approved by
the depart;ment. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
CIV 1 820 Special Project in Gvil Engineering 4 QH
Offers individual study in an area within the field of civil engi-
neering, selected by the student and his or her instructor with
approval by the appropriate discipline committee, resulting in a
definitive report and an oral presentation. Prereq. Outstanding
academic performance.
Electrical Engineering
ECE 1 1 71 Electrical Engineering 1 4 QH
Introduces electric circuit theory. Covers KirchhofFs laws, loop
and nodal analysis, Thevenin's theorem, power and energy,
exponential excitation, and the system function. Prereq. MTH
1128; not open to electrical engineering majors.
ECE 1 2 1 5 Crcults and Systems 1 4 QH
Examines basic concepts of electric circuits including current,
voltage, power, and energy. Covers Kirchhoffs and Ohm's laws,
and analyzes electric circuits composed of resistors and con-
trolled sources. Studies node and mesh analysis, network topol-
ogy, graphs and trees, and selecting independent loop equations.
Covers linearity and superposition, Thevenin and Norton theo-
rems, and maximum power transfer. Prereq. MTH 1 125 and
PHY 1223.
ECE 1 2) 6 Grcuits and Systems 2 4 QH
Discusses inductors and capacitors, transient analysis by differ-
ential equations, the sinusoidal steady state, representation by
complex exponentials, phasors, impedance and admittance,
complex power and power factor, coupled coils and transformers,
and three-phase circuits. Prereq. ECE 1215 and MTH 1 125.
ECE 1 2 1 7 Grcuits and Systems 3 4 QH
Covers complex frequency and generalized frequency response,
phase and amplitude response. Bode diagrams, network func-
tions and two-port approach, and treatment of signals in the
fi-equency domain (Fourier series) and in the time domain (im-
pulse response and convolution). Studies applying Laplace
transform in circuit p- "i vsis. Prereq. ECE 1216 and MTH 1225.
ECE 1 221 Measurement J Luiioratory 1 QH
Covers fundamentals of electrical measurements and instru-
mentation. Topics include electrical characteristics of meter
movement and its use in designing ammeters and voltmeters;
sources of DC current and voltage and their characteristics; the
oscilloscope and its application to the display of waveforms and
I-V furves of the two-terminal devices; and the measurements of
amplitude, phase, and time interval. Lab fee. Take ECE 1215
concurrently.
ECE 1222 Grcuits Laboratory 1 1QH
Offers experiments in basic circuits and measurement. Topics
include AC waveforms and circuits for the measurement of peak,
average, and rms values; network theorems, that is, Thevenin
and Norton, their application and experimental verification; and
null circuits such as the Wheatstone bridge and potentiometer.
Discusses characterization of simple LTI circuits including RL,
EC, and RLC by investigation of their step response and impulse
response. Lab fee. Take ECE 1216 concurrently.
ECE 1 223 Grcuits Laboratory 2 1 QH
Lab experiments include controlled sources sinusoidal excitation
of first order RC and second order RLC networks; the determina-
tion by measurement of magnitude and phase (Bode) plots; and
investigation of the resonance phenomenon. Lab fee. Take ECE
1217 concurrently.
ECE 1224 Electronics Laboratory 1 IQH
Follows from ECE 1346. Experiments include p-n junctions and
diodes, regulation and power supplies, transistor biasing and
bias stability, and MOB digital circuits. Prereq. ECE 1346. Take
ECE 1347 concurrently.
ECE 1225 Electronics Laboratory 2 IQH
Follows from ECE 1347. Experiments designing and verifying
basic analog circuit functions utilized in integrated circuits.
Advantages inherent to ICs, such as component matching and
tracking, are exploited in the circuit building blocks investigated.
Studies output power stages, current sources, amplifying stages,
and differential amplifiers. Topics include applications to signal
amplification, D-to-A conversion, and the extraction of weak
signals buried in interference. Lab fee. Prereq. ECE 1347. Take
ECE 1349 concurrently.
ECE 1 226 Discrete Systems Laboratory 1 QH
Utilizes a personal computer to study and explore various as-
pects of A/D and D/A conversion such as aliasing and quantiza-
tion and some aspects of discrete Fourier transforms and digital
filters. Lab fee. Take ECE 1333 concurrently.
ECE 1 227 Electromagnetic Fields Laboratory 1 1 QH
Lab designed to support class material related to microwave
transmission and radiation. Experiments include microwave
transmission line measurements and the determination of the
properties of dielectric materials; transmission line length mea-
surement; reflection and impedance measurement of dipole
antenna; frequency characteristics of antennas and waveguides;
and mutual coupling and radiation pattern determination. Lab
fee. Take ECE 1364 concurrently.
ECE 1 228 Electromagnetic Fields and Energy Conservation Laboratory 2 1 QH
Presents static and quasi-static (low frequency) applications of
electromagnetic fields and electromechanical energy conversion.
Experiments in electromagnetic fields include measurement of
static electric potentials in electrode structures and numerical
solution of Laplace's equation and static magnetic field measure-
ments of coil configurations. Experiments in energy conversion
include transformers and induction motors. Investigates hyster-
esis, transformer and motional emfs, and development of electro-
magnetic torque. Lab fee. Take ECE 1365 concurrently.
ECE 1 229 Digital Systems Laboratory 1 QH
Introduces some aspects of computer hardware design encoun-
tered at the digital logic level. Discusses both combinational logic
and sequential logic units. Focuses on MSI devices including
multiplexers, decoders, counters, shift registers, PROM, RAM,
and ALU. Demonstrates the design of Mealy and Moore se-
quence detectors and other digital subsystems such as parallel
binary divider. Lab fee. Take ECE 1382 concurrently.
ECE 1 230 VLSI System Design Laboratory 2 QH
Examines the design, layout, and simulation of digital VLSI
circuits using a comprehensive set of CAD tools. Studies layouts
of NMOS and CMOS combinational and sequential circuits
using either a layout editor or automatic layout generators.
194 Course Descriptions
Studies functional structures including registers, adders, decod-
ers, ROM, PLAs, counters, RAM, and ALU. Utilizes logic and
circuit simulators for the logic vertification and timing simula-
tion of designed circuits. Lab fee. Take ECE 1351 concurrently.
ECE 1 23 1 Electric Power laboratory 1 1 QH
Presents a power systems design project encompassing one or
more of the following computer studies: transmission line con-
stants, power flow, short circuits, and transient stability. Uses a
personal computer to upgrade the design of a small power sys-
tem. Lab fee. Take ECE 1472 concurrently.
ECE 1 232 Electric Power Laboratory 2 2 QH
Lab experiments cover topics in electromechanical energy con-
version employing the "Faraday Law machine" bench. Studies
Faraday's Law, transformers, reluctance and induction motors,
and sychronous machines. Lab fee. Prereq. ECE 1472. Take ECE
1371 concurrently.
ECE 1 233 Semiconductor Processing Laboratory 2 OH
Covers fabrication and testing of simple MOS integrated circuits.
Compares process and device models introduced in ECE 1406
with experimental results during weekly lab sessions. Process-
ing includes oxidation, diffusion, lithography, etching, metalliza-
tion, and characterization. Fabricated diodes, MOS capacitators
and transistors, and simple gates will be electrically character-
ized. Lab fee. Take ECE 1406 concurrently.
ECE 1 234 Digital Signal Processing Laboratory 2 QH
Focuses on programming a digital signal processing chip in its
native assembly language, and performing input/output opera-
tions via A-to-D and D-to-A converters. Studies real time signal
processing operations and hardware aspects of DSP systems.
Considers applications to digital frequency synthesis, computa-
tion of discrete time convolution, speech scrambling through
frequency inversion, and design and implementation of both FIR
and IIR digital filters. Lab fee. Take ECE 1456 concurrently.
ECE 1 235 Control Systems Laboratory 1 QH
Lab experiments familiarize the student with the practical as-
pects of control systems design. Topics include analog computer
simulation,digital computer control, and use of a programmable
controller. Experiments with PID control and emphasizes com-
puter implementation of feedback compensations. Lab fee. Take
ECE 1420 concurrently.
ECE 1 332 Uneor Systems! 4QH
Develops the basic theory of continuous linear systems. Dis-
cusses nonlinear no-memory systems, develops the time-domain
theory of linear time-invariant systems with memory, analyzes
convolution, causality, and stability in detail, and develops the
bilateral Laplace transform to analyze time-invariant systems in
the frequency domain. Discusses gain, phase-shift, and the
stability of feedback systems. Prereq. ECE 1217 and MTH 1225.
ECE 1 333 Unear Systems 2 4QH
Develops the basic theory of linear discrete systems. Discusses
the representation of discrete signals and analyzes continuous
waveform sampling and quantization. Develops the theory of
shift-invariant, linear systems. Discusses FIR and IIR systems,
recursive analysis, convolution, causality, and stability in detail.
Develops the discrete Fourier transform and the Z-transform
and then analyzes discrete signals and systems in the frequency
domain. Take ECE 1226 concurrently. Prereq. ECE 1332.
ECE 1346 Electronics! V 4QH
Emphasizes the use of solid-state active devices in digital cir-
cuits. Introduces binary values, logic operations, flip-flops, and
registers from the viewpoint of symbolic logic gates. Boolean
algebra and Karnaugh maps. Other topics include solid-state
devices for the realization of logic functions; concepts of diodes;
BJT and field-effect characteristics leading to the use of such
devices in implementing inverters, NAND and NOR gates for
T L, CMOS and NMOS logic families. Prereq. ECE 1216.
ECE! 347 Electronics 2 4QH
Emphasizes the use of transistors, including integrated devices
in the design of analog circuits. Topics covered include biasing,
linearized incremental model characteristics such as gain and
impedance levels, early efTect, use of signal flowgraphs and
frequency response for single and compound stages, and an
introduction to operational amplifiers. Prereq. ECE 1346. Take
ECE 1224 concurrently.
ECE! 349 Electronic Design! 4QH
Studies the design of analog circuits with emphasis on opera-
tional amplifiers. Topics include concepts of feedback, open- and
closed-loop gain, effect of feedback on impedance levels, fre-
quency response, and stability and compensation in feedback
systems. Introduces ECL from the viewpoint of feedback, fol-
lowed by an analog/digital design example. Prereq. ECE 1347.
Take ECE 1225 concurrently.
ECE 1350 Electronic Design 2 4QH
Continues ECE 1349. Emphasizes the design of systems involv-
ing analog, digital and analog/digital approaches to signal acqui-
sition and processing. Prereq. ECE 1349.
ECE 1 35 ! Spedal Topics in IC Design 4 QH
Offers a structured digital MOS design course in designing,
verifying, and fabricating both NMOS and CMOS VLSI inte-
grated circuits. Introduces required design rules and relates
them to the fabrication process. Begins design exercises and
tutorials with basic inverters and proceeds to the design, verifi-
cation, and performance of large complex digital logic networks.
Develops a simple RD delay model in conjunction with the theory
of delays in VLSI systems. Other topics covered include program
logic arrays and automatic design tools, shift registers, arith-
metic logic units, and memory systems. Prereq. ECE 1382. Take
ECE 1230 concurrently.
ECE 1 363 Electromagnetic Field Theory ! 4 QH
Starting with Maxwell's equations, studies the major areas of
statics, dynamics, quasi-statics, and material media. Statics
covers the study of the electrostatic and magnetostatic fields,
including the scalar electric potential and vector magnetic poten-
tial. In dynamics, presents Faraday's law and Ampere's law for
time-varying electromagnetic fields. Quasi-statics introduces
the concept of electromechanical coupling with applications to
elementary energy conversion, both electric and magnetic de-
vices. Material media covers the macroscopic model of dielectric
materials; the electric polarization and the electric flux density
vector; macroscopic model of magnetic materials, magnetization,
and magnetic field intensity; and boundary conditions. Prereq.
MTH 1225 and PHY 1223.
ECE 1 364 Electromagnetic Field Theory 2 4 QH
Introduces the applications of electromagnetic field theory.
Based on Maxwell's equations for time-varying fields, develops
Electrical Engineering 195
the following areas: waves and energy, including plan wave
propagation, waveguides and Po5Titing's theorem; radiation,
with emphasis on spherical waves and elementary scattering
and application to antenna design; distributed systems terms of
waveguide circuit concepts, transmission lines, and Smith chart
techniques. Presents other applications in the optics and acous-
tics areas. Prereg. £CB 7363. ra^e£C£:i227co«curre7i<Z>'.
ECE 1 365 Electromagnetic Fields and Energy Conversion 4 QH
Focuses on the static and quasi-static solution of the electromag-
netic field equations and emphasizes energy conversion and
transducers. Topics include electrostatics; dielectric materials
and transducers; magnetostatics; magnetic materials and trans-
ducers; and magnetic circuits, transformers, and energy conver-
sion concepts applied to DC, synchronous, and induction
machines. Prereq. ECE 1364. Take ECE 1228 concurrently.
ECE 1371 Electrical Machines] 4QH
Reviews electromagnetic field theory as applied to
electromechanics. Discusses magnetic circuits, transformers,
and their circuit representations; principles of electromechanical
energy conversion (state-variable formulation of electromechani-
cal coupling, singly and multiply excited magnetic-field systems;
elementary concepts of rotating machines including transformer
emf, speed emf, and torque production); steady-state theory and
performance of basic rotating machines such as induction, syn-
chronous, and DC commutator machines through circuit-model
concepts. Prereq. ECE 1365. Take ECE 1232 concurrently.
ECE 1372 Electrical IWochines 2 4QH
Covers dynamic behavior of electromechanical devices; transient
performance of synchronous machines; synchronous and induc-
tion-machine dynamics; and DC machine d3Tiamics. Prereq.
ECE 1371.
ECE 1 379 Transients in Electric Power Systems 4 QH
Introduces transient response in electrical power systems. Top-
ics include lightning; switching; faults; and protection against
transient overvoltages. Considers transmission lines, transform-
ers, circuit breakers, surge arresters, and fuses in terms of tran-
sient response. Prereq. ECE 1333.
ECE 1 38 1 Computer Engineering 1 : Introduction 4 QH
to Computer Architecture
Presents a view of the architecture of a modern computer; the
visible architecture provides the starting point. Assembly lan-
guage programming is used to develop a foundation on the hard-
ware which executes a program and shows what a compiler,
assembler, and linker do and how they interact with the architec-
ture. Explores data structures from a programmatic perspective
(static storage, stack, and heap) and from a high-level language
perspective (simple data tjrpes, and structured data types). Cov-
ers several types of computer number systems and arithmetic
(2s-complement, IEEE floating point, and logical operations).
Includes numerous programming exercises and a software de-
sign project to develop working facility with the tools and con-
cepts that underlie the next three computer engineering courses.
Prereq. GE llOOorequiv.
ECE 1 382 Computer Engineering 2: Design 4 QH
of Digital Logic Machines and Grcuits
Continues ECE 1381 with a bottom-up view of the design of logic
machines, leading to the design of a simple digital computer by
the end of the quarter. Covers Boolean switching algebra and
gate-count minimization; combinational design; sequential
circuits; state machines; FLA, PAL, and ROM realizations; CPU
design, design of the ALU, and control unit design. Introduces
CAD logic design tools. Requires a design project using SSI and
MSI chips to develop facility in the design and testing of func-
tional digital circuits. Proof of the circuit will be done using the
CAD tools. Prereq. ECE 1381. Take ECE 1229 concurrently.
ECE 1 383 Computer Engineering 3: Microprocessor-Based Design 4 QH
Focuses on the hardware design for modern microprocessor
systems. Topics include microprocessor systems architecture;
HP64000 microprocessor development system; support circuits;
microprocessor busses; electrical characteristics and buffering;
memory systems, memory maps, and address decoding; timing
in microprocessor systems; asynchronous and synchronous bus
protocols; and troubleshooting microprocessor systems. Covers
I/O-port design and interfacing using VLSI devices; parallel and
serial ports; communication protocols and synchronisation to
external devices; hardware and software handshake; serial
communication protocols; and RS 232C, RS 422, and RS 423
serial interface standards. Investigates exception processing and
interrupt handlers, interrupt generation, interfacing, and vec-
toring. Includes comprehensive lab exercises that let groups of
three students build a modem microprocessor system and ex-
ecute a small project that enhances the system with useful hard-
ware or software. Prereq. ECE 1382.
ECE 1 384 Computer Engineering 4: Hardware 4 QH
and Software for Microprocessor Interfaces
Focuses on the interaction of software and hardware necessary
to interface microprocessor systems to the real world. Topics
include special-purpose I/O devices; timers; D/A and A/D con-
verters; DMA controllers, and disk controllers. Surveys bus
design and bus protocols: VME bus, IEEE-488 (GPIB) instru-
ment bus, small computer system interface (SCSI) bus. Analyzes
real-time programming: I/O techniques, event-handling delays,
and data throughput rates. Considers BIOS, monitors, simple
operating systems, multitasking, and memory management.
Most of the course is taught in the context of one modem micro-
processor, but other microprocessors will also be discussed.
Includes several lab exercises and a project implementing hard-
ware and software for a complex microprocessor interface.
Prereq. ECE 1383.
ECE 1385 Computer Engineerings: Introduction to Robotics 4QH
Studies intelligent interactions between machines and their
environment with emphasis on sensory (vision)-driven locomo-
tion and manipulation. Examines integration of sensors, ma-
nipulators, and computers into intelligent robotic systems.
Demonstrates vision, touch, force, position, proximity, and
torque sensors and their role in adaptive control of robot move-
ments. Other topics include computational needs of sensory data
processing; VLSI implementation of data-driven architectures
for low-level vision; image processing and understanding as a
means of developing symbolic models of the visual (sensory)
world; manipulator kinematics and dynamics; VLSI controllers
for multicoordinate robotic systems; robotic software tools, in-
cluding high-level language and decision-making functions; and
real-time microprocessor networks and control hierarchies
within the robot. Prereq. ECE 1333, ECE 1382, and ECE 1383.
ECE 1 386 Computer Engineering 6: 4 QH
Structure of Large-Scale Computer Systems
Studies large-scale computer systems with applications to robot-
ics, communications, artificial intelligence, and interactive
196 Course Descriptions
computer design. Covers a global overview of distributed and
parallel computing systems for problem solving, planning, and
massive data processing. Examines special purpose processors
that constitute such complex systems including parallel hard-
ware for image processing, industrial data acquisition and con-
trol systems, array processors, and knowledge-based systems.
Prereq. ECE 1384.
ECE 1 390 Senior Project Laboratory 1 2 QH
In this course, students work with a faculty adviser on a term
project, either experimental or theoretical. Prereq. Permission of
department.
ECE 1 391 Senior Project Laboratory 2 2 QH
Continues the project started in ECE 1390 or it may be a new
project. Prereq. Permission of department.
ECE 1 400 Special Topics 4QH
Topics covered vary from term to term depending on the inter-
ests of the department and the students. Prereq. Permission of
department.
ECE 1 40 1 Selected Topics In Electronics 4 QH
Covers the description and application of those electronic devices
(thyristors, photodiodes) not covered in depth in the regular
electronics sequence; electronic subsystems (AFC, shift regis-
ters); and systems (navigation systems, telephone switching
systems). Most of the presentations are chosen and made by
students, but there are also lectures by invited speakers by the
instructor. Prereg. ECE 1347.
ECE 1 406 Integrated Crcuit Fabrication 4 QH
Surveys integrated circuit fabrication from crystal growth to
chip interconnection and packaging. Discusses fabrication and
device theory in the classroom, closely tying these to the concur-
rent fabricating and testing of MOS-integrated circuits in the
laboratory (ECE 1233). Covers the major processes used in all
integrated circuit fabrication including lithography, film deposi-
tion, diffusion, ion implantation, and silicon oxidation. Discusses
the p-n junction diode, the diode equation, MOS capacitors and
transistors, and VLSI fabrication processes (NMOS, CMOS, and
bipolar). Take ECE 1233 concurrently.
ECE 1408 Physical Electronics 4QH
Develops elements of solid-state theory including wave mechan-
ics, crystalline and amorphous solids, statistical mechanics, and
electron transport theory to provide background for a thorough
understanding of the junction diode. Explores ohmic contacts
and Schottky barriers and the ways that these may be generated
in individual and integrated form. Demonstrates how these
elements are joined together to form B JTs and JFETs. Prereq.
ME 1386.
ECE 1420 Control Systems 4 OH
Comprises closely coupled lectures and laboratory experiments.
Topics covered include control system concepts, basic compo-
nents and goals, modeling and mathematical description, trans-
fer function and state variable representations, feedback control
system characteristics, system responses, stability of feedback
systems, analysis of graphical tools such as root-locus and
Nyquist diagram, compensator design based on root-locus and
frequency response, and modem control system design. Prereq.
ECE 1332 and ECE 1347. Take ECE 1235 concurrently.
ECE 1 430 Electrical Engineering Power Laboratory A
1QH
ECE 1 454 Communication Systems 4 QH
Explores signal representations and characterization; character-
ization of thermal noise in electronic circuits; amplitude modula-
tion and demodulation; frequency and phase modulation and
demodulation; pulse modulation; and transmission of digital
information. Prereq. ECE 1333 and MTH 1384.
ECE 1 456 Digital Signal Processing 4 QH
Introduces modern signal processing. Reviews discrete signals
and systems; realization structures for digital filters, including
direct forms, cascade forms, and parallel forms; digital filter
design, including IIR filter design using impulse invariance and
bilinear transformation; and FIR filter design using windowing
and frequency sampling. Covers fast Fourier transforms; deci-
mation-in-time and decimation-inft'equency; applications to fast
convolution; and implementation of DSP algorithms, including
finite word length effects, special purpose hardware to applica-
tions in speech processing, and spectral estimation. Prereq. ECE
1333. Take ECE 1234 concurrently.
ECE 1 462 Advanced Topics in Electromagnetic Field Theory 4 QH
Continues the required courses in field theory. Topics include
microwave and waveguide structures; careful development of
electromagnetic energy and force concepts; and an introduction
to radiation and antenna theory. Prereq. ECE 1364.
ECE 1 465 Wave Transmission and Reception 4 QH
Discusses the transmission, radiation, and reception of electro-
magnetic waves at and above radio frequencies. Develops trans-
mission-line theory using Maxwell's equations and the circuit
theory approximations. Discusses matched lines, tuning stubs,
and loaded transmission lines, together with the theory and
applications of the Smith chart. Presents the theory of guided
waves in structures of rectangular and circular cross-section
followed by the theory of the cavity resonator. Other topics in-
clude the linear antenna, radiation fields, directivity, gain, the
aperture antenna, and the insulated antenna. Prereq. ECE 1364.
ECE 1 466 Optics of Photon Devices 4 QH
Presents the basic optical concepts necessary for an understand-
ing of quantum electronic devices. Analyzes the simple
Lorentzian model of the interaction between electromagnetic
waves and optical materials, modified to include necessary quan-
tum concepts. Topics include propagation of electromagnetic
waves in isotropic and nonisotropic media (crystal optics); reflec-
tion and refraction, polarization and double refraction; optical
resonance and stability criteria; Gaussian beam propagation;
systems with gain; coherent and noncoherent optical sources;
and detection of optical signals. Considers specific devices in-
cluding resonators, amplifiers, and oscillators; modulators and
switches; and optical detectors. Prereq. ECE 1364.
ECE 1 471 Electrical Power Systems 1 4 QH
Introduces electrical power systems, wherein threephase circuits
are analyzed under balanced steadystate operation. Topics
include system elements and their characteristics and interac-
tion; system modeling; and network calculations. Prereq.
ECE 1332.
ECE 1 472 Electrical Power Systems 2 4 QH
Continues basic studies in electrical power systems. Topics
include power system load-flow analysis; symmetrical
Electrical Engineering 197
components and fault calculations; system protection; economic
operation of power systems; and an introduction to power system
stability. Prereq. ECE 1471. Take ECE 1231 concurrently.
ECE 1 474 Power Electronics 4 OH
Presents the application of semiconductor devices to power
supplies and to AC and DC motor drives. Examines power semi-
conductor devices including silicon-controlled rectifiers (SCR),
gate turn-off thyristors (GT), high-power bipolar junction tran-
sistors (HPBT), and power MOS field-effect transistors
(MOSFET). Reviews characteristics of AC and DC motors and
establishes motor drive requirements. Studies applications of
rectifiers, inverters, choppers, and cycloconverters. Prereq. ECE
1347 and ECE 1365.
ECE 1 48 1 Machine Language and Assembly Language Programming 4 OH
Focuses on study of the machine and assembly languages of a
selected digital computer. Covers machine representation of
numbers, characters, and instructions; machine language pro-
gramming: flow of control, relocatability, input/output instruc-
tions, addressing, and instruction modification. Traces symbolic
assembly language: macros, literals, and pseudo-instructions.
Includes several programming projects. Prereq. ECE 1381.
ECE 1 482 Programming Systems 4 OH
Continues ECE 1481. Discusses assemblers, searching and
sorting techniques, and macroprocessors loaders. Introduces
high-level languages and their compilation, and operating sys-
tems. Includes programming projects as an integral part of the
course. Prereq. ECE 1481.
ECE 1 484 Applied Discrete Analysis 4 OH
Introduces elementary number theory, modern algebra, combi-
natorial mathematics and discrete probability theory, including
prime numbers, least common multiple, and greatest common
divisor. Covers Euclid's algorithm, continued ft-actions,
congruences, groups, rings, fields. Boolean algebra, combina-
tions and permutations, generating functions, random variables,
and Markov chains. Prereq. MTH 1225.
ECE 1 486 Numerical Methods and Computer Applications 4 OH
Presents numerical techniques used in solving scientific and
engineering problems with the aid of digital computers. Topics
include modeling and simulating of deterministic and probabilis-
tic systems; theory of interpolation; iteration methods; numeri-
cal solution of ordinary and partial differential equations; signal
detection; and use libraries of scientific subroutines. Chooses
representative problems for solution on a digital computer.
Prereq. ECE 1332 and GE 1100.
General Engineering
The course descriptions listed under general engineering are
intended to show the scope of the subject that will be covered.
Since courses are continually updated, specific topics or methods
of approach may vary from term to term.
GE 11 00 Computers for Engineers 4 OH
Uses computers to solve engineering problems emphasizing
"structured programming" and Pascal. Explores methods of
forming and testing an algorithm; introduces software design
methods, forming a subprogram and communicating with a
subprogram. Topics include establishing and manipulating
tables, arrays and matrices, demonstrating how to use a typical
numerical methods package — the Turbo Toolbox — to solve ad-
vanced engineering problems.
GE 1 1 1 0 Engineering Graphics and Design 4 QH
Focuses on three-dimensional visualization skills and the engi-
neering design process. Includes topics in visualization such as
computer-aided design (CAD), principles of orthographic projec-
tion, sectioning, auxiliary views, dimensioning, size and form
tolerancing, fasteners, pictorials, and sketching. Includes topics
in engineering design such as the design process, problem formu-
lation, creativity techniques, design analysis, product liability,
patents, cost analysis, materials selection, fabrication processes,
and report preparation. Requires the student to develop an
original design solution to a technical problem as a term project
and to use CAD software extensively.
GE 1 700 Computers for Engineers (Honors) 4 OH
Honors equivalent of GE 1 100. Designed for students with experi-
ence in Pascal programming.
Industrial Engineering and Information Systems
IIS 1 1 1 1 Engineering Software 1 QH
Demonstrates the similarities of the FORTRAN language and
the Pascal language. Surveys the commerically available soft-
ware packages written in FORTRAN, emphasizing the IMSL
(Integrated Math/Statistics Library). Requires the student to
write FORTRAN programs and use FORTRAN software to solve
a variety of engineering problems as laboratory assignments.
IIS 1200 Work Design 4 OH
Topics include the engineering design process, principles of work
physiology, and workplace design from the standpoint of em-
ployee safety and effectiveness. Covers work measurement
techniques, including direct measurement, synthetic standards,
and work sampling. Includes a project in which principles of
work design must be applied.
IIS 1 300 Probabilistic Analysis for Engineers 4 QH
Presents axiomatic foundations of probability, emphasizing
engineering application. Includes topics such as sample space,
event, random variable, and probability distribution of standard
discrete and continuous random variables (binomial, geometric,
Poisson, normal, T, and exponential). Covers multivariate distri-
butions, expectation, parameter estimation, and function of
random variables. Prereq. Integral and differential calculus.
IIS 13)0 Statistics 40H
Reviews normal and its sampling distributions, including T, Chi-
square, and F. Includes topics such as interval estimation, hy-
pothesis tests of means and variances, goodness-of-fit test, and
regression analysis. Prereq. IIS 1300.
IIS 1330 Principles of Computation and Programming 1 4QH
Reviews algorithms, computers, and programming; machine
language programming (instruction, execution, and addressing
techniques); coding and representation of data; program debug-
ging and verification. Surveys machines, devices, and languages.
Prereq. Higher-level language.
198 Course Descriptions
IIS 1 340 Operations Research 1 4 QH
Topics include deterministic models, including LP and duality;
transportation and allocation; sensitivity and post-optimality
analyses; and network analysis, including maximal flow, short-
est route, and PERT. Prereq. MTH 1223.
IIS 1 34 1 Operotlons Research 2 4 QH
Focuses on the stochastic models in operations research and
their analytical development and solution. Topics include queu-
ing models, deterministic and stochastic inventory models,
Markov chains, and sequencing. Presents dynamic program-
ming and recursive functional expressions. Prereq. IIS 1310.
IIS 1 345 Management Information Systems 4 QH
Examines the design and implementation of computer-based
information systems. Topics include the value of information;
tools of system analysis and design; impact of computer-based
information systems on organizations and society; rudimentary
computer architecture; input devices; data organization and
storage; system configuration; communications; and output/
display devices.
IIS 1 350 Digital Simulation Techniques 4 QH
Covers model design and development, validation, and experi-
mentation for discrete event simulation models. Topics include
problem formulation, data collection and analysis, random vari-
able generation, and statistical analysis of output. Utilizes a
major simulation language such as GPSS, SIMAN, or
SIMSCRIPT. Prereq. Higher-level language and IIS 1310.
IIS 1 360 Engineering Economy 4 QH
Familiarizes the student with the theory and techniques of eco-
nomic design and evaluation of an investment project. Presents
introductory steps in the analysis of investment proposals, time
value of money, and cash flows. Analyzes cash flows in terms of
present worth, annual cost, rate of return, and benefitycost ratio.
Studies decision tree for sequential decisions, value of informa-
tion, effect of accounting procedures, and taxes on investment
analysis.
IIS 1 366 Engineering Economy 4 QH
Topics include the formulation of analytical techniques, such as,
rate of return, present worth, and annual cost. Considers the
application of these techniques to solve business and engineering
problems involving design, selection, replacement, lease-buy
decisions, and decisions among multiple alternatives. Introduces
sensitivity analysis and basic probability in cases where uncer-
tainty exists. Surveys sources and costs of capital, debt-versus-
equity financing, and leverage. A^o^ open to industrial
engineering majors.
IIS 1400 Systems 4QH
Examines modeling, analysis, and control of linear feedback
systems through consideration of the following topics: differen-
tial equations as system models; transfer functions and block
diagrams; system components and the method of analogies;
accuracy, and stability. Prereq. MTH 1230.
IIS 1401 Design Project 4QH
Examines analysis and design of major industrial engineering
systems. Students are expected to undertake up to five projects
drawn from line balancing, job shop scheduling, stochastic net-
work analysis, reliability in design, complex queuing system
design, sequencing, or other areas of student and faculty inter-
est. Prereq. IIS 1341, IIS 1350. IIS 1360, and IIS 1405.
IIS 1 405 Production and Inventory Control 4 QH
Explores design of basic inventory models and inventory man-
agement systems, single-stage and multi-stage systems and
their dynamics, production control and aggregate planning, and
mathematical and heuristic approaches to aggregate scheduling.
Topics include cost structure and decision-oriented analyses, and
consideration of job shop scheduling and dispatching problems.
Prereq. IIS 1310 and IIS 1340.
IIS 141 5 Facilities Design 4QH
Examines the use of descriptive and optimizing models (for
example, simulation, queuing theory, and linear programming)
to design facilities and associated materials-handling systems.
Applies computerassisted layout analysis techniques to prob-
lems of real-world scope. Prereq. IIS 1340.
IIS 1 425 Moteriot Handling System Design 4 QH
Discusses the design and analysis of large materialhandling
systems. Topics include computer control of handling systems,
integration with production and inspection, automated storage/
retrieval systems, automatic identification systems, and systems
acquisitions. Prereq. IIS 1340.
IIS 1 436 Quality Assurance 4 QH
Covers basic principles to state-of-the-art concepts and applica-
tion of statistical process control and design. Applies principles
to a variety of products. Topics include measuring and control-
ling product quality, Shewhart control charts, quality cost,
pareto analysis, discrete and variable sampling, and military
standards in quality control. Prereq. IIS 1310.
IIS 1 441 Engineering Reliability /Risk Analysis 4 QH
Examines principles of reliability and risk analysis of large
engineering systems, for example, chemical and electric power
plants, dams, manufacturing systems, mechanical, and electri-
cal systems. Discusses failure modes and effects analysis (FMEA
tables), reliability block diagrams, success and fault trees, and
Bayesian analysis methods. Other topics include the redesign of
systems for improved safety, productivity, and availability.
Guest lecturers will speak on various case studies from each field
of engineering. Prereg. IIS 1300orequiv. or permission of
instructor.
IIS 1450 Expert Systems 4QH
Introduces students to the theory, topics, and applications of
expert systems in engineering. Topics include knowledge repre-
sentations formats (production rules, frames, networks, and
logic systems), heuristics in engineering (deterministic and
nondeterministic), fuzzy logic, certainty factors, cognition,
memory, decision strategies, design of expert systems, shells,
current research goals, and applications in engineering. Each
student must complete a design project in expert systems devel-
opment and/or application. Prereq. GE 1100, IIS 1300, IIS 1330,
or permission of instructor.
IIS 1 466 Manufacturing Automation 4 QH
Familiarizes students with the process of manufacturing and
potential for automation. Studies designing for automation
including required hardware and software. Involves hands-on
experience with robotics programming and implementation,
programmable control programming, and CNC machine pro-
gramming using APT and G code. Prereq. IIS 1330 and IIS 1465
or permission of instructor.
Industrial Engineering and Information Systems 199
IIS 1 470 Human Considerations in Engineering Design 4 QH
Introduces human factors with emphasis on the physiological
and anthropometric bases of equipment and workplace design.
Topics include an overview of the field of human factors; work,
fatigue, and endurance; thermal regulation and heat stress;
biomechanics; effects of aging on work capacity; and body re-
sponse to vibration.
IIS 1 475 Human-Machine Systems 4 QH
Emphasizes human sensory/motor performance, information-
processing capabilities, learning, and skilled-task performance.
Topics include an introduction to the experiment as a source of
knowledge of human performance characteristics; vision, visual
performance, and principles of display design; audition, noise,
hearing damage, and auditory signals; information processing;
signal detection; aging effects; and system development.
IIS 1777 Honors Adjunct 1 QH
To be added to any 4 quarter hour course in the department
when approved by the Honors Committee of the College of Engi-
neering. Once approved, the adjunct information is forwarded to
the Honors Office for dissemination to the honors membership.
Students may enroll in IIS 1777 an unlimited number of times as
it can be an adjunct to any industrial engineering course.
IIS 1 800 Independent Study in Industrial Engineering 4 QH
Independent study on advanced IE topics for students usually in
the senior year and with high scholastic standing. Projects may
be of an applied or theoretical nature. A formal report is submit-
ted to student's project supervisor at the end of quarter.
Mechanical Engineering
ME 1 n I Key Ideas in Engineering 1 QH
Introduces first-year students to engineering as a creative prac-
tice. Discusses the relationship between engineering and sci-
ence, and between engineering and economic activity. Explores
the challenge, necessity, and satisfaction of lifelong learning in
an engineering career.
ME 1201 Statics SQH
Examines vector representation of force and moment; equivalent
force systems; centroids and centers of gravity; and distributed
forces. Investigates equations of equilibrium; ft'ee-body dia-
grams; applications to trusses, pin-connected frames, and
beams; shear and moment diagrams; and elementary concepts in
friction. Introduces virtual work. Prereg. PHY 1222.
ME 1202 Dynamics 1 SQH
Develops problem-solving ability in the fundamentals of dynam-
ics. Topics include kinematics of particles, kinematics of rigid
bodies, and mass moments of inertia. Examines kinetics of par-
ticles and rigid bodies using force, mass, and acceleration.
Prereq. ME 1201.
ME 1 203 Strength of Materials 1 5 QH
Explores the concept of stress and strain; state of stress and
strain at a point; and stress-strain relations and material proper-
ties. Investigates moment of inertia of areas; stress and deforma-
tion of simple members under axial and torsional loads; and
stresses in symmetrical beam bending. Involves lab sessions to
support the lectures. Prereq. ME 1201.
ME 1 3 1 4 Strength of Materials 2 4 QH
Topics include asymmetrical bending; analysis of determinate
and indeterminate beams by various methods; and buckling of
columns. Prereq. ME 1203.
ME 131 5 Dynamics 2 4QH
Continues development of problem-solving ability in dynamics.
Topics include kinematics of rigid bodies using rotating frames,
kinetics of particles and rigid bodies using work and energy,
introduction of Lagrange's equations, kinetics of particles and
rigid bodies using impulse and momentum, and simple gyro-
scopic motion. Prereq. ME 1312.
ME 1 320 Dynamics for Gvil Engineers 4 QH
Topics include kinematics, translating reference frames, mass
moments of inertia, plane motion of rigid bodies, and instanta-
neous equations of motion. Prereq. CIV 1210.
ME 1 321 Mechanics for Electrical Engineers 4 QH
Focuses on the study of the mechanics of rigid bodies, instanta-
neous equations of motion, work and energy, and impulse and
momentum. Prereq. PHY 1222.
ME 1335 Mechanical Design SQH
Covers applications to the design process of the basic concepts of
mechanics, strength of materials, and mechanical behavior of
materials. Discusses basic considerations in design and its open-
ended nature. Reviews fundamentals of stress and deflection
analysis; theories of failure; design for fatigue strength; product
liability; numerical methods in design, modeling, simulation;
and optimization of mechanical systems. Prereq. ME 1314.
ME 1 336 Design Project 1 SQH
Applies the engineering sciences to the design of a system, com-
ponent, or process. Students will choose the particular design
project with the approval of appropriate faculty. Design teams
will be organized. Each project will include the use of open-ended
problems, development and use of design methodology, formula-
tion of design problem statements and specifications, consider-
ation of alternative solutions, feasibility considerations, and
detailed system descriptions. It should include realistic con-
straints (such as economic factors, safety, reliability, mainte-
nance, aesthetics, ethics, and social impact). Prereq. ME 1335
and ME 1337.
ME 1337 Thermal Design SQH
Focuses on developing the ability of the students to synthesize
their knowledge and understanding of the concepts of thermody-
namics, fluid mechanics, and heat transfer to meet the specifica-
tions of various thermal design objectives through the
assignment of open-ended problems. Reviews fundamentals of
heat transfer and fluid mechanics, numerical methods in heat
transfer, heat transfer analysis of heat exchangers, heat ex-
changer pressure drop analysis, modeling, system simulation,
and topics in optimization. One or more design projects are as-
signed. Utilizes various software on mainframe and microcom-
puters throughout the course and in the projects. Prereq.
ME 1365.
ME 1338 Design Project 2 SQH
Continues the project started in ME 1336. Students remain in
the same group and under the direction of the same faculty ad-
visers as in ME 1336. These guidelines may be waived in excep-
tional cases with the department chair's approval. Prereq.
ME 1336.
200 Course Descriptions
ME 1 340 Thermodynamics 4 OH
Thermodynamics is the study of systems in which energy and its
flow across systems boundaries are important. In this course,
energy, heat, and work are defined and used in the First Law of
Thermodynamics. Introduces other thermodynamic properties
and equations of state, with emphasis on tabular and graphical
forms for simple compressible systems and on the ideal gas.
Introduces the Second Law of Thermodynamics and the property
entropy, and discusses their macro- and microscopic implica-
tions. Concentrates on basic concepts and their proper applica-
tion to representative engineering systems. Prereq. MTH 1223,
not open to ME or ECE power majors.
ME 1 360 Thermodynamics 1 5 QH
Thermodynamics is the study of systems in which energy and its
flow across systems boundaries are important. Defines energy,
heat, and work in the First Law of Thermodynamics. Introduces
other thermodynamic properties and equations of state, with
emphasis on tabular and graphical forms for simple and com-
pressible systems on the ideal gas. Discusses phases and phase
transitions, and examines energy analysis of both open and
closed systems. Introduces macro- and microscopic implications
of the Second Law of Thermodynamics and the property entropy,
and discusses their macro- and microscopic implications. Em-
phasizes the macroscopic consequences of irreversibility and the
limitation this places, through the Second Law, on the behavior
of engineering systems. This course meets four times weekly and
integrates problem-solving strategies while concentrating on
basic concepts. Take MTH 1223 concurrently.
ME 1 36 1 Thermodynamics 2 5 QH
Studies of vapor power systems including the Rankine cycle and
its modifications for use with both fossil and nuclear fuels, vapor
refrigeration systems, and all-gas cycles including the Brayton
cycle and its modifications; the Otto cycle; the Diesel cycle; and
supercharging and turbo-charging. Introduces the concepts of
availability and irreversibility and thermodynamics of
nonreacting mixtures with applications to air/water/vapor mix-
tures for air-conditioning systems and cooling towers. Discusses
the elements of optimum power plant design. Prereq. ME 1360.
ME 1 362 Thermodynamics 3 5 OH
Continues the thermofluids sequence. Topics include thermody-
namic relations using generalized charts; reacting gas mixtures
and combustion; and chemical equilibrium. Introduces one-
dimensional compressible flow, including isentropic flow with
area change; and normal shock waves. Includes a lab. Prereq.
ME 1361.
ME 1365 Heat Transfer 5 OH
Studies the theories that describe conduction, convection, and
thermal radiation heat transfer mechanisms. Discusses steady-
state and transient conduction problems in rectangular, cylindri-
cal, and spherical coordinate systems. Studies convective heat
transfer mechanisms, and introduces various correlations. Pre-
sents a description of thermal radiation heat transfer between
surfaces. Includes various lab experiments. Prereq. ME 1360,
ME 1375, and MTH 1226.
ME 1375 Fluid Mechanics 5QH
Studies fundamental principles in fluid mechanics. Topics in-
clude hydrostatics (pressure distribution, forces on submerged
surfaces, and buoyancy); Newton's law of viscosity; dimensional
analysis; integral forms of the basic laws (conservation of mass.
momentum, and energy); pipe flow analysis; and differential
formulation of basic laws with laminar flow analyses. Includes
labs and a computer project. Prereq. ME 1360 and MTH 1225.
ME 1380 Materials Science 5 OH
Introduces materials science for engineers, emphasizing the
structure/property/function relation. Topics include crystallog-
raphy, structure of solids, imperfections in crystals, phase equi-
librium, phase transformations, diffusion, and physical/
electrical properties. Includes a lab. Prereq. CHM 1132 and
ME 1360.
ME 1 386 Moterials Science 4 OH
Introduces materials science for engineers, emphasizing the
structure/property/function relation. Topics include crystallog-
raphy, structure of solids, imperfections in crystals, phase equi-
librium, electrical and magnetic properties of metals,
semiconductors and junctions. Prereq. CHM 1 132.
ME 1 392 Measurements end Analysis 5 OH
Examines design of experiments, instrumentation, measure-
ments, data analysis, and report writing. Applies the principles
developed in class to a variety of lab experiments. Requires writ-
ten reports. Topics include force, strain, rotational frequency,
temperature, pressure, power, and A/D conversion techniques.
Lab fee.
ME 1401 Applied Elasticity 4QH
Topics include analysis of curved beams, rings, and thick-walled
pressure vessels; introduction to plane elasticity problems using
rectangular and polar coordinate systems; and concepts of stress
and strength. Prereq. ME 1314.
ME 1 408 System Analysis and Control 4 OH
Explores the theoretical background necessary to analyze and
design simple linear control systems. Focuses on system model-
ing, linear approximations and their limitations, transfer func-
tions, and block diagrams; transient and frequency response;
and stability. Discusses frequency domain and root locus tech-
niques. Prereq. ME 1315.
ME 1 4 1 0 Design lor Space Applications 4 OH
Studies Keplerian motion and transfer dynamics using Battin's
solution. Considers optimization of transfer dynamics with
respect to our solar system; and mass optimization, boost, and
reentry dynamics. Utilizes integrated design throughout the
course. Prereq. ME 1315.
ME1415MechanicalVibrations 50H
Studies one-, two-, and multi-degrees of freedom systems using
classical, energy, Laplace, matrix, and computer techniques.
Includes lab demonstrating vibration measurement. Prereq.
ME 1202.
ME 1 430 Aspects of Forensic Design 4 OH
Utilizes case studies in which students assume various investi-
gative and court room roles, including (for both plaintiff and
defendant) expert witnesses, lawyers, field and office engineers,
and jury discussion. Examines consumer protection accidents,
the effect of changing standards and codes, classes of mechanical
systems normally involved in consumer cases, the methodology
of technical questioning, and writing and presenting expert
reports. Prereq. ME 1335 and ME 1337.
Mechanical Engineering 201
ME 1 435 Computer-Aided Design 4QH
Introduces the concepts of computational and numerical geom-
etry for design. Includes the implementation of computer graph-
ics in design and use of computer-aided design packages. Covers
principles of numerical control techniques to design and manu-
facture. Requires a design project. Prereq. GE 1100 and
ME 1314.
ME 1 436 Advanced Computer-Aided Design 4 QH
Covers advanced applications of interactive graphics concepts to
different engineering tasks including animation; solid modeling;
numerical control; mass properties; finite element modeling and
analysis; and other traditional engineering analysis. Presents
advanced concepts and features of interactive graphics and
analysis programming languages. Includes FORTRAN interface
and CAD/CAM packages to give students hands-on experience in
lab settings. Requires a design project. Prereq. ME 1435.
ME 1470 Fluid Mechanics 2 4QH
Topics include velocity potential and stream functions; circula-
tion and Kelvin's theorem; two-dimensional, steady irrotational
incompressible flow; and Karman-Pohlhausen method applied to
two-dimensional boundary layers. Prereq. ME 1375.
ME 1473 Gas Dynamics 4QH
Focuses on application of the principles of fluid mechanics to
compressible flows. Discusses wave propagation and the con-
cepts of sound speed and Mach number. Emphasizes one-dimen-
sional steady flows including the effects of area change, friction,
and heat transfer. Considers normal shock waves and the possi-
bility of choking. Prereq. ME 1375.
ME 1 480 Mechanical Behavior of Materials 4 QH
Studies the physical basis for the mechanical behavior of solid
materials, including elasticity, plasticity, viscoelasticity, and
fracture. Discusses structural alloys and polymers. Prereq. ME
1203 and ME 1380.
ME 1 483 Materials Processing 4 QH
Surveys the essential features and materials limitation of vari-
ous methods for processing materials. Topics include heat treat-
ment (ferrous and nonferrous alloys), casting, forming, joining,
and machining. Prereq. ME 1380.
ME 1490 Special Topics 4QH
When offered, topics will vary depending on the interests of a
group of students and/or of the department. Permission of the
department.
ME 1 496 Mechanical Engineering Project 1 4 QH
Involves a project of an analytical or experimental nature. Each
student must, before the end of the first week of the quarter,
obtain written approval for a proposed project from the depart-
ment chair and a department faculty member under whom the
student will work. A formal report must be submitted to the
faculty supervisor at the end of the quarter. Prereq. Senior
status.
ME 1 541 Nuclear Engineering 1 4 QH
Studies nuclear physics emphasizing atomic and nuclear struc-
ture, and radioactive decay and nuclear reactions, with particu-
lar attention to fusion and fission. Examines health physics,
nuclear instrumentation, and the production and uses of radioac-
tive isotopes. Compares thermal, fast, and breeder reactor types
prior to a discussion of neutron interactions and their slowing
down. Develops the four-factor formula and diffusion equation as
applied to one-group theory for bare and reflected thermal reac-
tors. Discusses flux shaping as well as energy production and
distribution within the core. Prereq. ME 1361.
ME 1 542 Nuclear Engineering 2 4 QH
Focuses on development of two-group theory for thermal reactors
and considers the physics and safety of fast reactors. Discusses
the effect of reactivity change, either intentional or accidental, as
well as changes due to temperature, fission product build-up,
xenon build-up afl;er shutdown, and fuel depletion. Explores
reactor design considerations involving the interrelation of
reactor physics, reactor engineering control, distribution of
power, and fuel cycle management. Prereq. ME 1541.
ME 1 545 Internal Combustion Engines 4 QH
Presents the concepts and theories of operation of internal com-
bustion engines based upon the fundamental engineering sci-
ences of thermodynamics, gas dynamics, heat transfer, and
mechanics. Discusses the design and operating characteristics of
conventional spark-ignition, compression-ignition, Wankel, and
stratified charge spark-ignition engines. Includes performance
analysis using computer programs and Newhall-Starkman
charts. Prereq. ME 1361.
ME 1580 Engineering Materials 4QH
Discusses the utilization of materials science in the application
and selection of materials. Topics include reactions with environ-
ment, such as oxidation and corrosion; materials selection crite-
ria; and materials engineering case studies dealing with
materials selection and failure analysis. Prereq. ME 1380.
ME 1702 Dynamics 1 (Honors) SQH
This course is identical to ME 1202. The honors section will meet
as a separate recitation section for additional lectures and other
activities related to the theory and applications of dynamics.
Prereq. ME 1201.
ME 1 703 Strength of Materials 1 (Honors) 5 QH
This course is identical to ME 1203. The honors section meets
separately for lab and other activities related to the theory and
applications of strength of materials. Prereq. ME 1201.
ME 1 760 Thermodynamics 1 (Honors) 5 QH
This course is identical to ME 1360. The honors section will meet
as a separate recitation section for additional lectures and other
activities related to the theory and applications of thermodynam-
ics. Take MTH 1223 concurrently.
ME 1 765 Heat Transfer (Honors) 5 QH
This course is identical to ME 1365. The honors section meets
separately for lab and other activities related to the theory and
applications of heat transfer. Prereq. ME 1360, ME 1375, and
MTH 1226
ME 1777 Honors Adjunct 1QH
To be added to any 4 QH course in the department when ap-
proved by the Honors Committee of the College of Engineering.
Once approved, the adjunct information is forwarded to the
Honors Office for dissemination to the honors membership.
Students may enroll in ME 1777 an unlimited number of times
as it can be an adjunct to any mechanical engineering course.
202 Course Descriptions
ME 1 796 Independent Study/Research 1 (Honors) 4 OH
Involves an analytical or experimental project. Open only to
students who are in the Honors Program. Before the end of the
first week of the quarter, each student must obtain written ap-
proval for a proposed project from a department faculty member
under whom the student will work and from the College of
Engineering's Honors Committee. A formal report must be sub-
mitted to the faculty supervisor at the end of the quarter. Prereq.
Junior or senior status in the honors program.
ME 1 797 Independent Study /Research 2 (Honors) 4 QH
Continues ME 1796. Prereq. ME 1796.
Mechanical Engineering 203
Engineering Technology
Computer Technology
CT 1 1 50 Computer Organization 4 OH
Presents basic computer architecture. Topics include number
systems' operation and conversion, logic circuits, registers, data
busses, ROM/RAM, microcomputer structure and operation,
microprocessor internal components, microprocesser program-
ming, and input/output processing. Frereq. CT 1105.
CT 1 3 1 1 Programming with C Language 4 QH
Teaches C, a general purpose language suitable for program-
ming operating systems, text-processing, and databases. Covers
data types, arithmetic expressions, program looping, decision
making, arrays, functions, procedures, character strings, global
and local variables, scope rules, pointers, address arithmetic,
structures, unions, and the C input/output library. Prereq. CT
1310 and knowledge of a higher level language.
CT 1330 Data Structures 4QH
Introduces methods of representing and manipulating data in
computer memory. Topics include stacks, queues, lists, trees,
heaps, sets, graphs, searching, and sorting. Prereq. CT 131 1.
CT 1 335 Numerical Algorithms 4 QH
Studies computer methods for solving mathematical problems.
Involves writing and running application programs using
Northeastem's computer. Topics include deterministic versus
stochastic methods, random-number generators, iterative ver-
sus noniterative solutions, maxima and minima in two and three
variables, curve fitting in two and three variables, integrals,
trapezoidal and Simpson's rules, slopes, difference equations in
two and three variables, vector and matrix algebra, simulta-
neous linear equations, nonlinear equations, permutations, and
combinations. Prereg. CT 1105.
CT 1 340 Software Engineering Design 4 QH
Offers structured methods for developing complex computer
software. Provides students the opportunity to develop struc-
tured specifications, structured designs, £ind computer programs
for complex problems and to test those programs using the
University's computers. Topics include partitioning, hierarchical
organization, data flow diagrams, data dictionaries, structured
English, decision trees, decision tables, structured charts, team
design, structured programs, and maintainability. Prereq. CT
1311 or CT 4311.
CT 1345 Assembly Language 4QH
Studies a typical microprocessor assembly language. Includes
writing and running homework problems on a 68,000 micropro-
cessor-based system. Topics include CPU architecture, instruc-
tion sets, addressing modes, binary operations, code conversion,
subroutines, macros, and input/output. Prereq. CT 1105 and
CT1150.
CT 1348 LISP 4QH
Introduces an interactive language in which the LISP inter-
preter is commonly referred to as the read-evaluate-print loop.
Discusses LISP's various levels of implementation in detail.
Explores LISP as an excellent medium for implementing stan-
dard techniques in data-structure manipulation, techniques for
recursion, complex data structures, storage management, and
symbol- table manipulation. Prereq. CT 1330 or CT4330.
CT 1 35 1 Advanced Computer Organization 4 QH
Examines the functional characteristics of complex and special-
purpose computer systems, the functions of a general-purpose
multiuser, and a multiprocessing operating system. Advanced
topics include virtual memory and virtual machine architec-
tures, distributed and multiprocessor systems, array processors,
and system performance analysis. Prereq. CT 1356 and CT 1375
or CT 4356 and CT 4375.
CT 1 355 Microprocessor Peripheral Hardware 4 QH
Considers the elements of microprocessor peripheral hardware
and its interfacing. Covers designing and analyzing microproces-
sor systems, including detailed schematics, timing diagrams,
and technical documentation. Topics include serial input/output
devices, DMA and interrupt control devices, standard buses, bus
arbitration techniques, and bus support VLSI. Prereq. CT 1374
or CT 4374.
CT 1 356 Complex Peripheral Hardware 4 QH
Surveys the interfacing and implementation of complex periph-
eral systems including disc and tape interfaces, graphic display
devices, communication interfaces and subsystems, and input/
output processors. Prereq. CT 1355 or CT4355.
CT 1 360 Industry Software 4 QH
Surveys current commercial software packages and methods.
Utilizes commercial packages implemented on Northeastem's
computer where applicable. Topics include specific packages and
methods including database management, scientific and statisti-
cal analysis, security and privacy, software assurance, and docu-
mentation. Prereq. CT 1330 and CT 1340 or CT 4330 and
CT4340.
CT 1 363 Concurrent Programming 4 QH
Examines the principles of concurrent programming. Involves
writing and running programs to demonstrate aspects of concur-
rent programming techniques and issues. Explores correctness
of concurrent programs, material exclusion, the timing of
Dekker's algorithms, the producer-consumer problem, monitors,
semaphores, "Ada Rendezvous," critical regions, and conditional
variables. Prereq. CT 1330 and CT 1340 or CT4330 and
CT4340.
CT 1365 Industry Hardware 4QH
Discusses the latest industrial developments and trends in com-
puter hardware. Conducted as a seminar. Prereq. CT 1356.
CT 1368 Semiconductor Logic 4QH
Analyzes the bipolar and MOS transistors in saturated and
cutoff condition and implements these concepts to form basic
logic and decision-making circuits. Demonstrates converting
logical expressions into hardware configuration representations.
Focuses on Ebers-Moll modeling, PMOS, NMOS, CMOS con-
struction, and logic families. Prereq. EET 1311 orEET4311.
CT 1369 Computer Logic 4QH
Introduces the hardware building block of digital computers.
Presents configurations of gates and memory components to
204 Course Descriptions
achieve combinational and sequential composite logical func-
tions. Discusses finite state machine design and analysis, gates,
flip-flops, registers, decoders, ALUs, memory arrays, and syn-
chronous and asynchronous state machines. Prereq. CT 1368 or
CT4368.
a 1 374 Introduction to CPU Hardware 4 OH
Introduces the circuits and operation of a microcomputer. Stud-
ies the microprocessor and its basic support components and
circuits, including detailed timing and functional analysis of
their interactions. Topics include central processing unit,
memory, addressing, clocking, bust concepts, interrupts,
coprocessors, input/output, and instruction timing. Prereq. CT
1345 or CT4345 and CT 1368 or CT4368.
a 1375 CPU Architecture 4QH
Reviews high performance microprocessor architecture and
hardware interfacing techniques. Analyzes current commercial
processors stnd their support components. Focuses on internal
CPU architecture, memory management, instruction prefetch,
privilege states, bus cycles, control lines, inputyoutput, inter-
rupts, exceptions, and pipelining. Prereq. CT 1374.
a 1377 VLSI Design 4QH
Examines very large scale integration (VLSI) integrated circuits
(ICs), the key components of all modern computers. Introduces
MOS devices, circuits, design methods, and fabrication tech-
niques used in producing custom VLSI ICs. Topics include MOS
transistor characteristics, basic gate circuits, scaling, manual
and automated layout tools, wafer-fabrication techniques, stan-
dards, testing, and costs. Prereq. CT 1369 or CT4369.
a 1 379 Computer Networks 4 QH
Introduces the functional and operational aspects of computer
networks. Topics include the ISO Reference Model's seven lay-
ers, ARPANET, DECnet, and SNA. Prereq. CT 1380 or CT4380.
CT 1 380 Data Communication Methods 4 QH
Introduces the ISO open systems interconnect model for commu-
nication system, and functional and operational aspects of data
communication devices and software. Utilizes a black box ap-
proach. Examines modems, control units, multiplexers, concen-
trators, front end processors, and error checking. Prereq. CT
1375 or CT 4375.
CT 1 381 Operating Systems 4 OH
Surveys the basic principles and organization of operating sys-
tem implementation. Explores processor management; process
multiplexing and synchronization; schedules; atomic operations
and mutual exclusion; sequential and concurrent programming;
memory; and device and data management. Prereq. CT 1150 and
CT1311orCT4350andCT4311.
CT 1 382 Computer Graphics Programming 4 OH
Explores the computer plotting of two- and three-dimensional
shapes. Involves writing and running programs using the
University's computer and digital plotter. Considers 2D trans-
forms; 3D to 2D transforms; surface representation; shaping;
hidden line; raster technology-color; introduction to interactive
graphics and characters; curve fitting; and graphic data struc-
tures. Prereg. GET 1100.
CT 1383 Databases 4 OH
Examines database organization structure and management.
Utilizes the University's computer to write and run programs
exemplifying techniques developed in class. Covers access meth-
ods, attributes, indices, keys, querying, searching and matching,
file sets, inverted file sets, normal forms, and random access.
Prereq. CT 1330 or CT 4330.
CT 1 384 Large System Assembly Languages 4 QH
Utilizes VAX-11 assembly language macro to show how basic
components in the CPU are used during program execution.
Emphasizes integer, real, and character instruction sets; various
address techniques; procedure linkage; and main and system
input/output. Utilizes the University's computer facilities to run
program assignments. Prereq. CT 1345 or CT4345.
CT 1 385 Introduction to Simulation Programming 4 QH
Focuses on computer methods for solving simulated phenomena.
Involves writing and running programs implementing simula-
tions specified by instructor. Explores simple queues;
multiserver queues; priorities, including first in first out, last in
last out, and time aging of data; simple frequency distributions;
use of SIMULA, GPSS, and standard Subroutine Library Rou-
tines. Prereq. Cr 7335.
CT 1 387 Bit-Slice Microcomputers 4 QH
The epitome of hardware flexibility is represented by the bit-slice
CPU. Demonstrates the basic design ground rules common to
this style of hardware design. Prereq. CT 1355 or CT4355.
CT 1 389 Single-Chip Microprocessors 4 QH
When small 8-bit intelligent devices are rewired in high volume,
the single-chip microprocessor in the form of the 3870, 8084 Z8,
and others comes into play. An understanding of the hardware
limitations of a single-chip system presents the basis for this
subject material. Prereq. CT 1374 or CT4374.
CT 1 390 Special Problems in Computer Technology 4 QH
Theoretical or experimental work under individual faculty
supervision.
CT 1 395 Computer Security 4 QH
Focuses on issues related to security in computing, including the
history of security, encryption techniques and applications,
secure communications, and software protection. Covers soft-
ware verification and validation, security design in hardware,
and products currently available for recurring systems and data.
Discusses privacy as well as reliability. Prereq. CT 1380 or
CT4380.
CT 1 396 PROLOG: An Introduction to Artificial Intelligence 4 OH
Introduces fundamental artificial intelligence ( AI) terms and
techniques using PROLOG as a programming language. Topics
include knowledge representation, search, parsing, logic, and
inference techniques. Uses student projects as an integral part of
the course. Prereq. CT 1330 or CT4330.
CT 1 480 Local Area Networks 1 4 QH
Introduces local area network { LAN) concepts, architectures,
application, protocols, and components. Focuses on first three
layers of the ISO reference model: physical, data line, and net-
work layers. Examines Ethernet, SNA, Token Bus, Token Ring,
and other IEEE standards. Prereq. CT 1380 or CT4380. Not open
to students who have taken CT 1379 or CT4379.
Computer Technology 205
Electrical Engineering Technology
EETIISIGrcuitAiialysisI 4QH
Examines Ohm's law, KirchhofPs current and voltage laws,
equivalent resistances, independent and dependent sources,
mesh and nodal analysis, and power relations, all concentrating
on direct current circuits. Other topics include Thevenin and
Norton theorems, the operational amplifier, and energy storage
elements such as capacitors and inductors. Prereq. MTH 1193 or
PHY 1193.
EET 11 52 Grcuit Analysis 2 4 OH
Studies time domain (transient) emalysis of R, L, and C elements;
energy storage in L and C circuits; and responses in source-free
RL and RC circuits. Includes application of the unit step func-
tion and response of RLC circuits. Introduces frequency domain
methods to solve sinusoidal steady-state circuits using complex
frequency concepts and phasor algebra; three-phase circuits;
and three-wire, single-phase systems. Prereq. EET 1151.
EET 1 31 0 Electrical Measurements 4 QH
Covers standards of measurements, dimensional analysis, errors
and measurement of dispersed data, discrete and continuous
variables, binomial distribution, and normal distribution. Topics
include guaranteed error, methods of resistance measurements,
digital voltmeters and analog-to-digital conversion, voltage
references, and potentiometers and AC bridges. Prereq.
EET 1353.
EET 1311 Electronics 1 4QH
Introduces students to solid-state electronic devices such as
diodes and transistors, emphasizing specifications, circuit char-
acteristics, and techniques for analyzing circuit behavior. Inves-
tigates diodes application in rectification, power supply
regulation, clipping, clamping, and voltage doubling situations.
Includes analysis and design of transistor circuit topologies and
bias networks. Prereq. EET 1152.
EET 131 2 Electronics 2 4QH
Investigates transistor bias stabilization of discrete and inte-
grated circuits. Examines signal models of diodes and BJT,
JFET, and MOSFET transistors. Analyzes single transistor
amplifier configurations and multistage amplifiers. Investigates
frequency response, amplitude, and phase characteristics of
transistor circuits by using techniques such as the Bode plots.
Presents design methods of coupling signals among amplifier
states. Prereq. EET 1311.
EET 131 3 Electronics 3 4QH
Focuses on feedback and its application to operational amplifier
circuits for signal processing and generation. Topics include
stabilizing gain and bias, improving bandwidth, reducing distor-
tion, and impedance variation. Involves analysis and design of
inverting and noninverting configurations of operational ampli-
fier circuits, including rectifiers, oscillators, and filters. Prereq.
EET 1312.
EET13l4PulseandDigilaM 4QH
Studies switching characteristics of semiconductor devices; logic
gates and the logic families ECL, MOS, and Schottky TTL; speed
limitations; and concepts of wave-shaping and wave-generating
circuits including comparators, Schmitt trigger, and relaxation
oscillators. Prereq. EET 1311.
EET 131 5 Pulse and Digital 2 4QH
Examines digital operations, logic statements and theorems,
minimization of logic functions, logic gates and the characteris-
tics of the integrated logic families, flip-flops, counters, and
registers. Introduces sequential circuit design, sample and hold
circuits, and analog-to-digital conversion. Prereq. EET 1314.
EET 1 31 7 Principles of Communication Systems 1 4 QH
Focuses on signal analysis using Fourier methods, noise in com-
munication systems, frequency selective amplifiers, including
wideband, transistor power amplifiers AF and RF, oscillators,
and signal sources and applications. Prereq. EET 1313.
EET 131 8 Principles of Communication Systems 2 4QH
Explores basic theory of amplitude, frequency, phase and pulse
code modulated systems, analysis of modulating and demodulat-
ing circuits. Topics include carrier systems using SSB, system
block and level diagrams, logic control circuits in communication
systems, and modems. Prereq. EET 1317.
EET 1 3 1 9 Principles of Communication Systems 3 4 QH
Emphasizes the fundamentals of digital communications, sam-
pling requirements, analog-to-digital conversion methods, and
system capacity and bandwidth. Topics include comparison of
practical digital systems PAM, PCM, PFM, PWM, time and
ft-equency division multiplexing, data decoding, and selected
examples fi-om telemetry and computer links. Prereq. EET 1318.
EET 1 320 Electricity and Electronics 1 4 QH
Introduces circuit analysis, resistive networks, periodic excita-
tion function, steadystate AC circuits, the physical foundations
of electronics, and the physical operation of electronic devices.
Prereq. MTH 1 193 and PHY 1193. Not open to electrical engi-
neering technology majors.
EET 1 321 Electricity and Electronics 2 4 QH
Examines single-stage electronic circuits, magnetic circuits and
transformers, electro-mechanical energy conversion, DC ma-
chines, and AC machines. Prereq. EET 1320.
EET 1323 Electronic Laboratory 2QH
Offers experiments with nonlinear semiconductors. Explores
junction and zener diodes. Studies typical applications in clip-
pers, clampers, rectification, filtering, electronic power supplies,
voltage regulation, and integrated circuit regulators. Discusses
bipolar and field effect transistors, amplifiers and voltage fol-
lower configurations, special semiconductors, and operational
amplifiers. Prereq. EET 1311.
EET 1 324 Grcuils Laboratory 1 2 QH
Offers experiments in DC electrical circuits and measurement
techniques. Includes use of ammeters, ohmmeters, voltmeters,
VOMs, and power supplies. Studies equivalent resistance, series
and parallel circuits, Ohm's law, Thevenin and Norton theorems,
and superposition and maximum power transfer theorems.
Prereq. EET 1151.
EET 1 325 Grcuits Laboratory 2 2QH
Offers further experiments in electrical circuits and measure-
ment techniques. Includes operation of oscilloscopes, audio
frequency, and function generators. Explores inductance and
capacitance, and the effect of frequency upon them. Studies
amplitude, frequency, and phase shift measurements using a
variety of series/parallel RL, RC, and RLC circuitry.
206 Course Descriptions
Examines circuit time constants and their relation to repetition
rate, along with resonance, circuit quality, and filter circuits.
Prereq.EET1124.
EET 1 327 Advanced Electronics Laboratory 1 2 QH
Offers experiments using oscilloscopes, the examination of tran-
sistor audio amplifiers, push-pull amplifiers, drivers, pulse and
video amplifiers. Topics include transients and wave-shaping
circuits, audio frequency oscillators, and the study of operational
amplifiers. Prereq. EET 1323.
EET 1328 Advanced Electronics Laboratory 2 2QH
Experiments with the modulation of a class C amplifier, the
diode detector, basic timing circuits, RF and crystal oscillators,
astable multivibrators, logic gates, flip-flops, binary adders,
registers and counters. Topics include active filters, frequency
modulation detectors, and analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog
conversion. Prereq. EET 1327.
EET 1 329 Advanced Electronics Laboratory 3 2 QH
Studies FM and PM waves, amplitude limiters, the balanced
modulators and single sideband generators. Discusses inte-
grated circuit timers and monolithic random access memory, and
monolithic phaselocked loop, as well as a series of microwave
experiments and digital experiments. Prereq. EET 1328.
EET 1330 Energy Conversion 4QH
Investigates generalized theory of rotating energy conversion
devices, steady-state operation of the multiply-excited direct-
current machine, control of speed, special machines, transform-
ers, steady-state considerations of induction and synchronous
machines. Explores the generalized machine and circuit model,
and Laplace transform techniques applied to the analysis of
dynamic operating modes of rotating machines. Prereq.
EET 1152 and MTH 1 195.
EET 1 337 Distributed Systems 4 QH
Examines radiation, transmission, and reception of electromag-
netic waves, distributed-line constants and traveling waves of
transmission lines, and differential equations of the uniform
Hne. Prereq. MTH 1195 and PHY 1 193.
EET 1 353 Grcuits Analysis 3 4QH
Applications of differential equations to the solutions of linear,
and time-invariant electrical networks. Introduces to singularity
functions, convolution, and time-domain transient analysis,
network topology and duality, and the methods of transforma-
tion calculus and complex frequency concepts. Prereq. EET 1 152.
EET 1354 Grcuits Analysis 4 4QH
Focuses on signal analysis in the frequency domain, Fourier
series, Fourier and Laplace transform methods, and a varied
selection of circuit problems using Laplace transforms and re-
lated theorems. Prereq. EET 1353.
EET 1 360 Engineering Analysis 1 4 QH
Studies linear algebra and circuit equation applications, as well
as solution of linear differential equations, including an intro-
duction to Laplace transforms. Prereq. EET 1 152 and
MTH 1195.
EET 1 362 Basic Power Systems 1 4 QH
Focuses on power transmission lines, line constants, current
voltage and power relations, electric-power distribution loads,
feeders, and substations, and application of matrices. Prereq.
EET 1354.
EET 1363 Basic Power Systems 2 4QH
Investigates symmetrical and asymmetrical faults, protective
devices — application and coordination, power flow in electric
circuits, steady-state power limitations of systems, and voltage
regulation theory and application. Prereq. EET 1362.
EET 1 364 Basic Power Systems 3 4 QH
Offers computer applications to power systems with emphasis on
load-flow studies, basic ideas of systems planning, short-circuit
studies, and system stability. Prereq. EET 1363.
EET 1 370 Digital Computers 1 4 QH
Introduces digital computer design. Topics include general com-
puter organization, number systems and number representa-
tions, design characteristics of major computer units, and
Boolean algebra applications to computer design. Prereq.
EET 1311.
EET 1 371 Digital Computers 2 4 QH
Examines microprocessor architecture and organization. Stud-
ies the machine language and assembly coding of an industry-
accepted microprocessor, and a suitable topic from the current
literature. Assembly language coding problems assigned. Prereq.
EET 1370.
EET 1377 Control Engineering 1 4QH
Analyzes linear servomechanisms under both transient and
steady-state conditions, signal flow graphs, and Laplace trans-
forms in the formulation of block diagrams and transfer function.
Prereq. EET 1354 and MTH 1 195.
EET 1378 Control Engineering 2 4QH
Focuses on system stability, root locus techniques, and treat-
ment of Nyquist criteria and Bode diagram methods for systems
evaluation. Prereq. EET 1377.
EET 1 390 Optical Instrumentation 4 QH
Focuses on telescopes, microscopes, and similar equipment, as
optical system components. Includes magnification, aberrations,
resolution criteria, photometry, compatibility of system compo-
nents and optimization of systems, and the basic nonimage-
forming systems used for analysis control and metrology. Prereq.
MTH 1192 and PHY 1193.
EET 1 399 Special Problems in Electrical Engineering Technology 4 QH
Offers theoretical or experimental work under individual faculty
supervision. Prereq. Consent of department chair.
General Engineering Technology
GET 1 1 00 Computer Programming lor Engineering Technology 4 QH
Introduces computers for problem solving using C language.
Topics include arrays, functions, and character manipulations.
Students use the University's computer facilities to run pro-
grams. Prereq. MTH 1191 or MTH 4 107 or taken concurrently.
GET 1 1 70 Engineering Graphics 1 4 QH
Introduces manual and computer engineering drawing using
geometric constructions, charts, and graphs. Geometric con-
struction includes descriptive geometry, orthographic projection,
sections, and isometric drawing.
General Engineering Technology 207
GET 1 1 7 1 Engineering Graphics 2 4 QH
Studies computer and manual drawing in layout and assembly
graphics. Topics include manufacturing processes, fasteners,
gears, welding, electric/electronic drawing, architectural/struc-
tural drawing, piping, and topography. Design project required.
Prereq. GET 1170orequiv.
GET 1 356 Engineering Economy 4 QH
Presents fundamental accounting concepts and terminology,
including assets, liability, net worth, and analyzing income
statements and balance sheets. Discusses introductory steps in
analyzing investment proposals, time value of money, and cash
flows. Analyzes cash flows in terms of present worth, annual
worth, rate of return, and benefit/cost ratio. Considers deprecia-
tion and tax effects on cash flows. Prereq. MTH 1191.
GET 1364 Kinematics 4QH
Studies four-bar linkages, sliders, and others, using orthogonal
components of vectors, instantaneous centers, equivalent link-
ages, and effective cranks. Emphasizes graphic solutions and
introduces the computer as a tool to enhance these concepts.
Analyzes reverted and epicyclic gear trains and cam displace-
ment. Prereq. GET inland PHY 1191.
Mechanical Engineering Technology
MET 1301 Mechanics A 4QH
Explores forces, moments, couples, statics of particles, and rigid
bodies in two- and three-dimensions. Examines external and
internal distributed forces, first moments and centroids, and
structures such as trusses, frames, and machines. Prereq. MTH
1193;orMTH4120;PHY1191orPHY4117.
MET 1302 Mechanics B 4QH
Emphasizes friction, second moments, virtual work, kinematics
of particles, rectilinear and curvilinear motion of dynamic par-
ticles. Topics include force, mass and acceleration, and work and
energy. Prereq. MET 1301 or MET 4301.
MET 1303 Mechanics C 4QH
Studies impulse and momentum of particles. Topics include
kinematics and dynamics of rigid bodies: force, mass, and accel-
eration; dynamics of rigid bodies: work and energy, and impulse
and momentum; and introduction to mechanical vibration.
Prereq. MET 1302 or MET 4302.
MET13l4StressAnalysisA 4QH
Investigates axially loaded members, stress and strain, allow-
able stresses, factor of safety, temperature effects, indeterminate
members and thin-walled pressure vessels. Topics include cen-
tric loading of bolted and welded connection, shear and moment
in beams, eccentrically loaded connections, and flexural and
transverse shearing stresses in beams. Prereq. MET 1301 or
MET4301.
MET 131 5 Stress Analysis B 4QH
Discusses determinate and indeterminate beam deflections and
reactions by numerical and graphical integration and area mo-
ment methods, theorem of three moments and torsional stresses
and strains. Topics include power transmission, eccentric loads
on struts, beams, riveted and welded joints, combined and prin-
ciple stresses, Mohr's circle, and theories of failure. Prereq.
MET 1314 or MET 4314.
MET 1319 Mechanics 4QH
Introduces mechanics to nonmechanical majors. Prereq. MTH
1193 and PHY 1191.
MET 1 330 Mechanical Design A 4 OH
Introduces mechanical design, the design process, design factors,
creativity, optimization, human factors, and value engineering.
Discusses and develops principles through simple design
projects. Topics include principles of design, properties and
selection of materials; stress concentrations; strength under
combined stresses; theories of failure; and impact, fluctuation,
and repeated loads. Prereq. MET 1315 or MET 43 15; MET 1380
or MET 4380.
MET 1331 Mechanical Design B 4QH
Explores stresses, deformation and design of fasteners, screws,
joints, springs, and bearings, lubrication, and journal bearings.
Topics include stresses and power transmission of spur, bevel,
and worm gear, shaft design, and clutches and brakes. Prereq.
MET 1330 or MET 4330.
MET 1340 Thermodynamics A 4QH
Introduces general theory of heat and matter, laws of thermody-
namics, energy-transformation principles, availability of energy,
properties and processes for pure substances and ideal gases.
Topics include thermodynamic properties and processes of liq-
uids and vapors, tables and charts, mixtures of fluids, and vapor
cydes.Prereq.PHY1192orPHY4118.
MET 1 34 1 Thermodynamics B 4 QH
Discusses theory of vapor engines and analysis of actual engine
types using gas and vapor compression, internal combustion
engines, theory of gas and vapor flow through orifices and
nozzles, and principles of gas compression. Includes analysis of
vapor compression, refrigeration systems, low-temperature
refrigeration cycles, and absorption refrigeration systems.
Prereq. MET 1340 or MET 4340.
MET 1 342 Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning 4 QH
Focuses on air-conditioning principles, including psychometrics
and heat pumps. Examines calculation of heating and cooling
loads in accordance with ASHRAE practices, principles of gas
compression, analysis of vapor compression, refiigeration sys-
tems, low-temperature refrigeration cycles, and absorption
refrigeration systems. Prereq. MET 1341 or MET 4341.
MET 1343 Heat Transfer 4QH
Presents the principles of heat transfer: thermal conductivity
and thermal conductance/resistance. Examines heat transfer
mechanisms, equations of conduction, and natural and forced
convection. Studies hydrodynamic and thermal boundary lay-
ers, black body radiation, and Kirchoffs law. Covers emissivity
and absorptivity, radiation between simple bodies, heat transfer
coefficients, heat changer effectiveness, and regenerative and
evaporative heat exchangers. Prereq. MET 1341.
MH 1370 Fluid Mechanics A 4QH
Investigates hydrostatics, principles governing fluids at rest,
pressure measurement, hydrostatic forces on submerged areas
and objects, and simple dams. Topics include fluids in moving
vessels, hoop tension fluid flow in pipes under pressure, fluid
energy, power, and friction loss, Bernoulli's theorem, and flow
measurement. Prereq. MET 1302 or MET 4302.
208 Course Descriptions
MH 1371 Fluid Mechanics B 4 OH
Explores pipe networks and reservoir systems, flow in open
channels, uniform flow, energy, friction loss, minor losses, and
velocity distribution. Topics include alternate stages of flow,
critical flow, nonuniform flow, accelerated and retarded flow,
and hydraulic jump and waves. Prereq. MET 1370 or MET 4370.
MET 1380 Materials A 4 OH
Introduces fundamental metallic structures, general metallurgi-
cal information covering theoretical aspects of properties, test-
ing, and failure of metals. Supplemented by visual aids. Topics
include alloying and hardening of metals, refinement of metals,
equilibrium diagrams, characteristics of engineering metals, and
principles of metal fabrication.
MET 1 390 Measurement and Analysis Laboratory 2 QH
Offers experiments for the collection and anedysis of data by
graphics and numerical methods including computer applica-
tions, report writing that draws conclusions relative to accuracy,
precision, true values, and measured values as they relate to
basic mechanical measuring instruments for length, area, vol-
ume, specific gravity, pressure, temperature, and time as these
parameters are utilized in making mechanical measurements.
Prereq. GET llOOor GET 4100;MET1314orMET4314;MTH
1195 or MTH4122;andPHY 1193 orPHY4119.
MET 1391 Technology Laboratory A 2QH
Presents experiments to determine mechanical properties of
materials under tensile, compressive, torsional, direct shear,
flexural, impact, fatigue, and creep loading conditions as they
are affected by normal and abnormal environmental conditions;
also as they are affected by homogeneity, nonhomogeneity, isot-
ropy, andnonisotropy.Prereg'. MET 1315 or MET 4315; MET
1380 or MET 4380; MET 1390 or MET 4390; or concurrently.
MET 1 392 Technology Laboratory B 2 QH
Offers experiments to determine the physical properties of in-
compressible fluids and to measure the flow rates and velocities
utilizing pilot tubes, oriface plates, venturii and weirs flow
meters, U-tube differential manometers, and piezometers as the
fluid flows through open channels, partially filled conduits,
conduits under pressure, pipe networks, turbines and pumps.
Prereq. MET 1390 or MET 4390; MET 1370 or MET 4370; or
concurrently.
MET 1393 Technology Laboratory C 2QH
Explores basic thermodynamic relations. Experiments examine
the flow of compressible fluids and steam and the energy conver-
sion of a fuel into a working substance and the related heat-
transfer mechanisms. Discusses operating characteristics of
thermal generators, engines, and compressors. Prereq. MET
1390 or MET 4390; MET 1341 or MET 4341; or concurrently.
MET 1394 Technology laboratory D 2QH
Presents experiments to examine the operating characteristics
and efficiencies of internal combustion engines, brake horse-
power, indicated horsepower, friction horsepower, and mean
effective pressure. Topics include fuel consumption, torque,
ignition timing, manifold pressure, and compression ratios and
internal engines as energy conversion systems, and energy con-
version of fuels. Prereq. MET 1341 or MET 4341; MET 1343 or
MET 4343; MET 1393 or MET 4393; or concurrently.
MET 1395 Technology Laboratory E 2QH
Offers experiment, analytical, and design projects to examine
refrigeration, air conditioning, and heating pump cycles. Prereq.
MET 1342 or MET 4342; MET 1343 or MET 4343; and
MET 1390 or MET 4390.
MET 1396 Machine Shop 4QH
Introduces the study of machines for metal processing, cutting
tools, and fluids, machinability, and automatic machinery.
MET 1414Mechanical Vibrations 4QH
Examines elements of vibrating systems, one degree of freedom
(undamped free and forced vibration from Newton's law of mo-
tion and energy methods), natural frequencies, and damped free
and forced vibration. Topics include impedance and mobility,
systems with more than one degree of freedom; influence coeffi-
cients, Lagrange's equations, generalized coordinates, and vibra-
tion absorber. Prereq. MET 1303 or MET 4303.
MET 1 4 1 5 Experimental Stress Analysis 4 QH
Explores theory and experimentation showing the application of
extensometers and electrical strain gauges as transducers in the
field of experimental stress and strain analysis. Presents theory
and lab practice on photoelastic methods as applied to classical
model analysis and modem coating analysis. Prereq. MET 1315
orMET4315.
MET 141 6 Stress Analysis C 4 OH
Discusses curved beam, asymmetrical bending of beams, shear-
center and shear stresses on thin sections, composite beams;
columns energy absorption and resilience, inertial stresses,
impact loading, and deflection of beams by energy methods and
bolted fastenings. Prereq. MET 1315 or MET 43 15.
MET 1444 Power Generation 4 OH
Explores electrical power generation by thermomechanical,
electromechanical, nuclear, and hydraulic systems. Analyzes
thermodynamic cycles as well as practical deviations from the
related ideal processes. Considers accessory and auxiliary
equipment use. Studies design, performance, economic factors,
and public issues affecting electrical power generation. Prereq.
MET 1341.
MET 1481 Materials B 4 OH
Focuses on the study of inorganic materials (polymers, glasses,
ceramics, cements, wood), and materials having important elec-
trical and magnetic properties. A summary of the most recent
applications for the fabrication and uses of both metals and
nonmetals. Structures of metals, imperfections, phase diagrams
effect of temperature on structure and properties of metals (an-
nealing, recrystalization, recovery, precipitation, diffusion)
strengthening mechanisms, mechanical properties of nonferrous
metals. Lab experiments in preparation of samples, selection,
polishing, and etching; examination of nonferrous metals, use of
the microscope, linear analysis construction of cooling curves,
and simple binary-phase diagrams. Prereq. MET 1380 or
MET 4380.
MET 1 499 Special Problems in Mechonical Engineering Technology 4 QH
Theoretical or experimental work under individual faculty su-
pervision. Prereq. Consent of department chair.
I
Mechanical Engineering Technology 209
Nursing
NUR n 00 Introduction to Professional Nursing and the Health System 4 QH
Surveys the social, political, and economic forces that influence
the nursing profession. Considers the historical development of
nursing and its role and contribution to American society. Intro-
duces the United States health sector and the social, political,
and economic factors that affect health-care delivery. Views
concepts of health and illness from their meanings to the general
population. Encourages students to explore individual goals in
the nursing profession.
NUR 1 1 01 Introduction to the Theoretical Basis lor Nursing Practice 4 QH
Introduces general concepts in professional nursing and in the
nursing paradigm. Continues health, wellness, and illness
issues introduced in NUR 1100. Explores the concepts of nursing
process, teaching, learning, client, and adapting. Introduces
observation, interview, and basic measurements as methods of
collecting data in the assessment phase of the nursing process.
Explores communication as an essential aspect of professional
role behavior. Gives students the opportunity to practice inter-
view and basic measurements. Prereq. NUR 1100 or permission
of instructor.
NUR 1 1 02 Introduction to Human Nutrition 4 OH
Explores the fundamental role of nutrition in promoting health.
Studies the physiological functions of nutrients, their food
sources, and recommended intakes for different age groups.
Utilizes principles from the humanities and sciences in develop-
ing nutrition concepts. Introduces the use of different diet-as-
sessment tools to assist individuals in meeting nutrient and
energy needs. Encourages students to examine their own food
choices and how those choices translate into meeting recom-
mended nutrient and energy needs. Discusses the origins of food
habits and the relevance of nutrition counseling and education in
nursing practice. Prereq. NUR 1100 or permission of instructor.
NUR 1 200 Nursing Basic Human Needs 1 6 QH
Gives the opportunity to explore the professional role in a clinical
setting. Building on knowledge of the Roy Adaptation Model,
allows students to implement the nursing process in the four
adaptive modes and also focus on psychomotor development
skills. Offers students the chance to provide basic nursing care to
selected clients. Through lectures and assignments, helps stu-
dents utilize and explain scientific and conceptual bases for
nursing activities. Explores professional responsibility in a legal
and ethical framework with specific attention to the students'
individual role development. Prereq. BIO 1115, BIO 1152,
BIO 1 153, CHM nil, CHM 1 1 12, NUR 1100, NUR 1101,
NUR 1102, and sophomore standing.
NUR 1 201 Nursing Basic Human Needs 2 6 QH
Allows students to continue developing in the professional role in
a clinical setting. Emphasizes physical assessment and patient
education. Offers students the chance to provide basic nursing
care and to continue to strengthen their understanding of the
nursing process by using the Roy Adaptation Model. Through
lectures and assignments, helps students expand their scientific
and conceptual basis for nursing activities. Prereq. BIO 1 120,
BIO 1 154, NUR 1200, and sophomore standing.
NUR 1 202 Introduction to Pathophysiological Concepts for Clinical Nursing 4 QH
Focuses on Roy's Physiological Mode. Covers oxygenation, nutri-
tion, elimination, protective mechanisms, activity/neurological
fiinctions, endocrine/regulator functions, and skin integrity.
Explores how the human body uses its adaptive powers to main-
tain a steady state and how alterations disrupt normal pro-
cesses. Reviews disease processes and implications for nursing
practice. Prereq. BIO 1115, BIO 1120, BIO 1152, BIO 1153,
BIO 1154, and sophomore standing.
NUR 1 300 Nursing Common Problems 7 QH
Focuses on specific physiologic alterations in adult health and on
corresponding psychosocial adaptations in client and families.
Employs Roy's Adaptation Model and addresses the adaptive
behaviors in its four modes. Emphasizes the physiologic mode as
the client moves along the illness/wellness continuum. Allows
students to assess, plan, implement, and evaluate nursing care
for selected adult clients under faculty guidance in the acute
clinical setting. Gives students the opportunity to administer
nursing care, collaborating with faculty, clients, primary nurses,
and other appropriate health team members in the clinical
practicum. Prereq. BIO 1254, NUR 1201, NUR 1202, PSY 1112,
and middler standing.
NUR 1 301 Psychiatric/Mental Health Nursing 7 QH
Examines the process used by the professional nurse in facilitat-
ing the adaptive responses and goal attainment of human sys-
tems. Specifically, focuses on the study of self-concept, role
functioning, and interdependence among individuals, families,
and groups. Studies the interpersonal process of professional
nursing and how the nurse works with client systems in their
striving toward survival, growth, reproduction, and mastery.
Discusses how within this process, adaptive responses are en-
hanced and ineffective responses are altered. Uses the Roy Adap-
tation Model as the framework. Prereq. BIO 1254, NUR 1201,
PSY 1 1 12, and middler standing.
NUR 1302 Transition 9QH
Introduces registered nurse students to the purposes, philoso-
phy, and conceptual framework of the baccalaureate degree
program. Provides students with the opportunity to complement
and validate, through guided study, knowledge of professional
roles and role conflicts, communication and group process, and
principles of teaching, learning, and evaluation. Uses the Roy
Adaptation Model in designing and providing nursing care,
specifically with aging, chronically ill, and dying patients. Also
discusses nutritional needs, with specific emphasis on aged,
acute, and chronically ill clients. Prereq. BIO 1120, BIO 1140,
BIO 1141, BIO 1253, BIO 1255, CHM 1111, CHM 1112,
PSY 1111, PSY 1 1 12, and registered nurse license.
NUR 1 303 Life Crises: Analysis and Response 4 QH
Considers personal, family, and community crises identified
from literature, health agency clientele, and student sources.
Uses concepts from nursing, sociology, anthropology, and social
psychology to assess critically the individual's experience of
crisis and the approaches used by providers in human-service
systems to help people in crisis. Gives students in consumer and/
or health and human service roles the opportunity to critically
examine the meaning of life crises in a social-cultural vs. psycho-
pathological framework and to explore principles and creative
strategies that might be used in responding constructively to
crises in their own lives or in their experience as health or
210 Course Descriptions
human-service workers. Open to middler students in nursing,
criminal justice, applied social science, and the health
professions.
NUR 1 304 Independent Study Elective 2 QH
Allows students to pursue a topic more intensely than in regular
coursework. Students contract with a faculty member whose
background, interests, and time allow direction of in-depth
study. Student and faculty member jointly develop course objec-
tives. Prereq. NUR 1201.
NUR 1 400 Moternal and Child Nursing 9 QH
Focuses on appl3dng the Roy Adaptation Model in maintaining
optimal health for child-bearing and child-rearing families.
Using the four modes of the model, the student examines indi-
viduals and families at selected developmental stages. Presents
theoretical content in four units, with the first two focusing on
adaptive behaviors and the second two examining ineffective
behaviors. Gives students the opportunity to assist clients in
selected maternity and child-care settings in coping with the
stress and stimuli that interfere with the adaptation process.
Prereq. NUR 1300, NUR 1301, PCL 1305, PSY 1241, PSY 1242,
and junior standing.
NUR 1 401 Medical-Surgical Nursing 9 OH
Focuses on the effects of episodes of acute illness on individuals,
families, and community. Addresses the four modes of the Roy
Adaptation Model. Emphasizes the alterations and adaptations
in physiology characteristic of acute episodes of illness and the
nurse's role in intervention. Also discusses the impact of illness
on patterns of living, the needs for health teaching, and continu-
ity of care. Provides guided clinical experiences, emphasizing the
nursing process and the skills necessary to plan and implement
care for adults in an acute-care setting. Prereq. NUR 1300, NUR
1301, PCL 1305, PSY 1241, PSY 1242, and junior standing.
NUR 1 402 Health Assessment 4 QH
Provides the student with additional theory and skills relevant
to the clinical decision-making role of the nurse as a primary
caretaker. Extends the student's knowledge and experience of
history-taking and physical and psychosocial assessment. Em-
phasizes analysis and synthesis of data obtained from a holistic
health assessment as an essential framework for the identifica-
tion of common health abnormalities and the enhancement of the
nurse's clinical decision-making skills. Prereq. NUR 1300, NUR
1301, or NUR 1302. Open to tipper-division students in nursing.
NUR 1 404 The Nurse Entrepreneur 4 QH
Focuses on the role of the nurse as an entrepreneur. Within the
generic functions of nursing, studies situations of patient family
teaching that provide the framework for introducing students to
the essentials of undertaking this function as a business venture.
Includes the formation of a nurse entrepreneur's venture action
plan to do patient and family teaching. Open to middler students
in nursing.
NUR 1 500 Community Health Nursing 9 QH
Focuses on the use of the nursing process to promote the adapta-
tion of individuals, families, groups, and communities. Examines
utilization of the Roy Adaptation Model in addressing client
needs. Analyzes the interrelationship of client and environmen-
tal factors as they relate to the attainment of health goals. Dis-
cusses the influence of the role of the community health nurse
and cultural, political, socioeconomic, and epidemiological fac-
tors on client adaptation. Prereq. NUR 1400, NUR 1401, PSY
1242, SOA 1100, and senior standing.
NUR 1 504 Contemporary Issues in Nursing 2 QH
Analyzes sociological, political, legal, economic, ethical, histori-
cal, and ideological factors affecting contemporary nursing prac-
tice and the health-care system. Synthesizes professional role
issues. Prereq. NUR 1400, NUR 1401, SOC 1 100, and senior
standing or permission of instructor.
NUR 1 502 Introduction to Research in Nursing 4 QH
Builds on students' prior exposure to select studies applied to
nursing. Discusses and critiques qualitative and quantitative
research and the value of each to the practice of nursing and to
the health-care field. Examines the importance of research in
nursing to both practitioner and consumer. Prereq. NUR 1400,
NUR 1401, SOA 1100, and senior standing or permission of
instructor.
NUR 1 503 Advanced Clinical Care 4 QH
Builds on students' clinical nursing experiences. Focuses on
analyzing, synthesizing, and prioritizing solutions to patients'
problems, using the case study format. Applies concepts of patho-
physiology, nutrition, pharmacotherapeutics, stress, and crisis
to acutely ill clients in case simulations. Develops clinical nurs-
ing judgment with acutely ill patients in adult, maternal, and
child populations. Prereq. NUR 1400, NUR 1401, and senior
standing.
NUR 1 505 Introduction to Leadership and Management of Patient Core 3 QH
Focuses on the nurse as a leader and manager of patient care.
Examines the theoretical base for organizing and facilitating the
delivery of efficient and appropriate nursing services to clients
and patients across various settings. Explores concepts from
nursing, organizational theory, decision-making theory, and
leadership and management theory to heighten the nurse's
awareness of the human and material resources required to
deliver nursing care. Emphasizes the importance of collaborat-
ing with a variety of providers. Prereq. NUR 1400, NUR 1401,
and senior standing.
NUR 1 600 Internotionol Health Care Practices 4 QH
Introduces the student to the ways in which people in developing
nations take care of their health. Considers the cultural context
of health care practices, viewed within the framework of what
people believe about themselves and the world around them; the
relationship of individual and cultural belief systems; the role
religious and spiritual beliefs play in protection, care, and cur-
ing; ideas about food and its relationship to health; the concepts
of health education in a belief system; and the ethical issues of
health care and resource allocation. Open to any undergraduate
student.
NUR 1 60 1 International Health Core Delivery Systems 4 QH
Provides students with an opportunity to learn about health care
delivery systems in other countries. Introduces the student to a
framework from which to study any health care delivery system.
Includes an overview of health care delivery from a variety of
perspectives. Investigates the divergence between two third
world and developed nations' health care delivery systems. Stu-
dents study a selected country's health care delivery system in
depth. Open to any undergraduate student.
i
Nursing 211
NUR 1 602 International Health Policy issues 4 QH
Presents a critical approach to selected issues in contemporary
international health policy. Includes the socioeconomic context
in which such policy arises, the endogenous and exogenous fac-
tors that shape it, and the strategies that govern its implementa-
tion. Examines policies related to a selected issue, such as food
and agriculture, in some depth as a model for the conceptual
approach to understanding health policy issues. Open to any
undergraduate student.
NUR 1 606 Women's Health Chokes and Decisions 4 QH
Explores personal health and safety concerns specific to women
fi-om menarche to mid-life. By examining personal experiences,
students develop their knowledge base and self-awareness; a
goal is to empower students to take charge of their health. Semi-
nars investigate self-promotion of health; how to be a knowledge-
able consumer; when and how to choose a provider; and care
options for fertility regulation, infertility, pregnancy, childbirth,
and other conditions specific to women. Open to any undergradu-
ate student.
212 Course Descriptions
Pharmacy and Health Sciences
Athletic Training
ATP 1 000 Introduction to Athletic Training 3 QH
Exposes students to the profession. Introduces basic injury pre-
vention and first aid techniques.
ATP II 00 Prevention and Core of Athletic Injuries 3 OH
Examines the principles in prevention, recognition, manage-
ment, and rehabihtation of athletic injuries. Focuses on physi-
ological and pathological nature of the injury and discusses the
course of action for return to competition. Prereq. ATP 1000.
Replaces HSL 1605.
ATP 1 1 01 Athletic Training Laboratory 1 QH
Discusses the biomechanical and anatomical principles as well
as indications and contraindications of the various wrapping and
strapping techniques used for athletic injuries. Presents the
indications for use and types of protective devices such as braces
and splints. Utilizes lab time for applying and developing skills.
Replaces HSL 1268.
ATP 1 1 1 0 Fundamentals of Athletic Training 3 QH
Presents the duties and functions of the certified athletic trainer,
emphasizing how to prevent and evaluate athletic injuries.
Focuses on the athletic trainer's relationship to other allied
medical professions. Replaces HSL 1605.
ATP 1 200 Clinical Athletic Training 4 QH
Introduces the student athletic trainer to the clinical experience.
Gives an opportunity to practice the various skills essential for
evaluating, treating, and rehabilitating athletic injuries. Prereq.
ATP 1100 and ATP 1101. Replaces HSL 1608.
ATP 1 300 Advanced Athletic Training 1 4 QH
Focuses on the evaluating and predisposing conditions of heat
illness, head and neck trauma, and lower extremity athletic
injuries. Prereq. ATP 1 100 and ATP 1200. Replaces HSL 1609.
ATP 1 350 Advanced Athletic Training 2 4 QH
Continues ATP 1300. Focuses on evaluating athletic injuries of
the upper extremity, torso, and lower back. Covers how to iden-
tify injury and illness of the internal organs. Prereq. ATP 1100
and ATP 1300. Replaces HSL 1628.
ATP 1 400 Therapeutic ll/lodalities in Athletic Training 4 QH
Presents the physical agents used in athletic training with re-
gard to their physiologic effects. Discusses where in the healing
process these agents may be used and their theoretical implica-
tions. Prereq. ATP 1100 and ATP 1200. Replaces HSL 1627.
ATP 1 500 Therapeutic Reconditioning 4 QH
Covers principles and objectives inherent in rehabilitating ath-
letic injuries. Discusses orthopedic rehabilitation fundamentals,
as well as specific conditioning and reconditioning techniques.
Exposes the student to the different types of exercise and equip-
ment used in rehabilitation. Provides laboratory experiences in
applying rehabilitation programs using equipment. Prereq.
ATP 1200andATP 1300. Replaces HSL 1626.
ATP 1 600 Organization and Administration of Athletic Training Programs 4 OH
Provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to
manage an athletic training facility. Includes topics such as
budgeting, facility design, physical examinations, and staffing.
Prereq. ATP 1100, ATP 1200, andATP1300. Replaces HSL 1629.
ATP 1 700 Athletic Training Procticum 1 3 QH
Offers assignments in field settings related to students' areas of
study. Gives students the opportunity to observe and perform
professional skills under a certified athletic trainer's supervi-
sion. Prereq. ATP 1100 and ATP 1200. Replaces HSL 1790.
ATP 1 701 Athletic Training Procticum 2 3 QH
Same as ATP 1700. Replaces HSL 1791.
ATP 1 702 Athletic Training Procticum 3 3 QH
Same as ATP 1700. Replaces HSL 1792.
ATP 1 703 Athletic Training Procticum 4 3 QH
Same as ATP 1700. fiep/aces HSL 2 793.
Cardiopulmonary Sciences
CPS 1 1 1 1 Cardiopulmonary Sciences Seminar 1 1 QH
Introduces the beginning cardiopulmonary sciences student to
the various areas of study within the major. Examines the role of
each profession in health care delivery. Field trips give students
the opportunity to observe professionals in their specific roles.
Formerly RTH 1111.
CPS 1112 Cardiopulmonary Sciences Seminar 2
Continues CPS 1111. Formerly RTH 1112.
CPS 1 1 1 3 Cardiopulmonary Sciences Seminar 3
Continues CPS 1112. Formerly RTH 1113.
1QH
1QH
CPS 1 2 1 1 Procticum in Respiratory Care 4 QH
The first course in a sequence of five designed to provide clinical
experience in hospitals. Focuses on respiratory care for noncriti-
cal patients. Emphasizes infection control, medical gas adminis-
tration, humidification of medical gases, aerosol therapy, chest
physiotherapy, deep breathing treatments, and the administra-
tion of aerosol medications. Prereg. CPS 1331, CPS 1301,
CPS 1332 concurrently, and CPS 1302 concurrently. Formerly
RTH 1211.
CPS 1 301 Professional Practice Laboratory 1 1 QH
Provides practice in basic care skills through laboratory exer-
cises and simulation of patient-care situations. Lab fee. Prereq.
CPS 1331 concurrently. Formerly RTH 1301.
CPS 1 302 Professional Practice Laboratory 2 1 QH
Provides students with hands-on experience in working with
respiratory therapy equipment. Sets up simulated patient-
management problems in the lab to provide problem-solving
experience. Lab fee. Prereq. CPS 1301, CPS 1332 concurrently.
Formerly RTH 1302.
Cardiopulmonary Sciences 213
CPS 1 31 2 Practioim in Respiratory Care 4 QH
The second course in a sequence of five directly related to the
clinical practice of various modalities of respiratory care. Focuses
on treating patients with more complex cardiorespiratory disor-
ders. Prereg. CPS 1332, CPS 1302, CPS 1433 concurrently, and
CPS 1403. Formerly RTH 1312.
CPS 1 3 1 3 Practicuni in Respiratory Care 6 OH
Provides clinical experience in hospitals. Emphasizes respira-
tory care for critical patients. Reviews advanced respiratory-care
topics such as airway care, mechanical ventilation, and positive
end expiratory pressure. Prereq. CPS 1433, CPS 1302, CPS 1434
concurrently, CPS 1404 concurently. Formerly RTH 1313.
CPS 1 320 Cardiopulmonary Physiology 4 QH
Provides detailed information relating to cardiopulmonary
physiology in the normal, diseased, and stressed state. Discusses
the mechanics of regulatory control and interaction between the
cardiovascular and respiratory systems. Formerly RTH 1320.
CPS 1 321 Cardiopulmonary Disease 4 QH
Introduces clinical diagnostic procedures employed in evaluating
cardiopulmonary patients and description of the etiology, patho-
physiology, diagnosis, and treatment of major cardiopulmonary
diseases. Prereq. Satisfactory completion of the first-year courses.
Formerly RTH 1321.
CPS 1 331 Introduction to Patient Core 4 QH
Provides an opportunity for the student to gain knowledge and
understanding of basic patient-care skills, including moving and
positioning of patients, infection control, basic observation and
assessment skills, and familiarity with the techniques of cardiop-
ulmonary resuscitation. Also provides an opportunity for the
development of the student's interpersonal and communication
skills. Formerly RTH 1331.
CPS 1 332 Introduction to Respiratory Care 4 QH
Basic to all other professional respiratory therapy courses. Fo-
cuses on the theory and application of medical gas administra-
tion and humidity/aerosol therapy. Prereq. CPS 1331 and PCL
1309 concurrently. Formerly RTH 1332.
CPS 1 403 Professional Practice Laboratory 3 1 QH
Provides students with hands-on experience with respiratory
therapy procedures. Sets up simulated patient-management
problems in the lab to provide problem-solving experience. Lab
fee. Prereq. CPS 1302, CPS 1433 concurrently. Formerly
RTH 1403.
CPS 141 4 Clinical Seminar 1 1QH
Discusses clinical topics and respiratory-care problems encoun-
tered during clinical practice in the hospitals. Prereq. CPS 1312
concurrently. Formerly RTH 1414.
CPS1415ClinicalSeminar2 1QH
Discusses clinical topics and critical-care problems encountered
during clinical practice in the hospital. Prereq. CPS 1313 concur-
rently. Formerly RTH 1415.
CPS 1 433 Respiratory Core for the Medical and Surgical Patient 4 QH
Continues the introduction to respiratory therapy, as the didac-
tic portion of beginning clinical experience on noncritical pa-
tients. Focuses on respiratory-care problems following major
surgery and those problems related to medical patients. Prereq.
CPS 1332. Formerly RTH 1433.
CPS 1 434 Respiratory Care for the Critical Patient 4 QH
The last in a sequence of three directly related to the theory of
respiratory therapy procedures; designed as the didactic portion
of clinical experience on critical patients. Focuses on respiratory-
care problems encountered with patients in intensive care units.
Prereq. CPS 1433. Formerly RTH 1434.
CPS 1 435 Introduction to Perinatal/Pediatric Respiratory Care 2 QH
Provides the student with the opportunity to acquire knowledge
and understanding of human cardiopulmonary development
from the time of conception through childhood years. Empha-
sizes normal as well as abnormal manifestations of pregnancy,
labor, and the process of delivering. Examines methods and
techniques of assessment and delivery of respiratory care related
to the pediatric patient's pathophysiology of cardiopulmonary
disease. Prereg. CPS 1434. Formerly RTH 1435.
CPS 1 505 Cardiopulmonary Laboratory Practice 1 QH
The lab portion of Cardiopulmonary Laboratory Technology.
Focuses on the techniques of pulmonary functions testing, blood
gas analysis, and cardiovascular testing commonly done in the
clinical setting. Lab fee. Prereq. CPS 1535 concurrently. For-
merly RTH 1505.
CPS 1 51 0 Perfusion Technology Practicum 1 6 QH
Provides perfusion technology students with the opportunity to
develop, practice, and master skills required to perform extracor-
poreal circulation procedures. Also includes, but is not limited to,
current methods in autotransfusion, myocardial preservation,
and intra-aortic balloon support. Prereq. CPS 1570. Formerly
RTH 1510.
CPS 1 404 Professional Practice Laboratory 4 1 QH
Provides students with an opportunity to acquire experience in
working with respiratory therapy life support equipment. Sets
up simulated critical-care problems in the lab to provide prob-
lem-solving experience. Lab fee. Prereq. CPS 1403, CPS 1434
concurrently. Formerly RTH 1404.
CPS 1 408 Research Design 4 QH
Introduces research methodology and scientific writing. Reviews
the literature on topics related to the cardiopulmonary sciences.
Emphasizes analyzing data and critiquing written research.
Prereq. Statistics elective. Formerly HSL 1408.
CPS 1 5 1 1 Practicum in Critical Core 1 4 QH
Allows the student to select an area of emphasis from among the
following: intensive care units, neonatal-pediatrics, or extracor-
poreal membrane oxygenation. During the practicum courses,
provides students with an opportunity to work in their specialty
areas. Prereq. CPS 1574, CPS 1578. Formerly RTH 1511.
CPS 1 5 1 2 Practicum in Critical Care 2 4 QH
Continues CPS 1511. Prereq. CPS 1511. Formerly RTH 1512.
CPS 1 51 5 Perfusion Technology Practicum 2
Continues CPS 1510. Prereq. CPS 1514, CPS 1571, and
CPS 1572. Formerly RTH 1515.
6QH
214 Course Descriptions
CPS 1 5 1 6 Advanced ainical Seminar 1 1 QH
Complements CPS 1571. Discusses current clinical problems
related to life-support systems problems encountered in the
hospital. Prereq'. CPS 1571 concurrently. Formerly RTH 1516.
CPS 1 5 1 7 Advanced Clinical Seminar 2 1 QH
Complements a professional elective taken concurrently. Dis-
cusses current clinical problems and research related to prob-
lems encountered in the hospital. Prereq. CPS 1572 concurrently.
Formerly RTH 1517.
CPS 1 5 1 8 Advanced Clinical Seminar 3 1 QH
Complements CPS 1511. Discusses current clinical problems
and emphasizes research related to critical-care problems.
Prereq. CPS 1511 concurrently. Formerly RTH 1518.
CPS 1 51 9 Advanced Qinical Seminar 4 1 QH
Continues CPS 1518. Complements CPS 1512. Prereq. CPS 1512
concurrently. Formerly RTH 1519.
CPS 1 535 Cardiopulmonary Laboratory Techniques 4 QH
Provides the student with an opportunity to gain knowledge and
background in principles, theory, and procedures encountered in
a clinical cardiopulmonary lab. Focuses on the physiological
foundations of cardiopulmonary testing. Prereq. CPS 1321 and
permission of instructor. Formerly RTH 1535.
CPS 1 570 Fundamentals of Perfusion Technology 4 QH
Applies biologic, pharmacologic, and physical principles to extra-
corporeal cardiopulmonary support. Focuses on the basic theory
and instrumentation of perfusion technology, emphasizing
circuit design and function, oxygenator theory, pump dynamics,
blood recovery and autotransfusion procedures, myocardial
protection techniques, intraaortic counterpulsation, aseptic
techniques, and surgical procedures. Provides an opportunity to
work with perfusion equipment and to develop the psychomotor
skills necessary to implement perfusion procedures. Lab.
Formerly RTH 1570.
CPS 1 571 Advanced Life Support Systems 1 4 QH
Introduces students to selected techniques of advanced life sup-
port applied to the critically ill patient. Prereq. CPS 1434.
Formerly RTH 1571.
CPS 1 572 Perfusion Technology 4 QH
Introduces students specializing in perfusion technology to the
theory, principles, and concepts of cardiovascular perfusion.
Prereq. CPS 1571. Formerly RTH 1572.
CPS 1 574 Advanced Clinical Physiology 4 QH
Provides respiratory therapy students with an opportunity for
an in-depth exposure to medical physiology, based on the concept
of the homeostatic state and its application to the clinical setting.
Prereq. PAH 1204 and permission of instructor. Formerly RTH
1574.
CPS 1 576 Neonatal Respiratory Care 4 QH
Provides the student with an understanding of the methods and
techniques of respiratory therapy for neonatal patients. Empha-
sizes mechanical ventilation, newborn care, and the respiratory
distress syndrome. Prereq. CPS 1574. Formerly RTH 1576.
CPS 1 578 Advanced Medical Monitoring 4 QH
Provides students with an opportunity for an in-depth exposure
to the theory and application of physiologic monitoring systems
and their use in critical-care settings. Prereq. CPS 1574.
Formerly RTH 1578.
CPS 161 2 Exerdse Physiology 1 4QH
Studies the immediate and long-range effects of exercise on the
human body, emphasizing the cardiovascular and respiratory
systems, muscles, and metabolism. Includes physical fitness,
body composition, and selected components of motor perfor-
mance. Covers assessment techniques and training principles.
Introduces indirect open-circuit calorimetry and EKG monitor-
ing. Formerly HSL 1 612.
CPS 1 6 1 3 Lohorotory in Exercise Testing and Prescription 4 QH
Presents a practicum in assessing cardiovascular function, mus-
cular strength, muscular endurance, flexibility, and body compo-
sition. Gives students the opportunity to prescribe exercise
programs through volunteer work as exercise test technicians
and exercise leaders in fitness classes. Prereq. CPS 1612. For-
merly HSL 1613.
CPS 1 61 4 Electrocardiography 4 QH
Studies basic and intermediate electrocardiography, including
cardiac function, lead systems, rate, rhythm, axis, infarction,
ischemia, hypertrophy, effects of cardiovascular drugs, and
effects of exercise. Prereq. CPS 1613. Formerly HSL 1614.
CPS 1632 Health Science Education 4QH
Studies the systems approach to teaching health science. Covers
developing instructional goals based on needs assessments,
behavioral learning objectives, instructional strategies, and
evaluation instruments. Emphasizes using criterion-referenced
measurement strategies to evaluate mastery of clinical skills.
CPS 1 633 Student Teaching and Seminar 4 QH
Involves part-time participation (twelve hours per week) in a
supervised learning experience that provides practice with di-
dactic, laboratory, or clinical teaching. Gives students an oppor-
tunity to demonstrate, evaluate, and develop their teaching
skills. Discusses problems encountered in the classroom, labora-
tory or hospital through one-hour weekly seminars. Formerly
RTH 1633.
CPS 1 634 Rehohilitotion of Patients with Respiratory Disorders 4 QH
Applies a broad definition of rehabilitation to the life situations
of patients with respiratory disorders. Gives students the oppor-
tunity to learn specific skills that address the recognition and
management of acute and chronic problems. Develops model
systems of psychosocial as well as physical support based on these
skills. Open to students in health or human service disciplines
who have had clinical or field experience. Formerly RTH 1634.
CPS 1 635 Practicum in Pediatric Pulmonary Rehabilitation 1 QH
Involves counselorship under medical direction at a one- week
summer camp for children with severe pulmonary disorders.
Requires students to apply skills acquired in CPS 1634 in resi-
dential camp situation and to respond to medical or psychosocial
problems in a manner consistent with current methods in his/her
discipline. Involves group and individual discussions with the
instructor to clarify insights and experiences. Requires daily
case reports to document the learning process. Prereq. CPS 1634
or permission of instructor; enrollment limited. Formerly
RTH 1635.
Cardiopulmonary Sciences 215
CPS 1 641 Fundamentals of Cardiac Catheterization 4 QH
Covers cardiovascular technology and basic concepts such as
medical aseptic technique. Introduces concepts related to car-
diac output studies, shunt determinations, and electrophysiol-
ogy. Examines the fundamental principles of intracardiac
waveforms and cardiac catheterization. Formerly RTH 1641.
CPS 1 700 Internship in Cardiovascular Health and Exercise 1 2 QH
Provides commercial, corporate, or clinical experience in exercise
testing, exercise prescription and leadership, and client educa-
tion and counseling in a supervised setting. Students must suc-
cessfully complete 360 hours of internship experience in addition
to other written assignments. Prereq. Completion of quarter 9 in
the cardiovascular health and exercise curriculum. Formerly
HSL 1800/ 1801.
CPS 1 701 Minor Internship in Cardiovascular Health and Exercise 6 QH
Provides commercial, corporate, or clinical experience in exercise
testing, exercise prescription and leadership, and client educa-
tion and counseling in a supervised setting for students minoring
in cardiovascular health and exercise. Students must success-
fully complete 200 hours of internship experience in addition to
other written assignments. Prereq. HSL 1612, HSL 1613, and
HSL 1614. Formerly HSL 1801.
CPS 1801 Directed Independent Study 1 2 QH
Offers directed study in a student's major wherein in-depth
investigation of a special interest area is undertaken. Prereq.
CPS 1511 concurrently. Formerly RTH 1801.
CPS 1 802 Directed Independent Study 2 2 QH
Offers directed study in a student's major wherein in-depth
investigation of a special interest area is undertaken. Prereq.
CPS 1512 concurrently. Formerly RTH 1802.
CPS 1810Continuationof Clinical OQH
This six-week noncredit clinical course provides perfusion tech-
nology students with the opportiinity to clear grades of I (Incom-
plete) in CPS 1515, Practicum in Perfusion Technology 2. At the
end of the six-week period, students will be reevaluated using the
criteria developed for CPS 1515, and I grades will be changed to
the grades earned at that time. Formerly RTH 1810.
CPS 1866 Special Problems 4QH
Discusses current issues and concepts in cardiovascular health
and exercise. Requires an independent research paper. Prereq.
Junior and senior cardiovascular health and exercise majors.
Formerly HSL 1866.
Counseling Psychology, Rehabilitation, and Special Education
CRS 1 030 Introduction to Emotional Disturbances in Children 4QH
Reviews emotional processes that interfere with learning activi-
ties; studies approaches used to deal with behavioral disorders.
Emphasizes classroom management techniques, use of consulta-
tion, and parent-teacher interaction.
CRS 1 200 Introduction to Special Education 4 QH
Surveys the characteristics and the social, emotional, and educa-
tional adjustment of special-needs children and youth. Evaluates
the effects of society's attitudes, the individual's own attitude
toward the handicap, and the effect of the handicap itself Re-
views current legislation.
CRS 1 300 Introduction to Learning Disabilities 4 QH
Surveys behavioral characteristics of children who present spe-
cific deficits in perceptual, integrative, or expressive processes
that impair leEuning efficiency. Emphasizes student evaluation,
development of curriculum materials, and adaptation of teach-
ing methods.
CRS 1 30 1 Diagnostics in Special Education 4 QH
Focuses on developing competence in the formal and informal
assessment of children's learning needs. Also emphasizes ob-
serving, recording, and analyzing children's behavior and learn-
ing environments. Prereq. CRS 1200 and CRS 1300.
CRS 1 302 Methods and Materials of Teaching in Special Education 4 QH
Focuses on the following areas of development and implementa-
tion of individualized educational plans; task analysis; adapta-
tion and selection of materials; strategies in applied classroom
management techniques; and adaptation and selection of mate-
rials and strategies in language arts, mathematics, and percep-
tual-motor skills. Prereq. CRS 1200, CRS 1300, CRS 1301, or
senior status.
CRS 1 304 Socio-Psycho Dynamics of Family Uf e 4 QH
Introduces and surveys the internal and external dynamics of
family life. Examines the significance of such dynamics to the
mental health of the special needs child. Explores approaches to
working with parents in home-school relationships, as well as
the effects of disability on the family.
CRS 1 305 Psychology of the Mentally Retarded 4 QH
Analyzes the etiology, nature, and needs of the retarded indi-
vidual, emphasizing cognitive and psychosocial development.
Explores the implications of these characteristics for life-span
management in conjunction with parental and community atti-
tudes and involvement.
CRS 1 31 4 Introduction to Counseling 4 QH
Surveys major theoretical approaches to counseling. Provides
training and practice in listening skills to aid in the development
of facilitative responses. Combines didactic presentations and
experiential activities to assist students in understanding and
implementing a variety of counseling approaches.
CRS 1 31 7 Student Teaching and Seminar in Special Education 8 QH
Allows for full-time participation in a University-arremged and
supervised school program. Gives the student the opportunity to
analyze the teaching of and the learning by special-needs stu-
dents and to demonstrate, evaluate, and develop teaching skills
in a variety of classroom settings. Prereq. Formal acceptance into
and completion of advanced professional sequence with mini-
mum 2.0 QPA both overall and in teaching major.
CRS 1800 Directed Study 4QH
This experience is provided for the student whose unique aca-
demic needs or interests cannot be adequately satisfied in any of
the scheduled courses of the department. Directed Study re-
quires approval of the supervising faculty member and of the
dean's office of the Bouv6 College of Pharmacy and Health Sci-
ences. Approval forms must be submitted to the dean's office
during the quarter prior to registration for the directed study.
Prereq. Permission of instructor.
216 Course Descriptions
Health Information Administration
HRA 1 1 00 Orientation to Health information 1 QH
Focuses on the issues, activities, and opportunities in the health
information profession.
HRA 1310 Hospital Low 2QH
Analyzes the legal principles relating to medical and paramedi-
cal practice within a hospital environment. Discusses the com-
mon law and statutory rights of the hospital, practitioner, and
patient.
HRA 1320 Language of Medidne 4QH
Studies the language of medicine, including prefixes, suffixes,
roots, abbreviations, and disease, operative, and drug terms.
Also includes terms related to all area specialties. Studies the
terms as they relate to a specific system of the body.
HRA 1 321 Language of Health Professionals 2 QH
Studies the language of medicine and health care. Emphasizes
disease, procedures, and symptomatic terms and their defini-
tions, word construction, analysis, and application. Provides the
student with an opportunity to acquire knowledge of medical
terminology.
HRA 1 330 Foundations of Medical Science 1 3 QH
Examines the diseases most commonly encountered in the hospi-
tal, the clinic, and the home. Emphasizes disease processes that
affect the body as a whole, including inflammation, immune
process, infection, genetic disease, benign and malignant abnor-
mal growth, mental illness, blood and lymph disorders, and
central nervous system disease.
HRA 1 340 Foundations of Medical Science 2 3 QH
Examines the diseases most commonly encountered in the hospi-
tal, the clinic, and the home. Emphasizes disease processes that
affect the body systems, including the coronary, respiratory,
gastrointestinal, kidney, reproductive, hepatic, and musculo-
skeletal systems. Prereq. HRA 1330.
HRA 1410 Health Record Science 1 4QH
Introduces health record science, the history of medicine, and the
historical development of the healthcare field. Examines the
medical record department, the professional medical record
association, and the organization and functions of the admitting
office and medical record department. Discusses definitions,
standards, and development of a medical record, emphasizing its
content, format, completeness, analysis, and uses. Prereq. Two
years of arts and sciences.
HRA 1 420 Health Record Science 2 4 QH
Focuses on the organization of hospitals and the medical staff,
accreditation and regulation of healthcare facilities, principles of
law related to patient care and medical records, and security and
preservation of records and hospital statistics. Prereq. HRA 1410.
HRA 1 430 Health Record Science 3 4 QH
Studies in depth the standardized nomenclature of diseases and
operations theory and systems, emphasizing diagnostic and
procedure coding with ICD-9-CM. Also covers health-facility
compilation and uses of data indices. Prereq. HRA 1420.
HRA 1440 Health Record Science 4 4QH
Covers advanced aspects of health/medical record science. Fo-
cuses on the management of record systems in ambulatory, long-
term, home care, and psychiatric settings. Prereq. HRA 1430.
HRA 1 450 Applied Health Records Directed Practice 1 3 QH
Offers clinical practicum in health information administration in
a general hospital. Prereq. HRA 1430.
HRA 1 460 Applied Health Records Directed Practice 2 2 QH
Offers clinical practicum in health information administration in
specialized health settings. Prereq. HRA 1450.
HRA 1 471 Applied Health Record Science 3 3 QH
Offers clinical practicum in health information administration
management in the health care facility.
HRA 1 51 0 Management of Health Record Services 1 4 QH
Presents introduction to management in health care. Empha-
sizes organization and management of health information de-
partments in hospitals. Provides overview of management .
theory, systems analysis, and problem solving. Examines tools
and techniques of management; organization charts, goals, and
objectives; policies and procedures; work analysis. Also covers
managerial behavior, Macgregor, Maslow, Hersey Blanchard,
and Blake Mouton.
HRA 1 520 Management of Health Record Services 2 4 QH
Focuses on the medical record department within the health-
care setting. Examines budget and cost-control mechanisms,
office ergonomics and layout, principles of forms design, and
managing transcription services. Provides an opportunity to
develop the technical skills necessary to plan and analyze bud-
gets, design office layouts, and design forms. Prereq. HRA 1510.
HRA 1 530 Management of Health Record Services 3 4 QH
Focuses on the medical record department within a health-care
setting. Examines employee-orientation programs, training
programs, in-service education, interviewing, hiring, organized
labor and collective bargaining, motivating and disciplining
employees, and communication skills. Provides opportunity for
students to develop employee orientation and training programs
and in-service presentations. Uses role playing and case studies
to develop skills in interviewing, hiring, counseling, motivating,
and disciplining employees. Prereq. HRA 1520 or permission of
the instructor.
HRA 1540 Quality Assurance 4QH
Focuses on the role of the professional review organizations and
JCAHO (Joint Commission on Accreditation of Health Care
Organizations) in quality assurance and on issues and problems
related to designing, implementing, and evaluating quality-
assurance and risk-management programs for health-care facili-
ties. Provides opportunities for students to gain technical skills
needed to carry out all aspects of the quality-assurance audit
process. Emphasizes the quality-assurance professional's role as
facilitator for physicians and other health care professionals in
the quality-assurance process. Prereq. HRA 1320, HRA 1430,
and HRA 1440, or permission of the instructor.
HRA 1 560 Seminar in Health Records 2 QH
Uses case studies and discussion to integrate the discrete skills
and knowledge of the professional curriculum into a meaningful
Health Information Administration 217
whole by analysis of real and hypothetical problems. Emphasizes
coordination between the seminar and applied health record
science. Prereq. Senior status.
HRA 1 570 The Health Record Professional: Issues and Problems 2 QH
Provides senior health information students with information on
a range of topics germane to their professional roles but that may
not have been included in other professional courses. Prereq.
Senior status.
HRA 1 580 Training and Development for Health Care Professionals 2 QH
Prepares the health information administration student to
function as an in-service educator. Covers needs assessment,
teaching techniques, and evaluation methodology.
HRA 1610 Introduction to Dote Processing for the Health Professions 4 QH
Provides an introduction to computer technology and its applica-
tion to health-information management. Exposes students to
information analysis and processing, emphasizing file manage-
ment through the use of data-base management and spreadsheet
software in computer lab sessions. Addresses the use of generic
software for the development of healthcare applications, current
applications in health facilities, future trends, and societal issues.
HRA 1 630 Introduction to Health Data Research 4 QH
Provides an introduction to the research process and to statisti-
cal analysis of research data. Also exposes students to research
studies to develop an understanding of the research process,
statistical analysis of health data for research studies, and evalu-
ation of the validity and reliability of health-related research
studies.
HRA 1 640 Medical Computer Applications 4 QH
Examines computer applications and management of computer
applications in health care facilities, emphasizing health infor-
mation systems related to medical records. Applies information
flow in health facilities of clinical patient data to the principles of
the information system life cycle, emphasizing systems analysis
process applied to medical care and management medical record
department. Emphasizes the role of the Registered Record Ad-
ministrator (RRA) as an active team member.
HRA 1 660 Issues in Health Care Finance 4 QH
Introduces basic financial concepts and accounting principles in
health care institutions. Focuses on the role of health record
information in reimbursement and accounts receivable flow, cost
management, budgeting, health system reform proposals, and
cost containment measures.
HRA 1 800 Independent Study 4 QH
Gives students an opportunity to explore in depth a subject
relevant to their interests. Gives them the opportunity to study a
problem, present a proposal, carry out a study or a course of
action, and prepare both written and oral presentations of their
activities. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
HRA 1 81 0 HRA 1 820 Spedol Topics 1,2 2 QH each
Provides specialized study in medical records.
Health, Sport and Leisure Studies
HSL 1 1 00 Beginning Swimming 1 QH
Focuses on basic swimming skills for non-swimmers, with
emphasis on personal water safety.
HSL 1 1 01 Intermediate Swimming 1 QH
Focuses on basic and advanced swimming skills, with emphasis
on form and efficiency. Prereg. HSL llOOorequiv.
HSL 11 06 Beginning Scuba 2QH
Focuses on basic skin-diving and scuba-diving skills, with em-
phasis on safety. Prereq. HSL 1101 orequiv.
HSL 11 07 Sailing 1QH
Focuses on basic skills in sailing.
HSL 1 1 09 Beginning Gymnastics 1 I QH
Introduces, in a coeducational approach, basic skills in floor
exercise, vaulting, balance beam, parallel bars, uneven bars,
high bar, and rings.
HSL 1 1 1 0 Women's Gymnastics 2 1 QH
Focuses on knowledge and skills necessary to perform the begin-
ning compulsory routines on the balance beam, floor exercise,
uneven bars, and vaulting. Prereq. HSL 1109.
HSL 11 12 Men's Gymnastics 2 1QH
Focuses on skills and knowledge necessary to perform beginning
compulsory routines on the high bar, side horse, rings, floor
exercise, parallel bars, and vaulting horse. Prereq. HSL 1109.
HSLIIMBodminton 1QH
Focuses on basic badminton strokes, concepts, rules, strategies,
and game play.
HSL 11 16 Tennis 1QH
Focuses on basic tennis strokes, concepts, rules, strategies, and
game play.
HSL 1121 Beginning Self-Defense 1 QH
Surveys the principles and fundamental skills at the beginning
and intermediate levels.
HSL 11 26 Karate 1 1 QH
Focuses on fundamental techniques of unarmed combat for self-
defense using the punches, kicks, and blocks of Tae Kwan Do/
Karate.
HSL 11 27 Karate 2 1QH
Continues HSL 1126, with progression to more complex tech-
niques and combinations of punches, kicks, and blocks related to
Tae Kwan Do/Karate. Prereq. HSL 1126.
HSL 1 1 29 Beginning Ice Skating
Focuses on recreational ice-skating skills for beginners.
1QH
HSL 11 30 Figure Skating 1QH
Focuses on beginning and intermediate figure-skating skills.
Prereq. HSL 1129 or permission of instructor.
HSL 11 31 Yoga 1QH
Introduces yoga skills and techniques for men and women at the
beginning level.
HSL 11 32 Weight Training 1QH
Introduces the principles and use of resistive exercises: isotonic
exercise (weights), isometric exercise, and the appropriateness of
each.
218 Course Descriptions
HSL 11 33 Physical Conditioning 1QH
Focuses on assessing one's personal physical fitness level, with
emphasis on establishing a personal exercise regimen based on
scientific principles of training. Utilizes special sections for
different mediums of exercise, such as aerobic dance techniques,
running, and circuit training. ,
HSL 1 1 34 Aerobic Exercise and Dance 1 QH
Focuses on aerobic fitness, with strong emphasis on concepts of
exercise safety and conditioning.
HSL113SYoga2 IQH
Focuses on refinement of poses learned in HSL 1131. Introduces
more advanced standing and inverted poses, balances, and back
bends. Prereq. HSL 1131 orequiv.
HSL II 38 Beginning Skimg IQH
Focuses on fundamental techniques of downhill skiing. Lab fee.
HSL II 39 Intermediate Sknng IQH
Focuses on downhill skiing, including intermediate and ad-
vanced techniques. Emphasizes skill development. Lab fee.
Prereq. HSL 1138.
HSL 11 40 Basketball IQH
Focuses on knowledge and skills appropriate for playing basket-
ball at the beginning level.
HSL 1142 Volleyball IQH
Focuses on knowledge and skills appropriate for playing volley-
ball at the beginning level.
HSL 11 46 Softball IQH
Focuses on knowledge and skills appropriate for playing Softball
at the begirming level.
HSL 11 48 Women's Uaosse IQH
Focuses on knowledge and skill appropriate for playing lacrosse
at the beginning level.
HSL1149Men'sLaaosse IQH
Focuses on knowledge and skills appropriate to play lacrosse at
the begirming level.
HSL 11 50 Soccer IQH
Focuses on knowledge and skill appropriate to play soccer at the
beginning level.
HSL 1 1 SI Movement Education 1 QH
Focuses on concepts and techniques in movement education and
exploration for elementary school educators.
HSL 11 53 Modem Dance 1
Introduces modem dance technique and style.
IQH
HSL 11 54 Modem Dance 2 IQH
Continues HSL 1153, with progression to more complex modern
dance techniques and combinations. Prereq. HSL 1 153 or equiv.
HSL 11 55 Modem Dance 3 IQH
Continues HSL 1 154, with progression into the expressive and
choreographic use of modem dance techniques. Prereq. HSL
1154 or equiv.
HSL 11 56 Ballet 1 IQH
Introduces ballet fundamentals, with emphasis on alignment.
HSL 11 57 Ballet 2 IQH
Continues HSL 1 156, with emphasis on developing lyrical style.
Prereq. HSL 1156 or equiv.
HSL 11 59 Jazz Dance 1 IQH
Introduces the fundamentals of jazz dance, with emphasis on
alignment.
HSL 11 60 Jazz Dance 2 IQH
Continues techniques introduced in HSL 1159, with emphasis
on developing jazz dance style. Prereq. HSL 1 159 or equiv.
HSL 11 63 Ballroom Dance
Introduces traditional and contemporary partner dancing.
IQH
HSL 11 64 Ballroom Dance 2 IQH
Continues HSL 1163 with progression into more complex dance
steps, partnering techniques, and amalgamations. Expands
upon dances taught in HSL 1163 and introduces additional
ballroom dances. Prereq. HSL 1163.
HSL 11 67 Beginning Racquetball IQH
Focuses on knowledge and skills appropriate to play racquetball
at the beginning level.
HSL 1 1 73 Beginning Trock and Field 1 QH
Focuses on the fundamental skills in the various track and field
events.
HSL 1 220 Foundation of Leadership in Leisure Service 4 QH
Focuses on leadership at the program level of employment in the
broad field of recreation. Provides the opportunity to practice
teaching skills both in the classroom and in a required field lab.
Examines a variety of topics concerned with the theoretical
foundations of leadership in the leisure service professions
through required readings and class discussions.
HSL 1 221 Introduction to Recreation and Leisure 3 QH
Provides an overview of the recreation park and therapeutic
recreation fields, emphasizing history, scope, rationale, setting,
programs and services, basic trends and issues, and future con-
siderations. Explores the basic elements of the fields in relation
to society, the leisure profession, and the individual.
HSL 1223 Life/Career Planning 4QH
Helps students develop life/career planning skills for use in
pursuit of a career in health, sport, or leisure studies. Ex-
plores a variety of careers, co-op job opportunities, and lifestyles
of professionals in the field. Gives students the opportunity to
assess their own interests, values, needs, and skills and to de-
velop job-finding skills, including resume writing and interview-
ing techniques.
HSL 1253 Group Dynamics 1 3QH
Introduces group dynamics through selected activities, discus-
sion, and living and working together. Includes a resident living
experience for one week at the Warren Center as an integral part
of the course. Lab fee.
Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies 219
HSL 1254 First Aid 2QH
Focuses on emergency care procedures recommended for home,
school, and community, including cardiopulmonary resuscitation
(CPR). Emphasizes practices endorsed by the American Red Cross.
HSL 1 258 Elementary School Activities 3 OH
Focuses on introductory knowledge and skills necessary for
teaching physical education to children of elementary school age.
Gives students the opportunity to learn about children's perfor-
mance and appropriate teaching techniques through observation
and actual experience in off-campus schools and learning cen-
ters. Partially satisfies the prepracticum requirements for
teacher certification at the K-9 level.
HSL 1 259 Secondary School Activities 3 QH
Studies physical activity appropriate for secondary school stu-
dents' level of development and interest. Gives students the
opportunity to learn about pupils' performance and appropriate
teaching techniques through observation and actual experience
in off-campus schools and learning centers. Partially satisfies the
prepracticum requirements for teacher certification at the
grades 5-12 level.
HSL 1261 Anatomy and Physiology 1 4QH
Focuses on gross anatomy and physiology of the human skeletal,
joint, nervous, and muscul2ir systems.
HSL 1 265 Early Childhood Development 4 QH
Studies the development of fundamental motor patterns (run,
catch, kick, strike, jump, throw) from ages 0 to 5 years, including
perceptual-motor relations operating in vision, audition, and
proprioception.
HSL 1 266 Physical Conditioning Programming 2 QH
Focuses on how to design and deliver instruction related to physi-
cal conditioning and exercises. Prereq. HSL 1132 and HSL 1 133.
HSL 1 268 Basic Athletic Training Laboratory I QH
Discusses the biomechanical and anatomical principles as well
as indications and contraindications for application of the vari-
ous wrapping and strapping techniques involved vdth athletic
injuries. Presents the indications for use and types of protective
devices (braces, splints, and so forth). Utilizes lab time for practi-
cal application and development of skills. Prereq. Concurrent
with HSL 1605.
HSL 1 281 Current Issues in Health 4 QH
Explores topics of current interest, which may include emotional
health, nutrition, fitness, sexuality, drug use, disease, consumer
issues, and environmental issues. Emphasizes the needs of the
participants.
HSL 1282 Wellness 4QH
Explores the concept of wellness, examining behaviors and
lifestyle choices that lead to a high level of physical, emotional,
and spiritual well-being. Covers assessment of health risk, be-
havioral change, lifestyle analysis, the life cycle, and stress
management through self-analysis.
HSL 1 285 Health Concerns of Youth 4 QH
Applies health concepts to assist youth in reaching a higher level
of wellness through preventive measures. Identifies and deals
with significant health conceriis as they relate to health profes-
sionals, teachers, and adults. Partially satisfies the preprac-
ticum requirements for teacher certification grade levels 5-12.
HSL 1286 Nutrition 4QH
Offers the student the opportunity to learn and evaluate nutri-
tion information both as a consumer and a future educator.
Explains the chemical, biological, and physiological bases
ofnutrition.
HSL 1 300 Swimming Analysis 2 QH
Focuses on theory, analysis techniques, and teaching methods
in swimming. Prereq. HSL 1101 or permission of instructor.
HSL 1 30 1 Analysis and Coaching of IWen's Gymnastics 2 QH
Focuses on skills analysis and coaching of men's gymnastics,
with emphasis on teaching methods, new trends, and judging.
Prereq. HSL 11 13.
HSL 1 302 Analysis and Coaching of Badminton 2 QH
Focuses on analysis of performing, teaching, and coaching in
badminton. Prereq. HSL 1115.
HSL 1 303 Analysis and Coaching of Tennis 2 QH
Focuses on analysis of performance and methods of teaching in
tennis. Prereq. HSL 1117.
HSL 1 306 Analysis and Coaching of Track/Field 2 QH
Focuses on advanced skills analysis and coaching techniques for
selected track and field events. Emphasizes analysis of common
movement patterns, teaching methods, and coaching techniques.
Prereq. HSL 1135orequiu.
HSL 1 309 Analysis and Coaching of Basketball 2 QH
Focuses on the basic techniques and responsibilities of coaching
interscholastic and intercollegiate basketball, including ad-
vanced skills analysis, position and team play, conditioning,
practice organization, and team management. Prereq.
HSL 1140.
HSL 1 3 1 3 Analysis and Coaching of Soccer 2 QH
Focuses on the basic techniques and responsibilities of coaching
intramural, interscholastic, and intercollegiate soccer, including
advanced skills analysis, position and team play, conditioning,
practice organization, and team management. Prereq.
HSL 1150.
HSL 1 3 1 5 Analysis and Coaching of Volleyball 2 QH
Focuses on the basic techniques and responsibilities of coaching
intramural, interscholastic, and intercollegiate volleyball, in-
cluding advanced skills analysis, position and team play, condi-
tioning, practice organization, and team management. Prereq.
HSL 1142.
HSL 1319 AnolysisandCoochingof Softball 1 QH
Focuses on basic techniques and responsibilities of coaching
intramural, interscholastic, and intercollegiate softball, includ-
ing advanced skills analysis and management. Prereq.
HSL 1146.
HSL 1 320 Analysis and Coaching of Gymnastics 2 QH
Focuses on skills analysis and coaching of women's gymnastics,
with emphasis on appropriate teaching methods and new trends.
Prereq. HSL nil.
HSL 1 325, HSL 1 326, HSL 1 327 Dance Rehearsal and Performance 1, 2, 3 1 QH each
Gives students the opportunity to develop skill in performance.
Also allows students to choreograph, stage, and perform an
220 Course Descriptions
original work or perform in the original work of a guest or faculty
choreographer. Prereq. Permission ofinstructor.
HSL 1 400 Organizational Behavior 3 QH
Studies human behavior in groups through lectures, reading,
and projects. Concentrates on management skills and employ-
ment legislation.
HSL 1401 Program Planning in Recreation 4 QH
Examines in-depth the steps in planning recreation programs in
concert with practical experience.
HSL 1 403 Concepts of Leisure: Sociopsychoiogical Perspectives 4 QH
Explores the various sociopsychoiogical perspectives of leisure
and the relations of mores, social structure, roles, values, and
personality to leisure expression. Investigates other pertinent
social and environmental factors that contribute to the phenom-
enon of leisure.
HSL 1 406 Internship Seminar 1 QH
Offers preparation for professional field assignment in a leisure-
service setting. Focuses on identification and assessment of
student career goals, analysis of previous volunteer and/or em-
ployment experience, professional involvement, emd facilitation
of the internship placement process.
HSL 1408 Research Methods 4QH
Studies basic statistics, the use of experimental and quasi-ex-
perimental design, sampling, instrumentation, data collection,
and analysis as applied in recreation and leisure studies.
HSL 1 409 Research Applications 4 QH
Examines the use of research methods in selected professional
applications ranging ft-om the ongoing research of faculty to
student-originated studies.
HSL 1410 Senior Seminar in Contemporary Issues and Trends in Recreation and
Leisure 4 QH
Examines and discusses contemporary issues and trends in the
field of recreation and leisure. Focuses on critical aspects of
leisure services: legislation, consumer advocacy, professional
development, research, and innovations for the improvement of
service delivery.
HSL 1 42 1 Management of Recreation and Physical Education Programs 4 QH
Focuses on management procedures of recreation and physical
education facilities operations. Emphasizes area and facility
design, personnel policies, and problem solving related to admin-
istration and management.
HSL 1422 Program Evaluation in Recreation 4QH
Examines comprehensive systems for evaluating program effec-
tiveness as it relates to the consumer of recreation services.
Emphasizes developing an evaluation system for an agency of
the student's choice. Draws case studies from the public, non-
profit, and commercial sectors.
HSL 1 423 Commercial Recreation Marketing 4 QH
Examines commercial and private sector recreation services.
Relates case studies, workshops, and practical problems to man-
aging leisure opportunities for resorts, country clubs, theme
parks, tourism, sports clubs, manufacturing and merchandising,
and industrial recreation.
HSL 1426 Budget Analysis 4QH
Focuses on the study and use of analytical techniques that can
improve budgeting decisions. Considers cost-effectiveness and
benefit-cost analysis, efficiency measures, and pricing for solu-
tions to capital and operating-budget problems in the non-profit
and commercial recreation sectors.
HSL 1 427 Survey of Recreation Facilities 3 QH
Studies fiindamental management, administration, and con-
struction concepts for a wide variety of facilities such as parks,
centers, arenas, camps, and marinas.
HSL 1462 Leisure Counseling 4QH
Provides students an opportunity to develop fundamental group
counseling skills through the use of specialized strategies and
traditional verbal counseling techniques. Focuses on lifestyle
awareness counseling.
HSL 1 463 Overview of Physical Disabilities 4 QH
Offers a holistic amd humanistic approach to people with physi-
cal disabilities, including amputations, traumatic conditions,
sensory impairments, and neurological, orthopedic, and cardio-
vascular disorders. Studies rehabilitation procedures and treat-
ment, adjunctive therapies, prosthetics, orthotics, assistive
devices, and personsd care techniques.
HSL 1 464 Program Planning in Therapeutic Recreation 4 QH
Examines advanced planning of comprehensive therapeutic
recreation services. Focuses on systems approach to planning for
individuals and groups. Includes an intensive examination of the
philosophy of therapeutic recreation; the study of the functional
elements of activities, current legislation, and standards for
service delivery.
HSL 1 466 Foundations of Psychiatric Services in Therapeutic Recreation 4 QH
Focuses on orientation to the foundations of mental health and
variables affecting mental illness. Examines various psychiatric
disorders and treatment modalities and the role of activity
therapy in the treatment of mental illness. Reviews contempo-
rary trends in psychiatry that pertain to therapeutic recreation.
Prereq. Permission of the instructor.
HSL 1 467 Sodal and Psychological Impacts of Illness and Disabilities 4 QH
Explores relevant issues related to disability such as societal
attitudes, self-concept, coping, family, grieving, and life restruc-
turing through a mixture of lectures, group discussion, guest
speakers, and films. Examines self in the role of change agents
and care providers. Prereq. HSL 1463.
HSL 1500 Mental Health 4QH
Investigates emotional health and well-being as they relate to
total health, with emphasis on factors that influence emotional
behavior. Includes various approaches to emotional health in
school programs and the community.
HSL 1501 Epidemiology 4QH
Introduces concepts and skills related to using epidemiology as a
basis for understanding community health problems and plan-
ning health promotion and disease prevention programs. Prereq.
HSL 1506.
HSL 1 502 Communicable and Degenerative Diseases 4 QH
Focuses on the disease immunity process, with emphasis on
prevalent communicable diseases in the United States today and
their transmission. Also studies chronic diseases, cardiovascular
Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies 221
diseases, cancer, diabetes, and other constitutional and degen-
erative diseases and disorders that affect the nation's health.
HSl 1 503 Human Sexuality and Family Dynamics 4 QH
Examines sexuality from a physical, psychological, social, his-
torical, and cultural perspective; needs and concerns about sexu-
ality at various stages in life, including a variety of approaches to
sex education in schools, community, and the family. Prereq.
Middlers, juniors, and seniors only.
HSL 1 504 Longevity and Aging 4 QH
Studies the biological, psychological, and sociological aspects of
human aging. Considers the importance of one's current lifestyle
in relation to the phenomenon of longevity and the quality of life.
HSL 1 506 Evolving Patterns of Community Health Education 4 QH
Analyzes principles of community health, with emphasis on
contemporary local, national, and international organizations
for meeting health problems. Considers health care delivery,
consumer health issues, environmental health, community
resources, and the role of health education in the community.
HSL 1507 Research Seminar 2QH
Introduces research and scientific writing, culminating in a
research project in an area of special interest. Prereq. ED 1306.
HSL 1508 Senior Seminar 2QH
Discusses current problems and new developments as they
relate to health education in school and in a variety of commu-
nity settings. Prereq. HSL 1507.
HSL 1 509 Organization and Administration of Health Education Programs 4 QH
Examines principles and methods of organization and adminis-
tration of school and community health education programs.
Covers ethics, personnel, budget, facility management, and
priorities.
HSLISIOHeolthCounseling 4QH
Identifies physical, mental, emotional, and social health prob-
lems; remedial procedures; and counseling techniques to aid
health educators in dealing more effectively with various health
issues. Prereq. Juniors and seniors only.
HSL 1511 Independent Study 1
HSL 151 2 Independent Study 2
HSL 151 3 Independent Study 3
1QH
2QH
3QH
HSL1514lndependentStudy4 4QH
Provides the student with an opportunity for concentrated plan-
ning and research in a topic area of health, sport, or leisure.
Requires student to submit outline of proposed study.
HSLISUDrugUseandAbuse 4QH
Explores the use and abuse of drugs in our society, including
prescription and OTC drugs, alcohol, and tobacco. Examines
physiological, psychological, and sociological effects of drugs on
humans.
HSL 1 585 Teaching Procedures in School and Community Health Education 4 QH
Introduces the prospective health educator to health education
curriculum, techniques of planning, and pertinent methods and
materials in school and community health education. Partially
satisfies the pre-practicum requirements for teacher certifica-
tion at grade levels 5-12. Prereq. ED 1104 and HSL 1285.
HSL 1 600 Psychology of Sport 2 QH
Analyzes the psychological behavioral patterns and deviations of
sports participants, including spectators and coaches. Empha-
sizes emotions, motivation, competition, and learning factors.
Discusses current sports highlights. Prereq. Physical education
major or permission of instructor.
HSL 1602 Theory of Coaching 2QH
Analyzes learning principles, sociology, and psychology as ap-
plied to coaching individual, dual, and team sports. Presents
techniques and standards of squad recruitment, organization,
leadership, and coaching ethics.
HSL 1603 Theory of Ploy 2QH
Examines the nature of play and cross-cultural patterns of play.
Investigates selected theories of play, including Huizinga,
Caillois, Sutton-Smith, and Lee.
HSL 1 605 Basic Athletic Training 3 QH
Studies preventing, managing, and rehabilitating athletic inju-
ries. Discusses the scientific basis of conditioning and
psychogenic factors involved in athletics and sports medicine.
HSL 1 608 Clinical Athletic Training 2 QH
Introduces the student athletic trainer to clinical experience
with an opportunity to practice the various skills for evaluation
and treatment of the injured athlete. Prereq. HSL 1605.
HSL 1 609 Advanced Athletic Training 4 QH
Focuses on the evaluating and predisposing conditions relating
to heat illness, head and neck trauma, and athletic injuries.
Prereq. HSL 1605.
HSL 1610Anatomy and Physiology 2 4QH
Examines gross anatomy and physiology of the human csirdio-
vascular, respiratory, digestive, urinary, and endocrine systems.
Also covers metabolism, calorimetry, and other applied topics.
Prereq. HSL 126L
HSL 1611 Kinesiology 4QH
Investigates science of human motion and anatomic and me-
chanical principles as they relate to an understanding of skillful,
efficient, and purposeful human motion. Examines the internal
and external forces acting on a human body and their effects.
Prereq. HSL 1261.
HSL 161 2 Physiology of Exercise 4QH
Studies the immediate and long-range effects of exercise on the
human body, with emphasis on the cardiovascular and respira-
tory systems, muscles, and metabolism; physical fitness, body
composition, and selected components of motor performance —
assessment techniques and training principles. Introduces
indirect open-circuit calorimetry and EKG monitoring.
Prereq. HSL 1610.
HSL 1 6 1 3 Laboratory in Exercise Testing and Prescription 4 QH
Presents a practicum in assessment of functional cardiovascular,
muscular strength, muscular endurance, flexibility, and body
composition. Gives students the opportunity to prescribe exer-
cise programs used to improve functions through volunteer work
as an exercise test technician and exercise leader in a fitness
class. Prereq. HSL 1612.
222 Course Descriptions
HSL 16)4 Electrocardiography 4QH
Studies basic and intermediate electrocardiography, including
cardiac function, lead systems, rate, rhythm, axis, infarction,
ischemia, hypertrophy, effects of cardiovascular drugs, and
effects of exercise. Prereq. HSL 1612.
HSL 1 6 1 5 Critical Teaching Skills 4 QH
Analyzes direct and indirect, verbal and nonverbal teaching
methods for classroom and activity teaching, using techniques
such as microteaching, peer teaching, and simulation. Examines
techniques for measuring teacher behavior, such as interaction
analysis. Reqmres a lab experience in an education setting.
Partially satisfies prepracticum requirements for teacher certifi-
cation. Prereq. HSL 1258 or HSL 1259; prepracticum experience.
HSL 1 6 1 6 Curriculum Development 3 QH
Focuses on basic foundations of curriculum development.
Stresses fundamental principles and guides to curriculum orga-
nization, format, and evaluation. Includes experience using the
taxonomies of education objectives and survey of existing cur-
ricula and current curriculum trends.
HSL 1625 Senior Seminar 4QH
Provides an opportunity for senior students to discuss pertinent
new topics and concepts in sports medicine. Prereq. Permission of
instructor.
HSL 1 626 Therapeutic Reconditioning for Athletic Training 4 OH
Covers principles and objectives inherent in the rehabilitation
process of athletic injuries. Discusses basic rehabilitation funda-
mentals, as well as specific conditioning and reconditioning tech-
niques. Exposes the student to the different types of exercise, as
well as the different rehabilitative equipment used in a rehabilita-
tion program. Provides laboratory experiences in the application
of exercise programs and use of equipment. Prereq. HSL 1627.
HSL 1 627 Therapeutic Modalities lor Athletic Training 4 QH
Presents physical agents used in athletic training with regard to
their physiological effects, where in the healing process they may
be used, and all indications and contraindications for use. Uti-
lizes laboratory experiences in application of those physical
agents. Prereq. HSL 1605.
HSL 1 628 Advanced Athletic Training 2 4 QH
Continues HSL 1609. Focuses on injuries of upper extremity,
torso, lower back, and internal organs. Prereq. HSL 1609.
HSL 1 629 Organization and Administration of Athletic Training 4 QH
Studies the management of athletic training facilities. Focuses
on issues such as budget, physical examinations, staff, equip-
ment, and facilities. Prereq. HSL 1609.
HSL 1777 Honors Adjunct 1QH
To be added to any four-credit course in the department when
approved by the Honors Committee of Boston-Bouve. Once ap-
proved, the adjunct information is forwarded to the honors office
for dissemination to the honors membership. Allows enrollment
an unlimited number of times as an adjunct to any health, sport,
and leisure studies course at different times during a given aca-
demic year.
HSL 1 790 Athletic Training Practicum 1 3 QH
Begins a series of four three quarter-hour assignments at an
approved athletic training site supervised by certified athletic
tTainingTpersotinel. Prereq. HSL 1609 and permission.
HSL 1 79 1 Athletic Training Practicum 2
Continues HSL 1790. Prereq. HSL 1790.
HSL 1 792 Athletic Training Practicum 3
Continues HSL 1791. Prereq. HSL 1791.
HSL 1 793 Athletic Training Practicum 4
Continues HSL 1792. Prereq. HSL 1792.
3QH
3QH
3QH
HSL 1 800 Supervised Field Experience 1 6 QH
When combined with another approved field-based course
(HSL 1801 or HSL 1803), offers assignment in a field setting
related to the student's area of study within the curriculum,
including observing and performing professional skills under the
guidance of a certified cooperating field professional and college
supervisor. Includes supervision, evaluation conferences, and
seminars as an integral part of this experience. Taken by HSL
majors not in teacher preparation.
HSL 1 80 1 Supervised Field Experience 2 6 QH
When combined with another approved field-based course (HSL
1800 or HSL 1802 ), offers assignment in a field setting related to
the student's area of study within the curriculum, including
observing and performing professional skills under the guidance
of a certified cooperating field professional and college supervi-
sor. Includes supervision, evaluation conferences, and seminars
as an integral part of this experience.
HSL 1 802 Supervised Student Teaching 1 6 QH
Provides a supervised teaching experience in an approved school
in which the student assumes clear instructional responsibilities
for at least half of the time and full teaching responsibilities for a
substantial period of time under the guidance of a certified coop-
erating teacher and college supervisor. Must be at the level of the
teacher certification sought. Includes supervision, evaluation
conferences, and seminars as an integral part of this experience.
Taken by students who wish to apply for teacher certification.
Allows a minimum of 300 clock hours for teacher certification to
be achieved when the student successfully completes this course
and HSL 1801 or HSL 1803. These courses should be taken in the
same quarter.
HSL 1 803 Supervised Student Teaching 2 6 QH
Provides a supervised teaching experience in an approved school
in which the student assumes clear instructional responsibilities
for at least half of the time and full teaching responsibilities for a
substantial period of time under the guidance of a certified coop-
erating teacher and college supervisor. Must be at the level of the
teacher certification sought. Includes supervision, evaluation
conferences, and seminars as an integral part of this experience.
Taken by students who wish to apply for teacher certification.
Allows a minimum of 300 clock hours for teacher certification to
be achieved when the student successfully completes this course
and HSL 1801 or HSL 1802. These courses should be taken in the
same quarter.
HSL 1 80S Supervised Student Teoching 3 6 QH
Extends HSL 1802 and HSL 1803 to accommodate students
pursuing certification at two levels and who require the addi-
tional student teaching practicum of an additional 150 hours.
May also be used by student teachers needing extra involvement
to meet certification standards not met during HSL 1802 and
HSL 1803.
Health, Sport, and Leisure Studies 223
HSL1863TAC— SpecidProblems 20H
Presents directed study in analysis and coaching of a sport or
activity not offered by the department or in special scheduling
situations, for example, field hockey, football, lacrosse, wrestling.
Prereq. Permission of instructor.
HSL 1866 Special Problems 4QH
Presents current issues and concepts in cardiovascular health
and exercise for discussion. Requires an independent research
paper. Prereq. Junior and Senior CVHE majors.
Medical Laboratory Science
MLS 11 01 Medical Laboratory Science Orientation 1 1 QH
Focuses on the history and development of the medical lab sci-
ence profession; includes an introduction to medical terminology.
MLS 1 1 02 Medical Laboratory Science Orientation 2 1 QH
Continues discussion of topics introduced in MLS 1101, with the
addition of a review of mathematics and metric-unit calculations.
MLS 1 1 09 Foundations of Ginical Laboratory Science 4 QH
Examines basic lab methods employed in primary care, includ-
ing urinalysis, gram staining, hematocrit, hemoglobin, sedimen-
tation rate, white cell count, and differential. Prereq. Admission
to physician assistant program or permission by instructor.
MLS 1 1 1 2 Renal Physiology and Urinalysis 2 QH
Introduces basic medical laboratory science. Examines prin-
ciples and theories of renal physiology. Emphasizes techniques
for chemical and microscopic detection of normal and abnormal
urinary tract constituents. Prereq. BIO 1107 and CHM 1111.
MLS 11 23 Basic Hematology 1 2QH
Introduces hematology procedures and principles; hemoglobin,
hematocrit, white and red blood cell counts; and white cell differ-
entiation. Replaces lecture portion of MLS 1121. Prereq.
BIO 1107 and CHM 1122.
MLS1124BasicHe\natology2 2QH
Studies the principles and procedures of hematology, emphasiz-
ing hematologic cell maturation, morphology, and basic
hemostasis. Replaces lecture portion of MLS 1122. Prereq.
MLS 1123 or MLS 1321.
MLS 1 1 32 Basic Immunohematology 3 QH
Teaches the principles of immunohematology with specific appli-
cation to the ABO and Rh blood group system, antibody detec-
tion, and crossmatch design. Studies basic blood bank techniques
including blood typing and crossmatching. Replaces immunohe-
matology lecture portion of MLS 1131. Prereq. BIO 1107,
MLS 1171 and MLS 127 L
MLS 1 1 42 Basic CHnicol Microbiology 1 3 OH
Introduces the principles and techniques of organism isolation,
cultivation, and identification from clinical specimens. Replaces
lecture portion of MLS 1141. Prereq. BIO 1107, CHM 1122,
MLS 1 1 71, and MLS 1271.
MLS 11 44 Basic Microbiology 2 10H
Discusses identifying bacteria that are pathogenic for humans
according to the isolated organism's clinical specimen. Empha-
sizes how to collect and transport specimens, what laboratory
protocols to use in diagnosis, and procedures for identifying
organisms. Prereg. MLS 1142.
MLS 1152 Basic Clinical Chemistry and Instrumentation 4 QH
Covers the principles of clinical chemistry with application to
procedures and techniques. In laboratory work, emphasizes the
clinical significance and common methods of quantitating se-
lected important analyses. Replaces lecture portion of MLS 1151.
Prereq. CHM 1 122 and MLS 11 12 or MLS 1311.
MLS 11 72 Basic Immunology 2QH
Covers the basic concepts of medical immunology, including
relationships among disease, immune response, and laboratory
procedures. Encompasses the concepts of antigen and antibody
structure and relationship, and specific and non-specific host
response. Covers common laboratory methods for the detection of
antigens and antibodies.
MLS 1212 Urinalysis Lab
Laboratory for MLS 1112.
MLS 1 223 Basic Hematology 1 Lab
Laboratory for MLS 1123.
MLS 1 224 Basic Hematology 2 Lab
Laboratory for MLS 1 124.
MLS 1 232 Basic Immunohematology Lab
Laboratory for MLS 1132.
MLS 1 242 Basic Clinical Miaobiology 1 Lab
Laboratory for MLS 1 142.
MLS 1 244 Basic Qinical Microbiology 2 Lob
Laboratory for MLS 1 143.
MLS 1 252 Basic Clinical Chemistry and Instrumentation Lob
Laboratory for MLS 1152.
1QH
1QH
1QH
1QH
1QH
1QH
1QH
MLS 1 41 2 MLT Special Topics— Applied Microscopy 2 QH
Offers clinical practicum in applied urinalysis, parasitology, and
mycology at an affiliated hospital providing MLT( ASCP)- and
CLT(NCA)-level instruction. Prereq. Admission to MLT Clinical
Program.
MLS 1 423 MLT Applied Study in Hematology 2 QH
Offers clinical practicum in hematology and coagulation at an
affiliated hospital providing MLT( ASCP)- and CLT(NCA)-level
instruction. Prereq. Admission to MLT Clinical Program.
MLS 1 432 MLT AppRed Study in Blood Banking 2 QH
Offers clinical practicum in blood banking at an affiliated hospi-
tal providing MLT( ASCP)- and CLT(NCA)-level instruction.
Prereq. Admission to MLT Clinical Program.
MLS 1 442 MLT Applied Study in Cnnicol Microbiology 2 QH
Offers clinical practicum in microbiology at an affiliated hospital
providing MLT{ ASCP)- and CLT{NCA)- level instruction.
Prereq. Admission to MLT Clinical Program.
MLS 1 452 MLT Applied Study in Clinical Chemistry 2 QH
Offers clinical practicum in clinical chemistry at an affiliated
hospital providing MLT( ASCP)- and CLT(NCA)- level instruc-
tion. Prereq. Admission to MLT Clinical Program.
224 Course Descriptions
MIS 1 480 MLT Seminar] 2QH
Offers a basic introduction to correlation of laboratory findings in
hematology, blood banking, microbiology, and clinical chemistry,
with appropriate referrals of lab information in working situa-
tion. Examines basic use of quality control. Prereq. Admission to
MLT Clinical Program.
MLS 1 523 Hematology MT Applied Study 4 QH
Offers clinical practicum in applied hematology at an affiliated
hospital providing for MT( ASCP)- and CLS(NCA)-level instruc-
tion. Prereq. Admission to MT Clinical Program.
MLS 1 533 Immunohematology MT Applied Study 4 QH
Offers clinical practicum in applied immunohematology at an
affiliated hospital providing MT( ASCP)- and CLS(NCA)-level
instruction. Prereq. Admission to MT Clinical Program.
MLS 1 544 Clinical Microbiology MT Applied Study 7 QH
Offers clinical practicum in applied microbiology at an affiliated
hospital providing MT( ASCP)- and CLS(NCA)-level instruction.
Prereq. Admission to MT Clinical Program.
MLS 1 552 Oinicol Chemistry MT Applied Study 7 QH
Offers clinical practicum in applied clinical chemistry at an
affiliated hospital providing MT( ASCP)- and CLS(NCA)-level
instruction. Prereq. Admission to MT Clinical Program.
MLS 1 573 Clinical Immunology MT Applied Study 1 1 QH
Offers clinical practicum in applied clinical immunology at an
affiliated hospital providing MT (ASCP)- and CLS (NCA)-level
instruction. Prereq. Admission to MT Clinical program.
MLS 1 574 Clinical Immunology MT Applied Study 2
Continues MLS 1573.
1QH
MLS 1621 Advonced Hematology] 3QH
Studies physiology of blood cells and bone marrow; reviews
physiology of blood hemopoisis; discusses hematologic results as
they relate to normal, anemic, and leukemic conditions. Prereq.
MLS 1 124 or permission of instructor.
MLS 1 623 Spedal Topics: Hemostasis 1 OH
Offers advanced studies in hemostasis, emphasizing identifying
factors and solving hemostatic problems. Prereq. MLS 1 124 or
permission of instructor.
MLS 1 63 1 Advanced Immunohematology 2 QH
Examines blood group systems, antibody identification, and
advanced immunohematologic principles and procedures. Pre-
sents case studies. Prereq. MLS 1332 or MLS 1132.
MLS 1 648 Advanced Clinical Miaobiology 4 OH
Examines host and microbial interactions in disease produced by
viruses, rickettsia, chlamydia, mycoplasma, mycobacteria,
anaerobic bacteria, and actinomyces. Also covers host and micro-
bial interactions in gastrointestinal, genitourinary, and respira-
tory tract infections. Discusses disease states, diagnostic
procedures, and antimicrobial testing. Combines MLS 1645 and
MLS 1646. Prereg. MLS 1142andMLS 1143.
MLS 1 654 Advanced Clinical Chemistry 1 4 QH
Includes current methodologies and instrumentation used in
clinical chemistry to evaluate hormonal conditions, drug level
monitoring, amino acids, proteins, enzymes, and carbohydrates.
Combines content included in MLS 1651 and MLS 1652. Prereq.
MLS 1152, MLS 1351, or permission of the instructor.
MLS 1 655 Advanced Clinical Chemistry 2 4 QH
Studies metabolism and procedures for nucleic acids, lipids, acid-
base balance, hepatic, renal and gastrointestinal systems, as
well as vitamin and trace metal blood levels. Combines content
included in MLS 1652 and MLS 1653. Prereq. MLS 1654 or per-
mission of instructor.
MLS 1 66 1 Medical laboratory Science Education 2 OH
Surveys current topics in medical lab science education: develop-
ing objectives, methods of evaluation and certification, clinical
instruction and evaluation, medical lab science curricula, and
use of media and other methods of instruction. Prereq. Comple-
tion of clinical program.
MLS1662Clinimetrics 2QH
Covers measuring £ind improving the quality of all steps in the
total testing process. Combines Deming's principles of industrial
quality management with traditional practices in clinical labora-
tory quality assurance programs. Discusses design strategies
including ordering tests, selecting methods, monitoring analytic
quality, and interpreting and reporting tests. Examines each
strategy's effectiveness. Prereq. Completion of MLS clinical
applied study.
MLS 1 665 Medical Laboratory Management 2 OH
Surveys factors that relate to effective lab administration: hospi-
tal organizational structure, principles of management and
supervision, cost accounting, purchasing, inspection guidelines,
legal responsibilities, and personnel relations. Prereq. Comple-
tion of clinical program.
MLS 1 672 Immunopathology 3 OH
Covers the situations in which the host defense response pro-
duces the symptoms of disease. Discusses conditions that result
from immunodeficiency. Explains the role of the immune system
in transplant rejection. Describes neoplasms of the immune
system and discusses laboratory procedures used in the diagno-
sis and management of these conditions. Prereq. MLS 1171.
MLS 1680 MLS Special Topics 2 OH
Discusses current topics in the clinical lab. Prereq. MLS 1111,
MLS 1121, MLS 1122, MLS 1131, MLS 1141, andMLS 1151.
MLS ] 68] MLS Senior Seminar
Reviews current undergraduate medical lab science topics.
2 OH
MLS 1 890 Undergraduate Research 2 QH
Examines special problems in lab medicine involving individual
research under the direction of a faculty member. Prereq. Special
permission.
MLS 1 891 MLS Current Concepts 1 QH
Discusses topics determined by recent advemces in medical lab
Medical Laboratory Science 225
Pharmacy
PAH 1 1 01 Health Career Seminar 1 QH
Provides students with the opportunity to determine their career
goals in the health professions through activity-oriented classes
and discipline-specific career information. Addresses self-as-
sessment, career exploration, decision making, and goal imple-
mentation. Allows students to gather information about the five
majors within the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions.
PAH 1 1 35 Professional Dynamics in the Health Care Delivery System 4 QH
Examines the evolution of the American health care delivery
system, with emphasis on current aspects of how health care is
delivered, how it is financed, where it is delivered, and who deliv-
ers it. Discusses present and future influences in health, includ-
ing health promotion, disease prevention, and environmental
issues. Considers unique and collective health professional roles
and responsibilities, humanistic/behavioral dimensions of
health care, professional organizations, and professionalism.
PAH 1 202 Anatomy-Physiology 1 5 QH
Covers structure and function of cells, tissues, and organs, in-
cluding the muscular, immune, and nervous systems. Includes
human skeletal anatomy and cat dissection. Oriented to stu-
dents in the health professions. Lab fee. Prereq. CHM 1 122 or
CHM 1102 and BIO 1107.
PAH 1 204 Anatomy-Physiology 2 5 QH
Covers structure and function of the various life-supportive
systems not covered in the first quarter: cardiovascular, endo-
crine, gastro-intestinal, and pulmonary systems. Emphasizes in
the lab the basic principles involved in understanding the func-
tioning life systems and cell function. Lab fee. Prereq. PAH 1202
or permission of instructor.
PAH 1 2 1 0 Anatomy-Physiology 1 4 QH
Offers students the opportunity to take the lecture portion only
of PAH 1202. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
PAH 1 21 1 Anatomy-Physiology Laboratory 1 I QH
Offers students the opportunity to take the lab portion only of
PAH 1202. Prereq. Permission ofinstructor.
PAH 1 2 1 2 Anatomy-Physiology 2 4 QH
Offers students the opportunity to take the lecture portion only
of PAH 1204. Prereq. Permission ofinstructor.
PAH 1 2 1 3 Anatomy-Physiology Laboratory 2 1 QH
Offers students the opportunity to take the lab portion only of
PAH 1204. Prereq. Permission ofinstructor.
PAH 1280 Biochemistry SQH
Introduces the structures, functions, and metabolism of amino
acids, proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids. Dis-
cusses the mechanisms of enzyme reactions, enzyme kinetics,
vitamins, biological oxidation reduction reactions, and bioener-
getics, as well as various inborn errors of metabolism. Prereq.
CHM 1268 and CHM 1269.
PAH 1 776 Junior /Senior Honors Thesis 4 QH
Provides students with the opportunity to become involved with
faculty on either ongoing research projects or student-initiated
scholarly activities. Encourages and assists students in writing.
presenting, and publishing their research. Allows students to
gain an awareness and some understanding of a discipline or
area of study in the allied health professions while developing an
appreciation for research methods and the process of scientific
inquiry. Requires a junior/senior thesis. Prereq. Honors
participation.
PAH 1777 Honors Adjunct 1 QH
Designed to be attached to a predesignated professional course in
the student's major and offered at the discretion of the faculty
member(s) teaching the course. For further details, contact the
honors office (2 15LA) or PAH honors advisor. Prereq. Honors
participation, permission ofinstructor.
PCL 1 1 01 Drugs— Their Uses and Actions 4 QH
Studies background, classification, dose responses, untoward
side effects, uses, and commercial preparations of a broad series
of drugs. Not open to pharmacy, respiratory therapy, or nursing
majors.
PC1 1 301 Basic Pharmacology 3 QH
Provides students an opportunity to learn the classification,
mechanisms of action, and uses of a broad spectrum of therapeu-
tic agents. Emphasizes dose response and untoward side effects.
Prereq. Physician assistant majors or permission ofinstructor.
PCL 1 305 Pharmacodynamics 3 QH
Introduces pharmacologic principles, with the
pharmacotherapeutics of drug groups and individual drug sub-
stances of particular importance in treatment and diagnosis of
disease. Prereq. BIO 1 120, BIO 1255, CHM 11 11, and
CHM 1112.
PCL 1 309 Pharmacology for the Respiratory-Core Practitioner 4 QH
Provides an orientation to pharmacology, including the scope of
pharmacology; definitions; drug standards; drug legislation;
names, sources, and active constituents; and pharmaceutical
preparations of drugs relating to the respiratory-care
practitioner.
PCL 1 420 Pharmacology /Medicinal Chemistry 2 6 QH
Continues discussion of topics introduced in PMC 1419. Presents
an interdisciplinary chemical and pharmacological approach to
understanding drug action. Deals principally with drugs affect-
ing the peripheral nervous, cardiovascular, and renal systems.
Prereq. PMC 1419.
PCL 1 422 Pharmacology/Medicinal Chemistry 3 6 QH
Continues discussion of topics in PCL 1420. Covers the medicinal
chemistry and pharmacology of drugs acting on the gastrointes-
tinal, endocrine, reproductive, and hematopoietic systems, along
with autocoid and antineoplastics. Prereq. PCL 1420.
PCL 1 45 1 Pharmacology Laboratory 1 QH
Provides experience in systematically monitoring the qualitative
effects of selected drugs from major classes of drugs by a modified
"Hippocratic Screen" technique. Studies basic quantitative
characteristics of drug dose-n-response relationships, factors
influencing such relationships, and general methods of calculat-
ing and reporting such data. Lab fee. Prereq. PMC 1418.
PCL 1801, PCL 1802, PCL 1803 Special Research Project (Pharmacology) 4 OH each
Provides opportunity for directed study or research in pharma-
cology/toxicology wherein the student may undertake in-depth
226 Course Descriptions
investigation of an area of specialized interest. Lab fee. Prereq.
Permission of instructor and program director.
pa 1 240 Pharmaceutical Calculations 4 QH
Introduces the application of mathematical concepts in phar-
macy. Emphasizes systems of measurement and basic arith-
metic calculations as they relate to the practice of pharmacy.
Also introduces statistical analysis methods required for subse-
quent courses in pharmaceutics and for improving problem-
solving skills using computers.
PC 1 31 0 Phannaceutlcs Laboratory 1 1 QH
Focuses on the physicochemical principles of pharmaceutical
preparations and their relationship to quality control and
biopharmaceutics and pharmacokinetics. Prereq. PCT 1340 or
concurrent enrollment.
pa 1320 Pharmaceutics Laboratory 2 2 OH
Focuses on the application of the fundamental principles and
techniques of pharmaceutics to the lab preparation and use of
various pharmaceutical products. Prereq. PCT 1350 or concur-
rent enrollment.
pa 1340 Pharmaceutics! 4QH
Focuses on the study of physiochemical theories and principles
and their application to pharmaceutical systems. Covers thermo-
dynamics, ionic equilibria, solubility, complexation, interfacial
phenomena, rheology, coarse dispersions, diffusion, membrane
transport, and kinetics. Prereq. MTH 1 108, PHY 1203,
CHM 1265, and PCT 1230.
pa 1350 Pharmaceutics 2 5QH
Focuses on the application of the fundamental principles of
physical pharmacy to the formulation of pharmaceutical prepa-
rations. Emphasizes pharmaceutical dosage forms, including
both industrial formulation and extemporaneous compounding.
Prereq. PCT 1340.
pa 1 440 Biopharmaceutics/Pharmacokinetics 4 QH
Acquaints students with biopharmaceutics and basic pharmaco-
kinetics. Discusses dissolution, disintegration, general concept of
one- and two-compartment models; linear and nonlinear phar-
macokinetics; drug kinetics after intravenous, intramuscular, or
oral administration; practical methods of one-compartment
model utilizing urinary data; bioavailability; multiple-dosing
kinetics; and general approaches to dosage adjustment in dis-
ease states. Prereq. PAH 1204 and PCT 1340.
pa 1801, pa 1 802, pa 1 803 Pharmaceutics Special Research Project 4 QH each
Provides opportunity for directed study or research in one of the
pharmaceutical sciences, wherein the student may undertake in-
depth investigation of an area of specialized interest. Lab fee.
Prereq. Permission of instructor (s) and program director.
PHP 1 301 Pharmaceutical Jurisprudence 4 QH
Offers a comprehensive analysis and interpretation of laws
relating to the practice of pharmacy . Discusses federal and state
food and drug laws, narcotics laws, Medicare and Medicaid regu-
lations, and state pharmacy laws. Prereq. Permission of
instructor.
PHP 1 302 Pharmacy Administration 1 4 QH
Covers socioeconomic aspects of pharmacy: the government's
relation to the pharmaceutical industry, trends in contemporary
practice, third-party payment plans, macroeconomic impact on
the industry, and the interaction of current concepts in phar-
macy. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
PHP 1 303 Interpersonal Skills for Health Professionals 4 QH
Applies the skills of interpersonal communication to situations
encountered in various health care settings. Provides students
with an opportunity to learn to integrate specific technical com-
petence with serious concern for personal, social, and cultural
factors in illness and health care. Through the use of medical
sociology literature, audio- visual materials, case analyses, and
personal reflection on actual patient encounters, provides the
students with an opportunity to improve interpersonal commu-
nication skills and to increase their understanding of practitioner
patient relationships, patient's needs and responses in illness
and treatment, and professional behavior in practice settings.
PHP 1 304 Social Pharmacology 4 QH
Studies drug-taking experiences and behaviors. Provides an
overview of theories and research findings that describe the
relationships between personal, social, and cultural factors and
drug taking, while comparing and contrasting the social ap-
proach with the pharmacological paradigm of drug effects and
the medical model of drug use. Through readings, audiovisual
materials, and descriptions of personal experiences, examines
the varieties of drug experiences, patterns of and reasons for
drug taking of all types, and strategies for preventing drug-use
problems. Prereq. PHP 1303 or consent of instructor.
PHP 1 305 Hospital Pharmacy Management 4 QH
Examines the factors involved in the operations and manage-
ment of a hospital pharmacy within the context of the total hospi-
tal structure. Prereq. Senior standing or permission of instructor.
PHP 1 306 Community Pharmacy Management 4 QH
Focuses on the management requirements for establishing a
community pharmacy. Analyzes the prevailing types of organi-
zations, locations, leases, business organization, staffing, plant
layout and design, and financial factors. Prereq. Senior standing
or permission of instructor.
PHP 1 308 Financial Management 4 QH
Examines the fundamentals of accounting and finance, with
emphasis on their application to retailing and community phar-
macy management. Covers accounting systems, analysis of
financial statements, budgets, cash flow, taxation, and finance in
depth. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
PHP 1 40 1 Drug Information and Evaluation 3 QH
Introduces the principles and practice of drug information. Cov-
ers the levels of practice, the availability of therapeutic reference
sources, the use of abstracting and indexing systems, how to
respond to drug information questions, and basic statistical data
required to help understand the medical and pharmaceutical
literature. Prereq. Fifth-year standing or permission of
instructor.
PHP 1 402 Parapharmaceuticals 2 QH
Focuses on the nature and application of various surgical de-
vices, appliances, bandages, and hospital and sickroom supplies
in patient care.
PHP 1411 Pathophysiology 4QH
Focuses on basic concepts of pathophysiology for pharmacy,
toxicology, and respiratory therapy majors, emphasizing disease
Pharmacy 227
processes and alterations of normal organ functions. Prereq.
PAH 1202 and PAH 1204.
PHP 1441 Therapeutic Drug Monitoring 4 QH
Covers the monitoring, developing, and modifying of drug dosage
regimens and the pharmacokinetic factors influencing the regi-
men selection for various therapeutic drug categories. Prereq.
PCT1140.
PHP 1 501 Pharmacy Externship 4 QH
Involves a 520-hour ( 13 weeks x 40 hours/week) structured
practicum in community pharmacy. Includes applied aspects of
community pharmacy management; medication dispensing; and
patient-oriented services such as prescription and nonprescrip-
tion medication, consultation, and patient-profile monitoring.
Prereq. Fifth-year standing.
PHP 1 502 Clinical Pharmacy Oerkship 1 5 QH
Involves assignment to a clinical site for five full days per week to
observe patient response to medication and to evaluate and
advise on all factors that may modify efficacy, safety, and
economy of therapy. Offers campus seminar with student pre-
sentations on current therapeutic topics. Prereq. PHP 1602.
PHP 1 504 Professional Practice Laboratory 3 QH
Focuses on compounding and dispensing medications in both
institutional and ambulatory pharmacy settings. Emphasizes
patient counseling techniques and monitoring appropriateness
of therapy. Discusses the nature and application of various home
health care products, surgical devices, appliances, bandages, and
hospital and sickroom supplies. Introduces preparing sterile
products. Prereq. Fifth-year standing.
PHP 1 601 Nonprescription Medication 4 QH
Provides an overview of the types of over-the-counter medica-
tions. Discusses the directions and precautions for proper use of
these preparations.
PHP1602Pharmacotherapeutics 5QH
Discusses common clinical lab tests, major disease states, and
drug therapy for those conditions. Prereq. PCL 1422 and
PCL 1410.
PHP 1 603 Selected Topics in ainicol Pharmacy 1 4 QH
Helps students increase their understanding of selected dis-
eases. Examines pathophysiology and diagnosis of the illness as
well as drug therapy and its relation to patient compliance and
education. Provides greater depth than existing clinical phar-
macy courses. Prereq. PHP 1602 and permission of instructor.
PHP 1 604 Selected Topics in Clinical Pharmacy 2 4 QH
Helps increase the student's knowledge of selected disease enti-
ties. Examines pathophysiology and diagnosis of the illness as
well as drug therapy and its relation to patient compliance and
education. Provides greater depth than existing clinical phar-
macy courses. Prereq. PHP 1602 and permission of instructor.
PHP 1 60S Introduction to Sterile Products 4 QH
Introduces pharmacists' role in manufacturing and using sterile
products. Covers intravenous incompatibilities, aseptic tech-
nique, sterile room equipment, quality control, safe handling of
cancer chemotherapeutic agents, and sterile product room sys-
tems and design. Discusses a variety of sterile products, includ-
ing parenteral nutrition, small and large volume parenterals.
irrigating solutions, cancer chemotherapeutic agents, and oph-
thalmic preparations. Emphasizes developing an ability to inter-
act with other health professionals. Offers experience using
laboratory equipment to prepare sterile products. Prereq.
Fourth- or fifth-year pharmacy majors only.
PHP 1 607 Cancer Chemotheropeutlcs 4 QH
Emphasizes the role of chemotherapy in the management of
malignant disease. Discusses clinical applications of specific
chemotherapeutic agents, with the remainder of the course
concentrating on specific disease states. Covers related topics
such as pain control in cancer patients, control of nausea and
vomiting, principles of cancer research, cancer quackery, and
adverse effects of chemotherapy. Prereq. Fourth-year pharmacy
major or permission of instructor.
PHP 1 609 Phormacotheropeutics 6 QH
Examines the drug treatment of the major pharmacologically
managed disease states. Covers selected cardiovascular, respira-
tory, hepatic, renal, joint, endocrine, psychiatric, and oncologic
disorders. Prereq. PCL 1420, PCL 1422, PCT 1440, PMC 1419,
and PMC 1421.
PHP 1612 Special Topics in Pharmacy Administration 2 QH
Discusses in-depth a selected topic in the area of pharmacy ad-
ministration. Topics include business, professional, and envi-
ronmental management/administrative aspects of pharmacy
practice in all settings. Prereq. Junior or senior pharmacy ma-
jors only.
PHP 1 6 1 4 Special Topics in Pharmacy Administration 4 QH
Discusses in-depth a selected topic in pharmacy administration.
Topics include business, professional, and environmental man-
agement/administrative aspects of pharmacy practice in all
settings. Prereq. Junior or senior pharmacy majors only.
PHP 1 801, PHP 1 802, PHP 1 803, PHP 1 804 4 QH each
Special Research Project
Provides opportunity for directed study or research in clinical
pharmacy or pharmacy administration, wherein the student
may undertake in-depth investigation of an area of specialized
interest. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
PHP 1 805 Special Research Project 3QH
Offers directed study or research in pharmacy administration,
allovidng for the in-depth investigation of an area of special inter-
est. Prereq. Permission of instructor.
PHP 1806 Special Research Project
Same as PHP 1805.
2QH
PMC 1321 Pharmaceutical Analysis and Quality Control 4 QH
Introduces the methods of pharmaceutical analysis and quality
control. Reviews analytical methods — such as chromatography,
titration, and spectroscopy — and how they are applied to the
evaluation of pharmaceutical products and dosage forms. Prereq.
CHM 1269.
PMC 1 4 1 9 Medicinal Chemistry /Pharmacology I 5 QH
Introduces the principles of pharmacology and medicinal chem-
istry. Discusses the major drug classes affecting the central ner-
vous system, including anxiolytics, sedative-hypnotics, anesthetics,
anticonvulsants, neuroleptics, antidepressants, £ind narcotic
analgesics. Considers therapeutic indications, mechanisms of
228 Course Descriptions
action, structure-activity relations, and undesireable actions
including drug abuse. Prereq. BIO 1107, CHM 1266, PAH 1202,
and PAH 1204.
PMC1421 Antfinlectives 5 OH
Presents an integrated approach to the study of antiinfective
agents. Emphasizes the biochemical basis for the action mecha-
nism of antibacterial, emtifungal, and antiviral agents; the
chemistry of representative members of the major classes of
antiinfective agents; and the pharmacology, pharmacokinetics,
and therapeutic applications of drugs used to treat bacterial,
fungal, and viral infections. Discusses the AIDS epidemic with a
focus on investigating new drugs and treatment modalities that
may be valuable in either preventing HIV replication or in the
therapy of opportunistic infections. Prereq. BIO 1121, PAH
1280, and PMC 1419.
PMC 1 801, PMC1 802, PMC 1 803 4 QH each
Spedd Research Project (Medicinal diemistry)
Offers directed study or research in one of the medicinal chemis-
try areas, wherein students may undertake in-depth investiga-
tion of an area of specialized interest interest. Lab fee. Prereq.
Permission of instructor and program director.
Physical Therapy
PTH 1 007 Cooperative Education in Physical Therapy 1 QH
Introduces students to cooperative education and its implica-
tions for career planning in physical therapy.
PTH 1 1 1 4 Introduction to Physical Therapy 1 2 OH
Provides orientation to the field of physical therapy and its role
in the health professions. Explores theory and practice in applied
body mechanics and basic procedures related to patient
management.
PTH 1 1 1 5 Introduction to Physical Therapy 2 2 QH
Provides practice in the preparation of patients and equipment
for various treatment procedures. Focuses on theory demonstra-
tion and practice in heat, light, and hydrotherapy.
PTH 1118 Development Base of Human Performance 4 QH
Studies the growth and development of perceptual-motor skills
from birth to old age. Considers age expectations for perceptual-
motor behavior, focusing on the processes underlying develop-
mental changes.
PTH 1 202 Therapeutic Modalities in Physical Therapy Practice 3 QH
Provides practice in preparing patients and equipment for vari-
ous treatment procedures using physical agents. Includes
theory, demonstration, and practice in applying heat and cold
modalities, hydrotherapy, ultraviolet and laser light therapies,
and electrotherapy. Prereq. PTH 1114.
PTH 1 31 0 Clinical Gross Anatomy 6 QH
Regionally covers the structure and function of the human body,
with particular emphasis on the skeletal, muscular, nervous,
and vascular components of each region. Involves lectures, ca-
daver prosection, osteology labs, and surface anatomy palpation
to investigate basic human anatomy and the clinical applications
of anatomy lab. Prereq. BIO 1254 and BIO 1255.
PTH 1 31 5 Physiology for Physical Therapists 5 QH
Covers neuromuscular, cardiovascular, and respiratory physiol-
ogy applied to physical therapy. Prereq. BIO 1254, BIO 1255, and
PTH 1115.
PTH 1 320 Soft Tissue Mobilization 2 QH
Offers theory, demonstrations, and practice of manual therapy
integrated with other treatment procedures. Also covers ana-
tomical and physiological theory and principles. Uses problem
solving and case analyses. Prereq. BIO 1254, BIO 1255, and
PTH 1115.
PTH 1 325 CHnical Medicine 1 4QH
Covers general medicine, lab medicine, and pathology as related
to conditions commonly treated by physical therapists. Prereq.
BIO 1254 and BIO 1255.
PTH 1 330 Clinical Kinesiology 5 QH
Studies normal movement through analysis of muscle and joint
function. Also gives clinical applications for pathological move-
ment. Includes lab. Prereq. PTH 1310 and PTH 1315.
PTH 1 335 Musculoskeletol Evaluation 3 QH
Covers evaluation procedures, including theory, demonstration,
practice, and planning. Prereq. PTH 1310, PTH 1315, and
PTH 1320.
PTH 1340 Physical Therapy 3 4QH
Covers basic therapeutic exercise, including theory, demonstra-
tion practice, and planning. Prereq. PTH 1114, PTH 1115,
PTH 1310, PTH 1315, PTH 1320.
PTH 1 341 Musculoskeletal Therapeutic Exerdse 5 QH
Explores the theory, planning, and practice of basic therapeutic
exercise. Discusses musculoskeletal as well as basic cardiovas-
cular principles. Offers the opportunity to apply principles from
other professional courses to design treatment programs using a
systematic, problem-solving approach. Prereq. Satisfactory
attainment in all prior professional courses.
PTH 1345 Clinical Medicine 2 3QH
Focuses on orthopedic conditions and their medical, surgical,
and physical therapy treatment. Prereq. PTH 1310, PTH 1315,
and PTH 1325.
PTH 1 352 Psychosocial Aspects of Illness 3 QH
Examines interpersonal relationships among patients, families,
headth professionals, and society, with reference to the impact of
and reaction to illness. Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all
prior professional courses.
PTH 1355 Physical Therapy 4 3QH
Covers theory, demonstration, and practice in prosthetics,
orthotics, and advanced functional training of spinal cord-in-
jured patients. Prereq. PTH 1315, PTH 1330, PTH 1335, PTH
1340, and PTH 1345.
PTH 1356 Prosthetics 1QH
Studies theory, demonstration, and current practice in prosthet-
ics. Prereq. PTH 1315, PTH 1330, PTH 1335, PTH 1341, and
PTH 1345.
Physical Therapy 229
PTH 1 360 Neurological Therapeutic Exercise 4 QH
Presents theoretical basis and clinical application of integrated
approaches to treatment of neurologically impaired clients.
Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all prior professional courses.
PTH 1 36 1 Neurological Assessment and Adult Neurology 3 QH
Focuses on assessing problems of and setting goals for adults
with neurological deficits. Covers the etiology, pathology, clinical
signs, and medical mamagement of neurological disorders.
PTH 1 366 Neuroanatomy 5 QH
Examines morphology and function of the human nervous sys-
tem. Covers abnormalities of structure and function of the ner-
vous system. Includes lecture and lab. Prereq. PTH 1340.
PTH 1370 Clinical Seminar 2QH
Discusses selected topics related to clinical aspects in physical
therapy. Considers interpersonal relationships, ethics, teaching-
learning process, communication, group dynamics, medical-legal
issues, sociocultural/socioeconomic considerations, and clinical
education information. Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all
prior professional courses.
PTH 1375 Physical Therapy 7 2QH
Covers theory, demonstration, and practice in electrical testing
and treatment procedures. Prereq. PTH 1335, PTH 1345, and
PTH 1366.
PTH 1 380 Supervised Clinical Education 1 5 QH
Introduces clinical experience that provides the student with
opportunities to practice various skills in the evaluation and
treatment of patients under supervision. Requires five weeks
during Quarter 9 of the junior year in Massachusetts. Prereq.
Satisfactory attainment in all prior professional courses.
PTH 1385 Clinical Medicine 3 3QH
Focuses on the pediatric and neurologic aspects of physical
therapy practice, including review of symptoms, conditions, and
therapeutic intervention. Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all
prior professional courses.
PTH 1386 Pediatric Neurology 2QH
Focuses on the pediatric and neurologic aspects of physical
therapy practice. Reviews symptoms, conditions, and therapeu-
tic/medical intervention Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all
prior professional courses.
PTH 1390 Physical Therapy 6 3QH
Covers respiratory physical therapy, including theory, demon-
stration, and practice in the management of medical and surgical
chest conditions. Introduces respiratory mechanical equipment
and cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Prereq. PTH 1315, PTH
1330, PTH 1335, and PTH 1340.
PTH 1 39 1 Cardiopulmonary Rehobilitation in Physical Therapy 4 QH
Discusses the role of physical therapy in cardiac and pulmonary
rehabilitation. Examines cardio-pulmonary evaluation tech-
niques, etiology, and pathology of common cardiopulmonary
disorders and physical therapy management. Prereq. Physical
therapy students who have satisfactorily completed all prior
professional courses or respiratory therapy and cardiovascular
specialist majors by permission of academic adviser.
PTH 1 392 Pathophysiology ond Clinical Therapeutics 1 QH
Covers selected topics in pathophysiology and clinical therapeu-
tics related to current practice in physical therapy. Prereq. Satis-
factory attainment in all prior professional courses.
PTH 1395 Physical Therapy 5 1QH
Continues PTH 1360. Covers neurodevelopmental treatment,
neurophysiological theory, and clinical application of facilitation
and inhibition techniques to enhance motor control. Prereq.
PTH 1330, PTH 1335, PTH 1340, PTH 1345, PTH 1360, and
PTH 1366.
PTH 1 396 Pediatric Evaluation/Treatment 2 QH
Explores evaluating and treating the motor aspects of the
neuromuscularly impaired child. Focuses on analyzing normed
movement patterns, recognizing movement dysfunction, and
treating movement dysfunction. Prereq. Satisfactory attainment
in all prior professional courses.
PTH 1400 Administration 4QH
Explores concepts in administration and management applied to
physical therapy. Involves seminar and discussion groups.
Prereq. PTH 1380.
PTH 1405 Research lor Physical Theropy 4QH
Covers introduction to research design, basic statistics, analysis
of scientific and medical literature, and preparation of an inde-
pendent research proposal. Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all
prior professional courses.
PTH 1 411 Clinical Integration 4 QH
Incorporates analysis and comparison of methods of physical
therapy evaluation and treatment, with an emphasis on thera-
peutic exercise. Focuses on treatment planning for various prob-
lems, with emphasis on rationale and selection of treatment
alternatives. Uses case study format and case simulations.
Meets for three lecture hours, with the third hour in seminar
format with small-group discussions. Prereq. Satisfactory attain-
ment in all prior professional courses.
PTH 1 4 1 5 Supervised Clinical Education 2 0 QH
Provides advanced clinical education by giving the student fur-
ther opportunities to practice various phases of physical therapy
under supervision in preparation for assuming the role of a quali-
fied physical therapist. Involves assignments in Massachusetts
and other states, and twelve weeks during senior year. Required
for graduation from the physical therapy program. Prereq. Satis-
factory attainment in all prior professional courses.
PTH 1 420 Physical Therapy in the Health Core System 3 QH
Examines major issues affecting the delivery of health care.
Emphasizes the role of the physical therapist as a member of the
health team. Involves class discussion and seminar. Prereq. PTH
1370 and PTH 1380.
PTH 1426 Aspects of Aging 3QH
Discusses the interaction of psychological, social and physiologi-
cal factors and their effects on the potential for function of the
elderly client. Studies and designs assessment instruments.
Prereq. PTH 1370 and PTH 1380.
230 Course Descriptions
PTH 1 450 Investigative Studies 6 QH
Covers selected modules related to current practice in physical
therapy; completion of research project on a volitional basis.
Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all prior professional courses.
PTH 1 453 Advanced iWusculoskeletal Assessment and Treatment 3 QH
Provides an opportunity to develop knowledge and skills in
evaluating and treating joint dysfunction. Uses a problem-
solving approach. Prereq. Satisfactory attainment in all prior
professional courses.
PTH 1 602 Special Topics in Physical Therapy 2 QH
Offers innovative methods of instruction and deals with areas of
special interest.
PTH 1 604 Special Topics in Physical Therapy 4 QH
Offers innovative methods of instruction and deals with areas of
special interest.
PTH 1777 Honors Adjunct 1QH
Constitutes an addition to any three, four-, five-, or six-quarter-
hour course in the department when approved by the honors
committee of the college. Once approved, the adjunct information
is forwarded to the honors membership by the honors office.
Allows students to enroll an unlimited number of times as an
adjunct to any physical therapy course.
PTH 1800 Directed Study 2QH
Provides experience for the student whose unique academic
needs or interests cannot be adequately satisfied in the basic,
entry-level curriculum of the Department of Physical Therapy.
Prereq. Permission of instructor, chair, and dean.
Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology
SLA 1 1 01 Introduction to Speech and Hearing 4 QH
Offers an overview of disorders of speech and hearing and their
treatment, and a review of normal speech and hearing develop-
ment. Requires clinical observations of persons with speech,
language, and hearing disorders.
SLA 1 200 Speech and Hearing Science 4 QH
Presents concepts and information related to the physics of
sound and principles of psychophysics and audition. Introduces
the 2uiatomical and physiological basis of speech sound produc-
tion and the acoustic analysis of speech. Examines current theo-
ries and research in speech reception, perception, and
production.
SLA 1 201 Anatomy and Physiology of Vocal IWechanisms 4 QH
Offers an in-depth study of the static structure, musculature,
and physiology of the speech mechanism. Emphasizes current
research in speech physiology. Prereq. SLA 1101.
SLA 1 300 Language Acquistion 4 QH
Analyzes the emerging semantic and syntactical aspects of lan-
guage in normal and atypical children. Discusses current theory
and research in language acquisition. Requires clinical observa-
tions of children with normal and atypical language patterns.
Prereq. SLA 1101.
SLA 1 30 1 Phonetics and Developmental Phonology 4 QH
Offers basic trauning in auditory recognition and symbolization
of phonemes and allophones in major American dialects.
Stresses static and dynamic articulatory descriptions. Also
includes a review of the developmental sequence of phonemic
acquisition. Prereg. SLA 1101 and SLA 1201.
SLA 1 303 Introduction to Audiology 4 QH
Focuses on the basic techniques of audiometric testing and hear-
ing conservation, including a review of basic hearing sciences
and a prepracticum and laboratory experience in hearing
testing.
SLA 1 403 Clinical Procedures in Speech and Language 4 QH
Reviews principles and procedures of the functional analysis of
behavior. Focuses on applying behavioral theory and research to
speech, language, and hearing training. Emphasizes clinical
investigation in the experimental analysis of behavior, and offers
experience applying experimental procedures in assessing and
treating people with communication disorders.
SLA 1 450 Instrumentation in Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology 4 QH
Provides practical knowledge of basic principles in audio-acous-
tics; equipment maintenance and calibration; audio-visual re-
cording; analysis of psychoacoustic stimuli and speech;
instrumentation required to evaluate voice and speech produc-
tion, including video equipment; and equipment used to generate
stimuli, evaluate auditory function, and assist communication.
Laboratory format; involves a high level of student participation.
SLA 1 460 Neurological Bases of Communication 4 QH
Provides an opportunity to acquire an understanding of neu-
roanatomy and neurophysiology as they relate to normal aspects
of speech, hearing, and language.
SLA 1800 Directed Study 4QH
Provides study for the student whose unique academic needs or
interests cannot adequately be satisfied in any of the scheduled
courses of the department. Requires approval of the supervising
faculty member, the chair, and the dean. Also requires that
approval forms be submitted to the dean's office during the quar-
ter prior to registration for the directed study. Prereq. Permission
ofinstructor.
Toxicology
TOX 1 1 00 Toxicology Orientation I QH
Introduces toxicology as it relates to regulatory, environmental,
forensic, and clinical issues. Focuses on general principles of
toxicology and their application to determining the hazards of
toxicants in the workplace, the home, and the environment.
TOX 1101 Current Topics in Toxicology 1 QH
Discusses topics of interest to toxicology, pharmacy, biology,
chemistry, nursing, and related majors. Selects topics from
current research that span regulatory, public health, and envi-
ronmental issues. Explores other toxicology-related topics.
TOX 1131 Laboratory Animal Science 4 QH
Presents a comprehensive examination of the role of the lab
animal in biomedical research. Includes historical and legisla-
tive aspects of animal research, basic anatomy and physiology,
genetics and nutrition, physiological parameters, animal health
and disease, and experimental protocols. Prereq. BIO 1260,
PAH 1204, and I or permission ofinstructor.
Toxicology 231
TOX 1300 Clinical Toxicology 4QH
Examines the potential toxicity of drugs, commercial products,
and environmental agents. Focuses on clinical manifestations,
mechanisms of toxicity, principles of treatment, and prevention
of acute and chronic poisonings. Prereq. PMC 1418.
TOX 1301Fundamental Principles of Systemic Toxicology 4 QH
Presents the principles of toxicology from an organ-system per-
spective. Focuses on the basic concepts used to evaluate toxicity,
the mode of injury at the organ and cellular levels, and the basic
subcellular mechanisms through which toxic agents produce
damaging effects. Uses recent toxicological literature to intro-
duce the concepts needed to evaluate toxicity through the analy-
sis of data. Prereq. PMC 1418.
TOX 1 302 Chemicol and Analytical Toxicology 4 QH
Continues TOX 1301. Places additional emphasis on the inter-
pretation of the toxicological literature to evaluate the risk in-
volved from exposure to prototype chemicals. Uses structure
activity and biochemical methods of assessment to evaluate the
toxicity of major classes of chemical compounds. Prereq. PMC
1418 and TOX 1301.
TOX 1 322 Biochemical Toxicology Laboratory 4 OH
Introduces the student to investigational methods for assessing
toxicity; helps develop the student's ability to analyze and inter-
pret data generated in the lab and in the literature; and helps the
student develop technical writing skills. Uses rodents as a model
for toxic insult. Examines hepatotoxicity, neurotoxicity, terato-
genicity, and other toxic manifestations at the whole-animal,
whole-tissue, and biochemicallevels. Prere(7. TOX 1300, TOX
1301, or TOX 1302.
TOX 1801,TOX 1802, TOX 1803 Special Topics 4QHeach
Selected areas of toxicology will be explored. These may include
research, seminars, comparative analysis of data, or faculty-
guided programs.
232 Course Descriptions
ROTC, Military Officers' Training Program
AIRIIIOAirForceTodoyl 1QH
Examines the role of the United States Air Force in the contem-
porary world. Surveys background, mission, and organization of
the Air Force and functions of United States strategic forces. Also
emphasizes development of written communicative skills.
AIR 1 1 1 1 Leadership Laboratory 1 1 QH
Introduces the customs, traditions, and courtesies of the Air
Force through guest speakers, seminars, and a field trip to an Air
Force base.
AIR 11 20 Air Force Today 2 1QH
Continues study of the contemporary Air Force by examining
general-purpose forces, aerospace support forces, and the total
force structure.
AIR 1 1 2 1 Leadership Laboratory 2 1 QH
Continues AIR 1111, with emphasis on the role and responsibili-
ties of an Air Force company grade officer.
AIR 1 21 0 Development of Air Power 1 QH
Traces the history of the development of air power fi-om balloon
experiments up through World War II. Emphasizes interrelation
of technology, doc-trine, and historical events. Emphasizes stu-
dent participation and presentations to enhance verbal skills.
AIR 1 21 1 Leadership Laboratory 3 1 QH
Emphasizes development of techniques used to direct and in-
form. Assigns students to leadership and management positions
in the AIR 1111 programs previously described.
AIR 1 220 Development of Air Power 1 QH
Traces the history of airpower since 1946, with emphasis on the
United States Air Force. Includes the role of air forces in conflicts
and the effect of space-age technology on air power. Also exam-
ines the employment of U.S. air power in peaceful ways.
AIR 1 221 Leadership Laboratory 4 1 QH
Continues AIR 121 1. Adds a special program in preparation for
field training.
AIR ISIOMonogementandLeadership 1 4QH
Examines management and leadership from the point of view
of the Air Force junior officer. Covers the individual motivational
and behavioral processes, leadership, communication, and group
dynamics to provide a foundation for the development of the
junior officer's professional skills as an Air Force officer.
AIR 1311 Leadership Laboratory 7 1QH
Provides supervisory practice and exercise of leadership func-
tions in controlling and directing activities of the cadet group.
Develops leadership potential in a practical, supervised training
lab.
AIR 1 320 Management and Leadership 2 4 QH
Continues AIR 13 10 with special emphasis on the basic manage-
rial processes involving decision making, utilization of analytical
aid in planning, organizing, and controlling in a changing envi-
ronment. Discusses orgcuiizational and personal values, manage-
ment of forces in change, organizational power, politics, and
msmagerial strategy and tactics in the context of the military
organization. Uses actual Air Force cases to enhance the learn-
ing and communication processes.
AIR 1 321 Leadership Laboratory 8 1 QH
Continues AIR 1311. Emphasizes supervisory and leadership
skills. Discusses advantages of an Air Force career.
AIR 1410 United States Notional Security Forces 1 4QH
Studies the role of the military in maintaining the security of
the United States. Examines the international environment, the
background of defense policy, strategy, and forms of conflict.
Addresses specific issues, including weapons acquisition, arms
control, nuclear deterrence, and the national military decision-
making process.
AIR 141 1 Leadership Laboratory S 1 QH
Focuses on exercise of management functions in planning, super-
vising, and directing cadet group activities. Provides opportunity
to acquire proficiency in military leadership skills.
AIR 1 420 United States National Security Forces 2 4 QH
Studies the military's role £is an institution in a democratic society.
Includes such topics as civil-military interaction and the military
as a profession. Emphasizes developing communicative skills
through student presentations.
AIR 1 42 1 Leadership Laboratory 6 I QH
Continues AIR 141 1. Gives students the opportunity to prepare
themselves for professional duties.
ARM 11 00 Leadership Laboratory 1 OQH
Introduction of first-year ROTC students to the basic tenets of
discipline and regimentation of the United States Army. Includes
the basics of proper wear of military clothing, proper rendering of
military courtesies, military customs and traditions, individual
and group drill and ceremonies, manual of arms for the M16A1
rifle, and physical fitness training.
ARM 1 1 0 1 1ntroduction to Organizational Structure 1 .5 QH
Uses the United States Army to introduce the beginning man-
agement student to the nature of organizations. Discusses types
of organizational structures, the principles of organizational
development, organizational evolution, vertical and horizonted
growth and mobility, organizational leadership, and the role of
the entry-level manager within the organization. Focuses on
the need for lower-level managers to be technically competent
and skilled in various aspects of human resource management
to satisfy the needs of the organization as well as to prosper
personally.
ARM 1 1 02 Leadership vs. Management Styles 1 .5 QH
Teaches leadership and management concepts. Illustrates par-
ticular management skills: problem smalysis and decision-making,
planning and organizing, delegation and control, and interper-
sonal skills. Uses realistic management simulations and struc-
tured exercises to teach essential leadership skills.
ARM 1 1 03 Winning Strategies for Small Organizations 1 .5 QH
Assists students, regardless of their fields of study, in developing
winning strategies through the practical application of proven
management, time allocation, and planning sequence techniques
ROTC, Military Officers' Training Program 233
specifically designed for small organizations. Introduces stu-
dents to management by objective as a technique to facilitate the
focusing of critical resources at the time and place most needed.
Also discusses how the small organization's structure and lead-
ership hierarchy affects goal outcome.
ARM 1200 Leadership Laboratory 2 OQH
Presents introduction and hands-on training for second-year
ROTC cadets. Includes required basic military skills, including
nuclear, biological, and chemical protective training; selected
weapons training; use of United States Army communications
equipment; land navigation; orienteering; rappelling; and limited
military vehicle maintenance training.
ARM 1 201 Basic Rifle Marksmanship
Provides instruction and practical application in basic rifle
marksmanship techniques, safety, and range operations.
1QH
ARM 1 202 Comparative Armies 1 .5 QH
Presents an introduction to the roles and organization of the
United States Army's Active, Reserve, and National Guard.
Utilizing these concepts as building blocks, examines and com-
pares armies currently affecting United States doctrine and
tactics. Integrates the Soviet, Warsaw Pact, NATO, and other
world forces into the course structure through the study and
examination of current events inside and outside the military
establishment.
ARM 1 203 Health and Physical Fitness 1.5 QH
Presents information for the basic Army ROTC cadet on the
components and principles of health, exercise, and physical
fitness. Addresses basic health issues, emphasizing proper nutri-
tion, weight control, and stress management. Introduces the
student to exercise physiology including flexibility and stretch-
ing, cardiorespiratory fitness, and resistance and Nautilus
equipment. Reviews methods to improve the cadet's individual
score on the Arrays physical fitness test.
ARM 1 300 Leadership Laboratory 3 0 QH
Provides advanced leadership applications for the middler-year
Army ROTC cadets. Includes the review and hands-on training
of all basic military skills learned in the ROTC basic program of
instruction. Gives middler cadets increased leadership responsi-
bility within the cadet battalion for further development and
evaluation as well as preparation for their junior year Camp All
American platoon training.
ARM 1 301 Lond Navigation 2 QH
Presents advanced land navigation techniques to junior-year
ROTC cadets. Introduces the topographic map and its commonly
used symbols. Identifies common terrain features. Topics in-
clude measuring directional azimuths as well as straight line
and road distance on a map; and converting azimuths, locating
unknown points using the intersection, resection, and modified
resection techniques. Requires the student to navigate using a
map and compass.
ARM 1 302 Advanced Tactical Planning 2 QH
Introduces the fundamentals of offensive and defensive combat
at the squad and platoon levels. Includes unit organizations and
capabilities, tactical planning, combat orders. Utilizes practical
exercises placing the student in leadership roles in simulated
tactical environments. Additionally, examines the proper
method to conduct briefings, provide training input, and prepare,
conduct, and evaluate training. Prereq. Basic course completion.
ARM 1 303 Advanced leadership Clinic 2 QH
Provides classroom, programmed instruction, and practical
exercises (for example, land navigation, physical conditioning,
weapons familiarization, and leadership) designed to prepare
cadets for maximum individual performance at the six- week
ROTC advanced camp. Required for aU cadets attending advanced
summer camp at Fort Bragg, North Carolina. Prereq. Basic
course completion.
ARM 1 305 Advanced Leadership Laborotory 5 6 QH
Provides external leadership lab conducted at Fort Bragg,
North Carolina, during the summer quarter. As an intensive
six-week course, includes application of leadership principles in
positions at varying levels of responsibility. Also includes supple-
mental instruction such as physical conditioning, counseling,
senior-subordinate relations, tactical doctrine, international
laws of land warfare, and approaches to problem solving. Course
attended by students from 123 colleges and universities from
Maine to Florida. All expenses borne by the United States gov-
ernment, including a stipend of approximately five hundred
dollars.
ARM 1 400 Leadership Laboratory 4 0 QH
Gives fourth-year ROTC cadets practical application of previ-
ously learned skills, techniques, education, and experience by
assisting ROTC cadre in the conduct of ARM 1100, ARM 1200,
and ARM 1300. Gives cadets an opportunity to prepare and
present instruction, manage constrained resources, and super-
vise subordinates. Evaluates cadets based on active-duty Army
criteria. Requires attendance by all fourth-year ROTC cadets
enrolled in an ROTC course.
ARM 1 40 1 0rganization and Communications Skills 2 QH
Examines the theory, methods, and principles for understanding
and motivating human behavior in organizations. Emphasizes
the principles and djmamics of leadership. Directs those prin-
ciples toward the development of leadership styles. Introduces
the ofBcer and noncommissioned officer evaluation system. Makes
practical applications through the use of case studies and group
processes. Prereq. Basic course completion.
ARM 1 402 Mifitary Low and Ethics 2 QH
Examines the issues and responsibilities imposed by law on
commanders and staff officers in two broad areas: the military
criminEd justice system and military administrative law. Pre-
sents in-depth analysis of the responsibilities and duties of officers
and noncommissioned officers operating in the military justice
system. Focuses on the legal basis for command and on adminis-
trative due process, judicial review of military activities, and
other topical issues. Gives students the opportunity to address
and develop an understanding of the need for ethical conduct,
and an awareness and sensitivity to ethical issues. Prereq. Basic
course completion.
ARM 1 403 Leadership Seminar and Ethics 2 QH
Provides senior ROTC cadets with need-to-know information
that facilitates their entry into active duty. Also provides a forum
for the study of personnel, training, logistical, and installation
support systems. Discusses personsd finances as well as the
officer and noncommissioned officer evaluation systems. Gives
students the opportunity to address and develop an understand-
ing of the professional ethics of officership, including the need for
ethical conduct, and an awareness of and sensitivity to ethical
issues. Prereq. Basic course completion.
234 Course Descriptions
NAV 1 1 00 Navd Sdence Laboratory 0 QH
Focuses on either drill instruction or practical work to comple-
ment classroom instruction. Must be taken in each class quarter
by all NEOTC students.
NAV 1 101 Introdartion to Naval Sdence 3QH
Presents a general introduction to the naval profession and the
concepts of seapower. Emphasizes the mission, organization,
and warfare components of the United States Navy and Marine
Corps. Includes an overview of officer and enlisted ranks and
rates, training and education, £md career patterns. Also covers
naval courtesy and customs, military justice, leadership, and
nomenclature. Exposes the student to the professional compe-
tencies required to become a naval officer.
NAV 1102 Naval Ships Systems 1 4QH
Studies in detail ship characteristics and types, including ship
design, hydrodynamic forces, stability, compartmentation, pro-
pulsion, electrical and auxiliary systems, interior communica-
tions, ship control, and damage control. Includes basic concepts
of the theory and design of steam, gas turbine, and nuclear
propulsion. Also discusses shipboard safety and firefighting.
Not required for nursing students.
NAV 1 201 Naval Ships Systems 2 4 QH
Outlines the theory and employment of weapons systems. Ex-
plores the processes of detection, evaluation, threat analysis,
weapon selection, delivery, guidance, and explosives. Discusses
fire control systems and major weapons t)fpes, including capa-
bilities and limitations. Describes the physical aspects of radar
and underwater sound in detail. Explores the facets of command,
control, and communications as a means of weapons system
integration. Not required for nursing students.
NAV 1202 Seapower and Maritime Affairs 3QH
Surveys United States naval history from the American Revolution
to the present with emphasis on major developments. Includes
an in-depth discussion of the geopolitical theory of Msihan. Also
treats present-day concerns in seapower and maritime affairs,
including the economic and political issues of merchant marine
commerce, the law of the sea, the Russian navy and merchant
marine, and a compeirison of United States and Soviet naval
strengths.
NAV 1 301 Navigotion aid Naval Operations I 4 QH
Studies piloting and celestial navigation, including theory, prin-
ciples, and procedures. Focuses on piloting navigation, including
the use of charts, visual and electronic aids, and the theory and
operation of magnetic and gyro compasses. Covers celestial
navigation in depth, including the celestial coordinate system,
an introduction to spherical trigonometry, the theory and opera-
tion of the sextant, and a step-by-step treatment of the sight
reduction process. Gives students the opportunity to develop
practical skills in both piloting and celestial navigation. Discusses
other topics such as tides, currents, effects of wind and weather,
plotting, use of navigation instruments, types and characteristics of
electronic navigation systems, smd the day's work in navigation.
Not required for nursing students.
NAV 1 302 Navigation and Naval Operations 2 4 QH
Studies the international and island rules of the nautical road,
relative-motion-vector analysis theory, relative motion prob-
lems, formation tactics, and ship employment. Also includes an
introduction to naval operations and operations analysis, ship
behavior and characteristics in maneuvering, applied aspects of
ship handling, and afloat communications. Not required for
nursing students.
NAV 1310EvoluHonof Warfare 4QH
Traces the development of warfare firom the dawn of recorded
history to the present, focusing on the impact of major military
theorists, strategists, tacticians, and technological developments.
Gives the student the opportunity to acquire a basic sense of
strategy, to develop an understanding of military alternatives,
and to see the impact of historical precedent on military thought
and action. Not required for nursing students.
NAV 1 401 leadership and Management 1 3 QH
Studies at an advanced level organizational behavior and man-
agement in the context of the naval organization. Includes such
topics as the management functions of planning, organizing, and
controlling; individual and group behavior in organizations; and
motivation and leadership. Explores major behavioral theories
in detail. Investigates practical applications by the use of experi-
ential exercises, case studies, and lab discussions. Develops
other topics, including decision making, communication, respon-
sibility, authority, and accountability.
NAV 1 402 leadership and Management 2 3 QH
Studies naval junior officer responsibilities in naval administra-
tion. Exposes the student to a study of counseling methods,
military justice administration, naval human resources manage-
ment, directives and correspondence, naval personnel adminis-
tration, material management and maintenance, and supply
systems. As the capstone course in the NROTC curriculum,
builds on and integrates the professional competencies developed
in prior course work and professional training.
NAV 1 41 0 Amphibious WaHare 4 QH
Surveys the historical development of amphibious doctrine and
the conduct of amphibious operations. Emphasizes the evolution
of amphibious warfare in the twentieth century, especially dur-
ing World War II. Explores present-day potential and limitations
on amphibious operations, including the rapid deployment force
concept. Not required for nursing students.
ROTC, Military Officers' Training Program 235
Appendix
Campus Map
ijy Northeastern University
Boston
Massachusetts
N7I
Key
Academic, resiclenlial,
and service buildings
Handicap parking
Parking areas
Sircel direction
Underground tunnel
Emergency telephone
TTY locations
Seo alphabetic list of liuildings
for TTY locatioriK.
I^H
® ®
-^ .
■ ■ ■ ■
@@
TTY: Rm 000
Maps are provided by the Information Center, 1 15
Richards Hall, extension 2736 (TTY extension 3768).
Some buildings on this map are used but not owned
by Northeastern University. 6/91
238 Appendix
Academic and Service Buildings
1^
mm
B3cl
AfriconAmerican Institute (AF)
BarlettaNatotoriumlSN)
Boiler Plant
Cabot Physical Educotion Building |CB| TTY: Rm 1 10
Cahners Hall ICA) TTY: Rm 151
Corgill Moll ICG)
Churchill MolllCH)
Columbus Place
(716 Columbus Avenue) (CP)
Cutting School (CTI
CullinaneHalKCN)
CushingHolKCU)
Dono Research Center (DA)
Doclcser Hall (DK) TTY: Rm 107
Dodge Building (DB)
Ell Student Building (Auditorium I (EL) TTY: Rms 04, 1 04
Ell Student Center (Student lounge) (EC) TTY: Rm 255
Forsyth Building (FR) TTY: Rms 100, 135
Forsyth Building Annex (FA)
Forsyth Dental Building (FE)
Hoyden HolKHA) TTY: Rms 120, 202
Hillel-Frager(HF)
Holmes Hall (HO) TTY: Rm 276
236 Huntington Avenue (HU)
EH
KM
ma
Bttil
316 Huntington Avenue
(NorlheosternottheYMCAKBY)
Huntington Plazo
(271 Huntington Avenue) (HN)
HurligHall(HT)
KoriotisHolKKA)
Kerr Hall (Foculty Center) (KH)
Knowles Center (KN)
Lake Hall (LA) TTY: Rm 203
Matthews Arena (MA)
Matthews Arena Annex (MX)
MeserveHoll(ME) TTY: Rm 305
Mugar Life Science Building
(Peobody Health Professions Center) (MU)
Nightingale Hall (Nl) TTY: Rm 125
Parker Building (PA)
Richards Hall (Rl) TTY: Rms 150, 254
Robinson Hall (RB)
Ryder Hall (RY) TTY: Rms 170, 180, 251, 270
Snell Engineering Center (SN) TTY: Rm 1 20
Snell library (SL) TTY: Reference Desk
1 22 St. Stephen Street (SS)
Stearns Center (ST) TTY: Rm 302
26 Tavern Rood ITA)
Residence Buildings
Bil3i
Burstein Hall
Kennedy Hall
142-148 Hemenwoy Street
153/1 57-1 63 Hemenwoy Street
316 Huntington Avenue
(Northeastern at the YMCA)
319 Huntington Avenue
337 Huntington Avenue
407 Huntington Avenue
Kerr Hall
Light Hall
BHU
ma
Melvin Holl
Rubenstein Hall
Smith Hall
SpeoreHoll
Stetson Eost TTY (public)
Stetson West
106/1 1 0/1 16/1 22 St. Stephen Street
Willis Hall
While Holl
400 The Fenwoy
Appendix 239
Academic Calendar 1992-1993
1992
7
September
Monday
8-11
Tuesday-Friday
14-19
Monday-Saturday
17
Thursday
19-20
Saturday-Sunday
21
Monday
22
Tuesday
23
Wednesday
Labor Day. University closed.
Final examinations for basic colleges.
Division B vacation.
Fall commencement.
Freshman and transfer students orientation.
Upperclass registration (Division B) 8:30 am
Continuation of course advising, course registration, course
drop/add periods, and orientation for college day programs.
Classes begin in full-time undergraduate programs for
fall quarter at 8 am.
October
12
Monday
Columbus Day. University closed.
November 11
26-28
December 11-17
21- Jan. 2
Wednesday
Thursday-Saturday
Friday-Thursday
Monday-Saturday
Veterans Day. University closed.
Thanksgiving Day recess.
Final examinations for full-time undergraduate programs.
Christmas vacation.
1993
January
6
18
Friday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Monday
New Year's Day. University closed.
Orientation and registration for new freshmen and transfers;
registration for continuing September freshmen and returning
upperclass students (Division A).
Registration, orientation, and course drop/add continues
until noon.
Classes begin in full-time undergraduate programs for winter
quarter at 8 am.
Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Birthday observed. University
closed.
February 15
March 22-26
29-April 3
Monday
Monday-Friday
Monday-Saturday
Presidents Day. University closed.
Final examinations for full-time undergraduate programs.
Division A vacation.
April
6
7
19
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Monday
Orientation and registration for transfer students, continuing
freshmen, and returning upperclass students.
Registration, orientation, and course drop/add continues
until noon.
Classes begin in full-time undergraduate programs for
spring quarter at 8 am.
Patriots Day. University closed.
240 Appendix
May
June
Jxily
31
14-18
19
21-26
28
29
5
Monday
Memorial Day. University closed.
Monday-Friday
Saturday
Monday-Friday
Monday
Tuesday
Final examinations for full-time undergraduate programs.
Commencement.
Division B vacation.
Registration for Division A and D and January freshmen
(Quarter 3). Beginning of summer quarter.
Full-time undergraduate program classes begin at 8 am.
Monday
Independence Day observed. University closed.
September
6
7-10
13-18
16
18
19
20
22
Monday
Tuesday-Friday
Monday-Saturday
Thursday
Saturday
Sunday
Monday
Wednesday
Labor Day. University closed.
Final examinations for full-time undergraduate programs.
Division A vacation.
Fall commencement.
Beginning of 1993- 1994 academic year. Orientation begins
for new students.
New student University registration.
New student registration continues and returning upperclass
students registration Division A.
Classes begin for full-time undergraduate programs for
fall quarter at 8 am.
Calendar dates are subject to change. The University community will be notified if such changes are necessary.
Appendix 241
University
Registrations
Winter 1993
Spring 1993
January 4
Aprils
Monday
Monday
Summer 1993
June 28
Monday
Fall 1993
New Students
September 18
Saturday
Upperclass
September 20
Monday
Coxirse Registrations:
Thursdays, 7:30 am,
EU Ballroom
Winter 1993
Spring 1993
October 29
November 12
Course registration 2
Course registration 1
January 28
Course registration 2
Summer 1993
February 18
Course registration 1
April 22
Course registration 2
Fall 1993
May 13
Course registration 1
July 29
Course registration 2
Course Registrations:
Drop/Add
Winter 1993
November 18,20
December 14, IS, 16
Spring 1993
December 1, 2
February 17-19
March 24, 25, 26
Summer 1993
March 10, 12
May 12, 14
June 16, 17, 18
Fall 1993
June 1, 2
September 8, 9, 10
Grades Deadline:
All Grades Mailed
the Following Day
Fall 1992
Winter 1993
Spring 1993
December 21
March 30
June 22
Summer 1993
September 14
242 Appendix
Index
Index
AAMAKP,55
Absence, 7
Academic advising offices, 24
Academic calendar, 240-242
Academic policies, 7
attendance, 7
class schedule, 7-8
examinations, 11
freshman-year
requirements, 11-12
grading system, 9-11
graduation requirements, 12
registration procedures,
12-14
Academic probation, freshman
year, 12
Accident and sickness insur-
ance fee, 16
Accounting, 69
course descriptions, 173-174
curriculum, 69-70
Activities
absence due to, 7
fee, 15
hours, 8
ACT Program, 3
Address change, 13
Admission
deferred, 2
early, 2
information, 2
international students, 4
policies, 2
process, 4-5
requirements, 2-4
rolling, 2
transfer students, 4
Advanced placement, 3
for international students, 4
Advertising concentration, 40
Aerospace Maintenance
Engineering Technology, 92
curriculum, 92
African-American Master
Artists-in- Residency
Program (AAMARP), 55
African- American studies, 28
course descriptions, 101-103
curriculum, 28
Air Force ROTC program, 20
course descriptions, 233
Alternative Freshman-Year
Program, 18
course descriptions, 100
curriculum, 18
Ambassador Awards, 21
American College Testing
(ACT) Program, 3
American Sign Language (ASLV
English interpreting, 28
course descriptions, 103-105
curriculum, 28-29
Anthropology, 49
course descriptions, 105-106
curriculum, 49-50
Application fee, 4, 15
Art and Architecture, 29
course descriptions, 106—109
curriculum, 29-30
Army ROTC program, 20
course descriptions, 233-234
Arts and Sciences
Alternative Freshman- Year
track, 18
class entrance
requirements, 26
College of, 26
core curriculum, 26-27
course descriptions, 101-172
curricula, 26-55
foreign language require-
ment, 27
graduation requirements,
26-27
interdisciplinary minors,
51-53
middler-year writing
requirement, 27
secondary school
preparation, 3
special programs, 53-55
transfer credit, 26
Asian studies minor, 51
curriculum, 51
Athletic Training, 57
course descriptions, 213
curriculum, 57-58
Attendance requirements, 7
B
Biochemistry, 30
curriculum, 31
Biology, 31
course descriptions, 109-113
curriculum, 31-32
Biomedical Engineering,
curriculum, 82
Books, expenses, 15
Bouve College of Pharmacy
and Health Sciences, 56
Alternative Freshman- Year
track, 18
class entrance requirements,
56-57
curricula, 57-66
open option program, 57
post-baccalaureate certifi-
cate programs, 66
secondary school prepara-
tion, 3
transfer credit, 57
Bunche Scholars Program, 21
Business Administration
Alternative Freshman-Year
track, 18
class entrance require-
ments, 68
College of, 67-68
course descriptions, 173-183
curricula, 69-74
French for, 54
German for, 54
graduation requirements, 69
minor, 69
secondary school prepara-
tion, 3
Calendar, 240-242
Campus map, 238-239
Cardiopulmonary Sciences, 58
course descriptions, 213-216
curriculum, 58-60
Cardiovascular health and
exercise, 59
Cardiovasculsu- technology
program, 66
Carribbean studies, see
Latino, Latin American and
Carribbean studies
Chemical Engineering, 82
course descriptions, 190-191
curriculum, 82-83
Chemistry, 32
course descriptions, 114—116
curriculum, 32-33
Chinese, course descriptions,
143-144
Cinema studies minor, 51
course descriptions, 142
curriculum, 51
Civil Engineering, 83
course descriptions, 191-194
curriculum, 83-85
Class entrance requirements
from Alternative Freshman-
Year Program, 18
for Bouve College of Phar-
macy and Health Sciences,
56-57
for College of Arts and
Sciences, 26
for College of Business Ad-
ministration, 68
Index 245
for College of Computer
Science, 75
for College of Engineering, 81
for College of Nursing, 95-96
for School of Engineering
Technology, 92
for School of Journalism, 26
Class schedule, 7-8
College-Level Examination
Program (CLEP), 3
College visit program, 2
Commencement, 12
Communication Studies, 33
course descriptions, 116-118
curriculum, 33-34
Commuter transportation,
expenses, 15
Compensatory courses, 11, 19
Computer Engineering, cur-
riculum, 85-87
Computer Science
class entrance requirements,
75
College of, 75
course descriptions, 184—186
curricula, 76-78
minor, 75
secondary school
preparation, 3
Computer Technology, 92
course descriptions, 204-205
curriculum, 92-93
Cooperative Education, 6
course descriptions, 187
Core curriculum for College of
Arts and Sciences, 26-27
Costs, see Deposits; Expenses
Counseling Psychology,
Rehabilitation and Special
Education course descrip-
tions, 216
Course(s)
in Alternative Freshman-
Year Program, 100
clearing deficiencies, 10-11
descriptions, 99-235
dropping, 13
overload, 13
prerequisites, 12
remedial/compensatory, 11,
19
Credit(s), transfer, see Trans-
fer credit
Credit hours, 9
Criminal Justice
Alternative Freshman-Year
track, 18
class entrance requirements,
79
College of, 79
course descriptions, 188-189
curriculum, 79-80
graduation requirements, 79
secondary school prepara-
tion, 3
Spanish for, 54
transfer credit, 79
Deaf studies curriculum, 39
Dean's list, 10
Deferred admission, 2
Deferred tuition payment fee,
16
Dental hygiene, curricula, 60
Deposits
housing, 2, 16
laboratory, 16
tuition, 2, 15
Dining service, 17
Dormitories
activities fee, 16
deposit, 2, 16
expenses, 16-17
Drop back/repeating freshman
status, 11-12
Dropping courses, 13
E
Early admission, 2
East Asian studies concentra-
tion, 51
EastAVest Marine Biology
Program, 54
Economics, 34
course descriptions, 118-120
curriculum, 34—35
French for, 54
Education, 35
Alternative Freshman-Year
track, 18
course descriptions, 120-123
curriculum, 35—36
Electrical and Computer
Engineering
course descriptions, 194—198
curriculum, 85-87
Electrical Engineering
Technology, 93
course descriptions, 206-207
curriculum, 93-94
Ell Presidential Scholeu-ship
Program, 22
Engineering
BS/MS joint degree program,
81
class entrance requirements,
81
College of, 81
course descriptions, 190-203
curricula, 81-90
graduation requirements, 81
part-time evening
program, 81
secondary school prepara-
tion, 3
Engineering Technology,
School of, 91
class entrance requirements,
92
course descriptions, 204r-209
curricula, 91-94
graduation requirements, 92
part-time evening and week-
end progreuns, 91
Enghsh, 36
course descriptions, 123-128
curriculum, 36-37
proficiency requirement, 3
Entrance examinations, 3
Entrance requirements, 2—4
Entrepreneurship and Nev?
Venture Management,
69-70
course descriptions, 174
curriculum, 69-70
European studies program, 54
Examinations
advanced placement, 3
college-level, 3
conduct during, 11
English proficiency, 3
entrance, 3
final, 11
physical, 3
Exercise Physiology, curricu-
lum, 58, 59-60
Expenses and fees, 15-17
accident and sickness insur-
ance, 16
application, 4, 15
deferred tuition payment, 16
financial aid, 15
housing and dining services,
16-17
housing deposit, 16
international student, 16
laboratory deposits, 16
late payment, 16
liability insurance, 16
photo-identification card, 15
required, 15-16
residence hall activities, 16
sports pass, 16
student services, 15
tuition, 15
Warren Center, 16
F
Final examinations, 11
Finance and Insurance, 70
course descriptions, 174-177
curriculum, 70
Financiad aid, 15
honors scholarships, 21-22
ROTC scholarships, 20-21
Food, 17
Foreign languages
requirement for College of
Arts and Sciences, 27
special programs, 54
Foreign students
admission, 4
advanced placement, 4
246 Index
cooperative education, 6
English proficiency, 3
fee, 16
French
for business and economics,
54
course descriptions, 144—145
curriculum, 43
Freshman year
academic probation, 12
academic requirements,
11-12
alternative program, 18
compensatory courses, 19
drop back/repeating status,
11-12
reports, 10
tuition, 15
Generjd Engineering, 87-88
course descriptions, 198
curriculum, 87-88
General Engineering Technol-
ogy, coiu-se descriptions,
207-208
Geology, 37
course descriptions, 128-130
curriculum, 37-38
Gterman, 43
for business, 54
course descriptions, 145-146
curriculum, 43
Grades
deadlines, 242
system, 9-11
Graduation requirements, 12
College of Arts and
Sciences, 26-27
College of Business
Administration, 69
College of Criminal
Justice, 79
College of Engineering, 81
College of Nursing, 96
School of Engineering Tech-
nology, 92
Graphic design
concentration, 30
Guided tours, 2
H
Health Information Adminis-
tration, 61
baccalaureate curricula, 61
certificate program, 66
class entrance requirements,
56
course descriptions, 217-218
Health insurance fee, 16
Health requirements, 3—4
Health, Sport, and Leisure
Studies, course descrip-
tions, 218-224
Hepatitis B, 3^
High school preparation, 3
History, 38
course descriptions, 130-134
curriculum, 38
Honor, graduation with, 12
Honors list, 10
Honors program, 21
scholarships, 21-22
Housing
deposit, 2, 16
expenses, 16-17
Human Resources
Management, 71
course descriptions, 177-178
curriculum, 71
Human Services, 38
curriculum, 38-39
Spanish for, 54
I
Identification CEird, fee, 15
Illness
absence due to, 7
hesJth insurance fee, 16
leave of absence due to, 14
Immunizations, 3
Incomplete, 9
clearing, 10-11
Independent major, College of
Arts and Sciences, 53
Industrial Engineering, 88
course descriptions, 198-200
curriculum, 88-89
Information about
Northeastern University, 2
Information sessions, 2
Information Systems, 88
course descriptions, 198-200
curriculum, 88-89
Insurance, fees, 17
health, 16
liability, 16
Interdisciplinary courses,
134-136
Interdisciplinary minors.
College of Arts and
Sciences, 51-53
International Business
Administration, 71
course descriptions, 178-179
curriculum, 71-72
International cooperative
education, 6
International programs. Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences, 54
International students
admission, 4
advanced placement, 4
cooperative education, 6
English proficiency, 3
fee, 16
Interviews, admission, 2
Ireland: North and South
program, 54
Italian, 43
course descriptions, 146
curriculum, 43
J
Journalism, School of, 39
course descriptions, 136-137
curriculum, 39-40
Juris Doctor Degree
Program, 54
Jury duty, absence due to, 7
L
Laboratory deposits, 16
LAMP, 26
Language(s)
course descriptions, 141-148
curricula, 43
requirement for College of
Arts and Sciences, 27
specisd programs, 54
Late payment fee, 16
Latino, Latin American and
Carribbean Studies
minor, 51
curriculum, 51-52
Law and legal issues concen-
tration, 47
Law school, joint degree
program, 54
League of Composers-
International Society for
Contemporary Music, 55
Leave of absence, 14
Liability insurance, 16
Liberal arts, see Arts and
Sciences
Liberal arts major preference
(LAMP), 26
Linguistics, 40
course descriptions, 142-143
curriculum, 40—41
Literature
course descriptions, 124-128
minor, 36
M
Majors, 13
Make-up courses, 10-11
freshman year, 12
Management, 72
course descriptions, 179
curriculum, 72
Management Information
Systems, 72-73
curriculum, 73
Management Science, course
descriptions, 179-181
Map, 238
Marine Science programs, 54-
55
Marine studies minor, 52
Marketing, 73
course descriptions, 181-182
curriculum, 73
Index 247
Massachusetts Bay Marine
Studies Consortium, 54—55
Mathematics, 42
course descriptions, 138-141
curriculum, 42
secondary school prepara-
tion, 3
Meal plan, 17
Mechanical Engineering, 89
course descriptions, 200-203
curriculum, 89-90
Mechanical Engineering
Technology, 94
course descriptions, 208-209
curriculum, 94
Media studies minor, 52
Medical insurance fee, 16
Medical Laboratory Science,
61-62
baccalaureate curriculum,
61-62
certificate program, 66
class entrance requirements,
56
course descriptions, 224—225
minor, 62
Medical Record Administration
baccalaureate curriculum, 61
certificate program, 66
class entrance
requirements, 56
course descriptions, 217-218
Medical requirements, 3
Middle Eastern studies con-
centration, 51
Middler-Year Writing Re-
quirement, 24-25
Military officers' education
program, 19-21
course descriptions, 233-235
Minors, 13
MIS, curriculum, 72-73
Modem Languages, 43
course descriptions, 141-148
curriculum, 43
requirement for College of
Arts and Sciences, 27
special programs, 54
Moscow State University
exchange program, 54
Music, 43
course descriptions, 148-152
curriculum, 43-44
N
Name change, 18
Navy ROTC program, 20-21
course descriptions, 235
New England Composers
Orchestra (NECO), 55
New England Conservatory,
affiliation with, 55
Northeastern University
admission, 2-5
map, 238
withdrawal from, 14
Nursing
accelerated transfer student
track, 96
class entrance requirements,
95-96
College of, 95
course descriptions, 210-212
curriculum, 96—97
graduation requirements, 96
RN to BSN option, 96
secondary school
preparation, 3
special requirements, 96
Open houses, 2
Open Option Program, Bouve
College of Pharmacy
and Health Sciences, 57
Overload courses, 13
Pass/fail system, 9-10
Payment, see Deposits; Ex-
penses
Performing and visual arts,
special programs, 55
Perfusion technology
program, 66
Personal expenses, 15
Pharmacy and Health
Sciences, 62-63
Alternative Freshman- Year
track, 18
class entrance requirements,
56-57
course descriptions, 226-229
curricula, 62-64
open option program, 57
secondary school prepara-
tion, 3
transfer credit, 57
Philosophy and Religion, 45
course descriptions, 152-156
curriculum, 45
Photography
concentration, 30
course descriptions, 107-109
Photo-identification card, fee,
15
Physical education course
descriptions, see Health,
Sport, and Leisure Studies
Physical examination form, 3
Physical Therapy, 64
class entrance requirements,
57
course descriptions, 229-231
curriculum, 64-65
Physics, 45
course descriptions, 156—158
curriculum, 45-46
Politic£j Science, 46
course descriptions, 158-162
curriculum, 46-48
Power systems option, 85,
86-87
Prerequisites, 12
Professional schools, com-
bined program with College
of Arts and Sciences, 53
Psychology, 48
course descriptions, 162-165
curriciilum, 48
PubUc administration concen-
tration, 47
Public relations concentration,
40
Quality-point average, 9
Quarter-hour weights, 24
Quarterly status reports, 10
Radio concentration, 34, 40
Registration
dates, 242
procedures, 12-14
Religion, see Philosophy and
Religion
Religious beliefs, absence due
to, 7
Remedial/compensatory
courses, 11
Repeating classes, 10-11
freshman year, 12
Reserve Officers' Training
Corps (ROTC) program,
19-21
course descriptions, 233-235
Residence hsJls
activities fee, 16
deposit, 2, 16
expenses, 16-17
Residency requirement, 12
for College of Arts £ind Sci-
ences, 26
Respiratory Therapy
baccalaureate curriculum,
58,59
certificate program, 66
Rhetoric
concentration, 33-34
course descriptions, 116-118
Rolling admission, 2
Room and board
deposit, 2, 16
expenses, 16-17
ROTC, 19-21
course descriptions, 233-235
Russian
course descriptions, 146-147
curriculum, 43
exchange program, 54
248 Index
Sample cmricula, 24
SAT, 3
Schedule
calendar, 240-242
class, 7-8
Scholarships
honors, 21-22
ROTC, 20-21
Scholastic Aptitude Test
(SAT), 3
School for Field Studies (SFS),
54
Sciences, entrance require-
ments for, 3, see also Arts
and Sciences
Secondary school
preparation, 3
Seniors grades £ind status
reports, 10
SFS, 54
Sickness
absence due to, 7
health insurance, 16
leave of absence, 14
Sign language
course descriptions, 103-105
curriculum, 28—29
Sociology, 49
course descriptions, 165-169
curriculum, 49
Spanish
course descriptions, 147-148
for criminal justice or human
services, 54
curriculum, 43
Special programs. College of
Arts and Sciences, 53-55
independent major, 53
Combined Program with
Professional Schools, 53
Special students, 13
Speech
concentration, 33-34
course descriptions, 116-118
Sports, course descriptions,
see Health, Sport, and
Leisure Studies
Sports pass fee, 16
Student activities
absence due to, 7
fee, 15
hours, 8
Student identification card,
fee, 15
Supplies, expenses, 15
Test of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL), 3
Textbooks, expenses, 15
Theatre, 50
course descriptions, 169-172
curriculum, 50
TOEFL, 3
Tours of campus, 2
Toxicology, 65
class entrance
requirements, 57
course descriptions, 231-232
curriculum, 65-66
Transcripts
for admission, 4
obtaining, 14
senior, 10
Transfer credit, 9
Transfer students
admission, 4—5
internal and external, 13
upperclass, 13
Transportation and Logistics
Management, 74
course descriptions, 182-183
curriculum, 74
Tuberculin tests, 3
Tuition
deferred, 16
deposit, 2, 15
fees, 15
late pa3rment, 16
policy, 15
U
Urban studies minor, 52-53
curriculum, 52, 53
Visual arts, special
programs, 55
W
Warren Center fees, 16
Withdrawal
fi-om course, 13
from University, 14
Women's studies minor, 53
curriculum, 53
Writing
course descriptions, 124-126,
128
minor, 36
requirement, 24-25, 27
Technical communication
minor, 52
curriculum, 52
Television concentration, 34,
40
Test(s), see Examinations
Index 249
The Northeastern University Undergraduate Catalogue (Full-time Day Programs) contains the University's primary
statements about these academic programs and degree requirements, as authorized by the president or Board of
Trustees. For information about other academic poHcies and procedures; student responsibihties, academic and
cocurricular life; faculty rights and responsibilities; or general personnel policies, benefits, and services, please refer
to the Academic Operations Manual, Undergraduate and Graduate Student Handbook, Cooperative Education
Handbook, Faculty Handbook, Benefits and Services Handbook, and related procedural guides as appropriate.
Accreditation. Northeastern University is accredited by the New England Association of Schools and Colleges, Inc.
Delivery of Services. Northeastern University assumes no liability for delay or failure to provide educational or
other services or facilities due to causes beyond its reasonable control. Causes include, without limitation, power
failure, fire, strikes by University employees or others, damage by natural elements, and acts of public authorities.
The University will, however, exert reasonable efforts, when it judges them to be appropriate, to provide comparable
services, facilities, or performance; but its inability or failure to do so shall not subject the University to liability.
The Northeastern University Undergraduate Catalogue contains current information about the University
calendar, admissions, degree requirements, fees, and regulations; however, such information is not intended and
should not be regarded to be contractual.
Northeastern University reserves the sole right to promulgate and change rules and regulations and to make
changes of any nature in its program, calendar, admissions policies, procedures, and standards, degree require-
ments, fees, and academic schedule whenever necessary or desirable, including, without limitation, changes in
course content and class schedule, the cancellation of scheduled classes and other academic activities, and the
substitution of alternatives for scheduled classes and other academic activities. In any such case, the University will
give whatever notice is reasonably practical.
Northeastern University will endeavor to make available to its students a fine education and a stimulating and
congenial environment. However, the quality and rate of progress of an individual's academic career and profes-
sional advancement upon completion of a degree or program are largely dependent on his or her own abilities,
commitment, and effort. In many professions and occupations there are also requirements imposed by federal and
state statutes and regulatory agencies for certification or entry into a particular field. These requirements may
change while a student is enrolled in a program and may vary from state to state or country to country. Although
the University stands ready to help its students find out about requirements and changes in them, it is the student's
responsibility to initiate the inquiry.
Tuition Default. In cases where the student defaults on his/her tuition, the student shall be liable for the outstanding
tuition and all reasonable associated collection costs incurred by the University, including attorneys' fees.
Emergency Closing of the University. Northeastern University has made arrangements to notify students, faculty,
and staff by radio when it becomes necessary to cancel classes because of extremely inclement weather. AM radio
stations WBZ (1030), WEEI (590), WHDH (850), WRKO (680), and FM station WBCN (104.1) are the stations
authorized to announce the University's decision to close. Since instructional television courses originate from live or
broadcast facilities at the University, neither the classes nor the courier service operate when the University is
closed. You are encouraged to listen to the radio to determine whether the University will be closed.
If a storm occurs at night, the announcement of University closing is given to the radio stations at approximately
6 AM. Classes are generally cancelled for the entire day and evening at all campus locations unless stated otherwise.
When a storm begins later in the day, cancellations of evening classes may be announced. This announcement is
usually made between 2-3 pm.
Equal Opportunity Policy. Northeastern University does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, sex,
sexual orientation, age, national origin, disability, or veteran status in admission to, access to, treatment in, or
employment in its programs and activities. In addition. Northeastern University will not condone any form of sexual
harassment. Handbooks containing the University's nondiscrimination policies and its grievance procedures are
available in the Office of Affirmative Action, 175 Richards Hall. Inquiries regarding the University's nondiscrimina-
tion policies may be directed to:
Ellen S. Jackson, Dean/Director
Office of Affirmative Action
175 Richards Hall
Northeastern University
Boston, Massachusetts 02115
617-437-2133
Inquiries concerning the application of nondiscrimination policies may also be referred to the Regional Director,
Office for Civil Rights, United States Department of Education, J. W. McCormack Building, Post Office Court House,
Room 222, Boston, Massachusetts 02109-4557.
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act. In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of
1974, Northeastern University permits its students to inspect their records wherever appropriate and to challenge
specific parts of them when they feel it is necessary to do so. Specific details of the law as it applies to Northeastern
are printed in the Undergraduate and Graduate Student Handbook and are distrubuted annually at registration of
the University's colleges and graduate schools.
Mission Statement. Northeastern University is dedicated to providing a diverse student population with an
academic program and a course of professional preparation of the highest quality. The University values equally
knowledge for its own sake, knowledge as a means to success in the workplace, and knowledge as a cornerstone of
personal acheivement and satisfaction. As a private, urban university. Northeastern is determined to maintain its
reputation as a friend to the city of Boston and a partner of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
Northeastern University Publications
01.92.06
BULLETIN
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
PART-TIME UNDERGRADUATE
IJ Northeastern University
Contents
Introduction
About University College 2
1992-1993 Academic Calendar 3
Counseling and Personal Career Search Activities 6
University College Offices 12
Policies and Procedures 14
Degree Program Policies and Procedures 20
Transfer Credit Policies and Procedures 25
Grading System Policies and Procedures 29
Graduation Policies and Procedures 32
Programs of Study
Overview of Academic Programs 34
Certificate and Special Programs 37
Intermediate and Advanced Certificate Programs 58
Special Programs 60
Business Administration Degree Programs 62
Technology Degree Programs 90
Criminal Justice and Security Degree Programs 93
Health Professions and Sciences Degree Programs 100
Liberal Arts Degree Programs 122
Alternative Freshman- Year Program 146
Course Descriptions 149
General Information
Tuition and Fees 260
Financial Aid 263
Scholarships 265
Appendix
Facilities and Resources 271
About Northeastern University 272
Faculty 281
University College Administrative Officers 305
University Governing Boards and Officers 307
Campus Maps 311
Index 318
Cover Design by Deborah Citron-Stevens.
!Aboui University ColUgt
It is a pleasure each year to welcome
you to University College and tell you a
little hit about this remarkable institution.
University College is the part-time
undergraduate dimsion of Northeastern
University, which means we serve an ever
growing number of adults who, like your-
self, are involved, or seek to be involved in
higher learning. We're called University
College because we tap the energies and
resources of the entire University. Unlike
other institutions offering similar pro-
grams. Northeastern opens all its doors,
giving you unequaled access to the aca-
demic facilities you need.
Yet, while University College profits
enormously from being an integral part of a great university, it is also infused with
a creative spirit and academic vitality which is uniquely its own. Our faculty is a
rich blend of practicing professionals and full-time professors, including corporate
executive officers, published authors, health practitioners, and government leaders.
Our programs are constantly evaluated and updated to respond to the changing
professional needs and personal interests of adult learners.
In fact, it has been our steadfast emphasis on quality and innovation that has
earned University College its reputation as a leader in educational programs for
adults. One recent example of this propensity for innovation is the launching of our
campaign to make University College "The Write Place." It is a source of special
pride to us, and I urge you to read more about it by turning to page 6 in this
Bulletin.
But if you are looking for the heart and soul of University College, look no
further than yourself, the adult student. You are the indomitable spirit that inspires
us. We know your thirst for enrichment and improvement. We understand the
juggling you do and the stresses you endure. We admire the courage it takes to
come back and keep at it. We are familiar with your dreams and aspirations and we
are dedicated to help you get to where you want to be.
Thus, with your plans and ideas as a guide, you can set your sights on any
direction at University College. Consider this Bulletin one of many road maps, and
our faculty, counselors, and administrators your mentors and advocates. Remem-
ber: you are what University College is all about, and we will always be there for
you.
■sity College
1992-1993 ^Kegistration Calendar
Fall Quarter Registration Dales
for Classes that begin Monday, September 28
Boston
Tuesday-Friday
Saturday
Monday-Wednesday
Burlington
Wednesday-Thursday
Friday
Monday-Tuesday
Chelmsford
TTiursday & Tuesday
Dedham
Wednesday and Monday
Framingham
Tuesday and Monday
Liberty Square
Tuesday-Thursday
Monday-Tuesday
Marlboro
Wednesday and Monday
Marshfield
Thursday and Tuesday
Milford
Thursday and Tuesday
Stoneham
Thursday and Tuesday
Westwood
Thursday and Tuesday
Weymouth
Wednesday and Monday
September 8-11
September 12 •
September 14-16
Septemljer 9-10
September 11
September 14-15
September 10 & 15
September 9 & 14
September 8 & 14
September 8-10
September 14-15
September 9 & 14
September 10 & 15
September 10 & 15
September 10 & 15
September 10 & 15
September 9 & 14
950a.m.-7:00p.m.
9:00 a.m.-12:00 noon
930a.m.-7:00p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
4:00-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
530-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
11:00 a.m.-7:00p.m.
11:00 a.m.-7:00p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
530-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
Fall: Special Dates
Columbus Day observed:
Monday, October 12
Veteran's Day observed:
Wednesday, November 11
Thanksgiving Recess:
Thursday-Saturday
November 26-28
Final Examination Period:
Monday-Sunday
December 14-20
Christmas Vacation:
Monday-Sunday
December 21 - Jan. 3
Winter Quarter Registration Dates
for Classes that begin Monday, January 4
Boston
Monday-Thursday
Dec. 7-Dec.lO
930a.m.-7:00p.m
Burlington
Monday-Wednesday
Dec. 7-Dec. 9
5:30-8:00 p.m.
Chelmsford
Tuesday
December 8
5:30-8:00 p.m.
Winter Quarter Registration Dates (continued)
Dedham
Monday-Wednesday
Framingham
Monday-Wednesday
Liberty Square
Monday-Wednesday
Marlboro
Monday
Marshfield
Tuesday
Milford
Tuesday
Stoneham
Tuesday
Westwood
Monday-Wednesday
Weymouth
Monday-Wednesday
■ Dec. 7-Dec. 9
Dec. 7-Dec. 9
Dec. 7-Dec. 9
December 7
Decembers
December 8
Decembers
Dec. 7-Dec. 9
Dec. 7-Dec. 9
5:30-S:00p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
11:00 a.m.-7:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
530-8:00 pjn.
530-8:00 pjn.
5:30-8:00 pjn.
5:30-8:00 p.m.
Winter: Special Dates
Martin Luther King, Jr.'s
birthday observed:
Monday, January 18
Presidents' Day observed:
Monday, February 15
Final Examination Period:
Monday-Sunday
March 22-27
Spring Recess:
Monday-Sunday
March 29 - April 4
Spring Quarter Registration Dates
for Classes that begin Monday, April 5
Boston
Monday-Thursday
March 15-18
9:30a.m.-7:00p.m.
Burlington
Monday-Wednesday
March 15-17
530-8:00 p.m.
Chelmsford
Tuesday
March 16
5:30-8:00 pjn.
Dedham
Monday-Wednesday
March 15-17
530^:00 pjn.
Framingham
Monday-Wednesday
March 15-17
5:30-8:00 pjn.
Liberty Square
Monday-Wednesday
March 15-17
11:00 a.m.-7:00 p.m
Marlboro
Monday
March 15
530-8:00 pjn.
Spring: Special Dates
Patriot's Day observed:
Monday, April 19
Memorial Day observed:
Monday, May 31
Final Examination Period:
Monday-Sunday
June 14-20
Commencement:
Saturday, June 19
Calendar
Spring Quarter Registration Dates (continued)
Maishfield
Tuesday
March 16
5:30-8:00 p.in.
Milford
Tuesday
March 16
530^:00 p.m.
Stoneham
Tuesday
March 16
530^:00 p.m.
Westwood
Monday-Wednesday
March 15-17
530-8:00 p.m.
Weymouth
Monday-Wednesday
March 15-17
530-8:00 pjn.
Summer Quarter Registration Dales
for Classes tiiat begin Monday, June 21
Registration for entire Stmuner Quarten
Boston
Monday-Thursday June 7-10
Burlington
Monday- Wednesday June 7-9
930ajn.-7:00p.m.
530-8:00 pjn.
Second Summer Quarter Registration Dates
for Classes that begin Monday, July 26
Registration for second five-week term:
July 12-13 930 a.m.-7:00 p.m.
July 12 530-8:00 p.m.
Boston
Monday-Tuesday
Burlington
Monday
Summen Special Dates
Independence Day
observed:
Monday, July 5
Labor Day observed:
Monday, September 6
Final Examination Period:
Last class session of
each term.
Calendar 5
We 're fHere to 9{eCp fou. ....
Programs That Work For You
Naturally, Northeastern University offers all the traditional academic programs
you expect from a large university, including timely and innovative programs in
Business Administration, Criminal Justice and Security, Health Professions and
Sciences, and Liberal Arts. Among tiiese programs are five bachelor's degree concen-
trations in business that carry the extra prestige of full accreditation by the American
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business.
Many students come to Northeastern University to take specific, job-related
courses. To serve these students, we have developed more than fifty certificate pro-
grams. In most cases, these programs incorporate or build on the major concentration
courses required in each of our professionally focused undergraduate degree programs.
Northeastern also offers practical, part-time associate degree programs for students
who are seeking a first-rate, first-level college degree, as well as bachelor's degrees in all
four areas: Business Administration, Criminal Justice and Security, Health Professions
and Sciences, and Liberal Arts.
The "Write" Skills To Empower You
The purpose of University College has always been to provide the adult student
vWth educational opportunities designed to enrich personal and interpersonal experi-
ences and to prepare the student for success in his or her chosen field. This purpose is,
of necessity, many-faceted, and often quite career-specific. Nevertheless it is our belief
that every University College experience should
rest on a strong foundation of communication
skills, and that writing skills in particular
should be cultivated continually as critical
to each student's overall progress.
We believe that writing can be singled
out for such universal attention because a
student who has learned to write well has
also learned to think clearly, and therefore
has learned how to learn. This is a skill
that transcends subject area, a tool that can
be brought to bear in any situation, with
the inevitable result of affording each
student continuing self-respect and the
respect of others.
This is why we are determined to make
University College "The Write Place," that is, a
place where our students will be given every
opportxmity to improve their writing skills and to
employ them as tools for success in tt\eir academic, professional and personal lives. We
understand the need our students have to gain an edge in a complex society and we
have developed the "write" means to help them attain such an advantage. Some call
this Write Place campaign "a vehicle for empowerment." As true as that may be, we
prefer to consider it as our tribute to the creative potential of our students.
. . ,get to "Mere fm 'Want To 'Be
Faculty Steeped in Knowledge and Experience
A course is only as good as its teacher. Thaf s why University College carefully
selects both full-time Northeastern University faculty and practicing professionals for
its teaching staff of 1^00. Corporate executive officers, published authors, established
health professionals, artists, graphic designers, computer experts, lawyers, professors,
and others offer students the benefit of their experience and current iiuormation about
how careers in their fields are changing. Many have found teaching adults particularly
rewarding and have expressed their pleasure at having such committed, hard-working,
and enthusiastic students.
Students Who Bring Rich Experiences to Class
Approximately 12,000 adults come to University College every year to pursue a degree,
update their careers with a certificate, or take a course in a subject that has long inter-
ested them. These adult students range in age from 18 to 80 and come from all walks of
life: women re-entering the work force, yoimg men and women seeking to start new
careers, older people polishing their skills, people of every age intent on finishing an
education that time or circumstances interrupted. All have one thing in common — ^they
are making a change in their lives through their own actions, expanding their world by
investing in themselves. This diversity is a source of stimulation and enrichment for
aU — students, faculty, and administration alike.
Schedules "in Sync" With Your Lifestyle
We know you're busy, and finding the time to continue your education can be a
real challenge. To help you out. Northeastern not only schedules classes at thirteen
different locations in eastern Massachusetts, but also provides different course for-
mats. While most courses are offered on a twelve week schedule, some coiarses are
offered in five and six week formats to accommodate the complex lives of many adults.
Also, for those of you who would like to accelerate the educational process. University
College offers numerous intensive coiu-ses which are generally equivalent to two
regular courses. These intensives can be found on our schedules almost every night,
but look for them on Friday night and Saturday morning when they are available at a
reduced tuition rate.
Class Size Conducive to Learning
Everyone knows Northeastern is big. What many people don't realize is that
because we operate at thirteen different locations, our dasses tend to be small. And
many of our specialized degree and certificate programs enroll only small numbers of
students because of their unique focus. Last year, our average class size was fifteen
students. Many classes ran with fewer students, and only 10 percent of all dasses
offered ran with enrollments larger than twenty-seven.
AtX)Ut UC 7
"M^e re ^trz to Http you. . : . .
Counseling and Personal Career Search Activities To
Bring Your Plans Into Focus
University College offers a wide range of career and academic counseling services
to assist you in making both educational and career decisions. The College provides
academic advisors and career counselors, offers credit and noncredit career-planning
programs, and serves as a link to ottier student support services offered by Northeast-
emUniversity.
Open House Programs
If you are thinking about enrolling in University College for the first time, you are
encouraged to attend an Open House. Open Houses introduce potential students to the
many University College programs and services designed to meet your educational,
job-related, and personal needs. They also orient new students to the University as a
whole and address concerns that many adult, part-time students have about
• transfer credit • admission to degree programs
• international student applications • certificate programs
• course selection
Students currently enrolled in University College are also invited to attend an
Open House.
Open Houses are ordinarily scheduled each quarter at selected campus sites at or
about the same time that registration takes place. Details appear in the Schedule Guide
for each term.
Academic Advising
Academic advisors are available by appointment to talk with University College
students and prospective students about courses, transfer credit, degree requirements,
career counseling referrals, and other matters of individual concern.
To make an appointment at a specific campus, please call the appropriate number,
as listed below.
• Main Boston Campus: Advisors are available weekdays from 830 a.m. to 7 p.m. Call
617-437-2400 (voice), or 617-437-2825 (TTY, for the hearing impaired only).
• Burlington Suburban Campus: Call 617-437-5544.
• Downtown Boston Campus (5 Liberty Square): Call 617-367-6373.
• All other branch locations: Advisors are available from 530 to 7 p.m. on the evenings
when classes are in session. Call 617-437-5544 for an appointment.
Ehiring registration, the advising staff in Boston is available to meet with students
on a walk-in basis from 9 a.m. to 7 p.m. Students may also call in with questions during
these times. In addition, registration advisors are available at satellite campuses during
most registration hours to assist students with course selection and to explain registra-
tion procedures.
8 About UC
; . .Qet tfieMtmtioti^(ni(DeseTve
Tutorial Services
University College offers tutorial assistance in several subjects. Tutoring, which is
on a one-to-one basis, provides an opportunity for student and tutor to focus on
specific problems that might not have been covered during class time. You may request
tutorial information from the Office of Academic and Student Affairs, 617-367-^73. A
flyer describing tutorial services is also available at all campus locations.
Career Services to Guide You Tlirougti Your Next Transition
Career Development Courses
Often one of the strongest motivations for continuing education is the desire for
career advancement or change. In order to help students develop career and educa-
tional planning skills. University College offers a three-quarter-hour course in career
development (INT 4110) called Managing Career Decisions. There are also two shorter
versions of this course for 1 q.h. each: Career Action Planning (INT 4112) and Career
Decision Making (INT 4114). For more information, see the course descriptions on page
206ofthisBMfieft«.
Career Development and Placement Services
The primary purpose of the Department of Career Development and Placement is
to assist all students, alumni and members of the Northeastern University commimity
in developing and implementing successful career plans. For additional information
contact
Northeastern University
Department of Career Development and Placement
120 Ryder Hall
Boston, MA 02115
617-437-2430
Office Hours:
Sept-June: 8:304:30, Monday-Friday
In addition, the Career Resource Center is open until 8:00 p.m. most Tuesdays for
counseling appointments and general use or print resources.
Summer Quarter 8:00-5:00, Monday-Thursday.
Career Counseling
Career coimseling is available to help matriculated students make sound career
decisions. Depending on individual needs, career counseling might include: planning
a career or a career change, making decisions, developing effective job search strategies
or participating in videotaped mock interviews. Students decide with the counselor
whether they need one or more sessions. Career counseling is by appointment in
Boston and may be arranged by calling 617-437-2430.
Job Search Seminars
Whether you are a seasoned job himter or a beginner, senninars are designed to
prepare you to compete effectively in today's market Topics indude: self-assessment,
pb seardi strategies, resume and cover letter writing, and interviewing. Seminars are
offered during the day and evening hours throughout the year. Since space is limited,
advance registration is required.
About UC
Evening seminars take place in Boston and Burlington and are announced in the
student/faculty newsletter, Perspectbes, and in classes prior to the start of each series.
Students who wish to participate in the job-search seminars must reserve a place by
railing the Department of Career Development and Placement at 617-437-2428.
Career Resource Center
The Career Resource Center provides a variety of services and resources:
• a book collection containing occupational information, resume and
interviewing resources, job search guides and directories of employers and
graduate schools;
• a Job Bank containing current local, national, and intemational job opportunities
and internships;
• employer files containing annual reports, product information and descriptions
of entry-level position and training programs;
• daily walk-in hours for assistance with resumes and correspondence.
Career Expos
The department sponsors two Career Expos a year — fall and winter. University
College students are welcome to attend both Expos. Approximately 50 employers from
business, industry, government and nonprofit agencies participate in each of these
events. Students and alumni have the opportunity to meet informally with prospective
employers to discuss career options and job opportimities.
On-Campus Recruiting
All students receiving a bachelor's degree in the current academic year are eligible
to interview with organizations recruiting on campus. Organizations typically range
from larger intemational corporations to smaller non-profit organizations. The fall and
vdnter recruiting seasons attract 250 employers who conduct over 3,000 interviev^.
Northeastern National Career Network
The Northeastern National Career Network (NNCN) is a volimtary organization of
Northeastern alumni and other professional affiliates who are willing to share informa-
tion on their career fields. NNCN members offer insight into industry trends, their own
career experiences, an overview of their field and irrformation on job opportunities.
Whether you are an undergraduate trying to focus on your career direction or an
alumnus/alunnna or graduate student making a career change, NNCN members are an
extremely valuable source of information and contacts.
Reciprocity
Career Development and Placement establishes reciprocal agreements with
colleges and universities throughout the cotintry to provide career assistance to our
alumni /ae relocating outside of Massachusetts. We will write up to three letters on
your behalf to other schools.
For additional information, a counseling appointment, or to sign up for a
seminar, contact the Department of Career Development and Placement at 617-437-
2430.
10 About UC
The Counseling Center
Students can receive confidential counseling and testing to address personal,
educational, or career concerns. Assistance is available to all students during days and
Tuesday evenings until 8:30 p.m. at the Counseling Center. For information and
appointments, call 617-437-2142 or drop in at 302 Ell Building.
People come to the Center for help with a variety of personal concerns. Anxiety
and depression, adjustment reactions to college life, personal or family relationship
concerns, drug and alcohol abuse, and sexual adjustment questions are among the
issues that University College students may want to discuss with a professional
therapist. The Center is committed to short-term therapy, with a maximum of twelve
consecutive counseling sessions. If the Center cannot meet yoior needs, appropriate
referrals are provided.
Academic and life skills development workshops are offered each term, generally
during the day. The Study Skills Development Workshop, among the most popular of
these, helps students become more effective in organizing their time, taking notes,
preparing for exams, and other areas of academic performance. Other workshops
include Stress Management, Assertiveness Training, Surviving Parental Alcoholism,
and Incest Survivors.
With so many fields to choose from, students sometimes have difficulty selecting a
major or a career. You may want help in defining your interests, abilities, and values.
At the Center, education-vocational counseling usually involves an evaluation of the
student's interests, aptitudes, abilities, values, and personality characteristics. Many
kinds of tests, available at the Center, may be used in this process. Counseling is done
on an individual basis, although small groujss may be or^ni2ed when this approach'
seems useful.
Information and application packets for such standardized tests as the GRE, LSAT,
GMAT, MAT, and CLEP exams are available at the Center. CLEP exams are given at
the Center ten times each year to NU students, and the Center is also a national testing
site for the LSAT, GMAT, MAT, and other exan«. Call 617-437-4142 for information.
The Disability Resource Center
The Disability Resource Center's (DRC) mission within the University is to enable
people with disabilities equal access to higher education via support services and
advocacy. The Center provides support services on an individual basis. Accommoda-
tions include but are not limited to: orientation, quarterly registration assistance,
coimseling, referral and HP parking.
Prior to receiving services, individuals who have both visible and hidden disabili-
ties must voluntarily request to register their disability-related needs by opening a file
with the DRC. Registering with the DRC is done by providing the DRC with recent
diagnostic documentation of their disability. During the Center's registration process,
services are individually designed to meet the student's needs. Support services are
available for the following disability groups' needs but are not limited to: students
who are learning disabled; students who are head injured; students who have mobility
disabilities or are wheelchair users; students who are Deaf and hard of hearing; stu-
dents who are blind or visually disabled; students with degenerative or chronic
conditions and students with mental health disorders.
The Disability Resource Center is also the gathering place for the Disabled Student
Organization of Northeastern University, which works cooperatively with the Center
to plan programs and improve accessibility of services for persons who are disabled or
Deaf at Northeastern. Call 617-437-2675 or TTY 437-2730 for assistance.
About UC 11
University ColUgt Offices
General Infonnation:
617-437-2400
TTY: 617-437-2825 (for the
hearing impaired only)
Office of the Registrar
120 Hayden Hall
617-437-2300
Monday-Thursday,
8:30 a.m.-7:30 p.m.
Friday, 8:30 a.m.-4:30 p.m.
Boston Main Campus
180 Ryder Hall
360 Huntington Avenue
617-437-2400
TTY: 617-437-2825
(for the hearing-impaired only)
Monday-Friday,
8:30a.m.-8:30p.m.
Saturday, 8:30 a.m.-l p.m.
Downtown Boston Campus
5 Liberty Square
617-367-6373
Monday-Thursday,
7 a.m.-10 p.m.*
Friday, 8:30 a.m.-4:30 p.m.*
Biurlington Suburban Campus
South Bedford Road
617-272-5500
Monday-Friday, 8 a.m.-10 p.m.
Saturday, 8 a.m.-12 noon
Biurlington High School
123 Cambridge Street
617-270-1838
Monday-Thursday,
5:30-10 p.m.
Chelmsford High School
200 Richardson Road
508-251-8792
Tuesday & Thursday,
5:30-10 p.m.
Dedham Campus
Common Street
617-320-8000
Monday-Thursday,
8 a.m.-10 p.m.
Friday, 8:30 a.m.-4:30 p.m.
Saturday, 8 a.m.-l:00 p.m.
Framingham High School
A Street
508-877-2333
Monday-Thursday, 5:30-10 p.m.
Marlboro High School
Bolton Street
508-485^122
Monday & Wednesday, 5:30-10 p.m.
Marshfield High School
Forest Street
617-837-1835
Tuesday & Thursday, 5:30-10 p.m.
Milford High School
31 West Fountain Street
50&473-2565
Tuesday & Thursday, 530-10 p.m.
Stoneham High School
149 Franklin Street
617-438-6407
Tuesday & Thursday, 550-10 p.m.
Westwood High School
200 Nahatan Street
617-329-3030
Monday-Thursday, 530-10 p.m.
Weymouth Junior High School
360 Pleasant Street
617-335-9112
Monday-Thursday, 530-10 p.m.
*Office hours may vary due to
changes in class schedules.
12 About UC
Summer Office Hours
Office of the Registrar
120 Hayden Hall
Monday-Thursday,
8:30 a.m.-7:30 p.m.
Boston Main Campus
180 Ryder Hall
Monday-Thursday,
8a.m.-8:30p.m.
Downtown Boston Campus
5 Liberty Square
Monday-Thursday,
7:30a.m.-10p.m.*
Burlington Subxirban Campus
Monday-Thursday,
8a.m.-10p.m.
Dedham Campus
Monday-Thursday,
8:30a.m.-10p.m.
Framingham High School
Monday and Wednesday,
5:30-10 p.m.
Weymouth Junior High School
Tu^day and Thursday,
5:30-10 p.m.
"Office hours may vary due to
changes in class schedules.
Chelmsford
B
Burlington High School
Stoneham ^^X""^
uriington • * 1/r
Marlboro
•
^g!^ Liberty Square
Framingham
• Dedham •
Boston ^
West wood *
r^
#
Weymouth J^
Mllford
A
• Marshfield
About UC 13
(BoCicies and (ProcecCures
Admissions
University College has an open enrollment policy that enables students to take
most courses simply by registering for the course. Applications for admission, entrance
examinations, and College Board Examination scores are not required. The open
enrollment policy applies to both degree and nondegree students at University College.
Credits earned for individual courses taken at University College may be appued to a
degree program.
Students who are enrolled at University College and who decide to pursue a
degree program must apply for admission to the program. See page 20 for more
information on the admissions process. Special requirements apply to students entering
degree programs such as the Associate in Science in Radiologic Technology, the
Bachelor orScience in Business Administration degree and Bachelor of Science in
Nursing program. For information on the admissions process for these programs,
please see pages, 120-1, 67, and 117 respectively. Students must be admitted to a degree
program in order to be eligible for most financial aid. See page 262 for more informa-
tion on obtaining financial aid. All international students must be admitted to a degree
program in order to apply for an 1-20 form. See page 16 for more information on
international students.
Both degree and nondegree students are entitled to make use of the student
support services offered by University College.
Registration
Students may register for courses by mailing in the registration form available in
the back of the Schedule Guide during the mail-in registration period or reporting to any
University College campus during the registration periods that are scheduled each
quarter. It is not necessary to register at the campus where a particular course actually
meets; students may register at any campus for a course scheduled at any other
campus. Attendance at class, even with the instructor's permission, does not constitute
registration unless the student has filled out a registration form. Academic credit will
not be awarded to students who are not properly registered. See the Academic Calen-
dar on pages 3-5 for a complete registration scheidule.
Courses listed in this Bulletin are not necessarily offered each quarter. Students may
not be able to take all of the courses required for a particular program at any one campus
location. Each Fall, Winter, Spring, and Summer quarter the list of courses being offered
is printed in a University College Schedule Guide. Schedule Guides are distributed at all
campus locations several weeks prior to registration. To request a schedule by mail, call
617^37-2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY).
Course Selection
Academic advisors (see page 8) are available by appointment at all campuses, to
help students plan their academic programs and select courses.
Students who have earned credits from other schools are urged to have their
transcripts evaluated prior to the registration period to avoid duplicating coursework
completed elsewhere. Students should allow at least three weeks from the time all tran-
scripts have been received for processing transfer credit petitions. During the official registra-
tion periods at all campuses, advisors are available without an appointment to answer
general questions and to help students make initial course selections. Because the
process of evaluating transfer credit is complex, students should not expect advisors to
evaluate their petitions during advising appointments.
14
Attendance
University College expects students to meet attendance reqtiirements in all courses
to qualify for credit. Attendance requirements vary, and it is the student's responsibil-
ity to ascertain what each instructor requires. Absence from regularly scheduled dasses
may seriously affect the student's academic standing. If a student is consistently absent
without having made arrangements with the instructor, the iiwtructor may take this to
mean that the student has withdrawn and may issue a final grade of "W.' Permission
to make up work nrussed because of absence niay be granted by the instructor on
presentation of a reasonable excuse.
Auditing Policy
Students are permitted to audit courses upon submitting the usual registration
forms and on pajnng the regular tuition fees. There is no reduction in fees for auditing.
An auditor may participate in class discussion, complete papers and projects, and take
tests and examinations for informal evaluation. However, regardless of die amoimt or
quality of work completed, academic credit mil not be granted at any time for an audited
course.
The student's decision to audit a course must be commtmicated in writing to the
Registrar's Office prior to the fourth class meeting. Exceptions to this procedure cannot
be approved without authorization by the University College Academic Standing
Committee.
Change of Address or Name
Change of address and/or name should be reported in writing both to the
Registrar's Office, 120 Hayden Hall, Northeastern University, 360 Huntington Avenue,
Boston, MA 02115, and to the Office of Academic and Student Affairs, 180 Ryder Hall.
Legal documentation must accompany requests for name changes.
Class Changes
University College reserves the right to cancel, divide, or combine classes when
necessary. Altfiough this policy ensures that students in most cases will not be ex-
cluded from a class because it is oversubscribed, it also means that a course may
occasionally be cancelled because of inadequate eruollment Cancellations are more
likely to occur among upper-level or advanced courses than among introductory
courses. While students may register as late as the first week of class, cancellation
decisions are based on pre-registration figures. Students are therefore encouraged to register
in advance to increase the likelihood that the courses they want mil run. Seniors who are
adversely affected by course cancellations should contact an academic advisor or their
program office for help in identifying alternatives.
Credit Hours: Quarter-Hour Credit
Credit hours are assigned to a course based on the established educational stan-
dard of one credit hour for every three hours of student learning time per week over a
term. Thus one hour of lecture or discussion plus two hours of individual study outside
of class equals one credit.
Northeastern University operates on a quarter-hour credit system. A quarter-hour
credit is the eqviivalent of Oxree quarters of a semester hour. Most University College
courses are assigned three quarter hours (abbreviated "q.h.") of credit and meet for two
hours and ten minutes each week.
Students who would like to take courses at Northeastern and then transfer these
credits to another school are urged to receive permission from an advisor at the other
school prior to registering, especially since many other schools operate on a semester
calendar.
Policies and Procedures 1 5
Examinations
Tests are scheduled throughout each quarter at the option of the instructor and are
regarded as part of the term's coursework. A final examination is held at the end of
each quarter in each course unless an announcement is made to the contrary. The
procedure for making up final examinations missed due to student absence may be
foimd on page 30.
Homework
The specific work required for each course in University College is determined by
the instructor. In general. University College students are expected to spend an average
of six to eight hours per week outside of dass on assigiunents for each course. Students
who are absent are respor\sible for obtaining their homework assignments from their
instructors or from other students. Homework assignments are not available from the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs.
Intemational Students
Northeastern University is authorized under Federal law to enroll non-immigrant
alien students. Intemational Student Applications must be filed by all non-immigrant
students. Because the process of applying to University College is complex, deadlines
for completed applications are well in advance of the start of each term:
Deadline for Term Starting
July 9, 1992 Sept. 1992 (Fall)
Oct. 9, 1992 Jan. 1993 (Winter)
Jan. 8, 1993 April 1993 (Spring)
April 9, 1993 June 1993 (Summer)
Students who miss the deadline for a given term will need to defer attendance to
the following term. Proficiency in English is a prerequisite to admission and is deter-
mined by achieving a 550 on tfie TOEFL exam, by an assessment interview or by
testing administered by the En^sh Language Center. There is also an application fee
of $75.00.
Questiorts may be directed to the Office of Academic and Student Affairs, 180
Ryder Hall, 617-437-2400 or to the Intemational Student Office, 270 Holmes Hall, 617-
437-2310.
Intemational students who are resident aliens in the US. must file an Intemational
Credentials Evaluation Form for admission and/or transfer credit and must provide
proof of their resident alien status (green card). There is an evaluation fee of $45.(X).
Questions may be directed to the Office of Academic and Student Affairs. (See page 26,
Evaluation of Intemational Educational Credentials for further details.)
Maximum Course Load Policy
It is recommended that new students and/or students who are working full-time not
take more than 12 quarter hours of credit per term. The average course load for a
student working full-time is 6 q.h. per term. However, students may take up to 18 q.h.
per term without special permission. Any student wishing to take more than 18 a.h. in
a given term must file a course overload petition with the Office of Academic ana
Student Affairs at least one week prior to the start of the term. In no case may a student with
a quality point average under 2.0 take more than 12 q.h. per term.
Petition for Course Overload forms are available from the Office of Academic and
Student Affairs, 180 Ryder Hall, 617-437-2400 (voice) or 617437-2825 (TTY).
1 6 Policies and Procedures
Pass/Fail Courses
Students may register for one elective course per quarter on a pass/ fail basis and
may not take more than five pass/fail c»urses total at University College. To be eligible
for pass/ fail status, the student must be in good academic standing (have at least a 2.0
qucuity-point average) and must also meet all prerequisites for the course.
To be graded on a pass/ fail basis, the student must file a Pass/Fail Petition and
have it signed by an academic advisor. Pass/FaU Petitions are available from the Office
of Academic and Student Affairs, 180 Ryder Hall, 617-437-2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825
(TTY). Petitions must be received prior to the fourth class meeting. Exceptions to this
procedure cannot be approved without auiJiorization from the University College
Academic Standing Committee. Please see also the section on Pass/Fail Grades, page
30.
Placement Tests
Placement tests are given to students enrolled in Critical Writing 1 (ENG 4110),
Business Writing and Reports 1 (ENG 4380), and Technical Writing 1 (TCC 4101) during
the first class session. Some students may be requested to register for Elements of
Writing (ENG 4011), a three-quarter-hour course offering additional help in writing, or
English for International Students (ENG 4005, ENG 4006, or ENG 4007).
Students registering for Mathematics 1 (MTH 4110) or Mathematics 1 and 2 Combina-
tion (MTH 4114) must take a placement test on the first night of class. The results will
determine whether the student should take Introduction to Mathematics 1 and 2 (MTH
4001 and MTH 4002) prior to taking Mathematics 1 . Students registering for College
Algebra 1 (MTH 4107) must also take a placement test at the first class meeting. Some
students may be asked to register for Technical Mathematics (MTH 4006) to help im-
prove their math skills. .
Prerequisites
Before registering for a course, students should read the course description in this
Bulletin to determine if they need to have taken a prerequisite course. In order to ensure
academic success, students are strongly advised to adhere to course prerequisites.
Students with questions about prerequisites should contact the program office that
administers the course or speak dirertly to the instructor.
Special Students
University College students who wish to take Basic College courses may, in certain
instances, enroll on a term-by-term basis. These students must obtain prior approval
from both the Office of the Dean of the college offering the course and University
College's Ctffice of Academic and Student Affairs, 180 Ryder Hall. Students must
collect both signatures on a Special Registration Form and submit the form to the
Registrar's Omoe. Tuition is charged at the Basic College rate.
Basic College students who wish to enroll in University College courses must
obtain prior approval from the academic dean of tiieir college.
Withdrawal Policy
Students who wish to withdraw from a course must complete a Course Drop Form,
available at any campus location. Students who withdraw from a course prior to the
end of the seventh week of a term (please refer to the specific deadline in each Schedule
Guide) will have no record of the withdrawal on their transcripts. Students may
writhdraw from the beginning of the eighth week to the end of the week prior to final
examinations but the withdrawal mil be noted on their transcripts. No withdrawals will
be allowed for any reason during the week in which final examinations are given.
Policies and Procedures 1 7
Academic Integrity
The Code of Student Conduct states that "any attempt of a student to present as his
or her own work that which is not his or her own or aiding and abetting another
student in such an attempt" results in a charge of misconduct, which is cause for
disciplinary action.
Students must accept the responsibility to be honest and to respect ethical stan-
dards in meeting their academic assignments and requirements. Integrity in academic
life requires that students demonstrate intellectual and academic achievement indepen-
dent of all assistance except that authorized by the instructor. Consequently, all work
submitted to meet course requirements, whetfier it takes the form of papers, examina-
tions, laboratory reports, computer projects, quizzes, or any other work assigned, is
expected to be the student's own work.
In the preparation of all papers and other written work submitted to meet course
requirements, students should be careful to distinguish between ideas which are their
own and those which have been derived from other sources. Proper forms of citation
must be used, and sources must be indicated. Students who have questions about these
procedures should see their instructors before beginning their projects. Presenting
another's work as one's own or improper attribution of sources is plagiarism.
Computer programs written to meet course requirements, like papers, are to be the
original work of the student submitting them. Copying a program from another
student or from any other source is a form of academic dishonesty.
Collaboration in the completion of written assignments is also a form of academic
dishonesty, unless explicitly permitted by the instructor. Students must acknowledge
any collaboration/editing and its extent in all submitted work.
Students may not submit the same paper in two or n\ore courses without the prior
written permission of the instructors involved.
Students who fail to meet the responsibility of academic integrity as defined here
are subject to disciplinary sanctions ranging from a reduction in grade or failure in the
assignment or course to dismissal from the University. Complete disdplinaiy proce-
dures are outlined in the University College Student Handbook.
Academic Monitoring
All students are monitored at least once each academic year, usually after the end
of spring term. Nondegree students, undeclared majors, and unadmitted students
whose quality-point averages fall below 2.0 are contacted by the Office of Academic
and Student Affairs and are offered all possible assistance. These students may also be
subject to academic review, probation, and dismissal from University College when
sucn action is warranted.
Students who feel they would benefit from academic assistance are encouraged to
work closely with an academic advisor. Students may make appointments by calling
617-437-2400 or TTY: 617-437-2825 (for the hearing-impaired only).
Academic Standing Committee
The University College Academic Standing Committee convenes at least once each
n\onth, and more often if necessary, to consider student petitions and requests for
exceptions to the academic policies and procedvires contained in this Bulletin. The
Committee has the power to dismiss students who do not meet the academic standards
of University College. The Committee also serves as a hearing board for academic
grievances, as outlined in the University College Student Handbook. Letters may be
addressed to the Committee c/o Office of Academic and Student Affairs, 180 Ryder
Hall.
1 8 Policies and Procedures
Disciplinaiy Action
The University College Board of Inquiry has the authority to warn, censure,
suspend, expel, or remove from the list of degree candidates any student who, because
of disruptive, threatening, or illegal conduct or poor character, is considered an unsuit-
able member of the College community. The Board of Inquiry is convened to hear a
case when a member of the University College community charges a student with a
violation of the Code of Student Conduct. Complete procedures are contained in the
University College Student Handbook, which can be obtained at all campus locations or
by calling 617-437-2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY).
Student Records
In accordance with the Family Educational Rig^hts and Privacy Act of 1974, North-
eastern University permits students to inspect their records whenever appropriate and
to challenge specific parts of them when they feel it is necessary. Specific details of the
law as it applies to Northeastern are available in the University College Student Hand-
book.
Students' Rights and Responsibilities
The University subscribes to the view that all students have certain rights and
freedoms. For these reasons, the University has adopted and published specific policies
and procedures governing student rights and freedoms, general conduct, student
discipline, grievance procedures, disclosure of information from student records, and
University judicial procedures. Judicial procedures are related to issues of discipline
and conduct, the right of students to appeal judgments of their academic performance,
grievances based on the fact that a student is handicapped, and allegations of sexual
harassment All policies and procedures governing the above matters may be fotmd in
the University College Student Handbook. Copies are available in the Office of Academic
and Shident Affairs or by calling 617-437-2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY). In general,
copies are also available at each campus location.
Policies and Procedures 1 9
^egrez Pogrom !Po(kies andfProcedures
Applying for Admission to a Degree Program
A student who wishes to be admitted to University College as a degree candidate
must follow either Option 1 or Ctotion 2 procedures as outlined here.
Students are urged to apply for admission as soon as they are eligible. Students
must be admitted to a degree program in order to be eligible for financial aid. The
admission process must be completed before the start of the term for which financial
aid is being applied. Non-immigrant international students must also be admitted to a
degree program and must follow the procedures outlined on page 16, International
Students. International students who are resident aliens must follow the procedures
outlined on page 26, Evaluation of International Educational Credentials.
Option 1
In general, students who want to apply for admission to a degree program must
have:
• completed at least eighteen quarter hours of credit, which may include transfer
credit, and must include English courses ENG 4110, ENG 4111, and ENG 4112
or their equivalents;
• a minimum grade-point average of at least 2.0 (C) at University College (i.e.
successfully completed at least one U.C. course); and
• a high school diploma or a high school equivalency certificate (GED).
In addition to the above requirements,
• Students who wish to apply to a Bachelor of Science in Business Administra-
tion (BSBA) degree program must also have completed 80 q.h. of credit, MTH
4110 and 4111 (Mathematics 1 and 2 or their equivalents), and one sodal
science course.
• Students who wish to apply to the Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) d^ree
program should also note the additional admissions requirements on page 117.
Students who meet these requirements may file an application for admission in the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs or at any branch campus. Applications may
also be subnutted by mail. Call 617- 437-2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY) to obtain an
application. Students vdll be notified of their acceptance by mail.
Option 2
Students who want to apply for admission but do not meet the above requirements
must: ,
• arrange an admission interview with an academic advisor, by calling 617-
437-2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY), (617-367-6373 Downtown; 617^37-5544
Burlington; or other satellite locations 617-437-5544);
• complete an C)ption 2 application for admission and brii^ it to the interview;
• bring an official copy or the higji school transcript or GED certificate to the
interview; and
• bring official copies of any college transcripts to the interview.
Interviews may be arranged at the Boston, Burlington , Dedham, Framingham,
Liberty Square, Milford, and Weymouth campuses only.
Option 2 candidates interested in Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
(BSBA) programs will be placed in Associate degree programs until they have met the
Option 1 requirements for BSBA degrees.
20
Students who have been admitted to a degree progrann tinder Option 2 will have
their transcripts reviewed after one academic year to ensure that they are making
satisfactory academic progress. Satisfactory academic progress is denned as follows:
• completion of at least eighteen quarter hours of University College or transfer
credit. This credit must include English courses ENG 4110, ENG 4111,
ENG 41 12, or their equivalents, and
• a minimum grade-point average of at least 2.0 (C) at University College.
The Office of Academic and Student Affairs will notify the Office of Financial Aid
of those students who are not making satisfactory academic progress.
Academic Probation
AU students are monitored at least once each academic year, usually after the end
of spring term. Students majoring in Nursing are also reviewed on a quarterly basis by
the Academic Standing Committee of the College of Nursing. Students who have been
admitted to a degree program must maintain an overall quality-point average of not
less than 2.0 (C) and a 2.0 (C) average in the required major courses in order to be
considered in good academic standing. Any degree student whose overall quality-
point average or major course average falls below 2.0 is placed on academic probation
for a one-year period. Students receive formal notification of their probation and the
level of performance required to return them to good academic standing. Students on
probation are encouraged to meet with their assigned advisor at least once per term.
Students who do not raise their overall quality-point average or major concentra-
tion to 2.0 within the probationaiy period will have their cases referred to the Univer-
sity College Academic Standing Committee for review. This Committee has the power
to remove students from their degree programs but allow them to continue taking
courses at University College, or to dismiss them from University College.
Students who have been dismissed from University College must petition the Aca-
demic Standing Committee no sooner than one year from the date of dismissal if they
wish to return to University College.
Additional Degree Status
Any student who has received a bachelor's degree from University College and
wishes to earn a second bachelor's decree must fulfill an additional 45 quarter hours in
residence after full completion of the first degree, at least 12 quarter hours of which
must be in the new major concentration.
A student who has already received an associate's or bachelor's degree from
University College and who wishes to earn a second degree at the associate's level
must fulfill an additional 24 quarter hours in residence after full completion of the first
degree, at least 6 quarter hours of which must be in the new major concentration.
In either case, the additional degree and major must be distinctly different from the
previously conferred degree. This policy does not apply to students earning an
associate's degree who wish to go on for a bachelor's degree. Students interested in
additional degree status are urged to first meet with an academic advisor.
Certificates Contained within Degrees
When a certificate is contained within a degree program (such as economics or
graphic design), the grouping of certificate courses is treated like all other courses in
terms of overall and major quality pxjint average and the student receives a diploma
only. However, if the student wishes to receive both a diploma and a certificate, the
higjier standard for certificate courses (minimum 2.0 in each certificate course) will
apply. Students must file a certificate completion petition separately in order to receive
the certificate.
Policies and Procedures 21
Change of Major
Students wishing to change majors within University College should file a Change
of Major Petition wim the Office of Academic and Student Affairs, 180 Ryder Hall.
Petitions are available at all campus locations or by calling 617-437-2400 (voice), 617-
437-2825 (TTY). Students who have received an associate's degree who are now
working toward a bachelor's degree should be sure to change their majors to their new
programs.
Changes in Requirements
The continuing development of University College requires frequent revisions.
When no undue and unusual hardship is imposed on students because of these
changes, students are expected to meet the requirements of the most current
Bulletin. If a particular student finds it impossible to meet those requirements, the
Bulletin for the year in which he or she declared a major is binding. University
College makes every effort to inform students who are admitted to a degree
program of changes in the curriculum.
Academic programs, course content, and rules and regulations are subject to
change without notice.
Course Substitutions *
Students may request to replace a required course in an academic program
with another comparable course. Although such requests are not encouraged, the
University recognizes that students may occasionally have very good reasons for
requesting such substitutions. Students must complete a Petition for Course
Substitutions and submit it to the Office of Academic and Student Affairs. Peti-
tions are available at each campus location or by calling 617-437-2400 (voice), 617-
437-2825 (TTY). Petitions are routinely forwarded to the appropriate program
director. The program director reviews the request and notifies the student of the
outcome. A copy of the completed request is kept in the student's file in the Office
of Academic and Student Affairs.
Dean's List
All degree candidates who have taken a minimum of 18 quarter hours during
the fall, winter, spring, and summer quarters, and who have completed this
coursework with a quality-point average of 3.25 or better with no "T grades,
grades below C-, and no pass-fail grades (except where there is no alternative or
where required by the program) are placed on the Dean's List. These students
receive certificates of commendation from the Dean of University College after the
summer quarter has ended. See page 32 for information on graduation with honor.
In Absentia Status
If a student moves beyond a reasonable commuting distance from University
College or its branch campuses and has completed one hundred thirty-five or more
quarter hours of credit (at least 75 q.h. of which must have been taken at Univer-
sity College), the Committee on Academic Standing will consider a petition to
allow the student to complete his or her requirements for a University College
degree at another approved college. The remaining courses must be completed
within two years of the date of official in absentia status approval. The student
must submit course descriptions to the Committee for approval prior to taking the
courses.
22 Policies and Procedures
status Reports
The Office of Academic and Student Affairs provides status reports for stu-
dents who want to know where they stand in a particular academic program.
Status Report Request forms are available at all campus locations and by calling
617-437-2400 (voice), 617-437-2825 (TTY).
No more than one status report for the same program will be issued to a
student in a given academic year. Requests are processed on a rolling basis.
Status reports are issued automatically
• when issuing the first transfer credit award; and
• when the student is changing majors.
Special Studies
Qualified students may have the opportunity to take up to six special studies.
Those who meet the specifications described below may take a combination of:
• two advanced tutorials
• one field work
• three independent studies or
• three honors programs.
Petitions for these studies are available in the Program Offices, located on the
second floor of Ryder Hall. Petitions should be filed at least six weeks prior to the
quarter in which the special study is to be taken.
Most special studies are taken under the direction of a faculty advisor who will
meet with the student at least three times during the quarter, and will be avail-
able for fi-equent phone conferences. The language and lab tutorials will meet
weekly. Students may request a specific faculty member. However, no special
study may proceed without the Program Director's approval.
Special studies are not offered in all subject areas. To find out if they are
offered in your area of interest, check the course descriptions for your program in
Hhis Bulletin.
Before petitioning for a special study, you may wish to consult with your
program office. In many cases, taking a full course will be of greater value to you.
Advanced Tutorial: The Advanced Tutorial is designed primarily for stu-
dents with declared majors who have been unable to take a needed upper-level
course in the usual format because the course has not been available for two
consecutive years. The Advanced Tutorial is essentially a full course taken inde-
pendently under the supervision of a faculty advisor who will provide a syllabus,
test the student's progress, and ascribe a grade. With the exception of languages
and a few labs. Advanced Tutorials are 3 q.h. credits each.
Students may take no more than two Advanced Tutorials and should have
completed 87 q.h. before petitioning.
Field Work: Field Work courses are designed to enhance career development
by allowing students to earn credit for the application of their academic back-
grounds to practical problems in the work place. Field Work courses are offered for
qualified Business students and certain Liberal Arts majors. Please refer to
individual course descriptions for details, including prerequisites.
A student must have a 3.0 cumulative average to be eligible and may take only
one quarter of Field Work for 6 q.h. credits. Each student shall make his or her
own arrangements for doing Keld Work at an approved work site, and shall spend
a minimum of fifteen hours per week at the site, whether on a paid or volunteer
basis.
Each student shall meet with a departmental Field Work advisor at least five
times per quarter in order to plan the project, monitor the student's progress, and
present and discuss a final written report. The student's grade shall be dependent
upon the quality of the experience as demonstrated by reports, work products, and
other documentation and upon discussions between the University College faculty
advisor and the work site supervisor.
Policies and Procedures 23
Independent Study. The Independent Study is an opportunity for degree
students who have completed 96 q.h. and maintained a 3.0 q.p.a. to underteke
special research, reading, or experimental study projects in areas related to their
major. In addition to filing a petition, interested students should submit a study
proposal for the Program Director's approval. The proposal should include a
detailed outline of the objectives and plan of study, and should be accompanied by
a supporting statement from the faculty member under whose direction the study
will take place. Students may take up to three Independent Studies at 3 q.h. each.
Usually these courses would coimt toward major elective requirements.
Honors Program: The Honors Program is similar to the Independent Study,
with two exceptions: the student must have a 3.5 q.pa. to be eligible, and submit a
more in-depth work product to earn the additional 1 q.h. credit.
Students may take up to three Honors Courses at 4 q.h. each. Usually these
courses would count toward major elective requirements.
Please Note: Students may not take more than three of either Independent
Studies or Honors Programs.
24 Policies and Procedures
transfer Credit (PoCides and Procedures
Transfer Credit Policy
Students may transfer credit from accredited institutions of hi^er education
when courses completed are applicable to the student's program in University
College. The minimum course grade acceptable for transfer credit is C, or 2.0 on a
four-point scale. Regardless of the source (APL, CLEP, PEP, noncollegiate instruc-
tion, coursework at other schools), the total amount of transfer credit that may be
awarded may not exceed 128 quarter hours. Courses for which transfer credit has
been awarded may not be repeated at University College without a reduction in
the transfer credit award. An accredited institution of higher education is an
institution having recognition and membership in one of the six regional accredit-
ing eissociations recognized by the Council on Post-Secondary Accreditation.
Transfer Credit Procedure
Students who would like to obtain an evaluation of credits earned from an-
other institution must file a Transfer Credit Petition with the Office of Academic
and Student Affairs. The student must then write to the registrar of the institution
previously attended and request that an official transcript (one bearing that
institution's seal) be forwarded to the Office of Academic and Student Affairs,
University College, 180 Ryder Hall, Northeastern University, 360 Hvmtington
Avenue, Boston, MA 02115.
Upon receipt of official transcripts, the Office of Academic and Student Affairs
issues an evaluation of all credits as they apply to the student's program in Uni-
versity College. Students should allow at least four weeks for processing
transfer credit petitions from the point when all transcripts have been
received.
Since the process of evaluating transfer credit is complex, students should not
expect evaluations of their transcripts during advising appointments. Official
awarding of credit is recorded on the student's University College transcript when
admission to a degree program is approved. Students who wish to be admitted to a
degree program may indicate this on the transfer credit petition and should attach
proof of high school graduation (official hi^ school transcript, or notarized copy of
diploma or GED certificate). Please see page 20 for admissions requirements.
Validation of Required Upper-Level Business Courses
for Transfer Credit
It may be necessary for students entering the Bachelor of Science in Business
Administration (BSBA) degree program to validate required upper-level business
courses that they have taken outside the framework of the program.
The Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree programs offered
by University College conform to all standards established by the American
Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB). AACSB has been recognized
by the Council for Post-Secondary Accreditation and by the United States Office of
Education as the sole accrediting organization for university bachelor's and
master's degree programs in business administration.
Vahdation is the set of procedures that tests whether an upper-level course
completed in the lower division of a bachelor's degree program should be accepted
for transfer credit in the upper division of a bachelor's degree program recognized
and approved by the AACSB.
In general, students are able to validate previously earned course credits by
taking a sequential course, a department-approved examination, or a CLEP
(College Level Examination Program) or PEP (Proficiency Examination Program)
examination.
25
For more information on covirse validation, see page 67. Students should talk
with a University College academic advisor for information about the validation of
upper-level business courses for transfer credit.
Validation of Knowledge in Nursing
The College of Nursing endeavors to assess the clinical knowledge and skill of
R.N. students in a variety of ways. Among these are standardized examinations
developed by nationally recognized testing services. Upon successful completion of
these examinations, R.N. students are eligible to register for clinical nursing
courses in which the ability of the student to apply nursing knowledge in the
clinical area is validated. When the student has demonstrated achievement of both
theoretical and clinical knowledge in nursing through these mechanisms, aca-
demic credit will be awarded.
Evaluation of International Educational Credentials
United States citizens and international students with Resident Alien status
who have international high school or college credentials must file an Interna-
tional Educational Credentials Form and pay a $45.00 evaluation fee. An evalua-
tion for purposes of admission and/or transfer credit is issued by the Office of
Academic and Student Affairs. Requirements include completion of an interview
and receipt of the completed form, official copies of all transcripts and translations
into English and a check or bank draft for $45.00 payable to Northeastern Univer-
sity. The official assessment of international educational credentials is made in
accordance with current standards for awarding transfer credit at University
College or as recommended by the Center for International Higher Education
Documentation.
International students with non-immigrant status must file an International
Student ^phcation (see page 16, International Students) and will have any
transfer credit evaluated as part of that process.
Course(s) at Another College or University
Students already enrolled at University College who want to complete one or
more courses at another institution may file a Prior Approval for Transfer Credit
form to ascertain whether the course they wish to take is acceptable and equiva-
lent to the University College course. A course description should be attached to
the petition. Students may take courses elsewhere without prior approval, but do
so at their own risk, as the course may not transfer into University College. There
is a total Hmit of 128 q.h. of transfer credit fi'om all sources. Also, the residency
requirement stipulates that students must take their last 24 q.h. for an A.S. or last
45 q.h. for the B.A., B.S. or B.S.B.A. degree at University College. (See page 32.)
Credit by Examination
University College awards credit by examination, provided the examination
does not dupUcate previously earned academic credit. Credit is granted for success-
fill completion of examinations currently available through the College Level
Examination Program (CLEP) of the College Entrance Examination Board and
through the Proficiency Examination Program (PEP) of the American College
Testing Program. Both programs have been designed to help students obtain
college-level credit for knowledge acquired through nontraditional means, such as
on-the-job training, educational television, or correspondence, extension, or inde-
pendent study. The passing score for University College programs is 500 on
general examinations and 50 on subject examinations. This score is established by
University College and is independent of the College Board's recommendations.
Information about these programs is available from the Office of Academic and
Student Affairs at University College and from the Northeastern University
Counseling Center.
26 Policies and Procedures
Modem Language Proficiency Examination
Students may be eligible to receive a maximum of 12 q.h. of credit for profi-
ciency in a modem language. Examinations are currently offered in French,
Spanish, German, and ItaUan. Students should contact the Liberal Arts Program
office, 617-437-2416, for more information or an application form.
Assessment of Prior teaming (APL)
University College students may obtain up to 18 q.h. of APL credit in specified
academic disciplines for knowledge gained through prior learning experiences,
whether work-related or personal.
Specifically, students may be eligible for APL credit if they have accrued a
foundation of knowledge and skills equivalent to the content of courses in the
following areas:
• liberal arts (ART, ASL, DRA, ECN, ENG, HST, JRN, MUS, PHL, POL, PSY,
SOA, SOC, SPC, TCC);
• health professions and sciences (BIO, CHM, HMG, HRA, HSC, MLS, RAD,
REG); and
• business (MIS, RE, and TRN only).
The primary method for documenting prior learning is through the assessment
of a student portfolio, although in some instances an examination will also be
required.
The student must submit an Application for Assessment of Prior Learning,
along with a non-refundable $75 apphcation fee made payable to Northeastern
University. The application fee covers assessment and processing costs and is not
tied to the granting of credit. Applications are available at 180 Ryder Hall, at any
satellite location, or by calling 617-437-2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY). Appli-
cations should be returned to the Director of Academic and Student Affairs, 180
Ryder Hall.
The application portfolio should include a written narrative, accompanied by
documentation, to support the claim for prior learning credit for one or more
courses. Assistance in portfolio planning is available from academic advisors in the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs. Appointments for this purpose can be
made by calling 617-437-2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY). In order to prepare
documentation, students may want to request the Guide to Portfolio Development
for the APL Program fi-om the Office of Academic and Student Affairs and review
course syllabi available fi"om the appropriate Program Office. Documentation may
include such evidence of accomplishment as published materials, writing samples,
or copies of artistic works. Whenever possible, students should link prior learning
to University College courses. However, when the appropriate course is critical to
the academic soundness of a program, the student may be required to take the
course, but may, in addition, receive APL credit as an elective credit in the related
subject area.
Applications will be forwarded to the appropriate Program Office, where
faculty, consultants, and program office staff will review them. Students will be
notified if further documentation or an examination is necessary. Decisions on the
applications will be forwarded to the Director of Academic and Student Affairs.
Please allow at least six weeks for processing. Students will be notified of the
outcome. Any credit awarded will appear as transfer credit on the transcript.
Students will be permitted to enter the APL program only after aU traditional
sources of transfer credit have been fully utilized. Students will not receive credit
for courses that normally would not transfer to University College. If a course has
a CLEP, PEP, or challenge examination available, students will be required to
take the exam. Credits earned through the APL program may be applied to
certificate programs as transfer credit, within the limit designated for the certifi-
cate.
Policies and Procedures 27
Students are encouraged to apply for APL credit as early as possible in their
program. All previous college credits must be transferred and a status report
completed by the Office of Academic and Student Affairs before an APL application
can be submitted. All portfolio evaluations must be completed six months prior to
graduation.
Any student wishing to pursue APL credit should contact an advisor in the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs, 617-437-2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825
(TTY), to begin the application proce'dure.
Credit for Extra-Institutional Learning
Extra-institutional learning is learning that takes place outside the sponsor-
ship of legally authorized and accredited post-secondary educational institutions.
The term applies to learning acqioired from formal courses sponsored by associa-
tions, governments, business, and industry.
In awarding credit for extra-institutional learning, University College uses the
National Guide to Educational Credit for Training Programs published by the
American Council on Education, and College Credit Recommendations: The
Directory of the National Program on NonCollegiate Sponsored Instruction, pub-
lished by the New York Board of Regents.
Students applying for credit for extra-institutional learning must submit a
Transfer Credit Petition and provide official credentials from the sponsoring
noneducational organization to the Office of Academic and Student Affairs. The
credit may be applied toward degree requirements at University College if recom-
mended in the National Guide or the Directory, provided credit is not otherwise
obtainable through CLEP or PEP (see Credit by Examination).
28 Policies and Procedures
A
(4.000)
A-
(3.667)
B+
(3.333)
B
(3.000)
B-
(2.667)
C+
(2.333)
Qrading System Solicits and (Procedures
Grading System
A student's work in each course is evaluated by the instructor, who awards a letter
CTade at the end of the quarter. This grade is officiaJly recorded by the Registrar's
Office. The grades and symbols used are given below, together with the numerical
equivalents used for computing quality-point averages:
C (2.000) I Incomplete
C- (1.667) L Audit (no credit)
D+ (1.333) S Satisfactory (pass/fail grade)
D (1.000) U Unsatisfactory (pass/fail grade)
D- (.667) X Incomplete (pass/fail grade)
F (O) * Grade not received
Change of Grade Policy
The period for clearing any grade (including "I" grades) is restricted to one calen-
dar year from the end of the quarter in which the course was originally taken. "I"
grades outstanding for twelve months or longer shall remain permanently on all
records. Requests for exceptions to this policy must be made in writing to the Univer-
sity College Academic Standing Committee, 180 Ryder Hall.
Grade Reports and Transcripts
All efforts are made to mail grades prior to the beginning of the following quarter.
A supplementary grade report is issued when a missing grade or a grade change is
received. University regulations prohibit issuing grades by telephone. Grade reports of
degree candidates indicate both their quarterly quality-point average and their cumula-
tive quality-point average. Problems with grades not received (*) or grade changes that
have not been posted on transcripts should be addressed to the Program Office Siat
administers the course.
Students may obtain a transcript of their grades by making a request in vmting to
the Registrar's Office, 117 Hayden Hall, Northeastern University, Boston, MA 02115.
Unofficial transcripts are issued free of charge when requested in person only. Official
transcripts bearing the University seal cost $2. Call (61/) 437-2302 for further informa-
tion.
Incomplete ("I") Grades
The "I" grade, or incomplete, may be given only when the student fails to complete
a major requirement of a course, such as a term paper or a final exam, but has been in
regular attendance. Students who have missed a substantial number of class meetings
without the instructor's permission receive a grade of "W." An instructor may decide
that a student has done so poorly in the course that even a perfect grade in a make-up
final examination could not raise the grade from "V." In this case "F' is the proper
grade, regardless of the missed final examination.
All deficiencies must be made up in the manner prescribed by the instructor no
later than one year following the recording of the '1" grade. Students requesting an
exception to this policy must pjetition the University College Academic Standing
Committee in writing. To remove an "I" grade, the instructor must file a change of
grade form with the program office. A student who elects to make up an "I" grade by
taking the same course over again will be given a new grade and will be billed accord-
ingly. The original "I" grade will remain on the student^s record.
29
Missed Final Examinations
Students who miss a final examination are given a grade of "l" (incomplete) unless
the student has done so poorly in the course that even a perfect grade on a make-up
final could not raise the grade from "F," in which case an "F" shall be given as the
proper grade. Students do not automatically have the right to make up a missed final
examination. Students must petition for this privilege and pay a fee of $50 for each
make-up examination. Petitions are available at each campus location or by calling
617-437-2425. Students are notified whether or not their petitions have been approved
prior to the date of the make-up examination.
Students who make up a missed final examination will have the appropriate letter
or pass/fail grade substituted for the 'T' grade on their transcripts. Please see previous
section for more information about "I" grades.
Pass/Fail Grades
Satisfactory completion of work in all courses taken on a pass/ fail basis is desig-
nated on the transcript by the letter "S." Unsatisfactory work is designated on the
transcript by the letter "U." Any unsatisfactory grade must be handled according to the
existing policy of Uruversity College but may never be cleared by enrolling in the same
course on the basis of the pass/ fail system of grading.
An incomplete in a course taken on a pass/fail basis is designated by the letter "X"
on the transcript and is treated according to the normal procedure for grades of
incomplete.
Please see also Pass/Fail Courses on page 17.
Quality-Point Average
To obtain the quality-point average, the numerical equivalent of each grade
received is multiplied by ti\e credit hours earned, the qudity points are added together,
and the total quality-points are divided by the studenfs total quarter hours. An
example follows:
Grade
Numerical
Qedit
Quality
Achieved
Equivalent
Hours
Points
A
4.000
3
12.0
B-
2.667
3
8.0
C
2.000
6
12.0
F
0.000
3
0.0
(15)
(32.0) T
TOTALS
The quality-point average is equal to the total quality points (in this case, 32.0)
divided by the total credit hours (15), which comes to an average of 2.13.
Pass/fail grades (S, U, and X), incompletes (I), and audits (L) are not included in
the quality-point average. Similarly, transfer credits are not included in quality-point
averages. However, the total earned hours appearing on the student's transcript
include both transfer credits and "S" grades. Transfer credits only appear if a student
has been fonnally admitted to a degree program.
A cumulative quality-point average below 2.0 is unacceptable and does not allow a
student to continue in University College or to receive a de^ee from Northeastern
University. The "F' grade is a failure and requires repetition of the course in its en-
tirety. University College also has a requirement that the q.p.a. in the major concentra-
tion courses must be 2.0 or better.
30 Policies and Procedures
Repeating a Course
"F" Grades
Students who receive an "F' in a required course must repeat the course at full
tuition rate. The original course and grade will remain on the record, but "repeat" will
be marked next to it and the new, not the old, grade will be computed into the q.pjL.
Improving Q.PA
Students may repeat any course to improve their grade. The original course and
grade will remain on the record, but "repeat" will be marked next to it. In all cases it is
the most recently received grade which will be coimted in the q.p.a., whether it is
higher or lower than the original grade. There is no reduction in tuition fees for
repeated courses.
Duplication Of Courses
Sometimes students inadvertently repeat a course. Students will not receive credit
twice for the same course; therefore, students are advised to be careful when selecting
courses, as course titles and/or numbers sometimes change. One way for students to
insure tihat coursework will not be duplicated, particularly if courses were taken under
the old numbering system, is by petitioning for an updated status report
Policies and Procedures 31
QracCuation ^otidzs and (ProcecCures
Residence Requirement
Every candidate for the bachelor's or associate's degree must fulfill the minimum
residence requirement, which is defined as the satisfactory completion of at least forty-
five quarter hours of coursework for the bachelor's degree or twenty-four quarter
hours of coursework for the associate's degree, in University College immediately
preceding graduation. At least twelve of the forty-five quarter hours, or six of the
twenty-four, must be in the candidate's major field of study.
Because of this residence requirement, students may not take courses at any other
institution during their senior year for the purpose of transferring credit.
Students whose enrollment in a degree program is interrupted for a paiod of one
year or more will be reinstated in that program or a comparable program at the time of
re-entry into University College.
Graduation Requirements
Except for certain health professions programs, the requirement for graduation
from University College is 174 quarter hours for a bachelor's degree and 96 quarter
hours for an associate's degree, with attainment of an overall quality-point average of
2.0 (C). Students who have transferred in a substantial amoimt of elective credit may
have more than 174 q.h. or 96 q.h. upon completion of their proo-ams. In addition, the
student must have a 2.0 avera^ in me required major courses. Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration degree candidates must also meet all validation requirements.
Although the credits allowed for acceptable work completed elsewhere by transfer
students count toward fulfillment of quantitative graduation requirements, neither the
credits nor the grades earned in such cotirses are included in the quality-point compu-
tations for graduation. Course requirements for each degree are outlined in this
Bulletin.
Graduation witli l-ionor
Graduation with honor is reserved for bachelor's degree candidates who have
completed a minimum of 72 quarter hours of work at University College and who have
demonstrated distinctiy superior academic achievement as evidenced by the following
quality-point averages:
Graduation with Honor 3.25 to 3.49
Graduation with High Honor 3.50 to 3.74
Graduation with Highest Honor 3.75 to 4.00
Transfer credit is not considered in determining honors.
Credit by Examination During tiie Senior Year
CLEP or PEP examinations (see page 26) may be taken by students during their
final year of study provided they have met the forty-five or twenty-four quarter-hour
residence requirement for graduation described above. Because of the time it takes for
CLEP and PEP examinations to be graded and returned to the University, students
requesting June graduation must take their CLEP and PEP examinations no later than
the winter quarter of their senior year, and students requesting September commence-
ment must take their examinations no later than the spring term of their senior year.
32
Senior Status Procedure
Each student who intends to graduate in either an Associate's or a Bachelor's
Degree program during the current academic year must notify the Office of Academic
and Student Affairs of his or her intention to graduate by filing for a senior status
report. Commencement is held twice a year, in Jime and September.
Senior status reports are issued to assist students with selecting the courses they
need to complete their program requirements. Seniors are encouraged to request their
senior status reports during the summer prior to the academic year in which they plan
to graduate. Petition forms are available at each campus location or by calling 617-437-
2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY). At this time, seniors are also encouraged to clear up
missing grades, incompletes, transfer credit, admissions, or other problems.
Once a Senior Status Report has been completed, the Office of Academic and
Student Affairs mails a Commencement Data Card, which the student must return by
the date specified on the card to be guaranteed inclusion on the official graduation list.
Academic Audit of Seniors
The Office of Academic and Student Affairs conducts an academic audit of all
seruors approximately one month prior to graduation. During this audit, academic
problems such as incompletes, missing grades, missing courses, or validation problems
are noted. Every effort is made to relay Bus information to the student through mail
and telephone contact. If these problems remain unresolved, seniors are notified by
certified mail that they have failed to qualify for their degree.
Commencement Ceremony
Information concerning commencement is mailed to all seniors who have returned
a Commencement Data Card (see Senior Status, above) during the spring term, for June
graduation, or the summer term, for September graduation.
Attendance at Commencement for all University College degree candidates is
optional. Students who do not attend Commencement should receive their diplomas
by mail approximately six to eight weeks after the ceremony.
Students must have cleared all academic, financial, and/or disciplinary deficiencies
in order to graduate. Students who have questions about the commencement ceremony
should direct them to the Commencement Office, 61 7-437-3190.
Policies and Procedures 33
Ovtrvitu) ofSicademic (Programs
At University College, yoxir options are almost unlimited. Our programs of study
can take you in any direction you determine toward the fulfillment of your professional
or personal objectives. You may enroll as a student pursuing a degree program or as a
non-degree student taking a single course or a special program.
Our programs leading to the Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science in Business
Administration, and Bachelor of Arts degrees provide opportunities for cultural and
professional development equivalent in quality and scope to those offered in the
conventional four-year college enrolling mU-time students. The bachelor's degree
requires 174 quarter hours of credit or more.
Programs leading to the Associate in Science degree enable students to establish a
knowledge base in business administration, criminal justice and security, health
professions and sciences, or liberal arts. The associate's degree requires 96 quarter
hours of credit and is equivalent to the conventional two-year, or junior community
college program in scope and quality. University College also offers certificate pro-
grams in a wide range of disciplines.
Degree and certificate programs are offered in the following areas. (The num-
bers indicate the page on whidi detailed curricula appear.)
Business Administration
Accounting
Associate in Science 70
Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration 80
Certificate 39
Advanced Accoimting Certificate 58
Business Administration
Associate in Science 71
Certificate 41
Compensation and
Benefits Management
Certificate 42
Computer Programming and
Systems Analysis
Certificate 43
Computer Systems Specialist
Program
Certificate 44
Finance
Associate in Science 72
Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration 82
Certificate 47
Food Service Management
Certificate 48
National Institute for the
Food Industry Certification 60
Hotel and Restaurant Management
Associate in Science 73
Certificate 49
Human Resources Management
Associate in Science 74
Certificate 50
Management
Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration 84
Certificate 51
Management Information Systems
Associate in Science 75
Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration 86
Marketing
Associate in Science 76
Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration 88
Certificate 51
Microcomputer Software
Certificate 52
Preparation for National Certification
APICS 60
CQE61
CTL60
NAPM61
National Institute for the Food Industry
Certification 60
Preparation for State Certification
Real Estate Salesperson's Exan\
Preparation 61
Purchasing and Materials Management
Associate in Science 77
APICS Examination Preparation 60
NAPM Examination Preparation 61
Certificate 54
34
Quality Management
Certificate 54
Real Estate
Associate in Science 78
Certificate 54
Salesperson's Examination
Preparation 61
Small Business Management
Certificate 55
Transportation and Physical
Distribution Management
Associate in Science 79
Certificate 56
UNIX for Business
Certificate 57
Health Professions and
Sciences
Advanced Enviroiunental Science
Certificate 58
Biological Science
Bachelor of Science 103
Biotechnology
Associate in Science 105
Bachelor of Science 106
Environmental Studies
Certificate 47
Health Information Administration
Bachelor of Science 108
Post Baccalaureate Certificate 109
Technology
Operations Maiiagement
Associate in Science 90
Certificate 52
Operations Technology
Bachelor of Science 91
Criminal Justice and Security
Corrections
Associate in Science 94
Bachelor of Science 95
Legal Studies
Certificate 50
Policing
Associate in Science 96
Bachelor of Science 97
Security
Associate in Science 98
Bachelor of Science 99
Health Management
Bachelor of Science 110
Option in Continuing Care
Administration 111
Option in Community Health
Management 111
General Option 111
Health Science
Bachelor of Science 113
Human Development Services
Certificate with concentrations in:
Adolescent Care 49
Gerontology 49
Infant/Child Care 50
Learning Disabilities 50
Medical Laboratory Science
Associate in Science 114
Phlebotomy Certification Preparation 61
Nursing
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
(in affiliation with the College of
Nursing) 117
Paramedic Technology
Associate in Science 119
EMT/Basic Program 60
Paramedic Technology Certificate 119
Radiologic Technology
Associate in Science 120
Programs of Study 35
Liberal Arts
Acting
Certificate 39
Advertising
Certificate 40
American Sign Language and
Deaf Studies
Certificate 40
American Sign Language-English
Interpreting
Certificate 59
Arts and Sciences
Associate in Science 124
Business Communication
Certificate 42
Computer Graphic Design
Certificate 43
Economics
Bachelor of Arts 125
Bachelor of Science 125
Education
Elementary Teaching Certificate 45
Secondary Teaching Certificate 46
Electronic Composition
Certificate 46
English
Bachelor of Arts 126
Bachelor of Science 127
Fine Arts
Bachelor of Arts 128
Bachelor of Science 128
Graphic Design and Visual
Communication
Associate in Science 129
Bachelor of Science 130
Certificate 48
History
Bachelor of Arts 131
Bachelor of Science 132
Joiunalism
Advertising Certificate 42
Public Relations Certificate 53
Liberal Arts/Business Minor
Bachelor of Science 134
Liberal Studies
Bachelor of Arts 136
Political Science
Bachelor of Arts 138
Bachelor of Science 142
Psychology
Bachelor of Arts 142
Bachelor of Science 142
Public Relations
Certificate 53
Publishing
Certificate 53
Sociology-Anthropology
Bachelor of Arts 143
Bachelor of Science 143
Speech Communication
Certificate 55
Technical Commimicaiions
Bachelor of Science 145
Technical Writing
Certificate 56
Writing
Certificate 57
Course descriptions are listed in alphabetical order by subject area beginning on page 149.
36 Programs of Study
Ctrtificatt and Sytdai Programs
Study Options with Proven Practical Dividends
While many students attend University College to obtain an Associate or Bachelor
Degree, or to take specific courses, a growing number of adults have discovered the
benefits of enrolling in one of University College's more than 50 certificate and special
preparation programs. Each program offers a foundation of knowledge designed to
provide the expertise needed for the attainment of specialized professional skills.
(Please see the next page for a full listing.)
Since these popular programs were first offered in 1983, they have provided the
following benefits:
• convey a cohesive base of job-related skills
• erihance career prospects within and outside the setting of one's employment
• offer marketable expertise to make career changes feasible
• prepare for licensing exams in selected specialized areas
• present "manageable" learning alternatives that may be completed within one or
two years
• may be applied to degree programs at any time during or after certificate studies.
Easily Converted into Career Transition Programs
If you are thinking of making a career change in the near future, you might benefit
from adding one or two of the following enhancements to your certificate studies:
INT 4110 Managing Career Decisions (3 q.h.)
INT 41 12 Career Action Planning (1 q.h.)
INT 4114 Career Decision Making (1 q.h.)
A 1 q.h. internship offered with most Business certificates (see page 69 for details)
Free Career Development and Placement seminars (call 617-437-2428 for times and
places).
For example, you might take INT 4110, INT 4112, or INT 4114 as a first step to
determine wHch career options are "right" for you. (Dr you might want to "reality
test" a career choice by taking a relevant internship. Or you might want to enroll in the
"(Dne Shot Job Search or "resume critiques" seminars offered by our Office of Career
Development and Placement to learn how to "sell yourself more effectively. Com-
bined with a certificate program these modest initiatives can take you a long way on
the road to realizing your career dreams.
How to Proceed
Students entering a certificate program should file a certificate petition with the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs. When you have completed all coursework
toward your certificate, you should file a Certificate Completion Form. Petitions are
available from the Office of Academic and Student Affairs, 180 Ryder Hall, 617-437-
2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY), and at all campus locations.
For assistance in determining course prerequisites or in deciding on the appropri-
ate program, call 617-437-2400 (voice) or 617437-2825 (TTY) for an appointinent witii
an academic advisor, or call the number listed for each individual certificate program.
Most certificate programs are designed to facilitate fransfer into a related degree
program. In addition, a limited amount of transfer credit for infroductory courses taken
at another school may be applied toward certificate program requirements. The
number of fransfer credits permitted varies by certificate but is usually limited to 9
quarter hours.
37
Students who choose to complete a second certificate in a subject related to the first
may find that the two have certain courses in common. However, a second certificate
will not be awarded if more than 50 percent of the coursework is duplicated.
On occasion, students have good reasons for requesting permission to replace a
required course with a substitute course. Permission to substitute a course must be
granted by the appropriate program office. Students should submit a completed
Petition for Course Substitutions to the appropriate office. Petitions are available at all
campus locations.
Beginning with courses taken Fall term 1987, students must achieve a
grade of C (2.0) or better in each course in order to receive a certificate.
Certificate Programs
• Accounting
• Acting
• Advanced Accounting*
• Advanced Environmental Science*
• Advertising
• American Sign Language and Deaf
Studies
• ASL-English Interpreting*
• Business Administration
• Business Commuiucation
• Compensation and Benefits
Management
• Computer Graphic Design
• Computer Programming and
Systems Analysis
• Computer Systems Specialist
• Education:
Elementary Teaching
• Education:
Secondary Teaching
• Electronic Composition
• Environmental Studies
• Finance
• Food Service Management
• Graphic Design and Visual
Communication
Health Information Administration
Post-Baccalaureate *
Hotel and Restaurant Management
Human Development Services
Human Resources Management
Legal Studies (formerly Law and
Criminal Justice)
Management
Marketing
Microcomputer Software
Operations Management
Paramedic Technology**
Public Relations
Publishing
Purchasing and Materials
Management
(Quality Management
Real Estate
Small Business Management
Speech Communication
Technical Writing
Transportation and Physical
Distribution Management
UNIX for Business
Writing
These programs are at the intermediate or advanced levels. Check the program and course descriptions to
determine your eligibility.
•Special application procedures necessary.
Special Programs
• EMT/Basic
• National Certification — CTL
(Certified in Transportation and Logistics)
• National Institute for the Food
Industry Certification
• Preparation for National
Certification — APICS
• Preparation for National
Certification— CQE (Certified
(Quality Engineer)
• Preparation for National
Certification — ^NAPM
• Phlebotomy Certification
Preparation
• Real Estate Salesperson's Exam
Preparation
38 Certificate Programs
CerdjhaU (Programs
Accounting Cert'rficale Program
a
Designed to enable students to gain a foundation of knowledge in the accounting
field, this program teaches how to compile, analyze, and prepare critical business and
financial records.
quarter hours
ACC4101 ACC4102 ACC4103 Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3 9
ACC4301 ACC4302 ACC4307 Intermediate Accounting 1, 2, 3* 9
ACC4310 or ACC4410 Cost Accounting 1 3
F14301 or FI4401 Principles of Finance , 3
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 qucirter hours) 24
For more information, call 617-437-2418.
•Or students may select ACC 4401, ACC 4402 and ACC 4407 if they have taken at least 80 q.h.
Acting Certificate Program
a
Created to allow students to lay a foundation for further acting experience and
career opportunities, this program encourages participation in a variety of drama
courses.
quarter h(
Durs
bRA4101
Introduction to Theatre
3
DRA 4140 DRA 4141
Introduction to Acting 1, 2
6
DRA 4151
Acting for the Camera*
3
DRA 4152
Acting for Commercials*
3
DRA 4153
Acting for Voice Overs*
3
DRA 4250
Theatre Movement
3
DRA 4260
Theatre Speech
3
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 24
For more information, call 617-437-2416 or 617-437-2423.
•3 1/2-hour studio.
Advanced Accounting Certificate Program Q
See page 58 for details. ^||^^
Advanced Environmental Science Certificate Program
See page 58 for details.
a
39
Advertising Certificale Program
M
Intended to build professional experience in fields such as copywriting, layout and
design, and corporate advertising, this program stresses a combination of creative and
hands-on practical skills.
quarter hours
JRN 41 12 Writing for Media 1 3
JRN4349 Advertising Basics 3
JRN 4350 Advertising Copj^writing 3
JRN 4351 Advertising Practice 3
ART 4115 Graphic Design for Non-Majors* 3
ART 4143 Advertising Design* 3
MTH 4520 Statistical Thinking 3
MKT4301 or MKT4401 Introduction to Marketing 1 3
Choose one elective from the following:
MKT4302 or MKT4402 Introduction to Marketing 2 (3)
MKT4310 or MKT4410 Advertising Management 1 (3)
JRN 4300 Photojournalism (3)
ART 4160 Basic Photography* (3)
MGT 4101 Introduction to Business and Management 1 (3)
Total Quarter Hows (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 27
For more information, call 617-437-2416 or 617-437-2423.
* 3 1/2-hour studio.
s
American Sign Language and Deaf Studies Certificate Program
Developed to introduce signing and give students the chance to practice and gain
confidence in communicating with the hearing-impaired, this program allows students
to explore the language and culture of the An\erican deaf community. (For more
advanced program, please see ASL-English Interpreting Certificate, page 59.)
quarter hours
ASL4101 ASL4102 American Sign Language 1, 2* 8
ASL 4201 ASL 4202 Intermediate American Sign
Language 1, 2 8
ASL 4301 ASL 4302 Advanced American Sign Language
Proficiency 1,2 8
ASL 4412 ^ American Deaf Culture 3
ASL 4410 Lingmstics of American Sign Language 3
ASL 4411 Deaf History (3)
or or
ASL 4413 Deaf Literature (3)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit for ASL 4101 and ASL 4102:
8 quarter hours; all other credits must be completed in residence; a
3.0 cumulative grade-point average is required to receive this certificate.) 33
*An Advanced Placement examination is available for this course. If ASL 4101 or ASL 4102 is
waived, a substitution must be made so that the quarter hours earned still total 33. If you enter the
program beginning with ASL 2 (ASL 4102) as your first class (having tested out of ASL 1- ASL
4101), you will be reqpiired to take hath Deaf History (ASL 4411) and Deaf Literature (ASL 4413) to
meet all the credit requirements for the ASL and Deaf Studies Certificate.
For more information, call 617-437-3064 (voice) or 617-437-3067 (TTY).
40 Certificates
ASL-English Interpreting Certificate Q
See page 59 for details. ^^P
Business Administration Certificate Program
g
Intended to help students get started or catch up on the basics of business, this
program is often taken as a foundation for further study of the various facets of
business administration.
quarter hours
ACC4101
ACC4102
Accounting Principles 1,2 6
HRM4301
HRM4302
Organizational Behavior 1,2 6
MKT4301
or
MKT4401
Introduction to Marketing 1 3
MGT4101
MGT4102
Introduction to Business and Management 1, 2 6
MGT4358
Contemporary Management Issues 3
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 24
For more information, call 6 17-437-24 18.
Business Communication Certificate Program
a
Built around the premise that effective communication in a variety of business
situations is a key factor in career satisfaction and advancement, this vital program
sharpens verbal and writing skills for today's business world.
quarter hours
JRN4335 PubUc Relations Basics (3)
or or
MKT4335 Public Relations 1 (3)
MGT 4101 Introduction to Business and Management 1 3
SPC 4102 Group Discussion 3
SPC 4152 Interviewing 3
SPC 4153 Techniques of Persuasion 3
SPC 4154 Negotiation Skills 3
SPC 4155 Organizational Communication 3
SPC 4251 Business and Professional Speaking 3
Choose one Tvriting course from the following:
ENG 4380 Business Writing and Reports 1 (3)
JRN 4112 Writing for Media 1 (3)
TCC 4101 Technical Writing 1 (3)
or choose any acceptable substitute in written communication, with prior approval
of the department consultant or program director.
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 27
For more information call 617-437-2416 or 617-437-2423.
Certificates 41
Compensation and Benefits Management Certificate Program wA
Created to offer students the opportunity to leam about the increasingly
important and complex role of benefits management, this program focuses on
today's business organizations.
quarter hours
HRM 4310 Human Resources Management* 3
HRM4309 Labor Relations* 3
HRM 4321 Wage and Salary Administration 3
HRM 4322 Employee Benefits* 3
HRM 4333 Employment Rights* 3
HRM 4334 Human Resource Information Systems 3
HRM .4342 Strategy Development in HBIM 3
Human Resources Management (HRM) course of your choice 3
HRM 4910 Internship (optional) (1)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 24-25
For more information, call 617-437-2418.
•This certificate may be taken by students who have also completed the Human Resources Management
Certificate. Asterisked courses do not have to be repeated.
Computer Graphic Design Certificate Program
s
Designed to address the needs of both novice and professional designers seeking
careers in the area of electronic graphic design, the core curriculum of this program is
structured for students with little or no computer experience. Professional designers,
subject to the approval of the Program Director, may substitute more advanced design
or computer electives for up to three basic design courses. Some courses will be offered
only on the Boston campus. Up to nine hours of APL (Assessment of Prior Learning)
credit can be applied to the certificate as transfer credit.
Students must take all other required courses before taking ART 4186.
quarter hours
ART 4135 Design Fundamentals* 3
ART 4139 Color Theory and PracHce 3
ART 4140 Graphic Communication and Production 3
ART 4141 Graphic Design 1* 3
ART 4151 Typography 3
ART 4181 Introduction to Computer Graphics* 3
ART 4183 Electronic Publishing Design* 3
ART 4184 PresentaHon Graphics* 3
ART 4185 Creative Imaging: Custom Computer
Design* 3
ART 4187 Advanced Computer Illustration* 3
ART 4186 Computer Graphic Design Portfolio* 3
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 33
For more information, call 617-437-2416 or 617-437-2423.
*3 1 /2-hour studio
42 Certificates
Computer Programming and Systems Analysis jtf
Certificate Program ^^
Built to help students keep up with new developments in this fast-paced field,
this program enhances career prospects by providing a concrete knowledge-base in
programming.
quarter hours
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2 6
COBOL Programming 1, 2, 3 9
Advanced PC Software 3
Programming in C 1, 2 6
Structured Systems Analysis and Design 1 3
Structured Systems Analysis and Design 2 3
Internship (optional) (1)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 30-31
This certificate differs from the Computer Systems Specialist Program (described next) in that the courses
for this certificate are regularly offered at all campuses and may be completed over a longer period of
time than in the Specialist Program. For more information about both programs, call 617-437-2418.
MIS 4101
MIS 41 02
MIS 4221
MIS 4???,
MIS 4773
MIS 4236
MIS 4276
MIS 4277
MIS 4301
or
MIS 4401
MIS 4302
or
MIS 4402
MIS 4910
Certificates 43
Computer Systems Specialist Program j^
The Program
Designed to offer training to become computer systems specialists, this pro-
gram is intended for students who are interested in entry-level programming
positions in business and industry. The program addresses the career goals of
individuals who have little or no academic or work-related background in com-
puter programming. Students who successfully complete the program receive a
Computer Systems Specialist Certificate.
Admission
Computer Systems Specialist Program candidates will be evaluated for accep-
tance into the program on the basis of their transcripts from high school or most
recently attended college, their motivation and their expressed goals. Enrollment is
limited. This program is offered only if a sufficient number of qualified candidates
apply.
Time and Place
The program is scheduled to begin twice during the academic year, once in the
fall and again in the spring quarter. Qasses are scheduled for thirty-one weekends:
Friday, 6 to 10 p.m., and aJl day Saturday, 9 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. Sections are offered at
the Boston and Burlington campuses.
Academic Credit and Certification
Upon satisfactory completion of the program, students will have accumulated
forty-five quarter hours of academic creait, and will receive the program certificate.
The credits represent 26 percent of the credits necessary for a bachelor's degree.
Placement Assistance
Although job placement is not guaranteed, most students who successfully
complete the program find suitable employment. Placement services include
individual counseling; job-search seminars on career opportunities, self-assessment,
resume preparation, and interviewing skills; and resume referrals to employers.
For More Information
For more information about the program and an application form, contact the
Business Administration Program Office, Northeastern Ui\iversity, University
College, 360 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02115, 617-437-2418.
Courses in the program are:
quarter hours
MIS 4101 MIS 4102 Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2 6
MGT 4101 Introduction to Business and
Management 1 3
MIS 4221 MIS 4222 MIS 4223 COBOL Programming 1, 2, 3 9
MIS 4236 Advanced PC Software 3
MIS 4276 Programming in CI 3
MIS 4277 Programming in C 2 3
MIS 4282 Operating Systems Overview 3
MIS 4301 MIS 4302 Structured Systems Analysis and Design 1, 2 6
MIS 4307 Communications and Networking 3
MIS 4321 UNIX for C Programmers 3
MIS 4345* Database Management Systems 3
Total Quarter Hours 45
*For course description see MIS 4445.
44 Certificates
NEW Education Teaching Certificate Programs
Provide Gateways for Primary and Secondary Teaching
University College liberal arts and science majors are now presented with the
opportunity to qualify for public school teaching in Massachusetts. By taking one
of the new certificate programs delineated below, in conjunction with, or following
completion of their bachelor degree studies, students can reach the first milestone
in their quest for certification as an elementary or high school teacher. Upon
attaining such provisional certification, students may undertake a "clinical
master's" program to qualify for full certification.*
Admission Requirements**
Before applying for a certificate program, students may elect one introductory
course (Introduction to Education).
Applicants must be enrolled in or have completed a bachelor's degree program
in the Liberal Arts and Sciences, and have a minimum grade point average of 2.0.
Students will be expected to demonstrate competency in mathematics, reading, and
writing, either through completion of designated courses, or a skills test. Appli-
cants will be interviewed by a member(s) of an admissions committee who will
judge whether to accept them. Minimum QPAs of 2.5 overall, and 3.0 in the
certificate courses, are required for student teaching.
Elementary Education Certificate Program
a
Required courses
quarter houis
ED 4101
Introduction to Education -
3
ED 4102
Child Development and Learning
(3:
Uf
PSY4240
Uf
Development: Infancy and Childhood
(3:
ED4406
Elementary Curriculum I:
language arts, art, music
3
ED 4407
Elementary Curriculum II: social studies
3
ED 4408
Elementary Curricultmi III:
science and mathematics
3
ED 4426
Fimdamentals of Reading
3
CRS4200
Introduction to Special Education
3
ED 4801
Held Experience I
1
ED4802
Reld Experience II
1
ED 4803
Rdd Experience HI
1
ED 4817
Student Teaching Practicum
6
Total Quarter Hours
30
*Northeastem's Department of Education will offer the Clinical Master's in 1994. For
information call (617) 437-3302.
**For detailed admissions guidelines, call (617) 437-2416.
Certificates 45
Secondary Education Certificate Program
Required courses
ED 4101
ED 4103
or
PSY4241
ED 4410
ED 4411
ED 4412
ED 4415
CRS4200
ED 4801
ED 4802
ED 4803
ED 481 7
Total Quarter Hours
a
quarter hours
3
Introduction to Education
Adolescent Development and Learning
or
Development: Adolescence
General Teaching Methods for High School
Teaching in the High School
(a) Mathematics
(b) Science
(c) English
(d) Sodal Sciences
Curriculum Development in the High School
Reading/Learning Problems in
Secondary School
Introduction to Special Education
Reld Experience I
Reld Experience II
Reld Experience III
Student Teaching Practicum
(3)
(3)
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
6
30
Electronic Composition Certificate Program
Designed to help students develop skills in starting up, advising, managing, and
creating systems for the growing field of desktop publishing operations, this certificate
program addresses a career that is "in demand."
quarter hours
3
ART 4135
ART 4139
ART 4140
ART 4141
ART 4151
ART 4181
ART 4183
ART 4184
ART 4366
ART 4410
Design Fundamentals*
Color Theory and Practice
Graphic Communication and Production
Graphic Design 1*
Typography
Introduction to Computer Graphics*
Electroiuc Publishing Design*
Presentation Graphics*
Promotional and Technical Publications:
Design and Production*
Electronic Imaging Systems*
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours)
For more information, call 617-437-2416 or 617-437-2423.
* 3 1/2-hour studio
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
30
46 Certificates
Environmental Studies
g
Developed for those concerned with the environment and those whose jobs deal
directly with environmental issues, such as lawyers, journalists, and public relations
professionals, this program addresses contemporary concerns. An extensive science
background is not required.
ESC 4103
Introduction to the Earth Sdences:
The SoUd Earth
quarter hours
(3)
or
or
ESC 4204
ESC4250
ESC 4251
ESC 4252
ESC 4220
BIO 4224 BIO 4775 BIO 4226
Physical Geology
Conservation and the Nation
Conservation and the Community
Conservation Management
Wetlands
Ecology 1, 2, 3
(3)
3
3
3
3
9
Total Quarter Hours
24
For more information, call 617-437-2818.
Finance Certificate Program
O
Intended to help students get the skills they need to assume more responsibility on
the job, this program can help get you started on a finance career in banks, corpora-
tions, brokerage firms, schools, and government and social agencies, as well as help
you advance to a management position.
quarter hours
Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3 9
Principles of Finance 3
Rnancial Management 3
Investment Principles 3
Credit Principles 3
Budgeting and Planning 3
Internship (optional) (1)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 24-25
For more information, call 617-437-2418.
ACC 4101
ACC 4102
ACC 4103
n4301
or
n4401
n4302
or
n4402
FI4310
or
n4410
PI 4320
or
n4420
n4325
or
n4425
n4910
Certificates 47
Food Service Management Certificate Program
M
Designed for current and potential restaiirant owners and managers, this program
teaches students to run cost-effective operations that meet professional standards.
HTL4301
HTL4307
HTL4308
HTL4304
or
HTL4309
HTL4320
HTL4322
HTL4324
HTL4331
HTL 4910
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 30-31
For more infonnation, call 617-437-2418.
Graphic Design and Visual Communication ^2
Certificate Program ^1^
Created to offer students a comprehensive background in graphic design and
visual communication skills, this program is geared to individuals seeking entry into
advertising, publishing, marketing, public relations, and media industries.
quarter hours
Introduction to Hotel and
Restaurant Management
3
Food Service Sanitation
3
Food and Beverage Cost Control
3
Hotel and Restaurant Law
(3)
OT
Managerial Accounting for the
Hospitality Industry
(3)
Food Preparation (Intensive)
6
Consumer Food Preparation
3
Dining Room Beverage Operation
and Preparation
3
Professional Chef's Training
6
Internship (Optional)
(1)
ART 4135
quarter he
Design Fundamentals*
)urs
3
ART 4139
Color Theory and Practice
3
ART 4140
Graphic Communication and Production
3
ART 4141 ART 4142
ART 4143
ART 4151
ART 4181
ART 4367
ART 4251
Graphic Design 1», 2*
Advertising Design*
Typography
Introduction to Computer Graphics*
Pictorial Imagery for the Graphic Designer*
Portfolio Development*
6
3
3
3
3
3
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours;
possible APL credit: 9 quarter hours. See p. 27) 30
For more information, call 617-437-2416 or 617-437-2423.
*3 1 /2-hour studio
Health Information Administration Post-Baccalaureate Certificate
See page 109 for details.
8
48 Certificates
Hotel and Restaurant Management Certificate Program
a
Meant for those interested in developing a core of relevant management skills, this
program is for those students particularly interested in entry into the people-centered
hotel/restaurant field or for advancement in their present position.
quarter hours
HTL4301
HTL4303
HTL4304
HTL4307
HTL4308
HTL4309
HTL4313
HTL4320
HTL4910
Introduction to Hotel and
Restaurant Management
Front Office Management
Hotel and Restaurant Law
Food Service Sanitation
Food and Beverage Cost Control
Managerial Accoimting for the
Hospitality Industry
Introduction to Tourism
Food Preparation (Intensive)
Internship (optional)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours)
For more infonnation, call 617-437-2418.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
(1)
27-28
Human Development Services Certificate
g
Designed for those who wish to acquire specialized skills to more effectively deal
_ iP' " ' . _
track appropriate for his/her personal and/or professional development.
with a specific client group, this program enables the student to choose a sped.
/ely dea]
dalized
Required
quarter hours
Choose only one:
PSY4240
PSY4241
PSY4242
Development: Infency and Childhood
Development: Adolescence
Development: Adulthood and Aging
(3)
(3)
(3)
Required
REC4210
REC4378
SPC4150
SPC4225
SPC4240
Choose one of the following groupings:
Adolescent Care, Requiredt
REC4101
REC4215
REC4379
SOC4195
Gerontology, Required*
HSC4610
PSY 4243
SOC4225
SOC4235
Psycho-social Asjjects of Mness and Disability
Professional Caregiving 1
Self-Concept and Communication
Family Communication
Managing Interpersonal Conflict
Therapeutic Recreation 1
Causes and Detection of Child Abuse
Professional Caregiving 2
Drugs and Society
Geriatric Nutrition
Aging and Mental Health
Social Gerontology
Death and Dying
Certificates 49
Infant/Child Care, Requiredt
REC 4105 Childhood Medical Procedures 2
REC 4215 Causes and Etetection of Child Abuse 3
REC 4300 Arts and Crafts 3
REC 4379 Professional Caregiving 2 3
Learning Disabilities, Requiredt
REC 4200 Introduction to Learning Disabilities 3
REC 4250 Assessing Learning Disabilities 3
REC 4350 Legal Aspects of Disabilities and
RehabiUtation 3
REC 4450 Vocational Planning for the Learning Disabled 3
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 29-30
•For more information call 617-437-2416 or 437-2423.
tFor more information call 617-437-3843. <
8
Human Resources Management Certificate Program
Developed to enhance skills to handle the changing aspects of employer/employee
relations, this certificate program addresses the current increasingly complex work-
place.
quarter hours
HRM4301 HRM4302 Oiganizational Behavior 1, 2 6
HRM 4310 Human Resources Management* 3
HRM4309 Labor Relations* 3
HRM 4321 Wage and Salary Administration 3
HRM 4322 Employment Benefits* 3
HRM 4325 Training and Development 3
HRM 4333 Employment Rights* 3
HRM 4910 Internship (optional) (1)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 24-25
For more information, call 617-437-2418.
*llus certificate may be taken by students who have also completed the Compensation and Benefits
Management Certificate program. Asterisked courses do not have to be repeated.
jjegal Studies Certificate Program U^
(fonnerly Law and Criminal Justice Certificate Program) ^^
Designed to give a backgrotind in the evolution and concepts of criminal law, this
certificate program examines the fimdamentals of trial procedures, the rules of evi-
dence, and the history and development of the American Constitution.
quarter hours
CJ4101 Administration of Justice 3
CJ4108 CJ4109 Criminal Law and Procedure 1, 2 6
CJ 4110 Constitutional Law 3
CJ4114 CJ4115 Introduction to Law 1, 2 6
CJ4118 Juvenile Law 3
CJ 451 1 Survey of Criminal Evidence 3
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 6 quarter hours) 24
For more information, call 617-437-2818.
50 Certificates
Management Certificate Program
a
Developed to offer students the opportunity to earn skills in all areas of manage-
ment, this program can be the key to career advancement in today's business world.
quarter hours
3
HRM4301
MIS 4101
or
HRM4401
MGT4101 MGT4102
or
MGT4105
MGT4103
MGT4320
MGT4330
or
MGT4329
MGT4358
MGT4910
Organizational Behavior 1
Introduction to Data Processing and
Information Systems 1
Introduction to Business and
Management 1, 2
or
Introduction to Business and Management
(Intensive)
Introduction to Business and Management
Managing Change
Essentials for Managers of Small Businesses
or
Managing Small Businesses
Contemporary Management Issues
Internship (optional)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours)
For more information, call 617-437-2418.
(6)
(6)
3
3
(3)
(3)
3
(1)
24-25
Marketing Certificate Program
a
Created to help prepare students for a marketing career, this program reveals how^
to identify consumer needs, develop new products or services, determine prices, deal
with customers, and design promotional strategies.
quarter hours
HRM4301
or
HRM4401
Organizational Behavior 1
3
MIS 4101
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1
3
MKT4301
or
MKT4401
Introduction to Marketing 1
3
MKT4302
or
MKT4402
Introduction to Marketing 2
3
MKT4310
or
MKT4410
Advertising Management 1
3
MKT4315
or
MKT4415
Sales Management 1
3
MKT4320
or
MKT4420
Marketing Management
3
MKT4330
or
MKT4430
Marketing Research 1
3
MKT4910
Internship (optional)
(1)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours)
For more information, call 617-437-2418.
24-25
Certificates 51
Microcomputer Software Certificate Program
¥
Our new Microcomputer Software Certificate is designed for managers, adminis-
trators and office support staff needing a comprehensive Knowledge of microcomputer
software. They may be looking forward to a promotion within their present organiza-
tion or seeking employment. TTiey recognize that mastery of the computer software
area is needed by virtually every organization and that these skills will give them the
competitive edge in securing a rewarding career in computer software.
quarter hours
MIS 4101 MIS 4102 Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2 6
MIS 4236 Advanced PC Software 3
MIS 4276 Programming in CI 3
MIS 4277 . Programming in C2 3
MIS 4282 Operating Systems Overview 3
MIS 4307 Communications and Networking 3
MIS 4342 Advanced DBase III 3
MIS 4343 FoxPro Database 3
MIS 4344 Business Presentation Graphics 3
MIS 4910 MIS Internship (optional) (1)
Recommended:
ART 4183 Electronic Publishing Design* (3)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 30-34
Formore information, call 617-437-2418.
•3 1/2-hour studio
Operations Management Certificate Program
a
Developed to examine how to help companies achieve higher profits, this program
focuses on how to operate at maximum efficiency and lowest cost. (Please note: OM
course numbers were previously IM.)
quarter hours
OM4301 or
OM4401 Introduction to Operations Management 3
OM4302
Operations Analysis 3
OM4314
Productivity Enhancement and
Quality Management 3
OM 4317
Purchasing and Materials Management 3
OM 4321
Operations Plaruiing and Control 3
OM4326
Operations Management Policy 3
MS 4332
Statistical Quality Control 3
PUR 4390
Just-In-Time Manufacturing (JIT) 3
OM4910
Internship (optional) (1)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 24-25
For more information, call 617-437-2418.
52 Certificates
Paramedic Technology Certrficate Program
See page 119 for details.
£
Public Relations Certificate Program
a
Designed to emphasise concepts and techniques of handling information, organiz-
ing activities and events, researching and commiinicating, and solving problems
rdated to such groups as employees, stockholders, and consumers, this program can
help students gain entry into the fast-paced 'T.R." world.
quarter hours
JRN4112 JRN4113
Writing for Media 1, 2 6
JRN4335
Public Relations Basics 3
JRN4336
Public Relations Practices 3
JRN4337
Public Relations Problems 3
JRN4480
Copyediting 3
MTH4520
Statistical Thinking 3
SPC4153
Techniques of Persuasion 3
Choose one elective from the following:
JRN4300
Photojournalism (3)
MGT4101
Introduction to Business and Management 1 (3)
MKT4301 or MKT4401
Introduction to Marketing 1 (3)
ART 4368
Graphic Design for Media (3)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 qiurter hours) 27
For more information, call 617-437-2416 or 617-437-2423.
Publishing Certificate Program
a
Built to offer insight into the publishing world, this imique new program allows
students to gain knowledge and experience previously available only to those already
employed in the industry.
quarter hours
ART 4140
Graphic Communication and Production
3
ART 4421
Methods of Book Design*
3
ART 4600
Fvmdamentals of Publishing
3
ART 4605
Rights and Reproductions
3
ENG4370
Developmental Editing 1
3
ENG4372
Manuscript Editing
3
Choose four electives from the following:
ART 4183
Electronic Publishing Design*
(3)
ART 4601
History of the Book
(3)
ART 4606
Buying Print Services
(3)
ART 4607
Book Production Manufacturing Management
(3)
ART 4611
Freelancing for Publishing
(3)
ENG 4371
Developmental Editing 2
(3)
HST4532
History of American Book Publishing
(3)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 30
For more information, call 617-437-2416 or 617-437-2423.
"3 1 /2-hour shidio
Certificates 53
Purchasing and Materials Management Certificate Program
a
Created to help students improve on-the-job productivity and reduce inventory,
this program centers on planning, acquisition, and conversion.
ACC 4101
MGT4101
ACC 4102
quarter houis
Accounting Principles 1, 2 6
Introduction to Business and Management 1 3
PUR 4351
PUR 4357
PUR 4358
PUR 4365
PUR 4352
Purchasing 1, 2
Business Negotiations
Materials Requirement Planning
Production Activity Control
6
3
3
3
PUR 4370
PUR 4390
Inventory Management
Just-in-Time Manufactunng (Jl 1 )
3
(3)
PUR 4395
PUR 4910
OT
Master Production Scheduling (MPS)
Internship (optional)
(3)
(1)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 30-31
For more information, call 617-437-2418.
Quality Management Certificate Program
a
Designed for quality managers, quality engineers, reliability engineers, and others
from business, industry or government who are in need of performing their jobs more
effectively and productively, this certificate program studies different managing styles,
the quest for quality at all levels, and statistical techiuques.
MS 4332
quarter
Statistical Quality Control
hours
3
MS 4333
MS 4334
Management of Quality Control
Advanced Statistical Quality Control
3
3
MS 4335
MS 4336
MS 4340
OM4314
OM4317
OM 4910
Principles of Materials Inspection
Design and Analysis of Experiment
Service Industry Quality Assurance
Productivity Enhancement and
(Quality Management
Purchasing and Materials Management
Internship (optional)
3
3
3
3
3
(1)
Total Quarter Hours
24-25
Real Estate Certificate Program
a
Set up to offer a foimdation in real estate, this program can help students prepare
for the Massachusetts real estate salesperson examination. Northeastern University is
the only degree-granting university in Massachusetts that offers a Real Estate Certifi-
cate as part of its degree program.
quarter hours
RE 4301
RE 4302
Real Estate Ftmdamentals 1, 2
6
RE 4323
RE 4324
Real Estate Appraisal 1, 2
6
RE 4327
Real Estate & Computer Analysis
3
RE 4328
RE 4329
Real Estate Fmancial Analysis 1,2
6
RE 4341
RE 4342
Real Estate Law 1, 2
6
RE 4910
Internship (optional)
(1)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 queirter hours) 27-28
For more information, call 61 7-437-2418.
54 Certificates
Small Business Management Certificate Program
g
Developed as a thorough overview of small business operations, this program
focuses on drawing up a comprehensive business plan, hiring employees, and keeping
soimd financial records.
quarter hours
Accounting Principles 1 3
Introduction to Marketing 1 3
Advertising Management 1 3
Business Law 1 3
Organizational Behavior 1 3
Creating New Ventures 3
Managing Small Businesses 3
Small Business 1, 2 6
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 27
For more information, call 617-437-2418.
ACC4101
MKT4301
or
MKT4401
MKT4310
or
MKT4410
BL 4101
HRM4301
or
HRM4401
MGT4328
MGT4329
MGT4340
MGT4341
Speecli Communication Certificate Program
a
Designed to offer students the opportunity to enhance their career prospects in all
professional pursuits, this program concentrates on acquiring strong communication
skills. ,
quarter hours
SPC4101 Fundamentals of Human Communication 3
SPC 4102 Group Discussion 3
SPC 4111 Voice and Articulation 3
SPC 4150 Self-Concept and Communication 3
SPC 4151 Listening 3
SPC 4152 Interviewing 3
SPC 4153 Techniques of Persuasion 3
SPC 4154 Negotiation Skills 3
SPC 4251 Business and Professional Speaking 3
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 27
For more information, call 617-437-2416 or 617-437-2423.
Certificates 55
Technical Writing Certificate Program
Designed to help students acquire writing skills for a career in a technical field, this
program can also sharpen skills for a variety of writing professions.
quarter hours
ART 4140 Graphic Communication and Production 3
MIS 4101 MIS 4102 Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2 6
TCC4101 TCC4102 Technical Writing 1, 2 6
TCC 4105 Editing for Science and Technology 3
TCC4301 TCC 4302 Computer Software Technical Writing 1, 2 6
Choose one computer language:
MIS 4221 COBOL Programming 1 (3)
or or
MIS 4241 Programming in BASIC 1 (3)
or or
MIS 4250 FORTRAN Programming 1 (3)
or or
MIS 4270 Pascal Programming 1 (3)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 27
For more information, call 617-437-2416 or 617-437-2423.
Transportation and Physical Distribution Management Q
Certificate Program 4^
Built to provide students with a comprehensive background in the overall opera-
tion of transportation firms, this program looks specifically at rate determination,
warehousing, and regulation and deregulation.
quarter hours
TRN4301 TRN4303 Elements ofTransportation 1,2 6
TRN4302 TRN4304 Phjreical Distribution Management 1, 2 6
TRN4910 Internship (optional) (1)
MGT 4101 Introduction to Business and Management 1 3
Transportation electizxs 9
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 24-25
For more information, call 617-437-2418.
ATTENTION: Transportation and Physical Distribution lUlanagement Students
Students may use their 9 elective credits for developing a career track in one of the following
etreas:
Carrier Management (Choose 3)
TRN4316 Carrier Management
TRN4334 Private Trucking
TRN 4340 Air Transportation
TRN4341 Computer Transportation
TRN 4350 International Transportation and Distribution Management
Logistics (Choose 3)
TUN 4305 Traffic Management 1 : Rates and Tarriffs
TRN 4321 Transportation Negotiations
TRN 4325 Management of Warehouse Operations
TIUST 4342 Transportation Loss, Damage and Other Claims
TRN 4350 International Transportation and Distribution Management
Transportation Policy (Choose 3)
TRN 4321 Transportation Negotiations
TRN 4350 International Transportation and Distribution Management
TRN 4341 Commuter Tremsportation
TRN 4701 Independent Study (Transportation Policy)
56 Certificates
a
UNIX for Business Certificate Program
Designed to enable students to develop a wc
and proficiency in "C" programming, this program places students on the cutting edge
of technology.
quarter hours
MIS 4282
Operating Systems Overview
3
MIS 4321
UNIX for C Programmers
3
MIS 4322
Shell Programming
3
MIS 4276
MIS 4277
MIS 4278 Programming in CI, C2, and C3
9
MIS 4307
Commimications and Networking
3
MIS 4301
MIS 4302
Structured Systems Analysis and
and Design 1, 2
6
Total Quarter Hours 27
For more infonnation, call 617-437-2418.
Writing Certificate Program
a
Created to allow students to investigate and practice different types of writing, this
program can help develop the organizational and commimication slalls necessary for a
variety of careers.
quarter hoius
ENG4349
ENG4350
Expository and Persuasive Writing 1,2 6
ENG4352
Expository Communications 3
JRN4112
JRN4113
Writing for Media 1,2 6
TCC 4101
Technical Writing 1 3
ENG4356
Creative Writing 3
ENG4363
Writing for the Marketplace 3
JRN4522
Magazine Writing (3)
JRN4560
UT
Developing Writing Style (3)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 27
For more information, call 617-437-2416 or 617-437-2423.
Certificates 57
IniermecGate cmdl^cmcedQrt^kaiz ^Prc^nmu
University College offers several certificate programs designed to meet the needs
of students vy^ho have already completed a substantial body of college work. These
programs all have specific prerequisites for entry and students shoidd read the descrip-
tive information provided to determine whether they are eligible.
Students wishing to enter one of these programs should file a petition with the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs. If dociunentation of transfer credit is impoi^
tant for establishing that prerequisites have been me^ copies of college transcripts
shoxild be attached to the petition. Petitions are available from the Office of Academic
and Shident Affairs, 180 Ryder Hall, 617-437-2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY), and at
all campus locations.
All certificate policies stated on pages 37-38 apply to Intermediate and Advanced
Certificate Programs as well.
Advanced Accounting Certificate Program
a
Created for advanced students who have earned degrees already or who are majoring
in areas other than acootmting, this program can provide a secoi>d dimension or specializa-
tion in accounting for the management, finance, marketing or management information
systems professionals.
This pwgrcmi is opmordy to shdents who hzoe complied cd least 80 qmrterh^
lead vxwk. If you are new to University College, fdease attach proof that you have earned 80
qh. to your "entering certificate petition." Students must meet the prerequisites for each
course as ouflined in the individual course descriptions. Students enrolled in the University'
College BSBA Accounting degree are not eligible to receive this certificate.
quarter hours
ACC4401
ACC 4402
ACC 4407
Intermediate Accounting 1, 2, 3*
9
ACC4408
Intermediate Accounting 4
3
ACC 4410
or
ACC 4310
Cost Accoimting 1
3
ACC4411
Cost Accoimting 2
3
ACC 4425
ACC 4426
Auditing 1, 2
6
ACC 4440
ACC 4441
Federal Income Taxes 1, 2
6
ACC 4400
Accounting Information Systems
3
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 33
•or ACC 4301, ACC 4302, and ACC 4307.
Advanced Environmental Science Certificate Program
a
Intended for upper-level science and engineering students who wish to enter the
environmental field, this advanced certificate program is also appropriate as a post-
baccalaureate certificate for adults working in science and/or engineering. Interested
students should have a knowledge of calculus, physics and chemistry.
quarter hours
ESC 4218
Groundwater
3
ESC 4219
Geochemistry of Groimd water
3
ESC 4221
Environmental Geophysics
3
ESC 4220
Wetlands
3
CET4350
CET4351
Environmental Engineering 1, 2*
8
MET 4370
Fluid Mechanics A*
4
Total Quarter Hours 24
*These courses are offered through the School of Engineering Technology.
58
American Sign Language-English Interpreting Q
Certificate Program 4^
The Program
Designed to offer students education and training as sign language interpreters, the
American Sign Language-English Interpreting Certificate Program was developed for
students already proficient in American Sign Language and English. The nine courses
in the program cover the theory and practice of interpreting. Students who are looking
for entry-level staff positions or freelance assignments may find this program helpful.
Students preparing for state quality assurance screening and national evaluation may
also benefit from mis program.
To obtain the certificate, students must complete all required coursework, receive a
grade of B or better in ASL 4607 Interpreting Lab, and maintain an overall average of 3.0
or better in the program to attain the certificate.
Admission
Candidates for admission must have received a B or better in Advanced American
Sign Language Proficiency 2 (ASL 4302), or have attained equivalent skills. Prospective
students must complete an application process in which they demonsfrate proficiency
in English and American Sign Language as well as display an aptitude for tasks in-
volved in the interpreting process. Previous experience in the deaf community is also
highly recommended.
For More Information
For the infroductory program (ASL/Deaf Studies Certificate), please see page 40.
Applications and further information are available from the American Sign Language
Program office, 276 Holmes Hall, Northeastern University, 360 Huntington Avenue,
Boston, Massachusetts 02115, 617-437-3064 (voice); or 617-437-3067 (TTY).
quarter h(
9urs
ASL 4600
Introduction to Interpreting
3
ASL 4601 ASL 4602
ASL 4603 American Sign Language-
English Interpreting 1, 2, 3
12
ASL 4606
Interpreter Role and Ethics
3
ASL 4607
Interpreting Lab
4
ASL 4608
Practicum
4
ASL 4609
Contrastive Analysis for Interpreters
4
ASL 4610
Interpreters at Work
3
Recommended: (not counted toward certificate)
ASL 4604 ASL 4605 Special Topics in Interpreting 1, 2 (6)
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 8 quarter hours) 33
Advanced placement examinations are available for ASL 4202, ASL 4302, ASL 4412, and ASL 4410, wtuch
are prerequisites for courses for this certificate.
Health Information Administration Post-Baccalaureate O
Certificate Program 41^
See page 109 for details.
Intermediate and Advanced Certificate Programs 59
SpeciaC (Programs
Emergency Medical Technician/Basic 4^
This course is designed for those who wish to become certified EMTs as well as for
those who just want to be prepared for emergencies. Students who successfully
complete the course receive nine quarter hours of credit, a Northeastern University
certificate, and a CPR certification from the American Heart Association. They also
become eligible to take the state EMT licensing examination.
The EMT Basic course is offered at the Boston, Burlington, and Dedham campuses.
Students spend 6 hours in class weekly for 12 weeks, 4 all-day Saturday exercises and
10 hours of in-hospital emergency room observation. There is a q?edal tuition rate.
quarter hotiTS
EMS 4107 EMT/Basic 9
Total Quarter Hours 9
For more information, call 617-272-5500.
For information on our Paramedic Technology Program, see page 120.
National Certification— CTL
(Certified in Transportation and Logistics)
The American Society of Transportation and Logistics, Inc. has agreed to waive
certain portions of their qualifying examination for tiie CTL through the successful
completion of appropriate University College courses. Call (617) 437-2418 for further
information.
National Institute for the Food Industry Certification
HTL 4307 Food Service Sanitation prepares students to receive the National Institute for
the Food Industry Certification.
Preparation for National Certification-APICS
The following courses are preparation for national exam certification leading to the
title. Certified Production and Inventory Control Manager (CPIM).
quarter hours
PUR 4358 Materials Requirements Planning 3
PUR 4365 Production Activity Control 3
PUR 4370 Inventory Mcinagement 3
PUR 4390 Just-In-Time Manufacturing 3
PUR 4395 Master Production Scheduling 3
Total Quarter Hours (Possible transfer credit: 9 quarter hours) 15
Please call 617-437-2418 for iirfonnation concerning the APICS certification examination.
60
Preparation for National Certification-Certified Quality
Engineer (CQE) ^
To help quality managers, quality engineers, reliability engineers and others from
any business, industry, or governmental activih/^ build a foundation of knowledge in
preparation for the Certified Quality Engineer (CQE) national certifying exam. North-
eastern University has designed the Quality Management Certificate. The required
courses not only prepare for the CQE but also enable quality personnel to perform their
jobs more effectively and productively.
quarter hours
MS 4332 Statistical Quality Control 3
MS 4333 Management of Quality Control 3
MS 4334 Advanced Statistical Quality Control 3
MS 4335 Principles of Materials Inspection 3
MS 4336 Design and Analysis of Experiment 3
MS 4340 Service Industry Quality Assurance 3
Total Quarter Hours 18
For more information, call 617-437-2418.
Preparation for National Certification-NAPM
The following courses prepare students to take the NAPM certification exams
leading to Certified Purchasing Manager (C.P.M.). These courses may be applied
toward the Purchasing and Materials Management Certificate and/or the associate's
degree in Purchasing.
quarter hours
PUR 4351 Purchasing! 3
PUR 4352 Purchasing 2 3
Total Quarter Hours 6
For more information, call 617-437-2418.
a
Phlebotomy Certification Preparation
This program is geared toward students who want to enter the health field as well
as to currently practicing phlebotomists who want to be certified. These courses are
designed to prep>are students for the national certification examinations in phlebotomy.
quarter hours
MLS 4104 Introduction to Phlebotomy 4
(offered Winter and Summer Quarters)
MLS 4108 Phlebotomy AppUed Study 2
(offered Fall and Spring Quarters)
Total Quarter Hours 6
For more information, call 617-437-2818.
Real Estate Salesperson's Exam Preparation
The following courses cover the basic principles and terminology of real estate, and
the practices of real estate brokerage, including appraisal, finance, development,
management, and investment. Upon successful completion of these courses, students
may take the Massachusetts Real Estate Salesperson's Examination.
quarter hotirs
RE 4301 Real Estate Fundamentals 1 3
RE 4302 Real Estate Fundamentals 2 3
Total Quarter Hours 6
For more information, call 617-437-2418.
Special Programs 61
business S^idmimtmtion (Degree (Programs
Martha P. Welch,
Assistant Dean, Director,
Business Administration Programs
270 Ryder HaU
617-437-2418
Program Consultants
Rose A. Doherty,
Assistant Director,
Business Administration Programs
ACC: Accounting
Consultant:
Professor Paul A. Janell (College of Business
Administration) (617-437-4645)
Associate Consultant (Accounting Principles):
Dean Walter E. Kearney, Jr. (College of Business
Administration) (617-437-2330)
BL: Business Law
Consultant:
Thomas J. Ahern, Esq. (617-426-1211)
FI: Finance
Consultant:
Professor Jonathan Welch (College of Business
Administration) (617-437^72)
Associate Consultant:
Joseph Stanford (617-383-9299)
Associate Consultant:
Robert T. Trimper (50&443-6518)
HRM: Human Resouices Management
Consultant:
Professor Brendan Bannister (College of Business
Administration) (617-437-2503)
Associate Consultant:
Kenneth C. Solano (617-437-5664)
HTL: Hotel and Restaurant Management
Consultant:
Donald A. Witkoski (508-362-2131, x361)
MCT: Management
Consultant:
Professor Daniel McCarthy (College of Business
Administration) (617-437-3255)
Associate Consultants:
W. Arthur Gagne (508-263-5819)
Robert L. Goldberg (617-437-4737)
MIS: Management Information Systems
Consultant:
Professor Victor Godin (College of Business
Administration) (617-437-2418)
Associate Consultant (EDP):
Thomas M. Kelly (508-468-7900)
MIS: cont'd
Associate Consultant (Progranmdng):
Richard H. Saracusa
(617^46-5228)
Associate Consultant (Computer Systems
Specialist Programs) :
Alan M. Tattle (617-595-3696)
MKT: Marketing
Consultant:
Professor Dan T. Dxmn, Jr. (College of
Business Administration) (617-437-4563)
Associate Consultant:
Ronald J. McBrien (617-437-4745)
MS: Quality Control and Management
Sciences
Consultant:
Professor Robert A. Parsons (CoUege of
Business Administration) (617-437-4749)
Associate Consultant:
William E. Grady (617-721-5770)
OM: Operations Management
Consultant:
Professor Robert A. Parsons (College of
Business Administration) (617-437-4749)
Associate Consultant:
William E. Grady (617-721-5770)
PUR: Purchasing
Consultant:
Stephen F. Armstrong
(508-281-2000, x2519)
RE: Real Estate
Consultant:
Peter Rynn (617-233-2284)
TTIN: Transportation and Physical
Distribution Management
Consultant:
Professor James F. Molloy (College of
Business Administration)
(617-437-4812)
62
A Wide Variety of Quality Programs: Preparing Students for tlie
Ciiallenge of Business
For generations, students in Northeastern University's part-time business pro-
gran\s have been successfully prepared to meet the challenges faced in the business
professions. As the demands of the corporate world have changed, and the need for
new skills has become evident. Northeastern has consistentiy demonstrated its ability
to match course structure with the needs of men and women in business.
Today — ^perhaps more than ever — the professional competence ensured through
the study of Northeastem's business programs is necessary for getting and keeping a
position in the business world. Additionally, our business programs lay the founda-
tion for long-range advancement.
Of greatest importance to your career is the quality of the program you choose to
study. Northeastem's part-time bachelor's degree program in Business Administration
is fully accredited by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business, the
most prestigious accrediting organization of university business degrees in the United
States. Our degree programs have been carefully structured to meet all the standards
established by the AACSB.
University College's Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree
programs are described on page 65.
Certificates in Business
Individuals can pursue a certificate program to build on or prepare for a new
career, to qualify for a promotion, to stay current in a chosen field, or simply to acquire
new skills and knowledge. Some individuals enroll in a certificate program as part of
their traditional degree program. University College offers certificates in the following
business program areas:
Business Administration
• Accounting
(page 39)
• Advanced Accoimting
(page 58)
• Business Administration
(page 41)
• Compensation and Benefits Management
(page 42)
• Computer Certificates
Computer Programming and Systems Analysis
(page 43)
Computer Systems Specialist Program
(page 44)
Microcomputer Software
(page 52)
• Finance
(page 47)
• Food Service Management
(page 48)
• Hotel and Restaurant Management
(page 49)
• Human Resources Management
(page 50)
• Management
(page 51)
• Marketing
(page 51)
• Purchasing and Materials Management
(page 54)
• Quality Management
(page 54)
• Real Estate
(page 54)
• Small Business
(page 55)
• Transportation and Physical Distribution Management
(page 56)
•UNIX for Business
(page 57)
National Certification — CTL (Certified in Transportation and Logistics)
Students may waive portions of examinations through the study of appropriate
University College courses. See page 60.
Business Administration 63
National Institute for the Food Industry Certification
HTL 4307 Food Service Sanitation provides an opportunity for certification from the
National Institute for the Food Industry.
Fieparation for National Certification— APICS and NAPM
Qusters of courses are being offered to prepare students for the national examina-
tions leading to the titles of Certified Production and Inventory Control Manager
(CPIM) and Certified Purchasing Manager (C.P.M.). See pages 60-61 for details.
Preparation for National Certification — CQE
Courses are being offered to prepare individuals for the American Society for
Quality Control's Certified Quality Engineer (CQE) exam. See page 61 .
Real Estate Salesperson's Exam Preparation
Individuals interested in preparing for the Massachusetts Real Estate Salesperson's
Examination may take the courses detailed on page 61.
Degree Programs
Associate in Science Degrees (AS)
Through a core of professional business courses and a well-balanced sequence of
liberal arts courses, students in the Associate in Science degree programs acquire
specialized knowledge for future managerial growth.
To receive the associate's degree, a student must successfully complete the 96
quarter hours of course credit specified for the degree. Students who have completed a
certificate program inay then enroll in an associate's degree progran\. (Although credits
earned in a certificate program may be applied toward this degree, completion of a
certificate program is not required).
Students who wish to earn one of the Associate in Science degrees in business and
who have not earned 80 quarter hours of credit are required to enroll in the Open
Business courses listed on pages 67-68.
The final examinations of certain open Business courses are used for course
validation in the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA) Degree
programs. The students in these classes must earn a "C" or above in the final
validating examination for the comse to be accepted in the BSBA program. Please
consult coiirse instructor or call 617-437-2418 for further details.
Associate's degrees are offered in the following areas:
Business Administiation
• Accoimting (page 70) • Marketing (page 76)
• Business Administration (page 71) • Purchasing and Materials
• Finance (page 72) Management (page 77)
• Hotel and Restaurant • Real Estate (page 78)
Management (page 73) • Transportation and Physical
• Human Resources Management (page 74) Distribution Management
• Management Information (page 79)
Systems (page 75)
64 Business Administration
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration:
BSBA Degree
University College offers a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree
with concentrations in these areas:
• Accounting
• Finance
• Management Information Systems
• Management
• Marketing
The Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree programs of University
College are designed for men and women seeking to prepare themselves for manage-
rial responsibUity in business, government, and other organizations with the goal of
developing the ability to recognize and solve problems and to understand the role of
the business firm in tiie community, the nation, and the world. In developing these
skills, students have the opportunity to gain not only a broad understanding of busi-
ness and organizational problems through specialized courses, but also first-hand
knowledge from effective full-time College of Business Administration professors as
well as working professionals who are also teachers.
To ensure a well-rounded backgroimd that is so valuable in the business world, the
college combines its business cvirriculum with courses from the sciences, humanities,
and social sciences.
After the coursework foundation is completed, (See 'Tlanning Your Program of
Study Toward a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration Degree," p. 65) the
various functional areas of business are emphasized, and students concentrate their
studies in sjjecific areas. (Detailed descriptions of these areas follow this section.) In
most of these upper-level courses, the traditional lecture-and-recitation format is
supplemented by problem-solving and case-study methods where students analyze
actual busmesses and business problems and present recommendations for possible
solutions.
Accreditation by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools
of Business
University College's Bachelor of Science in Business Admiiustration Degree is fully
accredited by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business, indicating that
the programs meet the accrediting agency's standards for faculty and student quality,
curriculum design, and overall University support.
Planning Your Program of Study Toward a
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration Degree
Students who plan to work toward the Bachelor of Science in Business Administra-
tion Degree should submit transcripts of previously completed college-level
coursework and a Transfer Credit Petition to the Ctffice of Academic and Student
Affairs. (Transfer Credit Petitions nnay be requested by calling 617-437-2400 (voice) or
617-437-2825 (TTY). Petitions are also available at all campus locations.) Students will
receive by mail a transfer credit evaluation and a suggested plan of study to prepare for
admission to this program. When this paperwork has been completed, students are
encouraged to schedule an appointment to discuss their programs witih an acadenuc
advisor.
Business Administration 65
Students who do not have any academic courses that may be transferred from
another educational institution or program should meet with an academic advisor
early in their studies at University College. These students are required to complete 80
quarter hours of credit, including English courses ENG 4110, ENG 4111, and ENG 4112;
mathematics courses MTH 4110 and MTH 4111; and a social science elective from the
course list that follows. This coursework must b»e completed prior to admission to the
BSBA degree program.
Once students have met these requirements, they should complete a Petition for
Admission to the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration Degree program and
return it to the Office of Academic and Student Affairs to initiate the admissions
process. This petition may be obtained at all campus locations or by calling 617-437-
2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY).
Admission to the BSBA Degree program is restricted to students who have main-
tained a 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and completed a minimum of 80 quarter
hours of credit.
Students should choose their 80 quarter hours of credit from the recommended
lower-level course list that follows:
ACC4101
ACC4102
ACC4103
Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3
BL4101
BL4102
Law 1,2
ECN4115
ECN4116
ECN4117
Economic Principles and Problems 1, 2, 3
ECN4250
ECN4251
Statistics 1, 2
ENG 4110
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1, 2
ENG 4112
Approaches to Literature
ENG 4380
ENG 4381
Business Writing and Reports 1, 2
HST4101
The Civilization of the Ancient
and Medieval Worlds
One History course from the following:
(HST 4102, 4103, 4201, 4202, 4203, 4600 thr
ough 4646)
MGT4101
MGT4102
Introduction to Business and
Management 1, 2
MIS 4101
MB 4102
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2
MS 4325
Business Decision Models
MTH 4110
MTH 4111
Math 1,2
PHL4100
Philosophical Thinking
PSY4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
1^^4111
Introduction to Psychology:
Developmental Aspects
One Psychology elective (PSY)
SOC4100
Roles, Culttire, and the Individual
SOC4101
Inequality and Institutions
OT
SOC4102
OT
Institutions and Sodal Change
SPG 4101
Fundamentals of Human
Commimication
3 quarter hours of a natural science elective (BIO, CHM or ESC)
EMT 4110 Managing Career Decisions — Strongly suggested elective
66 Business Administration
Special Requirements for BSBA Degree Programs
The following procediires assure that University College's BSBA programs con-
form to AACSB standards:
1. Reserved and Open Courses
Business courses in the BSBA programs are classified as either reserved or open.
Reserved courses are upper-level and are mandatory for students who have enrolled in
the BSBA degree program. To be qualified to register for a reserved course, the student
must have earned a total of 80 or more credits (including transfer credits). Reserved
courses are offered at the Boston, Burlington, Dedham, Framingham, Weymouth, and
Liberty Square campuses. A student may register for an open course anytime, provid-
ing he or she has fulfilled the prerequisites. The final examinations of certain open
Business coxu'ses are used for coiu-se validation in the Bachelor of Science in Busi-
ness Administration (BSBA) Degree programs. The students in these classes must
earn a "C" or above in the final validating examination for the comse to be accepted
in the BSBA program. Please consult coiiise instructor or call 617-437-2418 for
further details.
2. Validation
Validation is the term used to describe procedures that test whether an open course
completed at the lower division of a bachelor's program should be accepted for transfer
credit into the upper division of an AACSB-approved bachelor's degree program.
There are three approved validation methods:
• Sequential Course. Students who enroll in a Bachelor of Science in Business
Administration Degree program can validate a course taken at University College or
elsewhere by successfully completing a course that is sequential to the course already
completed. The sequential course must be taken in a reserved section. For example,
successful completion of Sales Management 2 in a reserved course can validate Sales
Management 1, regardless of where the student completed Sales Management 1.
• College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) and/or Proficiency Examination
Program (PEP). These standard examinations can be used to validate some previously
taken upper-level business courses.
• Departmental Examination. In cases where a sequential course does not exist or
is not desired by a student, and no appropriate CLEP or PEP examination exists,
validation can be accomplished through a departmental examination.
Required upper-level courses are listed as follows under Reserved and Open
Sections.
OPEN BUSINESS COURSES
open business courses are available on an open enrollment basis as long as the
stated prerequisites are met and the student has earned under 80 quarter hours of
credit. Open business courses are used to fulfill associate degree requirements. Candi-
dates for the BSBA degree should eru-oU in the reserved version of these business
courses.
ACC 4301 ACC 4302
ACC 4307 Intermediate Accounting 1, 2, 3
ACC 4310
Cost Accounting 1
n4301»
Principles of Rnance
n4302»
Hnancial Management
n4310
Investment Principles
n4320
Credit Principles
n4325
Budgeting and Planning
HRM 4301»
Organizational Behavior 1
HRM 4302»
Organizational Behavior 2
HRM 4310*
Human Resources Management
Business Administration 67
HRM 4304* Organizational Behavior 1 and
Organizatioiuil Behavior 2 (Intensive)
MGT 4346 International Business Management
and Operations
MGT 4355 Manager and Society
MIS 4301 MIS 4302 Structured Systems Analysis and Design 1, 2
MIS 4305 Structured Systems Analysis and
Design (Intensive)
MIS 4307 Communications and Networking
MKT4301* MKT4302* Introduction to Marketing 1, 2
MKT 4310 Advertising Management 1
MKT 4315 Sales Management 1
MKT 4320* Marketing Management
MKT 4330 Marketing Research 1
OM 4301* ' Introduction to Operations Management
*The final exemiinations of these open business courses are used for course validation in the
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA) degree programs. The students in these
classes must earn a "C" or above in the final validating examination for the course to be
accepted in the BSBA program.
RESERVED BUSINESS COURSES
The coiarses belowr are offered for students in the Bachelor of Science degree
programs and for those students who have earned 80 quarter hours of college credit.
Please note appropriate course prerequisites.
Accovmting Information Systems
Intermediate Accoimting 1, 2, 3
Intermediate Accoimting 4
Cost Accovmting 1, 2
Auditing 1, 2
Federal Income Taxes 1, 2
Principles of Hnance
Hnancial Management
Hnancial Strategy
Investment Principles
Investment Management
Credit Principles
Credit Management
Budgeting and Plaiming
Rnandal Control
International Rnance
Organizational Behavior 1
Organizational Behavior 2
Orgemizational Behavior 1 and
C>ganizational Behavior 2 (Intensive)
Human Resources Management
Leadership
Project Management Process: Planning
and Implementation
Intematiomil Business
Management cmd Operations
MGT 4450 MGT 4451 Business Policy 1, 2
ACC4400
ACC4401
ACC4402 ACC4407
ACC4408
ACC4410
ACC4411
ACC4425
ACC4426
ACC4440
ACC4441
n4401
H4402
FI4403
n4410
n4411
FI4420
H4421
n4425
n4426
n4450
HRM 4401
HRM 4402
HRM 4404
HRM 4410
HRM 4415
MGT 4410
MGT 4446
68 Business Administration
MGT4452
Business Policy (Intensive)
MGT4455
Manager and Society
MIS 4401
MIS 4402
Structured Systems Analysis and Design 1, 2
MIS 4405
Structured Systems Analysis
and Design (Intensive)
MIS 4407
Commimications and Networking
MIS 4445
Database Management Systems
MIS 4446
Information Systems for Management
MIS 4448
Information Resource Management
MIS 4485
Applied MIS Development Project
MKT4401
MKT 4402
Introduction to Marketing 1, 2
MKT4404
Introduction to Marketing (Intensive)
MKT4410
MKT 4411
Advertising Management 1, 2
MKT4412
Advertising Management (Intensive)
MKT4415
MKT 4416
' Sales Management 1, 2
MKT4417
Sales Management (Intensive)
MKT4420
Marketing Management
MKT4430
MKT 4431
Marketing Research 1, 2
MKT 4453
International Marketing
MKT4457
Competitive Strategy
OM4401
Introduction to Operations Management
Special Studies
University College offers a variety of Special Studies. These coiirses give students
an opportunity to earn credits in Advanced Tutorials, Independent Studies, Honors
Programs, Field Work and Internships for Business. Consult course descriptions on
pages 149-259.
Internships for Business Students (1 q.h. credit)
Business Administration internships are designed to give certificate and degree
students an opportunity to obtain supervised professional experience (related to their
business certificate or concentration courses) at an on-site location. Upon satisfactory
completion the student vnH be awrarded 1 q.h. of academic credit.
To be eligible for internship, a student must have completed seventy-five percent
of his/her concentration or certificate courses with a grade of at least C. Each student
shall make his or her owm arrangement for internship placement and have an on-site
supervisor. The internship site must be approved by tne Business Administration
Programs Director. The student shall spend a minimum of eight hours per v/eek at the
site, whether on a paid or volimteer basis.
Each student shall meet with the University College Faculty Advisor to discuss the
relationship between the on-site experience and the coursework and to present a final
written report.
For fiiiher information, call 617-437-2418. Please consult course description in
each business area for course number.
Business Administration 69
Acxx)unting Associate in Science Degree (Major Code 470)
See also: Accounting Bachelor of Science in Business Administration Degree,
page 80.
Core Courses
Liberal Arts
ENG4110
ENG4112
MTH4110
ECN 4250
ECN4115
PSY 4110
ENG 4111
MTH4ni
ECN 4251
ECN 4116
ECN 4117
One Psychology elective (PSY)
Business Administration
BL 4101 BL 4102
n4301
HRM4301 HRM4302
MGT4101 MGT4102
MIS 4101
MIS 4102
Major Concentration Coxurses
ACC 4101 ACC 4102 ACC 4103
ACC 4301 ACC 4302 ACC 4307
ACC 4310
Nonbusiness Electives
quarter hours
Critical Writing 1, 2 6
Approaches to Literature 3
Math 1, 2 6
Statistics 1, 2 6
Economic Principles and
Problems 1,2,3 9
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues 3
3
Law 1,2
Principles of Finance
Organizational Behavior 1, 2
Introduction to Business
and Management 1, 2
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2
Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3
Intermediate Accoimting 1, 2, 3
Cost Accounting 1
9
9
3
12
Total Quarter Hours
96
70 Business Administration
Business Administration Associate in Science Degree
(IVIajor Code 401)
See also: Management Bachelor of Science in Business Administration Degree, page 84.
quarter hours
Critical Writing 1,2 6
Approaches to Literature 3
Math 1, 2 6
Statistics 1, 2 6
Economic Principles and
Problems 1,2, 3 9
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues 3
3
Core Course
S
Liberal Arts
ENG 4110
ENG 4111
ENG4112
MTH4110
MTH4111
ECN4250
ECN4251
ECN4115
ECN4116 ECN4117
PSY4110
One Psychology elective (PSY)
Business Administration
ACC 4101
ACC 4102 ACC 4103
n4301
HRM4301
HRM4302
HRM4310
MIS 4101
MIS 4102
MKT4301
MS 4325
Major Concentration Courses
MGT4101 MGT4102 MGT4103
MGT4346
MGT4355
Nonbusiness Electives
Total Quarter Hours
Accoimting Principles 1, 2, 3
Principles of Rnance
Organizational Behavior 1, 2
Human Resources Management
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2
Introduction to Marketing 1
Business Decision Models
Introduction to Business
and Management 1, 2, 3
International Business
Management and Operations
Manager and Society
3
3
12
96
Business Administration 71
Rnance Associate in Science Degree (Major Code 476)
See also: Finance Bachelor of Science in Business Administration Degree, page 82.
Core Courses
Liberal Arts
quarter
hours
ENG 4110 ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1, 2
6
ENG 4112
Approaches to Literature
3
MTH4110 MTH4111
Math 1,2
6
ECN4250 ECN4251
Statistics 1, 2
6
ECN4115 ECN4116 ECN4117
Economic Principles and
,1
Problems 1, 2, 3
9
PSY4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
3
One Psychology elective (PSY)
3
Business Administration
ACC4101 ACC4102 ACC4103
Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3
9
BL 4101 BL 4102
Uwl,2
6
HRM4301 HRM4302
Organizational Behavior 1, 2
6
MGT4101 MGT4102
Introduction to Business
and Management 1, 2
6
MIS 4101 MIS 41 02
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Sjretems 1, 2
6
Choose one computer programming course from
MIS 4221
COBOL Programming 1
(3)
OT
MIS 4241
OT
Programming in BASIC 1
(3)
OT
MIS 4250
UT
FORTRAN Programming 1
(3)
Major Concentration Courses
n4301
Principles of Hnance
3
n4302
Rnancial Management
3
n4310
Investment Principles
3
m 4320
Credit Principles
3
n4325
Budgeting and Planning
3
Nonbusiness Electives
Total Quarter Hours
96
72 Business Administration
Hotel and Restaurant Management Associate in Science
Degree (Major Code 472)
Core CoiiTses
Liberal Arts
ENG 4110 ENG 4111
ENG 4112
MTH4110 MTH4111
SPC4101
ECN4115
PSY4110
One Psychology elective (PSY)
Business Administration
ACC4101
HRM4301 HRM4302
HRM4310
MGT4101 MGT4102
MIS 4101
Major Concentration Courses
HTL4301
HTL4303
HTL4304
HTL4307
HTL4308
HTL4309
HTL4313
HTL4320
HTL4322
HTL4324
HTL4331
Electives
Total Quarter Hours
quarter hours
Critical Writing 1, 2 6
Approaches to Literature 3
Math 1, 2 6
Fundamentals of Human
Commvmication 3
Economic Principles and Problems 1 3
Introduction to Psychology:
Ftmdamental Issues 3
Accoimting Principles 1
Organizational Behavior 1, 2
Human Resources Management
Introduction to Business
and Management 1, 2
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1
Introduction to Hotel and
Restaurant Management
Front Office Management
Hotel and Restaurant Law
Food Service Sanitation
Food and Beverage Cost Control
Managerial Accoimting for the
Hospitality Industry
Introduction to Tourism
Food Preparation (Intensive)
Consimier Food Preparation
Dining Room Beverage
Operation and Preparation
Professional Chefs Training
3
6
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
6
9
96
Business Administration 73
Human Resources Management Associate in Science Degree,
(l\/Iajor Code 477)
Core Courses
Liberal Arts
ENG4110
ENG4n2
MTH4110
ECN4250
ECN4115
PSY 4110
ENG 4111
MTH4111
ECN4251
ECN4116
ECN4117
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literattire
Math 1, 2
Statistics 1, 2
Economic Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3
Introduction to Psychology
Fundamental Issues
One Psychology elective (PSY)
Business Administration
ACC4101 ACC4102
BL 4101
MGT4101
MIS 4101
MKT4301
MGT4102
MIS 4102
quarter hours
6
3
6
6
Choose one computer programming course from:
MIS 4221
or
MIS 4241
or
MIS 4250
Major Concentration Courses
HRM 4301 HRM 4302
HRM4309
HRM 4310
HRM 4321
HRM 4322
HRM 4325
HRM 4333
Accounting Principles 1, 2 6
Lawl 3
Introduction to Business
and Management 1, 2 6
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2 6
Introduction to Marketing 1 3
COBOL Programming 1 (3)
or
Programming in BASIC 1 (3)
or
FORTRAN Programming 1 (3)
Organizational Behavior 1, 2 6
Labor Relations 3
Human Resources Management 3
Wage and Salary Administration 3
Employee Benefits 3
Training and Development 3
Employment Rights 3
Nonbusiness Electives
Total Quarter Hours
96
74 Business Administration
Management Information Systems Associate in Science
Degree (Major Code 475)
See also: Management Information Systems Bachelor of Science in
Administration, page 86.
Business
Core Courses
Liberal Arts
quarter hoiurs
ENG 4110
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1, 2 6
ENG4112
Approaches to Literature 3
MTH4110
MTH4111
Math 1, 2 6
ECN4250
ECN4251
Statistics 1, 2 6
ECN4115
ECN4116 ECN4117
Economic Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3 9
SPC 4101
Fvmdamentals of Human
Commimication 3
Business Administration
ACC 4101
ACC 4102
Accounting Principles 1,2 6
H4301
Principles of Rnance 3
HRM4301
HRM4302
Organi7;itional Behavior 1, 2 6
MGT4101
MGT4102
Introduction to Business
and Management 1, 2 6
MS 4325
Business Decision Models 3
OM 4301 (formerly IM 4301)
Introduction to Operations Management 3
Major Concentration Courses
MIS 4101
MIS 4102
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2 6
MIS 4221
MIS 4777
COBOL Programming 1,2 6
MIS 4236
Advanced PC Software 3
MIS 4282
Operating Systems Overview 3
MIS 4301
MIS 4302
Structured Systems Analysis
and Design 1, 2 6
MIS 4307
Communications and Networking 3
Electives
9
Total Quarter Hours
96
Business Administration 75
Marketing Associate in Science Degree (l\/lajor Code 479)
See also: Marketing Bachelor of Science in Business Degree, page 88.
Core Courses
Liberal Arts
quarter
hours
ENG 4110
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1, 2
6
ENG 4112
Approaches to Literature
3
NfrH4110
MTH4111
Math 1, 2
6
ECN4250
ECN4251
Statistics 1, 2
6
ECN4115
ECN4116 ECN4117
Economic Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3
9
ENG 4380
Business Writing and Reports 1
3
SPC 4101
Fundamentals of Human
Commimication
3
Business Administration
ACC 4101
ACC 4102
Accounting Principles 1, 2
6
n4301
Principles of Fmance
3
HRM4301
HRM4302
Organizational Behavior 1, 2
6
MGT4101
MGT4102
Introduction to Business
and Management 1, 2
6
MIS 4101
MIS 4102
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2
6
MS 4325
Business Decision Models
3
Major Concentration Courses
MKT4301
MKT4302
Introduction to Marketing 1, 2
6
MKT4310
Advertising Management 1
3
MKT4315
Sales Management 1
3
MKT4320
Marketing Management
3
MKT4330
Marketing Research 1
3
Nonbusiness Electives
Total Quarter Hours
12
96
76 Business Administration
Purchasing and Materials Management Associate in Science
Degree (Major Code 431 )
Core Courses
Liberal Arts
ENG4110 ENG4111
ENG 4112
MTH4110 MTH4111
ECN 4250 ECN 4251
ECN4115 ECN 4116
ECN 4117
Business Administration
ACC 4101 ACC 4102
MGT4101 MGT4102
MIS 4101
MIS 4102
MKT 4301
MS 4325
OM 4301 (formerly IM 4301)
Major Concentration Courses
PUR 4351 PUR 4352
PUR 4357
PUR 4358
PUR 4365
PUR 4370
PUR 4390
or
PUR 4395
Nonbusiness Electives
Total Quarter Hours
quarter hours
Critical Writing 1, 2 6
Approaches to Literature 3
Math 1, 2 6
Statistics 1, 2 6
Economic Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3 9
Accounting Principles 1, 2
Introduction to Business
and Management 1, 2
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2
Introduction to Marketing 1
Business Decision Models
Introduction to Operations
Management
Purchasing 1, 2
Business Negotiations
Materials Requirements Planning
Production Activity Control
Inventory Management
Just-in-Time Manufacturing (JIT)
or
Master Production Scheduling
6
3
3
3
3
(3)
(3)
18
96
Business Administration 77
Real Estate Associate in Science Degree (Major Code 471)
Core Courses
Liberal Arts
quarter hours
ENG4nO
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1, 2 6
ENG 4112
Approaches to Literature 3
MTH4110
MTH 4111
Math 1, 2 6
ECN4250
ECN 4251
Statistics 1, 2 6
ECN4115
ECN4116 ECN 4117
Economic Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3 9
Business Administration
ACC 4101
ACC 4102
Accounting Principles 1, 2 6
FI4301
Principles of Finance 3
MGT4101
MGT4102
Introduction to Business
and Management 1, 2 6
MIS 4101
MIS 4102
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2 6
Major Concentration Courses
RE 4301 RE 4302
RE 4323 RE 4324
RE 4328 RE 4329
RE 4341 RE 4342
RE 4327
Nonbusiness Electives
Total Quarter Hours
Real Estate Fundamentals 1, 2
Real Estate Appraisal 1, 2
Real Estate Financial Analysis 1, 2
Real Estate Law 1, 2
Real Estate and Computer Analysis
6
6
6
6
3
18
96
78 Business Administration
Transportation and Physical Distribution Management
Associate in Science Degree (Major Code 483)
Core Courses
Liberal Arts
quarter
hours
ENG 4110
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1, 2
6
ENG4112
Approaches to Literature
3
MTH 4110
MTH 4111
Math 1, 2
6
ECN4250
ECN 4251
Statistics 1, 2
6
ECN 4115
ECN 4116 ECN 4117
Economic Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3
9
Business Administration
ACC 4101
ACC 4102
Accounting Principles 1, 2
6
MGT 4101
MGT 4102
Introduction to Business
and Management 1, 2
6
MKT 4301
Introduction to Marketing 1
3
MIS 4101
MIS 4102
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2
6
MS 4325
Business Decision Models
3
OM 4301 (formerly IM 4301)
Introduction to Operations
Management
3
Major Concentration Courses
TRN 4301 TRN 4303
TRN 4302 TRN 4304
Transportation electives
Nonbusiness Electives
Total Quarter Hours
Elements of Transportation 1, 2
Physical Distribution
Management 1, 2
6
9
18
96
ATTENTION: Transportation and Physical Distribution Management Students
Students may use their 9 transportation elective credits for developing a career track in one
of the following areas:
Carrier Management (Choose 3)
TRN 4316
TRN 4334
TRN 4340
TRN 4341
TRN 4350
Logistics (Choose 3)
TRN 4305
TRN 4321
TRN 4325
TRN 4342
TRN 4350
Transpoitation Policy (Choose 3)
TRN 4321
TRN 4350
TRN 4341
TRN 4701
Carrier Memagement .
Private Trucking
Air Transportation
Commuter Transportation
International Transportation and
Distribution Management
Traffic Management 1: Rates and Tarriffs
Transportation Negotiations
Management of Warehouse Operations
Transportation Loss, Damage and Other
Claims
International Transportation and
Distribution Management
Transportation Negotiations
International Transportation and
Distribution Management
Commuter Transportation
Independent Study (Transportation Policy)
Business Administration 79
'BacfieCor of Science in business fAimmstraiioti T>egrees
Accounting Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
Degree (Major Code 460)
See also: Accounting Associate in Science Degree, page 70.
Liberal Arts
quarter
hours
ENG 4110
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1,2
6
ENG4112
Approaches to Literature
3
ENG 4380
ENG 4381
Business Writing and Reports 1, 2
6
ECN4115
ECN4116 ECN4117
Economic Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3
9
ECN4250
ECN4251
Statistics 1,2
6
HST4101
The Civilization of the Ancient
and Medieval Worlds
3
One History course from the following:
(HST 4102, 4103, 4201, 4202, 4203, 4600 through 4646)
3
MTH4110
MTH4111
Math 1,2
6
PHL4100
Philosophical Thinking
3
PSY4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fimdamental Issues
3
One Psychology elective (PSY)
3
SOC4100
Roles, Culture, and the Individual
3
SOC4101
Inequality and Institutions
OT
SOC4102
Institutions and Social Change
3
SPC4101
Fundamentals of Himian
Communication
3
Business Administration
ACC4101
ACC4102 ACC4103
Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3
9
BL 4101
BL 4102
Lawl,2
6
n4401
Principles of Hnance
3
n4402
Rnancial Management
3
HRM4401
HRM 4402
Organizational Behavior 1, 2
6
MGT4101
MGT4102
Introduction to Business
and Management 1, 2
6
MGT4446
International Business
Management and Operations
3
MIS 4101
MIS 4102
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2
6
MKT4401
Introduction to Marketing 1
3
MS 4325
Business Decision Models
3
OM 4401 (formerly IM 4401)
Introduction to Operations
Management
3
MGT4450
MGT4451
Business Policy 1*, 2
6
•Students must complete 100 q.h. and all other Biosmess Administration core courses before enroUing in
Business Policy 1.
80
Choose one computer programming course from:
MIS 4221
or
MIS 4241
or
MIS 4250
Major Concentration Courses
ACC4401 ACC4402 ACC4407
ACC4404
ACC4410
ACC4411
ACC4425
ACC4440
ACC4400
or
ACC4426
ACC4441
ACC4408
COBOL Programming 1
or
Programming BASIC 1
or
FORTRAN Programming 1
Intermediate Accounting 1, 2, 3
Intermediate Accounting 4
Cost Accounting 1
Cost Accounting 2
Auditing 1, 2
Federal Income Taxes 1, 2
Accounting Information Systeii«
Electives
Natural science elective (BIO, CHM, or ESC)
Ofjen electives
Total Quarter Hours
(3)
(3)
(3)
3
18
174
Business Administration 81
Rnance Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
Degree (Major Code 433)
See also: Finance Assodate in Science Degree, page 72.
Liberal Arts
quarter hours
ENG 4110 ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1,2
6
ENG4112
Approaches to Literatiire
3
MTH 4110 MTH 4111
Math 1, 2
6
ECN4115 ECN4116 ECN4117
Economic Principles and
Problems 1,2, 3
9
ECN4250 ECN4251
Statistics 1,2
6
PSY4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fvmdamental Issues
3
One Psychology elecbve (l-^V)
3
ENG 4380 ENG 4381
Business Writing and Reports 1, 2
6
SOC4100
Roles, Culture, and the Individual
3
SC)C4101
Inequality and Institutions
(3)
SOC4102
or
Institutions and Social Change
(3)
SPG 4101
Fimdamentals of Human
Communication
3
HST4101
The Civilization of the Ancient
and Medieval Worlds
3
One History course from the following:
(HST 4102, 4103, 4201, 4202, 4203,
4600 through 4646)
3
PHL4100
Philosophical Thinking
3
Business Admiiustration
ACC 4101 ACC 4102
BL 4101 BL 4102
HRM 4401 HRM 4402
MGT4101 MGT4102
ACC 4103
MGT4446
MIS 4101
MIS 4102
MKT4401
MS 4325
OM 4401 (formerly IM 4401)
MGT4450 MGT4451
Choose one computer programming course from:
MIS 4221
or
MIS 4241
or
MIS 4250
Accoimting Principles 1, 2, 3
Uwl,2
Organizational Behavior 1, 2
Introduction to Business
and Management 1, 2
International Business
Management and Operations
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2
Introduction to Marketing 1
Business Decision Models
Operations Management
Business Policy 1*, 2
COBOL Programming 1
or
Programming in BASIC 1
FORTRAN Programming 1
9
6
6
6
3
6
3
3
3 '
6
(3)
(3)
(3)
*Students must complete 100 q.h. and all other Business Administration core corses before enrolling in
Business Policy 1.
82 Business Administration
Major Concentration Coxirses
n4401
Principles of Rnance
3
FI4402
financial Management
3
n4403
financial Strategy
3
n4410
Investment Principles
3
n44ii
Investment Management
3
FI4420
Credit Principles
3
H4421
Credit Management
3
FI4425
Budgeting and Planning
3
n4426
financial Control
3
n4450
International Rnance
3
Electives
Natural science
elective (BIO, CHM, or ESQ
3
Open electives
17
Total Quarter Hours 174
Business Administration 83
Management Bachelor of Science in Business Administration^
Degree (Major Code 463)
See also: Business Administration Assodate in Science Degree, f)age 71.
Liberal Arts
quarter
hours
ENG 4110
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1,2
6
ENG 4112
Approaches to Literature
3
ENG 4380
ENG 4381
Business Writing and Reports 1, 2
6
ECN4115
ECN4116 ECN4117
Economic Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3
9
ECN4250
ECN4251
Statistics 1, 2
6
HST4101
The Civilization of the Ancient
and Medieval Worlds
3
One History course from the following:
(HST 4102, 4103, 4201, 4202, 4203, 4600 through 4646)
3
MTH4110
MTH4111
Math 1,2
6
PHL4100
Philosophical Thinking
3
PSY4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
3
One Psychology elective (PSY)
3
SOC4100
Roles, Culture, and the Individiwl
3
SOC4101
Inequality and Institutions
(3)
OY
SOC4102
OT
Institutions and Social Change
(3)
SPG 4101
Fvmdamentals of Human
Communication
3
Business Administration
ACC 4101
ACC 4102 ACC 4103
Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3
9
BL 4101
BL 4102
Uwl,2
6
n4401
Principles of Rnance
3
n4402
Rnancial Management
3
HRM4401
HRM4402
Organizational Behavior 1, 2
6
HRM4410
Human Resources Management
3
MGT4101
MGT4102 MGr4103
Introduction to Business
and Management 1, 2, 3
9
MIS 4101
MIS 4102
Introduction to Data Pnacessing
and Information Systems 1, 2
6
MIS 4236
Advanced PC Software
3
MKT4401
Introduction to Marketing 1
3
MS 4325
Business Decision Models
3
OM 4401 (formerly IM 4401)
Introduction to Operations
Management
3
84 Business Administration
Major Concentration Coiuses
HRM4415
MGT4410
MGT4446
MGT44S5
MKT4420
MIS 4446
MGT44S0
MGT4451
Electives
Natural science elective (BIO, CHM, or ESC)
Open electives
Nonbusiness elective
Leadership 3
Project Management Process: Planning
and Implementation 3
International Business
Management and Operations 3
Manager and Society 3
Marketing Management 1 3
Information Systems for Management 3
Business Policy 1 *, 2 6
3
27
3
Total Quarter Hours 174
"Students must complete 100 q.h. and all other Business Administration core courses before enrolling in
Business PoUcy 1.
Business Administration 85
Management Information Systems Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration Degree (Major Code 465)
See also: Management Information Systems Associate in Science Degree, page 75.
Liberal Arts
quarter
hours
ENG4110
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1, 2
6
ENG4112
Approaches to Literature
3
ENG4380
ENG 4381
Business Writing and Reports 1, 2
6
ECN4115
ECN4116 ECN4117
Economic Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3
9
ECN4250
ECN4251
Statistics 1, 2
6
HST4101
The Civilization of the Ancient
and Medieval Worlds
3
One History course from the following:
(HST 4102, 4103, 4201, 4202, 4203, 4600 through 4646)
3
MTH4110
MTH4111
Math 1,2
6
PHL4100
Philosophical Thinking
3
PSY4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
3
One Psychology elective (PSY)
3
SOC4100
Roles, Culture, and the Individual
3
SOC4101
Inequality and Institutions
(3)
OT
SOC4102
OT
Institutions and Social Change
(3)
SPC 4101
Fundamentals of Human
Commvmication
3
Business Administration
ACC 4101
ACC 4102 ACC 4103
Accotinting Principles 1, 2, 3
9
BL4101
BL4102
Uwl,2
6
n4401
Principles of Rnance
3
n4402
financial Management
3
HRM4401
HRM4402
Organizational Behavior!, 2
6
MGT4101
MGT4102
Introduction to Business
and Management 1, 2
6
MGT4446
International Business
Management and Operations
3
MIS 4101
MIS 4102
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2
6
MIS 4221
MIS 4???
COBOL Programming 1, 2
6
MIS 4236
Advanced PC Software
3
MIS 4282
Operating Systems Overview
3
MKT4401
Introduction to Marketing 1
3
MS 4325
Business Decision Models
3
OM 4401 (formerly IM 4401)
Introduction to Operations
Management
3
MGr4450
MGT4451
Business Policy 1*, 2
6
•Students must complete 100 q.h. and all other Business Administration core courses before enroUing in
Business Policy 1.
86 Business Administration
Major Concentration Courses
MGT4410
MIS 4401
MIS 4407
MIS 4445
MIS 4448
MIS 4485
MIS 4402
Project Management Process:
Planning and Iniplementation
Structured Systems Analysis
and Design 1, 2
Communications and Networking
Database Management Systems
Information Resource Management
Applied MIS Development Project
3
6
3
3
3
3
Electives
Natural science
Open electives
! elective (BIO, CHM, or ESC)
3
21
Total Quarter Hours
174
Business Administration 87
Marketing Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
Degree (Major Code 461 )
See also: Marketing Associate in Science degree, page 76.
Liberal Arts
quarter hours
ENG 4110
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1,2
6
ENG4112
Approaches to Literature
3
ENG 4380
ENG 4381
Business Writing and Reports 1, 2
6
ECN4115
ECN4116 ECN4117
Economic Principles and
Problems 1^3
9
ECN4250
ECN4251
Statistics 1, 2
6
HST4101
The Civilization of the Ancient
and Medieval Worlds
3
One History course from the following:
(HST 4102, 4103, 4201, 4202, 4203, 4600 through 4646)
3
MTH4110
MTH4111
Math 1,2
6
PHL4100
Philosophical Thinking
3
PSY4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
3
One Psychology elective (PSY)
3
SOC4100
Roles, Cultiire, and the Individual
3
SOC4101
Inequality and Institutions
(3)
SOC4102
OT
Institutions and Social Change
(3)
SPC 4101
Fvmdamentals of Human
Communication
3
Business Administration
ACC 4101
ACC 4102 ACC 4103
Accoimting Principles 1, 2, 3
9
BL 4101
BL4102
Uwl,2
6
n4401
Principles of Rnance
3
n4402
Rrwncial Management
3
HRM4401
HRM4402
Organizational Behavior 1, 2
6
MGT4101
MGT4102
Introduction to Business
and Management 1, 2
6
MGT4446
International Business
Management and Operations
3
MIS 4101
MIS 4102
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2
6
MS 4325
Business Decision Models
3
OM 4401 (formerly IM 4401)
Introduction to Operations
Management
3
MGT4450
MGT4451
Business Policy 1*2
6
*Students must complete 100 q.h. and all other Business Administration core courses before enrolling in
Business Policy 1.
88 Business Administration
Choose one computer programming course from:
MIS 4221
OT
COBOL Programming 1
nr
(3)
MIS 4241
VI
Programming in BASIC 1
nr
(3)
MIS 4250
FORTRAN Programming 1
(3)
Major Concentration Courses
MKT4401
Introduction to Marketing 1
3
MKT4402
Introduction to Marketing 2
3
MKT4410
Advertising Management 1
3
MKT4411
Advertising Management 2
3
MKT4415
Sales Management 1
3
MKT4416
Sales Management 2
3
MKT4420
Marketing Management
3
MKT4430
Marketing Research 1
3
MKT4431
Marketing Research 2
3
MKT4453
International Marketing
3
MKT4457
Competitive Strategy
3
Electives
Natural sdence elective (BIO, CHM, or ESQ
3
Open electives
21
Total Quarter Hours
174
Business Administration 89
Htchnologxj Titgrtt Programs
Martha p. Welch,
Assistant Dean, Director,
Technology Degree Programs
270 Ryder Hall
617-437-2418
Program Consultants
Professor Robert A. Parsons
(College of Business Administration)
(617-437-4749)
Associate Consultant:
William E. Grady (617-721-5770)
Rose A. Doherty,
Assistant Director,
Technology Degree Programs
University College offers a certificate, an associate's degree, and a bachelor's
degree in Operations Technology.
To receive the associate's degree, a student must successfully complete the 96
quarter hours of course credit specified for the degree. Students who have completed
the operations certificate program may then enroU in the associate's degree program.
(Although credits earned in a certificate program may be applied toward this degree,
completion of a certificate program is not required.)
Operations Management Associate in Science Degree
(l\/lajor Code 491)
(fonnerly Industrial Management Associate in Science Degree)
Core Courses
Liberal Arts
quarter hours
ENG4110
ENG4111
Critical Writing 1, 2 6
ENG4112
Approaches to Literature 3
MTH4110
MTH4111
Math 1, 2 6
ECN4n5
ECN4116 ECN4117
Economic Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3 9
ECN4250
ECN4251
Statistics 1, 2 6
PSY 4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues 3
One Psychology elective (PSY)
3
Business Administration
ACC 4101
ACC 4102
Accounting Principles 1, 2 6
MGT4101
Introduction to Business
and Management 1 3
MIS 4101
MIS 4102
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2 6
MS 4325
Business Decision Models 3
90
Choose one computer programming course from:
MIS 4221
or
MIS 4241
or
MIS 4250
Major Concentration Courses*
OM 4301 or OM 4401
OM4302
OM 4314
OM4317
OM4321
OM 4326
Nonbiisiness Electives
COBOL Programming 1
or
Programming in BASIC 1
or
FORTRAN Programming 1
Introduction to Operations
Management
Operations Analjrsis
Productivity Enhancement and
Quality Management
Purchasing and Materials Management
Operations Plarming and Control
derations Management Policy
(3)
(3)
(3)
3
3
3
3
3
3
21
Total Quarter Hours
*OM course numbers formerly IM
96
Operations Technology Bachelor of Science Degree (BS)
A Bachelor of Sdence degree is offered in Operations Technology. The technology
program is designed to prepare the student to meet the challenge of interfacing technology
and society. The technology student not only learns related disciplines but also becomes
oriented in disciplines to which his or her tedinological skills will be applied.
Graduates of sdence, engineering technology> liberal arts, or other selected programs in
Northeastern University, community colleges, or other similar colleges and institutions who
have an associate degree or its ecpjivalent may transfer applicable credits toward the degree
requirements of the baccalaureate program in operations technology. No more than 44
quarter hours of business administration credits may be applied toward the Bachelor's
Degree in Operations Technology.
Technology 91
Operations Technology Bachelor of Science Degree
(Major Code 492)
(formerly Industrial Technology Bachelor of Science Degree)
Liberal Arts
quarter
hours
ENG4110 ENG4111
Critical Writing 1,2
6
ENG4112
Approaches to Literature
3
ECN4115 ECN4116 ECN4117
Economic Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3
9
ECN4250 ECN4251
Statistics 1,2
6
MTH4110 MTH4111
Math 1,2
6
PSY4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Ftmdamental Issues
3
One Psychology elective (PSY)
3
SOC4100
Roles, Culttire, and the Individual
3
SOC4101
Inequality and Institutions
(3)
SOC 4102
or
Institutions and Sodal Change
(3)
Business Administration
ACC 4101 ACC 4102
Accounting Principles 1, 2
6
BL 4101 BL 4102
Law 1,2
6
HRM4301 or HRM4401
Organi7ational Behavior 1
3
MGr4101
Introduction to Business
and Management 1
3
MIS 4101 MIS 4102
Inti^uction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2
6
MS4325
Business Decision Models
3
Major Concentration Courses*
OM 4301 or OM 4401
Introduction to Operations
Management
3
OM4302
Operations Analysis
3
OM 4314
Productivity Enhancement
and Quality Management
3
OM4317
Purchasing and Materials
Management
3
OM4321
Operations Planning and Control
3
OM4326
Operations Management Policy
3
Nonbusiness electives (such as Science,
Engineering Technology,
Liberal Arts, or Criminal Justice)
87
Total Quarter Hours
174
*OM course numbers formerly IM
92 Technology
Criminat Justice and Security Regret Programs
Dr. Paula Vosburgh, Assistant Dean
Acting Director, Criminal Justice and Security Programs
266 Ryder Hall, 617-437-2818
Program Consultant
Robert Croatti
Associate Dean
College of Criminal Justice
617-437-3327
Purpose
Crimiiial Justice and Security programs are designed to provide a professional
focus to students with a broadly based undergraduate education, to ensure that
program graduates are prepared to enter or advance in careers in criminal justice or
security administration or to enroll in graduate or professional schools.
The curriculum is built around a core of required courses after which the student
selects a professionalization. A choice of upper-level coursework is offered.
Certrf icate Program
Students who seek specialized skills to advance their careers may choose a certifi-
cate program, which they may take independentiy or in conjunction with degree study.
Associate in Science Degree Programs
Programs leading to the associate's degree are offered for those who wish to obtain
a general background in corrections, policing, or security and who may later wish to
pursue a bachelor's degree.
Candidates for the associate in science degree must complete a minimum of
ninety-six quarter hours of credit. This is approximately one half of the requirements
for the bachelor of science degree .
Bachelor of Science Degree Programs
The Bachelor of Science degree is offered with specializations in corrections,
policing, and security. Students should choose their specialization in consultation with
a program advisor.
Each curriculum provides for not less than 174 quarter hours of work.
Course Sequence
Upon completion of the courses required for admission, the student should elect
professional courses in their major as they appear on the schedule. Liberal Arts courses
should be taken to complete the student's schedule.
93
Corrections Associate in Science Degree (Major Code 949)
Core Courses
quarter ho
ENG4110 ENG4111
Critical Writing 1,2
ENG4n2
Approaches to Literature
HST4202
American History 1848-1917
POL 4104
Introduction to American Government
PSY4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
SOC4100
Roles, Culttire, and the Individual
SOC4186
Social Control
CJ 4101
Administration of Criminal Justice
CJ4102
Crime Prevention and Security
CJ 4103
Criminology
CJ 4104
Dimensions of Crime
CJ 4105
Computer Applications in
Criminal Justice
CJ4108 CJ4109
Crimirml Law and Procedure 1, 2
CJ 4110
Constitutional Law
Major Concentration Courses
CJ4301
American Correctional System
CJ 4302 CJ 4303
Correctional Administration 1, 2
CJ4304
Jail Administration and Management
CJ4305
Case Management and Correctional
Services
CJ4306
Correctional Security Methods and
Technology
CJ4307
The Rights of Offenders and Prisoners
CJ4308
Correctional Coimseling
CJ4309
Comparative Correctional Systems
CJ4310
Commvmity Corrections
CJ4311
Probation and Parole
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
Electives
Criminal justice and security electives
Open electives
Total Quarter Hours
6
9
96
94 Criminal Justice and Security
Corrections Bachelor of Science Degree (Major Code 948)
Core Courses
>
quarter hours
ENG4nO
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1, 2
6
ENG 4112
Approaches to Literature
3
ECN4115
ECN4116 ECN4117
Economic Principles and
Problems 1,2, 3
9
HST4101
The Civili7;ition of the
Andent and Medieval Worlds
3
HST4103
The Civilization of the Modem World
3
HST4202
American History 1848-1917
3
PHL4100
Philosophical Thinking
(3)
PHL4200
UT
Logic
(3)
POL 4103
Introduction to Politics
3
POL 4104
Introduction to American Govermnent
3
PSY4nO
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
3
PSY4n2
Introduction to Psychology:
Personal Dynamics
3
SOC4100
Roles, Culture and the Individual
3
SOC4102
Institutions and Social Change
3
SOC4186
Social Control
3
Mathematics/ s
science courses
6
CJ4101
Administration of Criminal Justice
3
CJ4102
Crime Prevention and Security
3
CJ4103
Criminology
3
CJ4104
Dimensions of Crime
3
CJ4105
Computer Applications in
Criminal Justice
3
CJ 4106
CJ4107
Criminal Justice Research 1, 2
6
CJ4108
CJ4109
Criminal Law and Procedure 1, 2
6
CJ4110
Constitutiorml Law
3
Major Concentration Couises
CJ4301
American Correctional System
3
CJ4302
CJ4303
Correctional Administration 1, 2
6
CJ4304
Jail Administration and Management
3
CJ4305
Case Management and Correctional
Services
3
CJ4306
Correctional Security Methods and
Technology
3
CJ4307
The Rights of Offenders and Prisoners
3
CJ4308
Correctional Coimseling
3
CJ4309
Comparative Correctional Systems
3
CJ4310
Commimity Corrections
3
CJ4311
Probation and Parole
3
Electives
Criminal justice and seairity electives
24
Open electives
30
Total Quarter Hours
174
Criminal Justice and Security 95
Policing Associate in Science Degtee (Major Code 947)
Core Courses
quarter hours
ENG4nO
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1, 2
6
ENG 4112
Approaches to Literature
3
HST4202
American History 1848-1917
3
POL 4104
Introduction to American Government
3
PSY4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
3
SC)C4100
Roles, Culture, and the Individual
3
SOC4186
Social Control
3
CJ 4101
Administration of Criminal Justice
3
CJ4102
Crime Prevention and Security
3
CJ 4103
Criminology
3
CJ 4104
Dimensions of Crime
3
CJ 4105
Computer Applications in Criminal
Justice
3
CJ 4108
CJ 4109
Criminal Law and Procedure 1, 2
6
CJ4110
Constitutional Law
3
Major Concentration Courses
CJ4201
CJ4202
Criminal Investigation 1, 2
6
CJ4203
CJ4204
Criminalistics 1, 2
6
CJ4205
CJ4206
Patrol Theory and Administration 1, 2
6
CJ4207
Comparative Police Systems
3
CJ4208
Police Operations
,3
CJ4209
CJ4210
Police Management 1, 2
6
CJ4211
Police and Social Problems
3
Electives
Criminal justice and security electives
6
Other electives
!
9
Total Quarter Hoiurs
96
96 Criminal Justice and Security
Policing Baclielor of Science Degree (Major Code 946)
Core Coursei
s
quarter hours
ENG4nO
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1,2
6
ENG 4112
Approaches to Literature
3
ECN4115
ECN4116 ECN4117
Economics Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3
9
HST4101
The Civilization of the Ancient and
Medieval Worlds
3
HST4103
The Civilization of the Modem World
3
HST4202
American History 1848-1917
3
PHL4100
ny
Philosophical Thinking
(3)
Uf
PHL4200
Uf
Logic
(3)
POL 4103
Introduction to Politics
3
POL 4104
Introduction to American Government
3
PSY4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
3
PSY4112
Introduction to Psychology:
Personal Dynamics
3
SOC4100
Roles, Culture, and the Individual
3
SOC4102
Institutions and Social Change
3
SOC4186
Sodal Control
3
Mathematics/science courses
6
CJ4101
Administration of Criminal Justice
3
CJ4102
Crime Prevention and Security
3
CJ 4103
Criminology
3
CJ4104
Dimensions of Crime
3
CJ4105
Computer Applications in Criminal
Justice
3
CJ4106
CJ4107
Crimir\al Justice Research 1, 2
6
CJ4108
CJ4109
Crimirml Law and Procedure 1, 2
6
CJ 4110
Constitutional Law
3
Major Concentration Courses
CJ4201
CJ4202
Criminal Investigation 1, 2
6
CJ4203
CJ4204
Criminalistics 1, 2
6
CJ4205
CJ4206
Patrol Theory and Administration 1, 2
6
CJ4207
Comparative Police Systems
3
CJ4208
Police Operations
3
CJ4209
CJ4210
Police Management 1, 2
6
CJ4211
Police and Social Problems
3
Electives
Criminal justice and security electives
24
Other elective;
s
30
Total Quarter Hours
174
Criminal Justice and Security 97
urityAssG
iciate in Science Degree (l\/lajor Code 943) ^mf
Core Courses
>
quarter hours
ENG 4110
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1, 2
6
ENG 4112
Approaches to Literature
3
HST4202
American History 1848-1917
3
POL 4104
Introduction to American Government
3
PSY4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fimdamental Issues
3
SOC4100
Roles, Culture, and the Individual
3
SOC4186
Sodal Control
3
CJ4101
Administration of Criminal Justice
3
CJ4102
Crime Prevention and Security
3
CJ4103
Criminology
3
CJ 4104
Dimensions of Crime
3
Q 4105
Computer Applications in Criminal
Justice
3
CJ 4108
CJ4109
Criminal Law and Procedure 1, 2
6
CJ4110
Constitutional Law
3
Major Concentration Cotirses
CJ4201
CJ4202
Criminal Investigation 1, 2
6
CJ4403
Introduction to Security
3
CJ4404
Industrial Safety and Fire Prevention
3
CJ4405
Current Security Problems
3
CJ4406
CJ4407
Security Administration 1, 2
6
CJ4408
Legal Aspects of Security Management
and Operations
3
CJ4409
CJ4410
Physical Security Methods and
Technology 1, 2
6
CJ4411
Electronic Information Security
3
Electives
Criminal justice and security electives
6
Other electives
9
Total Quarter Hours
96
98 Criminal Justice and Security
iirity Bachelor of Science Degree (Major Code 942) ^^
3
Core Cotirses
quarter hours
ENG4110
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1,2
6
ENG 4112
Approaches to Literature
3
ECN4115
ECN4116 ECN4117
Economics Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3
9
HST4101
The Civilization of the Ancient and
Medieval Worlds
3
HST4103
The Civilization of the Modem World
3
HST4202
American History 1848-1917
3
PHL4100
Philosophical Thinking
(3)
Uf
PHL4200
Uf
Logic
(3)
POL 4103
Introduction to Politics
3
POL 4104
Introduction to American Government
3
PSY4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
3
PSY4112
Introduction to Psychology:
Personal Dynamics
3
SOC4100
Roles, Culture, and the Individual
3
SOC4102
Institutions and Social Change
3
SOC4186
Social Control
3
Mathematics/;
science courses
6
CJ4101
Administration of Criminal Justice
3
CJ4102
Crime Prevention and Security
3
CJ 4103
Criminology
3
CJ 4104
Dimensions of Crime
3
CJ 4105
Computer Applications in Criminal
Justice
3
CJ 4106
CJ 4107
Criminal Justice Research 1, 2
6
CJ 4108
CJ 4109
Criminal Law and Procedure 1, 2
6
CJ4110
Constitutional Law
3
Major Concentration Courses
CJ4201
CJ4202
Criminal Investigation 1, 2
6
CJ4403
Introduction to Security
3
CJ4404
Industrial Safety and Fire Prevention
3
CJ4405
Current Security Problems
3
CJ4406
CJ4407
Security Administration 1, 2
6
CJ4408
Legal Aspects of Sectirity Management
and Operations
3
CJ4409
CJ4410
Physical Security Methods and
Technology 1, 2
6
CJ4411
Electronic Information Security
3
Electives
Criminal justic
e and security electives
24
Other electives
30
Total Quarter Hours
174
Criminal Justice and Security 99
^talih Professions and Sciences (Degree (Programs
Dr. Paula M. Vosburgh, Assistant Dean, 266 Ryder Hall
Director, Health Professions and Sciences 617-437-2818
Programs
Program Directors and Coordinators
Area program directors and the Director of Health Professions and Sciences
Programs have overall responsibility for the academic quality of the health programs in
their areas of specialty. The program coordinators for each area serve as the chief academic
adxnsors for students in their programs. -
Health Professions
EMS: Paramedic Technology
Consultant: Glen Boden
(Boston Bouv^ College of Human Development
Professions) (617-437-2665)
HMG: Health Management
Consultant: Joseph McNabb
(Labour^ College) (617-2%-8300, ext. 4022)
HRA: Health Information Administration
Program Coordinator:
Dr. Paula Vosburgh (University College)
(617-437-2818)
HSC: Health Science
Consultant: Nancy Warner
(College of Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions) (617-437-3320)
Sciences
BIO: Biology
Consultant: Dr. Fred A. Rosenberg
(College of Arts and Sciences) (617-437-4042)
Laboratory Coordinator:
Kevin Mautte (Biology Department)
(617-437-2260)
CHM: Chemistry
Consultant: Dr. Philip W. LeQuesne (College of
Arts and Sciences) (617-437-2858)
Assistant Coordinator: Jean Cathron (College of
Arts and Sciences) (617-437-2824)
Laboratory Coordinator: Bernard Lemire (College
of Arts and Sciences) (617-437-2811)
MLS: Medical Laboratory Science
Program/Clinical Coordinator:
Barbara Martin (College of
Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions) (617-437-1194)
NUR: Nursing
Professor Janet Carroll, R.N., M.S.N.
(College of Nursing)
(617-437-3129)
RAEh Radiologic Tedmology
Program Director:
Kevin J. Powers (University
College) (617-437-2818)
Assistant Director:
Valerie A. Lamb (University
College) (617-437-2818)
Biotechnology
Major Advisor: Dr. Paula Vosburgh
((617-437-2818)
ESC: Earth Science
Consultant: Dr. Malcolm Hill
(College of Arts and Sciences)
(617-437-4381)
MTH: Mathematics
Consultant: Francis X. Finigan
(Educational Consultant)
(617-484-8496)
100
Purpose
University College offers part-time and full-time programs in allied health to
prepare students for advancement and service in hospitals and other health agen-
cies.
The associate's and bachelor's degree progran\s are designed to provide both
professional specialization and general education. Programs meet the accreditation
standards of the Committee on Allied Health Education and Accreditation
(CAHEA) of the American Medical Association (AMA) and /or of licensing or
registration boards, v^rhere such exist.
Clinical Assignments
Clinical assignments are generally available for students whose programs
require applied study in a clinical setting. Clinical practice is conducted at hospitals
or other health agencies in the Greater Boston area. Positions in applied clinical
studies are often offered on first-come, first-served basis. Arrangements should be
made with the program's clinical coordinator as much in advance as possible.
Most clinicals require liability insurance and a health clearance. Students
should check with the clinical coordinator of the program for exact detaOs.
Students who accept clinical assignments in health facilities are expected to
adhere to the requirements of the facilities, which are outside University control.
Special Studies and Certificates
University College offers a variety of Special Studies. These courses give
students an opportunity to earn credits in Advanced Tutorials, Independent
Studies, Honors Programs, and Field Work. Consult descriptions on pages 23-24.
Students should be aware that special criteria exist for certain courses and the
course description should be consulted.
Students can choose a certificate program to learn new skills or enhance skills
they already have. If the student wishes to continue, many certificates are transfer-
able into related degree programs. Health and Science certificates are listed below:
Advanced Environmental Sciences (page 58)
Envirorunental Studies (page 47)
Human Development Services:
Specialties in: Adolescent Care, Gerontology,
Infant/Child Care, and Learning Disabilities (page 49)
Paramedic Technology (page 119)
Phlebotomy Professional Preparation (page 61)
Post Baccalaiu'eate in Health Information Administration (page 109)
Preprofessional Medical Courses
The following information is provided for students who plan to apply for
admission to schools of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, podiatry, or optometry.
Those who wish to pursue veterinary medicine may need to meet different entrance
requirements and should consult the chair of the Health Professions Advisory
Conunittee for additional advice.
Health Professions and Sciences 1 01
Medical School Admission Requirements
Students must complete the following courses before they may enroll in
medical school, and should complete them before taking the school's particular
admission test (MCAT, DAT, and so on. MCAT exam applications are available at
the Office of Career Development, 120 Ryder Hall, 617-437-2430).
Biology: one year (with labs)
General chemistry: one year (with labs)
Organic chemistiy: one year (with labs)
Physics: one year (with labs)
College mathematics: one year (with some calculus)
College English: one year
Northeastern University's Health Professions Advisory Committee provides
academic advice and help with health professional school applications for students in
any of the University's programs. Although advice is available to anyone enrolled in a
course, the Committee can prepare evaluation letters only for those who have taken
enough coursework at Northeastern to be able to have at least two Northeastern faculty
members write letters to the Committee. Sources of Advice:
• General Counseling, Application • Course Schedules and Counseling
Procedures and Entrance Exams Dr. Paula Vosburgh,
Dr. C. H. Ellis, Jr., Chair Assistant Dean, Director, Health
Health Professions Advisory Committee Professions and Sciences Programs
Biology Department University College
Northeastern University 266 Ryder Hall
445 Richards Hall 617-437-2818
617-437-4032
• Questions on Physics Courses
Thomas Hulbert
Director, School of Engineering Technology
120 Snell Engineering Center
617-437-2500
Course Sequences to Meet Minimum Admission Requirements
The following list shows acceptable course sequences that students can take at
University College in preparation for health professional schools. Completing one
sequence from each catesDry should meet the minimum requirements of most medical
or dental schools. If you have questions about whether other courses might be appli-
cable, talk wdth Dr. Vosburgh or Dr. Ellis. Students are strongly encouraged to contact
the medical or dental school(s) they are interested in to obtain specific guidance on
what courses the school may require for admission.
General Biology: BIO 4103, BIO 4104, BIO 4105— lab must be taken. Other biology
work, such as anatomy and physiology and microbiology, may be acceptable, depend-
ing on the professionaJ school. General biology is highly recommended even if you
have already taken the other courses.
General Chemistry: CHM4111,CHM4112,CHM4113— lab mwsf betaken
Organic Chemistry: CHM 4261, CHM 4262, CHM 4263— lab must be taken
General Physics: PHY 4117, PHY 4118, PHY 4119, and labs PHY 4196, PHY 4197,
PHY4198*t
Math: MTH 4108, MTH 4120, MTH 4121*
English: ENG 4110, ENG 4111, ENG 4112
Two additional areas that are often required are behavioral science and biochemis-
try. The following courses meet these requirements.
Behavioral Science: PSY 4110, PSY 4111, PSY 4112, and/or other psychology courses
Biochemistry: CHM 4371, CHM 4372, CHM 4373 or BIO 4246, BIO 4247, BIO 4248
*These courses are scheduled through the School of Engmeering Technology. Call 617-437-2500.
fSo/ree medical schools have allowed PHY 4101 and PHY 4102 College Physics 1 and 2 to be used
for admissions. Before choosing this sequence, contact the school you wish to apply to for their
preference for a physics course sequence.
102 Health Professions and Sciences
NEW Bachelor's Degree in Biological Science
offers Professional Opportunities
In offering this baccalaureate degree program in Biological Science, University
College recognizes the critical role that a traditional biology major can play in prepar-
ing students for several distinguished professions. The new program provides both a
broad spectrum of biology courses, and a firm foundation in the liberal arts and
sciences. The balanced and comprehensive curriculum gives the students the back-
ground valued by medical, dental and veterinary schools. It also would be useful to
those who desire to prepare for careers teaching science in secondary sciiools.
Biological Science Bachelor of Science Degree
(Major Code 81 8)
Core Coiu-ses
ENG 4110
ENG 4111
ENG 4112
MTH4107
MTH4108
PSY or
SOC electives
COM 4101
LN or
MIS
Economics (ECN) Courses of your choice
History (HST) Courses of your choice
Major Concentration Coiurses
BIO 4103 BIO 4104 BIO 4105
BIO 4175 BIO 4176
BIO 4190
BIO 4224
BIO 4235
BIO 4237
BIO 4246
BIO 4248
CHM 4111
CHM4224
CHM 4261
MTH4120
MTH4122
or
ECN 4250
PHY 4117
PHY 4196
BIO 4192
BIO 4225
BIO 4236
BIO 4247
CHM 4112 CHM 4113
CHM 4262
MTH4121
PHY 4118
PHY 4197
PHY 4119
PHY 4198
quarter
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature
College Algebra
Pre-Calculus
hours
6
3
4
4
Psychology and Sociology
Foundations of Computer Literacy
Modem Langiiage or Computer
Language
9
4
8or9
9
9
Biology 1, 2, 3
Human Anatomy and
Physiology 1, 2
Microbiology 1, 3
Ecology 1, 2
Genetics 1, 2
12
6
6
6
6
Genetics Laboratory
Cell Biology 1, 2
Cell Biology Laboratory
General Chemistry 1, 2, 3
Analytical Chemistry
(summer quarter)
Organic Chemistry 1, 2
Calculus 1, 2
2
6
2
9
4
8
8
Calculus 3
(4)
or
Statistics 1
(3)
Physics 1, 2, 3
Physics Laboratory 1, 2, 3
12
3
Health Professions and Sciences 1 03
Biological Science electives (Choose 15 q.h.from the follomng)
BIO 4176 Human Anatomy and Physiology 3 3
BIO 4191 Microbiology 2 3
BIO 4226 Ecology 3 3
BIO 4258 BIO 4259 Advanced Human Physiology 1, 2 6
BIO 4260 Cell, Tissue, and Organ Culture 3
BIO 4320 Medical Microbiology 4
BIO 4374 BIO 4375 Histology 1,2 6
BIO 4411 BIO 4412 Embryology and Development 1, 2 6
BIO 4441 Parasitology 4
BIO 4461 Immunology 4
BIO 1467 Molecular Biology 4
Electives as needed to complete credits
Total Quarter Hours 174
1 04 Health Professions and Sciences
Biotechnology
Associate in Science Degree
The program in Biotechnology helps provide the chemistry and biology founda-
tion required for medical and industrial laboratory assistants and technicians and for
persons who have paramedical responsibilities. Employment opportunities may be
found in hospitals, health dinics, research foundations, chemical and drug industries,
public health organizations, water and sanitation departments.
Bachelor of Science Degree
The Bachelor of Science degree program in Biotechnology integrates theoretical
and laboratory courses from the fields of chemistry and biology. The program is
designed to help prepare students for responsibilities in laboratory careers. Employ-
ment opportunities may be found in a variety of industrial, pharmaceutical, dinical,
and hospital laboratories.
Biotechnology Associate in Science Degree (Major Code 812)
Core Courses
ENG4110 ENG4111
ENG4112
History (HST) Courses of your
MTH 4110 MTH 4111
choice
MTH 4112
quarter hi
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature
Math 1,2, 3
ours
6
3
9
9
Major Concentration Courses
BIO 4103 BIO 4104 BIO 4105
BIO 4175 BIO 4176 BIO 4177
BIO 4190 BIO 4191 BIO 4192
CHM 4111 CHM 4112 CHM 4113
CHM 4261 CHM 4262 CHM 4263
Biology 1,2, 3
Human Anatomy and
Physiology 1, 2, 3
Microbiology 1, 2, 3
General Chemistry 1, 2, 3
Organic Chemistry 1, 2, 3
12
9
9
9
(12)
UT
CHM 4221
PHY 4101
CHM4??7
PHY 4102
CHM 4773
OT
Analytical Chemistry 1, 2, 3
College Physics 1, 2
(9)
8
Electives
liberal Arts
Chemistry, Biology, or Calculus as needed to complete total credits
Total Quarter Hours
97-100
Health Professions and Sciences 1 05
Biotechnology Bachelor of Science Degree (Major Code 813)
Core Courses
ENG 4110
ENG 4111
ENG 4112
MTH4110
MTH4111
MTH4112
BIO 4103
BIO 4104
BIO 4105
BIO 4175
BIO 4176
BIO 4177
CHM4111
CHM4112
CHM4113
PHY 4101
PHY 4102
Economics (ECN) Courses of your choice
History (HSD
Courses of your
choice
quarter hours
Critical Writing 1, 2 6
Approaches to Literature 3
Math 1,2, 3 9
Biology 1,2, 3 12
Human Anatomy and
Physiology 1, 2, 3 9
General Chemistry 1, 2, 3 9
College Physics 1, 2 8
6
6
Psychology (PSY) or Sociology (SOC) Courses of your choice
Major Concentration Coxirses
BIO 4190
BIO 4191
BIO 4192
Microbiology 1, 2, 3
9
BIO 4224
BIO 4775
BIO 4226
Ecology 1,2, 3
9
BIO 4235
BIO 4236
BIO 4237
Genetics 1, 2, and Lab
(8)
or
BIO 4246
BIO 4247
BIO 4248
or
CeU Biology 1, 2, and Lab
(8)
BIO 4374
BIO 4375
BIO 4376
Histology 1,2, 3
9
BIO 4455
Introduction to Biotechnology
3
CHM4221
CHM 4???
CHM 4??3
Analytical Chemistry 1, 2, 3
9
CHM 4261
CHM 4262
CHM 4263
Organic Chemistry 1, 2, 3
12
CHM4321
CHM 4322
CHM 4323
Instrumental Analysis 1, 2, 3
9
CHM4371
CHM4372
CHM 4373
Biochemistry 1, 2, 3
9
Biotechnology electives
choose 15 cjh.from the following:
BIO 4411
BIO 4412
Embryology and Development 1, 2
(6)
BIO 4441
Parasitology
(4)
BIO 4461
Immunology
(4)
CHM 4271
Introduction to Immunodiagnostics
(3)
CHM 4391
Introduction to Recombinant DNA
(3)
CHM 4392
Affinity Chromatography in
Biological Separations
(3)
BIO 4501
Development of New Virus Vaccines
(3)
BIO 4300
Computer Application in Science
(3)
General Electives
9
Total Quarter Hours
175
1 06 Health Professions and Sciences
Health Information Administration
The Health Information Administrator's varied responsibilities relate to health
information systems and include the organization, operation, and management of
health record services. Required skills for this profession include the ability to design
health information and retrieval systems; plan, organize, and direct health record
services; develop, analyze, and evaluate health records and indexes; work with medical
and administrative staffs in developing methods for evaluation of patient care; and
conduct research projects using health care information.
Students who successfully complete this program qualify for admission to the
professional registration examinations conducted by the Health Information Manage-
ment Association.
Potential students should speak with the Program Coordinator. Call 617-437-2818.
Professional Certification
An individual who wishes to qualify for registration as a Health Information
Administrator and who already holds a bachelor's degree in another field of study from
a college or university acceptable to Northeastern University may take the Health
Information Administration Certificate Program. Upon completion of this program
with a cumulative quality-point average of 2.5 or higher, students will receive certifica-
tion from University College. Students must also demonstrate an understanding of the
principles of descriptive statistics. This requirement may be satisfied by successful
completion of an approved statistics course with a grade of C or better. These require-
ments are in addition to the laboratory course in anatomy and physiology.
In designated professional courses (*), students must obtain a grade of C or better.
Only one professional course may be repeated. Students who receive a grade of D in
more than one professional course will be asked to withdraw from the program.
Students who apply for the clinical courses HRA 4335, HRA 4336, and HRA 4337
must have a quality-point average of 2.5 and the approval of the clinical coordinator.
Health Professions and Sciences 1 07
Health Information Administration Bachelor of Science Degree
(Major Code 864)
Coie CoviTses
quarter
hours
ENG4110
ENG4111
Critical Writing 1, 2
6
ENG4112
Approaches to Literature
3
MTH4110
MTH4111
Math 1,2
6
BIO 4103
BIO 4104
BIO 4105
Biology 1, 2, 3
12
BIO 4175
BIO 4176
BIO 4177
Human Anatomy and
Physiology 1,2, 3*
9
ECN4115
ECN4116
ECN4117
Economic IMnciples and
Problems 1, 2, 3
9
ECN4250
Statistics 1
3
ECN4251
Statistics 2
(3)
or
HMG 4200
or
Health Science Statistics
(3)
Psychology (PSY) Courses o
fyour choice
9
History (HST)
or Political Science (POL) Courses of your choice
9
Sociology (SOC) Courses of your choice
9
Major Concentration Couises
HMG 4215
Health Uw*
3
HMG 4301
Health Care Delivery Systems*
3
HRA4305
HRA4306
Language of Medicine 1, 2*t
4
HRA4308
Hospital Management for
Health Information Practitioners*
3
HRA4310
HRA4311
HRA4312
Health Recoid Science 1, 2, 3*
18
HRA4313
HRA4314
Health Record Science 4, 5*
12
HRA4320
HRA4321
HRA4322
Organization of the Health
Record Department 1, 2, 3*
9
HRA4335
HRA4336
HRA4337
Clinical Practiomi 1, 2, 3*
8
HRA4330
Health Record Computer Science*
3
HRA4332
Topics in Health Records*
3
HRM4301
Organisational Behavior 1
3
HSC4301
HSC4302
Pathophysiology 1, 2
6
MIS 4101
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1
(3)
or
COM 4101
or
Foimdations of Computer Literacy
(4)
Social science or humai\ities electives
20
Total Quarter Hovurs
*Students must obtain a grade of C or better in this course.
tA challenge examination is available for this course. Call 617-437-2818 for details.
176-177
1 08 Health Professions and Sciences
Health Information Administration Post-Baccalaureate Certificate
(Major Code 868)
a
Core Coxrrses
BIO 4175
BIO 4176
BIO 4177
HMG4215
HMG4301
HRA4305
HRA4306
HRA4308
HRA4310
HRA4311
HRA4312
HRA4313
HRA4314
HRA4320
HRA4321
HRA4322
HRA4335
HRA4336
HRA4337
HRA4330
HRA4332
HSC4301
HSC4302
MIS 4101
or
COM 4101
quarter hours
Human Anatomy and
Physiology 1, 1, 3»
Health Law*
Health Care Delivery Systems
Language of Medicine 1, 2*t
Hospital Management for
Health Information Practitioners*
Health Record Science 1, 2, 3*
Health Record Science 4, 5*
Organization of the Health
Record Department 1, 2, 3*
Qinical Practicum 1, 2, 3*
Health Record Computer Science
Topics in Health Records*
Pathophysiology 1, 2
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1
or
Foundations of Computer Literacy
9
3
3
4
3
18
12
9
8
3
3
6
(3)
(4)
Total Quarter Hours
•Students must receive a C or better in this course.
+A challenge examination is available for this course. Call 617-437-2818 for details.
84-85
Health Management
The health care industry is changing rapidly in response to increasing competition,
rising costs, technological advances, the growth of alternative delivery systems, and an
aging population.
University College's Bachelor of Science Degree program in Health Management is
intended for ttiose who wish to prepare for entry into or advancement in managerial
positions in the health care field.
The program combines professional competencies with a liberal arts education to
help direct students toward either entry-level positions or positions of increasing
responsibility in health services administration. The curriculum also provides a founda-
tion for graduate studies in MBA and MHA programs.
Health Professions and Sciences 1 09
Health Management Bachelor of Science Degree
(Major Code 860)
Core Courses
ENG4110 ENG4111
ENG4112
MTH4110 MTH4111 MTH4112
HMG4200
ECN4115 ECN4116 ECN4117
SOC4100
POL 4103
PSY 4110
COM 4101
Basic Concentration Courses
AGO 4101 ACC4102
FI4301
HMG 4100 HMG 4101
HMG 4215
HMG 4301
HMG 4411
Advanced Concentration Cotirses
HMG 4260
HMG 4325
HMG 4390
HMG 4400 HMG 4401
HMG 4429
HMG 4440
HMG 4445 HMG 4446
HMG 4580
HMG 4650 HMG 4651
HSC4310
quarter hours
Critical Writing 1, 2 6
Approaches to Literattire 3
Math 1,2, 3 9
Health Science Statistics 3
Economic Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3 9
Roles, Culture, and the Individual 3
Introduction to Politics 3
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues 3
Foundations of Computer Literacy 4
Accoimting Principles 1, 2 6
Principles of Finance 3
Hospital Organization and
Management 1, 2 6
Health Law 3
Health Care Delivery Systems 3
Research for Managers 3
Senior Seminar in Health
Care Management* 1
Health Planning and Regulation 3
The Patient's Impact on
Decision-Making 3
Health Care Finencial
Management 1,2 6
Health Care Delivery's
Changing Environment* 2
Health Care Operations
Management 3
Health Care Marketing and
Communication 1, 2 6
Information Processing in Health Care 3
Health Management Practicum It, 2t 12
PubUc Health 1 3
Professional Specialization
See Option 1, 2 or 3 on next page
Electives
Liberal Arts electives
Health Science electives
Science electives (CHM, BIO, ESC, MTH)
Open electives
Total Quarter Hours
*Must be taken concurrently during the student's last year in the program.
tStudents must have completed seventy-five percent of their degree requirements before taking these
courses. Students must apply for each assignment no later than one full quarter prior to the desired
starting date.
17
12
6
12
9
175
110 Health Professions and Sciences
Professional Specialization Options
Students complete their course of study by electing one of the following 27 quarter-
hour options designed to meet their professional objectives.
Option 1: Continiiing Care Administration
Licensure as a nursing home administrator requires an internship, a licensure examination,
and a bachelor's degree. TTfie required courses in this option help prepare students for the
Massachusetts Licensure Examination. Students are advised, however, to contact the Board of
R^stration of Nursing Home Administrators for the specific eligibility requirements needed
for this examination.
HMG 4600 HMG 4601 HMG 4602
Choose nine quarter hours from the following:
SOC4225
HMG 4300
REG 4401
REG 4460
HSC4210
HSG4220
This series of coiirses offered in odd numbered academic years.
Option 2: Community Health Management
HMG 4310 HMG 4311
Long-Term Care
Administration (A, B, C)*
Social Gerontology
Home Health Care
The Nursing Home Experience
The Process of Aging
Basic Nutrition
Basic Pharmacology
Principles and Practices of
18
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
Commimity Health 1, 2
6
MLS 4341 MLS 4342
Epidemiology 1, 2
6
HSC4311
PubUc Health 2
3
Choose twelve quarter hours from the following:
ACC4110
Management Control for
Nonprofit Organizations
(3)
HMG 4300
Home Health Care
(3)
HMG 4550 HMG 4551
Contemporary and Controversial
Health Care Issues 1, 2
(6)
HMG 4610
Principles and Practices of
Commimity Mental Health
(3)
HRM 4320
Techniques of Employee Selection
(3)
HRM4340
Public Sector Collective
Bargaining in the United States
(3)
HSC4315
Environmental Problems and Health
(3)
MKT4335
Public Relations 1
(3)
SOC4215
Medical Sociology
(3)
sex: 4241
Human Services Professions
(3)
SOC4240
Sociology of Human Service
Organizations
(3)
Options: General
Choose courses from (EMS, HMG, HRA, HSC, MLS, NUR, REC, RAD)
15
Choose 12 quarter hours from the following:
ECN4130
Medical Economics
(3)
ECN4321
Urban Economic Problems and Policies
(3)
ENG4380
Business Writing and Reports 1
(3)
FI4326
Hnancial Control
(3)
n4325
Budgeting and Planning
(3)
n4321
Credit Management
(3)
HRM 4321
Wage and Salary Administration
(3)
HRM 4322
Employee Benefits
(3)
HRM 4323
Job Evaluation
(3)
HRM 4341
Private Sector Collective
Bargaining in the United States
(3)
MGT4320
Managing Change
(3)
POL 4300
Introduction to Public Administration
(3)
Health Professions and Sciences 111
Health Science
With the rapidly changing health care industry and the steadily expanding aware-
ness of the importance of health, many new and exdting opportimities exist for those
interested in the health care field. The Bachelor of Science in Health Science program
seeks to address the needs of both health professionals seeking a broad-basod baccalau-
reate degree as well as those interested in investigating a variety of disciplines within
health. For those who already possess training as health professionals, maximum
transfer of professional coursework is possible. Those entering from other fields or
investigating career options in health will find a curriculum which allows flexibility in
choosing coursework towards a specific goal. A program of upper-level courses and
advanced sciences allows the student flexibility in pursuing a variety of post baccalau-
reate options as well.
Students should be aware that in order to work in certain health professions,
certification or licensure is required. If you are interested in a field such as: Medical
Laboratory Science, (specific tracks of courses exist in Clinical Chemistry, Qinical
Microbiology, Hematology, Blood Banking and Qinical Immunology); Sonography;
Paramedic; etc., you should see the appropriate individual in that area. Please refer to
page 100 for names and telephone numbers of consultants in various health fields.
112 Health Professions and Sciences
Health Science Bachelor of Science in Health Science Degree
(Major Code 865)
Libaral Arts quarter hours
ENG4110 ENG4111 Critical Writing 1, 2 6
ENG 4112 Approaches to Literature 3
Humanities (ART, ASL, DRA, ENG, JRN, LN, MUS, PHL, SPC, TCC) 9
Sodal Sciences (ECN, HST, POL, PSY, SOA, SCXZ) 9
General Liberal Arts (ART, ASL, DRA, ENG, JRN, LN, MUS, PHL, SPC, TCC, ECN,
HST, POL, PSY, SOA, SOC) 6
MTH4110 MTH4111 MTH4112 Mathematics 1, 2, 3 9
Basic Sciences
BIO 4103
BIO 4104
BIO 4175
BIO 4190
CHM 4111
COM 4101
or
BIO 4176
BIO 4105
BIO 4177
CHM 4112 CHM 4113
Advanced Sciences
Choose 12 quarter hours from
BIO 4224
BIO 4235
BIO 4246
BIO 4258
BIO 4320
BIO 4455
BIO 4461
CHM 4221
CHM 4224
CHM 4261
CHM 4371
MTH4130
PHY 4101
PHY 4117
PHY 4196
BIO 4225
BIO 4236
BIO 4247
BIO 4259
the following:
BIO 4226
BIO 4237
BIO 4248
CHM4222 CHM4223
CHM 4262
CHM 4372
MTH4131
PHY 4102
PHY 4118
PHY 4197
CHM 4263
CHM 4373
MTH4132
PHY 4119
PHY 4198
Biology 1 4
Biology 2 or 3 4
Human Anatomy and Physiology 1, 2, 3 9
Microbiology 1 3
General Chemistry 1, 2, 3 9
Foimdations of Comjniter Literacy 4
Ecology 1,2, 3 (9)
Genetics 1, 2, and Lab (8)
CeU Biology 1,2, and Lab (8)
Advanced Human Physiology 1, 2 (6)
Medical Microbiology (4)
Introduction to Biotechnology (3)
Immunology (4)
Analytical Chemistiy 1, 2, 3 (9)
Analytical Chemistry (summer only) (4)
Organic Chemistry 1, 2, 3 (12)
Biochemistry 1, 2, 3 (9)
College Calculus 1, 2, 3 (9)
College Physics 1, 2 (8)
Physics 1, 2, 3 emd
Ubs (15)
Basic Concentration Courses
Recfuired
HMG4215
HMG4301
HSC4310
MLS 4341
Choose 18 quarter hours from the following:'
EMS 4107
HMG 4210 HMG 4211
HSC4210
HSC4220
HSC4311
HSC4613
HSC 4614 HSC 4615
MLS 4104
MLS 4301
MLS 4342
RAD 4100
Health Law 3
Health Care Delivery 3
PubUc Health 1 3
Epidemiology 1 3
EMT-Basic (9)
Medical Care and Current
Social Problems 1, 2 (6)
Basic Nutrition (3)
Basic Pharmacology (3)
Public Health 2 (3)
Oral Microbiology (3)
Advanced Periodontology 1, 2 (6)
Introduction to Phlebotomy (4)
Medical Lab Orientation (2)
Epidemiology 2 (3)
Radiologic Technology Orientation (3)
Health Professions and Sciences 113
Major Concentration Courses
Recfuired
HMG 4100 HMG 4101
HMG 4200
HSC4301 HSC4302
HSC 4320 HSC 4321
Choose 21 quarter hours from the following ekctives.'
HMG 4310 HMG 4311
HMG 4550 HMG 4551
HSC 4315
HSC 4600
HSC 4601
HSC 4610
MLS 4321
MLS 4322 MLS 4323
MLS 4365
RAD 4304
RAD 4400
RAD 4450
RAD 4460
REC 4460
Electives as needed to complete total credits.
Total Quarter Hours
Hospital Orgaiuzation and
Management 1, 2
Health Science Statistics
Pathophysiology 1, 2
Training and Development
in the Health Professions 1, 2
ftf
Principles and Practices of
Community Health 1, 2
Contemporary and Controversial
Health Care Issues 1, 2
Environmental Problems and Health
Advanced Nutrition
Advanced Pharmacology
Geriatric Nutrition
Hematology
Morphologic Hematology 1, 2
Quality Control
Cross-Sectional Anatomy
Head & Neck Anatomy
Comp. Body Tomography
Medical Imaging Quality Assurance
Process of Aging
(6)
(6)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(6)
(3)
(4)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
174
•Entry level professional courses (Medical Laboratory Science, Nursing, Radiologic Technology, Para-
medic Technology, etc) may fulfill this requirement. It is imperative that students who desire to use this
option have their courses preapproved by the Office of Academic and Student Affairs. This should be
done at the start of your ooursework in University College.
"Others may be considered by petition. Specialized tracks are available in Medical Laboratory Science.
114 Health Professions and Sciences
'
Medical Laboratory Science
Medical laboratory science (MLS) is concerned with laboratory exantination of
material necessary for monitoring health and for diagnosing and treating illness.
Medical laboratory technicians and technologists work in a variety of specialized fields
such as microbiology, blood banking, hematology immunology, or clinical chemistry,
or as generalists in aJl of these areas.
The medical laboratory technician holding an associate's degree, works under the
direct supervision of a medical technologist and performs common medical laboratory
tests. The medical technologist, who must have a bachelor's degree, is considered
qualified to perform tests with little or no direct supervision. Students interested in
progressing past a technician level in Medical Laboratory Science should investigate
the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions' full-time day bachelor's degree
program or University College's part-time evening Bachelor of Science in Health
Science program. It is imperative that students meet and plan out their coursework
with the Medical Laboratory Science Coordinator (617-437-3664) prior to beginning
work in this major. This will assure appropriate course selection in order to qualify for
clinical certification(s). With additional education or experience, medical technologists
can become educators, researchers, or supervisors. They may serve as sales and
technical representatives for scientific supply and equipment companies or serve in
government positions.
The associate degree program is conducted in affiliation with Boston-area hospitals
and is accredited by the Committee of Allied Health Education and Accreditation of
the American Medical Association. Upon successful completion of the associate's
d^ee program, the student is eligible to take a national certification examination
given by the National Certification Agency for Medical Laboratory Personnel or the
Board of Registry of the American Society of Qinical Pathologists.
The basic courses in medical laboratory science, science, and education are offered
evenings, but the advanced medical laboratory science courses and the clinical experi-
ence are offered full-time during the day only.
Associate's Degree Professional Requirements
A clinical applied study progran\ (or appropriate work experience) is required
toward this degree. Work experience is acceptable if it meets the requirements for
certification of either the National Certification Agency for Medical Laboratory Person-
nel or the Board of Registry of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students
without appropriate work experience can apply for clinical applied studies through the
University College MLS Clinical Coordinator, 206 Mugar, 617-437-3664. This should
be done one year in advance of the anticipated entry into clinical courses.
Prerequisites for clinical applied studies are a minimum of a 2.0 quality-point
average in the required courses and a C- or better in each medical laboratory science
(MLS) course. These basic courses are available during the evening and on an every-
other-year basis through the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions.
Students register for these courses in the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions, 206 Mugar. Tuition is at a special rate. These courses should be completed
within three years of applying to the AD-MLT Qinical Applied Studies.
Health Professions and Sciences 115
Medical Laboratory Science-Medical Laboratory Technician
Associate in Science Degree (Major Code 800)
Core Courses
ENG4110 ENG4111
ENG4n2
HMG 4210
HMG 4215
MTH4110
BIO 4103
BIO 4175
CHM 4111
MTH4111
BIO 4105
BIO 4176 BIO 4177
CHM 4112 CHM 4113
Major Concentration Cotuses
MLS 4301
MLS 1112
MLS 1212
MLS 1172
MLS 1123
MLS 1223
MLS 1124
MLS 1224
MLS 1142
MLS 1242
MLS 1132
MLS 1232
MLS 1144
MLS 1244
MLS 1152
MLS 1252
MLS 1412
MLS 1423
MLS 1432
MLS 1442
MLS 1452
MLS 1480
Electives
Computer science electives
Liberal Arts electives
Open elective
quarter hours
6
3
Total Quarter Hours
*Tuition for this course is at a special rate.
tOr equivalent approved by Medical Laboratory Science Coordinator.
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature
Medical Care and Current
Social Problenis 3
Health Law 3
Mathematics 1, 2 6
Biology 1,3 8
Human Anatomy and
Physiology 1, 2, 3 9
General Chemistry 1, 2, 3 9
Medical Laboratory Science
Orientation 2
Renal Physiology /Urinalysis*t 2
Renal Physiology/Urinalysis Lab*t 1
Immunology*t 2
Hematology 1*+ 2
Hematology 1 Lab*t 1
Hematology 2*+ 2
Hematology 2 Lab*+ 1
Microbiology 1*+ 3
Microbiology 1 Lab*t 1
Immunohematology*t 3
Immunohematology Lab*t 1
Microbiology 2*t 1
Microbiology 2 Lab*t 1
Qinical Chemistry*+ 4
Clinical Chemistiy Lab*t 1
MLT Special Topics* 2
MLT Hematology Applied Study* 2
MLT Immunohematology Applied
Study* 2
MLT Microbiology Applied
Study* 2
MLT Clinical Chemistry
Applied Study* 2
MLT Seminar 1* 2
3-4
6
3
99-100
116 Health Professions and Sciences
Nursing (Evening Section)
The College of Nursing's Bachelor of Sdenoe program, accredited by the National
League for Nursing, is offered to registered nurses through University College. Every
effort is made to assess prior learning, facilitate educational advancement, and provide
flexible scheduling.
Admission Procedure
Admissions applications are available from the Health Professions and Science
Office, 266 Ryder Hall or by calling (617) 437-2818.
The following items are required for admission to this study option and should be
forwarded to the Office of Academic and Student Affairs, University College, North-
eastern University, 180 Ryder Hall, 360 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02115:
• Completed Nursing Program application
• Official transcripts from basic nursing program
• Offidal transcripts from all colleges attended (If college courses were completed
while attending a diploma program, an individual transcript from that college
must be included.)
• Evidence of current licensure as a Registered Nurse
• Satisfactory performance on the NLN Mobility Profile 11 or ACT/PEP
examinations.
Pre-admission and academic counseling is available by calling the Office of
Academic and Student Affairs at 617-437-2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY) for an
appointment.
Prospective students may obtain a status report, detailing courses that are accept-
able for transfer from other institutions as well as the remaining coursework to be
completed by contacting the Office of Academic and Student Affairs, 617-437-2400
(voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY).
Planning a Program of Study
Potential and current students are encouraged to attend group information
sessions in order to increase their awareness of College of Nursing and University
College policies. These sessions cover course requirements, promotional policies,
advancal placement procedures, and the process of petitioning. To register for these
sessions, call 617-437-2818.
Health Professions and Sciences 117
Nursing (Evening Section) Bachelor of Science in Nursing
(IVIajor Code 809)
Core Coxirses
quarto:
hours
ENG 4110
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1, 2
6
ENG 4112
Approaches to Literature
3
BIO 4103
Biology 1
4
BIO 4175
BIO 4176 BIO 4177
Human Anatomy and
Physiology 1,2, 3
9
BIO 4190
Microbiology 1
3
CHM 4111
CHM 4112 CHM 4113
General Chemistry 1, 2, 3
9
Computer (COM) course of your choice
4
MTH4110
Mathematics 1
3
NUR4302
Pharmacodynamics
(3)
HSC4601
or
Advanced Pharmacology
(3)
PSY4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
3
PSY4111
Introduction to Psychology:
Developmental Aspects
3
PSY4112
Introduction to Psychology:
Personal Dynamics
3
PSY4240
Development: Infancy
and Childhood
3
PSY4241
Development: Adolescence
3
PSY4242
Development: Adulthood
and Aging
3
SOA 4101
Cultural Anthropology:
Kinship Societies
3
SOA4102
Cultural Anthropology:
State Societies
3
SOC4100
Roles, Culture, and the Individual
3
SC)C4101
Inequality and Institutions
3
History (HS
T) Course of your choice
3
Major Concentration Courses*
NUR4300
NUR4301
NUR4400
NUR4401
NUR4500
NUR4502
NUR4504
^^JR4505
Nursing Transition** 9
Psychiatric/Mental Health
Nursingt 7
Maternal and Child Nursingt 9
Medical Surgical Nursingt 9
Community Health Nursing 9
Introduction to Nursing Research 4
Contemjxjrary Issues in Nursing 2
Introduction to Leadership and
Memagement in Patient Care 3
Electives
Humanities 9
Open electives 18
Total Quarter Hours 177-178
"Students must submit a petition to enter each nursing course. Petitions must be submitted at least one full
quarter in advance of registering. A current status petition must accompany each petition. Students
petitioning to enter NUR 4300, Nursing Transition, must also obtain a health clearance from the Lane
Health Center, present evidence of having had a tuberculin skin test within the previous twelve months,
and present a Hepatitis vaccine statement
* 'Advanced standing credit of twenty-two quarter hours is awarded upon successful completion of this
course.
tChaUenge examinations are available for this course through the NLN Mobility Profile II Examination or
the ACT PEP Examination. Successful completion of either set of exams is a component of the admissions
process.
118 Health Professions and Sciences
Paramedic Technology
University College provides the opporttxnity to earn a certificate as well as an
associate's degree in Paramedic Technology. Major concentration areas involve the
EMT-Paramedic's roles, responsibilities and the subject areas required by Massachu-
setts Department of Public Health regulations and national guidelines. TTiese areas
include: medical terminology, patient assessment and initial management, airway and
ventilation, pathophysiology of shock, general pharmacology, trauma and bums,
respiratory system, cardiovascular system, endocrine emergencies, nervous system,
acute abdomen, genitourinary and reproductive systems, anaphylaxis, toxicology,
alcoholism and drug abuse, infectious diseases, environmental injuries, geriatrics,
pediatrics, obstetrics, gynecological and neonatal emergencies, behavioral emergencies,
EMS systems, medical/legal considerations, communications, rescue, major incident
response, and stress management.
Admissions requirements: completion and submission of an application form; high
school diploma or equivalent; national, state or provincial certification as an Emergency
Medical Technician; official high school and college transcripts; entrance examination;
Admissions Committee interview; and physical examination.
Students who successfully complete the Paramedic Technology Certificate Courses
may continue with the liberal arts and computer courses necessary for an Associate in
Science in Paramedic Technology Degree.
Whether or not students continue on to the associate level, all those certified in
Paramedic Technology may apply for and take the National Registry of Emergency
Medical Technicians Paramedic Certification Examination.
Paramedic Teclinology Associate in Science Degree
(Major Code 874)
Major Concentration/Certificate Courses
EMS 4117 EMS 4118 EMS 4119
EMS 4120
EMS 4121 EMS 4122
EMS 4123
BIO 4178 BIO 4179
Liberal Arts and Computer Courses
ENG4110 ENG4111
ENG4112
MTH4110
SPC 4101
PSY4110
PSY4112
HST4103
LNS 4101
COM 4101
MTH4111
LNS 4102
quarter hours
Emergency Medical Services
1, 2, 3, 4 24
Emergency Medical Services 5, 6 22
Emergency Medical Service 7 3
Human Anatomy and
Physiology A and B 8
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature
Math 1, 2
Fimdamentals of Human
Commtmication
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
Introduction to Psychology:
Personal Dynamics
The Civilization of the
Modern World
Beginning Conversational
Spanish 1, 2
Foundations of Computer
Literacy
Total Quarter Hours
6
3
6
3
3
3
3
8
4
96
Health Professions and Sciences 119
Radiologic Technology
The Radiologic Technology program is a joint offering of the University and
several area hospitals. Classroom experience is provided by the University, and the
laboratory practicum is conducted at an assigned affiliated hospital. The program is
accredited by the Coimcil on Medical Education of the American Medical Association.
The Radiologic Technologist is a skilled professional employed in the diagnostic
and therapeutic areas of the hospital, as well as in industrial production, quality
control, and inspection laboratories. Students in the Radiography program gain
exposure in advanced imaging and therapeutic areas such as computerized
tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, ultrasonography, nudear medicine, and
radiation therapy. Each of the three assoaate of science degree options allows gradu-
ates to continue into the bachelor of science degree programs in health science or health
management through Uruversity College.
Entrance Criteria: Satisfactory completion of three years of high school math, one
year of biology, and one year of chemistry or physics. Applicants should also submit a
letter of recommendation from a science instructor. Alternatively, applicants may
submit a letter from a current employer addressing the applicant's potential to succeed
in the program.
Candidates who meet the above requirements should file an application and
supply all necessary dociunents by the appropriate deadlines. (See below) No
candidate will be considered until all documents and fees are received in the pro-
gram office. Only admitted students are allowed to take Radiologic Technology
fRAD) courses.
Associate in Science Degree Full-Time Day Program (806)
This associate in science degree program is a full-time day program. Graduates are
eligible to take the examination for certification by the American Registry of Radiologic
Technologists. The full-time day curriculum is scheduled over twenty-seven months
with early exit optioi\s available for students with transfer credit or students who wish
to take an accelerated course sequence. Early exit provides graduates with the opportu-
nity to enter the job market and/or begin work on their bachelor degree studies. The
application deadlines for (he full-time day program are October 15 or March 1.
Associate in Science Degree Part-Time Evening Program (811)
A part-time evening option exists for students unable to partidj)ate in the full-time
day program. Required academic dasses are scheduled during the evening over
twenty-lour consecutive months. Following the academic courses, the student will
complete the program requirements by partidpating in up to one year of full-time
clinical experience in an assigned hospital setting. Qass size is limited. The applica-
tion deadlines for the part-time program is April 1.
Part-Time Evening Program for Radiographers (810)
University College also offers an assodate of sdence degree program for registered
technologists; the program requires fewer major concentration courses.
Candidates who wish to apply to this program must doam\ent satisfactory completion
of an accredited certificate program in radiologic technology or be certified by the
American Registry of Radiologic Technologists.
1 20 Health Professions and Sciences
Radiologic Technology Associate in Science Degree
(Major Codes 806/811)
Core Courses
BIO 4103
BIO 4175
COM 4101
ENG 4110
ENG 4112
HMG4100
MTH4110
PSY4110
quarter hours
4
BIO 4176
ENG 4111
MTH4111
Biology 1
BIO 4177 Human Anatomy and
Physiology 1, 2, 3 9
Foimdations of Computer Literacy 4
Critical Writing 1, 2 6
Approaches to Literature 3
Hospital Organization and
Management 1 3
Math 1, 2 6
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues 3
Major Concentration Courses (Only admitted students allowed to take RAD courses;
must be passed with a C or better.)
RAD 4100 RAD 4101
RAD 4102 RAD 4103
RAD 4104 RAD 4105
RAD 4106 RAD 4107
RAD 4122
RAD 4116
RAD 4119
RAD 4121
RAD 4304
RAD 4305
RAD 4306
Total Quarter Hours
RAD 4117 RAD 4118
Radiologic Technology Orientation 1, 2
Radiologic Science 1, 2
Principles of Radiology 1, 2
Radiologic Photography and
Exposure 1, 2
Radiology Practicum
1,2,3,4
Principles of Photography and
Exposure Lab 1, 2
Cross-Sectional Anatomy
Advanced Radiologic Technology 1
Radiation Protection — ^Radiobiology
16
2
4
4
4
Part-Time Associate in Science Degree Program for
Radiographers (Major Code 81 0)
ENG 4111
MTH4111
Core Courses
Transfer credit for completion of prerequisite*
BIO 4103
COM 4101
ENG 4110
ENG 4112
HMG 4100
MTH4110
PSY4nO
or
SOC4100
PSY4111
or
SOC4101
Major Concentration Courses
RAD 4300
RAD 4304
RAD 4306
RAD4460
quarter hoxurs
50
Biology 1 4
Foimdations of Computer Literacy 4
Critical Writing 1, 2 6
Approaches to Literature 3
Hospital Organization and Management 3
Math 1, 2 6
Introduction to Psychology:
Fimdamental Issues (3)
or
Roles, Culture, and the Individual (3)
Introduction to Psychology:
Developmental Aspects (3)
or
Inequality and Institutions (3)
Advanced Radiologic Technology 1 4
Cross-Sectional Anatomy 4
Radiation Protection — ^Radiobiology 3
Medical Imaging Quality Assiirance 3
Total Quarter Hours 96
*Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of a certificate program in radiologic technology or registration by
the American Registry of Radiologic Technologists.
Health Professions and Sciences 121
LiSeraCSirts (Degree (Programs
Diane Wald,
Director, Liberal Arts Programs
266 Ryder Hall
617-437-2416,437-2423
Nancy Bandoian,
Assistant to the Director,
Liberal Arts Programs
Program Consultants and Advisors
ART: Arts and Graphics
Consultant: Prof. Peter Serenyi, Chair,
Dept. of Art and Architecture
(College of Arts and Sciences)
Associate Consultant and Program Advisor:
Daniel Vardaro
ASL: American Sign Language
Consultant and Program Advisor:
Nancy V. Becker, Coordinator,
Educational Services, ASL Program
(College of Arts and Sciences)
DRA: Drama
Consultant: Prof. Mort S. Kaplan,
Theatre and Dance Dept. (College of Arts
and Sciences)
ECN: Economics
Consultant: Prof. John Adams, Chair,
Economics Dept. (College of Arts and
Sciences)
Associate Consultant/Program Advisor:
Dr. Herbert J. Eskot
ENG: English (Literature or Writing)
Consultant: Prof. M. X. Lesser,
English Dept. (College of Arts and
Sciences)
Associate Consultant, Business Writing:
Rosemarie Dittmer
HST: History
Consultant: F^f. Raymond H. Robinson,
Chair, History Deprt. (College of Arts and
Sciences)
Associate Consultant/Program Advisor:
Prof. Gercdd H. Herman, History Dept.
(College of Arts and Sciences)
JRN: Journalism, Public Relations, and
Advertising
Consultant and Program Advisor:
Prof. Larue W. GiUeland, Director,
School of Journalism (College of Arts and
Sciences)
LN: Modem Languages
Consultant: Prof. Holbrook Robinson,
Chair, Modem Languages Dept. (College
of Arts and Sciences)
Modern Languages includes the following:
LNF: French LNJ: Japanese
LNG: German LNN: Swedish
LNI: Italian LNR: Russian
LNS: Spanish
MUS: Music
Consultant: Prof. Joshua R. Jacobson, Chair,
Music Dept. (College of Arts and Sciences)
Associate Consultant/Program Advisor:
Marjorie Atlas, Music Dept. (College of Arts
and Sciences)
PHL: Philosophy and Religion
Consultant: Prof. Susan Setta,
Chair, Philosophy Dept. (College of
Arts and Sciences)
POL: Political Science
Consultant: Prof. L. Gerald Bursey,
Political Science Dept. (College of Arts and
Sciences)
Program Advisor: Prof. Robert Gilbert,
Political Science Dept. (College of Arts and
Sciences)
PSY: Psychology
Consultant/ Program Advisor:
Prof. Charles Karis, Psychology Dept.
(College of Arts and Sciences)
Associate Consultant:
Prof. Harold Zamansky, Psychology Dept.
(College of Arts and Sdences)
SO A: Sociology-Anthropology, and
SOC: Sociology
Consultant: Prof. Christine GaUey,
Sociology Dept. (College of Arts and Sciences)
Associate Consultant/Program Advisor:
Prof. Elliott Krause, Sociology Dept.
(College of Arts and Sciences)
SPG Speech Communication
Consultant /Program Advisor:
Prof. Michael Woodnick,
Speech Communication Dep>t.
(College of Arts and Sciences)
TCC: Technical Communications
Consultant/ Program Advisor:
Neil F. Duane (President, Boston
Documentation Design)
122
Purpose
Through the liberal arts curricula offered by University College, students are
guided in their independent and creative discovery of ideas and methods in the
areas of humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences.
University College holds that a liberal arts education enables students to make
more intelligent and realistic appraisals of self and career. The Liberal Arts Pro-
grams at the college present students with both a challenge to bring meaning and
focus to the educational experience and an opportunity to acquire marketable
knowledge and skills. As the president of a large corporation put it, "It is no longer
enough for management to be well-trained rather than well-educated."
Programs
University College offers bachelor of arts and bachelor of science degrees in art,
economics, English, history, political science, psychology, and sociology-anthropol-
ogy. Unlike the bachelor of science degree, the bachelor of arts degree includes a
language requirement. Bachelor of science degrees are offered in graphic design
and visual communication, in technical communications, and in the popular
combined program. Liberal Arts/Business Minor. In addition, degree programs in
English, political science, and sociology-anthropology present professional concen-
trations designed to teach specialized skills.
Liberal Arts bachelor's degree candidates are permitted to accumulate up to 44
quarter hours of credit (25 percent of the credits toward a bachelor's degree) in
business subjects.
Bachelor's Degree in Liberal Studies
University College offers a bachelor of arts degree in liberal studies designed to
help students develop communication, analytical, and research skills while exploring
the great ideas of the ages as well as contentiporary issues. The program's courses are
grouped in four areas:
• Communication and Critical Thinking
• Cultural Heritage
• Science, Research, and Quantitative Methods
• Contemporary Studies.
The courses in each area are selected to provide students with a breadth of disci-
plinary perspectives.
Forty-five quarter hours of elective credits are permitted to allow students to take a
certificate program or select individual courses in accordance with their personal and
career interests.
Upon approaching completion of individual coursework in Cultural Heritage
and Contemporary Studies, students take an interdisciplinary seminar in each area
to integrate their learning experiences.
Associate in Science Degree
An associate in science degree program in arts and sciences is offered for those
who want a general background in liberal arts, but who do not want to pursue a
major field of concentration for the bachelor's degree. (Students who do wish to go
on to a bachelor's degree should check with an academic advisor to be sure that the
courses they select for the A.S. degree will fit into their chosen bachelor's program.)
Liberal Arts 123
Certificate Programs
Students who seek specialized skills to advance their careers may choose from the
following liberal arts certificate programs, which they may take independently or in
conjunction with degree study:
• acting 39 • Electronic Composition 46
• advertising 40 • graphic design and visual
• American Sign Language commimication 48
and deaf studies 40 • public relations 53
• American Sign Language- • publishing 53
English interpreting 59 • speech communication 55
• business communication 41 • technical writing 56
• computer graphic design 42 • writing 57
• Education:
Elementary 45
Secondary 46
Special Studies
University College offers a variety of Special Studies. These courses give
students an opportunity to earn credits in Advanced Tutorials, Independent
Studies, Honors Programs, and Field Work. Consult descriptions on page 23.
Assessment of Prior Learning Program (APL)
Some students may petition for prior learning or life experience credit, in
specified liberal arts, health, and business subjects. See page 27 for details. Credit
cannot be awarded through APL when an appropriate examination is available
through CLEP or PEP.
Degrees
Arts and Sciences Associate in Science Degree
(IVIajor Code 372)
Core Courses quarter hours
ENG4110 ENG4111 Critical Writing 1, 2 6
ENG 4112 Approaches to Literature 3
Major Concentration Coxu-ses
Humanities (ART, ASL, DRA, ENG, JRN, LN, MUS, PHL, SPC, TCC) 24
Math-Science (BIO, CHM, ESC, MTH, PHY) 18
Social Sciences (ECN, HST, POL, PSY, SOA, SOC) ' 24
Electives* 21
Total Quarter Hours 96
•Recommended: DMT AllO Managing Career Decisions, and INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity (see page 206
for coijrse descriptions).
124 Liberal Arts
I
Economics Bachelor of Arts Degree (Major Code 390)
Core Courses
ENG 4110 ENG 4111
ENG 4112
MTH 4110 MTH 4111
Modern Language
quarter hours
6
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature 3
Math 1, 2 6
Elementary or Conversational 12
Intermediate 12
Humanities (ART, ASL, DRA, ENG, JRN, LN, MUS, PHL, SPC, TCC) 24
Math-Science (BIO, CHM, ESC, MTH, PHY) 12
Social Sciences (HST, POL, PSY, SOA, SOQ 18
Major Concentration Courses
ECN 4115 ECN 4116 ECN 4117
ECN 4137
ECN 4215 ECN 4217
ECN 4216 ECN 4218
ECN 4250 ECN 4251 ECN 4252
Economic Principles & Problems 1, 2, 3 9
History of Economic Thought 3
Macroeconomic Theory 1, 2 6
Microeconomic Theory 1, 2 6
Statistics 1, 2, 3 9
Electives
Economics 24
Open electives* 24
Total Quarter Hours 174
♦Recommended: INT 4110 Managing Career Decisions and INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity (see
page 206 for course descriptions).
Economics Bachelor of Science Degree with
Certificate in Finance (Major Code 390)
Core Coixrses
ENG 4110 ENG 4111
ENG 4112
MTH 4110 MTH 4111
Social Sciences (HST, POL, PSY, SOA, SOQ
Major Concentration Courses
ECN 4115
ECN 4137
ECN 4215
ECN 4216
ECN 4250
ECN 4116 ECN 4117
ECN 4217
ECN 4218
ECN 4251
ECN 4252
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature
Math 1, 2
Economic Principles & Problems 1, 2, 3
History of Economic Thought
Macroeconomic Theory 1, 2
Microeconomic Theory 1, 2
Statistics 1, 2, 3
Finance Certificate Courses
ACC 4101 ACC 4102 ACC 4103
n4301
n4302
n4310
m 4320
FI 4325
Electives
Economics
Liberal Arts
Open electives* t
Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3
Principles of Finance
Financial Management
Investment Principles
Credit Principles
Budgeting and Planning
24
42
24
174
Total Quarter Hours '
*Up to 20 q.h. allowed in business subjects.
tRecommended: INT 4110 Managing Career Decisions, and INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity (see
page 206 for course descriptions).
Liberal Arts 125
English Bachelor of Arts Degree (Major Code 330)
Core Courses
ENG 4110 ENG 4111
ENG 4112
Modem Language
Math-Science (BIO, CHM, ESC, MTH, PHY)
Social Sciences (ECN, HST, POL, PSY, SOA, SOQ
quarter hours
Critical Writing 1, 2 6
Approaches to Literature 3
Elementary or Conversational 12
Intermediate 12
18
24
Major Concentration Courses
ENG 4120
ENG 4121
ENG 4122
ENG 4123
ENG 4124
ENG 4125
ENG 4131
ENG 4132
ENG 4133
ENG 4349
ENG 4352
ENG 4604
ENG 4658
ENG 4350
English Literature: Faith and
Humanism
English Literature: Reason and
Romanticism
English Literature: Victorians
and Moderns
Early American Literature:
Faith, Reason, and Nature
American Romantics and
American Realists
American Literature:
The Modem Temper
God, Gods, and Heroes:
The Literature of the Ancient
and Medieval Worlds
Man, Reason, and Imagination:
Literature from the Renaissance
to the Romantic Age
Order and Disorder:
Literature of the Modems
Expository and Persuasive
Writing 1, 2
Expository Communications
Major Rgure in Literature*
Shakespeare the Dramatist
Choose one of two concentrations for tvxnty-seoen quarter hours:
I. Literature
Select nine courses from the ENG 4200 or ENG 4600 series in the
course descriptions on pages 183-186.
(27)
II. Writing
Choose six courses from the ENG 4300 or ENG 4500 series in the course descriptions
on pages 184-186, or ENG 4242, and three courses from either the JRN or TCC courses on
pages 207-208 and 256-258. (27)
Electives
English (ENG 4200 and up)
Open electives**
9
18
174
Total Quarter Hoiurs
'Course must be taken twice, focusing on a different figure each time
•'Recommended: INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity and INT 4110 Managing Career Decisions (see page 206
for course descriptions).
126 Liberal Arts
English Bachelor of Science Degree (Major Code 330)
Core Courses
ENG4110 ENG4111
ENG4112
Math-Science (BIO, CHM, ESC, MTH, PHY)
Social Sciences (ECN, HST, POL, PSY, SOA, SOC)
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature
Major Concentration Coiuses
ENG 4120
ENG 4121
ENG 4122
ENG 4123
ENG 4124
ENG 4125
ENG 4131
ENG 4132
ENG 4133
ENG 4349
ENG 4352
ENG 4604
ENG 4658
ENG 4350
English Literature: Faith and
Humanism
English Literature: Reason and
Romanticism
English Literature: Victorians and
Modems
Early American Literature:
Faith, Reason, and Nature
Americcin Romantics and
American Realists
American Literature:
The Modem Temper
God, Gods, and Heroes:
The Literature of the
Ancient and Medieval Worlds
Man, Reason, and Imagination:
Literature from the Renaissance
to the Romantic Age
Order and Disorder:
Literature of the Modems
Expository and Persuasive Writing 1, 2
Expository Communications
Major Rgure in Literature*
Shakespeare the Dramatist
Choose one of tvx) concentrations for txoenty-seven quarter hours:
L Literature
Choose nine courses from the ENG 4200 or ENG 4600 series in the course descriptions
on pages 183-186.
(27)
IL Writing
Select six courses from the ENG 4300 or ENG 4500 series in the course descriptions
on pages 184-186, or ENG 4242, and three courses from either the JRN or TCC courses on
pages 207-208 and 256-258. (27)
Electives
English (ENG 4200 and up)
Open electives**
9
42
174
Total Quarter Hours
'Course must be taken twice, focusing on a different figure each time.
•'Recommended: INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity and INT 4110 Managing Career Decisions (see page 206
for course descriptions).
Liberal Alls 127
Fine Arts Bachelor of Arts Degree (Major Code 327)
Core Courses
ENG 4110 ENG 4111
ENG 4112
Modem Langtiage
Math-Science (BIO, CHM, ESC, MTH, PHY)
Social Sciences (ECN, HST, POL, PSY, SOA, SOQ
quarter hours
Critical Writing 1,2 6
Approaches to Literature 3
Elementary or Conversational 12
Intermediate 12
18
24
Major Concentration Courses
ART 4100
ART 4101
ART 4102
ART 4106
ART 4112
History of Art to the Fourth Century 3
History of Art to the Sixteenth Century 3
History of Art to the Twentieth Century 3
Introduction to Art 3
Visutd Foundations* 3
Electives
Art
Open electives**t
36
48
174
Total Quarter Hours
'31/2-hour studio.
**Up to 44 q.h. allowed in business subjects.
tRecommended: INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity and INT 4110 Afana^n^ Career Decisions (see page 206 for
course descriptions).
Fine Arts Bachelor of Science Degree (Major Code 327)
Core Courses
ENG 4110 ENG 4111
ENG 4112
Math-Science (BIO, CHM, ESC, MTH, PHY)
Social Sciences (ECN, HST, POL, PSY, SOA, SOQ
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature
Major Concentration Courses
ART 4100
ART 4101
ART 4102
ART 4106
ART 4112
History of Art to the Fourth Century 3
History of Art to the Sixteenth Century 3
History of Art to the Twentieth Century 3
Introduction to Art 3
Visual Foundations* 3
Electives
Art
Open electives**t
36
72
Total Quarter Hours 174
*3 1 /2-hour studio.
**Up to 44 q.h. allowed in business subjects.
tReconunended: INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity and INT 411 0 Managing Career Decisions (see page 206 for
course descriptions).
128 Liberal Arts
Graphic Design and Visual Communication
Associate in Science Degree (Major Code 362)
Core Courses quarter ht
iiu-s
Communication
ENG 4110 ENG 4111 Critical Writing 1, 2
6
ENG 41 12 Approaches to Literature
3
PHL 41 00 Philosophical Thinking
3
SPG 4101 Fundamentals of Human
Communication
3
Social Sciences
HST4101 The Civilization of the Ancient
and Medieval Worids
3
HST 4102 The Civilization of the Early
Modern World
3
HST 4103 The Civilization of the Modem World
3
SOC 41 00 Roles, Ctdture, and the Individual
3
SOC 4101 Inequality and Institutions
3
Business
MGT 4101 Introduction to Business and
Management 1
3
MKT4301 Introduction to Marketing 1
3
ACC 4101 Accounting Principles 1
3
Major Concentration Courses
Art/Graphics
ART 4105 Art through the Ages
3
ART 4110 Modem Art
3
ART 4112 Visual Foundations*
3
ART 4121 Principles of Drawing and
Composition*
3
ART 4175 History of Graphic Design
3
Graphic Design and Commxmication Certificate
ART 4135 Design Fundamentals*
3
ART 4139 Color Theory and Practice
3
ART 4140 Graphic Commimication and
Production
3
ART 4141 ART 4142 Graphic Design 1*, 2*
6
ART 4143 Advertising Design*
3
ART 4151 Typography
3
ART 4181 Introduction to Computer Graphics*
3
ART 4367 Pictorial Imagery for the
Graphic Designer*
3
ART 4251 Portfolio Development*
3
Open Electives**
12
Total Quarter Hours 96
*3 1/2-hour studio.
"Recommended: INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity andlMV 4110 Managing Career Decisions (see page 206
for course descriptions).
Liberal Arts 129
Graphic Design and Visual Communication
Bachelor of Science Degree (Major Code 360)
Core Courses quarter hours
Credits from associate in science degree in graphic design and communication %
Business Commuiucation and Research
ENG 4380 ENG 4381
SPC4251
ECN4115
MGT4330
Computer, Math, Sdence
Business Writing and Reports 1, 2 6
Business and Professional Speaking 3
Economic Principles and Problems 1 3
Essentials for Managers of
Small Businesses 3
COM 4101
Fotandations of Computer Literacy
4
MTH4110
MTH4111 MTH4112
Math 1,2, 3
9
Choose one o
f the following pairs:
BIO 4103
BIO 4104
Biology 1, 2
(6)
or
or
CHM4111
CHM4112
General Chemistry 1, 2
(6)
or
or
ESC 4103
Introduction to Earth Sciences:
The Solid Earth
(3)
ESC 4104
Introduction to Earth Sciences:
The Ruid Earth
(3)
or
or
PHY 4101
PHY 4102
College Physics 1,2»»
(8)
Major Concentration Courses
ART 4160
ART 4176
ART 4183
ART 4184
ART 4185
ART 4187
ART 4188
ART 4366
ART 4186
Electives**
Basic Photography* 3
International Ehrections in
Graphic Design 3
Electronic Publishing Design* 3
Presentation Graphics* 3
Creative Imaging: Custom
Computer Design* 3
Advanced Computer Illustration* 3
Advanced Raster Graphics* 3
Promotioncd and Technical
Publications: Design and Production* 3
Computer Graphics Design Portfolio* 3
. 18
Total Quarter Hours 175-177
*3 1 /2-hour studio or lab.
"Physics and additional courses in humanities are recommended, as well as INT 4200 Workshop in
Creativity and INT 4110 Managing Career Decisions (see page 206 for course descriptions).
130 Liberal Arts
History Bachelor of Arts Degree (Major Code 323)
Core Courses
ENG4nO ENG4111
ENG 4112
Modern Language
quarter hours
Critical Writing 1, 2 6
Approaches to Literature 3
Elementary or Conversational 12
Intermediate 12
Humanities (ART, ASL, DRA, ENG, JRN, LN, MUS, PHL, SPC, TCC) 24
Math-Science (BIO, CHM, ESC, MTH, PHY) 18
Social Sciences (in three of the following areas: ECN, POL, PSY, SO A, SOC) 18
Major ConcentratioiT Courses
Introductory Courses
HST 4101
HST 4102
HST 4103
HST 4201
HST 4202
HST 4203
Historical Skill Requirement
HST 4241
HST 4265
The Civilisation of the Ancient
and Medieval Worlds
The Civilization of the Early
Modern World
The Civilization of the
Modem World
American History 1763-1848
American History 1848-1917
American History Since 1917
The Historian's Craft
Introduction to Public History
Regional Distribution
Choose one course from each of the follozmng three regional groupings:
European: any course with a HST 44 prefix
American: any course with a HST 45 prefix
Other: any course with a HST 46 prefix
Thematic Distribution
Choose four courses from one of the following groups A-E, or choose Group F:
Group A: America's Ethnic Roots (HST 4404, 4434, 4435, 4455, 4466,
4501, 4543, 4544, 4602, 4604, 4611, 4632, 4636)
Group B: America's Social and Economic History (HST 4530, 4532, 4533, 4534,
4535, 4536, 4537, 4540, 4542, 4544, 4546, 4547, 4548)
Group C: Contemporary History (HST 4424, 4425, 4460, 4468, 4513, 4532, 4533,
4534, 4535, 4536, 4537, 4549, 4602, 4603, 4611, 4622, 4623, 4624, 4643, 4644, 4645, 4646)
Group D: Technological History (HST 4270, 4301, 4302, 4303, 4304, 4535, 4536, 4537, 4643)
Group E: Women and Family History (HST 4434, 4435, 4540, 4542, 4640)
Group F: Honors (HST 4811, 4812, 4813)
Electives*
(12)
(12)
(12)
(12)
(12)
(12)
36
Total Quarter Hours 174
'Recommended: INT 4110 Managing Career Decisions and INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity (see page 206 for
course descriptions).
Liberal Arts 131
Core Courses
.
quarter
ENG4110
ENG 4111
Critical Writing 1, 2
ENG 4112
Approaches to Literatiire
MIS 4101
MIS 4102
Introduction to Data Processing and
Information Systems 1, 2
SOC4331
SOC4332
SOC4333
Social Research Methods 1, 2, 3
(or related APL credit)
Regional Distribution
Choose one course from each of the following regional groupings:
European: any course with a HST 44 prefix
American: any course with a HST 45 prefix
Other: any course with a HST 46 prefix
History Bachelor of Science Degree (Major Code 323)
6
3
6
9
Humanities (ART, ASL, DRA, ENG, JRN, LN, MUS, PHL, SPG, TCC) 24
Social Sciences
Choose two groups (three courses in each group) from the following:
ECN4115 ECN4116 ECN4117 Economic Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3 (9)
or or
POL 4103 Introduction to Politics (3)
POL 4104 Introduction to American Government (3)
POL 4105 Introduction to Comparative Politics (3)
or or
PSY 4110 Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
PSY 4111 Introduction to Psychology:
Developmental Aspects
PSY 4112 , Introduction to Psychology:
Personal Dynamics
or or
SO A 4100 Physical Anthropology
SOA4101 Cultural Anthropology:
Kinship Societies
SOA 4102 Cultural Anthropology: State Societies (3)
or or
SOC 41 00 Roles, Culture, and the Individual (3)
SOC4101 Inequality and Institutions (3)
SOC 4102 Institutions and Social Change (3)
Major Concentration Courses
Introductory Courses
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
HST 4101
The Civilization of the Ancient
and Medieval Worlds
3
HST 4102
The Civilization of the Early
Modern World
3
HST 4103
The Civilization of the Modem World
3
HST 4201
American History 1764-1848
3
HST 4202
American History 1848-1917
3
HST 4203
American History Since 1917
3
Historical Skill Requirement
HST 4241
The Historian's Craft
3
HST 4263
Oral History
3
HST 4265
Introduction to Public History
3
HST 4821
Reld Work in History
132 Liberal Arts
Thematic Distribution
Choose four courses from one of the following groups A-E, or choose Group F:
Group A: America's Ethnic Roots (HST 4404, 4434, 4435, 4455, 4466, 4501, 4543,
4544,4602,4604,4611,4632,4636) (12)
Group B: America's Social and Economic History (HST 4530, 4532, 4533, 4534, 4535,
4536,4537,4540,4542,4544,4546,4547,4548) (12)
Group C: Contemporary History (HST 4424, 4425, 4460, 4468, 4513, 4532, 4533, 4534,
4535, 4536, 4537, 4549, 4602, 4603, 4611, 4622, 4623, 4624, 4643, 4644, 4645, 4646) (12)
Group D: Technological History (HST 4270, 4301, 4302, 4303, 4304, 4535, 4536, 4537, 4643) (12)
Group E: Women and Family History (HST 4434, 4435, 4540, 4542, 4640) (12)
Group F: Honors (HST 4811, 4812, 4813) (12)
Electives (preferably other than histoiy)*t 54
Total Quarter Hours 174
*Up to 44 q.h. allowed in biisiness subjects.
tRecommended: INT 4110 Managing Career Decisions and INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity (see page 206 for
course descriptions).
Liberal Arts 133
Liberal Arts/Business Minor Bachelor of Science Degree
(Major Code 373)
ENG 4381
MTH4in
Basic Cotrrses
ENG 4110 ENG 4111
ENG 4112
ENG 4380
MTH4110
PSY4110
PSY4111
PSY4112
ECN4115
quarter hours
6
MTH4112
ECN4n6 ECN4117
Core Courses— Liberal Arts
SC)C4100
SOC4101
SC)C4102
POL 4103
POL 4104
POL 4105
Choose 6 courses from:
HST 4101
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature
Business Writing and Reports 1, 2
Math 1,2, 3
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
Introduction to Psychology:
Developmental Aspects
Introduction to Psychology:
Personal Dynamics
Economic Principles and
Problems 1, 2, 3
Roles, Culture, and The Individual
Inequality and Institutions
Institutions and Social Change
Introduction to Politics
Introduction to American Government
Introduction to Comparative Politics
The Civilization of the Ancient
and Medieval Worlds
HST 4102 The Civilization of the Early
Modern World
HST 4103 The Civilization of the Modem World
HST 4201 American History 1763-1848
HST 4202 American History 1848-1917
HST 4203 American History Since 1917
or or
any HST course with a 46 prefix (international history)
PHL4100
PHL4200
PHL4180
ECN4250
ECN4251 ECN4252
Core Courses— Business Administration
ACC 4101
BL 4101
n4401
n4402
HRM4401
HRM4402
MGT 4346
MGT 4101
MIS 4101
MKT4401
MIS 4221
ACC 4102
BL 4102
or
or
or
or
or
MGT 4102
MIS 4102
or
ACC 4103
n4301
n4302
HRM4301
HRM4302
MGT 4446
MGT 4103
MKT4301
Philosophical Thinking
Logic
Business Ethics
Statistics 1, 2, 3
Accounting Principles 1, 2, 3
Law 1,2
Principles of Fmance
Rnancial Management
Organizational Behavior 1
Organizational Behavior 2
International Business
Introduction to Business and
Management 1, 2, 3
Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1, 2
Introduction to Marketing 1
COBOL Programming 1
134 Liberal Arts
Electives
RneArts: Art, Music, or Drama 6
Literature/ Writing: Select 2 courses from the ENG 4200, 4300, or 4600 series
(course descriptions, pp. 183-186) 6
Non-business electives* 15
Total Quarter Hours 174
•Recommended: INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity and INT 4110 Managing Career Decisions (see page 206 for
course descriptions).
Liberal Arts 135
Liberal Studies Bachelor of Arts Degree (Major Code 495)
Core Courses
Communication and Critical Thinking
ENG 4110 ENG 4111
ENG 4112
INT 4200
PHL4100
PHL4105
PHL4200
SPG 4101
SPC 4102
Speech Gommunication (any SPG course)
Culhural Heritage
ART 4105
EGN 4137
ENG 4131
ENG 4132
ENG 4133
HST4101
HSr4102
quarter hours
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature
Workshop in Creativity
Philosophical Thinking
Philosophy of Knowing and Reality
Logic
Fundamentals of Human
Communication
Group Discussion
HST4103
INT 4203
MUS4120
POL 4110
Art through the Ages
History of Economic Thought
God, Gods, and Heroes: Literature of
the Ancient and Medieval Worlds
Man, Reason, and Imagination:
Literature from the Renaissance
to the Romantic Age
Order and Disorder:
Literature of the Modems
The Civilization of the Ancient
and Medieval Worlds
The Civilization of the Early
Modern World
The Civilization of the Modem World
Independent Study in Cultural Heritage
History of Musical Styles
The Great Political Thinkers
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Science, Research, and Quantitative Methods
CHM 4105
EGN 4250
ENG 4381
MIS 4101
EGN 4251
MIS 4102
MTH4110 MTH4111 MTH4112
Science (BIO, CHM, ESC, PHY)
Contemporary Studies
EGN 41 15 EGN 4116
ECN4334
INT 4204
POL 4105
PSY 4110
Psychology (any PSY course)
SOA 4155
SOC4100
Sociology (any 2 SOC courses)
Chemistry and the Environment
Statistics 1, 2
Business Writing and Reports 2
Introduction to Data F'rocessing and
Information Systems 1, 2
Math 1, 2, 3
Economic Principles and Problems 1, 2
Comparative Economic Systems
Independent Study in
Contemporary Studies
Introduction to Comparative Politics
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
Individual and Culture
Roles, Culture, and the Individual
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
6
9
6
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
136 Liberal Arts
Electives*+ 45
Electives may be used
• to take a University College certificate progreim
• to study a modem language or other area in greater depth
• to study areas of personal or career interest.
Students are encouraged to make an appointment with a University College coimselor for help
in selecting electives. Call 617-437-2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY) for an appointment.
Total Quarter Hours 174
*Up to 44 q.h. allowed in business subjects.
tRecommended: INT illO Managing Career Decisions (see page 206 for course description).
Liberal Arts 137
Political Science Bachelor of Arts Degree (Major Code 322)
Core Courses
ENG 4110 ENG 4111
ENG 4112
Modem Language
quarter hours
Critical Writing 1, 2 6
Approaches to Literature 3
Elementary or Conversational 12
Intermediate 12
Humanities (ART, ASL, DRA, ENG, JRN, LN, MUS, PHL, SPC, TCC) 24
Math-Science (BIO, CHM, ESC, MTH, PHY) 18
Social Sciences (in three of the following areas: ECN, HST, PSY, SOA, SOC) 18
Major Concentration Courses
POL 4103
Introduction to Politics
3
POL 4104
Introduction to American Government
3
POL 4105
Introduction to Comparative Politics
3
POL 4331
International Relations
3
POL 4370
Introduction to Political Theory
3
American Government
Choose three of the following:
POL 4310
American Political Thought
(3)
POL 4313
State and Local Government
(3)
POL 4314
Urban and Metropolitan Government
(3)
POL 4318
The American Presidency
(3)
POL 4319
The Legislative Process
(3)
POL 4320
American Constitutional Law
(3)
POL 4321
Civil Liberties
(3)
POL 4322
Criminal and Civil Due Process
(3)
Comparative Government
Choose two of the following:
POL 4330
Comparative Politics
(3)
POL 4338
European Political Parties
(3)
POL 4339
Govermnent and Politics in the
Soviet Uruon (Conmionwealth of
Independent States)
(3)
POL 4342
Eastern Europe in Transition
(3)
POL4350
Politics and Policies of the
Developing Nations
(3)
POL 4352
Government and Politics of
Latin America
(3)
POL 4356
Government and Politics of
Northern Africa
(3)
POL 4357
Government and Politics of
South Africa
(3)
POL 4359
Government and Politics in the
Middle East
(3)
POL 4362
Government and Politics of
Southeast Asia
(3)
POL 4365
Government and Politics of China
(3)
POL 4367
Government and Politics of Japan
(3)
International Relations
Choose one of the following:
POL 4332
International Organization
(3)
POL 4333
International Law
(3)
POL 4335
Formulating American Foreign Policy
(3)
POL 4336
American Foreign Policy
(3)
POL 4341
Soviet Foreign Policy
(3)
POL 4364
China's Foreign Policy
(3)
138 Liberal Arts
Theory and Methodology
Choose one of the following:
POL 4311 Research Methods (3)
POL 4371 Modern Political Theory (3)
Electives
Political science 18
Open electives* 17
Total Quarter Hours 174
*Recommended: INT 41 1 0 Managing Career Decisions and INT 4200 WoritsJiop in Creativity (see page 206
for course descriptions).
Liberal Arts 139
Political Science Bachelor of Science Degree
(Major Code 322)
Core Coixrses
quarter hovirs
ENG4nO ENG4111
Critical Writing 1, 2
6
ENG 4112
Approaches to Literature
3
ECN4250 ECN4251
Statistics 1, 2
6
MIS 4101 MIS 4102
Introduction to Data Processing and
Information Systems 1, 2
6
Humanities (ART, ASL, DRA, ENG, JRN, LN, MUS, PHL, SPG, TCC)
12
Sodal Sciences (in three of the following areas
ECN, HST, PSY, SOA, SOC)
18
Choose one of the following:
MIS 4221
COBOL Programming 1
(3)
MIS 4241
Programming in BASIC 1
(3)
MIS 4250
FORTRAN Programming 1
(3)
MIS 4270
Pascal Programming 1
(3)
Major Concentration Courses
POL 4103
Introduction to Politics
3
POL 4104
Introduction to American Government
3
POL 4105
Introduction to Comparative Politics
3
POL 4331
International Relations
3
POL 4370
Introduction to Political Theory
3
American Government
Choose three of the following:
POL 4310
American Political Thought
(3)
POL 4313
State and Local Goverrunent
(3)
POL 4314
Urban and Metropolitan Government
(3)
POL 4318
The American Presidency
(3)
POL 4319
The Legislative Process
(3)
POL 4320
American Constitutional Law
(3)
POL 4321
Civil Liberties
(3)
POL 4322
Criminal and Civil Due Process
(3)
Comparative Government
Choose two of the following:
POL 4330
Comparative Politics
(3)
POL 4338
European Political Parties
(3)
POL 4339
Government and Politics in the
Soviet Union (Commonwealth of
Independent States)
(3)
POL 4342
Eastern Europe in Transition
(3)
POL 4350
Politics and Policies of the Developing
Nations
(3)
POL 4352
Government and Politics of
Latin America
(3)
POL 4356
Government and Politics of
Northern Africa
(3)
POL 4357
Government and Politics of
South Africa
(3)
POL 4359
Government and Politics in the
Middle East
(3)
POL 4362
Government and Politics of
Southeast Asia
(3)
POL 4365
Government and Politics of China
(3)
POL 4367
Government and Politics of Japan
(3)
140 Liberal Arts
International Relations
Choose one of the following:
POL 4332
POL 4333
POL 4335
POL 4336
POL 4341
POL 4364
Theory and Methodology
Choose one of the following:
POL 4311
POL 4371
Electives
Political science
Open electives*t
International Organization
International Law
Formulating American Foreign Policy
American Foreign Policy
Soviet Foreign Policy
China's Foreign Policy
Research Methods
Modem Political Theory
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
18
66
Total Quarter Hoxixs 174
*Up to 44 q.h. allowed in business subjects.
tRecommended: INT AWOManaging Career Decisions and INT 4200 Vlorkshop in Creativity (see page 206
for course descnptions).
Liberal Arts 141
Psychology Bachelor of Arts Degree (Major Code 319)
Core Courses
ENG 4110 ENG 4111
ENG 4112
Modem Language
quarter hours
Critical Writing 1, 2 6
Approaches to Literatiire 3
Elementary or Conversational 12
Intermediate 12
Humanities (ART, ASL, DRA, ENG, JRN, LN, MUS, PHL, SPC, TCC) 24
Math-Science (BIO, CHM, ESC, MTH, PHY) 18
Social Sciences (in three of the following areas: ECN, HST, POL, SO A, SOC) 18
Major Concentration Courses
PSY 4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
PSY4111
PSY 4112
Introduction to Psychology:
Developmental Aspects
Introduction to Psychology:
Personal Dynamics
PSY 4220 PSY 4221 PSY 4222 Statistics in Psychology 1, 2, 3
PSY 4231 Psychology of Learning
PSY 4272 Personality
PSY 4351 Physiological Psychology
PSY 4381 Sensation and Perception
PSY 4561 PSY 4562 PSY 4563 Experimental Psychology 1, 2, 3
PSY 461 1 Senior Seminar in Psychology
Electives
Psychology
Open electives *
3
9
3
3
3
3
9
3
18
21
Total Quarter Hours 174
'Recommended: INT 4110 Managing Career Decisions and INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity (see page 206 for
course descriptions).
Psychology Bachelor of Science Degree (Major Code 31 9)
Core Courses
ENG 4110 ENG 4111
ENG 4112
Math-Science (BIO, CHM, ESC, MTH, PHY)
Major Concentration Courses
PSY 4110
PSY 4111
PSY 4112
PSY 4220 PSY 4221
PSY 477?
PSY 4231
PSY 4272
PSY 4351
PSY 4381
PSY 4561 PSY 4562
PSY 4563
PSY 4611
Electives
Psychology
Open electives*+
3
9
3
3
3
3
9
3
18
75
Total Quarter Hovurs 174
'Up to 44 q.h. allowed in business subjects.
tRecommended: INT 4110 Managing Career Decisions and INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity (see page 206 for
course descriptions).
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues
Introduction to Psychology:
Developmental Aspects
Introduction to Psychology:
Personal Dynamics
Statistics in Psychology 1, 2, 3
Psychology of Learning
Personality
Physiological Psychology
Sensation and Perception
Experimental Psychology 1, 2, 3
Senior Seminar in Psychology
142 Liberal Arts
Sociology-Anthropology Bachelor of Arts Degree
(Major Code 321)
Core Courses
ENG4110 ENG4111
ENG 4112
Modem Language
quarter hours
Critical Writing 1,2 6
Approaches to Literature 3
Elementary or Conversational 12
Intermediate 12
Humanities (ART, ASL, DRA, ENG, JRN, LN, MUS, PHL, SPC, TCQ 24
Math-Science (BIO, CHM, ESC, MTH, PHY) 18
Social Sciences (in three of the foUowing areas: ECN, HST, POL, PSY) 18
Major Concentration Courses
SOA 4100
SOA 4101
SOA 4102
SOC4100
SOC4101
SOC4102
SOC4300
SOC4331
SOC4301
SC)C4332
SOC4302
SOC4333
Physical Anthropology 3
Cultural Anthropology:
Kinship Societies 3
Cultural Anthropology: State Societies 3
Roles, Culture, and the Individual 3
Inequality and Institutions 3
Institutions and Social Change 3
Social Theory 1, 2, 3 9
Social Research Methods 1, 2, 3 9
Electives
Sociology-Anthropology (at least nine quarter hours in SOA) 21
Open electives* 24
Total Quarter Hours 174
•Recommended: INT 4110 Managing Career Decisions and INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity (see page 206 for
course descriptions).
Sociology-Anthropology Bachelor of Science Degree
(Major Code 321)
Core Courses
ENG 4110 ENG 4111
ENG 4112
Social Sciences (ECN, HST, POL, PSY)
Major Concentration Courses
SOA 4100
SOA 4101
SOA 4102
SOC4100
SOC4101
SOC4102
SOC4300 SOC4301 SOC4302
SOC 4331 SOC 4332 SOC 4333
Critical Writing 1, 2
Approaches to Literature
quarter hoitrs
6
3
18
Physical Anthropology 3
CiJtural Anthropology:
Kinship Societies 3
Cultural Anthropology: State Societies 3
Roles, Culture, and the Individual 3
Inequality and Institutions 3
Institutions and Social Change 3
Social Theory 1, 2, 3 9
Social Research Methods 1, 2, 3 9
Electives*
Sociology-Anthropology (at least nine quarter hours in SOA)
Open electives (preferably in the humanities and math-science)**t
Total Quarter Hours
•Students may use these electives to take the Human Services Concentration.
**Up to 44 q.h. allowed in business subjects.
tRecommended: INT 4110 Managing Career Decisions and INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity (see page 205 for
course descriptions).
39
71
174
Liberal Arts 143
Human Services Elective Concentration (open only to B.S. degree
candidates)
quarter hours
SOC4125
SodalProblems** 3
SOC4240
Sodology of Human Service
Organizations** 3
SOC4241
Human Services Professions'* 3
SOC4245
Poverty and Inequality** 3
SOC4260 SOC4261 SOC4262
Introduction to Social Work
Practice 1,2, 3** 9
PSY4110
Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issuest 3
PSY4in
Introduction to Psychology:
Developmental Aspectst 3
PSY4112
Introduction to Psychology:
Personal Dynamicst 3
PSY4372 PSY4373 PSY4374
Abnormal Psychology 1, 2, 3+ 9
Total Quarter Hoxirs 39
•"SOC courses can be used for SCXZ dectives for B.S. degree.
tPSY courses can be used for Sodal Science electives for B.S. degree.
Recommended Electives for Htiman Services Concentration Students
ECN 4130 Medical Economics 3
ECN 4311 Human Resource Planning 3
ECN 4315 Income Inequality and
Discrimination 3
POL 4300 Introduction to Public Administration 3
POL 4301 Case Studies in Public Administration 3
POL 4306 Public Policy Analysis 3
POL 4321 Civil Liberties 3
PSY 4240 Development: Infancy and
Childhood 3
PSY 4241 Development: Adolescence 3
PSY 4242 Development: Adulthood and
Aging 3
PSY 4272 Personality 3
SC)C4170 Race and Ethnic Relations 3
SOC 4185 Sociology of Deviant Behavior 3
SOC 4186 Social Control 3
SOC 4190 Juvenile Delinquency 3
SOC 4215 Medical Sociology 3
SOC 4225 Social Gerontology 3
144 Liberal Arts
Technical Communications Bachelor of Science Degree
(Major Code 380}
Core Courses
Basic Conuntinication
ENG4110 ENG4111
ENG4112
ENG 4349 ENG 4350
ENG4381
ART 4140
JRN4112
PHL4100
PHL4200
SPG 4152
Technology
COM 4104
MTH4110
PHY 4101 PHY 4102
Choose one of the following:
MIS 4221
MIS 4250
MIS 4270
Major Concentration Courses
TCC4101 TCC4102
TCC4105
TCC4340
Choose four of the follovnng:
TCC 4110
TCC4301 TCC 4302
TCC 4311
TCC 4320
TCC 4330
TCC 4312
Open Electives*t
The following electives are recommended:
ACC4101 ACC4102
ART 4366
ENG 4352
MGT4101
TCC 4805
MGT4102
quarter hours
Critical Writing 1, 2 6
Approaches to Literature 3
Ejcpository and Perstiasive Writing 1,2 6
Business Writing and Reports 2 3
Graphic Commimication and Production 3
Writing for Media 1 3
Philosophical Thinking 3
Logic 3
Interviewing 3
Computer Literacy
Mathl
College Physics 1, 2
COBOL Programming 1
FORTRAN Programming 1
Pascal Programming 1
Technical Writing 1, 2
Editing for Science and Technology
Documentation Development and
Completion
4
3
8
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
Technical-Promotional Writing
Computer Software Technical
Writing 1, 2 (6)
Instruction Manual Writing 1,2 (6)
Proposal Writing (3)
The Business and Technical Presentation (3)
99
Accotmting Principles 1, 2 (6)
Promotional and Technical Publications:
Design and Production (3)
Expository Communications (3)
Introduction to Business and
Management 1, 2 (6)
Held Work in Technical
Communications (6)
Total Quarter Hours 174
*Up to 44 q.h. allowed in business subjects.
t Also recommended: INT 4110 Managing Career Decisions and INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity (see page
206 for course descriptions).
Liberal Aiis 145
Mtemative fresfvnum-year (Program
Richard Wilson, Manager, Jennifer J. Wells, Assistant to the Manager,
Alternative Fr^hman-Y ear Program Alternative Freshman-Year Program
249 Ryder Hall
617-437-4626
Program Goals
Students in the Alternative Freshman-Year Program are considered full-time
day students and are degree candidates with an undeclared major. The program is
designed to help students strengthen their basic skills in writing and mathematics,
while helping them gain coi\fidence in their ability to do college-level work. The
program also offers students an opportunity to consider several areas of study
before committing themselves to a specific major. Through the combination of a
carefully prescribed curriculum and the attention of professional counselors, each
student is helped to establish a program suited to his or her individual needs. These
same counselors are normally available throughout the student's entire freshman
year.
Program Structure
Students in the Alternative Freshman-Year Program normally take sixteen
quarter hours of credit during each of their three freshman quarters, but may take
12 quarter hours during the first quarter and still be considered full-time students.
Students in the health science track take seventeen quarter hours in their third
quarter and twelve quarter hours in their fourth quarter.
After completing the prescribed Alternative Freshnian-Year Program and
achieving both a cumulative quality-point average of 1.400 or better and specific
program requirements as noted, students may generally continue their degree
programs by transferring with sophomore status, to any program in the College of
Business Administration or the College of Criminal Justice as well as certain
programs in the Boston-Bouve College of Human Development Professions and the
College of Arts and Sciences. Students may also continue their degree programs
within University College, as well as the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions. In addition to the cumulative quality-point average of 1.400 or better,
the College of Business Administration requires a 1.800 average in 5 key courses,
namely, MTH 1113, ENG 4013, ENG 4014, ECN 4601, and MGT 4110. A higher
cumulative grade average is also required for entrance into several majors in the
College of Arts and Sciences, such as Art and Architecture (2.5), Journalism (2.25),
and Speech Communication (2.5). Additional program requirements for students
entering the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions are listed in the
Student Handbook for Basic Colleges.
Faculty and Resources
For the Alternative Freshman-Year Program, the University has carefully
selected faculty members who are aware of the individual needs and goals of
students working to adjust to a college program. Faculty and students meet in small
classes of not more than twenty-five students.
As members of the program, students are considered regular Northeastern
University day students even though they have unique schedules and a distinc-
tively tailored curriculum. Therefore, they generally have access to all counseling
services, physical education facilities, dormitory arrangements, and extracurricular
programs at the University's main campus in Boston.
146
Alternative Freshman-Year students are encouraged to make extensive use of
the up-to-date, programmed learning resources available for self-instruction
through Northeastem's Learning Resources Center. For additional assistance, these
students are also frequently referred to the Academic Assistance Center or the
Math/Writing Center. A third and very important resource, the Counseling and
Testing Center, is also available to students for personal and academic counseling
as wellas for vocational testing and counseling.
Tuition and Fees
Tuition and fees for the Alternative Freshman-Year Program are the same as for
students in the Basic Day Colleges. Payment of the standard tuition during the first
three academic quarters of residence entitles students to forty-eight credit hours of
instruction. Thus, those who take the forty-four programmed credits are entitled to
a four-quarter-hour tuition adjustment at the regular freshman rate.
Application Procedures
For more information on the Alternative Freshman-Year Program, or to request
an application, write or call the Dean of Admissions, Department of Admissions,
Northeastern University, 360 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02115, 617-437-2200.
Sample One-Year Program Business Track
Quarter 1 quarter hours
ED 4003 Integrated Language Skills A 4
ENG4013 Fundamentals of English 1 4
MTH 1000 Mathematical Preliminaries 1* 4
HST4110 History of Civilization At (4)
or or
MGT 4110 Survey of Business and Management** (4)
Total Quarter Hours 12-16
Quarter 2
ED 4004 Integrated Language Skills B 4
ENG4014 Fundamentals of English 2 4
MTH 1010 Mathematical Preliminaries 2* 4
HST4110 History of Civilization A (4)
or or
ECN4601 Economics 1»* (4)
Total Quarter Hours 16
Quarters
ECN 4601 Economics 1 (or Directed Elective)** 4
HST4111 History of Civilizations 4
MGT 4110 Survey of Business and Management
(or Directed Elective) 4
MTH 1113 Mathematics for Business* 4
Total Quarter Hoius 16
•Studaits win be placed in one of three math courses depending on placement test results. Those
receiving advanced placement have the option of completing MTH 1114 during freshman year.
tEUgible students may take HST 4110 in the first quarter; all others take HST 4110 in the second quarter.
"Business Track students may be assigned to ECN 4601 in Winter Quarter, MGT 41 10 in Spring Quarter,
but all are required to complete both courses by the third quarter.
Alternative Freshman- Year Program 1 47
Sample One-Year Program: Criminal Justice, Education, Arts and Sciences Track
Quarter 1
ED 4003
ENG 4013
MTHIOOO
sex: 4010
Total Quarter Hours
Quarter 2
ED 4004
ENG 4014
HST4110
SOC 4011
or
MTH 1010
Total Quarter Hours
Quarter 3
HST4111
POL 4106
SOC 4011
MTH 1101
quarter hoiirs
Integrated Language Skills A 4
Fundamentals of English 1 4
Mathematical Preliminaries 1* 4
Principles of Sociology 1 (4)
12-16
Integrated Languages Skills B
Fundamentals of English 2
History of Civilization At
Principles of Sociology 2
or
Mathematical Preliminaries 2
History of Civilization B
Introduction to Politics
Principles of Sociology 2
(or Directed Elective)tt
Basic Algebraic Applications
(or Directed Elective)t+
Total Quarter Hours
"Students will be placed in one of two math levels, depending on placement test results. tEligible
students may take HST 41 10 in the first quarter, followed by an elective in the second quarter. Most
students will take HST 41 10 in the second quarter.
ttThe Directed Elective is to be chosen with consideration for the student's intended major.
Sample One-Year Program: Health Sciences Track
4
4
4
(4)
(4)
16
4
4
4
4
16
Quarter 1
MTH 1010
ENG 4013
CHM 1110
ED 4001
Total Quarter Hours
Quarter 2
MTH 1106
ENG 4014
CHM 1111
ED 4002
Total Quarter Hours
Quarter 3
BIO 1140
CHM 1122
ENG 1111
D. Elec.
Total Quarter Hours
Quarter 4
BIO 1141
MTH 1107
D. Elec.
Total Quarter Hours
quarter hours
Mathematical Preliminaries 2 4
Fundamentals of English 1 4
Pre-Chemistry 5
Integrated Language Skills
Development 1 2
15
Fundamentals of Mathematics
Fundamentals of English 2
General Chemistry 1
Integrated Language Skills
Development 2
Basic Animal Biology 1
General Chemistry 2
Freshman English 2
Directed Elective
Basic Animal Biology 2
Functions and Calculus
Directed Elective
4
4
5
2
15
4
5
4
4
17
4
4
4
12
1 48 Alternative Freshman- Year Program
Course descriptions
Not all the courses listed in this Bulletin are offered every year. A final list of
courses to be offered is contained in the University College Schedule Guide, which
gives the hours and days that classes meet and their locations. These schedules are
issued prior to the fall, winter, spring, and siunmer quarters.
Abbreviations
q.h.: quarter hours (credit earned)
cl.: hours required in class per week
Prereq.: Prerequisite
Key To Department Codes
ACC
Accounting
LNF
AFR
African- American Studies
LNG
ART
Art, Architecture, Graphics
LNI
ASL
American Sign Language
LNJ
BIO
Biology
LNN
BL
Business Law
LNR
CHM
Chemistry
LNS
cj
Criminal Justice and Security
MGT
COM
Computer Literacy
MIS
CRS
Coimseling, Psychology
Rehabilitation and
MKT
Special Education
MLS
DRA
Drama
MS
ECN
Economics
MIH
hU
Educational Skills
MUS
EMS
Emergency Medical Services
NUR
ENG
English
OM
ESC
Earth Sciences
FED
n
Finance
HMG
Health Management
PHL
HRA
Health Information
PHY
Administration (formerly
POL
Health Record
PSY
Administration)
PUR
HRM
Human Resources
RAD
Management
RE
HSC
Health Science
REC
HST
History
SOA
HIL
Hotel and Restaurant
SOC
Management
SPC
INT
Interdisciplinary
TCC
JRN
Journalism
IRN
Language — French
Language — German
Language — Italian
Language — ^Japanese
Language — ^Swedish
Language — ^Russian
Language — ^Spanish
Management
Management Information
Systems
Marketing
Medical Laboratory Science
Management Science
Mathematics
Music
Nursing
Operations Management
Cardiovascular Health and
Exercise
Philosophy and Religion
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Purchasing
Radiologic Teclinology
Real Estate
Therapeutic Recreation
Sociology- Anthropology
Sociology
Speech Communication
Technical Communications
Transportation
149
ACCOUmiNG
ACC 4101 Accounting Principles 1 (3 q.h.)
Study of accounting issues and objectives for
proper preparation and interpretation of fi-
nancial statements. Covers the nature, func-
tion, and environment of accounting, the
basic accounting model, and the accounting
cycle, while emphasizing accounting for ser-
vice and merchandising businesses. Also
covers cash and accounts receivable.
ACC 4102 Accounting Principles 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of ACC 4101. Emphasizes is-
sues in financial reporting, valuation, and
income measurement. Includes inventories,
plant and equipment, bonds, stockholders'
equity, and changes in financial position.
Prereq. ACC 4101.
ACC 4103 Accounting Principles 3 (3 q.h.)
Preparation and interpretation of cost ac-
counting information and its use in the
managerial decision-making process. In-
cludes ratio analysis, present value, analysis
of cost-volume relationships, fixed and vari-
able costs, break-even analysis, job order,
and process cost systems. Prereq. ACC 4102.
ACC 4105 Accounting Principles 1 and 2
(Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as ACC 4101 and ACC 4102.
ACC 4106 Accounting Principles 2 and 3
(Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as ACC 4102 and ACC 4103.
ACC 4120 Essentials of Personal Income
Taxation (3 q.h.)
Special course for non-accounting majors,
designed to teach important aspects of per-
sonal income taxation on both federal and
state levels. Tax laws, tax planning, and the
preparation of individual returns are em-
phasized.
ACC 4301 Intermediate Accounting 1 (Open)
(3q.h.)
Introduction to financial accounting concepts,
techniques, and procedures. Areas of inten-
sive treatment are the development and
framework of accounting theory, basic fi-
nancial statements, and cash and receivables.
Prereq. ACC 4103.
ACC 4302 Intermediate Accounting 2
(Open) (3 q.h.)
Continuation of the study of accounting con-
cepts and procedures. Detailed examination
of inventories, tangible and intangible as-
sets, and depredation. Prereq. ACC 4301.
ACC 4307 Intermediate Accounting 3
(Open)(3q.h.)
Continuation of the study of accounting con-
cepts and procedures, with emphasis given
to conceptual aspects of measurement of li-
abilities and to alternative accounting treat-
ments and procedures. Prereq. ACC 4302.
ACC 4310 Cost Accounting 1 (Open) (3 q.h.)
Examines cost determination, cost behavior,
costing systems, and an introduction to bud-
geting. Prereq. ACC 4103.
ACC 4360 Accounting for Business
Combinations (formerly ACC 4320) (3 q.h.)
A study of accounting issues associated with
business combinations, including the pur-
chase and pooling methods of consolidation.
Not open to students who have taken ACC 4320.
Prereq. ACC 4408 or ACC 4404.
ACC 4361 Advanced Accounting Issues
(formerly ACC 4321) (3 q.h.)
The focus of this course will include an ex-
amination of accounting issues associated
with governmental and nonprofit organiza-
tions. Other advanced accounting topics
such as multinationals are also considered.
Not open to students who taken ACC 4321.
Prereq. ACC 4408 or ACC 4404.
ACC 4400 Accoimting Information Systems
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Provides a broad survey of accounting infor-
mation systems concepts and applications.
Examines how computer technology impacts
accounting information processing and how
accounting systems can be effectively con-
trolled. Prereq. MIS 4102, ACC 4310, ACC
4407 or ACC 4307 and 80 q.h.
ACC 4401 Intermediate Accounting 1
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Introduction to financial accounting concepts,
techniques, and procedures. Areas of inten-
sive treatment are the development and
framework of accounting theory, basic fi-
nancial statements, and cash and receivables.
Prereq. ACC 4103 and 80 q.h.
ACC 4402 Intermediate Accounting 2
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Continuation of the study of accounting con-
cepts and all procedures. Detailed examina-
tion of inventories, tangible and intangible
assets, and depreciation. Prereq. ACC 4401 or
ACC 4301 and 80 q.h.
150 Accounting
ACC 4404 Intermediate Accounting 4
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
In-depth analysis of such topics as deferred
income taxes, pensions, leases, and price-
level accounting. Prereq. ACC 4403 or ACC
4303 and 80 q.h. Not open to students who have
completed ACC 4407 Intermediate Accounting
3.
ACC 4407 Intermediate Accounting 3
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Continuation of the study of accounting con-
cepts and procedures, with emphasis given
to conceptual aspects of measurement of li-
abilities and to alternate accounting treat-
ments procedures. Prereq. ACC 4402 or ACC
4302 and 80 q.h.
ACC 4408 Intermediate Accounting 4
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
This course completes the intensive study of
measurement and reporting issues in mod-
em accovmting practice. Emphasis is given to
such topics as stockholder's equity and earn-
ings per share. Prereq. ACC 4407 or ACC 4307
and 80 q.h.
ACC 4410 Cost Accounting 1 (Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Examines cost determinations, cost behav-
ior, costing systems, and an introduction to
budgeting. Prereq. ACC 4103 and 80 q.h.
ACC 4411 Cost Accounting 2 (Reserved)
(3q.h.)
Continuation of ACC 4410 v^ith special em-
phasis on cost allocation. Covers use of cost
data in decision-making and the control pro-
cess. Prereq. ACC 4410 or ACC 4310 and
80 q.h.
ACC 4425 Auditing 1 (Reserved) (3 q.h.)
An examination of auditing concepts and
standards relevant to the attest function. In-
cludes coverage of such topics as: ethical and
legal responsibilities of the auditor, internal
control, and auditor reports. Prereq. ACC4400
and ACC 4403 or ACC 4303 and 80 q.h.
ACC 4426 Auditing 2 (Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Continued examination of auditingconcepts
and standards relevant to the attest function.
Includes compliance and substantive tests as
they relate to specific transaction cycles and
the use of statistical sampling techniques.
Prereq. ACC 4425.
ACC 4440 Federal Income Taxes 1
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
An in-depth study of federal tax law as it
applies to individuals. In addition to a cover-
age of the law, tax planning concepts will be
emphasized. Prereq. ACCU03 orACC4407or
ACC 4303 or ACC 4307 and 80 q.h.
ACC 4441 Federal Income Taxes 2
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Continuation of ACC 4440. Property trans-
actions, including non-taxable transactions;
fundamental tax law relating to corporate
formation and operation, partnerships, and
S corporations. Prereq. ACC 4440.
ACC 4442 Federal Income Taxes 3
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Continuation of ACC 4441. Covers applica-
tion of federal tax laws to estates, gifts, and
trusts; and corporate and partnership taxa-
tion. Prereq. ACC 4441.
AFRICAM-AMERICAN STUDIES
APR 4131 African-American History 1
(3c}Jt.)
This survey covers the development of black
America fron\ the period of slavery through
Reconstruction, with emphasis on the his-
torical links between Africa and America
and their impact on black development in
the United States.
AFR 4132 African-American History 2
(3q.h.)
This course examines the development of
black America from Reconstruction to the
present, and the effects of events in the United
States and world history on the development
of black America. There is special eniphasis
on contemporary issues and how these is-
sues can be seen through an historical per-
spective.
AFR 4151 Survey of African-American Art
(3 q.h.)
Black art, like black literature, has always
been an important aesthetic social statement
by the African- American artist. This course
offers an historical and critical examination
of African- American art from the nineteenth
century to the present, with special emphasis
on the effects of European and African art
styles on the black artist in America.
AFR 4193 Africa Today (3 q.h.)
With increasing numbers of nations striving
for economic and political control in Africa,
and with imperialist and colonial ideas re-
maining in the living memory of Africans,
Africa presents a complex political and so-
Accounting 151
cial picture to the rest of the world. This
course examines some of the salient features
of black art, politics, and identity in Africa.
ART AND GRAPHICS
ART 4100 History of Art to the Fourth
Century A.D. (formerly History of Art)
(3q.h.)
Survey of history of Western art f rorriprehis-
toric times to the end of the Roman Empire.
Includes the study of major monuments, art-
ists, and stylistic developments that evolved
during the Prehistoric, Primitive, Egyptian,
Mesopotamian, Aegean, Greek, and Roman
periods. Slide lectures and discussions.
ART 4101 History of Art to the Sixteenth
Century (3 q.h.)
Survey of history of Western art from the end
of the Roman Empire to the late sixteenth
century. Includes the study of major monu-
ments, artists, and stylistic developments
that evolved during the Early Christian, Byz-
antine, Early Medieval, Romanesque, Gothic,
Early and High Renaissance, and late six-
teenth-century Mannerist periods. Slide lec-
tures and discussions.
ART 4102 History of Art to the Twentieth
Century (3 q.h.)
Survey of history of Western art from the late
sixteenth century to the twentieth century.
Includes the study of major monuments, art-
ists, and stylistic developments that evolved
during the Baroque and Rococo periods, and
in nineteenth- and twentieth-century Europe
and America. Slide lectures and discussions.
ART 4105 Art Through the Ages (3 q.h.)
Concentrated historical survey of Western
art from prehistoric cave paintings to the
twentieth century. Includes the studyof major
monuments, artists, and stylistic develop-
ments found in the Pre-Classical, Classical,
Medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque peri-
ods, and in nineteenth- and twentieth-century
Europe and America. Slide lectures and dis-
cussions.
ART 4106 Introduction to Art (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the language, techniques,
aesthetics, and visual styles of painting,
sculpture, graphic art, and architecture. In-
cludes individual and comparative studies
of major works of art in each field, discussion
of terminology, and historical examination
of the social, political, and cultural signifi-
cance of each art form. Slide lectures and
discussions.
ART 4108 History of Landscape Painting
(3q.h.)
A survey of landscape painting from its ori-
gins in cave painting (pre-history) to its con-
temporary forms, charting the major move-
ments in Western art, as well as significant
developments in Eastern art.
ART 4110 Modem Art (3 q.h.)
Examination of major movements and de-
velopments in painting, sculpture, and ar-
chitecture from the late nineteenth century
to the present. Emphasizes changing aes-
thetic views and the artistic, philosophical,
historical, sociological, and political influ-
ences shaping those views and the modem
movement as a whole. Slide lectures and
discussion.
ART 4112 Visual Foundations (Studio)*
(3q.h.)
An introduction to the fundamental prin-
ciples, nature, and meaning of visual organi-
zation, leading to an understanding of the
concepts of two- and three-dimensional art.
Topics include problems of space, balance,
and formal inter-relationships as they occur
in a variety of fine arts and design.
ART 4115 Graphic Design for Non-majors
(Studio)* (3 q.h.)
An introduction to graphic design processes,
principles, and concepts. Students have the
opportunity to learn now to estimate jobs,
design layouts, and prepare mechanicals and
page layouts. Other topics include t5qx)gra-
phy and type specification, copyfitting, de-
sign terminology, and an introduction to
printing processes.
ART 4121 Principles of Drawing and
Composition (Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the fundamental principles
of drawing and composition through formal
graphic studies of line, shape, value, form,
light, space, pattern, and texture. Stresses the
use of pencil, charcoal, conte crayon, and
other dry media. Slide lectures and critiques
as needed.
*Courses designated "(Studio)" meet for 3 1/2 hours.
152 African-American Studies
ART 4122 Introduction to Figure Drawing
(Studio)» (3 q.h.)
Introduction to drawing the human form.
Includes basic studies in anatomy, propor-
tion, negative/positive space, contour, ges-
ture, mass, line, composition, and drawing
technique. Slide lectures, critiques, and
weekly sessions drawing fron\ the model.
ART 4123 Drawing Workshop (Studio)*
(3 q.h.)
Introduction to more advanced problems in
the analysis of visual language and its cre-
ative organization. Emphasizes strengthen-
ing drawing techniques and developing a
personal style.
ART 4126 Landscape Painting (Studio)*
(3 q.h.)
An introduction to the art of landscape paint-
ing. This course will draw upon the traditions
of landscape representation in the history of
art, and the creative and expressive potential
of each student. Sketching and painting
outdoors are treated as an integral part of the
course.
ART 4127 Basic Painting (Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the fundamentals of paint-
ing. Includes formal studio assignments in
the study of color, light, pictorial space sys-
tems, form, texture, and composition to es-
tablish a foundation for more individual,
creative expression. Critiques and slide lec-
tures as needed.
ART 4128 Intermediate Painting (Studio)*
(3 q.h.)
Fundan\ental principlesof painting, followed
by more advanced studies in shape, scale,
texture, brushstroke, and edge as well as
color, light, form, and composition. Exam-
ines problems in a variety of stylistic ap-
proaches and techniques from the past and
the present. Critiques and slide lectures as
needed.
ART 4129 Painting Workshop (Studio)*
(3 q.h.)
Individual development through a struc-
tured, project-oriented approach. Encourages
recognition of the conceptual aspects of
painting as well as the development of a
personal painting style and unique visual
imagery. Critiques and slide lectures as
needed.
ART 4135 Design Fundamentals (Studio)*
(formerly Design Foundations and
Techniques) (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the basic principles of two-
dimensional design including the organiza-
tion of forms in two dimensional space and
the concepts of repetition, contrast sym-
metrical and asjnmmetrical composition, bal-
ance and unity. This is a studio course in
which students develop their design sense in
order to move on to more sophisticated
problems in graphic design.
ART 4136 Basic Watercolor Painting
(Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Practice and creative expression in the tech-
nical fundamentals of watercolor.
ART 4137 Watercolor Painting Practice
(Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Creative expression in various watercolor
techniques. Prereq. ART 4136 or instructor's
permission.
ART 4138 Techniques of Watercolor
Painting (Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Advanced expression in watercolor. Prereq.
ART 4137 or instructor's permission. _,
ART 4139 Color Theory and Practice (3 q.h.)
Exploration of the objective nature and ex-
pressive possibilities of color. Through class
work and projects, students examine the
major theones and laws of color, its harmo-
nies and special characteristics as well as
color psychology, symbolism, and orches-
tration. Students discover their intuition for
color and develop its application in art and
design.
ART 4140 Graphic Communication and
Production (3 q.h.)
Overview of the design and production pro-
cesses of printed materials. Examines the
designer's role in concept development and
layout and introduces reprographics, type-
setting, printing and color tecludques, pa-
per, and bindery methods. The scheduling
and economic factors involved in bringing a
piece to print are also addressed.
ART4141GraphicDesignl (Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Introduction to professional problem-solv-
ing in graphic design, including typographic
and pictorial elements and their integration
with verbal content to communicate ideas.
Emphasis is on the fundamentals of visual
*Courses designated "(Studio)" meet for 3 1/2 hours.
Art and Graphics 1 53
thinking, concept development, and two-
dimensional layout. Students gain experi-
ence with the design process from thumbnail
sketches to the finished mechanical. Prereq.
ART 4135 or instructor's permission.
ART4142GraphicDesign2(Studio)*(3q.h.)
Intermediate study and creative work in
graphic design, with emphasis on creating
overall design concepts for client presenta-
tions. Students explore effective problem-
solving techniques by taking a variety of
projects from concept to finished presenta-
tion. Preraj. >iRT 4I4L
ART 4143 Advertising Design (Studio)*
(3q.h.)
Introduction to advertising and to the lan-
guage and design problems commonly met
in the field. Study and creative work in ad-
vertising research analysis, layout, and
preparation of client presentations. Market-
mg fundamentals are also addressed. Prereq.
ART 4151 or instructor's permission. Prereq. for
Advertising Certificate students: ART 4115.
ART 4151 Typography (3 q.h.)
The evolution of typography and its current
applications. Emphasizes understanding
basic tjqxjgraphic terms and techniques, ac-
quiring composition skills such as copyfitting
and type specification, understanding ty-
pography as symbol and as written record,
exploring design concepts through typogra-
phy, and learning the creative potential of
new typesetting systems.
ART 4160 Basic Photography (Studio)*
(3q.h.)
Use of the camera, the negative, and the
black-and-white print for the beginning stu-
dent. Includes weekly shooting assigrunents,
demonstrations, and hands-on darkroom
experience.
ART 4161 Intermediate Black and White
Photography (Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Continuation of ART 4160. Focuses on fur-
ther practice in darkroom skills and produc-
tion of clear and expressive images. Prereq.
ART 4160.
ART4162PhotographyWorkshop(Shidio)*
(3 q.h.)
Through close interaction with the instruc-
tor, students refine their technical skills and
learn to make meaningful decisions about
their relation to the wond through the use of
photography. Alternative processes such as
infrared, toners, and large format are dem-
onstrated and used. Contemporary trends in
photographyare illustrated throughfrequent
slide presentations. Prereq. ART 4160 or equiv.
ART 4163 Introduction to Color
Photography (Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Basic color theory and contemporary photo-
graphic processes and practices. Students
work witn color negative materials and print
from color slides and negatives. Color print-
ing facilities are provided. Lectures and cri-
tiques when appropriate. Prereq. ART 41 60
or equiv.
ART 4164 Color Projects in Photography
(Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Continuation of ART4163. Prereq. ART 4163.
ART 4165 Seeing in Color (3 q.h.)
Investigates basic principles of color photo-
graphy through lectures, demonstrations,
and critique. Color slide film will be used,
eliminating the need for lab work. Emphasis
is on using color for creative personal expres-
sion. (No prereq.)
ART 4171 American Cinema (3 q.h.)
This course explores the uniquely distin-
guishing characteristics of American dnema.
These range from such formal elements as
camera angles, lighting, editing, sound, act-
ing, narrative structure and construction of
point of view. The course will also analyze
such recurring concerns of American dnema
as the individual and community, issues of
masculinity and violence, urban alienation,
uprootedness and adolescence. The direc-
tors whose work will be discussed include
Michael Cimino, Martin Scorsese, Robert
Altman, Francis Ford Coppola, and John
Ford.
ART 4173 International Cinema (3 q.h.)
This course examines films of such diverse
countries as France, Italy, Greece, India, Ja-
pan, and Argentina and shows how film
style and film language are culturally based
and reflect the underlying values of culture.
The course also analyzes the differences in
the construction of narrative and point of
view in the films of the different countries.
The impact of cultures with communal or
extended family social structures on camera
angles and sound is also examined. The di-
rectors whose work will be studied include
Karel Reisz, Claude Chabrol, Luchino
Visconti, Kenji Mizoguchi, and Satajit Ray.
*Courses designated "(Studio)" meet for 3 1/2 hours.
1 54 Art and Graphics
ART 4174 Themes in Film (3 q.h.)
This course takes one theme as its subject and
explores that theme fully through films from
different countries. The themes include fam-
ily relationships, gender, coming of age, and
war, as well as die journey/ road film, the
concert/music film, and the exploration of
the "other" in film. The course focuses on
different portrayals of a given theme through
analysis of film language such as camera
angles, sound, editing, narrative structure,
and construction of point of view, and how
these relate the story of the film.
ART 4175 History of Graphic Design (3 q.h.)
Graphic design from the mid-nineteenth
century (the Industrial Revolution) to the
present, with references to earlier influences.
Focuses on the evolution of the graphic de-
sign field, its nature and function, major
periods and trends, and the influence of tech-
nology and society. Slide lectures and dis-
cussion.
ART 4176 International Directions in
Graphic Design (3 q.h.)
Contemporary theories and practices in in-
ternational graphic design. Focuses on de-
sign activities in such major industrial nations
as Germany, Italy, France, England, Canada,
Japan, and the United States. Case studies
reflecting graphic design solutions to a vari-
ety of visual communication problems are
examined. Slide lectures and discussion.
ART 4181 Introduction to Computer
Graphics (Studio)* (formerly Introduction
to Computer- Aided Graphic Design) (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the terminology, concepts,
and applications of computer-aided graphic
design. Through lectures, demonstrations,
and labs, students explore the range of com-
puter graphics applications on personal
computer (DOS and MAC) systems; input
and output devices; and the advantages and
limitations of computers as design tools.
Limited enrollment. Prereq. ART 4141.
ART 4182 Computer-Aided Graphic
Design Workshop (Studio)* (3 q.h.)
A course further exploring the creative po-
tential of computer graphics applications on
a DOS based platform. Students work with
various forms of input and output devices to
become acquainted with the artistic poten-
tial of each interface. Limited enrollment.
Prereq. ART 4181 or equiv.
ART 4183 Electronic Publishing Design
(Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Designed to teach the computer novice how
to apply the basics of desktop publishing
software for business and corporate publica-
tions. Students will use a variety of PC appli-
cation programs including PageMaker. De-
sign, page-layout, tjqwgraphy, hardware,
and management issues will be applied to
actual publications and business documents.
Limited enrollment. Prereq. ART 4181.
ART 4184 Presentation Graphics (Studio)*
(3q.h.)
Students will create and produce computer-
ized slide presentations. Emphasis is placed
on the selection and layout sequencing of
type, visuals, and peripheral elements for
word slides, graphs, charts, and illustrations
to be used in corporate, educational, and
advertising presentations. Limited enroll-
ment. Prereq. ART 4181.
ART 4185 Creative Imaging: Custom
Computer Design (Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Scanningandimageenhancementtechniques ■
are utilized to create original visuals appro-
priate for advertising and publishing graph-
ics as well as fine art. Limited enrollment.
Prereq. ART 4181.
ART 4186 Computer Graphic Design
Portfolio (Studio)* (3 q.hO
Students may choose to either edit and refine
a series of their best computer graphic de-
signs or to work on a specific portfolio design
project. All students will design a self-pro-
motion piece using the layout application of
their choice. Prereq. ART 4185 and 30 q.h. of
computer graphic certificate courses.
ART 4187 Advanced Computer Illustration
(Studio)* (formerly Graphic Software
Shidiesl) (3 q.h.)
Advanced computer illustration studies us-
ing jpopular vector-based drawing programs
such as Adobe Illustrator, Aldus Freehand,
and Corel Draw. Limited enrollment. Prereq.
ART 4185.
ART 4188 Advanced Raster Graphics (Stu-
dio)* (formerly Graphic Software Studies 2)
(3q.h.)
Identification and application of pixel/ras-
ter-based paint programs such as Targa Tips,
Pixel Paint, and Photoshop. LimitecTenroIl-
ment. Prereq. ART 4187.
*Ccmrses designated "(Studio)" meet for 3 1/2 hours.
Art and Graphics 1 55
ART 4189 Advanced Electronic Publishing
Design (Studio)* (formerly Graphic Soft-
ware Studies 3) (3q.h.)
Identification and application of pagination,
layout, and design programs such as Page-
Maker and Quark Xpress. Limited enroll-
ment. Prereq. ART 4183.
ART 4204 Italian Renaissance Art (3 q.h.)
Survey of Italian painting, sculpture, and
architecture of the fifteenth and sixteenth
centuries, with special attention to their his-
torical, cultural, and social contexts. Consid-
ers how Renaissance ideals were reflected in
the renewed interest in classical harmony
and order, and in the growing self-aware-
ness, individualism, and naturalism of the
time. Covers such artists as Giotto, Donatello,
Botticelli, Michelangelo, da Vinci, Raphael,
and Titian.
ART 4210 French Painting (3 q.h.)
Development of French painting from the
French Revolution through the nineteenth
century. Examines Neoclassicism, Romanti-
cism, Realism, Impressionism, and Post-Im-
pressionism, focusing on such figures as
David, Delacroix, Courbet, Manet, Degas,
Monet, Renoir, Cezanne, and Van Gogh. Also
examines the French interest in the formal
problems of painting and the painting pro-
cess as distinct from its narrative content.
ART 4213 Modem Painting (3 q.h.)
Developments in painting from the late nine-
teenth century through 3\e early 1930s, ex-
amining major schools, movements, and
artists n-om Post-Impressionism through
Surrealism. Focuses on important shifts in
painting concepts and the rise of innovative
modes of expression instrumental in estab-
lishing the foundation of Modernism.
ART 4214 Contemporary Painting (3 q.h.)
Developments in painting from the early
1940s to the present, including major schools,
movements, and artists. Focuses on the cul-
tural impact of the exodus of artists from
Europe to the United States prior to World
War II, the meteoric rise of Abstract Expres-
sionism, and the diversity of movements
since World War II, such as Pop Art,
Minimalism, Conceptual Art, and New Real-
ism.
ART 4220 American Painting and
Sculpture (3 q.h.)
American painting and sculpture from colo-
nial times through the early 1930s. Includes
the study of painting from itinerant colonial
'limners" through Copley, Benjamin West,
and the English tradition; the Hudson River
School; Eakins, Hopper, Marin, Stella, and
O'Keeffe; and the founding of American
Modernist painting. Also examines sculp-
ture from colonial gravestone reliefs through
Rush, Augur, and the public monuments of
French, Saint-Gaudens, and Calder.
ART 4223 American Architecture (3 q.h.)
American architecture from the Colonial
period through the early 1930s. Includes the
seventeenth-century Early American style,
the eighteenth-century Georgian style, the
Republican style, mid-nineteenth-century
Revival styles, the Stick-and-Shingle styles,
Richardsonianism, Sullivan and the rise of
the skyscraper, and Frank Lloyd Wright.
ART 4228 Twentieth-Centiuy Architecture
(3 q.h.)
Introduction to European and American ar-
chitecture of the twentieth century. Exam-
ines Gropius's Bauhaus tenets concerning
housing, urban planning, and utilitarian mass
production; Mies van der Rohe, Le Corbusier,
and the International style; Frank Lloyd
Wright; and the foundation of American ar-
chitectural Modernism as exemplified by
Neutra, Johnson, Saarinen, and Buckminster
Fuller.
ART 4230 ffistory of Photography (3 q.h.)
Developments in photography from the early
daguerreotypes to the present. Includes ma-
jor movements, styles, artists, and signifi-
cant technological developments. Slide lec-
tures and assigned readings.
ART 4231 Contemporary Photography
(3 q.h.)
Evolution of styles and techniques in con-
temporary photography since World War II.
Emphasis is on the variety of image-making
techniques and photographic styles and con-
cepts of the last twenty years. Slide lectures
and assigned readings.
ART 4251 Portfolio Development (Studio)*
(formerly Advanced Graphic Design)
(3 q.h.)
Portfolio-development course for students
who have successfully completed all other
Graphic Design and Visual (Communication
certificate program requirements. Emphasis
is on professional design skills and personal
style. Prereq. ART 4151 and 27 q.h. of graphic
design certificate courses.
'Courses designated "(Studio)" meet for 3 2/2 hours.
1 56 Art and Graphics
ART 4366 Promotional and Technical
Publications: Design and Production
(Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Design, production, and economics of pro-
motional and technical publications. Using a
desktop design/publishing system, students
explore creative solutions in producing mar-
keting, advertising, and sales-support pubU-
cations as well as technical service manuals,
operating guides, and other documentation.
Prereq. /^T 4183. Not open to students who
have taken ART 4364 or ART 4365.
ART 4367 Pictorial Imagery for the Graphic
Designer (Studio)* (formerly Illustration)
(3 q.h.)
An introductory course in image
conceptualization including photography
and illustration. Techniques and methods
covered include cropping and scaling, photo
shoots and art direction, photo manipula-
tion, research and buying original art and
stock.
ART 4368 Graphic Design for Media (3 q.h.)
Surveys the expanding use of slide-tape,
multi-image, and multi-media video and film
in areas ranging from public relations and
sales to documentary and entertainment
presentations. The collaborative role of wri-
ters, producers, and art directors in the de-
sign and production of media projects, par-
ticularly audio-visual projects, is explored.
Prereq. ART 4151.
ART 4402 Marketing Strategies for Print-
ing and Publishing (3 q.h.)
Topics include the integrated nature of mar-
keting; the relationship of marketing to
product development; advertising, promo-
tion, and sales; the creation of marketing
support materials; and the development of
an overall marketing plan and timeline.
ART 4410 Electronic Imaging Systems (Stu-
dio)* (3 q.h.)
An introduction to current black-and-white
and color image scanning, processing and
separation technology for page and film as-
sembly. Concepts, terminology, and tech-
niques of manipulating, merging, and creat-
ing color corrected and separated graphics.
Prereq. ART 4366.
ART 4415 Electronic Document Production
(3 q.h.)
Current principles and methods of electionic
publishing and electronic document pro-
duction. Instiuction on text inputting, text
markup, and editing during the review cycle,
selection of style prior to input/composi-
tion, tagging, development of^page layouts,
graphics development, integration, and ma-
nipulation.
ART 4416 Style Set-Up for Electronic
Document Production (Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Style specifications for electronic document
production. Instruction on format definitions;
pagination, hyphenation, and justification
specification; page layout definition; and in-
teractive layout tool usage. Prereq. ART 4415.
ART 4421 Methods of Book Design
(Studio)* (3 q.h.)
The basic terminology, tools, and skills of
book design. Students practice drawing lay-
outs, casting off manuscript, specifying type,
and dummying pages.
ART 4431 Graphic Composition Systems 1
(Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Current principles and methods of photo-
composition as compared to desktop pub-
lishing systenw. Covers all aspects of the
composition process,indudingmarkup,copy
fitting, parameter set-up, input, correcting,
and output. A variety of popular software
including Pagemaker, Ready-Set-Go,
Ventura Publisher, and E>eskset Design Edi-
tion n is translated and output on laser and
photocomposition systems.
ART 4432 Graphic Composition Systems 2
(Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Emphasis is on computer mainfrawie inter-
facing, ACI operation and telecommimica-
tions, networking, developing translation
tables, word processing/data conversion,
automatic tabulation, and pagination. Prereq.
ART4431.
ART 4443 Imaging Procedures and
Systems 1 (Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Methods and operations involved in pro-
ducing film negatives and assembled flats.
Students have the opportunity to create line
and halftone negatives. Also covered are
contacting, darkroom and film assembly
procedures; signature imposition, halftone,
and combination flat techniques; and reflec-
tion transmission densitometry.
*Courses designated "(Studio)" meet for 3 1/2 hours.
Art and Graphics 1 57
ART 4444 Imaging Procedures and
Systems 2 (Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Creating black and white color n\echanical
separation masks by conventional contact-
ing niethods. Includes planning and prepar-
ing separation masks for "fake" color, se-
lecting screen tint values, making and cor-
recting color proofs; creating special effects
with posterization, making duotones, and
processcolor-filmassembly.Preraj. ARr4443.
ART 4461 Applications of Electronic
Publishing (3 C[.h.)
Examination or how electronic and desktop
publishing system technology applies to
publishing, typesetting, and printing. Topics
include a review of electronic piiblishing
fundamentals, state-of-the-art systems, and
trends in graphic arts technology, with ses-
sions devoted to book publishing; magazine
publishing; pre-press and type house appli-
cations; commercial, corporate, or in-plant
publishing; newspaper publishing; and gov-
ernment and small business applications.
Also covers organization structure, business
issues, product, and in-depth analysis of
production/workflow procedures and cost
justification criteria.
ART 4465 Business Operations for the
Graphic Arts (3 q.h.)
Introduction to operations management
specifically designed for the graphics indus-
try. Basic business concerns of accounting,
finance, budgeting, marketing, planning,
communications, personnel, motivation, and
leadership.
ART 4466 Establishing and Operating a
Small Graphics Business (3 q.h.)
The positioning process used to determine
the proper market for the service or product.
Students explore how positioning and mar-
ket research affect image, public relations
materials, advertising, pricing, and actual
production methods for a given graphics
business. Establishing hourly rates, record
keeping, job quoting, billing procedures, sales
techniques, and state and federal tax require-
ments for small businesses.
ART 4468 Safety and Health Issues for the
Graphic Arts (3 q.h.)
A thorough examination of potential haz-
ards including fire, electrical, sound, chemi-
cals, and toxic fumes. Study of the rules and
regulations of OSHA, the role of safety com-
mittees in complying with OSHA require-
ments, and the effect these requirements have
on various business operations vdthin the
company. Additional information is pro-
vided on ergonomics, job stress, and em-
ployer-employee rights and responsibilities.
ART 4469 Operations Analysis for the
Graphic Arts Industry (3 q.h.)
The principles and practices of work simpli-
ficahon as they apply to the graphic arts
industry. Topics include process analysis,
Ofjerations analysis, motion and micromotion
study, plant and workplace layout, equip-
ment design and selection, labor cost reduc-
tion, operator training, human relations
problems, time study and time standards,
and techniques for improving productivity.
ART 4471 Quality Control in the Graphic
Arts Industry (3 q.h.)
Basic concepts and costs of quality, organiza-
tion for quality, programs for improving
quality and reducing waste and spoilage,
materials processes, and product quality-
control procedures as they relate to printing
and pubUshing. Basic statistical quality-con-
trol concepts such as process capability and
analysis, control charts, and sampling.
ART 4474 Research and Technology
Evaluation for Electronic Publishing and
Printing (3 q.h.)
Developing and conducting needs assess-
ment tools for the identification of appropri-
ate electronic publishing technology. Topics
include a description of various electronic
publishing businesses; current and future
staffing and training needs; current and fu-
ture control forms; current design standards;
determining productivity levels; and
matching vendor functions and features to
the needs of the organization.
ART 4475 Graphic Arts Production Control
(3 q.h.)
The techniques of managing production in
commercial printing and publishing plants.
Specialization vs. standardization, produc-
tion forecasting and control; routing and
planning; records of production; quality
control; and effective use of personnel. Van-
ous production management controls of web-
and sheet-fed, commercial, and publication
printing are presented, analyzed, and dis-
cussed.
*Courses designated "(Studio)" meet for 3 1/2 hours.
1 58 Art and Graphics
ART 4479 Estimating Procedxrres for the
Graphic Arts (3 q.h.)
Basic estimation procedures and principles
for single- and multi-color printing. All fac-
ets of planning the job for estimating: design
and layout, typography, paper, prep and
plates, presswork, binding, and finishing.
Emphasis throughout is on active student
participation in solving practical estimation
problems.
ART 4600 Fundamentals of Publishing
(3 q.h.)
An overview of the publishing industry, from
the initial 'Vhj^' to nev^^ trends and how they
effect its future. Topics covered include: ac-
quisitions, editorial work, design and art
preparation, production and manufacture,
marketing, and the importance of coordinat-
ing all functions within a publishing com-
pany.
ART 4601 History of the Book (3 q.h.)
An in-depth investigation and analysis of the
origin and development of the book, from
the Chinese and Koreans to present day.
Design, methods of reproduction, and tech-
nological inventions and innovations are
discussed as well as implications for the suc-
cess of the book in the future.
ART 4605 Rights and Reproductions (3 q.h.)
An overview of the copyright law and sub-
sidiary rights, including the negotiation of
rights in the original contract, the role of the
permissions editor, and current contract and
legal issues fadng writers and editors today.
ART 4606 Buying Print Services (3 q.h.)
For individuals who need to produce a
printed piece, but for whom buying graphic
arts products or services is not a primary
responsibility. Covers both general and spe-
cific purchasing issues. Fundamentals of
good purchasing practices (bidding proce-
dures, vendor selection criteria, make/buy
decisions, etc.) are covered first; these basic
tenets are then applied in a series of "how to
buy" classes covering type, design services,
and short and long run printing. Negotiation
skills, quality control, inventory control, and
dealing with freelancers.
ART 4607 Book Production Manufacturing
Management (3 q.h.)
How hardcover and paperback books are
manufactured. Intended for beginning de-
signers and production personnel as well as
for writers, artists, editors, supervisors, and
executives who desire a better understand-
ing of the production process. Planning and
developing specifications, budgeting, cost-
ing out a book, scheduling, manufacturing
black and white and color illustrations; com-
position, paper, plate preparation, printing,
binding, quality control, and new technolo-
gies.
ART 4611 Freelancing for Publishing (3 q.h.)
This course is intended for those who are
considering becoming freelancers, as well as
those who are interested in further profes-
sional information. Topics include self-pro-
motion and marketing, making sales calls
and follow-up, targeting the right publisher/
publication, determining fees, expenses, and
taxable income, accounting, and budgeting.
ART 4810 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. 96 q.h., 3.5 q.p.a.
ART 4811 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See ART 4810.
ART 4812 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h.)
See ART 4810.
ART 4815 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details. Prereq-
uisite 87 q.h.
ART 4816 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See ART 4815.
ART 4820 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
Seepage2'lioTdetails.Prereq.96q.h.,3.0q.p.a.
ART 4821 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See ART 4820.
ART 4822 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See ART 4821.
ART 4823 Field Work in Art (6 q.h.)
Designed to enhance career development by
allowing students to earn credit for the appli-
cation of their academic backgrounds to
practical problems in the work place. See
page 23 for details.
Art and Graphics 1 59
AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE
ASL 4101 American Sign Language 1(4 q.h.)
Introduction to American Sign Language,
the language used by members of the deaf
community in the United States and parts of
Canada. Focuses on conversation in signs,
basic rules of grammar, and cultural aspects
of the deaf community.
ASL 4102 American Sign Language 2 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of basic American Sign Lan-
fuage and culture study, with emphasis on
uilding receptive and expressive sign vo-
cabulary; use of signing space; use of
nonmanual components, including facial
expressions and body postures; and an intro-
duction to finger spelling. Prereq. ASL 4101
or by examination.
ASL 4201 Intermediate American Sign
Language 1 (4 q.h.)
Further development of receptive and ex-
pressive skills, finger spelling, vocabulary
building, and grammatical structures. En-
courages more creative use of expression,
classifiers, body postures, and the signing
space. Introduces sign variations (regional
and ethnic), and political and educational
institutions of the deaf community. Prereq.
ASL 4102 or by examination.
ASL 4202 Intermediate American Sign
Language 2 (4 q.h.)
Intensive practice involving expressive and
receptive skills in storytelling and dialogue.
Introduces language forms found in ASL
poetry and culturalfeatures as they are dis-
played in art and theatre. Prereq. ASL 4201.
ASL 4301 Advanced American Sign
Language Proficiency 1 (4 q.h.)
Vocabulary building and mastery of gram-
mar through rigorous receptive and expres-
sive language activities. Includes student-
led discussions, debates, and prepared re-
ports on topics in deaf culture, society, and
current affairs. Includes ten hours of field
work. Prereq. ASL 4202.
ASL 4302 Advanced American Sign
Language Proficiency 2 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of ASL 4301 . Includes ten hours
of field work. Prereq. ASL 4301.
ASL 4410 Linguistics of American Sign
Language (3 q.h.)
For skilled ASL signers with no previous
training in linguistics. Conducted in ASL,
the course is descriptive and data-oriented
rather than theoretical. Includes the parts of
a sign; building words in ASL; sentence
structure (questions, statements, relative
clauses, etc); the meaning and issue of
iconicity; organization of sentences accord-
ing to old and new information; and the
structure of stories. Also, grammatical fea-
tures of ASL, such as classifiers, specifiers,
verb modulations and aspects, and the role
of facial expression. Not open to students who
have taken ASL 4404. Prereq. ASL 4202.
ASL 4411 Deaf History (3 q.h.)
The history of deaf people in the Western
world, with emphasis on the American deaf
community, its language, education, and re-
lation to hearing society. Not open to students
who have taken ASL 4403. Prereq. ASL 4101 or
instructor's permission.
ASL 4412 American Deaf Culture (3 q.h.)
The status of deaf people as both a linguistic
and cultural minority group. Designed for
individuals who may or may not have had
prior experience with deaf people, the course
raises questions concerning the nature of
sign language and its varieties, the education
of deaf people, the historical treatment of
deafness, the sociological and cultural
makeup of deaf individuals, and the nature
of ASL literature and poetry. Not open to stu-
dents who have taken ASL 4402. Prereq. -ASL
4101 or instructor's permission.
ASL 4413 Deaf Literature (3 q.h.)
Covers various genres of deaf literature by
and /or about deaf people. Concentrates on
deaf characters and the influences deaf cul-
ture and deaf history have on the literary
works. Includes selected works from the early
19(X)s to the present, including videotaped
materials. Not open to students who have taken
ASL 4401 . Prereq. ASL 4202 or by examination.
ASL 4600 Introduction to Interpreting
(formerly ASL 4501 Sign Language Inter-
preting 1) (3 q.h.)
Overview of the field of interpretation. Em-
phasis is on exploring interpretation as a
career option by identifying requisite re-
sponsibilities, skills, and aptitudes, the pro-
cess of becoming an interpreter, employ-
ment options, and current issues in the field.
Prereq. Completion of the ASL and Deaf Studies
Certificate or instructor's permission.
160 American Sign Language
ASL 4601 American Sign Language-
English Interpreting 1 (4 q.h.)
Study of the process of interpretation, over-
view of theoretical models, practice of requi-
site skills and process tasks, application of
skills and theory to the translation process.
Prereq. ASL 4600, ASL 4609 (may be taken
concurrently), or instructor's permission.
ASL 4602 American Sign Language-
English Interpreting 2 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of the study of the interpreta-
tion process, including practice of requisite
skills and process tasks of increased com-
plexity. Application of process skills, con-
trastive ASL-English linguistics, contrastive
cultural analysis and teaming skills to the
consecutive interpretation process. Prereq.
ASL 4601, ASL 4610 (may be taken concur-
rently), or instructor's permission.
ASL 4603 American Sign Language-
English Interpreting 3 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of the study of the interpreta-
tion process, including practice of requisite
skills and process tasks of increased com-
plexity, and application of process skills and
contrastive group dynamics and discourse
analysis to the simultaneous interpretation
process. Prereq. ASL 4602 or instructor's per-
mission.
ASL 4604 Special Topics in Interpreting 1
(3 q.h.)
Theory and practice of interpreting within
one specialized area of interpreting or with
one unique population. Topics rotate and
may include subjects such as interpreting
witiiin specific mental health settings, inter-
preting within specific medical settings, in-
terpreting within legal settings, interpreting
for deaf-blind persons, and interpreting for
foreign language deaf persons. Prereq.
instructor's permission.
ASL 4605 Special Topics in Interpreting 2
(3 q.h.)
Exploration of current topics in the field of
interpreting. Topics rotate and may include
linguistic issues for interpreters, professional
and ethical considerations, and health is-
sues. Prereq. instructor's permission.
ASL 4606 Interpreter Role and Ethics (3 q.h.)
Exploration of ethical standards and dilem-
mas in ASL-English interpretation through
the use of discussion, hypothetical situations,
and role plays. Emphasis is on values, ethics,
and morality; professional principles; power,
responsibility, and group dynamics; and the
decision-making process. Prereq. ASL 4602,
ASL 4603 (may be taken concurrently), or
instructor's permission.
ASL 4607 Interpreting Lab (4 q.h.)
Practice in consecutive and simultaneous in-
terpreting skills, with constructive feedback.
Prereq. ASL 4602 or instructor's permission.
ASL 4608 Practicum (4 q.h.)
Practical interpreting experience in agencies
serving deaf people. Biweekly seminar fo-
cuses on linguistic and ethical questions and
dilemmas. Requires six hours per week of
practicum experience in an agency. Prereq.
ASL 4603, ASL 4606, ASL 4607 with a grade of
B or better, or instructor's permission.
ASL 4609 Contrastive Analysis for
Interpreters (4 q.h.)
Study of the major linguistic features and
cultural features of D/deaf and non-D/deaf
communities. Compares and contrasts basic
similarities and differences in the morphol-
ogy, phonology, syntax, and semantics of
ASL and English and the values, beliefs and
norms of the D/deaf and non-D/deaf com-
munities. Primary focus is on the use of
pragmatics and communication at the dis-
course level and on increasing awareness of
American deaf culture and general Ameri-
can culture. Prereq. ASL 4600 or instructor's
permission.
ASL 4610 Interpreters at Work (3 q.h.)
Exploration of the day-to-day concerns of
working as an interpreter, focusing on group
dynamics and various populations, settings,
and environmental factors, business aspects
of the field, and how and when to work as a
team. Focuses further attention on increas-
ing awareness of American deaf culture and
general American culture. Prereq. ASL 4600
or instructor's permission.
ASL 4800 American Sign Language
Interpreting Seminar (formerly ASL 4507-
ASL 4510 American Sign Language
Interpreting Seminars) (1 q.h.)
Short-term training opportunities for cur-
rently practicing sign language interpreters,
scheduled for two Saturdays each fall, win-
ter, and spring quarter. Because the topics or
skill areas addressed change from quarter to
quarter, students may take this course re-
peatedly for credit. Limited enrollment. For
topic iruormation, call American Sign Lan-
guage Programs, 617-437-3064 (voice)or617-
437-3067 (TTY).
American Sign Language 1 61
ASL 4801 Advanced Tutorial inASLl(4q.h.)
Opportunity for qualified student to take a
required upper-level ASL course as a tutorial
when it is not available in the usual format.
Explores areas of ASL in depth by using ASL
videotapes, doing field work, and meeting
weekly with the tutorial advisor.
ASL4802AdvancedTutoriaIinASL2(4q.h.)
Opportunity for qualified student to take a
required upper-level ASL course as a tutorial
when it is not available in the usual format.
Explores areas of ASL in depth by using ASL
videotapes, doing field work, and meeting
weekly with the tutorial advisor.
ASL 4803 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research
or remedial language study.
ASL 4804 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See ASL 4803.
ASL 4805 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See ASL 4803.
BI0LCX3Y
BIO 4103 Biology 1 (Principles) (4 q.h.)
This course provides an introduction to a
variety of biological concepts. Plant and
animal characteristics are surveyed through
comparisons of cell structure and function.
Specific topics include: Cytology, Histology,
Physiology, Genetics, Cellular respiration,
and Botany. To receive credit for this course,
you must also register for BIO 4153, Lab for
Biology 1. (Laboratory fee.)
BIO 4104 Biology 2 (Diversity) (4 q.h.)
Experience the diversity of life through a
systematic survey of organisms. Beginning
with xmicellular algae, this course follows
the major evolutionary trends leading to
complex forms. Specific elements of struc-
ture, function, and natural history will be
examined. To receive credit for this course, you
must register for BIO 4154, Lab for Biology 2.
(Laboratory fee.)
BIO 4105 Biology 3 (Animal) (4 q.h.)
This course provides an introduction to basic
animal structure and function. The anatomy
of each body system is described. Physi-
ological processes such as hormonal control,
nerve impulse transmission, muscular con-
traction, and the immune response are in-
troduced. In order to receive credit for this
course, you must register for BIO 4155, Lab for
Biology 3. (Laboratory fee.)
162 American Sign Language
BIO 4133 Special Topics in Botany* (3 q.h.)
Topicscovered: How botany impacts human
life and society; current genetic manipula-
tion of agricultural plants; historical role of
plants in pharmacology; the role of plants
and agriculture in the cultural evolution of
man (nomad to farmer); botany in literature
and poetry.
BIO 4175 Human Anatomy and
Physiology 1 (3 q.h.)
Human regional anatomy. Topics include
terminology and basic gross organization of
the body, functional anatomy of the muscu-
loskeletal system, thoracic and
abdominopelvic splanchrology and
angiology, and an overview of head and
neck anatomy. The laboratory is concerned
with the study of the human skeleton and
appropriate dissections. The required labora-
tory is BIO 4195, Lab for Human Anatomy and
Physiology 1 . (Laboratory fee.) Although there is
no prereq., prior coursework in general biology is
recommended.
BIO 4176 Human Anatomy and
Physiology 2 (3 q.h.)
Properties of cell membranes; functional
anatomy and physiology of the nervous sys-
tem; contraction of muscle; special senses;
endocrinology. The laboratory generally in-
cludes membrane physiology, gross and
microscopic anatomy of the nervous and
endocrine system and testing of somatic and
special senses. The required laboratory is BIO
4196, Lab for Human Anatomy and Physiology
2. (Laboratory fee.) Prereq. BIO 4175 or equiva-
lent is recommended.
BIO 4177 Human Anatomy and
Physiology 3 (3 q.h.)
Ftmctional anatomy and physiology of the
respiratory, cardiovascular, digestive, uri-
nary, and reproductive systems; fetal devel-
opment. The laboratory generally deals with
the microscopic anatomy and physiology of
these systems. Demonstration material is
presented for reproductive system and de-
velopment. The reauired laboratory is BIO 4197,
Lab for Human Anatomy and Physiology 3.
(Laboratory fee.) Prereq. BIO 4176 or equiv.
BIO 4178 Anatomy and Physiology A (4 q.h.)
(Registration restricted to paramedic stu-
dents.) Human anatomy and physiology.
Describes the cell and its physiology, the
*Offered every other academic year.
structure of tissues, and the anatomy and
physiology of the cardiovascular system and
blood, the respiratory system, and the uri-
nary system. The required laboratory is BIO
4198, Lab for Anatomy and Physiology A. (Labo-
ratory fee.) BIO 4178 and BIO 4179 may not be
subsHtuted for BIO 4175, 4176, 4177.
BIO 4179 Anatomy and Physiology B (4 q.h. )
(Registration restricted to paramedic stu-
dents.) Continuation of BIO 4178. Describes
the anatomy and physiology of the nervous
system, skeletomuscular system, digestive
system, endocrine and reproductive systems.
The required laboratory is BIO 4199, Lab for
Anatomy and Physiology B. (Laboratory fee.)
Prereq. BIO 4178. BIO 4178 and BIO 4179 may
not be substituted for BIO 4175, 4176 and 4177.
BIO 4185 The Natural World of
Massachusetts 1* (3 q.h.)
Ecological analysis or the human situation
and human interaction with other organ-
isms; the necessary foundation of biological
principles.
BIO 4186 The Natural World of
Massachusetts 2* (3 q.h.)
Continuation of BIO 4185. Prereq. BIO 41 85 or
equiv.
BIO 4190 Microbiology 1 (3 lab., 3 q.h.)
Morphology and biochemistry of bacteria.
The required laboratory is BIO 4200, Lab for
Microbiology 1. (Laboratory fee.) Prereq. BIO
4105 or equiv.
BIO 4191 Microbiology 2 (3 q.h.)
Survey of pathogenic microorganisms. The
required laboratory is BIO 4201, Lab for Micro-
biology 2. (Laboratory fee.) Prereq. BIO 4190 or
equiv.
BIO 4192 Microbiology 3 (3 q.h.)
Examination of the characteristics and role of
microorganisms in the environment. The re-
quired laboratory is BIO 4202, Lab for Microbi-
ology 3. (Laboratory fee.) Prereq. BIO 4191 or
equiv.
BIO 4224 Ecology 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the concepts of limiting fac-
tors, biogeochemical cycles, trophic levels
and energy transfer andf their relationship to
the structure and function of populations,
species, communities and ecosystems.
Knowledge of General Biology is helpful.
BIO 4225 Ecology 2 (3 q.h.)
Principles applied to aquatic systems with
special references to physicochemical, typi-
cal habitats and communities. Eutrophica-
tion and toxic chemical groundwater pollu-
tion, as well as air pollution, the greennouse
effect and ozone depletion are considered.
Prereq. BIO 4224 or equiv.
BIO 4226 Ecology 3 (3 q.h.)
Fundamentals of pests, pest control and
pesticides. Wild plant, animal, energy, min-
eral and land resources with an introduction
to the economics and politics of the envi-
ronment. Prereq. BIO 4225 or equiv.
BIO 4235 Genetics 1 (3 q.h.)
Topics include nucleic acid structure, repli-
cation of genetic materials, mitosis, meiosis,
and Mendelian inheritance. Prereq. BIO 4103.
BIO 4236 Genetics 2 (3 q.h.)
Examination of mutation, regulation of gene
expression, population genetics, engineer-
ing, and genetics of bacteria and viruses.
Prereq. BIO 4235.
BIO 4237 Genetics Laboratory (2 q.h.)
Laboratory exercises involving principles of
Mendelian inheritance, linkage, and cross-
ing-over. Classical genetics utilizing Dros-
ophila; biochemical studies utilizing Neuros-
pora and E. coli. (Laboratory fee.) Prereq. BIO
4236 or equiv.
BIO 4246 Cell Biology 1 (3 q.h.)
Chemical composition, structure of cells and
organelles, transport processes, cell motion
and excitability, and growth. Prereq. BIO 41 03,
BIO 4236, and CHM 4263 or equiv.
BIO 4247 Cell Biology 2 (3 q.h.)
Cellular energy supply, enzyme function,
respiration and metabolism, photosynthesis
and other synthetic pathways, and control of
cellular processes. Prereq. BIO 4246 or equiv.
BIO 4248 Cell Biology Laboratory (2 q.h.)
Laboratory techniques in cell biology, mi-
croscopy, structure and chemical composi-
tion of cells, enzyme measurements, photo-
synthesis, respiration, active transport, and
growth. (Laboratory fee.) Prereq. BIO 4247 or
equiv.
BIO 4258 Advanced Human Physiology 1
(3 q.h.)
Study of human physiology emphasizing
cellular processes and underlying organ
functions and the interactions and control of
'Offered even/ other academic year.
Biology 163
organ systems. Selected physiological topics
are considered as time allows. Prereq. by per-
mission of the instructor.
BIO 4259 Advanced Human Physiology 2
(3 q.h.)
Cardiovascular considerations; the immune
system; the AIDS problem; biological control
mechanisms; selected endocrine topics.
Prereq. BIO 4258.
BIO 4260 Cell, Tissue and Organ Culture
(3 q.h.)
General principles and technique of tissue
culture and preservation. The behavior of
cells in culture, cell lines and relevant media
are discussed. Methodology of animal and
plant culture and its use in virology, cancer
research and radiobiology.
BIO 4300 Computer Applications in
Science (3 q.h.)
Research science stands to gain from various
programming applications specifically
geared towards its needs. A scientist faced
with a problem requiring repeated calcula-
tions must decide whether to purchase a
software package, if available, to be used by
specifying the parameters to fit a particular
problem or to write a specific program that is
completely tailored to his/her research area.
Both cases require the scientist to know about
computer systems and programming. This
course introduces students to mainframe
VAX/ VMS BASIC, and covers programming
techniques suited to solving scientific prob-
lems. It is designed to cover topic areas
appropriate for an introductory course on
various program applications in science.
Prereq. experience with computers.
BIO 4320 Medical Microbiology (4 q.h.)
(Summer Quarter only) Major characteris-
tics of disease-producing organisms. The re-
quired laboratory is BIO 4330, Lab for Medical
Microbiology (Laboratory fee), which generally
meets on a different night. Prereq. BIO 4192 or
professional laboratory experience in bacteriol-
ogy-
BIO 4374 Histology 1 (3 q.h.)
Examination of cell structure and tissue or-
ganization, including epithelium, muscle,
and connective tissue. Also covers cartilage,
bone, and nervous system. The required labo-
ratory is BIO 4384, Lab for Histology 1 . (Labo-
ratory fee.) Prereq. BIO 4175 or permission of
instructor.
BIO 4375 Histology 2 (3 q.h.)
Examination of the brain, blood, skin, car-
diovascvilar and lymphatic systems, as well
as the gastrointestinal system, including the
oral cavity, GI tract, liver, and gall bladder.
The required laboratory is BIO 4385, Lab for
Histology 2. (Laboratory fee.) Prereq. BIO 4374
or permission of instructor.
BIO 4376 Histology 3 (3 q.h.)
Examination of the respiratory, urinary, and
male and female reproductive systems, as
well as the endocrine glands and the eyes
and ears. The required laboratory is BIO 4386,
Lab for Histology 3. (Laboratory fee.) Prereq.
BIO 4375 or permission of instructor.
BIO 4411 Embryology and Development 1
(3 q.h.) (Winter Quarter, offered on an every
other year schedule. This course will be of-
fered in the 1992-93 academic year.)
Topics include gametogenesis, reproductive
physiology, fertilization, blastulation, gas-
trulation, and early embryogenesis. Required
laboratory BIO 4421, emphasizes invertebrate
and amphibian embryology. (Laboratory fee.)
Prereq. BIO 4374 or equiv.
BIO 4412 Embryology and Development 2
(3 q.h.) (Spring Quarter, offered on an every
other year schedule. This course will be of-
fered in the 1992-93 academic year.)
Topics include morphogenesis and pattern
formation, placentation, and organogenesis.
Required laboratory BIO 4422, emphasizes chick
and pig embryology. (Laboratory fee.) Prereq.
BIO 4411 or equiv.
BIO 4420 Biomedical Illustration (4 q.h.)
Examines the uses of biomedical illustration
in the preparation of visual materials includ-
ing teachmg visuals, illustrations for publi-
cations, models and graphics for films and
television. Anatomy and skeletal character-
istics will be surveyed including specific skills
and techniques necessary to draw three-di-
mensional subjects from direct observation,
interpreting them in two-dimensional me-
dia. In addition to discussions and demon-
strations, students will undertake individual
projects in preparing materials for publica-
tions, scientific illustration and preparation
of educational materials. Prereq. ART 4121,
ART 4122, ART 4123 or permission of the in-
structor.
BIO 4441 Parasitology (4 q.h.)
(Spring Quarter only)
Parasitic organisms, particularly those af-
fecting humans and domestic animals, and
164 Biology
their life cycles, modes of transmission, and
diagnosis and treatment. Includes micro-
scopic examination of prepared and live
material. The reauired laboratory is BIO 4451,
Lab for Parasitology (Laboratory fee). Prereq.
BIO 4103 or instructor's permission.
BIO 4455 Introduction to Biotechnology
(3 q.h.)
Examines the historical development, basic
technologies, and commercial potential of
biotechnology. Basic biological concepts are
first reviewed including the steps leading to
the 20th century revolution in molecular and
cell biology. The technology of recombinant
DN A, monoclorial antibody production, and
nucleic acid probe development are outlined
along v^ith their therapeutic, diagnostic, and
experimental uses. New^er, emerging tech-
nologies and applications are discussed
where appropriate. The commercial state-of-
the-art and its developmental marketing
problems are included. Prereq. college-level
chemistry and biology, or permission of instruc-
tor.
BIO 4461 Immunology (4 q.h.)
Biological, chemical, and physical attributes
of antigens and antibodies, together with
their serological interactions. Presentation of
the material mil be by lecture and demonstration.
Prereq. BIO 4191, CHM 4263 or equiv.
BIO 4501 Development of New Virus
Vaccines (3 q.h.)
Biological and molecular properties of viruses
are integrated with recombinant DNA tech-
nology to probe current strategies in viral
vacdne development. The genomic organi-
zation, virion structure and viral pathogen-
esis of medically relevant diseases will be
discussed. Material is presented on the basis
of specific examples from current literature.
Emphasisonfactual knowledge coupled with
an understanding of experimental design
and data analysis. Prereq. BIO 4103 or
instructor's permission.
BIO 4700 Advanced Tutorial 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
BIO 4701 Advanced Tutorial 2 (4 q.h.)
See BIO 4700.
BIO 4801 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opf)ortunity to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details. Prereq. 96 q.h. and 3.0
q.p.a.
BIO 4802 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See BIO 4801.
BUSINESS LAW
BL4101Lawl(3q.h.)
Introduction to the legal system. Study of the
nature, formation, and essential elements of
contracts, including performance and rem-
edies for breach. Also covers agency law,
including the rights and duties of principal
and agent, the scope of authority, and rela-
tionships to third persons.
BL4102Law2(3q.h.)
Sales as governed by the Uniform Commer-
cial Code, including the law of warranty,
business organizations, partnerships, corpo-
rations, and other important business forms.
Prereq. BL 4101.
BL 4103 Law 3 (3 q.h.)
Commercial paper, the function of negotia-
bility, bank checks and promissory notes,
real property, personal property, bailments,
bankruptcy, and secured transactions. Prereq.
BL4102.
BL 4105 Law (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as BL 4101 and BL 4102.
BL 4110 Law for Managers (3 q.h.)
Study of legal problems for managers in-
cluding rights and duties in the employ-
ment relationship, acquisition of computer
software and hardware, effective use of legal
counsel, personal liability issues for manag-
ers, credit and collection law, and other se-
lected topics of interest.
BL 4115 Law and Social Issues (3 q.h.)
Structure and dynamics of the American le-
gal system through analysis of selected cases
dealing with social issues.
BL 4120 Law for Personal Planning (3 q.h.)
Legal aspects of personal and family plan-
ning, including consumer rights, wills and
estate planning, marital law, real estate pur-
chase, tenants' rights, and other selected top-
ics of interest.
BL 4316 International Business Law (3 q.h.)
Surveys the leading principles in interna-
tional business law as applied in decisions of
domestic and international courts; the
sources, development and authority of inter-
national business law, such as the laws of the
Biology 165
European Common Market; and the mak-
ing, interpretation and enforcement of trea-
ties, and tne organization and jurisdiction of
international tribunals.
CHEMISTRY
CHM4105 Chemistry and the Environment
(3q.h.)
Fundamental chenrdcal principles, using ex-
amples from the geochemical and the inter-
nal environments of human beings as well as
the home, the farm, and the workplace. No
laboratory required.
CHM 4111 General Chemistry 1 (3 q.h.)
Fundamental chemistry concepts, such as
symbols, formulas, equations, atomic
weights, and calculations based on equa-
tions. Also covers gases, hquids, solutions,
and ionization. The required laboratory is CHM
4117, Lab for General Chemistry 1. (Laboratory
fee.) Prereq. MTH 4112 or equtv. (can be taken
concurrently).
CHM 4112 General Chemistry 2 (3 q.h.)
Atomic structure, bonding, molecular struc-
ture, oxidation and reduction reactions, and
equilibrium and kinetics. The required labora-
tory is CHM 41 1 7, Lab for General Chemistry 2.
(Laboratory fee.) Prereq. CHM 4111 or equiv.
CHM 4113 General Chemistry 3 (3 q.h.)
Thermochemistry and electrochemistry, ac-
ids, bases, and solubility products, nuclear
chemistry, introductory organic chemistry,
and biooiemistry. The required laboratory is
CHM 4119, Lab for General Chemistry 3. (Labo-
ratory fee.) Prereq. CHM 4112 or equiv.
CHM 4221 Analytical Chemistry 1 (3 q.h.)
Principles of gravimetric and titrimetric
analysis (wet chemistry). Introduces statis-
tics as applied to analytical chemistry and
examines such topics as chemical equilib-
rium and acid-base equilibria in simple and
complex systems. Gravimetric and titrimet-
ric experiments are performed. The required
laboratory is CHM 4227, Lab for Analytical
Chemistry 1. (Laboratory fee.) Prereq. CHM
4113 or equiv.
CHM 4222 Analytical Chemistry 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of CHM 4221 . Covers complex
formation titration, precipitation titrations,
and oxidation-reduction titrations. Electri-
cal methods of analysis, such as
potentiometry, electrolysis, coulometry, and
polarography, are discussed and titrimetric
analyses and experiments involving electric-
ity are performed. The required laboratory is
CHM 4228, Lab for Analytical Chemistry 2.
(Laboratory fee.) Prereq. CHM 4221 or equiv.
CHM 4223 Analytical Chemistry 3 (3 q.h.)
Spectrophotometry as a method of analysis,
including ultraviolet, visible, infrared, and
fluorescence methods; flame emission; and
atomic absorption. Studies of solvent extrac-
tions and chromatographic methods of sepa-
ration, such as gas-liquid chromatography
and liquid chromatography. The required
laboratory is CHM 4229, Lab for Analytical
Chemistry 3. (Laboratory fee.) Prereq. CHM
4222 or equiv.
CHM 4224 Analytical Chemistry (4 q.h.)
(Summer (Quarter only) Principles and theo-
ries of volumetric, gravimetric, and instru-
mental analysis. Application made in the
laboratory with analyses of unknown
samples. The required laboratory is CHM 4226,
Lab for Analytical Chemistry. (Laboratory fee.)
Prereq. CHM 4113 or equiv.
CHM 4261 Organic Chemistry 1 (4 q.h.)
Nature of carbon in organic compounds.
General principles of structure, nomencla-
ture, preparation, uses, and reactions of ali-
phatic hydrocarbons: alkanes, alkenes,
alkynes, dienes, cydoalkanes. Position and
geometric isomerism. Introduces free radi-
cal and ionic mechanisms of reactions. The
laboratory generally deals with the prepara-
tion and properties of compounds discussed
in the lecture. The required laboratory is CHM
4227, Lab for Organic Chemistry 1. (Laboratory
fee.) Prereq. CHM 4113 or equiv.
CHM 4262 Organic Chemistry 2 (4 q.h.)
Structure of benzene, elecfrophilic aromatic
substitution reactions. General principles of
structure, nomenclature, preparation, uses,
and reactions of the various types of organic
compounds, including alcohols, alkyl and
aryl halides, ethers and epoxides, and car-
boxylic acids. Also covers optical isomerism
and introductory chemical kinetics. The
laboratory generally deals with the prepara-
tion and propertiesof compounds discussed.
The required laboratory is CHM 4266, Lab for
Organic Chemistry 2. (Laboratory fee.) Prereq.
CHM 4261 or equiv.
CHM 4263 Organic Chemistry 3 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of CHM 4262. Emphasizes the
application of chemical conversions to syn-
166 Business Law
thetic problems. Includes functional deriva-
tives of carboxylic adds, sulfonic acids and
their derivatives, amines, diazonium com-
pounds, phenols, aldehydes, and ketones.
The laboratory generally deals with the
preparation and properties of compounds
discussed.TherequirealaboratoryisCHM4269,
Lab for Organic Chemistry 3. (Laboratory fee.)
Prereq. CHM 4262 or eqmv.
CHM 4271 Introduction to
Immunodiagnostics* (3 q.h.)
Ftmdamentals of immunodiagnostics with
emphasis on the application or principles to
nursing, medical laboratory science, and bi-
ology. Prereq. CHM 4113, BIO 4103 or equiv.
CHM 4321 Instrumental Analysis 1(3 q.h.)
Basic theory of electrochemistry and electro-
chemical methods of analysis, including
electrode and cell potentials, potentiometric
titrations, direct potentiometry (pH meters
and specification electrodes), coulometry,
voltametry, polarography, electrogravi-
metry, and conductometric methods. Prereq.
CHM 4223 or equiv. (This course may serve as
preparation for certain graduate courses.)
CHM 4322 Instrumental Analysis 2 (3 q.h.)
Basic theory of absorption and emission
spectroscopy, including ultraviolet and vis-
ible spectroscopy, molecular fluorescence
and phosphorescence, atomic absorption
spectroscopy (flame, arc, spark, and plasma),
and infrared, and X-ray spectroscopy. Prereq.
CHM 4321 or equiv. (This course rruty serve as
preparation for certain graduate courses.)
CHM 4323 Instrumental Analysis 3
(formerly Radiochemistry) (3 q.h.)
Topics covered include: x-ray spectroscopy,
radiochemical methods, and chromato-
graphic separations. Chromatographic
separations include: chromatography, high
performance liquid chromatography and
planar chromatography. Prereq. CHM 4322
or equiv.
CHM 4371 Biochemistry 1 (3 q.h.)
Cellular organization, pH buffers, and the
biochemistry of amino acids, proteins, en-
zymes, and vitamins. Prereq. CHM 4263 or
equiv.
CHM 4372 Biochemistry 2 (3 q.h.)
Biochemistry of carbohydrates, lipids, and
nucleic adds; bioenergetics; and the metabo-
lism of carbohydrates. Prereq. CHM 4371 or
equiv.
CHM 4373 Biochemistry 3 (3 q.h.)
Metabolism of lipids, amino acids, and
nucleotides and the biosynthesis of proteins,
DNA, and RNA. Prereq. CHM 4372 or equiv.
CHM 4381 Physical Chemistry 1 (3 q.h.)
Thermodynamics, thermochemistry. First
and Second Laws, entropy, and free energy
in spontaneous processes. Prereq. CHM 4113
or equiv.
CHM 4382 Physical Chemistry 2 (3 q.h.)
Chemical equilibria, acids and bases, electro-
chemistry, colligative properties, phase dia-
grams, thermodynamics of multicomponent
^stems, and kinetic molecular theory. Prereq.
(ZHM 4381 or equiv.
CHM 4383 Physical Chemistry 3 (3 q.h.)
Kinetics, quantum chemistry, and photo-
chemistry. Prereq. CHM 4382 or equiv.
CHM 4391 Introduction to Recombinant
DNA Technology* (3 q.h.)
Prindples of gene manipulation in bacteria
and yeasts. Prindples and methods of gene
cloning and splicing.
CHM 4392 Affinity Chromatography in
Biological Separations** (3 q.h.)
Prindples and practice of affinity chroma-
tography as utilized in separation and puri-
fication of biomolecules. The required labora-
tory is CHM 4394, Lab for AffinitJ Chromatog-
raphy. (Laboratory fee.) Prereq. CHM 4263 or
equiv.
CHM 4700 Advanced Tutorial 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
CHM 4701 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See CHM 4700.
CHM 4801 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take special research. See
page 24 for details. Prereq. 96 q.h., 3.0 q.p.a.
*Offered odd-numbered academic years.
**Offered even-numbered academic years.
Chemistry 167
CRIMINAL JUSTICE
CJ 4101 Administration of Criminal Justice
(3 q.h.)
Survey of the contemporary criminal justice
system from initial contact with the offender
through prosecution, disposition, incarcera-
tion, and release to the community. Empha-
sis on major systems of social control: police,
corrections, juvenile justice, mental health
systems, and their policies and practices
relative to the offender. Legal, empirical,
and sociological materials covered.
CJ 4102 Crime Prevention and Security
(3 q.h.)
Introduction to the concept that all citizens
are responsible for preventing crime and
promoting security. Content ranges from
the theoretical level to community, organi-
zation, and personal strategies necessary to
prevent crime.
CJ 4103 Criminology (3 q.h.)
Classical and contemporary criminological
theories. Examines their historical develop-
ment and empirical bases, as v^^ell as their
significance to the criminal justice process
and the rehabilitation/deterrence/ punish-
ment of offenders.
CJ 4104 Dimensions of Crime (3 q.h.)
An exan\ination of empirical knowledge
about crime: the magnitude of the crime
problem in the United States; characteristics
of those who commit crimes; information
about dangerous repeat offenders; charac-
teristics of victims; and financial costs of
crime to neighborhoods and communities.
Assessment of the strengths and weaknesses
of current crime measurement techniques,
especially the Uniform Crime Reports and
victimization surveys.
CJ 4105 Computer Applications in
Criminal Justice (3 q.h.)
A survey of computer technology applica-
tions to criminal justice research and ded-
sion-making in criminal justice agencies.
Topics include statistical and data-base
software, data-base management, word
processing, computer mapping, forecasting
techniques, simulations and modeling, and
mainframe relations.
CJ 4106 Criminal Justice Research 1 (3 q.h.)
A survey of methods for basic and applied
research in criminal justice, combining sta-
tistic and research methods. Examines re-
1 68 Criminal Justice
search techniques in criminal justice includ-
ing interviews, questionnaires, observations,
and scales for survey analysis. Issues of mea-
surement and casual reasoning examined in
regard to criminal justice research.
CJ 4107 Criminal Justice Research 2 (3 q.h.)
All extension of Criminal Justice Research 1 .
Focuses on the uses of statistics, with special
reference to use of data from the field of
criminal justice. Covers basic descriptive sta-
tistics, including measures of central ten-
dency, tests of significance, probability, sam-
pling, and methods of forecasting. Concen-
trates on research application by stressing
discussion of the general role of research in
the discipline and specific contributions ad-
vanced by studies in the field. Prereq. CJ4106.
CJ 4108 Criminal Law and Frocedture 1
(3q.h.)
Examination of the concepts, responsibili-
ties, and liabilities of criminal law and proce-
dure. Reviews the evolution of the criminal
law system. Topics include an analysis of
substantive criminal law and the procedural
process, as well as basic definitions; discus-
sions of interaction between federal and state
constitutions as they relate to criminal law.
CJ 4109 Criminal Law and Frocedture 2
(3q.h.)
Application of vital constitutional and statu-
tory concepts, including selected statutory
crimes, law of arrest, right to counsel, search
and seizure, and applicable criminal proce-
dures. Students are expected to be fanuliar
with basic concepts as well as changing in-
terpretations so that they can cite cases to
support their conclusions. Prereq. CJ 4108.
CJ 4110 Constitutional Law (3 q.h.)
The history and development of the U.S.
Constitution and Amendments using text
commentary and case analysis. Topics in-
clude the Commerce Clause, procedural due
process, state's rights, individual rights and
civil liberties, the concept of federal su-
premacy, and state constitutions. Prereq. CJ
4109.
CJ 4114 Introduction to Law 1 (3 q.h.)
Provides an introduction to the law and the
legal system of the United States. Sets forth
the fundamentals of our legal process and
provides a summary description of both the
private and public law system. Presents an
overview of the traditional structure, as well
as the basic principles of law.
;
CJ 4115 Introduction to Law 2 (3 q.h.)
Continues the material presented in CJ 4114.
Introduces basic tort and contract principles,
administrative law, and governmental regu-
lation of business, topics of particular concern
to criminal justice professionals in both the
public and private sectors, as well as to those
students concentratinginlegal studies. Prereq.
CJ41U.
CJ 4118 Juvenile Law (3 q.h.)
Introduces students to the fundamental case
law and theory of Juvenile Law. Students
study care and protection cases (commonly
called abuse and neglect cases); delinquency
proceedings; status offense cases, and trans-
fer/waiver cases.
CJ 4201 Criminal Investigation 1 (3 q.h.)
The evolution of contemporary investiga-
tive techniques. Topics include investigative
effectiveness and organization, and n\odem
investigative techniques, especially as they
relate to particular crimes such as arson,
sexual offenses, larceny, burglary, robbery,
forgery, and homicide.
CJ 4202 Criminal Investtgation 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of Criminal Investigation 1.
Focuses on staffing the investigation unit,
informational management, control of evi-
dence, establishment of investigative priori-
ties, fiscal restraints, and the relationship
between criminal investigation and patrol
and special units. Examines special police
operations such as electronic surveillance,
raids, and undercover operations; affidavit
construction, court preparation, and the use
of scientific methods; and Federal law with
regard to due process and other constitu-
tional protections. Prereq. CJ 4201.
CJ 4203 Cruninalistics 1 (3 q.h.)
Survey of the elements of microscopy, spec-
troscopy, and basic chemistry as they apply
to the study of materials that comprise physi-
cal evidence. Covers the procedures for
searching, sketching, and photographing
crime scenes as well as the recognition, col-
lection, marking, and handling of physical
evidence, emphasizing the importance of
maintaining the chemical integrity of each
sample. Studies the types of analysis, their
value and limitations with regard to glass,
soil, hairs and fibers, firearms, toolmarks,
and questioned documents.
CJ 4204 Criminalistics 2 (3 q.h.)
An introduction to the analysis of biological
items of physical evidence collected at the
scene of the crime or submitted for labora-
tory examination, and to the fields of serol-
ogy and toxicology. Covers methods of col-
lecting samples and the value of blood distri-
bution patterns, as well as laboratory tech-
niques used to identify and characterize blood
stains and other body fluids. Pharmacology
and toxicology of medical and chemical sub-
stances having potential formisuse and abuse
are studied. Includes laboratory demonstra-
tions and practical exercises to examine types
of physical evidence, including gunshot
residue, paints and polymers, and arson and
explosive residues.
Prereq. CJ 4203.
CJ 4205 Patrol Theory and Administration 1
(3q.h.)
History of the evolution of patrol practices;
the changing patrol function over time; the
history of patrol management and supervi-
sion; the development of preventive patrol
and rapid response to calls for service; theo-
ries of patrol allocation; the influence of op-
erations research; the development of com-
munity relations as an adjunct to patrol.
CJ 4206 Patrol Theory and Administration 2
(3q.h.)
Contemporary patrol developments and
functiomng: directed patrol, team and com-
munity policing, the re-emergence of foot
patrol, the legacy of community relations;
neighborhood beat construction, patrol
management and supervision; and current
patrol research.
CJ 4207 Comparative Police Systems
(3q.h.)
Comparative study of police systems in
Anglo-Saxon, Continental, Asian, Russian,
African, and other cultural traditions with
focus on the influence of nineteenth-century
English and twentieth-century American
ponce traditions on policing systems in other
cultures and countries.
CJ 4208 Police Operations (3 q.h.)
A general survey of police operational pro-
cedures, including traffic safety and control,
report writing, interviews and interrogations,
and identification and records.
CJ 4209 Police Management 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the philosophy and theories
of management in policing. Historical view
of the development of "professional/bu-
reaucratic" managerial approach in p)olic-
ing. The development of organizational
Criminal Justice 1 69
strategy; and understanding and managing
the external environment within which po-
lice operate.
CJ 4210 Police Management 2 (3 q.h.)
Internal management of police organizations:
policy development, implementation, main-
tenance of ongoing operatioiw, and evalua-
tion of program outcomes.
CJ 4211 Police and Social Problems (3 q.h.)
Investigation of police functioning with re-
gard to contemporary sodal problems: drugs,
prostitution, domestic assault, gangs, serial
murderers, dangerous offenders, illegal
aliens, and others, with a special focus on
related research into police ftmctioning.
CJ 4212 Police Commimity Relations
(3 q.h.)
The role and function of police with both
individuals and groups, including minority
groups; police responsibilities regarding civil
rights, civil disorders, and public protection.
CJ 4213 Police Discretion (3 q.h.)
The nature and impact of discretion as it
relates to police decision-making. Covers
the forms of police discretion and ways in
which it can be structured, confined, and
checked. Students examine and learn to ana-
lyze sample police department policies and
study different methods for their develop-
ment. Students also study the relation of
discretion to controlling police behavior and
police corruption.
CJ 4301 American Correctional System
(3 q.h.)
A critical analysis of the American system of
corrections. Covers important historical de-
velopments and the range of treatment and/
or punishment options available to govern-
ment, including prisons, jails, reformatories
and community treatment programs. Proba-
tion and parole are considered as an integral
Eart of corrections. Current correctional phi-
)sophyandtreatmentapproacheson federal,
state, and local levels of government are
assessed. The interrelated nature of all aspects
of corrections is emphasized, with particular
focus on policy analysis and decision-making.
CJ 4302 Correctional Administration 1
(3 q.h.)
An intensive examination of the American
correctional process. Programs, services,
standards, methods of service delivery, and
contracting procedures are analyzed. Criti-
cal issues in personnel administration and
1 70 Criminal Justice
management are discussed, as are the alloca-
tion of scarce resources and staff develop-
ment and training programs. Stresses moti-
vation, productivity, and accountability in
corrections and the role of community out-
reach and interface programs and volunteer
services. Prereq. CJ 4301.
CJ 4303 Correctional Administration 2
(3q.h.)
Continuation of intensive examination of the
correctional process, wdth focus on special
problems f acmg correctional admiiustrators.
Topics include the management of offenders
with special needs (dangerous and/or vio-
lent offenders and irunates with histories of
substance abuse); management and control
of prison violence; and preventive techniques
and programs. Also^ explored are institu-
tional management of illegal immigrants and
other special prisoners, as well as the special
needs of female offenders. Prereq. CJ 4302.
CJ4304 Jail Administration and
Management (3 q.h.)
Study of local adult correctional institutions
ranging from police lock-ups to jails and
houses of corrections. Topics include admin-
istrative, management, and security issues;
intake, regional, and network approaches;
local versus state control; offender classifi-
cation, programs, residential care, inspec-
tion, and standards; pretrial detention;
staffing patterns; interface with courts and
law enforcement; release programs; emer-
gency management; and suicide prevention.
CJ4305 Case Managementand Correctional
Services (3 q.h.)
An overview of treatment and rehabilitative
work conducted in jail and prison environ-
ments. Basic counseling concepts and tech-
niques, individual and group therapy, and
institutional services are discussed. Case
studies and class projects used to illustrate
offender and inmate management in a vari-
ety of settings. Students study a range of
innovative approaches in corrections and
assess their fiscal and personnel requirements
and effectiveness. Prereq. CJ 4301.
CJ 4306 Corrections Security Methods and
Technology (3 q.h.)
Examination of me technology and manage-
ment methods that provide a secure, safe,
and humane environment in which to incar-
cerate offenders while protecting both in-
mates and staff. A primary course objective
is creating a correctional environment that
supports productive human relations.
■rai
CJ 4307 The Rights of Offenders and
Prisoners (3 q.h.)
Study of the rights of persons under correc-
tional control. Examines traditional meth-
ods and assesses the magnitude and pace of
judicial intervention in corrections. Topics
include access to courts and legal services;
health and medical care; searches; nondis-
criminatory treatment; rehabilitation; reten-
tion and restoration of rights; rules of con-
duct, disciplinary procedures; grievance
procedures; exercise of religious beliefs and
practices; and remedies for violations of an
offender's rights.
CJ 4308 Correctional Couirseling (3 q.h.)
Survey of basic counseling concepts and
principles, individual and group therapy
carried on in the correctional field, and insti-
tutional services. Case studies and projects.
Prereq.CJ4301.
CJ 4309 Comparative Correctional Systems
(3q.h.)
Correctioital systems and practices in se-
lected jurisdictions in the United States and
other countries. Introduces students to inno-
vative approaches in community corrections,
local correctional institutions, prisons, alter-
natives to incarceration practices, rehabilita-
tive and reintegrative programs, and im-
proved management approaches. Prereq. C]
4301.
CJ 4310 Community Corrections (3 q.h.)
The concept of community corrections from
historical, philosophical, and pragmatic per-
spectives, and analysis of program options
serving as alteniatives to imprisonment or
institutionalization. Discussions of program
activities range from work and study release
programs, family visiting furloughs, com-
munity-based correctional efforts aimed at
helping offenders become law-abiding citi-
zens. Topical issues include private andpub-
lic programs, control and surveillance is-
sues, residential and non-residential pro-
grams, marshalling and coordinating com-
munity resources, and volunteer involve-
ment. Program and cost-effectivenessofcon\-
munity corrections, conununity safety, and
managerial issues are also discussed. Prereq.
CJ4301.
CJ 4311 Probation and Parole (3 q.h.)
Introduction to probation and parole as dis-
positions, systems or subsystems, processes,
and offender statuses. Includes the history of
promotion and parole, their conditioiw and
revocation procedures, offender eligibility
requirements, supervision styles, due pro-
cess issues, and prediction and measurements
of effectiveness. The role of volunteers, and
probation and parole officer responsibilities
also discussed. Introduces students to
presentence investigations, shock probation,
probation subsidy, expansion of probation
into pretrial and restitution programs, and to
current debates on the governmental frame-
work of probation and parole, parole boards,
and parole hearings. Prereq. C] 4301.
CJ 4312 Correctional Planning and
Management (3 q.h.)
Issues and techniques of analysis, planning,
and evaluation in corrections. Demonstrates
how a correctional organization's climate,
structure, and leadership style affect its re-
sponses to changing environmental condi-
tions. Topics include long-, intermediate-;
and short-range planning for administrative
and operation functions; regional, state, and
local planning techniques; capital and opera-
tions budgeting procedures; organizational
goals and objectives; key social, economic,
and functional influences; the development
of monitoring, assessment, and evaluation
procedures; corrections interfaces with the
legislative and judicial branches of criminal
justice; and the development of information
systems vital to the improvement and effec-
tiveness of the corrections mission. Prereq. CJ
4301.
CJ 4313 Correctional Institutions (3 q.h.)
The historical development of correctional
institutions in the United States and present
trends in correctional practices with focus on
institutions. Topics include the characteris-
tics of correctional facilities; issues of deter-
rence, rehabilitation, and reintegration, and
the social environment for inmates and staff.
Students discuss security issues, reception
and classification, institutions for women,
disciplinary and grievance procedures, and
prerelease programs, as well as education
and vocational training, religious, recreation,
and counseling services, prison labor and
industries. Prereq. CJ 4301.
CJ 4314 Classification of Offenders (3 q.h.)
Surveys major methods of classifying of-
fenders and constructing offender typologies.
Topics include classification for risk, secu-
rity, management, and program assignments
within institutions and for probationjjarole,
and related community programs. The reli-
ability and validity of classification method-
Criminal Justice 1 71
ologies are assessed, as are their relevance to
explaining criminal and deviant behavior.
Also examined are classification systems at
the local and state levels, suicide prevention
techniques, and classification , for
reintegrative purposes, such as education,
work-release, and furlough programs. Prereq.
CJ4301.
CJ 4403 Introduction to Seciurity (3 q.h.)
The organization and administration of se-
curity and loss prevention programs in in-
dustry, business, and government. Empha-
sizes the protection of assets, personnel, and
facilities, and the relations between security
organizations and government agencies.
CJ 4404 Industrial Safety and Fire
Prevention (3 q.h.)
Problems, methods, and technology in es-
tablishing safe working environments. Em-
phasizes the prevention of accidents and the
effects of natural disasters with special focus
onhazardous substance risks. Prereq. C/ 4403.
CJ 4405 Current Security Problems (3 q.h.)
Contemporaiy security problems affecting
society including, but not limited to, white-
collar crime, drug abuse, theft control, espio-
nage and sabotage, and terrorism. Prereq. C]
U03.
CJ 4406 Security Administration 1 (3 q.h.)
The historical basis of the security manage-
ment function and the development of the
field in general and its various specialties.
Examines concepts of organizational secu-
rity and risk-management methods. Prereq.
CJ4403.
CJ 4407 Security Administration 2 (3 q.h.)
Organization, administration, and manage-
ment of the security function, including the
systems approach to security operations.
Focuses on planning, organizing, staffing,
directing, controlling, representing and in-
novating. The manager's responsibility is
also explored.
CJ 4408 Legal Aspects of Security
Management and Operations (3 q.h.)
Provides a comprehensive examination of
the legal environment and issues impacting
security operations and management. Ele-
ments of criminal, civil, property, regula-
tory, and business law are analyzed from the
perspective of organizational security man-
agement concerns. Includes legal basis of
security practices, civil liability, corporate
security, investigations, labor law, industrial
espionage, governmental security issues, and
other relevant topics. Prereq. C]4403, Cf4406,
andCJUOJ.
CJ 4409 Physical Security Methods and
Technology 1 (3 q.h.)
An examination of the management meth-
ods and technology that comprise a cost-
efficient security program. Students develop
planning and management skills to integrate
personnel, equipment, and procedures with
the goal of organizational security. Concen-
trates on the technologies of barriers, intru-
sion detection, security containers, and access
control. Prereq. CJ 4403.
CJ 4410 Physical Security Methods and
Technology 2 (3 q.h.)
A continuation of CJ 4409. Concentrates on
the technologies of closed-circuit television,
computer-assisted systems, information se-
curity, communications, merchandise pro-
tection, personnel protection, natural hazard
detection and control, and aids to investiga-
tions. Prereq. CJ 4409.
CJ 4411 Electronic Information Security
(3 q.h.)
Survey of the complex and developing secu-
rity problems inherent in the use of elec-
tronic information systems. Provides a com-
prehensive examination of the management
methods and technology used to counter the
security risks related to the use of computers,
word processors, and other communication
devices and methods. Prereq. CJ 4403.
CJ 4501 Patterns of Criminal Behavior
(3q.h.)
Examination of the theories and research on
the formation, structure, and basis for crimi-
nal behavior patterns. Surveys current
knowledge concerning the various forms of
criminal behavior. Topics include the con-
struction of types of crime, the formulation
and use of typologies of crime based on
criminal behavior systems, and critical re-
search on a range of criminal behavior pat-
terns. Prereq. CJ 4103.
CJ 4502 Fire Investigation, Arson and
Explosives (3 q.h.)
Introduction to examination and behavior of
fire, including fire-related phenomena such
as convection, radiation, conduction, and
ignition. Arson, explosions, asphyxiations,
and combustibility are addressed, with em-
phasis on the chemistry of other combustible
I
172
Criminal Justice
materials. Sessions include the recovery,
analysis, and evaluation of physical evidence
from fires and explosions.
CJ 4503 Forerwic Laboratory (3 q.h.)
A hands-on laboratory course focusing on
individual experimentation. Surveys the ba-
sic examinations and techniques performed
in a crime laboratory. Topics mdude general
microscopy, hairs and fibers, blood and other
body fluids, paint, glass, soil, fingerprints,
gunshot residue, toxicology, questioned
documents, and firearm and toolmark ex-
aminations. Prereq. CJ 4203 and CJ 4204.
CJ 4504 Juvenile Justice 1 (3 q.h.)
Examination of the contemporary juvenile
justice system, with focus on the key decision
points within the juvenile justice system in-
cluding jurisdiction, police, detention, court
intake, adjudication, disposition, and after-
care. Critical issues fadngthejuverule justice
system components are discussed.
CJ 4505 Juvenile Justice 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of material discussed in CJ 4504.
In particular, consideration is given to the
history of juvenile justice in the U.S.; the
major reforms of the juvenile justice system
(diversion, the development of due process,
decriminalization of status offenders,
deir\stitutionalization, and waiver to adult
court); and future trends in juvenile justice.
Prereq. CJ 4504.
CJ 4506 Crime Victims (3 q.h.)
Examinationof currenttheoriesand research
relating to victims of crime. Particular atten-
tion to special victim groups such as chil-
dren, the elderly, and women. Victim inter-
actions with the criminal justice system are
explored. Current victim initiatives such as
restitution, mediation, compensation, and
victim rights legislation are also assessed.
Prereq. CJ 4101 and CJ 4103.
CJ 4507 Organized Crime (3 q.h.)
The nature and problems of organized crime,
its causes and effects, comparative and his-
toric roots, and activities, organization, and
economics. Considers possible solutions and
the scope of techniques used in combatting
organized crime.
CJ 4508 Crime Scene Investigation (3 q.h.)
A competent search of a crime scene de-
mands specialized training. ITus course cov-
ers certain basic considerations, guidelines,
and procedures that help the crime scene
technician avoid oversight, ensure thor-
oughness of search, and comply with both
the legal and scientificpertaining to the use
of physical evidence. The procedures for re-
cording the crime scene — ^i.e., notetaking,
sketching, and photography — as well as the
basic steps that minimize the omission or
contamination of evidence are studied in
detail.
CJ 4509 White-CoUar Crime (3 q.h.)
Basic survey of white-collar crime: the na-
ture and extent of white-collar crime, the
social-psychological makeup of white-collar
crime typologies, present efforts directed
toward its control, and interagency and ju-
risdictional problems and the benefits of co-
operation.
CJ 4510 Terrorism (3 q.h.)
Ari overview of terrorism and why it has
become so popular. Topics include the role
of news media, political consequences of
terrorism, the military as a resource, and the
role of the hostage.
CJ 4511 Sxu^ey of Criminal Evidence
(3q.h.)
The fundamentals of criminal trial proce-
dure and the rules of evidence as they apply
to the trial of a criminal case. Students read
and brief crimir\al covirt cases. Prereq. CJ4108
and CJ 4109.
CJ 4512 Women and the Criminal Justice
System (3 q.h.)
Introduction to issues relating to roles taken
by women involved with the criminal justice
system and to the system's various responses
to women in these roles. Specific focus on
women as victims of crime, as offenders, and
as practitioners.
CJ 4701 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
C^portunity to undertake special research.
See page 24.
CJ 4702 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See CJ 4701.
CJ 4703 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See CJ 4701.
CJ 4805 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details.
CJ 4806 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See CJ 4805.
Criminal Justice 1 73
CJ 4811 Advanced Tutorial Intensive (6 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course se-
quence independently. See page 23 for de-
tails.
COMPUTER LTTERACY
COM 4101 Foundations of Computer
Literacy (4 q.h.)
Introduction to computers, including data-
base management, word processing, systems
analysis and design, software packages, arti-
ficial intelligence, and trends in specialized
types of office automation. Hands-on labora-
tories reinforce lectures.
COUNSELING, PSYCHOLOGY
REHABILITATION, AND
SPECIAL EDUCATION
CRS 4200 Introduction toSpecial Education
(3 q.h.)
Surveys the characteristics and the social,
emotional, and educational adjustment of
children and youth with special needs. Ex-
amines the effects of the disability, and of the
individual's and society's attitudes toward
the disability. Reviews current legislation.
DRAMA
DRA 4101 Introduction to Theatre (3 q.h.)
How a theatrical performance is made
through the eyes of those who make it: writ-
ers, producers, actors, designers, and audi-
ence. Designed to increase the student's
awareness of theatre as a business as well as
to provide a basis for enjoyment of theatre as
an art form dealing witn ideas and emotion.
Visits to local theatres and viewing of per-
formances in the Boston area. Guest lectures
by practicing professionals. Cost of theatre
tickets not included in tuition.
DRA 4120 Acting for the Non-Actor (3 q.h.)
Shakespeare said "All the world's a stage. . ."
We are all actors in our private and profes-
sional lives. Basic acting principles and per-
formance experiences can benefit anyone who
interacts with other people. This course deals
with stress, relaxation, presentation of self,
status in relationships, and performance
anxieties. Acting exercises assist the student
in finding methods for dealing comfortably
and positively with real-life situations.
DRA 4140 Introduction to Acting 1
(formerly Workshop for the Actor 1) (3 q.h.)
Physical preparation for the actor, including
basic stage movement and deportment, con-
trol of the stage voice, analysis and establish-
ment of characterization through observa-
tion and awareness of the body, and impro-
visations and short scenes.
DRA 4141 Introduction to Acting 2
(formerly Workshop for the Actor 2) (3 q.h.)
Psychological preparation for the actor, in-
cluding analysis and establishment of char-
acterization through memory, emotion,
imagination, and recall; analysis of specific
roles; the creation of a character analysis
book; and improvisations and short scenes.
Prereq. DRA 4140 or instructor's permission.
DRA 4142 Acting 3 (formerly Workshop for
the Actor 3) (3 q.h.)
Preparing and performing the role, includ-
ing the physical and psychological prepara-
tion of specific roles. Also includes short
classroom scenes and the presentation of a
one-act play. Prereq. DRA 4141 or instructor's
permission.
DRA 4145 Auditioning for the Stage (3 q.h.)
Focuses on techniques, approaches, and atti-
tudes that assist the actor in the casting
process. Preparation for and presentation of
monologues. Prereq. DRA4142 orinstructo/s
permission.
DRA 4150 Introductory Mime Workshop
(3 q.h.)
In-depth introduction to mime, featuring il-
lusionary technique, silent acting, and the
creation of material for mime theatre.
DRA 4151 Acting for the Camera (Studio)*
(3 q.h.)
The adaptation of theatre acting techniques
to the camera. In-studio experiences relative
to the performer's physical and vocal per-
sona in creating a character, developing the
role and revealing the personality. On-cam-
era involvement in short dramatic pieces.
Prereq. DRA 4140 and 4141 or instructor's
permission.
*Courses designated "(Studio)" meet for 3 1/2 hours.
174 CriminalJustice
DRA 4152 Acting for Commercials
(Studio)* (3 q.h.)
Understanding the "art" of movement and
gesture in commercials; with commercial
temninology and procedures; with manipu-
lating commercial dialogue as well as hand-
ling the "product." In-studio/on-camera
practice with commercial scripts. Prereq. DRA
4151 or instructor's permission.
DRA 4153 Acting for Voice Overs (Studio)*
(3 q.h.)
The use of the voice for "selling" a product or
service. Understanding micropnone and
sound booth techniques. Developing your
own "voices"; analyzing commercial dia-
logue and speakingit effectively. Prereq. DRA
4152 or instructor's permission.
DRA 4154 Advanced Camera and Micro-
phone Techniques (Studio)* (3 q.h.)
This course is for the experienced actor wish-
ing to further develop on-camera and voice-
over skills for commercial and industrial
performances. Classes are held in the TV
Studio and all work is taped. Students will
have their own tapes for personal evalua-
tions. Prereq. DRA 4153 or instructor's permis-
sion.
DRA 4155 Puppetry (Studio)* (3 q.h.)
A theoretical and practical survey of the art
of puppetry. Utilizing lecture/laboratory
format, the history of puppetry is examined
from prehistoric times through the present,
and construction techniques for various styles
of puppets are demonstrated and applied.
The course covers shadow, hand, rod, hand-
and-rod, bib, scarf, and marionette puppets.
DRA 4230 The Boston Theatre Scene
(3 q.h.)
Opportunity to view and critique live perfor-
mances presented in the Boston area's major
and "off-Broadway" theatres. Cost of theatre
tickets not included in tuition.
DRA 4250 Theatre Movement (3 q.h.)
Deals with relaxation, concentration, and the
use of the body to free the emotional self.
DRA 4260 Theatre Speech (3 q.h.)
Focuses on vocal technique and speech prob-
lems unique to actors performing in contem-
porary and classical theatre.
DRA 4815 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take an upper-level course
independently. See page 23 for details.
DRA 4816 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See DRA 4815.
ECONOMICS
ECN 4001 Overcoming Statistics Stress
(noncredit)
This seminar is designed to show students
how to put aside anxieties by understanding
the components of statistics and developing
techniques to simplify seemingly difficult
word problems. Matheinatical skills needed
include addition, subtraction, division, mul-
tiplication, knowledge of square roots, and
basic algebra.
ECN 4115 Economic Principles and
Problems 1 (3 q.h.)
Application of the basic principles of eco-
nomics to current public problems. Focusing
on macroeconomics, students explore un-
employment, inflation, national income and
employment theory, and government ex-
penditures and taxation.
ECN 4116 Economic Principles and
Problems 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of ECN 4115, focusing on the
role of the banking system, the Federal Re-
serve System, and supply-side policies. Top-
ics in microeconomics include the role of a
market pricing system; supply and demand,
the costs of production; profits; and the
supply decision. Prereq. ECN 4115 or equiv.
ECN 4117 Economic Principles and
Problems 3 (3q.h.)
Continuation of ECN 4116, focusing on mar-
kets and the allocation of resources. Topics
include competitive markets, monopoly, oli-
gopoly, factor markets, and income distribu-
tion. Economic principles are applied to se-
lected problem areas, including poverty,
pollution, energy, international trade, and
the balance of payments. Prereq. ECN 41 16 or
equiv.
ECN 4118 Economics (Intensive) (9 q.h.)
Same as ECN 4115, ECN 4116, and ECN
4117.
ECN 4130 Medical Economics (3 q.h.)
Topics include health care trends in the
United States; causes for increases in medical
care costs; supply and training of health care
personnel; the nation's need for physicians,
nurses, pharmacists, and other allied health
*Courses designated "(Studio)" meet for 3 1/2 hours.
Drama 175
personnel; the quality of medical care; eco-
nomics of health insurance plans; and con-
stmier demand for health care, medical fa-
cilities, and professional and semiprofes-
sional personnel.
ECN 4137 History of Economic Thought
(3 q.h.)
Development of economic thought, includ-
ing Mercantilism as the first economic doc-
trine; analysis of the older, classical school
with its later refinements (Modern
Marginalism) and its important critics (so-
cialists, Marxists); and Keynesian and mod-
em developments.
ECN 4140 Economics of Crime (3 q.h.)
Theoretical and empirical analyses of the
economic causes of criminal behavior. The
social costs of crin\e, its prevention, and tech-
niques for designing optimum law enforce-
ment policies.
ECN 4150 Energy Economics (3 q.h.)
Economic, political, and historical back-
ground of energy and other resource prob-
lems, including examination of the future
impact of primary resource limitations on
U.S. and world economics and feasibility
studies of resource substitution.
ECN 4215 Macroeconomic Theory 1 (3 q.h.)
A discussion of conceptual and empirical
problems of creating and using national ac-
counts, price index problems, conceptual and
empirical evaluation of consumption and
investment functions and their policy impli-
cations, multiplier and accelerator models,
and recent cyclical fluctuations. Analyzes
theories of inflation, unemployment, and
growth in light of recent economic history.
Prereq. ECN 4117 or equiv.
ECN 4216 Microeconomic Theory 1 (3 q.h.)
Examines supply and demand analysis,
various elasticity concepts and applications,
theories of demand and production, and
derivation of cost curves. Analyzes pricing
and output behavior in several market struc-
tures. Analyzes the pricing of resources,
general equilibrium and economic efficiency,
and a variety of topics in microeconomics
such as externalities and public goods. Prereq.
ECN 4117 or equiv.
ECN 4217 Macroeconomic Theory 2 (3 q.h.)
A continuation of ECN 4215.
ECN 4218 Microeconomic Theory 2 (3 q.h.)
A continuation of ECN 4216.
ECN 4219 Selected Topics in Economics
(3q.h.)
Studies in a variety of macro- and
microeconomic issues. Becausetopicschange
from quarter to quarter, students may take
this course more than once, provided they
focus on a different topic each time.
ECN 4250 Statistics 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the collection and organiza-
tion of data, including the measurement,
presentation, and uses of elementary set
theoiy; measures of central tendency and
variability; basic probability; and probabil-
ity distributions.
ECN 4251 Statistics 2 (3 q.h.)
Sampling and basic estimation techniques,
"t" distribution, testing of statistical hypoth-
eses, and analysis of variances. Prereq. ECN
4250 or equiv.
ECN 4252 Statistics 3 (3 q.h.)
Methods of econometric estimation and
forecasting, including linear regression
analysis, correlation analysis, time series
analysis, and index numbers. Prereq. ECN
4251 or equiv.
ECN 4253 Statistics Intensive A (formerly
Statistics Intensive) (9 q.h.)
Same as ECN 4250, ECN 4251, and ECN
4252.
ECN 4254 Statistics Intensive B (6 q.h.)
Same as ECN 4250 and ECN 4251.
ECN 4255 Hands-On Statistics (4 q.h.)
Statistics techniques and applications, in-
cluding frequency distributions, measures
of central tendency, measures of dispersion,
probabili ty and probability distributions,and
sampling and estimation techniques. Class
time is divided equally into lecture and labo-
ratory; the latter focuses on individual, su-
pervised problem-solving. Not open to stu-
dents who have taken ECN 4250.
ECN 4310 Labor Economics (3 q.h.)
Economic analysis of the labor market, in-
cluding the lahor force, the demand for la-
bor, and the institutions and policies dealing
with them. Examines employment, unem-
ployment, wage determination, and the de-
velopment and efficient use of labor resources
as well as collective bargaining issues and
their economic consequences. Prereq. ECN
4117 or equiv.
176 Economics
ECN 4311 Human Resource Plaiming
(3 q.h.)
Assessment of government and private ef-
forts to fight poverty and improve the labor
market position of impoverished groups.
Considers the relationship between causes
of poverty and discrimination and possible
remedies. Also considers training programs,
negative income tax, family allowances, and
other income maintenance schemes.
ECN 4312 Economic Concerns of Older
Adults (3 q.h.)
Designed to provide a basic knowledge of
economic principles as they apply to senior
members of the community. Includes how
the U.S. economic policies and market sys-
tem detennine the price, quality, and avail-
ability of medical care and other allied ser-
vices.
ECN 5312 Economic Concerns of Older
Adults (3 CEUs)
Same as ECN 4312.
ECN 4313 Women in the Labor Force
(3 q.h.)
Economic analysis of women's labor market
position in the context of the changing eco-
nomic structure and labor market institu-
tions. Analysis of female labor force partici-
pation differences; male-female differentials
in earnings and unemployment; occupational
concentration, occupational segregation;
theories and evidence of sex discrimination;
and new opportunities for women.
ECN 4315 Income Inequality and
Discrimination (3 q.h.)
Analysis of the composition of impoverished
groups and recent trends. Examines the
labor market, demographic and institutional
forces contributing to poverty, the role of
education, the economics of race and sex
discrimination, the public welfare system,
and profxjsed reforms.
ECN 4321 Urban Economic Problems and
Policies (3 q.h.)
Economic analysis of selected urban prob-
lems such as housing, poverty, transporta-
tion, education, health, crime, and the urban
environment. Includes discussion of public
policies relating to such problems.
ECN 4322 Economics of Transportation
(3 q.h.)
Transportation and land-use patterns, own-
ership, regulations, financing, social costs
and benefits of various modes of transporta-
tion, and economies of new technology.
ECN 4323 Environmental Economics (for-
merly Economics of the Quality of Urban
Environment and Control) (3 q.h.)
Economic analysis of air, water, thermal, and
noise pollution. The utilization of urban
space and other urban resources; identifica-
tion of possible economic effects of urban
environment, such as crime, delinquency,
immobility, and congestion.
ECN 4330 Economic Growth and
Development (3 q.h.)
Prospects for economic growth and develop-
ment in impoverished nations as indicated
by economic analysis and historical experi-
ence. Includes the social, cultural, and insti-
tutional determinants of growth and an
analysis of agriculture and development.
ECN 4331 American Economic History
(3 q.h.)
Economic development of the United States,
with emphasis on the post-Civil War period
and the effect of certain European develop-
ments.
ECN 4333 Exuropean Economic Development
(3 q.h.)
Historical survey of European economic de-
velopment from overseas expansion to the
dissolution of empires and the Common
Market. Examines ilie environmental impact
of industrialism and the implications of liv-
ing in a technological society.
ECN 4334 Comparative Economic Systems
(3 q.h.)
Competing types of theoretical economic
systems; analysis of the organization and
operation of currently existing types of com-
munist, socialist, and capitalist economies;
and comparison and evaluation of the eco-
nomic behavior and performance of differ-
ent economic systems.
ECN 4335 International Trade (formerly
International Economics 1) (3 q.h.)
Economics of international trade including
tariffs, use of resources, and balance-of-pay-
ment mechanisms. Prereq. ECN4117 orecjutv.
ECN 4336 International Monetary
Economics (formerly International Econom-
ics 2) (3 q.h.)
International commercial policy, financial
organizations, and recent problems. Prereq.
ECN 4335 or equiv.
Economics 177
ECN 4337 International Economics
(Intensive) (6 q.h.)
SameasECN4335 andECN4336. Prereq. ECN
4117 or equiv.
ECN 4341 Money and Banking Intensive
(6 q.h.)
SameasECN4342and4343. Prereq. ECN 4117
or equiv.
ECN 4342 Money and Banking 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to nioney and credit, conuner-
cial banking structure, and money creation
as well as the problems and policies of cen-
tralized banking in the United States. Prereq.
ECN 4117 or equiv.
ECN 4343 Money and Banking 2 (3 q.h.)
Topics include theory of money, prices, and
monetary policy; interest theory; debt man-
agement; and international monetary prob-
lems and analysis. Prereq. ECN 4342 or equiv.
ECN 4344 Government Finance (3 q.h.)
Topics include fiscal functior«, institutions,
and politics; growth of the public sector;
expenditure planning in theory and practice;
cost-benefit analysis; principles of taxation
and tax incidence; major taxes at federal,
state, and local levels; fiscal policy for high
employment, price stability and growth; and
current fiscal problems, such as tax reform,
urban fiscal problems, fiscal federalism, and
income maintenance programs. Prereq. ECN
4117 or equiv.
ECN 4345 Business Cycles and Inflation
(formerly Business Cycles 1) (3 q.h.)
Considers the theories of business cycles and
inflation and an empirical application of these
theories to current business cycles, inflation,
and stagflation problems. Prereq. ECN 4117
and ECN 4215.
ECN 4350 Introduction to Econometrics
(3 q.h.)
Methods of econometric estimation and
forecasting, including various statistical
techniques. Students are given the opportu-
nity to construct their own models and use
computer facilities for estimation and fore-
casting Prereq. ECN 4117 and ECN 4252.
ECN 4351 Problems in Economic Research
(3 q.h.)
Research methods used by practicing econo-
mists. Topics include typical problems from
areas of applied economics, such as choices
of modeling framework, development of
static and dynamic adaptive policy models.
problen\s of data collection, review of esti-
mation techniques, and interpretation of re-
sults. Prereq. ECN 4117 and ECN 4252.
ECN 4353 Introduction to Mathematical
Economics (3 q.h.)
Introduction to mathematical analysis, with
an in-depth study of theory of distribution.
Prereq. ECN 4117 or equiv.
ECN 4360 Managerial Economics (3 q.h.)
Theory of demand, price, and output as ap-
plied to business firms and capital budget-
ing. Prereq. ECN 4117 or equiv.
ECN 4362 Industrial Organization and
Public Policy (3 q.h.)
Theoretical framework for analysis and
evaluation of the static and dynamic perfor-
mance of real markets. Examines empirical
studies that test the usefulness of applying
theory to real markets and the existence of
antitrust laws as a public policy designed to
promote better market performance. Prereq.
ECN 4117 or equiv.
ECN 4363 Goverrunent and Business 1
(3q.h.)
The rationale for government involvement
in markets, the role of government in na-
tional economic affairs, and the relationship
between government and business, includ-
ing the application of antitrust laws to busi-
ness.
ECN 4364 Government and Business 2
(3q.h.)
The government's role in economic activi-
ties. The relationships between the govern-
ment and industry, labor, agriculture, public
utilities, and consumers. The changing role
of government from laissez-faire policy to
direct intervention in the economy. Wage
and price controls, environment and anti-
pollution policies, consumer protection,
conglomerate mergers, and regulation of in-
dustries.
ECN 4384 The Economics of the Stock
Market (3 q.h.)
Topics include the organization of the stock
exchange, the highly speculative nature of
the stock exchanges, the functions of the
exchanges, capitalgains, equity, dividends,
stock options, splits, puts and calls, the crash
of 1929, the crash of 1987, the Great Depres-
sion, controls on the stock market, and the
Federal Reserve Board.
178 Economics
ECN 4492 Economic Policy Seminar (3 q.h.)
Most advanced course for senior economic
majors, with emphasis on independent study
and contemporary issues. Prereq. ECN 4215
and ECN 4216.
ECN 4495 Honors Program 1(4 q.h.)
Opportimity to xmdertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. 96 q.h., 3.5 q.p.a.
ECN 4496 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See ECN 4495.
ECN 4497 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h.)
See ECN 4495.
ECN 4500 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take an upper-level course
independently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87q.h.
ECN 4501 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See ECN 4500.
ECN 4510 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details. Prereq. 96 q.h.,3.0 q.pji.
ECN 4511 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See ECN 4510.
ECN 4512 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See ECN 4510.
ECN 4601 Economics 1 (4 q.h.)
Development of macroeconomic analysis,
review of national income concepts, national
income determination fluctuation and
growth, the role of the banking system and
the Federal Reserve system, government ex-
penditures and taxation, international trade,
and balance of intematiorial payments. For
Alternative Freshman-Year students only.
ECN 4901 Internship (1 q.h.)
The Economics Internship is an opportunity
for students to obtain supervised professional
experience (related to coursework) at an on-
site location. See page 69 for details.
EDUCATION*
ED 4001 Integrated Language Skills
Development 1 (2 q.h.)
Strives to improve a student's reading com-
prehension and related study and language
skills. Devotes time, discussion, and consid-
erable practice to meaningful skills such as
basic reading comprehension and interpre-
tation, including work in critical reading and
other interpretational acts (inferences, un-
derstanding imagery, and symbolic usage).
Focuses on study skills, reviewing, finding
main ideas and details, outlining and sum-
marizing, continuous interaction, and inter-
action of all the communications skills —
reading, writing, listening, and speaking. For
Alternative Freshman-Year students only.
ED 4002 Integrated Language Skills
Development 2 (2 q.h.)
Continues discussion of topics introduced in
ED 4001. For Alternative Freshman-Year stu-
dents only. Prereq. ED 4001.
ED 4003 Integrated Language Skills A
(4q.h.)
Strives to improve a student's reading coni-
prehension and related study and language
skills. Devotes time, discussion, and consid-
erable practice to meaningful skills such as
basic reading comprehension and interpre-
tation, including work in critical reading and
other interpretational acts (inferences, un-
derstanding imagery, and symbolic usage).
Focuses on study skills, reviewing, finding
main ideas and details, outlining and sum-
mcuizing, continuous interaction, and inter-
action of all the communications skills —
reading, writing, listening, and speaking.
For Alternative Freshman-Year students omy.
ED 4004 Integrated Language Skills 6
(4 q.h.)
Extends ED 40(B, with continued emphasis
on study skills, including researching, orga-
nizing, and writing term papers. Explores
critical thinking as it relates to the learning
process. Also addresses the choices of aca-
demic major and career direction, emphasiz-
ing self-assessment and personal decision-
making. For Alternative Freshman-Year stu-
dents only. Prereq. ED 4003.
ED 4050 College Reading and Study Skills
(3q.h.)
Reading comprehension, text and lecture
note-taking skills, and examination-taking
skills. Students practice with excerpts from
texts and taped lectures, and apply the skills
to materials in other courses. Intended for
students who are begirming college work
and wish to develop reading and study skills.
(Not for students who have already taken
the Basic Day CoUege courses Reading/ Study
Skills 1 or Integrated Language Skills Devel-
opment 1.)
*For Introduction to Special Education, see CRS
4200, page 174.
Econorrjics 179
ED 4101 Introduction to Education (3 q.h.)
Examines theories about the nature of teach-
ing and learning. Evaluates the effects of
traditional and innovative educational sys-
tems on learners. Considers the needs of the
learner and the role of school and teacher.
ED 4102 Child Development and Learning
(3 q.h.)
Surveys principles of child development from
thepre-natal period throughpre-adolescence.
Examines learning and development in the
context of relevant theory. Considers edu-
cational implications.
ED 4103 Adolescent Development and
Learning (3 q.h.)
Examines social, emotional, and intellectual
development in the adolescent years. Stud-
ies problems in the adolescent's family and
social environments and in school adjust-
ments.
ED 4406 Elementary Ciuriculiun I:
Language Arts; Art; Music (3 q.h.)
This course examines the expressive compo-
nents of a comprehensive and integrated
language arts curriculum. Students will be
involved in the process of learning how to
integrate speaking, listening, visual arts, and
music/movement experiences in develop-
ing curriculum for children at various stages
of development. Students will analyze how
the expressive aspects of curriculum relate to
critical thinking, problem solving, and lit-
eracy improvement.
ED 4407 Elementary Curriculum H:
Social Studies (3 q.h.)
Describes and evaluates social studies cur-
ricula in use in the elementary school. De-
velops criteria to select appropriate social
studies content, skills, and attitudinal objec-
tives. Expects students to use these criteria to
develop social studies experiences that meet
the developmental needs of learners in a
multicultural society.
ED 4408 Elementary Curriculum HI:
Science and Mathematics (3 q.h.)
Surveys metiiods and materials for teaching
elementary school science and mathematics.
Students will examine curricula, related
mathematics and science content, and strat-
egies and materials for teaching in a manner
that takes into account the developmental
stages of children.
ED 4410 General Teaching Methods for
High School (3 q.h.)
Considers methods and materials appropri-
ate to teaching adolescents. Examines vari-
ous models and strategies of instruction.
Students will plan curricula and incorporate
essential features of effective curriculum and
teaching plans. The course seeks to encour-
age attitudes identified with tenets of good
teaching.
ED 4411 a, b, c, d Teaching in the High
School: (a) mathematics; (b) science; (c)
English; (d) history and social sciences
(3 q.h.)
Examines the teaching of specific subject ar-
eas in the high school. Topics include orga-
nizing and presenting lessons, developing
teaching materials, using instructional tech-
nology, and developing and implementing
evaluation instruments. Students will ex-
amine the current curriculum resources in
their subject areas.
ED 4412 Curriculum Development in the
High School (3 q.h.)
Examines how goals and objectives are se-
lected and how priorities are determined.
Considers how educational programs are
designed to meet goals, and how educational
outcomes are evaluated. Compares differ-
ent approaches to organizing learning ex-
periences.
ED 4415 Reading/Learning Problems in
Secondary School (3 q.h.)
Examines developmental and corrective
reading/literacy programs at the secondary
school level. Examines the development of
reading rate, comprehension, and study skills
in the content areas. Introduces formal and
informal methods for assessing reading and
writing ability.
ED 4426 Fundamentals of Reading (3 q.h.)
Considers reading as an aspect of language.
Examines the major growth areas of reading
and how reading acquisition is facilitated by
developmental instruction. Considers ma-
jor approaches to instruction in a whole
language and experientially integrated envi-
ronment. Also considers other aspects of
literacy development.
180 Education
EMERGENCY MEDICAL
SERVICES
EMS 4107 EMT-Basic (9 q.h.)
The course covers evaluation and manage-
ment of the following medical emergencies;
cardiopulmonary arrest, severe bleeding and
shock; fractured bones; care for heart attack,
stroke, bum and poisoning victims; extrica-
tion and removal of victims from crashed
vehicles and collapsed buildings; emergency
childbirth and various other medical, emo-
tional, and environmental emergencies.
EMT-Basic includes: 6 hours of class wreekly
for 12 w^eeks. Four (4) all day Saturday exer-
cises (combination of indoor and outdoor)
that include practical demonstration of am-
bulance and/or emergency vehicles and
techniques. Ten (10) hours of in-hospital
emergency room observation.
EMT Basic SkUls: CPR (cardiopulmonary re-
suscitation), obstructed airway maneuvers,
control of bleeding, taking vital signs (pulse/
respiration/blood pressure), patient assess-
ment, bandaging and splinting, emergency
carries and lifting and moving devices (am-
bulance and orthopedic stretchers, etc.), triage
at multi-victim accident.
EMS 4117 Emergency Medical Services 1
(4 cl., 6 lab., 6 q.h.)
Introduction to the Paramedic Program: role
and responsibilities of Paramedics, medical
terminology, human systems, patient as-
sessment, blood, fluids and electrolytes, shock
and shock management. The laboratory
component provides the opportunity to cor-
relate didactic knowledge while developing
psychomotor skills. To receive credit for this
course, you must also register for BIO 4178.
EMS 4118 Emergency Medical Services 2
(4 cl., 6 lab., 6 q.h.)
Continuation of Paramedic Program: respi-
ratory system, cardiovascular system,
pathophysiology and emergency manage-
ment, electrocardiograms, life-threatening
dysrhythmias. The laboratory component
provides the opportunity to correlate didac-
tic knowledge while developing psychomo-
tor skills. Prereq. EMS 4117 or equiv.
EMS 4119 Emergency Medical Services 3
(4 cl., 6 lab., 6 q.h.)
Continuation of Paramedic Program: central
nervous system, soft tissue injuries, muscu-
loskeletal system, medical emergencies, acute
abdomen, genitourinary system, geriatric
emergencies. The laboratory component
provides the opportunity to correlate didac-
tic knowledge while developing psychomo-
tor skills. To receive credit for thts course, you
must also register for BIO 4179. Prereq. EMS
4118 or equiv.
EMS 4120 Emergency Medical Services 4
(4cl.,61ab.,6q.h.)
Continuation of Paramedic Program: obstet-
ric/gynecologic emergencies, including
emergency childbirth, neonatal and pediat-
ric patients, emotionally disturbed patients,
stress management, gaining access and ex-
trication, multiple casualty incidents, emer-
gency communications. The laboratory com-
ponent provides the opportunity to correlate
didactic knowledge while developing psy-
chomotor skills. Prereq. EMS 4119 or equiv.
EMS 4121 Emergency Medical Services 5
(27.5 lab., 11 q.h.)
Clinical Practicum I of the Paramedic Pro-
gram: application of theoretical knowledge
and psychomotor skills in hospital unit rota-
tions. Prereq. EMS 4120 or equiv.
EMS 4122 Entergency Medical Services 6
(27.5 lab., 11 q.h.)
Clinical Practicum 11 of the Paramedic Pro-
gram. Prereq. EMS 4121 or equiv.
EMS 4123 Emergency Medical Services 7 -
(100 lab., 3 q.h.)
Field internship component of the Paramedic
Program: opportunity to practice and de-
velop all necessary psychomotor skills on an
urban advanced life support system. Prereq.
EMS 4122 or equiv.
ENGLISH
ENG 4005 Introduction to English as a
Second Language (noncredit)
Introduction to the grammar and rhetoric of
English as a second language. Practice in
listening, speaking, and writing, with se-
lected readings and exercises for improving
vocabulary and pronunciation. (May not be
used to satisfy ENG elective requirements for
English BA/BS degrees.)
ENG 4006 Intermediate English as a
Second Language (noncredit)
Intermediate course in English as a second
language. Practice in preparing written and
oral reports, including business and social
letters. (May not be used to satisfy ENG elective
requirements for English BA/BS degrees.) Prereq.
ENG 4005 or equiv.
Emergency Medical Services 1 81
ENG 4007 Advanced English for
International Students (3 q.h.)
Advanced course in English as a second lan-
guage. Practice in special forms of writing to
improve clarity, syntax, and organization.
(May not he used to satisfy ENG elective require-
ments for English BA/BS degrees.) Prereq. ENG
4006 or instructor's permission.
ENG 4011 Elements of Writing (3 q.h.)
Review of the structural patterns or current
English. Practice in writing sentences, para-
graphs, and short papers. (May not be used to
satisfy ENG elective requirements for English
BA/BS degrees.)
ENG 4012 Elements of Grammar (3 q.h.)
A study of grammar and the way the English
language works. Helps students improve
their writing through an understanding of
the parts of speech, the mechanics of punc-
tuation, and the vagaries of spelling. Exer-
cises in solving problems of number, case,
tense, degree, and usage. (May not be used to
satisfy ENG elective requirements for English
BA/BS degrees.)
ENG 4013 Fundamentals of English 1(4 q.h.)
Intensive introduction to the principles of
effective expository writing, emphasizing
description, paragraph construction, and
organization. Includes a review of the con-
ventions of English usage, punctuation, and
syntax. Essay assignments. For Alternative
Freshman-Year students only.
ENG 4014 Fundamentals of English 2 (4 q.h.)
Intensive instruction in exposition, argument,
and academic essay and research paper wri-
ting, in addition to continued study of the
conventions of English usage, punctuation,
and syntax. Essay assignments. For Alter-
native Freshman-Year students only. Prereq.
ENG 4013 or equiv.
ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1(3 q.h.)
Detailed examination of the principles and
methods of rhetoric, especially narration,
description, and exposition. Includes fre-
quent practice in writing paragraphs and
themes in those n\odes. A writing proficiency
test is given at the first class meeting.
ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2 (3 q.h.)
Continued examination of the principles and
methods of rhetoric, especially persuasion
and argument, the study of short fiction, and
the development of research skills. Includes
practice in writing persuasive and critical
themes and in preparing research papers.
Prereq. ENG 4110 or equiv.
ENG 4112 Approaches to Literature (3 q.h.)
Further refinement of writing and analytical
skills through the study of drama and po-
etry. Practice in writing longer critical pa-
pers. Prereq. ENG 4111 or equtv.
ENG 4120 English Literature: Faith and
Humanism (3 q.h.)
English literature from its beginnings to 1 7(X),
including works by Chaucer, Spenser,
Shakespeare, Donne, and Milton.
ENG 4121 English Literature: Reason and
Romanticism (3 q.h.)
English literature from the Neoclassical per-
iod to the Romantic age, including works by
Pope, Swift, Johnson, Blake, Wordsworth,
and Keats.
ENG 4122 English Literature: Victorians
and Modems (3 q.h.)
English literature from the Victorian Age
through the twentieth century, including
works by Browning, Arnold, Hardy, Yeats,
and Eliot.
ENG 4123 Early American Literature: Faith,
Reason, and Nature (3 q.h.)
American literature from its beginnings
through the nineteenth-century Transcen-
dentausts, including works by Bradstreet,
Taylor, Edwards, Franklin, Emerson, and
Thoreau.
ENG 4124 American Romantics and
American Realists (3 q.h.)
The fiction and poetry of nineteenth-century
America, including works by Hawthorne,
Melville, Whitman, Dickinson, Twain, James,
Crane, and Dreiser.
ENG 4125 American Literature: The
Modem Temper (3 q.h.)
The prose and poetry of twentieth-century
America, including works by Eliot, Stevens,
Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Wright, and Plath.
ENG 4131 God, Gods, and Heroes: The
Literature of the Ancient and Medieval
Worlds (3 q.h.)
Literary traditions of the ancient world and
the Middle Ages in the works of such writers
as Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides,
Aristophanes, Virgil, and Dante, as well as in
the art of biblical narrative.
182 Er)glish
ENG 4132 Man, Reason, and Imagination:
Literature from the Renaissance to the
Romantic Age (3 q.h.)
Literary traditions of the Renaissance, Neo-
classidsm, and Romanticism in the work of
such writers as Machiavelli, Moliere, Racine,
Voltaire, and Goethe.
ENG 4133 Order and Disorder: Literature
of the Moderns (3 q.h.)
Literary traditions of Realism and Modem-
ism in the work of such writers as Dostoevsky,
Ibsen, Mann, Kafka, and Sartre.
ENG 4210 Science Fiction (3 q.h.)
Myths and rhetorical strategies of science
fiction, including such novels asFrankenstein,
Childhood'sEnd,andStrangerinaStrangeLand.
ENG 4211 Fantasy Literature (3 q.h.)
Exploration of fantasy literature of the nine-
teenth and twentieth centuries and its roots
in nvyih, fairy-tales, and popular legends.
Focuses on the works of such authors as T.H.
White, Lewis Carroll, Lord Dunsany, Ken-
neth Grahame, Richard Adams, J.R.R.
Tolkien, Ursula Le Guin, and Patricia
McKillin.
ENG 4212 Horror Fiction (3 q.h.)
Horror literature and its concerns with the
supernatural, the irrational, the nature of
evil, and the landscape of dreams, including
such novels as Dracuta, Dr. JekyllandMr. Hyde,
and The Turn of The Screw.
ENG 4213 Detective Fiction (3 q.h.)
Elements of intrigue, logic, and thought con-
verge in this study of the whodunit. Students
sample a wide range of detective fiction to
explore the questions of innocence and guilt,
action and responsibility, power and author-
ity, and victim and victimizer, and to see
connections between this popular form of
literatiire and its classical antecedents.
ENG 4214 The Psychological Novel (3 q.h.)
A study of the mental and emotional pro-
cesses affecting the form and style of such
works as Crime and Punishment, The Meta-
morphosis, and The Stranger.
ENG 4220 Children's Literature (3 q.h.)
The psychology of creation, the ways of the
imagination, and the role of fantasy and play
in such children's books as Alice in Wonder-
land, The Wizard ofOz, and Charlotte's Web.
ENG 4221 Images of Women In Literature
(3 q.h.)
Images of women and their underlying ar-
chetypes in imaginative literature. Includes
such writers as Homer, Austen, Ibsen, and
Lawrence.
ENG 4222 American Women Writers (3 q.h.)
Representative nineteenth- and twentieth-
century American women writers, including
such poets as Dickinson and Plath and such
novelists as Chopin and Gather.
ENG 4223 British Women Writers (3 q.h.)
Important historical and thematic connec-
tions in the work of British women writers of
the last two hundred years, including the
novels of Austen, Eliot, Woolf, and Lessing.
ENG 4230 Modem Irish Literature (3 q.h.)
Irish literature in English from 1885 to the
present, including such writers as Yeats,
Joyce, O'Casey, and Behan.
ENG 4231 Irish Writers In America (3 q.h.)
Irish themes and attitudes in the fiction and
drania of twentieth-century America, in-
cluding such writers as O'Neill, Donleavy,
Alfred, and McHale.
ENG 4232 Ethnic Literature In America
(3q.h.)
The range, variety, and themes of ethnic
literature in America in the work of such
writersas Philip Roth, Toni Morrison, Maxine
Hong Kingston, and P. Scott Momaday.
ENG 4233 Outside the Mainstream: The
Literature of America's Subcultures (3 q.h.)
Literature that reflects the specific interests,
values, and concerns of America's diverse
subcultural populations, including such
works asB/acfcEM:Speafcs, CityofNight, Woman
Warrior, and the stories of Isaac Bashevis
Singer.
ENG 4234 Modem American Voices: The
New Essajdsts (3 q.h.)
Major nonfiction of the 1960s, 1970s, and
1980s, stressing the fresh styles and often
disturbing cultural perspectives of such
works as Mailer's The Armies of the Night,
Pirsig's Zen and the Art ofMotorq/cle Mainte-
nance, Dillard's Pilgrim at Tinker Creek, and
Brautigan's Trout Fishing in America as well
as the "new journalism" of such writers as
Joan Didion, Tom Wolfe, Susan Sontag, and
Woody Allen.
English 183
ENG 4235 The American Dream (3 q.h.)
Literature about money: stories of wealth
and poverty, success and failure. Is the
American Dream true or a n\yth? Books in-
clude Benjamin Franklin's Autobiography,
Edith Wharton's House of Mirth, and Upton
Sinclair's The Jungle.
ENG 4240 Fiction and the Movies (3 q.h.)
Reading and seeing: an examination of the
success (and failure) of turning famous nov-
els and stories into movies. Analysis of book-
film case studies such as The Postman Always
Rings Twice, A Room with a View, Sophie's
Choice, The Unbearable Lightness of Being,
Hannah and Her Sisters, and The Last Picture
Show. Includes elementary film theory and
criticism.
ENG 4241 Topics In Film (3 q.h.)
Explores a chosen theme in literature and in
film, drawing upon important cultural,
politial, or psychological issues of our time.
Focuses on a different topic each quarter,
using films inspired by both classic and
contemporary novels, stories, and plays —
for example. Literary Heroines Go Hollywood,
Paranoia: PromHitchcocktoOliver Stone,Films
from Shakespeare, etc. — so that students may
take this course more than once.
ENG 4242 Screenwriting (3 q.h.)
An introduction to the craft of constructing a
feature-length shooting script for film or
television. Emphasis is on the close defining
of plot ideas and the "sound" of the charac-
ters, on the structuring of effective short
scenes and longer sequences, and on learn-
ing some of the cinematic techniques and
trade secrets peculiar to the art of film writ-
ing. Video clips will be analyzed throughout
the course.
ENG 4250 Biography and Nonfiction
(3 q.h.)
Study of biography in an attempt to under-
stand how individual behavior and achieve-
ment relate to social, cultural, political, and
artistic values.
ENG 4260 The Literature of Adolescence
(3 q.h.)
Adolescence as depicted in works drawn
from different cultures and times. Examines
popular versus literary views of adolescence,
focusing on such themes as the struggle for
self-definition, the role of peers, and the ef-
fects of gender and class.
ENG 4261 The Literature of Old Age (3 q.h.)
Old age as depicted in works drawn from
different cultures and times. Examines
popular versus literary views of old age,
focusing on such themes as old age as a
period of psychological reassessment; the
role of family, class, and gender; and the
emotional implicationsofconfrontingdeath.
ENG 4349 Expository and Persuasive
Writing 1 (3 q.h.)
Designed to help students develop confi-
dence and proficiency in writing. Through
first drafts to revisions, weekly writing as-
signments concentrate on mastering the skills
of subject focus, clarity of expression, con-
trolled development, and organization.
Prereq. ENG 4110 or equiv.
ENG 4350 Expository and Persuasive
Writing 2 (3 q.h.)
Development of precise and persuasive
writing patterns through experiments with
various rhetorical strategies. Students are
expected to write extensively on topics of
current interest to gain fluency and to learn
how to target their writing toward different
audiences. Assignments also provide prac-
tice in persuasive writing and in using differ-
ent writing models to gain control of the
material. Prereq. ENG 4349 or equiv.
ENG 4352 Expository Commimications
(3 q.h.)
Workshop in expository prose, emphasizing
the practical problems of the writer on the job
in advertising, public relations, or publish-
ing. Includes practice in designing and writ-
ing special projects. Prereq. ENG4350 or e(/Mi».
ENG 4356 Creative Writing (3 q.h.)
An opportunity to write and develop a vari-
ety of forms, including experiments in jour-
nals and short stories, plays and poems. Fea-
tures in-class discussion of students' work
and a final project of choice.
ENG 4357 Creative Writing: Poetry (3 q.h.)
Practice in writing different forms of poetry
for beginning poets. Includes discussion and
criticism of student work and selected texts.
ENG 4358 Creative Writing: Fiction (3 q.h.)
Practice in writing various types of snort
stories for beginning writers of short fiction.
Includes discussion and criticism of student
work and selected texts.
184 English
ENG 4359 Creative Writing Workshop
(3q.h.)
Discussion and criticism of student manu-
scripts for practicing writers.
ENG 4363 Writing for the Marketplace
(3 q.h.)
Workshop for writers venturing into the
marketplace, designed. to provide a working
knowledge of the publishing industry and
useful practice in preparing and editing
manuscripts for publication. Includes the
development of effective strategies for com-
posing query letters, synopses, outlines, and
sample manuscripts.
ENG 4370 Developmental Editing 1
(formerly ART 4602) (3 q.h.)
For individuals with some editorial experi-
ence who wish to develop their skills. Bring-
ing a manuscript to completion through ju-
dicious writing, rewriting, reorganizing, or
by making suggestions to an author. When
to make changes and when to suggest them,
how to enhance an author's strengths and
minimize an author's weaknesses, where to
introduce new material, and where to delete.
A variety of editing assignments in fiction
and nonfiction are critiqued. Lectures, dis-
cussions, and guest speakers from major
publishing houses.
ENG 4371 Developmental Editing 2
(formerly ART 4603) (3 q.h.)
For those who have had some experience
with developmental editing and are inter-
ested in working on more demanding manu-
scripts: a chapter for a textbook; working
from an outline; research notes, articles, and
chapters from a trade book; working from a
summary of the author's research and a
statement of principles. The student is asked
to review and evaluate the manuscripts, of-
fer written guidance to the author, and write
the final chapters. Prereq. ART 4602 or ENG 4370.
ENG 4372 Manuscript Editing (formerly
ART4604)(3q.h.)
For novices trying to break into the field and
those who edit on the job. Numerous v/ritten
exercises will give students practice in deal-
ing with problems commonly encountered
in editing book and magazine manuscripts.
Includes practice in spelling, punctuation,
grammar, syntax, and style (particularly or-
ganization, clarity, and consistency).
ENG 4380 Business Writing and Reports 1
(3 q.h.)
Introduction to the vocabulary and philoso-
phy of business conununications. Practice in
planning, writing, and analyzing effective
business letters and memoranda. A writing
proficienq/ test is given at the first class meeting.
ENG 4381 Business Writing and Reports 2
(3 q.h.)
Methods and principles of research and
documentation of semitechnical analyses and
business reports. Practice in organizing and
writing complex forms of business commu-
nications. Prereq. ENG 4380 or equiv. No prereq.
for Liberal Studies or Technical Communications
degree candidates.
ENG 4383 Business Writing and Reports
(Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as ENG 4380 and ENG 4381 . A wriHng
proficiency test is given at the first class meeting.
ENG 4384 Advanced Business Writing
(3 q.h.)
Based on Harvard Business School cases
aimed at developing students' analytical and
problem-solving abilities. Through carefully
directed classroom discussions of adminis-
trative problems presented in case studies,
students consider case facts, assumptions,
and opinions to reach a solution to a
manager's problem, and have the opportu-
nity to develop the oral and written commu-
nication skills to set their solutions in mo-
tion. Prera/. ENG 4381.
ENG 4500 The English Language (3 q.h.)
Development of modem English from its
pre- Anglo-Saxon beginnings. Effects of Ro-
man, Scandinavian, and Norman invasions;
dialect geography; evolutionary change; and
word formation and borrowing.
ENG 4501 Lmguistics (3 q.h.)
Introduces students to a new way of thinking
about language. Normally, using language
is as unconscious an activity as walking or
chewing gum. But if we ask the right ques-
tions, we can uncover much of our uncon-
scious linguistic knowledge: about sentence
structure (syntax), meaning (semantics),
word forms (morphology), and speech
sounds (phonology).
ENG 4502 Semantics (3 q.h.)
Focuses on meaning and how it is expressed
in language — through words, sentence
structure, intonation, stress patterns, and
English 185
speech acts. How do content, logic, and
speakers' and listeners' assumptions affect
what sentences can mean? In what ways is
linguistic meaning determined by our per-
ceptual system or our culture?
ENG 4600 Topics in Literature (3 q.h.)
Examination of a variety of subjects and
themes, such as the relationship between
literature and the arts; the censored novel;
alienation; and the Holocaust. Because the
topics change from quarter to quarter, stu-
dents may take this course more than once,
provided they focus on a different topic each
time.
ENG 4604 Major Figiu*e in Literature (3 q.h.)
Examines in detail and depth the work of a
major vwiter of poetry, fiction, or drama,
such as Walt Whitman, Leo Tolstoy, Virginia
Woolf, or Samuel Beckett. Students may take
this course more than once, provided they
focus on a different figure each time.
ENG 4610 The American Short Story (3 q.h.)
Development of the American short story
from its nineteenth-century origins to its
present forms. Includes such writers as Poe,
Hawthorne, James, Hemingway, Roth, and
Updike.
ENG 4611 The American Novel (3 q.h.)
Development of the novel in America and its
characteristic qualities. Includes such writ-
ers as Cooper, Melville, James, Wharton,
Faulkner, and Ellison.
ENG 4640 The Twentieth Century (3 q.h.)
The prose and poetry of such twentieth-
century writers as Yeats, Eliot, Joyce,
Lawrence, Woolf, Thomas, Lessing,
Ginsberg, Plath, Wilbur, Hughes, and Larkin.
ENG 4642 The English Novel (3 q.h.)
Development of the English novel from its
beginnings in the eighteenth century through
its concern with manners and morals in the
nineteenth century to the experimentation of
the twentieth century. Includes such writers
as Fielding, Richardson, Austen, Dickens,
Eliot, and Woolf.
ENG 4649 European and English Short
Story (3 q.h.)
Development of the short story in Europe
and England in both the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. Includes such writers as
de Maupassant, Balzac, Mann, Camus,
Kipling, Lawrence, Greene, and Boll.
ENG 4650 Modem Bestsellers (3 q.h.)
The fascinating world of modem bestsellers,
a world of romance and adventure, of higji
living and sinister intrigue, by such popular
writers as Rona Jaffe, Harold Robbins,
Jacqueline Susann, and Irving Wallace.
ENG 4651 The Continental Novel (3 q.h.)
Development of the European novel through
its various forms and themes, from Balzac
and Tolstoy to Proust and Mann.
ENG 4652 Russian Masterworks (3 q.h.)
The work of such Russian masters of the
novel and the short story as Pushkin,
Turgenev, Dostoyevsky, and Tolstoy in the
nineteenth century and Zamyatin, Pasternak,
Babel, and Solzhenitsyn in the twentieth.
ENG 4653 Latin American Fiction (3 q.h.)
The variety of Latin American fiction of the
past generation of writers, such as Marquez
and Puig, Borges and Cortazar, Bombal and
Lispector.
ENG 4655 Contemporary Fiction (3 q.h.)
The range and variety of such post-1945 fic-
tion writers as Bellow, Updike, Lessing,
Gordimer, Baldwin, and Roth.
ENG 4658 Shakespeare the Dramatist(3 q.h.)
Detailed examination of representative plays
from Shakespeare's early, middle, and late
periods in order to illustrate his develop-
ment as a dramatist and define his principal
themes in such plays as A Midsummer Night's
Dream, Romeo and Juliet, and King Lear.
ENG 4659 Shakespeare: The Major
Tragedies and Comedies (3 q.h.)
Study of examples of Shakespeare's mature
dramatic art, such as As You Likelt, Much Ado
About Nothing, Hamlet, Macbeth, and Antony
and Cleopatra.
ENG 4662 The Bible as Literature (3 q.h.)
Studies selected books of both the Old Testa-
ment and New Testament as literature in an
historical and cultural context.
ENG 4802 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. 96 q.h., 3.5 q.p.a.
ENG 4803 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See ENG 4802.
ENG 4804 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h.)
See ENG 4802.
186 English
ENG 4815 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take an upper-level course
independently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
ENG 4816 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See ENG 4815.
ENG 4820 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details. Prereq. 96 q.h.,3.0q.p.a.
ENG 4821 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See ENG 4820.
ENG 4822 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See ENG 4820.
EARTH SCIENCES
ESC 4103 Introduction to the Earth Sci-
ences: The Solid Earth (3 q.h.)
A general introduction to the processes that
affect the earth's surface and interior: the
effects of rivers and glaciers on the earth's
surface; the influence of wind, waves, cur-
rents and storms on coasts; and the origin of
volcanoes, mountain belts, and earthquakes.
ESC 4104 Introduction to the Earth
Sciences: Earth's Oceans and Atmosphere
(3 q.h.)
This course is a general introduction to the
earth's oceans and atmosphere. The course
explores how the sea is affected by: the rota-
tion of the earth; by surJight; by the gravity
of the moon and sun; by glaciers and rivers;
and by the surroundmg continents. The
earth's weather systenis are influenced by
many of the same factors, and the course uses
this background to explain the broad pat-
terns of winds and storms on our planet.
ESC 4105 IntroducUon to the Earth
Sciences: Earth and the Planets (3 q.h.)
This course considers current ideas on the
development of the solar system. It describes
how the earth and moon evolved as plan-
etary bodies, and contrasts their develop-
ment with that of the other planets and moons
in terms of size, distance from the sun, and
bulk composition. Many observations are
used to describe current thoughts about how
the solar system has developed, including:
telescope studies of the sun, moon and plan-
ets; studies of rock samples returned from
the moon and of meteorites found on the
earth; and data obtained by planetary lander
and fly-by missions.
ESC 4109 Introduction to the Earth Sciences
(Intensive) (9 q.h.)
Same as ESC 4103, ESC 4104, and ESC 4105.
ESC 4111 Geology of the Boston Area (3 q.h.)
Designed to give students without prior field
experience a working knowledge of the bed-
rock and glacial development of the Boston
metropolitan area. There will be six regular
class meetings of standard length and two
all-day Saturday field trips.
ESC 4203 Gemology (3 q.h.)
Topics include aspects of crystallography
and physical properties of minerals relevant
to gemstones; gem cutting methods; origin
of color in minerals; behavior of light in
minerals and its influence on gem cutting;
types of inclusions found in gemstones and
their effects on optical propjerties (star sap-
phire, cat's eye); techniques of growing crys-
tals; geology and geography of selected gem
deposits; properties of the major tjqjes of
gemstones and imitations.
ESC 4204 Physical Geology (3 q.h.)
This course covers the same range of mate-
rial as ESC 4103, but in more detail and at a
faster pace. The course focuses on a discus-
sion or the plate tectonic processes believed
to underlie the evolution of the continents,
oceanic islands, and the ocean basins, in or-
der to explain the generation of earthquakes,
volcanoes and mountain belts. Oie effect of
moving continents and ocean basins side-
ways is to create high mountain ranges. Once
the rock has been uplifted by plate tectonic
events, the course examines the weathering
and erosional processes which wear the
mountains down.
ESC 4205 Historical Geology (3 q.h.)
A comprehensive study of the rock and fossil
evidence which establishes how the earth
and the life on it has evolved over geologic
time. Special attention is paid to the evolu-
tion of plants and animals and to the ways in
which fossils can be used as a basis for under-
standing the history of the earth.
ESC 4210 Physical Oceanography (3 q.h.)
Origin of the global ocean, the physical and
chemical properties of sea water, the devel-
opment of ocean currents and their effects on
land masses of the world, and the problems
of ocean pollution.
ESC 4211 Biological Oceanography (3 q.h.)
Study of habitat zones and organisms of the
sea and the econoiruc importance of renew-
English 187
able marine resources for an expanding world
population.
ESC 4212 Geological Oceanography (3 q.h.)
This course examines the geology of the sea
floor. Continental shelves, abyssal plains,
volcanic ocean ridges, and deep-sea trenches
are explained using the plate tectonics model
of the earth. Observations from submersibles,
rock and sediment samples from the sea
floor, and geophysical methods are used to
explain the processes that form the moun-
tains and valleys and the rock types that
characterize the sea floor.
ESC 4213 Marine Resources (3 q.h.)
This course considers the ways in which the
sea is used as a source of food, energy, trans-
portation, and recreation. The importance of
mariculture, conservation, and effects of pol-
lution on fish and shellfish stocks are dis-
cussed. Energy sources derived from the sea
include tidal power, temperature differences
between warm surface water and cold deep
water, and offshore deposits of gas and oil.
The course concludes with a discussion of
the conflicts inherent in the diverse ways in
which the seas are used for recreation, trans-
portation, fishing, and the extraction of en-
ergy resources.
ESC 4218 Groundwater (3 q.h.)
The course discusses the geologic nature of
different types of aquifers in New England
and other parts of the world, and examines
the principles of groundwater flow in per-
meable rock and soil. Prereq. Calculus course
or permission of the instructor.
ESC 4219 Geochemistry of Groimdwater
(3 q.h.)
The course describes how the composition of
uncontaminated groundwater is affected by
the chemistry of precipitation and by reac-
tions with the organic and inorganic compo-
nents of soil and rock. The course next con-
siders the geochemical aspects of a number
of specific groundwater contamination
[jroblems including: leachate plumes from
andfills; improper disposal of hazardous
wastes, leaking underground storage tanks;
saltwater intrusion of coastal aquifers; etc.
Students should have taken at least one chemistry
course.
ESC 4220 Wetlands (3 q.h.)
The course explores the hydrology and bio-
geochemistry of wetlands, describes the at-
tributes of specific wetiands types, and ex-
amines current wetland protection and man-
agement strategies.
ESC 4221 Enviroiunental Geophysics (3 q.h.)
Intended for both students and practicing
professionals, this course will show how
geophysical techniques can help solve a wide
range of environmental and engineering
problems. After a brief historical survey, the
most commonly used methods are consid-
ered in detail, including: seismic, gravity,
magnetics, resistivity, electromagnetics,
ground penetrating radar, and borehole
methods. Emphasis on practical applications,
and numerous case studies will be used as
examples. Students will have the opportu-
nity to design and plan geophysical studies
based on actual and theoretical situations.
ESC 4233 The Earth's Atmosphere (3 q.h.)
An introduction to the science of meteorol-
ogy, in more detail than the treatment in ESC
4104. This course describes how the sun's
heat, the earth's gravity, and the earth's rota-
tion combine to cause the large-scale pat-
terns of winds on our planet. After describ-
ing why winds generally move east-to-west
in some latitudes and west-to-east in others,
the formation and motion of smaller air
masses and weather fronts is considered, a
topic continued in greater depth in ESC 4234.
ESC 4234 Storms (3 q.h.)
This course is focused on understanding how
different types of storms develop and why
they occur when and where they do. Topics
include: thunderstorms, tornadoes; forma-
tion of rain, hail, and snow; wind; lightning;
hurricanes and cyclones. Prereq. ESC 4233
recommended.
ESC 4235 Weather Forecasting and Climate
Change (3 q.h.)
This course begins by discussing the kinds of
data that meteorologists use to make short-
term weather forecasts; how the data are
obtained and summarized on weather maps;
and how the maps and computers assist in
forecasting the weather. The second part of
the course steps backward in time to exam-
ine the causes of the earth's long-term cli-
mate fluctuations, on a scale of tens of thou-
sands of years, using the Milankovic hj^x) th-
esis (changes in the earth's orbit, etc.). Impli-
cations of the Milankovic model, plus pos-
sible warming due to the Greenhouse Effect,
are used to discuss possible future changes
in the earth's climate. (ESC 4233 useful but
not required.)
188 Earth Sciences
ESC 4239 Observational Astronomy (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the planets, stars, and con-
stellations visible to the naked eye through
lectures and outside viewing sessions. Em-
phasizes stars and constellations easily seen
from mid-northern latitudes.
ESC 4243 Stars (3 q.h.)
This course traces the events that occur
throughout the lifetimes of different kinds of
stars. Topics include: the sun as a model star;
the differences that are observed in mass,
temperature, and types of energy emitted
among different types of stars; formation of
stars; creation of chemical elements within
stars and dispersal of these elements into
surrounding space during supjer-novas; and
processes that stars undergo in their juvenile
stage, through middle age, to death. Prereq.
ESC 4239 recommended.
ESC 4244 Cosmology (3 q.h.)
Cosmology is the study of the universe as a
whole. This course expands upon topics in-
troduced in ESC 4243. Topics discussed in
this course include: the structure of galaxies
(Milky Way, Andromeda, etc.); the nature of
interstellar and intergalactic space; and qua-
sars, pulsars, and black holes. The major
focus of this course is to enable students to
appreciate the data and arguments involved
in choosing between different explanations
that have been proposed for the behavior of
the universe. Prereq. ESC 4243 recommended.
ESC 4250 Conservation and the Nation
(3 q.h.)
This course provides an overview of the
ways in which people interact with the envi-
ronment. Topics covered include: air and
water pollution; waste disposal; farming and
soil conservation; and general principles of
ecology, emphasizing human impact on the
environment and how it has changed in North
America over the past few hundred years.
ESC 4251 Conservation and tiie Communiiy
(3 q.h.)
Study of conservation problems and land-
use practices at the local level. Includes an in-
depth study of urban development and its
impact on the environment. Prereq. ESC 4250
recommended.
ESC 4252 Conservation Management (3 q.h.)
This course reviews the stnicture of local
governments and the role played by govern-
ment in regulating people's impact on the
environment. Topics include: land use plan-
ning and zoning; conservation commissions;
wetlands protection; groundwater and
drinking water protection; solid waste and
hazardous waste management; and sources
of information or assistance for community
efforts. Prereq. ESC 4251 is recommended.
ESC 4260 Seminar in Geological Hazards
(3q.h.)
A wide variety of natural phenomena (floods,
earthquakes, hurricanes, volcanic eruptions,
desertification, etc.) can have severe effects
on people, on society (communications, agri-
culture, transportation systems, etc.) and on
the environment. This course will investi-
gate the geologic causes of 2 or 3 of these
environmental hazards, depending on stu-
dent interests. It vdll introduce students to
the concepts of risk assessment, and to the
ways in which societies can act to rrunimize
the risks and to recover from the events
when they occur.
ESC 4680 Science, Technology, and
Ancient Societies (3 q.h.)
Interdisciplinary course conducted using an
independent study/seminar approach. An
examination of changes in sciences, tech-
nologies, and societal structures from pre-
history through classical cultures and the
beginning of me Renaissance.
ESC 4681 Science, Technology, and
Modem Societies (3 q.h.)
Interdisciplinary course conducted using an
independent study/seminar approach. An
examination of changes in sciences, tech-
nologies, and societal structures from the
beginning of the Renaissance through the
period ofindustrialization and the present
day.
ESC 4682 Science, Technology, and Society
(Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as ESC 4680 and ESC 4681.
ESC 4700 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
(Dpportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependenUy. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
ESC 4701 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See ESC 4700.
ESC 4801 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details. Prereq. 96 q.h.,3.0 q.p.a.
Earth Sciences 189
RNANCE
FI 4101 Personal Finance (3 q.h.)
A practical approach to problems involved
in managing personal finances. Includes
financial planning, budgeting, obtaining
credit and loans, income taxes, savings and
investments, life insurance, home bu)dng,
and estate planning. Subjects are treated in a
nontechnical manner. Recommended for
nonfinance majors.
FI 4301 Principles of Finance (Open)
(3 q.h.)
The scope and nature of finance, introducing
basic financial concepts and principles. In-
cludes financial analysis, financial planning,
working capital management, the time value
of money, and an introduction to financial
markets and different types of securities.
Prereq. ACC 4102 and ECN 4116.
FI 4302 Financial Management (Open)
(3 q.h.)
Introduction to financial management from
both domestic and international perspectives.
Includes valuation, leverage, financial
analysis and planning, working capital man-
agement, capital budgeting, cost of capital,
and long-term and short-term financing de-
cisions. Spreadsheets used. Prereq. MIS 4101
and FI 4301 . Please bring a calculator to class.
FI 4310 Investment Principles (Open)
(3 q.h.)
Investment concepts, practices, and proce-
dures. Reviews various types of investments,
including the role of security markets and
security analysis. Prereq. FI 4301.
n 4320 Credit Principles (Open) (3 q.h.)
Introduction to credit and its funcfions. Ex-
amines the role of the credit executive, credit
investigation, documentary credit, trade
credit, and organization of the credit depart-
ment. Prereq. FI 4301.
FI 4325 Budgeting and Planning (Open)
(3q.h.)
Managerial planning, budgetary control, and
financial analysis. Situdies the interrelation
between functional areas in an organization
using consolidated profit planning as an in-
tegrating device. Covers fundamental finan-
cial analysis, comprehensive profit planning,
general expense planning, production plan-
ning, materials planning, purchasing. Prereq.
FI4301.
FI 4332 Management of Banks and
Financial Institutions (3 q.h.)
Financial management and ojjeration of bank
and nonbank financial institutions and their
role in the economy. Discusses objectives,
services, asset management, liquidity, pric-
ing, capital adequacy, and sources of financ-
ing and profitability in a changing economic
and regulatory environment. Lectures, dis-
cussions, and case studies. Prereq. FI 4302.
Not open to students who have taken FI 4330 or
FI4335.
FI 4336 Risk Management and Insurance
(3q.h.)
Emphasizes the functional area of corporate
risk management. Covers such topics as
organizing and controlling the risk manage-
ment function; identifying, measuring, con-
trolling, and financing risk; selecting the best
method of risk treatment; and implementing
and monitoring risk management. Topics of
exposure analysis include property, liability
(public, employer, products, officers and di-
rectors, and professionals), income, and ex-
traordinary expense losses. Covers treat-
ment methods such ias self-insurance and
commercial insurance. Includes recent de-
velopments such as tort reform, integration
of risk management with managerial finance
with special emphasis on pensions, profit
sharing plans, and international consider-
ations. Prereq. FI 4302 or FI 4402.
FI 4360 Speculative Markets (3 q.h.)
Studies futures contracts and options con-
tracts, their rapid growth in speculative mar-
kets, and the uses of these contracts. Both
individual investors and institutional inves-
tors such as portfolio managers, banks, mul-
tinational corporations, and mutual funds
can now minimize their exposure to move-
ments in stock prices, exchange rates, and
interest rates by following active and dy-
namic portfolio strategies that employ these
new instruments. Prereq. FI 4411 or
instructor's permission.
FI 4383 Personal Financial Planning (3 q.h.)
Development of financial planning expertise
useful to those considering careers as per-
sonal financial planners. Includes budget-
ing, insurance, taxes, estate planning, basic
investment vehicles and strategies, and re-
lated legal aspects. Prereq. FI4301 or FI 4401.
190 Finance
FI 4401 Principles of Finance (Reserved)
(3q.h.)
The scope and nature of finance, introducing
basic financial concepts and principles. In-
cludes financial analysis, financial planning,
working capital management, the time value
of money, and an introduction to financial
markets and different types of securities.
Prereq. ACC 4102 and ECN 4116 and 80 q.h.
FI 4402 Financial Management (Reserved)
(3 q.h.)
Introduction to financial management from
both a domestic and an international per-
spective. Includes valuation, leverage, finan-
cial analysis and planning, working capital
management, capital budgeting, cost of capi-
tal, and long-term and short-term financing
decisions. Spreadsheets used. Prereq. MIS
4101, FI 4401 or FI 4301 and 80 q.h.
FI 4403 Financial Strategy (Reserved)
(3q.h.)
Financial management using the casfe-
method approach. Includes advanced capi-
tal budgeting, capital structure. Decision-
making, dividend policy, leasing, convert-
ibles and warrants, mergers, failures and
reorganization, and the timing of financial
policy. Prereq. FI 4402 or FI 4302 and 80 q.h.
FI 4410 Investment Principles (Reserved)
(3q.h.)
Investment concepts, practices, and proce-
dures. Reviews various t)^s of investments,
including the role of security markets and
secxority analysis. Prereq. FI 4401 or FI 4301
and 80 q.h.
FI 4411 Investment Management (Reserved)
(3 q.h.)
Relationship between the economy and stock
prices. Covers corporate analysis, earnings,
dividends, and cash flow and introduces
portfolio analysis. Studies technical analysis
versus fundamental factors. Prereq. FI4410 or
FI 4310 and 80 q.h.
m 4420 Credit Principles (Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Introduction to credit and its functions. Ex-
amines the role of the credit executive, credit
investigation, documentary credit, trade
credit, and organization of the credit depart-
ment. Prereq. FI 4401 or FI 4301 and 80 q.h.
FI 4421 Credit Management (Reserved)
(3q.h.)
Forms of credit and collection services, in-
cluding analysis of financial statements, de-
termination of credit-worthiness, creditors'
rights, adjustment bureau operations, credit
insurance, and guarantees. Prereq. FI 4420 or
FI 4320 and 80 q.h.
FI 4425 Budgeting and Planning (Reserved)
(3 q.h.)
Managerial plarining, budgetary control, and
financial analysis. Studies the interrelation
between functional areas in an organization
using consolidated profit planning as an in-
tegrating device. Covers fundamental finan-
cial analysis, comprehensive profit planning,
general expense planning, production plan-
ning, materials planning, and purchasing.
Prereq. FI 4401 or FI 4301 and 80 q.h.
m 4426 Financial Control (Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Development and application of variable
budgets, planning and control of capital ex-
penditures, computer applications in profit
planning, cash flow planning and control,
cost-profit-volume analysis, performance
reporting, and analysis of budget variations.
Prereq. FI U25 or FI 4325 and 80 q.h.
FI 4450 International Finance (Reserved)
(3 q.h.)
Introduction to international financial man-
agenient in the multinational corporation.
Analyzes basic problems and finance con-
siderations involved with international in-
vestments, trade, and payments. Also covers
planning in the international environment
related to exchange rates, financial strategy,
sources of capital, working capital manage-
ment, fund flows, and management control
through accounting and financial reporting.
Prereq. FI 4402 or FI 4302 and 80 q.h.
FI 4600 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. % q.h., 3.5 q.p.a.
FI 4601 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See FI 4600.
FI 4602 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h.)
See FI 4600.
FI 4701 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
Seepage24:(ordetai\s.Prereq. %q.h.,3.0q.p.a.
m 4702 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
Seen 4701.
m 4703 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See FI 4701.
Finance 191
FI 4800 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
FI 4801 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See m 4800.
FI 4900 Field Work (6 q.h.)
Opportunity to enhance career development
by applying academic background to practi-
cal problems in the workplace. See page 23
for details. Prereq. Approval of Program Direc-
tor.
FI 4910 Internship (1 q.h.)
The Finance Internship is an opportunity for
students to obtain supervised professional
experience (related to coursework) at an on-
site location. See page 69 for details.
HEALTH MANAGEMEMT
HMG 4100 Hospital Organization and
Management 1 (3 q.h.)
Study of hospital organizational structure
and administration. Focuses on the complex
nature of health administration, its interde-
pendent relationships and organizational
strategy. Prereq. HMG 4301 or permission of
the instructor.
HMG 4101 Hospital Organization and
Management 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of HMG 4100, emphasizing
organizational issues and management tech-
niques. Prereq. HMG 4100.
HMG 4103 Hospital Organization and
Management (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as HMG 4100 and HMG 4101.
HMG 4200 Health Science Statistics (3 q.h.)
Designed to give health practitioners the
opportunity to learn to apply basic statistical
techniques in the gathering, display, and
interpretation of health data. Discusses prin-
ciples of research design and agencies in-
volved in collecting statistical data. Prereq.
MTH4111.
HMG 4210 Medical Care and Current So-
cial Problems 1(3 q.h.)
Presentation of some of the complex dilem-
mas faced in medical ethics today through
lectures, seminars, and case studies. Includes
the escalating cost of health care versus the
ability to pay; teenage pregnancy; abortion;
genetic counseling and screening; behavior
control; substance abuse; and the "right to
health care."
HMG 4211 Medical Care and Current
Social Problems 2 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to such problem areas as child
abuse; suicide; euthanasia; the withholding
of treatment; the concept and exercise of
informed, voluntary consent; patients' rights;
the living will; human experimentation; and
the allocation of scarce medical resources;
and the role of wellness and physical train-
ing. Prereq. HMG 4210.
HMG 4215 Health Law (3 q.h.)
Basic hospital legal issues relating to corpo-
rate and individual liability. Includes an
analysis of consent and competency in health
care,emphasizingbioethical questions raised
by the removal of life-support systenvs.
HMG 4260 Senior Seminar in Health Care
Management (1 q.h.)
A review of current health care management
topics, expanding on topics covered in HMG
4429. Must be taken concurrently with HMG
4429.
HMG 4300 Home Health Care (3 q.h.)
Programs and techniques for providing ef-
fective community home health care and the
impact of these programs on the health care
delivery system.
HMG 4301 Health Care Delivery Systems
(3 q.h.)
The structure, function, and organization of
health care services.
HMG 4310 Principles and Practices of
Community Health 1 (3 q.h.)
Cormnunity health care activities. Empha-
sizes community health promotion and the
coordination and integration of medical and
self-care activities with the needs, goals, and
resources of the community.
HMG 4311 Principles and Practices of
Comimunity Health 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of HMG 4310. Emphasizes
specific community health problems. Prereq.
HMG 4310.
HMG 4325 Health Planning and
Regulation (3 q.h.)
Analysis of past and present interventions
that affect the supply and demand side of the
health care system at the community, state,
regional, and national levels. Planning and
192 Finance
regulations are discussed in the context of
political considerations influencing their
implementation and effectiveness.
HMG 4390 The Patient's Impact on
Decision-Making (3 q.h.)
Explores some of the personal dimensions of
illness and treatment and the nature of the
relationships between ill people and those
trying to care for them. Emphasis on how
this interaction effects and influences health
management decisions.
HMG 4400 Health Care Financial
Management 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to health care financial man-
agement, including issues in fund account-
ing, control, and reimbursement. Prereq. FI
4301.
HMG 4401 Health Care Financial
Management 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of HJv'IG 4400. Prereq. HMG
4400.
HMG 4411 Research for Managers
(3q.h.)
Provides students with an awareness of the
research process and the scientific methods.
Types of^ research design and appropriate
approaches to research problems will be cov-
ered from both the perspective of a con-
sumer of research data and from that of a
person doing research in real world settings.
Emphasis will be placed on integrating the
research process into the professional deci-
sion-making process in the real world. Prereq.
HMG 4200 or equiv.
HMG 4429 Health Care's Changing
Environment (2 q.h.)
Health care delivery systems are experienc-
ing a multitude of changes. Keeping up with
the changes and anticipating future changes
are the subjects covered in a series of five
seminars.
HMG 4440 Health Care Operations
Management (3 q.h.)
An applications-oriented case course focus-
ing on selected operations management
planning, restructuring, and control prob-
lems common to hospitals and other health
service organizations. Prereq. HMG 4101 and
HMG 4301.
HMG 4445 Health Care Marketing and
Communication 1 (3 q.h.)
The "how" and "why" of marketing in health
care. Presents basic principles, including
formulating a marketing plan, strategic mar-
keting practices, and specific marketing for
specialized organizations such as HMOs and
mental health nursing homes.
HMG 4446 Health Care Marketing and
Communication 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuationandexpansionof topics covered
in HMG 4445. Prereq. HMG 4445.
HMG 4550 Contemporary and Controver-
sial Health Care Issues 1 (3 q.h.)
Study of current health care problems. Em-
phasizes the interrelationships between the
economic, social, political, and environmen-
tal factors involved in the development and
delivery of health care.
HMG 4551 Contemporary and Controver-
sial Health Care Issues 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of HMG 4550. Prereq. HMG
4550.
HMG 4580 Information Processing in
Health Care (3 q.h.)
Introduction to computer applications and
management in health care facilities, includ-
ing the evolution and application of com-
puter use in health, clinical, and business
information systems; patient care; manage-
ment; public health; and reimbursement. The
information flow of clinical and nonclinical
patient data is applied to the principles of
information system life-cycle development.
The role of the health manager in sefecting,
implementing, and evaluating information
systems for health care facilities is consid-
ered.
HMG 4600 Long-Term Care
Administration 1* (6 q.h.)
Organization of care for the long-term and
chronically ill patient. Examines the goals,
purposes, and design of long-term care fa-
cilities as well as budgeting, financing, capi-
tal funding, and administration. Prereq. HMG
4101.
HMG 4601 Long-Term Care
Administration 2* (6 q.h.)
Study of internal and external systems perti-
nent to the long-term care facility. Examines
such topics as ttxe nursing unit, the role of the
physician, therapies, licensing agencies, hos-
pitals, and methods for improving services.
Prereq. HMG 4600 or equiv. or permission of the
instructor.
HMG 4602 Long-Term Care
Administration 3* (6 q.h.)
Examination of long-term care institutions
and their impact on the health care industry.
Health Management 193
Considers the nature and problems of aging
and the care of the elderly in the home, in the
community, and in institutions. A general
survey and summary of the Massachusetts
Nursing Home Administrators Licensure
Examination is included. Prereq. HMG 4601
or equiv. or permission of the instructor.
HMG 4610 Principles and Practices of
Community Mental Health (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the principles of community
mental health, emphasizing the development,
implementation, operation, delivery, and use
of commxmity mental health services.
HMG 4650 Health Management Practictun
l(6q.h.)
Working in conjunction with a preceptor, the
student performs independent work within
an administrative setting. Projects include
problem identification, data gathering,
analysis of alternatives, and implementation
of a plan of action. Students must have com-
pleted 75 percent of the degree requirements be-
fore registering for this course. Applications for
registering must be submitted two full quarters
prior to the desired starting date.
HMG 4651 Health Management Practicum
2(6q.h.)
A continuation of HMG 4650.
HMG 4700 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take an upper-level course
independently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
HMG 4701 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See HMG 4700.
HMG 4801 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportuiuty to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details.
HMG 4802 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See HMG 4801.
HEALTH INFORMATION
ADMINISTRATION
(formerly Health Record Administration)
HRA 4305 Language of Medicine 1 (2 q.h.)
Analysis and definition of medical terms,
including anatomical, diagnostic, operative,
symptomatic, and pathological terms.
HRA 4306 Language of Medicine 2 (2 q.h.)
Continuation of HRA 4305. Prereq. HRA4305,
and courses in anatomy and physiology.
HRA 4308 Hosp ital Management for Health
Information Practitioners (3 q.h.)
Introduction to health care facility manage-
ment principles. Examines the interaction of
the board of trustees, administration, staff,
and interdisciplinary departments within a
facility as well as licensing and accrediting
agencies that set the standards and policies
for health care facilities. Review of basic
issues in Health Care Finance.
HRA 4310 Health Record Science 1 (6 q.h.)
Introduction to health records, covering
health record history, numbering, filing, se-
curity, and the health record administrator's
relationship to the health care facility. Stresses
quantitative and qualitative analysis of the
record; includes laboratory experience.
Prereq. 80 q.h., including BIO 4177 and HRA
4306.
HRA 4311 Health Record Science 2 (6 q.h.)
Methods of record retention, security, and
E reservation; laws related to patient care and
ealth records; classification theory; basic
disease coding; and word processing and
transcription. Prereq. HRA 4310.
HRA 4312 Health Record Science 3 (6 q.h.)
Basic principles of compiling statistics for
hospital and health facilities. Includes
preparation of reports, vital statistics report-
ing, classification theory, principles of dis-
ease coding, and special indices. Prereq. HRA
4311.
HRA 4313 Health Record Science 4 (6 q.h.)
Topics include health care legislation, qual-
ity assurance, utilization review, PSROs, and
piaiming agencies and their impactonrecord
management. Introduction to specialized
record systems. Prereq. HRA 4312.
HRA 4314 Health Record Science 5 (6 q.h.)
Continued study of specialized record sys-
tems. Includes ambulatory care, home care,
and long-term care, approached in terms of
information management and quality assur-
ance. Discusses problems presented by
changing patterns in health care delivery
and reviews current literature. Prereq. HRA
4313.
*Offered even-numbered academic years.
194 Health Management
HRA 4320 Organization of the Health
Record Department 1 (3 q.h.)
The health record department and its organi-
zation, lines of responsibility and authority,
and personnel roles and functions. Stresses
management principles and practices. Prereq.
HRA 4308, HRA 4312, and HRA 4324, or Clini-
cal Coordinator's permission.
HRA 4321 Organization of the Health
Record Department 2 (3 q.h.)
Study of health record department office
management problems and their solutions,
including quality control, time standards,
budgeting, office manuals, and work simpli-
fication systems. Prereq. HRA 4320.
HRA 4322 Organization of the Health
Record Department 3 (3 q.h.)
Advanced management studies designed to
address practical applications in health
record management. Prereq. HRA 4321.
HRA 4330 Health Record Computer Sci-
ence (3 q.h.)
Electronic data processing in the health record
and hospital environment. Assesses state-of-
the-art information systems and their future
in health record management. Prereq. MIS
4101 and HRA 4314.
HRA 4332 Topics In Health Information
(3q.h.)
Current issues in health record administra-
tion, focusing on in-service, personnel man-
agement, health care finance, and computer
applicatior« and trends.
HRA 4335 Clinical Practicum 1 (formerly
Applied Health Record Science 1) (3 q.h.)
Clinical practicum in Health Record Science
in the general hospital. Prereq. HRA 4312.
HRA 4336 Clinical Practicum 2 (formerly
Applied Health Record Science 2) (2 q.h.)
Clinical practicum in Health Record Science
in specialized health settings. Prereq. HRA
4335.
HRA 4337 Clinical Practicum 3 (formerly
Applied Health Record Science 3) (3 q.h.)
Clinical practicum in health record manage-
ment in the health care facility. Prereq. HRA
4336.
HRA 4700 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
HRA 4701 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See HRA 4700.
HUMAN RESOURCES
MANAGEMEm"
HRM 4301 Organizational Behavior 1
(Open) (3 q.h.)
This course is designed to provide a funda-
mental presentation of the dynamics of orga-
nizational life. Emphasis is placed on indi-
vidual, interpersonal and group behavior in
a work setting. Primary focus is on manage-
rial applications of the organizational sci-
ences and includes topics such as: motiva-
tion, commurucations, leadership and group
dynamics. Requires significant student par-
ticipation.
HRM 4302 Organizational Behavior 2
(Open) (formerly Introduction to Human
Resources Marxagement) (3 q.h.)
This course expands on the fundamentals of
HRM 4301 Organizational Behavior 1 and
highlights critical issues associated with a
changing work force and productivity and
the development of effective organizational
structures. Other topics include employee
stress and counseling, and collective bar-
gaining and employee rights. Requires sig-
nificant student participation. Prereq. HEM
4301.
HRM 4304 Organizational Behavior
Intensive 1 and 2 (6 q.h.)
Same as HRM 4301 and HRM 4302.
HRM 4309 Labor Relations (3 q.h.)
An examination of the development, current
status and role of organized labor and man-
agement structures. The rights and responsi-
bilities of en\ployer organizations, individual
employees and their influence on labor rela-
tions will be studied. Collective bargaining
and grievance procedures will be introduced
within the legal framework under which
they function. Student participation will be
required during case analysis and exercises.
HRM 4310 Human Resource Management
(Open) (formerly Personnel Management 1)
(3q.h.)
Study of the role of the human resources
manager and department. Particular focus
on the techniques of employee forecasting,
recruitment, compensation and employee
relations. Case study and exercises will also
deal with critical issues around affirmative
action and employee safety. Prereq. HRM
4302.
Health Information Administration 195
HRM 4320 Techniques of Employee
Selection (3 q.h.)
Recruitment, selection, and placement tech-
niques, including interviewing and employ-
ment testing.
HRM 4321 Wage and Salary Administra-
tion (3 q.h.)
Wage and salary determination, including
merit and incentive plans, wage and salary
structure, compensation methods, and the
impact of employer-employee relations on
compensation systems.
HRM 4322 Employee Benefits (3 q.h.)
Study of private and public problems related
to job and worker income security. Includes
unemployment compensation, training and
employment services, private guaranteed
income, retirement pension plans, and dis-
ability and group insurance.
HRM 4323 Job Evaluation (3 q.h.)
Wage-payment systems, wage determina-
tion, job elements, rating scales, the writing
of job descriptions and specifications, selec-
tion of plans, development of wage struc-
tures, and principles of merit rating.
HRM 4324 Creative Problem-Solving (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to learn and practice new ways
of thinking. Discusses ways to sense and
analyze problems, develop ideas, and evalu-
ate and implement solutions, and examines
the attitudes and climates conducive to cre-
ative thinking. Also provides methods for
developing imagination, the key part of the
creative process.
HRM 4325 Training and Development in
Organizations (3 q.h.)
Explores the basics of training in a variety of
settings in organizations. Special emphasis
is placed on training and development as a
human resource function by providing an
overview of the principles of adult learning,
needs assessment, goal setting, and design
and evaluation.
HRM 4333 Employment Rights (3 q.h.)
This course examines legal and societal is-
sues surrounding and including discrimina-
tion, affirmative action, minimum wage,
hours of employment, health and safety,
among others. Current rulings and cases
will focus students on critical employment
rights, challenges facing individuals, busi-
nesses and society. Not open to students who
have taken HRM 4330 and HRM 4331.
HRM 4334 Human Resoiurce Information
Systems (3 q.h.)
In the past decade there has been a notable
increase in the use of information systems to
solve human resource problems. This course
will take a "hands on" approach and explore
the effective management of computer-based
methods in such areas as manpower plan-
ning, skills inventory, payroll, and govern-
ment report generation. Introducing basic
techniques oraata collection, organizations,
and system design and implementation, this
course will help students develop skills in
utilizing computers to provide timely, cost
efficient ii\formation.
HRM 4342 Strategy Development in HRM
(3 q.h.)
In complex organizational forms, managers
are now more cognizant of the need for a
coherent process of HRM strategy develop-
ment. In this course, students will analyze
the compatibility of individual HRM strate-
gies in such areas as manpower plaiming,
selection and reward systen«. Ftirther, HRM
policies and strategies will be analyzed in
terms of consistency with the organization's
strategies for growth/decline, international-
ization, and financial and marketing effec-
tiveness.
HRM 4345 Comparative International
Labor Relations Systems (3 q.h.)
Comparison and contrast of selected inter-
national labor relations systems with that of
the United States, including recent develop-
ments such as worker participation and co-
determination. Research and preparation of
position paper by the student; class discus-
sion. Prereq. HRM 4302 or HRM 4402.
HRM 4346 Negotiations in Labor
Management (3 q.h.)
Negotiation skills, the use of mediation and
fact-finding in collective bargaining agree-
ments, the interpretation and application of
such agreements, and the use of arbitration.
Student participation in simulated negotia-
tion and grievance procedures. Prereq.HRM
4302 or HRM 4402.
HRM 4347 Managing People in Interna-
tional Settings (3 q.h.)
This course deals with effective human re-
source management in international and
cross-cultural environments. The student
will investigate the selection, orientation and
training of personnel for work in
196 Human Resources Management
multicultural environments. Focusing on
the management of the international em-
ployee in the United States and abroad, effec-
tive cross-cultural communication and be-
havior will be stressed. Prereq. HRM 4302 or
HRM4402.
HRM 4401 Organizational Behavior 1 (Re-
served) (formerly Organizational Behavior)
(3q.h.)
This course is designed to provide a funda-
mental presentation of the dynamics of orga-
nizational life. Emphasis is placed on indi-
vidual, interpersonal and group behavior in
a work setting. Primary focus is on manage-
rial applications of the organizational sci-
ences and includes topics such as: motiva-
tion, communications, leadership and group
dynamics. Requires significant student par-
ticipation.
HRM 4402 Organizational Behavior 2
(Reserved) (formerly fritroduction to
Human Resources Management) (3 q.h.)
This course expands on the fundamentals of
HRM 4401 Organizational Behavior 1 and
highlights critical issues associated with a
changing work force and productivity and
the development of effective organizational
structures. Other topics include employee
stress and counseling, and collective bar-
gaining and employee rights. Prereq. HRM
4401 or HRM 4301 and 80 q.h.
HRM 4404 Organizational Behavior
Intensive 1 and 2 (Reserved) (6 q.h.)
Same as HRM 4401 and HRM 4402.
Prereq. 80 q.h.
HRM 4410 Human Resource Management
(Reserved) (formerly Personnel Manage-
ment) (3 q.h.)
Study of the role of the human resources
manager and department. Particular focus
on the techniques of employee forecasting,
recruitment, compensation and employee
relations. Case study and exercises will also
deal with critical issues around affirmative
action and employee safety . Prereq. HRM 4402
or HRM 4302 and 80 q.h.
HRM 4415 Leadership (Reserved) (3 q.h.)
In this course, the leadership function in a
variety of orgaiuzational settings is studied.
Using a contingency approach, students ex-
plore a range of possible leadership behav-
iors, relating the appropriateness of a par-
ticular style to a number of situational fac-
tors. Readings provide an opportunity to
explore several contingency theories of lead-
ership and cases allow for the application of
these models. Prereq. HRM 4404 or HRM 4304
and 80 q.h.
HRM 4600 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. 96 q.h., 3.5 q.p.a.
HRM 4601 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See HRM 4600.
HRM 4602 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h.)
See HRM 4600.
HRM 4701 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
Seepeigp24foTdetails.Prereq.96q.h.,3.0q.p.a.
HRM 4702 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See HRM 4701.
HRM 4703 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See HRM 4701.
HRM 4800 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87q.h.
HRM 4801 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See HRM 4800.
HRM 4900 Field Work (6 q.h.)
Opportunity to enhance career development
by applying acadenuc background to practi-
cal problems in the workplace. Prereq. Ap-
proval of Program Director.
HRM 4910 Internship (1 q.h.)
The Human Resources Management Intern-
ship is an opportunity for students to obtain
supervised professional experience (related
to coursework) at an on-site location. See
page 69 for details.
HEALTH SCIENCE
HSC 4210 Basic Nutirition (3 q.h.)
Introduction to nutrition and foods. Focuses
on current scientific knowledge of nutrition
and how this knowledge can guide an indi-
vidual toward making appropriate food
choices.
HSC 4220 Basic Pharmacology (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the major classes of drugs.
Presents the mode of action, common side
effects, dosage, pharmaceutical forms, rate
and route of administration, and known in-
Human Resources Management 197
teractions and toxicities of the most com-
monly used drugs. Prereq. BIO 4177, CHM
41 13, or equiv., or instructor's permission.
HSC 4301 Pathophysiology 1
(Formerly Mechanisms of Disease 1) (3 q.h.)
The pathophysiology of major diseases. Dis-
cusses diagnosis and treatment, emphasiz-
ing inflammation, immunology, infectious
disease, oncology, endocrine disorders, and
trauma. Prereq. BIO 4177 or equiv.
HSC 4302 Pathophysiology 2
(Formerly Mechanisms of Disease 2) (3 q.h.)
Continuation of HSC 4301, using an organ-
system approach to disease. Emphasizes car-
diovascular, gastro-intestinal, pulmonary,
and musculo-skeletal diseases. Prereq. HSC
4301.
HSC 4310 Public Health 1 (3 q.h.)
Study of principles of public health and cur-
rent mental and physical health problems.
Includes communicable diseases, mental
health, maternal and child health, official,
voluntary, and international health organi-
zations, and alcoholism. Also examines fed-
eral, state, and community resources mobil-
ized to aid in prevention, identification,
treatment, and rehabilitation.
HSC 4311 Public Health 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of HSC 4310. Includes envi-
ronmental health, chronic diseases, preven-
tive medicine, and public health education.
HSC 4315 Environmental Problems and
Health (3 q.h.)
Environmental conditions on land and in the
air and water, including the causes of pollu-
tion, its effects on human and other life, and
a general discussion of current control meth-
ods. Emphasizes the significance of environ-
mental problems for the individual.
HSC 4320 Training and Development in
the Health Professions 1 (3 q.h.)
Educational program designed for the prac-
titioner, including program planning, teach-
ing strategies, and the development and
evaluation of educational objectives.
HSC 4321 Training and Development in
the Health Professions 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of HSC 4320. Emphasizes pro-
gram implementation and evaluation and
student motivation. Prereq. HSC 4320.
HSC 4600 Advanced Nutrition (3 q.h.)
Study of food chemistry, nutrition, and
physiology as applied to diet. Includes re-
cent developments in normal nutrition and a
critical review of the literature and experi-
mental data on which principles of human
nutrition are based. Prereq. HSC 4210.
HSC 4601 Advanced Pharmacology (3 q.h.)
Prereq. HSC 4220 or equiv.
HSC 4610 Geriatric Nutrition (3 q.h.)
Integration of basic nutrition principles with
the most current information on the aging
process. Reviews state, local, and federal
nutrition programs in terms of services, eli-
gibility, and effect upon the elderly. Prereq.
knowledge of basic nutrition or instructor's per-
mission.
HSC 5610 Geriatric Nutrition (3 CEUs)
Same as HSC 4610.
HSC 4613 Oral Microbiology* (3 q.h.)
Study of microbiota inhabiting the ecologic
niches of the oral cavity. Examines factors
that contribute to the role of bacteria in oral
pathology, particularly caries and periodon-
tal disease, and the relationship of bacteria
and therapy. Prereq. BIO 4190.
HSC 4614 Advanced Periodontology 1*
(3q.h.)
Diagnosis, treatment, and control of peri-
odontal diseases, starting with a review of
the structure and purposes of the periodon-
tal tissues. Emphasizes the role of the dental
hygienist in recognizing and treating dis-
ease, motivating and instructing the patient,
and carrying out periodontal maintenance
therapy. Includes mucogingival problems,
furcation involvements, acute gingival in-
fections, root plaiung, and gingival curettage.
Prereq. DentalHygiene Certificate or instructor's
permission.
HSC 4615 Advanced Periodontology 2*
(3q.h.)
Latest advances and theories in perio-
dontology. Includes the role of bacteria in
pathology, immunopathology, and thera-
peutic alternatives. Class participation is
stressed. Prereq. Dental Hygiene Certificate or
instructor's permission.
HSC 4700 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87q.h.
198 Health Science
HSC 4701 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See HSC 4700.
HSC 4801 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details. Prereq. 96q.h.,3.0 q.p.a.
HSC 4802 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See HSC 4801.
HSC 4803 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See HSC 4801.
HISTORY
HST 4101 The Civaization of the Ancient
and Medieval Worlds (formerly History of
Civilization 1) (3 q.h.)
Development of human institutions up to
the end of the Middle Ages. Emphasizes the
continuities and changes that occur within
civilizations and the similarities, differences,
and relationships that exist among contem-
porary civilizations around the world. Ex-
plores implications of each historical period
for our lives today.
HST 4102 The Civilization of the Early
Modem World (fonnerly History of Civili-
zation 2) (3 q.h.)
The period from the end of the Middle Ages
to the French Revolution in 1789. Empha-
sizes the intellectual, technological, and po-
litical expansion of Europe andthe reactions
of the rest of the world to it. Special attention
is given to such topics as the rise of dynastic
states, the rise and fall of mercantilism, the
scientific revolution, exploration and gun-
powder technology, and order and revolu-
tion.
HST 4103 The Civilization of the Modern
World (formerly History of Civilization 3)
(3 q.h.)
The world from 1 789 to the present. Includes
capitalism, industrialization, nationalism,
imperialism, the clash of ideologies in the
nineteenth century, and a study of total war
in the present century. Based on this histori-
cal study, the prospects for the future will be
explored.
HST 4110 History of Civilization A (4 q.h.)
Major ideas and institutions of civilizations
from ancient times to 1648. For Alternative
Freshman-Year students only. Not open to stu-
dents who have taken HST 4101 or HST 4102.
HST 4111 History of Civilization B (4 q.h.)
Continuation of HST 4110, covering the per-
iod since 1648. For Alternative Freshman-Year
students only. Not open to students who have
taken HST 4102 or HST 4103.
HST 4201 American History 1763-1848
(formerly American History 1) (3 q.h.)
America from 1763 to 1848, with attention to
the development of political, economic, and
social institutions in the new republic.
HST 4202 American History 1848-1917
(formerly American History 2) (3 q.h.)
The United States from 1848 to 1917, wdth
attention to the Civil War, economic devel-
opment thereafter, and the Progressive Era.
HST 4203 American History Since 1917
(formerly American History 3) (3 q.h.)
The United States since 1917, an age of ur-
baiuzed industrialism and international in-
volvement and crisis.
HST 4241 The Historian's Craft (3 q.h.)
Discussion of ways in which the historian
studies the past, with emphasis on research
and writing.
HST 4263 Oral History (3 q.h.)
Learning history from those who lived it,
students conduct tape-recorded interviews
of first-hand experiences in a selected area of
twentieth-century history. Students need
access to an audiotape recorder.
HST 4265 Introduction to Public History
(3q.h.)
Topics include the new discipline of public
historical archiving, the construction of his-
torical displays and exhibits, the preserva-
tion and restoration of historic sites and
structures, theeditingof historical documents
and journals, the operation of historical soci-
eties, and the production of historical media
programs.
HST 4270 History and Film (3 q.h.)
Explores the manner in which filmmakers
use historical subjects for their projects and
the ways in which historians analyze films as
primary sources for research. Presents both
dramatic and documentary films in combi-
nation with readings from various source
and interpretive materials. This course meets
for three hours each week. (Thematic Group
D)
*Offered even-numbered academic years.
Health Science 199
HST 4301 Technological Transformation of
Society (3 q.h.)
The relation between technological innova-
tions and the world in which they take place.
Discusses conditions necessary for discov-
ery and innovation and the impact of tech-
nology on the political, economic, and social
environment. (Thematic Group D)
HST 4302 History of Flight and Space (3 q.h.)
Beginning with the ancient Greeks' and
Leonardo da Vinci's dreams of flight, the
course traces the history of nonpo wered flight
from the balloon experiments of the
Montgolfier brothers to contemporary hang-
fliders; of powered flight from the Wright
rothers through supersonic transport; and
of rocketry and space travel from their begin-
nings through the. Enterprise. (Thematic
Group D)
HST 4303 History of the Automobile (3 q.h.)
History of the automobile in Europe and
America. Includes invention, production,
impact on social and economic life, and the
problems of pollution and energy. (Thematic
Group D)
HST 4304 History of Energy (3 q.h.)
Examination of how human beings have
mobilized the forces of nature to survive, to
alter and improve their lifestyles, and to
dominate their fellow human beings. Em-
phasizes the transformation from one en-
ergy source to the available alternatives and
the reasons for the choices made. Includes
the change from human power to animal and
machine power, the energy crisis of the six-
teenth century, the turning from wood to
water and coaJ power, the rising use of elec-
tricity and fossil fuels, the birth of the Atomic
Age, and the contemporary history of the oil
crisis. (Thematic Group D)
HST 4401 Ancient Middle East (3 q.h.)
Study of ancient cultures and peoples in the
Middle East to the rise of Islam.
HST 4403 History of the Jews 1 (3 q.h.)
Cultural and intellectual survey of the Jews
from the end of antiquity to early modem
times.
HST 4404 History of the Jews 2 (3 q.h.)
Role and position of the Jews in modem
history. (Thematic Group A)
HST 4407 Ancient Greece (3 q.h.)
Origin and development of Greek civilization.
HST 4408 Ancient Rome (3 q.h.)
Ancient Roman civilization, emphasizing the
rise of the Republic and the decline of the
Empire.
HST 4410 The Middle Ages (3 q.h.)
History of Europe from ttie fall of Rome to
1350.
HST 4412 Islamic History (3 q.h.)
History of the Muslim Arab world from the
seventh century to the end of the Abbasid
Caliphate in 1258.
HST 4420 Renaissance and Reformation
(3 q.h.)
History of Europe from 1350 to 1648, with
attention to intellectual, religious, political,
and economic developments.
HST 4424 Europe 1870-1921 (3 q.h.)
Background of World War I, including na-
tionalism, militarism, imperialism, and the
alliance system, as well as the making of war
and peace. (Thematic Group C)
HST 4425 Europe Since 1921 (3 q.h.)
Eurofje after World War I; World War II; the
Cold War; and the efforts to unify the conti-
nent. (Thematic Group C)
HST 4434 Family History (3 q.h.)
History of the family in Europe and America
from 1600 to the present. Includes the chang-
ing nature and role of the family, marriage
and divorce, child rearing, and aging. (The-
matic Group E)
HST 4435 Women in European History
(3q.h.)
Historical examination of the position and
role of women in European life. (Thematic
Group E)
HST 4455 Ireland Since 1800 (3 q.h.)
The Irish question in British politics from the
Act of Union to the present. (Thematic Group
A)
HST 4460 Hitler's Germany (3 q.h.)
Origins and nature of Hitler's Third Reich,
emphasizing the personal lives of Nazi lead-
ers in an attempt to understand how seem-
ingly ordinary people could enthusiastically
promote wars of aggression and revel in
genocidal policies. (Tnematic Group C)
HST 4466 Eastern Europe Since 1500 (3 q.h.)
An examination of the salient historical fac-
tors which have driven the evolution of East-
em Europe from the Congress of Buda in
200 History
1500 which allied Poland and Hungary in
anticipation of German and Russian en-
circlen\ent through the fateful year 1989
which introduced the end of the Iron Curtain
and post-World War 11 domination by the
Soviet Union.
HST 4468 Russia Since 1917 (3 q.h.)
The revolutions of 1917 and the subsequent
history of the Russian people and govern-
ment, with special emphasis on foreign rela-
tions. (Thematic Group C)
HST 4473 Poland in the Twentieth Century
(3 q.h.)
Examines forces leading to Poland's national
resurrection in 1918 after more than a cen-
tury of being a nation without sovereignty;
the interwar years of recoristruction and con-
solidation; partition and near annihilation
by Hitler and Stalin in World War 11; Cold
War engulfment by Communism; Solidarity
and the achievement of freedom.
HST 4501 American Indians (3 q.h.)
Survey of native Americans from pre-
Columbian times to the present. (Thematic
Group A)
HST 4502 Colonial America (3 q.h.)
Topics include exploration and settlement of
North America; the development of politi-
cal, social, and economic institutions; and
the international rivalry to 1763.
HST 4503 The American Revolution (3 q.h.)
British- American relations after 1763; war
and peace.
HST 4505 The Making of the American
Constitution (3 q.h.)
Beginning with the weaknesses of the Ar-
ticles of Confederation, this course examines
the movement for a stronger national gov-
ernment, the drafting of the Constitution
and the first twelve amendments, and their
implementation in the early years of the Re-
public.
HST 4506 American Constitutional History,
1835-1910 (3 q.h.)
American constitutional development in the
time of Chief Justice Taney; the constitu-
tional impacts of secession and Civil War;
post-Civil War Supreme Court cases involv-
ing economic affairs, social problems, and
individual rights in the terms of Chief Jus-
tices Chase, Waite, and Fuller.
HST 4507 American Constitutional History
Since 1910 (3 q.h.)
American constitutional development from
the Progressive Era to the present, with at-
tention to amendments to the Constitution,
the growth of the national government, and
Supreme Court cases involving economic
affairs, civil liberties, and civil rights.
HST 4508 American Constitutional History:
Legislative, Executive, and Judicial
Powers (3 q.h.)
An in-deptn study of the ways in which the
three branches of the American government
have exercised the powers afforded them by
the Coi^titution since 1 788. Emphasis on the
tax and commerce powers of Congress, the
foreign affairs and war powers of the Presi-
dent, and the review power of the Supreme
Court.
HST 4509 American Constitutional History:
Liberties, Privileges, and Immimities (3 q.h.)
An in-depth exploration of the historical
evolution of various rights protected by the
American Constitution. Topics include free-
dom of speech, press, association, and reli-
gion; equal protection; and the right to pri-
vacy.
HST 4510 The American Civil War (3 q.h.)
The history of the American Civil War based
on the public broadcasting system telecourse.
By incorporating the soldier's view and a
variety of other perspectives on the conflict,
the programs, lectures, and print materials
Erovide students v^dth a solid foundation of
nowledge upon which to base their under-
standing of the war.
HST 4511 Populism and Progressivism
(3 q.h.)
Topical history of the Uiuted States from
1890 to 1920, concentrating on its reactions to
industrialization and urbanization.
HST 4512 The Age of Roosevelt (3 q.h.)
Topical history of the United States in time of
world war, prosperity, depression, and war
again.
HST 4513 Contemporary America (3 q.h.)
The American people from the close of World
War II to the present. (Thematic Group C)
HST 4523 American Diplomatic History
(3 q.h.)
Selected topics in the history of American
foreign relations and policy since 1789.
History 201
HST 4530 American Economic History
(3q.h.)
Selected topics in the development of the
capitalist economy in the United States, with
attention to the role of government since
1789. (Thematic Group B)
HST 4531 American Business History (3 q.h.)
Examines the rise of business in America, the
role of the corporation, horizontal and verti-
cal combinations, business and labor, and
business and government.
HST 4532 History of American Book
Publishing (3 q.h.)
The history of book publishing in America
from 1640 to the present, with emphasis on
the production and marketing of trade and
text books, copyright, and the rise of giant
houses in the twentieth century. (Thematic
Group B or C)
HST 4533 American Newspaper History
(3q.h.)
Newspapers in America from 1690 to the
present, with emphasison the transition from
weeklies to dailies, the rise of the political
press, the birth of permy papers, the rivalry
of Pulitzer and Hearst, and forces making for
standardization in the twentieth century.
(Thematic Group B or C)
HST 4534 American Magazine History
(3 q.h.)
Magazines in America from 1740 to the
present, with emphasis on the rise of general
and special interest magazines, rivalries, and
current problems facing the industry.
(Thematic Group B or C)
HST 4535 History of the American Film
Industry (3 q.h.)
The production, distribution, and exhibition
of feature films in Anierica from the 1890s to
the present, with emphasis on the develop-
ment of studios in California, the rise and fall
of the contract system, censorship, govern-
ment regulation, and foreign investment.
(Thematic Group B, C, or D)
HST 4536 American Radio History (3 q.h.)
Radio in America from the days of Marconi
to the present, with emphasis on the coming
of commercial stations, the rise of networks,
government regulation, the golden age of
radio programs, the impact of television, and
the nature of radio at the end of the twentieth
century. (Thematic Group B, C, or D)
HST 4537 American Television History
(formerly HST 4306) (3 q.h.)
Examines the evolution of the meditun from
the 1920s to the present with emphasis on the
development of networks, programming,
advertising, the impact of cable, and
television's regulatory structure. (Thematic
Group B, C, or D)
HST 4540 American Social History (3 q.h.)
Selected topics in the life of the American
people since 1789. (Thematic Group B or E)
HST 4542 Women in American History
(3q.h.)
Historical examination of the position and
role of women in American life. (Thematic
Group B or E)
HST 4543 African- American History (3 q.h.)
History of African Americans fron\ colonial
times to the present. (Thematic Group A)
HST 4544 The Negro Baseball Leagues:
Baseball and Race Relations in America
(3q.h.)
Covers the history of African- Americans in
baseball from the early days of the major
leagues in the late nineteenth century through
the eventual integration of baseball and the
demise of the Negro Leagues in the late
1950s. The exclusion of blacks from the major
leagues, the formation of black teams and the
Negro Leagues and how these events re-
flected the larger society will be discussed.
The lives of notable personalities, like Moses
Heetwood Walker, the first black player in
the major leagues. Rube Foster, the organizer
of the Negro Leagues, and Satchel Paige will
be studied. There will be guest lectures and
videos. (Thematic Group A or B)
HST 4546 Americans at Play: A History of
Leisxure (3 q.h.)
An examination of 300 years of leisure from
the colonial quilting bee to modern profes-
sional football, with special attention to class,
gender, and ethnicity and to attempts to
regulate leisure activity. (Thematic Group B)
HST 4547 History of Sport in America (3 q.h.)
History of the major sports and their impact
on American life. (Thematic Group B)
HST 4548 American Heroes (3 q.h.)
Comparative exploration of the nature and
functions of heroism in American history,
using such individuals as George Washing-
ton, Jesse James, Amelia Earhart, Martm
Luther King, and Bruce Springsteen as spe-
cific case studies. (Thematic Group B)
202 History
HST 4549 American Inquisitions (3 q.h.)
Study of inquisitions in modem America,
concentrating on the suppression of radical
movements by both government and private
groups. (Thematic Group C)
HST 4550 Boston to 1822 (3 q.h.)
Study of the Town of Boston from its estab-
lishment in 1630 to 1822 and the develop-
ment of political, economic, and social insti-
tutions.
HST 4551 Boston Since 1822 (3 q.h.)
Study of the City of Boston, its annexations,
and the changes in the ethnic nature of the
population.
HST 4560 American Legal History to 1850
(3 q.h.)
Focuses on the Common Law tradition and
the emergence of a distinctly American law
with emphasis on such factors as the Ameri-
can Revolution, Jacksonian Democracy, sla-
very, and control of the indigent and deviant.
HST 4561 American Legal History since
1850 (3 q.h.)
Focuses on major legal developments since
the mid-nineteenth century with emphasis
on torts, contract and criminal law, and legal
realism.
HST 4602 Contemporary Latin America
(3 q.h.)
Social, economic, and political development
of the Latin American republics in the twen-
tieth century. (Thematic Group A or C)
HST 4603 The United States, Central
America, and the Caribbean (3 q.h.)
Latin American countries nearest the United
States and most affected by U.S. policies,
particularly Cuba, Mexico, Nicaragua, El
Salvador, and Guatemala. Emphasizes the
historical background of current issues.
(Thematic Group C)
HST 4604 Mexico Since 1848 (3 q.h.)
Political, economic, social, and cultural evo-
lution of Mexico since the Mexican- Ameri-
can War. Other topics and issues include the
Juarez Reforma, Diaz's dictatorship, the
Revolution of 1910, and the on-going Institu-
tional Revolution.
HST 4606 Canadian History (3 q.h.)
The history of Canada from the time of the
European settlement to the present, with
emphasis on Canadian relations with the
U.S. and the background of the Quebec sepa-
ratist movement.
HST 4611 Africa Since 1885 (3 q.h.)
The European impact on Africa, the rise of
African nationalism, and the emergence of
independent African states and their rela-
tions with other nations. (Thematic Group C)
HST 4622 Modem Middle East (3 q.h.)
The Middle East since 1914, with attention to
Zionism, Pan-Arabism, the effects of two
world wars, and the postwar settlements.
(Thematic Group C)
HST 4623 Contemporary Middle East 1:
The Stmggle for Palestine (3 q.h.)
Examines the history of the region from the
end of the Second World War to the present
with special emphasis on the Arab-Israeli
dispute and its impact on the countries in-
volved in or affected by it. (Thematic Group
C)
HST 4624 Contemporary Middle East 2:
The Persian Gulf (3 q.h.)
Examines the history of the region from the
era of the First World War to the present with
special emphasis on the impact of oil and the
(fold War, the Iran-Iraq war, and the Iraqui
seizure of Kuwait. (Thematic Group C)
HST 4632 China Since 1850 (3 q.h.)
A century of China's history, emphasizing
the Western impact on Chinese civilization,
China's struggle to maintain independence,
and the victory of communism in the mid-
twentieth century. (Thematic Group A)
HST 4636 Japan Since 1850 (3 q.h.)
Analysis of Japanese domestic developments
and foreign relations since the mid-nineteenth
century. (Thematic Group A)
HST 4640 Third Worid Women (3 q.h.)
Role of women in the less developed. Third
World areas, with special emphasis on as-
pects of change, development, and continu-
ity. (Thematic Group E)
HST 4643 Peacekeeping and Arms Control
(3 q.h.)
A Wstory of twentieth century efforts to con-
trol, regulate, stabilize, or prevent interna-
tional violence, including the Hague and
Geneva Conventions, the League orNations
and the United Nations, alliance systems
and deterrence, bilateral and multilateral
treaties, verification issues and technologies,
and other relevant matters. (Thematic Group
C or D)
History 203
HST 4644 War and Peace in the Nuclear Age
(3 q.h.)
The history of the nuclear age based on a
Corporation for Public Broadcasting/
Annenberg telecourse. By incorporating a
variety of perspectives on the nuclear past —
political, historical, philosophical, and scien-
tific— the programs, lectures, and accompa-
nying print materials provide students with
a solid foundation of knowledge upon which
they can base their views of the nuclear fu-
ture. (Thematic Group C)
HST 4645 History of the Vietnam Wars
(3 q.h.)
History of military conflict in Vietnam, with
attention to the rise of the Viet Minh during
World War IT, the struggle against the French
in the first Indochina War, the impact of the
Cold War, and the involvement of the United
States after 1950 in Laos and Cambodia (now
Kampuchea) as well as in Vietnam. Empha-
sizes the role of conununism and national-
ism in Indochina and the motives for Ameri-
can intervention. Includes films revealing
American reaction to the escalating conflict.
(Thematic Group C)
HST 4646 The Legacy of the Vietnam Wars
(3 q.h.)
Examines the impact of the American in-
volvement in Vietnam on American foreign
and domestic policy as well as on American
attitudes toward themselves and toward the
world in the period since 1975. Emphasis
will be placed on post-war interpretations of
that conflict, on its effects on American ide-
als, on ideas of military preparedness, on the
economy, on popular culture, and on the
"healing processes" that have marked the
last decade. An assessment of the extent to
which Vietnam continues to haunt the
American people and the extent to which the
country has put the experience behind it will
be made and an agenda for future action set
forth by the class. (Thematic Group C)
HST 4811 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. 96 q.h., 3.5 q.p.a. (Thematic Group F)
HST 4812 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See HST 4811.
HST 4813 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h.)
See HST 4811.
HST 4815 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take an upper-level course
independently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
HST 4816 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See HST 4815.
HST 4821 Field Work in History (6 q.h.)
Designed to enhance career devdopment by
allowing students to earn credit for the appli-
cation of their academic backgrounds to
practical problems in the work place. See
page 23 for details. Prereq. HST 4101, 4102,
4103, 4202, 4203, 4241, and Program Director's
approval.
HST 4822 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportimity to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details. Prereq. 96 q.h.,3.0q.p.a.
HST 4823 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See HST 4822.
HST 4824 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See HST 4822.
HOTCL AND RESTAURAm-
MANAGEMEMT
HTL 4301 Introduction to Hotel and
Restaxirant Management (3 q.h.)
Thehospitality industry in today's economy.
Eniphasis is on industry growth and devel-
opment, management problems, and prin-
ciples of hotel and restaurant management.
HTL 4303 Front Office Management (3 q.h.)
Role and functions of the front office as they
relate to the operation of the entire hotel.
Covers front office structure, registration,
payment, reservations, and night audit.
HTL 4304 Hotel and Restaurant Law (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the fundamental laws, rules,
and regulations applicable to the hospitality
industry. Includes hospitality management
policies that minimize the danger of legal
liability; innkeeping; restaurant manage-
ment; alcoholic beverage control; labor laws;
and legislation affecting the hospitality in-
dustry.
HTL 4305 Food Preparation 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the fundamentals of food
preparation and service, with emphasis on
food service industry terminology and
equipment. Includes menu planning, requi-
sitioning, pricing, and preparation and ser-
204 History
vice. In addition to classroom instruction,
students prepare food in a small-quantity
laboratory. (Laboratory fee.)
HTL 4306 Food Preparation 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of HTL 4305. Prereq. HTL 4305.
(Laboratory fee.)
HTL 4307 Food Service Sanitation (3 q.h.)
Organization of the maintenance and engi-
neering function. Includes the technical in-
formation necessary to establish effective
preventive programs. Details the fundamen-
tals of sanitation for food service employees
and includes practical guidelines for safe
food handling. Provides the future hospital-
ity manager with an opportunity for certifi-
cation in Applied Food Service Sanitation
from the National Institute for the Food Ser-
vice Industry.
HTL 4308 Food and Beverage Cost Control
(3q.h.)
Introduction to management attitudes to-
ward cost controls through analysis of all
aspects of the food service operation. In-
cludes classification of food service facilities,
cost accounting, purchasing, inventory, pro-
duction control methods, and the essentials
of food and beverage controls. Develops
management-mindedness through exami-
nation of organizational structures of food
service and specific topics, such as menu
pricing, break-even analysis, and cost-vol-
ume-profit theory. Emphasizes forecasting
and achieving a profitable bottom line.
HTL 4309 Managerial Accounting for the
Hospitality Industry (3 q.h.)
Financial practices and systems used in the
hospitality industry. Analyzes controls,
budgeting, financial statements, and special-
ized industry accounting procedures. Prereq.
ACC4102.
HTL 4310 Hospitality Marketing
Management (3 q.h.)
The market in which the hospitality industry
operates. Students have the opportunity to
develop and implement a marketing plan to
meet operational goals. Prereq. MKT4301.
HTL 4313 Introduction to Tourism (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the science, art, and business
of attracting, transporting, and accommo-
dating visitors and graciously catering to
their needs and wants. Includes sociological
and psychological aspects, marketing, and
the economics of tourism.
HTL 4320 Food Preparation (Intensive)
(6q.h.)
Same as HTL 4305 and HTL 4306.
HTL 4322 Consumer Food Preparation
(3q.h.)
Concepts and skills learned in HTL 4305 and
HTL 4306 are applied in a restaurant setting.
Preparation of complete menus for a service
dining room, including appetizers, soups,
salads, entrees, vegetables, and desserts.
Stresses costing, menu planning, quantity
recipe production, menu terminology, and
kitchen organization. Coordinates food pro-
duction with students in the dining room
service course (HTL 4324). Work in a classic
kitchen stations on a rotating basis. Prereq.
HTL 4306 or HTL 4320.
HTL 4324 Dining Room Beverage Opera-
tion and Preparation (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the operation of a dining
room with beverage service. Includes orga-
nization, personnel, methods of table ser-
vice, menu terminology, table arrangement,
requirements for supplies and equipment,
sales promotion techniques, andf revenue
control. Students serve meals prepared by
students in the food production course (HTL
4322). Also covers wine service and alcoholic
beverage preparation and control. Prereq. HTL
4301.
HTL 4331 Professional CheFs Training
(formerly HTL 4325 Intensive Chef's Train-
ing) (6 q.h.)
This course is for the individual who already
has a culinary background and wishes to
continue to upgrade his/her skills and un-
derstanding of the changing role of today's
food industry. The course explores two av-
enues, a greater understanding between chef
and management, along with the prepara-
tion of finer cuisine for hotels, restaurants,
clubs, catering and buffet. The practical
demonstrations will include hors d'oeuvres
through fancy desserts. Tableside and wine
cookery, ice carving and extensive menu
planning will be included. An all-round way
to gain more culinary expertise.
HTL 4600 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. 96 q.h., 3.5 q.p.a.
HTL 4601 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See HTL 4600.
Hotel and Restaurant Manaaement 205
HTL 4602 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h.)
See HTL 4600.
HTL 4701 Independent Study 1(3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details. Prere^. 96 (j'.ft., 3.0 (J .p.fl.
HTL 4702 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See HTL 4701.
HTL 4703 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
SeeHTL470L
HTL 4800 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
HTL 4801 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See HTL 4800.
HTL 4900 Field Work (6 q.h.)
Opportunity to enhance career development
by applying academic background to practi-
cal problems in the workplace. See page 23
for details. Prereq. Approval of Program Direc-
tor.
HTL 4910 Internship (1 q.h.)
The Hotel and Restaurant Internship is an
opportunity for students to obtain super-
vised professional experience (related to
coursework) at an on-site location. See page
69 for details.
iryTTERDISCIPLINARY
INT4110ManagingCareerDecisions(3q.h.)
Understanding the importance of taking
control of one's life and career decisions.
Students complete a self-assessment includ-
ing an evaluation of skills and competencies,
values, interests, and personal style. Stu-
dents explore a variety of career options both
through library research and field surveys.
Emphasis on decision-making, goal setting,
and implementing career and educational
plans. Overview of job campaign includes
introduction to resume preparation, network
development, and interviewing techniques.
INT 4112 Career Action Planning (1 q.h.)
For students who are fairly clear about direc-
tion and preparing for a job search cam-
paign. A day-long session intended to help
students sharpen their job hunting skills for
today's economy. In the morning, students
will evaluate previous experience, identify
their most marketable skills, clarify their work
values and career decisions, set realistic goals
for their search, and develop an action plan
for meeting those goals. In the afternoon, the
emphasis will be on developing effective
strategies for job searching in today's mar-
ket. Particular attention will be given to de-
veloping and using a network of profes-
sional contacts. Job search correspondence,
including resumes and cover letters, will be
reviewed. Interviewing skills will also be
covered, with special attention given to pre-
paring for interviews, handling difficult
questions, and negotiating salary and ben-
efits.
INT 4114 Career Decision-Making (1 q.h.)
For students who are unclear about career
direction. A day-long session intended to
help students develop self understanding
which is the basis of sound career decisions.
Through individual and group activities
participants will identify their skills and in-
terests, assess their work and personal val-
ues, and address personality and lifestyle
preferences. Participants will also begin to
explore occupational and labor market iitfor-
mation relevant to potential career interests.
Techniques for conducting career research
will be presented and practiced. Students
will then be introduced to a decision-making
model and given an opportunity to develop
a preliminary action plan by identifying next
steps for themselves in the career develop-
ment process.
INT 4200 Workshop in Creativity (formerly
The Creative Process) (3 q.h.)
Thought processes that allow individuals to
be creative or original in all areas of life.
Through interactive exercises and special
projects in composition and problem-solv-
ing, students can learn how to tap their own
creativity. Students are asked to create an
original piece of art, music, literature, or
research.
INT 4203 Independent Study in Cultural
Heritage (3 q.h.)
Student will work one-on-one with a faculty
member to complete a project he/she de-
signs to study the interconnected ways in
which art, music,literature, religion, and
specific historical events have shaped our
culture, values, and self-perceptions. Projects
should deal with one or more themes in-
cluded in Cultural Heritage studies for Lib-
eral Studies B.A. degree (seepage 123). Prerecj.
27 q.h.inCuUuralHeritageStudiesorinstructor s
permission. Open only to Liberal Studies degree
candidates.
t-Jrxfal onW Dfse^trti ii^nr^i hArtnrtr^fsnry^sryt
INT 4204 Independent Study in
Contemporary Studies (3 q.h.)
Student will work one-on-one with a faculty
member to complete a project he/she
designes to analyze and discuss selected
problems of the contemporary world, using
analytical tools appropriate to the disciplines
contained within the Liberal Studies cur-
riculum (see page 123). Prereq. 27 q.h. in Con-
temporary Studies or instructor's permission.
Open only to Liberal Studies degree candidates.
JOURNALISM
JRN 4112 Writing for Media 1 (formerly
Fundamentals of Newswriting) (3 q.h.)
Introduction to how to write leads, organize
basic news stories, gather facts, and inter-
view. Analyzes news values and the struc-
ture of news organizations.
JRN 4113 Writing for Media 2 (formerly
Newsgathering and Reporting) (3 q.h.)
Writing of multisource stories, both news
and feature; public affairs reporting; ad-
vanced interviewing techniques; and legal
issues. Prereq. ]RN 4112 or equiv.
JRN 4114 News Reporting Techniques
(3 q.h.)
Introduction to writing in-depth stories re-
quiring significant research and introduc-
tion to investigative reporting. Includes li-
bel, privacy invasion, and other legal matters
affecting news media. Prereq. JRN 4113 or
instructor's permission.
JRN 4300 Photojournalism (3 q.h.)
Introduction to how to use the camera, the
negative, and the print in news or feature
stories. Includes weekly photo shooting as-
signments and darkroom work. (Laboratory
fee.)
JRN 4330 The Newspaper Cartooiu Its
Techniques and History (3 q.h.)
How the political cartoon and comic strip
have influenced American culture from the
late 1800s through the 20th cenhiry. This
course is for those interested in the political
scene as well as those interested in careers in
cartooning. Being an artist is not a prerequi-
site.
JRN 4335 Public Relations Basics (3 q.h.)
Concepts, components, and methods of pub-
licrelations, includingplanningand research,
processes of influencmg public opinion, and
policies concerning corporate and institu-
tional relations with the media and various
publics.
JRN 4336 Public Relations Practice (3 q.h.)
Study of specific practices and techniques
employed in public relations, especially in
relation to the handling of information and
organization of activities and events. Also
discusses how to define PR "targets" and
how to deal with such publics as employees,
stockholders, and consumers.
JRN 4337 Public Relations Problems (3 q.h.)
Research and communication techniques
used to solve public relations problems and
practical experience with individual PR
projects, programs, and campaigns.
JRN 4338 Public Relations for Nonprofit
Organizations (3 q.h.)
Explores functions of the public relations
practitioner in a non-profit setting, including
media relations, development, external and
internal relations, and strategic planning.
Students will be expected to develop a public
relations plan for a non-profit institution.
JRN 4340 Press, Power, and Critical Issues
(3q.h.)
Study of the impact of news media coverage
on rnajor political, economic, and other is-
sues. The increasingly complex relationship
between American society and print and
broadcast journalism is analyzed.
JRN 4341 Mass Media and the Law (3 q.h.)
Examination of libel, privacy, protection of
sources and broadcast regulation. Conflicts
between journalists and jurists over prior
restraint, access to government information,
and fundamental First Amendment issues
also are discussed. Students will be expected
to complete a research assignment in a law
library.
JRN 4349 Advertising Basics (3 q.h.)
Study of the evolution of advertising, includ-
ing social, economic, and legal asf)ects; how
advertising agencies and departments func-
tion; how advertising fits into the marketing
mix; and the basic steps of research.
JRN 4350 Advertising Copywriting (3 q.h.)
Writing effective advertising copy for both
print and electronic media; coordinating copy
with other creative functions. Elements of
good ad copy are analyzed and common
pitfalls are reviewed.
I
JRN 4351 Advertising Practice (3 q.h.)
Study of media planning and selection. In-
cludes defining objectives and determining
target audiences; establishing the advertis-
ing budget; analyzing the market and the
competition.
piN 4480 Copyediting (3 q.h.)
Practice in the many facets of the editorial
process, including editing copy, writing
heads, and laying out pages. The course also
includes photo selection, cropping, and out-
line writing. Prereq. JRN 4112.
JRN 4522 Majgazine Writing (3 q.h.)
Practice in writing and freelancing magazine
articles. Analysis of magazine markets,
preparation of query letters, techniques of
research, and submission of manuscript.
Travel, how-to, profile, personal experience,
and other formats included.
JRN 4540 Writing the Non-Fiction Book
(3 q.h.)
This course surveys today's market for the
journalistic, non-fiction book and describes
methods for selecting a researchable topic,
finding the facts, writing the query letter,
writing the manuscript, and doing revisions
and final draft. By the end of the course, the
student submits, among other things, three
manuscript chapters.
JRN 4560 Developing Writing Style (3 q.h.)
Developing and refining personal style in
journalistic, non-fiction writing. Emphasis is
placed on original and effective approaches
to features, columns, reviews, editorials and
longer works.
JRN 4815 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportimity to take an upper-level course
independently. See page 23 for details.
JRN 4816 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See JRN 4815.
LANGUAGE — FRENCH
LNF 4101 Elementary French 1 (4 q.h.)
Essentials of grammar, practice in pronun-
ciation, and progressive acquisition of a ba-
sic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions.
LNF 4102 Elementary French 2 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of grammar study, with oral
and written exercises. Prereq. LNF 4101 or
equiv.
LNF 4103 Elementary French 3 (4 q.h.)
Reading of French prose of increasing diffi-
culty, with written and oral exercises based
on the materials read and practice in conver-
sation. Prereq. LNF 4102 or equiv.
LNF 4104 Intermediate French 1 (4 q.h.)
Review of grammar, with practice in compo-
sition and conversation. Prereq. LNF 4106 or
equiv.
LNF 4105 Intermediate French 2 (4 q.h.)
History of French civilization, with discus-
sions and conversation. Prereq. LNF 4104 or
equiv.
LNF 4106 Intermediate French 3 (4 q.h.)
Intensive reading of modem French prose,
with practice in conversation. Prereq. LNF
4105 or equiv.
LNF 4815 French Advanced Tutorial 1 (4 q.h.)
Advanced Tutorial Option: When a student
is unable to continue study of an upper-level
language, or when a language course needed
for a degree is not scheduled at appropriate
intervals, arrangements can be made for the
student to take three advanced tutorials for a
total of twelve quarter hours. See page 23 for
details. Prereq. 87 q.h.
LNF 4816 French Advanced Tutorial 2 (4 q.h.)
See LNF 4815.
LNF4817FrenchAdvancedTutorial3 (4q.h.)
See LNF 4815.
LANGUAGE— GERMAN
LNG 4101 Elementary German 1 (4 q.h.)
Essentials of grammar, practice in pronun-
ciation, and progressive acquisition of a ba-
sic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions.
LNG 4102 Elementary German 2 (4 q.h.)
The more difficult points of grammar, par-
ticularly the uses of the subjunctive mood.
Prereq. LNG 4101 or equiv.
LNG 4103 Elementary German 3 (4 q.h.)
Reading of simple German prose, with oral
and written exercises based on material read .
Conversation in German is encouraged.
Prereq. LNG 4102 or equiv.
LNG 4104 Intermediate German 1 (4 q.h.)
Review of grammar, with practice in compo-
sition and conversation. Prereq. LNG 4103 or
equiv.
208 Journalism
LNG 4105 Intermediate German 2 (4 q.h.)
History of German dvilization, with discus-
sions and conversation. Prereq. LNG 4104 or
equiv.
LNG 4106 Intermediate German 3 (4 q.h.)
Intensive reading of modem German prose,
with practice in conversation. Prereq. LNG
4105 or equiv.
LNG 4815 German Advanced Tutorial 1
(4 q.h.)
Advanced Tutorial Option: When a student
is unable to continue study of an upjjer-level
language, or when a language course needed
for a degree is not scheduled at appropriate
intervals, arrangements can be made for the
student to take three advanced tutorials for a
total of twelve quarter hours. See page 23 for
details. Prereq. 87 q.h.
LNG 4816 German Advanced Tutorial 2
(4 q.h.)
See LNG 4815.
LNG 4817 German Advanced Tutorial 3
(4q.h.)
See LNG 4815.
LANGUAGE — FTALIAN
LNI 4101 Elementary Italian 1 (4 q.h.)
Essentials of grammar, practice in pronun-
ciation, and progressive acquisition of a ba-
sic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions.
LNI 4102 Elementary Italian 2 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of grammar study, with oral
and written exercises. Prereq. LNI 4101 or
equiv.
LNI 4103 Elementary Italian 3 (4 q.h.)
Reading of Italian prose of increasing diffi-
culty, with written and oral exercises based
on the material read. Practice in conversa-
tion. Prereq. LNI 4102 or equiv.
LNI 4104 Intermediate Italian 1 (4 q.h.)
Review of grammar, with practice in compo-
sition and conversation. Prereq. LNI 410i or
equiv.
LNI 4105 Intermediate Italian 2 (4 q.h.)
History of Italian dvilization, with discus-
sions and conversation. Prereq. LNI 4104 or
equiv.
LNI 4106 Intermediate Italian 3 (4 q.h.)
Intensive reading of modem Italian prose,
with practice in conversation. Prereq. LNI 4105
or equiv.
LNI4815ItalianAdvancedTutoriall (4q.h.)
Advanced Tutorial Option: When a student
is unable to continue study of an upper-level
language, or when a language course needed
for a degree is not scheduled at appropriate
intervals, arrangements can be made for the
student to take three advanced tutorials for a
total of twelve quarter hours. See page 23 for
details. Prereq. 87 q.h.
LNI 4816 Italian Advanced Tutorial 2 (4q.h.)
See LNI 4815.
LNI 4817 Italian Advanced Tutorial 3 (4q.h.)
See LNI 4815.
LANGUAGE — JAPANESE
LNJ 4101 Elementary Japanese 1 (4 q.h.)
Basic, practical Japanese, emphasizing the
essentials of grammar, pronundation, pro-
gressive acquisition of a core vocabulary,
and the use of current, idion^atic expres-
sions.
LNJ 4102 Elementary Japanese 2 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of LNJ 4101. Progressive ac-
quisition of practical skills. Prereq. LNJ 4101
or equiv.
LNJ 4103 Elementary Japanese 3 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of LNJ 4102. Prereq. LNJ 4102.
LNJ 4104 Intermediate Japanese 1 (4 q.h.)
Review of grammar, with practice in compo-
sition and conversation. Prereq. LNJ 4103 or
equiv.
LNJ 4105 Intermediate Japanese 2 (4 q.h.)
History of Japanese dvilization, with discus-
sions and conversation. Prereq. LNJ 4104 or
equiv.
LNJ 4106 Intermediate Japanese 3 (4 q.h.)
Intensive reading of Japanese prose, with
practice in conversation. Prereq. LNJ 4105 or
equiv.
LNJ 4225 Japanese Culture (3 q.h.)
By studying various aspects of Japanese cul-
tural history, education, work etiiics, male-
female relations, and other areas, students
gain insight into the Japanese mentality and
how this homogeneous race is surviving in a
heterogeneous world.
LNJ 4815 Japanese Advanced Tutorial 1
(4 q.h.)
Advanced Tutorial Option: When a student
is unable to continue study of an upper-level
language, or when a language course needed
Language 209
for a degree is not scheduled at appropriate
intervals, arrangements can be made for the
student to take three advanced tutorials for a
total of twelve quarter hours. See page 23 for
details. Prereq. 87 q.h.
LNJ 4816 Japanese Advanced Tutorial 2
(4 q.h.)
See LNJ 4815.
LNJ 4817 Japanese Advanced Tutorial 3
(4q.h.)
See LNJ 4815.
LANGUAGE — SWEDISH
LNN 4101 Beginning Conversational
Swedish 1 (4 q.h.)
Acquisition of basic oral skills by introduc-
tion of the essentials of Swedish grammar,
with extensive practice in pronunciation and
acquisition of an idiomatic core vocabulary.
LNN 4102 Beginning Conversational
Swedish 2 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of LNN 4101. Introduces
Swedish prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq.
LNN 4102 orequiv.
LNN 4103 Beginning Conversational
Swedish 3 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of LNN 4102. Prereq. LNN4W2
or equiv.
LNN 4815 Swedish Advanced Tutorial 1
(4 q.h.)
Advanced Tutorial Option: When a student
is unable to continue study of an upper-level
language, or when a language course needed
for a degree is not scheduled at appropriate
intervals, arrangements can be made for the
student to take three advanced tutorials for a
total of twelve quarter hours. See page 23 for
details. Prereq. 87 q.h.
LNN 4816 Swedish Advanced Tutorial 2
(4 q.h.)
See LNN 4815.
LNN 4817 Swedish Advanced Tutorial 3
(4 q.h.)
See LNN 4815.
LANGUAGE — RUSSIAN
LNR 4101 Elementary Russian 1 (4 q.h.)
Essentials of grammar, practice in pronun-
ciation, and progressive acquisition of a ba-
sic vocabulary and idiomatic expressions.
LNR 4102 Elementary Russian 2 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of grammar study, with oral
and written exercises. Prereq. LNR 4101 or
equiv.
LNR 4103 Elementary Russian 3 (4 q.h.)
Reading of Russian prose of increasing diffi-
culty, vn\h written and oral exercises based
on me material read and practice in conver-
sation. Prereq. LNR 4102 or equiv.
LNR 4225 Russian Culture and Society
(3q.h.)
Study of various aspects of Russian cultural
history, education, work ethics, male-female
relations, and other areas, for insight into the
Russian mentality.
LNR 4815 Russian Advanced Tutorial 1
(4q.h.)
Advanced Tutorial Option: When a student
is unable to continue study of an upper-level
language, or when a language course needed
for a degree is not scheduled at appropriate
intervals, arrangements can be made for the
student to take three advanced tutorials for a
total of twelve quarter hours. See page 23 for
details. Prereq. 87 q.h.
LNR 4816 Russian Advanced Tutorial 2
(4q.h)
See LNR 4815.
LNR 4817 Russian Advanced Tutorial 3
(4 q.h)
See LNR 4815.
LANGUAGE — SPANISH
LNS 4101 Beginning Conversational
Spanish 1 (4 q.h.)
Acquisition or basic oral skills by introduc-
tion of the essentials of Spanish grammar.
Extensive practice in pronunciation and ac-
quisition of an idiomatic core vocabulary.
LNS 4102 Beginning Conversational
Spanish 2 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of LNS 4101 . Introduces Span-
ish prose of moderate difficulty. Prereq. LNS
4101 or equiv.
LNS 4103 Beginning Conversational
Spanish 3 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of LNS 4102. Continued stress
on conversation, while building a solid vo-
cabulary. Prereq. LNS 4102 or equiv.
210 Language
LNS 4104 Intermediate Spanish 1 (4 q.h.)
Review of grammar, withpractice in compo-
sition and conversation. Prereq. LNS 4103 or
equiv.
LNS 4105 Intermediate Spanish 2 (4 q.h.)
Examination of Spanish civilization through
texts of average difficulty. Intensive reading
of modem prose, with occasional oral or
written translation and conversation prac-
tice based on assigned readings. Prereq. LNS
4104 or equiv.
LNS 4106 Intermediate Spanish 3 (4 q.h.)
Examiiiation of Spanish-American civiliza-
tion through texts of average difficulty. In-
tensive readings of modem prose, with occa-
sional oral or written translations and con-
versation practice based on assigned read-
ings. Prereq. LNS 4105 or equiv.
LNS 4200 Spanish for the Legal and Medi-
cal Professions (4 q.h.)
Students are introduced to the specialized
discourse of the legal and medical profes-
sions. The differences between oral and writ-
ten language styles will be addressed, as well
as the differing requirements for levels of
style, ranging from informal to formal. Prereq.
LNS 4106 or instructor's permission.
LNS 4815 Spanish Advanced Tutorial 1
(4 q.h.)
Advanced Tutorial Option: When a student
is unable to continue study of an upper-level
language, or when a language course needed
for a degree is not scheduled at appropriate
intervals, arrangements can be made for the
student to take three advanced tutorials for a
total of twelve quarter hours. See page 23 for
details. Prereq. 87 q.h.
LNS 4816 Spanish Advanced Tutorial 2
(4q.h)
See LNS 4815.
LNS 4817 Spanish Advanced Tutorial 3
(4q.h.)
See LNS 4815.
MANAGEMENT
MGT 4101 Introduction to Business and
Management 1 (3 q.h.)
Study of the setting and general structure of
American business, including objectives and
practices affecting the American standard of
living. Examines the characteristics of pri-
vate enterprise and the nature and challenge
of capitalism and other forms of economic
enterprise. Introduces types of businesses,
the structures of organizations, and the func-
tions of management as well as what a mana-
gerial career involves, what problems must
be faced, and what decisions must be reached.
MGT 4102 Introduction to Business and
Management 2 (3 q.h.)
Methodologies in plarming, orgaruzing, di-
recting, and controlling production, market-
ing, sales, and pricing within the American
free enterprise system and in contrast to
other business ^stems. Examines techiuques
for coping with the intricacies of systems
management. Prereq. MGT 4101.
MGT 4103 Introduction to Business and
Management 3 (3 q.h.)
Basic management concepts and techniques
necessary to successful decision-making.
Emphasizes management as a continuous,
active process by mtioducing methods of
designing an organization; understanding
and dealing with people; evaluating the po-
litical, social, and economic enviromnent;
and effectively planning, directing, and con-
trolling an organization. Prereq. MGT 4102.
MGT 4105 Introduction to Business and
Management (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as MGT 4101 and MGT 4102.
MGT 4110 Survey of Business and
Management (4 q.h.)
Introduction to the setting and general struc-
ture of American business, the characteris-
tics of private enterprise, and the nature and
challenge of capitalism and other forms of
economic enterprise. Covers the forms of
business, organizational structure, and func-
tions of management. Through lectures and
class discussion, students are given an over-
view of the methodologies used in planning,
organizing, directing, and controlling the
functions of production marketing, sales,
pricing, and finance. For Alternative Fresh-
man-Year students only.
MGT 4320 Managing Change (3 q.h.)
Application of managerial concepts and
practices to real-world situations with poUcy
or resource constraints. Explores decision
making related to the impact of change on
the organization and its personnel: develops
a conceptual framework for handling change
in one's own business career. Prereq. MGT
4102.
Language 211
MGT 4323 Management and Leadership
(formerly Motivation Management) (3 q.h.)
Designed to help students differentiate be-
tween the managerial position as such and a
leadership role, evaluating the impact of
leadership and management styles on hu-
man behavior. Introduces and analyzes im-
portant motivation concepts through study
of the working environment and the pro-
cesses that influence both performance and
outcome. Prereq. MGT 4102.
MGT 4328 Creating New Ventures (3 q.h.)
The nature of entrepreneurship and poten-
tial for self-employment by the individual.
Includes the sequence from generation of an
idea through the design of a plan for owninjg
and operating a small business. Prereq. MGT
4102.
MGT 4329 Managing Small Businesses
(3 q.h.)
Study of managerial operations of a small
business. Presents issues and problems en-
countered by those considering entrepre-
neurial and small business endeavors, in-
cluding the facets of financing, planning,
market research, and strategy for small busi-
nesses. Prereq. MGT 4102.
MGT 4330 Essentials for Managers of Small
Businesses (3 q.h.)
Designed for small business entrepreneurs
or persons interested in running a small
business. Covers fundamental business con-
cepts, including ownership forms; ongoing
market research, capitalization, and man-
agement and operating issues; personnel and
benefits; risk management; tax consider-
ations; operating finances; and small business
strategic positioning. Generally offered in
six half-day sessions.
MGT 4340 Small Business 1(3 q.h.)
Development and completion or a full busi-
ness plan for entrepreneurs or persons inter-
ested in operating a small business. Covers
the nature and characteristics of entrepre-
neurship; personal analysis; generation of
ideas and market identification; legal and tax
ramification of ownership forms; marketing
research and planning. Optional Lotus 1-2-3
seminar.
MGT 4341 Small Business 2 (3 q.h.)
The marketing research and development of
the marketing plan portion of the overall
business plan. Topics include new business
capital requirements, including the differ-
ences in venture and equity funding; and
developing the financial management plan
portion of the overall business plan, along
with business strategy implications, person-
nel matters, and the use of computers. Prereq.
MGT 4340.
MGT 4346 International Business
Management and Operations (Open) (3 q.h.)
Principles and practices of international
business, comparing domestic and interna-
tional business activities, respjonsibilities, and
influences. Explores the economic, social,
political, and legal contexts of conducting
business in a multinational environment and
examines how the "foreign" factor in the
business equation influences behavior.
Prereq. MGT 4102.
MGT 4354 Management and the
Environment (3 q.h.)
This course examines and discusses current
rules and regulations addressing important
and critical issues facing society as a whole —
the environment in which we work and live.
It considers the affect on managerial deci-
sion-making imposed by environmental is-
sues facing organizations; considers how
rules and regulations apply to different in-
dustries; discusses role(s) played by govern-
mental agencies in implementing regulations;
and, how the agencies and our legal system
are used in enforcement. Prospective orga-
nizational accountability, responsibilities and
possible managerial actions/activity which
may be required for dealing with both present
and future environmental issues will also be
discussed.
MGT 4355 Manager and Society (Open)
(3q.h.)
For managers, potential managers, and oth-
ers interested in the national and interna-
tional issues confronting business and in-
dustry in their relationships with govern-
ments, societies, and individuals. Includes
issues of changing work environments and
the variety of influences and pressures that
need to be taken into account when making
ethical and socially responsible business de-
cisions. Prereq. MGT 4102.
MGT 4357 Cultural Issues in Intex..ational
Business (3 q.h.)
When a U.S. company opens an office in a
foreign land, cultural clashes may occur. How
does management cope and help its employ-
ees to cope with these differences? This course
examines the problems of doing business in
another country, including third-world
countries.
21 2 Management
MGT 4358 Contemporary Management
Issues (3 q.h.)
Study business and management issues af-
fecting today's management decisions. In-
cludes changes in our economic system and
the economy; corporate culture; social re-
sponsibility; ethics; worker's needs, motiva-
tion, and satisfaction; demographics; and
management-laborinteractions. Prercij.MGT
4102.
MGT 4362 Advanced Managerial Seminar
(3 q.h.)
The managerial seminar provides upper-
level undergraduate students an opportunity
to examine/ research a broad managerial or
an interdisciplinary set of organizational/
managerial issues. Selection and focusing of
the topic/theme is guided by the instructor
and may be pertinent to their professional
work, career preparation or personal enrich-
ment. A variety of research techniques is
available for use and written report of the
undertaking is submitted.
MGT 4410 Project Management Process:
Planning and Implementation (Reserved)
(formerly Project Planning and Control)
(3 q.h.)
The entire process of implementing a project,
from project definition to the evaluation of
feasibility, scheduling, and financial and
budgetary factors. Management techniques
and requirements are used in case analyses,
along with the concept of using computer
software to help oversee projects. Prereq. OM
UOl or OM 4301 and 80 q.h.
MGT 4411 Advanced Project Management
Process (Reserved) (3 q.h.)
This course broadens an operational and
staff manager's conceptual knowledge and
expands the usage for program/project
management. Analyzing comprehensive
cases — covering both products and ser-
vices— students gain insight into the enlarg-
ing scope of business, operational and work-
place activities where program/project
management can be successfully applied.
Expanding utilization makes a widening ar-
ray of processes more efficient, productive,
and contributes to better overall quality.
Prereq. MGT 4410.
MGT 4446 International Business
Management and Operations (Reserved)
(formerly MGT 4456) (3 q.h.)
Principles and practices of international
business, comparing domestic and intema-
tionalbusinessactivities,responsibilities,and
influences. Explores the economic, social,
jx)litical, and legal contexts of conducting
business in a multinational environment and
examines how the "foreign" factor in the
business equation influences behavior.
Prereq. MGT 4102.
MGT 4450 Business Policy 1 (Reserved)
(3 q.h.)
For advanced students building on all previ-
ous management courses and on numerous
functional and procedural courses. Exam-
ines the total management process for for-
mulating business strategy. Covers the de-
velopmentof corporate objectives, plans,and
policies, emphasizing the interaction between
the enterprise and its environment, both na-
tional and international. The economic and
social responsibilities of business and man-
agers are also considered. Prereq. 100 q.h. and
completion of all core business courses in your
major.
MGT 4451 Business Policy 2 (Reserved)
(3 q.h.)
Study of organizational and administrative
methods for converting plans into achieve-
ments. Explores concepts of strategic plan-
ning and implementation from the perspec-
tive of the general manager, with attention to
top management functions, responsibilities,
styles, values, and organizational relation-
ships. Includes cases from profit and non-
profit enterprises of various types. Prereq.
MGT 4450.
MGT 4452 Business Policy Intensive
(Reserved) (6 q.h.)
Same as MGT 4450 and MGT 4451. Prereq.
100 q.h.
MGT 4455 Manager and Society (Reserved)
(3 q.h.)
For managers, potential managers, and oth-
ers interested in the national and interna-
tional issues confronting business and in-
dustry in their relationships with govern-
ments, societies, and individuals. Includes
issues of changing work environments and
the variety of influences and pressures that
need to be taken into account when making
socially responsible business decisions.
Prereq. MGT 4102.
MGT 4600 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. 96 q.h., 3.5 q.p.a.
Management 213
MGT 4601 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See MGT 4600.
MGT 4602 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h.)
See MGT 4600.
MGT 4701 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details. Prera^. 96 q./i.,3.0 (j.p.fl..
MGT 4702 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See MGT 4701.
MGT 4703 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See MGT 4701.
MGT 4800 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
MGT 4801 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See MGT 4800.
MGT 4900 Field Work (6 q.h.)
Opportunity to enhance career development
by applying academic background to practi-
cal problems in the workplace. See page 23
for details. Prereq. Approval of Program Direc-
tor.
MGT 4910 Internship (1 q.h.)
The Management Internship is an opportu-
nity for students to obtain supervised profes-
sional experience (related to coursework) at
an on-site location. See page 69 for details.
MANAGEMEhTT INFORMATION
SYSTEMS
MIS 4101 Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to data processing and com-
puters, including an overview of data pro-
cessing history, business data processing
concepts, data processing organization,
computer hardware, the internal representa-
tion of data, and data communication con-
cepts. In-class demonstration of DOS, word
processing, and spreadsheets. Computer labs
for students' completion of projects avail-
able at Boston, Burlington, Dedham,
Framingham, and Liberty Square. Students
may also complete projects on any IBM or
IBM-compatible computer available to them.
MIS 4102 Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MIS 4101. Concentrates on
software and systems. Includes the systems-
development life cycle, programming tools
and program preparation, the use of com-
puters for specific Dusiness applications, da-
tabase management systems, and high-level
programming and planning languages. Qass
consists of in-class demonstration by in-
structor on database software. Computer labs
for students' completion of projects avail-
able at Boston, Burlington, Dedham,
Framingham, and Liberty Square. Students
may also complete projects on any IBM or
IBM-compatible computer available to them.
Prereq. MIS 4101.
MIS 4103 Introduction to Data Processing
and Information Systems (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Covers material in MIS 4101 and MIS 4102 in
one quarter.
MIS 4221 COBOL Programming 1 (3 q.h.)
Beginning computer problem-solving and
programming using COBOL. Includes
structured flow-charting and programming
techniques, use of an editor for program
generation, input/ output record layouts, and
basic concepts, such as COBOL divisions
and verbs. Students prepare and test several
programs using the University computer
system. Prereq. MIS 4102 or MIS 4103.
MIS 4222 COBOL Programming 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MIS 4221. Includes logical
control breaks, creation of multipage reports,
sign and class tests, verification of input data,
and table handling (subscripting and index-
ing). Students prepare and test several pro-
grams using the University computer sys-
tem. Preraj. MIS 422L
MIS 4223 COBOL Programming 3 (3 q.h.)
ContinuationofMIS4222.Indudesadvanced
programming techniques, such as the inter-
nal sort facility and indexed file processing.
Students prepare and test several programs
using the University computer system. Prereq.
MIS 4222.
MIS 4225 COBOL Programming (Intensive)
(9 q.h.)
Same as MIS 4221, MIS 4222, and MIS 4223.
Prereq. MIS 4102 or MIS 4103.
MIS 4230 PC Software for Professionals
(formerly End User Software) (3 q.h.)
Study of the large and rapidly growing col-
lection of software geared toward the needs
of the nontechnical end user. Includes dis-
cussion of various software packages such as
spreadsheets, databases, and graphics.
214 Management
MIS 4231 COBOL Intensive A (6 q.h.)
Same as MIS 4221 and MIS 4222.
MIS 4235 Advanced COBOL Programming
(3 q.h.)
Several kinds of programming disciplines
for the COBOL programmer. Techniques
include STRING and UNSTRING; CALL
subroutines; table handling with one, two,
and three dimensions; Indexed Sequential
Access Method GSAM) processing; DEBUG;
commimications; and copy. Prereq. MIS 4223
or MIS 4225.
MIS 4236 Advanced PC Software (3 q.h.)
Advanced skills in spreadsheets, graphics,
database, and advanced commands in PC/
MS-DOS. Includes lectures, in-class demon-
strations, and extensive assignments that
apply skills. Not for the first-time personal
computer user. Prereq. MIS 4102 or equivalent.
MIS 4241 Programming in BASIC 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to computer programming us-
ing BASIC. Includes arithmetic operators,
variables, expressions, arrays, functions, and
formatted printing. Students write, debug,
and run a number of programs on the com-
puter. Prereq. MIS 4102.
MIS 4242 Programming in BASIC 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MIS 4241. Covers more so-
phisticated BASIC programming techniques.
Includes subroutines, nested loops, sorting,
and file handling. Students write, debug,
and run a number of programs on the com-
puter. Prereq. MIS 4241 .
MIS 4250 FORTRAN Programming 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to computer programming us-
ing FORTRAN, a high-level language used
primarily in scientific applications. Includes
variables, constants, expressions, arithmetic
operations, and looping. Students write, de-
bug, and run a number of programs on the
computer. Prereq. MIS 4102.
MIS4251FORTRANProgramming 2 (3q.h.)
Continuation of MIS 4250. Covers more com-
plex FORTRAN programming. Includes ar-
rays, functions, and subroutines. Students
write, debug, and run a number of programs
on the computer. Prereq. MIS 4250.
MIS 4252 FORTRAN Programming 3 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MIS 4251. Emphasizes ap-
plications and case studies. Students write a
series of programs for scientific and business
problems to gain proficiency in the FOR-
TRAN language. Typical topics include
simulation, sorting and merging, plotting,
and financial analysis. Students write, de-
bug, and run a number of programs on the
computer. Prereq. MIS 4251.
MIS 4253 FORTRAN Programming
(Intensive) (9 q.h.)
Same as MIS 4250, MIS 4251, and MIS 4252.
Prereq. MIS 4102.
MIS 4260 Assembly Programming 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the VAX-11 Assembler run-
ning under the VMS operating system. In-
cludes the binary representation of instruc-
tions and data, loopmg, instruction modifi-
cation, indexing, indirect addressing, and
data retrieval. Includes a brief survey of As-
sembly languages in general. Prereq. demon-
strated famuiarity ivith any currently available
computer language.
MIS 4261 Assembly Programming 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MIS 4260. Includes address-
ing structures, floating-point techniques,
coding, use of macro instructions, input-out-
put routines, use of the operating system for
job scheduling resource allocation, and file
handling. Prereq. MIS 4260.
MLS 4262 Assembly Programming 3 (3 q.h.)
Continuationof MIS4261 . Includes advanced
use of the operating system, de vice-indepen-
dent file handling, and blocked and
unblocked file manipulation. Prereq. MIS
4261.
MIS 4263 Assembly Programming
(Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as MIS 4261 and MIS 4262. Prereq.
demonstrated familiarity with any currently
available computer language.
MIS 4270 Pascal Programming 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to computer programming us-
ing the Pascal language. Includes arrays of
records, text files, record files, and proce-
dures and functions. Students write, debug,
and run a number of programs on ihe com-
puter. Prereq. MIS 4102.
MIS 4271 Pascal Programming 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MIS 4270. Covers more so-
phisticated Pascal features. Includes multi-
dimensional arrays, recursion, file sorting
and merging techniques, sets, and structures.
Students write, debug, and run a number of
programs on the computer. Prereq. MIS 4270.
Management Information Systems 215
MIS 4273 PC DOS (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the Disk Operating System
(DOS), a collection of programs that man-
ages the activities among personal computer
components. Students have the opportunity
to write one or more DOS batch routines.
Prereq. MIS 4102.
MIS 4276 Programming in C 1 (3 q.h.)
Fundamentals of the C programming lan-
guage, 1/Ooperations,arithmetic operations,
loops, arrays, character strings, functions.
Structures, file organization (textfiles, ran-
dom access files). Pointers, queues, stacks,
rings, binary trees. Prereq. knowledge of at least
one other programming language.
MIS 4277 Programming in C 2 (3 q.h.)
Advanced programming techniques using
C, recursion, address arithmetic, the prepro-
cessor, pointers vs. multidimensional arrays,
pointers to functions, macros, nested struc-
tures, unions, file merging and sorting tech-
niques, linked lists, command line arguments,
binary trees, operations on bits, enumerated
data types. Prereq. MIS 4276.
MIS 4278 Programming in C 3 (3 q.h.)
This is the third course in the C Language
series. Covers advanced techniques using C
and C Plus Plus programming language in a
business-oriented environment. Ordered
lists, queues, stacks, trees, multinode trees,
relational databases, Qsort and research
techniques are some of the topics. The use of
C Plus Plus advanced functions are described
by class lecture and reinforced by lab work.
Prereq. MIS 4277.
MIS 4279 Programming in CI and C2
Intensive (6 q.h.)
Same as MIS 4276 and MIS 4277.
MIS 4282 Operating Systems Overview
(3 q.h.)
Designed to introduce the student to the
most frequently used operating systems —
UNIX, PC-DOS, and MS WINDOWS.
Through class lectures, reading assignments,
and hands-on lab exercises, the student will
examine the overall structure, genealogy,
and basic commands of the three systen\s.
MIS 4283 Introduction to Windows Pro-
gramming (3 q.h.)
Introduction to programming for the Mi-
crosoft Windows graphic environment us-
ing the C language. Covers Windows pro-
gramming topics such as bitmaps, menus,
icons, and dialog boxes, memory manage-
ment, printing and Dynamic Link Libraries.
Intended for those seeking a working knowl-
edge of basic Windows programming tech-
niques.
MIS 4301 Structured Systems Analysis and
Design 1 (Open) (3 q.h.)
Systems analysis and design cycle, with em-
phasis on the analysis phase. Includes the
history and life-cycle of business informa-
tion systems, the role of the systems analyst,
analytical tools useful to the systems study
process, development of feasibility studies,
and presentation of study phase findings.
Prereq. MIS 4102.
MIS 4302 Structured Systems Analysis and
Design 2 (Open) (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MIS 4301. Emphasizes the
design phase and systems implementation.
Includes detailed systems design procedures
and techiuques, system testing, specification
and procedure writing, documentation, de-
sign of auditing and control procedures, per-
formance measurement techniques, hard-
ware and software selection and planning,
and project management. Prereq. MIS 4301 or
MIS 4401.
MIS 4305 Structured Systems Analysis and
Design (Intensive) (Open) (6 q.h.)
Same as MIS 4301 and MIS 4302.
MIS 4307 Conmumications and Networking
(Open) (3 q.h.)
Communications, networking, and distrib-
uted processing from the user's rather than
the designer's point of view. Includes the
economics of distributed processing, com-
munications concepts, local-area networks,
and vendor selection. Prereq. MIS4302 or MIS
U02.
MIS 4320 VAX Overview (3 q.h.)
Introduces the student to the hardware and
software of digital vax network. Logging on,
use of a password, manipulating files, using
text editor for programming, compiling
simple programs and flowcharting a pro-
gram flow are covered. Electronic mail is
used to communicate on the network.
MIS 4321 UNIX for C Programmers (3 q.h.)
Designed to provide "C" programming stu-
dents with an understanding of the UNIX
operating system. Through reading assign-
ments, lectures, and lab exercises, the stu-
dent will focus on the following topics: files,
text manipulation, editors, programming
tools in System V, and systems management.
21 6 Management Information Systems
MIS 4322 UNIX Shell Programming (3 q.h.)
This course covers the UNIX Shell as a pro-
granvming language. Topics include: login
profile, loops and program control, testing
shell programs, true and false commands,
case statements, and shell functions. Prereq.
MIS 4321.
MIS 4342 Advanced Database (3 q.h.)
This is the second step in the database path.
The focus is on a major database program-
ming language, other database programming
tools, advanced database techniques and how
database interfaces with other software.
Prereq. MIS 4236.
MIS 4343 FoxPro Database (3 q.h.)
This is the third step in the Database path.
Using FoxPro to create application programs
is covered along with all the development
tools available with FoxPro. This is an inten-
sive course in the use of the FoxPro software.
Prereq. MIS 4342.
MIS 4344 Business Presentation Graphics
(3 q.h.)
Students can learn how to create computer-
ized presentation graphics using Harvard
Grapmcs software. The basics of Harvard
Graphics are covered along with text, bar/
line, area, pie, and organization charts. The
draw/ annotate feature is explored.
MIS 4350 Auditing Data Processiiig (3 q.h.)
EDP audit techniques, programming, and
operations, emphasizing EDP standard
practices, procedures, documentation, and
safety and security. Defines EDP business
risks and related exposures, such as fraud,
embezzlement, misuse or destruction of
company assets, and business interruption.
Offers discussion of the EDP portion of ac-
counting requirements of the Foreign Cor-
rupt Practices Act of 1977. Course content is
oriented toward EDP managers, internal au-
ditors, and public accountants. Prereq. MIS
4102.
MIS 4360 Computer Privacy and Seciu-ity
(3 q.h.)
Threats posed by and to modem electronic
computers and their users. Includes a review
of the issue of privacy and approaches, tech-
niques, and tools used to safeguard comput-
ers. Uses actual case studies of computer
abuse. Prereq. MIS 4102.
MIS 4401 Structiured Systems Analysis and
Design 1 (Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Systems analysis and design cycle, with em-
E basis on the analysis phase. Includes the
istory and life-cycle of business informa-
tion systems, the role of the systems analyst,
analytical tools useful to the systems study
process, developn^ent of feasibility studies,
and presentation of study phase findings.
Prereq. MIS 4102 and 80 q.h.
MIS 4402 Structured Systems Analysis and
Design 2 (Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MIS 4401. Emphasizes the
design phase and systems implementation.
Includes detailed systems design procedures
and techniques, system testing, specification
and procecTure writing, documentation, de-
sign of auditing and control procedures, per-
formance measurement techniques, hard-
ware and software selection and planning,
and project management. Prereq. MIS 4401 or
MIS 4301 and 80 q.h.
MIS 4405 Structured Systems Analysis and
Design Intensive (Reserved) (6 q.h.)
Same as MIS 4401 and MIS 4402.
MIS 4407 Communications and
Networking (Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Communications, networking, and distrib-
uted processing from the user's rather than
the designer's point of view. Includes the
economics of distributed processing, com-
munications concepts, local-area networks,
and vendor selection. Prereq. MIS 4402 or MIS
4302 and 80 q.h.
MIS 4445 DataBase Management Systems
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the database approach to
design of integrated information applica-
tions. Covers the three methods of database
design; data structures; diagramming; data
definition languages; data manipulation
languages; database implementation and
evaluation; and the role of the database ad-
ministrator. Prereq. MIS 4222, MIS 4230, and
MIS 4302 and 80 q.h. or MIS 4402.
MIS 4446 Information Systems for
Management (Reserved) (3 q.h.)
This course is designed to provide the stu-
dent with an understanding of the role of
computer-based information systems in
supporting effective decision-making in or-
ganizations. The emphasis of the course is on
management issues rather than on computer
technology or programming. The course fo-
cuses on tiie acquisition, use, and manage-
ment of information systems in business set-
tings. Topical coverage will include: types of
information systems, the impact of informa-
Management Information Systems 217
tion systems on individuals and organiza-
tions, communications issues, and the use of
information technology as a competitive
weapon. Readings and case studies are uti-
lized to illustrate applications of computer-
based systems to support general manage-
mentfunctions. Preraj.M/S4102orM/S41D3.
MIS 4448 Inf ormation Resources
Management (Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Advanced information systems manage-
ment,emphasizing planning, organizing, and
controlling the corporate information re-
source. Includes personnel career planning,
turnover, facilities and capacity planning,
the user interface, standards development,
RFP generation and vendor selection, hard-
ware and software conversion problems, and
disaster recovery. Prereq. MIS 4445.
MIS 4485 Applied MIS Development
Project (Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Capstone systems course integrates knowl-
edge and abilities gained through other com-
puter-related courses in the curriculum,
within a comprehensive systems develop-
ment project. The student has a choice of two
options. Option I is a systems analysis and
system design of a snniall system which is
usually personal computer-based. This in-
cludes the topics covered in MIS 4401 and
MIS 4402 and requires the programming of
two or three programs from the system de-
signed. The final product is a complete sys-
tem with operational programs. Option II is
a detailed research project. The topic is se-
lected by the student, approved and the scope
defined by the instructor. The final product
is a paper which covers the selected topic
from various viewpoints. Prereq. MIS 4448.
MIS 4600 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. 96 q.h., 3.5 q.p.a.
MIS 4601 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See MIS 4600.
MIS 4602 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h.)
See MIS 4600.
MIS 4701 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
Seepage24ioT details. Prereq. 96 q.h.,3.0q.p.a.
MIS 4702 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See MIS 4701.
MIS 4703 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See MIS 4701.
MIS 4800 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
MIS 4801 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See MIS 4800.
MIS 4900 Field Work (6 q.h.)
Opportunity to enhance career development
by applying academic background to practi-
cal problems in the workplace. See page 23
for details. Prereq. Approval of Program Direc-
tor.
MIS 4910 Internship (1 q.h.)
The MIS Internship is an opportunity for
students to obtain supervised professional
experience (related to coursework) at an on-
site location. Only for students in Microcom-
puter Software Certificate Program. See page
69 for details.
MARKETING
MKT 4301 Introduction to Marketing 1
(Open) (3 q.h.)
Thiscourse consists of lectures, readings and
small group discussions on the role of mar-
keting in contemporary society, in the busi-
ness enterprise, and in the nonprofit orgaiu-
zation. Consideration is given to the plan-
ning, operation, and evaluation of market-
ing and promotional efforts necessary to the
effective marketing of consumer and indus-
trial products and services in both profit and
nonprofit organizations.
MKT 4302 Introduction to Marketing 2
(Open) (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MKT 4301. Develops the
link between marketing theory and practice.
Covers specific marketing issues and prob-
lems. Includes case study analysis and cur-
rent marketing issues. Prereq. MKT 4301.
MKT 4304 Introduction to Marketing
(Intensive) (Open) (6 q.h.)
Same as MKT 4301 and MKT 4302.
MKT 4307 Telemarketing Management
(3 q.h.)
The place of telemarketing in the marketing
program. Key concepts of telemarketing in
the advertising, sales promotion, market re-
search, and selling process.
218 Management Information Systems
MKT 4310 Advertising Management 1
(Open)(3q.h.)
This course focuses on the management of
the advertising function in relation to a firm's
overall marketing objectives. The course ap-
proaches the subject from the perspective of
the user of advertising (e.g, product man-
ager, marketing manager). Case studies and
text material are used to help the student
develop decision-making skills. Prereq. MKT
4320.
MKT 4315 Sales Management 1 (Open)
(3q.h.)
Allows student to develop effective selling
skills. Examines the customer buying pro-
cess and the company sales process. Dis-
cusses prospecting, preparation, presenta-
tion, and post-sale actiA^ties and introduces
advanced selling techniques, such as team
selling. Focuses on situations where personal
selling is a major element of marketing strat-
egy, such as industrial-product, professional-
service, and high-technology marketing.
Prereq. MKT 4320.
MKT 4320 Marketing Management (Open)
(3q.h.)
This course is designed to provide training in
marketing decision-making. Case studies
simulating actual business settings are used
to help students develop analytical abilities
and sharpen their commuiucation skills.
Topics covered ranged from techniques used
to ar\alyze a market to the development of a
total marketing strategy (product policy,
pricing policy, promotion poliw, and distri-
bution policy). Prereq. MKT 4301.
MKT 4330 Marketing Research (3 q.h.)
Course focuses on providing students with
an introduction to the field of marketing
research from a user's point of view. Topics
include problem definition, research objec-
tives, research applications, information
sources, and a discussion and evaluation of
alternative methods for collecting data. Prereq.
MKT 4320.
MKT 4335 Public Relations 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to thebasicprinciples, purposes,
and practices of public relations in both com-
n\ercial and nonprofit organizations. Em-
phasizes organization, research, and writing
fundamentals.
MKT 4336 Public Relations 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MKT 4335. Emphasizes the
development of public relations programs
for specific publics. Prereq. MKT 4335.
MKT 4337 Advertising and Promotion
(3q.h.)
For nonbusiness majors. Focuses on adver-
tising, sales promotion, public relations,
publicity, and personal selling as important
elements in the marketing process. Also ex-
amines the ethical, social, and economic as-
pects of advertising and promotion.
MKT 4340 Retail Management 1 (3 q.h.)
Concepts and techiuques of store opjerations
and merchandise management. Focuses on
the activities and contributions of various
retailing institutions, such as independents,
chains, dealerships, specialty stores, super-
markets, discount stores, and franchises. Also
includes retail mai\agement, retail profit and
loss, starting a retail business, store location,
store planning, and the retail organization.
Prereq. MKT 4301.
MKT 4341 Retail Management 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MKT4340. Emphasizes store
operations; merchandising planning, control,
and management; pricing; buying; sales pro-
motion; customer service; retail accounting;
and expense management. Prereq. MKT 43^.
MKT 4401 Introduction to Marketing 1
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
This course consists of lectures, readings and
small group discussions on the role of mar-
keting in contemporary society, in the busi-
ness enterprise, and in the nonprofit organi-
zation. Consideration is given to the plan-
ning, operation, and evaluation of market-
ing and promotional efforts necessary to the
effective marketing of consumer and indus-
trial products and services in both profit and
nonprofit organizations. Prereq. 80 q.h.
MKT 4402 Introduction to Marketing 2
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MKT 4401. Develops the
link between marketing theory and practice.
Covers specific marketing issues and prob-
lems. Includes case study analysis and cur-
rent marketing issues. Prereq. MKT 4401 or
MKT 4301 and 80 q.h.
MKT 4404 Introduction to Marketing
(Intensive) (Reserved) (6 q.h.)
Same as MKT 4401 and MKT 4402.
MKT 4410 Advertising Management 1
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
This course focuses on the management of
the advertising function in relation to a firm's
overall marketing objectives. The course ap-
proaches the subject from the perspective of
Marketing
219
the user of advertising (e.g, product man-
ager, marketing manager). Case studies and
text material are used to help the student
develop decision-making skills. Prereq. MKT
4420 or MKT 4320 and 80 q.h.
MKT 4411 Advertising Management 2
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MKT 4410. Surveys why
and how advertising works, and includes
challenging and practical case studies. Prereq.
MKT 4420 or MKT 4320 and 80 q.h.
MKT 4412 Advertising Management
(Reserved) (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as MKT 4410 and MKT 4411. Prereq.
MKT 4420 or MKT 4320 and 80 q.h.
MKT 4415 Sales Management 1 (Reserved)
(3 q.h.)
Allows student to develop effective selling
skills. Examines the customer buying pro-
cess and the company sales process. Dis-
cusses prospecting, preparation, presenta-
tion, and post-sale activities and introduces
advanced selling techniques, such as team
selling. Focuses on situations where personal
selling is a major element of marketing strat-
egy, such as industrial-product, professional-
service, and high-technology marketing.
Prereq. MKT 4420 or MKT 4320 and 80 q.h.
MKT 4416 Sales Management 2 (Reserved)
(3 q.h.)
This course is designed to help the student
develop decision-making skills necessary for
both building and maintaining an effective
sales organization. Cases and readings are
used to examine the strategic and operating
problems of the sales manager. Major topic
areas include the selling function, sales man-
agement at the field level, and the sales ex-
ecutive. Prereq. MKT 4415 or MKT 4315 and 80
q.h.
MKT 4417 Sales Management Intensive
(Reserved) (6 q.h.)
Same as MKT 4415 and MKT 4416. Prereq.
MKT 4420 or MKT 4320 and 80 q.h.
MKT 4420 Marketing Management
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
This course is designed to provide training in
marketing decision-makmg. Case studies
simulating actual business settings are used
to help students develop analytical abilities
and sharpen their communications skills.
Topics covered range from techniques used
to analyze a market to the development of a
total marketing strategy (product policy.
pricing policy, promotion policy, and distri-
bution policy). Prereq. MKT 4401 orMKT4301
and 80 q.h.
MKT 4430 Marketing Research 1 (Reserved)
(3 q.h.)
Course focuses on providing students with
an introduction to the field of marketing
research from a user's point of view. Topics
include problem definition, research objec-
tives, research applications, information
sources, and a discussion and evaluation of
alternative methods for collecting data. Prereq.
MKT 4420 or MKT 4320 and 80 q.h.
MKT 4431 Marketing Research 2 (Reserved)
(3 q.h.)
Course focuses on the techniques and proce-
dures required to conduct mgh quality re-
search studies. Topics include sampling
techniques, questionnaire development, data
collection methods, survey errors, and pro-
cessing and analyzing research data. Course
is taught from the viewpoint of the person
who conducts market research studies. Prereq.
4430 or MKT 4330 and 80 q.h.
MKT 4453 International Marketing
(Reserved) (3 q.h.)
This course is designed to help familiarize
the student with those aspects of marketing
that are unique to international business
within the framework of traditional func-
tional areas of marketing. The focus is on the
environment and the modifications of mar-
keting concepts and practices necessitated
by environmental differences. Topicsinclude
cultural dynamics in international markets,
political and legal environmental constraints,
educational and econonuc constraints, inter-
national marketing research, international
marketing institutions, and marketing prac-
tices abroad. Prereq. MKT 4420 or MKT 4320
and 80 q.h.
MKT 4457 Competitive Strategy (Reserved)
(3 q.h.)
A capstone marketing course, required of all
students with a marketing concentration. The
focus is on the formulation of marketing
strategy at a policy level and its implementa-
tion in a dynamic environment. Prereq. MKT
4420 or MKT 4320 and 80 q.h.
220 Marketing
MEDICAL LABORATORY
SCIENCE
MLS Courses at Special Tuition Rate
Course descriptions for medical laboratory
science courses numbered MLS IXXX are
available from the College of Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions, 206 Mugar Build-
ing. CaU 617-437-3664.
MLS 4104 Introduction to Phlebotomy
(4q.h.)
This course emphasizes the role of the phle-
botomist as part of the health care team.
Topics will include proper patient identifica-
tion, patient relationship, equipment,
venipuncture procedure, anatomy and
physiology, terminology and pertinent oth-
ers.
MLS 4108 Phlebotomy Applied Study
(2q.h.)
This course develops the confidence and ex-
perience needed to become an expert phle-
botomist. Varieties of venipunctures will be
performed under the supervision of clinical
instructors in an affiliated clinical site. Prereq.
MLS 4104.
MLS 4301 Medical Laboratory Science
Orientation* (2 q.h.)
Scope, responsibilities, opportunities, and
educational requirements for the medical
laboratory science professions. Medical ter-
minology and laboratory mathematics are
included.
MLS 4321 Hematology** (3 q.h.)
Basic hematological techniques, including
discussion of the differential smear and ob-
servation of the normal morphology of hu-
man red cells, white cells, and platelets.
(Laboratory fee.) Prereq. BIO 4105 or equiv.
Not open to medical technology majors.
MLS 4322 Morphologic Hematology 1+
(3q.h.)
Morphologic and etiologic classification of
the anemias. Related diagnostic tests are dis-
cussed. (Laboratory fee.) Prereq. MLS 4321 or
equiv.
MLS 4323 Morphologic Hematology 2t
(3q.h.)
Studies of pathologic and physiologic devia-
tions of the white cells series as observed in
leukemias and infections. Some animal he-
matologyisincluded. (Laboratory fee.)Prere(y.
MLS 4322 or equiv.
MLS 4341 Epidemiology 1 (3 q.h.)
Basic concepts in epidemiology, the distribu-
tion in determinants of diseases and injuries
in human populations. Descriptive and ana-
lytical epidemiology studies are included.
MLS 4342 Epidemiology 2 (3 q.h.)
Microbiological distributions in determinants
of infectious diseases; hospital epidemiol-
ogy. May be taken independently of Epide-
miology 1.
MLS 4352 Basic MLS Electronics and
Instrumentation (2 q.h.)
Electricity, with coverage of introductory
electronic circuits. Emphasizes medical
laboratory instrumentation and related elec-
trical processes of measurement.
MLS 4365 Quality Control (3 q.h.)
Development of quality control programs in
each medical laboratory specialty. Includes
applications of statistical methods to medi-
cal laboratory quality control programs.
MLS 4381 Seminar in Medical Technology
(3q.h.)
Current topics in medical technology. In-
cludes required readings and presentations
by students; guest lecturers. Prereq.
instructor's permission.
MLS 4700 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
MLS 4701 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See MLS 4700.
MANAGEMENT SCIENCE
MS 4325 Business Decision Models
(Formerly Introduction to Modeling and
Simulation) (3 q.h.)
Modeling as a method for gaining insight
into the underlying mathematical structure
of business problems. Discusses specific
modeling techniques, such as linear pro-
gramming and simulation. Prereq. MTH41 1 1
and ECN 4251.
*Offered odd-numbered academic years.
"Offered even-numbered academic years.
f Follows MLS 4321 in Winter and Spring Quarters
respectively.
Medical Laboratory Science 221
MS 4332 Statistical Quality Control (3 q.h.)
Practical course designed to introduce the
student to the basics of statistical process
control (SPC) and acceptance sampling used
in quality control and quality assurance of
products or services. Includes control charts
tor attributes and variables data, process ca-
pability analysis, statistical tolerandng, and
acceptance sampling concepts and sampling
plans for attributes. Prereq. ECN 4251.
MS 4333 Management of Quality Control
(3 q.h.)
Management practices of modem quality
control in the industrial and service sectors.
Includes discussion of the basic concepts of
quality; total quality management (TQM);
total quality control (TQC); quality policies
and objectives, evolution of the quality func-
tion; organizing for quality maintenance and
improvement; the economics of quality;
product/service design quality; vendor
quality relations; process quality plaiming;
product/service quality assurance, and cus-
tomer quality relations. Prereq. MS 4332.
MS 4334 Advanced Statistical Quality
Control (formerly Advanced Quality Con-
trol) (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MS 4332. Includes the use of
computers in process control and acceptance
sampling; special process control charts and
acceptance sampling procedures; process
capability and tolerance analysis; graphical
problem-solving tools for quality improve-
ment; life testing and reliability concepts.
MS 4335 Principles of Material Inspection
(3 q.h.)
Introductory course in inspection with em-
phasis on the measurement process. Topics
include discussion of the inspection func-
tion; purposes of inspection; inspection ac-
curacy and measurement error; calibration
and maintenance of test equipment and
gauges; interpretation of specifications and
tolerances; basic principles and techniques
of measurement; fixed limit gauges; me-
chanical, electrical, and air gauging; optical
measurement and inspection equipment;
automatic gauging; and nondestructive test-
ing.
MS 4336 Design and Analysis of
Experimentation (formerly Industrial
Experimentation) (3 q.h.)
Practical techniques for data collection that
can greatly extend students' problem-solv-
ing skills. Includes instruction in extracting
maximum information from small samples
and avoiding many common data-analysis
pitfalls. Other topics include randonuzed
tests, multi-level tests, two-level multi-factor
tests, and Taguchi methods. Prereq. ECN 4251
orequiv.
MS 4337 Principles of Quality Assurance
(3 q.h.)
The modem quality function from its begin-
nings in product design to vendor selection,
incoming inspection, monitoring of the
manufacturing process, final product test-
ing, and customer acceptance. Includes de-
finingquality,quality organization, sampling
plans, control charts, and quality assurance
reporting.
MS 4340 Service Industry Quality
Assxirance (formerly MS 4337 Principles of
Quality Assurance) (3 q.h.)
A broad-based course designed to give the
student a foundation for applpng the con-
cepts of quality management and statistical
quality control to the service industries or
business service functions in an organiza-
tion. Topics include defining the customers'
service quality requirements and conform-
ance quality characteristics; applying qual-
ity function deployment (QFD) to design the
service quality system; the use of control
charts and other statistical tools and meth-
ods for service quality maintenance and im-
provement; service quality measuring sys-
tems (QMS); and quality assurance report-
ing. Prereq. MS 4332 and MS 4333.
MATH
MTH 4100 Conquering Math 1 (Noncredit)
Designed for those persons with anxiety
about using math, or who have had minimal
exposure to it. The course includes an expla-
nation of numbers and arithmetic operation
such as addition, subtraction, multiplication,
and division; numbers and their groupings:
prime numbers, number systems, and pa-
rentheses; measure: English and Metric con-
versions; the real number line, signed num-
bers, and absolute values; number notation,
such as fractions. All concepts are presented
using arithmetic and many examples.
MTH 4101 Conquering Math 2 (Noncredit)
The course is a follow-on of MTH 41(X). Top-
ics include number displays: linear and cir-
cular; the three dimensions; exponents and
radicals; averages, percents; number displays:
slopes and rates, sequences and series; and
222 Management Science
many well-explained word problems. All
concepts are presented using arithmetic,
many examples, and a few simple formulas.
MTH 4001 Introduction to Mathematics 1
(3 q.h.)
Review of elementary algebra, including
operations on integers, algebraic expressions,
exponents, equations, word problems, and
graphing. Credit for this course cannot be ap-
plied to School of EngineeringTechnology degree
programs.
MTH 4002 Introduction to Mathematics 2
(3 q.h.)
Further review of mathematics, including
operations with polynomials, factoring,
fractional expressions, and radicals. Credit for
this course cannot be applied to School of Engi-
neering Technology degree programs. Prereq.
MTH 4001.
MTH 4006 Technical Mathematics* (4 q.h.)
Reviews high school algebra equations, for-
mulas, exponents, polynomials, factoring,
scientific notation, fractions, radicals, qua-
dratic equations, and linear equations and
their applications. Credit cannot be used in the
associate in engineering, associate in science, or
the bachelor of engineering technology degree
programs.
MTH 4107 College Algebra* (4 q.h.)
Diagnostic exam to insure proper placement
of students. Interval notation, integer and
rational exponents, factoring, operations with
fractional expressions, operations with radi-
cals and complex numbers, Pythagorean
theorem, linear and quadratic equations and
inequalities, distance and midpoint formu-
las, functional notation, graphing of func-
tions including straight lines, absolute val-
ues, polynomials, exponential and logarith-
mic, solving equations involving radicals;
solving polynomial, exponential and loga-
rithmic equations. Use of scientific calcula-
tor. Prereq. Math diagnostic exam or MTH 4006
or equiv.
MTH 4108 Pre-Calculus* (4 q.h.)
Topics include trigonometric functions of
angles in degrees and radians; trigonometric
identities and equations; right triangles; law
of sines and cosines; inverse trigonometric
functions; polar coordinates; complex num-
bers in trigonometric form; systems of linear
and nonlinear equations; determinants; bi-
nomial theorem; arithmetic and geometric
sequences and series; and conic sections.
Prereq. MTH 4W7.
MTH 4110 Math 1 (3 q.h.)
Real numbers, first-degree equations and
inequalities, polynomials, and rational ex-
pressions. Prereq. one year of high school alge-
bra or its equiv. A placement test is given during
the first (■lass meeting. Students who do not
attain a qualifying score on this test are advised to
enroll in MTH 4001, Introduction to Mathemat-
ics, for additional preparation. Credit for this
course cannot be applied to School of Engineering
Technology degree programs.
MTH 4111 Math 2 (3 q.h.)
Exponents and radicals, linear equations in
two varieties, quadratic equations, functions
and relations, conic sections, systems of
equations and inequalities, sequences and
series. Credit for this course cannot be applied to
School of Engineering Technology Degree pro-
grams. Prereq. MTH 4110 or equiv.
MTH 4112 Math 3 (3 q.h.)
Study of complex numbers; standard form of
equation for circle, ellipse, and hyperbola;
and exponential and logarithmic functions.
Introduction to calculus including functions
and their graphs, limits, average rate of
change, derivative of a function and the rules
of differentiation, maxima and minima, and
optimization. Prereq. MTH 4111 or equiv.
Credit for this course cannot be applied to School
of Engineering Technology Degree programs.
MTH 4113 Mathematics (Intensive) (9 q.h.)
Same as MTH 4110, MTH 4111, and MTH
4112.
MTH 4114 Mathematics 1 and 2
Combination (6 q.h.)
Same as MTH 4110 and MTH 4111.
MTH 4120 Calculus 1* (4 q.h.)
Topics include plane analytic geometry of
the line and circle; review of inequalities and
general function operations; theory and
evaluation of limits; derivatives of algebraic
and trigonometric functions; general rules of
differentiation; Rolle's theorem, mean value
theorem; applications of differentiation in-
cluding velocity, acceleration, related rates,
maximum, minimum, curve sketching, and
approximations by differentials. Solving the
equation f (x) = 0 by applying Newton's
Method. Prereq. MTH 4108.
*This is a School of Engineering Technology course,
which is offered at a different tuition rate than that of
University College.
Math 223
MTH 4121 Calculus 2» (4 q.h.)
Examines antiderivative and development
of the fundamental theorem with applica-
tions to areas, volumes, and rectilinear mo-
tion problems. Topics include the logarith-
mic exponential, and inverse trigonometric
functions and their applications; techniques
of integration including parts, partial frac-
tions, substitution, and the use of tables,
numerical integration (Simpson's and Trap-
ezoidal Rule); L'Hospital's Rule; improper
integrals, and the geometry of vectors in a
plane and space. Prereq. MTH 4120*
MTH 4122 Calculus 3* (4 q.h.)
Studies three-dimensional space and a treat-
ment of functions of several variables; mul-
tiple integrals with applications in areas and
volumes; sequences and series; differential
equations, including the solution with appli-
cations of first-order with variables sepa-
rable, first-order linear, and second-order
linear homogeneous to complete the se-
quence. Prereq. MTH 4121.*
MTH 4123 Differential Equations* (4 q.h.)
Linear differential equations with constant
coefficients, homogeneous and non-homo-
geneous, are examined. Explores the varia-
tion of parameters and undetermined coeffi-
cients and simultaneous differential equa-
tions, the Laplace transform, series solution
of differential equations, and the Fourier se-
ries. Orthogonal functions and numerical
solutions or differential equations are stud-
ied. Prereq. MTH 4122.*
MTH 4130 Fundamentals of Calculus 1
(3q.h.)
Introductory course intended for students in
liberal arts, business administration, and
other nonengineering curricula. Includes
fundamentals of differential calculus, rules
of differentiation, rates of change, graph
sketching, and growth and decay function.
Credit for this coursecannot beapphed to School
of Engineering Technology degree programs.
Prereq. MTH 4112 or equiv.
MTH 4131 Fundamentals of Calculus 2
(3 q.h.)
Applications of differential calculus, includ-
ing problems in optimization, velocity and
acceleration, compound interest, population
growth, and the fitting of equations to data.
Introduces integral calculus, areas, average
values of functions, marginal cost and profit,
and depreciation. Credit for this coursecannot
he applied to School of Engineering Technology
degree programs. Prereq. MTH 4130 or equiv.
MTH 4132 Ftmdamentals of Calculus 3
(3q.h.)
Calculus of trigonometric functions, tech-
niques of integration, ntunerical methods,
and differential equations. Applications in-
clude pricing, allocation of funds, present
value of an investment, manufacturing effi-
ciency, and product reliabOity. Credit pr this
coursecannot beapplied to School of Engineering
Technology degreeprograms. Prereq. MTH 4131
or equiv.
MTH 4140 Mathematics for Business
Management 1 (3 q.h.)
Mathematics topics applicable to business
management, such as linear equations and
inequalities, matrix algebra, linear program-
ming, sets, and counting techniques. Prereq.
MTH 4112 or equiv.
MTH 4141 Mathematics for Business
Management 2 (3 q.h.)
Business applications of probability, deci-
sion theory, Markov chains, game iheory,
and competitive analysis. Prereq. MTH 4140.
MTH 4143 Mathematics for Business
Management (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as MTH 4140 and MTH 4141.
MTH 4520 Statistically Thinking (3 q.h.)
Introduction to statistical mode of thinking.
Presents the essential logic of statistical
analysis to allow the student to critically
evaluate research published in professional
journals as well as newspajjers. The process
of collecting, analyzing, and interpretingdata
is discussed, as well as the use of computers
in statistical analysis. Lectures used in con-
junction with discussions of outside read-
ings to illustrate concepts.
MTH 4700 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87q.h.
MTH 4701 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See MTH 4700.
*This is a School of Engineering Technology course,
which is offered at a different tuition rate than that of
University College.
224 Math
MUSIC
MUS 4100 Introduction to Music (3 q.h.)
Selected works from earliest times to con-
temporary styles. Primarily a survey and
listening course that emphasizes styles, basic
theory, forms, and the historical, social, and
artistic periods each work represents.
MUS 4110 Music in Popular Culture (3 q.h.)
Investigation of American attitudes toward
culture, art, and beauty through consider-
ation of contemporary popular music. Com-
pares the different styles of pop music (jazz,
rock, MOR, and R&B) and traces their evolu-
tion. Examines the manipulation of public
tastes by large corporations for commercial
purposes.
MUS 4111 Rock Music (3 q.h.)
History of rock music from its origins in
American blues and other styles through the
popular music of the 1 950s, the political styles
of the 1960s, and the diverse trends of the
1970s. Emphasizes the formative years of
rock.
MUS 4112 Jazz (3 q.h.)
Jazz, from its origins in New Orleans to the
avant-garde experiments of today. Includes
analysis of the rhythmic, harmonic, instru-
mental, and stylistic characteristics of jazz.
Covers the works of such creative jazz artists
as Armstrong, Beiderbecke, Parker, Ellington,
and Coltrane.
MUS 4120 History of Musical Styles (3 q.h.)
Chronological examination of Western mu-
sic, including its role in society and the con-
tributions of irvfluential Western composers.
Reviews representative works from each
period, with music by Bach, Handel, Haydn,
Mozart, Beethoven, Brahms, Berlioz, Wagner,
Mahler, and Stravinsky.
MUS 4121 Medieval and Renaissance
Music (3 q.h.)
Development of sacred and secular
monophony, vocal and instrumental works,
and polyphonic music from their beginnings
to about 1600.
MUS 4122 Music of the Baroque (3 q.h.)
The period of the emergence of the orchestra,
the chorus, and the virtuoso performer and
the development of the oratorio, opera, con-
certo, and symphony in the works of
Monteverdi, Corelli, Vivaldi, Handel, and J.
S. Bach.
MUS 4123 Music History of the Classical
Period (3 q.h.)
Study of changing musical styles from
Stamitz and the Mannheim School through
the works of Haydn, Mozart, and early
Beethoven.
MUS 4124 Music History of the Romantic
Era (3 q.h.)
Musical styles of the nineteenth century, in-
cluding the role of music and the musician in
the changing social, economic, political, and
cultural structure of Europe. Analyzes music
by Beethoven, Schubert, Berlioz, Brahms,
Verdi, and Wagner.
MUS 4125 Music History of the Twentieth
Centiiry (3 q.h.)
The diversity of styles from Debussy through
Stravinsky, Schoenberg, Bartok, and
Hindemith and more recent developments,
including musique concrete, chance music, and
electronic music.
MUS 4130 The Symphony (3 q.h.)
The symphony as the major genre in the
Classical, Romantic, and contemporary peri-
ods. Covers works by Haydn, Mozart,
Beethoven, Schumann, Tchaikovsky,
Brahms, and Sibelius.
MUS 4140 Life and Works of Mozart (3 q.h.)
Mozart's musical development from child
prodigy to mature artist, traced from his own
letters and from biographies. Includes
analysis of many of his major works, includ-
ing operas, symphonies, concertos, and
chamber music.
MUS 4141 Life andWorks of J.S.Bach(3q.h.)
The genius who summed up the Baroque era
and whose every note reflected his pro-
foundly humanistic approach to religion.
Works examined include large choral mas-
terpieces, such as the St. Matthew Passion, the
Brandenburg Concertos, the Well-Tempered
Clavier, and the Suites.
MUS 4144 Life and Works of Debussy
(3 q.h.)
Debussy's impressionist music as the turn-
ing point toward modem trends. Studies
much of his work for piano, orchestra, and
opera, including Suite pour le Piano, Suite
Bergamasque ("Clair de Lune"), Images for
piano and orchestra. Nocturnes, La Mer, and
the opera Pelleas and Melisande.
Music 225
MUS 4145 Life and Works of Beethoven
(3q.h.)
The complex personality and art of this fig-
ure, including his relation to the turbulent
times in which he lived and his role in Clas-
sical and Romantic music.
MUS 4163 Sound Health: Music and
Relaxation 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to experience a heightened
awareness of the power of music to effect
physical and emotional change, and to ex-
amine the effects of music on the body, mind,
and spirit. An exploration into the awareness
of sound and the physiological changes
caused by music. Covers theories and tech-
niques used to facilitate positive change, re-
laxation, and reduction of stress. Includes
sound pollution, the effects of vibrations on
the body, guided imagery, music and medi-
tation, and New Age and environmental
music.
MUS 4164 Sound Health: Music and
Relaxation 2 (3 q.h.)
This course allows each student to strengthen
his/her ability to work with specific tech-
niques for using music to facilitate relax-
ation, stress reduction and inner healing for
personal use or in a health care setting. Em-
phasis will be on creating healing intageiy,
choosing appropriate music and vocal tech-
niques. Prereq. MUS 4163.
MUS 4165 The Music Industry (3 q.h.)
Business-related areas of the music industry.
Addresses the structure of the record indus-
try and music publishing world, the function
of performing rights organizations (ASCAP
and BMI), and the role of concert and orches-
tral managers. Features guest lecturers from
various fields and trips to "behind-the-
scenes" locations.
MUS 4168 Building a Career in Musical
Performance (3 q.h.)
Designed for performers representing them-
selves or for those interested in managing
other artists. Topics include auditions, job
investigation, resumes, photographs, press-
kits, recording, and debut recitals. Students
assemble press kits, write press releases and
PSAs, and learn effective ways to gamer and
handle publicity, to differentiate among the
various audio and video formats, and assay
their ideas on novel methods of promoting
themselves or others.
MUS 4171 Computers and Music (3 q.h.)
History of the use of computers for music
composition, music and sound analysis,
sound san\pling and synthesis, and n\usic
scoring and printing. Emphasizes the latest
technology, including the use of MIDI (Mu-
sical Instrument Digital Interface). Also fea-
tures hands-on use of computers, music soft-
ware, and sjmthesizers.
MUS 4172 The Recording Studio (3 q.h.)
The history and methods of audio reproduc-
tion from Edison's gramophone to toda5^s
multi-track digital techiviques. Includes in-
struction and hands-on experience at the
recording facility in the College's new Media
Studio. Guest lectures from experts in the
field and visit to a local professional studio.
(Additional fee required for studio work.)
MUS 4180 Introduction to World Music
(3 q.h.)
The varied musical cultures of non-Western
societies. Exploration of characteristics com-
mon to all musical systems, followed by
investigation of music in the Middle East,
southern and eastern Asia, Africa, South and
Central America, and the Caribbean.
MUS 4200 How to Read and Write Music
(3q.h.)
Basics of musical notation for students with
little or no theory or performance back-
ground. Focuses on the use of the symbols of
pitch and duration. Includes sight reading
simple melodies, following scores, arrang-
ing music for small instrumental groups,
transposition, and elementary rhythmic and
melodic composition.
MUS 4201 Music Theory 1 (4 q.h.)
Basics of music theory as a foundation for
further musical study and activity. Begins
with aural and visual identification of pitches,
intervals, major and minor scales, and triads
in the G and F clefs. Includes rhythmic and
simple melodic dictation, sight-reading, el-
ementary melodic writing, and chord con-
struction.
MUS 4202 Music Theory 2 (4 q.h.)
Visual identification of pitches in the so-
prano, alto, and tenor clefs; transposition;
some elementary arranging; writing and
aural identification of cadences; elementary
musical analysis; melodic and rhythmic dic-
tation; and sight reading. Prereq. MUS 4201
or equiv.
226 Music
MUS 4203 Music Theory 3 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of MUS 4202. Covers elemen-
tary four-part writing, introduction to fig-
ured bass, score reading, and harmonic
analysis. Activities include harmonic as well
as melodic dictation and part singing by
sight. Prereq. MUS 4202.
MUS 4231 Musical Performance 1 (1 q.h.)
Participation in rehearsals and public per-
formances and/or research; and composi-
tion, arranging, conducting, and solo and
ensemble activity with the NU Symphony
Orchestra, the Early Music Players, the NtJ
Chorus, the NU Bands, or other ensembles
under the supervision of a faculty member.
Evaluation of student progress at the end of
the quarter by audition or other method.
Prereq. audition or instructor's permission.
MUS 4232 Musical Performance 2 (1 q.h.)
Continuation of MUS 4231 . Prereq. MUS 4231.
MUS 4233 Musical Performance 3 (1 q.h.)
ContinuationofMUS4232.Prera7.ML/S4232.
MUS 4234 Musical Performance 4 (1 q.h.)
Continuation of MUS 4233. Prereq. MUS 4233.
MUS 4235 Chamber Music 1 (3 q.h.)
Ten sessions, at least one-half hour each, for
rehearsal, study, and performance of music
for two to six players (matched according to
level) under the guidance of a faculty coach.
Repertoire selected from the full range of
European concert music by the instructor in
consultation with the students. For details,
call 617-437-2416.
MUS 4236 Chamber Music 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MUS4235. Prereq. MUS 4235
or instructor's permission.
MUS 4237 Chamber Music 3 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MUS4236. Prereq.MUS4236
or instructor's permission.
MUS 4241 Piano Class 1 (3 q.h.)
For beginning piano students who want to
progress at their own pace. Grades are
awarded after passing various step levels.
Ownership of a piano is not required.
MUS 4242 Piano Class 2 (3 q.h.)
Introduction of scales, arf)eggios, and triads
to help students perfonn more advanced
music. Repertoire consists of original com-
positions by the instructor and simple works
by Bartok and Kabalevsky. Prereq. MUS 4241
or equiv., or instructor's permission.
MUS 4243 Piano Class 3 (3 q.h.)
Two-octave scales, arpeggios, and triads in
all keys. Repertoire consists of Bartok,
Kabalevsky, original compositions by the
instructor, and duets specifically arranged
for this course. Prereq. MUS 4242 or equiv., or
instructor's permission.
MUS 4244 Voice Class (3 q.h.)
Basic vocal production required for fine
singing. Repertoire, both classical and con-
temporary, is chosen for each student to
learn and perform in lessons and outside of
class. Includes lectures concerning diction,
the physiology of singing, resonance, regis-
ters, interpretation, and the basics of music
readingand sight-singing. Also includes class
analysis of recordings of great vocal artists.
MUS 4247 Guitar Class 1 (3 q.h.)
Intended for beginners. Covers basic classi-
cal guitar techniques, including proper sit-
ting and hand positions, note reading, and
ensemble playing. Instruments, preferably
nylon-strung, are required.
MUS 4248 Guitar Class 2 (3 q.h.)
Intended for those who have taken MUS
4247 or who already have a basic knowledge
of classical guitar techniques and note read-
ing. Introduces both solo and ensemble rep-
ertoire suitable to the advanced beginner.
Prereq. MUS 4247 or instructor's permission.
MUS 4249 Guitar Class 3 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MUS 4248, with repertoire
suitable for early intermediate students.
Prereq. MUS 4248 or instructor's permission.
MUS 4261 Music Instruction (1 q.h.)
Individual instruction in a musical instru-
ment or in voice. Lessons may be arranged
on a 45-minute basis. Call 617-437-2416 for
details. Special fees. May be repeated for
credit.
MUS 4270 Synthesizer Class (3 q.h.)
Intended for beginners. Covers basic key-
board techniques and music-reading skills,
as well as utilization of the special features of
some of the more popular digital synthesiz-
ers.
MUS 4301 Form and Analysis (3 q.h.)
The principles of unity and variety in musi-
cal composition. Representative works from
all periods of Western music are used to
analyze and study such single-member forms
as theme and variation, rondo, minuet and
trio, sonata-allegro, passacaglia, canon, and
fugue. Prereq. MUS 4203 or equiv.
Music 227
MUS 4541 Master Class 1 (3 q.h.)
Advanced instruction in a musical instru-
ment or in voice given by a leading expert in
the field. Students perform selectedrepertoire
in class under the guidance of the "master"
who uses the students' jjerformances as a
springboard for an illustrated discussion of
performance practice and techniques. For
details contact the Department of Music, 351
Ryder Hall, 617-437-2440. Prereq. audition or
instructor's permission.
MUS 4542 Master Class 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MUS 4541 .
MUS 4543 Master Class 3 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of MUS 4542.
MUS 4810 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. 96 q.h., 3.5 q.p.a.
MUS 4811 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See MUS 4810.
MUS 4812 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h.)
See MUS 4810.
MUS 4815 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take an upper-level course
independently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
MUS 4816 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See MUS 4815.
MUS 4820 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details. Prereq. 96q.h.,3.0 q.p.a. .
MUS 4821 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See MUS 4820.
MUS 4822 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See MUS 4820.
NURSING
NUR 4300 Niursing Transition (9 q.h.)
Introduces Registered Nurse students to the
purposes, philosophy, and conceptual
framework of the bacciaureate degree pro-
gram. Provides students the opportunity to
complement and validate, through guided
study, their knowledge of professional roles
and role conflicts, communication and group
process, and principles of teaching, learning,
and evaluation. Uses the Roy Adaptation
Model in designing and providing nursing
care, specifically with aging, chronically ill.
and dying patients. Also discusses nutri-
tional needs, with specific emphasis on aged,
acute, emd chronically ill individuals. Prereq.
BIO 4105, BIO 4177, BIO 4190, CHM 4113,
PSY 4112, ENG 4112 and NUR 4302.
NUR 4302 Pharmacodynamics (3 q.h.)
(Open to all students.)
Intended for Registered Nurses. Introduces
pharmacology principles, the pharmaco-
therapeutics of drug groups, and individual
drug substances of particular importance in
the treatment arid diagnosis of disease. Prereq.
CHM 4113.
NUR 4303 Life Crisis: Analysis and
Response (4 q.h.)
Considers personal, family, and community
crises identified from literature, health agency
clientele, and student sources. Uses concepts
from nursing, sociology, anthropology, and
social psychology to assess critically the
individual's experience of crisis and the ap-
proaches used by providers in human-ser-
vice systems to help people in crisis. Gives
students in consumer and/or health and
human service roles the opportunity to criti-
cally examine the meaning of life crises in a
social-cultural vs. psychopathological
framework and to explore principles and
creative strategies that might be used in re-
sponding constructively to crises in their
own lives or in their experience as health or
human-service workers. Open to all students.
NUR 4402 Health Assessment (4 q.h.)
Provides the student with additional theory
and skills relevant to the clinical decision-
making role of the nurse as a primary care-
taker. Extends the students' knowledge and
experience of history-taking and physical
and psychosocial assessment. Emphasizes
analysis and synthesis of data obtained from
a holistic health assessment as an essential
framework for the identification of common
health abnormalities and the enhancement
of the nurse's clinical decision-making skills.
Open to any Registered Nurse.
NUR 4500 Community Health Nursing
(9 q.h.)
Focuses on the use of the nursing process to
promote the adaptation of individuals, fami-
lies, groups, and communities. Examines
utilization of the Roy Adaptation Model in
addressing client needs. Analyzes the inter-
relationship of client and environmental fac-
tors as they relate to the attainment of health
goals. Discusses the influence of the role of
228
Miisir
the community health nurse and cultural,
political, socioeconomic, and epidemiologi-
cal factors on client adaptation. Registration
by permission of the Program Office. Open
only to matriculated BSN students. Prereq.
NUR 4300, PSY 4242, and SOA 4102.
NUR 4502 Introduction to Nursing Research
(4q.h.)
Builds on students' prior exposure to select
studies applied to nursing. Discusses and
critiques qualitative and quantitative research
and the value of each to the practice of nurs-
ing and to the health-care field. Examines the
importance of research in nursing to both
practitioner and consumer. Open only to
matriculated BSN students. Prereq. NUR 4300,
SOA 4102, and PSY 4242.
NUR 4504 Contemporary Issues in Nursing
(2q.h.)
Analyzes sociological, political, legal, eco-
nomic, ethical historical and ideological fac-
tors affecting contemporary nursing practice
and the health care system. Synthesizes pro-
fessional role issues. Open only to matricu-
lated BSN students. Prereq. NUR 4300, SOC
4101, and PSY 4242. Please note: NUR 4504
and NUR 4505 replace NUR 4501 Contempo-
rary Niising.
NUR 4505 Introduction to Leadership and
Management of Patient Care (3 q.h.)
Focuses on the nurse as a leader and man-
ager of patient care. Examines the theoretical
base for organizing and facilitating the de-
livery of efficient and appropriate nursing
services to clients/patients across various
settings. Explores concepts from nursing,
organizational theory, decision-making
theory, and leadership and management
theory to heighten the professional nurse's
awareness of the complexity of human and
material resources required for the delivery
of nursing care to clients and the importance
of collaboration with a variety of providers.
Please note: NUR 4504 and NUR 4505 replace
NUR 4501 Contemporary Nursing.
OPERATIONS
MANAGEMEhH'
(fbimerly Industrial Management: IM)
CM 4301 Introduction to Operations
Management (Open) (formerly IM 4301)
(3q.h.)
Concepts and principles related to the man-
agement of operation functions, taught from
a management point of view. Relationships
to other business functions. Operations, as a
transformation process, with inputs of mate-
rials, investment, and people producing fin-
ished goods/services. Topics covered include
product and process design, forecasting de-
mand, capacity planning, facilities design,
aggregate planning, scheduling, and quality
control and assurance. Prereq. MS 4325. Not
open to students who have taken IM 4301 or IM
UOl.
OM 4302 Operations Analysis (formerly
IM 4302) (3 q.h.)
Structuring problems and the application of
analytical techniques in the development of
solutions to operating systems problems.
Topics covered include operations planning
and scheduling, analyzing operating perfor-
mance, quality issues, facilities layout, mate-
rials planning, and workforce planning. Ex-
amination of the operations audit as it relates
to manufacturing and service organizations
developed as a tool for operations analysis.
Prereq. OM 4401 or OM 4301. Not open to
students who have taken IM 4302.
OM 4314 Productivity Enhancement and
Quality (formerly IM 4314 ) (3 q.h.)
The fields of quality control and productiv-
ity as a body of managerial, technological,
behavioral, and economic knowledge, to-
gether with the organized application of this
knowledge to the practical improvement of
operations. Introduction to various produc-
tivity improvement programs currently in
use, including measurement and control; the
relationship between increase in productiv-
ity and managing for higher quality. Re-
views management practices of modem
quahty control and the different approaches
to optimizing quahty. Includes the econom-
ics of total quality, internal and external
quahty, and management of long-term qual-
ity and reliability. Prereq. MS 4332. Not open
to students who have taken IM 4314.
OM 4317 Purchasing and Materials
Management (formerly IM 4317) (3 q.h.)
Development and analysis of factors consid-
ered in the acquisition process and subse-
quent management of the materials func-
tion. Examines the relationships among price,
quality, and delivery performance. Topics
covered include the make-or-buy decision,
corporate purchasing strategies, setting cus-
tomer service levels, inventory analysis, fa-
cility location, storage and material handling.
Nursing
229
and selection of the transportation mode.
Prereq. OM 4401 or OM 4301. Not open to
students who have taken IM 4317.
OM 4321 Operations Planning and Control
(formerly IM 4321) (3 q.h.)
The nature of control in general and the
specific characteristics of management and
operations control. Examines control struc-
tures, processes, and bases for design and
implementation. Prere(j. OM4401 orOM4301.
Not open to students who have taken IM 4321.
OM 4326 Operations Management Policy
(formerly IM 4326) (3 q.h.)
Analyses of complex operating situations
faced by business managers. Students are
exposed to integrative cases and are expected
to identify problems in organizations, to de-
velop viable courses of action, to conduct
detailed analyses, and to identify a set of
recommendations and an implementation
strategy. Prereq. OM 4314, OM 4317, OM
4321 . Not open to students who have taken IM
4326.
OM 4401 Introduction to Operations
Management (Reserved) (formerly 1M4401)
(3 q.h.)
Concepts and principles related to the man-
agement of operation functions, taught from
a management point of view. Relationships
to other business functions. Operations, as a
transformation process, with inputs of mate-
rials, investment, and people producing fin-
ished goods/services. Topicscovered include
product and process design, forecasting de-
mand, capacity planning, facilities design,
aggregate planning, scheduling, and quality
control and assurance. Prereq. MS 4325 and 80
q.h. Not open to students who have taken IM
4401 or IM 4301.
OM 4600 Honors Program 1 (formerly
IM 4600) (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. 96 q.h., 3.5 q.p.a.
OM 4601 Honors Program 2 (formerly
IM 4601) (4 q.h.)
See OM 4600.
OM 4602 Honors Program 3 (formerly
IM 4602) (4 q.h.)
See OM 4600.
OM 4701 Independent Study 1 (formerly
IM 4701) (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details. Prerefj. 96 ^./i., 3.0 (/.p-a.
OM 4702 Independent Study 2 (formerly
IM 4702) (3 q.h.)
See OM 4701.
OM 4703 Independent Study 3 (formerly
IM 4703) (3 q.h.)
See OM 4701.
OM 4800 Advanced Tutorial 1 (formerly
IM 4800) (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
OM 4801 Advanced Tutorial 2 (formerly
IM4801)(3q.h.)
See OM 4800.
OM 4900 Field Work (formerly IM 4900)
(6 q.h.)
Opportunity to enhance career development
by applying academic background to practi-
cal problems in the workplace. See page 23
for details. Prereq. Approval of Program Direc-
tor.
OM 4910 Internship (1 q.h.)
The Operations Management Internship is
an opportunity for students to obtain super-
vised professional experience (related to
coursework) at an on-site location. See page
69 for details.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
PED 4200 Cardiovascular Health and
Exercise (3 q.h.)
Structured exercise program meeting three
times per week and offering a choice of walk-
ing, jogging, swimming, or aerobic exercise
classes anda weekly cardiovascular health
lecture. Participants receive two compre-
hensive cardiovascular medical and physi-
cal fitness evaluations, prior to and at the
completion of the progran\. Includes a car-
diopulmonary examination by a cardiolo-
gist, blood chemistry profile, pulmonary
function testing, resting EKG, graded exer-
cise treadmill (stress) test with EKG and
blood pressure evaluation, along with an
assessment of percent body fat (ideal weight
and projected weight loss where applicable).
Each participant receives a computerized
report; individual exercise programs are
based on test results.
230 Operations Management
PHILOSOPHY
PHL 4100 Philosophical Thinking (3 q.h.)
Methods and values of thinking philosophi-
cally. Reveals strategies of dialogue and of
informational discovery through under-
standing and use of the Socratic method of
intellectual exchange. Analyzes the univer-
sal quest for truth in order to distinguish
between knowing and not knowing, dogma,
and ignorance. Proves value issues through
questions in ethics and moral philosophy.
PHL 4102 Critical Thinking (3 q.h.)
This course will provide the student with
several key skills: the organization and de-
velopment of argument, analysis of content,
and clear and precise articulation of ideas.
Standard critical thinking texts will be
coupled with texts from a variety of sources,
ranging from newspaper articles to materi-
als originating in the student's own field.
PHL 4105 Philosophy of Knowing and
Reality (3 q.h.)
The difference between knowledge and be-
lief. Areas of theoretical focus include the
nature of ultimate reality, the nature of hu-
man knowledge, and the nature and exist-
ence of God. The investigation of a variety of
problems and alternative solutions helps
students think independently and self-criti-
cally. Emphasizes the development of disci-
pline and precision in communicating ideas.
PHL 4110 Philosophy of Right and Justice
(3 q.h.)
Ethics and social and political philosophy. In
ethics, addresses the Questions "What sorts
of things are good or oad?" and "What ac-
tions are right or wrong?" In social and po-
litical philosophy, examines theories of hu-
man nature, social change, social institutions,
and major twentieth-century political theo-
ries. Possible additional topics include aes-
thetics and philosophy of history.
PHL 4165 Moral Problems in Medicine
(3 q.h.)
Social and moral problems created by medi-
cal science. Questions investigated include
"Should a human life be prolonged under
any condition and at any cost?" 'What are
the moral problems caused by the current
medical definitions of death?" and 'Ts it
morally right to predetermine the physical
characteristics or future generations by ge-
netic engineering?"
PHL 4170 The Human Search for Meaning
(3 q.h.)
Examination of selected philosophical prob-
lems of human existence, such as freedom,
death, sexuality, alienation, and becoming a
person.
PHL 4180 Business Ethics (3 q.h.)
Ethical principles and considerations in-
volved in making moral business decisions.
Studies basic ethical viewpoints as a founda-
tion; analyzes specific characteristics of busi-
ness life through particular cases and ex-
amples.
PHL 4200 Logic (3 q.h.)
Essentials of lucid thinking in terms of basic
logical concepts, including deductive and
inductive reasoning, valid and invalid argu-
ments, and the varied functions of language
and definition. Also examines how to recog-
nize and evaluate different kinds of argu-
ments, methods of detecting and avoiding
common errors in reasoning, and the link
between structured thought and effective
communication.
PHL 4220 The Meaning of Death (3 q.h.)
Various philosophical and religious views
concerning the meaning of death. Discusses
such questions as "What attitude should one
take regarding one's own death?" "What
role does death play in our personal relations
to others?" and "Is it necessary to believe in
an afterlife in order to give meaning to this
life?"
PHL 4223 New Age Philosophy (formerly
Philosophy of Consciousness) (3 q.h.)
Theories of consciousness, the possibility of
higher states of consciousness, and some
techniques, such as meditation, alleged to
lead to higher states of consciousness. Read-
ings may include psychological and para-
psychological literature on the subject.
PHL 4233 Special Topics in Philosophy
(3q.h.)
Examination of a variety of subjects and
themes, such as ancient philosophy, philoso-
phy of science and technology, and ethical
issues in race and gender. Because topics
change from quarter to quarter, students
may take this course more than once, pro-
vided they focus on a different topic each
time.
PHL 4235 Personal Ethics (3 q.h.)
As we live our lives, we face many decisions
about the "rightness" or "wrongness" of our
Philosophy 231
ideas and actions. Explores two different
approaches to moral dilemmas: utilitarian
tneoiy, which defines the good as the best
possible outcome, and deontological theory,
which states that actions themselves are ei-
ther good or evil. Applies these ethical theo-
ries to the moral choices we make on issues
such as abortion, the AIDS epidemic, capital
punishment, nuclear arms, and taxation.
PHL 4243 Existentialism (3 q.h.)
Existential philosophy as understood
through study of its greatest representatives,
such as Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Dosto-
yevsky, Heidegger, Jaspers, Camus, Sartre,
and Merleau-Ponty. Focuses on the central
themes of self-alienation, authenticity, and
existential experiences.
PHL 4245 Philosophy of Religion (3 q.h.)
The arguments for the existence of God . Cov-
ers natural and moral evil, the soul, immor-
tality, the evidence for miracles, and the na-
ttire of religious knowledge.
PHL 4247 Theistic, Atheistic, and Agnostic
Philosophies (3 q.h.)
Selected theistic, atheistic, and agnostic phil-
osophies. Questions studied indude: "Is the
belief in God necessary for a comprehensive
philosophy of life?" "How does an atheistic
philosophy explain and justify the lugher
values' such as love, beauty, and justice?"
and "How is it possible to base a philosophy
on the principle of agnosticism?"
PHL 4249 Woman's Spirituality (formerly
Feminist Spirituality) (3 q.h.)
Women's religious experience as described
in classical and contemporary sources.
Readings include such works as Womanspirit
Rising, The Politics of Women's Spirituality, and
Dreaming the Dark.
PHL 4250 Philosophy of Human Nature
(3 q.h.)
Philosophical and literary study of human
nature. Questions include "What is human
nature?" and "What is a human being?" Ex-
amines some of the philosophical answers to
these questions, with special attention to the
significance of tradition, social role, freedom,
and decision.
PHL 4251 Images of Women in Philosophy
(3 q.h.)
Philosophical approach to the study of
women in society. Drawing from sources
within the history of philosophy and litera-
ture, includes the role (ideal and actual) of
women in society, love and marriage, op-
pression and isolation, and the cult of virgin-
ity.
PHL 4252 Women's Ethical Issues (3 q.h.)
The emerging fenunist ethos as distinct from
traditional descriptions of feminist morals
and values. Discusses questions of politics,
power, values, and actions. Readings include
such works as De Beauvoir's The Ethics of
Ambiguity and Daly's Gyn-Ecology.
PHL 4255 Women and Religion (3 q.h.)
The role and place of women in the major
religions of the world and contemporary
feminist challenges to these traditional un-
derstandings. Readings include such works
as Carmody's Women and Religion and Daly's
Beyond God the Father.
PHL 4256 Introduction to Feminist Thought
(3q.h.)
Introduction to feminist scholarship in vari-
ous fields. Explore what constitutes knowl-
edge when women's experiences rather than
men's, frame the questions, provide the data,
and interpret that data.
PHL 4265 Contemporary Religious Issues
in America (formerly Understanding
Religion in America Today) (3 q.h.)
Study America's remarkable religious plu-
ralism. Includes contemporary Christianity
and Judaism, nontraditional Christian and
non-Christian movements, cults, sects, and
quasi-religious organizations. After becom-
ing familiar with American religious foim-
dations, students study the connections be-
tween religion and sociotechnological
change, sex, biomedical ethics, pjolitics, and
the media. May include guest speakers.
PHL 4266 The Religious Right in
Contemporary America (3 q.h.)
Evangelism, fundamentalism, extremist
groups, and nontraditional Jewish and
Christian movements. Also examines
"priesthood of all believers," grace and the
idea of the "elect," and the state of being
"bom again" as well as the New Deal, the
Great Society, and the "conservative revolu-
tion." Includes background on the roots of
these movements, from precolonial Europe
and Puritan America to the development of
the Social Gospel. May include guest speak-
ers.
PHL 4267 Cults and Sects (3 q.h.)
Examines the varieties of religious experi-
ence from the perspectives of sociology and
232 Philosophy
psychology of religion. Focuses on such
cultic and sectarian groups as Christian Sci-
ence, the American Shakers, the Unification
Church, the Hare Krishna movement, and
the Blade Muslims. Provides the student the
opportunity to acquire critical investigative
tools with which to arwlyze different reli-
gious expressions.
PHL 4270 The Great Western Religions
(3 q.h.)
Study of the basic teachings of Judaism,
Christianity, and Islam.
PHL 4273 Judaism (3 q.h.)
Philosophy of the Jewish religion, its meta-
physical and ethical beliefs, and the philo-
sophical origins of these beliefs.
PHL 4275 The Great Eastern Religions
(3q.h.)
Study of the basic teachings of Taoism, Con-
fucianism, Buddhism, Hinduism, and
Shintoism.
PHL 4277 Hinduism (3 q.h.)
The Hinduism of the Upanishads, the most
explicit of the mystical religions. Also in-
cludes the devotional aspect of Hinduism as
expressed in the Bhagavad Gita.
PHL 4279 Buddhism (3 q.h.)
Central teachings of Buddhism, including
the doctrines that there is no independently
existing immutable self or soul, that all phe-
nomena are imjjermanent, that existence is
suffering, that suffering has a cause, and that
there is a way to eliminate suffering.
PHL 4280 Islam (3 q.h.)
History of Islan\, its conflicts with the West in
the past and in the present. Islamic beliefs,
and the future of Islam as a world religion.
PHL 4293 Mysticism: East and West (3 q.h.)
Inquiry into mystical experience through a
comparative study of the writings of Chris-
tian, Buddhist, and Hindu mystics and of
secondary interpretive sources. Explores the
potential oneness of humanity with God, the
conflict of mysticism with traditional forms
of religion, and the possibility of a common,
cross-cultural basis for mysticism.
PHL 4317 Understanding the Bible (3 q.h.)
This course introduces students to the Old
and New Testaments so that they may enter
into a dialogue with the Bible, understand-
ing not only what it says, but why it is said
that way. Discussion focuses on the bible's
social, political, and cultural backgrounds.
PHL 4330 Myths, Dreams, and Mysteries
(formerly The Encounter of Psychology and
Religion) (3 q.h.)
Exploration of the ways the sense of self
shapes and is shaped by religion. Emphasis
on dominant Western psychologies and reli-
gions. Examination of the role of religious
values in defining cultural values, and of
these values in determining a sense of self.
PHL 5220 The Meaning of Death (3 CEUs)
Same as PHL 4220.
PHYSICS
PHY 4101 College Physics 1* (4 q.h.)
Introduction to mechanics, including units
of measurement, vectors, accelerated mo-
tion, and Newton's laws of motion. Further
topics include conservation of energy, work,
momentum and introduction to elements of
heat, mechanical waves and vibrating bod-
ies. Laboratory experiments and classroom
demonstrations are an integral component
of this course. (This course cannot be utilized
for credit towards technology degrees in the
School of Engineering Technology.)
PHY 4102 College Physics 2* (4 q.h.)
Introduction to magnetism, magnetic fields,
electromagnetic induction, electrostatics and
electric circuits. Further areas covered in-
clude appropriate topics in optics, nuclear
and atomic physics. Laboratory experiments
and classroom demonstrations are an inte-
gral component of this course. (This course
cannot be utilized for credit towards tech-
nology degrees in the School of Engineering
Technology.) Prereq. PHY 4101 .
PHY 4117 Physics 1* (4 q.h.)
Introduces vectors and balanced force accel-
erated motion, projectile motion, Newton's
laws, circular motion and centripetal force,
work and energy, momentum, rotation of
rigid bodies, and moment of inertia. Prereq.
MTH 4107 or concurrently.
PHY 4118 Physics 2* (4 q.h.)
Explores elasticity, vibratory motion, den-
sity and pressure, fluid djmamics, tempera-
ture and thermal expansion, heat energy and
*This is a School of Engineering Technology course,
which is offered at a different tuition rate than that of
University College.
Philosophy 233
heat transfer, the gas laws, thermodynamics,
wave motion, properties of sound, and prop-
erties of light. Prereq. PHY 4117.
PHY 4119 Physics 3* (4 q.h.)
Topics include electric forces and fields, elec-
tric potential, direct current circuits, mag-
netic forces and fields, electromagnetic in-
duction, and alternating current circuits.
Prereq. PHY 4118.
PHY 4196 Physics Laboratory 1 (1 q.h.)
First in a three-quarter sequence for SET
students. Lab course that accornpanies PHY
4117 and in which students perform experi-
ments selected from physics topics covered
concurrently in PHY 4117. Prereq. PHY 4117
concurrently.
PHY 4197 Physics Laboratory 2 (1 q.h.)
Second in a three-quarter sequence for SET
students. Lab course that accompanies PHY
4118 and in which students perform experi-
ments selected from physics topics covered
concurrently in PHY 4117 and PHY 4118.
Prereq. PHY 4118 concurrently; PHY 4196.
PHY 4198 Physics Laboratory 3 (1 q.h.)
Third in a three-quarter sequence for SET
students. Lab course that accompanies PHY
4119 and in which students perform experi-
ments selected from physics topics covered
concurrently in PHY 4118 and PHY 4119.
Prereq. PHY 4119 concurrently; PHY 4197.
POLmCAL SCIENCE
POL 4103 Introduction to Politics (3 q.h.)
Introduction to contemporary political sci-
ence, including consideration of basic con-
cepts in political analysis, the role of govern-
ment institutions, political representation,
political ideologies, and the scope and meth-
ods of political science.
POL 4104 Introduction to American
Government (3 q.h.)
An\erican governmental and political pro-
cesses, constitutional institutions, political
behavior, and liberties.
POL 4105 Introduction to Comparative
Politics (3 q.h.)
Comparative study of constitutional and to-
talitarian systems, including the Western
European and Soviet patterns.
*This is a School of Engineering Technology course,
which is offered at a different tuition rate than that of
University College.
234 Physics
POL 4106 Introduction to Politics (4 q.h.)
Basic political concepts and forces of organi-
zation from the classical Greeks to the mod-
em nation-state. The Soviet Union and the
United Kingdom are contrasted as contem-
porary illustrations of the institutional dis-
tinction between a totalitarian and a consti-
tutional system. For AltemativeFreshman-Year
students only.
POL 4110 The Great Political Thinkers
(3q.h.)
Explores the great political thinkers from
ancient Greece to the twentieth centtiry.
Probes the creative genius of such theorists
as Plato, Aristotle, Aquinas, Hobbes, Hegel,
Locke, Rousseau, Mill, and Marx.
POL 4112 Political Elites in Advanced
Industrial Societies (3 q.h.)
This course focuses on theories of political
elites in advanced industrial societies. The
auestion of who rules is central. What role
o elites play in modem democracies? Are
there in fact elites? The theories of Mosca,
Pareto, Michels, and the modem debate rep-
resented by thinkers such as Mills and Danl
are central to the course. The course also
presents the Marxist, pluralist, and corporat-
ist paradigms for understanding politics with
respect to the issue of elites.
POL 4300 Introduction to Public
Administration (formerly Public Adminis-
tration 1) (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the theory, forms, and pro-
cesses of administration at the national and
state levels.
POL 4301 Case Studies in PubUc
Administration (formerly Public Adminis-
tration 2) (3 q.h.)
Case-study examination of the relationship
between the theory and practice of public
administration. Prereq. POL 4300 or equiv.
POL 4302 Public Administration (Intensive)
(6 q.h.)
Same as POL 4300 and POL 4301.
POL 4303 Public Personnel Administration
(3 q.h.)
Study basic elements of personnel adminis-
tration, including recrui tment, training, clas-
sification, promotion, and executive devel-
opment. Pays special attention to current
problems, such as equal opportunity, public
employee unionism, and collective bargaining.
POL 4304 Public Budgeting (3 q.h.)
Politics, procedures, and goals of govern-
ment budgeting at the federal, state, and
local levels are covered. Includes expense,
capital, and program budgeting.
POL 4305 Organizational Theory (3 q.h.)
Examines people and organizations, focusing
on organizational and societal problems as a
way of understanding how we can survive in
a bureaucratic system.
POL 4306 Public Policy Analysis (3 q.h.)
Procedures for the analysis of public policy
are studied, including discussion of selected
cases of public policy at the local, state, or
federal level.
POL 4307 Politics of Health in International
Development (formerly The Politics of
Health) (3 q.h.)
Explores the problems of health in develop-
ing coxmtries, particularly during the last
decade. Examines the political dynamics at
the village, national, and global levels that
have hindered efforts to establish health care
delivery systems. Analyzes issues of nation-
alism and problems of refugees.
POL 4309 Business and Government (3 q.h.)
Explores the interaction between business and
government, and the constraints within which
each must operate in our society. Issues to be
raised include the structure and function of the
corporation, xmderstood as a political entity;
the "revolving door" between business and
government; the impact of corporatioris on
democratic processes and institutions; and the
degree to which political rights and economic
rights are intertwined.
POL 4310 American Political Thought
(3 q.h.)
Topics include poHtical thought from the
Colonial period to the present, including
study of the impact of religious, economic,
and judicial theories on the structure of
American ideas.
POL 4311 Research Metiiods (3 q.h.)
Introduction to some of the most common
methods of conducting political science re-
search. Includes problems of theory con-
struction and data-gathering and such ana-
lytical research tools as bibliographical aids
and the computer.
POL 4312 Political Parties and Pressxire
Groups (3 q.h.)
Discusses party government in the United
States focusing on the interaction of party
and government.
POL 4313 State and Local Government
(formerly Government and Politics and the
States) (3 q.h.)
State and local governments, their problems,
and functional and operational responses to
these problems are examined.
POL 4314 Urban and Metropolitan
Government (3 q.h.)
Explores political, structural, and functional
problems of an urbanizing United States.
Includes an analysis of urban, suburban, and
metropolitan governments.
POL 4315 Politics of Environmental
Protection (3 q.h.)
Exanunation of Massachusetts and federal
environn\ental policies to illustrate the ad-
ministrative, scientific and political issues
incxured in adopting, funding and imple-
menting popular enviroiunental measures.
The course will focus on Chapter 21E (Mas-
sachusetts Superfund), CERCLA (Federal
Superfund), the Qean Air Act, Ozone Deple-
tion and Global Warming. TTie course will
attempt to gather speakers from the private
and public sector.
POL 4316 Ecology in Political Perspective
(3q.h.)
Human beings have become major actors for
ecological change. Not only are we a part of
nature, we use and reshape nature. This
course is structured to explore the impact of
hun\an beings on nature, and to prognosti-
cate what will happen if present trends con-
tinue. A core interest in the course will be to
examine the efforts of interested citizens and
organizations to use political means to con-
trol and direct these trends.
POL 4318 The American Presidency (3 q.h.)
Study of the nation's chief executive. In-
cludes topics such as the presidential elec-
toral process, the president's many constitu-
encies, and the differing styles of twentieth-
centurypresidents. Also covers constitutional
and extraconstitutional powers of the office.
POL 4319 The Congress (3 q.h.)
Institutional and functional analysis of the
roles of Congress are examined, as well as
the chief executive, and political parties in
the legislative process.
Political Science 235
POL 4320 American Constitutional Law
(3 q.h.)
A case analysis of the development of Feder-
alism, the separation of powers, and the role
of the federal and state courts in constitu-
tional development.
POL 4321 Civil Liberties (formerly Civil
Rights) (3 q.h.)
Examination of quality and content of civil
liberties in the United States. Emphasizes the
First, Fifth, Sixth, Fourteenth, and Fifteenth
amendments to the Constitution.
POL 4322 Criminal and Civil Due Process
(formerly Procedural Due Process) (3 q.h.)
Study of due process in the American consti-
tutional scheme.
POL 4325 Politics and Film (formerly The
Politics of Fihns) (3 q.h.)
The relationship between films and politics
is explored. Films are analyzed for their po-
litical content and impact on specific contro-
versies and on politics and society as a whole.
POL 4326 The Sixties (3 q.h.)
A political, philosophical, sociological and
cultural analysis of the Sixties is presented.
The major issues of that era are discussed:
civil rights, the Vietnam War, the student
movement. Special attention is given to the
arts, including music and film.
POL 4327 Women in American Politics
(formerly Sex Roles in American Politics)
(3 q.h.)
Topics such as the roles of women in Ameri-
can government and politics, including the
traditional roles — or absence thereof— of
women in American politics, the suffrage
movement, the impact of sex on achieving
political power and office, the growing im-
portance of the women's vote, the women's
movement, and political action to support
women's issues are covered.
POL 4329 Psychology of Politics (3 q.h.)
How do psychological processes affect poli-
tics? How are people's political beliefs and
attitudes shaped? What needs, intrinsic or
otherwise, do people bring into the political
process? What is "human nature," and what
impact does it have on society? Is a non-
repressive society possible? These are some
of the issues to be discussed in this course,
which will attempt to integrate politics and
psychology into a comprehensive analytical
framework.
236 Political Science
POL 4330 Comparative Politics (3 q.h.)
Discusses political culture, organization, and
behavior in different national settings.
POL 4331 International Reladons (3 q.h.)
Studies elements of and limitations on na-
tional power. Discussescontemporary world
politics, problems of war, and peaceful coex-
istence.
POL 4332Intemational Organization (3 q.h.)
The development of international organiza-
tions, emphasizing the United Nations, spe-
cialized agencies, and regional organizations,
is explored.
POL 4333 International Law (3 q.h.)
Examines the procedural and substantive
study of the legal relations among nation-
states.
POL 4335 Formulating American Foreign
Policy (3 q.h.)
The (Zonstitution and political instruments
for the formulation of American foreign
policy are discussed.
POL 4336 American Foreign Policy (3 q.h.)
Study of recent and current American for-
eign affairs.
POL 4337 The Politics of Arms Control
(3 q.h)
Discusses the nuclear arms rivalry between
the United States and the Soviet Union, along
with opportunities for curtailing it through
arms control. Includes the nature and pur-
poses of nuclear weapons, past arms-control
agreements, and recent breakthroughs. Ex-
plores current options for arms control.
POL 4338 European Political Parties
(3q.h.)
Emphasizes political party systems in Eng-
land, France, and Germany, and their ideol-
ogy, organization in and out of Parliament,
electoral strategies, and voter behavior.
POL 4339 Government and Politics in the
Soviet Union (Commonwealth of
Independent States) (3 q.h.)
Explores modem totalitarian theory and
practice, followed up with studies of the
ideological and historical basis of the Soviet
dictatorship.
POL 4341 Soviet Foreign Policy (3 q.h.)
Discussion of the evolution of Soviet foreign
policy from 1917 to the present day, includ-
ing t5ie development of the international
Communist movement and the formation of
the Commonwealth of Independent States.
POL 4342 Eastern Europe in Transition
(formerly Communism in Eastern Europe)
(3q.h.)
Studies the conditions and circumstances
surrounding the establishment of Commu-
rust regimes in eastern Europe following
World War n and their relations with the
Soviet Union.
POL 4344 Politics of European Integration
(3 q.h.)
Examination of the impending integration of
Europe into one commercial and political
entity. Emphasis will be on the problem ar-
eas of environmental protection, agricultural
subsidy and the impact of free capital and
labor movement on the developed sodal
welfare states in Germany, Scandinavia and
the Netherlands. This upper-level course will
be held in a seminar format.
POL 4350 Politics and Policies of the
Developing Nations (3 q.h.)
Covers colonialism, the struggles for inde-
pendence, and the common problems of de-
veloping nations. Includes economic devel-
opment, urbanization, cultural fragmenta-
tion, and revolution.
POL 4352 Government and Politics of
Latin America (3 q.h.)
Explores the historical background of the
Latin American nations and their cultural,
economic, social, and political characteris-
tics, including political violence and the
breakdown of democratic governments.
POL 4356 Goverrunent and Politics of
Northern Africa (3 q.h.)
A comparative analysis of political culture,
organization, and behavior of African states
north of the Sahara, with emphasis on Mo-
rocco, Algeria, Tunisia, and Egypt.
POL 4357 Government and Politics of
South Africa (3 q.h.)
An analysis of political culture, organiza-
tion, and behavior of South Africa. Examines
the South African history to show how South
Africa got where it is today, including the
nature, implications, and problems of apart-
heid, and prospects for the future.
POL 4359 Government and Politics in the
Middle East (3 q.h.)
Political change, economic growth, and so-
cial adaptation in selected countries is dis-
cussed. The emergence of the Middle East
from subjection to self-assertion is exam-
ined, focusing on such topics as the influence
of Western Modernism, Muslim fundamen-
talism, inter-Arab rivalries, Arab-Israeli con-
flict, and the civil strife in Lebanon.
POL 4362 Government and Politics of
Southeast Asia (3 q.h.)
Explores political instability and problems
of establishing democratic structures and
processes in the Philippines, Thailand, and
India.
POL 4364 China's Foreign Policy (3 q.h.)
Examines Bejing's relations with Africa, the
rest of Asia, the Soviet orbit, and the West.
Covers pwlicy objectives, strategy, tactics,
and the methods of decision-making in both
the party and state apparatus.
POL 4365 Goverrunent and Politics of China
(3q.h.)
Discusses Chinese political culture, empha-
sizing the nineteenth-century cultural, eco-
nomic, and political impact of the West, the
emergence of the Communist party under
the leadership of Mao Tse-Tung, and the
Progressive disintegration of Kuomintang
adership.
POL 4367 Government and Politics of
Japan (3 q.h.)
Examines the historical development of the
Japanese nation, with particular attention to
the growth of fascism and efforts to create a
viable democracy since World War II.
POL 4370 Introduction to Political Theory
(3q.h.)
Discusses the development of the political
ideas of the Western world, including the
ideas of the major philosophers of Greece,
Rome, the Christian Era, and the Renais-
sance.
POL 4371 Modem Political Theory (3 q.h.)
Explores political ideas and systems of
thought from Machiavelli to the present.
Prereq. POL 4370 or equiv.
POL 4372 Contemporary Political Thought
(3 q.h.)
Analyzes current ideas, ideologies, and po-
litical movements. Examination of such top-
ics as neo-conservatism, neoliberalism, neo-
Marxism, and women's liberation.
POL 4373 Islamic Political Thought (3 q.h.)
Introduces Islamic thought and political
theory. Analyzes such classical theorists as
Avicenna, Averroes, Al-Ghazali, and Ibn
Khaldun, and such modem theorists as
Abduh, Iqbal, and Shari'ath.
Political Science 237
POL 4375 Consumer Advocacy 1 (3 q.h.)
A pragmatic course, designed to define and
expand the role of consumers in the market-
place. Focuses on contemporary consumer
issues, touching upon the legal, social, eco-
nomic, and political aspects of consumer
problems and the role of consumer lobbies as
special interest groups. More specific con-
siuner problems, such as those or the elderly,
may also be explored.
POL 4376 Consximer Advocacy 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of POL 4375. Prereq. POL 4375
or equiv.
POL 4377 Consumer Advocacy 3 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of POL 4376. Prereq. POL 4376
or equiv.
POL 4378 Current Political Issues (3 q.h.)
Explores the constitutional and political ba-
sis of selected problems in American politi-
cal life.
POL 4380 Politics of Genocide (3 q.h.)
Examines classical, medieval and modem
instances of population extermination to
determine whether 20th century extermina-
tions are consistent with, or depart from,
previous incidents. Contemporary institu-
tions and legislation, designed to prevent
such occurrences, will be examined in terms
of their scope, effectiveness and applicabil-
ity. TTiis upper-level course will be held in a
seminar format.
POL 4815 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take an upper-level course
independently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
POL 4816 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See POL 4815.
POL 4820 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details. Prereq. 96q.h.,3.0 q.p.a.
POL 4821 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See POL 4820.
POL 4822 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See POL 4820.
POL 4830 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. 96 q.h., 3.5 q.p.a.
POL 4831 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See POL 4830.
POL 4832 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h.)
See POL 4830.
POL 5375 Consumer Advocacy 1 (3 CEUs)
Same as POL 4375.
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 4110 Introduction to Psychology:
Fundamental Issues (formerly Fundamen-
tal Issues in Psychology) (3 q.n.)
Explores fundamental principles and issues
of contemporary sdentific psychology, which
are approached as a method of inquiry as
well as a body of knowledge. Exammes the
origins and methods of psychology, biologi-
cal foundations of behavior, states of con-
sciousness, learning, and memory.
PSY 4111 Introduction to Psychologjr:
Developmental Aspects (formerly Devel-
opmental Aspects in Psychology) (3 q.h.)
Covers growth and the life-cycle, language,
mental abilities, sensory and perceptual pro-
cesses, and social interaction. Prereq. PSY 4110
or equiv.
PSY 4112 Introduction to Psychology:
Personal Dynamics (formerly Personal Dy-
namics in Psychology) (3 q.h.)
Examines motivation, emotion, personality
theory and measurement, abnormal psy-
chology, and therapy. Prereq. PSY 4110 or
equiv.
PSY 4113 Introduction to Psychology
Intensive A (formerly Psychology Intensive)
Same as PSY 4110, PSY 4111, and PSY 4112.
PSY 4114 Introduction to Psychology
Intensive B (6 q.h.)
Same as PSY 4110 and PSY 4111.
PSY 4115 Introduction to Psychology
Intensive C (6 q.h.)
Same as PSY 4111 and PSY4112. Prereq. PSY
4110 or equiv.
PSY 4220 Statistics in Psychology 1 (3 q.h.)
Scales of measurement in psychological re-
search, measures of central tendency, and
variability are discussed. Prereq. PSY 4111
and PSY 4112 or equiv.
PSY 4221 Statistics in Psychology 2 (3 q.h.)
Introduces measures of correlation, prol>
ability, and statistical distributions. Prereq.
PSY 4220 or equiv.
238 Political Science
PSY 4222 Statistics in Psychology 3 (3 q.h.)
Explores parametric and nonparametric tests
oif significance, including chi square, t-test, F
test, and simple analysis of variance. Prereq.
PSY 4221.
PSY 4231 Psychology of Learning (3 q.h.)
Studies the basic principles and techniques
of operant and Pavlovian conditioning and
their applications to therapeutic, educational,
and specialized training programs. Prereq.
PSY 4111 or PSY 4112 orequiv.
PSY 4232 Motivation (3 q.h.)
Topics include various aspects of motiva-
tion, including primary and secondary rein-
forcement, unconscious motivation, effectu-
ate motivation, and the assessment of mo-
tives. Prereq. PSY 4112 or equiv.
PSY 4240 Development Infancy and
Childhood (formerly Developmental Psy-
chology: Infancy and Childhood) (3 q.h.)
Explores human development from infancy
through late childhood. Covers physical,
cognitive, and psychosocial development,
including the development of language,
morality, and interpersonal relationships.
PSY 4241 Development: Adolescence
(formerly Developmental Psychology: Ado-
lescence) (3 q.h.)
Examines development during the second
decade of life, emphasizing the tasks and
problems confronting the individual adoles-
cent. Includes topics such as biological, social,
and cognitive changes as they relate to the
creation of a stable, individual identity.
PSY 4242 Development- Adulthood and
Aging (formerly Developmental Psychol-
ogy: Adulthood and Old Age) (3 q.h.)
Discusses the unique features and problems
of development from the adult years to death.
Emphasizes changes that accompany career,
marriage, and family developments and the
specific psychological adjustments required
of the aging person.
PSY 4243 Aging and Mental Health (3 q.h.)
Covers emotional reactions to age-related
issues, such as retirement, bereavement, and
health status. Discusses depression and sui-
cide, behavior disorders, substance use
problems, and the dementias of old age and
the effects these problems have on families
and the community. Includes a survey of
special assessment techniques, mental health
services for the elderly, and public health
policies for improved care.
I
PSY 4262 Memory and Thinking
(formerly Cognitive Psychology) (3 q.h.)
Explores the mental processes involved in
the acquisition, organization, and use of
knowledge, including pattern recogrution
and memory. Prereq. PSY 4111, PSY 4112, or
equiv.
PSY 4263 Psycholinguistics (3 q.h.)
Covers topics such as the nature and struc-
ture of language, various theories of human
production and perception of language, and
related experimental findings. Prereq. PSY
4111 orequiv.
PSY 4270 Social Psychology 1 (3 q.h.)
Studies the socialization process, social mo-
tives, interpersonal perception, and group
membership and structure. Prereq. PSY 4111
or equiv.
PSY 4271 Social Psychology 2 (3 q.h.)
Examines topics of attitudes, prejudice and
ethnic relations, leadership, mass behavior
and social movements, and the effects of
mass media on communication. Prereq. PSY
4270 or equiv.
PSY 4272 Personality (3 q.h.)
Studies the normal personality and its growth
and development. Includes concepts such as
environmental and genetic contributions,
assessment of personality, research, and a
survey of the major personality theories.
Prereq. PSY 4112 or equiv.
PSY 4275 Group Processes (3 q.h.)
Analyzes group structure and its effect on
behavior. Topics include leadership, com-
munication, conflict resolution, and group
problem-solving. Student participation used
to illustrate and develop group-related con-
cepts.
PSY 4276 Stress and Its Management
(3 q.h.)
Covers stress and its effects on human be-
havior. Considers the causes of stress from a
variety of theoretical perspectives. Tech-
niques and procedures for stress manage-
ment and reduction examined in detail.
PSY 4280 Human Sexuality and Love
(3 q.h.)
An examination, both theoretical and experi-
mental, of psychological, biological, and so-
cial aspects of sexuality and loving. Topics
include sexual anatomyand physiology; birth
control; gender identity and gender role; ro-
mantic love (with emphasis on successful
Psychology 239
love relationships); diverse sexual lifestyles;
sexual dysfunctions and therapy; and en-
hancement of one's own sexual awareness
and pleasure and that of one's partner.
PSY 4290 Psychology of Women (3 q.h.)
Examines women, historically and in con-
temporary life, including their social roles
and their behavior as determined geneti-
cally, physiologically, and psychologically.
Includes discussion on the implications for
women's future lifestyles, roles, and contri-
butions. Prereq. PSY 4111 or PSY 4112 or
equiv.
PSY 4351 Physiological Psychology (3 q.h.)
Introduces how nerves function and work
together in the nervous system; how our
sense organs provide the brain with infor-
mation about the outside world; how the
brain acts to produce behavior; and how
such psychological concepts as perception,
learning, motivation, arousal, and emotion
may relate to nervous system activity. Prereq.
PSY 4111 or PSY 4112 or equiv.
PSY 4352 Drugs and Behavior (3 q.h.)
Considers the application of quantitative be-
havior techniques in animals and humans to
determine the behavioral effects of pharma-
cological agents. Includes systematic survey
of experimental literature. Prereq. PSY 4111
or PSY 4112 or equiv.
PSY 4370 Impact of Psychology on Society
(3 q.h.)
Includes developments such as the uses of
intelligence and aptitude tests, psychosur-
gery and electroconvulsive therapy, tech-
ruques of behavior modification and control,
minority and women's rights movements,
direct brain stimulation by implanted elec-
trodes, use of psychoactive drugs, use of the
lie detector, and the application of experi-
mental techniques to human beings. Prereq.
PSY 4111 or equiv.
PSY 4372 Abnormal Psychology 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduces the etiology and dynamics of the
abnormal personality. Prereq. PSY 4112 or
equiv.
PSY 4373 Abnormal Psychology 2 (3 q.h.)
Examines symptomatology and treatment of
the neuroses and psychoses. Prereq. 4372 or
equiv.
PSY 4374 Abnormal Psychology 3 (3 q.h.)
Explores psychosomatic, psychopathic, and
organic disorders; varieties of psychotherapy.
Prereq. PSY 4373 or equiv.
PSY 4381 Sensation and Perception (3 q.h.)
Introduces the nature of the perceptual world,
the nature of object recognition and identifi-
cation, spatial organization, contextual ef-
fects, learning and perception, and the influ-
ence of attitudinal, motivational, and per-
sonality factors on perception. Prereq. PSY
4111 or equiv.
PSY 4390 Industrial Psychology 1 (3 q.h.)
Examines psychology as applied to indus-
tiy, including such topics as selection and
pIacementprocedures,employee assessment,
mdividual differences and their evaluation,
and the place of psychological tests in indus-
try. Prereq. PSY 4111 or PSY 4112 or equiv.
PSY 4391 Industrial Psychology 2 (3 q.h.)
Covers personnel training and development,
motivation and work, attitudes and job satis-
faction, engineering psychology, and human
factors inacddentcausation.Prere<j.PSY4390
or equiv.
PSY 4392 Industrial Psychology 3 (3 q.h.)
Discusses supervision and leadership, mo-
rale, persormel counseling, the psychology
of labor-management relations, human rela-
tions, and organizational behavior. Prereq.
PSY 4391.
PSY 4471 Psychological Therapies (3 q.h.)
Studies techniques used for treating deviant
behavior, from classical psychoanalytical
therapies through methods of behavior
modification. Prereq. PSY 4374 or equiv.
PSY 4561 Experimental Psychology 1
(3q.h.)
Students conduct experiments focusing on
the scientific method in the design, execu-
tion, analysis, and rejx)rting of psychologi-
cal investigations. Prereq. PSY 4222.
PSY 4562 Experimental Psychology 2
(3 q.h.)
Continuation of PSY 4561. Prere*/. PSY456L
PSY 4563 Experimental Psychology 3
(3q.h.)
Continuation of PSY 4562. Prereq. PSY 4562.
PSY 4611 Senior Seminar in Psychology
(3 q.h.)
Small groups of students meet to discuss
topics of mutual interest in psychology . Each
seminar has a different focus, depending
upon the student group and the instructor.
Prereq. PSY 4561 and PSY 4562.
240 Psychology
PS Y 4813 Field Work in Psychology (6 q.h.)
Designed to enhance career development by
allowing students to earn credit for the appli-
cation of their academic backgrounds to
practical problems in the work place. See
page 23 for details.
PSY 4815 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take an upper-level course
independently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 qk
PSY 4816 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See PSY 4815.
PSY 4820 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opporttmity to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details. Prereq. 96 q.h.,3.0 q.p.a.
PSY 4821 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See PSY 4820.
PSY 4822 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See PSY 4820.
PSY 4891 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. 96 qJi., 3.5 q.p.a.
PSY 4892 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See PSY 4891.
PSY 4893 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h:)
See PSY 4891.
PSY 5242 Development Adulthood and
Aging (3 CEUs)
Same as PSY 4242.
PSY 5243 Aging and Mental Health
(3 CEUs)
Same as PSY 4243.
PURCHASING
PUR 4351 Purchasing 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the function of purchasing in
the industrial organization. Includes pur-
chasing resfx)nsibilities, objectives, organi-
zation, and persormel requirements; pur-
chasing policy and systems; the role of the
computer in regulating purchasing planning,
transactions, and information retrieval; ac-
quisition of purchased materials, develop-
ment of sources of supply, and quality assur-
ance; and determination and maintenance of
required inventory levels. Also covers con-
trol of inventory investment, price determi-
nation, cost and price analysis of purchase
trai\sactions, make or buy decisions, and the
role of standardization and value analysis.
PUR 4352 Purchasing 2 (3 q.h.)
The process of purchase negotiations, bud-
gets, and purchase of capital equipment is
examined. Includes purchasing for public
and nonprofit institutions, disposition of
surplus and obsolete materials, traffic and
material handling, forward buying and
speculation, ethical considerations in pur-
chasing, purchasing law, contract cancella-
tions, purchasing reports, evaluation of pur-
chasing performance, and control and audit
procedures. Prereq. PUR 4351.
PUR 4353 Purchasing (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as PUR 4351 and PUR 4352.
PUR 4357 Business Negotiations (3 q.h.)
Explores buyer-seller communication and
exchange. Includes the interactive process
for arriving at a satisfactory agreement be-
tween buyer and prospective vendor and
accepted strategies employed by both par-
ties. Discusses econonuc and technical con-
siderations and the psychological and inter-
personal environments of negotiations.
PUR 4358 Materials Requirements
Plaiming (MRP) (3 q.h.)
Includes determination of material require-
ments based on the master production
schedule; as well as calculation of the time
periods in which materials must be avail-
able. The computer-based MRP system may
be used as preparation for APICS certifica-
tion exams.
PUR 4365 Production Activity Control
(3q.h.)
Topics include principles, approaches, and
tecnniques used to plan, schedule, control,
and evaluate the effectiveness of factory pro-
duction operations. Examines scheduling and
control techniques used in various manufac-
turing environments. Course may be used as
preparation for APICS Certification exami-
nations.
PUR 4370 Inventory Management (3 q.h.)
Explores basic inventory management ob-
jectives, from the control of raw materials to
finished goods and distribution inventory
management. Includes aggregate inventory
controls, lot sizing, customer service objec-
tives, and the financial and physical controls
Psychology 241
necessary for effective inventory manage-
ment. Course may be used as preparation for
APICS Certification examinations.
PUR 4390 Just-In-Time Manufacturing (JIT)
(3 q.h.)
Just-In-Time manufacturing is a natural evo-
lution of tiaditional practices which strives
towards increasing through-puts, decreas-
ing inventory investments, decreasing oper-
ating expenses, improving quality, etc. This
course has been developed to introduce the
student to the philosophies, principles, con-
cepts, and techniques of Just-In-Time pur-
chasing and manufacturing. Emphasis on
the differences between traditional and J.I.T.
manufaturing will be discussed in detail.
This course will also help the student to
prepare for the APICS Just-In-Time certifica-
tion examination.
PUR 4393 World Class Manufacturing
(3 q.h.)
Focuses on how industries are changing
manufacturing operations to become world
class competitors by using innovative, effec-
tive manufacturing techniques. Discusses
implementing improvements immediately
on the shop floor, measuring results, im-
proving quality, eliminating waste, re-
sponding rapidly to customer demands, re-
ducing inventories and manufacturing costs.
PUR 4395 Master Production Scheduling
(MPS) (3 q.h.)
This course is divided into two sections:
Forecasting and Master Production Schedul-
ing. The Forecasting Section develops the
concept of Forecasting; qualitative, intrinsic
and extrinsic techniques. Forecast source
data. Forecast accuracy, statistics, the rela-
tion of Forecasting to other processes and
Management Considerations. The Master
Production Scheduling Section develops the
concepts of Master Scheduling Planning and
Control, development and utilization of a
Master Production Scheduler. Finally, the
course discusses the link between Forecast-
ing, the Master Production Schedule and
Customer Orders. This course can be used
for preparation for the APICS certification
examination.
PUR 4600 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. 96 q.h., 3.5 q.p.a.
PUR 4601 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See PUR 4600.
PUR 4602 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h.)
See PUR 4600.
PUR 4701 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
See page24 for details. Preretj.96^.ft.,3.0(7.p.fl.
PUR 4702 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See PUR 4701.
PUR 4703 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See PUR 4701.
PUR 4800 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
PUR 4801 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See PUR 4800.
PUR 4900 Field Work (6 q.h.)
Opportunity to enhance career development
by applying academic background to practi-
cal problems in the workplace. See page 23
for details. Prereq. Approval of Program Direc-
tor.
PUR 4910 Internship (1 q.h.)
The Purchasing Internship is an opportunity
for students to obtain supervised professional
experience (related to coursework) at an on-
site location. See page 69 for details.
RADIOLCXSIC
TECHNOLOGY
RAD courses are only open to admitted
students.
RAD 4100 Radiologic Technology
Orientation 1 (3 q.h.)
Examines history of X-radiation, radiology
department organization, medical terminol-
ogy, patient care and nursing procedures,
and contrast media.
RAD 4101 Radiologic Technology
Orientation 2 (3 q.h.)
Study of medical and surgical diseases. Prereq.
RAD 4100.
RAD 4102 Radiologic Science 1 (4 q.h.)
Basic concepts of physics, units of measure-
ment, Newton's law of motion, work, en-
ergy, atomic theory of matter, electric cur-
rents, magnetism, generators, motor pro-
duction, control of high voltage, and X-ray
production are covered. Prereq. MTH 4110.
242 Purchasing
RAD 4103 Radiologic Science 2 (4 q.h.)
Topics include interaction of X-rays and
matter; modem X-ray tubes; X-ray circuits;
fluroscopic systems; and properties of sol-
ids, liqmds and gasses. Also covers tempera-
ture, heat transfer and their application.
Prereq. RAD 4102.
RAD 4104 Principles of Radiology 1
(4q.h.)
Practical, basic radiation protection and the
principles of positioning patients for radio-
graphic studies are covered. Prereq. RAD 4100.
RAD 4105 Principles of Radiology 2
(4q.h.)
Explores principles of precise body position-
ing for detailed radiographic studies. Prereq.
RAD 4104.
RAD 4106 Radiologic Photography and
Exposure 1 (4 q.h.)
Examines basic principles of image fonna-
tion, electromagnetic spectrum. X-ray tube
construction, factorscontrollingradiographic
quality and patient exposure.
RAD 4107 Radiologic Photography and
Exposure 2 (4 q.h.)
Examines mathematical formulas used in
radiography. Includes in-depth study of sen-
sitometry, phototiming principles, radio-
graphic film techniques and electronic im-
age capture and recording. Prereq. RAD 4103
and RAD 4106.
RAD 4116 Radiology Practicum 1 (4 q.h.)
Students apply theoretical principles by per-
forming radiographic procedures under su-
pervision in a direct patient care setting.
Requires four hours of classroom education
and assigned homework. Emphasizes pa-
tient safety, radiation protection, and basic,
routine diagnostic procedures. Prereq. RAD
4104.
RAD 4117 Radiology Practicum 2 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of RAD 4116. Emphasizes rou-
tine diagnostic procedures, including fluo-
roscopy, operating room and portable radi-
ography. Prereq. RAD 4116 and RAD 4105.
RAD 4118 Radiology Practicum 3 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of RAD 4117. Emphasizes ad-
vanced diagnostic procedures, including
invasive and interventional studies. Minor
rotations are scheduled for related imaging
depeLTtinents.Prereq.RAD4117andRAD4107.
RAD 4119 Radiology Practicum 4 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of RAD 4118. Final clinical
practicum leads to demonstration of accom-
plishment of terminal clinical competencies.
Prereq. RAD 4118.
RAD 4121 Principles of Photography and
Exposvire Lab 1 (1 q.h.)
Energized x-ray laboratory activities de-
signed to complement RAD 4106.
RAD 4122 Principals of Photography and
Exposure Lab 2 (1 q.h.)
Continuation of RAD 4121. Designed to
complement RAD 4107.
RAD 4130 Ultrasound Physics and
Instrumentation (3 q.h.)
Introduces the physics of ultrasonographic
imaging. Topics include the nature of ultra-
sound, propagation of ultrasound through
tissues, and the construction and generation
of ultrasound transovers. Discussions of
ultrasonographic instruments include
doppler, pulse echo devices, and image
storage/ display media. Covers quality as-
surance, bioeffects and safety concerns of
imtrasonographic imaging. Prereq. MTH
4111.
RAD 4131 Abdominal Ultrasonography 1
(3q.h.)
Introduces the fundamentals of ultrasono-
graphic imaging of major organs of the adult
abdomen. Discusses patient preparation,
exam protocol and follow-up patient care.
Emphasizes basic scanning techniques along
with image recognition of the gastrointesti-
nal, biliary and urinary tracts.
RAD 4132 Echocardiography 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduces the fundamentals of ultrasono-
graphic imaging of the adult cardiovascular
system. Discusses cardiac anatomy and
physiology, ultrasonographic equipment and
operation, scanning positions, M-mode, two-
dimensional and doppler echocardiography.
Prereq. RAD 4304 and RAD 4130.
RAD 4133 Obstetrics and Gynecological
Ultrasoimd 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduces the fundamentals of ultrasono-
graphic imaging of structures in the adult
female pelvis. Discusses normal pelvic
anatomy and physiology, patient exam
preparation, equipment operation, scanning
protocols and image recognition. Prereq. RAD
4304 and RAD 4130.
Radiologic Teclinology 243
RAD 4134 Pediatric Echocardiography
(3 q.h.)
Introduces the fundamentals of echocardio-
graphic imaging on pediatric patients. Dis-
cusses normal anatomy, normal hemody-
namics, congenital and acquired patholo-
gies, instrumentation and scanning tech-
niques. Stresses the understanding of ancil-
lary recording modalities and functional as-
sessments. Preeq. RAD 4304 and RAD 4130.
RAD 4141 Abdominal Ultrasonography 2
(3 q.h.)
Introduces students to advanced principles
of ultrasonographic imaging of the adult
abdomen. Emphasis on the evaluation of the
abdomen for specific diseases. Discusses
linkage between medical laboratory test re-
sults and ultrasound exam protocols. Recog-
nition of common pathologies of major ab-
dominal structures will be accented. Prereq.
RAD 4131.
RAD 4142 Echocardiography 2 (3 q.h.)
Introduces advanced principles of
ultrasonographic imaging of the adult car-
diopulmonaiy system. Emphasis on devel-
oping an understanding of specific exam
protocols that will demonstrate precise car-
diopulmonary structures. Discusses new
state-of-the-art imaging modalities. Prereq.
RAD 4132.
RAD 4143 Obstetrics and Gynecological
Ultrasound 2 (3 q.h.)
Introduces advanced principles of ultra-
sonographic imaging of the female pelvis.
Emphasis on demonstrating selected obstet-
rical and gynecological diseases and neo-
plasms ultrasonography. Stresses patient
preparation, exam protocol and recognition
of normal varients. Prereq. RAD 4133.
RAD 4170 Magnetic Resonance Imaging 1
(3 q.h.)
A comprehensive overview of the physics of
magnetic resonance imaging. Stresses basic
imaging concepts and various techniques
associated with MRI exams. Discusses pa-
tient screening and necessary safety guide-
lines required to work in an M.R.I. depart-
ment. Prereq. RAD 4304. Must be a registered
(A.R.R.T.) radiologic technologist.
RAD 4304 Cross-Sectional Anatomy
(4 q.h.)
Introduces regional approach to anatomy.
Reviews standard anatomy, with emphasis
on relations of organs and structures to
transverse and longitudinal section appear-
ance.
RAD 4305 Advanced Radiologic
Technology (4 q.h.)
Special procedures including cardiovascu-
lar procedures, neuroradiology, lymphan-
giography, and intervention studies are ex-
plored. Exam methodology, required equip-
ment, special patient care, contrast media,
and contra-indications are also covered.
Prereq. RAD 4103, RAD 4105, RAD 4107.
RAD 4306 Radiation Protection—
Radiobiology (4 q.h.)
Topics include atomic structure, properties
of radioactive materials, units of radiation,
long and short-term biological effects, Ufe-
span shortening, radiation in detection and
survey instruments, radiographic facilities
design, quality assurance principles, resolu-
tion of radiation to patients, federal X-Ray
standards. Prereq. RAD 4107.
RAD 4400 Anatomy of the Head and Neck
(3 q.h.)
Explores anatomy of the head and neck in
regional approach. Both standard and sec-
tional anatomyare presented. Topics include
brain, orbits, nasal cavity and paranasal si-
nuses, oral cavity and pharynx, larynx, thy-
roid and salivary glands, and angiology of
head and neck.
RAD 4450 Computerized Body
Tomography Pathology (3 q.h.)
Studies abnormal anatomy of the neck, tho-
rax, abdomen, and pelvis as demonstrated
by computed tomography. Appropriate cor-
relations made to normal anatomic struc-
ture. Prereq. RAD 4304 or consent of instructor.
RAD 4460 Medical Imaging Quality
Assurance (3 q.h.)
Establishing, conducting, and interpreting
the results of a medical imaging quality as-
surance program are discussed. Co vers basic
imaging chain, film characteristics and sen-
sitometry, test equipment and operation, data
collection and interpretation. Prereq. RAD
4305 or equiv.
REAL ESTATE
RE 4301 Real Estate Fundamentals 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the basic principles and ter-
minology of real estate useful in various real
estate business practices.
244 Radiologic Technology
RE 4302 Real Estate Fundamentals 2 (3q.h.)
Examines practices of real estate brokerage,
including real estate appraisal, finance, de-
velopment, management, and investment.
Upon successful completion of RE 4301 and
RE 4302, students may take the Massachu-
setts broker's or salesperson's examination.
Prera].RE4301.
RE 4303 Real Estate Fundamentals
(Intensive) (6q.h.)
Same as RE 4301 and RE 4302.
RE 4304 Real Estate Fimdamentals
(Brokers) (4 q.h.)
Reviews the general principles and practices
of real estate fundamentals. General prin-
ciples are examined with specific attention
given to those areas of real estate that are
tested on the Massachusetts broker's real
estate examination. On successfully com-
pleting RE 4304, students are certified, which
enables them to take the Massachusetts
broker's exam. Prereq. RE 4302 or permission
of instructor.
RE 4305 Real Estate Title Examination
(3 q.h.)
Review of the general principles of abstract-
ing and the function or the Registry of Deeds
in the real estate business. General principles
of title examinations are explored in detail,
with attention given to recording deeds and
the trai\sfer of title in the conveyance of real
estate. The function of the land court and
registered land is also treated. Prepares the
students for a possible career in title exami-
nation and may require field work in the
form of activities to be performed at the
Registry of Deeds.
RE 4323 Real Estate Appraisal 1 (3 q.h.)
Fundamental survey of the appraisal of
single-family residences. Examines city or
town neighborhood influences, site evalua-
tion, building diagnosis, depreciation, the
various approaches to value, and appraisal
report preparation. Prereq. RE 4302.
RE 4324 Real Estate Appraisal 2 (3 q.h.)
Specialized overview of the appraisal of in-
come properties. Includes application of the
cost, market, and incon\e approaches to
apartment buildings and other commercial
and industrial properties and of the various
methods of capitalization and residual tech-
niques. Prereq. RE 4323.
RE 4326 Appraising a Single-Family
Dwelling (3 q.h.)
Fundamental survey of the appraisal of
single-family dwellings for the beginning
appraiser, real estate broker, salesperson,
lender, assessor, or builder. Includes city and
neighborhood analysis, site evaluation,
building materials and cost, and depreda-
tion. Also includes selected research into
appropriate market data, assembling perti-
nent information, applying relevant analyti-
cal tedmiques, and preparing appraisal re-
ports, induding FNM A/FM AC report forms.
RE 4327 Real Estate and Computer Analysis
(3q.h.)
This practical, step-by-step approach to the
use of computers in the real estate business is
strongly recommended for those students
who plan to take Real Estate Appraisal 2 and
is required for those students taking either
Real Estate Finandal Analysis 1 or Finandal
Analysis 2. The course involves a detailed
analysis of computers in the financing of
income properties. Students will be required
to purchase a hand-held state-of-the-art
computer with a solution workbook, the
combined cost of which will be less than
$100. The computer will allow the students
to examine and analyze proposed real estate
investments and complicated appraisal as-
signments. Prereq. RE 4302 or permission of
instructor.
RE 4328 Real Estate Financial Analysis 1
(3q.h.)
Analysis of how to critically examine and
analyze any proposed real estate investment.
Explores in detail the financial aspects of
acquisition, ownership, and disposition, and
considers taxation of investments, forms of
property ownership (organization of the
venture), analysis of operating statements,
financial accounting, use of leverage, "tax-
sheltered" investments, and special situa-
tions. Develops criteria of risk and return on
investment (ROD that should be established
by various types of investors. Spreadsheets
utilized. Prereq. RE 4324 or instructor's permis-
sion.
RE 4329 Real Estate Financial Analysis 2
(3q.h.)
Detailed analysis of the risks and rewards of
real estate investments and problems in-
volved in finandng income prof)er ties, using
case studies, homework problems, and class
discussion and debate. Stresses class partid-
pation. Prereq. RE 4328.
Real Estate 245
RE 4330 Real Estate Financial Analysis
(Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as RE 4328 and RE 4329. Preraj. RE 4324.
RE 4340 Real Estate Development (3 q.h.)
Practical, step-by-step approach to the orga-
nization and development of a real estate
project for the entrepreneur, banker, or bro-
ker. Includes the role of the developer, acqui-
sition of land, site analysis, construction fi-
nance, gap financing and permanent com-
mitments, project budgeting for capital costs
and for income and expense, selection of
professionals, negotiations of agreements
with contractors and owners, and marketing
the completed project. Case studies and guest
lecturers may be featured. Prereq. RE 4329 or
instructor's permission.
RE 4341 Real Estate Law 1 (3 q.h.)
Covers private real estate law, including
ownersWp rights in land, leasehold rights,
and easements in the land of another; legal
formsofownership; the transfer and acquisi-
tion of title and of other interests; recording
of deeds, leases, and other instruments; and
the landlord-tenant relationship.
RE 4342 Real Estate Law 2 (3 q.h.)
Includes topics such as public real estate law,
including government powers, rights, and
controls on privately owned real estate; zon-
ing and subdivision controls; conservation
controls; taxation of real estate; rent controls;
and eminent domain. Prereq. RE 4341.
RE 4344 Real Estate Management 1 (3 q.h.)
Prepares students for the practical problems
of real estate management. Stresses the re-
quisite day-to-day management of commer-
cial, industrial, and residential properties as
well as the need for a management strategy
relating to long-term property values. Prereq.
RE 4302 or instructor s permission.
RE 4345 Real Estate Management 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of RE 4344. Prereq. RE 4344.
RE 4346 Real Estate Management 3 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of RE 4345. Prereq. RE 4345.
RE 4350 Buying Repossessed Real Estate (3
q.h.)
Introduction to the procedures and guide-
lines for dealing with government and insti-
tutionally foreclosed and repossessed prop-
erty, emphasizing the hazards and opportu-
nities or the process. Focuses on research
techniques for finding, evaluating and fi-
nancing published and unpublished repos-
sessed commercial and residential for-sale
property.
RE 4600 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. 96 q.h., 3.5 q.p.a.
RE 4601 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See RE 4600.
RE 4602 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h.)
See RE 4600.
RE 4701 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details. Prereq. 96q.h.,3.0q.p.a.
RE 4702 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See RE 4701.
RE 4703 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See RE 4701.
RE 4800 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
dependently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
RE 4801 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See RE 4800.
RE 4900 Field Work (6 q.h.)
Opportunity to enhance career development
by applying academic background to practi-
cal problems in the workplace. See page 23
for details. Prereq. Approval of Program Direc-
tor.
RE 4910 Internship (1 q.h.)
The Real Estate Internship is an opportunity
for students to obtain supervised professional
experience (related to coursework) at an on-
site location. See page 69 for details.
THERAPEUTIC
RECREATION
REC 4101 Principles and Practices of
Therapeutic Recreation 1 (3 q.h.)
Overview of the field, includfing rationale,
history, philosophy, goals, treatment settings,
problems of institutionalization, adjunctive
therapies, and professional development.
REC 4102 Principles and Practices of
Therapeutic Recreation 2 (3 q.h.)
Basic medical terminology with an overview
of traumatic, sensory, neurological, orthope-
dic, and cardiovascular disabilities. Also in-
246 Real Estate
eludes prosthetics, orthontics, and an exami-
nation of attitudinal and societal barriers for
the handicapped.
REC 4103 Principles and Practices of
Therapeutic Recreation 3 (3 q.h.)
Integrated case-method and systems ap-
proach to planning with individuals and
groups. Focus is on assessment; quality as-
surance; designing, charting, and under-
standing the hindamental elements of activi-
ties; current legislation; and standards of
service.
REC 4104 Therapeutic Recreation
Examination Review (3 q.h.)
Explores/reviews the basic theoretical and
program aspects of Therapeutic Recreation
Services. A major focus of this course is to
update/upgrade practicing professionals
with current trends in the profession to pre-
pare them for the competency exam.
REC 4105 Childhood Medical Procedures
(2 q.h.)
Explores emergency care/first aid and
medical procedures for infants, children and
adolescents who are in the care of profes-
sional parents in group homes, foster homes
and day care facilities based on the practices
of the American Red Cross and Standard of
Care by Pediatricians. Prevention will be a
major focus.
REC 4110 Group Dynamics and Leadership 1
(3q.h.)
Emphasis on self-awareness, identity, and
interpersonal and intergroup communica-
tions. Includes process factors influencing
the need to join the group; motivation to
participate; membership screening; size and
purpose of the group; open-ended and closed
approaches; group problem-solving; brain-
storming; and conflict resolution.
REC 4111 Group Dynamics and Leadership 2
(3q.h.)
Discussion of organization, development,
and structure of groups; team building; role
and value clarification; ramifications of
change; group characteristics; and leader-
ship styles and techniques. Prereq. REC 4110.
REC 4112 Group Dynamics and Leadership
(Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as REC 4110 and REC 4111.
REC 4118 Coping Skills for Child Rearing
(2q.h.)
A basic introduction to understanding cop-
ing skills for those in a parenting role. A
primary focus of this course is to introduce
cognitive, behavioral, emotional and envi-
ronmental changes. Lifestyle changes as well
as various relaxation techniques will be pre-
sented.
REC 4200 Introduction to Learning
Disabilities (3 q.h.)
Review of the behavioral characteristics of
people with deficits in perceptual, integra-
tive, or expressive processes that impair
learning. Appropriate curricula and teach-
ing methods surveyed.
REC 4210 Psychosocial Aspects of
Illness and Disabilities (3 q.h.)
Exploration of relevant issues related to dis-
ability such as societal understanding of dis-
ability, handicapping conditions, adjustment,
social networks, and the therapeutic use of
self through a mixture of lectures, group
discussion, guest speakers, and films. Ex-
amination ofself in the role of change agents
and care providers.
REC 4215 Causes/Detection of Child Abuse
(3q.h.)
Introduction to the causes of abuse in indi-
viduals and in society. Detailed description/
definitions of domestic violence, child abuse,
neglect and sexual abuse. Assessing treat-
ment services and intervention strategies are
introduced.
REC 4250 Assessment of Learning
Disabilities (3 q.h.)
Presentation of the formal and informal as-
sessment procedures for general, specific,
and behavioral learning deficits. Techniques
for the remediation of these deficits in schools
and home are reviewed. Prereq. REC 4200.
REC 4300 Arts and Crafts 1 (3 q.h.)
Overview of the creative media available for
individual projects. Includes how to develop
the technical capability to use a wide variety
of materials in imaginative ways and the
compilation of a personal arts and crafts
manual as a reference tool. (Laboratory fee.)
REC 4301 Arts and Crafts 2 (3 q.h.)
Adaptation of creative skills to a therapeutic
setting. Emphasizes continued development
of technical capabilities and of instructional
skills (one-to-one and group). Also discusses
the planning, implementation, and integra-
tion of craft programs. (Laboratory fee.)
Therapeutic Recreation 247
REC 4302 Arts and Crafts (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as REC 4300 and REC 4301. (Laboratory
fee.)
REC 4304 Dynamics of Family Life for the
Disabled (3 q.h.)
Surveys the internal and external djmamics
of family life. The significance of these fac-
tors to me mental heahh of the disabled is
explored. Approaches to working with fami-
lies is reviewed, as well as the effects of
disabilities on the family unit itself.
REC 4310 Social Recreation (3 q.h.)
Planning, organizing, and motivating for
social and physical activities, including ice
breakers, mixers, active motor and inactive
games, joint projects, and special events
geared to a variety of settings.
REC 4311 Therapeutic Use of Musicl(3q.h.)
Introduction to the field of music therapy,
including an exploration of historical and
current theories and various techniques used
in clinical settings. Also includes a survey of
the literature of therapy, covering special
education and psychiatric and geriatric areas.
Not open to students who have taken MUS
4160 or MUS 4161.
REC 4314 Therapeutic Use of Music 2
(formerly MUS 4161) (3 q.h.)
This course continues the exploration of the
principles and practices of the therapeutic
uses of music. It allows the student to use
theoretic knowledge to create music therapy
activities for a variety of client populations
with an emphasis on psychiatric and geriatric
care. Prereq. REC 4311.
REC 4350 Legal Issues of Disability and
Rehabilitation (3 q.h.)
An analysis of significant legal issues per-
taining to rehabilitation and disability in
education, employment, and housing. Perti-
nent federal and state statutes covered.
REC 4378 Professional Caregiving 1
(formerly Parenting Skills 1) (3 q.h.)
Designed for both experienced and prospec-
tive parents/caregivers. It will reinforce and
enhance methods that parents/caregivers
have already developed to deal effectively
with the care of children, adolescence and
young adults. For those who feel less confi-
dent about their ability or experience, it will
point the way to an effective, consistent,
philosophical approach.
REC 4379 Professional Caregiving 2
(formerly Parenting Skills 2) (3 q.h.)
Designed to help parents/caregivers tmder-
stand and differentiate between psychotic
and neurotic behaviors, as well as to identify
the symptoms of the unattached child. Spe-
cific techniques will be taught that will help
the caregiverwork successfully with thechild,
and in the case of the severely disturbed
child, adolescent and adult, to be able to
work as part of a therapeutic team in a treat-
ment plan.
REC 4380 Professional Caregiving
(Intensive) (formerly Parenting Skills
Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as REC 4378 and REC 4379.
REC 4401 The Nursing Home Experience
(3 q.h.)
This course explores the nursing home exper-
ience as well as additional long term/ex-
tended care facilities and their services and
programs for the elderly. Therapeutic and
activity based programs will be a focus as
well as additional alternative living arrange-
ments and services.
REC 4402 Leisure and Lifestyle (3 q.h.)
Focus on aspects contributing to lifestyles
and the role of leisure. Examines specific
lifestyles through reading and video-taped
materials. Gives students the opportunity to
examine the impact of leisure on their own
lifestyles and future aspirations.
REC 4403 Concepts of Leisure:
Sociopsychological Perspectives (3 q.h.)
Explores the various sociopsychological per-
spectives of leisure and the relations of mo-
res, social structure, roles and values, and
personality to leisureexpression. Investigates
other pertinent social and environmental
factors that contribute to the phenomena of
leisure.
REC 4405 Management in Handicapped
Residences (3 q.h.)
Designed to provide students with both
theoretical and practical applications of
management and leisure services of a com-
munity residence related to a population of
mentally handicapped persons. Emphasis
on management techniques and skills, ap-
propriate leisure service planning and
implementation, and direct work with both
clients and staff in a community residence.
248 Therapeutic Recreation
RGC 4425 Mental Illness and Retardation
(3q.h.)
Origins and manifestations of mental illness
and retardation are discussed. Historical and
contemporary overviews include discussions
of treatment, settings, case studies, and
trends.
REC 4450 Vocational Plaiming for the
Learning Disabled (3 q.h.)
Survey of the issues and processes that need
to be taken into consideration when assisting
the learning disabled in making vocational
choices. Resources available for placement
and training are covered, as well as how to
design a skill assessment and interest inven-
tory. The ultimate aim is to assist the client in
the process of self-assessment, goal-setting,
and the job search process.
REC 4460 The Process of Aging (3 q.h.)
Psychosocial dynamics of growing old,
physical changes as a result of aging, the
needs of people as they age, and attitudes
toward work, retirement, and leisure are
discussed. A study of dependency versus
independence, remotivation, death and dy-
ing, and programs and services that add
quality to a long life.
REC 4462 Leisure Coxmseling (3 q.h.)
Remedial and developmental process de-
signed to produce behavior and attitude
changes in the client's leisure patterns. In-
cludes development of competence in iden-
tifying, using, and referral to appropriate
recreational resources. Compares leisure
counseling fundamentals in a variety of rec-
reational settings.
REC 4470 The Learning Disabled at Work
(3 q.h.)
Examination of the learning disabled in the
workplace, how their performance may be
impacted, and what accommodations in job
content may be necessary. The aim is to
develop problem-solving strategies that fa-
cilitate the positive contiibutions a learning
disabled person can make with some accom-
modations.
REC 4500 Clinical Internship 1 (4 q.h.)
Assigned field experience in a treatment fa-
cility under supervision of a certified profes-
sional. Students have theopportunity to learn
about the direct service application of class-
room theory through observation and par-
ticipation and written reports, evaluations,
and seminars. Prereq. REC 4103 plus 12 q.h. of
professional courses and consultant's permis-
sion.
REC 4501 Clinical Internship 2 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of REC 4500. Prereq. REC 4500.
REC 4502 Clinical Internship (Intensive)
(8 q.h.)
Assigned clinical internship in a facility un-
der the supervision of a certified Therapeutic
Recreator (CTRS) professional. This clinical
experience averages 36-40 hours per week
for a minimum of 10 consecutive weeks at
one agency totalling a minimum of 360 hours.
This course meets the certifying requirement
of the National Park and Recreation Associa-
tion Certifying Board for the Therapeutic
Recreator. Prereq. REC 4103 plus 12 q.h. of
professional courses and/or the consultant's per-
mission.
SOCIOLOGY-AhnHROPOLCXSY
SOA 4100 Physical Anthropology (3 q.h.)
Introduction to elements of physical anthro-
pology, covering such subjects as primates,
fossil humans and evolution, problems of
heredity and genetics, race and racial classi-
fications. Not open to students who have credit
for SOC 4010.
SOA 4101 Cultural Anthropology: Kinship
Societies (formerly Preliterate Societies)
(3 q.h.)
Introduction to sociocultural anthropology
through the study of societies that have been
called "tribal" or "primitive." Examines a
range of contemporary societies that have no
class structures, their social and cultural in-
stitutions, their subsistence strategies, and
their efforts to remain independent people
today.
SOA 4102 Cultural Anthropology: State
Societies (formerly Industrial Societies)
(3 q.h.)
Examines the social relations and cultural
dynamics in peasant societies. Discusses the
transformation of peasants into workers and
the patterns of industrialization in the post-
colonial world. Addresses issues of cultural
diversity and social stratification in indus-
trial societies.
SOA 4103 Anthropology Intensive A (6 q.h.)
Same as SOA 4100 and SOA 4101.
SOA 4104 Anthropology Intensive B
(formerly Anthropology Intensive) (9 q.h.)
SameasSOA4100,SOA4101,andSOA4102.
Therapeutic Recreation 249
so A 4105 Anthropology Intensive C (6 q.h.)
Same as SOA 4101 and SOA 4102.
SOA 4146 Peasant Societies in a Changing
World (3 q.h.)
Examines changes affecting traditional peas-
ant cultures in tite non-Western and Western
worlds. Includes the processes occurring in
situations involving culture contact, con-
quest, and colonialism.
SOA 4155 Individual and Culture (3 q.h.)
Focuses on cross-cultural comparisons of the
socialization and acculturation of children
and adults with respect to roles, values, and
personality. Examines theories and mettiods
used in psychological anthropology.
SOA 4160 Sex, Sex Roles, and the Family
(3q.h.)
Analyzes popular and scientific notions about
sex and the family by examining the social
patterning of interactions in our culture, other
cultures, and other species. Emphasizes the
changing relationships between men and
women.
SOA 4221 Culture and Medicine (3 q.h.)
Perspectives on medicine and health care are
rapidly changing. As costs skyrocket, alter-
natives to "curative" medicine are being
sought. Uses an anthropological perspective
and draws on the vast amount of cross-cul-
tural literature in exploring the impact of
sociocultural factors on the incidence, defini-
tion, treatment, and prevention of illness as
well as the organization of health services.
SOA 4266 Folklore (3 q.h.)
Focuses on Folklore, art, and song in various
societies and how they are studied. Exam-
ines contemporary American materials.
SOA 4322 Culture Theory (3 q.h.)
What is culture? How do we explain cultural
phenomena, including culture change? This
course examines different classical and con-
temporary theories of culture: Boasian, func-
tionalist, structuralist, marxist, post-struc-
turalist, and postmodernist.
SOA 4430 Native North American Peoples
(3 q.h.)
Past and present circumstances of a number
of native North American peoples are ex-
plored.
SOA 4431 African Peoples and Cultiu-es
(3 q.h.)
Topics include African geography, prehis-
tory, and culture; the spectrum of societal
complexity ranging from Mbuti egalitarian-
ism to Ashanti federation; and the problems
of political, economic, and social change in
contemporary Africa.
SOA 4434 Latin American Peoples and
Cultures (3 q.h.)
Explores the processes of socioeconomic and
cultural change in Latin America. Examines
a selection of precolonial, colonial, and con-
temporary societies. For contemporary soci-
eties, the focus is on the relationship of local
communities (peasant, worker, ethnic) to
national cultures and global political and
economic structures.
SOA 4470 Religion in Cross-Cultural
Perspective (3 q.h.)
Comparative analysis of the rituals, beliefs,
and religious institutions of various groups.
SOCIOLOGY
SOC 4010 Principles of Sociology 1 (4 q.h.)
Introduction to basic concepts and theories
relating to the study of people as participants
in group life. Emphasizes socialization, cul-
ture, social structure, primary groups, fam-
ily, social stratification, and population. For
Alternative Freshman-Year students only. Not
open to students who have credit for SOC 4100 or
SOC 4101.
SOC 4011 Principles of Sociology 2 (4 q.h.)
Continuation of SOC 4010. Emphasizes criti-
cal analysis of American society with par-
ticular attention to problems of social, politi-
cal, urban, and industrial change. For Alter-
native Freshman-Year students only. Not open to
students who have credit for SOC 4101 or SOC
4102. Prereq. SOC 4010 equiv.
SOC 4100 Roles, Culture, and the Individual
(formerly Fundamental Issues in Sociology)
(3 q.h.)
Examines basic theoretical perspectives, re-
search methods, and concepts of sociology,
including society, status and role, socializa-
tion, and social groups. Not open to students
who have credit for SOC 4010.
SOC 4101 Inequality and Institutions
(formerly The Individual and Social Roles)
(3 q.h.)
Examines how an individual's experience in
society is shaped by cultural institutions and
beliefs, and structures of interaction. Topics
include patterns of deviance (crime, drugs).
250 Socio logy- Anthropology
gender roles, and sexuality. Not open to stu-
dents who have credit for SOC 4010 or SOC
4011. Prereq. SOC 4100 or equiv.
SOC 4102 Institutions and Social Change
(formerly Critical Issues Facing Society)
(3q.h.)
Examines important sodal factors, including
business and industry, population and ecol-
ogy, science and technology, class, and race
and ethnic relations. Not open to students who
haoe credit for SOC 4011. Prereq. SOC 4100 or
equiv.
SOC 4103 Introduction to Sociology
Intensive A (formerly Sociology Intensive)
(9q.h.)
Same as SOC 4100, SOC 4101, and SOC 4102.
SOC 4104 Introduction to Sociology
Intensive B (6 q.h.)
Same as SOC 4100 and SOC 4101.
SOC 4120 Sociology of Boston (3 q.h.)
The dty is a laboratory for exploring the
people's search for a lifestyle and the satis-
faction of their needs. The city of Boston from
the perspectives of environmental develop-
ment, neighborhood and intergroup rela-
tions, institutional services, and symbolic
meaiungs. Includes field trips with work-
book and requires use of documentary and
literary sources for term paper report. Does
not meet elective requirements for Sociology-
Anthropology major.
SOC 4125 Social Problems (3 q.h.)
Contemporary American sodal problems
and the application of sociological concepts,
methods, and principles to these problems
are explored.
SOC 4147 Urban Sociology (3 q.h.)
Topics include various causes, characteris-
tics, and effects of urbanization in several
different cultures. Gives spedfic attention to
the problem of urban and suburban living
and the changing structure of the city.
SOC 4154 Sex and Gender Roles in Society
(formerly Sex in Society: The Study of Sex
Roles) (3 q.h.)
I Explores historical and contemporary devel-
opments, examining the ways in whidi men' s
and women's changing roles are related to
society at large.
SOC 4155 Sociology of the Family
(formerly Sociology of the Family 1) (3 q.h.)
Studies the family as a social institution in
several selected cultures; family interrela-
tions with political, economic, and educa-
tional institutions; and the changing nature
of the family.
SOC 4156 Violence in the Family
(formerly Sociolo^ of the Family 2) (3 q.h.)
Examines physical, emotional, and sexual
violence that occurs in families, emphasizing
child and spouse abuse. Analyzes defini-
tions, prevalence, causes, prevention, and
treatment of specific cases of violence. Pri-
mary focus is on social and policy issues and
problems of legal intervention.
SOC 4170 Race and Ethnic Relations (3 q.h.)
Focuses on relationships among various ra-
cial, national, cultural, and religious groups,
emphasizing thedevelopment of black-white
relationships in American society. Also cov-
ers the problems of contemporary minority
peoples in American and other societies.
SOC 4175 Sociology of Work (3 q.h.)
Explores the world of work, focusing on the
development of occupational cultures, the
nature of careers, and the nxeanings and im-
plications of professionalization. Students
are encouraged to do a project on a career
they are considering or one in which they
have had practical experience on co-op.
SOC 4177 Gender in the Workplace (3 q.h.)
This course is designed to present an inter-
disciplinaiy exploration of issues related to
gender differences and equality in the work-
place. It is structured into three sections —
theory, history, and policy — to provide real
world and diverse perspectives on the sub-
ject. Topics to be discussed include women's
voice, gender psychology, gender and his-
torical analysis, race and gender, education
and professionalism, comparable worth, the
men's movement, the glass ceiling, leadership
and management styles, among others.
SOC 4185 Sociology of Deviant Behavior
(3q.h.)
Topics include a variety of sodal problems
and their relation to the organization of sod-
ety. Pays particular attention to alcoholism,
sexual offenses, drug abuse, mental disor-
ders, and other responses to conditions of
urban industrial sodety.
SOC 4186 Social Control (3 q.h.)
Discusses group membership as a determi-
nant of behavior, including analysis of status
and role, pattens of authority, power, and
group ideology as factors in the evaluation of
conduct.
Sociology 251
SOC 4190 Juvenile Delinquency (3 q.h.)
Emphasis on factors involved in juvenile
delinquency and their implications for pre-
vention, rehabilitation, and treatment.
SOC 4195 Drugs and Society (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the sociology of drugs. Ex-
amines social definitions of drugs, condi-
tions of their use, and socialization into drug
use. Considers deviant drug use and effects
of social control on definitions and use. A
range of licit and illicit drugs is considered.
SOC 4202 Sociology of Drinking (3 q.h.)
Exploration of how different groups and so-
cieties organize drinking as a social act, and
the consequences of that organization. Cov-
ers the cultural meaning assigned to drink-
ing, the social elements found in all drinking
situations, how members of social groups
leam how to drink, and the social and psy-
chological functions of drinking.
SOC 4205 Law and Society (3 q.h.)
Topics include functions of law in modem
society; legislation, litigation, and adjudica-
tion as social processes; the legal profession,
the courts, and the administration of justice;
laws and judicial decisions on controversial
social issues; and laws regulating domestic,
industrial, and other major social relation-
ships.
SOC 4215 Medical Sociology (3 q.h.)
Examination of sociological concepts and
research relating to patterns of behavior in
the areas of health and disease. Emphasizes
the family, community, medical organiza-
tions, class, and status as social subsystems
related to tfie field of health.
SOC 4225 Social Gerontology (3 q.h.)
Analyzes issues and questions of aging, with
special attention to social and economic con-
sequences of the aging process, such as re-
tirement and productivity, health care prob-
lems, nursing home residences, widower-
and widowhood, and the approach of death.
Gives examples relating to aging in other
cultures in a search for new answers to social
problems of aging in the United States. Dis-
cusses how to anticipate, cope with, and
even prevent problems of aging that concern
self, family, and clients or patients.
SOC 4226 Work, Leisure and Aging (3 q.h.)
Includes discussion of theory and practice of
leisure time activities as they relate to the
older adult. Examines the sodal, cultural,
and economic aspects of work, including
housework, and the meaning of leisure. Ex-
plores various types of leisure activities and
resources as well as how to build skills and
design and implement activities.
SOC 4235 Death and Dying (3 q.h.)
Examines the treatment of death and dying,
including problems faced by health care pro-
fessionals, family members, institutions, the
funeral industry, and the dying themselves.
Covers cross-cultural perspectives, the so-
cial distribution of mortality, the dianging
nature of death, and the ethical problems in
determining life and death with particular
attention to such issues as abortion, suidde,
and ceasing medical intervention.
SOC 4240 Sociology of Human Service
Organizations (3 q.h.)
Explores the contradiction between what
human service organizations set out to do
and what they actually accomplish. Includes
how human service organization goals are
defined, how clients become labeled, and the
societal constraints placed on clients, work-
ers, and the organizations.
SOC 4241 Human Services Professions
(3 q.h.)
Covers human services, viewed from the
perspectives of the recipient, the worker, and
the society at large. Includes analysis of why
they are needed, how agencies and programs
have developed, and the basic skills, atti-
tudes, values, and knowledge required of
the human service worker today.
SOC 4245 Poverty and Inequality
(formerly Sociology of Inequality) (3 q.h.)
Historical analysis of American class and
ethnic differences, drawing on comparisons
with other countries. Includes critical evalu-
ation of sociological research and theories
relating to the causes and effects of poverty
and societal responses to it. Suitable for stu-
dents in applied fields, such as nursing,
criminal justice, education, allied health, pre-
med, and pre-law.
SOC 4255 Sociology of Sport (3 q.h.)
Topics include games and sport from a socio-
logical perspective, with particular reference
to contemporary American society. Includes
the role or play in modem society, the social
organization of specific games and sports,
and the relation of organized sport to the
larger society.
252 Sociology
SOC 4260 Introduction to Social Work
Practice 1 (3 q.h.)
Explores the mnctions of the helping profes-
sion of social work, its settings and methods.
Covers specific techniques, such as inter-
viewing, history-taking, and recording skills.
SOC 4261 Introduction to Social Work
Practice 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of SOC 4260 with particular
attention to the functioning of sodal workers
in selected settings. Prereq. SOC 4260 or equiv.
SOC 4262 Introduction to Social Work
Practice 3 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of SOC 4261. Emphasizes en-
hancement of practice skills. Prereq. SOC4261
or equiv.
SOC 4276 Popular Culture (3 q.h.)
(fonnerly Sociology of Popular Culture)
Significance of expressions of popular cul-
ture, such as film, television, music, and lit-
erature is explored. Examines media pro-
duction, organization, technology, and audi-
ence consumption. Also covers the relation-
ship between popular culture and existing
socio-economic institutions.
SOC 4300 Social Theory 1 (3 q.h.)
Historical survey of sociological theorists,
including the work of de Tocqueville, Comte,
Marx, Durkheim, and Cooley. Prereq.
Instructor's permission or 12 q.h. in Sociology-
Anthropology.
SOC 4301 Social Theory 2 (3 q.h.)
Covers major theoretical issues in sociology.
Discussion concentrates on systematic ques-
tions and topics rather than on particular
theorists, but material is drawn from such
theorists as Weber, Simmel, Thomas,
Mannheim, Merton, and Parsons. Prereq. SOC
4300 or equiv.
SOC 4302 Social Theory 3 (3 q.h.)
Seminar focuses on questions of theoretical
interest, such as the problem of order, the
problem of change, and the role of the indi-
vidual in change. Students present papers in
class. Prereq. SOC 4301 or equiv.
SOC 4303 Social Theory (Intensive) (9 q.h.)
Same as SOC 4300, SOC 4301 and SOC 4302.
Prereq. Instructor's permission or 12 q.h. in So-
ciology-Anthropology. Not open to students who
have credit for SOC 4300, SOC 4301, or SOC
4302.
SOC 4310 Class, Power, and Social Change
(3q.h.)
Discusses theories of social equahty and
inequality asapplied totheexerdseof power
and to the growth and development of so-
cial movements and group cortflict. Takes a
large-scale, sodal-change point of view.
SOC 4331 Social Reseaxch Methods 1:
Generating and Investigating Research
Problems (3 q.h.)
Examines methods for gaining knowledge
through social research. Emphasizes the
practical aspects of research, such as the
problems sociologists face in doing research
and how they have been solved. Students
are required to design a small study.
SOC 4332 Social Research Methods 2:
Tabulating and Analyzing Social Data
(3 q.h.)
Covers methods of tabulating, presenting,
summarizing, and analyzing data, includ-
ing elementary descriptive and inferential
statistics and how to use them. Emphasizes
statistics as a tool and introduces the use of
the computer. Prereq. SOC 4331 or equiv.
SOC 4333 Social Research Methods 3:
Doing Social Research (3 q.h.)
Students carry out the study they designed
in SOC 4332, analyze data, and report re-
sults. Indudes the ethics and poHtics of so-
cial research and the interrelationship of
social action, sodal research, and theory
building. Prereq. SOC 4332 or equiv.
SOC 4805 Field Work in Sociology (6 q.h.)
Designed to enhance career development
by allowing students to earn credit for the
application of their academic backgrounds
to practical problems in the workplace. See
page 23 for details. Prereq. completion of 15
q.h. in Sociology and Program Director's ap-
proxxil.
SOC 4815 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take an upper-level course
independently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
SOC 4816 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See SOC 4815.
SOC 4820 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. % q.h., 3.5 q.p.a.
.Qnninlnnv OR'i
SOC 4821 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See SOC 4820.
SOC 4822 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h.)
See SOC 4820.
SOC 4830 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details. Prere(j. 96 ^.^., 3.0 (J .p.fl.
SOC 4831 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See SOC 4830.
SOC 4832 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See SOC 4830.
SOC 5225 Social Gerontology (3 CEUs)
Same as SOC 4225.
SOC 5226 Work,Leisure,and Aging (3 CEUs)
Same as SOC 4226.
SOC 5240 Sociology of Human Service
Organizations (3 CEUs)
Same as SOC 4240.
SPEECH COMMUNICATION
SPC 4001 Speaking Skills for International
Students 1 (3 q.h.)
Introductory instruction in pronunciation
and intelligibility for formal and informal
situations. Monitors communication skills
through use of video and audiotape record-
ings and work in the language laboratory.
Following diagnostic testing, students par-
ticipate in individualized small- and large-
group instructional situations. Placement
tests are given during the first week of class.
SPC 4002 Speaking Skills for International
Students 2 (3 q.h.)
Intermediate-level course designed for per-
sons who have previously studied English,
but who need to develop oral communica-
tion proficiency. Monitors communication
skills through use of video and audiotape
recordings and work in the language labora-
tory. Following diagnostic testing, students
participate in individualized small- and large-
group instructional situations. Placement
tests are given during the first week of class.
SPC 4003 Speaking Skills for International
Students 3 (3 q.h.)
Advanced-level course designed for students
who have previously studied English and
who can make themselves understood eas-
ily, but who have difficulty conversing. In-
cludes task-oriented interaction, a variety of
two-person communication situations, and
small-group interactions. Progress is moni-
tored through use of video and audiotape
recordings. Placement tests are given during
the first week of class.
SPC 4101 Fundamentals of Human
Communication (formerly Effective Com-
munication 1) (3 q.h.)
Introduction to development of personal
communication skills, shaping messages,
sending messages, listening, understanding
nonverbal cues, trusting, giving and receiv-
ing feedback, interacting, and coping with
the barriers to communication.
SPC 4102 Group Discussion
(formerly Effective Communication 2) (3 q.h.)
Topics include small-group communication,
elements of group structure, task and main-
tenance functions, leadership, and formal-
ized methods of group problem-solving and
decision-making.
SPC 4104 Effective Communication
(Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as SPC 4101 and SPC 4102.
SPC 4111 Voice and Articulation (3 q.h.)
Development of the speaking voice, with
emphasis on articulation, pitch control, and
vocal variety and flexibility. Includes basic
theory of the vocal mechanism.
SPC 4112 Advanced Voice and Articulation
(3q.h.)
Continuation of SPC 4111. Prereq. SPC 4111
or instructor's permission.
SPC 4150 Self-Concept and Communica-
tion (3 q.h.)
Examination of the ways communication
patterns are formed and how they work in
our personal and professional lives. Empha-
sizes how self-concept affects communica-
tion. By combining thinking, feeling, and
doing, students can develop awareness of
their attitudes and habits and explore alter-
native communication patterns.
SPC 4151 Listening (3 q.h.)
Analyzes listening effectiveness in profes-
sional and personal situations. Reasons for
poor listening, techniques for effective lis-
tening, and giving and receiving feedback
are covered.
SPC 4152 Interviewing (3 q.h.)
Topics include fundamental communication
principles and how they apply to the inter-
view process. Gives spjecial attention to em-
ployment, infonnation retrieval, and per-
suasive interviews.
SPC 4153 Techniques of Persuasion (3 q.h.)
Covers communication strategies used when
attempting to influence others. Examines
instances of persuasion as they occur in ad-
vertising, politics, social interaction, sales,
and business.
SPC 4154 Negotiation Skills (3 q.h.)
Examination of skills involved in bringing
matters to mutually acceptable settlements.
Through lectures, discussions, case studies,
and classroom activities, students explore
conflict resolution in both personal and pro-
fessional settings.
SPC 4155 Organizational Communication
(3 q.h.)
An exploration of communication manage-
ment within organizations. Topics include
the role of communication in management,
the nianagement and control of information
flow, and strategic communication plaiining.
SPC 4160 Communication and the Media
(3q.h.)
An overview of the structure, functions, and
history of American mass media. Presents a
basic understanding of the process of mass
media as it intersects society in general, and
the lives of individuals in particular.
SPC 4201 Argumentation (3 q.h.)
Basic concepts of argumentation, such as
evidence, research, and refutation, with em-
phasis on the psychology of the audience
and various types of group discussion are
discussed.
SPC 4221 Interpersonal Communications 1
(3 q.h.)
Examines ways of becoming more aware of
one's self and one's relationship to others.
Presents options for conununicating and for
increasing one's knowledge of the group
process.
SPC 4222 Interpersonal Communications 2
(3 q.h.)
Continuation of SPC 4221. Prereq. SPC 4221
or instructor's permission.
SPC 4225 Family Communication (3 q.h.)
Intioduction to how conununication affects
the development and maintenance of family
relationships. Topics include marital, par-
ent/child, sibling, and extended family com-
munication patterns; problem identification
and problem-solving skills in family com-
mumcation.
SPC 4231 Female/Male Communication 1
(3 q.h.)
Examines ways in which female/male rela-
tions are created, maintained, developed, or
dissolved through communication. Covers
the influence of family, friends, the media,
and "significant others" in sustaining stereo-
types for both sexes and the impact of such
stereotyping on the self and on effective
communication. Also looks at the use of ver-
bal and nonverbal communication to under-
stand the types of relationships between men
and women and how different female/male
language styles affect these relations.
SPC 4232 Female/Male Commxmication 2
(3 q.h.)
Discusses interaction and transactional ap-
proaches to analyzing existing relationships.
Provides the opportunity to develop skills in
diagnosing communication transactions and
in developing strategies for effective com-
munication. The influence of supportive and
defensive environments and the communi-
cation behavior of each are examined and
applied to strategies for improving relation-
smps between males and females. Prereq. SPC
4231 or instructor's permission.
SPC 4240 Managing Interpersonal Conflict
(3 q.h.)
Basic concepts involved in the management
of conflict in interpersonal situations, such as
understanding attitudes about conflict,
studying message patterns in conflict inter-
actions, and exploring a variety of coivflict
resolution methods are discussed.
SPC 4241 Professional Selling Skills (3 q.h.)
Provides students with the opportunity to
develop an effective sales climate and strat-
egies. Basic concepts involved in the sales
process, including referral and nonreferral
prospecting, planning, meeting the prospect,
assessing the prospect's situation and goals,
projX)sing solutions, dealing with apathy
and negativism, closing the sale, and assur-
ing customer satisfaction.
SPC 4251 Business and Professional
Speaking (3 q.h.)
Covers practice in the orgaruzation and pre-
sentation of material to fit varying audi-
ences. Emphasizes delivery techniques and
effective presentation of ideas.
Speech Communication 255
SPC 4260 Communication Research
Methods (3 q.h.)
This course provides an overview of the
research process and examines various types
of research methods as they relate to the
study of human communication.
TECHNICALCOMMUNICATIONS
TCC 4030 Word Processing: Theory,
Practice, and Integration (formerly Word
Processing: A Comprehensive Overview)
(2 q.h.)
Offers students an opportunity to examine
critically various word processmg programs
and the theories behind them, defining word
processing and its objectives from the stand-
point of both developer and end-user. Cov-
ers the history of word processing, explores
strengths and weaknesses of current pro-
grams, and looks to the future of word pro-
cessing as it relates to desktop publisWng,
hypertext media, and related developments
in the technical commuruty.
TCC 4101 Technical Writing 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to basic technical writing skills,
emphasizing selecting and organizing data.
Includes audience analysis, research tech-
niques, and descriptions of objects, mecha-
nisms, and processes. Provides practice in
descriptive v^^iting, classification and defi-
nition, paragraphing, and preparing techni-
cal documentation outlines. Includes fre-
quent technical writing exercises and projects
applicable to both software and hardware
writing tasks. A writingproficienq/ test is given
at the first class meeting.
TCC 4102 Technical Writing 2 (3 q.h.)
Application of the information gathering,
organizational, and technical vmting skills
acquired in TCC 4101 to more advanced
projects. Extensive practice in formatting,
organizing, writing, and editing technical
reports. Prereq. TCC 4101.
TCC 4103 Technical Writing (Intensive)
(6 q.h.)
Same as TCC 4101 and TCC 4102. A writing
proficiency test is given at the first class meeting.
TCC 4105 Editing for Science and
Technology (3 q.h.)
Covers fundamentals of editing as they ap-
ply to scientific, technical, and engineering
writing. Examines the role of the editor in
business, industry, and the sciences; basic
editorial services such as proofreading, copy
and content editing, production editing, and
project editing; analysis and critique of
manuscripts; work with authors; the editor
as writer and interviewer; and science inter-
pretation and technical translation. Acceler-
ated work for students already skilled in
spelling and granunar. Prereq. TCC 4101 or
instructor's permission.
TCC 4106 Advanced Editing for Science
and Technology (3 q.h.)
Continuation of TCC4105.Prere(7. TCC 4105.
TCC 4110 Technical-Promotional Writing
(3q.h.)
Explores structure, style, and graphic pre-
sentation of technical-promotional writing
in a high-tech environment. Students are
trained to combine technical knowledge and
writing skills in developing quality technical
brochures, articles, product catalogs, dem-
onstration kits, slide presentations, and video
scripts. Prereq. TCC 4101, TCC 4102, or
instructor's permission.
TCC 4301 Computer Software Technical
Writing 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the tasks and problems
unique to software technical vmting. Includes
review of fundamental software concepts,
the role and importance of software docu-
mentation, component parts of software
technical manuals and their purposes, tutor-
ial and reference functions of manuals, re-
search tools for manual writing, and the
writing process itself. Prereq. TCC 4101 and
hAIS 4102 or instructor's permission.
TCC 4302 Computer Software Technical
Writing 2 (3 q.h.)
ContinuaHonof TCC4301. Prereq. TCC4301.
TCC 4303 Seminar in Software Technical
Writing (3 q.h.)
An advanced case-study seminar on con-
temporary problems in technical writing for
the working or prospective writing profes-
sional. Emphasizes integrating the viewpoint
of the software developer with the task-ori-
ented needs of the end -user. Includes system
manual design; computer design; modular-
ity; and system evolution. Prereq. TCC 4302
or instructor's permission.
TCC 4304 Computer Software Technical
Writing (Intensive) (6 q.h.)
Same as TCC 4301 and 4302. Prereq. TCC4101
and MIS 4102 or instructor's permission.
256 Speech Communicatior}
TCC 4311 Instruction Manual Writing 1
(formerly Hardware Technical Manual
Writing 1) (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the fundamentals of techni-
cal manual writing, including the theory and
practice of manual desi^, organization, and
content. Covers copyright law, product li-
ability, graphic design, readability, manual
specifications and standards, illustrations,
and reproduction techniques. Emphasizes
hardware operations manuals. Includes in-
dividual and class design and writing
projects. Prereq. TCC 4101 and TCC 4102.
TCC 4312 Instruction Manual Writing 2
(formerly Hardware Technical Manual
Writing 2) (3 q.h.)
Application or skills acquired in TCC 431 1 to
an entry-level technical manual writing
project. Students elect individual or group
writing and production projects for high-
technology equipment or systems lacking
adequate documentation. Includes instruc-
tion in writing safe, legible ojjerating in-
structions and descriptions of installation
procedures, principles of operation, and
maintenance. Also covers manual changes
and updates. Prereq. TCC 4311 or instructor's
permission.
TCC 4313 Instruction Manual Writing
Intensive (6 q.h.)
Sameat TCC 4311and TCC 4312. Prerefl. TCC
4101 and TCC 4102.
TCC 4320 Proposal Writing (3 q.h.)
Background in the preparation of proposals,
including how to analyze a request for pro-
posal or bid set. Introduces the various types
of proposals generated by industry and pro-
vides an opportunity to prepare a proposal
in a simulated situation, through role play-
ing and participation on a proposal prepara-
tion team. Includes considerable analysis and
writing practice. Prereq. TCC 4102 or
instructor s permission.
TCC 4330 The Business and Technical
Presentation (3 q.h.)
Application of tne principles of technical
communication to audiovisual presentations.
Includes audience analysis, techniques of
organization, script preparation, media se-
lection, the design and production of visuals,
the influence of physical factors on commu-
nication, and the elements of effective deliv-
ery. Participants prepare and deliver presen-
tations and receive video playback and peer
critiques.
TCC 4335 Introduction to Hypertext
Development (3 q.h.)
Designed to give students essential back-
ground in developing field of hypertext.
Topics include theory and practice, authoring
systems, hypermedia topologies and user
navigation, hypermedia path mechanisms,
and hypertext-based writing tools. Prereq.
TCC 4101 and 4102.
TCC 4336 Medical Writing (3 q.h.)
Focuses on the scope of medical communica-
tions, the role of technology and the medical
communicator, patient education, clinical
trial reporting, technical/legal issues such as
FDA and UL approvals, pharmaceutical
writing, and medical editing. Prera?. TCC4101
and 4102.
TCC 4337 Writing for the Biotechnology
Industry (3 q.h.)
Examines technical communication in the
field of biotechnology, including the areas of
health care, agriculture, and industrial
"bioprocessing." Explores the role of the bio-
technology technical communicator in areas
such as marketing and business communica-
tion. Covers documentation common in the
research, development, and marketing of new
products. Provides practice in structuring
information into formats such as research
articles, development proposals, protocols
and instructions, and technical briefings with
emphasis on audience analysis as well as
content and purpose. Introduces stylistic
conventions standard in the life sciences.
Integrates documentation planning and
project management into the product devel-
opment cycle.
TCC 4340 Documentation Development
and Completion (formerly Technical
Writing Portfolio Development) (3 q.h.)
In this final course before graduation, stu-
dents apply organizational and communica-
tions skills acquired in the technical writing
program. Each student is responsible for
finding a "real-world" product that needs
technical documentation. Working with the
instructor, the student then develops the
documentation from an initial outiine to a
final completed manual that will be used
with the product.
TCC 4350 Concepts of Modem Technology 1
(3 q.h.)
Surveys applications of physical science to
mechanical devices and introduces the laws
of thermod3mamics. Considers the influence
Technical Communications 257
of material properties on design and manu-
facturing techniques. Prereq. MTH 4006 or
equiv.
TCC 4351 Concepts of Modem Technology 2
(3 q.h.)
Surveys applications of physical science to
electrical and electronic devices and intro-
duces electronic circuit design. Includes a
comparison of various devices used for am-
plification and control, and a study of the
development of the electronic digital com-
puter and the components involved in the
manufacture of computers. Prereq. TCC4350.
TCC 4802 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take an upper-level course
independently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
TCC 4803 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See TCC 4802.
TCC 4805 Field Work in Technical
Communications (6 q.h.)
Designed to enhance career development by
alio vk^ing students to earn credit for the appli-
cation of their academic backgrounds to
practical problems in the workplace. See page
23 for details. Prereq. completion of 18 q.h. in
Technical Communications ana Program
Director's approval.
TRANSPORTATION
TRN 4301 Elements of Transportation 1
(3 q.h.)
Introduction to regulatory, economic, and
management aspects of transportation. Cov-
ers concerns of shipping industry, govern-
ment, and carriers. Includes history of cost,
rate-making, operations, entry, mergers, and
intercity passenger and cargo carriage. Es-
sential to students in business, law, or gov-
ernment.
TRN 4302 Physical Distribution
Management 1 (3 q.h.)
Introduction to the physical distribution
management concept. Studies time and place
utility of manufactured products. Includes
customer service and profitability require-
ments: getting merchandise to the customer
at the right time, place, and in the right
condition. Covers transportation alternatives,
inventory control, warehousing, cost con-
trol, and location strategy. Contemporary
texts and case methods are used.
TRN 4303 Elements of Transportation 2
(3q.h.)
Continuation of TRN 4301. Examines new
thrust of lower costs, including contracting
and negotiating for carrier service that has
resulted from deregulation. Prereq. TRN 4301 .
TRN 4304 Physical Distribution
Management 2 (3 q.h.)
Continuation of TRN 4302. Analytical skills
developed through presentation of problems
and cases. Prereq. TRN 4302.
TRN 4305 Traffic Management 1: Rates and
Tariffs (3 q.h.)
Includes the interpretation and use of tariffs.
Examines classifications, rate scales, tariff
rules, rate-making procedures, and ICC law
and practice. Prereq. TRN 4301.
TRN 4306 Traffic Management 2: Selected
Topics (3 q.h.)
Further study of traffic management, cover-
ing such topics as routing, claims, insurance,
consolidation, and packaging. Prereq. TRN
4305.
TRN 4316 Carrier Management (3 q.h.)
Explores the transportation system from the
carrier viewpoint. Covers managerial re-
sponse to a heavily regulated and rapidly
expanding environment. Includes carrier
decision-making involving routes, schedul-
ing, financing, and pricing of services.
TRN 4321 Transportation Negotiations
(3q.h.)
Principle elements of transportation regula-
tion, public policy, and the role of federal and
state regulatory agencies are covered. In-
cludes t)^s of commerce, carriers, and ser-
vices subject to changing regulation, entry
and exit requirements, economic and cost
considerations, and selective rate and tariff
construction rules. Examines industry prac-
tices covering performance, requirements,
liabilities, and responsibilities of shippers,
regulated carriers, and exempt forms of
transportation. Discusses rules and proce-
dures established by the ICC and Massachu-
setts DPU. Prereq. TRN 4301.
TRN 4325 Management of Warehouse
Operations (3 q.h.)
Management or warehouses is analyzed. In-
cludes site selection, construction, finance,
operations, measurement of performance,
and warehouse technology.
258 Technical Communications
TRN 4334 Private Trucking (3 q.h.)
The formation of a private trucking opera-
tion from a management focus is explored.
Includes legal guidelines, purchase versus
lease, operations, and performance mea-
surement.
TRN 4340 Air Transportation (3 q.h.)
Topics include economics and regulation of
air carriage certified by the Civil Aeronautics
Board. Includes entry, operations, pricing,
mergers, cost analysis, and financing.
TRN 4341 Commuter Transportation (3 q.h.)
The scope and status of transportation in the
metropolitan area is examined. Includes
planning and financing urban transporta-
tion systems, the role of local, state, and
federal government units, and the problems
of transit management.
TRN 4342 Transportation Loss, D amage and
Other Claims (3 q.h.)
Covers rules, regulations, and other perti-
nent elements of transportation claims re-
sulting from the loss or damage of cargo,
overcharges and undercharges, and related
carrier and shipper activities.
TRN 4350 International Transportation and
Distribution Management (3 q.h.)
Examines the safe and efficient overseas
transportation of products by air or water.
Covers major indirect supporting business
and agencies involved in the international
movement of people and goods.
TRN 4600 Honors Program 1 (4 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake an in-depth re-
search study project. See page 24 for details.
Prereq. 96 q.h., 3.5 q.p.a.
TRN 4601 Honors Program 2 (4 q.h.)
See TRN 4600.
TRN 4602 Honors Program 3 (4 q.h.)
See TRN 4600.
TRN 4701 Independent Study 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to undertake special research.
See page 24 for details. Prereq. 96 q.h.,3.0 q.p.a.
TRN 4702 Independent Study 2 (3 q.h.)
See TRN 4701.
TRN 4703 Independent Study 3 (3 q.h.)
See TRN 4701.
TRN 4800 Advanced Tutorial 1 (3 q.h.)
Opportunity to take upper-level course in-
depjendently. See page 23 for details. Prereq.
87 q.h.
TRN 4801 Advanced Tutorial 2 (3 q.h.)
See TRN 4800.
TRN 4900 Field Work (6 q.h.)
Opportunity to enhance career development
by applying academic background to practi-
cal problems in the workplace. See page 23
for details. Prereq. Approval of Program Direc-
tor.
TRN 4910 Internship (1 q.h.)
The Transportation Internship is an oppor-
tunity for students to obtain supervised pro-
fessional experience (related to course- work)
at an on-site location. See page 69 for details.
k
Transportation 259
tuition and^tts
Tuition
Tuition for all credit coiirses is $131 per quarter hour of credit. Checks and drafts
for all charges are to be made to the order of Northeastern University. Charges for
registration and tiiition for special courses are at the rate specified for each course, with
the exception of drama and nontutorial courses. There is no reduction in fees for
auditing courses.
Noncredit courses are charged at quarter-hour rates comparable to those of credit
courses meeting on an equivalent contact-hour schedule.
Students are not permitted to attend class sessions or take any examination or test
until they have paid their tuition fees or have made satisfactory arrangements for
payment.
It is the student's responsibility to ensure that all tuition charges and fees are paid
when due. If a bill has not been received prior to the start of dasses each quarter, the
student should come in person to the Bursar's Office, where a bill will be processed.
Any discrepancies in billing should be immediately brought to the attention of the
Bursar's Office. If there is a billing problem, the undisputed portion of the bill should
be paid on time to avoid any additional late fees. Failure to receive a bill through the
mail or to pay the undisputed portion of the bill is not justification for late payment of
amoimts actually owed.
Students will not be advanced in dass standing or permitted to re-enroll in the
University nor will degrees be conferred until all fmandal obligations to the University
have been met.
Tuition forCourses in Other Northeastern Departments
or Colleges
University College students assigned to courses in other departments or colleges of
the University are charged the tuition fees effective in the departments or colleges in
which they are enrolled.
Initial Registration Fee
A nonrefundable $10 registration fee for first-time University College students is
billed with tuition fees.
Tuition Budget Payment Plans
Occasionally situations develop — usually beyond the control of the student —
that make it difficult to meet the payments in the manner outlined above. Under
such drcumstances, the student is advised to contact the Bursar's Office to arrange
for deferred payment. The only deferred payment plan offered is as follows and
applies only to the amount owed for the current quarter:
First payment 1 /3 due first week of quarter
Second payment 1/3 due approx. fourth week of quarter
Balance 1 /3 due approx. eighth week of quarter
Such arrangements should be made before the end of the first week of the quarter
or within one week of the date of registration if the student enters late. Deferred
payment of tiiition entails a fee of $10, which is levied on all accounts not paid by the
end of the second week of classes. Failure to take immediate action will result in a late
payment fee of $75.
260
Tuition Underwritten by Employers
An increasing number of companies are vinderwriting part or all of the cost of
tuition of students in their employ. In cases where payment is to be made directly by
the employer to the University, the student should furnish the Bursar's Office with a
purchase order covering registration or a statement from an officer of the company
certifying that the company is imderwriting the tuition. In cases where students are
being reimbursed by their employer, tuition must be paid by the student according to
the prescribed regxilations to avoid late payment charges.
Veterans' Benefits
Any veteran covered by Public Law 89-358 should report to 126 Hayden Hall to fill
out the proper enrollment forms.
Late Payment Fee
BUls for tuition and fees are pa)^ble in accordance with the due date shown. A late
payment fee of $75 is charged for failure to make payments in accordance with the
prescribed regulations.
Refund of Tuition
The general policy in all schools and colleges of the University with respect to
refunds of tuition is as follows: the University provides all instruction on an academic-
quarter basis, for which students pay at the beginning of each quarter. Tuition refunds
are granted through the first four weeks of a quarter only when specific conditions are
met and are granted only on the basis of the date appearing on the official withdrawal
application when filed with the Registrar in 120 Hayden HaU. Nonattendance does not
constitute official withdrawal. Questions regarding refunds should be discussed with
the Bursar.
Refunds are granted in accordance with the following schedule:
Official withdrawal filed within % of tuition credited
First week of quarter 100%
Second week of quarter 75%
Third week of quarter 50%
Fourth week of quarter 25%
New Low Rate for Friday and Saturday Intensives
University College offers a selection of six-quarter-hour courses at the Boston,
Burlington, and Dedham campuses on Friday evenings and Saturdays at a special
reduced tuition rate of $686 ($100 less than the normal tuition). Check the current
Schedule Guide for a list of these courses.
Default Policy
In cases where the student defaults on his/her tuition payments, the student shall
be liable for not only the outstanding tuition, but also for reasonable collection costs
and attorneys' fees incurred by the University in collecting unpaid tuition.
General Information 261
Fees
Student Center Fee
All students in University College on the Huntington Avenue campus are charged
$.75 each quarter for the services available in the Student Center.
Laboratory Fees
Students enrolled in courses that carry a laboratory fee must purchase a Laboratory
Fee and Deposit Card from the Cashier's Office ($15 for extra cards).
A fee of $45 is charged for biology courses and for those health professions courses
that include a laboratory. For chemistry courses, cards cost $60 per quarter vdth the
possibility of a $5 refund at the end of the quarter, depending on breakage. Upon
completion of the course or withdrawal during the quarter, me student must check his
or her status with the laboratory attendant. The Cashier's Office will then refund any
unused balance shown on the card.
Music students enrolled in music instruction pay a special rate. For details contact
Marjorie Adas, University College Music Coordinator, 351 Ryder Hall, telephone 617-
437-2440 or 617-437-2442.
Mandatory Medical Insurance Fee
All Northeastern University students who are either classified as full-time or who
are in a degree program carrying a courseload of 9 credits or more are required by law
to be covered by medical insurance. You will be enrolled automatically in the
University's plan at a $525.00 charge to your Northeastern account. Or, if you are
covered by comparable medical insurance, you may waive the university's plan.
Northeastern University medical insurance waiver forms are available at the Bursar's
Office, 254 Richards HaU, 617-437-2270.
Missed Rnal Examination Fee
Students absent from the regularly scheduled final examination at the end of a
course may petition for a missed final examination. The fee for each examination
requested by the student is $50. The fee must be paid when the petition is filed in the
Office of Academic and Student Affairs.
Transcripts
Students may request official franscripts of their grades at the Regisfrar's Office.
There is a charge of $2 per copy, payable in advance. Unofficial franscripts are issued
free of charge.
262 General Information
Financial Aid
The Office of Financial Aid, located at 356 Richards Hall, offers several types of
assistance to part-time and full-time University College students. All awards are based
on financial need. Aid granted from programs sponsored by the federal or state
government is dependent upon the amount of funding allocated to Northeastern
University. Federal regulations require that students who receive financial aid funds be
United States citizens or permanent residents.
Application Procedure
All student applying for aid must submit a Financial Aid Form (FAF) to the
College Scholarship Service. The College Scholarship Service is an agency which
collects financial data from students and distributes that data to schools, state agencies,
and the Pell Grant program.
Federal regulations require that students submit a Financial Aid Transcript (FAT)
from each school they have previously attended to the Office of Financial Aid at
Northeastern University before they can receive financial aid at Northeastem. This is
required even if you did not receive aid at the other institution(s). If your transcript
indicates you are in default on a loan or you owe a refund, you will be ineligible for all
types of fmancial aid until this status is cleared.
Northeastem University also requires its students to complete an Institutional
Application. This form gathers information that assists the office in determining a
student's eligibility for aid.
All application materials are available at the Office of Financial Aid. Students
should begin the application procedure at least twelve weeks before the start of the
quarter in which they plan to enroll. Students must apply for financial aid each
academic year.
In order to be eligible for financial aid, students must be admitted into a degree
program prior to the beginning of the academic quarter. Students admitted after the
start of the quarter wiU not be eligible for aid vmtil the next academic quarter. Students
not yet admitted into a degree program are advised to contact the UC Office of Aca-
demic and Student Affairs, 180 Ryder Hall.
Satisfactory Academic Progress
For all students who are receiving financial aid for the first time on or after July
1, 1987, satisfactory academic progress will be determined based on having
achieved a 2.0 QPA after the completion of the second grade level and maintaining
that minimum until completion of the degree. Students not achieving a 2.0 QPA or
dropping below that minimum after their second grade level will not, by Federal
law, be eligible for financial aid.
Financial Aid Programs
Financial aid to students is offered in the form of loans and grants. The follow-
ing programs are available:
Pell Grant
Based on a student's financial information, a student may be eligible for a Pell
Grant. The Pell Grant Program is a federal aid program designed to provide
financial assistance to undergraduate degree candidates. Approximately six weeks
after a student has filed the FAF, the Pell Grant Processor will send the student a
Student Aid Report (SAR). If a student is eligible for a Pell Grant, the SAR must be
submitted to the Office of Financial Aid.
(^f>n(^ral Infnrmatinn Pfi.T
This program requires a student to be admitted into a degree program and be
enrolled in at least 6 quarter hours per quarter. If eligible for a Pell Grant, the
amount of the grant will vary depending upon the number of quarter hours a
student enrolls in each quarter. If a student's enrollment is less than 6 quarter
hours during a quarter, the Pell Grant will be cancelled for that quarter. Students
with a prior bachelor's degree are not eligible to receive Pell Grants.
State Scholarship
Full-time students are advised to complete a state specific FAF by the published
deadline. Eligibility for state scholarships is based on need and is determined by
the scholarship office in each state. Students will receive a letter from the state
scholarship office notifjdng them of their eligibility. In order to be eligible for a
state scholarship, a student must be submitted into a degree program and enrolled
in at least 12 quarter hours per quarter. A student with a prior bachelor's degree is
not eligible to receive a state scholarship. Contact your State Scholarship Office for
more information.
Stafford Student Loan Program
The Stafford Student Loan Program enables a student to borrow a maximum of
$2,625 per academic year during the freshman and sophomore years (first and second
grade levels) and up to $4,000 per academic year for subsequent grade levels from a
partidpjating bank or other financial institution. The f eder^ government pays the
interest whue the student is in school. This loan must be repaid. The legal maximum
loan limit for undergraduate students is $17,250.
Eligibility to participate in the Stafford Student Loan Program is based on need in
accordance with federal regulations. Students must be admitted into a degree program
and enrolled on at least a half-time (6 quarter hours per quarter) basis in order to be
considered for this loan.
In order to have a loan processed by the Financial Aid Office, a student must have
a complete financial aid application on file, have received a letter of eligibility from our
office, and have submitted a Stafford Student Loan Application. Applications for the
loan are available from local lending institutions and the Office of Financial Aid.
Repayment of the loan usually begins six months after a student withdraws,
graduates from an educational institution, or ceases to carry at least a half-time course
load. The repa)Tnent period may be as long as ten years. The amount of the pjayments
depends upon the size of the debt, but must be at least $50 per month.
Repayment on loans may be deferred under certain circumstances. For details,
contact your lender.
Students who borrow funds through this program must report any of the follow-
ing changes to their lenders:
• withdrawal from school;
• transfer to another school;
• reduction of course load to less than half time;
• change of address or parents' address; and
• change of name.
Additional information about firmncial aid is available from the Office of Financial
Aid, 356 Richards Hall, 617^37-3190.
All federal financial aid programs are subject to change depending on adequate
and continuing federal support
264 General Information
Scfio Cars dips
The following University College and School of Engineering Technology
scholarships and awards are available to students who have been accepted as
degree candidates and are in good academic standing.
Scholarships are awarded once a year by the Scholarship Conunittee. Final
selection of scholarship recipients is usually made in late May, followed by the
awarding of the scholarships in late Jvme or early July. Funds are usually applied to
tuition expenses for the following academic year. Awards range in amount from
$300 to $1,000.
Application Procedure
In January, a mailing list of students who have requested applications is
prepared and applications are mailed out with the stipulation that they be com-
pleted and returned to the Office of the Dean by March 31. A student can be placed
on the January mailing list by calling 617-437-2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY)
and leaving his or her name, address, and student ID number with the receptionist.
Dean Kenneth W. Ballou Family Scholarship Fund
The Dean Kenneth W. Ballou Family Scholarship Fund was established in 1986
by the generosity of the Kenneth W. Ballou family. Dean Ballou served Northeast-
em University in various capacities from 1957 to 1978, including as Director of
Undergraduate Admissions, Dean of University Relations, Assistant to the Presi-
dent, Dean of Adult Education Programs, and Dean of University College. This
scholarship is awarded annually to a University College student(s) who demon-
strates financial need, academic promise, and leadership potential.
James A. Buczel Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship was established in 1988 in memory of James A. Buczel, who
received his Associate in Science degree in 1978. The endovraient funds were
provided by the family, friends, and associates of Mr. Buczel who was a member of
the U.S. Customs Service of the Department of the Treasury. He lost his life in the
line of duty while inspecting cargoes on Sunday, October 9,1988 in New Haven,
Connecticut. The income from this memorial scholarship fund is to be awarded to
undergraduate students in University College who are majoring in Law Enforce-
ment and demonstrate financial need, academic promise, and soundness of charac-
ter.
Dorothy G. Cooley Scholarship
This scholarship was established in 1988 by Dorothy G. Cooley, a 1960 graduate
of the evening division of The School of Business, now University College. The
income from this fund is to be awarded to responsible women students who are
candidates for a bachelor's degree and who have demonstrated soundness of
character and who have above average scholastic ability.
Henry J. Doherty Memorial Scholarship
The Henry J. Doherty Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1987
through the generosity of Doris R. Doherty, as a tribute to her late husband, a 1953
graduate of the Evening School of Business and a successful business leader in the
field of legal publishing. The income from the scholarship is awarded annually to
deserving students with demonstrated financial need who are pursuing part-time
evening study and have been accepted as degree candidates.
General Information 265
Electronics Industries Personnel Assodation Scholarship
This scholarship was established in 1980 through the generosity of the Electronics
Industries Personnel Assodation. The income is awarded annually to one or more
students whose studies, to a significant extent, are in the field of human resources
management at University GaUege. Recipients shall demonstrate financial need,
soundness of character, and academic stability.
Howard W. Evirs, Jr. Scholarship
This scholarship fund was established in 1991 by Howard W. Evirs, Jr., a graduate
of the QjUege of Engineering, Class of 1951, and the Graduate School of Business, Class
of 1970.
It is Mr. Evirs' desire to provide financial assistance to a single parent, preferably a
female, enrolled in any full-time or part-time baccalaureate program of the University
who has demonstrable financial need and proven academic excellence. The income
from the scholarship fund which is administered by the Financial Aid Office will be
awarded annually.
Students should apply to Northeastern University/Office of Financial Aid, 356
Richards Hall, Boston, MA 02115 regarding the above scholarship.
Vincent A. Forte Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship was established in 1985 in memory of Vincent A. Forte, a graduate
of Northeastern University. The endowment funds were provided through the gener-
osity of his family, friends, and associates. Forte was an ambitious student pursing a
full-time business career while attending school part-time. He received an associate's
d^ee from Lincoln Institute in 1957, a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in
1958, and a Master of Business Admirustration degree in 1967. The income from this
fund is awarded to undergraduate students in University College who are pursuing a
bachelor's degree in business, who demonstrate financial need, and who are maintain-
ing a cumulative quality-point average of 3.0 or better after completing at least 44
quarter hours of credit.
Chester W. Higgins Memorial Scholarship
The Chester W. Higgins Memorial Scholarship was established in 1991 by the
generosity of Mrs. Marion Higgins, as a tribute to her late husband. Chester (Chet)
Higgins was a senior lecturer in the Business Administration program of University
CoUege for almost forty years. He also served as President of the Faculty Society and
was instrumental in establishing the Faculty Society Memorial Scholarship program to
benefit part-time students. To be eligible for this award a student should be majoring
in management in University CoUege and should demonstrate financial need, aca-
demic promise and soimdness of character.
Kappa Tau Scholarships
The Kappa Tau Phi Sorority Scholarship Fund annually makes scholarship awards
available to women students in the science, business, engineering, and liberal arts
programs who rank highest at the end of the upper-middle year. In the event that the
chosen student is eligible for an award of greater monetary value, the award is made to
the next highest-ranking woman student. To be eligible for this scholarship, the student
must be enrolled in a course meeting at least two evenings per week and must be a
candidate for a bachelor's degree. In determining the recipient, grades of all courses
completed in prior years are considered.
266 General Information
Martin Luther King, Jr. Scholarships
This scholarship fund was established in 1969 in memory of the late Reverend
Martin Luther King, Jr. Awards are made, as openings occur, to a limited number of
adults from minority groups who would otherwise be unable to continue their educa-
tion. Stipends can cover tuition expenses not to exceed six quarter hours in any
academic quarter (excluding summer quarter). Northeastern University's Office of
Financial Aid, located in Ridiards Hall, administers these scholarships.
Angelina M. Lentini Scholarship
This scholarship was established in 1991 through the generous support of Angelina
Lentini, a graduate of Lincoln College, class of 1967, and University College, class of
1969. This award is to be made to an entering freshman female student who has
graduated from the Boston Public School system, and has demonstrable financial need.
Recipients of this award may reapply in their upper class years for continued support.
Interested students should apply to Northeastern University /Office of Financial Aid,
356 Richards Hall, Boston, MA 02115, regarding the above scholarship.
Alan A. and Shirley A. Mackey Scholarship Fund
The Alan A. and Shirley A. Mackey Scholarship Fimd was established in 1987
upon the retirement of Alan A. Mackey from Northeastern University. Dean Mackey
served Northeastern University in many capacities: as Dean of Administration, Univer-
sity Registrar, Dean of Continuing Education, and as a member of the mathematics
faculty of University College. The scholarship fund provides annual scholarship
awards to deserving University College students.
Timothy F. Moran Scholarship Fund
This scholarship fund was established upon the retirement of Dean Timothy F.
Moran, Associate Etean at University College and Director of the Law Enforcement
programs. During his second career as an educator. Dean Moran, a retired state police
officer, was an innovator and leader in the education of law enforcement officers both
in New England and throughout the world. His former students, colleagues, and
friends made substantial contributions to establish this fund in his honor. This scholar-
ship is awarded annually to students majoring in policing, security or corrections who
demonstrate academic excellence and financial n^.
William J. McGovem Memorial Scholarship
The William J. McGovem Memorial Scholarship was established in 1978 by an
anonymous donor to honor the memory of William J. McGovem. The donor wishes
to assist others in realizing their potential through higher education. The income
from this scholarship benefits worthy undergraduate students actively pursuing
studies in University College or the School of Engineering Technology. Recipients
must have declared a major, demonstrated financial need and academic achieve-
ment, and exhibited a high level of professional promise.
Professor Joseph A. Mullen Scholarship
The Massachusetts Chapter of the American Society for Training and Develop-
ment has established a fund to provide annual scholarship awards to deserving
part-time students upon the reconunendation of the Dean of University College.
General Information 267
Eva Needle Memorial Scholarship
The Eva Needle Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1965 with the
aid of the Norman Knight Charitable Foundation and is maintained through the
generosity of the friends of Bob and Ted Needle in memory of their mother. The
income from the fund is awarded annually to a deserving student in the accounting
program who demonstrates superior academic achievement. The recipient is
selected jointly by Ted Needle, a long-standing member of University College's
accounting faculty, and the Scholarship Committee.
Many Ollns Memorial Scholarship
The Harry Olins Memorial Scholarship Fund was estabhshed as an expression
of a belief in tJiuversity College students and "what they stand for." The fund,
presented by Mrs. Olins in recognition of her husband's long service on the busi-
ness faculty, makes available an annual tuition award to students who, in terms of
scholastic achievement, character, and personal need, best typify the spirit of
Northeastern University. To be eligible for this award, the student must be a
business administration degree candidate and carry a full academic load during the
school year.
Nancy Lee Patterson Memorial Scholarship
This fund was established in 1988 by the family and friends of Mrs. Nancy Lee
Patterson at the time of her death. Income from the fund is awarded annually to
female students, age 35 or over, attending University College, who demonstrate
financial need, soundness of character, and academic stability.
Sigma Epsilon Rho Honor Society Scholarship Award
The Sigma Epsilon Rho Honor Society Scholarship Awards, established in 1974
by the membership of the Society, are awarded aimually to undergraduate students
of University College and the School of Engineering Technology. Eligible students
must have a cumulative quality-point average of 3.25 or better after completing 75
percent or more of their required studies.
The Stotsky Award
The Stotsky Award was created in 1990 when Dr. Bernard A. Stotsky, after 28 years
of dedicated service as a faculty member and Chief Psychiatrist at the Lane Health
Center, established a fund at Northeastern Univeraty in memory of his parents, George
and Bess Stotsky.
A cash prize of $250 will be presented annually to one or more students who have
exhibited an tmusual understanding of, and sensitivity to, Jewish history with particu-
lar reference to the Holocaust period. Works submitted for consideration may include,
but are not limited to, research in the field, special projects, programs or activities
designed and implemented to enhance undersfanaing of the Holocaust.
Any student in good standing, currently enrolled in any school, department or
program of Northeastern Uruversity is eligible to receive the Stotsky Award. Submis-
sions made by March 1st will be eligible for the current year's award.
This award is administered by the Religious Life Office of Northeastern University.
Interested shidents should contact them at (617) 437-2728 for further details. The
mailing address is: Religious Life Office, Room 207 Ell Building, Northeastern Univer-
sity, Boston, MA 02115.
268 General Information
H. Patricia Taylor Scholarship Fund
The H. Patrida Taylor Scholarship Fund was established in 1974 by H. Patricia
Taylor, a graduate of University College, and her husband, Harry C. Taylor, a
graduate of the School of Business. The scholarship expresses their appreciation for
financial assistance made available to Mrs. Taylor when she was obtaining her
degree and is an attempt to provide similar funds to assist others in realizing their
potential through higher education. The income from the fund is awarded annually
to a student enrolled in University College or the School of Engineering Technology
who demonstrates financial need and academic stability and who meets certain
other conditions of eligibility.
Transportation Club of New England Scholarship
The Transportation Club of New England provides a generous annual scholar-
ship for a person employed in transportation and industry traffic departments.
Awarded in May of each year, the scholarship is applicable toward tuition, books,
and incidental expenses involved in transportation management courses. The
Club's purpose is to afford some student an opportunity to expand and improve
their education by systematic study of transportation and distribution manage-
ment. The scholarship is administered cooperatively with the Scholarship Commit-
tee of the Transportation Qub of New England. Applicants must be sponsored by
a member of the Transportation Club. Application information may he obtained by
contacting Mr. William G. Donovan, Secretary /Treasurer, 29 Gushing Avenue,
Hingham,MA 02043. Telephone number is (617) 749-4406.
U.S. Navy Reld Training Supervisors Association Memorial
Scholarship
A scholarship fund has been established through the generosity of the U.S.
Navy Field Training Supervisors Association in commemoration of the
Association's deceased members. The scholarship is awarded armually to a deserv-
ing student, selected by the Scholarship Committee, who is a management major
working toward a bachelor's degree in the evening program at University College.
University College and the School of Engineering Technology
Faculty Society Memorial Scholarship Awards
The Faculty Society of University College and the School of Engineering
Technology offer two awards annually, primarily for excellence in studies, to
bachelor's degree candidates in University College and the School of Engineering
Technology who have carried and are currentiy canying a minimum of twenty-four
quarter hours annually. Applications, available during the winter quarter, must be
returned before the spring quarter. These awards are given in comn\emoration of
the Faculty Society's deceased members.
Roberta Macycove Wasserman Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship was established in 1976 through the generosity of family
members and friends of Roberta Macycove Wasserman, who, at the time of her
death in 1975, was pursuing liberal arts studies within University College. The
income from the fund is awarded annually to a deserving female student who is a
homemaker with family responsibilities and who is pursuing part-time studies
within University College. The recipient shall demonstrate financial need, sound-
ness of character, and academic stability.
General Information 269
Awards
John W. Robbins Prize
The John W. Robbins Prize was established in 1984 under the terms of the will of
the late Lena C. Robbins, in memory of her husband, John W. Robbins, an alumnus of
Northeastern University. The income from this memorial gift is awarded annually to
the outstanding student (Qass Marshal) of the graduating class of University College.
270 General Information
^adiiiks and^gsources
Sport, Dance, and Exercise Facilities
Through its Cabot Center for Physical Education, Dockser Hall and Barletta
Natatorium, Northeastern University offers a wide variety of specialized facilities,
including basketball courts, dance studio, indoor athletic field and running track,
indoor tennis courts, gymnastics room, combatives room, weight-training rooms
(including Nautilus equipment), swimming pool, crew practice tank, racquetball
courts, and motor performance and exerdse physiology laboratories. The Matthews
Arena, with seating for more than 5,000 fans, provides home ice to the University's
hockey teams and home court for the University's basketball teams.
Social and Professional Clubs
We welcome and encourage part-time students in University College and the
School of Engineering Technology to join in the social and professional activities that
are organized and run by the student body, with the assistance of the Office of Aca-
demic and Student Affairs. If you and your peers are interested in starting new profes-
sional dubs, the office will help to plan and organize locally and nationally. Call 617-
437-2400 (voice) or 617-437-2825 (TTY) for more information.
Sigma Epsilon Rho Honor Society
Sigma Epsilon Rho is the University College honor sodety. It aims to promote
fellowship among those students who have attained highest scholastic standing in the
College; to stimulate the student body to higher scholastic accomplishment through the
bearing, influence, and work of these selected men and women; to develop methods of
mutual improvement and advancement among members; and to support high moral,
professional, and scholastic ideals. Only honor graduates are eligible for admission to
the Society. Admission is by invitation after nomination by the Sodety.
Ell Student Center
The Carl S. Ell Student Center provides fadlities for student recreation and extra-
curricular activities. The Eugene J. Blackman Auditorium, with a seating capadty of
1300, is part of the Center. Also included are spedal drama facilities, a ballroom, main
lounge, fine arts exhibition area, student offices, conference rooms, cafeteria with
seating for more than 1000 and the bookstore.
Lane Health Center
A comprehensive program of medical care is provided to all full-time graduate
and imdergraduate students. The Uiuversity maintains a Health Services Clinic which
is open for emergendes at all times and is equipped to deal promptly with any medical
condition that may arise. All entering full-time students must submit a pre-entrance
physical examination form provided by the Lane Health Center prior to registration.
Failure to fulfill this requirement can delay registration and result in a penalty fee and
an additional fee for a physical examination.
Alumni Association
Upon graduation, you will join the more than 120,000 alumni united within the
Alumni Association, which was established to promote a mutually rewarding relation-
ship between Northeastern and its graduates. Assodation activities include the Home-
coming celebration, presentation of the Outstanding Alumni Awards, and the annual
Kresentation of Professional Promise Awards to outstanding seniors. The Association
as regional clubs across the country.
General Information 271
9{grtfieastern University
Profile of the University
At Northeastern University, we value part-time day and evening students as
highly as we do our full-time students. You are important members of the academic
community and reflect the changing profile of today's college student, which encom-
passes new concerns for lifesf>an learning and professional retraining. Northeastern
supports your pursuit of personal and professional goals and wants to contribute to
your success. You may join all of our students in taking full advantage of the academic
resources and facilities we offer. In return, you contribute to the intellectual and
cultural diversity upon which this urban institution thrives.
Founded in 1898, Northeastern University is incorporated as a privately endowed,
nonsectarian institution. From its beginning, me University's mission has been to
identify and address the educationalneeds of a diverse community and student body
in distinctive and useful ways. Northeastern did not duplicate the programs of other
institutions, but instead became a world leader in new areas of educational service. In
particular, the University is known for its Cooperative Plan of Education, under which
students alternate periods of work and study. All of Northeastem's undergraduate day
colleges operate on the Cooperative Plan, and several of the University's graduate
schools have structured their programs to include features of cooperative education.
Today, the University is comprised of nine undergraduate colleges and ten graduate
schools.
Our undergraduate colleges are:
• Bouve College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences*
• College of Arts and Sciences, including the School of Journalism
• College of Business Administration
• College of Computer Science
• College of Criminal Justice
• College of Engineering, including the School of Engineering Technology
• College of Nursing
• Uruversity College
Our graduate schools are:
• Graduate School of Arts and Sciences
• Graduate School of the Bouve College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences*
• Graduate School of Business Administration
• Graduate School of Conaputer Science
• Graduate School of Criminal Justice
• Graduate School of Engineering
• Graduate School of Nursing
• Graduate School of Professional Accoimting
• School of Law
At Northeastern University, we respond to the needs of people who already hold
jobs or are launched in careers, but who wish to advance or change their professional
lives as well as pursue personal interests. The University offers a variety of educational
options — ^both credit and noncredit — ^to suit your particular objectives. University
College offers part-time courses leading to certificates and to associate's and bachelor's
degrees. The School of Engineering Technology offers part-time evening and weekend
associate's and bachelor's degree programs in technological areas, in addition to
daytime undergraduate programs.
All formal courses of study leading to degrees through part-time programs are
approved by the full-time day faculty of the Northeastern Basic Colleges concerned
and are governed by the same qualitative and quantitative standards.
*Pending Supreme Judidal Court approval.
272
Where You'll Rnd Northeastern
The main campus of Northeastern University is a vibrant and progressive urban
community. To all Northeastern students, the physical setting of the Boston campus
extends opportunities to participate in the dynamic, exdting envirorunent that we
share with city residents. Built around a quadrangle, tiie campus is divided by Him-
tington Avenue, a major artery. It is located in the midst of such cultural landmarks as
Symphony Hall, the Museum of Fine Arts, the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum,
Horticultural Hall, and the Boston Public Library. You can walk to Fenway Park,
Copley Place, the Back Bay shopping district, and a number of internationally re-
nowned hospitals. In 1910, the University began construction on the first piece of land
acquired at its present site; it now covers more than fifty-five acres.
To reach increasing numbers of students and to make participation in our pro-
grams as convenient as possible for you. Northeastern University has established
suburban campuses and branch locations, as well as several off-campus athletic
facilities. The campuses and branch locations house administrative and classroom
fadlities for Northeastem's graduate, part-time day and evening, and continuing
education programs. The University also maintains many affiliations to ensure access
to facilities and specialized equipment available at other institutions and organizations.
The Dedham campus, just north of Route 128 houses the Center for Continuing
Education and provides space for the College of Business Administration's High
Technology MBA and Executive MBA programs and the Center for Management
Development's Management Workshops.
Near the junction of Routes 128 and 3 in Burlington is the Suburban Campus of
Northeastern University. Part-time imdergraduate courses in a variety of subject areas
and part-time graduate courses in engineering and business administration are offered
here. The Burlington campus also offers special programs for part-time, evening, and
noncredit continuing education courses.
Located near the Burlington campus, the Botanical Research Station in Wobum
contains a small arborettim and a spadous greenhouse for propagation and research.
Situated on fifty acres in Ashland, the Warren Center provides a practical labora-
tory for outdoor education and conservation, and camping administration, program-
ming, and counseling. In the summer, the center becomes an attractive campsite for
various community and University groups and is available for conferences and
workshops.
Twenty miles northeast of Boston, the Marine Sdence and Maritime Studies Center
is located in Nahant, on Massachusetts Bay. It serves as a site for r\ational, international,
and University research.
Henderson House, Northeastern University's conference center, is located twelve
miles from Boston in suburban Weston. This fadUty hosts a variety of activities,
induding residential seminars, workshops, short courses, and weekend meetings.
University Libraries
Together, the collections, services, staff, and facilities of the Northeastern Univer-
sity Libraries provide access to information and an vmderstanding of the organization
of the literature and other information resources of the academic disdplines. The
library is integral to the academic and research processes, whether these occur in a
formal dassroom, seminar, or laboratory setting or through individual study and
enrichment.
All part-time students have full access to all units of the University Libraries
located on the Boston, Burlington, and Dedham campuses and at the Marine Sdence
Center in Nahant.
Snell Library, a centralized library for the Boston campus has 2,800 seats on five
levels and shelving for more than 125 million volumes, library services incorporate
online, telecommunication, and media technologies that are assodated with informa-
tion resources, induding an online catalog and drculation system, microcomputer and
language laboratories, and a CD-ROM optical disc network.
About N.U. 273
Total holdings of the University Libraries include more than 690,000 volinnes,
1,550,000 microforms, current subscriptions to over 7,500 serials and newspapers,
150,000 government documents, and 18,000 audio, video, and computer software titles.
Library staff are available in all service areas to assist students. Librarians provide
instruction to groups and to individuals on the bibliographic research process and on
strategies for identifying, locating, and using information resources. Each term, a series
of tutorials is offered giving students further opportunities to meet with a librarian to
discuss particular or specialized research needs.
Northeastern University is a member of the Boston Library Consortium, a coopera-
tive arrangement among the following academic and research institutions: Boston
College, Boston Public Library, Boston University, Brandeis University, Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, the State Library of Massachusetts, Tufts Uiuversity, the
University of Massachusetts (Amherst and Boston campuses), and WeUesley College.
The University's membership in the Boston Library Consortivun generally allows for
on-site use by, but does not grant borrowing privileges to, students at Northeastern.
Some of the consortium libraries and many of the omer libraries in the Boston area
require that a visiting student present a special pass or letter of introduction. A North-
eastern reference librarian can advise about such student visitor policies.
Division of Academic Computing
The Division of Academic Computing (DAC) facilitates the use of computers by
Northeastern students and members of the faculty. Some years ago that meant main-
taining one good-sized computer, used primarily by those doing advanced work in
engineering, mathematics, or the physical or biological sciences. More recently, com-
puting has found productive use m nearly every field of study pursued at the Univer-
sity. At the same time, computing activities have increasingly migrated to personal
computers, altering the nature of the need for computing services. DAC is committed
to meeting these new challenges while continuing to support the traditional,
computationally intensive uses of computing.
DAC's Personal Computing Initiative supports personal computing with negoti-
ated discoimts on hardware and software, available through the Northeastern Com-
puter Store. Through advice, training, and assistance on personal computer use, the
intent of the initiative is to provide an environment as hospitable and supportive as
possible to the personal mode of computing, including the ability to connect personal
computers to imiversity computing systems. DAC and its Computing Resource Center
maintain the lynx communication system for the exchange of computer mail and
conference discussions. Computer mail can also be exchanged with users at any of the
several thousand computers at other institutions. Participation in lynx is available to
any member of the Northeastern community and is free. To sign up for a lynx account,
bring a valid Northeastern I.D. to 39 Richards Hall during business hours.
The Computing Resource Center also maintains mainframe computing resources,
most notably the VAXCluster Systems, and the numerous public-access lafc of per-
sonal computers and terminals on the Boston, Dedham, Burlington, and Liberty Square
campuses. An advanced high-speed network connects the university's computing
facilities and links them to other computers at locations aroimd the world. ACCESS, the
newsletter of the division, appears seven times a year and includes the locations and
facilities of the labs and news about other DAC and CRC services and facilities. The
Source: Academic Computing at Northeastern University describes the computing environ-
ments and their use and is for sale at the University Bookstore.
274 About N.U.
Research
Research and scholarship are an integral part of Northeastern University's continu-
ing efforts to promote the intellectual growth and development that help to ensure the
University's continued ability to provide quality education to its students.
The first formally organized research group at Northeastern University was the
Bureau of Business Research, established in 1939 to study business principles and
practices. Thereafter, research efforts on campus increased so rapidly that, in 1954, a
Faculty Committee on Development and Coordination of Research was established to
help unify and provide direction to scholarly activity at Northeastern. From an initial
grant of $10,000 awarded to the Physics Department by the Office of Naval Research in
1945, sponsorship for University research efforts has grown to a level of $15 million
dollars in 1989 and is expected to exceed $24 million dollars by 1993.
Responsibility for fostering and coordinating the development of research at
Northeastern resides with the Vice Provost for Research and Graduate Education who
is assisted by the University Council on Research and Scholarship and the Division of
Research Management.
Northeastem's funding for research comes from a variety of sources including the
National Institutes for Health, National Science Foundation, the National Endowment
for the Humanities, the Mellon Foundation, the Department of Energy, the Department
of Defense, and state and municipal agencies, as well as front the University through
the Research and Scholarship Development Ftmd. In recent years, there has been
increasing support from industrial fiims, including companies such as IBM, Dow
Chemical Company, Raytheon, and GTE.
Northeastern University has numerous distingmshed faculty members, many of
whom have received prestigious awards, including Sloan Scholarships, Guggenheim
Fellowships, and National Institutes of Health Research Awards. Faculty members
lecture the world over. In addition, many faculty members serve as consultants to
industry and US. Government agencies and participate on a variety of national and
international committees.
Current research activities span almost all fields and include experimental investi-
gations, theoretical studies, and technological applications. Research is under way in
the areas of the physical and biological saences, computer science, engineering, marine
science, psychology, mathematics, social sciences, humanities, allied health professions,
and business. Student participation in these activities is often an integral part of the
graduate-level academic programs in the form of thesis projects, specially designed
independent studies, or tnrough cooperative work assignments. Research involvement
is actively encouraged and is often supported through stijjend and tuition waivers
from contracts and grants and/or the academic units themselves.
(Programs at 9\(brtfteastem
Undergraduate Colleges
Bouvd College of Pharmacy and Health Sdences*
Offers five-year, ccwperative education program leading to the Bachelor of Science
in Pharmacy, Respiratory Therapy, Toxicology, Physical Therapy, and to the Bachelor
of Science with majors in medical laboratory science, cardiovascular health and fitness,
athletic training, and physical therapy. A non-cooperative four-year baccalaureate
program is offered in dental hygiene. Associate's deo-ee programs are offered in
memcal laboratory science and dental hygiene. The Collie also offers post-baccalau-
reate certificate programs for physician assistants (the PA option is a 2-year full- or
part-time program with the option of a Master of Health Professions), health informa-
tion admiiustration, respiratory therapy, cardiovascular technology, perfusion technol-
ogy, and medical laboratory science (concentrations in blood banking, dinical chemis-
try, hematology, immunology, and microbiology). For information, all 617-437-3320.
College of Arts and Sciences
Offers progranis in the visual and performing arts, humanities, sodal sciences,
phj^ical and natural sciences, and mathematics leading to the Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science degrees. Programs are normally four years in length on a full-time
plan or five years in length on the cooperative plan. For more information, call 617-437-
3980. .
College of Business Administration
Offers a five-year, cooperative education program leading to the Bachelor of
Science in Business Administration. Students complete a concentration in accounting,
human resources management, marketing, finance and insurance, management,
international business admiiustration, entrepreneurship and small business manage-
ment, management information systems or logistics and transportation. For more
information, call 617-437-2200.
College of Computer Science
Offers a five-year and a four-year cooperative education program leading to the
Bachelor of Arts in Computer Science, and the Bachelor of Saence in Computer
Science, with emphasis tracks in database management, languages, and operating
systems. For more information, call 617-437-2462.
College of Criminal Justice
Offers a five-year, cooperative education program leading to the Bachelor of
Science degree. For more information, call 617-437-3327.
College of Engineering
Offers four- and five-year cooperative education programs in chemical, dvil,
electrical (including a power systems option and a computer engineering option),
industrial, and mechanical engineering leading to the Bachelor of Science with specifi-
cation according to the department. A more general program leading to the Bachelor of
Science without specification is also offered. For highly qualified students, the electrical
'Pending Supreme Judicial Court approval.
0-7R Ah^iit M I I
and computer engineering, mechanical engineering, and industrial engineering and
information systems departments offer five-year programs leading to the bachelor's
and the master's degrees; students generally carry five courses per quarter and forego
one cooperative work quarter to complete the program. The College also offers a six-
year, part-time evening program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in dvil,
electrical, or mechanical engineering. For more information, call 617-437-2154.
College of Nursing
Offers five-year, cooperative education program leading to the Bachelor of Science
in Nursing. The College welcomes transfer students who have a degree in another field
or who have completed a miiumum of 38 quarter hours of credit including Chemistry 1
and 2 and Anatomy and Physiology 1 and 2 to enter the three year accelerated track. The
College also offers an R.N. to BSN. option to registered nurses who wish to pursue a
baccalaureate d^ee in nursing. The R.N. to B.S.N. option is offered for full-time
students by the College of Nursing and for students desiring part-time evening study
in collaboration with Northeastern University's part-time vmit. University College. For
more information call 617-437-3610.
School of Engineering Technology
The School of Engineering Technology, a division of the College of Engineering,
offers programs leading to the Associate m Engineering, Associate in Science, and
Bachelor of Engineering Technology degrees. A full-time, five-year cooperative educa-
tion plan is offered, at tihe baccalaureate level, in electrical and mechanical engineering
technology and computer technology. In addition to the majors mentioned for full-time
study, part-time evening and weekend programs are availaole at the associate and
baccalaureate levels in telecommunications, architectural, environmental, manufactur-
ing, structural, and surveying and highway engineering technology. A baccalaureate
degree program in aerospace maintenance engineering technology is available for
transfer students, both full- and part-time. Many of the technology courses are televised
via Network Northeastern to satellite can\puses and company sites. For more informa-
tion, call 617-437-2500.
Graduate Schools
Bouv^ College of Pharmacy and Health Sciences*
Offers programs leading to the Master of Science degree in biomedical science,
hospital pharmacy, medical laboratory science, medicinal chemistry, pharmacology,
toxicology, clinical exercise physiology, counseling psychology, rehabilitation counsel-
ing, and speech-language pathology and audiology, and human resource counseling.
The Master of Health Professions is offered with four options: general, health policy,
physician assistant, and regulatory toxicology. The Master of Education is offered in
school counseling, college student personnel work and counseling, school adjustment
coimseling, moderate special needs, severe special needs, applied behavior analysis.
The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study may be earned in counseling psychology,
rehabilitation counseling, school psychology, or human services specialist. A Doctor of
Philosophy degree is offered in biomedical science with specializations in medical
laboratory science, medicinal chemistry, pharmaceutics, pharmacology, or toxicology.
A graduate program in cUrdcal pharmacy, leading to the Doctor of Pharmacy, is also
available. TTie Doctor of Education degree is offered in counseling psychology and
school psychology. For more information, call 617-437-3380.
'Pending Supreme Judicial Court approval.
277
College of Arts and Sciences
Offers programs leading to the Master of Arts degree in ecx)nomics, English,
history, journalism, political sdence, sodology, social anthropology, and writing. The
Master of Science degree is available in biology; chemistry; economic policy and
planning; law, policy, and society; mathematics; and physics. The Master of Technical
and Professional Writing, the Master of Sdence in Healm Sdence, the Master of
Journalism in News Media Management, and the Master of Public Administration
degrees are also offered. In addition, there are programs leading to the Certificate of
Advanced Graduate Study in advanced literary study and to the Doctor of Philosophy
degree in biology; chemistry; economics; English; law, policy, and sodety; mathemat-
ics; physics; psychology; and sodology. There are also certificate programs in both
writing and in technical writing. Most programs may be completed through either full-
or part-time study. For more information, call 617-437-3982.
College of Business Administration
The Graduate School of Business Administration offers five programs leading to
the Master of Business Administration (MBA) degree. Options include a Cooperative
Education MBA program, a full-time MBA program, and a part-time MBA program.
An Executive MBA program tailored to the needs of experienced managers and a
High-Technology MBA program designed for professionals in the high technology
community are also offered on a part-time basis. Additionally, a nondegree program
leading to the Certificate of Advanced Study is available. For more information, call
617437-2714.
The Graduate School of Professional Accounting offers a unique fifteen month
comprehensive master's degree program specifically designed for the liberal arts and
sciences graduate. The program features a three-month paid internship with a major
CPA firm and achieves virtually 100% placement for its students upon graduation. For
more information, call 617-437-3244.
The Center for Management Development offers a variety of graduate-level
nondegree programs and custom corporate in-house management education pro-
grams. For more information, call 617-437-3273.
College of Computer Science
Offers full- and part-time programs leading to the Master of Sdence in Computer
Science vdth concentrations in artifidal intelligence, communications and networks,
databases, operating systems, programming languages, and theory. The Doctor of
Philosophy program includes theory, artifidal intelligence, data-base management,
operating systems, programming languages, and computer architecture. For more
information, call 617437-3539.
College of Criminal Justice
Offers both full-time and part-time study leading to the Master of Sdence in
Criminal Justice. A full-time program normally takes one full year for completion.
While students are encouraged to tailor their program to meet their own educational
and career objectives, the curriculum offers spedalization in Justice Administration,
Criminology, Juvenile Justice, Security Administration, and Research. For more
information, call (617) 437-3327.
College of Engineering
Offers programs leading to the Master of Sdence with specialization in chemical,
dvil, industrial, and mechanical en^neering; electrical and computer engineering; and
computer systems engineering. A five-year program leading to both a Bachelor and a
Master of Science degree is offered in electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering.
Professional Engineer's degrees are offered in electrical, industrial, and mechanical
278 About N.U.
engineering. The doctor of philosophy degree is offered in chemical, dvil, electrical,
mechanical and industrial engineering and information systems and computer systems
engineering. A doctor of engineering is offered in chemical engineering. Women in
Engineering and Women in Information Systems programs are also available. For more
information, call 617-437-2711.
College of Nursing
Offers a full-time and part-time Master of Science in Nursing program. The master
of science degree may be earned with a specialization in Nursing Administration,
Community Health Nvirsing, Critical Care Nursing, Nurse Anesthesia, Primary Care
Nursing (Nurse Practitioner) or Psychiatric-Mental Health Nursing. For more informa-
tion, cafl 617-437-3125.
School of Law
Offers a full-time day program leading to the juris doctor degree. The three-year
curriculum includes four quarters of work experience in judges' chambers, law firms,
governmental agencies, and other legal setting. Concurrent degree programs for the
M.B.A., MS. in accounting and Ph.D. in Law, Policy and Society are available. For
more information, call 617437-2395.
Division of Continuing Education
Northeastern University established continuing education programs over twenty-
eight years ago to provide a practical, high quality career-related education in business
and industry consistent with the University's tradition of adult education. The mission
of the division is to be a leader in nondegreed continuing education for the career
Professional. Courses are taught primarily by practitioners in their respective fields,
rogram development, courses, and seminars are based on market needs and wants
and are offered at convenient off-campus locations and at company sites. The division
continues to enhance Northeastern University's regional and national reputation as a
leader in continuing education via such technological advances as microwave and
satellite transmission. For further information on the programs, telephone the division
office at 617437-5828.
Northeastern University Center for Family Business
Northeastem's Center for Family Business offers a mutually beneficial exchange of
information and personalized continuing education on issues of concern to family
business owners. Our Center serves a membership of family-owned or family con-
trolled businesses through executive breakfast forums and specialized full-day training
opportunities. For further information, telephone 617-320-8000.
State^f-the-Art Program
The State-of-the-Art Program offers evening courses, seminars, and on-site training
designed for working professionals seeking practical, hands-on education in a job-
related area of technology. The curriculum includes: Al/expert systems, high-level
computer languages, and certificate programs in data commimications, biotechnology,
computerized automation technology, telecommunications, microelectronics/ semicon-
ductor science, microwave engineering technology, artificial intelligence, assurance
technology, software engineering, and technology management. For further informa-
tion, telephone the State-of-the-Art Program at 617-320-8000.
About N.U. 279
Building Design and Construction Ptx3gram
Designed for a broad spectnrm of professionals either presently in or considering
some aspect of the biailding and construction technologies, or environmental manage-
ment Evening courses, on-site training, and seminars include architecture, real estate
inspection, coi«truction technology, environmental management, landscaping, con-
struction law and management, fire protection, engineer-in-training license examina-
tion preparation, and Massachusetts electrician's code review. Certificate programs are
offered in HVAC systems design, facilities management, construction superintendency,
real estate inspection, building and construction technology, and real estate develop-
ment, hazardous materials and hazardous waste management. For further information,
telephone 617-320-8000.
PatBlegal Professional Program
The Paralegal Professional Program offers a twelve-week Paralegal Certification
Program and specialist courses on specific legal topics such as legal research/writing,
real estate, family law, litigation, and labor law. For further information, telephone 617-
320-8000.
Test Preparation Program
The Test Preparation Program offers courses to help prepare for the LSAT, GMAT,
and GRE examinations, providing the participant with an in-depth exposure to the
subject matter. For further information, telephone 617-320-8000.
Urban Mass Transit Program
The Urban Mass Transit Program is designed to develop improved methods of
meeting imique challenges facing management in the urban mass transportation
industry. The goal of the program is practical education in modem management theory
and practice. For further information, telephone 617-329-8000 or 617-320-8000.
Insurance and Rnancial Services Institute
Established to foster excellence in the insurance and financial services communities
in the Boston area, the institute offers courses and seminars in general insurance, risk
management, insurance licensing, and financial planning. These study programs assist
those seeking to develop or to update professional credentials. For further information,
telephone 508-533-5101.
Network Northeastern
Network Northeastern utilizes the micro-wave-based Instructional Television
Fixed Service (ITFS) system to broadcast courses to subscriber companies and to the
Burlington and Dedham campuses. Live classroom instruction is telecast to remote
sites where students interact with their instructor via a telephone-based talkback
system. A courier service is provided to collect and deliver course materials and to
serve as the off-campus student's link to academic and administrative departments at
the Boston campus.
Network Northeastern currently broadcasts educational programs to over 30 local
corporations. Courses are offered in graduate engineering, graduate computer science,
undergraduate engineering technology, and state-of-the-art programs for professional
development. Network Northeastern also delivers graduate level and short courses to
corporations throughout the United States via satellite.
280 About N.U.
J^acutiy
'Denotes senior lecturer as of
October 1990.
Samy A. Abdel-Baky, Ph.D.*
Chemistry
Northeastern University
Barbara Abeles, M.BA.
Management
Abeles Associates
Kimiko Abramoff, MA.
Modem language
Hon. Herbert Abrams, M.L.*
Criminal Justice and Security
Superior Court of Massachusetts
Michael J. Abruzzese, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
Self-employed
Deborah A. Adair, M.S.
Health Information Administration
EUiott Hospital
Stephen D. Adair, M.A.
Sociology/Anthropology
Northeastern University
Henry Adleman, B.S*
Inforrnation Systems
EMgital Equipment Corp.
Thomas J. Ahem, Jr., J.D.*
Business Law
Silver and Ahem
Joseph Aieta m, M.A.*
History
LaseU Junior College
PeterJ.Al-Achi,M.S.
Biology
Northeastern University
Edward E. Alessi, M.A.
Sociology/Anthropology
Bedford VA Hospital
Fabria Aliloo, M.S.
Information Systems
Amal B. Ahnawi, M.A.
Sociology/Anthropology
Northeastern Uiuversity
Patricia L. Alves, B.S.
Hotel &Restaurant Management
Katharine Gibbs
Craig A. Andersen, B.S.
American Sign Language
Self-Employed
Janis L. Anderson, Ph.D.
Psychology
Brigham & Women's Hospital
Rae Andre, Ph.D.
Human Resources Management
Northeastern University
Clarice Andrews, M.S.
Nursing
James P. Angelini, Ph.D.
Accounting
Northeastem University
Robert B. Angus, M.S.*
Mathematics
Angus Associates
Stanley S. Antoniotti, M.A*
Economics
Bridgewater State College
Robert J. Anzenberger, M.P.A.*
Human Resources Management
Boston Edison
Alia A. Arasoughly, B.S.
Art
Joseph T. Arcidiacono, B.S.*
Information Systems
Digital Equipment Corp.
Edward A. Arees, Ph.D.»
Psychology
Northeastem University
Gustavo A. Aristizabal, M.A.
Economics
Northeastem University
Stephen F. Armstrong, Sr, M.B.A.*
Purchasing
Varian Associates
Francis Amone, D.B.A.
Marketing
Gilbert N. Aronson, M.Ed.
Technical Communications
Bolt Beranek and Newman, Inc.
Steven A. Aronson, B.S.*
Inforrrmtion Systems
The Gillette Company
Nikesh Arora, M.S.
Management Sciences
Northeastem University
Judy A. Arraj, Ph.D.
Biology
Middlesex Community College
Sally Arsenault, A.S.
Radiologic Technology
Uiuversity Hospital
Roger M. Atherton, Ph.D.
Management
Northeastem University
Lynda F. Atkins, M.B.A.
Management
Self-employed
Meredith 0. Atkinson, M.A.
English
Marjorie J. Atlas, M.A.
Music
Chris Attaya, M.B.A.
Health Management
Home Care Group, North Shore
Saul H. Auslander, M.B.A.»
Finance
Bridgewater State College
Joseph Autilio, J.D.
Political Science
Board of Real Estate Brokers
John Avakian, M.F.A.
Art
P.C. Week
Warren F. Averill, M.S.*
Chemistry
Co- Valence Corp.
Ralph R. Avery, M.S.
Policing
Wheaton College
Robert J. Awkward, M.S.
Human Resources Management
Northeastem University
Paula L. Aymer, M.A.
Sociology/Anthropology
Tufts University
Hocine Azeni, M.A.
Sociology/Anthropology
David L. Bachrach, Ed.D.»
Psychology
Boston VA Medical Center
Philip N. Backstrom, Ph.D.
History
Northeastem University
Swaminathan Badrinath, M.B.A.
Firtance
Northeastem University
Deborah J. Baiano, M.A.
Alternative Freshman/Sociology
Carole Bailey, B.S.
Marketing
Digital Equipment Corporation
Anthony J. Bajdek, M.A.*
History
Northeastem University
Charles D. Baker, M.B.A.
Marmgement
Northeastem University
Edward F. Baker, M.S.
Mathematics
Westwood High School
Enrol H.Baker, Ph.D.*
Psychology
Boston V A Medical Center
Sara K. Baker, M.S.
Art
Baker Design
Ramaiya Balachandra, Ph.D.
Management Sciences
Northeastem University
Peter S. Balelsa, M.S.*
Biology
Lynn Public School System
George B. Ballester, M.A.
Information Systems
The Boston Company
Kenneth W. Ballou, M.A.*
Management
281
Louis E. Banderet, Ph.D.»
Robert Beckett, M.S.
Said Bhyer, M.Ed.
Psychology
Management Sciences
Sociology 1 Anthropology
U.S. Army Research Institute
Digital Equipment Corp.
Northeastern University
Brendan Bannister, D.B.A.
Francis J. Bedard, J.D.
Henry M. J. Biagi, M.A.*
Human Resources Management
Accounting
Hotel & Restaurant Management
Northeastern University
Deloitte & Touche
aty of Somerville
John J. Baranofsky, M.S.*
Judith A. Bednarz, M.S.
Lesley Bicanovsky, B.S.
Management
Technical Communications
Biology
Raytheon Company
Candela Laser Corporation
Northeastern University
Antonio Barbagallo, Ph.D.
Stanley A. Beecoff, M.B.A.*
Deirdre Bird, Ph.D.
Modem Language
Management
Marlieting
Stonehill College
Cole Hersee Co.
Northeastern University
Kathleen M. Barber, Ed.D.
Roger Beer, M.S.*
Samuel S. Bishop, M.F.A.*
Psychology
Information Systems
Art
University of Massachusetts/Boston
Digital Equipment Corp.
Northeastern Uruversity
Daniel J. Barker, M.A.
Caroline H. Beetz, M.A.
Stephen P. Bishop, M.B.A.
Modem Language
Economics
Finance
Northeastern Uruversity
Richard E. Belanger, B.S.*
General Cinema Corp.
David R. Barkmeier, Ph.D.*
Management
Carl Blackman, B.S.*
Psychology
Digital Equipment Corporation
Accounting
Raymond S. Bamstone, M.B.A.*
Susan B. Belinsky, M.P.A.
Carl Blackman & Co.
Finance
Health Management
Charmarie J. Blaisdell, Ph.D.*
Harvard Community Health
Laboure College
History
Plan
Ralph C. Belmonte, Ed.D.*
Northeastern University
Cynthia L. Baron, B.A.
Speech Communication
Barbara Blakeslee, M.A.T.
Art
Barbara A. Beltrand, M.A.*
Human Resources Management
Northeastern University
Accounting
Massachusetts Department of
Katherine A. Barone, Ph.D.
LaseU College
Revenue
Psychology
Edward Bembery, M.Ed.
Spencer Blakeslee, M.A.
Lesley College
Alternative Freshman/Language SkUIs
Human Resources Management
PeterJ. Barr,M.A.
John Bena, J.D.
MBTA
Art
Real Estate
Robert J. Blanch, Ph.D.*
Boston University
MacDonald & Wallace
English
Robin C. Barr, M.A.
Patricia Bench, M.Ed.
Northeastern Uruversity
English
Alternative Freshtruin/Mathematics
Theodore Blank, Ed.D.*
Martin J. Barrett, J.D.
Margaret L. Bendroth, Ph.D.
Health Science
Human Resources Management
History
Lawrence J. Blumsack, M.S.
University of Massachusetts
Richard F. Benedetto, M.A.*
Drama
Medical Center
Alternative Freshman/Management
Presentations, Inc.
Scott P. Bartis, Ph.D.*
Wentworth Institute of
Kathleen Bobick, B.S.
Psychology
Technology
Therapeutic Recreation
Lighthouse School
Moshe Ben-Horim, Ph.D.
Tufts University
Pam M. Basile, B.S.
Finance
Phillip E. Bodrock, Ph.D.
Hotel and Restaurant
' Northeastern University
English
Management
Paula Bennett, Ph.D.*
Index Group Inc.
Tremont House Hotel
English
Phinorice J. Boldin, J.D.
William T. Batchelder, M.B.A.
Southern Illinois University
Real Estate
Human Resources Management
Maria F. Benotti, M.A.
Attorney General's Office ^
use
Music
Paul J. Bolster, Ph.D. J
William W. Bauser, M.A.
New England Conservatory
Finance i;
Philosophy/Religion
Extension
Northeastern University
John P. Bay, B.A.
William R. Berkowitz, Ph.D.
Jay Borkland, M.A.
Drama
Psychology
Earth Science
Marcus A. Bearse, Jr., Ph.D.
Dr. H.C Solomon Mental Health
Goldbergzoino & Associates ^
Psychology
Mark S. Berman, M.Ed.
Vincent C. Borman, M.B.A.* -I
MarkH.Beaudry,M.S.
Health Management
Transportation i
Security
Lanessa Ext Care Facility
Raytheon Company * 1
Westin Hotel
Samuel J. Bernstein, Ph.D.*
Jeffrey Bom, Ph.D. \
Nancy V. Becker, M.Ed.»
English
Finance '
American Sign Language
Northeastern University
Northeastern University ' ^
Northeastern University
Alfred J. Beoington, B.S.
KarolJ.Boiys,B.A. 1
Marketing
Sociology 1 Anthropology 9
BULL HN Information Systems
282 Faculty
Charles R. Botticelli, Ph.D.*
Guy E. Bottiglio, M.S.»
Information Systems
Digital Equipment Corp.
Jean Paul Boucher
Human Resources Management
Digital Equipment Corfxjration
Mark S. Bourbeau, J.D.
Real EstaU
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Ahna Boumazian, B.A.
American Sign language
Massachusetts Commission for
the Deaf
Theodore R. Bousquet, B.S»
Information Systems
Honeywell Bull Worldwide
Information Systems
Patricia A. Bowen, M.A.
Speech Communication
John F. Bowes, Jr., M.B.A.*
Information Systems
MBTA
George S. Bowling, Ed.D.»
Human Resources Management
Massachusetts Rehab.
Commission
David Boyd, Ph.D.
Human Resources Management
Northeastern University
Robert T. Boyd, M.S.
Mathematics
Town of Winchester
Richard W. Boyden, B.S.
Information Systems
Self-Employed
Thomas P. Brady, Jr., M.B.A.*
Accounting
Thomas P. Brady CP.A.
Barbara Ere en, CP.A.
Accounting
Stop & Shop Co. Inc.
Nancy Mario Brehio, B.S.
Biology
Northeastern University
Caroline B. Bridgman-Rees, MA.*
History
Retired
Edward J. Brigman, M.A.*
Economics
Self-employed
Richard Briotta, M.S.
Information Systems
Northeastern University
Barbara K. Britt, B.A.
Human Resources Management
Britt Associates, Inc.
George M. Brooker, M.B.A.*
Economics
Dean Jimior College
Miriam G. Brooks, M.F.A.
Art
Keane, Inc.
Mary T. Brophy, M.D.
Health Science
Boston VA Medical Center
Fern M. Brown, M.Ed.
English
VOICES
Sharon D. Brown, M.B.A.
Marketing
Boston Edison
Sharon R. Brown, M.A.
Music
Deborah Bruce, A.S.
Radiologic Technology
University Hospital
Richard P. Bucci, M.B.A.
Accounting
Self-employed
Eugene E. Bucco, M.B.A.
Accounting
Newbury College
Harold Buchbinder, M.S.M.E.
Management
Info Research Center
Debra F. Buckley, M.B.A.
Management
HCHP
Gayle H. Buff, M.B.A.
Finance
GB Financial Counseling
Anthony A. Buglio, M.S.*
Speech Communication
The Speech Consultancy
Kenneth R. Buja, B.S.
Transportation
Computer Associates
Bruce Bunten, B.S.*
Human Resources Management
Human Resource Services
Paul Burgoyne, B.S.
Real Estate
Curran Associates
Mary P. Burke, Ph.D.
Political Science
Robert K. Burke, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
State Street Bank
Mary-Jane Burke-Robinson, M.B.A.
Finance
State Street Boston Corporation
Pamoja Burrell, J.D.
Real Estate
Wiley & Richlin
L. Gerald Bursey, Ph.D.
Political Science
Northeastern University
Charles F. Burt, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Retired
Karen Buzzard, Ph.D.
Speech Communication
Northeastern University
Ronald J. Byrnes, M.B.A.*
Management Sciences
Instnmientation Laboratories
Janice L. Cagan-Teuber, M.Ed.
American Sign Language
John A. Calicchia, Ph.D.
Psychology
McLean Hospital
Charles Calusdian, M.B.A.*
Industrial Management
Raytheon Company
David S. Calverley, Ph.D.*
Psychology
Ballard C. Campbell, Ph.D.*
History
Northeastern University
Robert F. Campbell, M.B.A.
Information Systems
Intellinet Inc.
Walter D. Campbell, M.B.A.
Marketing
M Acom
Walter R. Campbell, M.B.A.
Accounting
Stephen P. Camuso, B.S.
Human Resources Management
Unemployment Services
Corporation
James A. Canino, M.A.*
Sociology I Anthropology
Middlesex Community CoUege
Nancy Canning, M.S.
Health Science
Northeastern University
Edgar T. Canty M.S.*
MatheTnatics
Bridgewater State College
Dora M. Capite-Tkal, M.B.A.
Accounting
Self-employed
Kenneth M. Capobianco, M.A.
English
Northeastern University
Margo R. Capparelli, M.A.
Alternative Freshman/Sociology
Brian R. Caputo, M.B.A.
Management Sciences
GTE
Donald A. Carbone, M.Ed.*
Accounting
Greater Boston Regional
Education Center
Charles J. Carr, M.B.A.*
Accounting
The New Can Co., Inc.
Janet H. Carr, M.A.*
English
William F. Carr, LL.B.*
Business Law
Puopolo & Carr, P.C.
Janet Carroll, M.S.
Nursing
Northeastern University
Norman J. Cartmill, M.B.A.*
Marmgement
Camor Incorporated
Faculty 283
Paula C. Caruso, Ph.D.
Mtematwe Freshman/language Skills
Robert W. Casey, M.Ed.
Speech Communication
Burlington High School
Margaret P. Casper, Ph.D.*
Mathematics
King Philip Regional Schools
Christopher L. Cass, M.A.
Sociology I Anthropology
Badger Engineers, Inc.
Edward C. Cass, Ph.D.
History
Northeast Consultants
Sharron G. Cassavant, Ph.D.*
English
Greer PHiblications
Christopher J. Cassidy, M.S.*
Information Systems
Northeastern University
Paul D. Cayer, M.B.A.
Finance
Building 19, Inc.
Anthony M. Celata, M.Ed.
Hotel & Restaurant Management
Somerville Public School System
Linda A. Champa, M.A.
English
Burdett School
Sheldon L. Cheek, M.A.
Art
Northeastern University
Karen Cheeks-Lomax, J.D.
law
Attorney General's Office
Michael D. Chefitz, J.D.
Business Law
Johnson Schwartzman
Kenneth Chemack, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
Digital Equipment Corp.
Joseph W. Chevarley, Jr., M.P.A.
Management
Northeastern University
Linda Chinsen, B.S.
Radiologic Technology
Massachusetts Bay Community
College
Wilmon Chipman, Ph.D.
Biology
Bridgewater State College
John T. Chirban, Ph.D.*
Psychology
Harvard University and Hellenic
College
M. Sirajdoulah Chowdhury,L.L.M.
Business Law
Delforesh International
Thomas J. Chuda, M.S.
Criminal Justice
South Shore Hospital
Mary Beth Cicero, M.B.A.
Marketing
Serono Laboratories
Anthony Cicerone, M.A.*
Economics
Bridgewater State College
Gail M. Cirillo, M.Bj\.
Alternative Freshman/Language Skills
Nynex Information Resources
Albert E. Clark, Jr., M.B.A.
Finance
Qark's Comer, Inc.
Claudia A. Clark, B.A.
Mathematics
Digital Measurement Systems
Leroy K. Clark, Ph.D.
Psychology
Digital Equipment Corporation
Kalo Clarke, M.A.
English
Northeastern University
Fred W. Clarridge, Jr., M.S.*
Earth Science
Wellesley PubUc Schools
Charles S. dayman, Ed.D.
Human Resources Management
Endicott College
Howard S. dayman, B.A.
Information Systems
Dynamics Research Corp.
Hermine M. deary, B.S.
Alternative Freshman/Language
Skills
Joseph Cleaiy, M.Ed.
Mathematics
Massasoit Community College
Paul F. Cleaiy, M.A.
Economics
Occupational Analysis
Jennifer L. Clifford, M.A.
Economics
Langdon D. Clough, M.A.
Earth Science
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Susan A. Coakley, B.F.A.
Art
Coakley Designs
Barbara A. Coarr, B.S.
Medical Laboratory Science
Cathy Cogen, M.Ed.*
American Sign Language
David Cohen, M.B.A.
Marketing
Self-employed
Edward H. Cohen, M.S.
Earth Science
College of Holy Cross
Edward S. Cohen, M.A.*
Information Systems
College of Holy Cross
Joseph S. Cohen, M.B.A.
Accounting
U.S. General Accounting Office
Richard A. Cohen, B.S.
Real Estate
City of Boston
Robert F. Cohen, B.S.*
Accounting
Self-employed
Sharon M. Cohen, M.S.M.E.
Health Information Administration
Trans-Med
Annalee Collins, RJl.A., B.S.*
Health Information Administration
Eleanor J. Collins, M.S.*
Mtemative Freshman/Mathematics
J. Stephanie Collins, Ph.D.
Information Systems
Northeastern University
Clinton H. Condon, M.B.A.
Real Estate
Pulsifer & Associates
Gertrude A. Condon, M.Ed.
Criminal Justice
Services Against Family Violence
Paul C. Condon, M.B.A.*
Marketing
Xyplex Inc
Elizabeth M. Congdon, M.A.*
History
Peabody School System
Christine M. Conley, M.F.A.
Art
Spencer F. Conley, B.S.
Journalism
Spencer F. Conley Associates
Leonard M. Conlin, Sr., M.Ed.*
Mathematics
Framingham North High School
John F. Connelly, Ph.D.
Information Systems
Boston Edison Company
Timothy J. Connelly, M.B.A.
Accounting
Brown Brothers Harriman
Thomas F. Connerty, B.A.*
Information Systems
Prime Computer, Inc
Patricia D. Connolly, B.S.
Alternative Freshman/Language Skills
Joseph N. Connors, M.P.A.*
Political Science
Louis E. Conrad, M.S.
Journalism
Northeastern University
John Conway, M.A.
Technical Communications
John Hancock Financial Services
Susan Conway, M.B.A.
Health Information Administration
Self-Employed
James S. Cook, A.B.
Maimgement
Northeastern University
284 Faculty
Lindsay Cook, M.S.
Accounting
Liberty Mutual Insiirance Group
Nym Cooke, Ph.D.
Music
Harvard University
Ellen M. Cooney, M.A.
English
Self-employed
Lorien A. Corbelletti, M.A.
Drama
John S. Corcoran, M.S.*
Technical Communications
Self-employed
Elizabeth M. Corea, M.A.
Speech Communication
Northeastern University
Peter V. Corea, Ph.D.
Psychology
Emerson College
Steven H. Cornelius, Ph.D.
Music
Pine Manor College
Dyer Cornell, M.B.A.*
Finance
Bank of Boston
Richard S. Corrente, M.B.A.*
Management
Raytheon Company
Leon L. Cort, Ph.D.
Political Science
Wentworth Institute of
Technology
Edward V. Cosgrove, Ph.D.*
Biology
Children's Hospial
MaryCostello,J.D.
Management
Northeastern University
James W. Cottom, M.A.*
History
Massasoit Commimity College
William J. Coughlan, M.A.
Art
Blue Hills Regional Technical
Institute
Barry J. Coughlin, M.B.A.
Management
McKenna Jandl & White
William G. Coulter, B.S.
Journalism
Robert F. Couture, M.A.
Music
Thomas F. Coveney, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
Stone & Webster Eng. Corp.
Charles C. Cox, III, M.A.*
History
Big Alices Inc.
John J. Coyne, M.B.A.
Information Systems
State Street Bank and Trust
Carol L. Crane, M.S.*
English
Self-employed
Steven Crapser, B.A.
Purchasing
The Kendall Company
Biyan D. Craven, B.S.*
Information Systems
General Electric Company
John L. Crawley, J.D.
Marmgement
U.S. Commercial Law
Salvatore A. CrisafuUi M.B.A.*
Information Systems
Career Management Assoc.
Paul CriswelL J.D.
Business law
Stratus Computer Inc.
William F. Crittenden, Ph.D.
Management
Northeastern University
Robert D. Crofts, M.A.*
Economics
Salem State College
John F. Cronin, Jr., M.B.A.*
Accounting
Raytheon Company
Joseph V. Cronin, Jr., J.D.
Business Law
Massachusetts Trial Court
Joseph W. Cronin, B.S.*
Management Sciences
Cal Company
Mary A. Cronin, M.B.A.
Human Resources Management
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Persoimel Administration
Hugh J. Crossland, LLAl.*
Business law
Ross Crossland Weston and
Company
Bernard Crowley, M.B.A.
Firmnce
Putnam Investment
Brian C. Crowley, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Graftel Systems Inc.
Mark D. Crowley, M.B.A.
Accounting
Bot Financial Corporation
Martha Crowley, B.S.
Health Information Administration
Medical Systems
David M. Culver, Ph.D.*
History
Bridgewater State College
Helen M. Curley, M.A.*
Criminal Justice
Kathleen Curley, D.B.A.
Information Systems
Northeastern University
Joseph R. Curley, Jr., M.B.A.
RealEstaU
Wm. P. Curley, Jr. Assoc.
Kathleen F. Curley, D.B.A.
Information Systems
Northeastern University
Richard Curran, M.B.A.
Finance
New England Telephone
Victor A. Curran, B.A.
Art
D.C. Heath
Joan Curtice, M.A.
Human Resources Management
Curtice Publications
Robert S. Curtin, Ed.D.
History
Northeastern University
Madelyn A. Curtis, M.Mus.
Music
Northeastern University
Albert C. D'Amato, M.Ed.»
English
Northeastern University
Miriam F. D'Amato, M.A.*
English
Leventhal-Sidman
la Dac-Korytko, B.S.
Biology
Northeastern University
Patricia Dacey, M.Ed.*
Career/College Transition
Robert E. Daidone, J.D.
Business Law
Ricklets, Uehlein & Son
Dennis DanieL B.A.
Purchasing
EKgital Equipment Corp.
Rosemarie A. Danner, B.A.
Accounting
Coopers & Lybrand
Francis L. David, M.Ed.
Industrial Management
Digital Equipment Corp.
Edward S. Davidson, B.S.
Human Resources Management
Federal Labor Relations Authority
Lawrence J. Davis, M.B.A.
Information Systems
Gorton's of Gloucester
Robert E. Davis, M.B.A.
Accounting
R.E. Davis and Assoc.
Marilyn L. Day, M.A.
English
Marblehead High School
Bruce A. Dean, J.D.
Security
Hanover Insurance Company
Peter U. Decenzo, B.S.*
Mathematics
Ashland High School
Faculty 285
Peter F. DeCosta, M.S.
Earth Science
United States Army
Paul DeCristofaro, M.B.A.
Accounting
P J DeCristofaro, C.P.A.
John R. Deitrick, M.A.
English
Becker Junior College
Anne-Marie Delaunay, B.A.
Modem Language
George Delianides, M.B.A.
Marketing
Joyce Delorey, M.A.*
Alternative
Freshman/Mathematics
Northeastern University
Donna Deltano, B.A.
Accounting
A. Anderson & Co.
David A. Deluca, J.D.
law
Murphy, Hesse, Toomey, & Lehane
John B.Deluca, J.D.
Business Law
Data General Corporation
Hershel A. Denker, B.S.
Marketing
Self-employed
Paul J. Derby, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
HoneyvvreU Bull, Inc.
Robert Deriou, L.L.B.
Real Estate
Law Office of R. Derion
Joseph B. DeRoche, M.F.A.*
English
Northeastern University
Stephen R. Derosier, M.B.A.
Information Systems
Northeastern University
Carl F. DeSisto, M.S.
Transportation
Stone and Webster Engineering
Corp.
Nonnand J. Des Marais, M.B.A.
Purchasing
LORAL
Margaret D. Devaney, M.Ed.
English
Braintree High School
Peter B. Devaney, M.A.
Real Estate
Comm Land Title Ins.
Richard K. Deveney, M.Ed.*
Mathematics
Boston Latin School
James D. Devlin, B.S.*
Marketing
Digital Equipment Corporation
Brian S. Dextradeur, B.S.*
Management Sciences
Polaroid Corp.
Jeffrey E. Di luglio, M.A.
English
Francis J. Di Sabatino, M.A.*
Chemistry
Retired
John Diff enbach, D.B.A.
Management
Northeastern University
Michele J. Difranza, B.S.
Management Sciences
The Mitre Corp.
Daniel E. Dilorati, J.D.
Management
Department of Attorney General
Howard T. Dimmick, M.Ed.*
Earth Science
Town of Stoneham
Indralakshmi Din-Dayal, M.S.
Speech Communication
Massachusetts Institute of Technol-
ogy
Janice Dipietro, D.B.A.
Accounting
Northeastern University
Rosemarie M. Dittmer, M.A.*
English
Rose A. Doherty, M.A.
English
Northeastern University
Mark Domaszewicz, M.S.E.E.*
Mathematics
Raytheon Company
Donahoe Associates
Bairj Donabedian, Ph.D.
Accounting
Marie L. Donahue, M.A.
Policing
Boston Police Department
Sean F. Donahue, J.D.
Real Estate
Attorney Peter Fljmn
Tiane Donahue, M.A.
Alternative Freshman/English
Northeastern University
Diane M. Donatio, M.S.
English
West Suburban Elder Services
Jane A. Donnelly, M.A.
Speech Communication
J. E. Burke High School
Rosemary T. Donnelly, Ed.D.
English
Stratxis Computer
Timothy R. Donovan, Ph.D.*
English
Northeastern University
Lucinda Doran, Ph.D.
Human Resources Management
Northeastern University
Nancy M. Doran, M.B.A.
Modem Language
Plymouth School Department
Lynn E. Domink, M.A.
Altematiue Freshman/English
Mona M. Dorsinville, M.D.
Modem Language
Tufts University
Nancy L. Dowling, M.Ed.*
Alternative Freshman/Lmguage Skills
Northeastern University
Margaret A. Downey, M.A.
English
Ronald Draper, M.B.A.
Management Sciences
Gillette
Joan F. Drexelius, Ph.D.*
Speech Communication
Uruversity of Puerto Rico
Claire Driscoll, M.A.*
Alternative Freshman/Mathematics
James J. Driscoll, M.B.A.
Accounting
Ernst & Young
James L. Driscoll, M.B.A.
Accounting
Coastway Credit Union
John M. Driscoll, M.A.*
Economics
U.S. Postal Service
David C. Dronsick, M.A.*
Earth Science
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Neil F. Duane, M.S.
Technical Communications
Boston Documentation Design
Edward L. Dube, M.B.A.*
Marmgement
ELD Associates
Ardyn E. Dubnow, M.B.A.
Information Systems
Self-employed
James Ducey, M.B.A.
Accounting
Morgan Memorial Goodvnll
Indus.
D. Kerry Dugan, M.Ed.
Information Systems/Philosophy
C.T. Main
Terrance J. Dugan, M.B.A.*
Finance
Amoskeag Inc.
Paula Duggan, M.S.A.
Accounting
Federal Home Loan Bank of
Boston
Daniel T. Dunn, Jr., D.B.A.*
Marketing
Northeastern University
Laura W. Dunn, M.A.*
English
Susan J. Dunnell, M.S.
Criminology Research
LiabiUty Consultants
286 Faculty
Edward A. Duprez, Jr., M.B.A.*
Management
Emmanuel College
Douglas F. Durant, Ph.D.
Music
Northeastern University
Stephen Durkin, Esq., J.D.
Business Law
Law Offices of Robert Kams
Paul J. Duval, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Thomas Dwyer, M.B.A.
Management
T.E. Dwyer Assoc.
WUliam C. Dwyer, M.B.A.*
Management ,
William C Dwyer Associates
Joann L. Dzink-Fox, M.S.
Health Science
Forsyth Dental Center
Carl W. Eastman, M.A.*
Speech Communication
Northeastern University
Gary A. Edwards, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Self-employed
Richard K. Edwards, M.A.*
Sociology/ Anthropology
I'ine Manor College
Andrew E. Efstathiou, B.A.*
Information Systems
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Kathryn A. Efstathiou, B.A.*
Information Systems
David M. Ehrmann, B.S.*
Speech Communication
Calcomp
James H. Elgin, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
Digital Equipment Corp.
Irene A. Elios, H.S.D.
Art
Shelagh A. EUman, J.D.
Business Law
Massachusetts Division of Insurance
Charlotte M. Emans, M.A.
Art
Louis J. Ennis, M.B.A.*
Human Resources Management
Brandeis University
Binnur Ercem, M.A.
Sociology/An thropology
Northeastern University
Fahri Ercem, M.A.
Sociology/ Anthropology
Mark Erickson, M.Ed.
Career/College Transition
Northeastern University
All S. Errishi, Ph.D.
Philosophy /Physics
Fitchburg State College
Virginia Eskin, M.A.
Music
Herbert J. Eskot, Ph.D.*
Economics
Hassanali Espahbodi, Ph.D.
Accounting
Northeastern University
Ugo E. Evangelista, M.S.
Mathematics
Revere School System
Richard P. Evans, M.Ed.
Human Resources Management
Management Collaborative
Robert M. Fahey, M.Ed.»
Information Systems
Nixdorf Computer Corp.
Edward S. Fallon, M.B.A.
Transportation
Defense Logistics Agency
Eugene F. Fallon, M.B.A.*
Finance
GenRad, Inc.
Thomas J. Fallon, M.B.A.
Marlxting
Digital Sales Associates
Golam M. Farooque, M.S.
Economics
Northeastern University
Clarence Fair, Jr., M.B.A.
Information Systems
General Electric
Grant Farrow, M.S.
Computer Literacy
SAIC
William Farwell, M.S.
Criminal Justice
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Richard J. FaulsHch, A.B.
Human Resources Management
Raytheon Company
Joseph R. Favaloro, M.B.A.
Firmnce
Bank of Boston
Carol A. Fay, B.A.
American Sign Language
Beda M. Federid- Anderson, B.S.
Radiologic Technology
Medique
Trudi R. Feinstein, Ed.D.*
Psychology
Eileen Feldman, M.A.
English
Self-employed
Emily I. Femandes, M.S.
Biology
Harvard Medical School
William M. Femey, M.Ed.
Therapeutic Recreation
Right Turn, Inc.
George F. Ferrar, M.S.
Art
Art Institute
James F. Ferreira, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
Technical Aid Corp.
James E. Ferrier, M.S.
Security
Northeastern University
James J. Ferriter, M.B.A.*
Health Management
Industrial Medical Center
William A. Ferson, M.A.*
Economics
U.S. Department of Labor
George W. Fiddler in, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Coopers Lybrand
Stephen L. Fielding, Ph.D.
Sociology/Anthropology
William D. Finan, Ed.D.*
Matherruttics
Retired
Charles A. Findley, Ph.D.*
Speech Communication
Janet E. Fine, M.S.
CrimiTwlogy Research
District Attorney's Office
Francis X. Finigan, M.Ed.*
Mathematics
Educational Consultant
Joseph L. Finigan, M.Ed.*
Mathematics
Reading Public Schools
Frederick B. Fink, M.B.A.
Marketing
Albert J. Finney, Jr., B.S.*
Accounting
Raytheon Company
Susan L. B. Fintonis, J.D.
Business law
Endicott College
Harold R. Fisher, J.D.*
Health Information Systems
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Marjorie Fisher, B.S.
Health Information Administration
Harvard University Health
Services
Leo J. Fitzgerald, M.B.A.*
Management
General Electric Co.
J. Joseph Fitzsimmons, M.B.A.*
Management
Polaroid Corp.
Roberta Fitzsimmons, J.D.
Business Law
Law Offices of Roberta Fitzsimmons
John M. Flaherty, B.S.
Accounting
Blue Cross/Blue Shield
Ruth W.Flaherty, J.D.
History
Office of Senator Wetmore
Faculty 287
James T. Flanagan, M.S.
Sociology/Anthropology
Kevin J. Fleese, B.A.
American Sign language
Frances B. Fleming, B.F.A.
Art
Frances Fleming, Graphic Design
Anne Fletcher, M.A.
Drama
Peggy Fletcher, M.B.A.
Finance
Myrtle R. Flight, Esq., J.D.
Health Management
Self-employed
David E. Floreen, M.P.A.*
Political Science
Massachusetts Bankers
Association
Gregory L. Flynn, D.A.
English
Boston University
Peter E. Flynn, J.D.*
Real Estate
Flynn Realty, Inc.
William B. Flynn, Ph.D.*
Psychology
Merrimack Valley Counseling
Assoc.
William K. Flynn, B.A.
Journalism
The Patriot Ledger
Philip S. Fogelman, M.A.
Alternative Freshman/English
Audrey J, Folan, B.A.
Mathematics
Northeastern University
John R. Foley, M.B.A.
Finance
Arkwright Mutual Insurance Co.
Robert E. Foley, M.B.A.
Finance
The Registry, Inc.
Jeffrey Fontana, M.A.
Art
Boston University .
Anthony F. Ford, Ph.D.
Modem Language
Northeastern University
Armand L. Fortin, B.S.*
Purchasing
LORAL Infrared & Imaging
Systems
James Foss, Jr., LL.B.*
Human Resources Management
Federal Mediation and Counsel-
ing Services
Douglas G. Foster, M.Ed.*
Earth Science
Catholic Memorial High School
Gale P. Foster, B.S.*
Marketing
Foster & Associates
Charles F. Fountain, M.S.
Journalism
Northeastern University
William M. Fowler, Ph.D.
History
Northeastern University
Robert M. Fox, M.B.A.*
Marketing
Gerber Electronics
Laura L. Frader, Ph.D.
History
Northeastern University
Thomas B. Francis, Jr., M.P.A.*
Human Resources Management
City of Boston
Audrey K. Frank, M.S.W.
American Sign Language
Diane Franklin, Ph.D.
Human Resources Management
Northeastern University
Robert G. Frazier, M.A.
Lnformation Systems
Business Land
Howard H. Freedman, M.S.*
Accounting
Raytheon Company
Paula M. French, M.B.A.
Management
Northrop Corpxjration
John H. Friar, Ph.D.
Marketing
Northeastern University
Kurt M. Frim, M.B.A.
Marketing
Self-employed
Robert L. Fulford, B.S.
Purchasing
Varian/IOM Implant Systems
Vincent J. Furlong, M.A.
Industrial Management
Defense Supply Agency
Mira A. Furth, M.B.A.
Career/College Transition
Furth Associates
W. Arthur Gagne, Jr., M.B.A.*
Management
Business & Industry Training
Grp. Inc.
Christine W. Gailey, Ph.D.
Sociology/Anthropology
Northeastern University
Paul Galgano, B.S.
Biology
Northeastern University
Esther M. Gallagher, D.M.D*
Health Science
Tufts University
Richard R. Gallagher, M.Ed.*
Information Systems
Marshfield High School
Kenneth G. Galli, M.S.
Earth Science
Silver Lake Regional
Wendy Gammons, M.S.
Therapeutic Recreation
Northeasten\ University
John F. Garvey, M.A.
Alternative Freshman/English
Martin J. Gately, J.D.
Real Estate
Flynn Real Estate
Panic Gay, J.D.*
Business Law
Harrison & McGuire
Jordan Gebre-Medhin, Ph.D.
African-American Studies
Northeastern University
Jonathan M. Geer, B.S.
Earth Science
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Department of Environmental
Management
Sandra E. Geer, M.Ed.»
Psychology
Louis C. Generazzo, M.A.
Art
New England Met. Regional Voca-
tional High School
Michael P. Gerace, M.A.
Political Science
Anne M. Germain, Ph.D.*
Information Systems
Self-employed
Glen Germonowski, J.D.
Business Law
Digital Equipment Corp.
Jeannette Gerzon, M.B.A.
Career/College Transition
Ara Ghazarians, M.A.
Sociology/An thropology
The Zoryan Institute
David M. Ghazil, M.B.A.*
Human Resources Management
LORAL
James G. Giammarinaro, M.B.A.
Finance
Dennison Manufacturing Co.
Peter C. Gianoukos, M.S.
Marmgement Sciences
Self-employed
Dominic Giarratani, J.D.
Real Estate
U.S. Postal Service
Adrian T. Gilbert, M.S.*
Biology
Northeastern University
Robert E. Gilbert, Ph.D.*
Political Science
Northeastern University
Larue W. Gilleland, M.A.
Journalism
Northeastern University
William J. Gillespie, Ph.D.
Therapeutic Recreation
Northeastern University
288 Faculty
Louis F. Giorgetti, M.S.
Mediail Laboratory Science
Milton Medical Lab
Alan B. Gladstone, B.S.*
Accounting
Alan Gladstone, CPA
Meryl GlaH-Rader, M.Ed.
Career/College Transition
Brandeis University
Jerome Glickman, Ed.D.
Biology
Boston University
James L. Glinos, M.Ed.*
Human Resources Management
GUnos Associates
Shlomo S. Globerson, Ph.D.
Management
Northeastern University
Barbara L. Glover, J.D.
Business Law
Victor B. Godin, D.B.A.
Inprmation Systems
Northeastern University
Robert L. Goldberg, M.B.A.»
Management
Business Industry Training Crp.
Daniel Golden, Ph.D.*
English
Wheaton College
Frederick T. Golder, Esq., LL.M*
Human Resources' Management
Self-employed
M. Alvin Goldstein, A.B.*
Inprmation Systems
Consultant
Robert J. Goldstein, M.A»
Sociology/ Anthropology
Waltham Weston Hospital Medical
Center
Susan J. Goldwitz, A.M.
English
Qty of Cambridge
Kimberly Gomes, B.S.
Radiologic Technology
Charlton Memorial Hospital
James L Goodman, M.S.
Accounting
Digital Equipment Corp.
Stephen Goodyear, M.A.*
Modem Language
Daniel D. Gordon, M.A.*
Economics
Salem State College
Myron S. Goretsky, Esq., J.D.
Hotel and Restaurant Management
New Hampshire Technical
Institute
Linda Goiham, M.B.A.
Finance
Carriage House Capital
Michael F. Gormley, M.B.A.
Accounting
Digital Equipment Corp.
Mary Jane Gorton, M.Ed.*
Art
Leslie C. Gosule, B.S.*
Accounting
Leslie C. Gosule & Company
Daniel Z. Gould, M.B J^.*
Industrial Management
GTE
Helen F. Gould, M.S.
Nursing
Veterans Hospital
Leroy Gould, B.S.
Information Systems
Polaroid
Frank S. Govern, M.S.
Health Management
JCRT Harvard Medical School
Saeed Gozashti, Ph.D.
Chemistry
Northeastern University
David F. Grace, C.A.G.S.*
English
Mount Ida College
William E. Grady, M.B.A.*
Industrial Management
Grady & Associates
Shirley R. Graham, Ph.D.
Political Science
Northeastern University
Daniel J. Grant, Jr., M.A.
Art
Fitchburg State College
William H. Grass, M.A.
Music
Boston Conservatory of Music and
Boston University
Sandra M. Grasso, M.S.
Biology
Lesley College
Albert E. Gravelle, M.P.A.
Transportation
Mass Bay Transportation
Authority
Alec Grey, J.D.
Real Estate
Arthur M. Graziano, B.S.
Human Resources Management
Harvey Green, Ph.D.
History
Northeastern Uiuversity
Lewis Greenberg, M.A.
Psychology
Northeastern University
John T. Gregg, B.A.*
Real Estate
Beal & Company
Kristo A. Gregory, M.B.A.»
Finance
Prudential Bache Securities
Ann M. GrenelL M.A.
Alternative Freshman/History
Boston College
Ralph Grieco, M.B.A.
Accounting
Northeastern University
Christine M. Griffin, M.A.
Sociology/Anthropology
Northeastern University
Gerald R. Griffin, Ph.D.»
English
Northeastern University
John L. Griffith, B.S.*
Management
State Executive Office/
Environmental Affairs
Randall P. Grometstein, J.D.
Business Law
Paul E. Guay, M.A.
Philosophy/Religion
Cherif Guenoune, M.A.
Sociology/Anthropology
Andrew S. Guisbond, J.D.
Business Law
Little & Guisbond
Anthony J. Gully, M.A.
Sociology/An thropology
District Court
Margaret E. GundaL M.A.
Alternative Freshman/Mathematics
Darryl Gurley, M.B.A.
Finance
Northeastern University
Herbert R. Haber, M.A.
Technical Communications
Useable Portable PubUcations Inc.
James W. Haeffner, M.B.A.
Radiologic Technology
Goddard Memorial Hospital
Vivian M. Haggis, M.S.
Information Systems
Haggis Consulting
Arthur M. Hagopian, B.A.
Journalism
Lawrence-Eagle Tribune
George W. Hahn, M.A.T.
Earth Science
New England Marine Educa-
tional Services
Kenneth W. Hale, M.B.A.
Accounting
TA Communications Partners
John P. Haley, C.A.G.S.*
Information Systems
City of Revere
JayA.Halfond,Ph.D.
Management
Northeastern University
Paul M. Halloran, B.S.*
Information Systems
Raytheon Company
Susan C. Hammond, M.S.A.*
Accounting
Self-employed
Suzanne L. Hamner, M.A.
Alternative Freshman/History
Faculty 289
Ellen M. Hanick, M.P.A.
Art
Phyllis M. Hanlon, M.Ed.
Alternative Freshman/Mathematics
Joseph J. Hansen, M.B.A.*
Mathematics
Lexington Strategic Association
Norman E. Hansen, M.B.A.*
Marketing
Endicott College
Richard A. Hargreaves, M.A.*
Mathematics
Westwood High School
James Hargrove, J.D.
Real Estate
Deanne Harper, M.A.
Alternative Freshman/English
David J. Harrigan, M.B.A.*
Management Sciences
D. ]. Harrigan Associates
Andrew W. Harrington, M.A.
English
Boston University
Paul E. Harrington, M.S.
Economics
Northeastern University
Raymond P. Harrington, Ph.D.
Alternative Freshman/History
Perry H. Harris, B.A.
Information Systems
Self-employed
Ruth Ann M. Harris, Ph.D.*
History
Northeastern University
Thomas M. Hart, M.S.»
Accounting
U.S. Treasury
Patricia HartneH, A.S.
Radiologic Technology
University Hospital
Harold Harutunian, Ph.D.*
Mathematics
Salem State College
Ruth Harutunian, C.A.G.S.
Mathematics
Watertown School Department
Donald A. Harwood, Esq., J.D.
Law
Law Office of D.J. PisdteUi
Martha S. Hassell, B.A.
Art
New England School of
Photography
Diana L. Hayden, M.B.A.
Management
Northeastern University
Donald R. Hayden, B.S.*
Information Systems
Digital Equipment Corp.
Kathleen H. Hayes, M.Ed.»
Career/College Transition
Northeastern University
Robert T. Heald, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Heald Hoffmeisler and Co.
Anthony D. Healey, J.D.
Real Estate
The Kirkland Group
Wendy Heiger-Bemays, Ph.D.
Biology
Menzie-Cura & Assoc.
Louise H. Hekimian, M.B.A.*
Alternative Freshman/Management
Barry L. Heller, B.S.M.E.
Art
Heller Associates
Karin S. Hellmer, M.Ed.
Technical Communications
XYVision
Les K. Hemmings, M.Ed.
Management
John Hancock
Dyke C. Hendrickson, B.A.
Journalism
Boston Herald
Marianne C. Henneman, A.B.
Information Systems
George S. Hennessy, M.B.A.*
Marketing
Xyplex
Olive L. Herder, M.P.H.
Health Science
George E. Herman, M.A.
Art
Gerald H. Herman, M.A.*
History
Northeastern University
Robert F. Heron, Ed.D.*
English
Belmont Public Schools
Wayne C. Heward, B.S.
Human Resources Management
Northrop Corp.
Mark P. Higgins, J.D.
Business Law
Federal Depositing Co.
Richard B. Higgins, Ph.D.
Management
Northeastern University
Lloyd H. Hill J.D.*
Human Resources Management
City of Quincy
Malcolm D. Hill, Ph.D.
Earth Science
Northeastern University
Stephen A. Hiltz, M.A.*
Alternative FreshmanlHistory
Northeastern University
James R. Hindman, M.B.A.*
Human Resources Management
Northrop Corp.
David L. Hinds, J.D.
Law
Norfolk County District Attorney's
Office
William G. Hines, B.S.
Marketing
Norfolk Partners
Jennifer B. Hintlian, B.A.
Art
David C. Hirschy, Ph.D.
Technical Communications
Massasoit Commimity College
Leslie P. Hitch, M.B.A.
English
Simmons College
Christine L. Hobart, D.B.A.*
Human Resources Management
Ann P. Hobson, M.S.
Nursing
Savitz & Wainger
Lee Ann Hoff, Ph.D.
Sociology/Anthropology
Northeastern University
Therese M. Hofmann, M.B.A.*
Speech Communication
Simmons College
Barbara Holbrook, M.Ed.
Human Resources Management
Norwell Public Schools
Arthur D. Holder, M.B.A.
Alternative Freshman/Language Skills
Sherrie V. Holder-WaHs, B.S.
Human Resources Management
Putnam Companies, Inc.
Lisa M. Holt, M.A.
Speech Communication
Marcy A. Honigbaum, B.F.A.
Art
Stuart Hooten, M.A.
Radiologic Technology
Brigham & Women's Hospital
Geralyn L. Horton, M.A.
Alternative Freshman/Language Skills
John W. Hosmer, Jr., M.B.A.
Finance
Boston Five Cent Savings Bank
Susan W. Hostovsky, B.A.
American Sign Language
Northeastern University
John J. Houlihan, M.S.
Policing
Middlesex District Attorney's Office
Martin J. Howard, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Boston University
Randy Howard, M.A.
Marketing
Syntex Labs
Jane A. Howe, M.A.*
Sociology/Anthropology
Jane T. Howe, M.B.A.
Finance
Pacific Investment Management Co.
Marian Howes, H.S.D.
Radiologic Technology
New England Deaconess
290 Faculty
Nancy S. Howes, M.Ed.
Therapeutic Recreation
Self-employed
Charles L. Hoyt, M.A.
English
Cinema Film Consultants
Jack E. Hoza, B.A.
American Sign LangiMge
George B. Hrabec, M.S.
Medical Laboratory Science
Whidden Memorial Hospital
William W. Hubbard, M.B.A.
Management Science
Ann S. Hudner, B.S.
Journalism
Margaret C. Huff, Ph.D.
Philosophy/Religion
Anthony H. Hull, Ph.D.*
History
University of Massachusetts/Boston
William H.Hulsey,J.D.
Business Law
Northeastern University
Thomas K. Humphreys, M.A.*
Economics
Kidder Peabody & Co.
Philip H. Hurdle, M.B.A.
Management
McLean CoDm:?iuucations, Inc.
Robert H. Hutchins, B.A.
Journalism
Interleaf Inc.
Linda A. Hyde, B.S.
Health Information Administration
Mediqual Systems, Inc.
Susan F. Hyde, M.A.T.
Art
Xyvision, Inc.
Steven Incropera, M.B.A.
Industrial Management
The Ciiardian
Peter J. Ingeneri, Sr., M.Ed.
Mathematics
Retired
Hon. John J. Irwin, Jr., J.D.*
Law
Massachusetts Supreme Court Jus-
tice
Nurul Islam, M.S.
Economics
Herbert H. Itzkowitz, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Fonnan, Itzkowitz & Berenson, CPA
CarlJ. Izzo,B.S.
Real Estate
Bank of Boston
Judith Jack, B.A.
Technical Communications
GTE Systems
Charles E. Jackson, B.A.
Marketing
Adweek/New England
Marilyn L. Jackson, M.A.
Journalism
Stephen Jackson, M.S.
Earth Science
Stoneham Public Schools
Donald M. Jacobs, Ph.D.*
History
Northeastern University
Joshua R. Jacobson, Ph.D.
Music
Northeastern University
Linda L. Jamieson, Ph.D.
Marketing
Northeastern University
Michael A. Jamison, M.S.
Purchasing
Varian Associates
PaulA.JanelLPh.D.*
Accounting
Northeastern University
Bonnie S. Jefferson, Ph.D.
Speech Communication
Boston College
Richard K. Jeffery, Jr., J.D.
Real Estate
Law Offices of Peter Flynn
Carson C. Johnson, Jr., Ph.D.*
Psychology
Emmanuel College
Heather Johnson, B.S.
Hotel & Restaurant Management
Polaroid Corp.
Richard F. Johnson, Ph.D.*
Psychology
U.S. Army Research Institute
Robert F. Johnson, J.D.*
Security
First Security Service Corp.
Rosaleen M. Johnson, M.A.*
Mathematics
Algonquin High School
James R. Johnston, B.S.*
Real Estate
Equitable Real Estate
Charles Jordan, J.D.
Law
Law Office of C. Jordan
YashP.Joshi,M.B.A.
Finance
Northeastern University
FrankJ. Joyce, B.S.
Policing
Retired
John Joyce, M.A.
Mathematics
Winchester Public Schools
Philip C. Joyce, M.A.
Speech Communication
Curry College
Robert Jumper, Jr., C.P.A.
Accounting
I
Mark H. Kaizerman, M.B.A.*
Accounting
IDS Financial Services
Katherine M. Kalliel, Ed.D.*
Career/College Transition
Norfolk Mental Health
Association
Martin J. Kane, M.B.A.*
Purchasing
Raytheon Company
Edward M. Kaplan, M.S.*
Information Systems
E.M. Kaplan
Mort S. Kaplan, M.A.*
English/Drama
Northeastern University
Joan M. Kapolchok, M.P.A.
Human Resources Management
MBTA
Steven D. Karchmar, M.S.*
Human Resources Management
Wyman-Gordon Co.
Charles Karis, Ph.D.*
Psychology
Northeastern University
Ann C. Kamofsky, M.Mus.
Music
Barbara C. Kasselman, B.A.
Alternative Freshman/Language Skills
LloydJ.Katz,M.B.A.
Marketing
Pine Manor College
Jackie-Sue Katzman, M.B.A.
Information Systems
International Data Corp.
Margaret E. Kauffmann, B.A.
Art
Buckingham, Brown & Nichols
Maurice Kaufman, Ph.D.
Education
Northeastern University
William D. Kay, Ph.D.
Political Science
Northeastern University
Walter E. Kearney, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Northeastern University
John S. Keams, Ph.D.
Psychology
Mount Ida College
Daniel J. Keating, J.D.
Real Estate
The New England
John Keating, M.S.
Alternative Freshman/Mathematics
Massasoit Commimity College
Susan E. Keats, M.A.
History
S. Keats & Associates, Inc.
Pradeep K. Kedia, Ph.D.
Management Sciences
Northeastern University
Faculty 291
Philip Keith, M.B.A.
Management
Self-employed
Stuart D. Kelban, M.B.A.
Alternative Freshman/English
Lynda A. Kelly, B.S.
Information Systems
Veratec
Maura J. Kelly, J.D.
Law
Massachusetts Superior Court
Thomas W. Kelly, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
Self-employed
James M. Kenney, M.B.A.
Management Sciences
Polaroid Corp.
Margaret L. Kent, M.A.»
Alternative Freshman/English
Linda Kent-Davis, M.B.A.
Career/College Transition
Self-employed
Philip M. Keohane, M.A.*
Journalism
GTE Corp.
Sylvia P. Keyes, C.A.G.S.»
Management
Bridgewater State College
Javed A. Khan, M.A.
Economics
State Street Bank
Zorina Khan, M.A.
Finance
Ferdousi Khanam, M.A.
Sociology/Anthropology
Belayet A. Khandoker, M.A.
Alternative Freshman/Economics
Northeastern University
Nancy Kindelan, Ph.D.
Drama
Northeastern University
Janet M. King, Ph.D.
English
Boston University
John M. King, M.P.A.
Security
Tufts University
Patricia H. King, M.Ed.
Alternative Freshman/Business
Sandra J. King, B.S.*
Information Systems
Sandra T. King, M.B.A.
Marketing
Paradise Plum Inc.
Raymond M. Kinnanen, D.B.A.
Management
Northeastern University
Gary F. Kinsella, J.D.*
Political Science
Attorney at Law
Saul Klein, Ph.D.
Marketing
Northeastern University
James P. Kneeland, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
DYAD Corporation
William E. Kneeland, B.S.
Accounting
Northeastern University
Ernest A. Knott, M.S.
Economics
Xyplex
Claire E. Knox, C.A.G.S.*
English
Northeastern University
John L. Kobrick, Ph.D.*
Psychology
U.S. Army Research Institute
William Kochanczyk, C.A.G.S.
Earth Science
Mtiseum of Science
Bemhard J. Kohler, M.B.A."
Industrial Management
Self-employed
Anja S. Kondo, M.A.
Sociology/Anthropology
Roberta L. Kosberg, Ph.D.
Speech Communication
Curry College
George J. Koslosky, M.B.A.
Purchasing
Mercury Computer Systems
Mitchell G. Kostoulakos, M.B.A.
Transportation
Yellow Freight Systems
Bennett L. Kramer, M.S.*
Information Systems
Massasoit Community College
Bonnie K. Kramer, M.A.
American Sign Language
R.E.A.D.S., Inc.
Ellen M. Kramer, M.A.
Health Science
Rheta 1. Kramer, M.A.
Mathematics
Elliott A. Krause, Ph.D.
Sociology/Anthropology
Northeastern University
Art Krauss, M.F.A.
Art
Greater Media Cable
Carolyn L. Kraut, M.S.
Information Systems
Self-employed
David H. Kravctz, J.D.*
Business Law
Law Offices of David H. Kravetz
Steven A. Kravetz, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Apparel Retail Corp.
Laura J. Krims, J.D.
Business Law
Self-employed
Michael P. Krone, Esq., J.D.*
Business Law
Private Law Practice
Susan R. Kuder, M.A.
English
Ravech Aronson and Shuman
Daniel D. Kurylo, Ph.D.
Psychology
Massachusetts Institute of Technol-
ogy
Gopalan Kutty, Ph.D.
Economics
Mansfield University
Paul LaPlante, M.A.
Modem language
Northeastern University
Janine E. Labak, M.S.W.
Technical Communications
Self-employed
Joan F. Labbadia, E.D.
Human Resources Management
Northeastern University
Walter E. Labonte, M.A.
English
Hull PubUc Schools
Bruce G. LaFlamme, M.S.W.*
Health Management
Massachusetts Department of Men-
tal Retardation
Eddy F. Laird, M.Ed.
American Sign language
Valerie A. Lamb, B.S.
Radiologic Technology
Northeastern University
David E. Lambert, Ph.D.
Criminology Research
Massachusetts State Police
Philip J. Lamy, Ph.D.
Alternative Freshman/
Sociology/Anthropology
Essex Institute and Northeastern
University
Stephen R. Lancey, Ph.D.*
Psychology
Boston VA Medical Center
Robert H. Landry, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Massasoit Community College
Timothy F. Landy, B.S.
Information Systems
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Susan D. Lane, M.B.A.
Marketing
Marketing Advantage
Ronald A. Lanoue, M.A.
Economics
Pamela J. Laskey, M.A.
Speech Communication
D.C. Heath
Matthew Laudato, M.S.
Computer Literacy
Northeastern University
Thomas A. Lawler, M.S.
Accounting
Kesner-Marcus & Co. CPAs
292 Faculty
Charles E. Lawton, M.Ed.*
English
Rhcxie Island College
Alfred Lazzeri, M.F.A.*
Art
Freelance Artist
Paul A. Leblanc, M.B.A.
Finance
Digital Equipment Corp.
Stewart L. Lebo, M.S.*
Information Systems
Bank of Boston
Cynthia Lee, Ph.D.
Human Resources Management
Northeastern University
HoUington Lee, B.S.»
Biology
Lee Graphics
Jennifer Leeman, M.A.
Modem Language
Constance Leigh, M.A.*
English
Bernard J. Lemire, B.S.
Chemistry
Northeastern Universtiy
Philip W. Le Quesne, ScD.
Chemistry
Northeastern University
Thomas R. Lerra, Ph.D.
Management
Qyinsigamond Community College
Marvin X. Lesser, Ph.D.
English
Northeastern University
Adolfo S. Leuns, M.S.
Information Systems
Massachusetts Department of Em-
ployment
Albert M. Levenson, M.B.A.*
Management Sciences
Charles Stark Draper Labs
Lawrence J. Levine, Ed.D.
Therapeutic Recreation
City of Boston
Joseph L. Levy, M.B.A.
Marketing
J.L. Levy & Associates
Philip A. Levy, B.A.
Technical Communications
Digital Equipment Corp.
David J. Lewek, M.B.A.*
Management
Child World, hic.
Don E. Lewis, M.F.A.*
Drama
Northeastern University
Joel W. Lidz, Ph.D.
Ph ilosophy/Rel igion
Janet K.Lindcr,J.D.
Human Resources Management
Self-employed
Richard Lindhe, Ph.D.
Accounting
Northeastern University
Joanne G. Linowes, M.S.*
Speech Communication
The Corporate Media Group
Robert L. Litrownik, Ph.D.*
Psychology
Taunton State Hospital
George F. Litterst, M.A.
Music
New England Conservatory of
Music
Xiaolan Liu, M.A.
Sociology! Anthropology
Northeastern University
Joseph S. Lo Castro, Ph.D.*
Psychology
Boston VA Medical Center
Linda V. Lockwood, M.S.W.
Sociology! Anthropology
Richard B. Lockwood m, C.A.G.S.
Marketing
Bigelow Associates
Sebastian C. Lockwood, M.A.
EngliA
Carol A. Locus, \LA.
Modem language
Richard C Logan, M.B.A.*
Health Information Administration
Medical Records Associates
Edward J. Lonczak, M.B.A.*
Management
Management Consultant
Paul Lopez, M.A.
Sociology! Anthropology
Northern Essex Communty College
Miller C. Lovet^ Ph.D.*
Human Resources Management
University of Massadiusetts/Boston
ShaiTon J. Loving, M.B.A.
Marketing
lndef)endent Consultant
James H. Lowell, M.A.
Philosophy !Religvm
Marilyn K. Lowitt^ M.A.
Human Resources Management
The Community Builders
Hope E. Luder, M.A.*
History
Christopher F. Ludwig, B.F.A.
Art
Robbins
Carol Luttrell, Ph.D.
Management Sciences
Maureen C. Lynch, M.A.*
English
Self-employed
Sarah-Ann Lynch, M.A.
Political Science
EF Foundation
Daniel W. Lyons, J.D.
Business Law
Self-employed
Karen M. Lyons, L.L.B.
Management
Putnam Company
Paul E. Lyons, B.S.*
Management
Re/Max lions Realty
Paul E. Lyons, M.Ed.
Mathematics
Cambridge School Department
Robert L. Mabardy, M.B.A.
Human Resources Management
RAM Contracting
Andrew C MacAulay, M.S.*
Chemistry
New England Medical Center
Hospital
Pabicia R. MacDonald, M.A.*
English
Thomas J. MacDonough, M.A.*
History
Town of Norwood
Ronald C MacKay, M.A.*
English
James E. MacNeil, Jr., M.S.
Earth Science
Concord Public Schools
Sylvia A. MacPhee, M.S.*
Sociology! Anthropology
Lasell Junior College
Katherine A. MacPherson, M.A.
foumdism
Maxine MacPherson, B.A.
Information Systems
Social Security Admiiustration
Rafael A. MacQuhae, M.S.
Economics
Michael J. Maggard, Ph.D.
Management
Northeastern University
Judie P. Magidson, Ed.D.*
Alternative Freshman!Ijmguage Skills
Northeastern University
Dominic J. Magnarelli, J.D.
Alternative Freshman!Mathematics
Northeastern University
John A. Maguiie, B.S.*
Information Systems
Regents Computer Network
Thomas Maguire, M.B.A.
Accounting
Boston Business School
Stephen P. Mahcr, B.A.
Information Systems
Town of Brain tree
David P. Mahoney, J.D.
Real Estate
Norfolk Superior Court
Valentina Maiewskij-Hay, Ph.D.
History
Faculty 293
Susan S. Maire, J.D.
Business Law
Self-employed
Robert E. Mairs, B.S.*
Human Resources Management
Helen C. Makris, M.Ed.»
Alternative Freshman/English
Denis Malin, M.B.A.
Information Systems
Star Market Company
Judith Mallette, B.S.*
Mathematics
Robert G. Mallion, M.A.*
Computer Literacy
Science Application Int Corp.
JiUMallon,M.B.A.
Accounting
Northeastern University
Gerard Malone, J.D.
Law
District Attorney's Office
Stella Maris Maloof, M.A.
Sociology I Anthropology
Northeastern University
Anne S. Manion, M.B.A.
Health Science
Self-employed
Jeanne Mankus, M.Ed.
Therapeutic Recreation
J. Ferr Academy, Inc.
Michael E. Manning, M.A.
Music
Northeastern University
Albert R. Manson, M.Ed.*
Information Systems
Jawdat A. Mansour, M.S.
Information Systems
GTE Systems
Jack J. Manuel, Ph.D.»
Philosophy/Religion
Creative Humanistics, Inc
John A. Manzo, Jr., M.S.*
Industrial Management
New England Medical Center Hos-
pital
Barbara B. Marcel, Ph.D.
Psychology
William P. Marchione, M.A.
History
Norwell Public Schools
Alfred G. Marcotte, M.S.E.E.*
Mathematics
Mitre Corp.
Catherine Marcotte, B.A.
Mathematics
Bishop Fen wick High School
Donald Margotta, D.B.A.
Finance
Julius Mariasis, M.B.A.*
Management
Barbara Marino, Ph.D.
Nursing
Children's Hospital
Steve J. Marino, B.S.»
Alternative Freshman/Mathematics
Wilmington High School
Lynn W. Marples, M.B A.
Accounting
Northeastern University
Bruce E. Marquis, M.A.*
Health Management
Massachusetts Head Injury Assoc
Arnold M. Marrow, Esq., LL.B.*
Human Resources Management
Self-employed Attorney, Arbitrator
Barry H. Marshall, M.B.A.*
Management
Digital Equipment Corp.
Barbara E. Martin, B.A.*
Medical laboratory Science
Northeastern University
John A. Martin, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Northeastern University
John B. Martin, B.S.*
Information Systems
Raytheon Company
John J. Martin, M.B.A.*
Human Resources Management
Federal Mediation & CoimsU. Ser-
vices
Mary A. Marusich-Smith, M.A.
Sociology I An thropology
Northeastern University
Raymond L. Mascola, M.B.A.
Marketing
Digital Equipment Corp.
Jerry A. Masnyj, M.S.
Health Science
Winchester Hospital Home Therapy
Frederick J. Mason, Jr., B.S.*
Accounting
Franklin Income Tax Consultant
Jane D. Matheson, Ph.D.
Criminology Research
Burton N. Matross, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
General Electric Company
George D. Matson, M.A.*
Speech Communication
Standard Management Corp.
Anne F. Mattina, Ph.D.
Speech Communication
Northeastern University
Kevin E. Mautte, M.S.
Biology
Northeastern University
Paul D. Maxwell, Ed.D.*
Accounting
Bridgewater State College
Thomas P. May, B.S.*
Art
Mark Burton Inc.
Lawrence H. Mayer, B.S.
Human Resources Management
Raytheon Company
Katherine W. Mayo, M.B.A.
hAarketing
Marketing Advantage
Teresa A. Mayors, M.A.*
Sociolog;yl Anthropology
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
James J. Mazza, M.P.A.*
Management
Wobum Police Department
Robert P. McAulif f e, M.B.A.*
Marketing
BTU Engineering Systems Inc.
Ronald J. McBrien, M.BA.
hAarketing
Lindsay Assoc
John F. McCabe, Jr., B.S.
Medical laboratory Science
Brigham and Women's Hospital
Morris A. McCain, Jr., Ph.D.
Political Science
Lany D. McCargar, Ph.D.*
PhUosophy/Religion
Daniel J. McCarthy, D.B.A.*
Management
Northeastern University
Francis G. McCarthy, M.A.
English
Austin Prep. School
John D. McCarthy, M.B.A.
Accounting
U.S. Defense Department
John J. McCarthy, M.B.A.
Marketing
Sweet Heart Cup Co., Inc
Paul F. McCarthy, M.S.
Human Resources Management
Collective Bargaining Association
Rita M. McCarthy, M.B.A.
Marketing
Self-Employed
Trida McConville, M.B.A.
Management
Training Etcetera
John R. McCoy, B.S.
Information Systems
Massachusetts Water Resource Au-
thority
Francis G. McDermott, M.A.
Management
Retired
James F. McDermott, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Phelps/McDermott Corp.
Edward F. McDonough IIL Ph.D.
Human Resources Management
Northeastern University
Ellen McDonough, B.S.
Art
McDonough Communications
Janet McDonough, M.A.
Earth Science
Museum of Science
294 Faculty
Joseph B. McDonough, J.D.
Business Law
The Hawthorne Group
William J. McDonough, M.P.A.
Health Management
St. Vincent Health Care
Owen McGanahan, B.S.
RealEstaU
Massachusetts Water Resource
Authority
Patrick J. McGeaiy, M.A.*
Technical Communications
Digital Equipment Corp.
Daniel R. McGrath, M.Ph.»
Psychology
Northeastern University
John B. McGrath, B.S.»
Finance
Retired
Eugene F. McGrory, B.A.
Accounting
Internal Revenue Service
Donna J. McGuire, H.S.D.
Art
McGuire Advertising & Design
Karen Y. Mcintosh, B.FA.
Art
Wang Laboratories
Robert A. McKean, M.A.
Technical Communications
Chart Communications
George E. McKeets, M.Ed.
Human Resources Management
Northrop Corp.
Sharon M. McKinnon, Ph.D.
Accounting
Northeastern University
James W. McKinsey, M.P.H.
Economics
StonehiU College
June E. McLaughlin, M.S.
Health Management
YouvUle Hospital
Mark W. McLaughlin, Ph.D.
English
Stephen M. McLaughlin, B.S.*
Radiologic Technology
Self-employed
Jean McLean, M.B.A.
Hotel and Restaurant Management
Hardwick General Store
Robert W. McLean, M.B.A.*
Hotel and Restaurant Management
Self-employed
Denise M. McMahon, B.S.
Music
Joseph W. McNabb, M.A.»
Health Management
Laboure College
Susan L, McNamaia, M.Ed.*
Information Systems
McNamara & Associates Inc.
Alexander M. McNeil, J.D.
History
Massachusetts Apf>eals Court
Richard J. McNeil, Jr., M.B.A.»
Economics
Northeastern University
Geraldine D. NcNelly, Ph.D.
Sociology I An thropology
Northeastern University
Mary A. McParlane, B A.
Art
Clay McShane, Ph.D.*
History
Northeastern University
Joanne H. MeehL M.S.
Management
Abington Marketing Assoc
Michael S. Mehrmann, J.D.
Business Law
Law Offices of M.S. Mehrmann
Christopher E. Mellen, B.A.
Real Estate
CMA
Bruce A. Mellin, M.S.»
Earth Science
Brooks School
Carl H. Mellin, M.B.A.
Industrial Management
Wang Information Services Corp.
George S. Mellman, M.B.A.
Firumce
Jeff A.MeIIo,M.B.A.
Human Resources Management
Northeastern University
Michael A. Memmolo, M.B.A.
Human Resources Management
Merrimack Valley Placement
Lloyd B. MerrilL B.S.*
Information Systems
Grossman's, Inc
Charles A. M. Meszoely, Ph.D.*
Biology
Northeastern University
Ingrid M. Meszoely, B.A.
Health Science
Massachusetts General Hospital
Leonard F. Meuse, Jr., M.B.A.
Technical Communications
Self-employed
Marc Meyer, Ph.D.
Management
Northeastern University
Jordan B. Michael, MB.A.
Marketing
Data General
Geny N. Michaleas, M.A.
Psychology
Hellenic College
Bonnie Michelman, M.B.A.
Security
Hrst Security Service Corp.
Bernard Michels, Ph.D.
Sociology/Anthropology
University of Massachusetts
Sylvia I. Mignon, M.S.W.
Sociology/Anthropology
Philip R. Miles, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Polaroid Corp.
Robert M. Millen, Ph.D.
Management Sciences
Northeastern University
Adriene R. Miller, M.A.
Sociology/Anthropology
Amie K. Miller, B.A.
Technical Communications
Digital Equipment Corp.
Charles J. Miller, M.S.
Information Systems
Informed Solutions
Ellen E. Miller, M.S.W.
Psychology
St. Elizabeth's Hospital
Mary-Margaret Miller, B.S.
Information Systems
Codman & Shurtleff, Inc
Eileen T. Mills, MA.
English
Northeastern University
KelUe L. Mills, A.S.
American Sign Language
Massachusetts Commission for
the Deaf
Patrick N. Mingolelli, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Digital Equipment Corp.
Robert J. Minichiello, D.B.A.
Marketing
Northeastern University
Richard R. Miranda, M.B.A.*
Purchasing
Multibank Hnandal Corporation
Michael D. Miskinis, M.A.
Criminal Justice
Bridgewater State College
Kamlesh Misra, Ph.D.
Economics
Northeastern University
Gail F. Mohanty, Ph.D.
History
Framingham State College
Charles E. Mokotoff, M.Mus.
Music
James F. MoUoy, Jr. Ph.D.*
Transportation
Northeastern University
Stephen P. Molloy, M.S.*
Health Information Administration
Lowell General Hospital
Abdul Momen, Ph.D.
Management Sciences
Salem School of Business
k
Faculty 295
Lawrence F. Monaghan, B.S.*
Information Systems
Bank of Boston
John E. Monahan, Jr., Ph.D.
Biology
QBA Coming Diagnostics
Joseph O. Monahan, M.A.
English
Northeastern University
Diane L. Moore, Ph.D.
Philosophy/ Religion
John L. Moore, M.F.A.*
Art
Boston Center for the Arts
Kathleen M. Moore, J.D.
Real Estate
Department of the Attorney General
Patricia A. Moore, M.A.*
Health Science
Whitmore Institute
Patricia B. Moran, M.Ed.»
Mathematics
Leslie B. Morash, M.B.A.*
Transportation
Glenn S. Mores, M.B.A.
Information Systems
Gordon College
William R. Morin, B.S.»
Information Systems
MBTA
Richard M. Morrison, M.B.A.*
Management
Mantis, Inc.
William E. Morrison, M.S.*
Human Resources Management
Self-employed
Peter J. Morrissey, B.S.
Information Systems
Independent Consultant
Magdi Mousa, B.S.
Chemistry
Northeastern University
Adeel Moussa, Ph.D.
Chemistry
Northeastern University
Edmond J. Moussally, M.Ed.
Music
Northeastern University
Tyrone C. Mowatt, M.B.A.
Marketing
Applied Expert Systems Inc.
Carl F. Moxey, Ph.D.»
Alternative Freshman/Biology
Northeastern University
James D. Mukjian, M.B.A.*
Industrial Management
JDM Consultants
Barbara Mulcahy, M.A.
Alternative Freshman/English
Edward J. Mulholland, Ph.D.
Economics
Regis College
Edmund J. Mullen, M.Ed.*
History
Northeastern University
William S. Mullen, M.A.*
Political Science
Foxboro School System
Kevin P. Mulvey, M.A.
Sociologyl Anthropology
Charles W. Murphy, M.B.A.*
Finance
Bunker Hill Community College
Daniel C. Murphy, M.S.
foumalism
New England Newspaper Assoc
David M. Murphy, Ph.D.
Speech Communication
Lasell College
Paul J. Murphy, J.D.*
Management
General Electric Company
Richard T. Murphy, M.Ed.
Mathematics
Boston Public Schools
Thomas J. Murphy, M.B.A.
Marketing
Digital Equipment Corp.
Charles J. Murray, Ph.D.
Technical Communications
Digital Equipment Corp.
Claire A. Murray, M.Ed.
Human Resources Management
Keith B. Murray, D.B.A.
MSarketing
Northeastern University
Vyasaraj V. Murthy, M.B.A.
Management Sciences
Digital Equipment Corp.
Michael A. Musi, J.D.
Marketing
Digital Equipment Corp.
John A. Mylotte, B.A.*
Technical Communications
Navy Qoth & Textile Research
Facility
Gerry Nadeau, M.S.
Information Systems
GTE Government Systems
Roland L. Nadeau, M.Mus.*
Music
Northeastern University
Julie M. Nardone, M.A.
Sociologyl Anthropology
Massachusetts Department of
Corrections
Laurie Nardone, M.A.
Alternative Freshman/English
Northeastern University
ShashiNath,Ph.D.*
Sociology/An thropology
Mohammad A. Nawawi, Ph.D.
Political Science
Qark University
Barbara E. Neale, M.Ed.*
Speech Communication
Independent Concept Consultants
Theodore H. Needle, B.S.*
Accounting
Needle & Needle
Carl W. Nelson, D.B.A.
Management
Northeastern University
David C. Nelson, B.S.*
Accounting
Self-employed
David R. Netherton, M.S.
Political Science
Floyd G. Newton, M.A.
Art
Newton Iconogenics
Thomas J. Neylon, Jr., M.A.*
English
Watertown Public Schools
Phuoc V. Nguyen, M.S.
Chemistry
Northeastern University
Janet M. Nichols, M.B.A.
Management
Small Business Consultant
Maris Nichols, M.A.
Engli^
Bruce E. Nickerson, Ph.D.*
English
St. James Episcopal Church
James A. Nocito, M.Ed.
Modem language
Maiden High School
James C. Nolan, M.S.W.*
Human Resources Management
MBTA
Maurice J. Nolan, J.D.*
Human Resources Management
Raytheon
Gerald P. Noone, J.D.
Real Estate
Law Offices of R. Plunke
Seyed H. Noorian, M.B.A.
Finance
Boston University
John H. Northrup, M.S.
Accounting
Northeastern University
Maureen A. Norton, M.S.W.
Sociology/Anthropology
Northeastern University
Richard W. Norton, B.A.*
Information Systems
Norton Business Systems
Vincent G. Norton, M.B.A.*
Human Resources Management
Raytheon Company
Donald J. C. Novak, Ph.D.*
Philosophy IReligion
Massachusetts General Hospital
Edward G. Novello, M.B.A.*
Transportation
Best T&D Associates
296 Faculty
Michael M. Noye, M.B.A.
Accounting
Varian Assoc.
Norbert F. Nunes, M.A.*
English
Massachusetts Bay Community
College
David H. (yBrien, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Bank of New England
John E. O'Brien, M.B.A.
Human Resources tAanagement
Massachusetts Hospital
Association
Richard J. O'Brien, B.S.
Information Systems
Massachusetts General Hospital
Robert M. O'Brien, B.S.*
Information Systems
Retired
WiUiam F. O'Brien, Jr., M.A.
Economics
Massachusetts State Senate
Lolly Ockerstrom-Snyder, M.A.
English
Northeastern University
Frederick T. O'Connell, J.D.*
Accounting
Internal Revenue Service
Daniel F. O'Connor, M.S.*
Information Systems
Pansophic Software
Edward J. O'Connor, B.A.*
Information Systems
GTE Systems
Elizabeth A. O'Connell, M.Ed.
Human Resources Management
Bows & Sons
Aileen J. Ofer, M.A.»
English
Moshe Ofer, M.A.
Political Science
Richard S. Off enbeig, Ph.D.
Alternative Freshman/Management/
History
College Counseling Services
George C CGrady, B.A.
Information Systems
Digital Equipment Corp.
Margaret O'Kelly, M.B.A.
Accounting
Northeastern University
William J. Oldmixon, M.B.A.
Finance
A.G. Edwards & Sons Inc.
Russell W. Olive, D.B.A.
Accounting
Northeastern Univiersity
Ernest Oliveira, Jr., M.B.A.»
Industrial Management
General Electric Company
Dorothy M. Oliver, M.A.
Sociology/Anthropology
Thomas W. Oliver, Ph.D.
Accounting
Northeastern University
Wayne J. Oliver, M.A.»
Economics
Reed Consulting Group
George C Olson, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
Hrst Colonial Bank
Kim A. Olson, M.B.A.
Health Science
Leonard Morse Hospital
Ronald K. Olson, B A.*
Information Systems
RKO Systems
Susan J. Olson, B.S.
Medical laboratory Science
Northeastern University
Tommasina A. Olson, M.B.A.
Management
Self-employed
David F.O'Malley,B.S.
Technical Communications
David S. Omar, M.B.A.* "
Economics
Dean Junior College
Leo F. O'Neill, B.S.
Medical laboratory Science
New England Deaconess Hospital
Laurence M. Onie, M.S.W.
Speech Communication
Onie Assoc
Andrew D. Oram, BA.
Technical Communications
Concurrent Computer Corp.
Nancy P. Orton, BA.»
English
Gary S. Osmond, M.B.A.
Finance
Town of Wayland
Kathleen M. OToole, M.S.
Policing
M.D.C Police Department
John B. Owen, M.A.T.
Technical Communications
Owen & Co.
Ann Ownby, M.S.A.
Accounting
Northeastern Uruversity
Daniel J. Pagnano, Esq., J.D.
Human Resources Management
Private Arbitrator
Niranjan N. Pai, Ph.D.
Chemistry
Harvard Medical School
Judith A. Palumbo, M.B.A.
Human Resources Management
Massachusetts Hospital
Association
Kwamina Panford, Ph.D.
Sociology I Anthropology
Northeastern University
Jerrie L. Paniri, M.Ed.
Art
Xyvision Inc
Louis J. Pantuosco, Jr., M.B.A.
Ecorumiics
Robert J. Pappalardo, B.A.
Art
The Mitre Corp.
George J. Parangimalil, M.A.
Sociology I An thropology
Neeta V. Parekh-Fogg, M.A.
Alternative Freshman/Economics
Northeastern University
Judith M. Pariseau, B.S.*
Biology
Northeastern University
Cynthia J. Parker, B.S.
Management
Qean & Sweep, Inc.
Jeffrey S. Parker, M.A.
Technical Communications
Robert G. Parker, M.B.A.
Marketing
Self-employed Consultant
Robert H. Parris, M.A.
Corrections
U.S. Probation System
Ann C. Parsons, M.A.
Alternative Freshman/Mathematics
Robert A. Parsons, M.B.A.
Management Sciences
Notheastem University
Virginia C. Parsons, M.A.
English
Northeastern University
Paul S. Paslaski, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
Digital Equipment Corp.
Anthony F. Pastelis III, B.A.
Journalism
CO Reports Publishing
Herbert S. Patchell, M.A.
Philosophy/Religion
Theodore C. Patrikas, B.S.*
Management
Retired
Ruth Ann Patterson, M.S.»
Health Science
Milford Whitinsville Hospital
David F. Pauling, M.A.»
Modem language
Tufts Uruversity
Benham Pavaresh, HS.D.
Radiologic Technology
Brigham and Women's Hospital
Susan W. Pease, M.B.A.
Technical Communications
Aetna Life & Casualty
Robert J. Pecoraro, M.B.A.
Marketing
Kim A. Pederson, M.F.A.
English
Charles River Assoc
Faculty 297
Martin L. Pendleton, Jr., B.S.*
Information Systems
Blue Cross/Blue Shield
Robert J. Penza, M.B.A.
Management Sciences
Self-employed
Peter E. Perroncello, M.S.*
Corrections
Norfolk County Sheriffs Office
Eileen Peny, M.B.A.
Health Management
Laboure College
Daniel Pershonok, Ph.D.*
Psychology
Harvard Medical School
Marjorie R. Peskin, M.Ed.
Technical Communications
Documentation & Design
Eric D. Peterson, B.F.A.
Art
Daniel P. Petinge, M.B.A.
Purchasing
Polaroid Corp.
Elizabeth C. Petrick, M.B.A.
Management
Ausrele M. Petronis, M.A.*
English
Thomas D. Petrowski, J.D.
Security
First Security Service Corp.
PeterT.PhiUiou,Ph.D.*
MatheTnatics
Wentworth Institute
Benjamin E. Pike, M.B.A.*
Human Resources Management
Massasoit Community College
Joseph G. Pike, M.A.
Health Information Administration
Lemuel Shattuck Hospital
Karen F. Pike, M.Ed.*
AH
Deborah M. Pine, M.B.A.
Marlieting
Digital Equipment Corp.
Gerald T. Pineault, M.B.A.*
Industrial Management
Polaroid Corp.
Hector E. Pineiro, B.S.
Real Estate
Department of the Attorney
General
Michael J. Pise, M.B.A.
Human Resources Management
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance
Garth I. Pitman, Ph.D.*
English
Triton Regional High School
Gladys M. Polansky, M.A.*
English
Terry L. Poling, M.A.
Speech Communication
Fidelity Investments
John J. Pollock, A.B.
Marketing
Applied Videotex Systems, Inc.
Michael J. Pomarole, J.D.
Law
Suffolk County
Richard W. Pomeroy, A.B.
Information Systems
Self-employed
Jonathan Pond, M.B.A.
Accounting
Northeastern University
Nancy Popp, M.Ed.
Psychology
David R. Portesi, B.A.
Hotel and Restaurant Management
Massasoit Commvmity College
David E. Potter, M.B.A.
Accounting
International Paper
Joseph L. Potts, M.B.A.*
Pirumce
Capital Business Group
James E. Poulos, M.A.*
English
WGBH Radio
Stephen J. Powell, M.B.A.
Finance
Simplex Time Recorder Co.
Elizabeth J. Powers, M.A.
Information Systems
Lotus Development Corp.
Kevin J. Powers, M.P.A.
Radiologic Technology
Northeastern University
Stephen J. Powers, M.S.*
Information Systems
Capeshore E^ta
Mark Prendergast, M.B.A.
Accounting
Teradyne Laser Systems Inc.
Andre P. Priem, M.A.
Human Resources Management
Northeastern University
Marco M. Protano, B.S.
Management
Bank of Boston
Sheilem Puffen, Ph.D.
Human Resources Management
Edward V. Puopolo, J.D.*
Business Law
PuojxjIo & Carr, Attorneys
Jyoti Puri, M.A.
Sociology/ Anthropology
Northeastern University
John L. Putnam, C.A.G.S.
Chemistry
Marshfield Public Schools
Daniel F. Quinn, Ph.D.
Psychology
Northeastern University
Francis J. Quinn, B.S.
Human Resources Management
Elkay Prod. Inc.
Frank B. Quirk, M.A.*
Information Systems
Self-employed
Samuel Rabino, Ph.D.
Marketing
Northeastern University
Alan S. Radding, M.S.
Journalism
Advertising Age Magazine
Safouta Raf eizadeh, M.F.A.
AH
Porras & Lawlor Associates
Dolly S. Raja, M.A.
Economics
Division of Employment Security
Ravi Ramamurti, D.B.A.
Management
Northeastern University
Cathy Rand, M.A.
Music
Charles W. Randall, M.B.A.
Finance
Defense Contract Audit Agency
George B. Ransom, Jr., Ed.D.
Therapeutic Recreation
T. Neil RantouL M.F.A.
AH
Northeastern University
Ronald Raphael, M.Ed.
Psychology
Raphael Associates
Juan G. Ravasi, M.A.
Modem language
Lucila R. Ravasi, M.A.
Modem Language
Nathaniel C. Raymond, Ph.D.*
Sociology I Anthropology
University of Massadiusetts/Boston
David C. Read, M.B.A.
Medical Laboratory Science
New England Deaconess
Bernard R. Redgate, M.S.*
Information Systems
Framingham Public Schools
Thomas A. Reed, Ph.D.
English
Ropes & Gray
Barbara J. Reid, M.Ed.
Human Resources Management
Automatic Data Processing
Richard M. Reilly, M.A.*
Human Resources Management
American Arbitration Assoc.
Neil Rennic, M.F.A.
AH
Self-employed
Sandra H. Resnick, M.Ed.
American Sign Language
Northeastern University
Katherine Retan, Ph.D.
Altemati7?e Freshman/English
Diana E. Reynolds, Ph.D.
Political Science
]
298 Faculty
Lee A. Riccardv M.A.
Art
Laurie Riccio, J.D.
Business Law
Law Offices of Richard M. Costa
Evan B. Rich, M.B.A.*
Finance
Judith M. Richman, M.S.
Health Science
Self-employed
Herbert L. Richmond, C.A.G.S.*
Health Management
Human Resource Institute
Stephen L. Ridge, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Digital
J. Scott Riley, B.S.*
Marketing
JSR Associates, Inc.
Robyn M. Ripley, M.A.
Sociology/Anthropology
RTRlnc.
Patricia N. Rissmiller, Ph.D.
Nursing
Shriver Center
Elaine Ristano, M.B.A.
Finance
Liberty Mutual
Joseph E. Rizzo, J.D.
Management
Law Offices of J. Rizzo
James M. Roach, M.A.
Psychology
Daniel J. Roberts, M.Ed.*
Acamnting
Northeastern University
James F. Roberts, M.S.
Corrections
Massachusetts Department of
Corrections
Holbrook C. Robinson, Ph.D.
Modem Language
Northeastern University
Holly Robinson, M.F.A.
English
University of Massachusetts
Medical Center
Raymond H. Robinson, Ph.D.
History
Northeastern University
Michelle D. Roderick, B.S.
Therapeutic Recreation
White House Preschool
Peggy J. Roesler, M.A.
Therapeutic Recreation
Northeastern University
Dennis L. Roffman, M.S.
Information Systems
Polaroid Corp.
Cephas B. Rogers, M.B.A.*
Management Sciences
Digital Equipment Corp.
William H. Rogere, M.Ed.»
Transportation
Wise Ideas Inc.
Hong L. Roguerre, M.A.
Economics
Northeastern University
Wilfrid J. Rollman, Ph.D.
History
Northeastern University
Irene L. Roman, Ph.D.*^
Accounting
Newton North High School
Eugene H. Rooney, Jr., M.B.A.
Management
Massachusetts Department of
Personnel Administration
Lizbeth C. Roper, M.B.A.
Career/College Transition
Northeastern University
Steven M. Rose, M.S.T.
Accounting
Steven M. Rose, CP.A.
Fred A. Rosenberg, Ph.D.
Biology
Northeastern University
Nellie Rosenberg, M.A.
Modem Language
AHianoe Francaise
JoelM.Ro9enfeld,M.S.»
Industrial Management
Strategic Planning Institute
Norma P. Rosin, M.Ed.*
Alternative FreshmanjLmguage
Skais
Arthur S. Rousmaniere, B.A.
Mathematics
Design Continuum, Inc
Richard N. Roy, M.B.A.*
Transportation
R.N. Roy & Associates
Gerald R. Rubin, B.S.*
Accounting
Greene, Rubin, Miller, Padno
Thalia Rubio, M.Ed.
Technical Communications
Contract Technical Writing
Leonard D. Rucker, M.B.A.
Technical Communications
Reading Mimidpal Light Dept.
A. Michael Ruderman, B.A.
Real Estate
Qosings Ltd.
Bharal RupareL Ph.D.
Management Sciences
Northeastern University
Stanley H. Rutstein, M.B.A.
Marketing
S/J Designs, Inc.
Charles M. Ryder, M.B.A.
Management
New England Mutual Life
Insurance Co.
Frederick J. Rys, M.B.A.*
Finance
Self-employed
Alexander R. Rysman, Ph.D.*
Sociology/ Anthropology
Romm and Company
Adina E. Sabghir, M.F.A.
Art
Harry Sabin, Jr., M.B.A.
Purchasing
Northrop Corporation
Thaddeus P. Sadowsld, M.Ed.*
Mathematics
DebraJ. Saez,Ph.D.
Chemistry
TechiucaUy
Eugene M. Salorio, M.B.A.
Management
Northeastern University
John A. Saltmarsh, Ph.D.
History
Northeastern University
Mary E. Salus, M.A.*
Sociology I An thropoloy
Massachusetts Department of
Public Welfare
James B. Sampson, Ph.D.*
Psychology
VS. Army Natick RD&E Center
Paul E. Sanders, M.B.A.
Finance
Self-employed
Jayant N. Sane, Ph.D.*
Chemistry
The Gillette Company
Jean M. Sanicandro, B.A.
Mathematics
Computervision Corporation
Richard H. Saracusa, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
Polaroid Corp.
Ahmad Saranjampour, M.A.
Economics
Northeastern University
Ravi Sarathy, Ph.D.
Management
Northeastern University
Theodore M. Sasson, B.A.
Sociology/ Anthropology
Boston College
Edward M. Saunders, D.B.A.
Finance
Northeastern University
John SchatzeL Ph.D.
Accounting
Northeastern University
Daniel J. Scheib, M.A.
Information Systems
Intertech Computer Center
Jessie R. Schell, M.F.A.
English
Wabiut Hill School for the Arts
Faculty 299
John J. Schickling, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Business Consultant
Mia H. Schiffman, M.B.A.
Marketing
Rosalind Fine Real Estate
Patricia M. Schilling, M.B.A.
Human Resources Management
Stephanie Schilling, M.A.
Biology
Self-employed
Gregory A. Schissel, S.J., M.A.
Philosophy IReligon
Society of Jesus
William J. Schinid,B.S.»
Marketing
Self-employed
Mark B. Schmidt, J.D.
Red Estate
Roy M. Schoenf eld, Esq., J.D.»
Human Resources Management
National Labor Relations Board
Rodney Schonland, M.B.A.
Transportation
Polaroid Corp.
Richard Schreuer, M.A.
Sociology/An thropology
Northeastern University
Frank A. Schubert, J.D.
law
Northeastern University
Beth C. Schuster, M.B.A.
Accounting
J. Cohen & Associates
Alan R. Schwalm, B.S.
Finance
Multibank Financial Corp.
Judson J. Scott, M.A.
Music
Self-employed
Lawrence S. ScoH, Ph.D.
Alternative Freshman/Sociology/
Corrections
Bimker HUl Commvmity College
Jeanne M. Segal, M.A.
Music
Northeastern University
Robert Seger, B.A.
Health Information Administration
Massachusetts General Hospital
Carol J. Seidman, A.S.
American Sign Language
Massachusetts Commission for
the Deaf and Hard of Hearing
Peter M.Selig,M.A.»
Economics
Raytheon Company
Patricia C. Selleck, B.S.
Radiologic Technology
St. Anne's Hospital
Ellen Seltzer, M.B.A.
Finance
Digital Equipment Corp.
Peter Serenyi, Ph.D.*
Art
Northeastern University
Rose A. Sergi, M.A.*
English
Middlesex Commxmity College
Daniel E. Serieka, M.B.A.
Human Resources Management
WSC
Susan M. Setta, Ph.D.»
PhUosopky/Religion
Northeastern University
Kathleen M. Sevigny, M.B.A.*
Accounting
Bridgewater State College
Lucy Sewall, B.A.
Human Resources Management
Boston Capitol
A.K. Fazlul H. Shah, M.B.A.
Economics
John C. Shannon, M.A.*
Economics
Suffolk University
Corey C. Shaw, J.D.
Law
Law Offices of Corey Shaw
David M. Shaw, LLM.
Real Estate
Law Office of David M. Shaw
John T. Shea, B.S.
Art
Southeastern Regional High School
Ruth C. Sheehan, M.A.
Speech Communication
Edward H. Shenton, M.S.
Earth Science
Homeworks
Frederick N. Sheppard, M.B.A.
Firumce
Bridgewater State College
Joseph R. Sheppeck, M.B>A.
Mathematics
John Hancock Life Insurance Co.
Cordelia Sherman, Ph.D.
English
Self-employed ■>
Eliot H. Sherman, M.B.A."
Finance
L. Farber Co.
H. David D. Sherman, D.B.A.
Accounting
Northeastern University
Isabelle M. Sherman, B.A.
Modem Language
Kimberly A. Shilland, M.A.
Art
Stephen M. Shinnick, M.P.A.*
Political Science
Norwood Public Schools
Joyce D. Shipley, Ph.D.
Psychology
Chelmsford Family Counseling
Center
Henrietta N. Shirk, Ph.D.
Technical Communications
Northeastern University
Henrietta M. Shmase, B.A.*
Health Information Administration
Ruth E. Shot«, M.A.*
English
Fisher Junior College
Paul Short M.S.
Hotel & Restaurant Management
USA Natick R&D Command
Lee C. Shortridge, M.F.A.
Art
Boston Guild of Artists
Stephanie Shute-Kelsch, M.A.
Eng/ish
Westwood High School
William L. Siddall, M.B.A.
Acamnting
Northeastern Uruversity
Susan F.Sieloff, M.B.A.
Marketing
Donna P. Signorile, B.S.»
Biology
Norwood Hospital
Andrew Silverman, M.S.*
Accounting
Andrew Silverman, C.P.A.
George H. Simmons, Jr., M.A.*
Economics
Distrigas Corp.
Michael L. Simmons, M.P.A.
Political Science
Leisha F. Simon, B.S.
Information Systems
Computer Tutor Corp.
S. Mturay Simons, Ed.D.*
Accounting
Stuart Management Systems
Sandra J. Simpson, M.S.
Speech Communication
Simpson Associates
Caroline M. Sirois, M.A.
Alternative Freshrruin/English
David H. Skill, M.A.
Technical Communications
WATD Radio
Stephen E. Slaner, M.Phil.
Political Science
Lauren J. Slater, M.A.
English
Marjorie T. Slater, B.S.
Journalism
Self-employed
Donald O. Smith, J.D.*
Business Law
Attorney at Law
George A. Smith, B.S.
Transportation
Treasury Department, U.S.
Govenmient
300 Faculty
Malcolm V. SmiA, B.S.*
Mathematics
New England Mutual Life
Insurance Co.
Marie E. Smith, M.Ed.
Career/College Transition
Lasell College
Peter H. Smith, M.B.A .•
Acxxmnting
Honeywell
Robert S. Smith, Ph.D.
Alternative Freshmanj Sociology
Robert W. Smith, B.S.*
Human 'Resources Management
Northrop Corp.
Paul E. Snoonian, Sr., Ph.D.*
Economics
University of Lowell
Nancy P. Snyder, M.S.
Psychology
Northeastern University
Edward J. Socha, M.B.A.*
Management
Assabet Valley Regional Vocational
High School
Kenneth C Solano, M.Ed.»
Human Resources Management
Northeastern University
Nancy A. Solano, M.Ed.
Human Resources Management
Medf ord Public Schools
Marius M. Solomon, Ph.D.
Management Sciences
Northeastern University
Quincy City Hospital
George J. Soukaros, Ed.D.
English
Marlboro High School
Alvaro M. Sousa, B.S.
Management
New England Mutual Life Ins. Co.
Edward L. Sousa, M.Ed.*
Information Systems
Northeastern University
Judith M. Sparrow, M.S.
Management
IPL Systems Inc
Elliot Specter, Ph.D.*
Health Science
Northeastern University
Robert M. Spector, Ph.D.*
Business Law
Worcester State College
John Spiegel, Ph.D.
Modem Language
Northeastern University
Timothy J. Spillane, Esq., J.D.
Law
Norfolk County
Ruth N. Spillberg, M.A.
Speech Communication
Curry College
Harlan Spotts, Ph.D.
Marketing
Northeastern University
Venkat Srinivason, Ph.D.
Finjmce
Northeastern University
George H. Stacey, Jr., M.BA.*
Information Systems
Stacey Associates, Inc
Richard M. Staley, M.S.
Earth Science
Newton Public Schools
Joseph V. Stanford, MBA.*
Firumce
Self-employed
MerediA A. Stanfbrd-Pollock,Ph.D.
Psychology
Baitley College
Gilbert F. Starble, B.S.
Real Estate
Data Real Estate Management
Rebecca G. Starr, MS.W.
Sociology/Anthropology
Striar Jewish Community Center
Lisa M. Steriti, M.A.
Sociology/An thropology
Northeastern University
Geoffrey R. Stem, M.A.
Technical Communications
Digital Equipment Corp.
Carroll Stewart, M.S.
Earth Science
Parsons/Brinckerhoff
Edmund L. Stoddard, M.S.*
English
Raytheon Company
Joseph F. Stoltz, Ph.D.*
Economics
U.S. Department of Labor
John R. Stomberg, M.A.
Art
Boston University
John W. Stout, M.A.*
Political Science
Roger Williams College
Walter D. Stringer, B.S.*
Purchasing
Unifirst Corp.
Robert W. Stuart, Ph.D.
Management
Northeastern University
Robert Sugar, M.H.A.
Health Management
Northeastern University
Edward Sulesky, J.D.*
Business Law
District Court of Concord
Anne M. Sullivan, E.D.
Criminology Research
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
James G. Sullivan, M.B.A.
Finance
Digital Equipment Corp.
Jeremiah G. Sullivan, B.S.*
Information Systems
Jeremiah J. Sullivan, Jr., J.D.
Human Resources Management
Raytheon
John F. Sullivan, J.D.
Business Law
Town of Bedford Public Schools
John R. Sullivan, MA.
English
Concentric Data Systems Inc
Pamela E. Sullivan, B. A.
Art
Pam Sullivan Creative Studio
Paul J. Sullivan, J.D.
Criminal Justice
Defense Logistics Agency
Stephen G. Sullivan, B.S.
History
Mintz and Hoke
William G. Sullivan, B.A.
Journalism
The Patriot-Ledger
Herbert L. Sussman, Ph.D.
English
Northeastern University
Daniel F. Sutton, J.D.
Human Resources Management
Federal Labor Relations Authority
William R. Swanson, J.D.
Firumce
Base Corporation
PaulJ.Swartz,J.D.
Real Estate
William R. Swartz, M.B.A.*
Purchasing
Axis Computer Systems, Inc.
Albert J. Sweeney, M.P.A.
Policing
Boston Pohce Department
Richard D. Sweeney, B.A.
Marketing
Allen M. Swenson, M.B.A.*
Economics
Raytheon Company
Lawrence E. Symington, Ph.D.*
Psychology
VS. Army R&D Labs
Thomas J. Tagliamonte, M.B.A.*
Management
New England Mutual Life
Insurance Co.
Scott B. Taitel, M.B.A.
Finance
Intermeterics, Inc.
Makoto Takenaka, MA.
Modem Language
Debra J. Tanen, B.F.A.
Art
Communication Graphics
Sumner B. Tapper, M.Ed.*
English
Faculty 301
Theodore A. Tasis, M.A.*
English
Raytheon Company
Alan M. Tattle, M.Ed.*
Information Systems
Lynn School Department
Edward J. Taylor, M.S.
Information Systems
Colonial Management Association
Gloria J. Taylor, M.A.*
Sociology/Anthropology
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Nancy Taylor, M.S.
Therapeutic Recreation
Jewish Memorial Hospital
Roger B. Taylor, Esq., M.A.*
Economics
PaulH.Tedesco,Ph.D.»
History
Northeastern University
Maurice Temple, M.S.*
Mathematics
Retired
Chris Templeman, Ph.D.
Bblogy
Advantage/Auroropub
Alexander T. Tennant, Ed.D.
Human Resources Management
New England Strategic Development
Corporation
Phillip A. TerreU, M.A.
Music
Northeastern University
John B. Tessicini, M.B.A.*
Human Resources Management
MUford Housing Authority
Norman R. Tessier, C.A.G.S.*
Accounting
Roxbury Community College
Hartmut Teuber, M.A.
American Sign Language
Deaf Inc
Corey R. Tevan, D.F.A.
Art
Spinnaker Software
Elizabeth Thaler, B.S.
Career/College Transition
Mass Financial
Emile F. Thibault, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
U.S. Department of Defense
Mark Thomas, A.S.
Radiologic Technology
Norwood Hospital
Ronald R. Thomas, Ph.D.
Management
Northeastern University
Phillip W. Thompson, M.S.
Marketing
Pirns Assoc Inc.
Wendy W. Thompson, M.L.*
History
Lexington PubUc Schools
James Thrasher, J.D.
Real Estate
Boyle, Sorgj & Thrasher
Seymour Tilles, Ph.D.
Management
Northeastern University
Din Tin Tun, M.S.
Economics
Northeastern University
Henry L. Tischler, Ph.D.*
Sociology/Anthropology
Framingham State College
Maureen F. Tisei, M.S.
Speech Communication
Snowden Int. High School
MarkW.Tobin,B.S.»
Health Management
Cranberry Point at Harvwch
Roy M. ToUef son, Ph.D.*
Political Science
Richard W. Torian, M.Ed.*
Mathematics
Ashland High School
Frank M. Tortora, MA.*
Economics
Northeastern University
Karen L. Tosca, M.A.
Mathematics
Westwood I^ubUc Schools
Rosario J. Tosiello, Ph.D.*
History
Pine Manor College
Lawrence E. Towle, M.B.A.
Accounting
Digital Equipment Corp.
Adrianna C. Toyias, M.S.
Sociology/ Anthropology
Edward G. Trachtenberg, M.B.A.*
Information Systems
Raytheon Company
Emery A. Trahan, Ph.D.
Finance
Northeastern University
Eileen Trauth, Ph.D.
Information Systems
Northeastern University
Salvatore M. Trento, Ed.D.
Earth Science
Surface Finds, Inc
Robert T. Trimper, M.B.A.
Finance
Northeastern University
William L. Trippe, M.A.
Art
Xyvision, Inc
Helen A. Tsiganou, Ph.D.
Sociology! Anthropology
Northeastern University
Jane B. Tuckerman, M.F.A.
Art
Roger Tulin, Ph.D.
Sociology/ Anthropology
Bairy Controls
Janice K. Tulloss, M.A.
Political Science
Northeastern University
Paul L. Tumolo, M.B.A.
Industrial Management
Waters Assoc.
Laurie R. Tunick, M.S.
Accounting
Self-employed
Laurie Ann Tunnera, A.S.
Radblogic Technology
Brigham & Women's Hospital
Gayle J. Turner, M.B. A.
Human Resources Management
New England Business Services
David W. Tutein, M.A.*
English
Northejistem University
Theresa H. Twombly, M.A.*
Sociology/An thropology
John K. Tyson, B.A.
Music
Robert Ulhich, M.S.
Biology
Self-employed
Dale M. Urie, Ph.D.
History
Northeastern University
Philip A. Vaccaro, Ph.D.*
Management Sciences
Salem State College
Donat A. Valcourt B.S.*
Information Systems
Fallon Clinic
Jean A. Valentine, B.S.
Management
Self-employed
Thomas S. Valovic, M.A.
Technical Communications
Telecommunications Magazine
Debora J. Van Der Molen, B A.
Ari
Marion M. Van Nostrand, M.L.S.
Alternative Freshman/English
Daniel R. Vardaro, B.S.
Art
Southeastern Regional School
District
Harvey Vetstein, Ed.D.*
English
Northeastern University
Bette A. Viano, M.B.A.
Human Resources Management
P B Diagnostics
William C. Vitello, M.B.A.
Accounting
TRWhic
Philip M. Vitti, MA.*
Policing
Boston Police Department
Randy Vogenberg, M.Ed.
Nursing
Integrated Health Markets
302 Faculty
Paula M. Voslmrgh, Ed.D.»
Health Science
Northeastern University
Dorothy G. Wagg, J.D.
Health Management
Massachusetts Hospital
Association, Inc.
Diane V.Wald,M.F.A.
English
Northeastern University
Nina Walker, M.A.
English
Nancy R. Walla, M.Ed.
American Sign Language
H. Mann School for the Deaf
Denise V. Wallace, M.S.
Criminology Research
Ann L. Walsh, J.D.»
Health Management
Self-employed
David A. Walsh, M.Ed.»
Mathematics
Westwood High School
Martin S. Walsh, M.A.*
History
Huntington Consultant Group
William F. Walsh, M.Ed.
Marketing
Bill Walsh Associates
LJhua Wang, M.A.
Sociology/An thropology
Northeastern University
Lois D. Wasserman, Ph.D.*
History
Braintree Library
Robert W. Wauhkonen, M.A.»
English
Art Institute of Boston
Sheila P. Waxman, D.F.A.
Music
Massachusetts Institute of
Technology
Robert C. Webb, Ph.D.*
Psychology
Suffolk University
Robert L. Webb, M.Ed.*
Human Resources Management
Boston Gas Company
Richard A. Weber, B.S.
Biology
Northeastern University
David Webster, J.D.
Real Estate
A.D. Webster, Attorney at Law
Richard S.Wein,M.A.»
Sociology/An thrcrpology
Winthrop IHibUc Schools
Susan I. Weiner, M.S.
Accounting
Bolt Beranek & Newman
Sara C Weintiaub, Ph.D.*
Speech Communication
Bentley College
Craig W. Weiss, B.A.
Art
Northeastern University
Daniel A. Welch, M.S.*
Criminal Justice
Boston University
Janice Welch, M.B.A.
Human Resources Management
Self-employed
Jonathan B. Welch, Ph.D.*
Finance
Northeastern University
Martha P. Welch, Ed.D.
Human Resources Management
Northeastern University
Charles H. Wellens, M.BA.
Accounting
Fitchburg State College
Jennifer J. Wells, M.A.
Therapeutic Recreation
Northejistem University
Timothy R. Wells, M.B.A.
Management Sciences
Wells & Co., Inc
Patricia L. Wenners, M.S.
Mathematics
North Shore Community College
Edward Wertheim, Ph.D.
Human Resources Management
Northeastern University
Harry WesseL Ph.D.
Political Science
Merrimack College
Barry J. West, M.A.
Technical Communications
Techwrite Documentation Co.
Christine I. Wetzel, J.D.
Business Law
Kirsten R. Wever, Ph.D.
Human Resources Management
Northeastern University
Robert E. Wheeler, M.B.A.
Information Systems
Butterworth Publishers
Patricia Whelan, M.S.
Therapeutic Recreation
Work/Family/Directions Inc.
Charles W. White, Ph.D.*
English
Southeastern Massachusetts
Uiuversity
Dennis M. White, M.B.A.
Accounting
Picturetel Corp.
Eric M. White, M.A.
AH
Laura B. White, B.A.
Journalism
Paul F. White, M.A.*
Sociology I Anthropology
Quincy Junior College
Sheila F. White, M.A.*
Alternative Freshman/History
Northeastern University
Joanna Whoolery, M.A.*
Alternative Freshman/Language
Skills
Martin D. Wiener, M.B.A.*
Management
Seairity Lock Distributors
MarilyneJ.WUd,M.A.
English
John Han cockMutualLifelnsurance
Claudyne D. Wilder, M.A.
Speech Communication
Self-employed
Carol Williams, Ph.D.
Nursing
Northeastern University
Christina Williams, M.B.A.
Accounting
Digital Equipment Corp.
Kerry Williams, C.P.A.
Accounting
Gillette Company
Linda P. Williams, Ph.D.
Alternative Freshman/English
Nancy B. Williams, B.A.
Technical Communications
Nancy Williamson, M.Ed.
English
Frederick F. Willshire, M.S.
Information Systems
Pansophic Systems
Alexander B. Wilson, M.A.*
Alternative Freshman/History
Self-employed
George R. Wilson, D.B.A.*
Alternative Freshman/Management/
History
Hayman Investments
James X. Wibon, C.A.G.S.
Marketing
The Boston Company
Richard L. Wilson, M.Ed.*
PhUosophy/Religion
Northeastern University
Susan Wilson, J.D.
Health Management
Self-employed
Barbara Winchell, M.S.
Nursing
Cambridge VNA
Cathy Winkler, Ph.D.
Sociology I Anthropology
Northeastern University
AlvinG.Wint,M.B.A.
Management
Northeastern University
Gail S. Wintersteiner, Ph.D.*
PhUosophy/Religion
Brian Wiseman, J.D.
Law
B. Wiseman, Attorney at Law
Fred Wiseman, Ph.D.
Marketing
Northeastern Uiuversity
Faculty 303
Donald E. Witkosld, M.S.*
Hotel and Restaurant Management
Cape Cod Community College
Joseph K. Witmer, J.D.
Political Science
Edward H. Witten, Ph.D.*
AltematiTx Freshman/Chemistiy
Northeastern University
Peter T. Woloschuk, M.A.
Journalism
Lafayette Hotel
Mark S. Woodhams, M.A.
Journalism
Northeastern University
Michael L. Woodnick, M.S.*
Speech Communication
Northeastern University
Pauline G. Woodward, M.A.
English
Endicott College
Arnold A. Wright, Ph.D.*
Accounting
Northeastern University
Steven H. Wright, Esq., J.D.
Red Estate
MBTA
Sharon A. Wulf, Ph.D.*
Management
Digital Eqmpment Corp.
The Data Group Company
Elizabeth J. Wyka, M.A.
Alternative Freshman/History
Northeastern University
Francis S. Wyman, M.Phil.
History
Susan E. Yates, M.A.
English
Northeastern University
Dagne Yesihak, M.S.
Security
Hyatt Regency
Mustafa R. Yibnaz, Ph.D.
Management Sciences
Northeastern University
Robert T. Yosca, M.S.
Management Sciences
Digital Equipment Corp.
William B. Young, M.B.A.
Information Systems
Michael Zack, D.B.A.
Management Sciences
Northeastern University
Harold S. Zamansky, Ph.D.*
Psychology
Northeastern Uruversity
Paul J. ZambeUa, M.A.*
Policing
Department of PubUc Safety
Dorothy M. Zanni, M.S.
Information Systems
DBMS Systems
Walter P. Zanor,B.S.*
Mathematics
Everett High School
Alan J. Zaremba, Ph.D.
Speech Communication
Northeastern University
Stuart J. Zemeri, M.B.A.
Purchasing
Varian Associates, Inc.
Stephen S. Ziedman, J.D.
Real Estate
Keches & Mallen PC
John L. Zimka, Ph.D.*
Accounting
Boston College
Barbara A. Zlotnick, M.B.A.
Alternative Freshman/History
Gregory B. T. Zuch, M.A.
Alternative FreshmanjEnglish
Northeastern University
304 Faculty
University Coiitgt
administrative Officers
John W. Jordan, B.S., M.Ed.
Dean, University College
Nancy Bandoian
Assistant to the Director, Liberal Arts
Neff Casaburri, B.A., M.Ed.
Associate Director, Academic and
Student Affairs
Nancy S. DeFilippis, B.A.
Assistant Director, Paramedic Programs
Rose A. Doherty, B.A., M.A.
Assistant Director, Business
Administration Programs
Mark W. Erickson, B.A., M.Ed.
Assistant Director, Academic and
Student Affairs
Carol L. Fulton, B.A., B.S.
Assistant Director, Academic and
Student Affairs
Lisa C. Gruccio, A.S.
Administrative Coordinator, Academic
and Student Affairs
Kathleen H. Hayes, A.B., Ed.M.
Director, Adult and Special Programs,
Office of Career Development and
Placement
David R. Kane, B.S.
Registrar, Graduate Schools and
Part-time Programs
Mary Kiley, B.S.
Administrative Assistant,
Administration
Jerry D. King, B.S.
EMT Coordinator, Paramedic Programs
Valerie A. Lamb, R.T.R., B.S.
Assistant Director, Radiologic
Technology Program
Lana B. Melnik, B.S., M.J.
Assistant Director, Academic and
Student Affairs
Carolyn M. Montalto, B.A.
Manager, Advertising and Creative
Services
William J. Pumell, m, B.S.B.A.
Associate Registrar, Graduate Schools
and Part-Time Programs
Kevin J. Powers, R.T.R., M.P.A.
Director, Radiologic Technology
Program
David M. Rayne
Director, Paramedic Programs
Lizbeth C. Roper, B.A., M.B.A.
Facilities Coordinator, Liberty Square
Campus
Andria Savery, R.N.
Clinical Coordinator, Paramedic
Programs
Kenneth C. Solano, A.B., M.Ed.
Associate Dean
Edward L. Sousa, B.S., M.Ed.
Director, Administrative Services
Janet M. Spellman, R.N., B.S.N., M.S.
Coordinator, Paramedic Programs
Judith Stoessel, A.B., M.A.
Assistant Dean, Director, Academic and
Student Affairs
Ralph T. Vemile, Jr., B.S.
Associate Dean, Administration
Paula M. Vosburgh, B.S., M.S., Ed.D.
Assistant Dean, Director, Health
Professions and Sciences Programs
Acting Director, Criminal Justice and
Security Programs
Diane Wald, B.A., M.F.A.
Director, Liberal Arts Programs
Martha P. Welch, B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.
Assistant Dean, Director, Business
Administration Programs
Jennifer J. Wells, B.A., M.S.
Assistant to Manager, AFY Program
Mariljm S. Wiener, A.B., M.A.
Associate Dean of Academic Programs
Richard L. Wilson, B.A., B.S., M.Div.,
Ed.M.
Program Manager, Alternative
Preshman-Year Program
Catherine D. Zeigler, B.A.
Assistant Director, Academic and
Student Affairs
305
University CoCCege CommitUcs
Executive Committee
John W. Jordan, Chair
Kenneth C. Solano
Judith Stoessel
Ralph T-VemOe, Jr.
Paula M. Vosburgh
Diane Wald
Martha P. Welch
Marilyn S. Wiener
Committee on Academic Standing
Mark W. Erickson, Chair
Nancy R. Bandoian
Neff Casaburri
Rose A. Ctoherty
Valerie A. Lamb
Business Administration Curriculum
Cormnittee
Martha P. Welch, Chair
Stephen F. Armstrong
Brendan Bannister
Dan T. Dunn, Jr.
W. Arthur Gagne
Victor B. Godin
Paul A. Janell
Daniel McCeirthy
Robert A. Parsons
Joseph V. Stanford
Jonathan B. Welch
Two Student Representatives
John W. Jordan, Ex Officio
Criminal Justice and Security Programs
Committee
John W. Jordan, Co-Chair
James A. Fox, Co-Chair
Harvey Burstein
Edith E. Flynn
George L. Kelling
Frank A. Schubert
Health Professions Curriculum Committee
Paula M. Vosburgh, Chair
Barbara E. Martin
Joseph W. McNabb
Nancy W. Warner
, Two Student Representatives
Two Faculty Representatives
John W. Jordan, Ex Officio
Liberal Arts Curriculum Committee
Diane Wald, Chair
Nancy Becker
L. Gerald Bursey
Neil F. Duane
Christine W. Gailey
Larue W. Gilleland
Joshua R. Jacobson
Charles Karis
Marvin X. Lesser
Holbrook C. Robinson
Raymond H. Robinson
Peter Serenyi
Susan Setta
Michael Woodnick
Two Student Representatives
Two Part-Time Faculty Representatives
John W. Jordan, Ex Officio
Library Advisory Committee
Diane Wald, Chair
Marvin X. Lesser
John W. Jordan, Ex Officio
Science Programs Curriculum Committee
Paula M. Vosburgh, Chair
Francis X. Finigan
Malcolm D. Hill
Philip W. Lequesne
Fred A. Rosenberg
One Student Representative
One Part-Time Faculty Representative
John W. Jordan, Ex Officio
Board of Inquiry
Ralph T.Vemile, Chair
Marilyn S. Wiener
Two Faculty Representatives
One Student Representative
Advisor for Judicial Matters
Kenneth C. Solano
306 University College Administrative Officers
University Qavemirig ^Boards cmcCOffkers
Officers of the
Corporation 1992-1993
George J. Matthews
Chairman
Neal F. Rnnegan
Vice Chairman
George S. Kariotis
Vice Chairman
Bernard Solomon
Vice Chairman
H. Patricia Taylor
Vice Chairman
Vincent J. Lembo
Secretary
Deanna P. Jantzen
Assistant Secretary
Joseph D. Murphy
Assistant Secretary
Byron K. Elliott
Lifetime Chairman Emeritus
Robert H.WilUs
Chairman Emeritus
WUUam F.Allen, Jr.
Vice Chairman Emeritus
Thomas E. Cargill, Jr.
Vice Chairman Emeritus
William R. Driver, Jr.
Vice Chairman Emeritus
Frank L. Farwell
Vice Chairman Emeritus
John Lowell
Vice Chairman Emeritus
Charlotte B. Smith
Vice Chairman Emerita
D. Thomas Trigg
Vice Chairman Emeritus
Board Of Trustees
Vincent Barletta
George D. Behrakis
Frederick L. Brown
Louis W. Cabot
Helene R. Cahners-Kaplan
Richard P. Chapman, Jr.
Gary L. Countryman
Michael J. Cronin
Ruth S. Felton
Neal F. Rnnegan
James S. Hekimian
Ernest Henderson III
Joseph E. Heney
Federic T. Hersey
Arnold S. Hiatt
Carl R. Hurtig
Philip Johnston
George S. Kariotis
Donald J. Kramer
Harvey C. Krentzman
Kenneth A. Loftman
Diane H. Lupean
Robert C. Marini
George J. Matthews
Katherine S. McHugh
Kathryn MacKinnon Nicholson
Richard C. Ockerbloom
Peter F. ^Connell
Edward O. Owens
Dermis J. Picard
William J. Pruyn
Kenneth G. Ryder
Bernard Solomon
Stephen J. Sweeney
H. Patricia Taylor
W. Nicholas Thomdike
Alan D. Tobin
Carole J. Uhrich
Martin F. Walsh
James L. Waters
Catherine A. White
Robert H. WilUs
Lucille R. Zanghi
Charles A. Zraket
Ex Officio
John A. Curry
Urmersity President
Lifetime Trustees Emeriti
WilUamR Allen, Jr.
Diana J. Auger
Lincoln C. Bateson
Roy H. Beaton
F. Gregg Bemis
Thomas E. Cargill, Jr.
William R. Driver, Jr.
WUUam Elfers
Byron K. ElUott
Frank L. FarweU
Lloyd S.GUdden, Jr.
Donald B. Guy
AUan M. Hale
Robert L. Johnson
Frances C. Kenerson
John Lowell
Lawrence H. Martin
Francis J. Quirico
Charlotte B. Smith
Donald W. Smith
George A. SneU
D. Thomas Trigg
ChapUn Tyler
Alvin C. Zises
Honorary Trustees
James V. Fetchero
Thomas L. PhUUps
Board of Overseers
Kenneth W. BaUou
Scott M. Black
Stuart MarshaU Bloch
Richard L. Bready
Frederick Brodsiy
WUUam L. Brown
MUton L. Call
PhUip M. Chrusz
Robert A. Clayson
Carol L. Cone
T. Paul ConnoUy
S. James Coppersmith
WUUam J. Cotter
James A. Daley
Harry T. Daniels
Carl E. Dantas
Melanie C. Dean
Richard J. Egan
Joseph D. Feaster, Jr.
Albert S. Frager
Arnold I. Friedman
Brenda J. Furlong
Judy George
Colby Hewitt, Jr.
John J. Hurley, Jr.
RobCTt F. Johnson
PaulG.Keough
C. Joseph LaBonte
Andre A. Laus
Joseph C. Lawler, III
Chan K. Lin
K. Prescott Low
Alan S. McKim
John A. McNeice, Jr.
Jasper W. Morgan, Jr.
HenryJ. NaseUa
Arthur A. Pappas
R. Robert Popeo
George Putnam
Kathleen M. Rice
Ronald L. Rossetti
Thomas R Skelly
Janet M. Smith
John R Smith
Peter V.Sorgi
University Governing Boards and Officers 307
Galen L. Stone
Edward L. Wax
John T. Williams
Ex Officio
Wendy Breen Kline
President, Alumni Association
John F. Prendiville, Chairman
The National Coimcil
Other Members of the
Corporation
Julius Abrams
Ernest P. Anastos
JacqueUne D. Arthur
Yousef A. As'ad
Robert J. Awkward
George R. Baldwin
Louis H. Barnett
Charles L. Bates
Ruth M. Batson
Alan D. BeU
Alfred M. Bertocchi
Samuel Bod man
S. Whitney Bradley
Robert A. Brooks
John E. Buckley
Wayne A. Budd
Frederick J. Bumpus
Richard L. Burke
John L. Burns
Ron Burton
Victor C. Bynoe
Robert M. Cahners
Peter B. Cameron
James F. Carlin
Willieim P. Casey
Lawrence G. Cetrulo
George W. ChamUlard
George C. Chryssis
Livingstone N. Coakley
Bruce C. Coles
Abram T. Collier
Walter J. Connolly, Jr.
Dorothy G. Cooley
JamesJ.Costello
Edwctrd Creiger
H. James Crossan, Jr.
John J. CuUinane
James C. Curvey
J. H. Dow Davis
Douglas G. DeVivo
Wniiam O. DiPietro
Alfred di Scipio
Estelle Dockser
Theodore S. D'Orlando
Sarcih T. Dowling
William J. Downey
David F. Doyle
C. Gerard Drucker
WUlicim S. Edgerly
Sanford R. Edlein
Thomas A. Farrington
Robert R. Feier
Mark S. Ferber
Robert P. Ferris
Louise M. Firth
W. Kevin Fitzgerald
Frieda Garcia
Murray J. Gart
Stratton J. Georgoulis
Albert Gerber
Charles K. Gifford
Paul W. Glennon
Robert H. Goodale
Rosalind E. Gorin
Joseph A. Grady
Corinne P. Grande
John L. Grandin
Calvin M. Grimes, Jr.
Michael E. Haynes
William HeUman
Edward L. Hennessey
James S. Herbert
Richard D. Hill
D. Brainerd Holmes
Robert W. Holmes
Barry M. Horowitz
Hart well G. Howe
Ralph E. Hutchins
Edward C. Johnson, 3rd
Richard P. Johnson
Richard Kazmaier
Walter B.KeUey
James J. Kerasiotes
Fenton G. Keyes
Walter L Keyes
Calvin A. King
Thomas L. King
Myra H. Kraft
Frank W. Kulesza
Evelyn M. Lane
Dean T. Langford
Maurice Lazarus
John R. Leeman
Elma Lewis
Melvin Litvin
George M. Lovejoy
George A. MacConnell
Robert J. MacKinnon
Peter E. Madden
John T. Magnarelli
Donald P. Massa
M. Dorothy Massey
Henry F. McCance
Terence P. McDermott
Will McDonough
Dominic Meo, Jr.
Sydney Miller
Donald H. Moore
Donald S. Moscone
Lawrence C. Moulter
N. Laurence Nagle
Stanley C. Olsen
Lawrence A. CRouke
Ara Oztemel
Sophia H. Pappas
R. Yvonne Park
Lawrence T. Perera
Leo F. Peters
Edward E. Phillips
Jerome M. Powell
John F. PrendiviUe
W. Warren Ramirez
D. Paul lUch
Robert Riesman
Patrick A. Rivelli
Daniel J. Roberts
Ralph B. Rogers
. Ernest J. Sargeant
Sydney Shaftman
James L. Shanahan
O. Phillip Snowden
Jerry M. Socol
Lawrence Sorgi
Ray Stata
Milton Stern
David B. Stone
Garrett A. Sullivan
RobertJ. Tarr,Jr.
Jean C. Tempel
Lawrence L Templeman
Milton A. Thompson
John F. Toomey
Paul E. Tsongas
Wilson B. Tuffin
William J. Turner
William B. Tyler
Randel E. Vataha
SyYanoff
h
308 University Governing Boards and Officers
Administrative Organization
Officers of the University
John A. Cuny, A.B., Ed.M.,
Ed.D.
President
Michael A. Baer, B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D.
Provost and Senior Vice President
for Academic Affairs
Robert L. Culver, B.A., M.A.,
M.P.A.
Senior Vice President/Treasurer
John A. Martin, B.S., M.B.A.
Vice President for Business
John D. CBryant, B.S., M.Ed.
Vice President for Student Affairs
Eugene M. Reppucci, Jr., B.S.,
M.Ed.
Senior Vice President for
Development
Kenneth G. Ryder, A.B., M.A.,
L.H.D., D.Sc.Ed., Litt.D. (hon)
Chancellor
Jane L. Scarborough, B.A.,
M.A.,Ph.D.,J.D.
Vice President for Cooperative
Education
Royal K. Toebes, B.S., M.B.A.
Vice President for Development
and Alumni Relations
Academic Deans, Directors of
Schools, and General
Administrative Officers
Alan R Benenfeld, B.Met.E.,
M.L.S., M.S.
Dean and Director of University
Libraries
David P. Boyd, B.A., Ph.D.
Dean of the College of Business
Administration
Mary Breslauer, B.A.
Director of Communications
Cynthia A. Brown, B.S., M.A.,
Ph.D.
Dean of the College of
Computer Science
Charles W. Coffin, A.B., M.A.
Director of University Relations
Irwin M. Cohen, B.S., M.S.
Director of Athletics
Martin J. Damian, B.S.
Bursar
Jean C. Eddy, B.S., M.S.
Dean of Financial Aid
Larry A. Rnkelstein, B.S., M.S.,
Ph.D.
Associate Dean and Director of
Graduate Studies of the College
of Computer Science
James A. Fox, B.A., M.A., M.A.,
Ph.D.
Interim Dean of College of
Criminal Justice and Director of
the Graduate Program in
Criminal Justice
David R. Freeman, B.Mgt.E.,
M.S., Ph.D.
Associate Dean of Engineering and
Director of the Graduate School
of Engineering
William A. Frohlich, B.A.
Dean and Director of University
Press
Daniel J. Givelber, A.B., LL.B.
Dean of the School of Law
Hiraiberto F. Goncalves, B.S.
Interim Dean of Admissions
James J. Gozzo, B.S., Ph.D.
Dean of the Bouve College of
Pharmacy and Health Sciences
D.Joseph Griffin, B.S., M.P.A.
Director of Public Safety
Daryl A. Hellman, B.S., Ph.D.
Executive Vice Provost
Thomas E. Hulbert, B.Mgt.E.,
M.S.
Director of the School of
Engineering Technology and
Associate Dean of Engineering
Ellen S. Jackson, B.A., Ed.M.,
C.A.G.S., D.H., D.H.L. (hon)
Dean and Director of Affirmative
Action
John W.Jordan, B.S., M.Ed.
Dean of University College
Thomas J. Keady, Jr., B.A.
Director of Government Relations
and Community Affairs
WilUam I. Kelly, B.S., M.S.
Director of the Graduate School of
Professional Accounting
Paul H. King, B.S., M.S., Ph.D.
Dean of the College of Engineering
William E. Kneeland, Jr., B.S.,
C.P.A.
Comptroller
Andrea Leskes, B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D.
Vice Provost for
Undergraduate Education
Philip Le Quesne, B.S., M.S.,
Ph.D.
Interim Provost for Research and
Graduate Education
Robert P. Lowndes, B.S.,
M.B.A., Ph.D.
Dean of the College of Arts and
Sciences
Edmund J. Mullen, B.A., M.Ed.
University Registrar
Ena Vazquez-Nuttall, B.A.,
M.A., Ed.D.
Associate Dean and Director of the
Bouve Graduate School of
Pharmacy and Health Sciences
Kay D. Onan, B.A., Ph.D.
Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs
and Director of the Graduate
School of the College of Aris and
Sciences
Katherine N. Pendergast, B.A.,
M.Ed.
Dean and Director of Human
Resources Management
Karen T. Rigg, A.B., M. A.,
Ed.D.
Dean of Students
David Scarbeau, B.S., M.S.
Interim Director of Health Services
Phyllis M. Schaen, B.S., M.Ed.,
Ed.D.
Dean of Administration and
Director of Operations
Carole A. Shea, R.N., B.S., M.S.,
Ph.D.
Interim Director of the Graduate
School of the College of Nursing
Peter A. Stace, B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D.
Vice Provost for Enrollment
Management
Robert E. Vozzella B.A., M.A.,
D.Ed.
Interim Dean at the
Department of Cooperative
Education
Joseph Zolner, B.S., M.P.P.M.
Director of the Graduate School of
the College of Business
Administration
Eileen H. Zungolo, R.N., B.S.,
M.Ed., Ed.D.
Dean of the College of Nursing
University Governing Boards and Officers 309
General University
Committees
Joint Advisoiy Council,
1992-93
John A. Curry
Chairman
Michael A. Baer
Vice Chairman
Alan R. Benenfeld
David P. Boyd
Cynthia A. Brown
Charles W. Coffin
Robert L. Culver
James A. Fox
Daniel J. Givelber
James J. Gozzo
Daryl A. Hellman
Ellen S. Jackson
John W. Jordan, Jr.
Thomas J. Keady, Jr.
Paul H. King
Vincent Lembo
Andrea Leskes
Philip Le Quesne
Robert P. Lowndes
John A. Martin
John D. CBryant
Katharine N. Pendergast
Eugene M. Repucci, Jr.
Jane Scarborough
Phyllis M. Schaen
Peter Stace
Ruthann Stiles
Royal K. Toebes
Robert Vozzella
Eileen H. Zungolo
Faculty Senate, 1992-93
Michael A. Baer
Alan R. Benenfeld
Cynthia A. Brown
David Boyd
Maria-Cecilia Carrera
Margery M. Chisholm
Richard A. Daynard
Stuart Deutsch
Jean Eddy
Charles H. Ellis
H. Jane Fried
James Gozzo
Robert Hall
Daryl A. Hellman
Gerald H. Herman
John W. Jordan
Alain S. Karma
Kevin P. Keams
William Kirtz
Mary Loeffelhblz
Robert P. Lowndes
Bertram J. Malenka
Sharon M. McKinnon
Stephen W. McKnight
Joseph Meier
Steven A. Morrison
Richard J. Murphy
Suzanne Ogden
Stuart S. Peterfreund
Harlan Piatt
Richard Rasala
Gustav Schachter
Edward Schroder
Frank J. Schubert
Thomas O. Sherman
Lynn Stephen
Gerard Voland
Robert Vozzella
Edward G. Wertheim
Ronald Willey
310 University Governing Boards and Officers
rjj Northeastern University
Massachusetts .
Academic and Service Buildings
Key
African-Amerjcon Inslilute (AF) ^^1
8orleltnNaloloriuro(eNI ^^
Bailer Plont El
Cobol Physical Edocalion Building ItBI ITY: Rm 1 10
Cahners Hall ICAITTY:Rm 151 MB
CargillHolllCGI WM
Churchill HolllCH) KB
Calumbus Place EM
(716 Calnmhus Avenue! ICP) ^g
Calling Schaal IQI ^B
CullinnneHalllCNI El
CushingHalllCUl El
Dana Research CenlerlDAI ^S
DaclcserHalllDKITTT :Rml07
Dodge Building (DB) KEJ
Ell Sludeal Building lAuditorium I lEl) TTY:Rnis04,ll)4 d
Ell Sludenl Center ISludenI Laungel lECI TTT: Rm 255 B
Forsyth Building IFRI TTY; Rms 100, 135 Kl
Forsyth Building Annex (FA) El
Forsyth Dental Building IFEI Kg
Hoyden Hall (HAI HY: Rms 120, 202 EI
Hillel'FrogerlHFI Mil
Holmes Hall (HOI TTY: Rm 276 ESI
236 Hunlinglon Avenue (HU| Bia
316 Huntington Avenue
(NorlheosternottheVMCAKBVI
Huntington Plaza
(271 Huntington Avenue) (HN)
HurtigHolKHT)
Korlolis Hall (KAI
Kerr Hull (FocoltyCenlerllKHI
Knowles Center (KN)
Loke Hall (LAI TTY. Rm 203
MotthewsAreno(MAI
Motthews Arena Annex (MX)
deserve HolKMEl TTY: Rm 305
Mugur Life Science Building
(Peobody Health Professions Center) (MU)
Nightingale Hall (Nl) TTY: Rm 125
Parker Building (PA)
RichardsHoll(RIITTY:Rmsl50, 254
Robinson Hall (RBI
Ryder Holl (RY) TTY: Rms 170, IBO, 251, 270
Snell Engineering Center (SHI TTY: Rm 120
SnellLibrorylSLI TTY: Reference Desk
122 Si Stephen Street (SS)
Sleurns Center (ST) TTY: Rm 302
26 Tavern Rood (TA)
Academic, residenliol,
ond service buildings
Hondicop porking
Forking oreos
Street direction
Underground tunnel
Emergency telephone
TTY locations
See alphabetic list orbuildings
Tor TTT locations.
Maps are provided by the Information Center, 115
Richards Hall, extension 2736 CITY extension 3768).
Some buildings on this map are used but not owned
by Northeastern University. &91
Residence Buildings
BursleinHoll
Kennedy Hall
l42-14BHemenirayStnrel
1 53/1 S7-1 63 Hemenvray Street
316 Huntington Avenue
(HortheosternaltheYMCA)
319 Huntington Avenue
337 Huntington Avenue
407 Huntington Avenue
Kerr Hull
Light Hall
Ka MelvinKoH
K3 Rubenstein Hall
CO Smith Hull
El SpeoreHoll
Kg Stetson East TTY (public)
WSM Stetson West
El 1 06/1 1 0/1 16/1 22 SI. Stephen Street
El Willis Holl
Sa While Holl
d 400 The Fenway
311
Boston Downtown Campus
5 Liberty Square
(Corner of Kilby and
Water Streets)
Take MBTA to State Street.
Exit at Old State House. Walk
down State St., cross Congress
to Kilby St. Make right at
Stocks and Bonds Restaurant
onto Kilby St. Go to corner of
Water and Kilby Streets (next
to Super Salad).
H
f
N
\
, ; '
\
CITY HALL PLAZA
\
^^L
A
FANEUIUHALL ^^-^
-"^^^
^\
n
^^"v^
DOWNTOWN \
(J)
...i^''^'^® Boston VLi
BOSTON /
)
A Campus,.,^YA
/
/
t^
^S /m
^
®y
V^^
•
0. / ^
i
^^^
r
/"T^^^^^^""""^--^
//
I ^-^^^^
u
II
II
/ t SOUTH STATION ^
1
II
Burlington Campus
South Bedford Road
Burlington Higli School
123 Cambridge Street
Burlington Campus
From 128 North or South, take
Exit 33A and follow to South
Bedford Street. Take right at
lights and go 3/lOths mile to
university entrance on your
left.
Burlington High School
From Rte. 128 South to exit
33B (Rte. 3A). Take right at
end of exit ramp. Approx. 1 /4
mile to Football Stadium on
left. Take left at lights.
From Rte. 128 North to Exit
33B (Rte. 3A). At end of exit
follow approx. 1 /4 mile to
Football Stadium on left and
second set of lights. Take left
at lights.
312 Maps
Chelmsford High School
200 Richardson Road
From Rte. 3 North. Take Exit
32, Drum Hill Rotary. Make
the 4th right onto Old
West ford Road. Take 1st right
onto Graniteville Road.
Chelmsford High School is
approximately 1/2 mile on
your right. Go past high
school and take first right onto
Richardson Rd. Entrance to
parking lot is next to
Harrington School.
From Route 3 South. Take
Exit 32, take first right. Old
Westford Road, then same as
above.
CAL X
LAUGHTON }
FLORIST /
X
A
/
LOWELL
Chelmsford ^S-^^
^iHlgh / 1
■ School>^ I
1 €^s JFihigh\
^< SCHOOL X
V
/
vl-i
^,^,**^^
/
CHELMSFORD
\
/
\
^ ^
Dedham Campus
370 Common Street
From Rte. 128 South, take Rte.
135 Exit. Turn right at end of
ramp and follow Common St.
to campus on the right.
From Rte. 128 North, take
Route 135 exit. Turn left at
end of ramp and follow
Common St. to campus.
\
NEEDHAW
A-
----'
.-.-—
^
-^
•"^
*»**
T
CHARLES RIVER
f
NeeoHAM \
GOLF CLUB
\
1
\ yj'
^
^'"''^■-xj^i^^
Xy
\i
f Nffedham SI ^
^■''^S^ CHARLES RIVER
\/
/
\
1
/
EXIT
9
1
Dedham \
\
V r
f /
/
1
Campus
V,
MOriEV
PONO
j 1
A
POLO
DEDHAM
f
J /
/
FIELD
l
\
I WELD
X^ POND
^^EXIT 16A^^^
JTobJ
/
-
WESTWOOD
A
r
\
A
Maps 313
Framingham High School
A Street
From Mass Pike going West,
take Rte. 30 exit. Bear right
after toll booth and take Rte.
30 West to Rte. 126 (Concord
St.). Take right onto Rte. 126.
Go under Mass. Pike to A
Street (left at fork). High
School on left.
Marlboro High School
Bolton Street
From Rte. 495 North to Exit
25, Rte. 290 Ext. Take exit and
follow Rte. 290 Ext. to Rte. 85.
Take right on Rte. 85 (Bolton
St.) to Navin Skating Rink.
Make first left after rink. High
School is on left.
314 Maps
Marshfield High School
Forest Street
From Route 3, going North or
South, take exit 12 and follow
School St. to Forest St. Take a
right onto Forest St. and the
high school is located on the
right just before you reach
Furnace St.
Milford High School
31 West Fountain Street
1. From Mass Pike and Rte. 9
to 495 South, Exit 20 to Cedar
St. to Dilla St. to Purchase St.
to Fountain St. to West
Fountain St. to Milford High
School.
2. From Rte. 140 past Milford
Hospital. Go 1 mile; pass
Shaw's Supermarket and Hills
Shopping Plaza. Take right at
island and proceed across
West St. to Highland St., 3/4
mile to overhead blinking
light. Take right onto West
Fountain St. to High School.
3. From Rte. 109 to intersec-
tion with Rte. 16. Proceed
through Milford (approx. 3
miles to Milford Hospital and
Rte. 140). Take right at
Milford Hospital and proceed
as in step #2.
Maps 315
Stoneham High School
Franklin Street
From Rte. 128. Take Rt. 28
South, Stoneham Exit at 6th
light, Stoneham Square. Take
left onto Franklin St. High
School is about 8/10 of a mile
on the right.
From Rt. 93 North. Take Rte.
28 Stoneham /Melrose Exit. At
3rd light, Stoneham Square,
take right onto Franklin St.
High School is about 8/10 of a
mile on right.
-i^i^
^x^
STONEHAM jj
■
V;2SS^
\
'^^k /s^"S..ee, \^ 1
V 1 t\^
^^^ Vi »ta / stoneham High School
nT^V.
WestwGod High School
200 Nahatan Street
From Rte. 128 North take Rte.
109 Exit. Go west after exit on
Rte. 109 to Nahatan St. on left.
Take Nahatan St. to high
school on left.
From Rte. 128 South take Rte.
109 Exit. Follow above
directions on Rte. 109.
\ ^V. jfj^"'^ ^68
y
DEDHAM
/
\
\
k
ll WESTWOOD
N
^
V
/ TOWN
1 HALL
y^
T
^J[eX(T 16
/ LIBRARY
J
\/^
/^''^^'****^^ V
/
1
>
An
BAKER
RECnEATlO^
AREA
/ JR. HIGH 5
JL SCHOOL .., ^ ^ 2
/XL Westwood a
r ^^^ ^Igh School 1
1/
/
I
1
BUCKMASTEn I ^^
POND 1^^
f/
/
•^
_
y^' \ NORWOOD
^ \
f/
'/'
Pond Si
\ J
V
/
'
316 Maps
Weymouth Junior High School
360 Pleasant Street
From Rte. 3 Heading North.
Take exit 16. At top of ramp
take a left. Go up hill and
continue through traffic lights.
At next set of lights, turn left.
Turn left again at next set of
lights. South Junior High
School is the second school
you will see on your left.
From Rte. 3 Heading South.
Take exit 16B. Proceed
through traffic lights at top of
hill. Take a left at next set of
traffic lights. At next set of
traffic lights turn left. South
Junior High School is the
second school on your left.
From Rte. 18 Heading North.
Continue past Pleasant Shops
and South Shore Hospital
(both on your right). Take a
right at the first set of traffic
lights after the South Shore
Hospital. At next set of traffic
lights turn left. South Junior
High School is the second
school you will see on your
left.
Maps 317
In(Ce?c
A
Absence, 15
Academic advising, 8
Academic and Student Affairs,
Office of, 8, 37
Academic calendar, 3-5
Academic Computing, 274
Academic counseling, 8-9
Academic and life skills
development workshops, 11
Academic integrity, 18
Academic monitoring, 18
Academic policies and
procedures, 14-31
Academic probation, 21
Academic programs: see Programs
of study
Academic Standing Committee,
18,306
Accounting
certificate program, 39
certificate, advanced, 58
courses, 150-151
degree programs, 70, 80
Graduate School of
Professional, 278
for hospitality industry, 205
program consultants, 62
Accreditation, 63, 120, 325
Acting courses, 174-175
certificate courses, 39
Address change, 15
Administrative officers, 305
Admissions
to degree program, 14
of international students, 16
open enrollment policy on, 14
Adolescent Care
concentration in Human
Development Services, 49
Advanced Tutorial, 23
Advertising
certificate program, 40
courses, 207-208
program consultant, 122
Advising, academic, 8
Africjin-American Studies
courses, 151-152
Allied health: see Health
Professions and Sciences
Alternative Freshman-Year
Program, 146-148
Alumni association, 271
American Sign Language (ASL)
certificate progreims, 40, 59
courses, 160-162
program consultant, 122
Anatomy courses, 162
Anthropology
courses, 249-250
degree programs,143-144
program consultants, 122
APICS, 60
Art
courses, 152-159
program consultants, 122
Arts and Sciences: see also
Liberal Arts
CoUegeof,276,278
degree program, 124
track, in Alternative
Freshman-Year Program, 148
ASL: see American Sign
Language (ASL)
Assessment of Prior Learning
(APL),27
Astronomy courses, 189
Athletic facilities, 271
Attendance
of classes, 15
at graduation, 33
Auditing
courses on, 151
policy for, 15
of seniors, 33
Awards, 270
B
Bachelor of Sciences in Business
Administration (BSBA) degree
program, 65
special requirements, 67
Biology
courses, 162-165
degree program in, 103-104
program consultant cind
coordinator, 100
Biotechnology
degree programs, 105-106
Board of Inquiry, 306
Boston Library Consortium, 274
Boston Main Campus
map of, 311
office hours, 12
registration at, 3-5
Botanical Research Station, 273
Bouv6 College of Pharmacy and
Health Sciences, 276-277
BSBA degree program, 65-69
Building Design and Construction
Program, 280
Burlington High School
map of, 312
office hours, 12
registration at, 3-5
Burlington Suburban Campus
map of, 312
office hours, 12
registration at, 3-5
Bursar's Office, 260
Business Administration: see also
Management
associate in science in, 71
bachelor of science in, 84
certificate program, 41
CoUegeof,276,278
Curriculum Committee, 306
degree programs, 64-89
master of, 278
program consultants, 62
reserved/ojjen sections, 67-69
track, in Alternative Freshman-
Year Program, 147
validation requirement for, 67
Business commimication,
certificate program in, 41
Business law
courses, 165-166
program consultant in, 62
c
Calendar, 3-5
Campuses,
facilities, 12
maps, 312-317
office hours, 12-13
registration at, 3-5
Cancellation, of covirses, 15
Cardiovascular health and
exercise course, 230
Career counseling and testing
service, 8-11
Career development course, 9
Career development and
placement, 9, 206-207
Career Expos, 10
Career Resource Center, 10
Career transition programs, 37
Center for family business, 279
318
Certification preparation, 38, 60-61 Cheating, 18
Certificate petition, 37
Certificate programs, 39-57
intermediate and advanced,
58-61
accounting, 39
accounting, advanced, 58
acting, 39
adolescent care, 49
advertising, 40
American Sign Language and
Deaf Studies, 40
American Sign Language-
English Interpreting, 59
business administration, 41
business commimication, 41
compensation and benefits
management, 42
computer graphic design, 42
computer programming and
systems analysis, 43
computer systems specialist, 44
education
elementary teaching, 45
secondary teaching, 46
electronic composition, 46
environmental science,
advanced, 58
environmental studies, 47
fincmce, 47
food service management, 48
gerontology, 49
graphic design and visual
communication, 48
health information
administration, 109
hotel and restaurant
management, 49
human development services,
49-50
hviman resources management,
50
infant/child care, 50
learning disability
concentration, 50
legal studies, 50
management, 51
marketing, 51
microcomputer software, 52
National Institute for the Food
Industry Certificate, 60
operations management, 52
phlebotomy, 61
public relations, 53
publishing, 53
purchasing and materials
management, 54
quality management, 54
real estate, 54
small business, 55
speech communication, 55
technical writing, 56
transportation and physical
distribution management, 56
within degree programs, 21
writing, 57
Chelmsford High School
map of, 313
office hours, 12
registration at, 3-5
Chemistry
courses, 166-167
program consultant and
coordinator, 100
Cinema courses, 154-155
Qasses
attendance at, 15
cancellation of, 15
size of, 7
CLEP examination, 32, 67
Clinical assignments, 101
Qubs, 271
Code of Shident Conduct, 18-19
College Level Examination
Program (CLEP), 32, 67
Commencement: see Graduation
Commencement Data Card, 33
Commimications: see a/so Writing
business, 42
for health care personnel, 193
speech, 254-256
technical, 256-258
visual, 48, 152-159
Community health management
courses, 192-194
specialization in. Ill
Compensation and benefits
management, certificate
program in, 42
Computer Graphic design
certificate, 43
Computer literacy course, 174
Computer programming and
systems analysis: see also
technical commimications
certificate program, 43
Computer Science, College of, 276,
278
Computer services, 274
Computer Systems Specialist
Program, 44
Computer-aided graphic design,
courses in, 42, 155
Conduct, Code of Student, 18-19
Conservation courses, 189
Consumer advocacy courses, 238
Contemporary studies seminar,
207
Continuing care administration
specialization. 111
Continuing Education, Division
of, 279
Cooperative Plan of Education,
272
Copyediting courses, 208, 257
Copying other students' work, 18
Corrections
consultants, 93
courses, 168-174
degree programs, 94-95
Counseling Center, 11
Counseling, Psychology
Rehabilitation and Special
Education course, 174
CoimseUng services, 8-11, 206-207
Courses
auditing of, 15
cancellation of, 15
change in required, 15
description of, 149-259
duplication, 31
field work, 23
intensive, 7, 261
maximum number of, 16
at other institutions, 26
overload of, 16
pass/fail, 17, 30
prerequisite, 17
registration for, 3-5, 14, 260
at remote locations, 280
rep>eating, 31
reserved and open sections of,
67-69
schedule of, 14
selection of, 14
sequential, 67
substitution of, 22
validation of, 25, 67
withdrawal from, 17, 29
CQE, 61
Creative process course, 206
Credential service, 10
Credit
for bachelor of science in
business administration, 25
for certificate programs, 37-38
by examination, 26, 32
for extra-institutional
learning, 28
for international students, 26
quarter-hour, 15
transfer, 25-28
Credit hours, 15
Criminal Justice and Security
certificate programs, 50
CoUegeof,93,276,278
consultants, 93
Index 319
courses, 168-174
programs in, 93-99
Programs Committee, 306
trade, in Alternative Freshman-
Year Program, 148
CTL,60
Cultural heritage seminar, 206
Cumulative quality-point
average, 30
Curricula: see Programs of study
Curriculum committees, 306
Dance facilities, 271
Data processing courses, 214-218
Dean's List, 22
Dedham Campus
map of, 313
office hours, 12
registration at, 3-5
Default Policy, 261
Deferred payment plan, 260
Degree programs, 62-145
for additional degree, 21
admission to, 20
in business administration,
62-89
certificates contained within, 21
in criminal justice and security,
93-99
in health professions and
sciences, 100-121
in liberal arts, 122-145
policies and procedures, 20-24
in technology, 90-92
transfer into, 25-28
Dental school admission
requirements, 101
Departmental examination, 16, 17
Design, graphic
certificate program, 43
courses, 152-159
degree programs, 129-130
program consultants, 122
Disability Resource Center, 11
Disciplinary action, 19
Downtown Boston Campus
map of, 312
office hours, 12
registration at, 3-5
Drama courses, 174-175
E
Earth Sciences
courses, 187-189
program consultant, 100
Ecology Courses, 163
Economics
courses, 174-179
degree programs, 125
progran\ consultants, 122
Editing courses, 208, 257
Education
certificate programs, 45, 46
courses, 179-180
Education track in Alternative
Freshman-Year Program, 148
Educational skills,
courses, 179-180
Educational-vocational
counseling, 8-11
Electronic publishing
composition certificate, 46
courses, 155
Demenlary Education,
certificate program, 45
Ell Student Center, 271
fee for, 262
Emergency medical technician,
EMT/basic program, 60
courses, 181
Emergency Qosing of University,
327
Employer, tuition
payment by, 261
Engineering
College of, 276, 278
State-of-the-Art Program, 279
Engineering Technology,
School of, 277
English
as a second language, 181
courses, 181-187
degree programs, 126, 127
placement tests, 17
program consultants, 122
Enrollment, 7, 14
Enviroimiental Studies
certificate, 47
cert, advanced, 58
Epidemiology courses, 221
Examinations
CLEP, 32, 67
course, 16
credit by, 32
departmental, 67
final, 16, 30
makeup, 30
modem language
proficiency, 27
PEP, 26, 32, 67
placement, 17
Test Prep Program for, 287
for vaUc^tion, 32
Executive Committee, 306
Exercise
course, 230
facilities, 271
Extra-institutional learning, 28
F
Facilities
map of, 311
Faculty, 281-304
Family Business, Center for, 279
Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act, 19, 326
Fees
Alternative Freshman- Year
Program, 147
auditing, 260
intensive coin^ses, 261
international transfer credit, 26
job notices, 10
laboratory, 262
late payment, 261
mandatory medical insurance,
262
missed final exanunation, 262
registration, 260
student center, 262
transcripts, 262
hiition, 260-262
Field work courses, 23
Film courses, 154-155
Final examinations
dates for, 3-5
missed, 30
policy for, 29-31
Finance
certificate programs, 47
courses, 190-192
degree program, 72, 82
program consultants, 62
Financial aid, 263-264
Financial Services Institute, 280
Fine arts
courses, 152-159
degree programs, 128
Food service management
certificate program, 48
certification, 60
courses, 204-206
program consultant, 62
Foreign languages
courses, 208-211
proficiency examinations, 27
program consultant, 122
Foreign students
English for, 181
320 Index
enrollment of, 16
speaking skills for, 254
transfer credit for, 26
Framingham High School
map of, 314
office hours, 12
registration at, 3-5
French courses, 208
Freshman- Year program.
Alternative, 146-148
Friday intensives, 7, 261
Gemology course, 187
Genetics courses, 163
Geology courses, 187-188
German courses, 208-209
Gerontology
concentration, 49
courses, 252
Grade Change Pohcy, 29
Grade reports, 29
Grade-point average, 30
Grading system, 29-31
Graduate schools
credential service for, 10
at Northeastern University,
272, 277-279
Graduation
attendance at, 33
Commencement Ceremony, 33
Commencement Data Card, 33
date of, 4
with honor, 32
policies and procedures for,
32-33
requirements for, 32
senior status and, 33
Grants, 263-264
Graphic design and visual
communication
certificate program, 48
courses, 152-159
degree programs, 129-130
program consultants, 122
H
Health Center, 271
Health information administration
certificate program, 109
courses, 194-195
degree program, 108
program consultant, 100
track, in Alternative Freshman-
Year Program, 148
Health management
courses, 107-108
degree program, 107-108
program consultant, 100
Health Professions and Sciences
Advisory Committee, 306
certificate programs, 35
clinical assignments, 101
Curriculum Committee, 306
degree programs, 100
medical school admission
requirements, 101-102
program directors and
coordinators, 100
track in Alternative Freshman-
Year Program, 148
Health Science
courses, 197-199
degree program, 112
Hematology
courses, 221
Henderson House, 273
Histology courses, 164
History
courses, 199-204
degree programs, 131-132
program consviltants, 122
Holidays, 3-5
Homework, 16
Honor
Dean's List, 22
graduation with, 32
Honor society, 271
Honors program, 24
Hotel and restaurant
management
certificate programs, 49
courses, 204-206
degree program, 73
program consultant, 62
Human development services
certificate, 49-50
Human resources meinagement
certificate program, 50
courses, 195-197
degree program, 44
program consultants, 62
Himianities: see Arts and
Sciences; Liberal Arts
Illustration
courses in, 152, 153, 155, 164
Immunology course, 165
In absentia status, 22
Incomplete grades, 29
Indef)endent study, 24
Infant/Child Care
concentration, 50
Insurance and Financial Services
Institute, 280
Intensive courses, 7, 261
Interdisciplinary courses, 206-207
International students
EngUsh for, 181
enrollment of, 16
speaking skills for, 254
transfer credit for, 26
Internships, business, 69
Interpreting, sign language,
40,59
Italian courses, 209
Japanese courses, 209-210
Job counseling, 9-11
Job placement services, 10
Job-search seminars, 9
Journalism
advertising, 40
public relations, 53
courses, 207-208
program consultant, 122
Judicial Advisor, 306
Judicial procedures, 19
Laboratory fees, 262
Laboratory science, medical
courses, 221
degree programs, 115-116
program director and
coordinator, 100
Lane Health Center, 271
Language skills courses, 254
Languages: see also EngUsh
foreign, 208-211
sign, 160-162
Late payment fee, 261
Law and Criminal Justice
courses, 168-174
for criminal justice, 93-99
for health sciences, 192
for hotel and restaurant
management, 204
for political science, 236
for real estate, 246
School of, 279
for sociology, 252
Law enforcement: see Criminal
Justice and Security
Learning Disabilities
concentration, 50
Index 321
Legal Studies
certificate, 50
Liberal Alts: see a/so Arts and
Sciences
Assessment of Prior Leanung
(APL),27,124
certificate programs, 124
Curriculum Committee, 306
degree programs, 124-145
program consultants and
advisors, 122
special studies, 23
Liberal Arts and Business
degree program, 134
Liberal Studies
degree programs, 123, 136
Liberty Square (Downtown)
Boston Campus
map of, 312
office hours, 12
registration at, 3-5
Libraries, 273
Library Advisory Committee, 306
Life skUls development
workshops, 11
Linguistics course, 185
Literature
courses, 181-187
degree programs, 126-127
program consultants, 122
Long-term care administration
courses, 193-194
specialization in. Ill
M
Major
change of, 22
second, 22
Makeup
for final examination, 30
for incomplete grades, 29
Management: see also Business
Administration
certificate program, 51
courses, 211-214
degree programs, 71, 84
program consultants, 62
Management Development,
Center for, 278
Management information systems
(MIS)
courses, 214-218
degree programs, 75, 86
program consultants, 62
Management sciences
courses, 221-222
program consultant, 62
Maps, 311-317
Marine Science and Maritime
Studies Center, 273
Marketing
certificate program, 51
courses, 218-220
degree programs, 76, 88
program consultants, 62
Marlboro High School
map of, 314
office hours, 12
registration at, 3-5
Marshfield High School
map of, 315
office hours, 12
registration at, 3-5
Massachusetts Financial Aid
Form (MFAF), 263
Massachusetts State Scholarship,
264
Master of business administration
(MBA) program, 278
Mathematics
courses, 222-224
placement tests, 17
program consultant, 100
MBA program, 278
Media
courses, 207-208
program consultants, 122
Medical care, 271
Medical courses, preprofessional,
101
Medical insurance fee, 262
Medical laboratory science (MLS)
courses, 221
degree programs, 115-116
director/coordinator, 100
Medical school admission
requirements, 102
Medical technology
courses, 221
degree programs, 115-116
director/coordinator, 100
Meteorology courses, 187-189
Microcomputer Software
certificate, 52
Milford High School
map of, 315
office hours, 12
registration at, 3-5
MIS: see Management
Information systems (MIS)
MLS: see Medical Laboratory
Science (MLS)
Modem languages
courses, 208-211
proficiency examinations, 27
program consultant, 122
Monitoring, 18
Music
courses, 225-228
program consultants, 122
tutorials, 228
Music therapy
courses, 226
N
Name change, 15
NAPM, 61
National Career Network, 10
National Institute for Food
Industry
certificate, 60
Network Northeastern, 280
Northeastern Uiuversity
campuses of, 12-13, 273,
^11-317
computer services at, 274
facilities of, 272
graduate schools of, 272,
277-279
libraries at, 273
maps of, 311-317
profile of, 272
programs at, 276-280
research at, 275
imdergraduate colleges of,
276-277
Nursing
College of, 277, 279
courses, 228-229
degree programs, 117-118
program coordinator, 100
Nutrition courses, 197
Oceanography courses, 187-188
Office hours, 12-13
On-Campus Recruiting, 10
Open enrollment policy, 14
Open houses, 8
Open sections, in BSBA
programs, 67-68
Operations management
certificate program, 52
courses, 229-230
degree program, 90
Operations Technology,
courses, 229-230
degree programs, 91-92
Orientation, 8
322 Index
Paralegal Program, 280
Paramedic Technology Program,
certificate, 119
degree, 119
EMT/ Basic, 60
Parasitology course, 164-165
Pass/fail courses, 17, 30
PeU Grant, 263
PEP examinations, 26, 32, 67
Periodontology courses, 198
Personal counseling, 11
Pharmacology courses, 197-198,
228
Pharmacy and Health
Sciences, Bouve College, 276,
277
Philosophy
courses, 231-233
program consultant, 122
Phlebotomy certificate, 61
Photography courses, 154, 207
Physical Education course, 230
Physics courses, 233-234
Physiology courses, 162-163
Placement service, 9
Placement tests, 17; see also
CLEP examinations; PEP
examinations
Plagiarism, 18
Policies and procedures
for admission to degree
program, 20
for enrollment and registration,
14
for grading, 29-30
for graduation, 32-33
for transfer credit, 25-28
Policing
courses, 168-164
degree programs, 96, 97
Political science
courses, 234-238
degree programs, 138-140
program consultants, 122
Preprofessional medical
courses, 101
Prerequisites, 17
Probation, academic, 21
Professional clubs, 271
Professional preparation
programs.
APICS, 60
CQE, 61
CTL,60
EMT/ Basic, 60
NAPM, 61
National Institute for the
Food Industry
certificate, 60
Real Estate Salesperson, 61
Proficiency Examination Program
(PEP), 26, 32, 67
Programs of study, 34-148
Alternative Freshman-Year,
146-148
in business administration,
62-89
certificate programs, 39-61
changes in, 22
in criminal justice and security,
93-99
degree programs, 20-24, 64-145
in health professions and
sciences, 100-121
in liberal arts, 122-145
in technology, 90-92
Psychology
courses, 238-241
degree programs, 142
program consultants, 122
Public health courses, 198
Public relations
certificate programs, 53
courses, 207-208
program consultant, 122
Publishing
certificate program, 53
Purchasing and materials
management
certificate program, 54
courses, 241-242
degree programs, 80
exam prep, 60, 61
program consiiltant, 62
Quality control
courses, 158, 222
program consultant, 62
Quality Management
certificate, 54
Quality-point average, 21, 30-31
Quarter-hour credit, 15
Radiologic technology
courses, 242-244
degree programs, 120
program directors, 100
Reading and study skills
course, 179
Real estate
Salesperson's examination
preparation, 61
certificate program, 54
courses, 244-246
degree programs, 78
program consultant, 62
Records, insp)ection of student, 19
Refund, of tuition, 261
Registrar, Office of, 12
Registration
dates for, 3-5
fee for, 260
procedures for, 14
Religion
courses, 232-233, 250
program consultant, 122
Remote-site instruction, 280
Requirements
changes in, 22
for graduation, 32
residence, 32
substitutions for, 22, 38
validation of, 25
Research
for criminal justice, 168
for economics, 178
for electronic publishing, 158
for marketing, 220
at Northeastern University
275
for nursing, 229
for political science, 235
for sociology, 253
Reserved sections, in BSBA
programs, 67, 68-69
Residence requirement, 32
Responsibilities of students, 19
Rights, of students, 19
Robbins Prize, 270
Russian courses, 210
Sales courses, 218-220
Saturday intensives, 7, 261
Schedule
for academic year, 3-5
of courses, 7
Scholarships, 265-270
Science: see also Health
Professions and Sciences
Science Programs Curriculum
Committee, 306
Secondary Teaching
certificate program, 46
Index 323
Security: see also Criminal
Justice and Security
courses, 168-174
degree programs, 98-99
Self-assessment and career
development, 206-1QI7
Semantics course, 185
Seniors
academic audit of, 33
credit by examination for, 32
status reports for, 33
Sigma Epsilon Rho Honor Society,
271
Sign language
certificate programs, 40, 59
courses, 160-162
program consultant, 122
Small business management
certificate program, 55
courses, 212
Sodal clubs, 271
Sociology- An thropology
courses, 249-254
degree programs, 143
program consultants, 122
Spanish courses, 210-211
Speaking sldlls, for international
students, 254
Special Programs, 60-61
Special students, 17
Special studies, 23, 69
Speech communication
certificate program, 55
courses, 254-256
program consultant, 122
Sports facilities, 271
Stafford Student Loan Program,
264
State Scholarship, 264
State-of-the-Art Engineering
Program, 279
Statistics
courses in, 175-176
for health sciences, 192
for psychology, 238-239
for quality control, 222
Status reports
academic, 23
senior, 33
Stoneham High School
map of, 316
office hours, 12
registration at, 3-5
Student Center
fee for, 262
Student records, insp)ection of, 19
Students, 7
Study skUl course, 179
Study Skills Development
Workshop, 11
Substitution, of courses, 22
Suburban campuses,
maps of, 312-317
office hours, 12
registration at, 3-5
Swedish courses, 210
Systems ancilysis
courses, 216
Taxation courses, 151
Technical communications
courses, 256-258
degree program, 145
program consultant, 122
Technical writing
certificate program, 56
courses, 256-258
Technology
associate in science in, 90
bachelor of science in, 91
Telecast instruction, 280
Test Preparation Program, 280
Testing at Counseling Center, 11
Tests: see Examinations
Theatre courses, 174-175
Therapeutic recreation
courses, 246-249
Curriculum Committee, 306
Transcripts
fee for, 262
obtaining, 29
for transfer credit, 25
Transfer credit
for certificate programs, 37-38
by examination, 26
for extra-institutional learning,
28
for international students, 26
procedure for, 25
in senior year, 32
validation in BSBA program,
25,67
Transportation and physical
distribution management
certificate program, 56
courses, 258-259
degree program, 79
program consultant, 62
Tuition,
and fees, 260
for Alternative Freshman-Year
Program, 147
financial aid for, 263-264
Underwritten
by employers, 261
Tutorial services, 9
u
Undergraduate colleges, 276-277
University College
administrative officers of,
305-306
dass size at, 7
convenience of, 7
counseling services at, 8-11
faculty of, 7, 281-304
office of, 12-13
profile of, 2
programs at, 6, 34
students at, 7
Urban Mass Transit Program, 280
V
Vacations, 3-5
Validation
in BSBA degree program, 25, 67
in Nursing, 26
Veteran's benefits, 261
Vocational counseling, 8-11,
206
w
Warren Center, 273
Westwood High School
map of, 316
office hours, 12
registration at, 3-5
Weymouth Junior High School
map of, 317
office hours, 12
registration at, 3-5
Withdrawal, from course
absence, 15
procedure for, 17
tuition refund, 261
Write Place, 6
Writing: see aiso Communications
certificate programs, 57
courses, 256-258
degree programs,126-127, 145
placement tests, 17
program consultants, 122
technical, 145, 256-258
X-ray technology
courses, 242-244
degree programs, 120
program directors, 100
324 Index
9{prtfieasUm University s Mission
Northeastern University's mission, as a large urban university founded on the
cooperative model of education, is to provide individuals with the opportunity for
upward mobility through excellence in education. The University achieves its
mission through curricula that value equally knowledge for its own sake, knowl-
edge as a means to success in the workplace, and knowledge as a cornerstone of
personal achievement and satisfaction.
Achieving Northeastern University's mission requires excellence in teaching,
and teaching remains the central activity of Northeastem's faculty. By offering
undergraduate and graduate programs that are rigorous, relevant, and rewarding,
the University provides a solid structure for educational excellence. Northeastern
University is also committed to the search for knowledge through the scholarly and
artistic undertakings of its faculty and students.
A central mandate of Northeastern University is to offer students the opportu-
nity to apply directly lessons of the classroom and laboratory to the workplace
through cooperative education. For three quarters of a century, cooperative educa-
tion has been the keystone of Northeastem's uniqueness. As an increasing percent-
age of the nation's population enters the workforce, and new technologies continue
to change the nature of work, the University has rededicated itself to helping the
cooperative plan keep pace with those changes.
Northeastern University is committed to serving the educational needs of a
diverse student population in an amenable physical environment. The University
believes that its nussion can be achieved only if the student body is not limited by
econonrdc status, cultural or racial background, geographic origin, sex, or age.
Northeastern has a long history of serving the educational needs of the non-
traditional student, providing degree and non-degree programs for people whose
circumstances prevent them from following the standard college regimen.
Looking beyond the cor\fines of the campus. Northeastern University is deter-
mined to maintain and sfrengthen its reputation as a friend to the City of Boston
and a partner of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The University's obligation
to serve the community of which it is an integral part is fulfilled primarily through
the educational enterprise. Through its numerous outreach programs, the Univer-
sity has made striking contributions to the community in the applied social sci-
ences, in high technology, and in the arts. Northeastern University will continue to
contribute in these and other ways to the region's overall quality of life and to its
economic vitality.
Accreditation
Northeastern University is accredited by the New England Association of Schools
and Colleges, Inc., which accredits schools and colleges in the six New England states.
Accreditation by the Association indicates that tfie institution has been carefully
evaluated and foxmd to meet standards agreed upon by qualified educators. The
imdergraduate business programs offered by Northeastern University are accredited
by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business.
Equal Opportunity Employment Policy
Northeastern University does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion,
sex, sexual preference, age, national origin, or veteran or handicapped status in admis-
sion to, access to, freatment in, or employment in its programs and activities. In addi-
tion. Northeastern University will not condone any form of sexual harassment. Hand-
books containing the Universit/s nondiscrimination policies and its grievance proce-
dures are available in the Office of Affirmative Action, 175 Richards Hall. Inquiries
regarding the University's nondiscrimination policies may be directed to: Ellen S.
325
Jackson, Dean/Director, Office of Affirmative Action, 175 Richards Hall, Northeastern
University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115, (617) 437-2133.
Inquiries concerning the application of nondiscrimination poUdes may also be
referred to the Regional Director, Office for Civil Rights, United States Department of
Education, J.W. McCormack Building, Post Office Court House, Room 2222, Boston,
Massachusetts 02109^557.
Delivery of Services
The University assumes no liability, and hereby expressly negates the same, for
failure to provide or delay in providing educational or related services or facilities or
for any other failure or delay in performance arising out of or due to causes beyond the
reasonable control of the University, which causes include, without limitation, power
failure, fire, strikes by University employees or others, damage by the elements, and
acts of public authorities. The University will, however, exert reasonable efforts, when
in its judgment it is appropriate to do so, to provide comparable or substantially
equivalent services, facilities, or performance, but its inability or failure to do so shall
not subject it to liability.
The Northeastern University Bulletin contains current information regarding the
Uruversity calendar, admissions, degree requirements, fees, and regulations, and such
information is not intended to be and should not be relied upon as a statement of the
University's contractual undertakings.
Northeastern University reserves the right in its sole judgment to promulgate and
change rules and regxilations and to make changes of any nature in its program,
calendar, admissions policies, procedures and standards, degree requirements, fees,
and academic schedule whenever it is deemed necessary or desirable, including,
without limitation, changes in course content, the rescheduling of classes, cancelling of
scheduled classes and otiher academic activities, and requiring or affording alternatives
for scheduled classes or other academic activities, in any such case giving such notice as
is reasonably practicable under the circumstances.
Northeastern University will do its best to make available to you the finest educa-
tion, the most stimulating atmosphere, and the most congenial conditioi\s it can
provide. But the quality and the rate of progress of your academic career is in large
measure dependent upon your own abilities, commitment, and effort. This is equally
true with respect to professional advancement upon completion of the degree or
program in which you are enrolled. The University cannot guarantee that you will
obtain or succeed at any particular job; that will depend upon your own skills, achieve-
ment, presentation, and other factors such as market conditions at that time. Similarly,
in many professions and occupations there are increasing requirements imposed by
federal and state statutes and regulatoiy agencies for ceitification or entry into a
particular field. These may change during the period of time when you are at North-
eastern, and they may vary from state to state and from country to country. While the
University stands ready to help you find out about these requirements and changes, it
is your responsibility to initiate tiie inquiry because the University has no other way of
knowing what your expiectations and imderstandings are.
In brief, the University is there to offer you educational opportunities and choices
and to assist you in finding the direction in which you want to steer your educational
experience. But you are a partner in this venture with an obligation and responsibility
to yourself.
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, North-
eastern University permits its students to inspect their records wherever appropriate
and to challenge specific parts of them when they feel it necessary to do so. Specific
details of the law as it applies to Northeastern are printed in the Student Handbook
and are distributed annually at registrations of the University colleges and the graduate
schools.
326
Disability Resource Center
The Disability Resource Center provides a variety of support services and general
assistance to all of Northeastem's disabled students and en\ployees. Northeastem's
efforts to comply with the Title DC Education Amendments of 1972 and Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 are coordinated by the Dean and Director of Affirmation
Action.
Disclaimer
Tuition rates, all fees, rules and regulations, and courses and course content are
subject to revision by the President and the Board of Trustees at any time.
Insufficient Enrollment Disclaimer
Northeastern University reserves the right to cancel any course if minimum
enrollments are not met.
Emergency Closing of the University
Northeastern University has made arrangements to notify students, faculty, and
staff by radio when it becomes necessary to cancel dasses because of extremely inclem-
ent weather. AM radio stations WBZ (1030), WEEl (590), WHDH (850), WRKO (680),
and FM stations WBCN (104.1) and WBMX (98.5) are the stations authorized to an-
nounce the University's decision to close. Since instructional television courses origi-
nate from live or broadcast facilities at the University, neither the classes nor the courier
service operate when the University is closed. You are encouraged to listen to the radio
to determine whether the University will be closed.
If a storm occurs at night, the announcement of University closing is given to the
radio stations at approximately 6:00 a.m. Qasses are generally cancelled for the entire
day and evening at all campus locations unless stated otherwise. When a storm begins
later in the day, cancellations of evening classes may be announced. This annovmce-
ment is usualfy made between 2:00-3:00 p.m.
327
9{ptes
328
School of
Engineering Technology
1992 1994
f^M M..>.«L^_.«>._ I i_:..._.:a..
Northeastern University
School of Engineering Technology
Academic Calendar 1992-1993
PaU Quarter 1992
Registration
Tuesday- Wednesday, September 8-16
Flail quarter classes begin
Monday, September 28
Columbus Day observed
No classes
Monday, October 12
Veterans Day observed
No classes
Wednesday, November 11
TharUcsgiving recess
No classes
Thursday-Saturday, November 26-28
Final examination period for
fall quarter
Monday-Saturday, December 14-19
Christmas vacation
No classes
Monday-Saturday, December 21 -January 2
Winter Quarter 1993
Registration
Monday-Thursday, December 7-10
Winter quarter classes begin
Monday, January 4
Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Birthday
observed
No classes
Monday, January 18
Presidents Day observed
No classes
Monday, February 15
Final examination period for
winter quarter
Monday-Saturday, March 22-27
Spring recess (or makeup period
for snow days)
Monday-Saturday, March 29-April 3
Spring Quarter 1993
Registration
Monday -Thursday, March 15-18
Spring quarter classes begin
Monday, April 5
Patriots Day observed
No classes
Monday, April 19
Memorial Day observed
No classes
Monday, May 31
Final examination period for
spring quarter
Monday-Saturday, June 14-19
Commencement
Saturday, June 19
Registration Schedule Continued
(See reverse side for Academic Calendar and Fee Schedule.)
Place of Registration Fall 1992
Framingham High School Tuesday (c)
September 8
Monday (c)
September 14
Winter 1993 Spring 1993
Liberty Square
(Downtown Boston)
-10
Marlborough High School*
Marshf ield High School
Milford High School
Stoneham High School
Westwood High School
Weymouth Junior
High School
Tuesday-
Thursday (e)
September 8-
Monday-
Tuesday (e)
September 14-15
Wednesday (c)
September 9 and
Monday (c)
September 14
Thursday (c)
September 10
Tuesday (c)
September 15
Thursday (c)
September 10
Tuesday (c)
September 15
Thursday (c)
September 10
Tuesday (c)
September 15
Thursday (c)
September 10
Tuesday (c)
September 15
Wednesday (c)
September 9
Monday (c)
September 14
Monday-
Wednesday (c)
December 7-9
Monday-
Wednesday (e)
December 7-9
Monday (c)
December 7
Tuesday (c)
December 8
Tuesday (c)
December 8
Tuesday (c)
December 8
Monday-
Wednesday (c)
December 7-9
Monday-
Wednesday (c)
December 7-9
Monday-
Wednesday (c)
March 15-17
Monday-
Wednesday (e)
March 15-17
Monday (c)
March 15
Tuesday (c)
March 16
Tuesday (c)
March 16
Tuesday (c)
March 16
Monday-
Wednesday (c)
March 15-17
Monday-
Wednesday (c)
March 15-17
(a) 9:00 AM-Noon (b)9:30 am-7:00pm (c)5:30pm-8:00pm (d)4:00PM-8:00PM (e) 11:00 am-7:00pm
'Counselors available at these locations only.
Northeastern University
School of Engineering Technology
Registration Schedule 1992-1993
Each day listed in the Registration Schedule is followed by a letter code in parentheses. This code indicates the
registration times offered on that particular day. A key for the codes is printed on the last Une of the schedule.
Place of Registration
Fall 1992
Winter 1993
Spring 1993
Summer 1993
Boston campus*
Tuesday-
Monday-
Monday-
Registration for
Friday (b)
Thursday (b)
Thursday (b)
entire summer
September 8-11
December 7- 10
March 15-18
quarter
Saturday (a)
September 12
Monday-
Thursday (b)
June 7-10
Monday-
Wednesday (b)
Registration for
second five-week
September 14-16
term
Monday-
Tuesday (b)
July 12-13
Burlington campus*
Wednesday -
Monday-
Monday-
Registration for
Thursday (c)
Wednesday (c)
Wednesday (c)
entire summer
September 9-10
December 7-9
March 15-17
quarter
Friday (d)
September 11
Monday-
Wednesday (c)
June 7-9
Monday-
Tuesday (c)
Registration for
second five-week
September 14-15
term
Monday
July 12 (c)
Chehnsford High School
Thursday (c)
Tuesday (c)
Tuesday (c)
September 10 and
December 8
March 16
Tuesday (c)
September 15
Dedham campus*
Wednesday (c)
Monday-
Monday-
September 9 and
Wednesday (c)
Wednesday (c)
Monday (c)
December 7-9
March 15-17
September 14
Summer Quarter 1993
Registration for entire quarter
Summer quarter classes begin
Independence Day observed
Registration for second
five-week term
Second summer quarter begins
Labor Day observed
Final examination period for
summer quarter
No classes
Monday-Thursday, June 7-10
Monday, June 21
Monday, July 5
Monday-Tuesday, July 12-13
Monday, July 26
Monday, September 6
Held during last class session each term
Fee Schedule
Tuition Related Fees
Tuition*
Deferred tuition payment fee
Late payment fee
Student Center fee (main campus only)
* University CoUege courses are offered at
$131.00 per quarter hour
Fee
$ 150.00 per quarter hour
$ 10.00
$ 75.00
$ 0.75 per quarter
Other Fees
Makeup final exam fee $50.00
Of ficial transcript fee $ 2.00 per copy
Parking decal fee $40.00 per year
Prof iciency exam fee $50.00
Registration fee (first-time students only) $ 10.00
NUP
0L92.05
Northeastern
University
School of
Engineering Technology
Bulletin
1992-1994
120 Snell Engineering Center
Boston, Massachusetts 02115
Telephone: 617-437-2500
Fax: 617-437-2501
About the cover.
The cover shows a complex graph depicting collisior\
avoidance based on two spheres. "Real-time
collision avoidance in two-armed robotic systems,"
R. G. Beaumont and R. M. Crowder. Computer-Aided
Engineering Journal, Vol. 8, No. 6, December 1991.
Used by permission. lEE Publishing Department,
Michael Faraday House, Six Hills Way, Stevenage,
Herts., England.
Contents
About This Bulletin
Teaching Tomorrow's Technologists Today i
An Introduction to Engineering Technology 3
School of Engineering Technology 4
Degree Program Descriptions 5
Overview 5
Civil Engineeriiig Technology Programs 6
Environmental Engineering Technology 7
Mechanical-Structural Engineering Technology 8
Structural Engineering Technology 1 0
Surveying and Highway Engineering Technology 1 1
Computer Technology Programs 1 2
Electrical Engineering Technology Programs 1 6
Manufacturing Engineering Technology Program 20
Mechanical Engineering Technology Programs 22
Aerospace Maintenance Engineering Technology 26
Telecommunications Program 28
Certificate Program Descriptions 30
Advanced Environmental Science Certificate Program 30
C/C * VUNIX Specialist Certificate Program 3 1
Course Descriptions 32
Overview 32
Preprofessional Medical Courses 33
Chemistry 34
Civil Engineering Technology 34
Computer Technology 35
Earth Sciences 38
Economics 39
Electrical Engineering Technology 39
English 42
General Engineering Technology 43
Human Resources Management 43
Industrial Engineering Technology 43
Industrial Management 43
Management 44
Management Science 44
Manufacturing Engineering Technology 44
Mathematics 45
Mechanical Engineering Technology 46
Physics 48
Northeastern University si
A Profile of Northeastern 52
Where You'll Find Northeastern 52
Network Northeastern 53
University Libraries 53
Engineering Computer Center 54
Division of Academic Computing 54
EU Student Center 54
Sport, Dance, and Exercise Facilities 54
Social and Professional Clubs 55
Disability Resource Center 55
The Counseling Center 55
Lane Health Center 55
Department of Career Development and Placement 56
Cooperative Plan of Education 56
Alumni Association 56
Administnitive Information 57
Admissions 57
Registration 59
Academic Standards 60
Graduation Requirements 63
Academic and Professional Awards 63
Additional Opportunities at Northeastern 64
Rnandal Information 65
Tuition and Fees 65
Financial Aid and Scholarships 66
Appendix 7i
Faculty 73
Administration 79
Campus Maps 81
About This Bulletin
This Bulletin offers information about the
evening and weekend programs available
at Northeastern University's School of
Engineering Technology. (If you are interested
in Northeastern University's full-time day
programs, call the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions, 617-437-2200.)
For prospective students, we hope that after
reading this publication you'll agree that a Ccireer
in engineering technology can be exciting and
challenging. As you'll soon discover, our evening
and weekend programs are designed to enable
you to pursue a career and an education at the
same time.
Students already attending the School of
Engineering Technology use the Bulletin as an
important guide to the resources and policies
of the University. In addition, students use the
degree program descriptions to plan and track
their academic careers.
The School of Engineering Technology
Bulletin is divided into two parts: "Teaching
Tomorrow's Technologists Today" and
"Northeastern University."
"Teaching Tomorrow's Technologists Today"
defines engineering technology and introduces
you to the School of Engineering Technology.
This section also contains descriptions of each
program and course we offer
The "Northeastern University" section reviews
the benefits — the services and resources — that
attending a large private university provides.
We present the University's administrative and
academic policies, as well as financial aid and
scholarship opportunities.
Taking the Next Step
Because the evening and weekend technology
programs have an open enrollment policy,
you can register for courses without formally
applying for admittance to a program. In fact,
our students earn sixteen credits before peti-
tioning for entrance to a program. If you are a
transfer student, you may already be eligible
to matriculate. For more details, carefully review
the "Admissions" section. (See page 57.)
A Fee Schedule and Academic Calendar
should have been enclosed with this Bulletin.
The insert includes the current academic
calendar, registration dates, and a list of the
University's fees.
Before registration begins, obtain a copy
of the University College and School of
Engineering Technology Schedule for the next
academic quarter. The Schedule indicates which
courses will be offered each quarter, as well as
when and where they will meet. Note that, since
not all courses are offered every quarter, you
must plan your course load for the coming aca-
demic year, not just the next quarter, by referring
to the program and course descriptions con-
tained in this Bulletin and obtaining a copy of
the Tentative Part-Time Schedule published
annually. For more details, review the
"Registration" section. (See page 59.)
Finding Additional Help
If you have any questions, or are missing any
of the forms mentioned in this Bulletin,
call the School of Engineering Technology
office, 617437-2500.
Teaching Tomorrow's
Technologists Today
.if^
An Introduction to Engineering Technology
What is engineering technology?
Engineering technology is the application of engi-
neering principles and modern technology to help
solve or prevent technical problems.
Engineering technology is a relatively new
discipline. Before engineering technology pro-
grams like Northeastern's emerged, people
with scientific or technical ambitions had a diffi-
cult decision to make: what kind of education
should they pursue? College-bound students had
three choices.
Choice number one was selecting a m^or
from among the pure sciences: physics, chem-
istry, or biology. However, these majors are only
appropriate for people interested in pursuing
additional degrees, laboratory research, or
careers in education.
The second choice wjis selecting from among
the engineering science majors: civil engineering,
electrical engineering, or mechanical engineer-
ing. But engineering requires highly developed
analytical skills, and prepares people for careers
conceptualizing and designing technical devices
or systems.
The third choice was deciding not to attend
college, but to enroll in a technical or vocational
school. This route is best suited for people
interested in the trades: that is, for people
who want careers physically building or
repairing machinery.
Engineering technology curricula introduced
a fourth option. The programs are designed to
meet the growing need created by the tech-
nological revolution for college-educated problem
solvers who can support the engineering process
by bridging the gap between the blueprints and
the production line. These men and women
can help engineers and tradespeople work
effectively together.
Engineering technology programs include
scientific and engineering principles relevant
to your chosen field: you will come to under-
stand why a system is designed in a particular
fashion and how it works. This educational focus
is often absent from a technical or vocational
school education.
In addition, engineering technology students
acquire hands-on technical skills that enable
them to solve production and system implemen-
tation problems, and help them explain solutions
to tradespeople.
Who are engineering technologists?
People who are part of the technology workplace
include scientists, engineers, technologists, tech-
niciaris, and tradespeople. All of these
people have specialized education or training
beyond the high-school level and often work
together as a team. As on any team, the players
have different but important roles.
Scientists are concerned with advancing our
understanding of the laws of nature and our
knowledge of scientific principles. The scientist
is primarily involved with research.
Engineers employ the scientific knowledge
developed by scientists in plarming, designing,
amd constructing technical devices and
systems. The engineer is a developer of
technological innovations.
Engineering tecimologists work closely with
engineers in coordinating people, material, and
machinery in order to achieve the specific goals
of a particular project. The engineering tecimolo-
gist often ensures that the engineer's designs and
instructions are implemented efficiently and
according to accepted practices.
School of Engineering Technology
You have a special kind of ambition that allows
you to work full-time and attend the University
after hours. The faculty and administration of the
School of Engineering Technology share, admire,
and respect your desire for professional and per-
sonal growth through higher education. We are
as committed as you. We can help you achieve
your goals.
When you enroll in the School of Engineering
Technology, you are entering one of the oldest
and finest undergraduate engineering technology
programs in the country. Northeastern University
established its first engineering technology pro-
gram within the Polytechnic School in 1916. Dur-
ing 1926, the program was reorganized under a
new entity within Northeastern: Lincoln
Institute, later changed to Lincoln College. The
program's most recent transformation occurred
in 1984, when Lincoln College became the School
of Engineering Technology.
Today's School of Engineering Technology is a
unit of Northeastern University's College of
Engineering. Although we offer courses at sev-
eral locations and through the University's televi-
sion system. Network Northeastern, our central
offices are in the Snell Engineering Center on the
Boston campus.
All of our engineering technology programs
require laboratory courses that are conducted in
facilities on the Boston campus. We've done our
best to ensure that you can get the most out of
these courses by equipping our laboratories with
the latest available technology. We continue to
acquire laboratory equipment that allows us to
conduct experiments that were until recently
impractical or impossible.
As a student at Northeastern's School of
Engineering Technology, you are taught by
faculty whose impressive professional experi-
ence can provide you with practical insights
into the field.
In addition to the many resources offered
to you as a School of Engineering Technology
student, you are a fully vested member of the
Northeastern University community. As such, you
are invited to take advantage of the many assets
the University provides. We encourage you to
read the "Profile of Northecistern" section of this
Bulletin for details of the University's facilities.
The School of Engineering Technology offers
day programs in engineering technology to
full-time students, as well as the evening and
weekend programs described in this publication.
All of our programs are at the undergraduate
level, leading to either an associate's or
bachelor's degree or to a certificate.
Our evening and weekend degree programs
span the following areas of concentration.
• Civil engineering technology, including
environmental, mechanical-structural,
structural, and surveying and highway
engineering technology
• Computer technology
• Electrical engineering technology
• Manufacturing engineering technology
• Mechanical engineering technology,
including aerospace maintenance
engineering technology
• Telecommunications
We welcome your interest in Northeastern's
School of Engineering Technology. In the follow-
ing pages, you can learn about the specifics of
each of our programs.
1
Degree Program Descriptions
Overview
This section gives a description of each program
offered by the School of Engineering Technology.
Accompanying each description are specimen
curricula for the majors offered within the
specific program. The specimens list the degree's
required courses and the sequence in which you
should complete them. The specimens assume
that you will initially enroll in courses during the
fall quEirter. If you are a transfer student, take
time off, or begin the program in a different quar-
ter, please meet with one of our academic advis-
ers. The adviser will help you take courses in a
sequence that is academically sound and that
will fulfill your degree program's graduation
requirements. For more information about the
program descriptions and curricula, contact an
adviser at 617^37-2500.
Civil Engineering Tbchnology Programs
Civil Engineering
Technology Programs
Civil engineering professionals plan and con-
struct a variety of structures and public works.
The civil engineering technologist's msyor
functions include preparing surveys (topograph-
ical, geological, traffic); designing structures
(buildings, bridges, dams); planning municipal
systems (water, sewers, flood control); and
developing transportation facilities (highways,
railways, waterways).
We offer associate's degree programs in envi-
ronmental engineering technology; structural
engineering technology; and surveying and high-
way engineering technology. A bachelor's degree
program in mechanical-structural engineering
technology is also offered.
The cissociate's degree program in environ-
mental engineering technology offers you the
opportunity to prepare for responsibilities
related to designing, constructing, and supervis-
ing municipal plants and systems that control the
storage and distribution of water. Students may
also prepare for responsibilities associated with
the disposal of sewage and waste in urban areas,
with an emphasis on preventing contamination
and pollution. Career opportunities are with
town, city, and state public works departments,
private engineering consultants, architects,
contractors, and engineering firms.
The associate's degree program in structural
engineering technology offers the opportunity to
prepare for planning, designing, and supervising
the construction of buildings, bridges, founda-
tions, flood-control projects, and other fixed
structures. Professional opportunities include
consulting engineering firms, architectural
groups, contractors, railroads, government
agencies, and the military.
The associate's degree program in surveying
and highway engineering technology offers
opportunities in the preparation and calculation
of preliminary and legal surveys required for
both basic and complex projects. These projects
can include subdivision work, individual lot lay-
outs, highway layouts, and projects relating to
sewer systems, pipelines, power transmission
lines, dams, reservoirs, and aqueducts. Career
opportunities are with independent surveying
companies, civil engineering companies, high-
way transit, railroad planning groups, cartogra-
phers, construction companies, and contractors.
The bachelor's degree program in
mechanical-structural engineering technology
offers opportunities to prepare for both the
planning and constructing of structures such as
buildings, bridges, and docks, and designing and
producing dynamic machine tools, machinery,
and other mechanical devices. Career opportuni-
ties are with architectural, construction, civil,
and mechanical professions and companies.
Civil Engineering Tkchnology Programs
Environmental Engineering Technology
(Major Code 011]
The Environmental Engineering Technology
Program leads to the associate in engi-
neering degree. Degree candidates must
earn 101 credits by completing the following
four-year curriculum.
First-Year Courses
Fhll GET 4170 Engineering Graphics 1
MTH 4107 College Algebra
Winter GET 4171 Engineering Graphics 2
MTH 4108 Pre-Calculus
Spring GET 4100 Computer Programming for Engineering Technology
MTH 4120 Calculus 1
Second- Year Courses
Fall MTH 4121
PHY 4117
PHY 4196
Calculus 2
Physics 1
Physics Lab 1
Winter ENG 4110
PHY 4118
PHY 4197
Critical Writing 1
Physics 2
Physics Lab 2
Spring GET 4306
PHY 4119
PHY 4198
Technical Communications
Physics 3
Physics Lab 3
Third- Year Courses
Fhll CHM 4111 General Chemistry 1
ECN 4115 Economic Principles and Problems 1
MET 4301 Mechanics A
Winter ECN 4116 Economic Principles and Problems 2
ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2
MET 4314 Stress Analysis A
Spring MET 4315 Stress Analysis B
MET 4370 Fluid Mechanics A
Fourth- Year Courses
Fall CET 4324 Structural Analysis 1
CET 4361 Materials and Soil Mechanics
Winter CET 4350 Environmental 1
CET 4371 Concrete Design 1
Spring CET 4351 Environmental 2
CET 4393 Construction Administration
Civil Engineering Technology Programs
Mechanical-Structural Engineering Technology
(Mojor Code 015)
The Mechanical-Structural Engineering
Technology Program leads to the bachelor of
science in engineering technology degree.
The program is accredited by the Technology
Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation
Board for Engineering and Technology. Degree
candidates must earn at least 187 credits by com-
pleting the following seven-year curriculum.
First-Year Courses
Fall GET 4170 Engineering Graphics 1
MTH 4107 College Algebra
Winter GET 4171 Engineering Graphics 2
MTH 4108 Pre-Calculus
Spring GET 4100 Computer Programming for Engineering Technology
MTH 4120 Calculus 1
Second-Year Courses
Fbll MTH 4121 Calculus 2
PHY 4117 Physics 1
PHY 4196 Physics Labi
Winter ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1
PHY 4118 Physics 2
PHY 4197 Physics Lab 2
Third-Year Courses
Spring GET 4306 Technical Communications
PHY 4119 Physics 3
PHY 4198 Physics Lab 3
Fall CHM 4111 General Chemistry 1
MET 4301 Mechanics A
MTH 4122 Calculus 3
Winter MET 4302 Mechanics B
MET 4314 Stress Analysis A
Fourth-Year Courses
Spring MET 4370 Fluid Mechanics A
MET 4380 Materials A
Fall ECN 4115 Economic Principles and Problems 1
MET 4315 Stress Analysis B
MET 4390 Measurement and Analysis Lab
Winter ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2
MET 4371 Fluid Mechanics B
MET 4391 Technology Lab A
Spring CET 4321 Introduction to Structural Design
MET 4392 Technology Lab B
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
I
Ciinl Engineering Tkchnology Pmgrams
Fifth-Year Courses
Fbll GET 4324 Structural Analysis 1
MET 4303 Mechanics C
Sixth- Year Courses
Seventh-Year Courses
Suggested Technical Electives
Winter
GET
4325
Structural Analysis 2
(
Technical Elective
Spring
GET
4331
Steel Design 1
(
Technical Elective
fbll
GET
4332
Steel Design 2
(
Social Science/Humanities Elective
(
Social Science/Humanities Elective
Winter
GET
4371
Concrete Design 1
c
Social Science/Humanities Elective
(
Technical Elective
Spring
GET
4372
Concrete Design 2
(
Technical Elective
Full
SPG
( )
Communication Elective
(
Social Science/Humanities Elective
(
Technical Elective
Winter
MET
4330
Mechanical Design A
SPG
( )
Communication Elective
(
Technical Elective
Spring
MET
4331
Mechanical Design B
(
Open Elective
(
Social Science/Humanities Elective
es
GET
4301
Plane Surveying
GET
4302
Geodetic Surveying
GET
4303
Route Surveying
GET
4311
Highway Engineering
GET
4350
Environmental 1
GET
4351
Environmental 2
GET
4361
Materials and Soil Mechanics
1 0 Civil Engineering Technology Programs
Structural Engineering Technology (Mojor Code 012)
The Structural Engineering Technology Program
leads to the associate in engineering degree.
Degree candidates must earn 101 credits by com-
pleting the following four-year curriculum.
First-Year Courses
Pall GET 4170 Engineering Graphics 1
MTH 4107 College Algebra
Winter GET 4171 Engineering Graphics 2
MTH 4108 Pre-Calculus
Spring GET 4100 Computer Programming for Engineering Technology
MTH 4120 Calculus 1
Second-Year Courses
fbll MTH 4121 Calculus 2
PHY 4117 Physics 1
PHY 4196 Physics Labi
Winter ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1
PHY 4118 Physics 2
PHY 4197 Physics Lab 2
Third-Year Courses
Spring GET 4306 Technical Communications
PHY 4119 Physics 3
PHY 4198 Physics Lab 3
Fhll CHM 4111 General Chemistry 1
ECN 4115 Economic Principles and Problems 1
MET 4301 Mechanics A
Winter ECN 4116 Economic Principles and Problems 2
ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2
MET 4314 Stress Analysis A
Spring GET 4321 Introduction to Structural Design
MET 4315 Stress Analysis B
I
Fourth- Year Courses
Fhll CET 4324 Structural Analysis 1
CET 4361 Materials and Soil Mechanics
Winter CET 4325 Structural Analysis 2
CET 4371 Concrete Design 1
Spring CET 4331 Steel Design 1
CET 4393 Construction Administration
i
Surveying and Highway Engineering
Technology (Major Code 013)
The Surveying and Highway Engineering
Technology Program leads to the associate in
engineering degree. Degree candidates must
Civil Engineering Tkchnology Programs 1 1
earn 101 credits by completing the following
four-year curriculum.
First- Year Courses
Pall GET 4170 Engineering Graphics 1
MTH 4107 College Algebra
Winter GET 4171 Engineering Graphics 2
MTH 4108 Pre-Calculus
Spring GET 4100 Computer Programming for Engineering Technology
MTH 4120 Calculus 1
Second- Year Courses
Fall MTH 4121 Calculus 2
PHY 4117 Physics 1
PHY 4196 Physics Labi
Winter ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1
PHY 4118 Physics 2
PHY 4197 Physics Lab 2
Third-Year Courses
Spring GET 4306 Technical Communications
PHY 4119 Physics 3
PHY 4198 Physics Lab 3
Fhll CHM 4111 General Chemistry 1
ECN 4115 Economic Principles and Problems 1
MET 4301 Mechanics A
Winter ECN 4116 Economic Principles and Problems 2
ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2
MET 4314 Stress Analysis A
Spring MET 4315 Stress Analysis B
MET 4370 Fluid Mechanics A
Fourth-Year Courses
Fbll GET 4301 Plane Surveying
GET 4316 Land Use Planning
Winter CET 4302 Geodetic Surveying
CET 4307 Legal Aspects of Surveying
Spring CET 4303 Route Surveying
CET 4311 Highway Engineering
12 ConvfnUer Jkchnology Pmgrams
Computer Technology Programs
The computer technology professional's work
relates to the design and use of computer system
hardware and software. Areas of study include
the design and architecture of the computer sys-
tem; software issues include the methodology
and application of problem solving and the
utilization of hardware.
We offer both an associate's and a bachelor's
degree program in computer technology.
The associate's degree program in com-
puter technology offers you the opportunity to
understand the mathematical and technological
foundations of both hardware and software.
In addition to providing a more thorough
study of hardware and software, the bachelor's
degree program gives you the opportunity to
specialize in a specific area through five required
technical electives.
Career opportunities may include computer
programming for engineering, science, and busi-
ness. Additional employment opportunities
concern designing, engineering, and testing of
computers; and interfacing computers with vari-
ous types of equipment used in automation.
Associate's degree graduates may qualify for
entry-level positions in the areas listed, while
bachelor's degree graduates may secure employ-
ment with more responsibility.
I
Computer Technology (Major Code 036)
The Computer Technology Program leads to
the associate in engineering degree. Degree
Campuier Tkchnology Programs 13
candidates must earn 99 credits by completing
the following four-year curriculum.
First- Year Courses
Fhll GET 4170 Engineering Graphics 1
MTH 4107 College Algebra
Winter GET 4100 Computer Programming for Engineering Technology
MTH 4108 Pre-Calculus
Second-Year Courses
Spring ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1
MTH 4120 Calculus 1
Fbll MTH 4121 Calculus 2
PHY 4117 Physics 1
PHY 4196 Physics Labi
Winter CT 41-50 Computer Organization
PHY 4118 Physics 2
PHY 4197 Physics Lab 2
Third-Year Courses
Spring GET 4306 Technical Communications
PHY 4119 Physics 3
PHY 4198 Physics Lab 3
FbZl EET 4151 Circuit Analysis 1
MTH 4122 Calculus 3
Winter CT 4311 Programming with the C Language
EET 4152 Circuit Analysis 2
Spnng EET 4311 Electronics 1
ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2
Fourth-Year Courses
Fbll CT 4330 Data Structures
CT 4368 Semiconductor Logic
Winter CT 4345 Assembly Language
CT 4369 Computer Logic
Spring CT 4374 Introduction to CPU Hardware
CT 4381 Operating Systems
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
14 Computer Tkchrwlogy Programs
Computer Technology (Major Code 037)
The Computer Technology Program leads
to the bachelor of science in engineering technol-
ogy degree. Degree candidates must earn at
least 182 credits by completing the following
seven-year curriculum.
First- Year Courses
Fcdl GET 4170 Engineering Graphics 1
MTH 4107 College Algebra
Winter GET 4100 Computer Programming for Engineering Technology
MTH 4108 Pre-Calculus
Spring ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1
MTH 4120 Calculus 1
♦
I
Second-Year Courses
Fhll MTH 4121 Calculus 2
PHY 4117 Physics 1
PHY 4196 Physics Labi
Winter CT 4150 Computer Organization
PHY 4118 Physics 2
PHY 4197 Physics Lab 2
Third- Year Courses
Spring GET 4306 Technical Communications
PHY 4119 Physics 3
PHY 4198 Physics Lab 3
Pall EET 4151 Circuit Analysis 1
MTH 4122 Calculus 3
Winter CT 4311 Programming with the C Language
EET 4152 Circuit Analysis 2
Spring EET 4311 Electronics 1
ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2
Fourth-Year Courses
Fhll CT 4330 Data Structures
CT 4368 Semiconductor Logic
Winter CT 4345 Assembly Language
CT 4369 Computer Logic
Spring CT 4374 Introduction to CPU Hardware
CT 4381 Operating Systems
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Ckmvputer Tkchnohgy Programs 1 5
Fifth-Year Courses
Fhll CT 4335 Numerical Methods
CT 4375 CPU Architecture
Winter CT 4355 Micro Peripheral Hardware
( ) Technical Elective
Sixth-Year Courses
Seventh-Year Courses
Spring CT 4340 Software Engineering Design
ECN 4115 Economic Principles and Problems 1
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Fhll CT 4356 Complex Peripheral Hardware
( ) Technical Elective
Winter CT 4351 Advanced Computer Organization
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Spring CT 4380 Data Communication Methods
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Fhll CT 4360 Industry Software
( ) Open Elective
( ) Technical Elective
Winter CT 4365 Industry Hardware
( ) Technical Elective
Spring ( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
( ) Technical Elective
Suggested Technical Electives
CT 4321 Programming with Ada
CT 4348 LISP
CT 4363 Concurrent Programming
CT 4377 VLSI Design
CT 4382 Computer Graphics Programming
CT 4383 Databases
CT 4384 Large System Assembly Languages
CT 4387 Bit Slice Microcomputers
CT 4389 Single-Chip Microprocessors
CT 4390 Special Problems in Computer Technology
CT 4393 UNIX Operating System
CT 4394 Object Oriented Programming
CT 4395 Computer Security
CT 4396 PROLOG: An Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
CT 4397 Advanced UNIX Operating System
CT 4480 Local Area Networks 1
CT 4481 Local Area Networks 2
1 6 Electrical Engineering Tbchnology Programs
Electrical Engineering
Technology Programs
Electrical engineering technologists consider the
design and operation of equipment and systems
related to communications, data processing, elec-
trical control, and power. In the power utility
field, for example, the electrical engineering
technologist is responsible for the generation,
transmission, and distribution of electricity for
light and power.
We offer both an associate's and a bachelor's
degree program in electrical engineering
technology.
The associate's degree program in electrical
engineering technology relates to the design,
development, and operation of communications,
data processing, and electronic control equip-
ment. The equipment is applied to computers,
military and space explorations, and automated
industrial production equipment. The bachelor's
degree program, in addition, relates to the instal-
lation and production of a variety of electrical
and electronic equipment. Fields in which such
equipment is applied include communications,
data processing, industry, and in generating and
utilizing electricity.
Career opportunities for associate's degree
graduates include entry-level positions related to
communications and electrical equipment, equip-
ment manufacturing, and data processing and
control. Career opportunities for bachelor's
degree graduates are in public and private
research laboratories; engineering consulting
firms specializing in industrial and plant applica-
tions; electric utilities; and organizations con-
cerned with the operation, manufacture,
installation, or sale of electrical or electronic
systems and equipment.
Electrical Engineering Technology
(Major Code 033)
The Electrical Engineering Technology Program
leads to the associate in engineering degree.
The program is accredited by the Technology
Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation
Electrical Engineering Tkchnnlogy Programs 1 7
Board for Engineering and Technology. Degree
candidates must earn at least 104 credits by
completing the following four-year curriculimi.
First- Year Courses
Fall GET 4170 Engineering Graphics 1
MTH 4107 College Algebra
V/inler GET 4171 Engineering Graphics 2
MTH 4108 Pre-Calculus
Spring GET 4100 Computer Programming for Engineering Technology
MTH 4120 Calculus 1
Second-Year Courses
FUl MTH 4121 Calculus 2
PHY 4117 Physics 1
PHY 4196 Physics Labi
Winter ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1
PHY 4118 Physics 2
PHY 4197 Physics Lab 2
Third- Year Courses
Spring GET 4306 Technical Communications
PHY 4119 Physics 3
PHY 4198 Physics Lab 3
Pall EET 4151 Circuit Analysis 1
MTH 4122 Calculus 3
Winter EET 4124 Circuits Labi
EET 4152 Circuit Analysis 2
MTH 4123 Differential Equations*
Fourth-Year Courses
Spring EET 4125 Circuits Lab 2
ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Fbll EET 4311 Electronics 1
EET 4353 Circuit Analysis 3*
( ) Social Science/Humanities Electives
Winter EET 4312 Electronics 2
EET 4354 Circuit Analysis 4*
Spring EET 4310 Electrical Measurements
EET 4313 Electronics 3
EET 4323 Electronics Lab
•Students not planning to enter a bachelor's degree program after
graduation can substitute a social science/humanities elective for
MTH 4123 Differential Equations; EET 4314 Pulse and Digital 1 for
EET 4353 Circuit Analysis 3; and an approved technical elective for
EET 4354 Circuit Analysis 4.
18 Electrical Engineering Technology Programs
Electrical Engineering Technology
(Major Code 035)
The Electrical Engineering Technology Program
leads to the bachelor of science in engineering
technology degree. The program is accredited by
the Technology Accreditation Commission of the
Accreditation Board for Engineering and
Technology. Degree candidates must earn at
least 186 credits by completing the following
seven-year curriculum.
First-Year Courses
Fbll GET 4170 Engineering Graphics 1
MTH 4107 College Algebra
Winter GET 4171 Engineering Graphics 2
MTH 4108 Pre-Calculus
Spring GET 4100 Computer Programming for Engineering Technology
MTH 4120 Calculus 1
Second-Year Courses
Fhll MTH 4121 Calculus 2
PHY 4117 Physics 1
PHY 4196 Physics Labi
Winter ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1
PHY 4118 Physics 2
PHY 4197 Physics Lab 2
Third-Year Courses
Spring GET 4306 Technical Communications
PHY 4119 Physics 3
PHY 4198 Physics Lab 3
RiU EET 4151 Circuit Analysis 1
MTH 4122 Calculus 3
Winter EET 4124 Circuits Labi
EET 4152 Circuit Analysis 2
MTH 4123 Differential Equations
Spring EET 4125 Circuits Lab 2
ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Fourth-Year Courses
Fhll EET 4311 Electronics 1
EET 4353 Circuit Analysis 3
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Winter EET 4312 Electronics 2
EET 4354 Circuit Analysis 4
Spring EET 4310 Electrical Measurements
EET 4313 Electronics 3
EET 4323 Electronics Lab
Fifth-Year Courses
Electrical Engineering Technology Programs 1 9
Fbll EET 4314 Pulse and Digital 1
EET 4327 Advanced Electronics Lab 1*
SPC ( ) Communication Elective
Winter EET 4328 Advanced Electronics Lab 2*
EET ( ) Technical Elective
SPC ( ) Communication Elective
Spring EET 4329 Advanced Electronics Lab 3*
EET 4330 Energy Conversion
MET 4319 Mechanics
Sixth-Year Courses
Fbll
EET 4370 Digital Computers 1
Seventh-Year Courses
Suggested Technical Electives
(
Open Elective^
(
Social Science/Humanities Elective
Winter
EET
4371
Digital Computers 2
(
Social Science/Humanities Elective
(
Social Science/Humanities Elective
Spring
EET
4337
Distributed Systems
EET
( )
Technical Elective
FUl
EET
( )
Technical Elective
(
Social Science/Humanities Elective
Winter
EET
4377
Control Engineering 1
EET
( )
Technical Elective
(
Social Science/Humanities Elective
Spring
EET
4378
Control Engineering 2
C
Social Science/Humanities Elective
es
CT
4311
Programming with the C Language
CT
4311
CT
4374
CT
4375
EET
4315
EET
4317
EET
4318
EET
4319
EET
4360
EET
4362
EET
4363
EET
4364
EET
4391
EET
4392
EET
4393
IIS
4360
IIS
4393
MET
4340
MET
4380
Introduction to CPU Hardware
CPU Architecture
Pulse and Digital 2
Principles of Communication Systems 1
Principles of Communication Systems 2
Principles of Communication Systems 3
Photovoltaic Technology
Basic Power Systems 1
Basic Power Systems 2
Basic Power Systems 3
Basic Optics and Optical Systems Design
Optoelectronics and Fiber Optics
Applied Wave Optics
Engineering Economy
Engineering Probability and Statistics
Thermodynamics A
Materials A
*EET 4341, EET 4342, and EET 4343 Power and Control Labs 1 through 3
may be substituted for EET 4327, EET 4328, and EET 4329 Advanced
Electronics Labs 1 through 3.
*Open Elective must be a four quarter-hour course.
20 ManuJactuHng Engirwering Tbchnology Proffrarn
Manufacturing Engineering
Technology Program
Manufacturing systems require interactions
between machines and people. Manufacturing
engineering technology is concerned with the
design and use of manufacturing systems in the
industrial environment.
We offer a bachelor's degree program in manu-
facturing engineering technology.
The bachelor's degree program in manufactur-
ing engineering technology offers you the oppor-
tunity to become familiar with the machines,
materials, and processes used in manufacturing.
The program emphasizes the emerging use of
computers without sacrificing attention to tradi-
tional areas of a manufacturing education. Areas
addressed in the program include materials and
processes, computer-aided manufacturing, nu-
merical control, and robotics. The core courses,
combined with hands-on laboratory experiences,
allow students to develop the skills required to
work in manufacturing. Career opportunities are
within various manufacturing industries, such as
aircraft or electronics manufacturing.
Manufacturing Engineering Technology
(Maior Code 056)
The Manufacturing Engineering Technology
Program leads to the bachelor of science in engi-
neering technology degree. Degree candidates
must earn 186 credits by completing the follow-
ing seven-year curriculum.
First- Year Courses
Fbll CHM 4111 General Chemistry 1
MTH 4107 College Algebra
Winter GET 4100 Computer Programming for Engineering Technology
GET 4170 Engineering Graphics 1
MTH 4108 Pre-Calculus
Second-Year Courses
Spring GET 4171 Engineering Graphics 2
MTH 4120 Calculus 1
Fhll MTH 4121 Calculus 2
PHY 4117 Physics 1
PHY 4196 Physics Labi
Winter
ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1
PHY 4118 Physics 2
PHY 4197 Physics Lab 2
Spring GET 4306 Technical Communications
PHY 4119 Physics 3
PHY 4198 Physics Lab 3
Third-Year Courses
RUl MFG 4321 Computer-Aided Manufacturing 1
MTH 4122 Calculus 3
Winter IIS 4393 Engineering Probability and Statistics
MFG 4322 Computer-Aided Manufacturing 2
Spring ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2
MFG 43 1 1 Manufacturing Materials and Processes 1
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Fourth-Year Courses
Manufacturing Engineering Tbchnology Program 21
Pall MFG 4312 Manufacturing Materials and Processes 2
MFG 4331 Computer Methods in Manufacturing Design 1
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Winter EET 4320 Electricity and Electronics
MFG 4332 Computer Methods in Manufacturing Design 2
Spring ECN 4115 Economic Principles and Problems 1
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Fifth-Year Courses
Sixth-Year Courses
Seventh-Year Courses
Fbll MET 4301 Mechanics A
MS 4332 Statistical Quality Control
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Winter IM 4301 Introduction to Operations Management
MET 4302 Mechanics B
MFG 4341 Introduction to Computer-Aided Design
Spring ( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
( ) Technical Elective*
Fbll IIS 4360 Engineering Economy
MET 4340 Thermodynamics A
Winter IM 4314 Productivity Enhancement and Quality
( ) Technical Elective'
Spring MFG 4351 Assembly Automation
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
( ) Technical Elective*
fhll MFG 4361 Numerical Controlled Machines (Basic)
MFG 4381 Plant Layout and Design
Winter MFG 4371 Robotics
( ) Technical Elective*
Spring HRM 4301 Organizational Behavior
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
( ) Technical Elective*
'Suggested technical electives are being developed for the
manufacturing engineering technology curriculum.
22 Mechanical Engineering Tichnology Programs
Mechanical Engineering
Technology Programs
Mechanical engineering technologists harness
power resources that help machinery perform
useful tasks. In contrast to civil engineering,
which deals primarily with static forces and
structures, mechanical engineering is concerned
with the motion and kinetics of devices that are
activated by hydraulic, electrical, mechanical,
and thermodynamic forces.
We offer both an associate's and a bachelor's
degree program in mechanical engineering
technology. A bachelor's degree program in
aerospace maintenance engineering technology
is also offered.
The associate's degree offers you the opportu-
nity to prepare to be an entry-level technician in
designing, producing, and installing mechanical
tools, machinery, engines, and transportation
equipment. The bachelor's degree focuses on
designing, developing, operating, and installing
equipment that involves interactions of mechani-
cal, hydraulic, and thermodynamic forces. The
equipment may include machinery, engines, boil-
ers, furnaces, air-conditioning systems, heating
systems, and transportation.
Because of the mechanization of all industry,
graduates of the associate's degree program in
mechanical engineering technology (MET) may
find entry-level career opportunities in almost
any industry or engineering organization.
The mechanical engineering technology field
provides opportunities for people with a broad
range of interests, motivations, and abilities. For
example, as a graduate working in the materials
area you might be involved in specifying materi-
als for a particular application; determining the
cause of failures in the field; dealing with corro-
sion problems and corrosion prevention; and
working with the manufacture and production of
materials, or their sales and delivery.
Manufacturing attracts many MET graduates.
As a tool designer, you might design a fixture for
holding parts as they are manufactured. As a
manufacturing technologist, you might specify
how a complicated part is made, which proce-
dure will come first, and the cost of the opera-
tion. You might determine which machines are
required to make a certain part. Or, you might
program computerized numerical control
(CNC) machines or robots, devise efficient
material-handling schemes, and plan the flow
of materials from raw stock to finished product.
Another area in the field is mechanical
design. At a technician level a designer needs
basic drafting skills and will typically work on a
drafting board or computer graphics terminal.
Such people generally have excellent drafting
skills. Designers, whether technicians or tech-
nologists, also need to understand material
properties and manufacturing processes, so that
designs use materials effectively and can be
manufactured efficiently.
Design analysis, another popular career focus,
is the proper sizing and shaping of materials
based on their function (that is, the loads they
have to carry, the operating environment, and
other service conditions). The designer may work
on airplanes, ships, engines, oil well drilling or
pumping equipment, toys, medical equipment,
food processing equipment — the possibilities
are endless.
Another career option is plant or building
management, which involves heating, ventilation,
air conditioning, water, lighting, plumbing, and
electrical power requirements. Career opportuni-
ties also exist in product or system operation,
testing, and technical sales.
The bachelor's degree program in aerospace
engineering technology offers preparation for
designing, developing, operating, installing, and
producing aircraft and aircraft component sys-
tems. Career opportunities are available in tech-
nical, support, and management positions within
the aircraft industry. Additional opportunities
may be found within engineering teams that
manufacture aircraft or spacecraft components,
and among design/application positions in both
the civilian and military aerospace markets.
Mechanical Engineering Technology
(Maior Code 021)
The Mechanical Engineering Technology
Program leads to the associate in engineering
degree. The program is accredited by the
Technology Accreditation Commission of
Mechanical Engineering Technology Programs
the Accreditation Board for Engineering and
Tfechnology. Degree candidates must earn
103 credits by completing the following
four-year curriculum.
23
First- Year Courses
fhll GET 4170 Engineering Graphics 1
MTH 4107 College Algebra
Winter GET 4171 Engineering Graphics 2
MTH 4108 Pre-Calculus
Spring GET 4100 Computer Programming for Engineering Technology
MTH 4120 Calculus 1
Second-Year Courses
Fbll MTH 4121 Calculus 2
PHY 4117 Physics 1
PHY 4196 Physics Labi
Winter MTH 4122 Calculus 3
PHY 4118 Physics 2
PHY 4197 Physics Lab 2
Third- Year Courses
Spring ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1
PHY 4119 Physics 3
PHY 4198 Physics Lab 3
Fhll CHM 4111 General Chemistry 1
GET 4364 Kinematics
MET 4301 Mechanics A
Winter GET 4306 Technical Communications
MET 4302 Mechanics B
Spring MET 4314 Stress Analysis A
MET 4380 Materials A
Fourth-Year Courses
Fhll ECN 4115 Economic Principles and Problems 1
MET 4315 Stress Analysis B
MET 4390 Measurement and Analysis Lab
Winter ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2
MET 4340 Thermodynamics A
MET 4391 Technology Lab A
Spring MET 4370 Fluid Mechanics A
MET 4392 Technology Lab B
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
24 Mechanical Engineering TMmology Programs
Mechanical Engineering Tedinology
(Major Code 023)
The Mechanical Engineering Technology
Program leads to the bachelor of science in
engineering technology degree. The program is
accredited by the Technology Accreditation
Commission of the Accreditation Board for
Engineering and Technology. Degree candidates
must earn 186 credits by completing the
following seven-year curriculum.
First- Year Courses
Fbll GET 4170 Engineering Graphics 1
MTH 4107 College Algebra
Winter GET 4171 Engineering Graphics 2
MTH 4108 Pre-Calculus
Spring GET 4100 Computer Programming for Engineering Technology
MTH 4120 Calculus 1
Second-Year Courses
Pidl
MTH 4121
PHY 4117
PHY 4196
Calculus 2
Physics 1
Physics Lab 1
Winter MTH 4122
PHY 4118
PHY 4197
Calculus 3
Physics 2
Physics Lab 2
Sjyring ENG 4110
PHY 4119
PHY 4198
Critical Writing 1
Physics 3
Physics Lab 3
Third- Year Courses
Fall CHM 4111 General Chemistry 1
GET 4364 Kinematics
MET 4301 Mechanics A
Winter GET 4306 Technical Communications
MET 4302 Mechanics B
Spring MET 4314 Stress Analysis A
MET 4380 Materials A
Fourth-Year Courses
Fall ECN 4115 Economic Principles and Problems 1
MET 4315 Stress Analysis B
MET 4390 Measurement and Analysis Lab
Winter ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2
MET 4340 Thermodynamics A
MET 4391 Technology Lab A
Spnng MET 4370 Fluid Mechanics A
MET 4392 Technology Lab B
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Mechanical Engineering Tkchnology Programs
25
Fifth-Year Courses
FMl IIS 4360 Engineering Economy
MET 4303 Mechanics C
Winter MET 4341 Thermodynamics B
MET 4371 Fluid Mechanics B
Sixth- Year Courses
Spring MET 4342 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
MET 4416 Stress Analysis C
OR
MET 4481 Materials B
Pall MET 4343 Heat Transfer
MET 4393 Technology Lab C
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Winter MET 4330 Mechanical Design A
MET 4394 Technology Lab D
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Spring MET 4331 Mechanical Design B
MET 4395 Technology Lab E
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Seventh-Year Courses
Fall SPG ( ) Communication Elective
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
( ) Technical Elective
Winter EET 4320 Electricity and Electronics
SPC ( ) Communication Elective
( ) Technical Elective
Suggested Teclinical Electives
Spring (
)
Open Elective*
(
)
Social Science/Humanities El<
(
)
Technical Elective
'68 CET
4301
Plane Surveying
CET
4331
Steel Design 1
CET
4371
Concrete Design 1
EET
4321
Electricity and Electronics 2
MET
4414
Mechanical Vibrations
MET
4415
Experimental Stress Analysis
MET
4416
Stress Analysis C
MET
4444
Power Generation
MET
4481
Materials B
MET
4482
Applied Metallurgy
*Open Elective must be a four quarter-hour course.
26 Mechanical Engmeering Tkchnology Pmgrams
Aerospace Maintenance Engineering
Technology (Major Code 098)
The Aerospace Maintenance Engineering
Technology Program leads to the bachelor of
science in engineering technology degree. Before
entering the program, degree candidates must
complete the East Coast Aero Technical School
airframe and power plant technical curriculum
or its equivalent. In addition, degree candidates
must complete four prerequisite courses. The
prerequisite courses are MTH 4107 College
Algebra; MTH 4108 Pre-Calculus; MTH 4120
Calculus 1; and CHM 4111 General Chemistry 1.
Degree candidates must earn at least 185 credits
by completing the following five-year curriculum.
First-Year Courses
RUl GET 4170 Engineering Graphics 1
MTH 4121 Calculus 2
Winter GET 4171 Engineering Graphics 2
MTH 4122 Calculus 3
Spring GET 4100 Computer Programming for Engineering Technology
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Second-Year Courses
Fhll ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1
PHY 4117 Physics 1
PHY 4196 Physics Labi
Winter ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2
PHY 4118 Physics 2
PHY 4197 Physics Lab 2
Spring GET 4306 Technical Communications
PHY 4119 Physics 3
PHY 4198 Physics Lab 3
Third-Year Courses
Fhll ECN 4115 Economic Principles and Problems 1
MET 4301 Mechanics A
Winter MET 4302 Mechanics B
MET 4340 Thermodynamics A
Spring MET 4314 Stress Analysis A
MET 4380 Materials A
Mechanical Engineering Tkchnohgy Programs 27
For the last two years, choose either curriculum A or B.
CURRICULUM A
Fourth- Year Courses
Fifth-Year Courses
Fall MET 4315 Stress Analysis B
MET 4390 Measurement and Analysis Lab
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Winter EET 4320 Electricity and Electronics
MET 4391 Technology Lab A
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Spring MET 4370 Fluid Mechanics A
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Fall MET ( ) Technical Elective
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Winter MET ( ) Technical Elective
( ) Open Elective
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Spring MET 4481 Materials B
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
CURRICULUM B
Fourth-Year Courses
Fifth-Year Courses
Fall MET 4390 Measurement and Analysis Lab
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Winter EET 4320 Electricity and Electronics
MET 4341 Thermodynamics B
Spring MET 4370 Fluid Mechanics A
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Fall MET 4393 Technology Lab C
MET ( ) Technical Elective
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Winter MET ( ) Technical Elective
( ) Open Elective
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Spring MET 4481 Materials B
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
( ) Social Science/Humanities Elective
Suggested Technical Electives
Same as Mechanical Engineering Technology suggested technical
electives (see page 25).
28
Tklecommunications Program
Telecommunications Program
Itelecommunications is an interdisciplinary con-
centration demanding skills and information
from several areas of engineering technology.
Modern society has experienced an unprece-
dented growth in information processing and
communications, so that individuals who can
help design and maintain information and com-
munication systems are in high demand.
We offer an associate's degree program
in telecommunications, which offers you the
opportunity to study the electronic transfer of
information through voice, data, or video media.
Specific methods of electronic trar\sfer, such as
electronic signals in wires, light waves in optic
fibers, and radio waves in the earth's atmosphere
are discussed. There are career opportuni-
ties in the telephone, data processing, radio
transmission/reception, cable television,
service, and computer industries.
Telecommunications (Maior Code 038)
The Telecommunications Program leads to the
associate in science degree. Degree candidates
Jklearnirtiunications Program 29
must earn 100 credits by completing the follow-
ing four-year curriculum.
First- Year Courses
Second- Year Courses
Third- Year Courses
Fbll EET 4180 Introduction to Telecommunications
MTH 4107 College Algebra
Winter GET 4100 Computer Programming for Engineering Technology
MTH 4108 Pre-Calculus
Spring GET 4170 Engineering Graphics 1
MTH 4120 Calculus 1
Pall MTH 4121 Calculus 2
PHY 4117 Physics 1
PHY 4196 Physics Labi
Winter ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1
PHY 4118 Physics 2
PHY 4197 Physics Lab 2
Spring GET 4306 Technical Communications
PHY 4119 Physics 3
PHY 4198 Physics Lab 3
Fbll EET 4151 Circuit Analysis 1
EET 4384 Video Communications
Winter ECN 4115 Economic Principles and Problems 1
EET 4124 Circuits Labi
EET 4152 Circuit Analysis 2
Spring EET 4125 Circuits Lab 2
EET 4310 Electrical Measurements
ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2
Fourth-Year Courses
Fbll EET 4311 Electronics 1
EET 4381 Telecommunications Systems 1
Winter EET 4312 Electronics 2
EET 4382 Telecommunications Systems 2
Spring EET 4323 Electronics Lab
EET 4383 Telecommunications Systems 3
MGT 4101 Introduction to Business and Management 1
30
Certificate Program Descriptions
Advanced Environmental
Science Certificate Program
Intended for upper-level science and engineering
students who wish to enter the environmental
field, this advanced certificate program is also
appropriate as a post-baccalaureate certificate
for people working in science or engineering. You
should have a knowledge of calculus, physics,
and chemistry. This program is offered through
University College. For further information
call 617437-2400.
GET
4350
Environmental Engineering 1
GET
4351
Environmental Engineering 2
ESC
4218
Groundwater
ESC
4219
Geochemistry of Groundwater
ESC
4220
Wetlands
ESC
4221
Environmental Geophysics
MET
4370
Fluid Mechanics A
C/C^VUNLX Specialist
Certificate Program
(Major Code 070)
CIC + ^lUNIX Specialist Certificate Program 31
This certificate enables individuals to improve or
increase their knowledge of the latest computer
software developments. People wishing to im-
prove their chances of changing or obtaining
a job dealing with state-of-the-art topics in the
computer field should enroll in this program.
You may be eligible to enter the certificate
program if you hold a BS, a BA, or have work
experience in the computer industry and knowl-
edge of a higher level language. If you have none
of the listed requirements but are interested in
learning how to become qualified to enter the
program, contact the School of Engineering
Technology at 617^37-2500.
A sample program showing how the certifi-
cate can be earned in one year of part-time study,
taking three courses per quarter, follows.
Fhll CT 4150 Computer Organization
CT 4311 Programming with the C Language
ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2
Winter CT 4330 Data Structures
CT 4340 Software Engineering
TCC 4302 Computer Software Technical Writing 2
Spring CT 4393 UNIX Operating System
CT 4394 C * * Object-Oriented Programming
TCC 4303 Seminar in Software Technical Writing
Course Descriptions
Overview
This section contains the following information
about each course offered by the School of
Engineering Technology.
• Course number Each alpha/numeric course
number provides specific information.
For example, consider the course nimiber
GET 4301.
CET 4301 The alpha code indicates
which department is offering the course.
In this case, the department is civil
engineering technology.
CET 4301 The first number in the numeric
code indicates whether the course is offered
through the full- or part-time division. All
4000 series courses are offered part-time
and most 1000 series courses are offered
full-time.
CET 4301 The last three numbers in the
code indicate the course level: 001-099 are
compensatory courses; 100-299 are
introductory- to intermediate-level courses;
and 300-699 are advanced-level courses.
• Course title.
• Number of quarter hours (QH). One quau-ter
hour represents approximately three hours of
student learning time (fifty minutes of lec-
ture plus two hours of independent study) per
week. If appropriate, class hours (CH) and lab
hours (lab) are listed as well.
• Quarters in which the course is offered. Not
all courses are offered every quarter. If the
code TBA is printed next to a course title, call
the program coordinator at 617-437-2500 for
scheduling information.
• Topics discussed in the course.
, • Prerequisites. Complete prerequisites before
enrolling, unless otherwise specified.
Use the curriculum listed for your program to
determine which courses you need to complete
in the next academic year ("Degree Program
Descriptions," see page 5). Use the course
descriptions to read about each specific course
and to learn the quarters in which the course is
offered. Because most courses are not offered
every quarter, plan your course load for the entire
academic year, not just the next quarter.
Before registration, get the University
College and School of Engineering Tbchnology
Schedule for the next quarter by calling
617-437-2500. The Schedule provides you with
the meeting times and locations for the courses
being offered during the next quarter.
Academic counseling is available to help
plan your course load for the coming academic
year. In addition, you can get a current Jbntative
Part-Time Schedule. If you need help, contact a
School of Engineering Technology program
counselor at 617-437-2500.
Polky on Changes of Program
The School of Engineering Technology reserves
the right to cancel, modify, or add to the courses
in any curriculum. The University further re-
serves the right to change the requirements for
graduation. Any changes that may be made from
time to time relative to this policy shall be appli-
cable to all students in the school, college, or
department concerned, including former
students who may re-enroll.
Guidelines for Choosing Electives
Many of the degree program curricula require
students to complete electives. The electives give
students the opportunity either to explore topics
beyond the curriculum's scope or to gain exten-
sive knowledge about topics introduced by the
core courses.
Open Electives
Any course is acceptable as an open elective
except physical education, military science, and
preparatory courses. An open elective may be
either a three or a four quarter-hour course
depending on your mayor
Preprofessional Medical Courses 33
Social Science/Humanities Electives
Social science/humanities electives are offered
through University College and must be chosen
from a list that is available from the School of
Engineering Technology. Six quarter-hours of
social science/humanities electives must be in
the speech communications (SPC) category.
Technical Electives
Tfechnical electives must be chosen from the
list of suggested technical electives appearing
at the end of the respective degree curriculum.
Students wishing to take an upper-level course
that does not appear on the list must petition
for permission before attending the class. Stu-
dents should submit a proposed program of
elective courses — preferably representing a
minor field of concentration consistent with
personal career objectives — for approval by the
program coordinator.
Preprofessional Medical
Courses
The following information is provided for stu-
dents who plan to apply for admission to schools
of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, podiatry, or
optometry. Those who wish to pursue veterinary
medicine may need to meet different entrance
requirements and should consult the chair of
the Health Professions Advisory Committee for
additional advice at 617-437-2818.
enrolled in a course, the committee can prepare
evaluation letters only for those who have letters
of recommendation from at least two Northeast-
ern faculty members.
Sources of Advice
General Counseling, Application Procedures
and Entrance Exams
C.H.Ellis, Jr., Chair
Health Professions Advisory Committee
Department of Biology
College of Arts and Sciences
445 Richards Hall
Northeastern University
Boston, Massachusetts 02115
617^37-4032
Course Schedules and Counseling
Paula Vosburgh, Assistant Dean and
Director
Health Professions and Sciences Programs
University College
266 Ryder Hall
Northeastern University
Boston, Massachusetts 02115
617-437-2818
Physics and Mathematics Courses
Dean Thomas E. Hulbert, Director
School of Engineering Technology
120 Snell Engineering Center
Northeastern University
Boston, Massachusetts 02115
617^37-2500
Medical School Admission Requirements
Students must complete the following courses
before they may enroll in medical school, and
should complete them before taking the school's
particular admission test (MCAT, DAT, and so
on). MCAT exam applications are available from
the Office of Career Development, 120 Ryder
Hall, 617^37-2430.
Biology: one year (with labs)
General chemistry: one year (with labs)
Organic chemistry: one year (with labs)
Physics: one year (with labs)
College mathematics: one year (with some
calculus)
College English: one year
Northeastern University's Health Professions
Advisory Committee provides academic advice
and help with professional school applications
to students in any of the University's health pro-
grams. Although cidvice is available to anyone
Course Sequences to Meet Minimum
Admission Requirements
Acceptable course sequences can be taken at
University College to prepare students for
health profession schools. Completing one se-
quence from each category should meet the mini-
mum requirements of most medical or dental
schools. If you have questions about whether
other courses might be applicable, contact
Dean Vosburgh or Professor Ellis. You should
contact medical or dental school(s) directly to
obtain guidance on specific courses required
for admission.
General Biology: BIO 4103, BIO 4104, BIO 4105.
Lab required. Other biology courses — such as
anatomy, physiology, and microbiology — may be
acceptable, depending on the professional school.
General biology is highly recommended even if
you have already taken the other courses.
34 Chemistry
General Chemistry: CHM 4111, CHM 4112,
CHM 4113. Lab required.
Organic Chemistry: CHM 4261, CHM 4262,
CHM 4263. Lab required.
General Physics: PHY 4117, PHY 4118, PHY 4119,
and labs PHY 4196, PHY 4197, PHY 4198.*
Mathematics: MTH 4108, MTH 4120, MTH 4121.
English: ENG 4110, ENG 4111, ENG 4112.
Requirements in two additional areas, if
needed — behavioral science and biochemistry —
can be met by the following courses.
Behavioral Science: PSY 4110, PSY 4111,
PSY 4112, and/or other psychology courses.
Biochemistry: CHM 4371, CHM 4372, CHM 4373
or BIO 4246, BIO 4247, BIO 4248.
Chemistry
CHM 4111 General Chemistry 1*
(2 CH, 2.4 lab, 3 QH) Fall
Presents fundamental chemistry concepts such as
symbols, formulas, equations, atomic weights, and
calculations based on equations. Includes gases,
liquids, solutions, and ionization. The required lab
is CHM 4117. Lab fee. Prereg. MTH 4107 or equiv.
Civil Engineering Technology
CET 4301 Plane Surveying
(4 QH) Fall
Examines surveying principles; theory of measure-
ments; leveling; traverse computations; area calcu-
lation; and stadia principles and topography.
Prereq. MTH 4108.
CET 4302 Geodetic Surveying
(4 QH) Winter
Introduces practical astronomy for surveying,
including basic spherical trigonometry. Covers
geodetic surveying, including precise leveling, tri-
angulation, EDM equipment, and baseline measure-
ments./Vereg. CET 4301.
*Some medical schools have allowed PHY 4101 and
PHY 4102 College Physics 1 and 2 to be used for
admission. Before choosing this sequence, contact
the school you wish to apply to for their preference
for a physics course sequence.
'This is a University College course offered at a
different tuition rate.
CET 4303 Route Surveying
(4 QH) Spring
Studies simple and compound curves; vertical
curves; earthwork computations; solution of the
mass diagram; and an introduction to route location
by photogrammetry Prereg. CET 4301.
CET 4307 Legal Aspects of Surveying
(4 QH) Winter
Covers registry of deeds and probate; ownership of
land; deeds; descriptions of qualifying expression;
adverse possession; Massachusetts land court; and
expert witness. Prereq. CET 4301.
CET 4311 Highway Engineering
(4 QH) Spring 1993
Explores engineering considerations in the plan-
ning and construction of modern highways and
highway routing; traffic flow and traffic control;
and computer applications to transportation
problems. Prereg. CET 4301.
CET 4316 Land Use Planning
(4 QH) Fall 1993
Studies environmental, sociological, economic
aspects, and traditional basis for land use
planning. Covers objectives, content, form,
and preparation of plan; community and public
facilities; transportation; and environmental
impact and plan implementation. Prereq. GET 41 71.
CET 4321 Introduction to Structural Design
(2 CH, 4 lab, 4 QH) Spring
Presents tabular methods for the design of mem-
bers and connections using the AISC Code.
Pr^eq. GET 41 71 and MET 4314.
CET 4324 Structural Analysis 1
(4 QH) Fall
Surveys the reactions, shears, bending moments,
and forces developed by loading systems on beams
and trusses; influence lines for beams, girders, and
trusses; and solutions for forces from moving load
systems on statically determinate structures.
Prereq. MET4315.
CET 4325 Structural Analysis 2
(4 QH) Winter
Covers classical methods of deflection solution for
beams and trusses. Discusses methods of solving
statically indeterminate structures.
Prereq. CET 4324
CET 4331 Steel Design 1
(4 QH) Fall 1992, 1994
Examines design of steel members in structural
frames, tension, compression, bending and eccen-
trically loaded members; and design of plate girders
for buildings. Prereg. CET 4321 and MET 4315.
Computer Tkchnology 35
CET 4332 Steel Design 2
(4 QH) Winter 1993
Presents design of steel for highway bridges,
composite design in bridges and buildings, intro-
duction to plastic analysis, and design in steel.
Prereg. CET 4331.
CET 4341 Fluid Mechanics
(4QH)
This course has been replaced by MET 4370 Fluid
Mechanics A.
CET 4350 Environmental 1
(4 QH) Winter
Examines principles of water supply engineering;
population forecasting; and quality and quantity of
water for various uses. Other topics include water
treatment processes; collection and disposal of
wastewater and storm water; modern treatment
methods; and wastewater plant operation.
Prereg. CET 4341 and CHM 4111.
CET 4351 Environmental 2
(4 QH) Spring
Studies the layout and design of water treatment
and sewage treatment plants; and instrumentation
and electrical equipment. Includes laboratory
demonstrations. /Vereg. CET 4350.
CET 4361 Materials and Soil Mechanics
(4 QH) Fall 1992, 1994
Examines the physical properties of portland
cement, aggregates, mixing water and admixtures;
batch proportioning; bituminous materials; index
properties of soils, soil moisture and structure;
compressibility; and theory of consolidation.
Prereg. MET4315.
CET 4371 Concrete Design 1
(4 QH) Winter 1993
Examines the design of bending members, axially
and eccentrically loaded columns by elastic and
ultimate strength principles. Prereg. MET 4315.
CET 4372 Concrete Design 2
(4 QH) Spring 1993
Covers the reinforced concrete design of basic
structures, including considerations of continuity.
Includes an introduction to prestressed concrete
member design. Prereg. CET 4371.
CET 4393 Construction Administration
(4 QH) Spring 1994
Discusses contracts, specifications, and bidding
procedures; estimating and scheduling, including
critical path; and discussion of personnel adminis-
tration and union negotiation. Includes bid prepara-
tion for a small project. Prereg. None.
CET 4399 Special Problems in Civil Engineering
Technology
(4QH)TBA
Engages students in theoretical or experimental
work under individual faculty supervision. Prereg.
Permission of department chair.
Computer Technology
CT 4105 Pascal/Algorithms
(4QH)
This course is replaced by GET 4100 Computer
Programming for Engineering Technology.
CT 4150 Computer Organization
(4 QH) Winter
Presents basic computer architecture. Topics
include number systems' operation and conversion,
logic circuits, registers, data busses, ROM/RAM,
microcomputer structure and operation, micro-
processor internal components, microprocessor
programming, and input/output processing.
Prereg. GET 4100.
CT 4311 Programming with the C Language
(4 QH) Fall, Winter, Summer
Teaches C, a general purpose language suitable for
programming operating systems, text-processing,
and databases. Covers functions, arrays, character
strings, global and local variables, scope rules,
pointers, address arithmetic, structures, unions,
and singular linked lists. A project is required.
Prereg. GET 4100.
CT 4321 Programming with Ada
(4 QH) TBA
Teaches Ada, a programming language for numeri-
cal applications, system programming applications,
and applications with real-time and concurrent exe-
cution requirements. Includes readability, strong
typing, exception handling, data abstracting,
tasking, and generic units. Involves using the
University's computer facilities to write programs
dealing with numerical and system programming
applications. Prereg. CT4311, or knowledge of Pascal
or FORTRAN.
CT 4330 Data Structures
(4 QH) Winter
Introduces methods of representing and manipulat-
ing data in computer memory. Covers stacks,
queues, lists, trees, heaps, sets, graphs, hashing,
searching, and sorting. Project required.
Prereg. CT4311.
CT 4335 Numerical Methods
(4 QH) Spring
Presents computer methods for solving mathemati-
cal problems. Involves writing and running applica-
tion programs using the University's computer
facilities. Covers deterministic versus stochastic
methods, random number generators, iterative ver-
sus noniterative solutions, maxima and minima in
two and three variables, curve fitting in two and
three variables, integrals, trapezoidal and Simpson's
rules, slopes, difference equations in two and three
variables, vector and matrix algebra, simultaneous
linear equations, nonlinear equations, permuta-
tions, and combinations. Prereg. CT4311 and
MTH4122.
36 Computer Tkchnology
CT 4340 Software Engineering Design
(4 QH) Winter
Offers structured methods for developing complex
computer software. Explores developing structured
specifications, structured designs, and the com-
puter programs for complex problems using the
University's computers. Topics include partitioning,
hierarchical organization, data flow diagrams, data
dictionaries, structured English, decision trees,
decision tables, structured charts, team design,
structured programs, and maintainability.
Prereq. CT4330.
CT 4345 Assembly Language
(4 QH) Winter
Teaches typical microprocessor assembly language.
Involves writing and running programs on a 68000
microprocessor-based system. Covers CPU archi-
tecture, instruction sets, addressing modes, binary
operation, code conversion, subroutines, macros,
and input/output. Prereg. CT4311 and CT4150.
CT 4348 LISP
(4 QH) TBA
Introduces an interactive language in which the
LISP interpreter is commonly referred to as the
read-evaluate-print loop. Discusses various levels
of implementation in LISF! a language well-suited
to implement the standard techniques of data
structure manipulation. Also explores techniques
for recursion, complex data structures, storage
management, and symbol table manipulation.
Prereg. CT4330.
CT 4351 Advanced Computer Organization
(4 QH) Winter
Examines the functional characteristics of complex
and special purpose computer systems, and the
functions of general purpose multi-user and multi-
processing operating systems. Advanced topics
include virtual memory and virtual machine archi-
tectures, distributed and multiprocessor systems,
array processors, and system performance analysis.
Prereg. CT4356 and CT4375.
CT 4355 Micro Peripheral Hardware
(4 QH) Spring
Covers the elements of microprocessor peripheral
hardware and its interfacing. Involves designing
and analyzing microprocessor systems, including
detailed schematics, timing diagrams, and
technical documentation. Topics include serial
input/output devices, DMA and interrupt control
devices, standard busses, bus arbitration tech-
niques, and bus support VLSI. Prereg. CT4374.
CT 4356 Complex Peripheral Hardware
(4 QH) Fall
Studies the interfacing and implementation of
complex peripheral systems. Topics include disk
and tape interfaces; graphic display devices;
communication interfaces and subsystems; and
input/output processors. Prereg. CT4355.
CT 4360 Industry Software
(4 QH) Fall
Surveys current commercial software packages and
methods. Involves the exercise of commercial pack-
ages implemented on the University's computer
facilities where applicable. Topics include specific
current packages and methods drawn from the cat-
egories of: database management, scientific and
statistical analysis, security and privacy, software
assurance, and documentation. Prereg. CT4381.
CT 4363 Concurrent Programming
(4QH)TBA
Examines the basic principles of concurrent
programming. Students will write and run pro-
grams to demonstrate various aspects of concur-
rent programming techniques and issues. Topics
include correctness of concurrent programs, mate-
rial exclusion, timing Dekker's algorithms, the
producer-consumer problem, monitors, semaphores,
"Ada Rendezvous," critical regions, and conditional
variables. Prereq. CT4311.
CT 4365 Industry Hardware
(4 QH) Winter
Discusses the latest industrial developments
and trends in computer hardware, conducted as a
seminar. Prereg. CT4356.
CT 4368 Semiconductor Logic
(4QH)FaII
Analyzes the bipolar and MOS transistors in satu-
rated and cutoff conditions. Examines implement-
ing these concepts to form basic logic circuits and
standard logic families, and convert logical expres-
sions into hardware configuration representations.
Topics include Ebers-Moll modeling, PMOS, NMOS,
CMOS, bipolar characteristics, and standard logic
families. Prereg. EET4311.
CT 4369 Computer Logic
(4 QH) Winter
Introduces the hardware building blocks of digital
computers. Teaches students to specify configura-
tions of gates and memory components to achieve
combinational and sequential composite logical
functions, and perform finite state machine design
and analysis. Topics include gates, flip-flops, regis-
ters, decoders, ALUs, memory arrays, and syn-
chronous and asynchronous state machines.
Prereq. CT4368.
CT 4374 Introduction to CPU Hardware
(4 QH) Spring
Introduces the circuits and operation of microcom-
puters, focusing on microprocessor components
and circuits, including detailed timing and func-
tional analysis of their interactions. Topics include
central processing unit, memory, addressing,
clocking, bus concepts, interrupts, coprocessors,
input/output, and instruction timing.
Prereg. CT 4345 and CT 4369.
Computer Tkchnology 37
CT 4375 CPU Architecture
(4QH)F^11
Presents high performance microprocessor archi-
tecture and hardware interfacing techniques. Ana-
lyzes current commercial processors and their
support components. Topics include internal CPU
architecture, memory management, instruction
prefetch, privilege states, bus cycles, control lines,
input/output, interrupts, exceptions, and pipelining.
Prereq. CT4374.
CT 4377 VLSI Design
(4 QH) TBA
Introduces Very Large Scale Integration (VLSI)
Integrated Circuits (ICs), the key components of all
modern computers. Examines MOS devices, cir-
cuits, design methods, and fabrication techniques
used in producing custom VLSI ICs. Topics include
MOS transistor characteristics; basic gate circuits;
scaling; layout tools, both manual and automated;
wafer fabrication techniques; standards; testing;
and costs. Prere?. CT4369.
CT 4379 Computer Networks
(4QH)
This course has been replaced by CT 4480 Local
Area Networks 1.
CT 4380 Data Communication Methods
(4 QH) Spring
Discusses the ISO Open Systems Interconnect
model for communication systems, including the
functional and operational aspects of data commu-
nication devices and software. Uses a black box
approach. Topics include modems, control units,
multiplexers, concentrators, front-end processors,
and error checking. Prereq. CT4375.
CT 4381 Operating Systems
(4 QH) Spring
Introduces the basic principles and organization of
operating system implementation. Topics include
processor management, process multiplexing and
synchronization, schedules, atomic operations and
mutual exclusion, sequential and concurrent pro-
gramming, memory, and device and data manage-
ment. Prereg. CT 4330 and CT 4345.
CT 4382 Computer Graphics Programming
(4 QH) TBA
Explores the computer plotting of two- and
three-dimensional (2D and 3D) shapes. Involves
writing and running programs using the
University's computer and digital plotter Topics
include 2D transforms, 3D to 2D transforms, 3D
transforms, surface representation, shading, hidden
line, raster technology-color, introduction to inter-
active graphics, characters, curve fitting, and
graphic data structures. /Vereg. GET 4100 and
GET 41 70.
CT 4383 Databases
(4QH)TBA
Examines database organization structure and
management. Involves writing and running pro-
grams exemplifying techniques developed in class,
using the University's computer facilities. Topics
include access methods, attributes, indices, keys,
querying, searching and matching, file sets,
inverted file sets, normal forms, and random
access. Prereg. CT4330.
CT 4384 Large System Assembly Languages
(4 QH) TBA
Explores Macro, a VAX-1 1 assembly language, to
show how basic components in the CPU are used
during program execution. Topics include integer,
real, and character instruction sets, various
addressing techniques, procedure linkage, and
system input/output. Prereg. CT4345.
CT 4387 Bit Slice Microcomputers
(4 QH) TBA
The epitome of hardware flexibility is represented
by the bit slice CPU. Students examine the basic
design ground rules common to this style of hard-
ware design. Prereg. CT4355.
CT 4389 Single-Chip Microprocessors
(4 QH) TBA
When small 8-bit intelligent devices are rewired in
high volume, the single-chip microprocessor in the
form of the 3870, 8048, Z8, and others comes into
play. An understanding of the hardware limitations
of a single-chip system is the basis for this subject
material. Prereg. CT4375.
CT 4390 Special Problems in Computer Technology
(4 QH) TBA
Students perform theoretical or experimental work
under individual faculty supervision. Prereq.
Permission of department chair.
CT 4391 Topics in Computer Technology
(4QH)TBA
Focuses on advanced topics in Computer Technology
to be selected by the instructor. Prereq. Permission
of the instructor.
CT 4393 UNIX Operating System
(4QH)TBA
Surveys advanced topics in the UNIX operating sys-
tem and its filing system, including differences
between the AT&T and Berkeley versions of UNIX.
Also covers pipes, forks, execl, filter, signals, con-
currency, processes, semaphores, EMACS, C prepro-
cessor, macros, sed, grep, awd, make, gdb, dbx, lint,
cb, lex, yacc, TeX, and shell programming.
Prereq. CT4311.
38
Earth Sciences
CT 4394 Object-Oriented Programming
(4QH)TBA
Examines the methodologies currently used
in object-oriented programming languages,
drawing on case studies of Small Talk, Flavors,
CLOS, and C* ^ . Other topics include G-Base, an
object-oriented database system, and the concepts
of abstraction, polymorphism, class inheritance,
locks, and generic dispatch. Prereq. CT4330.
CT 4395 Computer Security
(4 QH) TBA
Covers issues related to security in computing,
including the history of security, encryption tech-
niques and applications, secure communications,
and software protection. Other topics include soft-
ware verification and validation, designing security
into the hardware, and products currently available
for securing systems and data. These subjects will
be addressed in terms of privacy as well as
reliability Prere?. CT 4380 and CT4381.
CT 4396 PROLOG: An Introduction to Artificial
Intelligence (4 QH) TBA
Introduces fundamental artificial intelligence (AI)
terms and techniques, using PROLOG as a program-
ming language. Topics include knowledge represen-
tation, search, parsing, logic, and inference
techniques. Projects required. Prereq. CT4330.
CT 4397 Advanced UNIX Operating System
(4 QH) TBA
Studies design and development of C application
programs that interface with the UNIX operating
system kernel. Enables C programmers to access
UNIX system functions through system calls and
library routines. Topics include fundamental con-
cepts, file creation and access, signals and interrupt
handling, multitasking, file and terminal I/O, pro-
cesses, and various forms of interprocess communi-
cation (IPC) and synchronization. The University's
computer facilities are used to run programming
assignments. (UNIX is a registered trademark of
AT&T Bell Laboratories.) /Vere?. CT4393.
CT 4480 Local Area Networks 1
(4QH)TBA
Introduces Local Area Network concepts, archi-
tectures, application, protocols, and components.
Focuses on the first three layers of the ISO reference
model; physical, data link, and network layers.
Examines Ethernet, SNA, Token Bus, Token Ring,
and other IEEE standards. (Not open to students
who have taken CT 4379.) Prereq. CT4380.
CT 4481 Local Area Networks 2
(4QH)TBA
Examines the upper four layers of the ISO reference
model: transport, session, presentation, and appli-
cation layers. Topics include TCP/IP DECNET,
'This is a University College course offered at a
different tuition rate.
NETBIOS, FTP TELNET, and E-MAIL.
Prereq. CT4480 or permission of the instructor.
CT 4492 Independent Study in Computer Technology
(4 QH) TBA
Independent study of advanced computer tech-
nology projects for students — usually in their
junior or senior year — who have high scholastic
standing. Projects may be of an applied or theoreti-
cal nature resulting in a formal report submitted to
the project supervisor at the end of the quarter.
Prereq. Permission of adviser and project supervisor.
CT 4493 Independent Study in Computer Technology
(4 QH) TBA
Independent study of advanced computer technol-
ogy projects for students — usually in their junior or
senior year — who have high scholastic standing.
Projects may be of an applied or theoretical nature
resulting in a formal report submitted to
the project supervisor at the end of the quarter
Prereq. Permission of adviser and project supervisor.
Earth Sciences
ESC 4218 Groundwater*
(3QH)TBA
Discusses the geologic nature of different types of
aquifers in New England and other parts of the
world. Examines the principles of groundwater flow
in permeable rock and soil. (This course is valid
only as an open elective for School of Engineering
Technology students.) Prereq. Calculus course or per-
mission of the instructor.
ESC 4219 Geochemistry of Groundwater*
(3QH)TBA
Describes how the composition of uncontaminated
groundwater is affected by the chemistry of precipi-
tation and by reactions with the organic and inor-
ganic components of soil and rock. Considers the
geochemical aspects of a number of specific ground-
water contamination problems, including leachate
plumes from landfills, improper disposal of haz-
ardous wastes, leaking underground storage tanks,
saltwater intrusion of coastal aquifers, and so on.
(This course is valid only as an open elective for
School of Engineering Technology students).
Prereq. Students should have taken at least one
chemistry course.
ESC 4220 Wetlands*
(3QH)TBA
Explores the hydrology and biogeochemistry of wet-
lands, describes the attributes of specific wetland
types, and examines current wetland protection
and management strategies. (This course is valid
only as an open elective for School of Engineering
Technology students). Prereq. None.
Electrical Engineering Tkchnology
39
ESC 4221 Environmental Geophysics*
(3QH)TBA
Intended for both students and practicing profes-
sionals. Shows how geophysical techniques can help
solve a wide range of environmental and engineering
problems. After a brief historical survey, the most
commonly used methods are considered in detail,
including seismic, gravity, magnetics, resistivity,
electromagnetics, ground penetrating radar, and
borehole methods. Emphasizes practical applica-
tions, using numerous case studies as examples. Pro-
vides an opportunity to design and plan geophysical
studies based on actual and theoretical situations.
(This course is valid only as an open elective for
School of Engineering Technology students.)
Prereq. None.
Studies measurements of amplitude, frequency, and
phase shift using a variety of series/parallel RL, RC,
and RLC circuitry. Examines circuit time constants
and their relation to repetition rate, along with
resonance, circuit quality, and filter circuits.
Prereq. EET4124.
EET 4151 Circuit Analysis 1
(4 QH) Fall, Spring, Summer
Introduces Ohm's law, Kirchoff 's current and
voltage laws, equivalent resistances, independent
and dependent sources, mesh and nodal analysis,
and power relations, all concentrating on direct
current circuits. Other topics include Thevenin and
Norton theorems, the operational amplifier, and
energy storage elements such as the capacitor and
inductor. Prereq. MTH4120 or PHY 4119.
Economics
ECN 4115 Economic Principles and
Problems 1* (3 QH) All Quarters
Applies the basic principles of economics to cur-
rent public problems. Focusing on macroeconomics,
explores the issues of unemployment, inflation,
national income and employment theory, and gov-
ernment expenditures and taxation. Prereq. None,
ECN 4116 Economic Principles and
Problems 2* (3 QH) All Quarters
Continues ECN 4115, focusing on the role of the
banking system, the Federal Reserve System, and
supply-side policies. Topics in microeconomics
include the role of a market pricing system, supply
and demand, the costs of production, profits, and
the supply decision. Prereg. ECN 4115 or equiv.
Electrical Engineering
Technology
EET 4124 Circuits Laboratory 1
(3 lab, 2 QH) Fall, Winter
Involves experiments in DC electrical circuits and
the study of various measurement techniques.
Includes use of ammeters, ohmmeters, voltmeters,
VOMs, and power supplies. Studies equivalent resis-
tance, series and parallel circuits. Ohm's Law,
Thevenin and Norton Theorems, as well as superpo-
sition and maximum power transfer theorems.
Prereq. EET 4151.
EET 4125 Circuits Laboratory 2
(3 lab, 2 QH) Winter, Spring
Offers further experimentation in electrical cir-
cuits and measurement techniques. Involves the
operation of oscilloscopes, audio frequency and
function generators. Explores inductance, capaci-
tance, and the effect of frequency upon them.
EET 4152 Circuit Analysis 2
(4 QH) Fall, Winter, Summer
Studies the time domain (transient) analysis of R,
L, and C elements; the energy storage in L and C cir-
cuits; and the responses in source-free RL and RC
circuits. Includes the application of the unit step
function and the response of RLC circuits. Intro-
duces frequency domain methods to solve sinu-
soidal steady-state circuits using complex
frequency concepts and phasor algebra. Also covers
three-phase circuits and three-wire single-phase
systems. Prereg. EET 4151.
EET 4180 Introduction to Telecommunications
(4 QH) Fall
Introduces students to voice, video, and data com-
munications. Surveys the development of telephony
and the operation of the telephone network.
Emphasizes current developments in communica-
tions, particularly the use of digital transmission
and switching. Introduces terminology peculiar to
telephony. (Not open to electrical engineering tech-
nology majors.) Prereq. None.
EET 4310 Electrical Measurements
(4 QH) Spring
Examines standards of measurements, dimensional
analysis, errors and measurements of dispersed
data, discrete and continuous variables, binomial
distribution, and normal distribution. Other areas
include guaranteed error, methods of resistance
measurements, digital voltmeters and analog to dig-
ital conversion, voltage references, potentiometers,
and AC bridges. Prereg. EET 4152.
EET 4311 Electronics 1
(4 QH) Fall, Spring, Summer
Introduces digital electronics starting with the
binary number system and proceeding to logic gates,
boolean algebra, combinatorial logic circuits, and
the basic arithmetic units used in digital computers
such as adders, counters, and shift registers.
Prereq. EET4152.
•This is a University College course offered at a
different tuition rate.
40 Electrical Engineering Tkchnology
EET 4312 Electronics 2
(4 QH) Fall, Winter, Summer
Introduces analog electronics starting with the
basic semiconductor materials and proceeding to
the derivation of both the large and small signal
models for diodes, bipolar junction transistors
(BJTs), junction field effect transistors (JFETs),
and metal oxide silicon field effect transistors
(MOSFETs). Practical circuits using these devices
are also discussed. /Vereg. EET 4311.
EET 4313 Electronics 3
(4 QH) Fall, Spring
Continues the analog electronics of EET 4312 and
covers transistor voltage amplifiers, transistor
power amplifiers, operational amplifiers, power sup-
plies, oscillators, and a selection of specialized
semiconductor devices such as Shottky diodes, uni-
junction transistors, and silicon controlled rectifiers
iSCRs). Prereq. EET 43 12.
EET 4314 Pulse and Digital 1
(4 QH) Fall
Develops the physical devices and the physical wave-
forms of digital circuits, as a complement to the
mathematical and idealized development of EET
4311. Discusses practical pulse waveforms and how
they can be shaped by linear circuits. Examines the
effects of diodes, transistors, field-effect devices,
and operational amplifiers upon these waveforms.
Discusses waveform generators such as unijunction
transistors, the 555 timer, and Schmitt trigger
circuits. Reviews the currently available logic
families such as TTL, Tri-State, MOS, and CMOS.
Prereq. EET 4313.
EET 4315 Pulse and Digital 2
(4 QH) Winter
Discusses the extension of combinatorial logic to
arithmetic units, coders, decoders, and code con-
verters, multiplexers, and programmable logic units.
Includes a detailed development of SR, D, and JK
flip-flops and their application to sequential logic
circuits such as counters, shift registers, and high-
speed memory. Emphasizes applications to instru-
mentation rather than to digital computers.
Prereq EET 4314.
EET 4317 Principles of Communication Systems 1
(4 QH) Fill 1993
Introduces signal analysis using Fourier methods;
noise in communication systems; frequency selec-
tive amplifiers, including wideband; transistor
power amplifiers AF and RF; oscillators; signal
sources; and applications. Prereq. EET 4313.
EET 4318 Principles of Communication Systems 2
(4 QH) Winter 1994
Explores the basic theory of amplitude, frequency,
phase, and pulse code modulated systems; analysis
of modulating and demodulating circuits; carrier
systems using SSB; system block and level diagrams;
logic control circuits in communication systems;
and modems. Prereq. EET 431 7.
EET 4319 Principles of Communication Systems 3
(4 QH) Spring 1994
Presents the fundamentals of digital communica-
tions; sampling requirements; analog-to-digital con-
version methods; system capacity and bandwidth;
comparison of practical digital systems PAM, PCM,
PFM, and PWM; time and frequency division multi-
plexing; data decoding; and selected examples from
telemetry and computer links. Prereq. EET 4318.
EET 4320 Electricity and Electronics
(4 QH) Winter
Introduces students to circuit analysis, resistive net-
works, periodic excitation functions, steady state AC
circuits; study of the physical foundations of elec-
tronics and the physical operation of electronic
devices. (Not open to electrical engineering technol-
ogy majors.) Prereq. MTH 4120 and PHY 4119.
EET 4323 Electronics Laboratory
(3 lab, 2 QH) Spring
Offers experimentation with nonlinear semiconduc-
tors. Explores junction and zener diodes. Studies
typical applications in clippers, clampers, rectifica-
tion, filtering, electronic power supplies, voltage
regulation, and integrated circuit regulators. Dis-
cusses bipolar and field effect transistors, amplifiers
and voltage follower configurations, special semi-
conductors and operational amplifiers.
Prereq EET 4311.
EET 4327 Advanced Electronics Laboratory 1
(3 lab, 2 QH) Fall
Includes experiments using oscilloscopes and
examines transistor audio amplifiers, push-pull
amplifiers, drivers, pulse and video amplifiers,
transients and wave-shaping circuits, audio fre-
quency oscillators, and operational amplifiers.
Prereq EET 4323.
EET 4328 Advanced Electronics Laboratory 2
(3 lab, 2 QH) Winter
Experiments with the modulation of a class C
amplifier, the diode detector, basic timing circuits,
RF and crystal oscillators, astable multivibrators,
logic gates, flip-flops, binary adders, registers,
and counters. Considers active filters, frequency
modulation detectors, and analog-to-digital and
digital-to-analog conversion. Prereg. EET 4327.
EET 4329 Advanced Electronics Laboratory 3
(3 lab, 2 QH) Spring
Involves spectral studies of FM and PM waves;
amplitude limiters; the balanced modulators and
single sideband generators; integrated circuit
timers and monolithic random access memory; and
monolithic phase-locked loop. Offers microwave
experiments and a series of digital experiments.
Prereq. EET 4328.
EET 4330 Energy Conversion
(4 QH) Spring
Explores the generalized theory of rotating energy
conversion devices; steady-state operation of the
Electrical Engineering Tkchnology 41
multiply-excited direct-current machine; control of
speed; special machines; transformers; steady-state
considerations of induction and synchronous
machines; generalized machine and circuit model;
and Laplace transform techniques applied to the
analysis of dynamic operating modes of rotating
machines. Prereg. EET4353.
EET 4337 Distributed Systems
(4 QH) Spring
Examines radiation, transmission, and reception of
electromagnetic waves; distributed-line constants
and traveling waves of transmission lines; and dif-
ferential equations of the uniform line.
Prereq. MTH 4122 and PHY 4119.
EET 4341 Power and Controls Laboratory 1
(3 lab, 2 QH) Fall 1992
Introduces standard laboratory measurement
equipment, including voltmeters, ammeters,
oscilloscopes, and frequency counters, as well
as data-taking methods and report writing.
Investigates diodes, bipolar transistors, field
effect devices, silicon control rectifiers, unijunc-
tion transistors, power supplies, regulators, and
various types of feedback transistor amplifiers.
Prereq. EET 4330.
EET 4342 Power and Controls Laboratory 2
(3 lab, 2 QH) Winter 1993
Offers experiments with characteristics of DC
motors and generators, single- and multi-phase
transformers, induction motors, synchronous
motors, and three-phase power measurements.
Prereq. EET 4341.
EET 4343 Power and Controls Laboratory 3
(3 lab, 2 QH) Spring 1993
Offers experiments with self-synchronous devices
such as control transformers, transmitters and
receivers, AC and DC servomotors, and open and
closed loop response of servomechanisms and
stepping motors. Prereq. EET 4342.
EET 4353 Circuit Analysis 3
(4 QH) Fall, Spring
Examines the application of differential equations
to the solutions of linear, time-invariant electrical
networks. Introduces singularity functions, convolu-
tion, and time domain transient analysis; network
topology and duality; and the methods of transfor-
mation calculus and complex frequency concepts.
Prereq. EET 4152.
EET 4354 Circuit Analysis 4
(4 QH) Fall, Winter, Summer
Covers signal analysis in the frequency domain;
Fourier series; and Fourier and Laplace transform
methods. Requires solving circuit problems using
Laplace transforms and related theorems.
Prereq. EET 4353.
EET 4360 Photovoltaic Technology
(4 QH) TBA
Examines the theory, operation, installation, and
monitoring of a photovoltaic power system. Topics
include the physics of silicon photovoltaic cells;
amorphous, polycrystalline, and single crystal. Lab
included. Prereg. EET 4311 and PHY 4119.
EET 4362 Basic Power Systems 1
(4 QH) Pall 1992
Considers power transmission lines; line constants;
current voltage and power relations; introduction
to electric-power distribution loads, feeders, and
substations; and application of matrices.
Prereq. EET 4354.
EET 4363 Basic Power Systems 2
(4 QH) Winter 1993
Studies symmetrical and unsymmetrical faults;
protective devices — application and coordination;
power flow in electric circuits; steady-state power
limitations of systems; and voltage regulation
theory and application. Prereg. EET 4362.
EET 4364 Basic Power Systems 3
(4 QH) Spring 1993
Examines computer applications to power systems
with emphasis on load-flow studies; and basic ideas
of systems planning, short-circuit studies, and sys-
tem stability. Prere?. EET 4363.
EET 4370 Digital Computers 1
(4QH)Fall
Introduces the field of digital computer design.
Topics include general computer organization, num-
ber systems and number representations, design
characteristics of major computer units, and
Boolean Algebra applications to computer design.
Prereq. EET 4314.
EET 4371 Digital Computers 2
(4 QH) Winter
Examines microprocessor architecture and organi-
zation. Studies the machine language and assembly
coding of an industry-accepted microprocessor.
Assigns an assembly language coding problem and
analyzes a suitable topic from the current literature.
Prereq. EET 4370.
EET 4377 Control Engineering 1
(4 QH) Winter
Analyzes linear servomechanisms under both tran-
sient and steady-state conditions. Topics include
signal flow graphs and Laplace transforms used in
the formulation of block diagrams, and transfer
function. Prereq. EET 4354 and MTH4122.
EET 4378 Control Engineering 2
(4 QH) Spring
Studies system stability, root locus techniques,
treatment of Nyquist criteria, and Bode diagram
methods for systems evaluation. Prereg. EET 4377.
42 English
EET 4381 Telecommunications Systems 1
(4QH)PaIl
Presents transmission system fundamentals, begin-
ning with the development of the information to be
transmitted in the form of voice, video, or data sig-
nals. Examines information transmission including
baseband and multiplex systems. Stresses encoding
analog signals into a digital format and multiplex-
ing digital signals into the digital hierarchy. Also
examines current digital transmission systems
such as T-carrier, digital radio, and fiber optic sys-
tems. (Not open to electrical engineering techno-
logy majors.) Prereg. EET 4152 or equiv.
interference and diffraction. Assumes no previous
background in optics. Prereg. MTH4108
andPHY4119.
EET 4392 Optoelectronics and Fiber Optics
(4 QH) Spring
Presents an overview of the various elements and
their characteristics utilized in optical communica-
tion systems — elements that generate light (lasers,
diodes); modulate light (as in scanning or informa-
tion encoding); transfer light (optical fibers); detect
light; and display and store light or its encoded
information . Prereq. EET 4393 and MTH 41 08.
EET 4382 Telecommunications Systems 2
(4 QH) Winter
Introduces switching theory and practice, histori-
cal development, and circuit switching. Examines
packet switching and the basics of traffic engineer-
ing. Considers time division versus space division
switching, switching systems software, and digital
switch architecture. (Not open to electrical engi-
neering technology majors.) Prereq. EET 4381.
EET 4383 Telecommunications Systems 3
(4 QH) Spring
Continues EET 4381 and EET 4382 by examining
networks comprised of switching and transmission
equipments. Considers networks of particular inter-
est to students, including the interaction between
private (PABX or key systems) networks and the
public (local telephone company) network. Dis-
cusses signaling systems that communicate
between portions of the network. Involves develop-
ing a transmission level plan that will tie together
the subject matter. (Not open to electrical engineer-
ing technology majors.) Prereq. EET 4382.
EET 4384 Video Communications
(4 QH) F^ll
Examines the television signal, synchronization,
balancing and interleaving, cameras, transmitters
and receivers, video cassette recorders, video
discs, and cable networks. (Not open to electrical
engineering technology majors.) Prereq. EET 4151
(may be taken concurrently with EET 4384), EET
4180, and PHY 4119.
EET 4391 Basic Optics and Optical Systems Design
(4 QH) F^ll
Involves developing the basics of optical imaging in
the Gaussian approximation and analyzing the vari-
ous designs stemming from lens aberration, intent
and forms of optical systems, and flux throughput.
Presents the essentials of a wave description of
light along with instrumental designs for exhibiting
*This is a University College course offered at a
different tuition rate.
EET 4393 Applied Wave Optics
(4 QH) Winter
Offers a wave optical approach to classical and
modern imaging, and to interference/diffraction
instrumentation and devices. Emphasizes a physi-
cally descriptive analysis of such applications as
nondiffractive interference effects (interferome-
ters, interference filters, high and anti-reflection
films, and longitudinal 'laser' cavity modes) and
diffraction effects (apertures and gratings). Also
discusses wave imagery, image processing, and the
3-D imaging of holography; polarization phenomena
and associated materials and devices; and basic
quantum optics. Prereq. EET 4391, MTH 4108, and
PHY 4119 or permission of instructor.
EET 4399 Special Problems in Electrical
Engineering Technology (4 QH) TBA
Engages students in theoretical or experimental
work under individual faculty supervision.
Prereq. Permission of department chair.
English
ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1*
(3 QH) All Quarters
Offers a detailed examination of the principles and
methods of rhetoric, especially narration, descrip-
tion, and exposition. Coursework includes frequent
practice in writing paragraphs and themes in those
modes. j4 writing proficiency test is given at the
first class meeting.
ENG 4111 Critical Writing 2*
(3 QH) All Quarters
Further examines the principles and methods of
rhetoric, especially persuasion and argument, the
study of short fiction, and the development of
research skills. Coursework includes practice in
writing persuasive and critical themes in preparing
research papers. Prereq. ENG 4110 or equiv.
Industrial Management
General Engineering Technology Human Resources Management
GET 4100 Computer Programming for Engineering
Technology (4 QH) All Quarters
Introduces computers for problem solving using C
Language. Topics include data types, arithmetic and
logical expressions, programming loops, decision
making, functions, arrays, and character string
manipulation. Offers the use of the University's
computer facility to run programs.
Prereq. MTH 4107 or concurrently.
HRM 4301 Organizational Behavior*
(3 QH) F^ll
Examines the fundamentals of organizational life,
emphasizing the structure and discipline of groups
typically found in a business setting. Topics include
issues and data related to leadership styles,
employee motivation, and organizational dynamics.
Significant student participation is required.
Prereq. None.
GET 4138 Computer Programming for
Telecommunications (4 QH)
This course has been replaced by GET 4100 Com-
puter Programming for Engineering Technology.
GET 4170 Engineering Graphics 1
(4 QH) All Quarters
Introduces students to freehand, instrument, and
computer engineering drawing using geometric
constructions. Topics include descriptive geometry;
orthographic projection; sections; and isometric,
oblique, and perspective drawings. Prereq. None.
GET 4171 Engineering Graphics 2
(4 QH) Fall, Winter, Spring
Studies the use of computer and manual drawing in
layout and assembly graphics. Course topics include
manufacturing processes, fasteners, gears, welding,
electric/electronic drawing, architectural/structural
drawing, piping, and topography. A design project is
required. Prereg. GET 4170.
GET 4172 Electrical Engineering Graphics
(4 QH) Pall, Winter, Spring
This course has been replaced by GET 4171
Engineering Graphics 2.
GET 4306 Technical Communications
(3 QH) Fall, Winter, Spring
Offers an opportunity to learn the style and con-
tent guidelines for technical writing, refines techni-
cal writing skills, and develops the ability to
prepare and deliver oral presentations of a profes-
sional calibre. Prereq. ENG 4110.
GET 4364 Kinematics
(4 QH) Winter
Presents four-bar linkages, sliders, and other
devices using orthogonal components of vectors,
instantaneous centers, equivalent linkages, and
effective cranks. Emphasizes graphic solutions,
and provides an introduction to the computer to
enhance these concepts. Also covers reverted and
epicyclic gear trains and cam displacement.
Prereq. GET4171 andPHY4117.
Industrial Engineering
Technology
HS 4360 Engineering Economy
(4 QH) Fall
Presents fundamental accounting concepts and ter-
minology, including assets, liability, net worth, and
the analysis of income statements and balance
sheets. Discusses introductory steps in the analysis
of investment proposals, time value of money,
and cash flows. Analyzes cash flows in terms of
present worth, annual worth, rate of return, and
benefit/cost ratio. Considers depreciation and tax
effects on cash flows. Prereq. MTH4107.
IIS 4393 Engineering Probability and Statistics
(4 QH) Winter
Studies the algebra of events and sets, and the laws
of probability. Examines the properties of discrete
and continuous random variables, including density
function, expected value, variance, conditional
probability, independent event, and Bayes' theorem.
Presents common distributions: normal, uniform,
and binomial. Also covers estimation of parameters
ofrandom variables, point estimation, confidence
intervals, sampling statistics, central limit theorem,
and associated sampling distributions.
Prereq. MTH 4122.
Industrial Management
IM 4301 Introduction to Operations Management*
(3 QH) Winter
Surveys the concepts and principles of operations
from a management point of view. Looks at opera-
tions in relation to other business functions and
*This is a University College course offered at a
different tuition rate.
Management
as a transformation process , with inputs of materi-
als, investment, and people producing finished
goods/services. Topics include product and process
design, forecasting demand, capacity planning,
facilities design, aggregate planning, scheduling,
and quality control and assurance.
Prereq. MS 4325 or equiv.
IM 4314 Productivity Enhancement and Quality*
(formerly Production Control and Inventory
Management) (3 QH) Winter
Studies the fields of quality control and productiv-
ity as a body of managerial, technological, behav-
ioral, and economic knowledge, and examines the
organized application of this knowledge to the
practical improvement of operations. Considers
current productivity improvement programs such
as measurement and control, and explores the rela-
tionship between increased productivity and
managing for higher quality. Reviews current man-
agement practices of quality control, approaches to
optimizing quality, economics of total quality, inter-
nal and external quality, and management of
long-term quality and reliability. Prereq. MS 4332.
Management
MGT 4101 Introduction to Business and
Management 1* (3 QH) All Quarters
Examines the setting and general structure of
American business, including objectives and prac-
tices affecting the American standard of living.
Topics include the characteristics of private enter-
prise and the nature and challenge of capitalism
and other forms of economic enterprise. Introduces
types of businesses, the structures of organiza-
tions, and the functions of management. Considers
what a managerial career involves, what problems
must be faced, and what decisions must be reached.
Prereq. None.
Management Science
MS 4332 Statistical Quality Control*
(3QH)F^11
Offers a practical course in analytical methods of
modern quality control, emphasizing the applica-
tion of basic statistical controls in the industrial
environment. Topics include control charts, statisti-
cal tolerancing, acceptance sampling techniques,
life testing, and reliability concepts.
Prereq. ECN4251 or equiv.
'This is a University College course offered at a
different tuition rate.
Manufacturing Engineering
Technology
MFG 4311 Manufacturing Materials and
Processes 1 (4 QH) Spring
Examines the structures of polymers (thermoplas-
tics, thermosetting, glass, and rubber); manufactur-
ing processes for polymers; thermoforming;
structures of metals; and the manufacturing pro-
cesses for metal forming. Also covers alloys,
nonferrous metals, and various manufacturing
methods and processes. Prereg. CHM4101 or
CHM4111, andPHY4117.
MFG 4312 Manufacturing Materials and
Processes 2 (4 QH) Fall
Continues MFG 4311. Prereg. MFG4311.
MFG 4313 Modern Manufacturing Materials
and Processes (4 QH) TEA
Covers advanced manufacturing processes and
advanced manufacturing materials being utilized in
industry. Topics include advanced forming tech-
niques of materials, advanced coating methods of
materials, advanced deburring techniques,
advanced metal removal techniques, and advanced
materials such as composites and ceramics.
Prereq MFG 4312
MFG 4321 Computer-Aided Manufacturing 1
(4QH)FalI
Gives an overview of computer-aided manufactur-
ing (CAM), including group technology; material
requirements planning; part coding and classifica-
tion; numerical control; part programming; and
management systems. Covers each area to instill an
appreciation of the coming reality of the automated
factory. Prereq. None.
MFG 4322 Computer-Aided Manufacturing 2
(4 QH) Winter
Continues MFG 432 1 . Prereq. MFG 4321.
MFG 4331 Computer Methods in Manufacturing
Design 1 (4 QH) F^ll
Investigates the use of computers in selected areas
of manufacturing systems design. Topics include
numerical control, MRP II, computer-aided process
planning and control, and other important applica-
tions of computers to manufacturing. Prereg. MFG
4311 and MFG 4322.
MFG 4332 Computer Methods in Manufacturing
Design 2 (4 QH) Winter
Continues MFG 433 1 ; Prereq. MFG 4331.
MFG 4341 Introduction to Computer-Aided Design
(4 QH) Winter
Introduces computational and numerical geome-
try for design, and studies the implementation of
Mathematics
computer graphics in design and use of
computer-aided design packages, as well as
principles of numerical control techniques in
design and manufacture. Involves a design project.
Prereg. GET 4100 or FORTRAN.
MFG 4351 Assembly Automation
(4 QH) Spring
Examines the field of automatic assembly; topics
include automatic vibratory feeders, nonvibratory
feeders, and the automatic orientation of parts to
be fed. Also covers the economics of automatic
assembly. Involves designing an automated assem-
bly system if time permits. Prereg. MFG 4322
and MFG 4332.
MFG 4361 Numerical Controlled Machines (Basic)
(4 QH) Fall
Begins with a week-long review of numerical
controlled machines from material covered in
MFG 4321 and MFG 4322. Provides an introduc-
tion to DNC and CNC systems followed by the
study of numerical controlled machines and
programming in the APT programming language.
Prereq. MFG 4322, MFG 4332, and MFG 4341.
MFG 4371 Robotics
(4 QH) Winter
Discusses the concept, classification, and structure
of robots and their application in manufacturing.
Topics include drive and control systems; kinetics,
coordinate transformations, and trajectory interpo-
lators; and the application, programming, and
integration of robots into the manufacturing
environment. Prereq. MFG 4361.
MFG 4381 Plant Layout and Design
(4 QH) F^U
Examines the use of descriptive and optimizing
models — for example, simulation, queuing theory,
and linear programming — to design facilities and
associated material handling systems. Applies com-
puter-assisted layout analysis techniques to practi-
cal problems. Prereq. IM 4301 and IIS 4360.
MFG 4390 Special Ibpics in Manufacturing
Technology (4 QH) TEA
Focuses on special or advanced topic areas that are
of particular interest in the manufacturing area.
Prereq. Permission of the instructor or student
faculty adviser.
MFG 4391 Independent Study in Manufacturing
'Ifechnology(4QH)TBA
Offers theoretical and experimental work under
individual faculty supervision. Prereq. Student must
obtain a course faculty adviser.
MFG 4392 Special Problems in Manufacturing
Technology (4 QH) TEA
Selected advanced problems in manufacturing tech-
nology chosen by the instructor. Prereq. Permission
of the instructor and student adviser.
MFG 4393 Special Problems in Manufacturing
Technology (4 QH) TEA
Selected advanced problems in manufacturing tech-
nology chosen by the instructor. Prereq. Permission
of the instructor and student adviser.
Mathematics
MTH 4006 Technical Mathematics
(4 QH) All Quarters
Reviews high school algebra equations, formulas,
exponents, polynomials, factoring, scientific nota-
tion, fractions, radicals, quadratic equations, and
linear equations and their applications. (Credit
cannot be used in the associate in engineering,
associate in science, or the bachelor of science in
engineering technology degree programs.)
Prereq. None.
MTH 4107 College Algebra
(4 QH) All Quarters
Offers a diagnostic exam to insure the proper place-
ment of students in the course. Course topics
include interval notation, integer and rational expo-
nents, factoring, operations with fractional expres-
sions, operations with radicals and complex
numbers, Pythagorean theorem, linear and quadratic
equations and inequalities, distance and midpoint
formulas, and functional notation. Also covers
graphing of functions including straight lines, abso-
lute value, polynomials, exponential and logarith-
mic; solving equations involving radicals; and
solving polynomial, exponential, and logarithmic
equations. Involves use of scientific calculator.
Prereq. Math diagnostic exam or MTH 4006 or equiv.
MTH 4108 Pre-Calculus
(4 QH) All Quarters
Examines trigonometric functions of angles in
degrees and radians; trigonometric identities and
equations; right triangles; law of sines and cosines;
inverse trigonometric functions; polar coordinates;
complex numbers in trigonometric form; systems of
linear and nonlinear equations; determinants; bino-
mial theorem; arithmetic and geometric sequences
and series; and conic sections. Prereq. MTH 4107.
MTH 4120 Calculus 1
(4 QH) All Quarters
Studies plane analytic geometry of the line and cir-
cle. Reviews inequalities and general function oper-
ations, theory and evaluation of limits, derivatives
of algebraic and trigonometric functions, general
rules of differentiation, RoUe's theorem, and Mean
Value theorem. Also covers applications of differen-
tiation including velocity; and acceleration, related
rates, maximum, minimum, curve sketching, and
approximations by differentials. Examines solving
the equation f(x) = 0 by applying Newton's method.
Prereq. MTH 4108.
46 Mechanical Engineering Tkchnology
MTH 4121 Calculus 2
(4 QH) All Quarters
Examines antiderivative and development of the
fundamental theorem with applications to areas,
volumes, and rectilinear motion problems. Topics
include the logarithmic exponential and inverse
trigonometric functions and their applications;
techniques of integration including parts, partial
fractions, substitution, and the use of tables;
numerical integration (Simpson's and Trapezoidal
rules); L'Hospital's Rule; improper integrals; and
the geometry of vectors in a plane and space.
Prereq. MTH 4120.
MTH 4122 Calculus 3
(4 QH) All Quarters
Studies three-dimensional space and a treatment of
functions of several variables; multiple integrals
with applications in areas and volumes; sequences
and series; and differential equations, including the
solution with applications of first-order with vari-
ables separable, first-order linear, and second-order
linear homogeneous to complete the sequence.
Prereq. MTH 4121.
MTH 4123 Differential Equations
(4 QH) Fall, Winter, Spring
Examines linear differential equations with con-
stant coefficients, homogeneous and nonhomoge-
neous. Explores the variation of parameters and
undetermined coefficients and simultaneous differ-
ential equations, the Laplace transform, series solu-
tion of differential equations, and the Fourier series.
Studies orthogonal functions and numerical solu-
tions of differential equations. Prereq. MTH 4122.
Mechanical Engineering
Technology
MET 4301 Mechanics A
(4QH)F^II
Studies the forces, moments, couples, and statics of
particles and rigid bodies in two and three dimen-
sions. Examines external and internal distributed
forces, first moments and centroids, as well as
structure-trusses, frames, and machines.
Prereq. MTH 4120 and PHY 41 17.
MET 4302 Mechanics B
(4 QH) Winter
Explores friction, second moments, and virtual
work; the kinematics of particles; force, mass and
acceleration; work and energy. Prereq. MET 4301.
MET 4303 Mechanics C
(4 QH) Fall
Studies the impulse and momentum of particles;
the kinematics and dynamics of rigid bodies, force,
mass, and acceleration; and the dynamics of rigid
bodies — work and energy. Also covers introduction
to mechanical vibration. Prereq. MET 4302.
MET 4314 Stress Analysis A
(4 QH) Winter, Spring
Examines axially loaded members, stress and strain,
allowable stresses, factor of safety, temperature
effects, and indeterminate members. Other topics
include shear and moment diagrams; f lexural and
transverse shearing stresses in beams; torsional
stresses and deformations; and power transmission.
Prereq. MET 4301.
MET 4315 Stress Analysis B
(4 QH) Fall, Spring
Presents determinate and indeterminate beam
deflections and reactions by various methods,
including integration and moment-area and superpo-
sition methods. Topics include thin-walled pressure
vessels and centric loading of bolted and welded
connections; eccentric loads on beams and riveted
and welded joints; combined stresses; principal
stresses; Mohr's circle; theories of failure; and
column design. Prereq. MET 4314.
MET 4319 Mechanics
(4 QH) Spring
Provides an introduction to mechanics for non-
mechanical majors. Studies the static analysis of
forces acting on particles and rigid bodies in 2- and
3-dimensions. Also discusses centroids and centers
of gravity and moments of inertia. Considers the
kinematics and kinetics of particles and rigid
bodies. Prereq. MTH 4120 and PHY 4117.
MET 4330 Mechanical Design A
(4 QH) Winter
Introduces the principles of mechanical design,
the design process, design factors, creativity, opti-
mization, human factors, and value engineering
through simple design projects. Examines princi-
ples of design, properties, and selection of materi-
als; stress concentrations; strength under combined
stresses; theories of failure; impact; and fluctuat-
ing and repeated loads. Prereq. MET 4314 and
MET 4380.
MET 4331 Mechanical Design B
(4 QH) Spring
Continues MET 4330 and further develops the
methodology of design as applied to products, pro-
cesses, and equipment. Also studies the deformation
and design of fasteners, screws, joints, springs, and
bearings, lubrication, and journal bearings. Covers
stresses and power transmission of spur, bevel, and
worm gear; shaft design, and clutches and brakes.
Prereq. MET 4330.
MET 4340 Thermodynamics A
(4 QH) Fall, Winter
Introduces the general theory of heat and mat-
ter; first law of thermodynamics for open and
closed systems (law will be applied to nozzles,
turbines, compressors, and heat exchangers);
energy-transformation principles and availability
of energy; and properties and processes for pure
substances, liquids, and ideal gases. Also covers
Mechanical Engineering Technology
thermodynamic properties using tables and
charts; mixtures of fluids; and vapor cycles.
Prereq. CHM4111 andPHY4118.
MET 4341 Thermodynamics B
(4 QH) Winter
Discusses the second law of thermodynamics for
open and closed systems; internal combustion
engines; theory of gas and vapor flow through
orifices and nozzles; design and performance of
steam and gas turbines; gas power cycles; vapor and
combined power cycles; and refrigeration cycles.
Prereq. MET 4340.
MET 4342 Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning
(4 QH) Spring
Introduces air-conditioning principles, including
psychometrics and heat pumps. Topics include cal-
culation of heating and cooling loads in accordance
with ASHRAE practices; principles of gas compres-
sion; analysis of vapor compression; refrigeration
systems; low-temperature refrigeration cycles; and
absorption refrigeration systems. Prereq. MET 4341.
MET 4343 Heat Transfer
(4QH)Fall
Presents the basic principles of heat
transfer: thermal conductivity and thermal
conductance/resistance. Examines heat transfer
mechanisms, the basic equations of conduction,
and natural and forced convection. Studies the
hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layers, black
body radiation, and Kirchoff 's law. Other topics
include emissivity and absorptivity, the radiation
between simple bodies, heat transfer coefficients,
heat exchanger effectiveness, and regenerative and
evaporative heat exchangers. Prereq. MET 4341.
MET 4370 Fluid Mechanics A
(4 QH) Spring
Examines hydrostatics; principles governing fluids
at rest; pressure measurement; hydrostatic forces
on submerged areas and objects; simple dams; flu-
ids in moving vessels, and hoop tension. Discusses
fluid flow in pipes under pressure; fluid energy,
power, and friction loss; Bernoulli's Theorem; and
flow measurement. /Vereq. MET 4302.
MET 4371 Fluid Mechanics B
(4 QH) Winter
Considers pipe networks and reservoir systems,
flow in open channels, and uniform flow. Also cov-
ers energy, friction loss, minor losses, velocity dis-
tribution, alternate stages of flow, critical flow,
nonuniform flow, accelerated and retarded flow,
and hydraulic jump and waves. Prereq. MET 4370.
MET 4380 Materials A
(4 QH) Spring
Identifies methods of selection of materials for engi-
neering applications. Topics include fundamental
metallic, ceramic, and polymer structures; general
information covering theoretical aspects of proper-
ties; testing and failure of materials; alloying and
hardening of metals; refinement of metals; equi-
librium diagrams; characteristics of engineering
metals; and introduction to principles of metal fabri-
cation./Vereq. None.
MET 4390 Measurement and Analysis Laboratory
(3 lab, 2 QH) Fall
Discusses experiments requiring collection and
analysis of data by graphical and numerical meth-
ods. Examines computer applications and report
writing to draw conclusions relative to accuracy,
precision, true values, and measured values as
they relate to basic mechanical measuring instru-
ments. Prere?. GET 4100, MET 4314, MTH4122,
andPHY4119.
MET 4391 Technology Laboratory A
(3 lab, 2 QH) Winter
Conducts experiments to determine mechanical
properties of materials under normal and abnormal
environmental conditions. Experiments include
tension, bending, torsion, creep, and fatigue.
Prereq. MET 4315, MET 4380, and MET 4390.
MET 4392 Technology Laboratory B
(3 lab, 2 QH) Spring
Conducts experiments to determine the physical
properties of incompressible fluids, measure flow
rates and velocities utilizing pitot tubes, orifice
plates, venturii meter, and weirs flow meters,
U-tube differential manometers, and piezometers.
Prereq. MET 4370 (may be taken concurrently)
and MET 4390
MET 4393 Technology Laboratory C
(3 lab, 2 QH) Fall
Explores basic thermodynamic relationships. Con-
ducts experiments to examine the flow of compress-
ible fluids and steam and to examine the energy
conversion of a fuel into a working substance. Exam-
ines related heat transfer mechanisms along with
operating characteristics of thermal generators,
engines, and compressors. Prere?. MET 4341 and
MET 4390 (may be taken concurrently).
MET 4394 Technology Laboratory D
(3 lab, 2 QH) Winter
Conducts experiments to examine the operating
characteristics and efficiencies of internal combus-
tion engines, brake horsepower, indicated horse-
power, mean effective pressure, fuel consumption,
torque, ignition timing, manifold pressure, and com-
pression ratios and internal engines as energy con-
version systems. Also covers energy conversion of
fuels. /Yereg. MET 4341, MET 4343 (may be taken
concurrently), and MET 4393.
MET 4395 Technology Laboratory E
(3 lab, 2 QH) Spring
Offers advanced and specialized experiments in
refrigeration, air-conditioning, and heating pump
cycles. Prereq, MET 4342, MET 4343, and MET 4390.
JfS Physics
MET 4414 Mechanical Vibrations
(4 QH) TBA
Studies the elements of vibrating systems, one
degree of freedom, natural frequencies, damped free
and forced vibration. Impedance and mobility, sys-
tems with more than one degree of freedom, and
vibration absorber Prereg. MET 4303.
MET 4415 Experimental Stress Analysis
(4 QH) TBA
Examines theory and experimentation showing the
application of extensometers and electrical strain
gauges and transducers in the field of experimental
stress and strain analysis. Also covers theory and
laboratory practice on photoelastlc methods as
applied to classical model analysis and modern coat-
ing analysis. Prereg. MET 4315.
MET 4416 Stress Analysis C
(4 QH) Spring
Discusses curved beams, nonsymmetrical bending
of beams, shear center and shear stresses on thin
sections, and composite beams. Also covers
columns, energy absorption and resilience, inertial
stresses, impact loading, deflection of beams
by energy methods, and bolted fastenings.
Prereq. MET 4315.
MET 4444 Power Generation
(4 QH) TBA
Explores electrical power generation by thermome-
chanical, electromechanical, nuclear, and hydraulic
systems. Emphasizes the analysis of thermodynamic
cycles as well as the practical deviations from the
related ideal processes. Considers accessory and
auxiliary equipment used in such systems. Studies
design, performance, economic factors, and
public issues affecting electric power generation.
Prereq. MET 4341.
MET 4481 Materials B
(4 QH) Spring
Discusses polymer, composite, and ceramic materi-
als; electrical and magnetic properties; and applica-
tions for the fabrication and use of both metals and
nonmetals. Examines structures of metals, imper-
fections, and properties of nonferrous metals. Dis-
cusses fabrication methods including powder
metallurgy, metal-working, casting, molding,
machining, welding, and manufacturing methods.
Offers experiments in preparation of samples and
microstructure/analysis, and additional lab work in
the construction of cooling curves and binary phase
diagrams. Prere?. MET 4380.
MET 4482 Applied Metallurgy
(4 QH) TBA
Examines mechanical properties of ferrous metals,
the iron carbon diagram, high-temperature alloys,
hardening methods, impact tests, and the effects of
environment. Also discusses manufacturing pro-
cesses and methods of fabrication. Offers experi-
ments in the analysis of stress-strain diagrams, heat
treatment, surface corrosion, tempering, and draw-
ing, as well as ferrous and nonferrous metals.
Prereq. MET 4481.
Physics
PHY 4101 College Physics 1
(4 QH) Fall, Summer
Introduces students to mechanics, including units
of measurement, vectors, accelerated motion, and
Newton's laws of motion. Topics include conserva-
tion of energy, work, momentum, elements of heat,
mechanical waves, and vibrating bodies. Includes
laboratory experiments and classroom demonstra-
tions as an integral part of the course. (This course
is Intended for health professions and science pro-
grams and cannot be used for credit towards tech-
nology degrees in the School of Engineering
Technology.) Prereq. None.
PHY 4102 College Physics 2
(4 QH) Winter, Summer
Introduces magnetism, magnetic fields, electromag-
netic induction, electrostatics and electric circuits.
Discusses appropriate topics in optics, nuclear and
atomic physics. Involves frequent laboratory experi-
ments and classroom demonstrations. (This course
is intended for the health professions and science
programs and cannot be used for credit towards
technology degrees in the School of Engineering
Technology) Prere?. PHY 4101.
PHY 4117 Physics 1
(4 QH) All Quarters
Introduces vectors and balanced forces, accelerated
motion, projectile motion, Newton's laws, work and
energy, momentum, and equilibrium of rigid bodies.
Prereq. MTH 4107 or concurrently.
PHY 4118 Physics 2
(4 QH) All Quarters
Explores rotational motion, periodic motion, elec-
tric forces and fields, electric potential, capacitance,
electromotive force, and direct current circuits.
Prereq. PHY 4117
PHY 4119 Physics 3
(4 QH) All Quarters
Covers magnetic fields and forces, electromagnetic
induction, inductance. Gauss's law, electromagnetic
waves, mechanical waves, sound, and the interfer-
ence and diffraction of light. Prereg. PHY 41 18.
PHY 4196 Physics Laboratory 1
(1 QH) All Quarters
First in a three-quarter sequence for School of
Engineering Technology students. Laboratory
course that accompanies PHY 4117. Provides experi-
ments selected from physics topics covered concur-
rently in PHY 411 7. Prereq. PffK-itii 7 concMrrent/j/.
Physics 49
PHY 4197 Physics Laboratory 2
(1 QH) All Quarters
Second in a tiiird-quarter sequence for School of
Engineering Technology students. Laboratory
course that accompanies PHY 41 18. Provides experi-
ments selected from physics topics covered in
PHY 41 17 and PHY 41 18. Prereq. PHY 41 18 concur-
rently and PHY 4196.
PHY 4198 Physics Laboratory 3
(IQH) All Quarters
Third in a three-quarter sequence for School of
Engineering Technology students. Laboratory course
that accompanies PHY 41 19. Provides experiments
selected from physics topics covered in PHY 41 18 and
PHY 4119. Prereq. PHY 41 19 concurrently and
PHY4197.
Northeastern University
/
:■■'*
-— -' -JLiJ-?'-; - t«er'..T*a
ill
I I
.^r t , ,
52
A Profile of Northeastern
At Northeastern University, we value part-time
evening and weekend students as highly as we
do our full-time students. You are important
members of the academic community and re-
flect the changing profile of today's college stu-
dent, which encompasses new concerns for
lifelong learning and professional retraining.
Northeastern supports your pursuit of personal
and professional goals and wants to contribute to
your success. In return, you contribute to the
intellectual and cultural diversity upon which
this urban institution thrives. You may take full
advantage of the academic resources and facili-
ties we offer and join all our students who are
recognized and supported by the University's
faculty and administration.
Founded in 1898, Northeastern University
is incorporated as a privately endowed, nonsec-
tarian institution. From its beginning, the
University's mission has been to identify and
address the educational needs of a diverse com-
munity and student body in distinctive and use-
ful ways. Northeastern did not duplicate the
programs of other academic institutions, but
instead became a world leader in new areas of
educational service. Today, the University is
comprised of seven undergraduate colleges and
nine graduate schools. Our undergraduate
colleges are:
• Bouve College of Pharmacy and Health
Sciences*
• College of Arts and Sciences, including the
School of Journalism
• College of Business Administration
• College of Computer Science
• College of Criminal Justice
• College of Engineering, including the School
of Engineering Technology
• College of Nursing
Our graduate schools are:
• Graduate School of Arts and Sciences
• Bouve Graduate School of Pharmacy
and Health Sciences*
• Graduate School of Business Administration
'Structure and name pending approval of the
Supreme Judicial Court of Massachusetts.
Graduate School of Computer Science
Graduate School of Criminal Justice
Graduate School of Engineering
Graduate School of Nursing
Graduate School of Professional Accounting
School of Law
At Northeastern, we respond to the needs of
people who already hold jobs or are launched in
careers but who wish to advance or change their
professional lives. There are also classes for peo-
ple pursuing personal interests. The University
offers a variety of educational options — both
credit and noncredit — to suit your particular
objectives. The School of Engineering
Technology offers part-time evening and week-
end associate's and bachelor's degree programs
in technological areas, in addition to daytime
undergraduate programs. University College, so
named because it draws upon the resources of
Northeastern's other colleges, offers part-time
day and evening programs leading to certificates
and to associate's and bachelor's degrees.
All formal courses of study leading to degrees
through part-time programs are approved by the
full-time day faculty of Northeastern's Basic
Colleges and are governed by the same qualita-
tive and quantitative standards.
Where You'll Find
Northeastern
The main campus of Northeastern University is a
vibrant and progressive urban community. To all
Northeastern students, the physical setting of the
Boston campus extends opportunities to partici-
pate in the dynamic, exciting environment that
we share with city residents. Built around a quad-
rangle, the campus is divided by Huntington
Avenue, a msyor artery. It is located in the midst
of such cultural landmarks as Ssrmphony Hall,
the Museum of Fine Arts, the Isabella Stewart
Gardner Museum, Horticultural Hall, and the
Boston Public Library. You can walk to Frederick
University Libraries 53
Law Olmsted's Fenway Park, Copley Place, the
Back Bay shopping district, and a number of
internationally renowned hospitals. In 1910, the
University began construction on the first piece
of land acquired at its present site; it is now more
than fifty-five acres.
The Boston campus is ideally situated for
easy commuting. The MBTA Orange and Green
lines provide rail service to the heart of the
campus. Use either the Orange Line's Ruggles
Street station or the Green Line's Northeastern
University stop along the Arborway Branch to
arrive on campus. The MBTA also has numerous
bus routes that run along Huntington and
Massachusetts avenues, which are the two major
city streets closest to the campus. Finally, if you
need to drive to Northeastern, student parking is
available at reasonable rates in University-owned
parking lots.
To reach increasing numbers of students and
to make participation in our programs as conve-
nient as possible. Northeastern University has
established a number of suburban campuses and
branch locations, as well as several off-campus
athletic facilities. The campuses and branch
locations house administrative and classroom
facilities for Northeastern's graduate, part-time
day and evening, and continuing education pro-
grams. The University also maintains many
affiliations to ensure access to facilities and
specialized equipment available at other
institutions and organizations.
One of Northeastern's most recent acquisi-
tions is the twenty-acre Dedham campus, just
north of Route 128. This facility houses the
Center for Continuing Education and space
for the College of Business Administration's
High Technology MBA Program.
Near the junction of Routes 128 and 3
in Burlington is the Suburban Campus of
Northeastern University. Part-time undergradu-
ate courses in a variety of subject areas and
part-time graduate courses in engineering
and business administration are offered. The
Burlington campus also offers special programs
for part-time, evening, and noncredit continuing
education courses.
Situated on fifty acres in Ashland, the Warren
Center provides a practical laboratory for
outdoor education and conservation and for
camping administration, programming, and
counseling. In the summertime, the center
becomes an attractive campsite for various com-
munity and University groups and is available for
corvferences and workshops.
Twenty miles northeast of Boston, the Marine
Science and Maritime Studies Center is located
in Nahant, on Massachusetts Bay. It serves
as a site for national, international, and
University research.
Henderson House, Northeastern University's
conference center, is located twelve miles from
Boston in suburban Weston. This facility hosts
a variety of activities, including residential
seminars, workshops, short courses, and
weekend meetings.
Network Northeastern
Network Northeastern uses the microwave-based
Instructional Television Fixed Service (ITFS)
system to broadcast courses to subscriber com-
panies and to the Burlington and Dedham cam-
puses. The network telecasts live classroom
instruction to remote sites where students inter-
act with instructors via a telephone-based
talkback system. A courier service collects
and delivers course materials and serves as the
off-campus student's link to academic and
administrative departments.
Network Northeastern currently broadcasts
educational programs to over thirty local corpo-
rations. Courses are offered in graduate engineer-
ing, graduate computer science, undergraduate
engineering technology, and state-of-the-art
programs for professional development. Network
Northeastern also delivers graduate level and
short courses to corporations throughout the
United States via satellite.
University Libraries
Together, the collections, services, staff, and
facilities of the Northeastern University Libraries
provide access to information and an under-
standing of the organization of the literature and
other information resources of the academic dis-
ciplines. The library is integral to the academic
and research processes, whether these occur in a
formal classroom, seminar, or laboratory setting
or through individual study and enrichment.
All students, whether full-time or part-time,
have full access to all units of the University
Libraries located on the Boston, Burlington, and
Dedham campuses and at the Marine Science
Center in Nahant.
Snell Library, a centralized library for the
Boston campus has 2,800 seats on five levels and
54 Engineering Computer Center
shelving for more than 1.25 million volumes.
Library services incorporate online, telecommu-
nication, and media technologies that are associ-
ated with information resources, including an
online catalog and circulation system, microcom-
puter and language laboratories, and a CD-ROM
optical disc network.
Total holdings of the University Libraries
include more than 690,000 volumes; 1,550,000
microforms; current subscriptions to over 7,500
serials and newspapers; 150,000 government doc-
uments; and 19,000 audio, video, and computer
software titles.
Library staff are available in all service areas
to assist students. Librarians provide instruction
to groups and to individuals on the bibliographic
research process and on strategies for identify-
ing, locating, and using information resources.
Each term, a series of tutorials is offered giving
students further opportunities to meet with a
Ubrarian to discuss particular or specialized
research needs.
Northeastern University is a member of the
Boston Library Consortium, a cooperative
arrangement among the following academic and
research institutions: Boston College, Boston
Public Library, Boston University, Brandeis
University Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, the State Library of Massachusetts,
Tufts University, the University of Massachusetts
(Amherst and Boston campuses), and Wellesley
College. The University's membership in the
Boston Library Consortium generally allows for
on-site use by, but does not grant borrowing priv-
ileges to, students at Northeastern. Some of the
consortium libraries and many of the other
libraries in the Boston area require that a visiting
student present a special pass or letter of intro-
duction. A Northeastern reference librarian can
advise about such student visitor policies.
Engineering Computer Center
Division of Academic
Computing
The Division of Academic Computing (DAC)
facilitates the use of computers by Northeeistern
students and faculty.
The division's Personal Computing Initiative
supports personal computing with negotiated
discounts on hardware and software (available
through the Northeastern Computer Store) and
with advice, training, and assistance on personal
computer use.
The division and its Computing Resource
Center (CRC) maintain the lynx communication
system for the exchange of computer mail and
conference discussions. Participation in lynx is
available to any member of the Northeastern
community free of charge. To apply for a lynx
account, bring a valid Northeastern student
identification card to 39 Richards Hall during
business hours.
The Computing Resource Center also main-
tains mainframe computing resources (most
notably the VAX 8650 system) and numerous
public-access laboratories of personal com-
puters and terminals on the Boston, Dedham,
Burlington, and Liberty Square campuses.
Ell Student Center
Students ei\joy a variety of recreational and
co-curricular activities at the Carl S. Ell Student
Center. The center houses Blackman Auditorium,
which seats 1,300; a ballroom; main lounge; stu-
dent offices; conference rooms; PC lab and typing
room; full-service copy center; gameroom; cafete-
ria with seating for more than 1,000; and the
University Bookstore.
The Engineering Computer Center provides user
support for Northeastern Engineering and
Technology students and faculty. The staff are
full-time professionals who administer the sys-
tems, deliver training, maintain hardware and
provide software support. The center's labs, open
seven days a week with competent user assis-
tants available to answer questioiis, provide stu-
dent access to PCs, Macintoshes, VAX and Sun
Microcomputers, and high-end workstations for
CAD and VLSI design.
Sport, Dance, and
Exercise Facilities
Northeastern is concerned with providing for the
health and fitness of students and continually
expands the sports, exercise, and recreational
options available. All part-time students have
access to extensive gymnasium facilities from
4:00 PM to 9:30 PM, Monday through Friday and
Lane Health Center
55
during all open hours on Saturday, Sunday, and
holidays. The University offers a variety of spe-
cialized facilities, including basketball courts,
dance studio, indoor athletic field and running
track, gymnastics room, combatives room,
weight-training rooms, swimming pool, crew
practice tank, racquetball courts, tennis
courts, and motor performance and exercise
physiology laboratories. The Matthews Arena,
with seating for more than 5,000 fans, is home
to the University's varsity and subvarsity hockey
and basketball teams.
For organized athletics requiring facilities not
available on the main campus, Northeastern
maintains the Northeastern University Boat
House, which is located on Memorial Drive in
Cambridge and is home to the University's crew
teams. The Edward S. Parsons Field, on Kent
Street in Brookline, is the playing ground for the
football, baseball, women's lacrosse and women's
field hockey teams, and some intramurals. The
Bernard M. and Jolane Solomon Track, a recently
completed outdoor track and field facility in
Dedham, has an eight-lane, Action Trak 200
running surface and an expansive area for
concurrent jumping and field events. This new
facility is ready to host dual and championship
meet competitions and is a permanent site for
Northeastern University track athletes.
You must present a valid Northeastern student
identification card and a photo identification
card for access to the facilities.
Social and Professional Clubs
We welcome and encourage part-time students in
the School of Engineering Technology and
University College to join in the social and pro-
fessional activities that cire organized and run by
the student body, with the assistance of the direc-
tor of the Office of University College-School of
Engineering Technology Student Activities. If you
and your peers are interested in starting new pro-
fessional clubs, the office will help to plan and
organize locally and nationally.
All programs are designed to keep pace
with changing student needs and interests and
to provide maximum opportunity for
your participation.
Disability Resource Center
The Disability Resource Center's (DRC) mission
within the University is to enable people with
disabilities equal access to higher education via
support services and advocacy. The center pro-
vides support services on an individual basis.
Accommodations include but are not limited to:
orientation, quarterly registration jissistance,
counseling, referral, and HP parking.
Before receiving services, individuals must
voluntarily register their disability-related needs
with the DRC. Registering requires providing the
DRC with recent diagnostic documentation of
their disability. The center's services are individu-
ally designed to meet the student's needs.
The Counseling Center
Confidential counseling and testing is available
to full- and part-time students to address career,
educational, or personal concerns. Assistance is
available to all students during days and certain
weekday evenings until 8:30 pm at the Counseling
Center For information and appointments, call
617-437-2142 or drop in at 302 Ell Building.
Lane Health Center
A comprehensive program of medical care is pro-
vided to all students registered in full-time Basic
Colleges and Graduate School programs at the
Lane Health Center, 135 Forsyth Building. There
are staff physicians available on a walk-in basis
Monday-Friday 9:00 am-4:30 pm and a nurse is on
duty at all times when the clinic is closed. An
emergency telephone number (617-437-2772) is
answered by the nurse on duty who will make
appropriate arrangements for any urgent situa-
tion, nights, weekends and holidays.
56 Department of Career Development and Placement
Department of Career
Development and Placement
The Department of Career Development and
Placement provides a variety of professional
development services to Northeastern students
and almnni. The services enable students to plan
for career advancement. Students already work-
ing in their chosen fields may receive assistance
in identifying career paths and developing a net-
work of professional contacts. Others may
receive assistance with career placement.
Services available to students and alumni/ae
include career counseling, job search seminars,
career expos, and resume matching. Students
and alumni/ae may use the Career Resource
Center, which contains valuable career planning
material, a job bank of employment opportuni-
ties, the Northeastern National Career Network,
and files on over 1,200 companies.
The On-Campus Recruiting program offers
students receiving a bachelor's degree in the cur-
rent academic year the opportunity to interview
on campus with representatives of business, in-
dustry, government, and nonprofit organizations.
Over 250 employers conduct interviews on cam-
pus during the fall and winter recruiting seasons.
The department is located on the Boston cam-
pus in 124 Ryder Hall. Counselors are available to
students and alumni/ae by appointment. Office
hours from September to June are 8:30 am-4:30
PM Monday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday; and
8:30 AM-8:00 PM on Tuesday Office hours during
July and August are 8:00 am-5:00 pm, Monday
through Thursday. For further information or an
appointment, call 617-437-2430.
Alumni Association
Upon graduation, you will join the more than
1 14,000 alumni united within the Alumni
Association, which was established to promote a
mutually rewarding relationship between
Northeastern and its graduates. Association
activities including the Homecoming celebration,
presentation of the Outstanding Alumni Awards,
and the annual presentation of Professional
Promise Awards to outstanding seniors in each
of the colleges.
Cooperative Plan of Education
The University is known worldwide for its
Cooperative Plan of Education, under which stu-
dents alternate periods of work and study. Our
time-tested, widely acclaimed method of educa-
tion enables students to gain valuable hands-on,
practical experience in their chosen fields as
an integral part of their college programs. The
Co-op Plan also allows students to earn money
to offset tuition or related costs. All of
Northeastern's undergraduate day colleges
operate on the Cooperative Plan, and several
of the University's graduate schools have struc-
tured their programs to include the features of
cooperative education.
Administrative Information
57
Admissions
The Student Body
The student body of the School of Engineering
Technology is composed of both recent high
school graduates and adults. Most students are
employed in industry, with a range of vocational
experience. They represent many technical
career categories — industrial, engineering, sci-
entific, and allied-medical, demonstrating that, in
our increasingly complex society, the key to
personal advancement is education.
Academic Background
A firm knowledge of the fundamentals of math-
ematics and science is necessary for success in
the more advanced technological courses.
All applicants to the School of Engineering
Tschnology are required to be proficient in both
English and mathematics. In order to enroll in
ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1 or MTH 4107 College
Algebra, you must satisfactorily complete an
English and a mathematics skills test.
Students who lack the required English or
mathematics skills must take the appropriate
review course. In addition, students who feel
uncomfortable with the level of their English or
mathematics skills are encouraged to enroll in
review courses as well. The next paragraphs
describe the review courses available at the
School of Engineering Technology. The review
courses are offered on a noncredit basis only.
ENG 4005, ENG 4006, and ENG 4007 English
for International Students 1—3
This is a three quarter sequence of courses for
foreign speaking students that provides intensive
training in the English language. Students are
introduced to English grammar, with an empha-
sis on Ustening, speaking, and writing. The
preparation of written and oral reports, as well
as business and social correspondence, is
required. In the final quarter, advanced work in
written and spoken English prepares the stu-
dents for ENG 4110 Critical Writing 1.
ENG 4011 Elements of Writing
This is a writing course that reviews English
grammar, and offers practice in writing sen-
tences, paragraphs, and short papers. The
course prepares students for ENG 4110
Critical Writing 1.
MTH 4006 Technical Mathematics
This is a mathematics course that reviews
high school algebra and prepares students for
MTH 4107 College Algebra.
Program Counseling
If you are attending the School of Engineering
Tfechnology for the first time, we recommend that
you meet with a program counselor who will
assist you in planning an academic program.
(If possible, please bring school transcripts to
the counseling session.) Counselors are available
evenings and Saturdays at the main campus in
Boston most of the year; a special schedule is
prepared for the summer Counseling at the
Burlington, Dedham, and Marlboro campuses is
available on selected evenings during the regis-
tration period prior to each quarter For further
information, contact the School of Engineering
Technology at 617-437-2500.
Special Students
Our open enrollment policy allows you to enroll
in courses without making a formal application.
As long as you have the proper prerequisites
or their equivalent, you can enroll as a
special student.
Degree Candidates
To graduate from the School of Engineering
Technology you must be accepted as a degree
candidate in a program. An application for
58
Admissions
degree candidate status is available from the
School of Engineering Technology office in
Boston (120 Snell Engineering Center,
617-437-2500).
To declare a major, you must do the following.
1. Complete sixteen quarter hours in the School
of Engineering Technology degree program at
a minimum cumulative quality-point average
of 2.00 (a grade of C).
2. Present a high school diploma or its
equivalent (GED).
Once your application for admission to a degree
program is approved, a change of status will be
recorded on your permanent record and any
advanced standing credit will be posted.
Full-Time Students
In addition to the part-time programs described
in this publication, the School of Engineering
Technology offers full-time day cooperative
education programs. Interested students can
apply through the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions, 617-437-2200.
Readmission
If you are a former student seeking readmission
to the School of Engineering Technology, we
suggest you schedule a meeting with a program
counselor to determine how program changes
may affect course requirements. We recommend
that you bring a copy of your previous curricu-
lum worksheet and a transcript.
Transfer Students and Advanced
Standing Credits
If you are transferring from a community college,
junior college, technical institute, or other col-
lege or university, you may transfer applicable
credits toward the degree requirements of a pro-
gram in the School of Engineering Technology
If you are admitted with transfer or advanced
standing credits from another institution, you
must meet the requirements for admission as set
forth under the regulations stated. (See "Degree
Candidates," page 57.) Advanced standing in the
School of Engineering Technology may be
obtained by transfer of credits, proficiency exam-
ination, or by completing the College Level Exam-
ination Program (CLEP).
Transfer of Credits
You may receive, subject to the approval of the
Academic Standing Committee, credits for aca-
demic work completed in other approved
schools, colleges, or universities if the following
criteria are met: the content of the course being
submitted is equivalent to that of the correspond-
ing School of Engineering Technology course; the
grade achieved in the course submitted is C or
higher; and the remoteness of the time of study
does not negate its use as a prerequisite for an
advanced course.
If you desire advanced standing credits by
transfer, you must file a petition for transfer
credit. You should ask the registrar of the
institutions previously attended to mail an
official transcript to the School of Engineering
Technology, 120 Snell Engineering Center,
Boston, Massachusetts 02115.
Proficiency Examinations
If you are a degree candidate in good academic
standing and you do not meet all the criteria for
the normal transfer of credits but are able to sup-
ply evidence of sufficient knowledge of a techni-
cal subject, you may petition for a proficiency
examination. Knowledge can be demonstrated
through job experience or by completing
noncredit continuing education courses such as
those offered by Northeastern's Building Design
and Construction or State-of-the-Art programs.
After paying the proficiency examination fee
and demonstrating proficiency as indicated by
the examination, you will receive advanced
standing credit.
College Level Examination Program
The School of Engineering Technology awards
college credit under the College Level
Examination Program (CLEP). This program is
designed to enable individuals who have reached
college-level education to demonstrate their
achievement through testing and to receive col-
lege credit applicable toward a degree program.
(The examination measures basic proficiency in
the arts and sciences.) After paying the exam fee
and receiving a passing score, you will be
awarded advanced standing credit. For further
information, contact the School of Engineering
Technology, 617437-2500.
Registration 59
Registration
Selecting Courses During Registration
Courses offered by the School of Engineering
Ttechnology are listed in the "Course Descriptions"
section oi this Bulletin. (See page 32.) Part
of each course's entry lists in which quarters the
course is offered. Because most courses are not
offered every quarter, you should plan your
course load for the entire academic year, not just
the next quarter. Academic counseling is avail-
able to help plan your course load for the year If
you need help, contact a School of Engineering
Ttechnology program counselor at 617-437-2500.
Guidelines for Registering for Electives
Many of the School of Engineering Tfechnology's
degree programs require the completion of elec-
tives. The electives give you the chance to explore
topics beyond the core curriculum's scope or to
gain expertise in a specific area introduced by
the core courses.
There are three categories of electives: open,
technical, and social science/humanities.
Open Electives
Any course is acceptable as an open elective
except physical education, military science, and
preparatory courses. An open elective may be
either a three or a four quarter-hour course.
Social Science/Humanities Electives
Social science/humanities electives are offered
through University College and must be chosen
from a list that is available from the School of
Engineering Technology. Six quarter hours of
the social science/humanities electives must
be chosen from the speech communications
(SPC) category
Technical Electives
Technical electives must be chosen from the list
of suggested technical electives appearing at the
end of the degree curricula. Students wishing to
take an upper-level course that does not appear
on the list must petition for permission before
attending the class. Students should submit a
proposed program of elective courses for
approval by the program coordinator. Electives
preferably represent a minor field of concentra-
tion consistent with personal career objectives.
Registration PMods
Official registration periods are scheduled for
each quarter during the academic year We
strongly recommend that you register for courses
during these periods. The registration dates,
times, and locations cire listed in the enclosed
Fee Schedule and Academic Calendar
Before the registration period begins, get a
copy of the University College and School of
Engineering Technology Schedule for the next
quarter The Schedule provides you with the
meeting times and locations of the courses being
offered during the next quarter To get a copy of
the Schedule, contact the School of Engineering
Ifechnology at 617-437-2500.
Changes in Registration
You can change the courses you are registered in
by filing a course drop form at the registrar's
office, 120 Hayden Hall, and then registering for
the desired course. We suggest that you make
these changes during the official registration
period, if possible.
Cross-Registration
Basic College students registering for School of
Engineering Technology part-time courses may
do so only to clear deficiencies or to follow a
program approved by the appropriate program
coordinator Basic College students may register
for part-time courses only by completing the
registration form available in the School of
Engineering Technology office by the end of the
first week of the quarter. You must not fill out any
other part-time registration materials. Approval
of the program coordinator must be obtained if
the course does not appear on your approved
program sheet. Approval from the Department of
Cooperative Education is required if you take
more than one course during a co-op term. Upon
completion, approval, and submission of the reg-
istration form, you will be registered automati-
cally for the course. If the course is a substitute
for a day course, the latest grade received is con-
sidered for quality-point calculations. If you do
not appear on the part-time roster you will not
be admitted into the class unless you have an
approved registration form. In all instances,
Basic College students must adhere to the
60
Academic Standards
academic and administrative requirements
of the School of Engineering Technology
part-time course.
Part-time School of Engineering Technology
students who have been enrolled at Northeastern
University for one or more quarters are eligible to
register for a limited number of Basic College day
courses. This policy is designed to accommodate
previous School of Engineering Technology stu-
dents who have experienced employment
changes that make it impossible for them to con-
tinue part-time studies. If you are eligible, you
may register for eight quarter hours of day course
credit per quarter for a maximum of three aca-
demic quarters. Since you will be a part-time
evening student in Basic College courses, tuition,
fees, student services, and space availability will
be based on part-time rates and departmental
policy. If you are interested, you must first deter-
mine if a specific course is offered in the
University, complete the registration form in the
School of Engineering Technology, and have the
form approved in both the bursar's and registrar's
offices. At this point the academic department
will determine space availability.
Coursework
Various methods of instruction will be used
in the course of your studies: lectures, home
assignments, class projects, laboratory work,
irregularly scheduled quizzes, and formal exami-
nations. In addition, you will complete midterm
examinations in most courses and a final exami-
nation at the completion of all courses. You are
responsible for fulfilling all the requirements of a
course. In the event of absence, you must make
appropriate arrangements for makeup with the
instructor.
Attendance
Chronic absence from regularly scheduled ses-
sions in any subject, for whatever reason, may
seriously jeopardize your academic progress
and status. You are expected to attend all ses-
sions scheduled in your courses. Excessive
absence during a quarter may be sufficient
cause for the registrar to remove the course(s)
from your schedule.
Academic Standards
Campus Locations
All courses are offered at the main campus in
Boston, with some courses available at the
Suburban Campus, Burlington; Burlington High
School; the Dedham Campus; and Marlboro High
School. Refer to the "Campus Maps" section. (See
page 81.)
Quarter Calendar
Northeastern University operates on a
quarter-system calendar. All courses are
evaluated in terms of quarter-hour credit. A
quarter-hour credit is equal to three-fourths
of a semester-hour credit.
Class Session
Classes at Northeastern are scheduled in differ-
ent modules. In assessing quarter-hour weight for
courses, the following statement applies: One
quarter hour of credit is equal to approximately
fifty minutes of instruction per week, plus two
hours of individual study.
WHhdrawal
Students who wish to withdraw from a course
must complete a Course Drop Form, available
from the registrar representative at any campus
location. Ceasing to attend classes or notifying
the instructor does not constitute official with-
drawal from a course. Students who withdraw
from a course prior to the end of the seventh
week of a term (please refer to the specific dead-
line in each Schedule Guide) will have no record
of the withdrawal on their transcripts. Students
may withdraw from the beginning of the eighth
week to the end of the week prior to final exami-
nations but the withdrawal will be noted on their
transcripts. No withdrawals will be allowed for
any reason during the week that final examina-
tions are given.
In addition, the registrar will withdraw you
from a course if you do not attend the first three
classes at the beginning of the quarter or the first
two classes at the beginning of a summer term.
Grading Systems
You are required to maintain appropriate grades,
quality-point average, and the quantitative
credit requirements of your program to satisfy
academic progress criteria and graduate from
the School of Engineering Tfechnology.
Academic Standards
61
The following grading system is used.
The numerical equivalent for each grade is
in parentheses.
A
(4.000)
Outstanding Attainment
A-
(3.667)
B +
(3.333)
B
(3.000)
Good Attainment
B-
(2.667)
C +
(2.333)
c
(2.000)
Satisfactory Attainment
c-
(1.667)
D +
(1.333)
D
(1.000)
PoorAttaiimient
D-
(0.667)
F
(0.000)
Failure
I
-
Incomplete
L
-
Audit (No Credit)
S
Satisfactory achievement in a
pass-fail course; counts toward
total degree requirements
u
—
Unsatisfactory achievement in a
pass-fail course
X
-
Incomplete in a pass-fail course
*
—
Grade not received
A general average of D is unacceptable and will
not allow you to continue in the School of
Engineering Technology or to receive a degree
from Northeastern University. If you receive an
F, you can clear the failure by repeating and
passing the course.
Pass/Fail Courses
If you are a degree candidate in good academic
standing and have completed forty quarter hours
in a School of Engineering Technology degree
program, you may register for one pass/fail
course. Thereafter, you may register for one
course on a pass/fail basis for each ten quarter
hours of successfully completed work up to a
maximum of nine quarter hours of pass/fail
credit. You must obtain written permission from
the appropriate academic dean or designee and
approval of the instructor. You may not register
for more than one pass/fail course per quarter.
Pass/fail courses are restricted to social
science/humanities electives only.
If you are a nondegree candidate, do not
intend to become a degree candidate, and are
mEiking good academic progress, you may regis-
ter for a course on a pass/fail beisis with written
permission from the appropriate academic dean
or designee and approval of the instructor You
may not register for more than one pass/fail
course per quarter.
If you become a degree candidate, you
may use only nine quarter hours of social
science/humanities elective credit,
where applicable.
Auditing a Course
You can audit courses by filing the usual registra-
tion forms and paying the regular tuition fees.
There is no reduction in fees for auditing. Your
decision to audit must be communicated in writ-
ing to the registrar prior to the fourth class meet-
ing. As an auditor, you may participate in class
discussion, complete papers and projects, and
take tests and examinations for informal evalua-
tion if desired. However, regardless of the amount
or quality of work completed, no academic credit
will be granted at any time for courses audited.
Makeup Examinations
Midterms
If you are absent from a midterm examination,
you may petition for a makeup examination; you
do not automatically have the right to make up a
missed examination. You must file a petition for a
missed midterm in accordance with the pub-
lished schedule. Petitions may be obtained from
the School of Engineering Technology office,
120 Snell Engineering Center, 617-437-2500.
If the petition is granted, you will be
notified when and where to make up the
examination. All examinations are adminis-
tered on the Boston campus. If you do not take
makeup midterm examinations as scheduled you
will forfeit the privilege. There is no fee for a
midterm makeup.
Finals
If you are absent from a final examination, you
will receive a grade of I (Incomplete) for the
course. You do not automatically have the right to
make up a missed final examination; you must
file a petition for a missed final according to the
published schedule. Petitions may be obtained
from the School of Engineering Technology office,
120 Snell Engineering Center, 617-437-2500.
If the petition is granted, you must pay a fee
before taking the special examination. (See en-
closed Fee Schedule and Academic Calendar.)
You will be notified when and where to take
the final examination; all are administered on
the Boston campus. If you do not take makeup
final examinations as scheduled, you will forfeit
the makeup privilege.
62 Academic Standards
Quality-Point Average
The quality-points you earn in a given course
are determined on the basis of your letter grade
and the credit hours carried by the course.
The total quality-points earned, divided by the
total number of credit hours, constitutes the
quality-point average.
1. When you receive more than one grade in the
same course, the most recent grade will be
used to calculate a quality-point average.
2. A grade of I (Incomplete) will not be consid-
ered in the final calculation.
3. If you are a transfer student, you can receive
advanced standing credits (ASC) for work
completed at other institutions. While these
credits count toward completion of credit
requirements, neither the credits nor the
grades earned in such courses are included
in quality-point averages.
4. In programs made up of combined University
College and School of Engineering Technology
courses, your cumulative quality-point average
will include all work in both colleges.
For example, if you have registered for thir-
teen courses, cleared a failure in one of them,
cleared an incomplete in another by repeating
the course, and received advanced standing
credit in another, you may calculate the
quaUty-point average as follows.
Grade
Numerical
Credit
Quality
Achieved
Equivalent
X
Hours
=
Points
A
4.000
X
4
=
16.000
A-
3.667
X
3
=
11.001
B-l-
3.333
X
3
=
9.999
B
3.000
X
4
=
12.000
B-
2.667
X
2
=
5.334
C-^
2.333
X
2
=
4.666
c
2.000
X
4
=
8.000
c-
1.667
X
3
=
5.001
D-l-
1.333
X
2
=
2.666
D
1.000
X
3
=
3.000
D-
0.667
X
2
=
1.334
F
0.000
X
2
=
0.000
FB
3.000
X
3
=
9.000
I
-
X
-
=
—
IC
2.000
X
2
=
4.000
ASC
- X -
Totals 39
^^
-
92.001
^r,* Total Quality Points (92.001)
-O '
3 CO
Total Credit Hours (39)
The registrar cannot confirm calculations of
quality-point averages. Each student's record is
updated before graduation. In the meantime,
borderline cases can be checked by a School of
Engineering Technology counselor
Grade Reports
The registrar's office will mail you a grade report
that indicates both the quarterly quality-point
average and the cumulative quality-point average.
University regulations prohibit issuing grades
by telephone.
Academic Progress Criteria
You are expected at all times to strive for a high
record of achievement. The Academic Standing
Committee reserves the right to review all stu-
dents' records and deny readmission to those
who fall below a minimum quality level of
achievement. This requirement has been estab-
lished as follows.
In order to remain in the college, you must
have a quality-point average of at least: 1.40 at the
completion of twenty-four quarter hours; 1.50 at
the end of forty-eight quarter hours; and 1.60 at
the end of seventy-two quarter hours.
If you accumulate the equivalent of six
uncleared failures, you may be considered ineli-
gible to continue your program of study.
Scholastic Probation
The Academic Standing Committee has the
authority to dismiss from the school or to place
on scholastic probation any student whose schol-
arship is deficient because of a low quality-point
average or excessive outstanding failures, regard-
less of quality-point average.
A student on scholastic probation should be
particularly diligent in current course work and
make every effort to clear the academic deficien-
cies as soon as possible. Students whose aca-
demic records do not improve or whose failures
are not properly cleared may not be allowed to
register for further courses.
A student on scholastic probation who has
cleared all or a substantial part of any outstand-
ing failures may petition the Academic Standing
Committee for removal from the probation list.
Academic and Professional Awards 63
Disciplinary Probation
The Academic Standing Committee has the
authority to dismiss from the school or place on
disciplinary probation any student who is
deemed unworthy because of conduct or char-
acter. The committee may ask any student to
withdraw from the school who is obviously out
of sympathy with its aims and ideals.
Graduation Requirements
To receive the degree of associate in
engineering, associate in science, or bachelor of
science in engineering technology, you must
meet the following requirements.
1. Formal acceptance into degree candidate
status by the Committee on Admissions.
2. Completion of all curriculum courses, either
by attendance at the School of Engineering
Technology or by receiving advanced
standing credit.
3. Completion of associate degree programs
within eight years and bachelor's programs
within twelve years from the date of entrance
into the School of Engineering Technology
(extensions of time may be granted by the
Academic Standing Committee).
4. Attendance for at least a year preceding the
expected graduation date, and completion of
at least one-fourth of the work in the School
of Engineering Technology.
5. Maintenance of a minimum quality-point aver-
age of 2.00 in all courses in the major and a
minimum overall quality-point average of 2.00.
6. Completion of additional credit amounting to
at least one-fourth of the total hours required
to be awarded more than one associate or
bachelor degree.
7. You must petition for transfer of credits
completed at other institutions prior to
January 1 of the year in which you are to
receive the degree.
Academic and
Professional Awards
The academic programs offered by the School
of Engineering Technology and the teaching,
counseling, and professional efforts of the fac-
ulty and staff are aimed at motivating you
toward the highest levels of academic achieve-
ment. To encourage scholarly and professional
excellence and to recognize quality achieve-
ments, the following awards are made at appro-
priate times during the academic year
Dean's List Scholars
All matriculated students maintaining honor
grade averages — a minimum quality-point aver-
age of 3.00 and no grades below C during a quar-
ter, while carrying a minimum of eight quarter
hours of credit — are recognized as Dean's List
Scholars. If you want a certificate attesting to
this honor, contact the School of Engineering
Technology office.
Graduation with Honor
Bachelor's degree candidates who have superior
achievement will be graduated with honor, high
honor, or with highest honor, depending on the
final quality-point average as follows.
Graduation with honor 3.25-3.49
Graduation with high honor 3.50-3.74
Graduation with highest honor 3.75-4.00
To be considered for graduation with honor,
a student must have completed a minimum
of 72 quarter hours of work at the School of
Engineering Technology. Courses transferred
from other educational institutions will not be
considered in determining honor graduates.
Awards
University Awards
The University Awards are presented armually to
seniors who have achieved high-ranking cumula-
tive academic records. Certificates are awarded
at the armual Class Day Ceremony.
Technology Awards
The Technology Awards are presented annually
to seniors who have demonstrated superior aca-
demic and professional capabilities in their fields.
Appropriate certificates are distributed to
outstanding students enrolled in the following
program categories.
Aerospace Maintenance Engineering Technology
Computer Technology
Electrical Engineering Technology
Mechanical Engineering Technology
Mechanical-Structural Engineering Technology
64 Additional Opportunities at Northeastern
Class Marshal Award
The Class Marshal Award is presented annually
at the Class Day Ceremony to the top-ranking
senior in a baccalaureate program. The award
consists of a certificate and the President's Letter
of Commendation.
Sigma Epsilon Rho Awards
This award is presented annually by Sigma
Epsilon Rho, the evening colleges' scholastic
honor fraternity. The highest-ranking students in
University College and the School of Engineering
Technology receive certificates and pins for out-
standing scholastic achievement.
Tau Alpha Pi Awards
This award is presented annually by the Tau
Alpha Pi National Engineering Technology Honor
Society to recognize high scholastic achievement
among students of the School of Engineering
Technology. The award is intended to promote
and encourage outstanding academic perfor-
mance by offering membership in the society.
Finally, the society hopes the award will
strengthen the desirable qualities of personality,
intellect, and character among its members.
Inductees receive certificates and pins.
Alumni Award for Professional Promise
Established in 1947 by the Northeastern
University Alumni Association, the Alumni
Award for Professional Promise is presented
annually at the Class Day Ceremony. The award
is made to the senior who has demonstrated
unusual professional promise through character
traits, scholastic achievement, and professional
performance.
Additional Opportunities
at Northeastern
Educational Opportunities at Northeastern for
Associate's Degree Graduates
Graduates of associate's degree programs in
engineering technology or science technology
programs may be able to transfer applicable cred-
its toward the degree requirements of a baccalau-
reate program in engineering technology or
operations technology at Northeastern.
For information about transferring associate's
degree credits toward an engineering technology
bachelor's degree, call the School of Engineering
Technology, 617-437-2500. For information about
transferring associate's degree credits toward
an operations technology bachelor's degree, call
University College, 617-437-2400.
In addition, engineering technology or science
associate's degree graduates who maintained a
quality-point average (QPA) of 2.75 may be able to
transfer applicable credits toward a bachelor of
science in engineering degree. For information,
call the College of Engineering's student services
office, 617-437-2154.
Educational Opportunities at Northeastern for
Bachelor's Degree Graduates
Bachelor of science in engineering technology
graduates who maintained a quality-point aver-
age (QPA) of 2.75 may be qualified to enter the
College of Engineering's program leading to the
bachelor of science in engineering degree. For
information, call the College of Engineering's
student services office, 617^37-2154.
Financial Information
65
Tuition and Fees
This section contains a brief description of the
fees and charges that the University assesses for
instruction or other services. The actual fee
amounts are listed in the enclosed Fee Schedule
and Academic Calendar. If you do not have a Fee
Schedule and Academic Calendar, you can
request one by calling 617-137-2500.
Tkition rates, all fees, rules and regulations,
courses, and course content are subject to revi-
sion by the President and the Board of Trustees
at any time.
Registration and Tuition Fees
As a new student, you will be charged a
one-time, nonrefundable registration fee. This
fee is included in your tuition bill.
Students are permitted to audit courses, but
there is no reduction in fees for auditing.
You may not attend class sessions or take
any examination until you have paid your tui-
tion or have made satisfactory arrangements
for payment.
You will not be advanced in class standing,
nor permitted to re-enroll in the University, nor
have degrees conferred until all financial obliga-
tions to the University have been met.
If you are assigned to courses in other
departments or colleges of the University, you
will be charged tuition and other fees effective
in those departments.
Deferred Payment Privilege
Occasionally situations develop, usually beyond
the control of the student, that make it difficult
to make regular payments. Under such circum-
stances, we recommend that you discuss the
problem personally with the Office of the Bursar,
where you can work out a convenient deferred
payment agreement. A service fee is charged for
this privilege. (See enclosed Fee Schedule and
Academic Calendar.)
Late Payment Fee
A late payment fee is assessed on all accounts for
failure to make payment or arrange for deferred
payment by the bill due date.
Refund of Tuition
The general tuition refund policy in all schools
and colleges of the University is as follows.
The University provides instruction on a quar-
terly basis for which you must pay at the begin-
ning of each quarter. Tuition refunds are granted
for official withdrawal from a course through the
first four weeks of a quarter.
Tuition refunds are granted only on the
basis of the date appearing on the official with-
drawal application filed with the registrar, 120
Hayden Hall. Nonattevdance does not constitute
official withdrawal. Requests for refunds
must be made through the Office of the Bursar,
245 Richards Hall.
Refunds will be granted in accordance with
the following schedule.
Official withdrawal
filed within
Percentage of tuition
1st week of quarter
100%
2nd week of quarter
75%
3rd week of quarter
50%
4th week of quarter
25%
5th week or later
0%
Tuition Underwritten by Employers
If tuition is being paid directly by your employer
to the University, you should give the Office of
the Bursar a purchase order or a statement from
an officer of the company, certifying that the
company is underwriting the tuition.
Many companies, however, do not pay the
University directly but will reimburse employ-
ees upon successful completion of each course.
In such cases, you are responsible for payment
in full at the start of each quarter.
You may choose to pay in installments on the
deferred payment plan. However, tuition may not
be left unpaid pending employer reimbursement.
66 Pmanckd Aid and Scholarships
Failure to make payments in accordance
with these regulations will result in a late
payment fee.
If you have any questions about student
accounts, please direct them to the student
account bursar, 245 Richards Hall, 617-437-2270.
Student Center Fee
If you attend the main Boston campus in the
evening in a part-time program of study, you will
be Eissessed a nominal student center fee.
PUrking Registration Decal Fee
If you park in the Boston or Burlington campus
lots, you must obtain a parking registration
decal by the beginning of the second week of the
quarter. You may pay the fee at the cashier's
office, 248 Richards Hall, or at the Burlington
campus cashier's office.
Medical Insurance
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts requires
all Northeastern University students who are
classified as full-time or enrolled in a degree pro-
gram carrying nine or more credits to be covered
by medical insurance. In compliance with the
law, Northeastern University will automatically
enroll you in its Blue Cross/Blue Shield plan and
bill your student account for this coverage. The
law allows you to waive the University's plan if
you are covered by comparable medical
insurance. Medical insurance waiver forms are
available at the bursar's office, 245 Richards Hall.
Proficiency Examination Fee
Applicants may petition for advanced standing
credit bcised on a "proficiency examination."
There is a fee for each examination requested.
Transcript Fee
You can obtain a transcript at the registrar's
office, 117 Hayden Hall. There is no charge for an
unofficial transcript. The official transcript fee is
payable in advance at the cashier's office, 248
Richards Hall. You must present a current picture
identification card to obtain your transcript.
Textbooks and Supplies
You must purchase your own textbooks and work
materials. The cost varies according to the sub-
ject. If you are enrolled in Engineering Graphics,
you should be prepared to purchase drawing sup-
plies and a set of drawing instruments, in addi-
tion to the textbooks.
Financial Aid and Scholarships
The Office of Financial Aid, located at 356
Richards Hall, offers several types of assistance
to part-time students. AH awards are based on
financial need. Aid granted from programs
sponsored by the federal or state government is
dependent upon the amount of funding allocated
to Northeastern University. Federal regulations
require that students who receive financial
aid funds be United States citizens or
permanent residents.
Application Procedure
All students applying for aid must submit a
Financial Aid Form (FAF) to the College Scholar-
ship Service. The College Scholarship Service is
an agency that collects financial data from stu-
dents and distributes the data to schools, state
agencies, and the Pell Grant program.
Federal regulations require that students sub-
mit a Financial Aid Transcript (FAT) from each
school they have previously attended to the
Office of Financial Aid before they can receive
financial aid at Northeastern. This is required
even if you did not receive aid at the other institu-
tion(s). If your transcript indicates you are in
default on a loan or you owe a refund, you will be
ineligible for all types of financial aid until this
status is cleared.
Northeastern University also requires its
students to complete an Institutional Application.
This form gathers information that assists
the office in determining a student's eligibility
for aid.
All application materials are available at the
Office of Financial Aid. Students should begin
the application procedure at least twelve weeks
Financial Aid and Scholarships
67
before the start of the quarter in which they plan
to enroll. Students must apply for financial aid
each academic year
In order to be eligible for financial aid, stu-
dents must be admitted into a degree program
prior to the beginning of the academic quarter.
Students admitted after the start of the quar-
ter will not be eligible for aid until the next
academic quarter.
First-year students must submit a Letter of
Provisional Matriculation from the School of
Engineering Technology. A Letter of Provisional
Matriculation is valid for one year. At the conclu-
sion of the year, students must be officially
admitted into a degree program in order to retain
eligibility for aid.
Satisfactory Academic Progress
For all students who are receiving financial aid
for the first time on or after July 1, 1987, satisfac-
tory academic progress will be determined
based on having achieved a 2.0 QPA after the
completion of the second grade level and main-
taining that minimum until completion of the
degree. Students not achieving a 2.0 QPA or drop-
ping below that minimum after their second
grade level will not, by Federal law, be eligible for
financial aid.
Rnancial Aid Programs
Financial aid to students is offered in the form of
loans and grants. Available programs follow.
PeU Grant
Based on a student's financial information, a stu-
dent may be eligible for a Pell Grant. The Pell
Grant Program is a federal aid program designed
to provide financial Jissistance to undergraduate
degree candidates. Approximately six weeks
after a student has filed the FAP; the Pell Grant
Processor will send the student a Student Aid
Report (SAR). If a student is eligible for a Pell
Grant, the SAR must be submitted to the Office
of Financial Aid.
This program requires a student to be admit-
ted into a degree program and be enrolled in at
least six quarter hours per quarter. If eligible for a
Pell Grant, the amount of the grant will vary
depending upon the number of quarter hours a
student enrolls in each quarter. If a student's
enrollment is less than six quarter hours during a
quarter, the Pell Grant will be cancelled for that
quarter. Students with a prior bachelor's degree
are not eligible to receive Pell Grants.
State Scholarships
Full-time students are advised to complete a
state-specific FAF by the published deadline. Eli-
gibility for state scholarships is based on need
and is determined by the scholarship office in
each state. Students will receive a letter from the
state scholarship office notifying them of their
eligibility. In order to be eligible for a state schol-
arship, a student must be admitted into a degree
program and enrolled in at least twelve quarter
hours per quarter. A student with a prior bache-
lor's degree is not eligible to receive a state schol-
arship. Contact your state scholarship office for
more information.
Stafford Student Loan Program
The Stafford Student Loan Program enables a
student to borrow a maximum of $2,625 per aca-
demic year during the freshman and sophomore
years (first and second grade levels) and up to
$4,000 per academic year for subsequent grade
levels from a participating bank or other finan-
cial institution. The federal government pays the
interest while the student is in school. This loan
must be repaid. The legal maximum loan limit for
undergraduate students is $17,250.
Eligibility to participate in the Stafford
Student Loan Program is based on need in accor-
dance with federal regulations. Students must be
admitted into a degree program and enrolled on
at least a half-time (six quarter hours per quar-
ter) bcisis in order to be considered for this loan.
In order to have a loan processed by the
financial aid office, a student must have a com-
plete financial aid application on file, have re-
ceived a letter of eligibility from Northeastern,
and have submitted a Stafford Student Loan
Application. Applications for the loan are avail-
able from local lending institutions and the
Office of Financial Aid.
Repayment of the loan usually begins six
months after a student withdraws, graduates
from an educational institution, or ceases to
carry at least a half-time course load. The repay-
ment period may be as long as ten years. The
amount of the payments depends upon the size of
the debt, but must be at least $50 per month.
Repayment on loans may be deferred under
certain circumstances. For details, contact
your lender.
68 Financial Aid and Scholarships
Students who borrow funds through this pro-
gram must report any of the following changes to
their lenders:
• withdrawal from school
• transfer to another school
• reduction of course load to less than
half-time
• change of address or parents' address
• change of name
Additional information about financial aid is
available from the Office of Financial Aid, 356
Richards Hall, 617-437-3190.
AH federal financial aid programs are
subject to change depending on adequate
and continuing federal support.
Community Sources
Students and their families are urged to explore
community, industrial, and foundation sources
for collegiate financial aid. Parents' employers
or the appropriate union organization may be a
source. In addition, local, civic, political, reli-
gious, or educational leaders are often aware of
aid sources in the immediate community. Some
typical sources include PTA, Kiwanis, Lions,
Elks, Knights of Columbus, Masons, Sons of
Italy, Rotary, State Rehabilitation, or the
American Legion.
Veterans' Benefits
Veterans covered by the Veterans Readjustment
Act of 1966, Public Law 89-358, should report to
120 Hayden Hall to fill out the proper enrollment
forms. Benefits depend on course load and
increase sharply when a student takes more than
eight quarter hours per quarter.
Students needing additional information
about eligibility, allowances, or other details are
urged to contact the local office of the Veterans
Administration or the Veterans' Benefits
Representative at 120 Hayden Hall, 617-437-3388.
Scholarships and Application Procedures
The School of Engineering Technology and
University College scholarships and awards that
follow are available to students who have been
accepted as degree candidates and are in good
academic standing.
Scholarships are awarded once a year by the
Scholarship Committee. Final selection of schol-
arship recipients is usually made in late May,
followed by the awarding of the scholarships in
late June or early July. Funds are usually applied
to tuition expenses for the following academic
year. Awards range in amount from $250 to $700.
In January, a mailing list of students who
have requested applications is prepared, and
applications are mailed out with the stipulation
that they be completed and returned to the
Scholarship Committee's director's office by
March 31. To be placed on the January mailing
list, call 617-437-2400 and leave your name,
address, and student ID number.
Leslie B. Cutler Aviation
Scholarship Awards
Established by the members of the Aero Club of
New England in recognition of the late Senator
Cutler's service and devotion to the interests of
aviation, these awards are made to students who
most typify the same interest, devotion, and lead-
ership demonstrated by Senator Cutler during
her long and distinguished public career.
Henry J. Doherty Memorial
Scholarship Fund
Established in 1987 through the generosity of
Doris R. Doherty as a tribute to her late husband,
a 1953 graduate of the School of Business'
evening program and a successful business
leader in legal publishing. The income from the
scholarship is awarded annually to deserving
students with demonstrated financial need who
are pursuing part-time evening study and have
been accepted as degree candidates.
Kappa Tau Phi Scholarships
Granted annually to those women students in
the arts and sciences, business, and engineering
programs who rank highest at the end of the
upper-middle year. If the chosen student is eligi-
ble for an award of greater monetary value, the
award will be made to the next highest-ranking
woman student. To be eligible for this scholar-
ship, the student must be enrolled in a program
of at least two evenings per week and must be
a candidate for the bachelor's degree. In deter-
mining the recipient, grades of all courses com-
pleted in prior years shall be considered.
Financial Aid and Scholarships 69
Robert G. Keene Memorial
Scholarship Fund
Established in 1979 in memory of Robert G.
Keene, a graduate of Lincoln College (now the
School of Engineering Technology), Class of
1972, the endowment funds were provided by
the friends and associates of Robert G. Keene
and the Polaroid Corporation, where he served
as an engineering manager. The income from
the fund is awarded annually to an under-
graduate in any college of the University who
demonstrates financial need as well as strong
character and initiative. Primary consideration
will be given to children of Polaroid employees.
Martin Luther King, Jr., Scholarships
Established in 1969 in memory of the late Rev.
Martin Luther King, Jr., awards are made, as
openings occur, to minority-group adults who
would otherwise be unable to continue their
education. Stipends will cover tuition expenses
not to exceed six quarter hours in any academic
quarter (excluding the summer quarter).
William J. McGovern Memorial Scholarship
Established in 1978 by an anonymous donor who
wishes to assist others in realizing their potential
through higher education and to honor the mem-
ory of William J. McGovern. The income from this
scholarship will benefit worthy undergraduate
students actively pursuing studies in the School
of Engineering Technology or University College.
Recipients must be matriculated, demonstrate
financial need and academic achievement, and
exhibit a high level of professional promise.
Sigma EpsUon Rho Honor Society
Scholarship Award
Established in 1974 by the membership of the
society. Income from the fund is awarded annu-
ally to undergraduate student(s) of the School
of Engineering Technology and/or University
College at Northeastern University. Eligible
students must have a cumulative quality-point
average of 3.00 or better after completing
75 percent or more of the required studies.
H. Patricia Taylor Scholarship Fund
Established in 1974 by H. Patricia Taylor, a
graduate of University College, and her hus-
band, Harry C. Taylor, a graduate of the School
of Business, the scholarship expresses their
appreciation for financial assistance made avail-
able to Mrs. Taylor while obtaining her degree,
and is an attempt to provide similar funds to
assist others in realizing potential through
higher education. The income from the scholar-
ship fund will be awarded annually to a student
em-olled in University College or the School of
Engineering Technology who demonstrates
financial need and academic stability and who
meets certain other conditions of eligibility.
University College and the School of
Engineering Technology Faculty Society
Memorial Scholarship Awards
The Faculty Society of University College and
the School of Engineering Technology offer two
awards annually, primarily for excellence in
studies, to bachelor's degree candidates in
University College and the School of Engineering
Technology who have carried and are currently
carrying a minimum of twenty-four quarter
hours annually. Applications, available during
the winter quarter, must be returned before the
spring quarter. These awards are given in
commemoration of the Faculty Society's
deceased members.
Mark Caldwell Whitney Memorial Aviation
Scholarship Fund
Established in 1981 by the family and friends of
the late Mark Caldwell Whitney, an outstanding
1973 graduate of the Aeronautical Technology
Program. Income from the fund is awarded
annually to a student with financial need who
exemplifies Mr. Whitney's love of flying and
commitment to excellence in the aviation field.
Appendix
R
V 1
w^
V
1^.,
J
>/"
%m^
' Y"tS,
Faculty
73
A listing of the School of Engineering Technology's
faculty follows.
David J. Allen, MSCE
Assistant Professor
Computer Technology
Robert B. Angus, Jr., MS
Lecturer
Electrical Engineering Technology
David S. Goldman, MS, PE (CA, MA, NH)
Associate Professor
Computer Technology
John E. Hajjar, PhD
Assistant Professor
Computer Technology
Eric W. Hansberry, MS
Assistant Professor
Design Graphics
George F. Kent, MS, MBA, PE (CT, MA)
Visiting Associate Professor
Mechanical Engineering Technology
Nonna K. Lehmkuhl, MEd, MS
Program Coordinator and Associate Professor
Computer Technology
Frederick J. Notuner, EdD
Assistant Professor
Electrical Engineering Technology
Ronald E. Scott, ScD
Lecturer
Electrical Engineering Technology
A listing of the School of Engineering Technology's
part-time faculty follows. Each entry gives the fac-
ulty member's name; highest degree earned; profes-
sional affiliation; and University title, department,
and year of appointment.
Arnold W. Almquist, MEd
Mathematics Instructor, Needham High School
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1967)
Francis M. Antczak, BSEE
Senior Engineer, Mass. Electric Co.
Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Technology (1985)
Henry G. Barry, MEd
Retired
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1979)
Matteo P. Berardi, MS, PE
Consultant
Senior Lecturer, Mechanical Engineering
Technology (1960)
Maureen P. Berggren, MEd
Mathematics Teacher, Quincy High School
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1965)
Wayne M. Bethoney, BS
Mechanical Engineer, AMMRC
Lecturer, Mechanical Engineering Technology (1982)
Robert E. Bobeck, MEd
Senior Lecturer, Bristol Community College
Senior Lecturer, Engineering Graphics (1976)
Edward BobrofT, BSME
Test and Start-up Manager, Cogeneration
Management/Harvard University
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1946)
Azzouz Boulenouar, MSEE
PhD Student, Northeastern University
Lecturer, Computer Technology (1987)
Donald C. Brock, MS
Mathematics Instructor, Needham High School
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1965)
Kip A. Brown, BS
Programmer/Analyst, United States Department
of Transportation
Lecturer, Computer Technology (1982)
Thomas J. Bugos, PhD
Software Engineer, Prime Computer, Inc.
Lecturer, Computer Technology, (1985)
Vincent K. Butler, MS
Senior Systems Specialist, New England
Telephone (NYNEX)
Lecturer, Computer Technology (1982)
74 Fbcidty
Joseph M. Cardito, PhD, PE, CHP (American
Board of Health Physics)
Supervisor, Nuclear Fuels and Data Systems,
Stone & Webster Engineering Corp.
Lecturer, Mechanical Engineering Technology (1978)
Robert W. Case, PhD
Coordinator for Day Mathematics, School of
Engineering Technology
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1976)
Walter J. Casey, MEd, MAT
Senior Lecturer, Brighton High School
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1955)
Joan M. Chrusciel, MEd, MA
Mathematics Department Head, Quincy High School
Lecturer, Mathematics (1980)
Wendell R. CoUymore
Certification Engineer, Polaroid Corp.
Senior Lecturer, Engineering Graphics (1976)
Richard J. Colvario, MEd
Project Leader, Massachusetts Department
of Revenue
Lecturer, Computer Technology (1987)
Thomas R. ConnoUy, BET
Controls and Instruments Engineer,
General Electric Co.
Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Technology (1985)
Roger T. Connor, MEd
Mathematics Teacher, Milton Academy
Senior Lecturer and Course Consultant, Calculus and
Differential Equations (1953)
Robert J. Cormier, BS, Registered Landscape
Architect (CT, MA, NY, RI)
Site Planner and Land Architect, Self Employed
Lecturer, Architectural Engineering
Technology (1984)
James B. Corscadden, MEd, AMT
Principal, Ellis Mendell School
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1967)
WiUiam L. Crenshaw, MSME, PE
Mechanical Engineer, US Army Materials and
Mechanics Research Center
Senior Lecturer, Mechanical Engineering
Technology (1978)
David C. Crockett, MSME
Senior Engineer, Raytheon Equipment Division
Senior Lecturer, Mechanical Engineering
Technology (1969)
Thomas R. Deveney, MA
Principal, Thomas J. Kenney School
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1965)
Jane E. DeVoe, MA
Lecturer in Mathematics, Northeastern University
Lecturer, Mathematics (1980)
Douglas H. Diamond, BSEE
Program Manager, Analytical Systems
Engineering Corp.
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1968)
RafTaele Di Cecca, MA, MS
Assistant Professor, Wentworth Institute
of Technology
Lecturer, Mathematics (1982)
GUes C. DUg, MSEE, PE
President, Giles Dilg Co.
Senior Lecturer, Computer Technology (1966)
Mark Domaszewicz, MSEE
Senior Engineer, Raytheon Co.
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1970)
Leonard F. Dow, MS, PE
Staff Engineer, Boston Edison Co.
Senior Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Technology
and Course Consultant, Circuit Analysis and
Circuit Analysis Laboratories (1970)
William Dubie, BA, BS
Communications Specialist, Digital
Equipment Corporation
Lecturer, Technical Communications (1986)
David P. Durant, MEd, MS
Teacher, Boston Latin School
Lecturer, Mathematics (1983)
Henry B. Eden, BA
Vice-President, Tech-Graphics
Senior Lecturer, Engineering Graphics (1957)
Peter A. Eggleston, MS
Senior AI Systems Engineer, Textron Defense
Systems
Associate Lecturer, Computer Technology (1987)
Essam Elkordi, PhD
Teaching Assistant, Northeastern University
Associate Lecturer, Structural Engineering
Technology, (1992)
Walter E. Engstrom, MS
Physics Instructor, Braintree High School
Lecturer, Physics (1985)
Gregory Czamowski, MEd
Marketing and Advertising Consultant
Lecturer, Technical Communications (1982)
Adolf J. Erikson, MBA, PE (MA)
President, A.E. Engineering Corp.
Senior Lecturer, Engineering Graphics (1966)
Faculty
75
Gordon C. Estabrooks, MA, MEd, MNS, CAGS
Science Teacher, Boston Latin School
Lecturer, Physics (1983)
Andreas L. Evriviades, MA
Teacher of Mathematics, Milton Academy
Lecturer, Mathematics (1983)
Thomas C. Fantasia, MSEE
Power Coordinator, Boston Edison Co.
Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Technology (1981)
Edwin H. Fair, PhD
Mathematician, RJO Systems Engineering
Lecturer, Mathematics (1980)
William D. Finan, DEd
Retired
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1946)
John M. Flaherty, PhD
President, Flaherty Research
Senior Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1976)
James J. Flannery, MS
Manager, Computer Applications, Boston Edison
Company
Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Technology (1980)
Donald W. Fogg, MSEE
Senior Engineering Scientist, General Electric
Company
Associate Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1989)
Mario R. Forziati, BET
Field Applications Engineer, Emulex Corporation
Associate Lecturer, Computer Technology (1990)
Constantine Fountzoulas, PhD
Materials Research Engineer, US Army Materials
Technology Laboratory
Lecturer, Mechanical Engineering Technology (1985)
Richard J. Fox, MS
Laboratory Supervisor, Northeastern University
Lecturer, Mechanical-Structural Engineering
Technology (1986)
John J. Frazier, BS
Retired
Lecturer, Physics (1981)
Thomas G. Fratto, AM
Mathematics Teacher, Cambridge Rindge and
Latin School
Lecturer, Computer Technology (1987)
Mable D. Gholar
Electronic Technician, Northeastern University
Associate Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1990)
Bernard F. Goldstein, PhD
Manager/Controls, Dynamics Research Corp.
Senior Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1974)
Boris Gommerstadt, PhD
Consultant
Lecturer, Mechanical Engineering Technology (1984)
Philip R. Haberstroh, MSEd
Registrar, Boston Latin School
Lecturer, Mathematics (1981)
W. Dale HaU, SB, PhD
Member, Technical Staff, MITRE Corp.
Lecturer, Mathematics (1981)
Gerald D. Halstead, MSEE
Technical Staff, GTE Government Systems Corp.
Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Technology (1985)
Djamel Hamiroure, MS
Teaching Assistant, Northeastern University
Associate Lecturer, Mechanical Engineering
Technology (1991)
Francis R. Hankard, MS
Retired
Senior Lecturer and Course Consultant,
Physics (1946)
Lewis H. Holzman, MSCE, RLS
Consultant, Computer Department, Stone &
Webster Engineering Corp.
Senior Lecturer, Computer Technology (1966)
Daniel H. Hornbarger, MS
Director, Government Programming Systems
Division, Blue Cross of Massachusetts
Lecturer, Computer Technology (1986)
Ronald L. Jackson, MS
Senior Engineer, Missile Systems Division,
Raytheon Co.
Associate Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1987)
Charles E. Jacob, MSEd, MLS
Retired
Senior Lecturer, Physics (1967)
Michael E. Jammal, MS
Principal Manufacturing Engineer, Modicon
Incorporated
Associate Lecturer, Manufacturing Engineering
Technology (1989)
John Joseph Joyce, MSEd, MA
Director of Mathematics, Winchester High School
Lecturer, Mathematics (1983)
76 Fbxndty
John Kaczorowski, MSEE
Consultant
Senior Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1970)
Stephen M. Kane, EdD
Associate Professor, Co-op Education,
Northeastern University
Lecturer, Mathematics (1987)
Amin Karimpour, MSEE
Assistant Professor, Franklin Institute of Boston
Associate Lecturer, Computer Technology (1989)
Robert D. Keenan, BSEE
Energy Services Manager, Braintree Electric
Light Dept.
Associate Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1989)
Edward V. KeUy
Electronic Technician, Northeastern University
Associate Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1991)
John G. KeUy, BS
Associate, The Wyatt Co.
Lecturer, Computer Technology (1983)
David E. Kentley
President/Treasurer, Memory Management Inc.
Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Technology (1985)
John J. Klein, MSEE
Retired
Senior Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1949)
John F. Limongelli, BSEE
Consultant
Associate Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1988)
Guido W. Lopez, MS
Lecturer, Northeastern University
Lecturer, Mechanical Engineering Technology (1988)
John F. Lutkevich, BBA
Retired
Senior Lecturer, Engineering Graphics (1956)
Michael R. MacNeU, BSBA
Electronic Technician, Northeastern University
Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Technology (1985)
EUot A. Madow, BET
Projects Director, Coopers & Lybrand
Lecturer, Computer Technology (1985)
James T. McGrath, MA, MS, MS, MS
Lecturer, Northeastern University
Lecturer and Course Consultant, Mechanical
Engineering Technology Laboratories (1986)
Carl J. MeUea, MS, PE (MA, ME, NH RI, VT)
Project Engineer, Howard, Needles, Tammen
& Bergendorff
Senior Lecturer, Mechanical-Structural Engineering
Technology (1960)
Amie Miller, BA
Senior Technical Writer, Digital
Equipment Corporation
Associate Lecturer, Technical
Communications (1991)
Peter L.Kobs, MS
Writing Consultant, Digital Equipment Corp.
Associate Lecturer, Technical
Communications (1987)
Joseph C. LaCroix, GAGS
Chair, Mathematics Department, Boston
Latin School
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1974)
James E. Lennox, MS
Member of Technical Staff, The Analytical
Sciences Corporation
Associate Lecturer, Computer Technology (1988)
Alvin J. Lesienr, MEd
Training Director, Instron Corp.
Senior Lecturer, Engineering Graphics (1965)
Demetre P. Ligor, MSEE, PE
President, Applied Measurements, Inc.
Senior Lecturer, Physics (1959)
Vladislav Mich
Laboratory Technician, Northeastern University
Associate Lecturer, Mechanical Engineering
Technology (1991)
NUiar Mohanty, MS
Teaching Assistant, Northeastern University
Associate Lecturer, Environmental Engineering
Technology (1992)
Louis A. Moore, BSCE, RLS
Chief Engineer, Commonwealth of Mass., Land
Court, Boston
Senior Lecturer, Mechanical-Structural Engineering
Technology (1972)
Wassim G. \ajm, PhD
Electronics Engineer, Volpe National Transportation
Systems Center
Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Technology (1985)
Yesugey Oktay, MS, PE (CA, MA, ME, NY)
Division Head, Mechanical & Structural
Engineering, Boston Edison Co.
Senior Lecturer, Mechanical-Structural Engineering
Technology (1970)
Fbcidty
77
Masoud Olia, MS
Lecturer, Northeastern University
Lecturer, Mechanical Engineering Technology (1982)
Douglas J. Ordway, MEd
Computer Coordinator, Boston Latin School
Senior Lecturer, Computer Technology (1975)
Francis A. PepiceUi, BS
Engineer, Northrop Corp.
Senior Lecturer, Engineering Graphics (1976)
Walter J. Phiiuiey, MBA
Engineering Manager, Raytheon Missile Division
Senior Lecturer, Engineering Graphics (1977)
Dominic A. Piccione, MS, PE (MA, VA)
Senior Engineer, Stone & Webster Engineering Corp.
Senior Lecturer, Mechanical Engineering
Technology (1966)
Richard H. Pike, MBA
Lecturer, Northeastern University
Senior Lecturer, Industrial Engineering (1980)
Norman C. Poirier, MS, PE
Research Associate, Northeastern University
Senior Lecturer, Telecommunications (1966)
Dennis D. Poulin, MS
Senior Microwave Systems Engineer,
Hewlett Packard
Associate Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1989)
Donald J. Poulin, BSIT, PE
Retired
Senior Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1970)
Daniel W. Pratt, MS
Mathematics Department, Boston Latin School
Senior Lecturer and Course Consultant, Mathematics
through Pre-Calculus (1967)
Charles H. Price, Jr., MSEE
Technical Staff, MITRE Corp.
Senior Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1960)
Robert Rancourt, MSEE
Electrical Engineer, MITRE Corp.
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1984)
James F. Regan, MSCE, PE (CT, DC, FL, MA, ME,
NH, NJ, NY, PA, RI, VA, VT)
President, J.E Regan Engineers, Inc.
Senior Lecturer, Mechanical-Structural Engineering
Technology (1972)
Edward P. Ricupero, MEd
Head of Mathematics Department, Everett
High School
Lecturer, Mathematics (1983)
Robert J. Ritchie, BS
Rights, Permits, and Survey Supervisor, Boston
Edison Co.
Lecturer, Engineering Graphics (1980)
Robert A. Rosenberg, ScD
Engineering Consultant, Stone & Webster
Engineering Corp.
Senior Lecturer, Mechanical Engineering
Technology (1983)
Eric A. Roy, MEd, MA
Senior Teacher, Don Bosco Technical High School
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1967)
Thomas E. Ruden, MS
Principal Engineer, Raytheon Co. Missile
Systems Labs.
Senior Lecturer, Physics (1967)
Lawrence H. Ryan, MSEE
RD & E Section Manager, The Foxboro Company
Lecturer, Computer Technology (1985)
Annino D. Salvucci, AS
Mechanical Design Engineer, Self Employed
Lecturer, Engineering Graphics (1983)
Stephen Schwann, BSEE
Senior Technical Consultant, Prime Computer Inc.
Lecturer, Computer Technology (1985)
John W.Shaw, AS
Field Service Engineer, Northeast Electronics, Inc.
Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Technology (1985)
Howard T. Shippen, MSEE
Consultant, Shippen Associates
Lecturer and Program Coordinator for
Telecommunications (1987)
Ronald J. Skilton, BSc
Manager/Systems, Stone & Webster
Engineering Corp.
Lecturer, Computer Technology (1983)
Joseph E. Steffano, Sr., MS, MBA, PE (CT, MA,
ME, NH, NY, PA, RI, VT), RLS (CT, MA, ME, NH,
RI,VT)
Chief Engineer, Stone & Webster Engineering Corp.,
Structural Division
Senior Lecturer, Mechanical-Structural Engineering
Technology (1965)
78 FojCuMy
Harold J. Stengel, SB
Secondary Teacher in Mathematics, Boston
Latin School
Lecturer, Mathematics (1982)
Robert E. Stewart, BS
Software Engineer, Textron
Defense Systems
Associate Lecturer, Computer Technology (1991)
M. Carlton Storms, MEd
Teacher, Braintree High School
Senior Lecturer, Physics (1967)
NabU S. Sukkar, MSCE
Director of QA, American Science and Engineering
Lecturer, Mechanical-Structural Engineering
Technology (1984)
Raimundas Sukys, MS
Retired
Senior Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Jkchnology (1962)
Donald M. Sullivan, MEd
Mathematics Teacher, Dedham High School
Lecturer, Mathematics (1984)
Paul A. Sullivan, BSET
Manager, New England Telephone
Associate Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1990)
James Surette
Laboratory Supervisor, Northeastern University
Lecturer, Mechanical Engineering Technology (1990)
David G. Sveden, MEd
Mathematics Instructor, Town of Needham
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1979)
Jerome Tapper, BSEE
President, Electro-Mechanical Solution Consultants
Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Technology (1982)
Henry S. Teng, MS
Principal Software Engineer, Digital
Equipment Corporation
Associate Lecturer, Computer Technology (1990)
David K. Toebes, MSEE
Design Engineer, Raytheon Co.
Lecturer, Mathematics (1987)
Richard W. Torian, MSEd
Chair, Mathematics Department, Ashland
High School
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1965)
John S. Travia, MSEE, PE
Retired
Senior Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1965)
Edward P. Tribuna, BET, FAA, A&P Certificate
Software Services Consultant, Digital
Equipment Corporation
Lecturer, Electrical Engineering Technology (1985)
Daniel P. Truesdell, BS
Consultant, G.E. Consulting Services Corp.
Associate Lecturer, Computer Technology (1988)
Paul T. Tsang, MS
Mechanical Design Engineer, Metcalf & Eddy
Lecturer, Mechanical Engineering
Technology (1988)
John F. Videler, MS
Manager, Instrument Standards and Controls,
General Electric Co.
Senior Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
Technology (1968)
Joel R. Weinstein, BSEE
President, High Technology Marketing
Senior Lecturer, Computer Technology (1977)
James T. Welch, MS
Principal Engineer, Ungermann-Bass, Inc.
Senior Lecturer and Course Consultant, Computer
Technology (1977)
Albert P. Wickham, MSE
Professional Engineer, Self Employed
Associate Lecturer, Engineering Graphics (1991)
Albert G. Wilson, MS, PE, SE (IL)
Retired
Senior Lecturer and Course Consultant, Mechanical
Engineering Technology (1948)
Susan L. Wood, BSEE
Software Engineer, Ungermann-Bass, Inc.
Lecturer, Computer Technology (1984)
Bernie T. Woodrow, MS
Loss Control Consultant
Associate Lecturer, Manufacturing Engineering
Technology (1992)
Albert C. Yang, MS
Director, R&D, Sigma Design, Inc.
Associate Lecturer, Computer Technology (1991)
Walter Zagieboylo, MS, ME, PE, MAA
Retired
Senior Lecturer, Mathematics (1969)
Administration
79
Administrative Officers
Thomas E. Hulbert, MS, PE, Director
Roy A. Dalsheim, BS, Assistant Director
Rasma Galins, Assistant Director
Rosanne L. Bogan, BS, Staff Assistant
Student Counseling Staff
DavidJ. Allen, MSCE
Boreslaw R Berestecky, MEd
Rosanne L. Bogan, BS
Roy A. Dalsheim, BS
Rasma Gs^lins, Administrative Coordinator
David S.Goldman, MS
Stephen M. Kane, EdD
Nonna K. Lehmkuhl, MEd, MS
Ronald E. Scott, ScD
Committee on Regulation and Discipline
Thomas E. Hulbert, MS, PE, Chair
Roy A. Dalsheim, BS
Rasma Galins
Academic Standing Committee
Thomas E. Hulbert, MS, PE, Chair
David J. Allen, MSCE
Rosanne L. Bogan, BS, Secretary
Roy A. Dalsheim, BS
Rasma Galins
David S. Goldman, MS
Stephen M.Kane, EdD
George E Kent, MS, MBA, PE (CT, MA)
Nonna K. Lehmkuhl, MEd, MS
Ronald E.Scott, ScD
Academic Advisory Council
Thomas E. Hulbert, MS, PE, Chair
Edward Bobroff, BSME
Roy A. Dalsheim, BS
Rasma Galins
Francis R. Hankard, MS
Nonna K. Lehmkuhl, MEd, MS
Industrial Advisory Committee
Frank Archaumbault, Vice President, Norlite
Corporation
Matteo Berardi, Consultant
Paul Farris, Consultant
Rasma Galins, Assistant Director, School of
Engineering Tkchnology, Northeastern University
Robert Hayden, Consultant
Daniel Hornbarger, Director, Government Programs
Systems, Blue Cross of Massachusetts
Robert Horowitz, President and Chair, Hancock
Machine Company
Barbara Kane, Director, Department of Computer
Education, Natick Public Schools
Peter Lillios, President, International Tbtalizing
Systems
Melvin Mark, Consultant
Roger Miller, Software Engineer, General Dynamics,
Electric Boat Division
Charles Price, Tkchnical Staff , Mitre Corporation
Jeffrey Ross, Staff Director, Integrated Planning, New
England Telephone Company
Curriculum Advisory Committee
Thomas E. Hulbert, MS, PE (Academic
Administration), Chair
Rasma Galins, Secretary
David J. Allen, MSCE (Program Consultant, Civil
Engineering Technology Associate Degrees and
Evening Programs) Mechanical-Structural
Engineering Technology
Rosanne L. Bogan, BS
Robert W. Case, PhD (Course Consultant, Day
Mathematics)
Roger T. Connor, MEd (Course Consultant, Calculus
and Differential Equations)
Roy A. Dalsheim, BS
Leonard E Dow, MS, PE (Course Consultant, Circuit
Analysis and Circuit Analysis Laboratories)
David S. Goldman, MS (Program Consultant,
Manufacturing Engineering Technology, Evening
Program)
Francis R. Hankard, MA (Course Consultant,
Physics)
Eric W. Hansberry, MS (Course Consultant,
Engineering Graphics and Kinematics)
George E Kent, MS, MBA, PE (CT, MA) (Program
Consultant, Mechanical Engineering Technology,
Day and Evening Programs)
Nonna K. Lehmkuhl, MEd, MS (Program Consultant,
Computer Technology, Day and Evening Programs)
James T. McGrath, MA, MS, MS, MS (Course
Consultant, Mechanical Engineering Technology
Laboratories)
Daniel W. Pratt, MS (Course Consultant, First-Year
Mathematics through Pre-Calculus)
Ronald E. Scott, ScD (Program Consultant,
Electrical Engineering Technology, Day and
Evening Programs)
Howard T. Shippen, MS (Course Consultant,
Telecommunications)
James Welch, MS (Course Consultant, Computer
Technology Hardware Courses)
Albert G. Wilson, MS, PE (Course Consultant,
Mechanics)
81
Campus Maps
82
Access to Boston
Directions
83
From the North
Route 1-93 or
Route 1
From the West
Route 90
Mass Turnpike
From the South
Route 3
Southeast
Expressway
At the merge with Route 3 (the Southeast Expressway), take the Storrow Drive exit
and proceed to the Fenway exit. Follow signs for Boylston Street Inbound, and bear
right at Westland Avenue, which leads to Massachusetts Avenue. Turn right onto
Massachusetts Avenue, proceed to the third traffic light, and turn right onto
Columbus Avenue. The Northeastern University Parking Garage is less than
one-half mile on your right at 795 Columbus Avenue.
Take Exit 22 (Copley Square), and bear right. Proceed to the first traffic light and
turn right on Dartmouth Street. Then take the next right onto Columbus Avenue. It
is approximately one mile to the Northeastern University Parking Garage at 795
Columbus Avenue.
Route 9 Proceed inbound on Route 9 until it becomes Huntington Avenue (approximately
Inbound one-half mile after Brigham Circle), and take a right onto Ruggles Street. At the
third traffic light turn left on Tremont Street, take the next left onto Columbus
Avenue, and then turn right. The Northeastern University Parking Garage is two
blocks on your left at 795 Columbus Avenue.
Take Exit 18 (Massachusetts Avenue), and at the end of the ramp proceed straight
onto Melnea Cass Boulevard. Continue for approximately two miles, and turn right
onto Columbus Avenue. The Northeastern University Parking Garage is two blocks
on your left at 795 Columbus Avenue.
By Public
Transportation
Take the commuter rail to Ruggles Station, Back Bay Station, or North Station.
From Back Bay Station, transfer to the outbound Orange Line (to Forest Hills) for
two stops. Get off at Ruggles Station, which is on one side of the Northeastern
University campus. From North Station, take any Green Line train to Government
Center; transfer to the outbound "E" Green Line train; get off at the Northeastern
University stop (the first stop above ground).
m
Main Campus
Academic and Service Buildings
Key
KM Afti(QnAmeri(an InslitutelAF) ^B
K3 BarlelloNatoloriumlBNI
m Bailer Plant TW
MH (abal Physical Educatiaa Building |(BI TTY: Rm 1 10
El CahnersHollKAl TTY Rml5l MM
W^ (argillHallKGI ^
BEl ChurlhillHalllCHI gW
El Columbus Place RM
(7I6CalombusAvenuel(CP) RJ
^a Calling SchaolKTI »?■
KI CullmaneHalllCM El
El Cashing Hall (CUI El
m Dana ReseaichCenlerlDA) ^9
^a DockserHalKDRI TTY RmlO;
^a Dodge Building IDBI Bl
KB Ell Sludenl Building lAudiloriumllELI TTY Rms 04,104 WSM
MM EIISludenlCenler(SludenlLaungellEC) TTY Rm2S5 B
Ba Forsyth Building (FRI TTY: Rms 100, 135 lOI
BB Forsyth BurldingAnnetlFA) El
El Forsyth Denial Building IFEI BS
KB HoydeaHolKHA) TTY Rmsl20, 202 El
El HillelFrogerlHFI El
El Holmes Hall IHOI TTY: Rm 276 Bai
K£9 236 Hunlinglon Aveaue (HU) McU
316 Huntington Avenue
INartheoslernollheYMCAIIBVI
Huatmglon Plozo
1271 HunlingtonAienuellHNI
HurligHolllHTI
KariolisHolKKA)
KerrHoll(FaiuHy(enler|(KH)
KnowlesCeaterlKNI
lake Holl (LAI TTY Rm 203
Uatlhews Arenn (MA)
Matthews Areno Annex (MX)
Meserve Holl IMF) TTY RmSOS
Mugor LifeScieace Building
IPeobody Heolth Prolessions Center] |Ml)l
Nightingale Holl INI) TTY Rm 125
Parker Building (PA)
RitbordsHolKBI) TTY Rms 150, 254
Robinson Holl (RBI
Ryder Holl (RV) TTY: Rms 170, 180, 25), 270
Snell Engineering Center ISN) TTY Rm 120
Sneniibrory(Sl| TTY Relerence Desk
) 22 St Slephen Street ISS)
Sleorns Center (STI TTY: Rm 302
26TovernRondlTA)
Academic, residential, ^H|^^l
ond service buildings ^^^^^H
Hondicop parking (^ (^
Porking areas
Street direction ->-
Underground tunnel ■ ■ ■ ■
Emergency telephone (^ ^)
nVlocotions I TTY: Rm 001
See nlphabetic list of buildings
for f TV locations.
Maps ai^ provicJed b,v the Infonnation Center. 115
Richards Hall, extension 2736 ITTY extension 37681.
Some buildings on this map are used but not owned
bv Northeastern Universit.v. 6/91
Residence Buildings
El
Bufstein Hall
Kennedy Hall
142- M 8 Hemenwoy Sifeel
153/157-163 Hemenwoy Street
316 liunlinglon Avenue
(NorlheostefnallheYMCA}
319 Huntington Avenue
337 Hunlington Avenue
407 Hunlinglon Avenue
KettHull
LighlHoll
EBI
Melvin Holl
Ea
RubensleinHnll
KiLH
Smith Holl
El
Specie Holl
■a
SlelsonEost TTY (public)
mm
Stetson West
El
106/110/1)67)22 SI Stephen Street
El
WiilisHoN
Ea
White Holl
El
400TheFen«ay
85
Burlington
86
Dedham
NEEDHAM
NEEDHAM
GOLF CLUB
CHARLES RIVER
e6t>a'^ -
POLO
FIELD
idham
impus
DEDHAM
Dedham
Campus
CHARLES RIVER
MOTLEY
POND
WELD
POND
WESTWOOD
Marlboro
87
Accreditation Statement
Northeastern University is accredited by the New
England Association of Schools and Colleges, Inc.
Delivery of Services
Northeastern University assumes no liability for
delay or failure to provide educational or other ser-
vices or facilities due to causes beyond its reason-
able control. Causes include, without limitation,
power failure, fire, strikes by University employees
or others, damage by natural elements, and acts of
public authorities. The University will, however,
exert reasonable efforts, when it judges them to be
appropriate, to provide comparable services, facili-
ties, or performance; but its inability or failure to do
so shall not subject the University to liability.
The Northeastern University Undergraduate Cat-
alogue contains current information about the Uni-
versity calendar, admissions, degree requirements,
fees, and regulations; however, such information is
not intended and should not be regarded to be
contractual.
Northeastern University reserves the sole right to
promulgate and change rules and regulations and to
make changes of any nature in its program, calendar,
admissions policies, procedures, and standards,
degree requirements, fees, and academic schedule
whenever necessary or desirable, including, without
limitation, changes in course content and class
schedule, the cancellation of scheduled classes and
other academic activities, and the substitution of
alternatives for scheduled classes and other aca-
demic activities. In any such case, the University
will give whatever notice is reasonably practicable.
Northeastern University will endeavor to make
available to its students a fine education and a stimu-
lating and congenial environment. However, the qual-
ity and rate of progress of an individual's academic
career and professional advancement upon comple-
tion of a degree or program are largely dependent on
his or her own abilities, commitment, and effort. In
many professions and occupations there are also
requirements imposed by federal and state statutes
and regulatory agencies for certification or entry
into a particular field. These requirements may
change while a student is enrolled in a program and
may vary from state to state or country to country.
Although the University stands ready to help its stu-
dents find out about requirements and changes in
them, it is the student's responsibility to initiate the
inquiry.
Disability Resource Center
Disability Resource Center (DRC) provides a variety
of support services and general assistance to all of
Northeastern's disabled students and employees.
The University's efforts to comply with section 504
of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 are coordinated by
Ruth Bork, director, 5 Ell Center, 617-437-2675. (TTY
number is 437-2730).
Emergency Closing of the University
Northeastern University has made arrangements to
notify students, faculty, and staff by radio when it
becomes necessary to cancel classes because of
extremely inclement weather. AM radio stations WBZ
(1030), WEEI (590), WHDH (850), WRKO (680), and
FM station WBCN (104.1) are the stations authorized
to announce the University's decision to close. Since
instructional television courses originate from live
or broadcast facilities at the University, neither the
classes nor the courier service operate when the
University is closed. You are encouraged to listen to
the radio to determine whether the University will
be closed.
If a storm occurs at night, the announcement of
University closing is given to the radio stations at
approximately 6 am. Classes are generally cancelled
for the entire day and evening at all campus loca-
tions unless stated otherwise. When a storm begins
later in the day, cancellations of evening classes may
be announced. This announcement is usually made
between 2-3 pm.
Equal Opportunity Policy
Northeastern University does not discriminate on
the basis of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orienta-
tion, age, national origin, disability, or veteran status
in admission to, access to, treatment in, or employ-
ment in its programs and activities. In addition.
Northeastern University will not condone any form
of sexual harassment. Handbooks containing the
University's nondiscrimination policies and its
grievance procedures are available in the Office of
Affirmative Action, 175 Richards Hall. Inquiries
regarding the University's nondiscrimination poli-
cies may be directed to:
Ellen S. Jackson, Dean/Director
Office of Affirmative Action
175 Richards Hall
Northeastern University
Boston, Massachusetts 02115
617-437-2133
Inquiries concerning the application of nondiscrimi-
nation policies may also be referred to the Regional
Director, Office for Civil Rights, United States
Department of Education, J.W. McCormack Building,
Post Office Court House, Room 222, Boston,
Massachusetts 02 1 09-4557.
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
In accordance with the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act of 1974, Northeastern University
permits its students to inspect their records
wherever appropriate and to challenge specific
parts of them when they feel it is necessary to do
so. Specific details of the law as it applies to
Northeastern are printed in the Student Handbook
and are distributed annually at registration of the
University College and graduate schools.
Fee Schedule and Academic Calendar
The Fee Schedule and Academic Calendar has been
enclosed as a separate insert to this Bulletin. If
one has not been enclosed, contact the School of
Engineering Technology, 617-437-2500.
FuU-Time and Day Programs
This Bulletin contains information about the evening
and weekend programs offered by the School of
Engineering Technology. If you need information
about full-time or day programs offered by
Northeastern University, contact the Department
of Undergraduate Admissions, 139 Richards Hall
at 617-437-2200.
Insufficient Enrollment Disclaimer
Northeastern University reserves the right to cancel
any course if minimum enrollments are not met.
these academic programs and degree requirements,
as authorized by the president or Board of Trustees.
For information about other academic policies and
procedures; student responsibilities, academic and
extracurricular life; faculty rights and responsibili-
ties; or general personnel policies, benefits, and ser-
vices, please refer to the Academic Operations
Manual, Undergraduate and Graduate Student Hand-
book, Cooperative Education Handbook, fhculty
Handbook, Benefits and Services Handbook, and
related procedural guides as appropriate.
Tuition and Fees Policy
Tuition rates, all fees, rules and regulations, courses
and course content are subject to revision by the
president and the Board of Trustees at any time.
Photography: J. D. Levine and Russ Sparkman
Precedence Statement
The School of Engineering Technology Bulletin con-
tains the University's primary statements about
Northeastern University
Publications
01.92.05
■'^f ?■■'■:;',,:■■')'■■'''''
WELLS BINDERY
MAY ]m
WALTHAM. MA 021 S4
(617) 893-3050
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11